diff --git a/.acrolinx-config.edn b/.acrolinx-config.edn index 9f8eac523b..0ffbb03551 100644 --- a/.acrolinx-config.edn +++ b/.acrolinx-config.edn @@ -47,12 +47,12 @@ For more information about the exception criteria and exception process, see [Mi Click the scorecard links for each article to review the Acrolinx feedback on grammar, spelling, punctuation, writing style, and terminology: -| Article | Score | Issues | Spelling
issues | Scorecard | Processed | +| Article | Score | Issues | Correctness
issues | Scorecard | Processed | | ------- | ----- | ------ | ------ | --------- | --------- | " :template-change - "| ${s/file} | ${acrolinx/qualityscore} | ${acrolinx/flags/issues} | ${acrolinx/flags/spelling} | [link](${acrolinx/scorecard}) | ${s/status} | + "| ${s/file} | ${acrolinx/qualityscore} | ${acrolinx/flags/issues} | ${acrolinx/flags/correctness} | [link](${acrolinx/scorecard}) | ${s/status} | " :template-footer diff --git a/.openpublishing.redirection.json b/.openpublishing.redirection.json index 1c4202d44b..6ba49fc316 100644 --- a/.openpublishing.redirection.json +++ b/.openpublishing.redirection.json @@ -5167,7 +5167,7 @@ }, { "source_path": "windows/device-security/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md", - "redirect_url": "/windows/security/threat-protection/security-compliance-toolkit-10", + "redirect_url": "/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-security-configuration-framework/security-compliance-toolkit-10", "redirect_document_id": false }, { @@ -19289,13 +19289,11 @@ "source_path": "windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsanytimeupgrade.md", "redirect_url": "/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wordwheel", "redirect_document_id": true - }, { "source_path": "windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsfileprotection.md", "redirect_url": "/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-mobilepcpresentationsettings", "redirect_document_id": true - }, { "source_path": "windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-skydrive.md", @@ -19331,6 +19329,191 @@ "source_path": "windows/whats-new/windows-11-whats-new.md", "redirect_url": "/windows/whats-new/windows-11-overview", "redirect_document_id": false - } + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/deployment/update/delivery-optimization-proxy.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/deployment/do/delivery-optimization-proxy", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/deployment/update/delivery-optimization-workflow.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/deployment/do/delivery-optimization-workflow", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization-setup", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/deployment/update/waas-optimize-windows-10.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/deployment/do/waas-optimize-windows-10", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/coinminer-malware.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/coinminer-malware", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/coordinated-malware-eradication.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/coordinated-malware-eradication", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/criteria.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/criteria", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/cybersecurity-industry-partners.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/cybersecurity-industry-partners", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/developer-faq.yml", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/developer-faq", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/developer-resources.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/developer-resources", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/exploits-malware.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/exploits-malware", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/fileless-threats.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/fileless-threats", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/macro-malware.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/macro-malware", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/malware-naming.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/malware-naming", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/phishing-trends.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/phishing-trends", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/phishing.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/phishing", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/portal-submission-troubleshooting.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/portal-submission-troubleshooting", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/prevent-malware-infection.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/prevent-malware-infection", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/rootkits-malware.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/rootkits-malware.md", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/safety-scanner-download.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/safety-scanner-download", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/submission-guide.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/submission-guide", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/supply-chain-malware.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/supply-chain-malware", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/support-scams.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/support-scams", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/trojans-malware.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/trojans-malware", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/understanding-malware.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/understanding-malware", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/unwanted-software.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/unwanted-software", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/virus-information-alliance-criteria.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/virus-information-alliance-criteria", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/virus-initiative-criteria.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/virus-initiative-criteria", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/worms-malware.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/worms-malware", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-bug-bounty-program.md", + "redirect_url": "/microsoft-365/security/intelligence/microsoft-bug-bounty-program", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/deployment/update/waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/deployment/do/waas-microsoft-connected-cache", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/education/itadmins.yml", + "redirect_url": "/education/", + "redirect_document_id": true + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/education/partners.yml", + "redirect_url": "/education/", + "redirect_document_id": true + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/security/threat-protection/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md", + "redirect_url": "/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-security-configuration-framework/security-compliance-toolkit-10", + "redirect_document_id": false + }, + { + "source_path": "windows/education/developers.yml", + "redirect_url": "/education/", + "redirect_document_id": true + } ] -} +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/browsers/edge/docfx.json b/browsers/edge/docfx.json index bc99fd3bd8..d786e0bbfb 100644 --- a/browsers/edge/docfx.json +++ b/browsers/edge/docfx.json @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ "ms.technology": "microsoft-edge", "audience": "ITPro", "ms.topic": "article", - "manager": "laurawi", + "manager": "dansimp", "ms.prod": "edge", "feedback_system": "None", "hideEdit": true, diff --git a/browsers/edge/microsoft-edge-faq.yml b/browsers/edge/microsoft-edge-faq.yml index bfb48a3544..41ba94ebb6 100644 --- a/browsers/edge/microsoft-edge-faq.yml +++ b/browsers/edge/microsoft-edge-faq.yml @@ -8,11 +8,10 @@ metadata: author: dansimp ms.author: dansimp ms.prod: edge - ms.topic: article + ms.topic: faq ms.mktglfcycl: general ms.sitesec: library ms.localizationpriority: medium - title: Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) for IT Pros summary: | Applies to: Microsoft Edge on Windows 10 @@ -70,4 +69,4 @@ sections: - question: What is Microsoft EdgeHTML? answer: | - Microsoft EdgeHTML is the web rendering engine that powers the current Microsoft Edge web browser and Windows 10 web app platform (as opposed to *Microsoft Edge, based on Chromium*). \ No newline at end of file + Microsoft EdgeHTML is the web rendering engine that powers the current Microsoft Edge web browser and Windows 10 web app platform (as opposed to *Microsoft Edge, based on Chromium*). diff --git a/browsers/edge/microsoft-edge.yml b/browsers/edge/microsoft-edge.yml index 54276502a1..053f03eeb7 100644 --- a/browsers/edge/microsoft-edge.yml +++ b/browsers/edge/microsoft-edge.yml @@ -48,8 +48,6 @@ landingContent: links: - text: Test your site on Microsoft Edge for free on BrowserStack url: https://developer.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/tools/remote/ - - text: Use sonarwhal to improve your website - url: https://sonarwhal.com/ # Card (optional) - title: Improve compatibility with Enterprise Mode @@ -77,7 +75,7 @@ landingContent: - linkListType: download links: - text: NSS Labs web browser security reports - url: https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=54773 + url: https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=58080 - linkListType: overview links: - text: Microsoft Edge sandbox @@ -126,10 +124,8 @@ landingContent: url: ./edge-technical-demos.md - linkListType: how-to-guide links: - - text: Import bookmarks - url: https://microsoftedgetips.microsoft.com/2/39 - - text: Password management - url: https://microsoftedgetips.microsoft.com/2/18 + - text: Microsoft Edge features and tips + url: https://microsoftedgetips.microsoft.com # Card (optional) - title: Stay informed diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/docfx.json b/browsers/internet-explorer/docfx.json index 9a7a5d7e4a..37391cc166 100644 --- a/browsers/internet-explorer/docfx.json +++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/docfx.json @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ "ms.technology": "internet-explorer", "ms.prod": "ie11", "ms.topic": "article", - "manager": "laurawi", + "manager": "dansimp", "ms.date": "04/05/2017", "feedback_system": "None", "hideEdit": true, diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md index 8ee8fbf055..e486ed248d 100644 --- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md +++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-1-guidance.md @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ If you don't want to use the Enterprise Mode Site List Manager, you also have th The following is an example of the Enterprise Mode schema v.1. This schema can run on devices running Windows 7 and Windows 8.1. > [!IMPORTANT] -> Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like `contoso.com` automatically applies to both http://contoso.com and https://contoso.com. +> Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like `contoso.com` automatically applies to both `http://contoso.com` and `https://contoso.com`. ```xml @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This table includes the elements used by the Enterprise Mode schema. |<emie> |The parent node for the Enterprise Mode section of the schema. All <domain> entries will have either IE8 Enterprise Mode or IE7 Enterprise Mode applied.
**Example** 
<rules version="205"> 
 <emie> 
   <domain>contoso.com</domain> 
 </emie>
</rules>

**or**
For IPv6 ranges: 


<rules version="205"> 
 <emie> 
  <domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain> 
 </emie>
</rules>


**or**
For IPv4 ranges:

<rules version="205"> 
 <emie> 
  <domain>[10.122.34.99]:8080</domain> 
 </emie>
</rules> | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge       |
 |<docMode>     |The parent node for the document mode section of the section. All <domain> entries will get IE5 - IE11 document modes applied. If there's a <domain> element in the docMode section that uses the same value as a <domain> element in the emie section, the emie element is applied.  
 **Example** 
 
<rules version="205"> 
 <docmode> 
   <domain docMode="7">contoso.com</domain> 
 </docmode>
</rules>     |Internet Explorer 11         |
 |<domain>     |A unique entry added for each site you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The first <domain> element will overrule any additional <domain> elements that use the same value for the section. You can use port numbers for this element. 
 **Example** 
 
<emie> 
 <domain>contoso.com:8080</domain>
</emie>       |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
-|<path>    |A unique entry added for each path under a domain you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The <path> element is a child of the <domain> element. Additionally, the first <path> element will overrule any additional <path> elements in the schema section.
 **Example**  
 
<emie> 
 <domain exclude="true">fabrikam.com 
   <path exclude="false">/products</path>
 </domain>
</emie>
 
 Where [https://fabrikam.com](https://fabrikam.com) doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but [https://fabrikam.com/products](https://fabrikam.com/products) does.   |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
+|<path>    |A unique entry added for each path under a domain you want to put on the Enterprise Mode site list. The <path> element is a child of the <domain> element. Additionally, the first <path> element will overrule any additional <path> elements in the schema section.
 **Example**  
 
<emie> 
 <domain exclude="true">fabrikam.com 
   <path exclude="false">/products</path>
 </domain>
</emie>
 
 Where `https://fabrikam.com` doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` does.   |Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge         |
 
 ### Schema attributes
 This table includes the attributes used by the Enterprise Mode schema.
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ This table includes the attributes used by the Enterprise Mode schema.
 |Attribute|Description|Supported browser|
 |--- |--- |--- |
 |version|Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <rules> element.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|exclude|Specifies the domain or path that is excluded from getting the behavior applied. This attribute is supported on the <domain> and <path> elements.
 **Example** 
<emie>
  <domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com 
    <path exclude="true">/products</path>
  </domain>
</emie> 
 Where [https://fabrikam.com](https://fabrikam.com) doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but [https://fabrikam.com/products](https://fabrikam.com/products) does.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
+|exclude|Specifies the domain or path that is excluded from getting the behavior applied. This attribute is supported on the <domain> and <path> elements.
 **Example** 
<emie>
  <domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com 
    <path exclude="true">/products</path>
  </domain>
</emie> 
 Where `https://fabrikam.com` doesn't use IE8 Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` does.|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
 |docMode|Specifies the document mode to apply. This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path>elements in the <docMode> section.
 **Example**
<docMode> 
  <domain exclude="false">fabrikam.com 
    <path docMode="9">/products</path>
  </domain>
</docMode>|Internet Explorer 11|
-|doNotTransition| Specifies that the page should load in the current browser, otherwise it will open in IE11. This attribute is supported on all <domain> or <path> elements. If this attribute is absent, it defaults to false.
 **Example**
<emie>
 <domain doNotTransition="false">fabrikam.com 
   <path doNotTransition="true">/products</path>
 </domain>
</emie>
Where [https://fabrikam.com](https://fabrikam.com) opens in the IE11 browser, but [https://fabrikam.com/products](https://fabrikam.com/products) loads in the current browser (eg. Microsoft Edge)|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|forceCompatView|Specifies that the page should load in IE7 document mode (Compat View). This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path> elements in the <emie> section. If the page is also configured to load in Enterprise Mode, it will load in IE7 Enterprise Mode. Otherwise (exclude="true"), it will load in IE11's IE7 document mode. If this attribute is absent, it defaults to false. 
 **Example**
<emie>
 <domain exclude="true">fabrikam.com 
   <path forcecompatview="true">/products</path>
 </domain>
</emie>
Where [https://fabrikam.com](https://fabrikam.com) does not use Enterprise Mode, but [https://fabrikam.com/products](https://fabrikam.com/products) uses IE7 Enterprise Mode.|Internet Explorer 11|
+|doNotTransition| Specifies that the page should load in the current browser, otherwise it will open in IE11. This attribute is supported on all <domain> or <path> elements. If this attribute is absent, it defaults to false.
 **Example**
<emie>
 <domain doNotTransition="false">fabrikam.com 
   <path doNotTransition="true">/products</path>
 </domain>
</emie>
Where `https://fabrikam.com` opens in the IE11 browser, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` loads in the current browser (eg. Microsoft Edge)|Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
+|forceCompatView|Specifies that the page should load in IE7 document mode (Compat View). This attribute is only supported on <domain> or <path> elements in the <emie> section. If the page is also configured to load in Enterprise Mode, it will load in IE7 Enterprise Mode. Otherwise (exclude="true"), it will load in IE11's IE7 document mode. If this attribute is absent, it defaults to false. 
 **Example**
<emie>
 <domain exclude="true">fabrikam.com 
   <path forcecompatview="true">/products</path>
 </domain>
</emie>
Where `https://fabrikam.com` does not use Enterprise Mode, but `https://fabrikam.com/products` uses IE7 Enterprise Mode.|Internet Explorer 11|
 
 ### Using Enterprise Mode and document mode together
 If you want to use both Enterprise Mode and document mode together, you need to be aware that  <emie> entries override <docMode> entries for the same domain. 
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
index 825646b237..5af6fab521 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/enterprise-mode-schema-version-2-guidance.md
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ You can continue to use the v.1 version of the schema on Windows 10, but you wo
 The following is an example of the v.2 version of the Enterprise Mode schema.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like ``, automatically applies to both http://contoso.com and https://contoso.com.
+> Make sure that you don't specify a protocol when adding your URLs. Using a URL like ``, automatically applies to both `http://contoso.com` and `https://contoso.com`.
  
 ```xml
 
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ The <url> attribute, as part of the <site> element in the v.2 versio
 
 |Attribute|Description|Supported browser|
 |---------|---------|---------|
-|allow-redirect|A boolean attribute of the <open-in> element that controls the behavior for redirected sites. Setting this attribute to "true" indicates that the site will open in IE11 or Microsoft Edge even if the site is navigated to as part of a HTTP or meta refresh redirection chain. Omitting the attribute is equivalent to "false" (sites in redirect chain will not open in another browser).
**Example**
<site url="contoso.com/travel">
  <open-in allow-redirect="true">IE11 </open-in>
</site>
 In this example, if [https://contoso.com/travel](https://contoso.com/travel) is encountered in a redirect chain in Microsoft Edge, it will be opened in Internet Explorer. 
  • | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
+|allow-redirect|A boolean attribute of the <open-in> element that controls the behavior for redirected sites. Setting this attribute to "true" indicates that the site will open in IE11 or Microsoft Edge even if the site is navigated to as part of a HTTP or meta refresh redirection chain. Omitting the attribute is equivalent to "false" (sites in redirect chain will not open in another browser).
    **Example**
    <site url="contoso.com/travel">
      <open-in allow-redirect="true">IE11 </open-in>
    </site>
     In this example, if `https://contoso.com/travel` is encountered in a redirect chain in Microsoft Edge, it will be opened in Internet Explorer. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
 |version     |Specifies the version of the Enterprise Mode Site List. This attribute is supported for the <site-list> element.   | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
-|url|Specifies the URL (and port number using standard port conventions) to which the child elements apply. The URL can be a domain, sub-domain, or any path URL.
     **Note**
     Make sure that you don't specify a protocol. Using <site url="contoso.com">  applies to both [https://contoso.com](https://contoso.com) and [https://contoso.com](https://contoso.com). 
     **Example**
    <site url="contoso.com:8080">
       <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode> 
     <open-in>IE11</open-in>
    </site>
    In this example, going to [https://contoso.com:8080](https://contoso.com:8080) using Microsoft Edge, causes the site to open in IE11 and load in IE8 Enterprise Mode. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
+|url|Specifies the URL (and port number using standard port conventions) to which the child elements apply. The URL can be a domain, sub-domain, or any path URL.
     **Note**
     Make sure that you don't specify a protocol. Using <site url="contoso.com">  applies to both `http://contoso.com` and `https://contoso.com`. 
     **Example**
    <site url="contoso.com:8080">
       <compat-mode>IE8Enterprise</compat-mode> 
     <open-in>IE11</open-in>
    </site>
    In this example, going to `https://contoso.com:8080` using Microsoft Edge, causes the site to open in IE11 and load in IE8 Enterprise Mode. | Internet Explorer 11 and Microsoft Edge|
 
 ### Deprecated attributes
 These v.1 version schema attributes have been deprecated in the v.2 version of the schema:
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
index 125703ca28..0ec2a15346 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/install-ie11-using-microsoft-intune.md
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ For more info about this, see [Deploy and configure apps](/mem/intune/).
 
 2.  Any employee in the assigned group can now install the package. 
 
-For more info about this, see [Update apps using Microsoft Intune](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=301808)
+For more info about this, see [Update apps using Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/apps-windows-10-app-deploy)
 
  
 
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md
index fbcbcbadb9..f701d8ff8d 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/problems-after-installing-ie11.md
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ RIES does not:
 
 -   Affect the applied Administrative Template Group Policy settings.
 
-RIES turns off all custom toolbars, browser extensions, and customizations installed with IE11. If you change your mind, you can turn each of the customizations back on through the **Manage Add-ons** dialog box. For more information about resetting IE settings, see [How to Reset Internet Explorer Settings](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=214528).
+RIES turns off all custom toolbars, browser extensions, and customizations installed with IE11. If you change your mind, you can turn each of the customizations back on through the **Manage Add-ons** dialog box. For more information about resetting IE settings, see [How to Reset Internet Explorer Settings](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/change-or-reset-internet-explorer-settings-2d4bac50-5762-91c5-a057-a922533f77d5).
 
 ## IE is crashing or seems slow
 If you notice that CPU usage is running higher than normal, or that IE is frequently crashing or slowing down, you should check your browser add-ons and video card. By default, IE11 uses graphics processing unit (GPU) rendering mode. However, some outdated video cards and video drivers don't support GPU hardware acceleration. If IE11 determines that your current video card or video driver doesn't support GPU hardware acceleration, it'll use Software Rendering mode.
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md
index a216f90395..613d58863c 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-deploy-guide/virtualization-and-compatibility-with-ie11.md
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ We strongly suggest that while you're using virtualization, you also update your
 
 The Microsoft-supported options for virtualizing web apps are:
 
--   **Microsoft Enterprise Desktop Virtualization (MED-V).** Uses Microsoft Virtual PC to provide an enterprise solution for desktop virtualization. With MED-V, you can easily create, deliver, and manage corporate Virtual PC images on any Windows®-based desktop. For more information, see [MED-V](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=271653).
+-   **Microsoft Enterprise Desktop Virtualization (MED-V).** Uses Microsoft Virtual PC to provide an enterprise solution for desktop virtualization. With MED-V, you can easily create, deliver, and manage corporate Virtual PC images on any Windows®-based desktop. For more information, see [MED-V](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/medv-v2/).
 
 -   **Client Hyper-V.** Uses the same virtualization technology previously available in Windows Server, but now installed for Windows 8.1. For more information, see [Client Hyper-V](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh857623(v=ws.11)).
    
 For more information about virtualization options, see [Microsoft Desktop Virtualization](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=271662).
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
index 4f545f92d9..96fce41e4b 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-for-it-pros-ie11.yml
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ metadata:
   title: Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros (Internet Explorer 11 for IT Pros)
   ms.sitesec: library
   ms.date: 10/16/2017
-    
+  ms.topic: faq
 title: Internet Explorer 11 - FAQ for IT Pros
 summary: |
   [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           What test tools exist to test for potential application compatibility issues?
         answer: |
-          The Compat Inspector tool supports Windows Internet Explorer 9 through IE11. For more information, see [Compat Inspector User Guide](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=313189). In addition, you can use the new [F12 Developer Tools](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/dev-guides/bg182632(v=vs.85)) that are included with IE11, or the [modern.ie](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=308902) website for Microsoft Edge.
+          The Compat Inspector tool supports Windows Internet Explorer 9 through IE11. For more information, see [Compat Inspector User Guide](https://testdrive-archive.azurewebsites.net/html5/compatinspector/help/post.htm). In addition, you can use the new [F12 Developer Tools](/previous-versions/windows/internet-explorer/ie-developer/dev-guides/bg182632(v=vs.85)) that are included with IE11, or the [modern.ie](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=308902) website for Microsoft Edge.
           
       - question: |
           Why am I having problems launching my legacy apps with Internet Explorer 11?
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml
index 217b48f990..178595abf4 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ie11-blocker-toolkit.yml
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ metadata:
   title: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit - Frequently Asked Questions
   ms.sitesec: library
   ms.date: 05/10/2018
-    
+  ms.topic: faq
 title: Internet Explorer 11 Blocker Toolkit - Frequently Asked Questions
 summary: |
   [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
index e2400b19af..20e3889f45 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-faq/faq-ieak11.yml
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ metadata:
   title: IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions
   ms.sitesec: library
   ms.date: 05/10/2018
-    
+  ms.topic: faq
 title: IEAK 11 - Frequently Asked Questions
 summary: |
   [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
@@ -137,4 +137,4 @@ additionalContent: |
   -[Download IEAK 11](../ie11-ieak/ieak-information-and-downloads.md)
   -[IEAK 11 overview](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
   -[IEAK 11 product documentation](../ie11-ieak/index.md)
-  -[IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](../ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+  -[IEAK 11 licensing guidelines](../ie11-ieak/licensing-version-and-features-ieak11.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md
index 9ed59cf64e..634e13f2fb 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/customize-automatic-search-for-ie.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ ms.date: 07/27/2017
 
 [!INCLUDE [Microsoft 365 workloads end of support for IE11](../includes/microsoft-365-ie-end-of-support.md)]
 
-Internet Explorer lets websites advertise any search provider that uses the open search standard described at the A9 website ( [OpenSearch 1.1 Draft 5](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=208582)). When IE detects new search providers, the **Search** box becomes active and adds the new providers to the drop-down list of providers.
+Internet Explorer lets websites advertise any search provider that uses the open search standard described at the A9 website ([OpenSearch 1.1 Draft 5](https://opensearch.org/docs/latest/opensearch/index/)). When IE detects new search providers, the **Search** box becomes active and adds the new providers to the drop-down list of providers.
 
 Using the **Administrative Templates** section of Group Policy, you can prevent the search box from appearing, you can add a list of acceptable search providers, or you can restrict your employee’s ability to add or remove search providers.
 
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md
index 57128dfefe..391784b8a4 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/ie11-ieak/iexpress-command-line-options.md
@@ -39,8 +39,6 @@ These command-line options work with IExpress:
    
 |`/r:a` |Always restarts the computer after installation. |
 |`/r:s` |Restarts the computer after installation without prompting the employee. |
 
-For more information, see [Command-line switches for IExpress software update packages](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=317973).
-
 ## Related topics
 - [IExpress Wizard for Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1](iexpress-wizard-for-win-server.md)
 - [Internet Explorer Setup command-line options and return codes](ie-setup-command-line-options-and-return-codes.md)
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml
index 68b6be4505..27e231694f 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/internet-explorer.yml
@@ -46,8 +46,6 @@ landingContent:
             url: https://mva.microsoft.com/training-courses/getting-started-with-windows-10-for-it-professionals-10629?l=fCowqpy8_5905094681
           - text: 'Windows 10: Top Features for IT Pros'
             url: https://mva.microsoft.com/training-courses/windows-10-top-features-for-it-pros-16319?l=xBnT2ihhC_7306218965
-          - text: Manage and modernize Internet Explorer with Enterprise Mode
-            url: https://channel9.msdn.com/events/teched/newzealand/2014/pcit307
           - text: 'Virtual Lab: Enterprise Mode'
             url: https://www.microsoft.com/handsonlabs/SelfPacedLabs/?storyGuid=e4155067-2c7e-4b46-8496-eca38bedca02
 
diff --git a/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml b/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml
index f7f8874d78..ea499a1774 100644
--- a/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml
+++ b/browsers/internet-explorer/kb-support/ie-edge-faqs.yml
@@ -9,11 +9,10 @@ metadata:
   ms.reviewer: ramakoni, DEV_Triage
   ms.prod: internet-explorer
   ms.technology:
-  ms.topic: kb-support
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.custom: CI=111020
   ms.localizationpriority: medium
   ms.date: 01/23/2020
-    
 title: Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge frequently asked questions (FAQ) for IT Pros
 summary: |
 
diff --git a/devices/hololens/docfx.json b/devices/hololens/docfx.json
index 464a472b2f..2908606c60 100644
--- a/devices/hololens/docfx.json
+++ b/devices/hololens/docfx.json
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "ms.topic": "article",
       "audience": "ITPro",
-      "manager": "laurawi",
+      "manager": "dansimp",
       "ms.date": "04/05/2017",
       "feedback_system": "GitHub",
       "feedback_github_repo": "MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs",
diff --git a/devices/surface-hub/docfx.json b/devices/surface-hub/docfx.json
index 2e2fb12b63..1e0f65ecc7 100644
--- a/devices/surface-hub/docfx.json
+++ b/devices/surface-hub/docfx.json
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "audience": "ITPro",
       "ms.topic": "article",
-      "manager": "laurawi",
+      "manager": "dansimp",
       "ms.mktglfcycl": "manage",
       "ms.sitesec": "library",
       "ms.date": "05/23/2017",
diff --git a/devices/surface/docfx.json b/devices/surface/docfx.json
index eba515451e..da410e3263 100644
--- a/devices/surface/docfx.json
+++ b/devices/surface/docfx.json
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "audience": "ITPro",
       "ms.topic": "article",
-      "manager": "laurawi",
+      "manager": "dansimp",
       "ms.date": "05/09/2017",
       "feedback_system": "GitHub",
       "feedback_github_repo": "MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs",
diff --git a/education/developers.yml b/education/developers.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b67147739..0000000000
--- a/education/developers.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:Hub
-
-title: Microsoft 365 Education Documentation for developers
-summary: Are you an app developer looking for information about developing solutions on Microsoft Education products? Start here.
-
-metadata:
-  title: Microsoft 365 Education Documentation for developers
-  description: Are you an app developer looking for information about developing solutions on Microsoft Education products? Start here.
-  ms.service: help
-  ms.topic: hub-page
-  author: LaurenMoynihan
-  ms.author: v-lamoyn
-  ms.date: 10/24/2019
-
-additionalContent:
-  sections:
-    - items:
-        # Card
-        - title: UWP apps for education
-          summary: Learn how to write universal apps for education.
-          url: /windows/uwp/apps-for-education/
-        # Card
-        - title: Take a test API
-          summary: Learn how web applications can use the API to provide a locked down experience for taking tests.
-          url: /windows/uwp/apps-for-education/take-a-test-api
-        # Card
-        - title: Office Education Dev center
-          summary: Integrate with Office 365 across devices and services to extend Microsoft enterprise-scale compliance and security to students, teachers, and staff in your education app
-          url: https://developer.microsoft.com/office/edu
-        # Card
-        - title: Data Streamer
-          summary: Bring new STEM experiences into the classroom with real-time data in Excel using Data Streamer. Data Streamer can send data to Excel from a sensor or application.
-          url: /microsoft-365/education/data-streamer
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/docfx.json b/education/docfx.json
index 7cac8a75b9..04a27cb629 100644
--- a/education/docfx.json
+++ b/education/docfx.json
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
       "audience": "windows-education",
       "ms.topic": "article",
       "ms.technology": "windows",
-      "manager": "laurawi",
+      "manager": "dansimp",
       "audience": "ITPro",
       "breadcrumb_path": "/education/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "ms.date": "05/09/2017",
diff --git a/education/includes/education-content-updates.md b/education/includes/education-content-updates.md
index 1c5a8d3904..8100e0959b 100644
--- a/education/includes/education-content-updates.md
+++ b/education/includes/education-content-updates.md
@@ -2,31 +2,18 @@
 

 
 
-## Week of December 13, 2021
+## Week of April 25, 2022
 
 
 | Published On |Topic title | Change |
 |------|------------|--------|
-| 12/13/2021 | [What is Windows 11 SE](/education/windows/windows-11-se-overview) | modified |
-| 12/13/2021 | [Windows 11 SE settings list](/education/windows/windows-11-se-settings-list) | modified |
+| 4/25/2022 | [Deploy Windows 10 in a school district (Windows 10)](/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district) | modified |
+| 4/25/2022 | [Deploy Windows 10 in a school district (Windows 10)](/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district) | modified |
 
 
-## Week of November 29, 2021
+## Week of April 18, 2022
 
 
 | Published On |Topic title | Change |
 |------|------------|--------|
-| 11/29/2021 | [What is Windows 11 SE](/education/windows/windows-11-se-overview) | added |
-| 11/29/2021 | [Windows 11 SE settings list](/education/windows/windows-11-se-settings-list) | added |
-
-
-## Week of November 15, 2021
-
-
-| Published On |Topic title | Change |
-|------|------------|--------|
-| 11/16/2021 | [Chromebook migration guide (Windows 10)](/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide) | modified |
-| 11/16/2021 | [Deploy Windows 10 in a school district (Windows 10)](/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district) | modified |
-| 11/18/2021 | [Deploy Windows 10 in a school district (Windows 10)](/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district) | modified |
-| 11/18/2021 | [Deploy Windows 10 in a school (Windows 10)](/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school) | modified |
-| 11/18/2021 | [For IT administrators get Minecraft Education Edition](/education/windows/school-get-minecraft) | modified |
+| 4/21/2022 | [For IT administrators get Minecraft Education Edition](/education/windows/school-get-minecraft) | modified |
diff --git a/education/index.yml b/education/index.yml
index 80796a921a..26aa73e3a7 100644
--- a/education/index.yml
+++ b/education/index.yml
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
 
 title: Microsoft 365 Education Documentation
 summary: Microsoft 365 Education empowers educators to unlock creativity, promote teamwork, and provide a simple and safe experience in a single, affordable solution built for education.
+# brand: aspnet | azure | dotnet | dynamics | m365 | ms-graph | office | power-apps | power-automate | power-bi | power-platform | power-virtual-agents | sql | sql-server | vs | visual-studio | windows | xamarin
+brand: m365
 
 metadata:
   title: Microsoft 365 Education Documentation
@@ -13,23 +15,112 @@ metadata:
   ms.date: 10/24/2019
 
 productDirectory:
+  title: For IT admins
+  summary: This guide is designed for IT admins looking for the simplest way to move their platform to the cloud. It does not capture all the necessary steps for large scale or complex deployments.
   items:
     # Card    
-    - title: IT Admins
-      # imageSrc should be square in ratio with no whitespace
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDUAdmins.svg
-      links:
-        - url: itadmins.yml
-          text: Get started with deploying and managing a full cloud IT solution for your school.
+    - title: Phase 1 - Cloud deployment
+      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Deploy.svg
+      summary: Create your Microsoft 365 tenant, secure and configure your environment, sync your active directry and SIS, and license users.
+      url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/create-your-office-365-tenant
     # Card
-    - title: Developers
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDUDevelopers.svg
-      links:
-        - url: developers.yml
-          text: Looking for information about developing solutions on Microsoft Education products? Start here. 
+    - title: Phase 2 - Device management
+      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Device-Mgmt.svg
+      summary: Get started with Windows for Education, set up and enroll devices in Intune.
+      url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/set-up-windows-10-education-devices
     # Card    
-    - title: Partners
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDUPartners.svg
+    - title: Phase 3 - Apps management
+      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Apps-Mgmt.svg
+      summary: Configure admin settings, set up Teams for Education, install apps and install Minecraft.
+      url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/configure-admin-settings
+    # Card    
+    - title: Phase 4 - Complete your deployment
+      # imageSrc should be square in ratio with no whitespace
+      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Tasks.svg
+      summary: Configure settings for Exchange and SharePoint.
+      url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/deploy-exchange-online
+    # Card
+    - title: Security & compliance
+      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Lockbox.svg
       links:
-        - url: partners.yml
-          text: Looking for resources available to Microsoft Education partners? Start here.
\ No newline at end of file
+        - url: /azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-deployment-checklist-p2
+          text: AAD feature deployment guide
+        - url: https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/Azure-Information-Protection/Azure-Information-Protection-Deployment-Acceleration-Guide/ba-p/334423
+          text: Azure information protection deployment acceleration guide
+        - url: /cloud-app-security/getting-started-with-cloud-app-security
+          text: Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps
+        - url: /microsoft-365/compliance/create-test-tune-dlp-policy
+          text: Data loss prevention
+        - url: /microsoft-365/compliance/
+          text: Microsoft 365 Compliance
+        - url: https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/35748.office-365-what-is-customer-lockbox-and-how-to-enable-it.aspx
+          text: Deploying Lockbox
+    # Card    
+    - title: Analytics & insights
+      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Education.svg
+      links:
+        - url: /power-bi/service-admin-administering-power-bi-in-your-organization
+          text: Power BI for IT admins
+        - url: /dynamics365/#pivot=get-started
+          text: Dynamics 365
+    # Card    
+    - title: Find deployment help and other support resources
+      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Teachers.svg
+      links:
+        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/find-deployment-help
+          text: IT admin help
+        - url: https://social.technet.microsoft.com/forums/en-us/home
+          text: TechNet
+        - url: https://support.office.com/en-us/education
+          text: Education help center
+        - url: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/teacher-training-packs-7a9ee74a-8fe5-43d3-bc23-a55185896921
+          text: Teacher training packs
+    # Card    
+    - title: Check out our education journey
+      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-ITJourney.svg
+      links:
+        - url: https://edujourney.microsoft.com/k-12/
+          text: K-12
+        - url: https://edujourney.microsoft.com/hed/
+          text: Higher education
+
+additionalContent:
+  sections:
+    - title: For developers # < 60 chars (optional)
+      summary: Are you an app developer looking for information about developing solutions on Microsoft Education products? Start here. # < 160 chars (optional)
+    - items:
+        # Card
+        - title: UWP apps for education
+          summary: Learn how to write universal apps for education.
+          url: /windows/uwp/apps-for-education/
+        # Card
+        - title: Take a test API
+          summary: Learn how web applications can use the API to provide a locked down experience for taking tests.
+          url: /windows/uwp/apps-for-education/take-a-test-api
+        # Card
+        - title: Office Education Dev center
+          summary: Integrate with Office 365 across devices and services to extend Microsoft enterprise-scale compliance and security to students, teachers, and staff in your education app
+          url: https://developer.microsoft.com/office/edu
+        # Card
+        - title: Data Streamer
+          summary: Bring new STEM experiences into the classroom with real-time data in Excel using Data Streamer. Data Streamer can send data to Excel from a sensor or application.
+          url: /microsoft-365/education/data-streamer
+    - title: For partners # < 60 chars (optional)
+      summary: Looking for resources available to Microsoft Education partners? Start here. # < 160 chars (optional)
+    - items:
+        # Card
+        - title: Microsoft Partner Network
+          summary: Discover the latest news and resources for Microsoft Education products, solutions, licensing and readiness.
+          url: https://partner.microsoft.com/solutions/education
+        # Card
+        - title: Authorized Education Partner (AEP) program
+          summary: Become authorized to purchase and resell academic priced offers and products to Qualified Educational Users (QEUs).
+          url: https://www.mepn.com/
+        # Card
+        - title: Authorized Education Partner Directory
+          summary: Search through the list of Authorized Education Partners worldwide who can deliver on customer licensing requirements, and provide solutions and services to current and future school needs.
+          url: https://www.mepn.com/MEPN/AEPSearch.aspx
+        # Card
+        - title: Education Partner community Yammer group
+          summary: Sign in with your Microsoft Partner account and join the Education Partner community private group on Yammer.
+          url: https://www.yammer.com/mepn/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/itadmins.yml b/education/itadmins.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2847e59b71..0000000000
--- a/education/itadmins.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:Hub
-
-title: Microsoft 365 Education Documentation for IT admins
-summary: Microsoft 365 Education consists of Office 365 Education, Windows 10 Education, and security and management tools such as Intune for Education and School Data Sync.
-
-metadata:
-  title: Microsoft 365 Education Documentation for IT admins
-  description: M365 Education consists of Office 365 Education, Windows 10 Education, and security and management tools such as Intune for Education and School Data Sync.
-  ms.service: help
-  ms.topic: hub-page
-  author: LaurenMoynihan
-  ms.author: v-lamoyn
-  ms.date: 10/24/2019
-
-productDirectory:
-  summary: This guide is designed for IT admins looking for the simplest way to move their platform to the cloud. It does not capture all the necessary steps for large scale or complex deployments.
-  items:
-    # Card    
-    - title: Phase 1 - Cloud deployment
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Deploy.svg
-      links:
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/create-your-office-365-tenant
-          text: 1. Create your Office 365 tenant
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/secure-and-configure-your-network
-          text: 2. Secure and configure your network
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/aad-connect-and-adfs
-          text: 3. Sync your active directory
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/school-data-sync
-          text: 4. Sync you SIS using School Data Sync
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/license-users
-          text: 5. License users
-    # Card
-    - title: Phase 2 - Device management
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Device-Mgmt.svg
-      links:
-        - url: ./windows/index.md
-          text: 1. Get started with Windows 10 for Education
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/set-up-windows-10-education-devices
-          text: 2. Set up Windows 10 devices
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/intune-for-education
-          text: 3. Get started with Intune for Education
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/use-intune-for-education
-          text: 4. Use Intune to manage groups, apps, and settings
-        - url: /intune/enrollment/enrollment-autopilot
-          text: 5. Enroll devices using Windows Autopilot
-    # Card    
-    - title: Phase 3 - Apps management
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Apps-Mgmt.svg
-      links:
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/configure-admin-settings
-          text: 1. Configure admin settings
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/set-up-teams-for-education
-          text: 2. Set up Teams for Education
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/deploy-office-365
-          text: 3. Set up Office 365
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/microsoft-store-for-education
-          text: 4. Install apps from Microsoft Store for Education
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/minecraft-for-education
-          text: 5. Install Minecraft - Education Edition
-    # Card    
-    - title: Complete your deployment
-      # imageSrc should be square in ratio with no whitespace
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Tasks.svg
-      links:
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/deploy-exchange-online
-          text: Deploy Exchange Online
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/deploy-sharepoint-online-and-onedrive
-          text: Deploy SharePoint Online and OneDrive
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/deploy-exchange-server-hybrid
-          text: Deploy Exchange Server hybrid
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/deploy-sharepoint-server-hybrid
-          text: Deploy SharePoint Server Hybrid
-    # Card
-    - title: Security & compliance
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Lockbox.svg
-      links:
-        - url: /azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-deployment-checklist-p2
-          text: AAD feature deployment guide
-        - url: https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/Azure-Information-Protection/Azure-Information-Protection-Deployment-Acceleration-Guide/ba-p/334423
-          text: Azure information protection deployment acceleration guide
-        - url: /cloud-app-security/getting-started-with-cloud-app-security
-          text: Microsoft Defender for Cloud Apps
-        - url: /microsoft-365/compliance/create-test-tune-dlp-policy
-          text: Office 365 data loss prevention
-        - url: /microsoft-365/compliance/
-          text: Office 365 advanced compliance
-        - url: https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/35748.office-365-what-is-customer-lockbox-and-how-to-enable-it.aspx
-          text: Deploying Lockbox
-    # Card    
-    - title: Analytics & insights
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Education.svg
-      links:
-        - url: /power-bi/service-admin-administering-power-bi-in-your-organization
-          text: Power BI for IT admins
-        - url: /dynamics365/#pivot=get-started
-          text: Dynamics 365
-    # Card    
-    - title: Find deployment help
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-FindHelp.svg
-      links:
-        - url: /microsoft-365/education/deploy/find-deployment-help
-          text: IT admin help
-        - url: https://social.technet.microsoft.com/forums/en-us/home
-          text: TechNet
-    # Card    
-    - title: Check out our education journey
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-ITJourney.svg
-      links:
-        - url: https://edujourney.microsoft.com/k-12/
-          text: K-12
-        - url: https://edujourney.microsoft.com/hed/
-          text: Higher education
-    # Card    
-    - title: Additional support resources
-      imageSrc: ./images/EDU-Teachers.svg
-      links:
-        - url: https://support.office.com/en-us/education
-          text: Education help center
-        - url: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/teacher-training-packs-7a9ee74a-8fe5-43d3-bc23-a55185896921
-          text: Teacher training packs
diff --git a/education/partners.yml b/education/partners.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 42925925f4..0000000000
--- a/education/partners.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:Hub
-
-title: Microsoft 365 Education Documentation for partners
-summary: Looking for resources available to Microsoft Education partners? Start here.
-
-metadata:
-  title: Microsoft 365 Education Documentation for partners
-  description: Looking for resources available to Microsoft Education partners? Start here.
-  ms.service: help
-  ms.topic: hub-page
-  author: LaurenMoynihan
-  ms.author: v-lamoyn
-  ms.date: 10/24/2019
-
-additionalContent:
-  sections:
-    - items:
-        # Card
-        - title: Microsoft Partner Network
-          summary: Discover the latest news and resources for Microsoft Education products, solutions, licensing and readiness.
-          url: https://partner.microsoft.com/solutions/education
-        # Card
-        - title: Authorized Education Partner (AEP) program
-          summary: Become authorized to purchase and resell academic priced offers and products to Qualified Educational Users (QEUs).
-          url: https://www.mepn.com/
-        # Card
-        - title: Authorized Education Partner Directory
-          summary: Search through the list of Authorized Education Partners worldwide who can deliver on customer licensing requirements, and provide solutions and services to current and future school needs.
-          url: https://www.mepn.com/MEPN/AEPSearch.aspx
-        # Card
-        - title: Education Partner community Yammer group
-          summary: Sign in with your Microsoft Partner account and join the Education Partner community private group on Yammer.
-          url: https://www.yammer.com/mepn/
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/TOC.yml b/education/trial-in-a-box/TOC.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6050d91b67..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/TOC.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-- name: Microsoft Education Trial in a Box
-  href: index.md
-  items: 
-    - name: Educator Trial in a Box Guide
-      href: educator-tib-get-started.md
-    - name: IT Admin Trial in a Box Guide
-      href: itadmin-tib-get-started.md
-    - name: Microsoft Education Trial in a Box Support
-      href: support-options.md
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/educator-tib-get-started.md b/education/trial-in-a-box/educator-tib-get-started.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 92cf989109..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/educator-tib-get-started.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Educator Trial in a Box Guide
-description: Need help or have a question about using Microsoft Education? Start here.
-keywords: support, troubleshooting, education, Microsoft Education, full cloud IT solution, school, deploy, setup, manage, Windows 10, Intune for Education, Office 365 for Education, Microsoft Store for Education, Set up School PCs
-ms.prod: w10
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.pagetype: edu
-ROBOTS: noindex,nofollow
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 03/18/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
----
-
-# Educator Trial in a Box Guide
-
-![Welcome, Educators!](images/Welocme-Educators.png)
-
-This guide shows you how to quickly and easily try a few transformational tools from Microsoft Education in 5 quick steps.
-
-| Tool | Description |
-| :---: |:--- |
-| [![Connect the device to Wi-Fi.](images/edu-TIB-setp-1-v3.png)](#edu-task1) | [Log in](#edu-task1) to **Device A** with your Teacher credentials and connect to the school network. |
-| [![Try Learning Tools Immersive Reader.](images/edu-TIB-setp-2-v3.png)](#edu-task2) | **Interested in significantly improving your students' reading speed and comprehension?[1](#footnote1)** 
    Try the [Learning Tools Immersive Reader](#edu-task2) to see how kids can learn to read faster, using text read aloud, and highlighting words for syntax. |
-| [![Launch Microsoft Teams.](images/edu-TIB-setp-3-v3.png)](#edu-task3) | **Looking to foster collaboration, communication, and critical thinking in the classroom?** 
    Launch [Microsoft Teams](#edu-task3) and learn how to set up digital classroom discussions, respond to student questions, and organize class content. |
-| [![Open OneNote.](images/edu-TIB-setp-4-v3.png)](#edu-task4) | **Trying to expand classroom creativity and interaction between students?** 
    Open [OneNote](#edu-task4) and create an example group project for your class. |
-| [![Try Photos app.](images/edu-tib-setp-5-v4.png)](#edu-task5) | **Curious about telling stories through video?** 
    Try the [Photos app](#edu-task5) to make your own example video. |
-| [![Play with Minecraft: Education Edition.](images/edu-tib-setp-6-v4.png)](#edu-task6) | **Want to teach kids to further collaborate and problem solve?** 
    Play with [Minecraft: Education Edition](#edu-task6) to see how it can be used as a collaborative and versatile platform across subjects to encourage 21st century skills. |
-| [![Do Math with Windows Ink.](images/edu-tib-setp-7-v1.png)](#edu-task7) | **Want to provide a personal math tutor for your students?** 
    Use [Windows Ink and the Math Assistant feature](#edu-task7) in OneNote to give students step-by-step instructions and interactive 2D graphs for math problems. |
-
-
-
    
-
-> [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/3nqooY9Iqq4]
-
-
    
-
    
-
-
-![Log in to Device A and connect to the school network.](images/edu-TIB-setp-1-jump.png)
-## 1. Log in and connect to the school network
-To try out the educator tasks, start by logging in as a teacher.
-
-1. Turn on **Device A** and ensure you plug in the PC to an electrical outlet.
-2. Connect **Device A** to your school's Wi-Fi network or connect with a local Ethernet connection using the Ethernet adapter included in this kit.
-   >**Note**: If your Wi-Fi network requires a web browser login page to connect to the Internet, connect using the Ethernet port. If your Wi-Fi network has additional restrictions that will prevent the device from connecting to the internet without registration, consider connecting **Device A** to a different network.
-
-3. Log in to **Device A** using the **Teacher Username** and **Teacher Password** included in the **Credentials Sheet** located in your kit.
-
-
-
    
-
    
-
-![Improve student reading speed and comprehension.](images/edu-TIB-setp-2-jump.png)
-## 2. Significantly improve student reading speed and comprehension
-
-> [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/GCzSAslq_2Y]
-
-
    
-
-
-Learning Tools and the Immersive Reader can be used in the Microsoft Edge browser, Microsoft Word, and Microsoft OneNote to:
-* Increase fluency for English language learners
-* Build confidence for emerging readers
-* Provide text decoding solutions for students with learning differences such as dyslexia
-
-**Try this!**
-
-1. On the **Start** menu, click the Word document titled **Design Think**.
-
-2. Click **Edit Document** and select **Edit in Browser**.
-
-3. Select the **View** menu.
-
-4. Select the **Immersive Reader** button.
-
-   ![Word's Immersive Reader.](images/word_online_immersive_reader.png)
-
-5. Press the **Play** button to hear text read aloud.
-
-6. Select these various settings to see different ways to configure Immersive Reader for your students.
-
-   | Text to Speech | Text Preferences | Grammar Options | Line Focus |
-   | :------------: | :--------------: | :-------------: | :--------: |
-   | ![Word Text to Speech.](images/wordonline_tts.png) | ![Word Text Preferences](images/wordonline_text_preferences.png) | ![Word Grammar Options](images/wordonline_grammar_options.png) | ![Word Line Focus](images/wordonline_line_focus.png) |
-
-
    
-
    
-
-
-
-![Spark communication, critical thinking, and creativity with Microsoft Teams.](images/edu-TIB-setp-3-jump.png)
-## 3. Spark communication, critical thinking, and creativity in the classroom
-
-> [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/riQr4Dqb8B8]
-
-
    
-
-
-Microsoft Teams is a digital hub that brings conversations, content, and apps together in one place. This guided tour walks you through the essential teaching features of the app. Then, through interactive prompts, experience how you can use this tool in your own classroom to spark digital classroom discussions, respond to student questions, organize content, and more!
-
-Take a guided tour of Microsoft Teams and test drive this digital hub.
-
-**Try this!**
-
-1. Take a guided tour of Microsoft Teams and test drive some teaching tasks. Open the Microsoft Edge browser and navigate to https://msteamsdemo.azurewebsites.net.
-
-2. Use your school credentials provided in the **Credentials Sheet**.
-
-
    
-
    
-
-![Expand classroom collaboration and interaction with OneNote.](images/edu-TIB-setp-4-jump.png)
-## 4. Expand classroom collaboration and interaction between students
-
-> [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/dzDSWMb_fIE]
-
-
    
-
-
-Microsoft OneNote organizes curriculum and lesson plans for teachers and students to work together and at their own pace. It provides a digital canvas to store text, images, handwritten drawings, attachments, links, voice, and video.
-
-**Try this!**
-See how a group project comes together with opportunities to interact with other students and collaborate with peers. This one works best with the digital pen, included with your Trial in a Box.
-When you're not using the pen, just use the magnet to stick it to the left side of the screen until you need it again.
-
-1. On the **Start** menu, click the OneNote shortcut named **Imagine Giza** to open the **Reimagine the Great Pyramid of Giza project**.
-
-2. Take the digital pen out of the box and make notes or draw.
-
-3. Follow the instructions for the project. Look for the **Try this!** callouts to experiment with these engaging activities.
-   - Discover the power of digital ink by selecting the Draw tab. Choose your pen and get scribbling.
-
-     ![OneNote Draw tab.](images/onenote_draw.png)
-
-   - Type anywhere on the page! Just click your cursor where you want to place text.
-   - Use the checkmark in the **Home** tab to keep track of completed tasks.
-
-     ![OneNote To Do Tag.](images/onenote_checkmark.png)
-
-   - To find information without leaving OneNote, use the Researcher tool found under the Insert tab.
-
-     ![OneNote Researcher.](images/onenote_researcher.png)
-
-
    
-
    
-
-![Inspire your students to tell their stories through video!](images/edu-tib-setp-5-jump2.png)
-## 5. Engage with students by creating videos
-
-> [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/Ko7XLM1VBRE]
-
-
    
-
-The Photos app now has a built-in video editor, making it easy for you and your students to create movies using photos, video clips, music, 3D models, and special effects.  Improve comprehension, unleash creativity, and capture your student’s imagination through video.
-
-**Try this!**
-Use video to create a project summary.
-
-1. Check you have the latest version of Microsoft Photos. Open the **Start** menu and search for **Store**. Select the **See more** button (**…**) and select **Downloads and updates**. Select **Get updates**.
-
-2. Open Microsoft Edge and visit https://aka.ms/PhotosTIB to download a zip file of the project media.
-
-3. Once the download has completed, open the zip file and select **Extract** > **Extract all**.  Select **Browse** and choose the **Pictures** folder as the destination, and then select **Extract**.
-
-4. In the **Start** menu, search for **Photos** or select the Photos tile to launch the app.
-
-5. Select the first video to preview it full screen. Select **Edit & Create**, then select **Create a video with text**.
-   1. If you don't see the **Edit & Create** menu, select the video and the menu will appear at the top of the screen.
-
-6. Name your project “Laser Maze Project.” Hit Enter to continue.
-
-7. Select **Add photos and videos** and then **From my collection**. Scroll to select the 6 additional videos and select **Add**.
-
-8. Drag the videos to the Storyboard, one by one. Your project should look roughly like this:
-
-   ![Photos app layout showing videos added in previous steps.](images/photo_app_1.png)
-
-9. Select the first card in the Storyboard (the video of the project materials) and select **Text**, type a title in, a text style, a layout, and select **Done**.
-
-10. Select the third card in the Storyboard (the video of the children assembling the maze) and select **Trim**.  Drag the trim handle on the left to shorten the duration of the clip and select **Done**.
-
-11. Select the last card on the Storyboard and select **3D effects**.
-    1. Position the playback indicator to be roughly 1 second into the video clip, or when the boy moves down to examine the laser.
-    2. Find the **lightning bolt** effect and click or drag to add it to the scene.  Rotate, scale, and position the effect so it looks like the lightning is coming out of the laser beam and hitting the black back of the mirror.
-    3. Position the blue anchor over the end of the laser pointer in the video and toggle on **Attach to a point** for the lightning bolt effect to anchor the effect in the scene.
-    4. Play back your effect.
-    5. Select **Done** when you have it where you want it.
-
-    ![Lighting bolt effect being added to a video clip.](images/photo_app_2.png)
-
-12. Select **Music** and select a track from the **Recommended** music collection.
-    1. The music will update automatically to match the length of your video project, even as you make changes.
-    2. If you don’t see more than a few music options, confirm that you’re connected to Wi-Fi and then close and re-open Microsoft Photos (returning to your project via the **Albums** tab). Additional music files should download in the background.
-
-13. You can adjust the volume for the background music using the **Music volume** button.
-
-14. Preview your video to see how it all came together.
-
-15. Select **Export or share** and select either the **Small** or **Medium** file size. You can share your video to social media, email, or another apps.
-
-Check out this use case video of the Photos team partnering with the Bureau Of Fearless Ideas in Seattle to bring the Photos app to local middle school students: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0dFFAu6XwPg
-
    
-
    
-
    
-
-![Further collaborate and problem solve with Minecraft: Education Edition.](images/edu-TIB-setp-5-jump.png)
-## 6. Get kids to further collaborate and problem solve
-
-> [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/QI_bRNUugog]
-
-
    
-
-Minecraft: Education Edition provides an immersive environment to develop creativity, collaboration, and problem-solving in an immersive environment where the only limit is your imagination.
-
-**Try this!**
-Today, we'll explore a Minecraft world through the eyes of a student.
-
-1. Connect the included mouse to your computer for optimal interaction.
-
-2. Open Microsoft Edge and visit https://aka.ms/lessonhub.
-
-3. Scroll down to the **Details** section and select **Download World**.
-
-   ![Select the download world link.](images/mcee_downloadworld.png)
-
-4. When prompted, save the world.
-
-5. Enter your same teacher username and password and click **Accept**.
-
-6. Click **OK** on the **Minecraft: Education Edition Free Trial** box.
-
-7. Click **Play**.
-
-8. Click **Lesson Hub Vol 1** to enter the downloaded world.
-
-9. Explore the world by using the keys on your keyboard.
-   * **W** moves forward.
-   * **A** moves left.
-   * **S** moves right.
-   * **D** moves backward.
-
-10. Use your mouse as your "eyes". Just move it to look around.
-
-11. For a bird's eye view, double-tap the SPACE BAR. Now press the SPACE BAR to fly higher. And then hold the SHIFT key to safely land.
-
-    To try more advanced movements or building within Minecraft, use the Minecraft Controls Diagram.
-
-    ![Minecraft mouse and keyboard controls.](images/mcee_keyboard_mouse_controls.png)
-
-12. Access and adapt over 300 lesson plans, spanning all grades and subjects, to meet your needs. Enjoy exploring new worlds and happy crafting.
-
-    **Try this!**
-
-    1. Go to education.minecraft.net/.
-    2. Click **Class Resources**.
-    3. Click **Find a Lesson**.
-
-    ![Access and adapt over 300 Minecraft lesson plans.](images/minecraft_lesson_plans.png)
-
-
    
-
    
-
    
-
-![Help students understand new math concepts with the Math Assistant in OneNote.](images/Inking.png)
-## 7. Use Windows Ink to provide a personal math tutor for your students
-
-The **Math Assistant** and **Ink Replay** features available in the OneNote app give your students step-by-step instructions on how to solve their math problems and help them visualize math functions on an interactive 2D graph.
-
-**Let's solve 3x+4=7 in OneNote using the pen!**
-To get started:
-1. Open the OneNote app for Windows 10 (not OneNote 2016).
-
-   ![OneNote icon.](images/OneNote_logo.png)
-
-2. In the top left corner, click on the **<** arrow to access your notebooks and pages.
-
-   ![OneNote back arrow navigation button.](images/left_arrow.png)
-
-3. Click **Add Page** to launch a blank work space.
-
-   ![Select add page button.](images/plus-page.png)
-
-4. Make sure your pen is paired to the device. To pair, see Connect to Bluetooth devices.
-
-To solve the equation 3x+4=7, follow these instructions:
-1. Write the equation 3x+4=7 in ink using the pen or type it in as text.
-
-2. If you wrote the equation using digital ink, use the **Lasso tool** to circle the equation. If you typed the equation, highlight it using your mouse.
-
-   ![Lasso button.](images/lasso.png)
-
-3. On the **Draw** tab, click the **Math** button.
-
-   ![Math button.](images/math-button.png)
-
-4. From the drop-down menu in the **Math** pane, select the option to **Solve for x**. You can now see the final solution of the equation.
-
-   ![Solve for x menu.](images/solve-for-x.png)
-
-5. From the second drop-down below, choose **Steps for Solving Linear Formula**, which shows you the step-by-step solution of this equation.
-
-6. On the **View** tab, click the **Replay** button. Use your mouse to select the written equation and watch your text in replay. Replay is great for students to review how the teacher solved the equation and for teachers to review how students approached a problem.
-
-   ![Replay button.](images/replay.png)
-
-To graph the equation 3x+4=7, follow these instructions:
-1. From the drop-down menu in the **Math** pane, select the option to **Graph Both Sides in 2D**. You can play with the interactive graph of your equation - use a single finger to move the graph position or two fingers to change the **zoom** level.
-
-   ![Graph both sides in 2D.](images/graph-for-x.png)
-
-2. Click the **Insert on Page** button below the graph to add a screenshot of the graph to your page.
-   
    
-   
    
-
-**Watch what Educators say about Microsoft Education delivering better learning outcomes**
-Bring out the best in students by providing a platform for collaborating, exploring, personalized learning, and getting things done across all devices.
-
-|   |   |
-|:--- |:--- |
-| 
    See how one school improves reading skills using Learning Tools Immersive Reader | 
    Here's how Microsoft Teams creates more robust classroom experiences at all ages. |
-| 
    Watch teachers elevate the education of students using OneNote. | 
    Here what other teachers say about using Minecraft: Education Edition in their classrooms. |
-
-
-## Update your apps
-
-Microsoft Education works hard to bring you the most current Trial in a Box program experience. As a result, you may need to update your apps to get our latest innovations.
-
-For more information about checking for updates, and how to optionally turn on automatic app updates, see the following articles:
-
-- [Check updates for apps and games from Microsoft Store](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026259/microsoft-store-check-updates-for-apps-and-games)
-
-- [Turn on automatic app updates](https://support.microsoft.com/help/15081/windows-turn-on-automatic-app-updates)
-
-## Get more info
-* Learn more at microsoft.com/education
-* Find out if your school is eligible for a device trial at aka.ms/EDUTrialInABox
-* Buy Windows 10 devices
-
-
    
-
    
-
    
-
    
-
    
-
    
-1 OneNote in Education Learning Tools transform the student experience.
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Bug.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Bug.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3199821631..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Bug.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Inking.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Inking.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b6dcb58920..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Inking.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Math1.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Math1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 70891c9c29..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Math1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Math2.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Math2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ffd2638ac..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Math2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/OneNote_logo.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/OneNote_logo.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9adca44e69..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/OneNote_logo.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/TrialInABox_Header_Map_Graphic-01.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/TrialInABox_Header_Map_Graphic-01.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07dae4fa9a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/TrialInABox_Header_Map_Graphic-01.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Unlock-Limitless-Learning.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Unlock-Limitless-Learning.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5697eee7bb..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Unlock-Limitless-Learning.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Welcome-IT-Admins.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Welcome-IT-Admins.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e1bc425bb1..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Welcome-IT-Admins.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Welocme-Educators.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Welocme-Educators.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5906fd82bb..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/Welocme-Educators.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/activate_21st_learning.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/activate_21st_learning.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 750846f38e..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/activate_21st_learning.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-1-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-1-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a4ae9b645..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-1-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-1-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-1-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 00dd5bbb40..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-1-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-2-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-2-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bb2096f07..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-2-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-2-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-2-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 66f0d899df..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-2-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-3-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-3-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 801a858422..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-3-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-3-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-3-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 228e0fe52e..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-3-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-4-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-4-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 291f41f4b3..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-4-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-4-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-4-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index da700a5321..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-4-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-5-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-5-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b0e1230b2..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-5-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-5-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-5-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a11f7c057..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/admin-TIB-setp-5-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-1-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-1-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ab75a4c733..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-1-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-1-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-1-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3763d04261..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-1-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-2-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-2-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1064f06843..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-2-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-2-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-2-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a0c6d57d22..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-2-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-3-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-3-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8383abf0f7..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-3-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-3-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-3-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ca24538db..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-3-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-4-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-4-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b8b8751a7..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-4-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-4-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-4-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ed0026dd3..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-4-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-5-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-5-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3703de260f..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-5-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-5-v3.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-5-v3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e6a165980b..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-5-v3.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-6-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-6-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ef787873bf..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-TIB-setp-6-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-5-jump2.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-5-jump2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 684bc59a50..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-5-jump2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-5-v4.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-5-v4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d1d3f51fb8..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-5-v4.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-6-v4.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-6-v4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 72393bc1ea..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-6-v4.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-7-jump.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-7-jump.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1287f292b8..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-7-jump.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-7-v1.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-7-v1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 78b755cf3a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/edu-tib-setp-7-v1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/educator_getstarted_banner.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/educator_getstarted_banner.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6262a6f28e..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/educator_getstarted_banner.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/educator_priority.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/educator_priority.png
deleted file mode 100644
index abd0995fff..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/educator_priority.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/foster_prof_collab.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/foster_prof_collab.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e6a86df97..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/foster_prof_collab.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/graph-for-x.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/graph-for-x.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 66d1d49621..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/graph-for-x.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_dashboard.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_dashboard.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 41304ad303..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_dashboard.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_dashboard_expressconfig.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_dashboard_expressconfig.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 41304ad303..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_dashboard_expressconfig.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_expressconfig_chooseapps.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_expressconfig_chooseapps.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index b58d1f0da7..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_expressconfig_chooseapps.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_alldevices_newfolders.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_alldevices_newfolders.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e5a5661a9..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_alldevices_newfolders.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 925ff9664a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers_apps.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers_apps.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 24e4110abc..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers_apps.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers_editapps.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers_editapps.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index debf56ef03..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_allusers_editapps.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_settings_wincustomizations.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_settings_wincustomizations.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index bf081dec43..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/i4e_groups_settings_wincustomizations.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/inspire_innovation.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/inspire_innovation.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a55e5923a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/inspire_innovation.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/it-admin.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/it-admin.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 83a69022cc..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/it-admin.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/it-admin1.svg b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/it-admin1.svg
deleted file mode 100644
index 695337f601..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/it-admin1.svg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-	
-
-	
-
-	
-		Page-1
-		
-		
-			Sheet.3
-			
-			
-			
-		
-	
-
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/itadmin_rotated.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/itadmin_rotated.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2494b2db66..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/itadmin_rotated.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/itadmin_rotated_resized.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/itadmin_rotated_resized.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d7e805eadb..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/itadmin_rotated_resized.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/lasso.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/lasso.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 99da81e620..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/lasso.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/left_arrow.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/left_arrow.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5521199254..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/left_arrow.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_tib_itadminsteps.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_tib_itadminsteps.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ab4c44f60..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_tib_itadminsteps.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_tib_itadminsteps_2.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_tib_itadminsteps_2.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 536d78c8da..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_tib_itadminsteps_2.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_trialinabox_adminsteps.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_trialinabox_adminsteps.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index f9a565f3c5..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/m365edu_trialinabox_adminsteps.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/math-button.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/math-button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a01e92e09a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/math-button.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_downloadworld.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_downloadworld.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index b81d4d94af..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_downloadworld.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_keyboard_controls.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_keyboard_controls.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 86428815a6..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_keyboard_controls.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_keyboard_mouse_controls.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_keyboard_mouse_controls.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f76c6951b2..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mcee_keyboard_mouse_controls.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/meet_diverse_needs.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/meet_diverse_needs.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5726b761af..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/meet_diverse_needs.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/microsoft_store_suspc_install.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/microsoft_store_suspc_install.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 80a6466b33..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/microsoft_store_suspc_install.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/minecraft_lesson_plans.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/minecraft_lesson_plans.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 69b430f910..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/minecraft_lesson_plans.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_adminsteps.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_adminsteps.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 512da71d05..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_adminsteps.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_adminsteps_nologo.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_adminsteps_nologo.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0a16a63350..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_adminsteps_nologo.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_teachersteps_nologo.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_teachersteps_nologo.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b4115374f..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msedu_tib_teachersteps_nologo.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mses_getstarted_banner.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mses_getstarted_banner.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 48dde0456c..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/mses_getstarted_banner.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msfe_boughtapps.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msfe_boughtapps.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 72de644cf4..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msfe_boughtapps.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msfe_portal.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msfe_portal.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index aac1c78f43..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/msfe_portal.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_adminaccountinfo.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_adminaccountinfo.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 30ab5e5c8e..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_adminaccountinfo.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 72689ee2bf..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_callingoption.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_callingoption.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index beb77f970a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_callingoption.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_questionbutton.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_questionbutton.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c7a6aeeaa..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_questionbutton.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_supporttickets.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_supporttickets.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index f9414da09a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_needhelp_supporttickets.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_support_options.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_support_options.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index dfb3182c72..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_support_options.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_password.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_password.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c423e670c..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_password.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_password_reset.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_password_reset.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 02528706fe..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_password_reset.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_resetpassword.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_resetpassword.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index e32ff5b6bd..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/o365_users_resetpassword.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/officeportal_cantaccessaccount.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/officeportal_cantaccessaccount.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 79fcae5d8f..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/officeportal_cantaccessaccount.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_checkmark.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_checkmark.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d276b4c1d..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_checkmark.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_draw.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_draw.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 48c49e6e84..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_draw.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_researcher.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_researcher.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a03b00c820..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/onenote_researcher.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/photo_app_1.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/photo_app_1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b5e6a59f63..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/photo_app_1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/photo_app_2.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/photo_app_2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 69ec9b01dd..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/photo_app_2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/plus-page.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/plus-page.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b10bde2383..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/plus-page.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/replay.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/replay.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9826112c50..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/replay.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/screenshot-bug.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/screenshot-bug.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3199821631..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/screenshot-bug.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/solve-for-x.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/solve-for-x.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f0abd1379f..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/solve-for-x.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/start_microsoft_store.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/start_microsoft_store.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 083bae842a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/start_microsoft_store.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8349a0f5dc..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student1.svg b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student1.svg
deleted file mode 100644
index 25c267bae9..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student1.svg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-	
-
-	
-
-	
-		Page-1
-		
-		
-			Sheet.2
-			
-			
-			
-		
-	
-
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student2.svg b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student2.svg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d473d1baf..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/student2.svg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-	
-
-	
-
-	
-		Page-1
-		
-		
-			Sheet.2
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			Box
-			
-				
-			
-			
-		
-	
-
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pc2.jpg b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pc2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 68c0080b22..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pc2.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dc6298c43..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings2.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dba596ef9..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings_selected.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings_selected.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0204e110a..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_pcsettings_selected.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommended_apps.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommended_apps.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a75409f34..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommended_apps.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommendedapps.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommendedapps.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 126cf46911..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommendedapps.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommendedapps_v2.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommendedapps_v2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7fa7b7a190..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_configure_recommendedapps_v2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_review_summary.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_review_summary.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index e515809d8f..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_review_summary.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_start.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_start.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fef71992d..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_start.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_takeatest.PNG b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_takeatest.PNG
deleted file mode 100644
index 282720e66f..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/suspc_takeatest.PNG and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e3b89bb7a7..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher1.svg b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher1.svg
deleted file mode 100644
index 00feb1e22a..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher1.svg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-	
-
-	
-
-	
-		Page-1
-		
-		
-			Sheet.1
-			
-			
-			
-		
-	
-
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher2.svg b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher2.svg
deleted file mode 100644
index 592c516120..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher2.svg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-	
-
-	
-
-	
-		Page-1
-		
-		
-			Sheet.1
-			
-			
-			
-		
-		
-			Box.5
-			
-				
-			
-			
-		
-	
-
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher_rotated.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher_rotated.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ccca16f0e2..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher_rotated.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher_rotated_resized.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher_rotated_resized.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e9f0e03f8..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/teacher_rotated_resized.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/trial-in-a-box.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/trial-in-a-box.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ca9b031f24..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/trial-in-a-box.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/win10_oobe_firstscreen.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/win10_oobe_firstscreen.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d5343d0b4..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/win10_oobe_firstscreen.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/windows_start.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/windows_start.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 08a2568c83..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/windows_start.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_grammar_options.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_grammar_options.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d6eec92db..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_grammar_options.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_immersive_reader.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_immersive_reader.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 74340efca5..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_immersive_reader.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_line_focus.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_line_focus.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ee9db0ca08..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_line_focus.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_text_preferences.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_text_preferences.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1eec52893f..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_text_preferences.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_tts.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_tts.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 96e04f35f9..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/word_online_tts.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_grammar_options.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_grammar_options.png
deleted file mode 100644
index aef5976456..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_grammar_options.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_line_focus.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_line_focus.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fcb39edd26..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_line_focus.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_text_preferences.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_text_preferences.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a336c2356d..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_text_preferences.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_tts.png b/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_tts.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 973a7dd031..0000000000
Binary files a/education/trial-in-a-box/images/wordonline_tts.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/index.md b/education/trial-in-a-box/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ea43581c9..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Microsoft Education Trial in a Box
-description: For IT admins, educators, and students, discover what you can do with Microsoft 365 Education. Try it out with our Trial in a Box program.
-keywords: education, Microsoft 365 Education, trial, full cloud IT solution, school, deploy, setup, IT admin, educator, student, explore, Trial in a Box
-ms.prod: w10
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.pagetype: edu
-ROBOTS: noindex,nofollow
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 12/11/2017
----
-
-# Microsoft Education Trial in a Box
-
-![Microsoft Education Trial in a Box - Unlock Limitless Learning.](images/Unlock-Limitless-Learning.png)
-
-
    
-
-> [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/azoxUYWbeGg]
-
-
    
-
-Welcome to Microsoft Education Trial in a Box. We built this trial to make it easy to try our latest classroom technologies. We have two scenarios for you to try: one for educators and one for IT. We recommend starting with Educators. To begin, click **Get started** below. 
-
-
    
-
-| [![Get started for Educators.](images/teacher_rotated_resized.png)](educator-tib-get-started.md) | [![Get started for IT Admins](images/itadmin_rotated_resized.png)](itadmin-tib-get-started.md) |
-| :---: | :---: | 
-| **Educator**
    Enhance students of all abilities by unleashing their creativity, collaboration, and improving problem-solving skills. 
    [Get started](educator-tib-get-started.md) | **IT Admin**
    Quickly implement and deploy a full cloud infrastructure that's secure and easy to manage. 
     [Get started](itadmin-tib-get-started.md) |
-
-
-
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/itadmin-tib-get-started.md b/education/trial-in-a-box/itadmin-tib-get-started.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 911f893986..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/itadmin-tib-get-started.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,281 +0,0 @@
----
-title: IT Admin Trial in a Box Guide
-description: Try out Microsoft 365 Education to implement a full cloud infrastructure for your school, manage devices and apps, and configure and deploy policies to your Windows 10 devices.
-keywords: education, Microsoft 365 Education, trial, full cloud IT solution, school, deploy, setup, manage, Windows 10, Intune for Education, Office 365 for Education, Microsoft Store for Education
-ms.prod: w10
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.topic: quickstart
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.pagetype: edu
-ROBOTS: noindex,nofollow
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 03/18/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
----
-
-# IT Admin Trial in a Box Guide
-
-![Welcome, IT Admins!](images/Welcome-IT-Admins.png)
-
-Learn how to quickly deploy and manage devices for your school in 5 quick steps.
-
-|   |   |
-| :---: |:--- |
-| [![Log in to Device A.](images/admin-TIB-setp-1-v3.png)](#it-task1) | [Log in](#it-task1) to **Device A** with your IT Admin credentials and connect to your school's network. |
-| [![Configure Device B with Set up School PCs.](images/admin-TIB-setp-2-v3.png)](#it-task2) | [Configure Device B](#it-task2) with the Set up School PCs app. |
-| [![Configure Intune for Education.](images/admin-TIB-setp-3-v3.png)](#it-task3) | [Express configure Intune for Education](#it-task3) to manage devices, users, and policies. |
-| [![Find and deploy apps.](images/admin-TIB-setp-4-v3.png)](#it-task4) | [Find apps from the Microsoft Store for Education](#it-task4) and deploy them to manage devices in your tenant. |
-| [![Create custom folders.](images/admin-TIB-setp-5-v3.png)](#it-task5) | [Create custom folders](#it-task5) that will appear on each managed device's **Start** menu. |
-
-
-
    
-To get the most out of Microsoft Education, we've pre-configured your tenant for you so you don't need to set it up. A tenant is representative of an organization. It is a dedicated instance of the Azure AD service that an organization receives and owns when it signs up for a Microsoft cloud service such as Azure, Microsoft Intune, or Office 365. We've also pre-populated the tenant with fictitious Student Information System (SIS) data so you can work with this as you follow the guide.
-
-If you run into any problems while following the steps in this guide, or you have questions about Trial in a Box or Microsoft Education, see [Microsoft Education Trial in a Box Support](support-options.md).
-
-
    
-
-> [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/cVVKCpO2tyI]
-
-
    
-
-![Log in to Device A.](images/admin-TIB-setp-1-jump.png) 
-## 1. Log in to Device A with your IT Admin credentials and connect to the school network
-To try out the IT admin tasks, start by logging in as an IT admin.
-
-1. Set up **Device A** first, then set up **Device B**.
-2. Turn on **Device A** and ensure you plug in the PC to an electrical outlet.
-3. Connect **Device A** to your school's Wi-Fi network or connect with a local Ethernet connection using the Ethernet adapter included in this kit.
-   >**Note**: If your Wi-Fi network requires a web browser login page to connect to the Internet, connect using the Ethernet port. If your Wi-Fi network has additional restrictions that will prevent the device from connecting to the internet without registration, consider connecting **Device A** to a different network.
-
-4. Log in to **Device A** using the **Administrator Username** and **Administrator Password** included in the **Credentials Sheet** located in your kit.
-5. Note the serial numbers on the Trial in a Box devices and register both devices with the hardware manufacturer to activate the manufacturer's warranty.
-
-
    
-
-![Configure Device B with Set up School PCs.](images/admin-TIB-setp-2-jump.png) 
-## 2. Configure Device B with Set up School PCs
-Now you're ready to learn how to configure a brand new device. You will start on **Device A** by downloading and running the Set up School PCs app. Then, you will configure **Device B**.
-
-If you've previously used Set up School PCs to provision student devices, you can follow the instructions in this section to quickly configure **Device B**. Otherwise, we recommend you follow the instructions in [Use the Set up School PCs app](../windows/use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) for more detailed information, including tips for successfully running Set up School PCs.
-
-### Download, install, and get ready
-
-1. From the **Start** menu, find and then click **Microsoft Store** to launch the Store.
-
-    ![Microsoft Store from the Start menu.](images/start_microsoft_store.png)
-
-2. Search for the **Set up School PCs** app.
-
-    ![Set up School PCs on Microsoft Store.](images/microsoft_store_suspc_install.png)
-
-3. Click **Install**.
-
-### Create the provisioning package
-
-1. On **Device A**, launch the Set up School PCs app.
-
-    ![Launch the Set up School PCs app.](images/suspc_start.png)
-
-2. Click **Get started**.
-3. Select **Sign-in**.
-4. In **Let's get you signed in**, choose your Trial in a Box admin account. If you don't see it on the list, follow these steps:
-    1. Select **Work or school account > Use another account** and then enter your Trial in a Box admin account email and password. 
-    2. Click **Accept**.
-
-5. Add a short name that Set up School PCs will use as a prefix to identify and easily manage the group of devices, apps, and other settings through Intune for Education.
-  
-    > [!NOTE]  
-    > The name must be five (5) characters or less. Set up School PCs automatically appends `_%SERIAL%` to the prefix that you specify. `_%SERIAL%` ensures that all device names are unique. For example, if you add *Math4* as the prefix, the device names will be *Math4* followed by a random string of letters and numbers. 
-
-6. In **Configure student PC settings**, you can specify other settings for the student PC.
-
-    We recommend checking the highlighted settings below:
-
-    ![Configure student PC settings.](images/suspc_configure_pcsettings_selected.png)
-
-   - **Remove apps pre-installed by the device manufacturer** - If you select this option, this will reset the machine and the provisioning process will take longer (about 30 minutes).
-   - **Allow local storage (not recommended for shared devices)** lets students save files to the **Desktop** and **Documents** folder on the student PC.
-   - **Optimize device for a single student, instead of a shared cart or lab** optimizes the device for use by a single student (1:1). 
-     - Set up School PCs will change some account management logic so that it sets the expiration time for an account to 180 days (without requiring sign-in). 
-     - This setting also increases the maximum storage to 100% of the available disk space. This prevents the student's account from being erased if the student stores a lot of files or data or if the student doesn't use the PC over a prolonged period.
-   - **Let guests sign-in to these PCs** allows guests to use student PCs without a school account. If you select this option, a **Guest** account button will be added in the PC's sign-in screen to allow anyone to use the PC.
-   - **Enable Windows 10 Autopilot Reset** enables IT admins to quickly remove personal files, apps, and settings, and reset Windows 10 devices from the lock screen any time and apply original settings and management enrollment the student PC is returned to a fully configured or known approved state. For more info, see [Autopilot Reset](../windows/autopilot-reset.md).
-   - **Lock screen background** shows the default background used for student PCs provisioned by Set up School PCs. Select **Browse** to change the default.
-
-7. **Set up the Take a Test app** configures the device for taking quizzes and high-stakes assessments by some providers like Smarter Balanced. Windows will lock down the student PC so that students can't access anything else while taking the test.
-
-    ![Configure the Take a Test app.](images/suspc_takeatest.png)
-
-   1. Specify if you want to create a Take a Test button on the students' sign-in screens.
-   2. Select **Advanced settings** to allow keyboard text suggestions to appear and to allow teachers to monitor online tests. 
-
-      > [!NOTE]
-      > The Take a Test app doesn't provide monitoring capabilities, but it allows tools like AssistX ClassPolicy to see what is going on in the app.
-
-   3. Enter the assessment URL. 
-
-8. **Add recommended apps** lets you choose from a set of recommended Microsoft Store apps to provision. 
-
-    ![Recommended apps in Set up School PCs package configuration.](images/suspc_configure_recommendedapps_v2.png)
-
-    The recommended apps include the following:
-    * **Office 365 for Windows 10 S (Education Preview)** - Optional. This works well for the Trial in a Box PCs running Windows 10 S. However, if you try to install this app on other editions of Windows 10, setup will fail. Also note that if you select **Office 365 for Windows 10 S (Education Preview)**, it will take about 30-45 minutes longer for Set up School PCs to create the provisioning package as the app downloads Office 365 for Windows 10 S (Education Preview) from the Microsoft Store.
-    * **Minecraft: Education Edition** - This is pre-provisioned in your tenant's app catalog, but it's not yet installed on a device. Select this option now to include it in the provisioning package.
-    * **Other apps fit for the classroom** - Optional. You can choose other recommended apps to install on the PC.
-
-9. **Review package summary**. 
-
-    To change any of the settings, select the page or section (such as **Sign-in** or **Settings**) to go back to that page and make your changes.
-
-    ![Select the section or page name to make a change.](images/suspc_review_summary.png)
-
-10. Accept the summary and then insert a USB drive in **Device A**. Use the USB drive that came in the Trial in a Box accessories box to save the provisioning package.
-11. Select the drive and then **Save** to create the provisioning package. 
-
-    The provisioning package on your USB drive will be named SetUpSchoolPCs_*ABCDE* (Expires *MM-DD-YYYY*).ppkg, where *ABCDE* is the device name you added (if any), and *MM-DD-YYYY* is the month, day, and year when the package will expire.
-    
-    > [!NOTE]
-    > If you selected **Office 365 for Windows 10 S (Education Preview)**, this step will take about 30-45 minutes. You can jump ahead to task 3, [Express configure Intune for Education to manage devices, users, and policies](#it-task3), and then finish the rest of task 2 afterwards.
-
-12. Follow the instructions in the **Get the student PCs ready** page to start setting up **Device B**. 
-13. Follow the instructions in the **Install the package** page to apply the provisioning package to **Device B**. For more guidance, you can follow the steps in [Apply the provisioning package](#apply-the-provisioning-package).
-
-    Select **Create new package** if you need to create a new provisioning package. Otherwise, remove the USB drive.
-
-### Apply the provisioning package
-A provisioning package is a method for applying settings to Windows 10 without needing to reimage the device. 
-
-**Set up Device B using the Set up School PCs provisioning package**
-
-1. Start with **Device B** turned off or with the PC on the first-run setup screen. In Windows 10 S Fall Creators Update, the first-run setup screen says **Let's start with region. Is this right?**. 
-
-    ![The first screen to set up a new PC in Windows 10 Fall Creators Update.](images/win10_oobe_firstscreen.png)
-
-    If you go past the region selection screen, select **Ctrl + Shift + F3** which will prompt the "System Preparation Tool." Select **Okay** in the tool to return to the region selection screen. If this doesn't work, reset the PC by going to **Settings > Update & Security > Recovery > Reset this PC.**
-
-2. Insert the USB drive into **Device B**. Windows will recognize the drive and automatically install the provisioning package. 
-3. When prompted, remove the USB drive. You can then use the USB drive to start provisioning another student PC.
-
-    After provisioning **Device B**, wait 1-2 minutes to allow the device to fully connect to the tenant. You can then select any one of the teacher or student accounts from the **User name and passwords** sheet provided in your Trial in a Box to test **Device B** and the Microsoft Education tools and services that are part of your 1-year trial.
-
-You can complete the rest of the IT admin tasks using **Device A**.
-
-
    
-
-![Express configure Intune for Education.](images/admin-TIB-setp-3-jump.png) 
-## 3. Express configure Intune for Education to manage devices, users, and policies
-Intune for Education provides an **Express configuration** option so you can get going right away. We'll use that option here.
-
-1. Log into the Intune for Education console. 
-2. On the Intune for Education dashboard, click **Launch Express Configuration** or select the **Express configuration**.
-
-    ![Intune for Education dashboard.](images/i4e_dashboard_expressconfig.png)
-
-3. In the **Welcome to Intune for Education** screen, click **Get started** and follow the prompts until you get to the **Choose group** screen.
-4. In the **Choose group** screen, select **All Users** so that all apps and settings that we select during express setup will apply to this group. 
-5. In the **Choose apps** screen, you will see a selection of desktop (Win32) apps, Web apps, and Microsoft Store apps. 
-
-    ![Choose apps you want to provision to the group.](images/i4e_expressconfig_chooseapps.png)
-
-6. Add or remove apps by clicking on them. A blue checkmark means the app is added and will be installed for all members of the group selected in step 5.
-
-    > [!TIP]
-    > Web apps are pushed as links in the Windows Start menu under **All apps**. If you want apps to appear in Microsoft Edge browser tabs, use the **Homepages** setting for Microsoft Edge through **Express configuration** or **Manage Users and Devices**.
-
-7. In the **Choose settings** screen, set the settings to apply to the group. Expand each settings group to see all the configurable settings.
-
-    For example, set these settings:
-    - In the **Basic device settings** group, change the **Block changing language settings** and **Block changing device region settings** to **Block**.
-    - In the **Microsoft Edge settings** group, change the **Block pop-ups** setting to **Block**.
-
-8. Click **Next** and review the list of apps and settings you selected to apply.
-9. Click **Save** and then click **All done** to go back to the dashboard.
-
-
    
-
-![Find apps from the Microsoft Store for Education.](images/admin-TIB-setp-4-jump.png) 
-## 4. Find apps from the Microsoft Store for Education and deploy them to managed devices in your tenant
-The Microsoft Store for Education is where you can shop for more apps for your school.
-
-1. In Intune for Education, select **Apps**. 
-2. In the **Store apps** section, select **+ New app** to go to the Microsoft Store for Education.
-3. Select **Sign in** and start shopping for apps for your school.
-
-    ![Microsoft Store for Education site.](images/msfe_portal.png)
-
-4. Check some of the categories for suggested apps or search the Store for a free educational or reference app. Find ones that you haven't already installed during express configuration for Intune for Education. For example, these apps are free:
-    - Duolingo - Learn Languages for Free
-    - Khan Academy
-    - My Study Life
-    - Arduino IDE
-
-5. Find or select the app you want to install and click **Get the app**.
-6. In the app's Store page, click the **...** button and select **Add to private store**. 
-
-    Repeat steps 3-5 to install another app or go to the next step.
-
-7. Select **Manage > Products & services** to verify that the apps you purchased appear in your inventory.
-
-    The apps will show up in your inventory along with the apps that Microsoft automatically provisioned for your education tenant.
-
-    ![List of apps bought for the school.](images/msfe_boughtapps.png)
-
-    In the **Private store** column of the **Products & services** page, the status for some apps will indicate that it's "In private store" while others will say "Adding to private store" or "Not applicable". Learn more about this in Distribute apps using your private store.
-
-    > [!NOTE]  
-    > Sync happens automatically, but it may take up to 36 hours for your organization's private store and 12 hours for Intune for Education to sync all your purchased apps.
-
-
    
-
-![Create custom folders that appear on managed devices.](images/admin-TIB-setp-5-jump.png) 
-## 5. Create custom folders that will appear on each managed device's Start menu
-Update settings for all devices in your tenant by adding the **Documents** and **Downloads** folders to all devices managed in Intune for Education.
-
-1. Go to the Intune for Education console.
-2. Select **Group > All Devices > Settings** and expand **Windows interface settings**.
-3. In **Choose folders that appear in the Start menu**, select **Documents** and **Downloads**.
-
-    ![Choose folders that appear in the Start menu.](images/screenshot-bug.png)
-
-4. **Save** your changes.
-
-## Verify correct device setup and other IT admin tasks
-Follow these instructions to confirm if you configured your tenant correctly and the right apps and settings were applied to all users or devices on your tenant:
-
-* [Verify correct device setup](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/#verify-correct-device-setup) 
-
-    1. Confirm that the apps you bought from the Microsoft Store for Education appear in the Windows Start screen's **Recently added** section.
-
-        > [!NOTE]
-        > It may take some time before the apps appear on your devices. When you select **Start**, some apps may show up under **Recently added** while others may say that **Add is in progress**. Sync happens automatically, but it may take up to 24 hours for your organization's private store and 12 hours for Intune for Education to sync all your purchased apps down to your devices. 
-
-    2. Confirm that the folders you added, if you chose to customize the Windows interface from Intune for Education, appear in the Start menu.
-    3. If you added **Office 365 for Windows 10 S (Education Preview)** to the package and provisioned **Device B** with it, you need to click on one of the Office apps in the **Start** menu to complete app registration. 
-
-* [Verify the device is Azure AD joined](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/#verify-the-device-is-azure-ad-joined) - Confirm that your devices are being managed in Intune for Education.
-* [Add more users](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/#add-more-users) - Go to the Microsoft 365 admin center to add more users.
-* Get app updates (including updates for Office 365 for Windows 10 S)
-    1. Open the **Start** menu and go to the **Microsoft Store**.
-    2. From the **Microsoft Store**, click **...** (See more) and select **Downloads and updates**.
-    3. In the **Downloads and updates** page, click **Get updates**.
-* [Try the BYOD scenario](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/#connect-other-devices-to-your-cloud-infrastructure) 
-
-## Update your apps
-
-Microsoft Education works hard to bring you the most current Trial in a Box program experience. As a result, you may need to update your apps to get our latest innovations. 
-
-For more information about checking for updates, and how to optionally turn on automatic app updates, see the following articles:
-
-- [Check updates for apps and games from Microsoft Store](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026259/microsoft-store-check-updates-for-apps-and-games)
-
-- [Turn on automatic app updates](https://support.microsoft.com/help/15081/windows-turn-on-automatic-app-updates)
-
-
-## Get more info
-* Learn more at microsoft.com/education
-* Find out if your school is eligible for a device trial at aka.ms/EDUTrialInABox
-* Buy Windows 10 devices
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/trial-in-a-box/support-options.md b/education/trial-in-a-box/support-options.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 627a78c9ef..0000000000
--- a/education/trial-in-a-box/support-options.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Microsoft Education Trial in a Box Support
-description: Need help or have a question about using Microsoft Education Trial in a Box? Start here.
-keywords: support, troubleshooting, education, Microsoft 365 Education, full cloud IT solution, school, deploy, setup, manage, Windows 10, Intune for Education, Office 365 for Education, Microsoft Store for Education, Set up School PCs
-ms.prod: w10
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.pagetype: edu
-ROBOTS: noindex,nofollow
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date: 03/18/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
----
-
-# Microsoft Education Trial in a Box Support
-Need help or have a question about using Microsoft Education? Start here.
-
-## 1. Update your apps
-
-Microsoft Education works hard to bring you the most current Trial in a Box program experience. As a result, you may need to update your apps to get our latest innovations. 
-
-For more information about checking for updates, and how to optionally turn on automatic app updates, see the following articles:
-
-- [Check updates for apps and games from Microsoft Store](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026259/microsoft-store-check-updates-for-apps-and-games)
-
-- [Turn on automatic app updates](https://support.microsoft.com/help/15081/windows-turn-on-automatic-app-updates)
-
-## 2. Confirm your admin contact information is current
-
-1. Go to the admin center and sign in with your Office 365 admin credentials.
-2. In the admin center dashboard, select your profile on the upper righthand corner and select **My account** from the options.
-3. Select **Personal info** and then edit **Contact details** to update  your phone, primary email address, and alternate email address. 
-
-   > [!NOTE]
-   > For the alternate email address, make sure you use a different address from your Office 365 email address.
-
-   ![Complete your contact details.](images/o365_adminaccountinfo.png)
-
-4. Click **Save**.
-
-## 3. Request a call back
-
-1. Click the **Need help?** button in the lower right-hand corner of the Office 365 console.
-
-   ![Select Need help to get support.](images/o365_needhelp.png)
-
-   You will see a sidebar window open up on the right-hand side of the screen.
-
-   ![Option to have a support representative call you.](images/o365_needhelp_callingoption.png)
-
-   If you chose to have a support representative call you, a new support ticket will be opened and you can track these in **Support tickets**.
-
-   ![Track your support tickets.](images/o365_needhelp_supporttickets.png)
-
-2. Click the **question button** ![Question button.](images/o365_needhelp_questionbutton.png) in the top navigation of the sidebar window.
-3. In the field below **Need help?**, enter a description of your help request.
-4. Click the **Get help button**.
-5. In the **Let us call you** section, enter a phone number where you can be reached.
-6. Click the **Call me** button.
-7. A Microsoft Education support representative will call you back.
-
-## Forgot your password?
-Forget your password? Follow these steps to recover it.
-
-1. Go to https://portal.office.com
-2. Select **Can't access your account** and follow the prompts to get back into your account.
-
-   ![Recover your account.](images/officeportal_cantaccessaccount.png)
-
-
-
-
-## Get more info
-[Microsoft Education Trial in a Box](index.md)
diff --git a/education/windows/autopilot-reset.md b/education/windows/autopilot-reset.md
index c0ac95e03e..5e41713a4b 100644
--- a/education/windows/autopilot-reset.md
+++ b/education/windows/autopilot-reset.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 -   Windows 10, version 1709 
 
-IT admins or technical teachers can use Autopilot Reset to quickly remove personal files, apps, and settings, and reset Windows 10 devices from the lock screen any time and apply original settings and management enrollment (Azure Active Directory and device management) so the devices are ready to use. With Autopilot Reset, devices are returned to a fully configured or known IT-approved state.
+IT admins or technical teachers can use Autopilot Reset to quickly remove personal files, apps, and settings, and reset Windows 10 devices from the lock screen anytime and apply original settings and management enrollment (Azure Active Directory and device management) so the devices are ready to use. With Autopilot Reset, devices are returned to a fully configured or known IT-approved state.
 
 To enable Autopilot Reset in Windows 10, version 1709 (Fall Creators Update), you must:
 
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ To enable Autopilot Reset in Windows 10, version 1709 (Fall Creators Update), yo
 
 To use Autopilot Reset, [Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) must be enabled on the device](#winre).
 
-**DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials** is a policy that enables or disables the visibility of the credentials for Autopilot Reset. It is a policy node in the [Policy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialproviders), **CredentialProviders/DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials**. By default, this policy is set to 1 (Disable). This ensures that Autopilot Reset isn't triggered by accident.
+**DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials** is a policy that enables or disables the visibility of the credentials for Autopilot Reset. It's a policy node in the [Policy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialproviders), **CredentialProviders/DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials**. By default, this policy is set to 1 (Disable). This setting ensures that Autopilot Reset isn't triggered by accident.
 
 You can set the policy using one of these methods:
 
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ You can set the policy using one of these methods:
 
 - Set up School PCs app
 
-  Autopilot Reset in the Set up School PCs app is available in the latest release of the app. Make sure you are running Windows 10, version 1709 on the student PCs if you want to use Autopilot Reset through the Set up School PCs app. You can check the version several ways:
+  Autopilot Reset in the Set up School PCs app is available in the latest release of the app. Make sure you're running Windows 10, version 1709 on the student PCs if you want to use Autopilot Reset through the Set up School PCs app. You can check the version several ways:
 
   - Reach out to your device manufacturer.
 
-  - If you manage your PCs using Intune or Intune for Education, you can check the OS version by checking the **OS version** info for the device. If  you are using another MDM provider, check the documentation for the MDM provider to confirm the OS version.
+  - If you manage your PCs using Intune or Intune for Education, you can check the OS version by checking the **OS version** info for the device. If  you're using another MDM provider, check the documentation for the MDM provider to confirm the OS version.
 
   - Log into the PCs, go to the **Settings > System > About** page, look in the **Windows specifications** section and confirm **Version** is set to 1709.
 
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Autopilot Reset is a two-step process: trigger it and then authenticate. Once yo
 
    ![Enter CTRL+Windows key+R on the Windows lockscreen.](images/autopilot-reset-lockscreen.png)
 
-   This will open up a custom login screen for Autopilot Reset. The screen serves two purposes:
+   This keystroke will open up a custom sign-in screen for Autopilot Reset. The screen serves two purposes:
 
    1. Confirm/verify that the end user has the right to trigger Autopilot Reset
 
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Autopilot Reset is a two-step process: trigger it and then authenticate. Once yo
 
    - Connects to Wi-Fi.
 
-   - If you provided a provisioning package when Autopilot Reset is triggered, the system will apply this new provisioning package. Otherwise, the system will re-apply the original provisioning package on the device. 
+   - If you provided a provisioning package when Autopilot Reset is triggered, the system will apply this new provisioning package. Otherwise, the system will reapply the original provisioning package on the device. 
 
    - Is returned to a known good managed state, connected to Azure AD and MDM.
 
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Autopilot Reset is a two-step process: trigger it and then authenticate. Once yo
 
 ## Troubleshoot Autopilot Reset
 
-Autopilot Reset will fail when the [Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/windows-recovery-environment--windows-re--technical-reference) is not enabled on the device. You will see `Error code: ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED (0x80070032)`.
+Autopilot Reset will fail when the [Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/windows-recovery-environment--windows-re--technical-reference) isn't enabled on the device. You'll see `Error code: ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED (0x80070032)`.
 
 To make sure WinRE is enabled, use the [REAgentC.exe tool](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/reagentc-command-line-options) to run the following command:
 
@@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ To make sure WinRE is enabled, use the [REAgentC.exe tool](/windows-hardware/man
 reagentc /enable
 ```
 
-If Autopilot Reset fails after enabling WinRE, or if you are unable to enable WinRE, please contact [Microsoft Support](https://support.microsoft.com) for assistance.
+If Autopilot Reset fails after enabling WinRE, or if you're unable to enable WinRE, kindly contact [Microsoft Support](https://support.microsoft.com) for assistance.
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 
 [Set up Windows devices for education](set-up-windows-10.md)
diff --git a/education/windows/change-history-edu.md b/education/windows/change-history-edu.md
index aafc6c622f..9a828c6755 100644
--- a/education/windows/change-history-edu.md
+++ b/education/windows/change-history-edu.md
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ New or changed topic | Description
 | [Test Windows 10 S on existing Windows 10 education devices](test-windows10s-for-edu.md) | Updated the list of device manufacturers. |
 | [Set up Take a Test on multiple PCs](take-a-test-multiple-pcs.md) | Updated instances of the parameter enablePrint, or enablePrinting, to requirePrinting. |
 | [Set up Take a Test on a single PC](take-a-test-single-pc.md) | Updated instances of the parameter enablePrint, or enablePrinting, to requirePrinting. |
-| [Take a Test app technical reference](take-a-test-app-technical.md) | Added a note that the Alt+F4 key combination for enabling students to exit the test is disabled in Windows 10, version 1703 (Creators Update) and later. Also added additional info about the Ctrl+Alt+Del key combination. |
+| [Take a Test app technical reference](take-a-test-app-technical.md) | Added a note that the Alt+F4 key combination for enabling students to exit the test is disabled in Windows 10, version 1703 (Creators Update) and later. Also added more information about the Ctrl+Alt+Del key combination. |
 
 ## RELEASE: Windows 10, version 1709 (Fall Creators Update)
 
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ New or changed topic | Description
 
 | New or changed topic | Description |
 | --- | ---- |
-| [Test Windows 10 S on existing Windows 10 education devices](test-windows10s-for-edu.md) | New. Find out how you can test Windows 10 S on a variety of Windows 10 devices (except Windows 10 Home) in your school and share your feedback with us. |
+| [Test Windows 10 S on existing Windows 10 education devices](test-windows10s-for-edu.md) | New. Find out how you can test Windows 10 S on various Windows 10 devices (except Windows 10 Home) in your school and share your feedback with us. |
 | [Use the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) | Updated the instructions to reflect the new or updated functionality in the latest version of the app. |
 
 ## July 2017
@@ -85,16 +85,16 @@ New or changed topic | Description
 
 | New or changed topic | Description |
 | --- | ---- |
-| [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md) | New. If you have an education tenant and use devices Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S in your schools, find out how you can opt-in to a free switch to Windows 10 Pro Education. |
+| [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md) | New. If you have an education tenant and use devices Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S in your schools, find out how you can opt in to a free switch to Windows 10 Pro Education. |
 | [Use the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) | Updated. Now includes network tips and updated step-by-step instructions that show the latest updates to the app such as Wi-Fi setup. |
 
 ## RELEASE: Windows 10, version 1703 (Creators Update)
 
 | New or changed topic | Description|
 | --- | --- |
-| [Get started: Deploy and manage a full cloud IT solution with Microsoft Education](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/) | New. Learn how you can you can quickly and easily use the new Microsoft Education system to implement a full IT cloud solution for your school. |
+| [Get started: Deploy and manage a full cloud IT solution with Microsoft Education](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/) | New. Learn how you can quickly and easily use the new Microsoft Education system to implement a full IT cloud solution for your school. |
 | [Microsoft Education documentation and resources](/education) | New. Find links to more content for IT admins, teachers, students, and education app developers. |
-| [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md)  | New. Provides guidance on ways to configure the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, as well as some of the preinstalled apps, so that Windows is ready for your school. |
+| [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md)  | New. Provides guidance on ways to configure the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, and some of the preinstalled apps, so that Windows is ready for your school. |
 | [Deployment recommendations for school IT administrators](edu-deployment-recommendations.md)  | Updated the screenshots and related instructions to reflect the current UI and experience.  |
 | [Set up Windows devices for education](set-up-windows-10.md) | Updated for Windows 10, version 1703. |
 | Set up School PCs app: 
     [Technical reference for the Set up School PCs app](set-up-school-pcs-technical.md) 
     [Use the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) | Updated. Describes the school-specific settings and policies that Set up School PC configures. Also provides step-by-step instructions for using the latest version of the app to create a provisioning package that you can use to set up student PCs. |
diff --git a/education/windows/change-to-pro-education.md b/education/windows/change-to-pro-education.md
index ea30225b3e..9d165c8892 100644
--- a/education/windows/change-to-pro-education.md
+++ b/education/windows/change-to-pro-education.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 # Change to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro
 Windows 10 Pro Education is a new offering in Windows 10, version 1607. This edition builds on the commercial version of Windows 10 Pro and provides important management controls needed in schools by providing education-specific default settings.
 
-If you have an education tenant and use devices with Windows 10 Pro, global administrators can opt-in to a free change to Windows 10 Pro Education depending on your scenario.
+If you have an education tenant and use devices with Windows 10 Pro, global administrators can opt in to a free change to Windows 10 Pro Education depending on your scenario.
 - [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education in S mode from Windows 10 Pro in S mode](./s-mode-switch-to-edu.md)
 
 To take advantage of this offering, make sure you meet the [requirements for changing](#requirements-for-changing). For academic customers who are eligible to change to Windows 10 Pro Education, but are unable to use the above methods, contact Microsoft Support for assistance.
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ For more info about Windows 10 default settings and recommendations for educatio
 
 ## Change from Windows 10 Pro to Windows 10 Pro Education
 
-For schools that want to standardize all their Windows 10 Pro devices to Windows 10 Pro Education, a global admin for the school can opt-in to a free change through the Microsoft Store for Education.
+For schools that want to standardize all their Windows 10 Pro devices to Windows 10 Pro Education, a global admin for the school can opt in to a free change through the Microsoft Store for Education.
 
 In this scenario:
 
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ In this scenario:
 - Any device that joins the Azure AD will change automatically to Windows 10 Pro Education.
 - The IT admin has the option to automatically roll back to Windows 10 Pro, if desired. See [Roll back Windows 10 Pro Education to Windows 10 Pro](#roll-back-windows-10-pro-education-to-windows-10-pro).
 
-See [change using Microsoft Store for Education](#change-using-microsoft-store-for-education) for details on how to do this.
+See [change using Microsoft Store for Education](#change-using-microsoft-store-for-education) for details on how to turn on the change.
 
 ### Change using Intune for Education
 
@@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ Academic institutions can easily move from Windows 10 Pro to Windows 10 Pro Educ
 
 When you change to Windows 10 Pro Education, you get the following benefits:
 
-- **Windows 10 Pro Education edition**. Devices currently running Windows 10 Pro, version 1607 or higher, or Windows 10 S mode, version 1703, can get Windows 10 Pro Education Current Branch (CB). This benefit does not include Long Term Service Branch (LTSB).
-- **Support from one to hundreds of users**. The Windows 10 Pro Education program does not have a limitation on the number of licenses an organization can have.
+- **Windows 10 Pro Education edition**. Devices currently running Windows 10 Pro, version 1607 or higher, or Windows 10 S mode, version 1703, can get Windows 10 Pro Education Current Branch (CB). This benefit doesn't include Long Term Service Branch (LTSB).
+- **Support from one to hundreds of users**. The Windows 10 Pro Education program doesn't have a limitation on the number of licenses an organization can have.
 - **Roll back options to Windows 10 Pro**
   - When a user leaves the domain or you turn off the setting to automatically change to Windows 10 Pro Education, the device reverts seamlessly to Windows 10 Pro edition (after a grace period of up to 30 days). 
   - For devices that originally had Windows 10 Pro edition installed, when a license expires or is transferred to another user, the Windows 10 Pro Education device seamlessly steps back down to Windows 10 Pro. 
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ When you change to Windows 10 Pro Education, you get the following benefits:
 
 
 ### Change using Microsoft Store for Education
-Once you enable the setting to change to Windows 10 Pro Education, the change will begin only after a user signs in to their device. The setting applies to the entire organization or tenant, so you cannot select which users will receive the change. The change will only apply to Windows 10 Pro devices.
+Once you enable the setting to change to Windows 10 Pro Education, the change will begin only after a user signs in to their device. The setting applies to the entire organization or tenant, so you can't select which users will receive the change. The change will only apply to Windows 10 Pro devices.
 
 **To turn on the automatic change to Windows 10 Pro Education**
 
 1. Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com/) with your work or school account.
 
-   If this is the first time you're signing into the Microsoft Store for Education, you'll be prompted to accept the Microsoft Store for Education Terms of Use.
+   If you're signing into the Microsoft Store for Education for the first time, you'll be prompted to accept the Microsoft Store for Education Terms of Use.
 
 2. Click **Manage** from the top menu and then select the **Benefits tile**.
 3. In the **Benefits** tile, look for the **Change to Windows 10 Pro Education for free** link and then click it.
@@ -130,11 +130,11 @@ Once you enable the setting to change to Windows 10 Pro Education, the change wi
     A confirmation window pops up to let you know that an email has been sent to you to enable the change. 
 
 6. Close the confirmation window and check the email to proceed to the next step.
-7. In the email, click the link to **Change to Windows 10 Pro Education**. Once you click the link, this will take you back to the Microsoft Store for Education portal.
+7. In the email, click the link to **Change to Windows 10 Pro Education**. Once you click the link, you are taken back to the Microsoft Store for Education portal.
 
 8. Click **Change now** in the **changing your device to Windows 10 Pro Education for free** page in the Microsoft Store. 
 
-    You will see a window that confirms you've successfully changed all the devices in your organization to Windows 10 Pro Education, and each Azure AD joined device running Windows 10 Pro will automatically change the next time someone in your organization signs in to the device.
+    You'll see a window that confirms you've successfully changed all the devices in your organization to Windows 10 Pro Education, and each Azure AD joined device running Windows 10 Pro will automatically change the next time someone in your organization signs in to the device.
 
 9. Click **Close** in the **Success** window.
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Enabling the automatic change also triggers an email message notifying all globa
 So what will users experience? How will they change their devices?
 
 ### For existing Azure AD joined devices
-Existing Azure AD domain joined devices will be changed to Windows 10 Pro Education the next time the user logs in. That's it! No additional steps are needed.
+Existing Azure AD domain joined devices will be changed to Windows 10 Pro Education the next time the user logs in. That's it! No other steps are needed.
 
 ### For new devices that are not Azure AD joined
 Now that you've turned on the setting to automatically change to Windows 10 Pro Education, the users are ready to change their devices running Windows 10 Pro, version 1607 or higher, version 1703 to Windows 10 Pro Education edition.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ If the Windows device is running Windows 10, version 1703, follow these steps.
 
     ![Select the option to join the device to Azure Active Directory.](images/settings_setupworkorschoolaccount_2.png)
 
-4. On the **Let's get you signed in** window, enter the Azure AD credentials (username and password) and sign in. This will join the device to the school's Azure AD.
+4. On the **Let's get you signed in** window, enter the Azure AD credentials (username and password) and sign in. The device is joined with the school's Azure AD.
 5. To verify that the device was successfully joined to Azure AD, go back to **Settings > Accounts > Access work or school**. You should now see a connection under the **Connect to work or school** section that indicates the device is connected to Azure AD.
 
     **Figure 8** - Verify the device connected to Azure AD
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ If the Windows device is running Windows 10, version 1703, follow these steps.
 
 #### Step 2: Sign in using Azure AD account
 
-Once the device is joined to your Azure AD subscription, the user will sign in by using his or her Azure AD account. The Windows 10 Pro Education license associated with the user will enable Windows 10 Pro Education edition capabilities on the device.
+Once the device is joined to your Azure AD subscription, users will sign in by using their Azure AD account. The Windows 10 Pro Education license associated with the user will enable Windows 10 Pro Education edition capabilities on the device.
 
 
 #### Step 3: Verify that Pro Education edition is enabled
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ If there are any problems with the Windows 10 Pro Education license or the acti
 
 In some instances, users may experience problems with the Windows 10 Pro Education change. The most common problems that users may experience are as follows:
 
--   The existing operating system (Windows 10 Pro, version 1607 or higher, or version 1703) is not activated.
+-   The existing operating system (Windows 10 Pro, version 1607 or higher, or version 1703) isn't activated.
 -   The Windows 10 Pro Education change has lapsed or has been removed.
 
 Use the following figures to help you troubleshoot when users experience these common problems:
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Use the following figures to help you troubleshoot when users experience these c
 Windows 10 activated and subscription active

    
 
 
-**Figure 11** - Illustrates a device on which the existing operating system is not activated, but the Windows 10 Pro Education change is active.
+**Figure 11** - Illustrates a device on which the existing operating system isn't activated, but the Windows 10 Pro Education change is active.
 
 Windows 10 not activated and subscription active

    
 
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Devices must be running Windows 10 Pro, version 1607 or higher, or domain joined
 
 **To determine if a device is Azure AD joined**
 
-1.  Open a command prompt and type the following:
+1.  Open a command prompt and type the following command:
 
     ```
     dsregcmd /status
@@ -268,19 +268,19 @@ Devices must be running Windows 10 Pro, version 1607 or higher, or domain joined
 
 ### Roll back Windows 10 Pro Education to Windows 10 Pro
 
-If your organization has the Windows 10 Pro to Windows 10 Pro Education change enabled, and you decide to roll back to Windows 10 Pro or to cancel the change, you can do this by:
+If your organization has the Windows 10 Pro to Windows 10 Pro Education change enabled, and you decide to roll back to Windows 10 Pro or to cancel the change, perform the following task:
 
-- Logging into Microsoft Store for Education page and turning off the automatic change.
+- Log into Microsoft Store for Education page and turning off the automatic change.
 - Selecting the link to turn off the automatic change from the notification email sent to all global administrators.
 
-Once the automatic change to Windows 10 Pro Education is turned off, the change is effective immediately. Devices that were changed will revert to Windows 10 Pro only after the license has been refreshed (every 30 days) and the next time the user signs in. This means that a user whose device was changed may not immediately see Windows 10 Pro Education rolled back to Windows 10 Pro for up to 30 days. However, users who haven't signed in during the time that a change was enabled and then turned off will never see their device change from Windows 10 Pro.
+Once the automatic change to Windows 10 Pro Education is turned off, the change is effective immediately. Devices that were changed will revert to Windows 10 Pro only after the license has been refreshed (every 30 days) and the next time the user signs in. Therefore, users whose device was changed may not immediately see Windows 10 Pro Education rolled back to Windows 10 Pro for up to 30 days. However, users who haven't signed in during the time that a change was enabled and then turned off will never see their device change from Windows 10 Pro.
 
 > [!NOTE]  
-> Devices that were changed from  mode to Windows 10 Pro Education cannot roll back to Windows 10 Pro Education S mode.
+> Devices that were changed from  mode to Windows 10 Pro Education can't roll back to Windows 10 Pro Education S mode.
 
 **To roll back Windows 10 Pro Education to Windows 10 Pro**
 
-1. Log in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com/) with your school or work account, or follow the link from the notification email to turn off the automatic change.
+1. Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com/) with your school or work account, or follow the link from the notification email to turn off the automatic change.
 2. Select **Manage > Benefits** and locate the section **Windows 10 Pro Education** and follow the link.
 3. In the **Revert to Windows 10 Pro** page, click **Revert to Windows 10 Pro**.
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Once the automatic change to Windows 10 Pro Education is turned off, the change
 
     ![Revert to Windows 10 Pro.](images/msfe_manage_reverttowin10pro.png)
 
-4. You will be asked if you're sure that you want to turn off automatic changes to Windows 10 Pro Education. Click **Yes**.
+4. You'll be asked if you're sure that you want to turn off automatic changes to Windows 10 Pro Education. Click **Yes**.
 5. Click **Close** in the **Success** page.
 
     All global admins get a confirmation email that a request was made to roll back your organization to Windows 10 Pro. If you, or another global admin, decide later that you want to turn on automatic changes again, you can do this by selecting **change to Windows 10 Pro Education for free** from the **Manage > Benefits** in the Microsoft Store for Education.
diff --git a/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide.md b/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide.md
index 66569c4674..37e9cba645 100644
--- a/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide.md
+++ b/education/windows/chromebook-migration-guide.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Chromebook migration guide (Windows 10)
-description: In this guide you will learn how to migrate a Google Chromebook-based learning environment to a Windows 10-based learning environment.
+description: In this guide, you'll learn how to migrate a Google Chromebook-based learning environment to a Windows 10-based learning environment.
 ms.assetid: 7A1FA48A-C44A-4F59-B895-86D4D77F8BEA
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
@@ -22,23 +22,23 @@ ms.date: 10/13/2017
 
 -   Windows 10
 
-In this guide you will learn how to migrate a Google Chromebook-based learning environment to a Windows 10-based learning environment. You will learn how to perform the necessary planning steps, including Windows device deployment, migration of user and device settings, app migration or replacement, and cloud storage migration. You will then learn the best method to perform the migration by using automated deployment and migration tools.
+In this guide, you'll learn how to migrate a Google Chromebook-based learning environment to a Windows 10-based learning environment. You'll learn how to perform the necessary planning steps, including Windows device deployment, migration of user and device settings, app migration or replacement, and cloud storage migration. You'll then learn the best method to perform the migration by using automated deployment and migration tools.
 
 ## Plan Chromebook migration
 
 
 Before you begin to migrate Chromebook devices, plan your migration. As with most projects, there can be an urge to immediately start doing before planning. When you plan your Chromebook migration before you perform the migration, you can save countless hours of frustration and mistakes during the migration process.
 
-In the planning portion of this guide, you will identify all the decisions that you need to make and how to make each decision. At the end of the planning section, you will have a list of information you need to collect and what you need to do with the information. You will be ready to perform your Chromebook migration.
+In the planning portion of this guide, you'll identify all the decisions that you need to make and how to make each decision. At the end of the planning section, you'll have a list of information you need to collect and what you need to do with the information. You'll be ready to perform your Chromebook migration.
 
 ## Plan for app migration or replacement
 
 
-App migration or replacement is an essential part of your Chromebook migration. In this section you will plan how you will migrate or replace Chromebook (Chrome OS) apps that are currently in use with the same or equivalent Windows apps. At the end of this section, you will have a list of the active Chrome OS apps and the Windows app counterparts.
+App migration or replacement is an essential part of your Chromebook migration. In this section, you'll plan how you'll migrate or replace Chromebook (Chrome OS) apps that are currently in use with the same or equivalent Windows apps. At the end of this section, you'll have a list of the active Chrome OS apps and the Windows app counterparts.
 
 **Identify the apps currently in use on Chromebook devices**
 
-Before you can do any analysis or make decisions about which apps to migrate or replace, you need to identify which apps are currently in use on the Chromebook devices. You will create a list of apps that are currently in use (also called an app portfolio).
+Before you can do any analysis or make decisions about which apps to migrate or replace, you need to identify which apps are currently in use on the Chromebook devices. You'll create a list of apps that are currently in use (also called an app portfolio).
 
 > [!NOTE]  
 > The majority of Chromebook apps are web apps. For these apps you need to first perform Microsoft Edge compatibility testing and then publish the web app URL to the Windows users. For more information, see the [Perform app compatibility testing for web apps](#perform-testing-webapps) section.
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Record the following information about each app in your app portfolio:
 
 -   App priority (how necessary is the app to the day-to-day process of the institution or a classroom? Rank as high, medium, or low)
 
-Throughout the entire app migration or replacement process, focus on the higher priority apps. Focus on lower priority apps only after you have determined what you will do with the higher priority apps.
+Throughout the entire app migration or replacement process, focus on the higher priority apps. Focus on lower priority apps only after you've determined what you'll do with the higher priority apps.
 
 ### 
 
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ Table 1. Google App replacements
 
  
 
-It may be that you will decide to replace Google Apps after you deploy Windows devices. For more information on making this decision, see the [Select cloud services migration strategy](#select-cs-migrationstrat) section of this guide.
+It may be that you'll decide to replace Google Apps after you deploy Windows devices. For more information on making this decision, see the [Select cloud services migration strategy](#select-cs-migrationstrat) section of this guide.
 
 **Find the same or similar apps in the Microsoft Store**
 
 In many instances, software vendors will create a version of their app for multiple platforms. You can search the Microsoft Store to find the same or similar apps to any apps not identified in the [Select Google Apps replacements](#select-googleapps) section.
 
-In other instances, the offline app does not have a version written for the Microsoft Store or is not a web app. In these cases, look for an app that provides similar functions. For example, you might have a graphing calculator offline Android app published on the Chrome OS, but the software publisher does not have a version for Windows devices. Search the Microsoft Store for a graphing calculator app that provides similar features and functionality. Use that Microsoft Store app as a replacement for the graphing calculator offline Android app published on the Chrome OS.
+In other instances, the offline app doesn't have a version written for the Microsoft Store or isn't a web app. In these cases, look for an app that provides similar functions. For example, you might have a graphing calculator offline Android app published on the Chrome OS, but the software publisher doesn't have a version for Windows devices. Search the Microsoft Store for a graphing calculator app that provides similar features and functionality. Use that Microsoft Store app as a replacement for the graphing calculator offline Android app published on the Chrome OS.
 
 Record the Windows app that replaces the Chromebook app in your app portfolio.
 
@@ -99,20 +99,20 @@ Record the Windows app that replaces the Chromebook app in your app portfolio.
 
 **Perform app compatibility testing for web apps**
 
-The majority of Chromebook apps are web apps. Because you cannot run native offline Chromebook apps on a Windows device, there is no reason to perform app compatibility testing for offline Chromebook apps. However, you may have a number of web apps that will run on both platforms.
+Most of the Chromebook apps are web apps. Because you can't run native offline Chromebook apps on a Windows device, there's no reason to perform app compatibility testing for offline Chromebook apps. However, you may have many web apps that will run on both platforms.
 
 Ensure that you test these web apps in Microsoft Edge. Record the level of compatibility for each web app in Microsoft Edge in your app portfolio.
 
 ## Plan for migration of user and device settings
 
 
-Some institutions have configured the Chromebook devices to make the devices easier to use by using the Google Chrome Admin Console. You have also probably configured the Chromebook devices to help ensure the user data access and ensure that the devices themselves are secure by using the Google Chrome Admin Console.
+Some institutions have configured the Chromebook devices to make the devices easier to use by using the Google Chrome Admin Console. You've also probably configured the Chromebook devices to help ensure the user data access and ensure that the devices themselves are secure by using the Google Chrome Admin Console.
 
 However, in addition to your centralized configuration in the Google Admin Console, Chromebook users have probably customized their device. In some instances, users may have changed the web content that is displayed when the Chrome browser starts. Or they may have bookmarked websites for future reference. Or users may have installed apps for use in the classroom.
 
-In this section, you will identify the user and device configuration settings for your Chromebook users and devices. Then you will prioritize these settings to focus on the configuration settings that are essential to your educational institution.
+In this section, you'll identify the user and device configuration settings for your Chromebook users and devices. Then you'll prioritize these settings to focus on the configuration settings that are essential to your educational institution.
 
-At the end of this section, you should have a list of Chromebook user and device settings that you want to migrate to Windows, as well as a level of priority for each setting. You may discover at the end of this section that you have few or no higher priority settings to be migrated. If this is the case, you can skip the [Perform migration of user and device settings](#migrate-user-device-settings) section of this guide.
+At the end of this section, you should have a list of Chromebook user and device settings that you want to migrate to Windows, and a level of priority for each setting. You may discover at the end of this section that you've few or no higher priority settings to be migrated. If so, you can skip the [Perform migration of user and device settings](#migrate-user-device-settings) section of this guide.
 
 **Identify Google Admin Console settings to migrate**
 
@@ -122,17 +122,17 @@ You use the Google Admin Console (as shown in Figure 1) to manage user and devic
 
 Figure 1. Google Admin Console
 
-Table 2 lists the settings in the Device Management node in the Google Admin Console. Review the settings and determine which settings you will migrate to Windows.
+Table 2 lists the settings in the Device Management node in the Google Admin Console. Review the settings and determine which settings you'll migrate to Windows.
 
 Table 2. Settings in the Device Management node in the Google Admin Console
 
 |Section  |Settings  |
 |---------|---------|
 |Network     | 
    These settings configure the network connections for Chromebook devices and include the following settings categories:
    •  **Wi-Fi.** Configures the Wi-Fi connections that are available. The Windows devices will need these configuration settings to connect to the same Wi-Fi networks.
      •  
    • **Ethernet.** Configures authentication for secured, wired Ethernet connections (802.1x). The Windows devices will need these configuration settings to connect to the network.
    • **VPN.** Specifies the VPN network connections used by devices when not directly connected to your intranet. The Windows devices will need the same VPN network connections for users to remotely connect to your intranet.
    • **Certificates.** Contains the certificates used for network authentication. The Windows devices will need these certificates to connect to the network.
              |
-|Mobile     |These settings configure and manage companion devices (such as smartphones or tablets) that are used in conjunction with the Chromebook devices and include the following settings categories:
         
      • **Device management settings.** Configures settings for mobile (companion) devices, such as device synchronization, password settings, auditing, enable remote wipe, and other settings. Record these settings so that you can ensure the same settings are applied when the devices are being managed by Microsoft Intune or another mobile device management (MDM) provider.
      • **Device activation.** Contains a list of mobile (companion) devices that need to be approved for management by using the Google Admin Console. Approve or block any devices in this list so that the list of managed devices accurately reflects active managed devices.
      • **Managed devices.** Performs management tasks on mobile (companion) devices that are managed by the Google Admin Console. Record the list of companion devices on this page so that you can ensure the same devices are managed by Intune or another MDM provider.
      •  **Set Up Apple Push Certificate.** Configures the certificate that is essentially the digital signature that lets the Google Admin Console manage iOS devices. You will need this certificate if you plan to manage iOS devices by using Intune or another MDM provider. 
      • **Set Up Android for Work.** Authorizes the Google Admin Console to be the MDM provider for Android devices by providing an Enterprise Mobility Management (EMM) token. You will need this token if you plan to manage Android devices by using another MDM provider.        |
-|Chrome management    |These settings configure and manage companion devices (such as smartphones or tablets) that are used in conjunction with the Chromebook devices and include the following settings categories:
           
        • **User settings.** Configures user-based settings for the Chrome browser and Chromebook devices. Most of these Chromebook user-based settings can be mapped to a corresponding setting in Windows. Record the settings and then map them to settings in Group Policy or Intune.
        • **Public session settings.** Configures Public Sessions for Chrome devices that are used as kiosks, loaner devices, shared computers, or for any other work or school-related purpose for which users don't need to sign in with their credentials. You can configure Windows devices similarly by using Assigned Access. Record the settings and apps that are available in Public Sessions so that you can provide similar configuration in Assigned Access.
        •  **Device settings.** Configures device-based settings for the Chrome browser and Chromebook devices. You can map most of these Chromebook device-based settings to a corresponding setting in Windows. Record the settings and then map them to settings in Group Policy or Intune.
        • **Devices.** Manages Chrome device management licenses. The number of licenses recorded here should correspond to the number of licenses you will need for your new management system, such as Intune. Record the number of licenses and use those to determine how many licenses you will need to manage your Windows devices 
        • **App Management.** Provides configuration settings for Chrome apps. Record the settings for any apps that you have identified that will run on Windows devices.      |
+|Mobile     |These settings configure and manage companion devices (such as smartphones or tablets) that are used in conjunction with the Chromebook devices and include the following settings categories:
             
          • **Device management settings.** Configures settings for mobile (companion) devices, such as device synchronization, password settings, auditing, enable remote wipe, and other settings. Record these settings so that you can ensure the same settings are applied when the devices are being managed by Microsoft Intune or another mobile device management (MDM) provider.
          • **Device activation.** Contains a list of mobile (companion) devices that need to be approved for management by using the Google Admin Console. Approve or block any devices in this list so that the list of managed devices accurately reflects active managed devices.
          • **Managed devices.** Performs management tasks on mobile (companion) devices that are managed by the Google Admin Console. Record the list of companion devices on this page so that you can ensure the same devices are managed by Intune or another MDM provider.
          •  **Set Up Apple Push Certificate.** Configures the certificate that is essentially the digital signature that lets the Google Admin Console manage iOS devices. You'll need this certificate if you plan to manage iOS devices by using Intune or another MDM provider. 
          • **Set Up Android for Work.** Authorizes the Google Admin Console to be the MDM provider for Android devices by providing an Enterprise Mobility Management (EMM) token. You'll need this token if you plan to manage Android devices by using another MDM provider.        |
+|Chrome management    |These settings configure and manage companion devices (such as smartphones or tablets) that are used in conjunction with the Chromebook devices and include the following settings categories:
               
            • **User settings.** Configures user-based settings for the Chrome browser and Chromebook devices. Most of these Chromebook user-based settings can be mapped to a corresponding setting in Windows. Record the settings and then map them to settings in Group Policy or Intune.
            • **Public session settings.** Configures Public Sessions for Chrome devices that are used as kiosks, loaner devices, shared computers, or for any other work or school-related purpose for which users don't need to sign in with their credentials. You can configure Windows devices similarly by using Assigned Access. Record the settings and apps that are available in Public Sessions so that you can provide similar configuration in Assigned Access.
            •  **Device settings.** Configures device-based settings for the Chrome browser and Chromebook devices. You can map most of these Chromebook device-based settings to a corresponding setting in Windows. Record the settings and then map them to settings in Group Policy or Intune.
            • **Devices.** Manages Chrome device management licenses. The number of licenses recorded here should correspond to the number of licenses you'll need for your new management system, such as Intune. Record the number of licenses and use those to determine how many licenses you'll need to manage your Windows devices 
            • **App Management.** Provides configuration settings for Chrome apps. Record the settings for any apps that you've identified that will run on Windows devices.      |
 
-Table 3 lists the settings in the Security node in the Google Admin Console. Review the settings and determine which settings you will migrate to Windows.
+Table 3 lists the settings in the Security node in the Google Admin Console. Review the settings and determine which settings you'll migrate to Windows.
 
 Table 3. Settings in the Security node in the Google Admin Console
 
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ Table 3. Settings in the Security node in the Google Admin Console
 
 **Identify locally-configured settings to migrate**
 
-In addition to the settings configured in the Google Admin Console, users may have locally configured their devices based on their own personal preferences (as shown in Figure 2). Table 4 lists the Chromebook user and device settings that you can locally configure. Review the settings and determine which settings you will migrate to Windows. Some of the settings listed in Table 4 can only be seen when you click the **Show advanced settings** link (as shown in Figure 2).
+In addition to the settings configured in the Google Admin Console, users may have locally configured their devices based on their own personal preferences (as shown in Figure 2). Table 4 lists the Chromebook user and device settings that you can locally configure. Review the settings and determine which settings you'll migrate to Windows. Some of the settings listed in Table 4 can only be seen when you click the **Show advanced settings** link (as shown in Figure 2).
 
 ![figure 2.](images/fig2-locallyconfig.png)
 
-Figure 2. Locally-configured settings on Chromebook
+Figure 2. Locally configured settings on Chromebook
 
 Table 4. Locally-configured settings
 
@@ -183,32 +183,32 @@ Also, as a part of this planning process, consider settings that may not be curr
 
 **Prioritize settings to migrate**
 
-After you have collected all the Chromebook user, app, and device settings that you want to migrate, you need to prioritize each setting. Evaluate each setting and assign a priority to the setting based on the levels of high, medium, and low.
+After you've collected all the Chromebook user, app, and device settings that you want to migrate, you need to prioritize each setting. Evaluate each setting and assign a priority to the setting based on the levels of high, medium, and low.
 
-Assign the setting-migration priority based on how critical the setting is to the faculty performing their day-to-day tasks and how the setting affects the curriculum in the classrooms. Focus on the migration of higher priority settings and put less effort into the migration of lower priority settings. There may be some settings that are not necessary at all and can be dropped from your list of settings entirely. Record the setting priority in the list of settings you plan to migrate.
+Assign the setting-migration priority based on how critical the setting is to the faculty performing their day-to-day tasks and how the setting affects the curriculum in the classrooms. Focus on the migration of higher priority settings and put less effort into the migration of lower priority settings. There may be some settings that aren't necessary at all and can be dropped from your list of settings entirely. Record the setting priority in the list of settings you plan to migrate.
 
 ## Plan for email migration
 
 
-Many of your users may be using Google Apps Gmail to manage their email, calendars, and contacts. You need to create the list of users you will migrate and the best time to perform the migration.
+Many of your users may be using Google Apps Gmail to manage their email, calendars, and contacts. You need to create the list of users you'll migrate and the best time to perform the migration.
 
 Office 365 supports automated migration from Google Apps Gmail to Office 365. For more information, see [Migrate Google Apps mailboxes to Office 365](/Exchange/mailbox-migration/migrating-imap-mailboxes/migrate-g-suite-mailboxes).
 
 **Identify the list of user mailboxes to migrate**
 
-In regards to creating the list of users you will migrate, it might seem that the answer “all the users” might be the best one. However, depending on the time you select for migration, only a subset of the users may need to be migrated. For example, you may not persist student email accounts between semesters or between academic years. In this case you would only need to migrate faculty and staff.
+With regard to creating the list of users you'll migrate, it might seem that the answer “all the users” might be the best one. However, depending on the time you select for migration, only a subset of the users may need to be migrated. For example, you may not persist student email accounts between semesters or between academic years. In this case, you would only need to migrate faculty and staff.
 
-Also, when you perform a migration it is a great time to verify that all user mailboxes are active. In many environments there are a significant number of mailboxes that were provisioned for users that are no longer a part of the institution (such as interns or student assistants). You can eliminate these users from your list of user mailboxes to migrate.
+Also, when you perform a migration, it's a great time to verify that all user mailboxes are active. In many environments there are a significant number of mailboxes that were provisioned for users that are no longer a part of the institution (such as interns or student assistants). You can eliminate these users from your list of user mailboxes to migrate.
 
 Create your list of user mailboxes to migrate in Excel 2016 based on the format described in step 7 in [Create a list of Gmail mailboxes to migrate](/Exchange/mailbox-migration/migrating-imap-mailboxes/migrate-g-suite-mailboxes). If you follow this format, you can use the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet to perform the actual migration later in the process.
 
 **Identify companion devices that access Google Apps Gmail**
 
-In addition to Chromebook devices, users may have companion devices (smartphones, tablets, desktops, laptops, and so on) that also access the Google Apps Gmail mailbox. You will need to identify those companion devices and identify the proper configuration for those devices to access Office 365 mailboxes.
+In addition to Chromebook devices, users may have companion devices (smartphones, tablets, desktops, laptops, and so on) that also access the Google Apps Gmail mailbox. You'll need to identify those companion devices and identify the proper configuration for those devices to access Office 365 mailboxes.
 
-After you have identified each companion device, verify the settings for the device that are used to access Office 365. You only need to test one type of each companion device. For example, if users use Android phones to access Google Apps Gmail mailboxes, configure the device to access Office 365 and then record those settings. You can publish those settings on a website or to your helpdesk staff so that users will know how to access their Office 365 mailbox.
+After you've identified each companion device, verify the settings for the device that are used to access Office 365. You only need to test one type of each companion device. For example, if users use Android phones to access Google Apps Gmail mailboxes, configure the device to access Office 365 and then record those settings. You can publish those settings on a website or to your helpdesk staff so that users will know how to access their Office 365 mailbox.
 
-In most instances, users will only need to provide in their Office 365 email account and password. However, you should verify this on each type of companion device. For more information about how to configure a companion device to work with Office 365, see [Compare how different mobile devices work with Office 365](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=690254).
+In most instances, users will only need to provide in their Office 365 email account and password. However, you should verify these credentials on each type of companion device. For more information about how to configure a companion device to work with Office 365, see [Compare how different mobile devices work with Office 365](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=690254).
 
 **Identify the optimal timing for the migration**
 
@@ -219,13 +219,13 @@ Ensure that you communicate the time the migration will occur to your users well
 ## Plan for cloud storage migration
 
 
-Chromebook devices have limited local storage. So, most of your users will store data in cloud storage, such as Google Drive. You will need to plan how to migrate your cloud storage as a part of the Chromebook migration process.
+Chromebook devices have limited local storage. So, most of your users will store data in cloud storage, such as Google Drive. You'll need to plan how to migrate your cloud storage as a part of the Chromebook migration process.
 
-In this section, you will create a list of the existing cloud services, select the Microsoft cloud services that best meet your needs, and then optimize your cloud storage services migration plan.
+In this section, you'll create a list of the existing cloud services, select the Microsoft cloud services that best meet your needs, and then optimize your cloud storage services migration plan.
 
 **Identify cloud storage services currently in use**
 
-Typically, most Chromebook users use Google Drive for cloud storage services because your educational institution purchased other Google cloud services and Google Drive is a part of those services. However, some users may use cloud storage services from other vendors. For each member of your faculty and staff and for each student, create a list of cloud storage services that includes the following:
+Typically, most Chromebook users use Google Drive for cloud storage services because your educational institution purchased other Google cloud services and Google Drive is a part of those services. However, some users may use cloud storage services from other vendors. For each member of your faculty and staff and for each student, create a list of cloud storage services that includes the following details:
 
 -   Name of the cloud storage service
 
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Typically, most Chromebook users use Google Drive for cloud storage services bec
 
 -   Approximate storage currently in use per user
 
-Use this information as the requirements for your cloud storage services after you migrate to Windows devices. If at the end of this discovery you determine there is no essential data being stored in cloud storage services that requires migration, then you can skip to the [Plan for cloud services migration](#plan-cloud-services) section.
+Use this information as the requirements for your cloud storage services after you migrate to Windows devices. If at the end of this discovery you determine there's no essential data being stored in cloud storage services that requires migration, then you can skip to the [Plan for cloud services migration](#plan-cloud-services) section.
 
 **Optimize cloud storage services migration plan**
 
@@ -245,24 +245,24 @@ Consider the following to help optimize your cloud storage services migration pl
 
 -   **Eliminate inactive user storage.** Before you perform the cloud storage services migration, identify cloud storage that is currently allocated to inactive users. Remove this storage from your list of cloud storage to migrate.
 
--   **Eliminate or archive inactive files.** Review cloud storage to identify files that are inactive (have not been accessed for some period of time). Eliminate or archive these files so that they do not consume cloud storage.
+-   **Eliminate or archive inactive files.** Review cloud storage to identify files that are inactive (haven't been accessed for some period of time). Eliminate or archive these files so that they don't consume cloud storage.
 
--   **Consolidate cloud storage services.** If multiple cloud storage services are in use, reduce the number of cloud storage services and standardize on one cloud storage service. This will help reduce management complexity, support time, and typically will reduce cloud storage costs.
+-   **Consolidate cloud storage services.** If multiple cloud storage services are in use, reduce the number of cloud storage services and standardize on one cloud storage service. This standardization will help reduce management complexity, support time, and typically will reduce cloud storage costs.
 
 Record your optimization changes in your cloud storage services migration plan.
 
 ## Plan for cloud services migration
 
 
-Many of your users may use cloud services on their Chromebook device, such as Google Apps, Google Drive, or Google Apps Gmail. You have planned for these individual cloud services in the [Plan for app migration or replacement](#plan-app-migrate-replace), [Plan for Google Apps Gmail to Office 365 migration](#plan-email-migrate), and [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) sections.
+Many of your users may use cloud services on their Chromebook device, such as Google Apps, Google Drive, or Google Apps Gmail. You've planned for these individual cloud services in the [Plan for app migration or replacement](#plan-app-migrate-replace), [Plan for Google Apps Gmail to Office 365 migration](#plan-email-migrate), and [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) sections.
 
-In this section, you will create a combined list of these cloud services and then select the appropriate strategy to migrate these cloud services.
+In this section, you'll create a combined list of these cloud services and then select the appropriate strategy to migrate these cloud services.
 
 ### 
 
 **Identify cloud services currently in use**
 
-You have already identified the individual cloud services that are currently in use in your educational institution in the [Plan for app migration or replacement](#plan-app-migrate-replace), [Plan for Google Apps Gmail to Office 365 migration](#plan-email-migrate), and [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) sections. Create a unified list of these cloud services and record the following about each service:
+You've already identified the individual cloud services that are currently in use in your educational institution in the [Plan for app migration or replacement](#plan-app-migrate-replace), [Plan for Google Apps Gmail to Office 365 migration](#plan-email-migrate), and [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) sections. Create a unified list of these cloud services and record the following about each service:
 
 -   Cloud service name
 
@@ -274,9 +274,9 @@ You have already identified the individual cloud services that are currently in
 
 One of the first questions you should ask after you identify the cloud services currently in use is, “Why do we need to migrate from these cloud services?” The answer to this question largely comes down to finances and features.
 
-Here is a list of reasons that describe why you might want to migrate from an existing cloud service to Microsoft cloud services:
+Here's a list of reasons that describe why you might want to migrate from an existing cloud service to Microsoft cloud services:
 
--   **Better integration with Office 365.** If your long-term strategy is to migrate to Office 365 apps (such as Word 2016 or Excel 2016) then a migration to Microsoft cloud services will provide better integration with these apps. The use of existing cloud services may not be as intuitive for users. For example, Office 365 apps will integrate better with OneDrive for Business compared to Google Drive.
+-   **Better integration with Office 365.** If your long-term strategy is to migrate to Office 365 apps (such as Word 2016 or Excel 2016), then a migration to Microsoft cloud services will provide better integration with these apps. The use of existing cloud services may not be as intuitive for users. For example, Office 365 apps will integrate better with OneDrive for Business compared to Google Drive.
 
 -   **Online apps offer better document compatibility.** Microsoft Office apps (such as Word and Excel for the web) provide the highest level of compatibility with Microsoft Office documents. The Office apps allow you to open and edit documents directly from SharePoint or OneDrive for Business. Users can access the Office app from any device with Internet connectivity.
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Review the list of existing cloud services that you created in the [Identify clo
 
 **Prioritize cloud services**
 
-After you have created your aggregated list of cloud services currently in use by Chromebook users, prioritize each cloud service. Evaluate each cloud service and assign a priority based on the levels of high, medium, and low.
+After you've created your aggregated list of cloud services currently in use by Chromebook users, prioritize each cloud service. Evaluate each cloud service and assign a priority based on the levels of high, medium, and low.
 
 Assign the priority based on how critical the cloud service is to the faculty and staff performing their day-to-day tasks and how the cloud service affects the curriculum in the classrooms. Also, make cloud services that are causing pain for the users a higher priority. For example, if users experience outages with a specific cloud service, then make migration of that cloud service a higher priority.
 
@@ -298,48 +298,48 @@ Focus on the migration of higher priority cloud services first and put less effo
 
 **Select cloud services migration strategy**
 
-When you deploy the Windows devices, should you migrate the faculty, staff, and students to the new cloud services? Perhaps. But, in most instances you will want to select a migration strategy that introduces a number of small changes over a period of time.
+When you deploy the Windows devices, should you migrate the faculty, staff, and students to the new cloud services? Perhaps. But, in most instances you'll want to select a migration strategy that introduces many small changes over a period of time.
 
 Consider the following when you create your cloud services migration strategy:
 
 -   **Introduce small changes.** The move from Chrome OS to Windows will be simple for most users as most will have exposure to Windows from home, friends, or family. However, users may not be as familiar with the apps or cloud services. Consider the move to Windows first, and then make other changes as time progresses.
 
--   **Start off by using existing apps and cloud services.** Immediately after the migration to Windows devices, you may want to consider running the existing apps and cloud services (such Google Apps, Google Apps Gmail, and Google Drive). This gives users a familiar method to perform their day-to-day tasks.
+-   **Start off by using existing apps and cloud services.** Immediately after the migration to Windows devices, you may want to consider running the existing apps and cloud services (such Google Apps, Google Apps Gmail, and Google Drive). This option gives users a familiar method to perform their day-to-day tasks.
 
--   **Resolve pain points.** If some existing apps or cloud services cause problems, you may want to migrate them sooner rather than later. In most instances, users will be happy to go through the learning curve of a new app or cloud service if it is more reliable or intuitive for them to use.
+-   **Resolve pain points.** If some existing apps or cloud services cause problems, you may want to migrate them sooner rather than later. In most instances, users will be happy to go through the learning curve of a new app or cloud service if it's more reliable or intuitive for them to use.
 
 -   **Migrate classrooms or users with common curriculum.** Migrate to Windows devices for an entire classroom or for multiple classrooms that share common curriculum. You must ensure that the necessary apps and cloud services are available for the curriculum prior to the migration of one or more classrooms.
 
--   **Migrate when the fewest number of active users are affected.** Migrate your cloud services at the end of an academic year or end of a semester. This will ensure you have minimal impact on faculty, staff, and students. Also, a migration during this time will minimize the learning curve for users as they are probably dealing with new curriculum for the next semester. Also, you may not need to migrate student apps and data because many educational institutions do not preserve data between semesters or academic years.
+-   **Migrate when the fewest number of active users are affected.** Migrate your cloud services at the end of an academic year or end of a semester. This migration will ensure you've minimal impact on faculty, staff, and students. Also, a migration during this time will minimize the learning curve for users as they're probably dealing with new curriculum for the next semester. Also, you may not need to migrate student apps and data because many educational institutions don't preserve data between semesters or academic years.
 
--   **Overlap existing and new cloud services.** For faculty and staff, consider overlapping the existing and new cloud services (having both services available) for one business cycle (end of semester or academic year) after migration. This allows you to easily recover any data that might not have migrated successfully from the existing cloud services. At a minimum, overlap the user of existing and new cloud services until the user can verify the migration. Of course, the tradeoff for using this strategy is the cost of the existing cloud services. However, depending on when license renewal occurs, the cost may be minimal.
+-   **Overlap existing and new cloud services.** For faculty and staff, consider overlapping the existing and new cloud services (having both services available) for one business cycle (end of semester or academic year) after migration. This overlap operation allows you to easily recover any data that might not have migrated successfully from the existing cloud services. At a minimum, overlap the user of existing and new cloud services until the user can verify the migration. The tradeoff for using this strategy is the cost of the existing cloud services. However, depending on when license renewal occurs, the cost may be minimal.
 
 ## Plan for Windows device deployment
 
 
 You need to plan for Windows device deployment to help ensure that the devices are successfully installed and configured to replace the Chromebook devices. Even if the vendor that provides the devices pre-loads Windows 10 on them, you still will need to perform other tasks.
 
-In this section you will select a Windows device deployment strategy; plan for Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Azure AD services; plan for device, user, and app management; and plan for any necessary network infrastructure remediation.
+In this section, you'll select a Windows device deployment strategy; plan for Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Azure AD services; plan for device, user, and app management; and plan for any necessary network infrastructure remediation.
 
 ### 
 
 **Select a Windows device deployment strategy**
 
-What decisions need to be made about Windows device deployment? You just put the device on a desk, hook up power, connect to Wi-Fi, and then let the users operate the device, right? That is essentially correct, but depending on the extent of your deployment and other factors, you need to consider different deployment strategies.
+What decisions need to be made about Windows device deployment? You just put the device on a desk, hook up power, connect to Wi-Fi, and then let the users operate the device, right? That approach is correct, but depending on the extent of your deployment and other factors, you need to consider different deployment strategies.
 
 For each classroom that has Chromebook devices, select a combination of the following device deployment strategies:
 
--   **Deploy one classroom at a time.** In most cases you will want to perform your deployment in batches of devices and a classroom is an excellent way to batch devices. You can treat each classroom as a unit and check each classroom off your list after you have deployed the devices.
+-   **Deploy one classroom at a time.** In most cases, you'll want to perform your deployment in batches of devices and a classroom is an excellent way to batch devices. You can treat each classroom as a unit and check each classroom off your list after you've deployed the devices.
 
--   **Deploy based on curriculum.** Deploy the Windows devices after you have confirmed that the curriculum is ready for the Windows devices. If you deploy Windows devices without the curriculum installed and tested, you could significantly reduce the ability for students and teachers to perform effectively in the classroom. Also, deployment based on curriculum has the advantage of letting you move from classroom to classroom quickly if multiple classrooms use the same curriculum.
+-   **Deploy based on curriculum.** Deploy the Windows devices after you've confirmed that the curriculum is ready for the Windows devices. If you deploy Windows devices without the curriculum installed and tested, you could significantly reduce the ability for students and teachers to perform effectively in the classroom. Also, deployment based on curriculum has the advantage of letting you move from classroom to classroom quickly if multiple classrooms use the same curriculum.
 
--   **Deploy side-by-side.** In some instances you may need to have both the Chromebook and Windows devices in one or more classrooms. You can use this strategy if some of the curriculum only works on Chromebook and other parts of the curriculum works on Windows devices. This is a good method to help prevent delays in Windows device deployment, while ensuring that students and teachers can make optimal use of technology in their curriculum.
+-   **Deploy side-by-side.** In some instances, you may need to have both the Chromebook and Windows devices in one or more classrooms. You can use this strategy if some of the curriculum only works on Chromebook and other parts of the curriculum works on Windows devices. This method helps prevent delays in Windows device deployment, while ensuring that students and teachers can make optimal use of technology in their curriculum.
 
--   **Deploy after apps and cloud services migration.** If you deploy a Windows device without the necessary apps and cloud services to support the curriculum, this provides only a portion of your complete solution. Ensure that the apps and cloud services are tested, provisioned, and ready for use prior to the deployment of Windows devices.
+-   **Deploy after apps and cloud services migration.** If you deploy a Windows device without the necessary apps and cloud services to support the curriculum, this arrangement provides only a portion of your complete solution. Ensure that the apps and cloud services are tested, provisioned, and ready for use prior to the deployment of Windows devices.
 
--   **Deploy after the migration of user and device settings.** Ensure that you have identified the user and device settings that you plan to migrate and that those settings are ready to be applied to the new Windows devices. For example, you would want to create Group Policy Objects (GPOs) to apply the user and device settings to Windows devices.
+-   **Deploy after the migration of user and device settings.** Ensure that you've identified the user and device settings that you plan to migrate and that those settings are ready to be applied to the new Windows devices. For example, you would want to create Group Policy Objects (GPOs) to apply the user and device settings to Windows devices.
 
-    If you ensure that Windows devices closely mirror the Chromebook device configuration, you will ease user learning curve and create a sense of familiarity. Also, when you have the settings ready to be applied to the devices, it helps ensure you will deploy your new Windows devices in a secure configuration.
+    If you ensure that Windows devices closely mirror the Chromebook device configuration, you'll ease user learning curve and create a sense of familiarity. Also, when you've the settings ready to be applied to the devices, it helps ensure you'll deploy your new Windows devices in a secure configuration.
 
 Record the combination of Windows device deployment strategies that you selected.
 
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ Record the combination of Windows device deployment strategies that you selected
 
 **Plan for AD DS and Azure AD services**
 
-The next decision you will need to make concerns AD DS and Azure AD services. You can run AD DS on-premises, in the cloud by using Azure AD, or a combination of both (hybrid). The decision about which of these options is best is closely tied to how you will manage your users, apps, and devices and if you will use Office 365 and other Azure-based cloud services.
+The next decision you'll need to make concerns AD DS and Azure AD services. You can run AD DS on-premises, in the cloud by using Azure AD, or a combination of both (hybrid). The decision about which of these options is best is closely tied to how you'll manage your users, apps, and devices and if you'll use Office 365 and other Azure-based cloud services.
 
 In the hybrid configuration, your on-premises AD DS user and group objects are synchronized with Azure AD (including passwords). The synchronization happens both directions so that changes are made in both your on-premises AD DS and Azure AD.
 
@@ -362,13 +362,13 @@ Table 5. Select on-premises AD DS, Azure AD, or hybrid
 |Use Microsoft Endpoint Manager for management|✔️||✔️|
 |Use Group Policy for management|✔️||✔️|
 |Have devices that are domain-joined|✔️||✔️|
-|Allow faculty and students to Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) which are not domain-joined||✔️|✔️|
+|Allow faculty and students to Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) which aren't domain-joined||✔️|✔️|
 
 ### 
 
 **Plan device, user, and app management**
 
-You may ask the question, “Why plan for device, user, and app management before you deploy the device?” The answer is that you will only deploy the device once, but you will manage the device throughout the remainder of the device's lifecycle.
+You may ask the question, “Why plan for device, user, and app management before you deploy the device?” The answer is that you'll only deploy the device once, but you'll manage the device throughout the remainder of the device's lifecycle.
 
 Also, planning management before deployment is essential to being ready to support the devices as you deploy them. You want to have your management processes and technology in place when the first teachers, facility, or students start using their new Windows device.
 
@@ -384,11 +384,11 @@ Table 6. Device, user, and app management products and technologies
 |Deploy software updates during operating system deployment|||✔️||✔️||
 |Deploy software updates after operating system deployment|✔️|✔️|✔️|✔️||✔️|
 |Support devices that are domain-joined|✔️|✔️|✔️|✔️|✔️||
-|Support devices that are not domain-joined|✔️|||✔️|✔️||
+|Support devices that aren't domain-joined|✔️|||✔️|✔️||
 |Use on-premises resources|✔️|✔️|✔️||✔️||
 |Use cloud-based services||||✔️|||
 
-You can use Configuration Manager and Intune in conjunction with each other to provide features from both products and technologies. In some instances you may need only one of these products or technologies. In other instances, you may need two or more to meet the device, user, and app management needs for your institution.
+You can use Configuration Manager and Intune with each other to provide features from both products and technologies. In some instances, you may need only one of these products or technologies. In other instances, you may need two or more to meet the device, user, and app management needs for your institution.
 
 Record the device, user, and app management products and technologies that you selected.
 
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Examine each of the following network infrastructure technologies and services a
 
 -   **Domain Name System (DNS)** provides translation between a device name and its associated IP address. For Chromebook devices, public facing, Internet DNS services are the most important. For Windows devices that only access the Internet, they have the same requirements.
 
-    However, if you intend to communicate between Windows devices (peer-to-peer or client/server) then you will need local DNS services. Windows devices will register their name and IP address with the local DNS services so that Windows devices can locate each other.
+    However, if you intend to communicate between Windows devices (peer-to-peer or client/server) then you'll need local DNS services. Windows devices will register their name and IP address with the local DNS services so that Windows devices can locate each other.
 
 -   **Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)** provides automatic IP configuration for devices. Your existing Chromebook devices probably use DHCP for configuration. If you plan to immediately replace the Chromebook devices with Windows devices, then you only need to release all the DHCP reservations for the Chromebook devices prior to the deployment of Windows devices.
 
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ Examine each of the following network infrastructure technologies and services a
 
     If you plan to significantly increase the number of Windows devices or you plan to run Chromebook and Windows devices side-by-side, then you need to ensure that Wi-Fi network can support the number of devices.
 
--   **Internet bandwidth.** Chromebook devices consume more Internet bandwidth (up to 700 times more) than Windows devices. This means that if your existing Internet bandwidth is adequate for the Chromebook devices, then the bandwidth will be more than adequate for Windows devices.
+-   **Internet bandwidth.** Chromebook devices consume more Internet bandwidth (up to 700 times more) than Windows devices. This consumption behavior means that if your existing Internet bandwidth is adequate for the Chromebook devices, then the bandwidth will be more than adequate for Windows devices.
 
     However, if you plan to significantly increase the number of Windows devices or you plan to run Chromebook and Windows devices side-by-side, then you need to ensure that your Internet connection can support the number of devices.
 
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Examine each of the following network infrastructure technologies and services a
 
     -   [Microsoft Windows 8.1 Notebook vs. Chromebooks for Education](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=690257)
 
--   **Power.** Although not specifically a network infrastructure, you need to ensure your classrooms have adequate power. Chromebook and Windows devices should consume similar amounts of power. This means that your existing power outlets should support the same number of Windows devices.
+-   **Power.** Although not specifically a network infrastructure, you need to ensure your classrooms have adequate power. Chromebook and Windows devices should consume similar amounts of power. This condition means that your existing power outlets should support the same number of Windows devices.
 
     If you plan to significantly increase the number of Windows devices or you plan to run Chromebook and Windows devices side-by-side, you need to ensure that the power outlets, power strips, and other power management components can support the number of devices.
 
@@ -433,9 +433,9 @@ At the end of this process, you may determine that no network infrastructure rem
 ## Perform Chromebook migration
 
 
-Thus far, planning has been the primary focus. Believe it or not most of the work is now done. The rest of the Chromebook migration is just the implementation of the plan you have created.
+Thus far, planning has been the primary focus. Believe it or not most of the work is now done. The rest of the Chromebook migration is just the implementation of the plan you've created.
 
-In this section you will perform the necessary steps for the Chromebook device migration. You will perform the migration based on the planning decision that you made in the [Plan Chromebook migration](#plan-migration) section earlier in this guide.
+In this section, you'll perform the necessary steps for the Chromebook device migration. You'll perform the migration based on the planning decision that you made in the [Plan Chromebook migration](#plan-migration) section earlier in this guide.
 
 You must perform some of the steps in this section in a specific sequence. Each section has guidance about when to perform a step. You can perform other steps before, during, or after the migration. Again, each section will tell you if the sequence is important.
 
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ You must perform some of the steps in this section in a specific sequence. Each
 
 The first migration task is to perform any network infrastructure remediation. In the [Plan network infrastructure remediation](#plan-network-infra-remediation) section, you determined the network infrastructure remediation (if any) that you needed to perform.
 
-It is important that you perform any network infrastructure remediation first because the remaining migration steps are dependent on the network infrastructure. Table 7 lists the Microsoft network infrastructure products and technologies and deployment resources for each.
+It's important that you perform any network infrastructure remediation first because the remaining migration steps are dependent on the network infrastructure. Table 7 lists the Microsoft network infrastructure products and technologies and deployment resources for each.
 
 Table 7. Network infrastructure products and technologies and deployment resources
 
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ If you use network infrastructure products and technologies from other vendors,
 ## Perform AD DS and Azure AD services deployment or remediation
 
 
-It is important that you perform AD DS and Azure AD services deployment or remediation right after you finish network infrastructure remediation. Many of the remaining migration steps are dependent on you having your identity system (AD DS or Azure AD) in place and up to necessary expectations.
+It's important that you perform AD DS and Azure AD services deployment or remediation right after you finish network infrastructure remediation. Many of the remaining migration steps are dependent on you having your identity system (AD DS or Azure AD) in place and up to necessary expectations.
 
 In the [Plan for Active Directory services](#plan-adservices) section, you determined the AD DS and/or Azure AD deployment or remediation (if any) that needed to be performed. Table 8 list AD DS, Azure AD, and the deployment resources for both. Use the resources in this table to deploy or remediate on-premises AD DS, Azure AD, or both.
 
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ If you decided not to migrate to AD DS or Azure AD as a part of the migration, o
 ## Prepare device, user, and app management systems
 
 
-In the [Plan device, user, and app management](#plan-userdevapp-manage) section of this guide, you selected the products and technologies that you will use to manage devices, users, and apps on Windows devices. You need to prepare your management systems prior to Windows 10 device deployment. You will use these management systems to manage the user and device settings that you selected to migrate in the [Plan for migration of user and device settings](#plan-migrate-user-device-settings) section. You need to prepare these systems prior to the migration of user and device settings.
+In the [Plan device, user, and app management](#plan-userdevapp-manage) section of this guide, you selected the products and technologies that you'll use to manage devices, users, and apps on Windows devices. You need to prepare your management systems prior to Windows 10 device deployment. You'll use these management systems to manage the user and device settings that you selected to migrate in the [Plan for migration of user and device settings](#plan-migrate-user-device-settings) section. You need to prepare these systems prior to the migration of user and device settings.
 
 Table 9 lists the Microsoft management systems and the deployment resources for each. Use the resources in this table to prepare (deploy or remediate) these management systems.
 
@@ -486,8 +486,8 @@ Table 9. Management systems and deployment resources
 |Windows provisioning packages| 
            •  [Build and apply a provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package) 
            • [Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd) 
            •  [Step-By-Step: Building Windows 10 Provisioning Packages](/archive/blogs/canitpro/step-by-step-building-windows-10-provisioning-packages)|
 |Group Policy|
            •  [Core Network Companion Guide: Group Policy Deployment](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj899807(v=ws.11)) 
            •  [Deploying Group Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc737330(v=ws.10))"|
 |Configuration Manager| 
            •  [Site Administration for System Center 2012 Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg681983(v=technet.10)) 
            •  [Deploying Clients for System Center 2012 Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg699391(v=technet.10))|
-|Intune| 
            •  [Set up and manage devices with Microsoft Intune](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=690262) 
            •  [Smoother Management Of Office 365 Deployments with Windows Intune](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=690263) 
            •  [System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager &amp; Windows Intune](/learn/?l=fCzIjVKy_6404984382)|
-|MDT| 
            • [MDT documentation in the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=690324) 
            •  [Step-By-Step: Installing Windows 8.1 From A USB Key](/archive/blogs/canitpro/step-by-step-installing-windows-8-1-from-a-usb-key)|
+|Intune| 
            •  [Set up and manage devices with Microsoft Intune](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=690262) 
            •  [System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager &amp; Windows Intune](/learn/?l=fCzIjVKy_6404984382)|
+|MDT| 
            •  [Step-By-Step: Installing Windows 8.1 From A USB Key](/archive/blogs/canitpro/step-by-step-installing-windows-8-1-from-a-usb-key)|
 
 If you determined that no new management system or no remediation of existing systems is necessary, you can skip this section. If you use a management system from another vendor, refer to the vendor documentation on how to perform the necessary steps.
 
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Table 10. Management systems and app deployment resources
 |--- |--- |
 |Group Policy| 
            •  [Editing an AppLocker Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee791894(v=ws.10)) 
            •  [Group Policy Software Deployment Background](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc739305(v=ws.10)) 
            •  [Assigning and Publishing Software](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2003/cc783635(v=ws.10))|
 |Configuration Manager| 
            •  [How to Deploy Applications in Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682082(v=technet.10)) 
            •  [Application Management in Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg699373(v=technet.10))|
-|Intune| 
            •  [Deploy apps to mobile devices in Microsoft Intune](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=733913) 
            •  [Manage apps with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/)|
+|Intune| 
            •  [Manage apps with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/)|
 
 If you determined that no deployment of apps is necessary, you can skip this section. If you use a management system from another vendor, refer to the vendor documentation on how to perform the necessary steps.
 
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ Alternatively, if you want to migrate to Office 365 from:
 ## Perform cloud storage migration
 
 
-In the [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) section, you identified the cloud storage services currently in use, selected the Microsoft cloud storage services that you will use, and optimized your cloud storage services migration plan. You can perform the cloud storage migration before or after you deploy the Windows devices.
+In the [Plan for cloud storage migration](#plan-cloud-storage-migration) section, you identified the cloud storage services currently in use, selected the Microsoft cloud storage services that you'll use, and optimized your cloud storage services migration plan. You can perform the cloud storage migration before or after you deploy the Windows devices.
 
 Manually migrate the cloud storage migration by using the following steps:
 
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ Manually migrate the cloud storage migration by using the following steps:
 
 5.  Optionally uninstall the Google Drive app.
 
-There are also a number of software vendors who provide software that helps automate the migration from Google Drive to OneDrive for Business, Office 365 SharePoint, or OneDrive. For more information about these automated migration tools, contact the vendors.
+There are also many software vendors who provide software that helps automate the migration from Google Drive to OneDrive for Business, Office 365 SharePoint, or OneDrive. For more information about these automated migration tools, contact the vendors.
 
 ## Perform cloud services migration
 
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ In the [Plan for cloud services migration](#plan-cloud-services)section, you ide
 
 Migrate the cloud services that you currently use to the Microsoft cloud services that you selected. For example, you could migrate from a collaboration website to Office 365 SharePoint. Perform the cloud services migration based on the existing cloud services and the Microsoft cloud services that you selected.
 
-There are also a number of software vendors who provide software that helps automate the migration from other cloud services to Microsoft cloud services. For more information about these automated migration tools, contact the vendors.
+There are also many software vendors who provide software that helps automate the migration from other cloud services to Microsoft cloud services. For more information about these automated migration tools, contact the vendors.
 
 ## Perform Windows device deployment
 
@@ -585,8 +585,6 @@ In some instances, you may receive the devices with Windows 10 already deployed
 
 -   [Build and apply a provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package)
 
--   [MDT documentation in the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) 2013](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=690324)
-
 -   [Step-By-Step: Installing Windows 8.1 From A USB Key](/archive/blogs/canitpro/step-by-step-installing-windows-8-1-from-a-usb-key)
 
 -   [Operating System Deployment in Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682018(v=technet.10))
diff --git a/education/windows/configure-windows-for-education.md b/education/windows/configure-windows-for-education.md
index 27b3806af5..6d0c2694a5 100644
--- a/education/windows/configure-windows-for-education.md
+++ b/education/windows/configure-windows-for-education.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers
-description: Provides guidance on ways to configure the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, as well as some of the preinstalled apps, so that Windows is ready for your school.
+description: Provides guidance on ways to configure the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, and some of the preinstalled apps, so that Windows is ready for your school.
 keywords: Windows 10 deployment, recommendations, privacy settings, school, education, configurations, accessibility, assistive technology
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.sitesec: library
@@ -20,24 +20,24 @@ manager: dansimp
 -   Windows 10
 
 
-Privacy is important to us, we want to provide you with ways to customize the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, as well as some of the preinstalled apps, for usage with [education editions of Windows 10](windows-editions-for-education-customers.md) in education environments. These features work on all Windows 10 editions, but education editions of Windows 10 have the settings preconfigured. We recommend that all Windows 10 devices in an education setting be configured with **[SetEduPolicies](#setedupolicies)** enabled. See the following table for more information. To learn more about Microsoft's commitment to privacy, see [Windows 10 and privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=809305).
+Privacy is important to us, we want to provide you with ways to customize the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, search, and some of the preinstalled apps, for usage with [education editions of Windows 10](windows-editions-for-education-customers.md) in education environments. These features work on all Windows 10 editions, but education editions of Windows 10 have the settings preconfigured. We recommend that all Windows 10 devices in an education setting be configured with **[SetEduPolicies](#setedupolicies)** enabled. For more information, see the following table. To learn more about Microsoft's commitment to privacy, see [Windows 10 and privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=809305).
 
-We want all students to have the chance to use the apps they need for success in the classroom and all school personnel to have apps they need for their job. Students and school personnel who use assistive technology apps not available in the Microsoft Store for Education, and use devices running Windows 10 S, will be able to configure the device at no additional charge to Windows 10 Pro Education. To learn more about the steps to configure this, see [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md).
+We want all students to have the chance to use the apps they need for success in the classroom and all school personnel to have apps they need for their job. Students and school personnel who use assistive technology apps not available in the Microsoft Store for Education, and use devices running Windows 10 S, will be able to configure the device at no extra charge to Windows 10 Pro Education. To learn more about the steps to configure this device, see [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md).
 
-In Windows 10, version 1703 (Creators Update), it is straightforward to configure Windows to be education ready.
+In Windows 10, version 1703 (Creators Update), it's straightforward to configure Windows to be education ready.
 
-| Area | How to configure | What this does | Windows 10 Education | Windows 10 Pro Education | Windows 10 S | 
+| Area | How to configure | What this area does | Windows 10 Education | Windows 10 Pro Education | Windows 10 S | 
 | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
-| **Diagnostic Data** | **AllowTelemetry** | Sets Diagnostic Data to [Basic](/windows/configuration/configure-windows-telemetry-in-your-organization) | This is already set | This is already set | The policy must be set |
-| **Microsoft consumer experiences** | **SetEduPolicies** | Disables suggested content from Windows such as app recommendations | This is already set | This is already set | The policy must be set |
+| **Diagnostic Data** | **AllowTelemetry** | Sets Diagnostic Data to [Basic](/windows/configuration/configure-windows-telemetry-in-your-organization) | This feature is already set | This feature is already set | The policy must be set |
+| **Microsoft consumer experiences** | **SetEduPolicies** | Disables suggested content from Windows such as app recommendations | This feature is already set | This feature is already set | The policy must be set |
 | **Cortana** | **AllowCortana** | Disables Cortana 

               * Cortana is enabled by default on all editions in Windows 10, version 1703 | If using Windows 10 Education, upgrading from Windows 10, version 1607 to Windows 10, version 1703 will enable Cortana. 

               See the [Recommended configuration](#recommended-configuration) section below for recommended Cortana settings. | If using Windows 10 Pro Education, upgrading from Windows 10, version 1607 to Windows 10, version 1703 will enable Cortana. 

               See the [Recommended configuration](#recommended-configuration) section below for recommended Cortana settings. | See the [Recommended configuration](#recommended-configuration) section below for recommended Cortana settings. |
-| **Safe search** | **SetEduPolicies** | Locks Bing safe search to Strict in Microsoft Edge | This is already set | This is already set | The policy must be set |
+| **Safe search** | **SetEduPolicies** | Locks Bing safe search to Strict in Microsoft Edge | This feature is already set | This feature is already set | The policy must be set |
 | **Bing search advertising** | Ad free search with Bing | Disables ads when searching the internet with Bing in Microsoft Edge. See [Ad-free search with Bing](#ad-free-search-with-bing | View configuration instructions as detailed in [Ad-free search with Bing](#ad-free-search-with-bing) | View configuration instructions as detailed in [Ad-free search with Bing](#ad-free-search-with-bing) | View configuration instructions as detailed in [Ad-free search with Bing](#ad-free-search-with-bing) |
-| **Apps** | **SetEduPolicies** | Preinstalled apps like Microsoft Edge, Movies & TV, Groove, and Skype become education ready 

               * Any app can detect Windows is running in an education ready configuration through [IsEducationEnvironment](/uwp/api/windows.system.profile.educationsettings) | This is already set | This is already set | The policy must be set |
+| **Apps** | **SetEduPolicies** | Preinstalled apps like Microsoft Edge, Movies & TV, Groove, and Skype become education ready 

               * Any app can detect Windows is running in an education ready configuration through [IsEducationEnvironment](/uwp/api/windows.system.profile.educationsettings) | This feature is already set | This feature is already set | The policy must be set |
 
 
 ## Recommended configuration
-It is easy to be education ready when using Microsoft products. We recommend the following configuration:
+It's easy to be education ready when using Microsoft products. We recommend the following configuration:
 
 1. Use an Office 365 Education tenant. 
 
@@ -49,15 +49,15 @@ It is easy to be education ready when using Microsoft products. We recommend the
 
 3. On PCs running Windows 10, version 1703:
    1. Provision the PC using one of these methods:
-      * [Provision PCs with the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) - This will automatically set both **SetEduPolicies** to True and **AllowCortana** to False.
+      * [Provision PCs with the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) - The usage of this method will automatically set both **SetEduPolicies** to True and **AllowCortana** to False.
       * [Provision PCs with a custom package created with Windows Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package) - Make sure to set both **SetEduPolicies** to True and **AllowCortana** to False.
    2. Join the PC to Azure Active Directory.
       * Use Set up School PCs or Windows Configuration Designer to bulk enroll to Azure AD.
       * Manually Azure AD join the PC during the Windows device setup experience.
    3. Enroll the PCs in MDM.
-      * If you have activated Intune for Education in your Azure AD tenant, enrollment will happen automatically when the PC is joined to Azure AD. Intune for Education will automatically set **SetEduPolicies** to True and **AllowCortana** to False.
+      * If you've activated Intune for Education in your Azure AD tenant, enrollment will happen automatically when the PC is joined to Azure AD. Intune for Education will automatically set **SetEduPolicies** to True and **AllowCortana** to False.
    4. Ensure that needed assistive technology apps can be used.
-      * If you have students or school personnel who rely on assistive technology apps that are not available in the Microsoft Store for Education, and who are using a Windows 10 S device, configure their device to Windows 10 Pro Education to allow the download and use of non-Microsoft Store assistive technology apps. See [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md) for more info.
+      * If you've students or school personnel who rely on assistive technology apps that aren't available in the Microsoft Store for Education, and who are using a Windows 10 S device, configure their device to Windows 10 Pro Education to allow the download and use of non-Microsoft Store assistive technology apps. See [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md) for more info.
 
 4. Distribute the PCs to students.
 
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ You can set all the education compliance areas through both provisioning and man
 - [Intune for Education](/intune-education/available-settings)
 
 ## AllowCortana
-**AllowCortana** is a policy that enables or disables Cortana. It is a policy node in the Policy configuration service provider, [AllowCortana](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowcortana). 
+**AllowCortana** is a policy that enables or disables Cortana. It's a policy node in the Policy configuration service provider, [AllowCortana](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider#experience-allowcortana). 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > See the [Recommended configuration](#recommended-configuration) section for recommended Cortana settings.
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Set **Computer Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > S
         ![Set AllowCortana to No in Windows Configuration Designer.](images/allowcortana_wcd.png)
 
 ## SetEduPolicies
-**SetEduPolicies** is a policy that applies a set of configuration behaviors to Windows. It is a policy node in the [SharedPC configuration service provider](/windows/client-management/mdm/sharedpc-csp).
+**SetEduPolicies** is a policy that applies a set of configuration behaviors to Windows. It's a policy node in the [SharedPC configuration service provider](/windows/client-management/mdm/sharedpc-csp).
 
 Use one of these methods to set this policy. 
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Use one of these methods to set this policy.
       ![Create an OMA URI for SetEduPolices.](images/setedupolicies_omauri.png)
 
 ### Group Policy
-**SetEduPolicies** is not natively supported in Group Policy. Instead, use the [MDM Bridge WMI Provider](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-bridge-wmi-provider-portal) to set the policy in [MDM SharedPC](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-sharedpc). 
+**SetEduPolicies** isn't natively supported in Group Policy. Instead, use the [MDM Bridge WMI Provider](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-bridge-wmi-provider-portal) to set the policy in [MDM SharedPC](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-sharedpc). 
 
 For example:
 
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Provide an ad-free experience that is a safer, more private search option for K
 To suppress ads when searching with Bing on Microsoft Edge on any network, follow these steps:
 
 1. Ensure your Office 365 tenant is registered as an education tenant. For more information, see [Verify your Office 365 domain to prove education status](https://support.office.com/article/Verify-your-Office-365-domain-to-prove-ownership-nonprofit-or-education-status-or-to-activate-Yammer-87d1844e-aa47-4dc0-a61b-1b773fd4e590).
-2. Domain join the Windows 10 PCs to your Azure AD tenant (this is the same as your Office 365 tenant).
+2. Domain join the Windows 10 PCs to your Azure AD tenant (this tenant is the same as your Office 365 tenant).
 3. Configure **SetEduPolicies** according to one of the methods described in the previous sections in this topic.
 4. Have students sign in with their Azure AD identity, which is the same as your Office 365 identity, to use the PC.
 > [!NOTE]
diff --git a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district.md b/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district.md
index 2c43aa28c6..aa2e5b4d70 100644
--- a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district.md
+++ b/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school-district.md
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 - Windows 10
 
 
-This guide shows you how to deploy the Windows 10 operating system in a school district. You learn how to deploy Windows 10 in classrooms; integrate the school environment with Microsoft Office 365, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), and Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD); and deploy Windows 10 and your apps to new devices or upgrade existing devices to Windows 10. This guide also describes how to use Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, Microsoft Intune, and Group Policy to manage devices. Finally, the guide discusses common, ongoing maintenance tasks that you will perform after initial deployment and the automated tools and built-in features of the operating system.
+This guide shows you how to deploy the Windows 10 operating system in a school district. You learn how to deploy Windows 10 in classrooms; integrate the school environment with Microsoft Office 365, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), and Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD); and deploy Windows 10 and your apps to new devices or upgrade existing devices to Windows 10. This guide also describes how to use Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, Microsoft Intune, and Group Policy to manage devices. Finally, the guide discusses common, ongoing maintenance tasks that you'll perform after initial deployment and the automated tools and built-in features of the operating system.
 
 ## Prepare for district deployment
 
-Proper preparation is essential for a successful district deployment. To avoid common mistakes, your first step is to plan a typical district configuration. As with building a house, you need a blueprint for what your district and individual schools should look like when it’s finished. The second step in preparation is to learn how you will manage the users, apps, and devices in your district. Just as a builder needs to have the right tools to build a house, you need the right set of tools to deploy your district.
+Proper preparation is essential for a successful district deployment. To avoid common mistakes, your first step is to plan a typical district configuration. As with building a house, you need a blueprint for what your district and individual schools should look like when it’s finished. The second step in preparation is to learn how you'll manage the users, apps, and devices in your district. Just as a builder needs to have the right tools to build a house, you need the right set of tools to deploy your district.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This guide focuses on Windows 10 deployment and management in a district. For management of other devices and operating systems in education environments, see [Manage BYOD and corporate-owned devices with MDM solutions](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/mobile-device-management).
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ This district configuration has the following characteristics:
   
 * The devices use Azure AD in Office 365 Education for identity management.
 
-* If you have on-premises AD DS, you can [integrate Azure AD with on-premises AD DS](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity).
+* If you've on-premises AD DS, you can [integrate Azure AD with on-premises AD DS](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity).
 
 * Use [Intune](/intune/), [Mobile Device Management for Office 365](/microsoft-365/admin/basic-mobility-security/set-up), or [Group Policy in AD DS](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc725828(v=ws.10)) to manage devices.
 
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Office 365 Education allows:
 
 * Faculty to help prevent unauthorized users from accessing documents and email by using Microsoft Azure Rights Management.
 
-* Faculty to use advanced compliance tools on the unified eDiscovery pages in the Office 365 Compliance Center.
+* Faculty to use advanced compliance tools on the unified eDiscovery pages in the Microsoft Purview compliance portal.
 
 * Faculty to host online classes, parent–teacher conferences, and other collaboration in Skype for Business.
 
@@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ For more information about Office 365 Education features and an FAQ, go to [Offi
 
 ### How to configure a district
 
-Now that you have the plan (blueprint) for your district and individual schools and classrooms, you’re ready to learn about the tools you will use to deploy it. There are many tools you could use to accomplish the task, but this guide focuses on using those tools that require the least infrastructure and technical knowledge.
+Now that you've the plan (blueprint) for your district and individual schools and classrooms, you’re ready to learn about the tools you'll use to deploy it. There are many tools you could use to accomplish the task, but this guide focuses on using those tools that require the least infrastructure and technical knowledge.
 
-The primary tool you will use to deploy Windows 10 in your school is MDT, which uses Windows ADK components to make deployment easier. You could just use the Windows ADK to perform your deployment, but MDT simplifies the process by providing an intuitive, wizard-driven user interface (UI).
+The primary tool you'll use to deploy Windows 10 in your school is MDT, which uses Windows ADK components to make deployment easier. You could just use the Windows ADK to perform your deployment, but MDT simplifies the process by providing an intuitive, wizard-driven user interface (UI).
 
 You can use MDT as a stand-alone tool or integrate it with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager. As a stand-alone tool, MDT performs Lite Touch Installation (LTI) deployments—deployments that require minimal infrastructure and allow you to control the level of automation. When integrated with Configuration Manager, MDT performs Zero Touch Installation (ZTI) deployments, which require more infrastructure (such as Configuration Manager) but result in fully automated deployments.
 
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ This guide focuses on LTI deployments to deploy the reference device. You can us
 
 MDT includes the Deployment Workbench, a console from which you can manage the deployment of Windows 10 and your apps. You configure the deployment process in the Deployment Workbench, including the management of operating systems, device drivers, apps, and migration of user settings on existing devices.
 
-LTI performs deployment from a *deployment share* — a network-shared folder on the device on which you installed MDT. You can perform over-the-network deployments from the deployment share or perform deployments from a local copy of the deployment share on a USB drive or DVD. You will learn more about MDT in [Prepare the admin device](#prepare-the-admin-device), earlier in this article.
+LTI performs deployment from a *deployment share* — a network-shared folder on the device on which you installed MDT. You can perform over-the-network deployments from the deployment share or perform deployments from a local copy of the deployment share on a USB drive or DVD. You'll learn more about MDT in [Prepare the admin device](#prepare-the-admin-device), earlier in this article.
 
 The focus of MDT is deployment, so you also need tools that help you manage your Windows 10 devices and apps. You can manage Windows 10 devices and apps with Intune, the Compliance Management feature in Office 365, or Group Policy in AD DS. You can use any combination of these tools based on your school requirements.
 
@@ -150,23 +150,23 @@ ZTI performs fully automated deployments using Configuration Manager and MDT. Al
 
 The configuration process requires the following devices:
 
-* **Admin device.** This is the device you use for your day-to-day job functions. It’s also the one you use to create and manage the Windows 10 and app deployment process. You install the Windows ADK, MDT, and the Configuration Manager Console on this device.
+* **Admin device.** This device is the one you use for your day-to-day job functions. It’s also the one you use to create and manage the Windows 10 and app deployment process. You install the Windows ADK, MDT, and the Configuration Manager Console on this device.
 
-* **Reference devices.** These are the devices that you will use as a template for the faculty and student devices. You install Windows 10 and Windows desktop apps on these devices, and then capture an image (.wim file) of the devices.
+* **Reference devices.** These devices are the ones that you'll use as a template for the faculty and student devices. You install Windows 10 and Windows desktop apps on these devices, and then capture an image (.wim file) of the devices.
 
-  You will have a reference device for each type of device in your district. For example, if your district has Surface, HP Stream, Dell Inspiron, and Lenovo Yoga devices, then you would have a reference device for each model. For more information about approved Windows 10 devices, see [Explore devices](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/view-all).
+  You'll have a reference device for each type of device in your district. For example, if your district has Surface, HP Stream, Dell Inspiron, and Lenovo Yoga devices, then you would have a reference device for each model. For more information about approved Windows 10 devices, see [Explore devices](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/view-all).
   
-* **Faculty and staff devices.** These are the devices that the teachers, faculty, and staff use for their day-to-day job functions. You use the admin device to deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to these devices.
+* **Faculty and staff devices.** These devices are the ones that the teachers, faculty, and staff use for their day-to-day job functions. You use the admin device to deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to these devices.
 
-* **Student devices.** The students will use these devices. You will use the admin device deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to them.
+* **Student devices.** The students will use these devices. You'll use the admin device deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to them.
 
 The high-level process for deploying and configuring devices within individual classrooms, individual schools, and the district as a whole is as follows and illustrated in Figure 4:
 
 1. Prepare the admin device for use, which includes installing the Windows ADK, MDT, and the Configuration Manager console.
 
-2. On the admin device, create and configure the Office 365 Education subscription that you will use for the district’s classrooms.
+2. On the admin device, create and configure the Office 365 Education subscription that you'll use for the district’s classrooms.
 
-3. On the admin device, configure integration between on-premises AD DS and Azure AD (if you have an on premises AD DS configuration).
+3. On the admin device, configure integration between on-premises AD DS and Azure AD (if you've an on premises AD DS configuration).
 
 4. On the admin device, create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal.
 
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Some constraints exist in these scenarios. As you select the deployment and mana
 
 * You can use Group Policy or Intune to manage configuration settings on a device but not both.
 * You can use Microsoft Endpoint Manager or Intune to manage apps and updates on a device but not both.
-* You cannot manage multiple users on a device with Intune if the device is AD DS domain joined.
+* You can't  manage multiple users on a device with Intune if the device is AD DS domain joined.
 
 Use the cloud-centric scenario and on-premises and cloud scenario as a guide for your district. You may need to customize these scenarios, however, based on your district. As you go through the [Select the deployment methods](#select-the-deployment-methods), [Select the configuration setting management methods](#select-the-configuration-setting-management-methods), and the [Select the app and update management products](#select-the-app-and-update-management-products) sections, remember these scenarios and use them as the basis for your district.
 
@@ -227,8 +227,8 @@ To deploy Windows 10 and your apps, you can use MDT by itself or Microsoft Endpo
 
 |Method|Description|
 |--- |--- |
-|MDT|MDT is an on-premises solution that supports initial operating system deployment and upgrade. You can use MDT to deploy and upgrade Windows 10. In addition, you can initially deploy Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps and software updates.
               Select this method when you: 
            •  Want to deploy Windows 10 to institution-owned and personal devices. (Devices need not be domain joined.) 
            •  Don’t have an existing AD DS infrastructure. 
            •  Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises). 
              The advantages of this method are that: 
               
            •  You can deploy Windows 10 operating systems 
            •  You can manage device drivers during initial deployment. 
            • You can deploy Windows desktop apps (during initial deployment)
            •  It doesn’t require an AD DS infrastructure.
            • It doesn’t have additional infrastructure requirements.
            • MDT doesn’t incur additional cost: it’s a free tool.
            • You can deploy Windows 10 operating systems to institution-owned and personal devices. 
               The disadvantages of this method are that it:
               
            • Can’t manage applications throughout entire application life cycle (by itself).
            • Can’t manage software updates for Windows 10 and apps (by itself).
            • Doesn’t provide antivirus and malware protection (by itself).
            • Has limited scaling to large numbers of users and devices.|
-|Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager|
            •  Configuration Manager is an on-premises solution that supports operating system management throughout the entire operating system life cycle 
            • You can use Configuration Manager to deploy and upgrade Windows 10. In addition, you can manage Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps and software updates as well as provide antivirus and antimalware protection. 
               Select this method when you: 
            •  Want to deploy Windows 10 to institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personal devices are typically not domain joined). 
            • Have an existing AD DS infrastructure (or plan to deploy an AD DS infrastructure). 
            • Typically deploy Windows 10 to on-premises devices. 
               The advantages of this method are that: 
            • You can deploy Windows 10 operating systems.
            • You can manage (deploy) Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps throughout entire application life cycle.
            • You can manage software updates for Windows 10 and apps.
            • You can manage antivirus and malware protection.
            • It scales to large number of users and devices. 
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an additional cost for Microsoft Endpoint Manager server licenses (if the institution does not have Configuration Manager already).
            • Can deploy Windows 10 only to domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
            • Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution does not have AD DS already).|
+|MDT|MDT is an on-premises solution that supports initial operating system deployment and upgrade. You can use MDT to deploy and upgrade Windows 10. In addition, you can initially deploy Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps and software updates.
               Select this method when you: 
            •  Want to deploy Windows 10 to institution-owned and personal devices. (Devices need not be domain joined.) 
            •  Don’t have an existing AD DS infrastructure. 
            •  Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises). 
              The advantages of this method are that: 
               
            •  You can deploy Windows 10 operating systems 
            •  You can manage device drivers during initial deployment. 
            • You can deploy Windows desktop apps (during initial deployment)
            •  It doesn’t require an AD DS infrastructure.
            • It doesn’t have extra infrastructure requirements.
            • MDT doesn’t incur extra cost: it’s a free tool.
            • You can deploy Windows 10 operating systems to institution-owned and personal devices. 
               The disadvantages of this method are that it:
               
            • Can’t manage applications throughout entire application life cycle (by itself).
            • Can’t manage software updates for Windows 10 and apps (by itself).
            • Doesn’t provide antivirus and malware protection (by itself).
            • Has limited scaling to large numbers of users and devices.|
+|Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager|
            •  Configuration Manager is an on-premises solution that supports operating system management throughout the entire operating system life cycle 
            • You can use Configuration Manager to deploy and upgrade Windows 10. In addition, you can manage Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps and software updates as well as provide antivirus and antimalware protection. 
               Select this method when you: 
            •  Want to deploy Windows 10 to institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personal devices are typically not domain joined). 
            • Have an existing AD DS infrastructure (or plan to deploy an AD DS infrastructure). 
            • Typically deploy Windows 10 to on-premises devices. 
               The advantages of this method are that: 
            • You can deploy Windows 10 operating systems.
            • You can manage (deploy) Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps throughout entire application life cycle.
            • You can manage software updates for Windows 10 and apps.
            • You can manage antivirus and malware protection.
            • It scales to large number of users and devices. 
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an extra cost for Microsoft Endpoint Manager server licenses (if the institution doesn't  have Configuration Manager already).
            • Can deploy Windows 10 only to domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
            • Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution doesn't  have AD DS already).|
 
 *Table 2. Deployment methods*
 
@@ -243,14 +243,14 @@ Record the deployment methods you selected in Table 3.
 
 ### Select the configuration setting management methods
 
-If you have only one device to configure, manually configuring that one device is tedious but possible. When you have multiple classrooms of devices to configure, however, manually configuring each device becomes overwhelming. In addition, maintaining an identical configuration on every device will become virtually impossible as the number of devices in the district increases.
+If you've only one device to configure, manually configuring that one device is tedious but possible. When you've multiple classrooms of devices to configure, however, manually configuring each device becomes overwhelming. In addition, maintaining an identical configuration on every device will become impossible as the number of devices in the district increases.
 
 For a district, there are many ways to manage the configuration setting for users and devices. Table 4 lists the methods that this guide describes and recommends. Use this information to determine which combination of configuration setting management methods is right for your institution.
 
 |Method|Description|
 |--- |--- |
-|Group Policy|Group Policy is an integral part of AD DS and allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10 and previous versions of Windows. 
               Select this method when you 
            • Want to manage institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personal devices are typically not domain joined).
            •  Want more granular control of device and user settings. 
            • Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
            • Typically manage on-premises devices.
            • Can manage a required setting only by using Group Policy. 
              The advantages of this method include: 
            • No cost beyond the AD DS infrastructure. 
            • A larger number of settings (compared to Intune).
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Can only manage domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
            • Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution does not have AD DS already).
            • Typically manages on-premises devices (unless devices use a virtual private network [VPN] or Microsoft DirectAccess to connect).
            •  Has rudimentary app management capabilities.
            •  Cannot deploy Windows 10 operating systems.|
-|Intune|Intune is a cloud-based management system that allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10, previous versions of Windows, and other operating systems (such as iOS or Android). Intune is a subscription-based cloud service that integrates with Office 365 and Azure AD.
              Intune is the cloud-based management system described in this guide, but you can use other MDM providers. If you use an MDM provider other than Intune, integration with Configuration Manager is unavailable.
              Select this method when you:
            •  Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices (does not require that the device be domain joined).
            • Don’t need granular control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy).
            • Don’t have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
            • Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises).
            • Want to provide application management for the entire application life cycle.
            • Can manage a required setting only by using Intune.
              The advantages of this method are that:
            • You can manage institution-owned and personal devices.
            • It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
            • It doesn’t require any on-premises infrastructure.
            • It can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an additional cost for Intune subscription licenses.
            • Doesn’t offer granular control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy).
            • Cannot deploy Windows 10 operating systems.|
+|Group Policy|Group Policy is an integral part of AD DS and allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10 and previous versions of Windows. 
               Select this method when you 
            • Want to manage institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personal devices are typically not domain joined).
            •  Want more granular control of device and user settings. 
            • Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
            • Typically manage on-premises devices.
            • Can manage a required setting only by using Group Policy. 
              The advantages of this method include: 
            • No cost beyond the AD DS infrastructure. 
            • A larger number of settings (compared to Intune).
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Can only manage domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
            • Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution doesn't  have AD DS already).
            • Typically manages on-premises devices (unless devices use a virtual private network [VPN] or Microsoft DirectAccess to connect).
            •  Has rudimentary app management capabilities.
            •  can't  deploy Windows 10 operating systems.|
+|Intune|Intune is a cloud-based management system that allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10, previous versions of Windows, and other operating systems (such as iOS or Android). Intune is a subscription-based cloud service that integrates with Office 365 and Azure AD.
              Intune is the cloud-based management system described in this guide, but you can use other MDM providers. If you use an MDM provider other than Intune, integration with Configuration Manager is unavailable.
              Select this method when you:
            •  Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices (doesn't require that the device be domain joined).
            • Don’t need granular control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy).
            • Don’t have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
            • Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises).
            • Want to provide application management for the entire application life cycle.
            • Can manage a required setting only by using Intune.
              The advantages of this method are that:
            • You can manage institution-owned and personal devices.
            • It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
            • It doesn’t require any on-premises infrastructure.
            • It can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an extra cost for Intune subscription licenses.
            • Doesn’t offer granular control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy).
            • can't  deploy Windows 10 operating systems.|
 
 *Table 4. Configuration setting management methods*
 
@@ -271,9 +271,9 @@ Use the information in Table 6 to determine which combination of app and update
 
 |Selection|Management method|
 |--- |--- |
-|Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager|Configuration Manager is an on-premises solution that allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10; previous versions of Windows; and other operating systems, such as iOS or Android, through integration with Intune.Configuration Manager supports application management throughout the entire application life cycle. You can deploy, upgrade, manage multiple versions, and retire applications by using Configuration Manager. You can also manage Windows desktop and Microsoft Store applications. Select this method when you:
            • Selected Configuration Manager to deploy Windows 10.
            • Want to manage institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personally owned devices are typically not domain joined).
            • Want to manage AD DS domain-joined devices.
            • Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
            • Typically manage on-premises devices.
            • Want to deploy operating systems.
            • Want to provide application management for the entire application life cycle.
              The advantages of this method are that:
            • You can deploy Windows 10 operating systems.
            • You can manage applications throughout the entire application life cycle.
            • You can manage software updates for Windows 10 and apps.
            • You can manage antivirus and malware protection.
            • It scales to large numbers of users and devices.
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an additional cost for Configuration Manager server licenses (if the institution does not have Configuration Manager already).
            • Carries an additional cost for Windows Server licenses and the corresponding server hardware.
            • Can only manage domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
            • Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution does not have AD DS already).
            • Typically manages on-premises devices (unless devices through VPN or DirectAccess).|
-|Intune|Intune is a cloud-based solution that allows you to manage apps and software updates for Windows 10, previous versions of Windows, and other operating systems (such as iOS or Android). Intune is a subscription-based cloud service that integrates with Office 365 and Azure AD.
              Select this method when you:
            • Selected MDT only to deploy Windows 10.
            • Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices that are not domain joined.
            • Want to manage Azure AD domain-joined devices.
            • Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises).
            • Want to provide application management for the entire application life cycle.
              The advantages of this method are that:
            • You can manage institution-owned and personal devices.
            • It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
            • It doesn’t require on-premises infrastructure.vIt can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).
            • You can deploy keys to perform in-place Windows 10 upgrades (such as upgrading from Windows 10 Pro to Windows 10 Education edition).
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an additional cost for Intune subscription licenses.
            • Cannot deploy Windows 10 operating systems.|
-|Microsoft Endpoint Manager and Intune (hybrid)|Configuration Manager and Intune together extend Configuration Manager from an on-premises management system for domain-joined devices to a solution that can manage devices regardless of their location and connectivity options. This hybrid option provides the benefits of both Configuration Manager and Intune.
              Configuration Manager and Intune in the hybrid configuration allow you to support application management throughout the entire application life cycle. You can deploy, upgrade, manage multiple versions, and retire applications by using Configuration Manager, and you can manage Windows desktop and Microsoft Store applications for both institution-owned and personal devices. 
              Select this method when you:
            • Selected Microsoft Endpoint Manager to deploy Windows 10.
            • Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices (does not require that the device be domain joined).
            • Want to manage domain-joined devices.
            • Want to manage Azure AD domain-joined devices.
            • Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
            • Want to manage devices regardless of their connectivity.vWant to deploy operating systems.
            • Want to provide application management for the entire application life cycle.
              The advantages of this method are that:
            • You can deploy operating systems.
            • You can manage applications throughout the entire application life cycle.
            • You can scale to large numbers of users and devices.
            • You can support institution-owned and personal devices.
            • It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
            • It can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an additional cost for Configuration Manager server licenses (if the institution does not have Configuration Manager already).
            • Carries an additional cost for Windows Server licenses and the corresponding server hardware.
            • Carries an additional cost for Intune subscription licenses.
            • Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution does not have AD DS already).|
+|Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager|Configuration Manager is an on-premises solution that allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10; previous versions of Windows; and other operating systems, such as iOS or Android, through integration with Intune.Configuration Manager supports application management throughout the entire application life cycle. You can deploy, upgrade, manage multiple versions, and retire applications by using Configuration Manager. You can also manage Windows desktop and Microsoft Store applications. Select this method when you:
            • Selected Configuration Manager to deploy Windows 10.
            • Want to manage institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personally owned devices are typically not domain joined).
            • Want to manage AD DS domain-joined devices.
            • Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
            • Typically manage on-premises devices.
            • Want to deploy operating systems.
            • Want to provide application management for the entire application life cycle.
              The advantages of this method are that:
            • You can deploy Windows 10 operating systems.
            • You can manage applications throughout the entire application life cycle.
            • You can manage software updates for Windows 10 and apps.
            • You can manage antivirus and malware protection.
            • It scales to large numbers of users and devices.
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an extra cost for Configuration Manager server licenses (if the institution doesn't  have Configuration Manager already).
            • Carries an extra cost for Windows Server licenses and the corresponding server hardware.
            • Can only manage domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
            • Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution doesn't  have AD DS already).
            • Typically manages on-premises devices (unless devices through VPN or DirectAccess).|
+|Intune|Intune is a cloud-based solution that allows you to manage apps and software updates for Windows 10, previous versions of Windows, and other operating systems (such as iOS or Android). Intune is a subscription-based cloud service that integrates with Office 365 and Azure AD.
              Select this method when you:
            • Selected MDT only to deploy Windows 10.
            • Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices that aren't  domain joined.
            • Want to manage Azure AD domain-joined devices.
            • Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises).
            • Want to provide application management for the entire application life cycle.
              The advantages of this method are that:
            • You can manage institution-owned and personal devices.
            • It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
            • It doesn’t require on-premises infrastructure.vIt can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).
            • You can deploy keys to perform in-place Windows 10 upgrades (such as upgrading from Windows 10 Pro to Windows 10 Education edition).
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an extra cost for Intune subscription licenses.
            • can't  deploy Windows 10 operating systems.|
+|Microsoft Endpoint Manager and Intune (hybrid)|Configuration Manager and Intune together extend Configuration Manager from an on-premises management system for domain-joined devices to a solution that can manage devices regardless of their location and connectivity options. This hybrid option provides the benefits of both Configuration Manager and Intune.
              Configuration Manager and Intune in the hybrid configuration allows you to support application management throughout the entire application life cycle. You can deploy, upgrade, manage multiple versions, and retire applications by using Configuration Manager, and you can manage Windows desktop and Microsoft Store applications for both institution-owned and personal devices. 
              Select this method when you:
            • Selected Microsoft Endpoint Manager to deploy Windows 10.
            • Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices (doesn't require that the device be domain joined).
            • Want to manage domain-joined devices.
            • Want to manage Azure AD domain-joined devices.
            • Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
            • Want to manage devices regardless of their connectivity.vWant to deploy operating systems.
            • Want to provide application management for the entire application life cycle.
              The advantages of this method are that:
            • You can deploy operating systems.
            • You can manage applications throughout the entire application life cycle.
            • You can scale to large numbers of users and devices.
            • You can support institution-owned and personal devices.
            • It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
            • It can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).
              The disadvantages of this method are that it:
            • Carries an extra cost for Configuration Manager server licenses (if the institution doesn't  have Configuration Manager already).
            • Carries an extra cost for Windows Server licenses and the corresponding server hardware.
            • Carries an extra cost for Intune subscription licenses.
            • Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution doesn't  have AD DS already).|
 
 *Table 6. App and update management products*
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Record the app and update management methods that you selected in Table 7.
 *Table 7. App and update management methods selected*
 
 #### Summary
-In this section, you selected the methods that you will use to deploy Windows 10 to the faculty and student devices in your district. You selected the methods that you will use to manage configuration settings. Finally, you selected the methods that you will use to manage Windows desktop apps, Microsoft Store apps, and software updates.
+In this section, you selected the methods that you'll use to deploy Windows 10 to the faculty and student devices in your district. You selected the methods that you'll use to manage configuration settings. Finally, you selected the methods that you'll use to manage Windows desktop apps, Microsoft Store apps, and software updates.
 
 ## Prepare the admin device
 
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ For more information about installing the Windows ADK, see [Step 2-2: Install Wi
 
 ### Install MDT
 
-Next, install MDT. MDT uses the Windows ADK to help you manage and perform Windows 10 and app deployment. It is a free tool available directly from Microsoft.
+Next, install MDT. MDT uses the Windows ADK to help you manage and perform Windows 10 and app deployment. It's a free tool available directly from Microsoft.
 You can use MDT to deploy 32-bit or 64-bit versions of Windows 10. Install the 64-bit version of MDT to support deployment of 32-bit and 64-bit operating systems.
 
 > [!NOTE]
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ For more information, see [Enable Configuration Manager Console Integration for
 
 #### Summary
 
-In this section, you installed the Windows ADK and MDT on the admin device. You also created the MDT deployment share that you will configure and use later to capture a reference image. You can also use the MDT deployment share to deploy Windows 10 and your apps to faculty and students (if that’s the method you selected in [Select the deployment methods](#select-the-deployment-methods), earlier in this article). Finally, you installed the Configuration Manager console and configured MDT integration with the Configuration Manager console.
+In this section, you installed the Windows ADK and MDT on the admin device. You also created the MDT deployment share that you'll configure and use later to capture a reference image. You can also use the MDT deployment share to deploy Windows 10 and your apps to faculty and students (if that’s the method you selected in [Select the deployment methods](#select-the-deployment-methods), earlier in this article). Finally, you installed the Configuration Manager console and configured MDT integration with the Configuration Manager console.
 
 ## Create and configure Office 365
 
@@ -363,8 +363,8 @@ Complete the following steps to select the appropriate Office 365 Education lice
 
     |Plan  |Advantages  |Disadvantages |
     |----- |----------- |------------- |
-    |Office 365 Education |
              • Less expensive than Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise
              • Can be run from any device
              • No installation necessary
               | 
              • Must have an Internet connection to use it
              • Does not support all the features found in Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise
               |
-    |Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise |
              • Only requires an Internet connection every 30 days (for activation)
              • Supports the full set of Office features
              • Can be installed on five devices per user (there is no limit to the number of devices on which you can run Office apps online)
               |
              • Requires installation
              • More expensive than Office 365 Education
              |
+    |Office 365 Education |
              • Less expensive than Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise
              • Can be run from any device
              • No installation necessary
               | 
              • Must have an Internet connection to use it
              • Doesn't  support all the features found in Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise
               |
+    |Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise |
              • Only requires an Internet connection every 30 days (for activation)
              • Supports the full set of Office features
              • Can be installed on five devices per user (there's no limit to the number of devices on which you can run Office apps online)
               |
              • Requires installation
              • More expensive than Office 365 Education
              |
 
     *Table 8. Comparison of standard and Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise plans*
 
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Complete the following steps to select the appropriate Office 365 Education lice
 
     *Table 9. Office 365 Education license plans needed for the classroom*
 
-You will use the Office 365 Education license plan information you record in Table 9 in [Create user accounts in Office 365](#create-user-accounts-in-office-365) later in this guide.
+You'll use the Office 365 Education license plan information you record in Table 9 in [Create user accounts in Office 365](#create-user-accounts-in-office-365) later in this guide.
 
 ### Create a new Office 365 Education subscription
 
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ To create a new Office 365 Education subscription for use in the classroom, use
 1. In Microsoft Edge or Internet Explorer, type `https://portal.office.com/start?sku=faculty` in the address bar.
 
    > [!NOTE]
-   > If you have already used your current sign-in account to create a new Office 365 subscription, you will be prompted to sign in. If you want to create a new Office 365 subscription, start an In-Private Window by using one of the following methods:
+   > If you've already used your current sign-in account to create a new Office 365 subscription, you'll be prompted to sign in. If you want to create a new Office 365 subscription, start an In-Private Window by using one of the following methods:
    > 
    > - In Microsoft Edge, open the Microsoft Edge app (press Ctrl+Shift+P, or click or tap More actions), and then click or tap New InPrivate window.
    > 
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ To create a new Office 365 Education subscription for use in the classroom, use
 
 2. On the **Get started** page, in **Enter your school email address**, type your school email address, and then click **Sign up**.
 
-   You will receive an email in your school email account.
+   You'll receive an email in your school email account.
 3. Click the hyperlink in the email in your school email account.
 
 4. On the **One last thing** page, complete your user information, and then click **Start**.
@@ -418,9 +418,9 @@ The wizard creates your new Office 365 Education subscription, and you’re auto
 
 ### Add domains and subdomains
 
-Now that you have created your new Office 365 Education subscription, add the domains and subdomains that your institution uses. For example, if your institution has contoso.edu as the primary domain name but you have subdomains for students or faculty (such as students.contoso.edu and faculty.contoso.edu), then you need to add the subdomains.
+Now that you've created your new Office 365 Education subscription, add the domains and subdomains that your institution uses. For example, if your institution has contoso.edu as the primary domain name but you've subdomains for students or faculty (such as students.contoso.edu and faculty.contoso.edu), then you need to add the subdomains.
 
-#### To add additional domains and subdomains
+#### To add more domains and subdomains
 
 1. In the admin center, in the list view, click **DOMAINS**.
 
@@ -444,12 +444,12 @@ To make it easier for faculty and students to join your Office 365 Education sub
 Office 365 uses the domain portion of the user’s email address to know which Office 365 tenant to join. For example, if a faculty member or student provides an email address of user@contoso.edu, then Office 365 automatically performs one of the following tasks:
 
 * If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) exists, Office 365 automatically adds the user to that tenant.
-* If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) does not exists, Office 365 automatically creates a new Office 365 tenant with that domain name and adds the user to it.
+* If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) doesn't  exist, Office 365 automatically creates a new Office 365 tenant with that domain name and adds the user to it.
 
-You will always want faculty and students to join the Office 365 tenant that you created. Ensure that you perform the steps in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) and [Add domains and subdomains](#add-domains-and-subdomains) sections before you allow other faculty and students to join Office 365.
+You'll always want faculty and students to join the Office 365 tenant that you created. Ensure that you perform the steps in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) and [Add domains and subdomains](#add-domains-and-subdomains) sections before you allow other faculty and students to join Office 365.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> You cannot merge multiple tenants, so any faculty or students who create their own tenant will need to abandon their existing tenant and join yours.
+> You can't  merge multiple tenants, so any faculty or students who create their own tenant will need to abandon their existing tenant and join yours.
 
 By default, all new Office 365 Education subscriptions have automatic tenant join enabled, but you can enable or disable automatic tenant join by using the Windows PowerShell commands in Table 10. For more information about how to run these commands, see [How can I prevent students from joining my existing Office 365 tenant](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/office-365-education-self-sign-up).
 
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ By default, all new Office 365 Education subscriptions have automatic tenant joi
 
 ### Disable automatic licensing
 
-To reduce your administrative effort, automatically assign Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus licenses to faculty and students when they sign up (automatic licensing). Automatic licensing also enables Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus features that do not require administrative approval.
+To reduce your administrative effort, automatically assign Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus licenses to faculty and students when they sign up (automatic licensing). Automatic licensing also enables Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus features that don't  require administrative approval.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > By default, automatic licensing is enabled in Office 365 Education. If you want to use automatic licensing, then skip this section and go to the next section.
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ When you create your Office 365 subscription, you create an Office 365 tenant th
 
 Educational institutions can obtain Azure AD Basic edition licenses at no cost if they have a volume license agreement. After your institution obtains its licenses, activate your Azure AD access by completing the steps in [Step 3: Activate your Azure Active Directory access](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-get-started-premium#step-3-activate-your-azure-active-directory-access).
 
-The following Azure AD Premium features are not in Azure AD Basic:
+The following Azure AD Premium features aren't  in Azure AD Basic:
 
 * Allow designated users to manage group membership
 * Dynamic group membership based on user metadata
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ The following Azure AD Premium features are not in Azure AD Basic:
 
 You can assign Azure AD Premium licenses to the users who need these features. For example, you may want the users who have access to confidential student information to use MFA. In this example, you could assign Azure AD Premium to only those users.
 
-You can sign up for Azure AD Premium, and then assign licenses to users. In this section, you sign up for Azure AD Premium. You will assign Azure AD Premium licenses to users later in the deployment process.
+You can sign up for Azure AD Premium, and then assign licenses to users. In this section, you sign up for Azure AD Premium. You'll assign Azure AD Premium licenses to users later in the deployment process.
 
 For more information about:
 
@@ -507,18 +507,18 @@ For more information about:
 
 #### Summary
 
-You provision and initially configure Office 365 Education as part of initial configuration. With the subscription in place, automatic tenant join configured, automatic licensing established, and Azure AD Premium enabled (if required), you’re ready to select the method you will use to create user accounts in Office 365.
+You provision and initially configure Office 365 Education as part of initial configuration. With the subscription in place, automatic tenant join configured, automatic licensing established, and Azure AD Premium enabled (if necessary), you’re ready to select the method you'll use to create user accounts in Office 365.
 
 ## Select an Office 365 user account–creation method
 
-Now that you have an Office 365 subscription, you must determine how you’ll create your Office 365 user accounts. Use one of the following methods to make your decision:
+Now that you've an Office 365 subscription, you must determine how you’ll create your Office 365 user accounts. Use one of the following methods to make your decision:
 
-* Method 1: Automatically synchronize your on-premises AD DS domain with Azure AD. Select this method if you have an on-premises AD DS domain.
+* Method 1: Automatically synchronize your on-premises AD DS domain with Azure AD. Select this method if you've an on-premises AD DS domain.
 * Method 2: Bulk-import the user accounts from a .csv file (based on information from other sources) into Azure AD. Select this method if you don’t have an on-premises AD DS domain.
 
 ### Method 1: Automatic synchronization between AD DS and Azure AD
 
-In this method, you have an on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 5, the Azure AD Connector tool automatically synchronizes AD DS with Azure AD. When you add or change any user accounts in AD DS, the Azure AD Connector tool automatically updates Azure AD.
+In this method, you've an on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 5, the Azure AD Connector tool automatically synchronizes AD DS with Azure AD. When you add or change any user accounts in AD DS, the Azure AD Connector tool automatically updates Azure AD.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Azure AD Connect also supports synchronization from any Lightweight Directory Access Protocol version 3 (LDAPv3)–compliant directory by using the information provided in [Generic LDAP Connector for FIM 2010 R2 Technical Reference](/previous-versions/mim/dn510997(v=ws.10)).
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ For more information about how to perform this step, see the [Integrate on-premi
 
 ### Method 2: Bulk import into Azure AD from a .csv file
 
-In this method, you have no on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 6, you manually prepare a .csv file with the student information from your source, and then manually import the information directly into Azure AD. The .csv file must be in the format that Office 365 specifies.
+In this method, you've no on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 6, you manually prepare a .csv file with the student information from your source, and then manually import the information directly into Azure AD. The .csv file must be in the format that Office 365 specifies.
 
 > [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
 > ![Bulk import into Azure AD from other sources.](images/edu-districtdeploy-fig6.png "Bulk import into Azure AD from other sources")
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ In this section, you selected the method for creating user accounts in your Offi
 You can integrate your on-premises AD DS domain with Azure AD to provide identity management for your Office 365 tenant. With this integration, you can synchronize the users, security groups, and distribution lists in your AD DS domain with Azure AD with the Azure AD Connect tool. Users will be able to sign in to Office 365 automatically by using their email account and the same password they use to sign in to AD DS.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If your institution does not have an on-premises AD DS domain, you can skip this section.
+> If your institution doesn't  have an on-premises AD DS domain, you can skip this section.
 
 ### Select a synchronization model
 
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ Before you deploy AD DS and Azure AD synchronization, determine where you want t
 
 You can deploy the Azure AD Connect tool:
 
-- **On premises.** As shown in Figure 7, Azure AD Connect runs on premises, which has the advantage of not requiring a VPN connection to Azure. It does, however, require a virtual machine (VM) or physical server.
+- **On premises.** As shown in Figure 7, Azure AD Connect runs on premises which has the advantage of not requiring a VPN connection to Azure. It does, however, require a virtual machine (VM) or physical server.
 
   > [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
   > ![Azure AD Connect on premises.](images/edu-districtdeploy-fig7.png "Azure AD Connect on premises")
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ In this synchronization model (illustrated in Figure 7), you run Azure AD Connec
 
 #### To deploy AD DS and Azure AD synchronization
 
-1. Configure your environment to meet the prerequisites for installing Azure AD Connect by performing the steps in [Prerequisites for Azure AD Connect](https://azure.microsoft.com/documentation/articles/active-directory-aadconnect-prerequisites/).
+1. Configure your environment to meet the prerequisites for installing Azure AD Connect by performing the steps in [Prerequisites for Azure AD Connect](/azure/active-directory/cloud-sync/how-to-prerequisites).
 
 2. In the VM or on the physical device that will run Azure AD Connect, sign in with a domain administrator account.
 
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ In this synchronization model (illustrated in Figure 7), you run Azure AD Connec
 
 4. Configure Azure AD Connect features based on your institution’s requirements by performing the steps in [Configure sync features](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity#configure-sync-features).
 
-Now that you have used on premises Azure AD Connect to deploy AD DS and Azure AD synchronization, you’re ready to verify that Azure AD Connect is synchronizing AD DS user and group accounts with Azure AD.
+Now that you've used on premises Azure AD Connect to deploy AD DS and Azure AD synchronization, you’re ready to verify that Azure AD Connect is synchronizing AD DS user and group accounts with Azure AD.
 
 ### Verify synchronization
 
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ Azure AD Connect should start synchronization immediately. Depending on the numb
    The list of security group members should mirror the group membership for the corresponding security group in AD DS.
 8. Close the browser.
 
-Now that you have verified Azure AD Connect synchronization, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium.
+Now that you've verified Azure AD Connect synchronization, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium.
 
 #### Summary
 
@@ -642,14 +642,14 @@ Several methods are available to bulk-import user accounts into AD DS domains. T
 |Method |Description and reason to select this method |
 |-------|---------------------------------------------|
 |Ldifde.exe|This command-line tool allows you to import and export objects (such as user accounts) from AD DS. Select this method if you aren't comfortable with Microsoft Visual Basic Scripting Edition (VBScript), Windows PowerShell, or other scripting languages. For more information about using Ldifde.exe, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)), [LDIFDE—Export/Import data from Active Directory—LDIFDE commands](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/555636), [Import or Export Directory Objects Using Ldifde](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc816781(v=ws.10)), and [LDIFDE](/previous-versions/orphan-topics/ws.10/cc755456(v=ws.10)).|
-|VBScript|This scripting language uses the Active Directory Services Interfaces (ADSI) Component Object Model interface to manage AD DS objects, including user and group objects. Select this method if you’re comfortable with VBScript. For more information about using VBScript and ADSI, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)) and [ADSI Scriptomatic](https://technet.microsoft.com/scriptcenter/dd939958.aspx).|
+|VBScript|This scripting language uses the Active Directory Services Interfaces (ADSI) Component Object Model interface to manage AD DS objects, including user and group objects. Select this method if you’re comfortable with VBScript. For more information about using VBScript, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Bulk Import and Export to Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/bb727091(v=technet.10)).|
 |Windows PowerShell|This scripting language natively supports cmdlets to manage AD DS objects, including user and group objects. Select this method if you’re comfortable with Windows PowerShell scripting. For more information about using Windows PowerShell, see [Import Bulk Users to Active Directory](/archive/blogs/technet/bettertogether/import-bulk-users-to-active-directory) and [PowerShell: Bulk create AD Users from CSV file](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/24541.powershell-bulk-create-ad-users-from-csv-file.aspx).|
 
 *Table 12. AD DS bulk-import account methods*
 
 ### Create a source file that contains the user and group accounts
 
-After you have selected your user and group account bulk import method, you’re ready to create the source file that contains the user and group account. You’ll use the source file as the input to the import process. The source file format depends on the method you selected. Table 13 lists the source file format for the bulk import methods.
+After you've selected your user and group account bulk import method, you’re ready to create the source file that contains the user and group account. You’ll use the source file as the input to the import process. The source file format depends on the method you selected. Table 13 lists the source file format for the bulk import methods.
 
 |Method |Source file format |
 |-------|-------------------|
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ For more information about how to import user accounts into AD DS by using:
 
 #### Summary
 
-In this section, you selected the bulk-import method, created the source file that contains the user and group accounts, and imported the user and group accounts into AD DS. If you have Azure AD Connect, it automatically synchronizes the new AD DS user and group accounts to Azure AD. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium in the [Assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium](#assign-user-licenses-for-azure-ad-premium) section later in this guide.
+In this section, you selected the bulk-import method, created the source file that contains the user and group accounts, and imported the user and group accounts into AD DS. If you've Azure AD Connect, it automatically synchronizes the new AD DS user and group accounts to Azure AD. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium in the [Assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium](#assign-user-licenses-for-azure-ad-premium) section later in this guide.
 
 ## Bulk-import user and group accounts into Office 365
 
@@ -682,12 +682,12 @@ You can bulk-import user and group accounts directly into Office 365, reducing t
 
 ### Create user accounts in Office 365
 
-Now that you have created your new Office 365 Education subscription, you need to create user accounts. You can add user accounts for the teachers, other faculty, and students who will use the classroom.
+Now that you've created your new Office 365 Education subscription, you need to create user accounts. You can add user accounts for the teachers, other faculty, and students who will use the classroom.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If your institution has AD DS, don’t create security accounts in Office 365. Instead, create the security groups in AD DS, and then use Azure AD integration to synchronize the security groups with your Office 365 tenant.
 
-You can use the Microsoft 365 admin center to add individual Office 365 accounts manually—a reasonable process when you’re adding only a few users. If you have many users, however, you can automate the process by creating a list of those users, and then use that list to create user accounts (that is, bulk-add users).
+You can use the Microsoft 365 admin center to add individual Office 365 accounts manually—a reasonable process when you’re adding only a few users. If you've many users, however, you can automate the process by creating a list of those users, and then use that list to create user accounts (that is, bulk-add users).
 
 The bulk-add process assigns the same Office 365 Education license plan to all users on the list. Therefore, you must create a separate list for each license plan you recorded in Table 9. Depending on the number of faculty members who need to use the classroom, you may want to add the faculty Office 365 accounts manually; however, use the bulk-add process to add student accounts.
 
@@ -719,14 +719,14 @@ Microsoft Exchange Online uses an email distribution group as a single email rec
 You can create email distribution groups based on job role (such as teacher, administration, or student) or specific interests (such as robotics, drama club, or soccer team). You can create any number of distribution groups, and users can be members of more than one group.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Office 365 can take some time to complete the Exchange Online creation process. You will have to wait until the creation process ends before you can perform the following steps.
+> Office 365 can take some time to complete the Exchange Online creation process. You'll have to wait until the creation process ends before you can perform the following steps.
 
 
 For information about creating email distribution groups, see [Create a Microsoft 365 group in the admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/create-groups).
 
 #### Summary
 
-You have bulk-imported the user accounts into Office 365. First, you selected the bulk-import method. Next, you created the Office 365 security groups in Office 365. Finally, you created the Office 365 email distribution groups. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium.
+You've bulk-imported the user accounts into Office 365. First, you selected the bulk-import method. Next, you created the Office 365 security groups in Office 365. Finally, you created the Office 365 email distribution groups. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium.
 
 ## Assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium
 
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ This section shows you how to create a Microsoft Store for Business portal and c
 
 ### Create and configure your Microsoft Store for Business portal
 
-To create and configure your Microsoft Store for Business portal, simply use the administrative account for your Office 365 subscription to sign in to Microsoft Store for Business. Microsoft Store for Business automatically creates a portal for your institution and uses your account as its administrator.
+To create and configure your Microsoft Store for Business portal, use the administrative account for your Office 365 subscription to sign in to Microsoft Store for Business. Microsoft Store for Business automatically creates a portal for your institution and uses your account as its administrator.
 
 #### To create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal
 
@@ -769,17 +769,17 @@ After you create the Microsoft Store for Business portal, configure it by using
 |--------------|----------------------------|
 |Account information |Displays information about your Microsoft Store for Business account (no settings can be changed). You make changes to this information in Office 365 or the Azure Management Portal. For more information, see [Update Microsoft Store for Business account settings](/microsoft-store/update-microsoft-store-for-business-account-settings).|
 |Device Guard signing |Allows you to upload and sign Device Guard catalog and policy files. For more information about Device Guard, see [Device Guard deployment guide](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/windows-defender-application-control-deployment-guide).|
-|LOB publishers |Allows you to add line-of-business (LOB) publishers that can then publish apps to your private store. LOB publishers are usually internal developers or software vendors that are working with your institution. For more information, see [Working with line-of-business apps](/microsoft-store/working-with-line-of-business-apps).|
+|LOB publishers |Allows you to add line-of-business (LOB) publishers that can then publish apps to your private store. LOB publishers are internal developers or software vendors that are working with your institution. For more information, see [Working with line-of-business apps](/microsoft-store/working-with-line-of-business-apps).|
 |Management tools |Allows you to add tools that you can use to distribute (deploy) apps in your private store. For more information, see [Distribute apps with a management tool](/microsoft-store/distribute-apps-with-management-tool).|
 |Offline licensing|Allows you to show (or not show) offline licensed apps to people shopping in your private store. For more information, see the “Licensing model: online and offline licenses” section in [Apps in Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/apps-in-microsoft-store-for-business#licensing-model).|
-|Permissions |Allows you to grant other users in your organization the ability to buy, manage, and administer your Microsoft Store for Business portal. You can also remove permissions you have previously granted. For more information, see [Roles and permissions in Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/roles-and-permissions-microsoft-store-for-business).|
+|Permissions |Allows you to grant other users in your organization the ability to buy, manage, and administer your Microsoft Store for Business portal. You can also remove permissions you've previously granted. For more information, see [Roles and permissions in Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/roles-and-permissions-microsoft-store-for-business).|
 |Private store |Allows you to change the organization name used in your Microsoft Store for Business portal. When you create your portal, the private store uses the organization name that you used to create your Office 365 subscription. For more information, see [Distribute apps using your private store](/microsoft-store/distribute-apps-from-your-private-store).|
 
 *Table 14. Menu selections to configure Microsoft Store for Business settings*
 
 ### Find, acquire, and distribute apps in the portal
 
-Now that you have created your Microsoft Store for Business portal, you’re ready to find, acquire, and distribute apps that you will add to your portal. You do this from the **Inventory** page in Microsoft Store for Business.
+Now that you've created your Microsoft Store for Business portal, you’re ready to find, acquire, and distribute apps that you'll add to your portal. You do this task from the **Inventory** page in Microsoft Store for Business.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Your educational institution can now use a credit card or purchase order to pay for apps in Microsoft Store for Business.
@@ -790,18 +790,18 @@ For more information about how to find, acquire, and distribute apps in the port
 
 #### Summary
 
-At the end of this section, you should have a properly configured Microsoft Store for Business portal. You have also found and acquired your apps from Microsoft Store. Finally, you should have deployed all your Microsoft Store apps to your users. Now, you’re ready to deploy Microsoft Store apps to your users.
+At the end of this section, you should have a properly configured Microsoft Store for Business portal. You've also found and acquired your apps from Microsoft Store. Finally, you should have deployed all your Microsoft Store apps to your users. Now, you’re ready to deploy Microsoft Store apps to your users.
 
 ## Plan for deployment
 
-You will use the LTI deployment process in MDT to deploy Windows 10 to devices or to upgrade devices to Windows 10. Prior to preparing for deployment, you must make some deployment planning decisions, including selecting the operating systems you will use, the approach you will use to create your Windows 10 images, and the method you will use to initiate the LTI deployment process.
+You'll use the LTI deployment process in MDT to deploy Windows 10 to devices or to upgrade devices to Windows 10. Prior to preparing for deployment, you must make some deployment planning decisions, including selecting the operating systems you'll use, the approach you'll use to create your Windows 10 images, and the method you'll use to initiate the LTI deployment process.
 
 ### Select the operating systems
 
-Later in the process, you will import the versions of Windows 10 you want to deploy. You can deploy the operating system to new devices, refresh existing devices, or upgrade existing devices. In the case of:
+Later in the process, you'll import the versions of Windows 10 you want to deploy. You can deploy the operating system to new devices, refresh existing devices, or upgrade existing devices. In the case of:
 
-* New devices or refreshing existing devices, you will completely replace the existing operating system on a device with Windows 10.
-* Upgrading existing devices, you will upgrade the existing operating system (the Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 operating system) to Windows 10.
+* New devices or refreshing existing devices, you'll completely replace the existing operating system on a device with Windows 10.
+* Upgrading existing devices, you'll upgrade the existing operating system (the Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 operating system) to Windows 10.
 
 
 Depending on your school’s requirements, you may need any combination of the following Windows 10 editions:
@@ -819,12 +819,12 @@ Depending on your school’s requirements, you may need any combination of the f
 
 For more information about the Windows 10 editions, see [Compare Windows 10 Editions](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/Compare).
 
-One other consideration is the mix of processor architectures you will support. If you can, support only 64-bit versions of Windows 10. If you have devices that can run only 32-bit versions of Windows 10, you will need to import both 64-bit and 32-bit versions of the Windows 10 editions listed above.
+One other consideration is the mix of processor architectures you'll support. If you can, support only 64-bit versions of Windows 10. If you've devices that can run only 32-bit versions of Windows 10, you'll need to import both 64-bit and 32-bit versions of the Windows 10 editions listed above.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > On devices that have minimal system resources (such as devices with only 2 GB of memory or 32 GB of storage), use 32-bit versions of Windows 10 because 64-bit versions of Windows 10 place more stress on device system resources.
 
-Finally, as a best practice, minimize the number of operating systems that you deploy and manage. If possible, standardize institution-owned devices on one Windows 10 edition (such as a 64-bit version of Windows 10 Education or Windows 10 Pro). Of course, you cannot standardize personal devices on a specific operating system version or processor architecture.
+Finally, as a best practice, minimize the number of operating systems that you deploy and manage. If possible, standardize institution-owned devices on one Windows 10 edition (such as a 64-bit version of Windows 10 Education or Windows 10 Pro). Of course, you can't  standardize personal devices on a specific operating system version or processor architecture.
 
 ### Select an image approach
 
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ The LTI deployment process is highly automated: it requires minimal information
 |Method|Description and reason to select this method|
 |--- |--- |
 |Windows Deployment Services|This method:
            • Uses diskless booting to initiate LTI and ZTI deployments.
            • Works only with devices that support PXE boot.
            • Deploys Windows 10 over the network, which consumes more network bandwidth than deployment from local media.
            • Deploys images more slowly than when you use local media.
            • Requires that you deploy a Windows Deployment Services server.

              Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over-the-network and perform diskless booting. The advantage of this method is that the diskless media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (LTI and ZTI access the centrally located deployment content over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployments from local media, and you must deploy a Windows Deployment Services server.|
-|Bootable media|This method:
            • Initiates LTI or ZTI deployment by booting from local media, including from USB drives, DVD, or CD.
            • Deploys Windows 10 over the network, which consumes more network bandwidth than deployment from local media.
            • Deploys images more slowly than when using local media.
            • Requires no additional infrastructure.
               
              Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over the network and are willing to boot the target device from local media. The advantage of this method is that the media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (LTI and ZTI access the centrally located deployment content over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployment from local media.|
+|Bootable media|This method:
            • Initiates LTI or ZTI deployment by booting from local media, including from USB drives, DVD, or CD.
            • Deploys Windows 10 over the network, which consumes more network bandwidth than deployment from local media.
            • Deploys images more slowly than when using local media.
            • Requires no extra infrastructure.
               
              Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over the network and are willing to boot the target device from local media. The advantage of this method is that the media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (LTI and ZTI access the centrally located deployment content over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployment from local media.|
 |Deployment media|This method:
            • Initiates LTI or ZTI deployment by booting from a local USB hard disk.
            • Deploys Windows 10 from local media, which consumes less network bandwidth than over-the-network methods.
            • Deploys images more quickly than network-based methods do.
            • Requires a USB hard disk because of the deployment share’s storage requirements (up to 100 GB).
               
              Select this method when you want to perform local deployments and are willing to boot the target device from a local USB hard disk. The advantage of this method is that local deployments are faster than over-the-network deployments. The disadvantage of this method is that each time you change the deployment share or distribution point content, you must regenerate the deployment media and update the USB hard disk.
 
 *Table 15. Methods to initiate LTI and ZTI deployments*
@@ -861,10 +861,10 @@ The first step in preparing for Windows 10 deployment is to configure—that is,
 |Task|Description|
 |--- |--- |
 |1. Import operating systems|Import the operating systems that you selected in the [Select the operating systems](#select-the-operating-systems) section into the deployment share. For more information about how to import operating systems, see [Import Device Drivers into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportDeviceDriversintotheDeploymentWorkbench)|
-|2. Import device drivers|Device drivers allow Windows 10 to know a device’s hardware resources and connected hardware accessories. Without the proper device drivers, certain features may be unavailable. For example, without the proper audio driver, a device cannot play sounds; without the proper camera driver, the device cannot take photos or use video chat.
              Import device drivers for each device in your institution. For more information about how to import device drivers, see [Import Device Drivers into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportDeviceDriversintotheDeploymentWorkbench)|
-|3. Create MDT applications for Microsoft Store apps|Create an MDT application for each Microsoft Store app you want to deploy. You can deploy Microsoft Store apps by using sideloading, which allows you to use the **Add-AppxPackage** Windows PowerShell cmdlet to deploy the .appx files associated with the app (called provisioned apps). Use this method to deploy up to 24 apps to Windows 10.
              Prior to sideloading the .appx files, obtain the Microsoft Store .appx files that you will use to deploy (sideload) the apps in your provisioning package. For apps in Microsoft Store, you will need to obtain the .appx files by performing one of the following tasks:
            • For offline-licensed apps, download the .appx files from the Microsoft Store for Business.
            • For apps that are not offline licensed, obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor directly.
               
               If you are unable to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor, then you or the students will need to install the apps on the student devices directly from Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business.
              If you have Intune or Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, you can deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune) and [Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-microsoft-endpoint-configuration-manager). This method provides granular deployment of Microsoft Store apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of Microsoft Store apps. This is the preferred method of deploying and managing Microsoft Store apps.
              In addition, you must prepare your environment for sideloading Microsoft Store apps. For more information about how to:
            • Prepare your environment for sideloading, see [Try it out: sideload Microsoft Store apps](/previous-versions/windows/).
            • Create an MDT application, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
-|4. Create MDT applications for Windows desktop apps|You need to create an MDT application for each Windows desktop app you want to deploy. You can obtain the Windows desktop apps from any source, but ensure that you have sufficient licenses for them.
              To help reduce the effort needed to deploy Microsoft Office 2016 desktop apps, use the Office Deployment Tool, as described in[Deploy Click-to-Run for Office 365 products by using the Office Deployment Tool](/deployoffice/deploy-microsoft-365-apps-local-source).
               If you have Intune, you can [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune), as described in the Deploy and manage apps by using Intune section. This method provides granular deployment of Windows desktop apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of the apps.
              This is the preferred method for deploying and managing Windows desktop apps.
              **Note:**  You can also deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune) 
              For more information about how to create an MDT application for Windows desktop apps, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt).|
-|5. Create task sequences|You must create separate task sequences for each Windows 10 edition, processor architecture, operating system upgrade process, and new operating system deployment process. Minimally, create a task sequence for each Windows 10 operating system you imported in step 1—for example, (1) if you want to deploy Windows 10 Education to new devices or refresh existing devices with a new deployment of Windows 10 Education, (2) if you want to upgrade existing devices running Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 to Windows 10 Education, or (3) if you want to run deployments and upgrades for both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 10. To do so, you must create task sequences that will:
            • Deploy 64-bit Windows 10 Education to devices.
            • Deploy 32-bit Windows 10 Education to devices.
            • Upgrade existing devices to 64-bit Windows 10 Education.
            • Upgrade existing devices to 32-bit Windows 10 Education.
               
              Again, you will create the task sequences based on the operating systems that you imported in step 1. For more information about how to create a task sequence, see [Create a New Task Sequence in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewTaskSequenceintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
+|2. Import device drivers|Device drivers allow Windows 10 to know a device’s hardware resources and connected hardware accessories. Without the proper device drivers, certain features may be unavailable. For example, without the proper audio driver, a device can't  play sounds; without the proper camera driver, the device can't  take photos or use video chat.
              Import device drivers for each device in your institution. For more information about how to import device drivers, see [Import Device Drivers into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportDeviceDriversintotheDeploymentWorkbench)|
+|3. Create MDT applications for Microsoft Store apps|Create an MDT application for each Microsoft Store app you want to deploy. You can deploy Microsoft Store apps by using sideloading, which allows you to use the **Add-AppxPackage** Windows PowerShell cmdlet to deploy the .appx files associated with the app (called provisioned apps). Use this method to deploy up to 24 apps to Windows 10.
              Prior to sideloading the .appx files, obtain the Microsoft Store .appx files that you'll use to deploy (sideload) the apps in your provisioning package. For apps in Microsoft Store, you'll need to obtain the .appx files by performing one of the following tasks:
            • For offline-licensed apps, download the .appx files from the Microsoft Store for Business.
            • For apps that aren't  offline licensed, obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor directly.
               
               If you are unable to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor, then you or the students will need to install the apps on the student devices directly from Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business.
              If you've Intune or Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, you can deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune) and [Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-microsoft-endpoint-configuration-manager). This method provides granular deployment of Microsoft Store apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of Microsoft Store apps. This is the preferred method of deploying and managing Microsoft Store apps.
              In addition, you must prepare your environment for sideloading Microsoft Store apps. For more information about how to:
            • Prepare your environment for sideloading, see [Try it out: sideload Microsoft Store apps](/previous-versions/windows/).
            • Create an MDT application, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
+|4. Create MDT applications for Windows desktop apps|You need to create an MDT application for each Windows desktop app you want to deploy. You can obtain the Windows desktop apps from any source, but ensure that you've sufficient licenses for them.
              To help reduce the effort needed to deploy Microsoft Office 2016 desktop apps, use the Office Deployment Tool, as described in[Deploy Click-to-Run for Office 365 products by using the Office Deployment Tool](/deployoffice/deploy-microsoft-365-apps-local-source).
               If you've Intune, you can [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune), as described in the Deploy and manage apps by using Intune section. This method provides granular deployment of Windows desktop apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of the apps.
              This is the preferred method for deploying and managing Windows desktop apps.
              **Note:**  You can also deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune) 
              For more information about how to create an MDT application for Windows desktop apps, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt).|
+|5. Create task sequences|You must create separate task sequences for each Windows 10 edition, processor architecture, operating system upgrade process, and new operating system deployment process. Minimally, create a task sequence for each Windows 10 operating system you imported in step 1—for example, (1) if you want to deploy Windows 10 Education to new devices or refresh existing devices with a new deployment of Windows 10 Education, (2) if you want to upgrade existing devices running Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 to Windows 10 Education, or (3) if you want to run deployments and upgrades for both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 10. To do so, you must create task sequences that will:
            • Deploy 64-bit Windows 10 Education to devices.
            • Deploy 32-bit Windows 10 Education to devices.
            • Upgrade existing devices to 64-bit Windows 10 Education.
            • Upgrade existing devices to 32-bit Windows 10 Education.
               
              Again, you'll create the task sequences based on the operating systems that you imported in step 1. For more information about how to create a task sequence, see [Create a New Task Sequence in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewTaskSequenceintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
 |6. Update the deployment share|Updating a deployment share generates the MDT boot images you use to initiate the Windows 10 deployment process. You can configure the process to create 32-bit and 64-bit versions of the .iso and .wim files you can use to create bootable media or in Windows Deployment Services.
              For more information about how to update a deployment share, see [Update a Deployment Share in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#UpdateaDeploymentShareintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
 
 *Table 16. Tasks to configure the MDT deployment share*
@@ -872,9 +872,9 @@ The first step in preparing for Windows 10 deployment is to configure—that is,
 ### Configure Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If you have already configured your Microsoft Endpoint Manager infrastructure to support the operating system deployment feature or if you selected to deploy Windows 10 by using MDT only, then skip this section and continue to the next section.
+> If you've already configured your Microsoft Endpoint Manager infrastructure to support the operating system deployment feature or if you selected to deploy Windows 10 by using MDT only, then skip this section and continue to the next section.
 
-Before you can use Configuration Manager to deploy Windows 10 and manage your apps and devices, you must configure Configuration Manager to support the operating system deployment feature. If you don’t have an existing Configuration Manager infrastructure, you will need to deploy a new infrastructure.
+Before you can use Configuration Manager to deploy Windows 10 and manage your apps and devices, you must configure Configuration Manager to support the operating system deployment feature. If you don’t have an existing Configuration Manager infrastructure, you'll need to deploy a new infrastructure.
 
 Deploying a new Configuration Manager infrastructure is beyond the scope of this guide, but the following resources can help you deploy a new Configuration Manager infrastructure:
 
@@ -889,17 +889,17 @@ Deploying a new Configuration Manager infrastructure is beyond the scope of this
     Ensure that your existing infrastructure can support the operating system deployment feature. For more information, see [Infrastructure requirements for operating system deployment in Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/plan-design/infrastructure-requirements-for-operating-system-deployment).
 2. Add the Windows PE boot images, Windows 10 operating systems, and other content.
 
-    You need to add the Windows PE boot images, Windows 10 operating system images, and other deployment content that you will use to deploy Windows 10 with ZTI. To add this content, use the Create MDT Task Sequence Wizard.
+    You need to add the Windows PE boot images, Windows 10 operating system images, and other deployment content that you'll use to deploy Windows 10 with ZTI. To add this content, use the Create MDT Task Sequence Wizard.
 
     You can add this content by using Microsoft Endpoint Manager only (without MDT), but the Create MDT Task Sequence Wizard is the preferred method because the wizard prompts you for all the deployment content you need for a task sequence and provides a much more intuitive user experience. For more information, see [Create ZTI Task Sequences Using the Create MDT Task Sequence Wizard in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateZTITaskSequencesUsingtheCreateMDTTaskSequenceWizardinConfigurationManager).
 3. Add device drivers.
 
-    You must add device drivers for the different device types in your district. For example, if you have a mixture of Surface, HP Stream, Dell Inspiron, and Lenovo Yoga devices, then you must have the device drivers for each device.
+    You must add device drivers for the different device types in your district. For example, if you've a mixture of Surface, HP Stream, Dell Inspiron, and Lenovo Yoga devices, then you must have the device drivers for each device.
 
     Create a Microsoft Endpoint Manager driver package for each device type in your district. For more information, see [Manage drivers in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/get-started/manage-drivers).
 4. Add Windows apps.
 
-    Install the Windows apps (Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps) that you want to deploy after the task sequence deploys your customized image (a thick, reference image that include Windows 10 and your core Windows desktop apps). These apps are in addition to the apps included in your reference image. You can only deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10 because you cannot capture Microsoft Store apps in a reference image. Microsoft Store apps target users, not devices.
+    Install the Windows apps (Windows desktop and Microsoft Store apps) that you want to deploy after the task sequence deploys your customized image (a thick, reference image that includes Windows 10 and your core Windows desktop apps). These apps are in addition to the apps included in your reference image. You can only deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10 because you can't capture Microsoft Store apps in a reference image. Microsoft Store apps target users, not devices.
 
     Create a Configuration Manager application for each Windows desktop or Microsoft Store app that you want to deploy after you apply the reference image to a device. For more information, see [Deploy and manage applications with Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/apps/deploy-use/deploy-applications).
 
@@ -921,14 +921,14 @@ You can use Windows Deployment Services in conjunction with MDT to automatically
 
 2. Add LTI boot images (Windows PE images) to Windows Deployment Services.
 
-    The LTI boot images (.wim files) that you will add to Windows Deployment Services are in the MDT deployment share. Locate the .wim files in the deployment share’s Boot subfolder.
+    The LTI boot images (.wim files) that you'll add to Windows Deployment Services are in the MDT deployment share. Locate the .wim files in the deployment share’s Boot subfolder.
 
     For more information about how to perform this step, see [Add LTI Boot Images to Windows Deployment Services](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#AddLTIBootImagestoWindowsDeploymentServices).
 
 ### Configure Windows Deployment Services for Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If you have already configured your Microsoft Endpoint Manager infrastructure to support PXE boot or selected to deploy Windows 10 by using MDT only, then skip this section and continue to the next.
+> If you've already configured your Microsoft Endpoint Manager infrastructure to support PXE boot or selected to deploy Windows 10 by using MDT only, then skip this section and continue to the next.
 
 You can use Windows Deployment Services in conjunction with Configuration Manager to automatically initiate boot images on target devices. These boot images are Windows PE images that you use to boot the target devices, and then initiate Windows 10, app, and device driver deployment.
 
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ You can use Windows Deployment Services in conjunction with Configuration Manage
 
 #### Summary
 
-Your MDT deployment share and Microsoft Endpoint Manager are now ready for deployment. Windows Deployment Services is ready to initiate the LTI or ZTI deployment process. You have set up and configured Windows Deployment Services for MDT and for Configuration Manager. You have also ensured that your boot images are available to Windows Deployment Services (for LTI) or the distribution points (for ZTI and Configuration Manager). Now, you’re ready to capture the reference images for the different devices you have in your district.
+Your MDT deployment share and Microsoft Endpoint Manager are now ready for deployment. Windows Deployment Services is ready to initiate the LTI or ZTI deployment process. You've set up and configured Windows Deployment Services for MDT and for Configuration Manager. You've also ensured that your boot images are available to Windows Deployment Services (for LTI) or the distribution points (for ZTI and Configuration Manager). Now, you’re ready to capture the reference images for the different devices you've in your district.
 
 ## Capture the reference image
 
@@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ The reference device is a device that you use as the template for all the other
 
 After you deploy Windows 10 and the desktop apps to the reference device, you capture an image of the device (the reference image). You import the reference image to an MDT deployment share or into Configuration Manager. Finally, you create a task sequence to deploy the reference image to faculty and student devices.
 
-You will capture multiple reference images, one for each type of device that you have in your organization. You perform the steps in this section for each image (device) that you have in your district. Use LTI in MDT to automate the deployment and capture of the reference image.
+You'll capture multiple reference images, one for each type of device that you've in your organization. You perform the steps in this section for each image (device) that you've in your district. Use LTI in MDT to automate the deployment and capture of the reference image.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > You can use LTI in MDT or Configuration Manager to automate the deployment and capture of the reference image, but this guide only discusses how to use LTI in MDT to capture the reference image.
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ You initially configured the MDT deployment share in the [Configure the MDT depl
 
     A *selection profile* lets you select specific device drivers. For example, if you want to deploy the device drivers for a Surface Pro 4 device, you can create a selection profile that contains only the Surface Pro 4 device drivers.
 
-    First, in the Out-of-Box Drivers node in the Deployment Workbench, create a folder that will contain your device drivers. Next, import the device drivers into the folder you just created. Finally, create the selection profile and specify the folder that contains the device drivers. For more information, see the following resources:
+    First, in the Out-of-Box Drivers node in the Deployment Workbench, create a folder that will contain your device drivers. Next, import the device drivers into the folder you created. Finally, create the selection profile and specify the folder that contains the device drivers. For more information, see the following resources:
 
     * [Create Folders to Organize Device Drivers for LTI Deployments](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateFolderstoOrganizeDeviceDriversforLTIDeployments)
     * [Create Selection Profiles to Select the Device Drivers for LTI Deployments](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateSelectionProfilestoSelecttheDeviceDriversforLTIDeployments)
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ In most instances, deployments occur without incident. Only in rare occasions do
 
 ### Import reference image
 
-After you have captured the reference image (.wim file), import the image into the MDT deployment share or into Configuration Manager (depending on which method you selected to perform Windows 10 deployments). You will deploy the reference image to the student and faculty devices in your district.
+After you've captured the reference image (.wim file), import the image into the MDT deployment share or into Configuration Manager (depending on which method you selected to perform Windows 10 deployments). You'll deploy the reference image to the student and faculty devices in your district.
 
 Both the Deployment Workbench and the Configuration Manager console have wizards that help you import the reference image. After you import the reference image, you need to create a task sequence that will deploy the reference image.
 
@@ -1030,9 +1030,9 @@ For more information about how to import the reference image into:
 
 ### Create a task sequence to deploy the reference image
 
-You created an LTI task sequence in the Deployment Workbench earlier in this process to deploy Windows 10 and your desktop apps to the reference device. Now that you have captured and imported your reference image, you need to create a tasks sequence to deploy it.
+You created an LTI task sequence in the Deployment Workbench earlier in this process to deploy Windows 10 and your desktop apps to the reference device. Now that you've captured and imported your reference image, you need to create a tasks sequence to deploy it.
 
-As you might expect, both the Deployment Workbench and the Configuration Manager console have wizards that help you create a starting task sequence. After you create your task sequence, in most instances you will need to customize it to deploy additional apps, device drivers, and other software.
+As you might expect, both the Deployment Workbench and the Configuration Manager console have wizards that help you create a starting task sequence. After you create your task sequence, in most instances you'll need to customize it to deploy more apps, device drivers, and other software.
 
 For more information about how to create a task sequence in the:
 
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ In this section, you customized the MDT deployment share to deploy Windows 10 an
 
 ## Prepare for device management
 
-Before you deploy Windows 10 in your district, you must prepare for device management. You will deploy Windows 10 in a configuration that complies with your requirements, but you want to help ensure that your deployments remain compliant.
+Before you deploy Windows 10 in your district, you must prepare for device management. You'll deploy Windows 10 in a configuration that complies with your requirements, but you want to help ensure that your deployments remain compliant.
 
 You also want to deploy apps and software updates after you deploy Windows 10. You need to manage apps and updates by using Configuration Manager, Intune, or a combination of both (hybrid model).
 
@@ -1055,17 +1055,17 @@ Microsoft has several recommended settings for educational institutions. Table 1
 > [!NOTE]
 > The settings for Intune in Table 17 also apply to the Configuration Manager and Intune management (hybrid) method.
 
-Use the information in Table 17 to help you determine whether you need to configure the setting and which method you will use to do so. At the end, you will have a list of settings that you want to apply to the Windows 10 devices and know which management method you will use to configure the settings.
+Use the information in Table 17 to help you determine whether you need to configure the setting and which method you'll use to do so. At the end, you'll have a list of settings that you want to apply to the Windows 10 devices and know which management method you'll use to configure the settings.
 
 |Recommendation|Description|
 |--- |--- |
-|Use of Microsoft accounts|You want faculty and students to use only Azure AD accounts for institution-owned devices. For these devices, do not use Microsoft accounts or associate a Microsoft account with the Azure AD accounts.
              **Note**  Personal devices typically use Microsoft accounts. Faculty and students can associate their Microsoft account with their Azure AD account on these devices. 
              **Group Policy.** Configure the [Accounts: Block Microsoft accounts](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj966262(v=ws.11)) Group Policy setting to use the **Users can’t add Microsoft accounts** setting option.
              ****Intune**.** To enable or disable the use of Microsoft accounts, use the **Allow Microsoft account**, **Allow adding non-Microsoft accounts manually**, and **Allow settings synchronization for Microsoft accounts** policy settings under the **Accounts and Synchronization** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy.|
-|Restrict the local administrator accounts on the devices|Ensure that only authorized users are local administrators on institution-owned devices. Typically, you don’t want students to be administrators on instruction-owned devices. Explicitly specify the users who will be local administrators on a group of devices.
              **Group Policy**. Create a Local Group Group Policy preference to limit the local administrators group membership. Select the Delete all member users and Delete all member groups check boxes to remove any existing members. For more information about how to configure Local Group preferences, see Configure a Local Group Item. 
              **Intune**. Not available.|
+|Use of Microsoft accounts|You want faculty and students to use only Azure AD accounts for institution-owned devices. For these devices, don't  use Microsoft accounts or associate a Microsoft account with the Azure AD accounts.
              **Note**  Personal devices typically use Microsoft accounts. Faculty and students can associate their Microsoft account with their Azure AD account on these devices. 
              **Group Policy.** Configure the [Accounts: Block Microsoft accounts](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj966262(v=ws.11)) Group Policy setting to use the **Users can’t add Microsoft accounts** setting option.
              ****Intune**.** To enable or disable the use of Microsoft accounts, use the **Allow Microsoft account**, **Allow adding non-Microsoft accounts manually**, and **Allow settings synchronization for Microsoft accounts** policy settings under the **Accounts and Synchronization** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy.|
+|Restrict the local administrator accounts on the devices|Ensure that only authorized users are local administrators on institution-owned devices. Typically, you don’t want students to be administrators on instruction-owned devices. Explicitly specify the users who will be local administrators on a group of devices.
              **Group Policy**. Create a Local Group Policy preference to limit the local administrators group membership. Select the Delete all member users and Delete all member groups check boxes to remove any existing members. For more information about how to configure Local Group preferences, see Configure a Local Group Item. 
              **Intune**. Not available.|
 |Manage the built-in administrator account created during device deployment|When you use MDT to deploy Windows 10, the MDT deployment process automatically creates a local Administrator account with the password you specified. As a security best practice, rename the built-in Administrator account and (optionally) disable it.
               **Group Policy**. To rename the built-in Administrator account, use the Accounts: Rename administrator account Group policy setting. For more information about how to rename the built-in Administrator account, see [To rename the Administrator account using the Group Policy Management Console](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-essentials-sbs/cc747484(v=ws.10)). You specify the new name for the Administrator account. To disable the built-in Administrator account, use the Accounts: Administrator account status Group policy setting. For more information about how to disable the built-in Administrator account, see [Accounts: Administrator account status](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj852165(v=ws.11)).
               **Intune**. Not available.|
 |Control Microsoft Store access|You can control access to Microsoft Store and whether existing Microsoft Store apps receive updates. You can only disable the Microsoft Store app in Windows 10 Education and Windows 10 Enterprise.
              **Group policy**. To disable the Microsoft Store app, use the Turn off the Store Application group policy setting. To prevent Microsoft Store apps from receiving updates, use the Turn off Automatic Download and Install of updates Group Policy setting. For more information about configuring these settings, see Can I use Group Policy to control the Microsoft Store in my enterprise environment?
              **Intune**. To enable or disable Microsoft Store access, use the Allow application store policy setting in the Apps section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
 |Use of Remote Desktop connections to devices|Remote Desktop connections could allow unauthorized access to the device. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable Remote Desktop connections on your devices.
              **Group policy**. To enable or disable Remote Desktop connections to devices, use the Allow Users to connect remotely using Remote Desktop setting in Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Connections.
              **Intune**. Not available.|
 |Use of camera|A device’s camera can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the camera on your devices.
              **Group policy**. Not available.
              **Intune**. To enable or disable the camera, use the Allow camera policy setting in the Hardware section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
-|Use of audio recording|Audio recording (by using the Sound Recorder app) can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the Sound Recorder app on your devices.
              **Group policy**. To disable the Sound Recorder app, use the Do not allow Sound Recorder to run Group Policy setting. You can disable other audio recording apps by using AppLocker policies. To create AppLocker policies, use the information in [Editing an AppLocker Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee791894(v=ws.10)) and [Create Your AppLocker Policies](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/ee791899(v=ws.11)).
              **Intune**. To enable or disable audio recording, use the Allow voice recording policy setting in the Features section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
+|Use of audio recording|Audio recording (by using the Sound Recorder app) can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the Sound Recorder app on your devices.
              **Group policy**. To disable the Sound Recorder app, use the don't  allow Sound Recorder to run Group Policy setting. You can disable other audio recording apps by using AppLocker policies. To create AppLocker policies, use the information in [Editing an AppLocker Policy](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee791894(v=ws.10)) and [Create Your AppLocker Policies](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/ee791899(v=ws.11)).
              **Intune**. To enable or disable audio recording, use the Allow voice recording policy setting in the Features section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
 |Use of screen capture|Screen captures can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the ability to perform screen captures on your devices.
              **Group policy**. Not available.
              **Intune**. To enable or disable screen capture, use the Allow screen capture policy setting in the System section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
 |Use of location services|Providing a device’s location can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the location service on your devices.
              **Group policy**. To enable or disable location services, use the Turn off location group policy setting in User Configuration\Windows Components\Location and Sensors.
              **Intune**. To enable or disable location services, use the Allow geolocation policy setting in the Hardware section of a Windows 10 General Configuration policy.|
 |Changing wallpaper|Custom wallpapers can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment (if the wallpaper displays information about the user or device). Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to prevent users from changing the wallpaper on institution-owned devices.
              **Group policy**. To configure the wallpaper, use the Desktop WallPaper setting in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Desktop\Desktop.
              **Intune**. Not available.|
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ Use the information in Table 17 to help you determine whether you need to config
 
 ### Configure settings by using Group Policy
 
-Now, you’re ready to use Group Policy to configure settings. The steps in this section assume that you have an AD DS infrastructure. Here, you configure the Group Policy settings you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
+Now, you’re ready to use Group Policy to configure settings. The steps in this section assume that you've an AD DS infrastructure. Here, you configure the Group Policy settings you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
 
 For more information about Group Policy, see [Group Policy Planning and Deployment Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754948(v=ws.10)).
 
@@ -1090,33 +1090,32 @@ For more information about Group Policy, see [Group Policy Planning and Deployme
 
 ### Configure settings by using Intune
 
-Now, you’re ready to use Intune to configure settings. The steps in this section assume that you have an Office 365 subscription. Here, you configure the Intune settings that you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
+Now, you’re ready to use Intune to configure settings. The steps in this section assume that you've an Office 365 subscription. Here, you configure the Intune settings that you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
 
 For more information about Intune, see [Microsoft Intune Documentation](/intune/).
 
 #### To configure Intune settings
 
-1. Add Intune to your Office 365 subscription by completing the steps in [Manage Intune licenses](/intune/get-started/start-with-a-paid-subscription-to-microsoft-intune-step-4).
+1. Add Intune to your Office 365 subscription by completing the steps in [Manage Intune licenses](/mem/intune/fundamentals/licenses-assign).
 
-2. Enroll devices with Intune by completing the steps in [Get ready to enroll devices in Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/get-ready-to-enroll-devices-in-microsoft-intune).
+2. Enroll devices with Intune by completing the steps in [Get ready to enroll devices in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/enrollment/quickstart-enroll-windows-device).
 
-3. Configure the settings in Intune Windows 10 policies by completing the steps in [Manage settings and features on your devices with Microsoft Intune policies](/intune/deploy-use/manage-settings-and-features-on-your-devices-with-microsoft-intune-policies).
+3. Configure the settings in Intune Windows 10 policies by completing the steps in [Manage settings and features on your devices with Microsoft Intune policies](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profiles).
 
-4. Manage Windows 10 devices by completing the steps in [Manage Windows PCs with Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/manage-windows-pcs-with-microsoft-intune).
+4. Manage Windows 10 devices by completing the steps in [Manage Windows PCs with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/remote-actions/device-management).
 
 ### Deploy and manage apps by using Intune
 
 If you selected to deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Endpoint Manager and Intune in a hybrid configuration, then skip this section and continue to the [Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-microsoft-endpoint-configuration-manager) section.
 
-You can use Intune to deploy Microsoft Store and Windows desktop apps. Intune provides improved control over which users receive specific apps. In addition, Intune allows you to deploy apps to companion devices (such as iOS or Android devices). Finally, Intune helps you manage app security and features, such as mobile application management policies that let you manage apps on devices that are not enrolled in Intune or that another solution manages.
+You can use Intune to deploy Microsoft Store and Windows desktop apps. Intune provides improved control over which users receive specific apps. In addition, Intune allows you to deploy apps to companion devices (such as iOS or Android devices). Finally, Intune helps you manage app security and features, such as mobile application management policies that let you manage apps on devices that aren't enrolled in Intune or that another solution manages.
 
 For more information about how to configure Intune to manage your apps, see the following resources:
 
-- [Add apps with Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/add-apps)
-- [Deploy apps with Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/deploy-apps)
-- [Update apps using Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/update-apps-using-microsoft-intune)
-- [Protect apps and data with Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/protect-apps-and-data-with-microsoft-intune)
-- [Help protect your data with full or selective wipe using Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/use-remote-wipe-to-help-protect-data-using-microsoft-intune)
+- [Add apps with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/apps-add)
+- [Deploy apps with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/apps-windows-10-app-deploy)
+- [Protect apps and data with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/apps/app-protection-policy)
+- [Help protect your data with full or selective wipe using Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/remote-actions/devices-wipe)
 
 ### Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager
 
@@ -1142,8 +1141,8 @@ To help ensure that your users have the most current features and security prote
 
 For more information about how to configure Intune to manage updates and malware protection, see the following resources:
 
-- [Keep Windows PCs up to date with software updates in Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/keep-windows-pcs-up-to-date-with-software-updates-in-microsoft-intune)
-- [Help secure Windows PCs with Endpoint Protection for Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/help-secure-windows-pcs-with-endpoint-protection-for-microsoft-intune)
+- [Keep Windows PCs up to date with software updates in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/protect/windows-update-for-business-configure)
+- [Help secure Windows PCs with Endpoint Protection for Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/protect/endpoint-protection-configure)
 
 ### Manage updates by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager
 
@@ -1199,7 +1198,7 @@ In most instances, deployments occur without incident. Only in rare occasions do
 
 ### Set up printers
 
-After you have deployed Windows 10, the devices are almost ready for use. First, you must set up the printers that each classroom will use. Typically, you connect the printers to the same network as the devices in the same classroom. If you don’t have printers in your classrooms, skip this section and proceed to [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment).
+After you've deployed Windows 10, the devices are almost ready for use. First, you must set up the printers that each classroom will use. Typically, you connect the printers to the same network as the devices in the same classroom. If you don’t have printers in your classrooms, skip this section and proceed to [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment).
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you’re performing an upgrade instead of a new deployment, the printers remain configured as they were in the previous version of Windows. As a result, you can skip this section and proceed to [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment).
@@ -1212,7 +1211,7 @@ After you have deployed Windows 10, the devices are almost ready for use. First,
 
 3. Copy the printer drivers to a USB drive.
 
-4. On a device, use the same account you used to set up Windows 10 in the [Prepare for deployment](#prepare-for-deployment) section to log on to the device.
+4. On a device, use the same account you used to set up Windows 10 in the [Prepare for deployment](#prepare-for-deployment) section to sign in to the device.
 
 5. Plug the USB drive into the device.
 
@@ -1234,7 +1233,7 @@ As a final quality control step, verify the device configuration to ensure that
 * All Windows desktop apps are properly installed and updated.
 * Printers are properly configured.
 
-When you have verified that the first device is properly configured, you can move to the next device and perform the same steps.
+When you've verified that the first device is properly configured, you can move to the next device and perform the same steps.
 
 #### Summary
 
@@ -1252,17 +1251,17 @@ Table 19 lists the school and individual classroom maintenance tasks, the resour
 
 |Task and resources|Monthly|New semester or academic year|As required|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|Verify that Windows Update is active and current with operating system and software updates.
              For more information about completing this task when you have:
            • Intune, see [Keep Windows PCs up to date with software updates in Microsoft Intune](/intune/deploy-use/keep-windows-pcs-up-to-date-with-software-updates-in-microsoft-intune)
            • Group Policy, see [Windows Update for Business](/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb).
            • WSUS, see [Windows Server Update Services](/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new).
              Neither Intune, Group Policy, nor WSUS, see “Install, upgrade, & activate” in Windows 10 help.|✔️|✔️|✔️|
-|Verify that Windows Defender is active and current with malware Security intelligence.
              For more information about completing this task, see [Turn Windows Defender on or off](https://support.microsoft.com/instantanswers/742778f2-6aad-4a8d-8f5d-db59cebc4f24/how-to-protect-your-windows-10-pc#v1h=tab02)and [Updating Windows Defender](https://support.microsoft.com/instantanswers/742778f2-6aad-4a8d-8f5d-db59cebc4f24/how-to-protect-your-windows-10-pc#v1h=tab03).|✔️|✔️|✔️|
+|Verify that Windows Update is active and current with operating system and software updates.
              For more information about completing this task when you have:
            • Intune, see [Keep Windows PCs up to date with software updates in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/protect/windows-update-for-business-configure)
            • Group Policy, see [Windows Update for Business](/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb).
            • WSUS, see [Windows Server Update Services](/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new).
              Neither Intune, Group Policy, nor WSUS, see "Install, upgrade, & activate" in Windows 10 help.|✔️|✔️|✔️|
+|Verify that Windows Defender is active and current with malware Security intelligence.
              For more information about completing this task, see [Turn Windows Defender on or off](/mem/intune/user-help/turn-on-defender-windows) and [Updating Windows Defender](/mem/intune/user-help/turn-on-defender-windows).|✔️|✔️|✔️|
 |Verify that Windows Defender has run a scan in the past week and that no viruses or malware were found.
              For more information about completing this task, see the “How do I find and remove a virus?” topic in [Protect my PC from viruses](https://support.microsoft.com/help/17228/windows-protect-my-pc-from-viruses).|✔️|✔️|✔️|
 |Download and approve updates for Windows 10, apps, device driver, and other software.
              For more information, see:
            • [Manage updates by using Intune](#manage-updates-by-using-intune)
            • [Manage updates by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](#manage-updates-by-using-microsoft-endpoint-configuration-manager)|✔️|✔️|✔️|
 |Verify that you’re using the appropriate Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades (such as selecting whether you want to use Current Branch or Current Branch for Business).
              For more information about Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades, see [Windows 10 servicing options](/windows/deployment/update/).||✔️|✔️|
 |Refresh the operating system and apps on devices.
              For more information about completing this task, see the following resources:
            • [Prepare for deployment](#prepare-for-deployment)
            • [Capture the reference image](#capture-the-reference-image)
            • [Deploy Windows 10 to devices](#deploy-windows-10-to-devices)||✔️|✔️|
 |Install any new Windows desktop apps, or update any Windows desktop apps used in the curriculum.
              For more information, see:
            • [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune)
            • [Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-microsoft-endpoint-configuration-manager)||✔️|✔️|
 |Install new or update existing Microsoft Store apps used in the curriculum.
              Microsoft Store apps are automatically updated from Microsoft Store. The menu bar in the Microsoft Store app shows whether any Microsoft Store app updates are available for download.
              You can also deploy Microsoft Store apps directly to devices by using Intune, Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, or both in a hybrid configuration. 
              For more information, see:
            • [Deploy and manage apps by using Intune](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-intune)
            • [Deploy and manage apps by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](#deploy-and-manage-apps-by-using-microsoft-endpoint-configuration-manager)||✔️|✔️|
-|Remove unnecessary user accounts (and corresponding licenses) from AD DS and Office 365 (if you have an on-premises AD DS infrastructure).
              For more information about how to:
            • Remove unnecessary user accounts, see [Active Directory Administrative Center](/windows-server/identity/ad-ds/get-started/adac/active-directory-administrative-center) 
            • Remove licenses, see [Add users and assign licenses](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users)||✔️|✔️|
-|Add new accounts (and corresponding licenses) to AD DS (if you have an on-premises AD DS infrastructure).
              For more information about how to:
            • Add user accounts, see [Bulk-import user and group accounts into AD DS](#bulk-import-user-and-group-accounts-into-ad-ds)
            • Assign licenses, see [Add users and assign licenses](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users)||✔️|✔️|
-|Remove unnecessary user accounts (and corresponding licenses) from Office 365 (if you do not have an on-premises AD DS infrastructure).
              For more information about how to:
            • Remove unnecessary user accounts, see [Delete or restore users](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/delete-a-user)
            •  Remove licenses, [Assign or remove licenses for Microsoft 365](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users).||✔️|✔️|
+|Remove unnecessary user accounts (and corresponding licenses) from AD DS and Office 365 (if you've an on-premises AD DS infrastructure).
              For more information about how to:
            • Remove unnecessary user accounts, see [Active Directory Administrative Center](/windows-server/identity/ad-ds/get-started/adac/active-directory-administrative-center) 
            • Remove licenses, see [Add users and assign licenses](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users)||✔️|✔️|
+|Add new accounts (and corresponding licenses) to AD DS (if you've an on-premises AD DS infrastructure).
              For more information about how to:
            • Add user accounts, see [Bulk-import user and group accounts into AD DS](#bulk-import-user-and-group-accounts-into-ad-ds)
            • Assign licenses, see [Add users and assign licenses](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users)||✔️|✔️|
+|Remove unnecessary user accounts (and corresponding licenses) from Office 365 (if you don't have an on-premises AD DS infrastructure).
              For more information about how to:
            • Remove unnecessary user accounts, see [Delete or restore users](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/delete-a-user)
            •  Remove licenses, [Assign or remove licenses for Microsoft 365](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users).||✔️|✔️|
 |Add new accounts (and corresponding licenses) to Office 365 (if you don’t have an on-premises AD DS infrastructure).
              For more information about how to:
            • Add user accounts, see [Add users to Microsoft 365](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users) and [Add users individually or in bulk to Office 365](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zDs3VltTJps).
            • Assign licenses, see [Add users to Microsoft 365](/microsoft-365/admin/add-users/add-users).||✔️|✔️|
 |Create or modify security groups, and manage group membership in Office 365.
              For more information about how to:
            • Create or modify security groups, see [Create a Microsoft 365 group](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/create-groups)
            • Manage group membership, see [Manage Group membership](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/add-or-remove-members-from-groups).||✔️|✔️|
 |Create or modify Exchange Online or Microsoft Exchange Server distribution lists in Office 365.
              For more information about how to create or modify Exchange Online or Exchange Server distribution lists in Office 365, see [Create and manage distribution groups](/exchange/recipients-in-exchange-online/manage-distribution-groups/manage-distribution-groups) and [Create, edit, or delete a security group](/microsoft-365/admin/email/create-edit-or-delete-a-security-group).||✔️|✔️|
@@ -1272,7 +1271,7 @@ Table 19 lists the school and individual classroom maintenance tasks, the resour
 
 #### Summary
 
-You have now identified the tasks you need to perform monthly, at the end of an academic year or semester, and as required. Your district and individual school configuration should match the typical school configuration you saw in the [Plan a typical district configuration](#plan-a-typical-district-configuration) section. By performing these maintenance tasks, you help ensure that your district as a whole stays secure and is configured as you specified.
+You've now identified the tasks you need to perform monthly, at the end of an academic year or semester, and as required. Your district and individual school configuration should match the typical school configuration you saw in the [Plan a typical district configuration](#plan-a-typical-district-configuration) section. By performing these maintenance tasks, you help ensure that your district as a whole stays secure and is configured as you specified.
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md b/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md
index c0e52a36d6..b618ca7b09 100644
--- a/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md
+++ b/education/windows/deploy-windows-10-in-a-school.md
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 - Windows 10
 
-This guide shows you how to deploy the Windows 10 operating system in a school environment. You learn how to deploy Windows 10 in classrooms; integrate the school environment with Microsoft Office 365, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), and Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD); and deploy Windows 10 and your apps to new devices or upgrade existing devices to Windows 10. This guide also describes how to use Microsoft Intune and Group Policy to manage devices. Finally, the guide discusses common, ongoing maintenance tasks that you will perform after initial deployment and the automated tools and built-in features of the operating system.
+This guide shows you how to deploy the Windows 10 operating system in a school environment. You learn how to deploy Windows 10 in classrooms; integrate the school environment with Microsoft Office 365, Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS), and Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD); and deploy Windows 10 and your apps to new devices or upgrade existing devices to Windows 10. This guide also describes how to use Microsoft Intune and Group Policy to manage devices. Finally, the guide discusses common, ongoing maintenance tasks that you'll perform after initial deployment and the automated tools and built-in features of the operating system.
 
 ## Prepare for school deployment
 
-Proper preparation is essential for a successful school deployment. To avoid common mistakes, your first step is to plan a typical school configuration. As with building a house, you need a blueprint for what your school should look like when it’s finished. The second step in preparation is to learn how you will configure your school. Just as a builder needs to have the right tools to build a house, you need the right set of tools to deploy your school.
+Proper preparation is essential for a successful school deployment. To avoid common mistakes, your first step is to plan a typical school configuration. As with building a house, you need a blueprint for what your school should look like when it’s finished. The second step in preparation is to learn how you'll configure your school. Just as a builder needs to have the right tools to build a house, you need the right set of tools to deploy your school.
 
 ### Plan a typical school configuration
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This school configuration has the following characteristics:
   > In this guide, all references to MDT refer to the 64-bit version of MDT 2013 Update 2.
 
 - The devices use Azure AD in Office 365 Education for identity management.
-- If you have on-premises AD DS, you can [integrate Azure AD with on-premises AD DS](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity).
+- If you've on-premises AD DS, you can [integrate Azure AD with on-premises AD DS](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/whatis-hybrid-identity).
 - Use [Intune](/mem/intune/), [Set up Basic Mobility and Security](/microsoft-365/admin/basic-mobility-security/set-up), or Group Policy in AD DS to manage devices.
 - Each device supports a one-student-per-device or multiple-students-per-device scenario.
 - The devices can be a mixture of different make, model, and processor architecture (32 bit or 64 bit) or be identical.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Office 365 Education allows:
 - Students and faculty to use email and calendars, with mailboxes up to 50 GB per user.
 - Faculty to use advanced email features like email archiving and legal hold capabilities.
 - Faculty to help prevent unauthorized users from accessing documents and email by using Azure Rights Management.
-- Faculty to use advanced compliance tools on the unified eDiscovery pages in the Office 365 Compliance Center.
+- Faculty to use advanced compliance tools on the unified eDiscovery pages in the Microsoft Purview compliance portal.
 - Faculty to host online classes, parent–teacher conferences, and other collaboration in Skype for Business or Skype.
 - Students and faculty to access up to 1 TB of personal cloud storage that users inside and outside the educational institution can share through OneDrive for Business.
 - Teachers to provide collaboration in the classroom through Microsoft SharePoint Online team sites.
@@ -86,15 +86,15 @@ For more information about Office 365 Education features and a FAQ, go to [Offic
 
 ## How to configure a school
 
-Now that you have the plan (blueprint) for your classroom, you’re ready to learn about the tools you will use to deploy it. There are many tools you could use to accomplish the task, but this guide focuses on using those tools that require the least infrastructure and technical knowledge.
+Now that you've the plan (blueprint) for your classroom, you’re ready to learn about the tools you'll use to deploy it. There are many tools you could use to accomplish the task, but this guide focuses on using those tools that require the least infrastructure and technical knowledge.
 
-The primary tool you will use to deploy Windows 10 in your school is MDT, which uses Windows ADK components to make deployment easier. You could just use the Windows ADK to perform your deployment, but MDT simplifies the process by providing an intuitive, wizard-driven user interface (UI).
+The primary tool you'll use to deploy Windows 10 in your school is MDT, which uses Windows ADK components to make deployment easier. You could just use the Windows ADK to perform your deployment, but MDT simplifies the process by providing an intuitive, wizard-driven user interface (UI).
 
 You can use MDT as a stand-alone tool or integrate it with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager. As a stand-alone tool, MDT performs Lite Touch Installation (LTI) deployments—deployments that require minimal infrastructure and allow you to control the level of automation. When integrated with Configuration Manager, MDT performs Zero Touch Installation (ZTI) deployments, which require more infrastructure (such as Configuration Manager) but result in fully automated deployments.
 
 MDT includes the Deployment Workbench—a console from which you can manage the deployment of Windows 10 and your apps. You configure the deployment process in the Deployment Workbench, including the management of operating systems, device drivers, apps, and migration of user settings on existing devices. 
 
-LTI performs deployment from a *deployment share*—a network-shared folder on the device where you installed MDT. You can perform over-the-network deployments from the deployment share or perform deployments from a local copy of the deployment share on a USB drive or DVD. You will learn more about MDT in the [Prepare the admin device](#prepare-the-admin-device) section.
+LTI performs deployment from a *deployment share*—a network-shared folder on the device where you installed MDT. You can perform over-the-network deployments from the deployment share or perform deployments from a local copy of the deployment share on a USB drive or DVD. You'll learn more about MDT in the [Prepare the admin device](#prepare-the-admin-device) section.
 
 The focus of MDT is deployment, so you also need tools that help you manage your Windows 10 devices and apps. You can manage Windows 10 devices and apps with [Microsoft Endpoint Manager](/mem/), the Compliance Management feature in Office 365, or Group Policy in AD DS. You can use any combination of these tools based on your school requirements.
 
@@ -102,13 +102,13 @@ The configuration process requires the following devices:
 
 - **Admin device.** This is the device you use for your day-to-day job functions. It’s also the one you use to create and manage the Windows 10 and app deployment process. You install the Windows ADK and MDT on this device.
 - **Faculty devices.** These are the devices that the teachers and other faculty use for their day-to-day job functions. You use the admin device to deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to these devices.
-- **Student devices.** The students will use these devices. You will use the admin device deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to them.
+- **Student devices.** The students will use these devices. You'll use the admin device deploy (or upgrade) Windows 10 and apps to them.
 
 The high-level process for deploying and configuring devices within individual classrooms and the school as a whole is as follows and illustrated in Figure 3:
 
 1. Prepare the admin device for use, which includes installing the Windows ADK and MDT.
-2. On the admin device, create and configure the Office 365 Education subscription that you will use for each classroom in the school.
-3. On the admin device, configure integration between on-premises AD DS and Azure AD (if you have an on premises AD DS configuration).
+2. On the admin device, create and configure the Office 365 Education subscription that you'll use for each classroom in the school.
+3. On the admin device, configure integration between on-premises AD DS and Azure AD (if you've an on premises AD DS configuration).
 4. On the admin device, create and configure a Microsoft Store for Business portal.
 5. On the admin device, prepare for management of the Windows 10 devices after deployment.
 6. On the student and faculty devices, deploy Windows 10 to new or existing devices, or upgrade eligible devices to Windows 10.
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ For more information about how to create a deployment share, see [Step 3-1: Crea
 
 ### Summary
 
-In this section, you installed the Windows ADK and MDT on the admin device. You also created the MDT deployment share that you will configure and use later in the LTI deployment process.
+In this section, you installed the Windows ADK and MDT on the admin device. You also created the MDT deployment share that you'll configure and use later in the LTI deployment process.
 
 ## Create and configure Office 365
 
@@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ Complete the following steps to select the appropriate Office 365 Education lice
 ---
 | Plan | Advantages | Disadvantages |
 | --- | --- | --- |
-| Standard | - Less expensive than Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise 
              - Can be run from any device 
              - No installation necessary | - Must have an Internet connection to use it
              - Does not support all the features found in Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise |
-| Office ProPlus | - Only requires an Internet connection every 30 days (for activation)
              - Supports full set of Office features | - Requires installation 
              - Can be installed on only five devices per user (there is no limit to the number of devices on which you can run Office apps online) |
+| Standard | - Less expensive than Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise 
              - Can be run from any device 
              - No installation necessary | - Must have an Internet connection to use it
              - Doesn't support all the features found in Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise |
+| Office ProPlus | - Only requires an Internet connection every 30 days (for activation)
              - Supports full set of Office features | - Requires installation 
              - Can be installed on only five devices per user (there's no limit to the number of devices on which you can run Office apps online) |
 
 ---
 
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ The best user experience is to run Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise or use nati
 
 ---
 
-You will use the Office 365 Education license plan information you record in Table 2 in the [Create user accounts in Office 365](#create-user-accounts-in-office-365) section of this guide.
+You'll use the Office 365 Education license plan information you record in Table 2 in the [Create user accounts in Office 365](#create-user-accounts-in-office-365) section of this guide.
 
 ### Create a new Office 365 Education subscription
 
@@ -220,20 +220,20 @@ To create a new Office 365 Education subscription for use in the classroom, use
 
 1. In Microsoft Edge or Internet Explorer, type `https://portal.office.com/start?sku=faculty` in the address bar.
 
-    If you have already used your current sign-in account to create a new Office 365 subscription, you will be prompted to sign in. If you want to create a new Office 365 subscription, start an In-Private Window. Your options:
+    If you've already used your current sign-in account to create a new Office 365 subscription, you'll be prompted to sign in. If you want to create a new Office 365 subscription, start an In-Private Window. Your options:
 
     - In Microsoft Edge, select Ctrl+Shift+N. Or, select **More actions** > **New InPrivate window**.
     - In Internet Explorer,  select Ctrl+Shift+P. Or, select **Settings** > **Safety** > **InPrivate Browsing**.
 
-2. On the **Get started** page, type your school email address in the **Enter your school email address** box, and then click **Sign up**. You will receive an email in your school email account.
+2. On the **Get started** page, type your school email address in the **Enter your school email address** box, and then click **Sign up**. You'll receive an email in your school email account.
 3. Click the hyperlink in the email in your school email account.
-4. On the **One last thing** page, complete your user information, and then click **Start**. The wizard creates your new Office 365 Education subscription, and you are automatically signed in as the administrative user you specified when you created the subscription.
+4. On the **One last thing** page, complete your user information, and then click **Start**. The wizard creates your new Office 365 Education subscription, and you're automatically signed in as the administrative user you specified when you created the subscription.
 
 ### Add domains and subdomains
 
-Now that you have created your new Office 365 Education subscription, add the domains and subdomains that your institution uses. For example, if your institution has `contoso.edu` as the primary domain name but you have subdomains for students or faculty (such as students.contoso.edu and faculty.contoso.edu), then you need to add the subdomains.
+Now that you've created your new Office 365 Education subscription, add the domains and subdomains that your institution uses. For example, if your institution has `contoso.edu` as the primary domain name but you've subdomains for students or faculty (such as students.contoso.edu and faculty.contoso.edu), then you need to add the subdomains.
 
-#### To add additional domains and subdomains
+#### To add more domains and subdomains
 
 1. In the admin center, in the list view, click **DOMAINS**.
 2. In the details pane, above the list of domains, on the menu bar, click **Add domain**.
@@ -252,12 +252,12 @@ To make it easier for faculty and students to join your Office 365 Education sub
 Office 365 uses the domain portion of the user’s email address to know which Office 365 tenant to join. For example, if a faculty member or student provides an email address of user@contoso.edu, then Office 365 automatically performs one of the following tasks:
 
 - If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) exists, Office 365 automatically adds the user to that tenant.
-- If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) does not exists, Office 365 automatically creates a new Office 365 tenant with that domain name and adds the user to it.
+- If an Office 365 tenant with that domain name (contoso.edu) doesn't exists, Office 365 automatically creates a new Office 365 tenant with that domain name and adds the user to it.
 
-You will always want faculty and students to join the Office 365 tenant that you created. Ensure that you perform the steps in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) and [Add domains and subdomains](#add-domains-and-subdomains) sections before allowing other faculty and students to join Office 365.
+You'll always want faculty and students to join the Office 365 tenant that you created. Ensure that you perform the steps in the [Create a new Office 365 Education subscription](#create-a-new-office-365-education-subscription) and [Add domains and subdomains](#add-domains-and-subdomains) sections before allowing other faculty and students to join Office 365.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> You cannot merge multiple tenants, so any faculty or students who create their own tenant will need to abandon their existing tenant and join yours.
+> You can't  merge multiple tenants, so any faculty or students who create their own tenant will need to abandon their existing tenant and join yours.
 
 All new Office 365 Education subscriptions have automatic tenant join enabled by default, but you can enable or disable automatic tenant join by using the Windows PowerShell commands in Table 3. For more information about how to run these commands, see [How can I prevent students from joining my existing Office 365 tenant](/microsoft-365/education/deploy/office-365-education-self-sign-up#how-can-i-prevent-students-from-joining-my-existing-office-365-tenant).
 
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ All new Office 365 Education subscriptions have automatic tenant join enabled by
 
 ### Disable automatic licensing
 
-To reduce your administrative effort, automatically assign Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus licenses to faculty and students when they sign up (automatic licensing). Automatic licensing also enables Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus features that do not require administrative approval.
+To reduce your administrative effort, automatically assign Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus licenses to faculty and students when they sign up (automatic licensing). Automatic licensing also enables Office 365 Education or Office 365 Education Plus features that don't require administrative approval.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > By default, automatic licensing is enabled in Office 365 Education. If you want to use automatic licensing, then skip this section and go to the next section.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ When you create your Office 365 subscription, you create an Office 365 tenant th
 
 Educational institutions can obtain Azure AD Basic edition licenses at no cost. After you obtain your licenses, activate your Azure AD access by completing the steps in [Step 3: Activate your Azure Active Directory access](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-get-started-premium#step-3-activate-your-azure-active-directory-access).
 
-The Azure AD Premium features that are not in Azure AD Basic include:
+The Azure AD Premium features that aren't in Azure AD Basic include:
 
 - Allow designated users to manage group membership
 - Dynamic group membership based on user metadata
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ The Azure AD Premium features that are not in Azure AD Basic include:
 
 You can assign Azure AD Premium licenses to the users who need these features. For example, you may want the users who have access to confidential student information to use MFA. In this example, you could assign Azure AD Premium to only those users.
 
-You can sign up for Azure AD Premium, and then assign licenses to users. In this section, you sign up for Azure AD Premium. You will assign Azure AD Premium licenses to users later in the deployment process.
+You can sign up for Azure AD Premium, and then assign licenses to users. In this section, you sign up for Azure AD Premium. You'll assign Azure AD Premium licenses to users later in the deployment process.
 
 For more information, see:
 
@@ -321,19 +321,19 @@ For more information, see:
 - [Sign up for Azure Active Directory Premium](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-get-started-premium)
 
 ### Summary
-You provision and initially configure Office 365 Education as part of the initial configuration. With the subscription in place, automatic tenant join configured, automatic licensing established, and Azure AD Premium enabled (if required), you’re ready to select the method you will use to create user accounts in Office 365.
+You provision and initially configure Office 365 Education as part of the initial configuration. With the subscription in place, automatic tenant join configured, automatic licensing established, and Azure AD Premium enabled (if necessary), you’re ready to select the method you'll use to create user accounts in Office 365.
 
 ## Select an Office 365 user account–creation method
 
 
-Now that you have an Office 365 subscription, you need to determine how you will create your Office 365 user accounts. Use the following methods to create Office 365 user accounts:
+Now that you've an Office 365 subscription, you need to determine how you'll create your Office 365 user accounts. Use the following methods to create Office 365 user accounts:
 
-- **Method 1:** Automatically synchronize your on-premises AD DS domain with Azure AD. Select this method if you have an on-premises AD DS domain.
+- **Method 1:** Automatically synchronize your on-premises AD DS domain with Azure AD. Select this method if you've an on-premises AD DS domain.
 - **Method 2:** Bulk-import the user accounts from a .csv file (based on information from other sources) into Azure AD. Select this method if you don’t have an on-premises AD DS domain.
 
 ### Method 1: Automatic synchronization between AD DS and Azure AD
 
-In this method, you have an on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 4, the Azure AD Connector tool automatically synchronizes AD DS with Azure AD. When you add or change any user accounts in AD DS, the Azure AD Connector tool automatically updates Azure AD.
+In this method, you've an on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 4, the Azure AD Connector tool automatically synchronizes AD DS with Azure AD. When you add or change any user accounts in AD DS, the Azure AD Connector tool automatically updates Azure AD.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Azure AD Connect also supports synchronization from any Lightweight Directory Access Protocol version 3 (LDAPv3)–compliant directory by using the information provided in [LDAP synchronization with Azure Active Directory](/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/sync-ldap).
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ For more information about how to perform this step, see the [Integrate on-premi
 
 ### Method 2: Bulk import into Azure AD from a .csv file
 
-In this method, you have no on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 5, you manually prepare a `.csv` file with the student information from your source, and then manually import the information directly into Azure AD. The `.csv` file must be in the format that Office 365 specifies.
+In this method, you've no on-premises AD DS domain. As shown in Figure 5, you manually prepare a `.csv` file with the student information from your source, and then manually import the information directly into Azure AD. The `.csv` file must be in the format that Office 365 specifies.
 
 :::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure5.png" alt-text="Create a csv file with student information, and import the csv file into Azure AD.":::
 
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ In this section, you selected the method for creating user accounts in your Offi
 You can integrate your on-premises AD DS domain with Azure AD to provide identity management for your Office 365 tenant. With this integration, you can synchronize the users, security groups, and distribution lists in your AD DS domain with Azure AD with the Azure AD Connect tool. Users will be able to sign in to Office 365 automatically by using their email account and the same password they use to sign in to AD DS.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If your institution does not have an on-premises AD DS domain, you can skip this section.
+> If your institution doesn't have an on-premises AD DS domain, you can skip this section.
 
 ### Select synchronization model
 
@@ -374,13 +374,13 @@ Before you deploy AD DS and Azure AD synchronization, you need to determine wher
 
 You can deploy the Azure AD Connect tool by using one of the following methods:
 
-- **On premises**: As shown in Figure 6, Azure AD Connect runs on premises, which has the advantage of not requiring a virtual private network (VPN) connection to Azure. It does, however, require a virtual machine (VM) or physical server.
+- **On premises**: As shown in Figure 6, Azure AD Connect runs on premises, which have the advantage of not requiring a virtual private network (VPN) connection to Azure. It does, however, require a virtual machine (VM) or physical server.
 
   :::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure6.png" alt-text="Azure AD Connect runs on-premises and uses a virtual machine.":::
 
   *Figure 6. Azure AD Connect on premises*
 
-- **In Azure**: As shown in Figure 7, Azure AD Connect runs on a VM in Azure AD, which has the advantages of being faster to provision (than a physical, on-premises server), offers better site availability, and helps reduce the number of on-premises servers. The disadvantage is that you need to deploy a VPN gateway on premises.
+- **In Azure**: As shown in Figure 7, Azure AD Connect runs on a VM in Azure AD which has the advantages of being faster to provision (than a physical, on-premises server), offers better site availability, and helps reduce the number of on-premises servers. The disadvantage is that you need to deploy a VPN gateway on premises.
 
   :::image type="content" source="images/deploy-win-10-school-figure7.png" alt-text="Azure AD Connect runs on a VM in Azure AD, and uses a VPN gateway on-premises.":::
 
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ In this synchronization model (illustrated in Figure 6), you run Azure AD Connec
 3. Install Azure AD Connect by performing the steps in [Install Azure AD Connect](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/how-to-connect-install-select-installation).
 4. Configure Azure AD Connect features based on your institution’s requirements. For more information, see [Azure AD Connect sync: Understand and customize synchronization](/azure/active-directory/hybrid/how-to-connect-sync-whatis).
 
-Now that you have used on premises Azure AD Connect to deploy AD DS and Azure AD synchronization, you’re ready to verify that Azure AD Connect is synchronizing AD DS user and group accounts with Azure AD.
+Now that you've used on premises Azure AD Connect to deploy AD DS and Azure AD synchronization, you’re ready to verify that Azure AD Connect is synchronizing AD DS user and group accounts with Azure AD.
 
 ### Verify synchronization
 
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Azure AD Connect should start synchronization immediately. Depending on the numb
 8. The list of security group members should mirror the group membership for the corresponding security group in AD DS.
 9. Close the browser.
 
-Now that you have verified Azure AD Connect synchronization, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium.
+Now that you've verified Azure AD Connect synchronization, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium.
 
 ### Summary
 
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Several methods are available to bulk-import user accounts into AD DS domains. T
 
 ### Create a source file that contains the user and group accounts
 
-After you have selected your user and group account bulk import method, you’re ready to create the source file that contains the user and group account. You’ll use the source file as the input to the import process. The source file format depends on the method you selected. Table 6 lists the source file format for the bulk import methods.
+After you've selected your user and group account bulk import method, you’re ready to create the source file that contains the user and group account. You’ll use the source file as the input to the import process. The source file format depends on the method you selected. Table 6 lists the source file format for the bulk import methods.
 
 *Table 6. Source file format for each bulk import method*
 
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ For more information about how to import user accounts into AD DS by using:
 
 ### Summary
 
-In this section, you selected the bulk-import method, created the source file that contains the user and group accounts, and imported the user and group accounts in to AD DS. If you have Azure AD Connect, it automatically synchronizes the new AD DS user and group accounts to Azure AD. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium in the [Assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium](#assign-user-licenses-for-azure-ad-premium) section later in this guide.
+In this section, you selected the bulk-import method, created the source file that contains the user and group accounts, and imported the user and group accounts in to AD DS. If you've Azure AD Connect, it automatically synchronizes the new AD DS user and group accounts to Azure AD. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium in the [Assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium](#assign-user-licenses-for-azure-ad-premium) section later in this guide.
 
 ## Bulk-import user accounts into Office 365
 
@@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ You can bulk-import user and group accounts directly into Office 365, reducing t
 
 ### Create user accounts in Office 365
 
-Now that you have created your new Office 365 Education subscription, you need to create user accounts. You can add user accounts for the teachers, other faculty, and students who will use the classroom.
+Now that you've created your new Office 365 Education subscription, you need to create user accounts. You can add user accounts for the teachers, other faculty, and students who will use the classroom.
 
-You can use the Microsoft 365 admin center to add individual Office 365 accounts manually—a reasonable process when you’re adding only a few users. If you have many users, however, you can automate the process by creating a list of those users, and then use that list to create user accounts (that is, bulk-add users).
+You can use the Microsoft 365 admin center to add individual Office 365 accounts manually—a reasonable process when you’re adding only a few users. If you've many users, however, you can automate the process by creating a list of those users, and then use that list to create user accounts (that is, bulk-add users).
 
 The bulk-add process assigns the same Office 365 Education license plan to all users on the list. Therefore, you must create a separate list for each license plan you recorded in Table 2. Depending on the number of faculty members who need to use the classroom, you may want to add the faculty Office 365 accounts manually; however, use the bulk-add process to add student accounts.
 
@@ -517,13 +517,13 @@ Microsoft Exchange Online uses an email distribution group as a single email rec
 You can create email distribution groups based on job role (such as teachers, administration, or students) or specific interests (such as robotics, drama club, or soccer team). You can create any number of distribution groups, and users can be members of more than one group.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Office 365 can take some time to complete the Exchange Online creation process. You will have to wait until Office 365 completes the Exchange Online creation process before you can perform the following steps. 
+> Office 365 can take some time to complete the Exchange Online creation process. You'll have to wait until Office 365 completes the Exchange Online creation process before you can perform the following steps. 
 
 For information about how to create security groups, see [Create a group in the Microsoft 365 admin center](/microsoft-365/admin/create-groups/create-groups).
 
 ### Summary
 
-Now, you have bulk-imported the user accounts into Office 365. First, you selected the bulk-import method. Next, you created the Office 365 security groups in Office 365. Finally, you created the Office 365 email distribution groups. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium.
+Now, you've bulk-imported the user accounts into Office 365. First, you selected the bulk-import method. Next, you created the Office 365 security groups in Office 365. Finally, you created the Office 365 email distribution groups. Now, you’re ready to assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium.
 
 ## Assign user licenses for Azure AD Premium
 
@@ -572,17 +572,17 @@ After you create the Microsoft Store for Business portal, configure it by using
 |---|---|
 | Account information  | Displays information about your Microsoft Store for Business account (no settings can be changed). You make changes to this information in Office 365 or the Azure portal. For more information, see [Update Microsoft Store for Business account settings](/microsoft-store/update-microsoft-store-for-business-account-settings).|
 | Device Guard signing |  Allows you to upload and sign Device Guard catalog and policy files. For more information about Device Guard, see [Device Guard deployment guide](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/windows-defender-application-control-deployment-guide).  |
-|    LOB publishers    |  Allows you to add line-of-business (LOB) publishers that can then publish apps to your private store. LOB publishers are usually internal developers or software vendors that are working with your institution. For more information, see [Working with line-of-business apps](/microsoft-store/working-with-line-of-business-apps).             |
+|    LOB publishers    |  Allows you to add line-of-business (LOB) publishers that can then publish apps to your private store. LOB publishers are internal developers or software vendors that are working with your institution. For more information, see [Working with line-of-business apps](/microsoft-store/working-with-line-of-business-apps).             |
 |   Management tools   |  Allows you to add tools that you can use to distribute (deploy) apps in your private store. For more information, see [Distribute apps with a management tool](/microsoft-store/distribute-apps-with-management-tool).                                                                    |
 |  Offline licensing   |  Allows you to show (or not show) offline licensed apps to people shopping in your private store. For more information, see [Licensing model: online and offline licenses](/microsoft-store/apps-in-microsoft-store-for-business#licensing-model).  |
-|     Permissions      | Allows you to grant other users in your organization the ability to buy, manage, and administer your Microsoft Store for Business portal. You can also remove permissions you have previously granted. For more information, see [Roles and permissions in Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/roles-and-permissions-microsoft-store-for-business). |
+|     Permissions      | Allows you to grant other users in your organization the ability to buy, manage, and administer your Microsoft Store for Business portal. You can also remove permissions you've previously granted. For more information, see [Roles and permissions in Microsoft Store for Business](/microsoft-store/roles-and-permissions-microsoft-store-for-business). |
 |    Private store     | Allows you to change the organization name used in your Microsoft Store for Business portal. When you create your portal, the private store uses the organization name that you used to create your Office 365 subscription. For more information, see [Distribute apps using your private store](/microsoft-store/distribute-apps-from-your-private-store). |
 
 ---
 
 ### Find, acquire, and distribute apps in the portal
 
-Now that you have created your Microsoft Store for Business portal, you’re ready to find, acquire, and distribute apps that you will add to your portal. You do this by using the Inventory page in Microsoft Store for Business.
+Now that you've created your Microsoft Store for Business portal, you’re ready to find, acquire, and distribute apps that you'll add to your portal. You do this task by using the Inventory page in Microsoft Store for Business.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Your educational institution can now use a credit card to pay for apps in Microsoft Store for Business.
@@ -593,18 +593,18 @@ For more information about how to find, acquire, and distribute apps in the port
 
 ### Summary
 
-At the end of this section, you should have a properly configured Microsoft Store for Business portal. You have also found and acquired your apps from Microsoft Store. Finally, you should have deployed all your Microsoft Store apps to your users. Now, you’re ready to deploy Microsoft Store apps to your users.
+At the end of this section, you should have a properly configured Microsoft Store for Business portal. You've also found and acquired your apps from Microsoft Store. Finally, you should have deployed all your Microsoft Store apps to your users. Now, you’re ready to deploy Microsoft Store apps to your users.
 
 ## Plan for deployment
 
-You will use the LTI deployment process in MDT to deploy Windows 10 to devices or to upgrade devices to Windows 10. Prior to preparing for deployment, you must make some deployment planning decisions, including selecting the operating systems you will use, the approach you will use to create your Windows 10 images, and the method you will use to initiate the LTI deployment process.
+You'll use the LTI deployment process in MDT to deploy Windows 10 to devices or to upgrade devices to Windows 10. Prior to preparing for deployment, you must make some deployment planning decisions, including selecting the operating systems you'll use, the approach you'll use to create your Windows 10 images, and the method you'll use to initiate the LTI deployment process.
 
 ### Select the operating systems
 
-Later in the process, you will import the versions of Windows 10 you want to deploy. You can deploy the operating system to new devices, refresh existing devices, or upgrade existing devices. If:
+Later in the process, you'll import the versions of Windows 10 you want to deploy. You can deploy the operating system to new devices, refresh existing devices, or upgrade existing devices. If:
 
-- New devices or refreshing existing devices, you will complete replace the existing operating system on a device with Windows 10.
-- Upgrading existing devices, you will upgrade the existing operating system (the Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 operating system) to Windows 10.
+- New devices or refreshing existing devices, you'll complete replace the existing operating system on a device with Windows 10.
+- Upgrading existing devices, you'll upgrade the existing operating system (the Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 operating system) to Windows 10.
 
 Depending on your school’s requirements, you may need any combination of the following Windows 10 editions:
 
@@ -618,14 +618,14 @@ Depending on your school’s requirements, you may need any combination of the f
 - **Windows 10 Pro Education**. Use this operating system to upgrade existing eligible institution-owned devices running Windows 10 Pro Education, version 1903 or later, to Windows 10 Education using [subscription activation](/windows/deployment/windows-10-subscription-activation).
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Although you can use Windows 10 Home on institution-owned devices, Microsoft recommends that you use Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Education, instead. Windows 10 Pro and Windows 10 Education provide support for MDM, policy-based management, and Microsoft Store for Business. These features are not available in Windows 10 Home.
+> Although you can use Windows 10 Home on institution-owned devices, Microsoft recommends that you use Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Education, instead. Windows 10 Pro and Windows 10 Education provide support for MDM, policy-based management, and Microsoft Store for Business. These features aren't available in Windows 10 Home.
 
-One other consideration is the mix of processor architectures you will support. If you can, support only 64-bit versions of Windows 10. If you have devices that can run only 32-bit versions of Windows 10, you will need to import both 64-bit and 32-bit versions of the Windows 10 editions listed above.
+One other consideration is the mix of processor architectures you'll support. If you can, support only 64-bit versions of Windows 10. If you've devices that can run only 32-bit versions of Windows 10, you'll need to import both 64-bit and 32-bit versions of the Windows 10 editions listed above.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > On devices that have minimal system resources (such as devices with only 2 GB of memory or 32 GB of storage), use 32-bit versions of Windows 10 because 64-bit versions of Windows 10 place more stress on device system resources.
 
-Finally, as a best practice, minimize the number of operating systems that you deploy and manage. If possible, standardize institution-owned devices on one Windows 10 edition (such as a 64-bit version of Windows 10 Education or Windows 10 Pro). You cannot standardize personal devices on a specific operating system version or processor architecture.
+Finally, as a best practice, minimize the number of operating systems that you deploy and manage. If possible, standardize institution-owned devices on one Windows 10 edition (such as a 64-bit version of Windows 10 Education or Windows 10 Pro). You can't  standardize personal devices on a specific operating system version or processor architecture.
 
 ### Select an image approach
 
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ The MDT deployment process is highly automated, requiring minimal information to
 | Method | Description and reason to select this method |
 | --- | --- |
 | **Windows Deployment Services** | This method:

              - Uses diskless booting to initiate MDT deployment
              - Works only with devices that support PXE boot. 
              - Deploys Windows 10 over the network, which consumes more network bandwidth than deployment from local media. 
              -Deploys images more slowly than when using local media. 
              - Requires that you deploy a Windows Deployment Services server. 

               Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over-the-network and perform diskless booting. The advantage of this method is that the diskless media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (the Deployment Wizard accesses the centrally located deployment share over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployments from local media, and you must deploy a Windows Deployment Services server. |
-| **Bootable media** | This method:

              - Initiates MDT deployment by booting from local media, including from USB drives, DVD-ROM, or CD-ROM.
              - Deploys Windows 10 over the network, which consumes more network bandwidth than deployment from local media. 
              - Deploys images more slowly than when using local media. 
              - Requires no additional infrastructure.

              Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over-the-network and are willing to boot the target device from local media. The advantage of this method is that the media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (the Deployment Wizard accesses the centrally located deployment share over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployment from local media. |
+| **Bootable media** | This method:

              - Initiates MDT deployment by booting from local media, including from USB drives, DVD-ROM, or CD-ROM.
              - Deploys Windows 10 over the network, which consumes more network bandwidth than deployment from local media. 
              - Deploys images more slowly than when using local media. 
              - Requires no extra infrastructure.

              Select this method when you want to deploy Windows over-the-network and are willing to boot the target device from local media. The advantage of this method is that the media are generic and typically don’t require updates after you create them (the Deployment Wizard accesses the centrally located deployment share over the network). The disadvantage of this method is that over-the-network deployments are slower than deployment from local media. |
 | **MDT deployment media** | This method:

              - Initiates MDT deployment by booting from a local USB hard disk.
              - Deploys Windows 10 from local media, which consumes less network bandwidth than over-the-network methods.
              - Deploys images more quickly than network-based methods do.
              - Requires a USB hard disk because of the deployment share’s storage requirements (up to 100 GB).

              Select this method when you want to perform local deployments and are willing to boot the target device from a local USB hard disk. The advantage of this method is that local deployments are faster than over-the-network deployments. The disadvantage of this method is that each time you change the deployment share, you must regenerate the MDT deployment media and update the USB hard disk. |
 
 ---
@@ -668,10 +668,10 @@ The first step in preparation for Windows 10 deployment is to configure—that i
 | Task | Description |
 | --- | --- |
 | **1. Import operating systems** | Import the operating systems that you selected in the [Select operating systems](#select-the-operating-systems) section into the deployment share. For more information about how to import operating systems, see [Import an Operating System into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportanOperatingSystemintotheDeploymentWorkbench). |
-| **2. Import device drives** | Device drivers allow Windows 10 to know a device’s hardware resources and connected hardware accessories. Without the proper device drivers, certain features may be unavailable. For example, without the proper audio driver, a device cannot play sounds; without the proper camera driver, the device cannot take photos or use video chat.

               Import device drivers for each device in your institution. For more information about how to import device drivers, see [Import Device Drivers into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportDeviceDriversintotheDeploymentWorkbench). |
-| **3. Create MDT applications for Microsoft Store apps** | Create an MDT application for each Microsoft Store app you want to deploy. You can deploy Microsoft Store apps by using sideloading, which allows you to use the Add-AppxPackage Windows PowerShell cmdlet to deploy the .appx files associated with the app (called provisioned apps). Use this method to deploy up to 24 apps to Windows 10.

              Prior to sideloading the .appx files, obtain the Microsoft Store .appx files that you will use to deploy (sideload) the apps in your provisioning package. For apps in Microsoft Store, you will need to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor directly. If you are unable to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor, then you or the students will need to install the apps on the student devices directly from Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business.

              If you have Intune, you can deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. This method provides granular deployment of Microsoft Store apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of Microsoft Store apps. This is the preferred method of deploying and managing Microsoft Store apps.

              In addition, you must prepare your environment for sideloading (deploying) Microsoft Store apps. For more information about how to:

              - Prepare your environment for sideloading, see [Sideload LOB apps in Windows 10](/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10).
              - Create an MDT application, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench). |
-| **4. Create MDT applications for Windows desktop apps** | You need to create an MDT application for each Windows desktop app you want to deploy. You can obtain the Windows desktop apps from any source, but ensure that you have sufficient licenses for them.

              To help reduce the effort needed to deploy Microsoft Office 2016 desktop apps, use the Office Deployment Tool, as described in [Deploy Click-to-Run for Office 365 products by using the Office Deployment Tool](/deployoffice/deploy-microsoft-365-apps-local-source?f=255&MSPPError=-2147217396).

              If you have Intune, you can deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. This method provides granular deployment of Windows desktop apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of the apps. This is the preferred method for deploying and managing Windows desktop apps.

               You can also deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section.

              For more information about how to create an MDT application for Windows desktop apps, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench). | 
-| **5. Create task sequences.** | You must create a separate task sequence for each Windows 10 edition, processor architecture, operating system upgrade process, and new operating system deployment process. Minimally, create a task sequence for each Windows 10 operating system you imported in Step 1—for example, (1) if you want to deploy Windows 10 Education to new devices or refresh existing devices with a new deployment of Windows 10 Education; (2) if you want to upgrade existing devices running Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 to Windows 10 Education; or (3) if you want to run deployments and upgrades for both 32 bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 10. To do so, you must create task sequences that will:

              - Deploy Windows 10 Education 64-bit to devices.
              - Deploy Windows 10 Education 32-bit to devices.
              - Upgrade existing devices to Windows 10 Education 64-bit.
              - Upgrade existing devices to Windows 10 Education 32-bit.

              Again, you will create the task sequences based on the operating systems that you imported in Step 1. For more information about how to create a task sequence, see [Create a New Task Sequence in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewTaskSequenceintheDeploymentWorkbench). |
+| **2. Import device drives** | Device drivers allow Windows 10 to know a device’s hardware resources and connected hardware accessories. Without the proper device drivers, certain features may be unavailable. For example, without the proper audio driver, a device can't  play sounds; without the proper camera driver, the device can't  take photos or use video chat.

               Import device drivers for each device in your institution. For more information about how to import device drivers, see [Import Device Drivers into the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#ImportDeviceDriversintotheDeploymentWorkbench). |
+| **3. Create MDT applications for Microsoft Store apps** | Create an MDT application for each Microsoft Store app you want to deploy. You can deploy Microsoft Store apps by using sideloading, which allows you to use the Add-AppxPackage Windows PowerShell cmdlet to deploy the .appx files associated with the app (called provisioned apps). Use this method to deploy up to 24 apps to Windows 10.

              Prior to sideloading the .appx files, obtain the Microsoft Store .appx files that you'll use to deploy (sideload) the apps in your provisioning package. For apps in Microsoft Store, you'll need to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor directly. If you're unable to obtain the .appx files from the app software vendor, then you or the students will need to install the apps on the student devices directly from Microsoft Store or Microsoft Store for Business.

              If you've Intune, you can deploy Microsoft Store apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. This method provides granular deployment of Microsoft Store apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of Microsoft Store apps. This method is the preferred one for deploying and managing Microsoft Store apps.

              In addition, you must prepare your environment for sideloading (deploying) Microsoft Store apps. For more information about how to:

              - Prepare your environment for sideloading, see [Sideload LOB apps in Windows 10](/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10).
              - Create an MDT application, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench). |
+| **4. Create MDT applications for Windows desktop apps** | You need to create an MDT application for each Windows desktop app you want to deploy. You can obtain the Windows desktop apps from any source, but ensure that you've sufficient licenses for them.

              To help reduce the effort needed to deploy Microsoft Office 2016 desktop apps, use the Office Deployment Tool, as described in [Deploy Click-to-Run for Office 365 products by using the Office Deployment Tool](/deployoffice/deploy-microsoft-365-apps-local-source?f=255&MSPPError=-2147217396).

              If you've Intune, you can deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. This method provides granular deployment of Windows desktop apps, and you can use it for ongoing management of the apps. This method is the preferred one for deploying and managing Windows desktop apps.

               You can also deploy Windows desktop apps after you deploy Windows 10, as described in the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section.

              For more information about how to create an MDT application for Windows desktop apps, see [Create a New Application in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewApplicationintheDeploymentWorkbench). | 
+| **5. Create task sequences.** | You must create a separate task sequence for each Windows 10 edition, processor architecture, operating system upgrade process, and new operating system deployment process. Minimally, create a task sequence for each Windows 10 operating system you imported in Step 1—for example, (1) if you want to deploy Windows 10 Education to new devices or refresh existing devices with a new deployment of Windows 10 Education; (2) if you want to upgrade existing devices running Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 to Windows 10 Education; or (3) if you want to run deployments and upgrades for both 32 bit and 64-bit versions of Windows 10. To do so, you must create task sequences that will:

              - Deploy Windows 10 Education 64-bit to devices.
              - Deploy Windows 10 Education 32-bit to devices.
              - Upgrade existing devices to Windows 10 Education 64-bit.
              - Upgrade existing devices to Windows 10 Education 32-bit.

              Again, you'll create the task sequences based on the operating systems that you imported in Step 1. For more information about how to create a task sequence, see [Create a New Task Sequence in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#CreateaNewTaskSequenceintheDeploymentWorkbench). |
 | **6. Update the deployment share.** | Updating a deployment share generates the MDT boot images you use to initiate the Windows 10 deployment process. You can configure the process to create 32 bit and 64-bit versions of the .iso and .wim files you can use to create bootable media or in Windows Deployment Services.

               For more information about how to update a deployment share, see [Update a Deployment Share in the Deployment Workbench](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#UpdateaDeploymentShareintheDeploymentWorkbench).|
 
 ---
@@ -692,19 +692,19 @@ You can use Windows Deployment Services with MDT to automatically initiate boot
 
 2. Add LTI boot images (Windows PE images) to Windows Deployment Services.
 
-    The LTI boot images (.wim files) that you will add to Windows Deployment Services are in the MDT deployment share. Locate the .wim files in the Boot subfolder in the deployment share. For more information about how to perform this step, see [Add LTI Boot Images to Windows Deployment Services](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#AddLTIBootImagestoWindowsDeploymentServices).
+    The LTI boot images (.wim files) that you'll add to Windows Deployment Services are in the MDT deployment share. Locate the .wim files in the Boot subfolder in the deployment share. For more information about how to perform this step, see [Add LTI Boot Images to Windows Deployment Services](/mem/configmgr/mdt/use-the-mdt#AddLTIBootImagestoWindowsDeploymentServices).
 
 ### Summary
 
-Now, Windows Deployment Services is ready to initiate the LTI deployment process in MDT. You have set up and configured Windows Deployment Services and added the LTI boot images, which you generated in the previous section, to Windows Deployment Services. Now, you’re ready to prepare to manage the devices in your institution.
+Now, Windows Deployment Services is ready to initiate the LTI deployment process in MDT. You've set up and configured Windows Deployment Services and added the LTI boot images, which you generated in the previous section, to Windows Deployment Services. Now, you’re ready to prepare to manage the devices in your institution.
 
 ## Prepare for device management
 
-Before you deploy Windows 10 in your institution, you must prepare for device management. You will deploy Windows 10 in a configuration that complies with your requirements, but you want to help ensure that your deployments remain compliant.
+Before you deploy Windows 10 in your institution, you must prepare for device management. You'll deploy Windows 10 in a configuration that complies with your requirements, but you want to help ensure that your deployments remain compliant.
 
 ### Select the management method
 
-If you have only one device to configure, manually configuring that one device is tedious but possible. When you have multiple classrooms of devices to configure, however, manually configuring each device becomes overwhelming. In addition, manually keeping an identical configuration on each device is difficult as the number of devices in the school increases.
+If you've only one device to configure, manually configuring that one device is tedious but possible. When you've multiple classrooms of devices to configure, however, manually configuring each device becomes overwhelming. In addition, manually keeping an identical configuration on each device is difficult as the number of devices in the school increases.
 
 For a school, there are many ways to manage devices. Table 10 lists the methods that this guide describes and recommends. Use the information in Table 10 to determine which combination of management methods is right for your institution.
 
@@ -713,23 +713,23 @@ For a school, there are many ways to manage devices. Table 10 lists the methods
 ---
 | Method | Description |
 | --- | --- |
-| **Group Policy** | Group Policy is an integral part of AD DS and allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10 and previous versions of Windows. Select this method when you: 

              - Want to manage institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personally owned devices are typically not domain joined).
              - Want more granular control of device and user settings.
              - Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
              - Typically manage on-premises devices.
              - Can manage a required setting only by using Group Policy.

              The advantages of this method include:

              - No cost beyond the AD DS infrastructure.
              - A larger number of settings.

              The disadvantages of this method are:

              - Can only manage domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
              - Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution does not have AD DS already).
              - Typically manages on-premises devices (unless devices connect by using a VPN or DirectAccess). | 
-| **Intune** | Intune is a cloud-based management system that allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10 and other operating systems, such as iOS/iPadOS, macOS, and Android. Intune is a subscription-based cloud service that integrates with Microsoft 365 and Azure AD.

              Select this method when you:

              - Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices (does not require that the device be domain joined).
              - Don’t require the level of granular control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy).
              - Don’t have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
              - Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises).
              - Can manage a required setting only by using Intune.

              The advantages of this method are:

              - You can manage institution-owned and personal devices.
              - It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
              - It doesn’t require any on-premises infrastructure.
              - It can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).

              The disadvantages of this method are:

              - Carries an additional cost for subscription.
              - Doesn’t have a granular level control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy). | 
+| **Group Policy** | Group Policy is an integral part of AD DS and allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10 and previous versions of Windows. Select this method when you: 

              - Want to manage institution-owned devices that are domain joined (personally owned devices are typically not domain joined).
              - Want more granular control of device and user settings.
              - Have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
              - Typically manage on-premises devices.
              - Can manage a required setting only by using Group Policy.

              The advantages of this method include:

              - No cost beyond the AD DS infrastructure.
              - A larger number of settings.

              The disadvantages of this method are:

              - Can only manage domain-joined (institution-owned devices).
              - Requires an AD DS infrastructure (if the institution doesn't have AD DS already).
              - Typically manages on-premises devices (unless devices connect by using a VPN or DirectAccess). | 
+| **Intune** | Intune is a cloud-based management system that allows you to specify configuration settings for Windows 10 and other operating systems, such as iOS/iPadOS, macOS, and Android. Intune is a subscription-based cloud service that integrates with Microsoft 365 and Azure AD.

              Select this method when you:

              - Want to manage institution-owned and personal devices (doesn't require that the device be domain joined).
              - Don’t require the level of granular control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy).
              - Don’t have an existing AD DS infrastructure.
              - Need to manage devices regardless of where they are (on or off premises).
              - Can manage a required setting only by using Intune.

              The advantages of this method are:

              - You can manage institution-owned and personal devices.
              - It doesn’t require that devices be domain joined.
              - It doesn’t require any on-premises infrastructure.
              - It can manage devices regardless of their location (on or off premises).

              The disadvantages of this method are:

              - Carries an extra cost for subscription.
              - Doesn’t have a granular level control over device and user settings (compared to Group Policy). | 
 
 ---
 
 ### Select Microsoft-recommended settings
 
-Microsoft has several recommended settings for educational institutions. Table 11 lists them, provides a brief description of why you need to configure them, and recommends methods for configuring the settings. Review the settings in Table 11 and evaluate their relevancy to your institution. Use the information to help you determine whether you need to configure the setting and which method you will use to do so. At the end, you will have a list of settings that you want to apply to the Windows 10 devices and know which management method you will use to configure the settings.
+Microsoft has several recommended settings for educational institutions. Table 11 lists them, provides a brief description of why you need to configure them, and recommends methods for configuring the settings. Review the settings in Table 11 and evaluate their relevancy to your institution. Use the information to help you determine whether you need to configure the setting and which method you'll use to do so. At the end, you'll have a list of settings that you want to apply to the Windows 10 devices and know which management method you'll use to configure the settings.
 
 *Table 11. Recommended settings for educational institutions*
 
 ---
 | Recommendation | Description |
 | --- | --- |
-| **Use of Microsoft accounts** | You want faculty and students to use only Azure AD accounts for institution-owned devices. For these devices, do not use Microsoft accounts or associate a Microsoft account with the Azure AD accounts.

              Personal devices typically use Microsoft accounts. Faculty and students can associate their Microsoft account with their Azure AD account on these devices.

              **Group Policy**: Configure the [Accounts: Block Microsoft accounts](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj966262(v=ws.11)?amp;MSPPError=-2147217396&f=255) Group Policy setting to use the Users can’t add Microsoft accounts setting option.

              **Intune**: Enable or disable Microsoft accounts by using the **Allow Microsoft account**, **Allow adding non-Microsoft accounts manually**, and **Allow settings synchronization for Microsoft accounts** policy settings under the **Accounts and Synchronization** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
+| **Use of Microsoft accounts** | You want faculty and students to use only Azure AD accounts for institution-owned devices. For these devices, don't use Microsoft accounts or associate a Microsoft account with the Azure AD accounts.

              Personal devices typically use Microsoft accounts. Faculty and students can associate their Microsoft account with their Azure AD account on these devices.

              **Group Policy**: Configure the [Accounts: Block Microsoft accounts](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj966262(v=ws.11)?amp;MSPPError=-2147217396&f=255) Group Policy setting to use the Users can’t add Microsoft accounts setting option.

              **Intune**: Enable or disable Microsoft accounts by using the **Allow Microsoft account**, **Allow adding non-Microsoft accounts manually**, and **Allow settings synchronization for Microsoft accounts** policy settings under the **Accounts and Synchronization** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
 | **Restrict local administrator accounts on the devices** | Ensure that only authorized users are local administrators on institution-owned devices. Typically, you don’t want students to be administrators on instruction-owned devices. Explicitly specify the users who will be local administrators on a group of devices.

              **Group Policy**: Create a **Local Group** Group Policy preference to limit the local administrators group membership. Select the **Delete all member users** and **Delete all member groups** check boxes to remove any existing members. For more information about how to configure Local Group preferences, see [Configure a Local Group Item](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc732525(v=ws.11)).

              **Intune**: Not available |
-| **Manage the built-in administrator account created during device deployment** | When you use MDT to deploy Windows 10, the MDT deployment process automatically creates a local Administrator account with the password you specified. As a security best practice, rename the built-in Administrator account and optionally disable it.

              **Group Policy**: Rename the built-in Administrator account by using the **Accounts: Rename administrator account** Group Policy setting. For more information about how to rename the built-in Administrator account, see [To rename the Administrator account using the Group Policy Management Console](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-essentials-sbs/cc747484(v=ws.10)). You will specify the new name for the Administrator account. You can disable the built-in Administrator account by using the **Accounts: Administrator account status** Group Policy setting. For more information about how to disable the built-in Administrator account, see [Accounts: Administrator account status](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj852165(v=ws.11)).

              **Intune**: Not available. |
+| **Manage the built-in administrator account created during device deployment** | When you use MDT to deploy Windows 10, the MDT deployment process automatically creates a local Administrator account with the password you specified. As a security best practice, rename the built-in Administrator account and optionally disable it.

              **Group Policy**: Rename the built-in Administrator account by using the **Accounts: Rename administrator account** Group Policy setting. For more information about how to rename the built-in Administrator account, see [To rename the Administrator account using the Group Policy Management Console](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-essentials-sbs/cc747484(v=ws.10)). You'll specify the new name for the Administrator account. You can disable the built-in Administrator account by using the **Accounts: Administrator account status** Group Policy setting. For more information about how to disable the built-in Administrator account, see [Accounts: Administrator account status](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/jj852165(v=ws.11)).

              **Intune**: Not available. |
 | **Control Microsoft Store access** | You can control access to Microsoft Store and whether existing Microsoft Store apps receive updates. You can only disable the Microsoft Store app in Windows 10 Education and Windows 10 Enterprise.

              **Group Policy**: You can disable the Microsoft Store app by using the **Turn off the Store Application** Group Policy setting. You can prevent Microsoft Store apps from receiving updates by using the **Turn off Automatic Download and Install of updates** Group Policy setting. For more information about configuring these settings, see [Can I use Group Policy to control the Microsoft Store in my enterprise environment?](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh832040(v=ws.11)#BKMK_UseGP).

              **Intune**: You can enable or disable the camera by using the **Allow application store** policy setting in the **Apps** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
 | **Use of Remote Desktop connections to devices** | Remote Desktop connections could allow unauthorized access to the device. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable Remote Desktop connections on your devices.

              **Group Policy**: You can enable or disable Remote Desktop connections to devices by using the **Allow Users to connect remotely using Remote Desktop setting** in Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Connections.

              **Intune**: Not available. |
 | **Use of camera** | A device’s camera can be a source of disclosure or privacy issues in an education environment. Depending on your institution’s policies, you may want to disable the camera on your devices.

              **Group Policy**: Not available.

              **Intune**: You can enable or disable the camera by using the **Allow camera** policy setting in the **Hardware** section of a **Windows 10 General Configuration** policy. |
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Microsoft has several recommended settings for educational institutions. Table 1
 
 ### Configure settings by using Group Policy
 
-Now, you’re ready to configure settings by using Group Policy. The steps in this section assume that you have an AD DS infrastructure. You will configure the Group Policy settings you select in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
+Now, you’re ready to configure settings by using Group Policy. The steps in this section assume that you've an AD DS infrastructure. You'll configure the Group Policy settings you select in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
 
 For more information about Group Policy, see [Group Policy Planning and Deployment Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754948(v=ws.10)).
 
@@ -754,13 +754,13 @@ For more information about Group Policy, see [Group Policy Planning and Deployme
 
 ### Configure settings by using Intune
 
-Now, you’re ready to configure settings using Intune. The steps in this section assume that you have an Office 365 subscription. You will configure the Intune settings that you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
+Now, you’re ready to configure settings using Intune. The steps in this section assume that you've an Office 365 subscription. You'll configure the Intune settings that you selected in the [Select Microsoft-recommended settings](#select-microsoft-recommended-settings) section.
 
 For more information about Intune, see [Documentation for Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/).
 
 #### To configure Intune settings
 
-1. Check your Intune licensing. If you have a Microsoft 365 subscription, you may already have Intune. For more information, see [Microsoft Intune licensing](/mem/intune/fundamentals/licenses).
+1. Check your Intune licensing. If you've a Microsoft 365 subscription, you may already have Intune. For more information, see [Microsoft Intune licensing](/mem/intune/fundamentals/licenses).
 2. Enroll devices in Microsoft Intune. For more information on your enrollment options, see [Intune enrollment methods for Windows devices](/mem/intune/enrollment/windows-enrollment-methods). 
 3. Configure the [compliance settings](/mem/intune/protect/device-compliance-get-started) and [configuration settings](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profiles) that meet your school system's needs.
 4. Use the reporting features in Intune to monitor devices. For more information, see [Intune reports](/mem/intune/fundamentals/reports).
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ In most instances, deployments occur without incident. Only in rare occasions do
 
 ### Set up printers
 
-After you have deployed Windows 10, the devices are almost ready for use. First, you must set up the printers that each classroom will use. Typically, you connect the printers to the same network as the devices in the same classroom. If you don’t have printers in your classrooms, skip this section and proceed to the [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment) section.
+After you've deployed Windows 10, the devices are almost ready for use. First, you must set up the printers that each classroom will use. Typically, you connect the printers to the same network as the devices in the same classroom. If you don’t have printers in your classrooms, skip this section and proceed to the [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment) section.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you’re performing an upgrade instead of a new deployment, the printers remain configured as they were in the previous version of Windows. As a result, you can skip this section and proceed to the [Verify deployment](#verify-deployment) section.
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ After you have deployed Windows 10, the devices are almost ready for use. First,
 
 ### Verify deployment
 
-As a final quality control step, verify the device configuration to ensure that all apps run. Microsoft recommends that you perform all the tasks that the user would perform. Specifically, verify the following:
+As a final quality control step, verify the device configuration to ensure that all apps run. Microsoft recommends that you perform all the tasks that the user would perform. Specifically, verify the following requirements:
 
 - The device can connect to the Internet and view the appropriate web content in Microsoft Edge.
 - Windows Update is active and current with software updates.
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ As a final quality control step, verify the device configuration to ensure that
 - All Windows desktop apps are properly installed and updated.
 - Printers are properly configured.
 
-When you have verified that the first device is properly configured, you can move to the next device and perform the same steps.
+When you've verified that the first device is properly configured, you can move to the next device and perform the same steps.
 
 ### Summary
 
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ You prepared the devices for deployment by verifying that they have adequate sys
 
 ## Maintain Windows devices and Office 365
 
-After the initial deployment, you will need to perform certain tasks to maintain the Windows 10 devices and your Office 365 Education subscription. You should perform these tasks on the following schedule:
+After the initial deployment, you'll need to perform certain tasks to maintain the Windows 10 devices and your Office 365 Education subscription. You should perform these tasks on the following schedule:
 
 - **Monthly.** These tasks help ensure that the devices are current with software updates and properly protected against viruses and malware.
 - **New semester or academic year.** Perform these tasks prior to the start of a new curriculum—for example, at the start of a new academic year or semester. These tasks help ensure that the classroom environments are ready for the next group of students.
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ Table 13 lists the school and individual classroom maintenance tasks, the resour
 | Verify that Windows Update is active and current with operating system and software updates.

              For more information about completing this task, see:

              - Intune: See [Keep Windows PCs up to date with software updates in Microsoft Intune](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/insidetrack/keeping-windows-10-devices-up-to-date-with-microsoft-intune-and-windows-update-for-business)
              - Group Policy: See [Windows Update for Business](/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb)
              - Windows Server Update Services (WSUS): See [Deploy Windows Server Update Services](/windows-server/administration/windows-server-update-services/deploy/deploy-windows-server-update-services)
              - Neither Intune, Group Policy, or WSUS: See [Update Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/update-windows-3c5ae7fc-9fb6-9af1-1984-b5e0412c556a). | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Verify that Windows Defender is active and current with malware Security intelligence.

              For more information, see [Enforce compliance for Microsoft Defender for Endpoint with Conditional Access in Intune](/mem/intune/protect/advanced-threat-protection) and [Enable and configure Microsoft Defender Antivirus always-on protection in Group Policy](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/configure-real-time-protection-microsoft-defender-antivirus)). | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Verify that Windows Defender has run a scan in the past week and that no viruses or malware were found.

              For more information about completing this task, see [Protect my PC from viruses](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/protect-my-pc-from-viruses-b2025ed1-02d5-1e87-ba5f-71999008e026). | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Verify that you are using the appropriate Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades (such as selecting whether you want to use Current Branch or Current Branch for Business).

               For more information about Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades, see [Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades](/windows/deployment/update/). |  | ✔️ | ✔️ |
+| Verify that you're using the appropriate Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades (such as selecting whether you want to use Current Branch or Current Branch for Business).

               For more information about Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades, see [Windows 10 servicing options for updates and upgrades](/windows/deployment/update/). |  | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Refresh the operating system and apps on devices.

              For more information about completing this task, see the [Deploy Windows 10 to devices](#deploy-windows-10-to-devices) section. |  | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Install any new Windows desktop apps or update any Windows desktop apps that are used in the curriculum.

              For more information, see the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. |  | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Install new or update existing Microsoft Store apps that are used in the curriculum.

              Microsoft Store apps are automatically updated from Microsoft Store. The menu bar in the Microsoft Store app shows whether any Microsoft Store app updates are available for download.

              You can also deploy Microsoft Store apps directly to devices by using Intune. For more information, see the [Deploy apps by using Intune](#deploy-apps-by-using-intune) section. |  | ✔️ | ✔️ |
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ Table 13 lists the school and individual classroom maintenance tasks, the resour
 
 ### Summary
 
-Now, you have identified the tasks you need to perform monthly, at the end of an academic year or semester, and as required. Your school configuration should match the typical school configuration that you saw in the [Plan a typical school configuration](#plan-a-typical-school-configuration) section. By running these maintenance tasks, you help ensure that your school stays secure and is configured as you specified. 
+Now, you've identified the tasks you need to perform monthly, at the end of an academic year or semester, and as required. Your school configuration should match the typical school configuration that you saw in the [Plan a typical school configuration](#plan-a-typical-school-configuration) section. By running these maintenance tasks, you help ensure that your school stays secure and is configured as you specified. 
 
 ## Related resources
 
diff --git a/education/windows/edu-deployment-recommendations.md b/education/windows/edu-deployment-recommendations.md
index 03a761c858..fb2c72d34b 100644
--- a/education/windows/edu-deployment-recommendations.md
+++ b/education/windows/edu-deployment-recommendations.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Deployment recommendations for school IT administrators
-description: Provides guidance on ways to customize the OS privacy settings, as well as some of the apps, for Windows-based devices used in schools so that you can choose what information is shared with Microsoft.
+description: Provides guidance on ways to customize the OS privacy settings, and some of the apps, for Windows-based devices used in schools so that you can choose what information is shared with Microsoft.
 keywords: Windows 10 deployment, recommendations, privacy settings, school
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.sitesec: library
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ ms.prod: w10
 -   Windows 10
 
 
-Your privacy is important to us, so we want to provide you with ways to customize the OS privacy settings, as well as some of the apps, so that you can choose what information is shared with Microsoft. To learn more about Microsoft’s commitment to privacy, see [Windows 10 and privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=809305). The following sections provide some best practices and specific privacy settings we’d like you to be aware of. Also see [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md) for more information about ways to customize the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, and search.
+Your privacy is important to us, so we want to provide you with ways to customize the OS privacy settings, and some of the apps, so that you can choose what information is shared with Microsoft. To learn more about Microsoft’s commitment to privacy, see [Windows 10 and privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=809305). The following sections provide some best practices and specific privacy settings we’d like you to be aware of. For more information about ways to customize the OS diagnostic data, consumer experiences, Cortana, and search, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md).
 
-We want all students to have the chance to use the apps they need for success in the classroom and all school personnel to have apps they need for their job. Students and school personnel who use assistive technology apps not available in the Microsoft Store for Education, and use devices running Windows 10 S, will be able to configure the device at no additional charge to Windows 10 Pro Education. To learn more about the steps to configure this, see [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md).
+We want all students to have the chance to use the apps they need for success in the classroom and all school personnel to have apps they need for their job. Students and school personnel who use assistive technology apps not available in the Microsoft Store for Education, and use devices running Windows 10 S, will be able to configure the device at no extra charge to Windows 10 Pro Education. To learn more about the steps to configure this device, see [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md).
 
 ## Deployment best practices
 
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Keep these best practices in mind when deploying any edition of Windows 10 in sc
 
 * IT administrators, school officials, and teachers should also consider ratings when picking apps from the Microsoft Store.
 
-* If you have students or school personnel who rely on assistive technology apps that are not available in the Microsoft Store for Education, and who are using a Windows 10 S device, configure their device to Windows 10 Pro Education to allow the download and use of non-Microsoft Store assistive technology apps. See [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md) for more info.
+* If you've students or school personnel who rely on assistive technology apps that aren't available in the Microsoft Store for Education, and who are using a Windows 10 S device, configure their device to Windows 10 Pro Education to allow the download and use of non-Microsoft Store assistive technology apps. See [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 S](change-to-pro-education.md) for more info.
 
 ## Windows 10 Contacts privacy settings
 
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ To turn off access to contacts for all apps on individual Windows devices:
 
 3. Turn off **Let apps access my contacts**.
 
-For IT-managed Windows devices, you can use a Group Policy to turn off the setting. To do this:
+For IT-managed Windows devices, you can use a Group Policy to turn off the setting. To turn off the setting:
 
 1. Apply the Group Policy: **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **App Privacy** > **Let Windows apps access contacts**.
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ If you want to allow only certain apps to have access to contacts, you can use t
 
 ![Choose apps with access to contacts.](images/win10_settings_privacy_contacts_apps.png)
 
-The list of apps on the Windows-based device may vary from the above example. The list depends on what apps you have installed and which of these apps access contacts.
+The list of apps on the Windows-based device may vary from the above example. The list depends on what apps you've installed and which of these apps access contacts.
 
 To allow only certain apps to have access to contacts, you can:
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ The Skype app replaces the integration of Skype features into Skype video and Me
 
 With the Xbox app, students can use their Xbox profiles to play and make progress on their games using their Windows-based device. They can also unlock achievements and show off to their friends with game clips and screenshots. The Xbox app requires a Microsoft account, which is a personal account.
 
-Both Skype and Xbox include searchable directories that let students find other people to connect to. The online privacy and security settings for Skype and Xbox are not manageable through Group Policy so we recommend that school IT administrators and school officials let parents and students know about these searchable directories.
+Both Skype and Xbox include searchable directories that let students find other people to connect to. The online privacy and security settings for Skype and Xbox aren't manageable through Group Policy so we recommend that school IT administrators and school officials let parents and students know about these searchable directories.
 
 If the school allows the use of personal or Microsoft account in addition to organization accounts, we also recommend that IT administrators inform parents and students that they can optionally remove any identifying information from the directories by:
 
@@ -123,13 +123,13 @@ To manage and edit your profile in the Skype UWP app, follow these steps:
 
 4. Review the information in each section and click **Edit profile** in either or both the **Personal information** and **Contact details** sections to change the information being shared. You can also remove the checks in the **Profile settings** section to change settings on discoverability, notifications, and staying in touch.
 
-5. If you do not wish the name to be included, edit the fields and replace the fields with **XXX**.
+5. If you don't wish the name to be included, edit the fields and replace the fields with **XXX**.
 
 6. To change the profile picture, go to the Skype app and click on the current profile picture or avatar. The **Manage Profile Picture** window pops up.
 
-   ![Skype profile icon.](images/skype_uwp_manageprofilepic.png)
+   ![The icon for Skype profile.](images/skype_uwp_manageprofilepic.png)
 
-   * To take a new picture, click the camera icon in the pop up window. To upload a new picture, click the three dots (**...**).
+   * To take a new picture, click the camera icon in the pop-up window. To upload a new picture, click the three dots (**...**).
 
    * You can also change the visibility of the profile picture between public (everyone) or for contacts only. To change the profile picture visibility, select the dropdown under **Profile picture** and choose between **Show to everyone** or **Show to contacts only**.
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ If you want to delete either (or both) the Skype and the Xbox accounts, here’s
 
 To delete a Skype account, you can follow the instructions here: [How do I close my Skype account?](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=816515)
 
-If you need help deleting the account, you can contact Skype customer service by going to the [Skype support request page](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=816519). You may need to sign in and specify a Skype account. Once you’ve signed in, you can:
+If you need help with deleting the account, you can contact Skype customer service by going to the [Skype support request page](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=816519). You may need to sign in and specify a Skype account. Once you’ve signed in, you can:
 
 1. Select a help topic (**Account and Password**)
 2. Select a related problem (**Deleting an account**)
diff --git a/education/windows/education-scenarios-store-for-business.md b/education/windows/education-scenarios-store-for-business.md
index f4ea0cf4ef..7909586e9b 100644
--- a/education/windows/education-scenarios-store-for-business.md
+++ b/education/windows/education-scenarios-store-for-business.md
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ For info on how to distribute **Minecraft: Education Edition**, see [For teacher
 
 Employees will receive an email with a link that will install the app on their device. Click the link to start the Microsoft Store app, and then click **Install**. Also, in the Microsoft Store app, they can find the app under **My Library**.
 
-### Purchase additional licenses
+### Purchase more licenses
 Applies to: IT admins and teachers
 
 You can manage current app licenses, or purchase more licenses for apps in **Apps & software**. 
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ You'll have a summary of current license availability.
 
 **Minecraft: Education Edition subscriptions**
 
-Similarly, you can purchase additional subscriptions of **Minecraft: Education Edition** through Microsoft Store for Business. Find **Minecraft: Education Edition** in your inventory and use the previous steps for purchasing additional app licenses. 
+Similarly, you can purchase more subscriptions of **Minecraft: Education Edition** through Microsoft Store for Business. Find **Minecraft: Education Edition** in your inventory and use the previous steps for purchasing more app licenses. 
 
 ## Manage order history
 Applies to: IT admins and teachers
diff --git a/education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education.md b/education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education.md
index a89e29de02..2ce2c20be3 100644
--- a/education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education.md
+++ b/education/windows/get-minecraft-for-education.md
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Teachers and IT administrators can now get early access to **Minecraft: Educatio
 - **Minecraft: Education Edition** requires Windows 10.
 - Trials or subscriptions of **Minecraft: Education Edition** are offered to education tenants that are managed by Azure Active Directory (Azure AD).
   - If your school doesn't have an Azure AD tenant, the [IT administrator can set one up](school-get-minecraft.md) as part of the process of getting **Minecraft: Education Edition**.
-  - Office 365 Education, which includes online versions of Office apps plus 1 TB online storage. [Sign up your school for Office 365 Education.](https://products.office.com/academic/office-365-education-plan)
+  - Office 365 Education, which includes online versions of Office apps plus 1 TB online storage. [Sign up your school for Office 365 Education.](https://www.microsoft.com/education/products/office)
   - If your school has an Office 365 Education subscription, it includes a free Azure AD subscription. [Register your free Azure AD subscription.](/windows/client-management/mdm/register-your-free-azure-active-directory-subscription)
 
  
diff --git a/education/windows/s-mode-switch-to-edu.md b/education/windows/s-mode-switch-to-edu.md
index 96f9d8e6e5..cb2e995ef3 100644
--- a/education/windows/s-mode-switch-to-edu.md
+++ b/education/windows/s-mode-switch-to-edu.md
@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@ author: dansimp
 ---
 
 # Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education in S mode from Windows 10 Pro in S mode
-The S mode switch motion enables users to switch to Windows 10 Pro Education in S mode from Windows 10 Pro in S mode. This gives users access to the Microsoft Store for Education as well as other Education offers.
+The S mode switch motion enables users to switch to Windows 10 Pro Education in S mode from Windows 10 Pro in S mode. This gives users access to the Microsoft Store for Education and to other Education offers.
 
 ## Benefits of Windows 10 Pro in S mode for Education
 
-S mode is an enhanced security mode of Windows 10 – streamlined for security and superior performance. With Windows 10 in S mode, everyone can download and install Microsoft-verified apps from the Microsoft Store for Education – this keep devices running fast and secure day in and day out. 
+S mode is an enhanced security mode of Windows 10 – streamlined for security and superior performance. With Windows 10 in S mode, everyone can download and install Microsoft-verified apps from the Microsoft Store for Education – this mode keeps devices running fast and secure day in and day out. 
 
 - **Microsoft-verified security** - It reduces risk of malware and exploitations that harm students and educators, because only Microsoft-verified apps can be installed.
 - **Performance that lasts** - Provides all-day battery life to keep students on task and not tripping over cords. Also, verified apps won’t degrade device performance over time.
diff --git a/education/windows/school-get-minecraft.md b/education/windows/school-get-minecraft.md
index 38b068d300..6ba860cd94 100644
--- a/education/windows/school-get-minecraft.md
+++ b/education/windows/school-get-minecraft.md
@@ -20,31 +20,34 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 
 **Applies to:**
 
--   Windows 10  
+- Windows 10  
 
 When you sign up for a [Minecraft: Education Edition](https://education.minecraft.net) trial, or purchase a [Minecraft: Education Edition](https://education.minecraft.net) subscription. Minecraft will be added to the inventory in your Microsoft Store for Education which is associated with your Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant. Your Microsoft Store for Education is only displayed to members of your organization.
 
 >[!Note]
->If you don't have an Azure AD or Office 365 tenant, you can set up a free Office 365 Education subscription when you request Minecraft: Education Edition. For more information see [Office 365 Education plans and pricing](https://products.office.com/academic/compare-office-365-education-plans).
+>If you don't have an Azure AD or Office 365 tenant, you can set up a free Office 365 Education subscription when you request Minecraft: Education Edition. For more information, see [Office 365 Education plans and pricing](https://products.office.com/academic/compare-office-365-education-plans).
 
-## Settings for Office 365 A3 or Office 365 A5 customers
+## Settings for Microsoft 365 A3 or Microsoft 365 A5 customers
 
 Schools that purchased these products have an extra option for making Minecraft: Education Edition available to their students:
-- Office 365 A3 or Office 365 A5
-- Enterprise Mobility + Security E3 or Enterprise Mobility + Security E5
+
+- Microsoft 365 A3 or Microsoft 365 A5
 - Minecraft: Education Edition
 
-If your school has these products in your tenant, admins can choose to enable Minecraft: Education Edition for students using Office 365 A3 or Office 365 A5. On your Office 365 A3 or Office 365 A5 details page in **Microsoft Store for Education**, under **Settings & actions**, you can select **Allow access to Minecraft: Education Edition for users of Office 365 A3 or Office 365 A5**. 
+If your school has these products in your tenant, admins can choose to enable Minecraft: Education Edition for students using Microsoft 365 A3 or Microsoft 365 A5. From the left-hand menu in Microsoft Admin Center, select Users. From the Users list, select the users you want to add or remove for Minecraft: Education Edition access. Add the relevant A3 or A5 license if it hasn't been assigned already.  
 
-When this setting is selected, students in your tenant can use Minecraft: Education Edition even if they do not have a trial or a direct license assigned to them. 
+> [!Note]
+> If you add a faculty license, the user will be assigned an instructor role in the application and will have elevated permissions.
 
-If you turn off this setting after students have been using Minecraft: Education Edition, they will have 25 more days to use Minecraft: Education Edition before they do not have access. 
+After selecting the appropriate product license, ensure Minecraft: Education Edition is toggled on or off, depending on if you want to add or remove Minecraft: Education Edition from the user (it will be on by default).
 
-## Add Minecraft to your Microsoft Store for Education 
+If you turn off this setting after students have been using Minecraft: Education Edition, they will have up to 30 more days to use Minecraft: Education Edition before they don't have access.
+
+## Add Minecraft to your Microsoft Store for Education
 
 You can start with the Minecraft: Education Edition trial to get individual copies of the app. For more information, see [Minecraft: Education Edition - direct purchase](#individual-copies). 
 
-If you’ve been approved and are part of the Enrollment for Education Solutions volume license program, you can purchase a volume licenses for Minecraft: Education Edition. For more information, see [Minecraft: Education Edition - volume license](#volume-license). 
+If you’ve been approved and are part of the Enrollment for Education Solutions volume license program, you can purchase a volume license for Minecraft: Education Edition. For more information, see [Minecraft: Education Edition - volume license](#volume-license). 
 
 ### Minecraft: Education Edition - direct purchase
 
@@ -70,9 +73,10 @@ If you’ve been approved and are part of the Enrollment for Education Solutions
 
 Now that the app is in your Microsoft Store for Education inventory, you can choose how to distribute Minecraft. For more information on distribution options, see [Distribute Minecraft](#distribute-minecraft).
 
-If you need additional licenses for **Minecraft: Education Edition**, see [Purchase additional licenses](./education-scenarios-store-for-business.md#purchase-additional-licenses).
+If you need additional licenses for **Minecraft: Education Edition**, see [Purchase additional licenses](./education-scenarios-store-for-business.md#purchase-more-licenses).
 
 ### Minecraft: Education Edition - volume licensing
+
 Qualified education institutions can purchase Minecraft: Education Edition licenses through their Microsoft channel partner. Schools need to be part of the Enrollment for Education Solutions (EES) volume licensing program. Educational institutions should work with their channel partner to determine which Minecraft: Education Edition licensing offer is best for their institution. The process looks like this: 
 
 - Your channel partner will submit and process your volume license order, your licenses will be shown on [Volume Licensing Service Center](https://www.microsoft.com/Licensing/servicecenter/default.aspx), and the licenses will be available in your [Microsoft Store for Education](https://www.microsoft.com/business-store) inventory. 
@@ -80,13 +84,17 @@ Qualified education institutions can purchase Minecraft: Education Edition licen
 - Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com) to distribute and manage the Minecraft: Education Edition licenses. For more information on distribution options, see [Distribute Minecraft](#distribute-minecraft)
 
 ## Minecraft: Education Edition payment options
+
 You can pay for Minecraft: Education Edition with a debit or credit card, or with an invoice. 
 
 ### Debit or credit cards
+
 During the purchase, click **Get started! Add a way to pay.** Provide the info needed for your debit or credit card.
 
 ### Invoices
+
 Invoices are now a supported payment method for Minecraft: Education Edition. There are a few requirements:
+
 - Admins only (not supported for Teachers)
 - $500 invoice minimum for your initial purchase
 - $15,000 invoice maximum (for all invoices within your organization)
@@ -109,6 +117,7 @@ After you've finished the purchase, you can find your invoice by checking **Mine
 > After you complete a purchase, it can take up to twenty-four hours for the app to appear in **Apps & software**.
 
 **To view your invoice**
+
 1. In Microsoft Store for Education, click **Manage** and then click **Apps & software**. 
 2. Click **Minecraft: Education Edition** in the list of apps. 
 3. On **Minecraft: Education Edition**, click **View Bills**.
@@ -117,7 +126,7 @@ After you've finished the purchase, you can find your invoice by checking **Mine
 
 4. On **Invoice Bills**, click the invoice number to view and download your invoice. It downloads as a .pdf.
 
-   ![Minecraft: Education Edition app details page with view bills link highlighted.](images/mcee-invoice-bills.png)
+   ![Minecraft: The page displaying details of the Education Edition app with view bills link highlighted.](images/mcee-invoice-bills.png)
 
 The **Payment Instructions** section on the first page of the invoice has information on invoice amount, due date, and how to pay with electronic funds transfer, or with a check. 
 
@@ -151,21 +160,22 @@ For Minecraft: Education Edition, you can use auto assign subscription to contro
 
 1. Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com)
 2. Click Manage.
-    
+
     You'll see Minecraft: Education Edition product page.
-     
+
     ![Minecraft Education Edition product page with auto assign control highlighted.](images/mcee-auto-assign-legacy.png)
- 
+
    -Or-
  
-    ![Minecraft Education Edition product page with auto assign control highlighted.](images/mcee-auto-assign-bd.png)
+    ![The page of the Minecraft Education Edition product with auto assign control highlighted.](images/mcee-auto-assign-bd.png)
     
-3. Slide the **Auto assign subscription** or click **Turn off auto assign subscription**.     
+3. Slide the **Auto assign subscription** or select **Turn off auto assign subscription**.     
 
 ### Install for me
-You can install the app on your PC. This gives you a chance to test the app and know how you might help others in your organization use the app.   
 
-1. Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com). 
+You can install the app on your PC. This gives you a chance to test the app and know how you might help others in your organization use the app.
+
+1. Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com).
 2. Click **Manage**, and then click **Install**.
 
     
@@ -173,20 +183,19 @@ You can install the app on your PC. This gives you a chance to test the app and
 3. Click **Install**.  
 
 ### Assign to others
-Enter email addresses for your students, and each student will get an email with a link to install the app. This option is best for older, more tech-savvy students who will always use the same PC at school. You can assign the app to individuals, groups, or add it to your private store, where students and teachers in your organization can download the app. 
 
+Enter email addresses for your students, and each student will get an email with a link to install the app. This option is best for older, more tech-savvy students who will always use the same PC at school. You can assign the app to individuals, groups, or add it to your private store, where students and teachers in your organization can download the app.
 
 **To assign to others**
-1. Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com). 
+
+1. Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com).
 2. Click **Manage**.
 
     ![Minecraft Education Edition product page.](images/mc-install-for-me-teacher.png)
-3. Click **Invite people**.
- 
+3. Click **Invite people**. 
 4. Type the name, or email address of the student or group you want to assign the app to, and then click **Assign**. 
 
-    You can only assign the app to students with work or school accounts. If you don't find the student, you might need to add a work or school account for the student.    
-   
+    You can only assign the app to students with work or school accounts. If you don't find the student, you might need to add a work or school account for the student.
     ![Assign to people showing student name.](images/minecraft-assign-to-people-name.png)
 
 **To finish Minecraft install (for students)**
@@ -222,14 +231,15 @@ Download for others allows teachers or IT admins to download an app that they ca
 Minecraft: Education Edition will not install if there are updates pending for other apps on the PC. Before installing Minecraft, check to see if there are pending updates for Microsoft Store apps. 
 
 **To check for app updates**
+
 1. Start Microsoft Store app on the PC (click **Start**, and type **Store**).
 2. Click the account button, and then click **Downloads and updates**.
 
-      ![Microsoft Store app showing access to My Library.](images/minecraft-private-store.png)
+      ![Microsoft Store app showing Downloads and updates](images/minecraft-private-store.png)
       
 3. Click **Check for updates**, and install all available updates. 
 
-      ![Microsoft Store app showing access to My Library.](images/mc-check-for-updates.png)
+      ![Microsoft Store app displaying Check for updates.](images/mc-check-for-updates.png)
       
 4. Restart the computer before installing Minecraft: Education Edition.  
 
@@ -238,8 +248,8 @@ You'll download a .zip file, extract the files, and then use one of the files to
 
 1. **Download Minecraft Education Edition.zip**. From the **Minecraft: Education Edition** page, click **Download for others** tab, and then click **Download**.
 
-    ![Microsoft Store app showing access to My Library.](images/mc-dnld-others-teacher.png)
- 
+    ![Microsoft Store app showing the Download.](images/mc-dnld-others-teacher.png)
+
 2. **Extract files**. Find the .zip file that you downloaded and extract the files. This is usually your **Downloads** folder, unless you chose to save the .zip file to a different location. Right-click the file and choose **Extract all**.
 3. **Save to USB drive**. After you've extracted the files, save the Minecraft: Education Edition folder to a USB drive, or to a network location that you can access from each PC.  
 4. **Install app**. Use the USB drive to copy the Minecraft folder to each Windows 10 PC where you want to install Minecraft: Education Edition. Open Minecraft: Education Edition folder, right-click **InstallMinecraftEducationEdition.bat** and click **Run as administrator**. 
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-azure-ad-join.md b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-azure-ad-join.md
index 02198518ca..f1a4be1df2 100644
--- a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-azure-ad-join.md
+++ b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-azure-ad-join.md
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ option, select the teachers and IT staff to allow them to connect to Azure AD.
 
 ![Select the users you want to let join devices to Azure AD.](images/suspc-enable-shared-pc-1807.png)  
 
-You can also create an account that holds the exclusive rights to join devices. When a student PC needs to be set up, provide the account credentials to the appropriate teachers or staff.
+You can also create an account that holds the exclusive rights to join devices. When a student PC has to be set up, provide the account credentials to the appropriate teachers or staff.
 
 ## All Device Settings  
 
@@ -59,10 +59,10 @@ The following table describes each setting within **Device Settings**.
 | Setting                                                    | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
 |------------------------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
 | Users may join devices to Azure AD                         | Choose the scope of people in your organization that are allowed to join devices to Azure AD. **All** allows all users and groups within your tenant to join devices. **Selected** prompts you to choose specific users or groups to allow. **None** allows no one in your tenant to join devices to Azure AD. |  
-| Additional local administrators on Azure AD joined devices | Only applicable to Azure AD Premium tenants. Grant additional local administrator rights on devices, to selected users. Global administrators and the device owner are granted local administrator rights by default.                                                                                                  |
-| Users may register their devices with Azure AD             | Allow all or none of your users to register their devices with Azure AD (Workplace Join). If you are enrolled in Microsoft Intune or Mobile Device Management for Office 365, your devices are required to be registered. In this case, **All** is automatically selected for you.                                     |
+| More local administrators on Azure AD joined devices | Only applicable to Azure AD Premium tenants. Grant extra local administrator rights on devices, to selected users. Global administrators and the device owner are granted local administrator rights by default.                                                                                                  |
+| Users may register their devices with Azure AD             | Allow all or none of your users to register their devices with Azure AD (Workplace Join). If you're enrolled in Microsoft Intune or Mobile Device Management for Office 365, your devices are required to be registered. In this case, **All** is automatically selected for you.                                     |
 | Require Multi-Factor Authentication to join devices                  | Recommended when adding devices to Azure AD. When set to **Yes**, users that are setting up devices must enter a second method of authentication.                                                                                                             |
-| Maximum number of devices per user                         | Set the maximum number of devices a user is allowed to have in Azure AD. If the maximum is exceeded, the user must remove one or more existing devices before additional ones are added.                                                                                                                               |
+| Maximum number of devices per user                         | Set the maximum number of devices a user is allowed to have in Azure AD. If the maximum is exceeded, the user must remove one or more existing devices before more devices are added.                                                                                                                               |
 | Users may sync settings and enterprise app data            | Allow all or none of your users to sync settings and app data across multiple devices. Tenants with Azure AD Premium are permitted to select specific users to allow.                                                                                                                                                  |
 
 ## Clear Azure AD tokens  
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
index adc21bf1b4..328e6c3c68 100644
--- a/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
+++ b/education/windows/set-up-school-pcs-provisioning-package.md
@@ -31,17 +31,17 @@ For a more detailed look at the policies, see the Windows article [Set up shared
 
 |Policy name|Default value|Description|  
 |---------|---------|---------|  
-|Enable Shared PC mode|True| Configures the PCs so they are in shared PC mode.|  
-|Set education policies    | True      | School-optimized settings are applied to the PCs so that they are appropriate for an educational environment. To see all recommended and enabled policies, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendation for education customers](./configure-windows-for-education.md).       |  
+|Enable Shared PC mode|True| Configures the PCs so they're in shared PC mode.|  
+|Set education policies    | True      | School-optimized settings are applied to the PCs so that they're appropriate for an educational environment. To see all recommended and enabled policies, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendation for education customers](./configure-windows-for-education.md).       |  
 |Account Model| Only guest, Domain-joined only, or Domain-joined and guest  |Controls how users can sign in on the PC. Configurable from the Set up School PCs app. Choosing domain-joined will enable any user in the domain to sign in. Specifying the guest option will add the Guest option to the sign-in screen and enable anonymous guest access to the PC. |  
-|Deletion policy  |   Delete at disk space threshold and inactive threshold     | Delete at disk space threshold will start deleting accounts when available disk space falls below the threshold you set for disk level deletion. It will stop deleting accounts when the available disk space reaches the threshold you set for disk level caching. Accounts are deleted in order of oldest accessed to most recently accessed. Also deletes accounts if they have not signed in within the number of days specified by inactive threshold policy.        |  
+|Deletion policy  |   Delete at disk space threshold and inactive threshold     | Delete at disk space threshold will start deleting accounts when available disk space falls below the threshold you set for disk level deletion. It will stop deleting accounts when the available disk space reaches the threshold you set for disk level caching. Accounts are deleted in order of oldest accessed to most recently accessed. Also deletes accounts if they haven't signed in within the number of days specified by inactive threshold policy.        |  
 |Disk level caching  |   50%     | Sets 50% of total disk space to be used as the disk space threshold for account caching.       |  
-|Disk level deletion    |   For shared device setup, 25%; for single device-student setup, 0%.   |  When your devices are optimized for shared use across multiple PCs, this policy sets 25% of total disk space to be used as the disk space threshold for account caching. When your devices are optimized for use by a single student, this policy sets the value to 0% and does not delete accounts.   |  
+|Disk level deletion    |   For shared device setup, 25%; for single device-student setup, 0%.   |  When your devices are optimized for shared use across multiple PCs, this policy sets 25% of total disk space to be used as the disk space threshold for account caching. When your devices are optimized for use by a single student, this policy sets the value to 0% and doesn't delete accounts.   |  
 |Enable account manager    |  True      |  Enables automatic account management.       |  
-|Inactive threshold| For shared device setup, 30 days; for single device-student setup, 180 days.| After 30 or 180 days, respectively, if an account has not signed in, it will be deleted.
+|Inactive threshold| For shared device setup, 30 days; for single device-student setup, 180 days.| After 30 or 180 days, respectively, if an account hasn't signed in, it will be deleted.
 |Kiosk Mode AMUID   | Microsoft.Windows.SecureAssessmentBrowser_cw5n1h2txyewy!App  | Configures the kiosk account on student devices to only run the Take a Test secure assessment browser.    |  
 |Kiosk Mode User Tile Display Text | Take a Test | Displays "Take a Test" as the name of the kiosk account on student devices.     |  
-|Restrict local storage    |   For shared device setup, True; for single device-student setup, False.     |   When devices are optimized for shared use across multiple PCs, this policy forces students to save to the cloud to prevent data loss. When your devices are optimized for use by a single student, this policy does not prevent students from saving on the PCs local hard drive.  |  
+|Restrict local storage    |   For shared device setup, True; for single device-student setup, False.     |   When devices are optimized for shared use across multiple PCs, this policy forces students to save to the cloud to prevent data loss. When your devices are optimized for use by a single student, this policy doesn't prevent students from saving on the PCs local hard drive.  |  
 |Maintenance start time     | 0 - midnight       | The maintenance start time when automatic maintenance tasks, such as Windows Update, run on student devices.  |  
 |Max page file size in MB| 1024| Sets the maximum size of the paging file to 1024 MB. Applies only to systems with less than 32-GB storage and at least 3 GB of RAM.|  
 |Set power policies     |  True      |  Prevents users from changing power settings and turns off hibernate. Also overrides all power state transitions to sleep, such as lid close.       |  
@@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client
 |            Update power policy for cart restarts            |                                 1 - Configured                                 |                                            Skips all restart checks to ensure that the reboot will happen at the scheduled install time.                                            |
 | Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received |                                    365 days                                    |                                         Defers Feature Updates for the specified number of days. When not specified, defaults to 365 days.                                          |
 |                   Allow all trusted apps                    |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                               Prevents untrusted apps from being installed to device                                                                |
-|                   Allow developer unlock                    |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                             Students cannot unlock the PC and use it in developer mode                                                              |
-|                        Allow Cortana                        |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                                        Cortana is not allowed on the device.                                                                        |
-|                Allow manual MDM unenrollment                |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                         Students cannot remove the mobile device manager from their device.                                                         |
-|                  Settings page visibility                   |                                    Enabled                                     |                                                Specific pages in the System Settings app are not visible or accessible to students.                                                 |
-|               Allow add provisioning package                |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                      Students cannot add and upload new provisioning packages to their device.                                                      |
-|              Allow remove provisioning package              |                                    Disabled                                    |                                      Students cannot remove packages that you've uploaded to their device, including the Set up School PCs app                                      |
+|                   Allow developer unlock                    |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                             Students can't unlock the PC and use it in developer mode                                                              |
+|                        Allow Cortana                        |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                                        Cortana isn't allowed on the device.                                                                        |
+|                Allow manual MDM unenrollment                |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                         Students can't remove the mobile device manager from their device.                                                         |
+|                  Settings page visibility                   |                                    Enabled                                     |                                                Specific pages in the System Settings app aren't visible or accessible to students.                                                 |
+|               Allow add provisioning package                |                                    Disabled                                    |                                                      Students can't add and upload new provisioning packages to their device.                                                      |
+|              Allow remove provisioning package              |                                    Disabled                                    |                                      Students can't remove packages that you've uploaded to their device, including the Set up School PCs app                                      |
 |                        Start Layout                         |                                    Enabled                                     |                                           Lets you specify the Start layout for users and prevents them from changing the configuration.                                            |
 |                     Import Edge Assets                      |                                    Enabled                                     | Import Microsoft Edge assets, such as PNG and JPG files, for secondary tiles on the Start layout. Tiles will appear as weblinks and will be tied to the relevant image asset files. |
 |                Allow pinned folder downloads                |    1 - The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app    |                                                         Makes the Downloads shortcut on the Start menu visible to students.                                                         |
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ For a more detailed look of each policy listed, see [Policy CSP](/windows/client
 |                       Updates Windows                       |                                    Nightly                                     |                                                                     Sets Windows to update on a nightly basis.                                                                      |
 
 ## Apps uninstalled from Windows 10 devices
-Set up School PCs app uses the Universal app uninstall policy. This policy identifies default apps that are not relevant to the classroom experience, and uninstalls them from each device.  ALl apps uninstalled from Windows 10 devices include:  
+Set up School PCs app uses the Universal app uninstall policy. This policy identifies default apps that aren't relevant to the classroom experience, and uninstalls them from each device.  ALl apps uninstalled from Windows 10 devices include:  
 
 
 * Mixed Reality Viewer 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The time it takes to install a package on a device depends on the:
 
 * Strength of network connection 
 * Number of policies and apps within the package
-* Additional configurations made to the device  
+* Other configurations made to the device  
 
 Review the table below to estimate your expected provisioning time. A package that only applies Set Up School PC's default configurations will provision the fastest. A package that removes pre-installed apps, through CleanPC, will take much longer to provision.
 
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md b/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md
index 328b2f80a1..cbad40867b 100644
--- a/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md
+++ b/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Set up student PCs to join domain
-description: Learn how to use Configuration Designer to easily provision student devices to join Active Directory.
+description: Learn how to use Configuration Designer to provision student devices to join Active Directory.
 keywords: school, student PC setup, Windows Configuration Designer
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ Follow the steps in [Provision PCs with common settings for initial deployment (
 1. In the **Account Management** step:
 
     > [!WARNING] 
-    > If you don't create a local administrator account and the device fails to enroll in Active Directory for any reason, you will have to reimage the device and start over. As a best practice, we recommend:
+    > If you don't create a local administrator account and the device fails to enroll in Active Directory for any reason, you'll have to reimage the device and start over. As a best practice, we recommend:
     >   - Use a least-privileged domain account to join the device to the domain.
     >   - Create a temporary administrator account to use for debugging or reprovisioning if the device fails to enroll successfully.
     >   - [Use Group Policy to delete the temporary administrator account](/archive/blogs/canitpro/group-policy-creating-a-standard-local-admin-account) after the device is enrolled in Active Directory.
 
-2. After you're done with the wizard, do not click **Create**. Instead, click the **Switch to advanced editor** to switch the project to the advanced editor to see all the available **Runtine settings**.
+2. After you're done with the wizard, don't click **Create**. Instead, click the **Switch to advanced editor** to switch the project to the advanced editor to see all the available **Runtime settings**.
 3. Find the **SharedPC** settings group.
     - Set **EnableSharedPCMode** to **TRUE** to configure the PC for shared use.
 4. (Optional) To configure the PC for secure testing, follow these steps.
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Follow the steps in [Provision PCs with common settings for initial deployment (
 5. To configure other settings to make Windows education ready, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md) and follow the guidance on what settings you can set using Windows Configuration Designer.
 
 6. Follow the steps to [build a package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package#build-package). 
-   - You will see the file path for your provisioning package. By default, this is set to %windir%\Users\*your_username\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\*Project name). 
+   - You'll see the file path for your provisioning package. By default, this path is set to %windir%\Users\*your_username\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\*Project name). 
    - Copy the provisioning package to a USB drive.
 
      > [!IMPORTANT]
diff --git a/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-with-apps.md b/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-with-apps.md
index f0bb65fa78..30b657f9b6 100644
--- a/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-with-apps.md
+++ b/education/windows/set-up-students-pcs-with-apps.md
@@ -223,5 +223,5 @@ On a desktop computer, navigate to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Work ac
 
 -   Watch the video: [Provisioning Windows 10 Devices with New Tools](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615921)
 
--   Watch the video: [Windows 10 for Mobile Devices: Provisioning Is Not Imaging](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615922)
+-   Watch the video: [Windows 10 for Mobile Devices: Provisioning Isn't Imaging](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615922)
  
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/windows/take-a-test-app-technical.md b/education/windows/take-a-test-app-technical.md
index b20485075a..3e83e12653 100644
--- a/education/windows/take-a-test-app-technical.md
+++ b/education/windows/take-a-test-app-technical.md
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 Take a Test is an app that locks down the PC and displays an online assessment web page.   
 
-Whether you are a teacher or IT administrator, you can easily configure Take a Test to meet your testing needs. For high-stakes tests, the app creates a browser-based, locked-down environment for more secure online assessments. This means that students taking the tests that don’t have copy/paste privileges, can’t access to files and applications, and are free from distractions. For simple tests and quizzes, Take a Test can be configured to use the teacher’s preferred assessment website to deliver digital assessments
+Whether you're a teacher or IT administrator, you can easily configure Take a Test to meet your testing needs. For high-stakes tests, the app creates a browser-based, locked-down environment for more secure online assessments. This environment means that students taking the tests that don’t have copy/paste privileges, can’t access to files and applications, and are free from distractions. For simple tests and quizzes, Take a Test can be configured to use the teacher’s preferred assessment website to deliver digital assessments
 
 Assessment vendors can use Take a Test as a platform to lock down the operating system. Take a Test supports the [SBAC browser API standard](https://www.smarterapp.org/documents/SecureBrowserRequirementsSpecifications_0-3.pdf) for high stakes common core testing. For more information, see [Take a Test Javascript API](/windows/uwp/apps-for-education/take-a-test-api).
 
 ## PC lockdown for assessment
 
- When the assessment page initiates lock down, the student’s desktop will be locked and the app will be launched above the Windows lock screen to provide a sandbox that ensures the student can only interact with the Take a Test app . After transitioning to the lock screen, Take a Test will apply local MDM policies to further lock down the device. The whole process of going above the lock screen and applying policies is what defines lockdown. The lockdown process is atomic, which means that if any part of the lockdown operation fails, the app will not be above lock and won't have any of the policies applied.  
+ When the assessment page initiates lock down, the student’s desktop will be locked and the app will be launched above the Windows lock screen to provide a sandbox that ensures the student can only interact with the Take a Test app . After transitioning to the lock screen, Take a Test will apply local MDM policies to further lock down the device. The whole process of going above the lock screen and applying policies is what defines lockdown. The lockdown process is atomic, which means that if any part of the lockdown operation fails, the app won't be above lock and won't have any of the policies applied.  
 
 When running above the lock screen:
 - The app runs full screen with no chrome 
@@ -49,19 +49,19 @@ When Take a Test is running, the following MDM policies are applied to lock down
 | AllowToasts | Disables toast notifications from being shown | 0 |
 | AllowAppStoreAutoUpdate | Disables automatic updates for Microsoft Store apps that are installed on the PC | 0 |
 | AllowDeviceDiscovery | Disables UI for screen sharing | 0 |
-| AllowInput Panel | Disables the onscreen keyboard which will disable auto-fill | 0 |
+| AllowInput Panel | Disables the onscreen keyboard, which will disable auto-fill | 0 |
 | AllowCortana | Disables Cortana functionality | 0 |
 | AllowAutoupdate | Disables Windows Update from starting OS updates | 5 |
 
 ## Group Policy
 
-To ensure Take a Test activates correctly, make sure the following Group Policy are not configured on the PC.
+To ensure Take a Test activates correctly, make sure the following Group Policy aren't configured on the PC.
 
 | Functionality | Group Policy path | Policy |
 | --- | --- | --- |
-| Require Ctrl+Alt+Del | Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\Security Options | Interactive logon: Do not Require CTRL+ALT+DEL |
+| Require Ctrl+Alt+Del | Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\Security Options | Interactive logon: Don't Require CTRL+ALT+DEL |
 | Disable lock screen notifications | Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Logon | Turn off app notifications on the lock screen |
-| Disable lock screen | Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Control Panel\Personalization | Do not display the lock screen |
+| Disable lock screen | Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Control Panel\Personalization | Don't display the lock screen |
 | Disable UAC | Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Local Policies\Security Options | User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode |
 | Disable local workstation | User Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Ctrl+Alt+Del Options | Remove Lock Computer |
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ When Take a Test is running, the following functionality is available to student
 
     - Full screen mode is compatible  
 
-- The student can press Alt+Tab when locked down. This results in the student being able to switch between the following:
+- The student can press Alt+Tab when locked down. This key press results in the student being able to switch between the following elements:
 
     - Take a Test 
     - Assistive technology that may be running 
@@ -101,12 +101,10 @@ Starting with Windows 10, version 1709 (Fall Creators Update), assessments can n
 
 When permissive mode is triggered in lockdown mode, Take a Test transitions from lockdown mode to running windows mode on the user's desktop. The student can then run allowed apps during the test.
 
-When running tests in this mode, keep the following in mind:
-- Permissive mode is not supported in kiosk mode (dedicated test account).
+When running tests in this mode, keep the following points in mind:
+- Permissive mode isn't supported in kiosk mode (dedicated test account).
 - Permissive mode can be triggered from the web app running within Take a Test. Alternatively, you can create a link or shortcut without "#enforcelockdown" and it will launch in permissive mode.
 
-See [Secure Browser API Specification](https://github.com/SmarterApp/SB_BIRT/blob/master/irp/doc/req/SecureBrowserAPIspecification.md) for more info.
-
 ## Learn more
 
 [Take a Test API](/windows/uwp/apps-for-education/take-a-test-api)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/education/windows/take-a-test-multiple-pcs.md b/education/windows/take-a-test-multiple-pcs.md
index 10e2d2f7e0..fe484ddf82 100644
--- a/education/windows/take-a-test-multiple-pcs.md
+++ b/education/windows/take-a-test-multiple-pcs.md
@@ -30,12 +30,12 @@ To configure a dedicated test account on multiple PCs, select any of the followi
 - [Configuration in Intune for Education](#set-up-a-test-account-in-intune-for-education)
 - [Mobile device management (MDM) or Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](#set-up-a-test-account-in-mdm-or-configuration-manager)
 - [Provisioning package created through Windows Configuration Designer](#set-up-a-test-account-through-windows-configuration-designer)
-- [Group Policy to deploy a scheduled task that runs a Powershell script](#create-a-scheduled-task-in-group-policy) 
+- [Group Policy to deploy a scheduled task that runs a PowerShell script](#create-a-scheduled-task-in-group-policy) 
 
 ### Set up a test account in the Set up School PCs app 
 If you want to set up a test account using the Set up School PCs app, configure the settings in the **Set up the Take a Test app** page in the Set up School PCs app. Follow the instructions in [Use the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) to configure the test-taking account and create a provisioning package. 
 
-If you set up Take a Test, this adds a **Take a Test** button on the student PC's sign-in screen. Windows will also lock down the student PC so that students can't access anything else while taking the test.
+If you set up Take a Test, the **Take a Test** button is added on the student PC's sign-in screen. Windows will also lock down the student PC so that students can't access anything else while taking the test.
 
 **Figure 1** - Configure Take a Test in the Set up School PCs app
 
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ You can set up a test-taking account in Intune for Education. To do this, follow
 
       ![Add information about the test profile.](images/i4e_takeatestprofile_newtestaccount.png)
 
-      After you save the test profile, you will see a summary of the settings that you configured for Take a Test. Next, you'll need to assign the test profile to a group that will be using the test account.
+      After you save the test profile, you'll see a summary of the settings that you configured for Take a Test. Next, you'll need to assign the test profile to a group that will be using the test account.
     
 4. In the test account page, click **Groups**.
 
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ To set up a test account through Windows Configuration Designer, follow these st
 
 1. [Install Windows Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd).
 2. Create a provisioning package by following the steps in [Provision PCs with common settings for initial deployment (desktop wizard)](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment). However, make a note of these other settings to customize the test account.
-   1. After you're done with the wizard, do not click **Create**. Instead, click the **Switch to advanced editor** to switch the project to the advanced editor to see all the available **Runtime settings**.
+   1. After you're done with the wizard, don't click **Create**. Instead, click the **Switch to advanced editor** to switch the project to the advanced editor to see all the available **Runtime settings**.
    2. Under **Runtime settings**, go to **AssignedAccess > AssignedAccessSettings**.
    3. Enter **{"Account":"*redmond\\kioskuser*","AUMID":” Microsoft.Windows.SecureAssessmentBrowser_cw5n1h2txyewy!App "}**, using the account that you want to set up.
 
@@ -150,13 +150,13 @@ To set up a test account through Windows Configuration Designer, follow these st
 
 3. Follow the steps to [build a package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package#build-package). 
 
-   - You will see the file path for your provisioning package. By default, this is set to %windir%\Users\*your_username\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\*Project name). 
+   - You'll see the file path for your provisioning package. By default, this is set to %windir%\Users\*your_username\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\*Project name). 
    - Copy the provisioning package to a USB drive.
 
 4. Follow the steps in [Apply a provisioning package](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package) to apply the package that you created.
 
 ### Set up a tester account in Group Policy
-To set up a tester account using Group Policy, first create a Powershell script that configures the tester account and assessment URL, and then create a scheduled task to run the script.
+To set up a tester account using Group Policy, first create a PowerShell script that configures the tester account and assessment URL, and then create a scheduled task to run the script.
 
 #### Create a PowerShell script
 This sample PowerShell script configures the tester account and the assessment URL. Edit the sample to:
@@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ Anything hosted on the web can be presented in a locked down manner, not just as
 1. Create the link to the test using schema activation.
    - Create a link using a web UI
 
-     For this option, you can just copy the assessment URL, select the options you want to allow during the test, and click a button to create the link. We recommend this for option for teachers.
+     For this option, you can just copy the assessment URL, select the options you want to allow during the test, and click a button to create the link. We recommend this option for teachers.
 
-     To get started, go here: [Create a link using a web UI](https://aka.ms/create-a-take-a-test-link).
+     To get started, navigate to: [Create a link using a web UI](https://aka.ms/create-a-take-a-test-link).
 
    - Create a link using schema activation
 
@@ -245,17 +245,17 @@ One of the ways you can present content in a locked down manner is by embedding
 
    If you exclude these parameters, the default behavior is disabled.
 
-   For tests that utilizes the Windows lockdown API, which checks for running processes before locking down, remove `enforceLockdown`. Removing `enforceLockdown` will result in the app not locking down immediately, which allows you to close apps that are not allowed to run during lockdown. The test web application may lock down the device once you have closed the apps.
+   For tests that utilize the Windows lockdown API, which checks for running processes before locking down, remove `enforceLockdown`. Removing `enforceLockdown` will result in the app not locking down immediately, which allows you to close apps that aren't allowed to run during lockdown. The test web application may lock down the device once you've closed the apps.
 
     > [!NOTE] 
     > The Windows 10, version 1607 legacy configuration, `ms-edu-secureassessment:!enforcelockdown` is still supported, but not in combination with the new parameters.
 
-3. To enable permissive mode, do not include `enforceLockdown` in the schema parameters.
+3. To enable permissive mode, don't include `enforceLockdown` in the schema parameters.
 
-   See [Permissive mode](take-a-test-app-technical.md#permissive-mode) and [Secure Browser API Specification](https://github.com/SmarterApp/SB_BIRT/blob/master/irp/doc/req/SecureBrowserAPIspecification.md) for more info.
+   For more information, see [Permissive mode](take-a-test-app-technical.md#permissive-mode).
 
 ### Create a shortcut for the test link
-You can also distribute the test link by creating a shortcut. To do this, create the link to the test by either using the [web UI](https://aka.ms/create-a-take-a-test-link) or using [schema activation](#create-a-link-using-schema-activation). After you have the link, follow these steps:
+You can also distribute the test link by creating a shortcut. To create the shortcut, create the link to the test by either using the [web UI](https://aka.ms/create-a-take-a-test-link) or using [schema activation](#create-a-link-using-schema-activation). After you have the link, follow these steps:
 
 1. On a device running Windows, right-click on the desktop and then select **New > Shortcut**.
 2. In the **Create Shortcut** window, paste the assessment URL in the field under **Type the location of the item**.
diff --git a/education/windows/take-a-test-single-pc.md b/education/windows/take-a-test-single-pc.md
index 9d26301975..1ebd02e090 100644
--- a/education/windows/take-a-test-single-pc.md
+++ b/education/windows/take-a-test-single-pc.md
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ One of the ways you can present content in a locked down manner is by embedding
 
 3. To enable permissive mode, do not include `enforceLockdown` in the schema parameters.
 
-   See [Permissive mode](take-a-test-app-technical.md#permissive-mode) and [Secure Browser API Specification](https://github.com/SmarterApp/SB_BIRT/blob/master/irp/doc/req/SecureBrowserAPIspecification.md) for more info.
+   For more information, see [Permissive mode](take-a-test-app-technical.md#permissive-mode).
 
 
 ### Create a shortcut for the test link
diff --git a/education/windows/take-tests-in-windows-10.md b/education/windows/take-tests-in-windows-10.md
index f9ba6a9479..50853a9e67 100644
--- a/education/windows/take-tests-in-windows-10.md
+++ b/education/windows/take-tests-in-windows-10.md
@@ -74,5 +74,5 @@ To exit the Take a Test app at any time, press Ctrl+Alt+Delete.
 
 
 ## Get more info
-- Teachers can use Microsoft Forms to create tests. See [Create tests using Microsoft Forms](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4000711/windows-10-create-tests-using-microsoft-forms) to find out how.
+- Teachers can use Microsoft Forms to create tests. See [Create tests using Microsoft Forms](https://support.microsoft.com/office/create-a-quiz-with-microsoft-forms-a082a018-24a1-48c1-b176-4b3616cdc83d) to find out how.
 - To learn more about the policies and settings set by the Take a Test app, see [Take a Test app technical reference](take-a-test-app-technical.md).
diff --git a/education/windows/teacher-get-minecraft.md b/education/windows/teacher-get-minecraft.md
index 6f0d1d4341..8d9850ce64 100644
--- a/education/windows/teacher-get-minecraft.md
+++ b/education/windows/teacher-get-minecraft.md
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ To get started, go to https://education.minecraft.net/ and select **GET STARTED*
 
 ## Try Minecraft: Education Edition for Free 
 
-Minecraft: Education Edition is available for anyone to try for free! The free trial is fully-functional but limited by the number of logins (25 for teachers and 10 for students) before a paid license will be required to continue playing.
+Minecraft: Education Edition is available for anyone to try for free! The free trial is fully functional but limited by the number of logins (25 for teachers and 10 for students) before a paid license will be required to continue playing.
 
 To learn more and get started, go to https://education.minecraft.net/ and select **GET STARTED**.
 
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ As a teacher, you may purchase subscription licenses for you and your students d
 
 You can purchase individual Minecraft: Education Edition subscriptions for you and other teachers and students directly in the Microsoft Store for Education.
 
-To purchase individual Minecraft: Education Edition subscriptions (i.e. direct purchase):
+To purchase individual Minecraft: Education Edition subscriptions (that is, direct purchase):
 
 1. Sign in to [Microsoft Store for Education](https://educationstore.microsoft.com/) with your Office 365 account.
 2. Click on [Minecraft: Education Edition](https://educationstore.microsoft.com/en-us/store/details/minecraft-education-edition/9nblggh4r2r6) (or use Search the Store to find it)
@@ -109,14 +109,14 @@ Students will receive an email with a link that will install the app on their PC
 
       After installing the app, students can find Minecraft: Education Edition in Microsoft Store app under **My Library**.
 
-    ![Microsoft Store app showing access to My Library.](images/minecraft-private-store.png) 
+    ![Microsoft Store app directing the navigation to My Library.](images/minecraft-private-store.png) 
 
       When students click **My Library** they'll find apps assigned to them.
 
     ![My Library for example student.](images/minecraft-my-library.png)  
 
 ### Download for others
-Download for others allows teachers or IT admins to download a packages that they can install on student PCs. This will install Minecraft: Education Edition on the PC, and allows anyone with a Windows account to use the app on that PC. This option is best for students, and for shared computers. Choose this option when:
+Download for others allows teachers or IT admins to download packages that they can install on student PCs. This option will install Minecraft: Education Edition on the PC, and allows anyone with a Windows account to use the app on that PC. This option is best for students, and for shared computers. Choose this option when:
 - You have administrative permissions to install apps on the PC. 
 - You want to install this app on each of your student's Windows 10 (at least version 1511) PCs. 
 - Your students share Windows 10 computers, but sign in with their own Windows account. 
@@ -126,17 +126,17 @@ Download for others allows teachers or IT admins to download a packages that the
 - Windows 10 (at least version 1511) is required for PCs running Minecraft: Education Edition.
 
 #### Check for updates
-Minecraft: Education Edition will not install if there are updates pending for other apps on the PC. Before installing Minecraft, check to see if there are pending updates for Microsoft Store apps. 
+Minecraft: Education Edition won't install if there are updates pending for other apps on the PC. Before installing Minecraft, check to see if there are pending updates for Microsoft Store apps. 
 
 **To check for app updates**
 1. Start Microsoft Store app on the PC (click **Start**, and type **Store**).
 2. Click the account button, and then click **Downloads and updates**.
 
-      ![Microsoft Store app showing access to My Library.](images/minecraft-private-store.png)
+      ![Microsoft Store app displaying the navigation to the My Library option.](images/minecraft-private-store.png)
       
 3. Click **Check for updates**, and install all available updates. 
 
-      ![Microsoft Store app showing access to My Library.](images/mc-check-for-updates.png)
+      ![Microsoft Store app directing the navigation to the My Library submenu item.](images/mc-check-for-updates.png)
       
 4. Restart the computer before installing Minecraft: Education Edition. 
    
@@ -145,9 +145,9 @@ You'll download a .zip file, extract the files, and then use one of the files to
 
 1. **Download Minecraft Education Edition.zip**. From the **Minecraft: Education Edition** page, click **Download for others** tab, and then click **Download**.
 
-    ![Microsoft Store app showing access to My Library.](images/mc-dnld-others-teacher.png)
+    ![Microsoft Store app depicting the navigation path to the My Library option.](images/mc-dnld-others-teacher.png)
  
-2. **Extract files**. Find the .zip file that you downloaded and extract the files. This is usually your **Downloads** folder, unless you chose to save the .zip file to a different location. Right-click the file and choose **Extract all**.
+2. **Extract files**. Find the .zip file that you downloaded and extract the files. This downloaded location is usually your **Downloads** folder, unless you chose to save the .zip file to a different location. Right-click the file and choose **Extract all**.
 3. **Save to USB drive**. After you've extracted the files, save the Minecraft: Education Edition folder to a USB drive, or to a network location that you can access from each PC.  
 4. **Install app**. Use the USB drive to copy the Minecraft folder to each Windows 10 PC where you want to install Minecraft: Education Edition. Open Minecraft: Education Edition folder, right-click **InstallMinecraftEducationEdition.bat** and click **Run as administrator**. 
 5. **Quick check**. The install program checks the PC to make sure it can run Minecraft: Education Edition. If your PC passes this test, the app will automatically install.
@@ -163,10 +163,10 @@ If you ran **InstallMinecraftEducationEdition.bat** and Minecraft: Education Edi
 | App won't install. | AppLocker is configured and preventing app installs.  |      Contact IT Admin.  | 
 | App won't install. | Policy prevents users from installing apps on the PC. |  Contact IT Admin. | 
 | Script starts, but stops quickly. | Policy prevents scripts from running on the PC.  | Contact IT Admin. |
-| App isn't available for other users. | No restart after install. If you don't restart the PC, and just switch users the app will not be available.| Restart PC. 
               Run **InstallMinecraftEducationEdition.bat** again. 
               If a restart doesn't work, contact your IT Admin.  | 
+| App isn't available for other users. | No restart after install. If you don't restart the PC, and just switch users the app won't be available.| Restart PC. 
               Run **InstallMinecraftEducationEdition.bat** again. 
               If a restart doesn't work, contact your IT Admin.  | 
 
 
-If you are still having trouble installing the app, you can get more help on our [Support page](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=799757). 
+If you're still having trouble installing the app, you can get more help on our [Support page](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=799757). 
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/education/windows/test-windows10s-for-edu.md b/education/windows/test-windows10s-for-edu.md
index e81f1a2194..87443100ce 100644
--- a/education/windows/test-windows10s-for-edu.md
+++ b/education/windows/test-windows10s-for-edu.md
@@ -19,23 +19,23 @@ manager: dansimp
 **Applies to:**
 - Devices running Windows 10, version 1709: Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Pro Education, Windows 10 Education, Windows 10 Enterprise
 
-The Windows 10 in S mode self-installer will allow you to test Windows 10 in S mode on a variety of individual Windows 10 devices (except Windows 10 Home) with a genuine, activated license[1](#footnote1). Please test Windows 10 in S mode on a variety of devices in your school and share your feedback with us.
+The Windows 10 in S mode self-installer will allow you to test Windows 10 in S mode on various individual Windows 10 devices (except Windows 10 Home) with a genuine, activated license[1](#footnote1). Test Windows 10 in S mode on various devices in your school and share your feedback with us.
 
 Windows 10 in S mode is built to give schools the familiar, robust, and productive experiences you count on from Windows in an experience that's been streamlined for security and performance in the classroom, and built to work with Microsoft Education[2](#footnote2).
 
-Windows 10 in S mode is different from other editions of Windows 10 as everything that runs on the device is verified by Microsoft for security and performance. Therefore, Windows 10 in S mode works exclusively with apps from the Microsoft Store. Some accessories and apps compatible with Windows 10 may not work and performance may vary. Certain default settings, features, and apps cannot be changed. When you install Windows 10 in S mode, your existing applications and settings will be deleted and you will only be able to install apps from the Microsoft Store.
+Windows 10 in S mode is different from other editions of Windows 10 as everything that runs on the device is verified by Microsoft for security and performance. Therefore, Windows 10 in S mode works exclusively with apps from the Microsoft Store. Some accessories and apps compatible with Windows 10 may not work and performance may vary. Certain default settings, features, and apps can't be changed. When you install Windows 10 in S mode, your existing applications and settings will be deleted and you'll only be able to install apps from the Microsoft Store.
 
-**Configuring Windows 10 in S mode for school use is easy:** Education customers must configure **SetEduPolicies** for use in K-12 schools. For more information on how to do these, see [Use the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) and [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md). 
+**Configuring Windows 10 in S mode for school use is easy:** Education customers must configure **SetEduPolicies** for use in K-12 schools. For more information on how to do these configurations, see [Use the Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) and [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md). 
 
 **Installing Office 365 for Windows 10 in S mode (Education preview)**: To install the Office applications in a school environment, you must use the free Set up School PCs app, which is available on the Microsoft Store for Education and from the Microsoft Store. 
 
-As we finalize development of Office 365 for Windows 10 in S mode (Education preview), the applications will be updated automatically. You must have an Office license to activate the applications once they are installed.To learn more about Office 365 for Education plans, see [FAQ: Office on Windows 10 in S mode](https://support.office.com/article/717193b5-ff9f-4388-84c0-277ddf07fe3f).
+As we finalize development of Office 365 for Windows 10 in S mode (Education preview), the applications will be updated automatically. You must have an Office license to activate the applications once they're installed.To learn more about Office 365 for Education plans, see [FAQ: Office on Windows 10 in S mode](https://support.office.com/article/717193b5-ff9f-4388-84c0-277ddf07fe3f).
 
 ## Before you install Windows 10 in S mode
 
 ### Important information
 
-Before you install Windows 10 in S mode, be aware that non-Microsoft Store apps will not work, peripherals that require custom drivers may not work, and other errors may occur. In particular, this release of Windows 10 in S mode:
+Before you install Windows 10 in S mode, be aware that non-Microsoft Store apps won't work, peripherals that require custom drivers may not work, and other errors may occur. In particular, this release of Windows 10 in S mode:
 * Is intended for education customers to test compatibility with existing hardware
 * May not work with some device drivers, which may not yet be ready for Windows 10 in S mode and may cause some loss in functionality
 * May not be compatible with all peripherals that require custom drivers and, even if compatible, may cause aspects of the peripheral to not function
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Before you install Windows 10 in S mode, be aware that non-Microsoft Store apps
     > [!WARNING]
     > You can install Windows 10 in S mode on devices running other editions of Windows 10. For more information, see [Supported devices](#supported-devices). However, we don't recommend installing Windows 10 in S mode on Windows 10 Home devices as you won't be able to activate it.
 
-* Will not run current Win32 software and might result in the loss of any data associated with that software, which might include software already purchased
+* Won't run current Win32 software and might result in the loss of any data associated with that software, which might include software already purchased
 
 Due to these reasons, we recommend that you use the installation tool and avoid doing a clean install from an ISO media.
 
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ Before you install Windows 10 in S mode on your existing Windows 10 Pro, Windows
 
 * Install the latest Windows Update.
 
-    To do this, go to **Settings > Update & security > Windows Update**.
+    To do this task, go to **Settings > Update & security > Windows Update**.
 
 * Create a system backup in case you would like to return to your previously installed version of Windows 10 after trying Windows 10 in S mode.
 
-    See [Create a recovery drive](#create-a-recovery-drive) for information on how to do this.
+  For more information on how to create the system backup, see [Create a recovery drive](#create-a-recovery-drive).
 
 ## Supported devices
 
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The Windows 10 in S mode install will install and activate on the following edit
 * Windows 10 Education
 * Windows 10 Enterprise
 
-Other Windows 10 editions cannot be activated and are not supported. If your device is not running one of these supported Windows 10 editions, do not proceed with using the Windows 10 in S mode installer. Windows 10 N editions and running in virtual machines are not supported by the Windows 10 in S mode installer. 
+Other Windows 10 editions can't be activated and aren't supported. If your device isn't running one of these supported Windows 10 editions, don't proceed with using the Windows 10 in S mode installer. Windows 10-N editions and running in virtual machines aren't supported by the Windows 10 in S mode installer. 
 
 ### Preparing your device to install drivers
 
@@ -109,23 +109,23 @@ Back up all your data before installing Windows 10 in S mode. Only personal file
 
 ## Domain join
 
-Windows 10 in S mode does not support non-Azure Active Directory domain accounts. Before installing Windows 10 in S mode, you must have at least one of these administrator accounts:
+Windows 10 in S mode doesn't support non-Azure Active Directory domain accounts. Before installing Windows 10 in S mode, you must have at least one of these administrator accounts:
 - Local administrator
 - Microsoft Account (MSA) administrator
 - Azure Active Directory administrator 
 
 > [!WARNING]
-> If you don't have one of these administrator accounts accessible before migration, you will not be able to log in to your device after migrating to Windows 10 in S mode. 
+> If you don't have one of these administrator accounts accessible before migration, you'll not be able to log in to your device after migrating to Windows 10 in S mode. 
 
 We recommend [creating a recovery drive](#create-a-recovery-drive) before migrating to Windows 10 in S mode in case you run into this issue.
 
 ## Installing Office applications
 
-After installing Windows 10 in S mode, use the free [Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) to install Office 365 for Windows 10 in S mode (Education preview). You must have an Office license to activate the applications once they are installed.
+After installing Windows 10 in S mode, use the free [Set up School PCs app](use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) to install Office 365 for Windows 10 in S mode (Education preview). You must have an Office license to activate the applications once they're installed.
 
 ## Switch to previously installed Windows 10 editions
 
-If Windows 10 in S mode is not right for you, you can switch to the Windows 10 edition previously installed on your device(s).
+If Windows 10 in S mode isn't right for you, you can switch to the Windows 10 edition previously installed on your device(s).
 * Education customers can switch devices to Windows 10 Pro Education using the Microsoft Store for Education. For more information, see [Switch to Windows 10 Pro Education from Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 in S mode](change-to-pro-education.md).
 * If you try Windows 10 in S mode and decide to switch back to the previously installed edition within 10 days, you can go back to the previously installed edition using the Windows Recovery option in Settings. For more info, see [Go back to your previous edition of Windows 10](#go-back-to-your-previous-edition-of-windows-10).
 
@@ -140,21 +140,21 @@ To create a recovery drive, follow these steps.
 2. In the **Recovery drive** tool, make sure **Back up system files to the recovery drive** is selected and then click **Next**.
 3. Connect a USB drive to your PC, select it, and then select **Next > Create**. 
 
-    A lot of files need to be copied to the recovery drive so this might take a while.
+    Many files need to be copied to the recovery drive; so this process might take a while.
 
 4. When it's done, you might see a **Delete the recovery partition from your PC** link on the final screen. If you want to free up drive space on your PC, select the link and then select **Delete**. If not, select **Finish**.
 
 ### Go back to your previous edition of Windows 10
 
-Alternatively, for a period of 10 days after you install Windows 10 in S mode, you have the option to go back to your previous edition of Windows 10 from **Settings > Update & security > Recovery**. This will keep your personal files, but it will remove installed apps as well as any changes you made to **Settings**.
+Alternatively, for 10 days after you install Windows 10 in S mode, you've the option to go back to your previous edition of Windows 10 from **Settings > Update & security > Recovery**. This revert operation will keep your personal files, but it will remove installed apps and any changes you made to **Settings**.
 
 To go back, you need to:
 * Keep everything in the windows.old and $windows.~bt folders after the upgrade.
 * Remove any user accounts you added after the upgrade.
 
-If going back is not available:
-* Check if you can restore your PC to factory settings. This will reinstall the version of Windows that came with your PC and remove personal files, apps, and drivers you installed and any changes you made to **Settings**. Go to **Settings > Update & security > Recovery > Reset this PC > Get started** and look for **Restore factory settings**.
-* If you have a product key for your previous version of Windows, use the media creation tool to create installation media of your previous Windows 10 edition and use it to do a clean install.
+If going back isn't available:
+* Check if you can restore your PC to factory settings. This restoration will reinstall the version of Windows that came with your PC and remove personal files, apps, and drivers you installed and any changes you made to **Settings**. Go to **Settings > Update & security > Recovery > Reset this PC > Get started** and look for **Restore factory settings**.
+* If you've a product key for your previous version of Windows, use the media creation tool to create installation media of your previous Windows 10 edition and use it to do a clean install.
 
 After going back to your previous edition of Windows 10, you may receive the following message when launching Win32 apps:
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ After going back to your previous edition of Windows 10, you may receive the fol
 
 If you see this message, follow these steps to stop receiving the message:
 
-1. If you have BitLocker enabled, disable it first in the Control Panel. Go to **Manage BitLocker** and select **Turn off BitLocker**.
+1. If you've BitLocker enabled, disable it first in the Control Panel. Go to **Manage BitLocker** and select **Turn off BitLocker**.
 2. Open Windows **Settings** and go to **Update & security > Recovery**.
 3. In the **Recovery** page, find **Advanced startup** and select **Restart now** to start your PC.
 4. After restarting, in the **Choose an option** page, select **Troubleshoot**.
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ If you see this message, follow these steps to stop receiving the message:
 7. Once you've accessed UEFI, look for the menu item labeled **Security** or **Security Settings** and navigate to it.
 8. Look for an option called **Secure boot configuration**, **Secure boot**, or **UEFI Boot**. If you can't find one of these options, check the **Boot** menu.
 9. Disable the secure boot/UEFI boot option.
-10. Save your settings and then exit UEFI. This will restart your PC.
+10. Save your settings and then exit UEFI. This exit action will restart your PC.
 11. After Windows is done booting up, confirm that you no longer see the message. 
 
     > [!NOTE]
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ To use an installation media to reinstall Windows 10, follow these steps.
     If you're not seeing the setup screen, your PC might not be set up to boot from a drive. Check your PC manufacturer's website for information on how to change your PC's boot order, and then try again.
 
 8. Select **Install now**.
-9. On the **Enter the product key to active Windows** page, enter a product key if you have one. If you upgraded to Windows 10 for free, or bought and activated Windows 10 from the Microsoft Store, select **Skip** and Windows will automatically activate later. For more information, see [Activation in Windows 10](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12440/windows-10-activation).
+9. On the **Enter the product key to active Windows** page, enter a product key if you've one. If you upgraded to Windows 10 for free, or bought and activated Windows 10 from the Microsoft Store, select **Skip** and Windows will automatically activate later. For more information, see [Activation in Windows 10](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12440/windows-10-activation).
 10. On the **License terms** page, select **I accept the license terms** if you agree, and then select **Next**.
 11. On the **Which type of installation do you want?** page, select **Custom**.
 12. On the **where do you want to install Windows?** page, select a partition, select a formatting option (if necessary), and then follow the instructions.
@@ -213,16 +213,16 @@ When you're ready, you can download the Windows 10 in S mode installer by clicki
 After you install Windows 10 in S mode, the OS defaults to the English version. To change the UI and show the localized UI, go to **Settings > Time & language > Region & language >** in **Languages** select **Add a language** to add a new language or select an existing language and set it as the default.
 
 ## Terms and Conditions
-Because you’re installing Windows 10 in S mode on a running version of Windows 10, you have already accepted the Windows 10 Terms and Conditions. You are not required to accept it again and the Windows 10 installer doesn’t show a Terms and Conditions page during installation.
+Because you’re installing Windows 10 in S mode on a running version of Windows 10, you've already accepted the Windows 10 Terms and Conditions. you'ren't required to accept it again and the Windows 10 installer doesn’t show a Terms and Conditions page during installation.
 
 ## Support 
-Thank you for testing Windows 10 in S mode. Your best experience will be running on a supported device as mentioned above. However, we invite you to try Windows 10 in S mode on existing devices with an eligible operating system. If you are having difficulty installing or running Windows 10 in S mode, use the Windows **Feedback Hub** to report your experience to Microsoft. This is the best way to help improve Windows 10 in S mode with your feedback. 
+Thank you for testing Windows 10 in S mode. Your best experience will be running on a supported device as mentioned above. However, we invite you to try Windows 10 in S mode on existing devices with an eligible operating system. If you're having difficulty installing or running Windows 10 in S mode, use the Windows **Feedback Hub** to report your experience to Microsoft. This feedback is the best way to help improve Windows 10 in S mode with your feedback. 
 
 Common support questions for the Windows 10 in S mode test program:
 
 * **How do I activate if I don't have a Windows 10 in S mode product key?**
 
-    As stated above, devices running Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Pro Education, Windows 10 Education, or Windows 10 Enterprise can install and run Windows 10 in S mode and it will automatically activate. Testing Windows 10 in S mode on a device running Windows 10 Home is not recommended and supported at this time.
+    As stated above, devices running Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Pro Education, Windows 10 Education, or Windows 10 Enterprise can install and run Windows 10 in S mode and it will automatically activate. Testing Windows 10 in S mode on a device running Windows 10 Home isn't recommended and supported at this time.
 
 * **Will my OEM help me run Windows 10 in S mode?**
 
@@ -234,11 +234,11 @@ Common support questions for the Windows 10 in S mode test program:
 
 * **What if I want to move from Windows 10 in S mode to Windows 10 Pro?**
 
-    If you want to discontinue using Windows 10 in S mode, follow the instructions to return to your previous installation of Windows 10. If you already had Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Pro Education on the device you are testing on, you should be able to move to Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Pro Education at no charge with the instructions in this document. Otherwise, there may be a cost to acquire a Windows 10 Pro license in the Store.
+    If you want to discontinue using Windows 10 in S mode, follow the instructions to return to your previous installation of Windows 10. If you already had Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Pro Education on the device you're testing on, you should be able to move to Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Pro Education at no charge with the instructions in this document. Otherwise, there may be a cost to acquire a Windows 10 Pro license in the Store.
 
 For help with activation issues, click on the appropriate link below for support options.
-* For Volume Licensing Agreement or Shape the Future program customers, go to the [Microsoft Commercial Support](https://support.microsoft.com/gp/commercialsupport) website and select the country/region in which you are seeking commercial support to contact our commercial support team.
-* If you do not have a Volume Licensing Agreement, go to the [Microsoft Support](https://support.microsoft.com/contactus/) website and choose a support option.
+* For Volume Licensing Agreement or Shape the Future program customers, go to the [Microsoft Commercial Support](https://support.microsoft.com/gp/commercialsupport) website and select the country/region in which you're seeking commercial support to contact our commercial support team.
+* If you don't have a Volume Licensing Agreement, go to the [Microsoft Support](https://support.microsoft.com/contactus/) website and choose a support option.
 
 
              
 1 Internet access fees may apply.
              
diff --git a/education/windows/windows-11-se-overview.md b/education/windows/windows-11-se-overview.md
index 6c38424b53..445f9c1e89 100644
--- a/education/windows/windows-11-se-overview.md
+++ b/education/windows/windows-11-se-overview.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: What is Windows 11 SE
 description: Learn more about Windows 11 SE, and the apps that are included with the operating system. Read about the features IT professionals and administrators should know about Windows 11 SE. Add and deploy your apps using Microsoft Intune for Education.
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-ms.author: mandia
-author: MandiOhlinger
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
+ms.reviewer: 
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/education/windows/windows-11-se-settings-list.md b/education/windows/windows-11-se-settings-list.md
index 4de2367a08..0e70e1cad2 100644
--- a/education/windows/windows-11-se-settings-list.md
+++ b/education/windows/windows-11-se-settings-list.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Windows 11 SE settings list
 description: Windows 11 SE automatically configures settings in the operating system. Learn more about the settings you can control and manage, and the settings you can't change.
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-ms.author: mandia
-author: MandiOhlinger
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
+ms.reviewer: 
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/education/windows/windows-editions-for-education-customers.md b/education/windows/windows-editions-for-education-customers.md
index f64a279787..759d485046 100644
--- a/education/windows/windows-editions-for-education-customers.md
+++ b/education/windows/windows-editions-for-education-customers.md
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 -   Windows 10
 
 
-Windows 10, version 1607 (Anniversary Update) continues our commitment to productivity, security, and privacy for all customers. Windows 10 Pro and Windows 10 Enterprise offer the functionality and safety features demanded by business and education customers around the globe. Windows 10 is the most secure Windows we’ve ever built. All of our Windows commercial editions can be configured to support the needs of schools, through group policies, domain join, and more. To learn more about Microsoft’s commitment to security and privacy in Windows 10, see more on both [security](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=822619) and [privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=822620).
+Windows 10, version 1607 (Anniversary Update) continues our commitment to productivity, security, and privacy for all customers. Windows 10 Pro and Windows 10 Enterprise offer the functionality and safety features demanded by business and education customers around the globe. Windows 10 is the most secure Windows we’ve ever built. All of our Windows commercial editions can be configured to support the needs of schools, through group policies, domain join, and more. To learn more about Microsoft’s commitment to security and privacy in Windows 10, see more on both [security](/windows/security/security-foundations) and [privacy](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=822620).
 
-Beginning with version 1607, Windows 10 offers a variety of new features and functionality, such as simplified provisioning with the [Set up School PCs app](./use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) or [Windows Configuration Designer](./set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md), easier delivery of digital assessments with [Take a Test](./take-tests-in-windows-10.md), and faster log in performance for shared devices than ever before. These features work with all Windows for desktop editions, excluding Windows 10 Home. You can find more information on [windows.com](https://www.windows.com/).
+Beginning with version 1607, Windows 10 offers various new features and functionality, such as simplified provisioning with the [Set up School PCs app](./use-set-up-school-pcs-app.md) or [Windows Configuration Designer](./set-up-students-pcs-to-join-domain.md), easier delivery of digital assessments with [Take a Test](./take-tests-in-windows-10.md), and faster sign-in performance for shared devices than ever before. These features work with all Windows for desktop editions, excluding Windows 10 Home. You can find more information on [windows.com](https://www.windows.com/).
 
 Windows 10, version 1607 introduces two editions designed for the unique needs of K-12 institutions: [Windows 10 Pro Education](#windows-10-pro-education) and [Windows 10 Education](#windows-10-education). These editions provide education-specific default settings for the evolving landscape in K-12 education IT environments.
 
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ For Cortana[1](#footnote1):
 - If you're using new devices with version 1703 or later, Cortana is turned on by default.
 - If you're upgrading from version 1607 to version 1703 or later, Cortana will be enabled.
 
-You can use the **AllowCortana** policy to turn Cortana off. For more information, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md).
+You can use the **AllowCortana** policy to turn off Cortana. For more information, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md).
 
 Windows 10 Pro Education is available on new devices pre-installed with Windows 10, version 1607 or newer versions that are purchased with discounted K-12 academic licenses through OEM partners (these discounted licenses are sometimes referred to as National Academic or Shape the Future).
 
@@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ For Cortana1:
 - If you're using new devices with version 1703 or later, Cortana is turned on by default.
 - If you're upgrading from version 1607 to version 1703 or later, Cortana will be enabled.
 
-You can use the **AllowCortana** policy to turn Cortana off. For more information, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md).
+You can use the **AllowCortana** policy to turn off Cortana. For more information, see [Windows 10 configuration recommendations for education customers](configure-windows-for-education.md).
 
-Windows 10 Education is available through Microsoft Volume Licensing. Customers who are already running Windows 10 Education can upgrade to Windows 10, version 1607 or newer versions through Windows Update or from the [Volume Licensing Service Center](https://www.microsoft.com/Licensing/servicecenter/default.aspx). We recommend Windows 10 Education to all K-12 customers as it provides the most complete and secure edition for education environments. If you do not have access to Windows 10 Education, contact your Microsoft representative or see more information [here](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=822628).
+Windows 10 Education is available through Microsoft Volume Licensing. Customers who are already running Windows 10 Education can upgrade to Windows 10, version 1607 or newer versions through Windows Update or from the [Volume Licensing Service Center](https://www.microsoft.com/Licensing/servicecenter/default.aspx). We recommend Windows 10 Education to all K-12 customers as it provides the most complete and secure edition for education environments. If you don't have access to Windows 10 Education, contact your Microsoft representative or see more information [here](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=822628).
 
 Customers who deploy Windows 10 Enterprise are able to configure the product to have similar feature settings to Windows 10 Education using policies. More detailed information on these policies and the configuration steps required is available in [Manage Windows 10 and Microsoft Store tips, tricks, and suggestions](/windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions). We recommend that K-12 customers using commercial Windows 10 Enterprise read the [document](/windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions) and apply desired settings for your environment.
 
diff --git a/smb/cloud-mode-business-setup.md b/smb/cloud-mode-business-setup.md
index 67a2d8f5cb..7da2e85c29 100644
--- a/smb/cloud-mode-business-setup.md
+++ b/smb/cloud-mode-business-setup.md
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ In the [Microsoft Endpoint Manager admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink
    :::image type="content" alt-text="Check that the device appears in Intune." source="images/intune_groups_devices_list.png":::
 
 ## 3. Manage device settings and features
-You can use Microsoft Intune admin settings and policies to manage features on your organization's mobile devices and computers. For more info, see [Manage settings and features on your devices with Microsoft Intune policies](/intune/deploy-use/manage-settings-and-features-on-your-devices-with-microsoft-intune-policies).
+You can use Microsoft Intune admin settings and policies to manage features on your organization's mobile devices and computers. For more info, see [Manage settings and features on your devices with Microsoft Intune policies](/mem/intune/configuration/device-profiles).
 
 In this section, we'll show you how to reconfigure app deployment settings and add a new policy that will disable the camera for the Intune-managed devices and turn off Windows Hello and PINs during setup.
 
diff --git a/store-for-business/billing-understand-your-invoice-msfb.md b/store-for-business/billing-understand-your-invoice-msfb.md
index bee1e82435..9f73223f1d 100644
--- a/store-for-business/billing-understand-your-invoice-msfb.md
+++ b/store-for-business/billing-understand-your-invoice-msfb.md
@@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ At the bottom of the invoice, there are instructions for paying your bill. You c
 If you have third-party services in your bill, the name and address of each publisher is listed at the bottom of your invoice.
 
 ## Next steps
-If there are Azure charges on your invoice that you would like more details on, see [Understand the Azure charges on your Microsoft Customer Agreement invoice](/azure/billing/billing-understand-your-invoice-mca).
+If there are Azure charges on your invoice that you would like more details on, see [Understand the Azure charges on your Microsoft Customer Agreement invoice](/azure/cost-management-billing/understand/download-azure-invoice#invoices-for-mca-and-mpa-billing-accounts).
 
 ## Need help? Contact us.
 
 If you have questions or need help with your Azure charges, [create a support request with Azure support](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_Azure_Support/HelpAndSupportBlade/newsupportrequest).
 
-If you have questions or need help with your invoice in Microsoft Store for Business, [create a support request with Store for Business support](https://businessstore.microsoft.com/manage/support/summary).
\ No newline at end of file
+If you have questions or need help with your invoice in Microsoft Store for Business, [create a support request with Store for Business support](https://businessstore.microsoft.com/manage/support/summary).
diff --git a/store-for-business/includes/store-for-business-content-updates.md b/store-for-business/includes/store-for-business-content-updates.md
index d14bc10108..5555b333e4 100644
--- a/store-for-business/includes/store-for-business-content-updates.md
+++ b/store-for-business/includes/store-for-business-content-updates.md
@@ -2,21 +2,10 @@
 

 
 
-## Week of December 13, 2021
+## Week of April 25, 2022
 
 
 | Published On |Topic title | Change |
 |------|------------|--------|
-| 12/13/2021 | [Microsoft Store for Business and Education release history](/microsoft-store/release-history-microsoft-store-business-education) | modified |
-| 12/13/2021 | [Change history for Microsoft Store for Business and Education](/microsoft-store/sfb-change-history) | modified |
-| 12/14/2021 | [Manage user accounts in Microsoft Store for Business and Microsoft Store for Education (Windows 10)](/microsoft-store/manage-users-and-groups-microsoft-store-for-business) | modified |
-| 12/14/2021 | [Troubleshoot Microsoft Store for Business (Windows 10)](/microsoft-store/troubleshoot-microsoft-store-for-business) | modified |
-
-
-## Week of November 15, 2021
-
-
-| Published On |Topic title | Change |
-|------|------------|--------|
-| 11/16/2021 | [Microsoft Store for Business and Microsoft Store for Education overview (Windows 10)](/microsoft-store/microsoft-store-for-business-overview) | modified |
-| 11/19/2021 | [Microsoft Store for Business and Microsoft Store for Education overview (Windows 10)](/microsoft-store/microsoft-store-for-business-overview) | modified |
+| 4/28/2022 | [Prerequisites for Microsoft Store for Business and Education (Windows 10)](/microsoft-store/prerequisites-microsoft-store-for-business) | modified |
+| 4/28/2022 | [Prerequisites for Microsoft Store for Business and Education (Windows 10)](/microsoft-store/prerequisites-microsoft-store-for-business) | modified |
diff --git a/store-for-business/prerequisites-microsoft-store-for-business.md b/store-for-business/prerequisites-microsoft-store-for-business.md
index 187abb5bb8..2b8ea7784d 100644
--- a/store-for-business/prerequisites-microsoft-store-for-business.md
+++ b/store-for-business/prerequisites-microsoft-store-for-business.md
@@ -59,17 +59,17 @@ While not required, you can use a management tool to distribute and manage apps.
 
 If your organization restricts computers on your network from connecting to the Internet, there is a set of URLs that need to be available for devices to use Microsoft Store. Some of the Microsoft Store features use Store services. Devices using Microsoft Store – either to acquire, install, or update apps – will need access to these URLs. If you use a proxy server to block traffic, your configuration needs to allow these URLs:
 
-- login.live.com
-- login.windows.net
-- account.live.com
-- clientconfig.passport.net
-- windowsphone.com
-- \*.wns.windows.com
-- \*.microsoft.com
-- \*.s-microsoft.com
-- www.msftncsi.com (prior to Windows 10, version 1607)
-- www.msftconnecttest.com/connecttest.txt (replaces www.msftncsi.com
+- `login.live.com`
+- `login.windows.net`
+- `account.live.com`
+- `clientconfig.passport.net`
+- `windowsphone.com`
+- `\*.wns.windows.com`
+- `\*.microsoft.com`
+- `\*.s-microsoft.com`
+- `www.msftncsi.com` (prior to Windows 10, version 1607)
+- `www.msftconnecttest.com/connecttest.txt` (replaces `www.msftncsi.com`
   starting with Windows 10, version 1607)
  
 Store for Business requires Microsoft Windows HTTP Services (WinHTTP) to install, or update apps.
-For more information about how to configure WinHTTP proxy settings to devices, see [Use Group Policy to apply WinHTTP proxy settings to Windows clients](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4494447/use-group-policy-to-apply-winhttp-proxy-settings-to-clients).
+
diff --git a/windows/application-management/add-apps-and-features.md b/windows/application-management/add-apps-and-features.md
index 5e9de6a8c4..ee87f2e5f5 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/add-apps-and-features.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/add-apps-and-features.md
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: article
-ms.author: mandia
-author: MandiOhlinger
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 08/30/2021
 ms.reviewer: 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-about-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-about-appv.md
index 83fd92e681..290b271595 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-about-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-about-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: What's new in App-V for Windows 10, version 1703 and earlier (Windows 10)
 description: Information about what's new in App-V for Windows 10, version 1703 and earlier. 
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # What's new in App-V for Windows 10, version 1703 and earlier
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ Previous versions of the App-V Sequencer required manual sequencing and updating
 Using the automatic sequencer to package your apps gives you the following benefits:
 
 * **Automatic virtual machine (VM) sequencing environment provisioning**. To learn more, see [Automatically provision your sequencing environment using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-provision-a-vm.md).
-* **Package batch-sequencing**. This means that multiple apps can be sequenced at the same time, in a single group. To learn more, see [Automatically sequence multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md).
-* **Package batch-updating**. This means that multiple apps can be updated at the same time, in a single group. To learn more, see [Automatically update multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-updating.md).
+* **Package batch-sequencing**. This benefit denotes that multiple apps can be sequenced at the same time, in a single group. To learn more, see [Automatically sequence multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md).
+* **Package batch-updating**. This benefit denotes that multiple apps can be updated at the same time, in a single group. To learn more, see [Automatically update multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-updating.md).
 
 ### Updates to the App-V project template
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Starting with Windows 10, version 1703, you can now save an App-V project templa
 
 ### Automatically clean up unpublished App-V packages from the App-V client
 
-Previous versions of App-V have required you to manually remove your unpublished packages from your client devices, to free up additional storage space. Windows 10, version 1703 introduces the ability to use PowerShell or Group Policy settings to automatically clean up your unpublished packages after a device restart. To learn more, see [Automatically clean up unpublished packages on the App-V client](../app-v/appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md).
+Previous versions of App-V have required you to manually remove your unpublished packages from your client devices, to free up more storage space. Windows 10, version 1703 introduces the ability to use PowerShell or Group Policy settings to automatically clean up your unpublished packages after a device restart. To learn more, see [Automatically clean up unpublished packages on the App-V client](../app-v/appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md).
 
 ## What's new in App-V in Windows 10, version 1607
 
@@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ App-V supports System Center 2016 and System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manage
 ## Related topics
 
 * [Release Notes for App-V for Windows 10, version 1607](../app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows.md)
-* [Release Notes for App-V for Windows 10, version 1703](../app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows-1703.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [Release Notes for App-V for Windows 10, version 1703](../app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows-1703.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-add-or-remove-an-administrator-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-add-or-remove-an-administrator-with-the-management-console.md
index ba98c209b2..4fa5f87a19 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-add-or-remove-an-administrator-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-add-or-remove-an-administrator-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Add or Remove an Administrator by Using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: Add or remove an administrator on the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) server by using the Management Console.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to add or remove an administrator by using the Management Console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-add-or-upgrade-packages-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-add-or-upgrade-packages-with-the-management-console.md
index a91752fa7d..c4d52d6ce8 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-add-or-upgrade-packages-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-add-or-upgrade-packages-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Add or Upgrade Packages by Using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
-description: Add or remove an administrator on the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) server by using the Management Console.
-author: greg-lindsay
+description: Add or upgrade packages on the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) server by using the Management Console.
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to add or upgrade packages by using the Management Console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md
index 92659b1ce8..5e78a6e878 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: Administer App-V by using Windows PowerShell and learn where to find more information about PowerShell for App-V.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md
index 32b6f0bef7..78a01b2df0 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-administering-virtual-applications-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Administering App-V Virtual Applications by using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: Administering App-V Virtual Applications by using the Management Console
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Administering App-V Virtual Applications by using the Management Console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-allow-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-allow-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups.md
index 728de7998a..8229ce4e12 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-allow-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-allow-administrators-to-enable-connection-groups.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Only Allow Admins to Enable Connection Groups (Windows 10/11)
 description: Configure the App-V client so that only administrators, not users, can enable or disable connection groups.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to allow only administrators to enable connection groups
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md
index 0c949d9dd5..6e37203bad 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Application Publishing and Client Interaction (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn technical information about common App-V Client operations and their integration with the local operating system.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Application publishing and client interaction
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ The App-V Client performs tasks to keep virtual applications running properly an
 | Copy on Write (COW) Local | %LocalAppData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS| Writeable non-roaming location for package modification.|
 | Machine Registry | HKLM\Software\Microsoft\AppV| Contains package state information, including VReg for machine or globally published packages (Machine hive).|
 | User Registry | HKCU\Software\Microsoft\AppV| Contains user package state information including VReg.|
-| User Registry Classes | HKCU\Software\Classes\AppV| Contains additional user package state information.|
+| User Registry Classes | HKCU\Software\Classes\AppV| Contains more user package state information.|
 
-Additional details for the table are provided in the section below and throughout the document.
+More details for the table are provided in the section below and throughout the document.
 
 ### Package store
 
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ If the App-V Client is configured in Shared Content Store mode, no data is writt
 
 ### Package catalogs
 
-The App-V Client manages the following two file-based locations:
+The App-V Client manages the following file-based locations:
 
 - **Catalogs (user and machine).**
-- **Registry locations**—depends on how the package is targeted for publishing. There is a Catalog (data store) for the computer, and a catalog for each individual user. The Machine catalog stores global information applicable to all users or any specific user, and the User catalog stores information applicable to a specific user. The catalog is a collection of Dynamic Configurations and manifest files; there is discrete data for both file and registry per package version.
+- **Registry locations**—depends on how the package is targeted for publishing. There's  a Catalog (data store) for the computer, and a catalog for each individual user. The Machine catalog stores global information applicable to all users or any specific user, and the User catalog stores information applicable to a specific user. The catalog is a collection of Dynamic Configurations and manifest files; there's  discrete data for both file and registry per package version.
 
 ### Machine catalog
 
@@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ The locations described in this table can be found in the %programdata%\Microsof
 
 |    | Location |
 |:---|:---|
-|**Description**|Stores package documents that are available to users on the machine when packages are added and published. However, if a package is “global” at publishing time, the integrations are available to all users.

              If a package is non-global, the integrations are published only for specific users, but there are still global resources that are modified and visible to anyone on the client computer (such as when the package directory is in a shared disk location).

              If a package is available to a user on the computer (global or non-global), the manifest is stored in the Machine Catalog. When a package is published globally, there is a Dynamic Configuration file, stored in the Machine Catalog; therefore, the determination of whether a package is global is defined according to whether there is a policy file (UserDeploymentConfiguration file) in the Machine Catalog.|
-|**Default storage location**|%programdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\

              This location is not the same as the Package Store location. The Package Store is the golden or pristine copy of the package files.|
+|**Description**|Stores package documents that are available to users on the machine when packages are added and published. However, if a package is “global” at publishing time, the integrations are available to all users.

              If a package is non-global, the integrations are published only for specific users, but there are still global resources that are modified and visible to anyone on the client computer (such as when the package directory is in a shared disk location).

              If a package is available to a user on the computer (global or non-global), the manifest is stored in the Machine Catalog. When a package is published globally, there's  a Dynamic Configuration file, stored in the Machine Catalog; therefore, the determination of whether a package is global is defined according to whether there's  a policy file (UserDeploymentConfiguration file) in the Machine Catalog.|
+|**Default storage location**|%programdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\

              This location isn't the same as the Package Store location. The Package Store is the golden or pristine copy of the package files.|
 |**Files in the machine catalog**|- Manifest.xml
              - DeploymentConfiguration.xml
              - UserManifest.xml (Globally Published Package)
              - UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml (Globally Published Package)|
 |**Additional machine catalog location, used when the package is part of a connection group**|The following location is in addition to the specific package location mentioned previously as the default storage location:

              %programdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\PackageGroups\ConGroupGUID\ConGroupVerGUID|
 |**Additional files in the machine catalog when the package is part of a connection group**|- PackageGroupDescriptor.xml
              - UserPackageGroupDescriptor.xml (globally published Connection Group)|
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ The locations described in this table can be found in the appdata\roaming\Micros
 
 || Location |
 |:---|:---|
-|**Description**|Created during the publishing process. Contains information used for publishing the package, and for making sure that a package is provisioned to a specific user at launch. Created in a roaming location and includes user-specific publishing information.

              When a package is published for a user, the policy file is stored in the User Catalog. At the same time, a copy of the manifest is also stored in the User Catalog. When a package entitlement is removed for a user, the relevant package files are removed from the User Catalog. Looking at the user catalog, an administrator can view the presence of a Dynamic Configuration file, which indicates that the package is entitled for that user.

              For roaming users, the User Catalog needs to be in a roaming or shared location to preserve the legacy App-V behavior of targeting users by default. Entitlement and policy are tied to a user, not a computer, so they should roam with the user once they are provisioned.|
+|**Description**|Created during the publishing process. Contains information used for publishing the package, and for making sure that a package is provisioned to a specific user at launch. Created in a roaming location and includes user-specific publishing information.

              When a package is published for a user, the policy file is stored in the User Catalog. At the same time, a copy of the manifest is also stored in the User Catalog. When a package entitlement is removed for a user, the relevant package files are removed from the User Catalog. Looking at the user catalog, an administrator can view the presence of a Dynamic Configuration file, which indicates that the package is entitled for that user.

              For roaming users, the User Catalog needs to be in a roaming or shared location to preserve the legacy App-V behavior of targeting users by default. Entitlement and policy are tied to a user, not a computer, so they should roam with the user once they're provisioned.|
 |**Default storage location**|appdata\roaming\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\Packages\PkgGUID\VerGUID|
 |**Files in the user catalog**|- UserManifest.xml
              - DynamicConfiguration.xml or UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml|
 |**Additional user catalog location, used when the package is part of a connection group**|The following location is in addition to the specific package location mentioned above:

              appdata\roaming\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog\PackageGroups\PkgGroupGUID\PkgGroupVerGUID|
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ The COW Roaming location described above stores changes to files and directories
 
 ### COW local
 
-The COW Local location is similar to the roaming location, but the directories and files are not roamed to other computers, even if roaming support has been configured. The COW Local location described above stores changes applicable to typical windows and not the %AppData% location. The directories listed will vary but there will be two locations for any typical Windows locations (for example, Common AppData and Common AppDataS). The **S** signifies the restricted location when the virtual service requests the change as a different elevated user from the signed-in users. The non-**S** location stores user-based changes.
+The COW Local location is similar to the roaming location, but the directories and files aren't roamed to other computers, even if roaming support has been configured. The COW Local location described above stores changes applicable to typical windows and not the %AppData% location. The directories listed will vary but there will be two locations for any typical Windows locations (for example, Common AppData and Common AppDataS). The **S** signifies the restricted location when the virtual service requests the change as a different elevated user from the signed-in users. The non-**S** location stores user-based changes.
 
 ## Package registry
 
@@ -151,15 +151,15 @@ When the first application from the package is launched on the client, the clien
 
 When connection groups are present, the previous process of staging the registry holds true, but instead of having one hive file to process, there are more than one. The files are processed in the order in which they appear in the connection group XML, with the first writer winning any conflicts.
 
-The staged registry persists the same way as in the single package case. Staged user registry data remains for the connection group until it is disabled; staged machine registry data is removed on connection group removal.
+The staged registry persists the same way as in the single package case. Staged user registry data remains for the connection group until it's disabled; staged machine registry data is removed on connection group removal.
 
 ### Virtual registry
 
-The purpose of the virtual registry (VREG) is to provide a single merged view of the package registry and the native registry to applications. It also provides copy-on-write (COW) functionality—that is, any changes made to the registry from the context of a virtual process are made to a separate COW location. This means that the VREG must combine up to three separate registry locations into a single view based on the populated locations in the **registry COW** > **package** > **native**. When a request is made for a registry data it will locate in order until it finds the data it was requesting. Meaning if there is a value stored in a COW location it will not proceed to other locations, however, if there is no data in the COW location it will proceed to the Package and then Native location until it finds the appropriate data.
+The purpose of the virtual registry (VREG) is to provide a single merged view of the package registry and the native registry to applications. It also provides copy-on-write (COW) functionality—that is, any changes made to the registry from the context of a virtual process are made to a separate COW location. This functionality means that the VREG must combine up to three separate registry locations into a single view based on the populated locations in the **registry COW** > **package** > **native**. When a request is made for a registry data it will locate in order until it finds the data it was requesting. Meaning if there's  a value stored in a COW location it will not proceed to other locations, however, if there's  no data in the COW location it will proceed to the Package and then Native location until it finds the appropriate data.
 
 ### Registry locations
 
-There are two package registry locations and two connection group locations where the App-V Client stores registry information, depending on whether the Package is published individually or as part of a connection group. There are three COW locations for packages and three for connection groups, which are created and managed by the VREG. Settings for packages and connection groups are not shared:
+There are two package registry locations and two connection group locations where the App-V Client stores registry information, depending on whether the Package is published individually or as part of a connection group. There are three COW locations for packages and three for connection groups, which are created and managed by the VREG. Settings for packages and connection groups aren't shared:
 
 #### Single Package VReg
 
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ The following locations are configured as pass-through locations by default:
 
 - HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER\\SOFTWARE\\Policies
 
-The purpose of pass-through keys is to ensure that a virtual application does not write registry data in the VReg that is required for non-virtual applications for successful operation or integration. The Policies key ensures that Group Policy-based settings set by the administrator are utilized and not per package settings. The AppModel key is required for integration with Windows Modern UI-based applications. Administers ideally should not modify any of the default pass-through keys, but in some instances, the admin may need to add additional pass-through keys to adjust application behavior.
+The purpose of pass-through keys is to ensure that a virtual application doesn't write registry data in the VReg that is required for non-virtual applications for successful operation or integration. The Policies key ensures that Group Policy-based settings set by the administrator are utilized and not per package settings. The AppModel key is required for integration with Windows Modern UI-based applications. Administers ideally shouldn't modify any of the default pass-through keys, but in some instances, the admin may need to add more pass-through keys to adjust application behavior.
 
 ## App-V package store behavior
 
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ The App-V Client can be configured to change the default behavior of streaming.
 |PackageSourceRoot|The root override where packages should be streamed from|
 |SharedContentStoreMode|Enables the use of Shared Content Store for VDI scenarios|
 
-These settings affect the behavior of streaming App-V package assets to the client. By default, App-V only downloads the assets required after downloading the initial publishing and primary feature blocks. There are three specific behaviors in streaming packages that it's particularly important to understand:
+These settings affect the behavior of streaming App-V package assets to the client. By default, App-V only downloads the assets required after downloading the initial publishing and primary feature blocks. There are three specific behaviors in streaming packages that is important to understand:
 
 - Background Streaming
 - Optimized Streaming
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ These settings affect the behavior of streaming App-V package assets to the clie
 
 ### Background streaming
 
-The Windows PowerShell cmdlet **Get-AppvClientConfiguration** can be used to determine the current mode for background streaming with the AutoLoad setting and modified with either the **Set-AppvClientConfiguration** cmdlet or from the registry (HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\AppV\\ClientStreaming key). Background streaming is a default setting where the Autoload setting is set to download previously used packages. The behavior based on default setting (value=1) downloads App-V data blocks in the background after the application has been launched. This setting can either be disabled altogether (value=0) or enabled for all packages (value=2), regardless of whether they have been launched.
+The Windows PowerShell cmdlet **Get-AppvClientConfiguration** can be used to determine the current mode for background streaming with the AutoLoad setting and modified with either the **Set-AppvClientConfiguration** cmdlet or from the registry (HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\AppV\\ClientStreaming key). Background streaming is a default setting where the Autoload setting is set to download previously used packages. The behavior based on default setting (value=1) downloads App-V data blocks in the background after the application has been launched. This setting can either be disabled altogether (value=0) or enabled for all packages (value=2), regardless of whether they've been launched.
 
 ### Optimized streaming
 
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ App-V packages can be configured with a primary feature block during sequencing.
 
 ### Stream faults
 
-After the initial stream of any publishing data and the primary feature block, requests for additional files perform stream faults. These blocks of data are downloaded to the package store on an as-needed basis. This allows a user to download only a small part of the package, typically enough to launch the package and run normal tasks. All other blocks are downloaded when a user initiates an operation that requires data not currently in the package store.
+After the initial stream of any publishing data and the primary feature block, requests for more files perform stream faults. These blocks of data are downloaded to the package store on an as-needed basis. This flexibility allows a user to download only a small part of the package, typically enough to launch the package and run normal tasks. All other blocks are downloaded when a user initiates an operation that requires data not currently in the package store.
 
 ### Package upgrades
 
@@ -257,11 +257,11 @@ App-V Packages require updating throughout the lifecycle of the application. App
 
 ### Package removal
 
-The App-V Client's behavior when packages are removed depends on the package removal method. Using an App-V full infrastructure to unpublish the application, the user catalog files (machine catalog for globally published applications) are removed, but the package store location and COW locations remain. When the **Remove-AppVClientPackge** Windows PowerShell cmdlet is used to remove an App-V Package, the package store location is cleaned. Remember that unpublishing an App-V Package from the Management Server does not perform a Remove operation. Neither operation will remove the Package Store package files.
+The App-V Client's behavior when packages are removed depends on the package removal method. Using an App-V full infrastructure to unpublish the application, the user catalog files (machine catalog for globally published applications) are removed, but the package store location and COW locations remain. When the **Remove-AppVClientPackge** Windows PowerShell cmdlet is used to remove an App-V Package, the package store location is cleaned. Remember that unpublishing an App-V Package from the Management Server doesn't  perform a Remove operation. Neither operation will remove the Package Store package files.
 
 ## Roaming registry and data
 
-App-V is able to provide a near-native experience when roaming, depending on how the application being used is written. By default, App-V roams AppData that is stored in the roaming location, based on the roaming configuration of the operating system. Other locations for storage of file-based data do not roam from computer to computer, since they are in locations that are not roamed.
+App-V is able to provide a near-native experience when roaming, depending on how the application being used is written. By default, App-V roams AppData that is stored in the roaming location, based on the roaming configuration of the operating system. Other locations for storage of file-based data don't roam from computer to computer, since they're in locations that aren't roamed.
 
 ### Roaming requirements and user catalog data storage
 
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ App-V stores data, which represents the state of the user’s catalog, in the fo
 - Files under %appdata%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Catalog
 - Registry settings under HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages
 
-Together, these files and registry settings represent the user’s catalog, so either both must be roamed, or neither must be roamed for a given user. App-V does not support roaming %AppData%, but not roaming the user’s profile (registry), or vice versa.
+Together, these files and registry settings represent the user’s catalog, so either both must be roamed, or neither must be roamed for a given user. App-V doesn't support roaming %AppData%, but not roaming the user’s profile (registry), or vice versa.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >The **Repair-AppvClientPackage** cmdlet doesn't repair the publishing state of packages where the user’s App-V state under HKEY_CURRENT_USER is missing or mismatched with the data in %appdata%.
@@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ App-V registry roaming falls into two scenarios, as shown in the following table
 
 |Scenario|Description|
 |---|---|
-|Applications that are run as standard users|When a standard user launches an App-V application, both HKLM and HKCU for App-V applications are stored in the HKCU hive on the machine. This presents as two distinct paths:

              - HKLM's location is  HKCU\SOFTWARE\Classes\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\REGISTRY\MACHINE\SOFTWARE
              - HKCU's location is HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\REGISTRY\USER\\{UserSID}\SOFTWARE

              The locations are enabled for roaming based on the operating system settings.|
-|Applications that are run with elevation|When an application is launched with elevation:

              - HKLM data is stored in the HKLM hive on the local computer
              - HKCU data is stored in the User Registry location

              In this scenario, these settings are not roamed with normal operating system roaming configurations, and the resulting registry keys and values are stored in the following locations:

              - HKLM's location is HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\\{UserSID}\REGISTRY\MACHINE\SOFTWARE
              - HKCU's location is HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\\Registry\User\\{UserSID}\SOFTWARE|
+|Applications that are run as standard users|When a standard user launches an App-V application, both HKLM and HKCU for App-V applications are stored in the HKCU hive on the machine. This scenario presents two distinct paths:

              - HKLM's location is  HKCU\SOFTWARE\Classes\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\REGISTRY\MACHINE\SOFTWARE
              - HKCU's location is HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\REGISTRY\USER\\{UserSID}\SOFTWARE

              The locations are enabled for roaming based on the operating system settings.|
+|Applications that are run with elevation|When an application is launched with elevation:

              - HKLM data is stored in the HKLM hive on the local computer
              - HKCU data is stored in the User Registry location

              In this scenario, these settings aren't roamed with normal operating system roaming configurations, and the resulting registry keys and values are stored in the following locations:

              - HKLM's location is HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\\{UserSID}\REGISTRY\MACHINE\SOFTWARE
              - HKCU's location is HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\{PkgGUID}\\Registry\User\\{UserSID}\SOFTWARE|
 
 ### App-V and folder redirection
 
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ App-V supports folder redirection of the roaming AppData folder (%AppData%). Whe
 
 A typical package has several locations mapped in the user’s backing store for settings in both AppData\\Local and AppData\\Roaming. These locations are the Copy on Write locations that are stored per user in the user’s profile, and that are used to store changes made to the package VFS directories and to protect the default package VFS.
 
-The following table shows local and roaming locations when folder redirection has not been implemented.
+The following table shows local and roaming locations when folder redirection hasn't been implemented.
 
 | VFS directory in package | Mapped location of backing store |
 |---|---|
@@ -310,13 +310,13 @@ The following table shows local and roaming locations when folder redirection ha
 | appv_ROOT | C:\Users\Local\AppData\Local\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\appv\_ROOT |
 | AppData | \\Fileserver\users\Local\roaming\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\\<GUID>\AppData |
 
-The current App-V Client VFS driver can't write to network locations, so the App-V Client detects the presence of folder redirection and copies the data on the local drive during publishing and when the virtual environment starts. After the user closes the App-V application and the App-V Client closes the virtual environment, the local storage of the VFS AppData is copied back to the network, enabling roaming to additional machines, where the process will be repeated. Here's what happens during the process:
+The current App-V Client VFS driver can't write to network locations, so the App-V Client detects the presence of folder redirection and copies the data on the local drive during publishing and when the virtual environment starts. After the user closes the App-V application and the App-V Client closes the virtual environment, the local storage of the VFS AppData is copied back to the network, enabling roaming to more machines, where the process will be repeated. Here's what happens during the process:
 
 1. During publishing or virtual environment startup, the App-V Client detects the location of the AppData directory.
 2. If the roaming AppData path is local or no AppData\\Roaming location is mapped, nothing happens.
-3. If the roaming AppData path is not local, the VFS AppData directory is mapped to the local AppData directory.
+3. If the roaming AppData path isn't local, the VFS AppData directory is mapped to the local AppData directory.
 
-This process solves the problem of a non-local %AppData% that is not supported by the App-V Client VFS driver. However, the data stored in this new location is not roamed with folder redirection. All changes during the running of the application happen to the local AppData location and must be copied to the redirected location. The process does the following things:
+This process solves the problem of a non-local %AppData% that isn't supported by the App-V Client VFS driver. However, the data stored in this new location isn't roamed with folder redirection. All changes during the running of the application happen to the local AppData location and must be copied to the redirected location. The process does the following things:
 
 1. Shuts down the App-V application, which also shuts down the virtual environment.
 2. Compresses the local cache of the roaming AppData location and store it in a .zip file.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ This process solves the problem of a non-local %AppData% that is not supported b
 4. Records the time stamp in the HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Packages\\<GUID>\\AppDataTime registry as the last known AppData time stamp.
 5. Calls the folder redirection process to evaluate and initiate the .zip file uploaded to the roaming AppData directory.
 
-The time stamp is used to determine a “last writer wins” scenario if there is a conflict and is used to optimize the download of the data when the App-V application is published, or the virtual environment is started. Folder redirection will make the data available from any other clients covered by the supporting policy and will initiate the process of storing the AppData\\Roaming data to the local AppData location on the client. Here's what happens during the process:
+The time stamp is used to determine a “last writer wins” scenario if there's  a conflict and is used to optimize the download of the data when the App-V application is published, or the virtual environment is started. Folder redirection will make the data available from any other clients covered by the supporting policy and will initiate the process of storing the AppData\\Roaming data to the local AppData location on the client. Here's what happens during the process:
 
 1. The user starts an application, which also starts the virtual environment.
 2. The application’s virtual environment checks for the most recent time stamped .zip file, if present.
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ The time stamp is used to determine a “last writer wins” scenario if there i
 6. After the .zip file is successfully extracted, the local cache of the roaming AppData directory is renamed and the new data moved into place.
 7. The renamed directory is deleted and the application opens with the most recently saved roaming AppData data.
 
-This completes the successful roaming of application settings that are present in AppData\\Roaming locations. The only other condition that must be addressed is a package repair operation. The process does the following things:
+This process completes the successful roaming of application settings that are present in AppData\\Roaming locations. The only other condition that must be addressed is a package repair operation. The process does the following things:
 
 1. During repair, detects if the path to the user’s roaming AppData directory isn't local.
 2. Maps the non-local roaming AppData path targets, recreating the expected roaming and local AppData locations.
@@ -344,9 +344,9 @@ This process will recreate both the local and network locations for AppData and
 
 ## App-V Client application lifecycle management
 
-In an App-V Full Infrastructure, after applications are sequenced they are managed and published to users or computers through the App-V Management and Publishing servers. This section details the operations that occur during the common App-V application lifecycle operations (Add, publishing, launch, upgrade, and removal) and the file and registry locations that are changed and modified from the App-V Client perspective. The App-V Client operations are input as PowerShell commands on the computer running the App-V Client.
+In an App-V Full Infrastructure, after applications are sequenced, they're managed and published to users or computers through the App-V Management and Publishing servers. This section details the operations that occur during the common App-V application lifecycle operations (Add, publishing, launch, upgrade, and removal) and the file and registry locations that are changed and modified from the App-V Client perspective. The App-V Client operations are input as PowerShell commands on the computer running the App-V Client.
 
-This document focuses on App-V Full Infrastructure solutions. For specific information on App-V Integration with Configuration Manager 2012, see [Integrating Virtual Application Management with App-V 5 and Configuration Manager 2012 SP1](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=38177).
+This document focuses on App-V Full Infrastructure solutions. For specific information on App-V Integration with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, see [Deploy App-V virtual applications with Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/apps/get-started/deploying-app-v-virtual-applications).
 
 The App-V application lifecycle tasks are triggered at user sign in (default), machine startup, or as background timed operations. The settings for the App-V Client operations, including Publishing Servers, refresh intervals, package script enablement, and others, are configured (after the client is enabled) with Windows PowerShell commands. See [App-V Client Configuration Settings: Windows PowerShell](appv-client-configuration-settings.md#app-v-client-configuration-settings-windows-powershell).
 
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ The publishing refresh process comprises several smaller operations that are per
 - **Add-AppVPublishingServer** configures the client with an App-V Publishing Server that provides App-V packages.
 - **Set-AppVPublishingServer** modifies the current settings for the App-V Publishing Server.
 - **Set-AppVClientConfiguration** modifies the currents settings for the App-V Client.
-- **Sync-AppVPublishingServer** initiates an App-V Publishing Refresh process manually. This is also utilized in the scheduled tasks created during configuration of the publishing server.
+- **Sync-AppVPublishingServer** initiates an App-V Publishing Refresh process manually. This process is also utilized in the scheduled tasks created during configuration of the publishing server.
 
 The following sections will elaborate what goes on during the publishing refresh process.
 
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ The following sections will elaborate what goes on during the publishing refresh
 
 Adding an App-V package to the client is the first step of the publishing refresh process. The end result is the same as the **Add-AppVClientPackage** cmdlet in Windows PowerShell, except the publishing refresh add process contacts the configured publishing server and passes a high-level list of applications back to the client to pull more detailed information, rather than just doing a single package add operation.
 
-The process then configures the client for package or connection group additions or updates, then accesses the appv file. Next, the contents of the appv file are expanded and placed on the local operating system in the appropriate locations. The following is a detailed workflow of the process, assuming the package is configured for Fault Streaming.
+The process then configures the client for package or connection group additions or updates, then accesses the appv file. Next, the contents of the appv file are expanded and placed on the local operating system in the appropriate locations. The following steps are a detailed workflow of the process, assuming the package is configured for Fault Streaming.
 
 #### How to add an App-V package
 
@@ -373,9 +373,9 @@ The process then configures the client for package or connection group additions
 
     1. The App-V Client makes an HTTP connection and requests a list of applications based on the target. The Publishing refresh process supports targeting machines or users.
 
-    2. The App-V Publishing Server uses the identity of the initiating target, user or machine, and queries the database for a list of entitled applications. The list of applications is provided as an XML response, which the client uses to send additional requests to the server for more information on a per-package basis.
+    2. The App-V Publishing Server uses the identity of the initiating target, user or machine, and queries the database for a list of entitled applications. The list of applications is provided as an XML response, which the client uses to send more requests to the server for more information on a per-package basis.
 
-2. The Publishing Agent on the App-V Client will evaluate any connection groups that are unpublished or disabled, since package version updates that are part of the connection group cannot be processed.
+2. The Publishing Agent on the App-V Client will evaluate any connection groups that are unpublished or disabled, since package version updates that are part of the connection group can't be processed.
 
 3. Configure the packages by identifying the **Add** or **Update** operations.
 
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ The process then configures the client for package or connection group additions
        - Portable Executable Headers (PE Headers): Targets of extension points that contain the base information about the image need on disk, accessed directly or through file types.
        - Scripts: Download scripts directory for use throughout the publishing process.
 
-   4. Populate the Package store by doing the following:
+   4. Populate the Package store by performing the following sub-steps:
 
       1. Create sparse files on disk that represent the extracted package for any directories listed.
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ The process then configures the client for package or connection group additions
 
 4. Configure Connection Groups by adding and enabling or disabling.
 
-5. Remove objects that are not published to the target (user or machine).
+5. Remove objects that aren't published to the target (user or machine).
 
    > [!NOTE]
     >This will not perform a package deletion but rather remove integration points for the specific target (user or machine) and remove user catalog files (machine catalog files for globally published).
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ The process then configures the client for package or connection group additions
    > [!NOTE]
     >This condition occurs as a product of removal without unpublishing with background addition of the package.
 
-This completes an App-V package add for the publishing refresh process. The next step is publishing the package to a specific target (machine or user).
+This process completes an App-V package add for the publishing refresh process. The next step is publishing the package to a specific target (machine or user).
 
 ![Package add file and registry data.](images/packageaddfileandregistrydata.png)
 
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ During the Publishing Refresh operation, the specific publishing operation, **Pu
 
     3. Run scripts targeted for publishing timing.
 
-Publishing an App-V Package that is part of a Connection Group is very similar to the above process. For connection groups, the path that stores the specific catalog information includes PackageGroups as a child of the Catalog Directory. Review the Machine and User Catalog information in the preceding sections for details.
+Publishing an App-V Package that is part of a Connection Group is similar to the above process. For connection groups, the path that stores the specific catalog information includes PackageGroups as a child of the Catalog Directory. Review the Machine and User Catalog information in the preceding sections for details.
 
 ![package add file and registry data - global.](images/packageaddfileandregistrydata-global.png)
 
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Publishing an App-V Package that is part of a Connection Group is very similar t
 
 ### Application launch
 
-After the Publishing Refresh process, the user launches and then relaunches an App-V application. The App-V Client checks the path to the user catalog for files created during publishing. After establishing rights to launch the package, the App-V Client creates a virtual environment, begins streaming any necessary data, and applies the appropriate manifest and deployment configuration files during virtual environment creation. Once the virtual environment created and configured for the specific package and application, the application starts. This might seem like a lot, but the process in action is actually quite fast, and is optimized to minimize network traffic.
+After the Publishing Refresh process, the user launches and then relaunches an App-V application. The App-V Client checks the path to the user catalog for files created during publishing. After establishing rights to launch the package, the App-V Client creates a virtual environment, begins streaming any necessary data, and applies the appropriate manifest and deployment configuration files during virtual environment creation. Once the virtual environment created and configured for the specific package and application, the application starts. This might seem like a lot, but the process in action is fast, and is optimized to minimize network traffic.
 
 #### How to launch App-V applications
 
@@ -471,11 +471,13 @@ After the Publishing Refresh process, the user launches and then relaunches an A
     - **UserDeploymentConfiguration.xml**
     - **UserManifest.xml**
 
-3. If the files are present, the application is entitled for that specific user and the application will start the process for launch. There is no network traffic at this point.
+3. If the files are present, the application is entitled for that specific user and the application will start the process for launch. There's  no network traffic at this point.
 
 4. Next, the App-V Client checks that the path for the package registered for the App-V Client service is found in the registry.
 
-5. Upon finding the path to the package store, the virtual environment is created. If this is the first launch, the Primary Feature Block downloads if present.
+5. Upon finding the path to the package store, the virtual environment is created.
+
+   If this process execution is the first launch, the Primary Feature Block downloads if present.
 
 6. After downloading, the App-V Client service consumes the manifest and deployment configuration files to configure the virtual environment and all App-V subsystems are loaded.
 
@@ -487,7 +489,7 @@ After the Publishing Refresh process, the user launches and then relaunches an A
 
 ### Upgrading an App-V package
 
-The current version of App-V's package upgrade process differs from the older versions in its storage optimization. App-V supports multiple versions of the same package on a machine entitled to different users. Package versions can be added at any time, as the package store and catalogs are updated with the new resources. During an upgrade in the new version, only new files are added to the new version store location, and hard links are created for unchanged files. This reduces overall storage by only presenting the file on one disk location, then projecting it into all folders with a file location entry on the disk.
+The current version of App-V's package upgrade process differs from the older versions in its storage optimization. App-V supports multiple versions of the same package on a machine entitled to different users. Package versions can be added at any time, as the package store and catalogs are updated with the new resources. During an upgrade in the new version, only new files are added to the new version store location, and hard links are created for unchanged files. Such results reduce overall storage by only presenting the file on one disk location, then projecting it into all folders with a file location entry on the disk.
 
 #### How to upgrade an App-V package
 
@@ -521,7 +523,7 @@ If you try to upgrade a package that is currently in use, the upgrade task is pl
 
 | Task type | Applicable rule |
 |---|---|
-| User-based tasks, such as publishing a package to a user | The pending task will be performed after the user logs off and then logs back on. |
+| User-based tasks, such as publishing a package to a user | The pending task will be performed after the user signs out and then signs back in. |
 | Globally based tasks, such as enabling a connection group globally | The pending task will be performed when the computer is shut down and then restarted. |
 
 When a task is placed in a pending state, the App-V Client also generates a registry key for the pending task, as follows:
@@ -542,19 +544,19 @@ Use the following example scenarios as a guide for updating packages.
 
 | Scenario | Requirements |
 |---|---|
-| App-V package is not in use when you try to upgrade | None of the following components of the package can be in use: virtual application, COM server, or shell extensions.

              The administrator publishes a newer version of the package and the upgrade works the next time a component or application inside the package is launched. The new version of the package is streamed and ran. |
-| App-V package is in use when the administrator publishes a newer version of the package | The App-V Client sets the operation to "pending," which means that it is queued and will be carried out later when the package is not in use.

              If the package application is in use, the user shuts down the virtual application, after which the upgrade can occur.

              If the package has shell extensions, which are permanently loaded by Windows Explorer, the user won't be able to sign in. Users must sign off and then sign back in to initiate the App-V package upgrade.|
+| App-V package isn't in use when you try to upgrade | None of the following components of the package can be in use: virtual application, COM server, or shell extensions.

              The administrator publishes a newer version of the package and the upgrade works the next time a component or application inside the package is launched. The new version of the package is streamed and ran. |
+| App-V package is in use when the administrator publishes a newer version of the package | The App-V Client sets the operation to "pending," which means that it's queued and will be carried out later when the package isn't in use.

              If the package application is in use, the user shuts down the virtual application, after which the upgrade can occur.

              If the package has shell extensions, which are permanently loaded by Windows Explorer, the user won't be able to sign in. Users must sign off and then sign back in to initiate the App-V package upgrade.|
 
 ### Global vs. user publishing
 
-App-V Packages can be published in one of two ways; as user, which entitles an App-V package to a specific user or group of users, or as global, which entitles the App-V package to the entire machine for all users of the machine. Once a package upgrade has been pended and the App-V package is not in use, consider the two types of publishing:
+App-V Packages can be published in one of two ways; as user, which entitles an App-V package to a specific user or group of users, or as global, which entitles the App-V package to the entire machine for all users of the machine. Once a package upgrade has been pended and the App-V package isn't in use, consider the two types of publishing:
 
 - Global publishing is when the application is published to a machine; all users on that machine can use it. The upgrade will happen when the App-V Client Service starts, which effectively means a machine restart.
-- User publishing is when the application is published to a user. If there are multiple users on the machine, the application can be published to a subset of the users. The upgrade will happen when the user signs in or when it is published again (periodically, ConfigMgr Policy refresh and evaluation, or an App-V periodic publishing/refresh, or explicitly through Windows PowerShell commands).
+- User publishing is when the application is published to a user. If there are multiple users on the machine, the application can be published to a subset of the users. The upgrade will happen when the user signs in or when it's published again (periodically, ConfigMgr Policy refresh and evaluation, or an App-V periodic publishing/refresh, or explicitly through Windows PowerShell commands).
 
 ### Removing an App-V package
 
-Removing App-V applications in a Full Infrastructure is an unpublish operation and does not perform a package removal. The process is the same as the publish process above, but instead of adding the removal process reverses the changes that have been made for App-V Packages.
+Removing App-V applications in a Full Infrastructure is an unpublish operation and doesn't  perform a package removal. The process is the same as the publish process above, but instead of adding the removal process reverses the changes that have been made for App-V Packages.
 
 ### Repairing an App-V package
 
@@ -577,12 +579,12 @@ When App-V applications are published to a computer with the App-V Client, some
 - Backup and Restore: Existing native application data and registry (such as FTA registrations) are backed up during publishing.
 
     1. App-V packages are given ownership based on the last integrated package where the ownership is passed to the newest published App-V application.
-    2. Ownership transfers from one App-V package to another when the owning App-V package is unpublished. This will not initiate a restore of the data or registry.
+    2. Ownership transfers from one App-V package to another when the owning App-V package is unpublished. This transfer won't initiate a restore of the data or registry.
     3. Restore the backed-up data when the last package is unpublished or removed on a per-extension point basis.
 
 ### Extension points
 
-The App-V publishing files (manifest and dynamic configuration) provide several extension points to integrate the application with the local operating system. These extension points perform typical application installation tasks, such as placing shortcuts, creating file type associations, and registering components. As these are virtualized applications that are not installed in the same manner a traditional application, there are some differences. The following is a list of extension points covered in this section:
+The App-V publishing files (manifest and dynamic configuration) provide several extension points to integrate the application with the local operating system. These extension points perform typical application installation tasks, such as placing shortcuts, creating file type associations, and registering components. As these are virtualized applications that aren't installed in the same manner a traditional application, there are some differences. The following is a list of extension points covered in this section:
 
 - Shortcuts
 - File type associations
@@ -598,7 +600,7 @@ The App-V publishing files (manifest and dynamic configuration) provide several
 
 The shortcut is one of the basic elements of integration with the OS and is the interface for direct user launch of an App-V application. During the publishing and unpublishing of App-V applications.
 
-From the package manifest and dynamic configuration XML files, the path to a specific application executable can be found in a section like the following:
+From the package manifest and dynamic configuration XML files, the path to a specific application executable can be found in a section as shown in the following example:
 
 ```XML
 
@@ -618,7 +620,7 @@ As mentioned previously, the App-V shortcuts are placed by default in the user
 
 ### File type associations
 
-Users can use file type invocations or open a file with a specifically registered extension (.docx) to start an App-V application because the App-V Client manages the local operating system File Type Associations during publishing. File type associations are present in the manifest and dynamic configuration files, as shown in the following example:
+Users can use file type invocations or open a file with a registered extension (.docx) to start an App-V application because the App-V Client manages the local operating system File Type Associations during publishing. File type associations are present in the manifest and dynamic configuration files, as shown in the following example:
 
 ```XML
 
@@ -665,7 +667,7 @@ Users can use file type invocations or open a file with a specifically registere
 
 ### Shell extensions
 
-Shell extensions are embedded in the package automatically during the sequencing process. When the package is published globally, the shell extension gives users the same functionality as if the application were locally installed. The application requires no additional setup or configuration on the client to enable the shell extension functionality.
+Shell extensions are embedded in the package automatically during the sequencing process. When the package is published globally, the shell extension gives users the same functionality as if the application were locally installed. The application requires no extra setup or configuration on the client to enable the shell extension functionality.
 
 #### Requirements for using shell extensions
 
@@ -679,10 +681,10 @@ The following table displays the supported shell extensions.
 
 | Handler | Description |
 |---|---|
-| Context menu handler | Adds menu items to the context menu. It is called before the context menu is displayed. |
+| Context menu handler | Adds menu items to the context menu. it's called before the context menu is displayed. |
 | Drag-and-drop handler | Controls the action upon right-click drag-and-drop and modifies the context menu that appears. |
 | Drop target handler | Controls the action after a data object is dragged-and-dropped over a drop target, such as a file.|
-| Data object handler| Controls the action after a file is copied to the clipboard or dragged-and-dropped over a drop target. It can provide additional clipboard formats to the drop target.|
+| Data object handler| Controls the action after a file is copied to the clipboard or dragged-and-dropped over a drop target. It can provide more clipboard formats to the drop target.|
 | Property sheet handler| Replaces or adds pages to the property sheet dialog box of an object.|
 | Infotip handler| Allows retrieving flags and infotip information for an item and displaying it inside a popup tooltip upon mouse-hover.|
 | Column handler| Allows creating and displaying custom columns in Windows Explorer *Details view*. It can be used to extend sorting and grouping.|
@@ -690,7 +692,7 @@ The following table displays the supported shell extensions.
 
 ### COM
 
-The App-V Client supports publishing applications with support for COM integration and virtualization. COM integration allows the App-V Client to register COM objects on the local operating system and virtualization of the objects. For the purposes of this document, the integration of COM objects requires additional detail.
+The App-V Client supports publishing applications with support for COM integration and virtualization. COM integration allows the App-V Client to register COM objects on the local operating system and virtualization of the objects. For the purposes of this document, the integration of COM objects requires more details.
 
 App-V supports registering COM objects from the package to the local operating system with two process types: Out-of-process and In-process. Registering COM objects is accomplished with one or a combination of multiple modes of operation for a specific App-V package that includes Off, Isolated, and Integrated. Integrated mode is configured for either the Out-of-process or In-process type. Configuration of COM modes and types is accomplished with dynamic configuration files (deploymentconfig.xml or userconfig.xml).
 
@@ -698,9 +700,9 @@ For details on App-V integration, see [Microsoft Application Virtualization 5.0
 
 ### Software clients and application capabilities
 
-App-V supports specific software clients and application capabilities extension points to register virtualized applications with the operating system's software client. This means users can select default programs for operations like email, instant messaging, and using the media player. This operation is performed in the control panel with **Set Program Access** and **Computer Defaults**, and is configured during sequencing in the manifest or dynamic configuration files. Application capabilities are only supported when the App-V applications are published globally.
+App-V supports specific software clients and application capabilities extension points to register virtualized applications with the operating system's software client. This specific support means users can select default programs for operations like email, instant messaging, and using the media player. This operation is performed in the control panel with **Set Program Access** and **Computer Defaults**, and is configured during sequencing in the manifest or dynamic configuration files. Application capabilities are only supported when the App-V applications are published globally.
 
-The following is an example of software client registration of an App-V-based mail client.
+The following example illustrates a software client registration of an App-V-based mail client.
 
 ```XML
     
@@ -752,23 +754,23 @@ The following is an example of software client registration of an App-V-based ma
 
 Virtual applications don't always specifically utilize file type invocation. For, example, in an application that supports embedding a mailto: link inside a document or web page, the user selects the link expecting to access their registered mail client. App-V supports URL Protocol handlers that can be registered on a per-package basis with the local operating system. During sequencing, the URL Protocol handlers are automatically added to the package.
 
-For situations where there is more than one application that could register the specific URL Protocol handler, the dynamic configuration files can be utilized to modify the behavior and suppress or disable this feature for an application that should not be the primary application launched.
+For situations where there's  more than one application that could register the specific URL Protocol handler, the dynamic configuration files can be utilized to modify the behavior and suppress or disable this feature for an application that shouldn't be the primary application launched.
 
 ### AppPath
 
-The AppPath extension point supports calling App-V applications directly from the operating system. Administrators can provide access to App-V applications from operating system commands or scripts without calling the specific path to the executable from either the Run or Start Screen, depending on the operating system. It therefore avoids modifying the system path environment variable on all systems, as it is accomplished during publishing.
+The AppPath extension point supports calling App-V applications directly from the operating system. Administrators can provide access to App-V applications from operating system commands or scripts without calling the specific path to the executable from either the Run or Start Screen, depending on the operating system. It therefore avoids modifying the system path environment variable on all systems, as it's accomplished during publishing.
 
-The AppPath extension point is configured either in the manifest or in the dynamic configuration files and is stored in the registry on the local machine during publishing for the user. For additional information on AppPath review: [App Paths - A Virtual Application Extension in App-V 5.0](/archive/blogs/virtualworld/app-paths-a-virtual-application-extension-in-app-v-5-0).
+The AppPath extension point is configured either in the manifest or in the dynamic configuration files and is stored in the registry on the local machine during publishing for the user. For more information on AppPath review: [App Paths - A Virtual Application Extension in App-V 5.0](/archive/blogs/virtualworld/app-paths-a-virtual-application-extension-in-app-v-5-0).
 
 ### Virtual application
 
-This subsystem provides a list of applications captured during sequencing which is usually consumed by other App-V components. Integration of extension points belonging to a specific application can be disabled using dynamic configuration files. For example, if a package contains two applications, you can disable all extension points belonging to one application to only allow integration of extension points for the other application.
+This subsystem provides a list of applications captured during sequencing which is consumed by other App-V components. Integration of extension points belonging to a specific application can be disabled using dynamic configuration files. For example, if a package contains two applications, you can disable all extension points belonging to one application to only allow integration of extension points for the other application.
 
 ### Extension point rules
 
-The previously described extension points are integrated into the operating system based on how the packages has been published. Global publishing places extension points in public machine locations, where user publishing places extension points in user locations. For example, a shortcut created on the desktop and published globally will result in the file data for the shortcut (%Public%\\Desktop) and the registry data (HKLM\\Software\\Classes). The same shortcut would have file data (%UserProfile%\\Desktop) and registry data (HKCU\\Software\\Classes).
+The previously described extension points are integrated into the operating system based on how the packages have been published. Global publishing places extension points in public machine locations, where user publishing places extension points in user locations. For example, a shortcut created on the desktop and published globally will result in the file data for the shortcut (%Public%\\Desktop) and the registry data (HKLM\\Software\\Classes). The same shortcut would have file data (%UserProfile%\\Desktop) and registry data (HKCU\\Software\\Classes).
 
-Extension points are not all published the same way, where some extension points will require global publishing and others require sequencing on the specific operating system and architecture where they are delivered. Below is a table that describes these two key rules.
+Extension points aren't all published the same way, where some extension points will require global publishing and others require sequencing on the specific operating system and architecture where they're delivered. Below is a table that describes these two key rules.
 
 |Virtual Extension|Requires target OS sequencing|Requires global publishing|
 |---|:---:|:---:|
@@ -791,7 +793,7 @@ Extension points are not all published the same way, where some extension points
 
 ## Dynamic configuration processing
 
-Deploying App-V packages to a single machine or user is very simple. However, as organizations deploy App-V applications across business lines and geographic and political boundaries, it becomes impossible to sequence all applications with the same settings. App-V was designed to overcome this problem by capturing specific settings and configurations during sequencing in the Manifest file while also supporting modification with Dynamic Configuration files.
+Deploying App-V packages to a single machine or user is simple. However, as organizations deploy App-V applications across business lines and geographic and political boundaries, it becomes impossible to sequence all applications with the same settings. App-V was designed to overcome this problem by capturing specific settings and configurations during sequencing in the Manifest file while also supporting modification with Dynamic Configuration files.
 
 App-V dynamic configuration lets you specify a package policy at either the machine or user levels. Sequencing engineers can use Dynamic Configuration files to modify the configuration of a package post-sequencing to address the needs of individual groups of users or machines. In some instances, it may be necessary to modify the application to provide proper functionality within the App-V environment. For example, you may need to modify the \_\*config.xml files to allow certain actions to be performed at a specified time while executing the application, like disabling a mailto extension to prevent a virtualized application from overwriting that extension from another application.
 
@@ -799,7 +801,7 @@ App-V packages contain the Manifest file inside of the App-V Package file, which
 
 ### Examples of dynamic configuration files
 
-The following example shows the combination of the Manifest, Deployment Configuration, and User Configuration files after publishing and during normal operation. These examples are abbreviated examples of each of the files. The purpose is show the combination of the files only, not to be a complete description of the specific categories available in each file. For more information, download the [App-V Sequencing Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=27760).
+The following example shows the combination of the Manifest, Deployment Configuration, and User Configuration files after publishing and during normal operation. These examples are abbreviated examples of each of the files. The purpose is to show the combination of the files only, not to be a complete description of the specific categories available in each file. For more information, download the [App-V Sequencing Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=27760).
 
 #### Manifest
 
@@ -871,7 +873,7 @@ The following example shows the combination of the Manifest, Deployment Configur
 
 App-V supports automatic packaging of side-by-side assemblies during sequencing and deployment on the client during virtual application publishing. App-V also supports capturing side-by-side assemblies during sequencing for assemblies not present on the sequencing machine. For assemblies consisting of Visual C++ (Version 8 and newer) or MSXML run-time, the Sequencer will automatically detect and capture these dependencies even if they weren't installed during monitoring.
 
-The side-by-side assemblies feature removes the limitations of previous versions of App-V, where the App-V Sequencer did not capture assemblies already present on the sequencing workstation, and privatized the assemblies, which limited it to one bit version per package. This behavior resulted in App-V applications being deployed to clients missing the required side-by-side assemblies, which led to application launch failures. This forced the packaging process to document and ensure that all assemblies required for packages were locally installed on the user’s client operating system. This task was both a management and implementation challenge due to the number of assemblies and the lack of application documentation for the required dependencies.
+The side-by-side assemblies feature removes the limitations of previous versions of App-V, where the App-V Sequencer didn't capture assemblies already present on the sequencing workstation, and privatized the assemblies, which limited it to a bit version per package. This behavior resulted in App-V applications being deployed to clients missing the required side-by-side assemblies, which led to application launch failures. This failure forced the packaging process to document and ensure that all assemblies required for packages were locally installed on the user’s client operating system. This task was both a management and implementation challenge due to the number of assemblies and the lack of application documentation for the required dependencies.
 
 Side-by-side assembly support in App-V has the following features:
 
@@ -885,14 +887,14 @@ Side-by-side assembly support in App-V has the following features:
 During publishing of an App-V package with side-by-side assemblies, the App-V Client will check for the presence of the assembly on the machine. If it doesn't detect an assembly, the client will deploy the assembly to the machine. Packages that are part of connection groups will rely on the side-by-side assembly installations in the base packages, as the connection groups don't contain any information about assembly installation.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->Unpublishing or removing a package with an assembly does not remove the assemblies for that package.
+>Unpublishing or removing a package with an assembly doesn't remove the assemblies for that package.
 
 ## Client logging
 
 The App-V Client logs information to the Windows Event log in standard ETW format. The specific App-V events can be found in the event viewer under **Applications and Services Logs\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client**.
 
-There are three specific categories of events recorded:
+There're three specific categories of events recorded:
 
 - **Admin** logs events for configurations applied to the App-V Client and also contains the primary warnings and errors.
 - **Operational** logs the general App-V execution and usage of individual components, creating an audit log of the App-V Client's completed App-V operations.
-- **Virtual Application** logs virtual application launches and use of virtualization subsystems.
\ No newline at end of file
+- **Virtual Application** logs virtual application launches and use of virtualization subsystems.
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-apply-the-deployment-configuration-file-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-apply-the-deployment-configuration-file-with-powershell.md
index a8a744e7e2..961240387c 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-apply-the-deployment-configuration-file-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-apply-the-deployment-configuration-file-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Apply deployment config file via Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to apply the deployment configuration file by using Windows PowerShell for Windows 10/11.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/15/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to apply the deployment configuration file by using Windows PowerShell
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-apply-the-user-configuration-file-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-apply-the-user-configuration-file-with-powershell.md
index 1650a46de5..5f023014c9 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-apply-the-user-configuration-file-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-apply-the-user-configuration-file-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to apply the user configuration file by using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to apply the user configuration file by using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/15/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to apply the user configuration file by using Windows PowerShell
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md
index 7875e506a1..30dccb2ed4 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Automatically sequence multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer) (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to automatically sequence multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Automatically sequence multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 Sequencing multiple apps at the same time requires you to install and start Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer), and to install the necessary apps to collect any changes made to the operating system during the installation and building of the App-V package.
 
-Starting with Windows 10 version 1703, running the App-V Sequencer automatically captures and stores your customizations as an App-V project template (.appvt) file. If you want to make changes to this package later, your customizations will be automatically loaded from this template file. This is applicable to all of the sequencing scenarios:
+Starting with Windows 10 version 1703, running the App-V Sequencer automatically captures and stores your customizations as an App-V project template (.appvt) file. If you want to make changes to this package later, your customizations will be automatically loaded from this template file. This automatic customization load is applicable to all of the sequencing scenarios:
 
 - Using the **New-BatchAppVSequencerPackages** cmdlet
 - Using the App-V Sequencer interface
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Sequencing multiple apps at the same time requires that you create a **ConfigFil
 
     - ``````. The name of the app you're adding to the package.
     - ``````. The file path to the folder with the app installer.
-    - ``````. The file name for the app executable. This will typically be an .exe or .msi file.
+    - ``````. The file name for the app executable. This file will typically be an .exe or .msi file.
     - ``````. The command-line options required for the app installation.
     - ``````. The maximum amount of time, in minutes, that the cmdlet should wait for sequencing to complete. You can enter a different value for each app, based on the size and complexity of the app itself.
     - ``````. Determines whether the sequencer uses the cmdlet or the App-V Sequencer interface. **True** tells the sequencer to use cmdlet-based sequencing, while **False** tells the sequencer to use the App-V Sequencer interface. You can use both the cmdlet and the interface together in the same ConfigFile, for different apps.
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ New-BatchAppVSequencerPackages –ConfigFile  –VMName ``` is the name of the virtual machine (VM) with the App-V Sequencer installed, where you'll run the batch sequencing, and `````` is the full path to where the sequenced packages should be copied.
 
-The cmdlet creates a "clean" checkpoint on the VM. Next, the cmdlet copies the first app installer listed in the ConfigFile from the Host computer to the VM, and finally a new session of the VM opens (through VMConnect) and sequencing of the app begins from the command-line. After completing sequencing and package creation for the first app on the VM, the package is copied from the VM to the Host computer, specified in the *OutputPath* parameter. The cmdlet then goes to the second app on your list, reverting the VM back to a "clean" checkpoint and running through all of the steps again, until the second app package is copied to your output folder. This process continues until all apps included in your list are done. After the last app, the VM is reverted back to a "clean" checkpoint and turned off.
+The cmdlet creates a "clean" checkpoint on the VM. Next, the cmdlet copies the first app installer listed in the ConfigFile from the Host computer to the VM, and finally a new session of the VM opens (through VMConnect) and sequencing of the app begins from the command-line. After the sequencing and package creation for the first app on the VM is completed, the package is copied from the VM to the Host computer, specified in the *OutputPath* parameter. The cmdlet then goes to the second app on your list, reverting the VM back to a "clean" checkpoint and running through all of the steps again, until the second app package is copied to your output folder. This process continues until all apps included in your list are done. After the last app, the VM is reverted back to a "clean" checkpoint and turned off.
 
 ### Review the log files
 
-There are 3 types of log files that occur when you sequence multiple apps at the same time:
+There are three types of log files that occur when you sequence multiple apps at the same time:
 
 - **New-BatchAppVSequencerPackages-<*time_stamp*>.txt**. Located in the %temp%\AutoSequencer\Logs directory. This log contains info about the sequencing activities for each app, such as "Copying installer to VM," "Scheduling sequencing task," and so on. Additionally, if an app times out, this log contains the failure along with the checkpoint for troubleshooting the problem.
 - **New-BatchAppVSequencerPackages-report-<*time_stamp*>.txt**. Located in the **OutputPath** folder you specified earlier. This log contains info about the connections made to the VM, showing if there were any failures. Additionally, it briefly includes success or failure info for all of the apps.
@@ -101,4 +101,4 @@ There are 3 types of log files that occur when you sequence multiple apps at the
 - [Automatically provision your sequencing environment using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-provision-a-vm.md)
 - [Manually sequence a single app using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-sequence-a-new-application.md)
 - [Automatically update multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-updating.md)
-- [Automatically clean up unpublished packages on the App-V client](appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Automatically clean up unpublished packages on the App-V client](appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-batch-updating.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-batch-updating.md
index 3ce6b6faac..9273525175 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-batch-updating.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-batch-updating.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Automatically update multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer) (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to automatically update multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Automatically update multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Updating multiple apps at the same time requires that you create a **ConfigFile*
 
     - ``````. The name of the app you're adding to the package.
     - ``````. The file path to the folder with the app installer.
-    - ``````. The file name for the app executable. This will typically be an .exe or .msi file.
+    - ``````. The file name for the app executable. This file will typically be an .exe or .msi file.
     - ``````. The command-line options required for the app installation.
     - ``````. The file path to the location of your App-V packages. These packages were created when you sequenced your apps.
     - ``````. The maximum amount of time, in minutes, that the cmdlet should wait for updating to complete. You can enter a different value for each app, based on the size and complexity of the app itself.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Updating multiple apps at the same time requires that you create a **ConfigFile*
     ```
     Where `````` is the name of the virtual machine (VM) with the App-V Sequencer installed that you'll run the batch updating on, and `````` is the full path to where the updated packages should be copied.
 
-    The cmdlet creates a "clean" checkpoint on the VM. After making the checkpoint, the cmdlet copies the first app installer listed in the ConfigFile from the Host computer to the VM. This opens a new session of the VM (through VMConnect), allowing app updates to begin from the command-line. After completing the update and package creation for the first app on the VM, the package is copied from the VM to the Host computer, specified in the OutputPath parameter. The cmdlet then goes to the second app on your list, reverting the VM back to a "clean" checkpoint and running through all of the steps again, until the second app package is copied to your output folder. This process continues until all apps included in your list are done. After the last app, the VM is reverted back to a "clean" checkpoint and turned off.
+    The cmdlet creates a "clean" checkpoint on the VM. After the checkpoint is created, the cmdlet copies the first app installer listed in the ConfigFile from the Host computer to the VM. This copy-operation opens a new session of the VM (through VMConnect), allowing app updates to begin from the command-line. After the update and package creation for the first app on the VM is completed, the package is copied from the VM to the Host computer, specified in the OutputPath parameter. The cmdlet then goes to the second app on your list, reverting the VM back to a "clean" checkpoint and running through all of the steps again, until the second app package is copied to your output folder. This process continues until all apps included in your list are done. After the last app, the VM is reverted back to a "clean" checkpoint and turned off.
 
 ## Update multiple apps with the App-V Sequencer interface
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Updating multiple apps at the same time requires that you create a **ConfigFile*
 
     - ``````. The name of the app you're adding to the package.
     - ``````. The file path to the folder with the app installer.
-    - ``````. The file name for the app executable. This will typically be an .exe or .msi file.
+    - ``````. The file name for the app executable. This file will typically be an .exe or .msi file.
     - ``````. The file path to the location of your App-V packages. These packages were created when you sequenced your apps.
     - ``````. The maximum amount of time, in minutes, the cmdlet should wait for updating to complete. You can enter a different value for each app, based on the size and complexity of the app itself.
     - ``````. Determines whether the sequencer uses the cmdlet or the App-V Sequencer interface. **True** tells the sequencer to use cmdlet-based updating, while **False** tells the sequencer to use the App-V Sequencer interface. You can use both the cmdlet and the interface together in the same ConfigFile, for different apps.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Updating multiple apps at the same time requires that you create a **ConfigFile*
     ```
     Where `````` is the name of the virtual machine (VM) with the App-V Sequencer installed, where you'll run the batch updating, and `````` is the full path to where the updated packages should be copied.
 
-    This cmdlet creates a "clean" checkpoint on the VM. After making the checkpoint, the cmdlet copies the first app installer listed in the ConfigFile from the Host computer to the VM. This opens a new session of the VM (through VMConnect) and app updating begins from the command-line. After completing updating and package creation for the first app on the VM, the package is copied from the VM to the Host computer specified in the *OutputPath* parameter. The cmdlet then goes to the second app on your list, reverting the VM back to a "clean" checkpoint and running through all of the steps again, until the second app package is copied to your output folder. This process continues until all apps included in your list are done. After the last app, the VM is reverted to a "clean" checkpoint and turned off.
+    This cmdlet creates a "clean" checkpoint on the VM. After the checkpoint is created, the cmdlet copies the first app installer listed in the ConfigFile from the Host computer to the VM. This opens a new session of the VM (through VMConnect) and app updating begins from the command-line. After the updating and package creation for the first app on the VM is completed, the package is copied from the VM to the Host computer specified in the *OutputPath* parameter. The cmdlet then goes to the second app on your list, reverting the VM back to a "clean" checkpoint and running through all of the steps again, until the second app package is copied to your output folder. This process continues until all apps included in your list are done. After the last app, the VM is reverted to a "clean" checkpoint and turned off.
 
 ### Review the log files
 
@@ -155,4 +155,4 @@ There are three types of log files that occur when you sequence multiple apps at
 - [Automatically provision your sequencing environment using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-provision-a-vm.md)
 - [Manually sequence a single app using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-sequence-a-new-application.md)
 - [Automatically sequence multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md)
-- [Automatically cleanup unpublished packages on the App-V client](appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Automatically cleanup unpublished packages on the App-V client](appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md
index 38ab629d22..0edc5463b0 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-clean-unpublished-packages.md
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 ---
 title: Auto-remove unpublished packages on App-V client (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to automatically clean up any unpublished packages on your App-V client devices.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/15/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
----
+---        
 # Automatically clean up unpublished packages on the App-V client
 
 [!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
@@ -62,5 +62,5 @@ Using Group Policy, you can turn on the **Enable automatic cleanup of unused App
 ## Related topics
 
 - [Download the Windows ADK](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit)
-- [Download the Microsoft Application Virtualization 5.0 Client UI Application](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=41186)
+- [Deploying App-V for Windows client](appv-deploying-appv.md)
 - [Using the App-V Client Management Console](appv-using-the-client-management-console.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-provision-a-vm.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-provision-a-vm.md
index f9e98f0849..a8a277b8de 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-provision-a-vm.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-provision-a-vm.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Automatically provision your sequencing environment using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer) (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to automatically provision your sequencing environment using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer) PowerShell cmdlet or the user interface.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Automatically provision your sequencing environment using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Previous versions of the App-V Sequencer have required you to manually create yo
 
 ## Automatic VM provisioning of the sequencing environment
 
-You have two options for provisioning an VM for auto-sequencing:
+You have two options for provisioning a VM for auto-sequencing:
 
 1. Using a Virtual Hard Disk (VHD)
 2. Updating an existing VM
@@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ After you sequence your packages, you can automatically clean up any unpublished
 - [Download the **Convert-WindowsImage** tool](https://www.powershellgallery.com/packages/Convert-WindowsImage/10.0)
 - [Download the Windows ADK](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit)
 - [How to install the App-V Sequencer](appv-install-the-sequencer.md)
-- [Learn about Hyper-V on Windows Server 2016](/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/Hyper-V-on-Windows-Server)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Learn about Hyper-V on Windows Server 2016](/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/Hyper-V-on-Windows-Server)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-available-mdm-settings.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-available-mdm-settings.md
index 107fab760e..0c7aeffe75 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-available-mdm-settings.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-available-mdm-settings.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Available Mobile Device Management (MDM) settings for App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn the available Mobile Device Management (MDM) settings you can use to configure App-V on Windows 10.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/15/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Available Mobile Device Management (MDM) settings for App-V
@@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ Starting with Windows 10 version 1703, you can configure, deploy, and manage you
 |SyncStatusDescription|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/ AppVPublishing/LastSync/SyncStatusDescription|String|- **0**: App-V publishing is idle.
              - **1**: App-V connection groups publish in progress.
              - **2**: App-V packages (non-connection group) publish in progress.
              - **3**: App-V packages (connection group) publish in progress.
              - **4**: App-V packages unpublish in progress.|
 |SyncProgress|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/ AppVPublishing/LastSync/SyncProgress|String|- **0**: App-V Sync is idle.
              - **1**: App-V Sync is initializing.
              - **2**: App-V Sync is in progress.
              - **3**: App-V Sync is complete.
              - **4**: App-V Sync requires device reboot.|
 |PublishXML|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/
              AppVPublishing/Sync/PublishXML|String|Custom value, entered by admin.|
-|Policy|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/
              AppVDynamicPolicy/configurationid/Policy|String|Custom value, entered by admin.|
\ No newline at end of file
+|Policy|Windows 10/11|./Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement/
              AppVDynamicPolicy/configurationid/Policy|String|Custom value, entered by admin.|
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-capacity-planning.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-capacity-planning.md
index 75a7a8d6ec..8757a55bb9 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-capacity-planning.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-capacity-planning.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: App-V Capacity Planning (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use these recommendations as a baseline to help determine capacity planning information that is appropriate to your organization’s App-V infrastructure.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # App-V Capacity Planning
@@ -23,18 +23,18 @@ The following recommendations can be used as a baseline to help determine capaci
 
 ## Determine the project scope
 
-Before you design the App-V infrastructure, determining which applications will be available virtually, and also identify the target users and their locations. This information will determine what type of App-V infrastructure your project should implement. Your should base your decisions about your project's scope on your organization's specific needs.
+Before you design the App-V infrastructure, determining which applications will be available virtually, and also identify the target users and their locations. This information will determine what type of App-V infrastructure your project should implement. You should base your decisions about your project's scope on your organization's specific needs.
 
 |Task|More information|
 |----|----------------|
-|Determine application scope|The App-V infrastructure can be set up in different ways depending on which applications you want to virtualize. This means your first task is to define which applications you want to virtualize.|
+|Determine application scope|The App-V infrastructure can be set up in different ways depending on which applications you want to virtualize. This customization in set up means your first task is to define which applications you want to virtualize.|
 |Determine location scope|"Location scope" refers to the physical locations where you plan to run the virtualized applications (for example, enterprise-wide or a specific geographic location). It can also refer to the user population that will run the virtual applications (for example, a single department). You should obtain a network map that includes the connection paths, the available bandwidth for each location, the number of users using virtualized applications, and the WAN link speed.|
 
 ## Determine which App-V infrastructure is required
 
-You can also manage your App-V environment using an electronic software distribution (ESD) solution such as Microsoft Systems Center Configuration Manager. For more information see [How to deploy App-V packages using electronic software distribution](appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md).
+You can also manage your App-V environment using an electronic software distribution (ESD) solution such as Microsoft Systems Center Configuration Manager. For more information, see [How to deploy App-V packages using electronic software distribution](appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md).
 
-* **Standalone model**—The standalone model allows virtual applications to be Windows Installer-enabled for distribution without streaming. App-V in Standalone mode only needs the sequencer and the client; no additional components are required. Applications are prepared for virtualization using a process called sequencing. For more information, see [Planning for the App-V Sequencer and Client deployment](appv-planning-for-sequencer-and-client-deployment.md). The standalone model is recommended for the following scenarios:
+* **Standalone model**—The standalone model allows virtual applications to be Windows Installer-enabled for distribution without streaming. App-V in Standalone mode only needs the sequencer and the client; no extra components are required. Applications are prepared for virtualization using a process called sequencing. For more information, see [Planning for the App-V Sequencer and Client deployment](appv-planning-for-sequencer-and-client-deployment.md). The standalone model is recommended for the following scenarios:
 
     * When there are disconnected remote users who can't connect to the App-V infrastructure.
     * When you're running a software management system, such as System Center 2012 Configuration Manager.
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ The following table describes each factor that impacts round-trip time in more d
 |Factors impacting round-trip response time|Description|
 |------------------------------------------|-----------|
 |The number of publishing servers simultaneously requesting package metadata refreshes.|A single management server can respond to up to 320 publishing servers simultaneously requesting publishing metadata. For example, in a case with 30 publishing servers simultaneously requesting publishing metadata, the round-trip response time is about 40 seconds, while for less than 50 servers it's less than 5 seconds. From 50 to 320 publishing servers, response team increases linearly (approximately 2×).|
-|The number of connection groups configured on the management server.|For up to 100 connection groups, there is no significant change in the round-trip response time on the publishing server. For 100–400 connection groups, there is a minor linear increase in the round-trip response time.|
-|The number of access groups configured on the management server.|For up to 40 access groups, there is a linear (approximately 3×) increase in the round-trip response time on the publishing server.|
+|The number of connection groups configured on the management server.|For up to 100 connection groups, there's no significant change in the round-trip response time on the publishing server. For 100–400 connection groups, there's a minor linear increase in the round-trip response time.|
+|The number of access groups configured on the management server.|For up to 40 access groups, there's a linear (approximately 3×) increase in the round-trip response time on the publishing server.|
 
 The following table displays sample values for each of the previous factors. In each variation, 120 packages are refreshed from the App-V management server.
 
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ The following table displays sample values for each of the previous factors. In
 
 The CPU utilization of the computer running the management server is around 25% irrespective of the number of publishing servers targeting it. The Microsoft SQL Server database transactions/sec, batch requests/sec and user connections are identical irrespective of the number of publishing servers. For example, transactions/sec is approximately 30, batch requests approximately 200, and user connects approximately six.
 
-Using a geographically distributed deployment, where the management server and publishing servers utilize a slow link network between them, the round-trip response time on the publishing servers is within acceptable time limits (<5 seconds), even for 100 simultaneous requests on a single management server.
+Through a geographically distributed deployment, where the management server and publishing servers utilize a slow link network between them, the round-trip response time on the publishing servers is within acceptable time limits (<5 seconds), even for 100 simultaneous requests on a single management server.
 
 |Scenario|Variation|Number of connection groups|Number of access groups|Number of publishing servers|Network connection type|Round-trip response time (seconds)|Management server CPU utilization (in %)|
 |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Whether the management server and publishing servers are connected over a slow l
 
 ## App-V Reporting Server capacity planning recommendations
 
-App-V clients send reporting data to the reporting server. The reporting server then records the information in the Microsoft SQL Server database and returns a successful notification back to the computer running App-V client. For more information about the App-V Reporting Server's supported configurations see [App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md).
+App-V clients send reporting data to the reporting server. The reporting server then records the information in the Microsoft SQL Server database and returns a successful notification back to the computer running App-V client. For more information about the App-V Reporting Server's supported configurations, see [App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md).
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >Round-trip response time is the time taken by the computer running the App-V client to send the reporting information to the reporting server and receive a successful notification from the reporting server.
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ App-V clients send reporting data to the reporting server. The reporting server
 |Scenario|Summary|
 |---|---|
 |Multiple App-V clients send reporting information to the reporting server simultaneously.|Round-trip response time from the reporting server is 2.6 seconds for 500 clients. Round-trip response time from the reporting server is 5.65 seconds for 1000 clients. Round-trip response time increases linearly depending on number of clients.|
-|Requests per second processed by the reporting server.|A single reporting server and a single database, can process a maximum of 139 requests per second. The average is 121 requests/second. Using two reporting servers reporting to the same Microsoft SQL Server database, the average requests/second, like a single reporting server, is about 127, with a max of 278 requests/second. A single reporting server can process 500 concurrent/active connections. A single reporting server can process a maximum 1,500 concurrent connections.|
+|Requests per second processed by the reporting server.|A single reporting server and a single database can process a maximum of 139 requests per second. The average is 121 requests/second. With the help of two reporting servers that report to the same Microsoft SQL Server database, the average requests/second, like a single reporting server, is about 127, with a max of 278 requests/second. A single reporting server can process 500 concurrent/active connections. A single reporting server can process a maximum 1,500 concurrent connections.|
 |Reporting database.|Lock contention on the computer running Microsoft SQL Server is the limiting factor for requests/second. Throughput and response time are independent of database size.|
 
 ### Calculating random delay
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Computers running the App-V client connect to the App-V publishing server to sen
 |---|---|
 |Multiple App-V clients connect to a single publishing server simultaneously.|A publishing server running dual core processors can respond to at most 5000 clients requesting a refresh simultaneously. For 5,000–10,000 clients, the publishing server requires a minimum quad core. For 10,000–20,000 clients, the publishing server should have dual quad cores for more efficient response times. A publishing server with a quad core can refresh up to 10,000 packages within three seconds. (Supports 10,000 simultaneous clients.)|
 |Number of packages in each refresh.|Increasing number of packages will increase response time by about 40% (up to 1,000 packages).|
-|Network between the App-V client and the publishing server.|Across a slow network (1.5 Mbps bandwidth), there is a 97% increase in response time compared to LAN (up to 1,000 users).|
+|Network between the App-V client and the publishing server.|Across a slow network (1.5-Mbps bandwidth), there's a 97% increase in response time compared to LAN (up to 1,000 users).|
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >The publishing server CPU usage is always high during the time interval when it must process simultaneous requests (>90% in most cases). The publishing server can handle about 1,500 client requests in one second.
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Computers running the App-V client connect to the App-V publishing server to sen
 |---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
 |App-V client sends publishing refresh request and receives response, each request containing 120 packages|Number of clients|100
              1,000
              5,000
              10,000|120
              120
              120
              120|Dual Core
              Dual Core
              Quad Core
              Quad Core|LAN|1
              2
              2
              3|100
              99
              89
              77|
 |Multiple packages in each refresh.|Number of packages|1,000
              1,000|500
              1,000|Quad Core|LAN|2
              3|92
              91|
-|Network between client and publishing server.|1.5 Mbps Slow link network|100
              500
              1,000|120
              120
              120|Quad Core|1.5 Mbps intra-continental network|3
              10 (0.2% failure rate)
              7 (1% failure rate)||
+|Network between client and publishing server.|1.5 Mbps Slow link network|100
              500
              1,000|120
              120
              120|Quad Core|1.5-Mbps intra-continental network|3
              10 (0.2% failure rate)
              7 (1% failure rate)||
 
 ## App-V streaming capacity planning recommendations
 
@@ -159,9 +159,9 @@ Computers running the App-V client stream the virtual application package from t
 
 |Scenario|Summary|
 |---|---|
-|Multiple App-V clients stream applications from a single streaming server simultaneously.|If the number of clients simultaneously streaming from the same server increases, there is a linear relationship with the package download/streaming time.|
+|Multiple App-V clients stream applications from a single streaming server simultaneously.|If the number of clients simultaneously streaming from the same server increases, there's a linear relationship with the package download/streaming time.|
 |Size of the package being streamed.|The package size has a significant impact on the streaming/download time only for larger packages with a size of about 1 GB. For package sizes ranging from 3 MB to 100 MB, the streaming time ranges from 20 seconds to 100 seconds, with 100 simultaneous clients.|
-|Network between the App-V client and the streaming server.|Across a slow network (1.5 Mbps bandwidth), there is a 70–80% increase in response time compared to LAN (up to 100 users).|
+|Network between the App-V client and the streaming server.|Across a slow network (1.5-Mbps bandwidth), there's a 70–80% increase in response time compared to LAN (up to 100 users).|
 
 The following table displays sample values for each of the factors in the previous list:
 
@@ -169,22 +169,22 @@ The following table displays sample values for each of the factors in the previo
 |---|---|---|---|---|---|
 |Multiple App-V clients streaming virtual application packages from a streaming server.|Number of clients.|100
              200
              1,000
              100
              200
              1,000|3.5 MB
              3.5 MB
              3.5 MB
              5 MB
              5 MB
              5 MB|LAN|29
              39
              391
              35
              68
              461|
 |Size of each package being streamed.|Size of each package.|100
              200
              100
              200|21 MB
              21 MB
              109 MB
              109 MB|LAN|33
              83
              100
              160|
-|Network connection between client and App-V streaming server.|1.5 Mbps Slow link network.|100
              100|3.5 MB
              5 MB|1.5 Mbps intra-continental network|102
              121|
+|Network connection between client and App-V streaming server.|1.5 Mbps Slow link network.|100
              100|3.5 MB
              5 MB|1.5-Mbps intra-continental network|102
              121|
 
 Each App-V streaming server should be able to handle a minimum of 200 clients concurrently streaming virtualized applications.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >The actual time to it will take to stream is determined primarily by the number of clients streaming simultaneously, number of packages, package size, the server’s network activity, and network conditions.
 
-For example, an average user can stream a 100 MB package in less than 2 minutes, when 100 simultaneous clients are streaming from the server. However, a package of size 1 GB could take up to 30 minutes. In most real-world environments, streaming demand is not uniformly distributed, you will need to understand the approximate peak streaming requirements present in your environment to properly size the number of required streaming servers.
+For example, an average user can stream a 100-MB package in less than 2 minutes, when 100 simultaneous clients are streaming from the server. However, a package of size 1 GB could take up to 30 minutes. In most real-world environments, streaming demand isn't uniformly distributed, you'll need to understand the approximate peak streaming requirements present in your environment to properly size the number of required streaming servers.
 
-The number of clients a streaming server can support can be significantly increased and the peak streaming requirements reduced if you pre-cache your applications. You can also increase the number of clients a streaming server can support by using on-demand streaming delivery and stream optimized packages.
+The number of clients a streaming server can support can be increased and the peak streaming requirements reduced if you pre-cache your applications. You can also increase the number of clients a streaming server can support by using on-demand streaming delivery and stream optimized packages.
 
 ## Combining App-V server roles
 
-Discounting scaling and fault-tolerance requirements, the minimum number of servers that a location with Active Directory connectivity needs to function is one. This server will host the management server, management server service, and Microsoft SQL Server roles. This means that you can arrange server roles in any combination you like, as they don't conflict with one another.
+Discounting scaling and fault-tolerance requirements, the minimum number of servers that a location with Active Directory connectivity needs to function is 1. This server will host the management server, management server service, and Microsoft SQL Server roles. This coverage means that you can arrange server roles in any combination you like, as they don't conflict with one another.
 
-Ignoring scaling requirements, the minimum number of servers that a fault-tolerant implementation needs to function is four. The management server and Microsoft SQL Server roles support placement in fault-tolerant configurations. The management server service can be combined with any of the roles, but remains a single point of failure.
+Notwithstanding scaling requirements, the minimum number of servers that a fault-tolerant implementation needs to function is four. The management server and Microsoft SQL Server roles support placement in fault-tolerant configurations. The management server service can be combined with any of the roles, but remains a single point of failure.
 
 Although there are many fault-tolerance strategies and technologies you can use, not all are applicable to a given service. Additionally, if App-V roles are combined, the resulting incompatibilities could cause certain fault-tolerance options to stop working.
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-client-configuration-settings.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-client-configuration-settings.md
index f66d17b837..25ab412507 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-client-configuration-settings.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-client-configuration-settings.md
@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 ---
 title: About Client Configuration Settings (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about the App-V client configuration settings and how to use Windows PowerShell to modify the client configuration settings.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # About Client Configuration Settings
 
 [!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
 
-The Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) client stores its configuration in the registry. Understanding how the register's format for data works can help you better understand the client, as you can configure many client actions by changing registry entries. This topic lists the App-V client configuration settings and explains their uses. You can use Windows PowerShell to modify the client configuration settings. For more information about using Windows PowerShell and App-V see [Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md).
+The Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) client stores its configuration in the registry. Understanding how the register's format for data works can help you better understand the client, as you can configure many client actions by changing registry entries. This topic lists the App-V client configuration settings and explains their uses. You can use Windows PowerShell to modify the client configuration settings. For more information about using Windows PowerShell and App-V, see [Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md).
 
 You can use Group Policy to configure App-V client settings by navigating to the **Group Policy management console** at **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **System** > **App-V**.
 
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ The following table provides information about App-V client configuration settin
 |                        Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-LocationProvider**
              String                         |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Specifies the CLSID for a compatible implementation of the IAppvPackageLocationProvider interface.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 |                     Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-CertFilterForClientSsl**
              String                      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Specifies the path to a valid certificate in the certificate store.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 | Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-VerifyCertificateRevocationList**
              True (enabled); False (Disabled state) |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Verifies Server certificate revocation status before streaming with HTTPS.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |                         0                         |
-|     Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-SharedContentStoreMode**
              True (enabled); False (Disabled state)      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Specifies that streamed package contents will be not be saved to the local hard disk.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |                         0                         |
+|     Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-SharedContentStoreMode**
              True (enabled); False (Disabled state)      |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Specifies that streamed package contents will not be saved to the local hard disk.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |                         0                         |
 |                                              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-Name**
              String                                               |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Displays the name of publishing server.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 |                                               Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-URL**
              String                                               |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Displays the URL of publishing server.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 |                      Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-GlobalRefreshEnabled**
              True (enabled); False (Disabled state)                       |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Enables global publishing refresh (Boolean)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |                       False                       |
@@ -46,20 +46,20 @@ The following table provides information about App-V client configuration settin
 |                       Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-UserRefreshOnLogon**
              True (enabled); False (Disabled state)                        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Triggers a user publishing refresh on sign in. (Boolean) Word count (with spaces): 60                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |                       False                       |
 |               Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-UserRefreshInterval**
              Word count (with spaces): 85
              Integer (0–744 Hours)                |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the UserRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |                         0                         |
 |                             Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-UserRefreshIntervalUnit**
              0 for hour, 1 for day                              |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Specifies the interval unit (Hour 0–23, Day 0–31).                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |                         1                         |
-|       Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-MigrationMode**
              True (enabled state); False (Disabled state)       |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Migration mode allows the App-V client to modify shortcuts and FTA’s for packages created by a previous version of App-V.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |                                                   |
+|       Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-MigrationMode**
              True (enabled state); False (Disabled state)       |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Migration mode allows the App-V client to modify shortcuts and FTAs for packages created by a previous version of App-V.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |                                                   |
 |      Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-EnablePackageScripts**
              True (enabled); False (Disabled state)       |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Enables scripts defined in the package manifest of configuration files that should run.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |                                                   |
-|                                    Set-AppvClientConfiguration

              **-RoamingFileExclusions**
              String                                     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Specifies the file paths relative to %userprofile% that do not roam with a user's profile. For example, ```/ROAMINGFILEEXCLUSIONS='desktop;my pictures'```                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |                                                   |
-|                    Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-RoamingRegistryExclusions**
              String                    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Specifies the registry paths that do not roam with a user profile. For example, ```/ROAMINGREGISTRYEXCLUSIONS=software\\classes;software\\clients```                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-|                       Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-IntegrationRootUser**
              String                       |                                                                                                                                                                            Specifies the location to create symbolic links associated with the current version of a per-user published package. All virtual application extensions, such as shortcuts and file type associations, will point to this path. If you don't specify a path, symbolic links will not be used when you publish the package. For example, ```%localappdata%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Integration```.                                                                                                                                                                            | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-|                      Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-IntegrationRootGlobal**
              String                      |                                                                                                                                                                          Specifies the location to create symbolic links associated with the current version of a globally published package. All virtual application extensions, such as shortcuts and file type associations, will point to this path. If you don't specify a path, symbolic links will not be used when you publish the package. For example, ```%allusersprofile%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Integration```.                                                                                                                                                                           | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
+|                                    Set-AppvClientConfiguration

              **-RoamingFileExclusions**
              String                                     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Specifies the file paths relative to %userprofile% that don't roam with a user's profile. For example, ```/ROAMINGFILEEXCLUSIONS='desktop;my pictures'```                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |                                                   |
+|                    Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-RoamingRegistryExclusions**
              String                    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Specifies the registry paths that don't roam with a user profile. For example, ```/ROAMINGREGISTRYEXCLUSIONS=software\\classes;software\\clients```                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
+|                       Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-IntegrationRootUser**
              String                       |                                                                                                                                                                            Specifies the location to create symbolic links associated with the current version of a per-user published package. All virtual application extensions, such as shortcuts and file type associations, will point to this path. If you don't specify a path, symbolic links won't be used when you publish the package. For example, ```%localappdata%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Integration```.                                                                                                                                                                            | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
+|                      Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-IntegrationRootGlobal**
              String                      |                                                                                                                                                                          Specifies the location to create symbolic links associated with the current version of a globally published package. All virtual application extensions, such as shortcuts and file type associations, will point to this path. If you don't specify a path, symbolic links won't be used when you publish the package. For example, ```%allusersprofile%\\Microsoft\\AppV\\Client\\Integration```.                                                                                                                                                                           | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 |                     Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-VirtualizableExtensions**
              String                     | A comma-delineated list of file name extensions that can be used to determine if a locally installed application can be run in the virtual environment. When shortcuts, FTAs, and other extension points are created during publishing, App-V will compare the file name extension to the list if the application associated with the extension point is locally installed. If the extension is located, the **RunVirtual** command-line parameter will be added, and the application will run virtually. For more information about the **RunVirtual** parameter, see [Running a locally installed application inside a virtual environment with virtualized applications](appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md). |             Policy value not written              |
 |        Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingEnabled**
              True (enabled); False (Disabled state)         |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Returns information to a reporting server.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |                       False                       |
 |                       Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingServerURL**
              String                        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Specifies the location on the reporting server where client information is saved.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 |               Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingDataCacheLimit**
              Integer \[0–1024\]               |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Specifies the maximum size in megabytes (MB) of the XML cache for storing reporting information. The size applies to the cache in memory. When the limit is reached, the log file will roll over. Set between 0 and 1024.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-|          Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingDataBlockSize**
              Integer \[1024 - Unlimited\]           |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Specifies the maximum size in bytes to transmit to the server for reporting upload requests. This can help avoid permanent transmission failures when the log has reached a significant size. Set between 1024 and unlimited.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
+|          Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingDataBlockSize**
              Integer \[1024 - Unlimited\]           |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Specifies the maximum size in bytes to transmit to the server for reporting upload requests. This limit can help avoid permanent transmission failures when the log has reached a significant size. Set between 1024 and unlimited.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 |                   Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingStartTime**
              Integer (0–23)                    |                                                                                                                                                                                 Specifies the time to initiate the client to send data to the reporting server. You must specify a valid integer between 0–23 corresponding to the hour of the day. By default the **ReportingStartTime** will start on the current day at 10 P.M.or 22.
              **Note** You should configure this setting to a time when computers running the App-V client are least likely to be offline.                                                                                                                                                                                  | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 |                       Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingInterval**
              Integer                        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Specifies the retry interval that the client will use to resend data to the reporting server.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
-|       Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingRandomDelay**
              Integer \[0 - ReportingRandomDelay\]        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Specifies the maximum delay (in minutes) for data to be sent to the reporting server. When the scheduled task is started, the client generates a random delay between 0 and **ReportingRandomDelay** and will wait the specified duration before sending data. This can help to prevent collisions on the server.                                                                                                                                                                                                                     | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
+|       Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-ReportingRandomDelay**
              Integer \[0 - ReportingRandomDelay\]        |                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Specifies the maximum delay (in minutes) for data to be sent to the reporting server. When the scheduled task is started, the client generates a random delay between 0 and **ReportingRandomDelay** and will wait the specified duration before sending data. This method can help to prevent collisions on the server.                                                                                                                                                                                                                     | Policy value not written (same as Not Configured) |
 |   Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              -EnableDynamicVirtualization
              1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled)   |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Enables supported Shell Extensions, Browser Helper Objects, and Active X controls to be virtualized and run with virtual applications.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |                                                   |
 |          Set-AppvClientConfiguration,
              Set-AppvPublishingServer

              **-EnablePublishingRefreshUI**
              1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled)           |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Enables the publishing refresh progress bar for the computer running the App-V Client.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |                                                   |
 |                           Sync-AppvPublishingServer

              **-HidePublishingRefreshUI**
              1 (Enabled), 0 (Disabled)                           |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Hides the publishing refresh progress bar.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |                                                   |
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-access-to-packages-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-access-to-packages-with-the-management-console.md
index 92657e83fa..4496a174b1 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-access-to-packages-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-access-to-packages-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to configure access to packages by using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to configure access to packages by using the App-V Management Console.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to configure access to packages by using the Management Console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-connection-groups-to-ignore-the-package-version.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-connection-groups-to-ignore-the-package-version.md
index c2d3446d5e..2d597185f7 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-connection-groups-to-ignore-the-package-version.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-connection-groups-to-ignore-the-package-version.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to make a connection group ignore the package version (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to make a connection group ignore the package version with the App-V Server Management Console.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to make a connection group ignore the package version
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ You can also configure a connection group to accept any version of a package, so
 
 - If the connection group has access to multiple versions of a package, App-V will use the latest version.
 
-- If the connection group contains an optional package with an incorrect version, App-V ignores the package and won’t block the connection group’s virtual environment from being created.
+- If the connection group contains an optional package with an incorrect version, App-V ignores the package and won't block the connection group's virtual environment from being created.
 
-- If the connection group contains a non-optional package that has an incorrect version, App-V won't be able to create the connection group’s virtual environment.
+- If the connection group contains a non-optional package that has an incorrect version, App-V won't be able to create the connection group's virtual environment.
 
 ## Make a connection group ignore the package version with the App-V Server Management Console
 
@@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ For more about adding or upgrading packages, see [How to add or upgrade packages
     Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup
     ```
 
-    For more information about how to use the **Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup** cmdlet, see [**Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup**](/powershell/module/appvclient/add-appvclientconnectiongroup?view=win10-ps).
+    For more information about how to use the **Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup** cmdlet, see [**Add-AppvClientConnectionGroup**](/powershell/module/appvclient/add-appvclientconnectiongroup).
 
 4. When you upgrade a package, use the following cmdlets to remove the old package, add the upgraded package, and publish the upgraded package:
 
-    - [**Remove-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/remove-appvclientpackage?view=win10-ps)
-    - [**Add-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/add-appvclientpackage?view=win10-ps)
-    - [**Publish-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/publish-appvclientpackage?view=win10-ps)
+    - [**Remove-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/remove-appvclientpackage)
+    - [**Add-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/add-appvclientpackage)
+    - [**Publish-AppvClientPackage**](/powershell/module/appvclient/publish-appvclientpackage)
 
 For more information, see [How to manage App-V packages running on a stand-alone computer by using Windows PowerShell](appv-manage-appv-packages-running-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md).
 
@@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ For more information, see [How to manage App-V packages running on a stand-alone
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [Managing connection groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Managing connection groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md
index b4b2fc014d..6b86fc2b2e 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-configure-the-client-to-receive-updates-from-the-publishing-server.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to configure the client to receive package and connection groups updates from the publishing server (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to configure the client to receive package and connection groups updates from the publishing server.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/25/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to configure the client to receive package and connection groups updates from the publishing server
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ This article will tell you how to configure the App-V client to receive updates
 ## Configure the App-V client to receive updates from the publishing server
 
 1. Deploy the App-V management and publishing servers, and add the required packages and connection groups. For more information about adding packages and connection groups, see [How to add or upgrade packages by using the Management Console](appv-add-or-upgrade-packages-with-the-management-console.md) and [How to create a connection group](appv-create-a-connection-group.md).
-2. To open the management console, open a web browser and enter the following URL: . Import, publish, and entitle all packages and connection groups that your users will need.
+2. To open the management console, open a web browser and enter the following URL: `https://MyMgmtSrv/AppvManagement/Console.html`. Import, publish, and entitle all packages and connection groups that your users will need.
 3. On the computer running the App-V client, open an elevated Windows PowerShell command prompt, and run the following command:
 
     ```PowerShell
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connect-to-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connect-to-the-management-console.md
index 48b893e5af..06de437d79 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connect-to-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connect-to-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to connect to the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: In this article, learn the procedure for connecting to the App-V Management Console through your web browser.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/25/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to connect to the Management Console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-file.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-file.md
index b73008a5ac..92dc7627d6 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-file.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-file.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: About the connection group file (Windows 10/11)
 description: A summary of what the connection group file is and how to configure it.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/25/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # About the connection group file
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-virtual-environment.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-virtual-environment.md
index dcd72b455c..1329a1cb1a 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-virtual-environment.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-connection-group-virtual-environment.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: About the connection group virtual environment (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how the connection group virtual environment works and how package priority is determined.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 06/25/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # About the connection group virtual environment
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 ## How package priority is determined
 
-The virtual environment and its current state are associated with the connection group, not with the individual packages. If you remove an App-V package from the connection group, the state that existed as part of the connection group will not migrate with the package.
+The virtual environment and its current state are associated with the connection group, not with the individual packages. If you remove an App-V package from the connection group, the state that existed as part of the connection group won't migrate with the package.
 
-If the same package is a part of two different connection groups, you have to indicate which connection group App-V should use. For example, you might have two packages in a connection group that each define the same registry DWORD value.
+If the same package is a part of two different connection groups, you have to indicate which connection group App-V should use. For example, you might have two packages in a connection group wherein each defines the same registry DWORD value.
 
 The connection group that is used is based on the order in which a package appears inside the **AppConnectionGroup** XML document:
 
@@ -48,12 +48,12 @@ Consider the following example section:
 
 Assume that same DWORD value ABC (HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\software\\contoso\\finapp\\region) is defined in the first and third package.
 
-For this example, the DWORD value definition would be the following:
+For this example, the DWORD value definition would be as shown below:
 
 - Package 1 (A8731008-4523-4713-83A4-CD1363907160): HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\software\\contoso\\finapp\\region=5
 - Package 3 (04220DCA-EE77-42BE-A9F5-96FD8E8593F2): HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\software\\contoso\\finapp\\region=10
 
-Since Package 1 appears first, the AppConnectionGroup's virtual environment will have the single DWORD value of 5 (HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\software\\contoso\\finapp\\region=5). This means that the virtual applications in Package 1, Package 2, and Package 3 will all see the value 5 when they query for HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\software\\contoso\\finapp\\region.
+Since Package 1 appears first, the AppConnectionGroup's virtual environment will have the single DWORD value of 5 (HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\software\\contoso\\finapp\\region=5). This result means that the virtual applications in Package 1, Package 2, and Package 3 will all see the value 5 when they query for HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\software\\contoso\\finapp\\region.
 
 Other virtual environment resources are resolved in a similar way, but usually collisions occur in the registry.
 
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The following example shows the order and relationship of a file name lookup in
 |C:\Windows\System32|C:\Windows\System32|
 |C:\AppTest|C:\AppTest|
 
-When a virtualized application tries to find a specific file, App-V will first for a matching file path in Package A. If it doesn't find a matching path in Package A, it will then search Package B using the following mapping rules:
+When a virtualized application tries to find a specific file, App-V will search for a matching file path in Package A. If it doesn't find a matching path in Package A, it will then search Package B using the following mapping rules:
 
 - If a file named **test.txt** exists in the same virtual folder hierarchy in both application packages, App-V will use the first matching file.
 - If a file named **bar.txt** exists in the virtual folder hierarchy of one application package, but not in the other, App-V will use the first matching file.
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-convert-a-package-created-in-a-previous-version-of-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-convert-a-package-created-in-a-previous-version-of-appv.md
index 1088fd28a2..9f0ed57692 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-convert-a-package-created-in-a-previous-version-of-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-convert-a-package-created-in-a-previous-version-of-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to convert a package created in a previous version of App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use the package converter utility to convert a virtual application package created in a previous version of App-V.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to convert a package created in a previous version of App-V
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ The App-V package converter will save the App-V 4.6 installation root folder and
 
 2. You can enter the following cmdlets to check or convert packages:
 
-   - **Test-AppvLegacyPackage**—This cmdlet checks packages. It will return information about any failures with the package such as missing **.sft** files, an invalid source, **.osd** file errors, or invalid package version. This cmdlet will not parse the **.sft** file or do any in-depth validation. For information about options and basic functionality for this cmdlet, using Windows PowerShell, enter the following cmdlet:
+   - **Test-AppvLegacyPackage**—This cmdlet checks packages. It will return information about any failures with the package such as missing **.sft** files, an invalid source, **.osd** file errors, or invalid package version. This cmdlet won't parse the **.sft** file or do any in-depth validation. For information about options and basic functionality for this cmdlet, using Windows PowerShell, enter the following cmdlet:
 
      ```PowerShell
      Test-AppvLegacyPackage -?
@@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ The App-V package converter will save the App-V 4.6 installation root folder and
      ConvertFrom-AppvLegacyPackage C:\contentStore C:\convertedPackages
      ```
 
-     In this cmdlet, `C:\contentStore` represents the location of the existing package and `C:\convertedPackages` is the output directory to which the resulting App-V for Windows client virtual application package file will be saved. By default, if you do not specify a new name, the old package name will be used.
+     In this cmdlet, `C:\contentStore` represents the location of the existing package and `C:\convertedPackages` is the output directory to which the resulting App-V for Windows client virtual application package file will be saved. By default, if you don't specify a new name, the old package name will be used.
 
-     Additionally, the package converter optimizes performance of packages in App-V for Windows client by setting the package to stream fault the App-V package.  This is more performant than the primary feature block and fully downloading the package. The flag **DownloadFullPackageOnFirstLaunch** allows you to convert the package and set the package to be fully downloaded by default.
+     Additionally, the package converter optimizes performance of packages in App-V for Windows client by setting the package to stream fault the App-V package.  This definition of setting is more performant than the primary feature block and fully downloading the package. The flag **DownloadFullPackageOnFirstLaunch** allows you to convert the package and set the package to be fully downloaded by default.
 
      > [!NOTE]
      > Before you specify the output directory, you must create the output directory.
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ The App-V package converter will save the App-V 4.6 installation root folder and
     dir .\ | Test-AppvLegacyPackage | ConvertFrom-AppvLegacyAppvPackage -Target .\ConvertedPackages
     ```
       
-    This piped example command tests packages, then passes the objects on for conversion. You can also apply a filter on packages without errors or only specify a directory which contains an **.sprj** file or pipe them to another cmdlet that adds the filtered package to the server or publishes them to the App-V client.
+    This piped example command tests packages, then passes the objects on for conversion. You can also apply a filter on packages without errors or only specify a directory that contains an **.sprj** file or pipe them to another cmdlet that adds the filtered package to the server or publishes them to the App-V client.
 
-- Batching—The Windows PowerShell command enables batching. More specifically, the cmdlets support taking a string\[\] object for the *-Source* parameter that represents a list of directory paths. This allows you to enter the following cmdlets together:
+- Batching—The Windows PowerShell command enables batching. More specifically, the cmdlets support taking a string\[\] object for the *-Source* parameter that represents a list of directory paths. This feature allows you to enter the following cmdlets together:
 
   ```PowerShell
   $packages = dir C:\contentStore
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-connection-group-with-user-published-and-globally-published-packages.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-connection-group-with-user-published-and-globally-published-packages.md
index 70409e9d70..9e341e6f82 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-connection-group-with-user-published-and-globally-published-packages.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-connection-group-with-user-published-and-globally-published-packages.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to create a connection croup with user-published and globally published packages (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to create a connection croup with user-published and globally published packages.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to create a connection croup with user-published and globally published packages
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-connection-group.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-connection-group.md
index 35002a1b2b..b4d48a6138 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-connection-group.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-connection-group.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to create a connection group (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to create a connection group with the App-V Management Console and where to find information about managing connection groups.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to create a connection group
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-custom-configuration-file-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-custom-configuration-file-with-the-management-console.md
index 877f356159..c8d9b25862 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-custom-configuration-file-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-custom-configuration-file-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to create a custom configuration file by using the App-V Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to create a custom configuration file by using the App-V Management Console.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to create a custom configuration file by using the App-V Management Console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-package-accelerator-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-package-accelerator-with-powershell.md
index 79b713f591..4a69807fe8 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-package-accelerator-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-package-accelerator-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to create a package accelerator by using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to create an App-v Package Accelerator by using Windows PowerShell. App-V Package Accelerators automatically sequence large, complex applications.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to create a package accelerator by using Windows PowerShell
@@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ App-V Package Accelerators automatically sequence large, complex applications. A
 
 1. Install the App-V sequencer. For more information about installing the sequencer, see [How to install the sequencer](appv-install-the-sequencer.md).
 2. To open a Windows PowerShell console, select **Start** and enter **PowerShell**. Right-click **Windows PowerShell** and select **Run as Administrator**.
-3. Make sure that you have the .appv package to create an accelerator from the installation media or installation files. You can also optionally use a readme file for the accelerator's users to reference.
+3. Ensure there's the App-V package to create an accelerator from the installation media or installation files. You can also optionally use a readme file for the accelerator's users to reference.
 4. Enter the **New-AppvPackageAccelerator** cmdlet.
 
     The following parameters are required to use the package accelerator cmdlet:
 
    - *InstalledFilesPath* specifies the application installation path.
    - *Installer* specifies the path to the application installer media.
-   - *InputPackagePath* specifies the path to the .appv package.
+   - *InputPackagePath* specifies the path to the App-V package.
    - *Path* specifies the output directory for the package.
 
-     The following example cmdlet shows how you can create a package accelerator with an .appv package and the installation media:
+     The following example cmdlet shows how you can create a package accelerator with the App-V package and the installation media:
 
      ```PowerShell
      New-AppvPackageAccelerator -InputPackagePath  -Installer  -Path 
@@ -46,6 +46,6 @@ App-V Package Accelerators automatically sequence large, complex applications. A
 
 
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 
 - [Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-package-accelerator.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-package-accelerator.md
index c9eff04f48..c424df0536 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-package-accelerator.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-package-accelerator.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to create a package accelerator (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to create App-V Package Accelerators to automatically generate new virtual application packages.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to create a package accelerator
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Use the following procedure to create a package accelerator.
 
 5. If the application is already installed on the computer running the sequencer, then select **Files installed on local system** to specify the installation file. To use this option, the application must already be installed in the default installation location.
 
-6. On the **Gathering Information** page, review the files that you couldn't find in the location specified by the **Installation Files** page. If the files displayed are not required, select **Remove these files**, then select **Next**. If the files are required, select **Previous** and copy the required files to the directory specified on the **Installation Files** page.
+6. On the **Gathering Information** page, review the files that you couldn't find in the location specified by the **Installation Files** page. If the files displayed aren't required, select **Remove these files**, then select **Next**. If the files are required, select **Previous** and copy the required files to the directory specified on the **Installation Files** page.
 
    > [!NOTE]
     >You must either remove the unrequired files or select **Previous** and locate the required files to advance to the next page of this wizard.
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Use the following procedure to create a package accelerator.
 
 8. Confirm that the **Verify Applications** page displays all installation files required to build the package. The package accelerator requires all installation files displayed in the **Applications** pane in order to create the package.
 
-    If you need to add additional Installer files, select **Add**. To remove unnecessary installation files, select the **Installer file**, then select **Delete**. To edit the properties associated with an installer, select **Edit**. The package accelerator requires the installation files specified in this step to create a new virtual application package. After you have confirmed the information displayed, select **Next**.
+    If you need to add more Installer files, select **Add**. To remove unnecessary installation files, select the **Installer file**, then select **Delete**. To edit the properties associated with an installer, select **Edit**. The package accelerator requires the installation files specified in this step to create a new virtual application package. After you've confirmed the information displayed, select **Next**.
 
 9. On the **Select Guidance** page, select **Browse** to specify the file that will provide the package accelerator with application instructions. For example, this file can contain information about how the computer running the Sequencer should be configured, application prerequisite information for target computers, and general notes. You should provide all required information for successful package accelerator application. The file you select must be in rich text (.rtf) or text file (.txt) format. After specifying the file, select **Next**.
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-virtual-application-package-package-accelerator.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-virtual-application-package-package-accelerator.md
index 7a9d9a8b7f..d3785312ee 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-virtual-application-package-package-accelerator.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-a-virtual-application-package-package-accelerator.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to create a virtual application package using an App-V Package Accelerator (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to create a virtual application package using an App-V Package Accelerator.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to create a virtual application package using an App-V Package Accelerator
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-and-use-a-project-template.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-and-use-a-project-template.md
index 908c5fc16f..7bd90c04f0 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-and-use-a-project-template.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-create-and-use-a-project-template.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Create and apply an App-V project template to a sequenced App-V package (Windows 10/11)
 description: Steps for how to create and apply an App-V project template (.appvt) to a sequenced App-V package.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Create and apply an App-V project template to a sequenced App-V package
@@ -56,4 +56,4 @@ After creating the template, you can apply it to all of your new virtual app pac
 - [Learn about Hyper-V on Windows Server 2016](/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/Hyper-V-on-Windows-Server)
 - [Automatically sequence multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-sequencing.md)
 - [Automatically update multiple apps at the same time using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-auto-batch-updating.md)
-- [Manually sequence a new app using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-sequence-a-new-application.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Manually sequence a new app using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](appv-sequence-a-new-application.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-creating-and-managing-virtualized-applications.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-creating-and-managing-virtualized-applications.md
index 6a372fbbdf..b4a7f6d068 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-creating-and-managing-virtualized-applications.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-creating-and-managing-virtualized-applications.md
@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 ---
 title: Creating and managing App-V virtualized applications (Windows 10/11)
 description: Create and manage App-V virtualized applications to monitor and record the installation process for an application to be run as a virtualized application.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Creating and managing App-V virtualized applications
 
 [!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
 
-After you have properly deployed the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) sequencer, you can use it to monitor and record the installation and setup process for an application to be run as a virtualized application.
+After you've properly deployed the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) sequencer, you can use it to monitor and record the installation and setup process for an application to be run as a virtualized application.
 
 For more information about configuring the App-V sequencer, sequencing best practices, and an example of creating and updating a virtual application, see the [Microsoft Application Virtualization 5.0 Sequencing Guide](https://download.microsoft.com/download/F/7/8/F784A197-73BE-48FF-83DA-4102C05A6D44/App-V%205.0%20Sequencing%20Guide.docx).
 
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ When you use the sequencer to create a new virtual application, the following li
 
 - **.msi file**. This Windows Installer (.msi) file is created by the sequencer and is used to install the virtual package on target computers.
 - **Report.xml file**. In this file, the sequencer saves all issues, warnings, and errors that were discovered during sequencing. It displays the information after the package has been created. You can us this report for diagnosing and troubleshooting.
-- **.appv file**. This is the virtual application file.
+- **.appv file**. This file is the virtual application file.
 - **Deployment configuration file**. The deployment configuration file determines how the virtual application will be deployed to target computers.
 - **User configuration file**. The user configuration file determines how the virtual application will run on target computers.
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The **Options** dialog box in the sequencer console contains the following tabs:
     >Package Accelerators created using App-V 4.6 are not supported by App-V.
 
 - **Parse Items**. This tab displays the associated file path locations that will be parsed or tokenized into in the virtual environment. Tokens are useful for adding files using the **Package Files** tab in **Advanced Editing**.
-- **Exclusion Items**. Use this tab to specify which folders and directories should not be monitored during sequencing. To add local application data that is saved in the Local App Data folder in the package, click **New** and specify the location and the associated **Mapping Type**. This option is required for some packages.
+- **Exclusion Items**. Use this tab to specify which folders and directories shouldn't be monitored during sequencing. To add local application data that is saved in the Local App Data folder in the package, click **New** and specify the location and the associated **Mapping Type**. This option is required for some packages.
 
 App-V supports applications that include Microsoft Windows Services. If an application includes a Windows service, the service will be included in the sequenced virtual package as long as it's installed while being monitored by the sequencer. If a virtual application creates a Windows service when it initially runs, then after installation, the application must be run while the sequencer is monitoring for the Windows Service to be included in the package. Only services running under the Local System account are supported. Services configured for AutoStart or Delayed AutoStart are started before the first virtual application in a package runs inside the package’s Virtual Environment. Windows Services that are configured to be started on demand by an application are started when the virtual application inside the package starts the Service via API call.
 
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Shell extensions are automatically embedded in the package during the sequencing
 
 ### Requirements for using shell extensions
 
-- Packages that contain embedded shell extensions must be published globally. The application requires no additional setup or configuration on the client to enable the shell extension functionality.
+- Packages that contain embedded shell extensions must be published globally. The application requires no extra setup or configuration on the client to enable the shell extension functionality.
 - The “bitness” of the application, Sequencer, and App-V client must match, or the shell extensions won’t work. For example:
     - The version of the application is 64-bit.
     - The Sequencer is running on a 64-bit computer.
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ The following table lists the supported shell extensions:
 |Context menu handler|Adds menu items to the context menu. It's called before the context menu is displayed.|
 |Drag-and-drop handler|Controls the action where right-click, drag and drop, and modifies the context menu that appears.|
 |Drop target handler|Controls the action after a data object is dragged and dropped over a drop target such as a file.|
-|Data object handler|Controls the action after a file is copied to the clipboard or dragged and dropped over a drop target. It can provide additional clipboard formats to the drop target.|
+|Data object handler|Controls the action after a file is copied to the clipboard or dragged and dropped over a drop target. It can provide more clipboard formats to the drop target.|
 |Property sheet handler|Replaces or adds pages to the property sheet dialog box of an object.|
 |Infotip handler|Allows retrieving flags and infotip information for an item and displaying it inside a pop-up tooltip upon mouse hover.|
 |Column handler|Allows creating and displaying custom columns in **Windows Explorer Details view**. It can be used to extend sorting and grouping.|
@@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ The following table lists the supported shell extensions:
 
 ## Copy on Write (CoW) file extension support
 
-Copy on write (CoW) file extensions allow App-V to dynamically write to specific locations contained in the virtual package while it is being used.
+Copy on write (CoW) file extensions allow App-V to dynamically write to specific locations contained in the virtual package while it's being used.
 
-The following list shows the file types that can exist in a virtual package under the VFS directory, since App-V 5.1, but which cannot be updated on the computer running the App-V client. All other files and directories can be modified.
+The following list shows the file types that can exist in a virtual package under the VFS directory, since App-V 5.1, but which can't be updated on the computer running the App-V client. All other files and directories can be modified.
 
 - .com
 - .exe
@@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ The following list shows the file types that can exist in a virtual package unde
 
 ## Modifying an existing virtual application package
 
-You can use the sequencer to modify an existing package. The computer on which you do this should match the chip architecture of the computer you used to create the application. For example, if you initially sequenced a package using a computer running a 64-bit operating system, you should modify the package using a computer running a 64-bit operating system.
+You can use the sequencer to modify an existing package. The computer on which you do this modification should match the chip architecture of the computer you used to create the application. For example, if you initially sequenced a package using a computer running a 64-bit operating system, you should modify the package using a computer running a 64-bit operating system.
 
 For more information, see [How to Modify an Existing Virtual Application Package](appv-modify-an-existing-virtual-application-package.md).
 
 ## Creating a project template
 
-An App-V project template (.appvt) file is a project template that can be used to save commonly applied, customized settings. You can then more easily use these settings for future sequencings. App-V project templates differ from App-V Application Accelerators because App-V Application Accelerators are application-specific, and App-V project templates can be applied to multiple applications. Additionally, you cannot use a project template when you use a Package Accelerator to create a virtual application package. The following general settings are saved with an App-V project template:
+An App-V project template (.appvt) file is a project template that can be used to save commonly applied, customized settings. You can then more easily use these settings for future sequencings. App-V project templates differ from App-V Application Accelerators because App-V Application Accelerators are application-specific, and App-V project templates can be applied to multiple applications. Additionally, you can't use a project template when you use a Package Accelerator to create a virtual application package. The following general settings are saved with an App-V project template:
 
 A template can specify and store multiple settings as follows:
 
@@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ For more information, see [How to Create and Use a Project Template](appv-create
 >[!NOTE]
 >Package accelerators created using a previous version of App-V must be recreated using App-V.
 
-You can use App-V package accelerators to automatically generate a new virtual application packages. After you have successfully created a package accelerator, you can reuse and share the package accelerator.
+You can use App-V package accelerators to automatically generate a new virtual application package. After you've successfully created a package accelerator, you can reuse and share the package accelerator.
 
 In some situations, to create the package accelerator, you might have to install the application locally on the computer that runs the sequencer. In such cases, you should first try to create the package accelerator with the installation media. If multiple missing files are required, you should install the application locally to the computer that runs the sequencer, and then create the package accelerator.
 
-After you have successfully created a Package Accelerator, you can reuse and share the Package Accelerator. Creating App-V Package Accelerators is an advanced task. Package Accelerators can contain password and user-specific information. Therefore you must save Package Accelerators and the associated installation media in a secure location, and you should digitally sign the Package Accelerator after you create it so that the publisher can be verified when the App-V Package Accelerator is applied.
+After you've successfully created a Package Accelerator, you can reuse and share the Package Accelerator. Creating App-V Package Accelerators is an advanced task. Package Accelerators can contain password and user-specific information. Therefore you must save Package Accelerators and the associated installation media in a secure location, and you should digitally sign the Package Accelerator after you create it so that the publisher can be verified when the App-V Package Accelerator is applied.
 
 For more information, see the following articles:
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-customize-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-customize-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md
index 4de66c5d97..8e4c7d87d1 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-customize-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-customize-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to customize virtual application extensions for a specific AD group by using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to customize virtual application extensions for a specific AD group by using the Management Console.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to customize virtual applications extensions for a specific AD group by using the Management Console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-delete-a-connection-group.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-delete-a-connection-group.md
index a1a8185b9a..029f29e3c2 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-delete-a-connection-group.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-delete-a-connection-group.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to delete a connection group (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to delete an existing App-V connection group in the App-V Management Console and where to find information about managing connection groups.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to delete a connection group
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-delete-a-package-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-delete-a-package-with-the-management-console.md
index 775893310a..ad05d36d3f 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-delete-a-package-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-delete-a-package-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to delete a package in the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to delete a package in the App-V Management Console and where to find information about operations for App-V.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to delete a package in the Management Console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-appv-databases-with-sql-scripts.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-appv-databases-with-sql-scripts.md
index 5cdd91138e..453435774b 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-appv-databases-with-sql-scripts.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-appv-databases-with-sql-scripts.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Deploy the App-V Databases by Using SQL Scripts (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to use SQL scripts to install the App-V databases and upgrade the App-V databases to a later version.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to deploy the App-V databases by using SQL scripts
@@ -48,7 +48,6 @@ Use the following instructions to use SQL scripts, rather than the Windows Insta
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 > The InsertVersionInfo.sql script is not required for versions of the App-V management database later than App-V 5.0 SP3.
-> The Permissions.sql script should be updated according to Step 2 in [KB article 3031340](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/3031340). Step 1 is not required for versions of App-V later than App-V 5.0 SP3.
 
 ### Updated management database README file content
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
index a8477d90ae..0100900c31 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to deploy App-V packages using electronic software distribution (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how use an electronic software distribution (ESD) system to deploy App-V virtual applications to App-V clients.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to deploy App-V packages using electronic software distribution
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-the-appv-server-with-a-script.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-the-appv-server-with-a-script.md
index ead9d82133..644dd1343f 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-the-appv-server-with-a-script.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-the-appv-server-with-a-script.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Deploy the App-V Server Using a Script (Windows 10/11)
 description: 'Learn how to deploy the App-V server by using a script (appv_server_setup.exe) from the command line.'
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to deploy the App-V server using a script
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-the-appv-server.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-the-appv-server.md
index a29b019396..2008ff70ab 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-the-appv-server.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploy-the-appv-server.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Deploy the App-V Server (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use these instructions to deploy the Application Virtualization (App-V) Server in App-V for Windows 10/11.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to Deploy the App-V Server (new installation)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-appv.md
index 148567438b..f5b38832b7 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Deploying App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: App-V supports several different deployment options. Learn how to complete App-V deployment at different stages in your App-V deployment.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Deploying App-V for Windows client
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md
index 5ec4cf5cad..3b8a59633f 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Deploying Microsoft Office 2010 by Using App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Create Office 2010 packages for Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) using the App-V Sequencer or the App-V Package Accelerator.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Deploying Microsoft Office 2010 by Using App-V
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md
index e895318669..d15ea0bd7c 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Deploying Microsoft Office 2013 by Using App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use Application Virtualization (App-V) to deliver Microsoft Office 2013 as a virtualized application to computers in your organization.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Deploying Microsoft Office 2013 by Using App-V
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Complete the following steps to create an Office 2013 package for App-V or later
 
 ### Review prerequisites for using the Office Deployment Tool
 
-Before you start, make sure that the computer on which you are installing the Office Deployment Tool has the following:
+Before you start, ensure that the computer on which you're installing the Office Deployment Tool has the following prerequisites fulfilled:
 
 |Prerequisite|Description|
 |---|---|
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ The XML file included in the Office Deployment Tool specifies the product detail
 
     1. Open the sample XML file in Notepad or your favorite text editor.
 
-    2. With the sample configuration.xml file open and ready for editing, you can specify products, languages, and the path to which you save the Office 2013 applications. The following is a basic example of the configuration.xml file:
+    2. With the sample configuration.xml file open and ready for editing, you can specify products, languages, and the path to which you save the Office 2013 applications. The following example denotes a configuration.xml file:
 
         ```XML
         
@@ -113,30 +113,30 @@ The XML file included in the Office Deployment Tool specifies the product detail
        > [!NOTE]
         >The configuration XML is a sample XML file. This file includes lines that are commented out. You can “uncomment” these lines to customize additional settings with the file.
 
-        The previous example of an XML configuration file specifies that Office 2013 ProPlus 32-bit edition, including Visio ProPlus, will be downloaded in English to the \\\\server\\Office 2013, which is the location where Office applications will be saved to. Note that the Product ID of the applications will not affect the final licensing of Office. Office 2013 App-V packages with various licensing can be created from the same applications by specifying licensing in a later stage. For more information, see [Customizable attributes and elements of the XML file](#customizable-attributes-and-elements-of-the-xml-file), later in this topic.
+        The previous example of an XML configuration file specifies that Office 2013 ProPlus 32-bit edition, including Visio ProPlus, will be downloaded in English to the \\\\server\\Office 2013, which is the location where Office applications will be saved to. The Product ID of the applications won't affect the final licensing of Office. Office 2013 App-V packages with various licensing can be created from the same applications by specifying licensing in a later stage. For more information, see [Customizable attributes and elements of the XML file](#customizable-attributes-and-elements-of-the-xml-file), later in this topic.
 
-        After editing the configuration.xml file to specify the desired product, languages, and also the location which the Office 2013 applications will be saved onto, you can save the configuration file, for example, as Customconfig.xml.
-2. **Download the applications into the specified location:** Use an elevated command prompt and a 64-bit operating system to download the Office 2013 applications that will later be converted into an App-V package. The following is an example command:
+        After editing the configuration.xml file to specify the desired product, languages, and also the location that the Office 2013 applications will be saved onto, you can save the configuration file, for example, as Customconfig.xml.
+2. **Download the applications into the specified location:** Use an elevated command prompt and a 64-bit operating system to download the Office 2013 applications that will later be converted into an App-V package. An example command is:
 
     ```PowerShell
     \\server\Office2013\setup.exe /download \\server\Office2013\Customconfig.xml
     ```
 
-    The following is a table that describes each element of the command:
+    The following table describes each element of the command:
 
     |Element|Description|
     |---|---|
-    |```\\server\Office2013```|This is the network share location that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom Configuration.xml file, **Customconfig.xml**.|
-    |```setup.exe```|This is the Office Deployment Tool.|
-    |```/download```|This downloads the Office 2013 applications that you specify in the **Customconfig.xml** file. These bits can be later converted in an Office 2013 App-V package with Volume Licensing.|
-    |```\\server\Office2013\Customconfig.xml```|This passes the XML configuration file required to complete the download process. In this example, the file used is **Customconfig.xml**. After using the download command, Office applications should be found in the location specified in the XML configuration file, which in this example is ```\\Server\Office2013```.|
+    |```\\server\Office2013```|This network share location is the one that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom Configuration.xml file, **Customconfig.xml**.|
+    |```setup.exe```|This element is the Office Deployment Tool.|
+    |```/download```|This element downloads the Office 2013 applications that you specify in the **Customconfig.xml** file. These bits can be later converted in an Office 2013 App-V package with Volume Licensing.|
+    |```\\server\Office2013\Customconfig.xml```|This element passes the XML configuration file required to complete the download process. In this example, the file used is **Customconfig.xml**. After the download command is used, Office applications should be found in the location specified in the XML configuration file, which in this example is ```\\Server\Office2013```.|
 
 #### Customizable attributes and elements of the XML file
 
 |Input and description|Example|
 |---|---|
 |Add element:
              Specifies the products and languages to include in the package.|N/A|
-|OfficeClientEdition (attribute of Add element):
              Specifies the edition of Office 2013 product to use: 32-bit or 64-bit. The operation fails if **OfficeClientEdition** is not set to a valid value.|```OfficeClientEdition="32"```
              ```OfficeClientEdition="64"```|
+|OfficeClientEdition (attribute of Add element):
              Specifies the edition of Office 2013 product to use: 32-bit or 64-bit. The operation fails if **OfficeClientEdition** isn't set to a valid value.|```OfficeClientEdition="32"```
              ```OfficeClientEdition="64"```|
 |Product element:
              Specifies the application. Project 2013 and Visio 2013 must be specified here as an added product to be included in the applications.|```Product ID="O365ProPlusRetail"```
              ```Product ID="VisioProRetail"```
              ```Product ID="ProjectProRetail"```
              ```Product ID="ProPlusVolume"```
              ```Product ID="ProjectProVolume"```|
 |Language element:
              Specifies the language supported in the applications.|```Language ID="en-us"```|
 |Version (attribute of Add element):
              Optional. Specifies a build to use for the package. Defaults to latest advertised build (as defined in v32.CAB at the Office source).|```15.1.2.3```|
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ After you download the Office 2013 applications through the Office Deployment To
 
     |Element|Description|
     |---|---|
-    |```\\server\Office2013```|This is the network share location that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom Configuration.xml file, which in this example is named **Customconfig.xml**.|
-    |```setup.exe```|This is the Office Deployment Tool.|
-    |```/packager```|This creates the Office 2013 App-V package with Volume Licensing as specified in the **Customconfig.xml** file.|
-    |```\\server\Office2013\Customconfig.xml```|This passes the configuration XML file, which in this example is named "Customconfig," that has been prepared for the packaging stage.|
-    |```\\server\share\Office2013AppV```|This specifies the location of the newly created Office App-V package.|
+    |```\\server\Office2013```|This network share location is the one that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom Configuration.xml file, which in this example is named **Customconfig.xml**.|
+    |```setup.exe```|This element is the Office Deployment Tool.|
+    |```/packager```|This element creates the Office 2013 App-V package with Volume Licensing as specified in the **Customconfig.xml** file.|
+    |```\\server\Office2013\Customconfig.xml```|This element passes the configuration XML file, which in this example is named "Customconfig," that has been prepared for the packaging stage.|
+    |```\\server\share\Office2013AppV```|This element specifies the location of the newly created Office App-V package.|
 
     After you run the **/packager** command, the following folders will appear in the directory where you specified the package should be saved:
 
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Use the steps in this section to enable Office plug-ins with your Office package
 
 ### Disabling Office 2013 applications
 
-You may want to disable specific applications in your Office App-V package. For instance, you can disable Access, but leave all other Office application main available. When you disable an application, the end user will no longer see the shortcut for that application. You do not have to re-sequence the application. When you change the Deployment Configuration File after the Office 2013 App-V package has been published, you will save the changes, add the Office 2013 App-V package, then republish it with the new Deployment Configuration File to apply the new settings to Office 2013 App-V Package applications.
+You may want to disable specific applications in your Office App-V package. For instance, you can disable Access, but leave all other Office application main available. When you disable an application, the end user will no longer see the shortcut for that application. You don't have to re-sequence the application. When you change the Deployment Configuration File after the Office 2013 App-V package has been published, you'll save the changes, add the Office 2013 App-V package, then republish it with the new Deployment Configuration File to apply the new settings to Office 2013 App-V Package applications.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >To exclude specific Office applications (for example, Access and InfoPath) when you create the App-V package with the Office Deployment Tool, use the **ExcludeApp** setting. For more information, see [Reference for Click-to-Run configuration.xml file](/DeployOffice/configuration-options-for-the-office-2016-deployment-tool#excludeapp-element).
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ You may want to disable shortcuts for certain Office applications instead of unp
 3. Save the Deployment Configuration File.
 4. Republish Office 2013 App-V Package with new Deployment Configuration File.
 
-Many additional settings can be changed through modifying the Deployment Configuration for App-V packages, for example, file type associations, Virtual File System, and more. For additional information on how to use Deployment Configuration Files to change App-V package settings, refer to the additional resources section at the end of this document.
+Many more settings can be changed through modifying the Deployment Configuration for App-V packages, for example, file type associations, Virtual File System, and more. For additional information on how to use Deployment Configuration Files to change App-V package settings, refer to the additional resources section at the end of this document.
 
 ### Managing Office 2013 package upgrades
 
@@ -419,19 +419,12 @@ This section describes the requirements and options for deploying Visio 2013 and
 ### Additional resources for Office 2013 App-V Packages
 
 * [Office 2013 Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=36778)
-* [Supported scenarios for deploying Microsoft Office as a sequenced App-V Package](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/2772509)
-
-### Additional resources for Office 2010 App-V Packages
-
-* [Microsoft Office 2010 Sequencing Kit for Microsoft Application Virtualization 5.0](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=38399)
-* [Known issues when you create or use an App-V 5.0 Office 2010 package](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/2828619)
-* [How To Sequence Microsoft Office 2010 in Microsoft Application Virtualization 5.0](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/2830069)
 
 ### Additional resources for Connection Groups
 
 * [Managing Connection Groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md)
-* [Connection groups on the App-V team blog](https://blogs.msdn.microsoft.com/gladiator/tag/connection-groups/)
+* [Connection groups on the App-V team blog](/archive/blogs/gladiator/app-v-5-more-on-connection-groups)
 
 ### Additional resources for Dynamic Configuration
 
-* [About App-V Dynamic Configuration](appv-dynamic-configuration.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [About App-V Dynamic Configuration](appv-dynamic-configuration.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2016-with-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2016-with-appv.md
index 6899ee3213..f00ec718f9 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2016-with-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2016-with-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Deploying Microsoft Office 2016 by using App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use Application Virtualization (App-V) to deliver Microsoft Office 2016 as a virtualized application to computers in your organization.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Deploying Microsoft Office 2016 by using App-V
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ The following table describes the recommended methods for excluding specific Off
 Complete the following steps to create an Office 2016 package for App-V.
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
->In App-V 5.0 and later, you must use the Office Deployment Tool to create a package. You cannot use the Sequencer to create packages.
+>In App-V 5.0 and later, you must use the Office Deployment Tool to create a package. You can't use the Sequencer to create packages.
 
 ### Review prerequisites for using the Office Deployment Tool
 
-The computer on which you are installing the Office Deployment Tool must have the following:
+The computer on which you're installing the Office Deployment Tool must have the following:
 
 | Prerequisite     | Description    |
 |----------------------|--------------------|
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Create Office 2016 App-V packages on 64-bit Windows computers. Once created, the
 
 ### Download the Office Deployment Tool
 
-Office 2016 App-V packages are created using the Office Deployment Tool, which generates an Office 2016 App-V Package. The package cannot be created or modified through the App-V sequencer. To begin package creation, follow these steps:
+Office 2016 App-V packages are created using the Office Deployment Tool, which generates an Office 2016 App-V Package. The package can't be created or modified through the App-V sequencer. To begin package creation, follow these steps:
 
 1. Download the [Office 2016 Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49117).
 
@@ -114,20 +114,20 @@ The XML file included in the Office Deployment Tool specifies the product detail
      > [!NOTE]
       >The configuration XML is a sample XML file. The file includes lines that are commented out. You can “uncomment” these lines to customize additional settings with the file. To uncomment these lines, remove the `````` from the end of the line.
 
-      The previous example of an XML configuration file specifies that Office 2016 ProPlus 32-bit edition, including Visio ProPlus, will be downloaded in English to the \\\\server\\Office2016 location where Office applications will be saved. Note that the Product ID of the applications will not affect Office's final licensing. You can create Office 2016 App-V packages with various licensing from the same applications by specifying licensing in a later stage. The following table summarizes the XML file's customizable attributes and elements:
+      The previous example of an XML configuration file specifies that Office 2016 ProPlus 32-bit edition, including Visio ProPlus, will be downloaded in English to the \\\\server\\Office2016 location where Office applications will be saved. The Product ID of the applications won't affect Office's final licensing. You can create Office 2016 App-V packages with various licensing from the same applications by specifying licensing in a later stage. The following table summarizes the XML file's customizable attributes and elements:
 
       | Input    | Description            | Example    |
       |--------------|----------------------------|----------------|
       | Add element  | Specifies which products and languages the package will include.     | N/A     |
       | **OfficeClientEdition** (attribute of **Add** element) | Specifies whether Office 2016 32-bit or 64-bit edition will be used. **OfficeClientEdition**  must be set to a valid value for the operation to succeed.     | `OfficeClientEdition="32"`
              `OfficeClientEdition="64"`  |
-      | Product element   | Specifies the application. Project 2016 and Visio 2016 must be specified here as added products to include them in the applications.
              For more information about Product IDs, see [Product IDs that are supported by the Office Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](/office365/troubleshoot/installation).   | `Product ID ="O365ProPlusRetail"`
              `Product ID ="VisioProRetail"`
              `Product ID ="ProjectProRetail"` |
+      | Product element   | Specifies the application. Project 2016 and Visio 2016 must be specified here as added products to include them in the applications.
              For more information about Product IDs, see [Product IDs that are supported by the Office Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](/office365/troubleshoot/installation/product-ids-supported-office-deployment-click-to-run).   | `Product ID ="O365ProPlusRetail"`
              `Product ID ="VisioProRetail"`
              `Product ID ="ProjectProRetail"` |
       | Language element     | Specifies which language the applications support.    | `Language ID="en-us"`   |
       | Version (attribute of **Add** element) | Optional. Specifies which build the package will use.
              Defaults to latest advertised build (as defined in v32.CAB at the Office source).   | `16.1.2.3`    |
       | SourcePath (attribute of **Add** element)   | Specifies the location the applications will be saved to.    | `Sourcepath = "\\Server\Office2016"`     |
       | Channel (part of **Add** element)       | Optional. Defines which channel will be used to update Office after installation.
              The default is **Deferred** for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise and **Current** for Visio Pro for Office 365 and Project Desktop Client. 
              For more information about update channels, see [Overview of update channels for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise](/DeployOffice/overview-of-update-channels-for-office-365-proplus). | `Channel="Current"`
              `Channel="Deferred"`
              `Channel="FirstReleaseDeferred"`
              `Channel="FirstReleaseCurrent"`  |
 
 After editing the **configuration.xml** file to specify the desired product, languages, and the location where the Office 2016 applications will be saved to, you can save the configuration file under a name of your choice, such as "Customconfig.xml."
-2. **Download the applications into the specified location:** Use an elevated command prompt and a 64-bit operating system to download the Office 2016 applications that will later be converted into an App-V package. The following is an example command:
+2. **Download the applications into the specified location:** Use an elevated command prompt and a 64-bit operating system to download the Office 2016 applications that will later be converted into an App-V package. An example command is:
 
    `\\server\Office2016\setup.exe /download \\server\Office2016\Customconfig.xml`
 
@@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ After editing the **configuration.xml** file to specify the desired product, lan
 
    | Element | Description |
    |-------------------------------|--------------------------------------|
-   | ```\\server\Office2016```    | This is the network share location that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom **Configuration.xml** file, which in this example is **Customconfig.xml**.    |
-   | ``Setup.exe``   | This is the Office Deployment Tool.     |
+   | ```\\server\Office2016```    | This network share location is the one that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom **Configuration.xml** file, which in this example is **Customconfig.xml**.    |
+   | ``Setup.exe``   | This element is the Office Deployment Tool.     |
    | ```/download```  | Downloads the Office 2016 applications that you specify in the **Customconfig.xml** file.  |
-   | ```\\server\Office2016\Customconfig.xml```| This passes the XML configuration file required to complete the download process. In this example, the file used is **Customconfig.xml**. After using the download command, Office applications should be found in the location specified in the configuration file, which in this example is ```\\Server\Office2016```. |
+   | ```\\server\Office2016\Customconfig.xml```| This element passes the XML configuration file required to complete the download process. In this example, the file used is **Customconfig.xml**. After the download command is used, Office applications should be found in the location specified in the configuration file, which in this example is ```\\Server\Office2016```. |
 
 ### Convert the Office applications into an App-V package
 
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ After you download the Office 2016 applications through the Office Deployment To
        >Even if you use unique package IDs, you can still deploy only one App-V package to a single device.
 2. Use the /packager command to convert the Office applications to an Office 2016 App-V package.
 
-    The following is an example packager command:
+    An example packager command is:
 
     ```syntax
     \\server\Office2016\setup.exe /packager \\server\Office2016\Customconfig.xml  \\server\share\Office2016AppV
@@ -204,11 +204,11 @@ After you download the Office 2016 applications through the Office Deployment To
 
     | Element | Description |
     |-------------------------------|--------------------------------------|
-    |```\\server\Office2016```|This is the network share location that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom Configuration.xml file, which in this example is Customconfig.xml.|
-    |```Setup.exe```|This is the Office Deployment Tool.|
+    |```\\server\Office2016```|This network share location is the one that contains the Office Deployment Tool and the custom Configuration.xml file, which in this example is Customconfig.xml.|
+    |```Setup.exe```|This element is the Office Deployment Tool.|
     |```/packager```|This command creates the Office 2016 App-V package with the license type specified in the Customconfig.xml file.|
-    |```\\server\Office2016\Customconfig.xml```|This passes the configuration XML file that has been prepared for the packaging stage. In this example, the file is Customconfig.xml.|
-    |```\\server\share\Office2016AppV```|This specifies the location of the newly created Office App-V package.|
+    |```\\server\Office2016\Customconfig.xml```|This element passes the configuration XML file that has been prepared for the packaging stage. In this example, the file is Customconfig.xml.|
+    |```\\server\share\Office2016AppV```|This element specifies the location of the newly created Office App-V package.|
 
     After you run the **/packager** command, the following folders appear up in the directory where you specified the package should be saved:
     
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Run the following command to publish an Office package globally:
 Add-AppvClientPackage  | Publish-AppvClientPackage -global
 ```
 
-* You can add permissions to a group of computers instead of just a user group through the Web Management Console on the App-V Server. This lets packages be published globally to the computers in the corresponding group.
+* You can add permissions to a group of computers instead of just a user group through the Web Management Console on the App-V Server. This feature lets packages be published globally to the computers in the corresponding group.
 
 ## Customizing and managing Office App-V packages
 
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ The following steps will tell you how to enable Office plug-ins with your Office
 
 ### Disabling Office 2016 applications
 
-You can also disable specific applications in your Office App-V package. For example, if you don't want to use Access, you can disable Access while leaving all other Office applications available. When you disable an application, the user will no longer see its shortcut icon. You don't need to re-sequence the application to do this. When you change the Deployment Configuration File after the Office 2016 App-V package has been published, just save the changes and add the Office 2016 App-V package, then republish it with the new Deployment Configuration File to apply the new settings to Office 2016 App-V Package applications.
+You can also disable specific applications in your Office App-V package. For example, if you don't want to use Access, you can disable Access while leaving all other Office applications available. When you disable an application, the user will no longer see its shortcut icon. You don't need to re-sequence the application to disable it. When you change the Deployment Configuration File after the Office 2016 App-V package has been published, just save the changes and add the Office 2016 App-V package, then republish it with the new Deployment Configuration File to apply the new settings to Office 2016 App-V Package applications.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >To exclude specific Office applications when you create the App-V package with the Office Deployment Tool, use the **ExcludeApp** setting.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ You may want to disable shortcuts for certain Office applications instead of unp
 3. Save the Deployment Configuration File.
 4. Republish the Office 2016 App-V Package with the new Deployment Configuration File.
 
-Many additional settings can be changed through modifying the Deployment Configuration for App-V packages, for example, file type associations, Virtual File System, and more. For additional information on how to use Deployment Configuration Files to change App-V package settings, refer to the additional resources section at the end of this document.
+Many more settings can be changed through modifying the Deployment Configuration for App-V packages, for example, file type associations, Virtual File System, and more. For additional information on how to use Deployment Configuration Files to change App-V package settings, refer to the additional resources section at the end of this document.
 
 ### Managing Office 2016 package upgrades
 
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ The following table describes the requirements and options for deploying Visio 2
 
 | Task                | Details       |
 |---------------------|---------------|
-| How do I package and publish Visio 2016 and Project 2016 with Office? | You must include Visio 2016 and Project 2016 in the same package with Office.
              If you are not deploying Office, you can create a package that contains Visio and/or Project, as long as you follow the packaging, publishing, and deployment requirements described in this topic.  |
+| How do I package and publish Visio 2016 and Project 2016 with Office? | You must include Visio 2016 and Project 2016 in the same package with Office.
              If you're not deploying Office, you can create a package that contains Visio and/or Project, as long as you follow the packaging, publishing, and deployment requirements described in this topic.  |
 | How can I deploy Visio 2016 and Project 2016 to specific users?       | Use one of the following methods:
              **To create two different packages and deploy each one to a different group of users**:
              Create and deploy the following packages:
              - A package that contains only Office—deploy to computers whose users need only Office.
              - A package that contains Office, Visio, and Project—deploy to computers whose users need all three applications.

              **To create only one package for the whole organization, or to create a package intended for users who share computers**:
              1. Create a package that contains Office, Visio, and Project.
              2. Deploy the package to all users.
              3. Use [AppLocker](/windows/security/threat-protection/applocker/applocker-overview) to prevent specific users from using Visio and Project. |
 
 ## Related topics
@@ -380,4 +380,4 @@ The following table describes the requirements and options for deploying Visio 2
 * [Deploying App-V for Windows client](appv-deploying-appv.md)
 * [Deploying Microsoft Office 2013 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2013-with-appv.md)
 * [Deploying Microsoft Office 2010 by using App-V](appv-deploying-microsoft-office-2010-wth-appv.md)
-* [Office 2016 Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49117)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [Office 2016 Deployment Tool for Click-to-Run](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=49117)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
index 9485202cc5..9a36b51345 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Deploying App-V packages by using electronic software distribution (ESD)
 description: Deploying App-V packages by using electronic software distribution (ESD)
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Deploying App-V packages by using electronic software distribution (ESD)
@@ -31,4 +31,4 @@ To learn how to configure the App-V client to enable only administrators to publ
 ## Related topics
 
 - [App-V and Citrix integration](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40885)
-- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md
index bfd34cfcaa..0336c74412 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md
@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
 ---
 title: Deploying the App-V Sequencer and configuring the client (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to deploy the App-V Sequencer and configure the client by using the ADMX template and Group Policy.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Deploying the App-V Sequencer and configuring the client
 
 [!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
 
-The App-V Sequencer and client let administrators to virtualize and run virtual applications.
+The App-V Sequencer and client let administrators  virtualize and run virtual applications.
 
 ## Enable the client
 
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ The App-V client stores its configuration in the registry. Understanding the for
 
 You can use Group Policy to configure the client settings for the App-V client and the Remote Desktop Services client.
 
-To manage the ADMX template, perform the following steps on the computer that you will use to manage Group Policy. This is typically the Domain Controller.
+To manage the ADMX template, perform the following steps on the computer that you'll use to manage Group Policy. This computer is typically the Domain Controller.
 
 1. Save the **.admx** file to the following directory: ```Windows\PolicyDefinitions```
 2. Save the **.adml** file to the following directory: ```Windows\PolicyDefinitions\```
 
-After you have completed the preceding steps, you can use Group Policy to configure the client settings by using the Group Policy Management Console under **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **System** > **App-V**.
+After you've completed the preceding steps, you can use Group Policy to configure the client settings by using the Group Policy Management Console under **Computer Configuration** > **Administrative Templates** > **System** > **App-V**.
 
 ## Understanding Shared Content Store mode for App-V clients
 
@@ -49,16 +49,16 @@ App-V Shared Content Store (SCS) mode lets SCS App-V clients run virtualized app
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >If the App-V client is configured to run in the SCS mode, the location where the App-V packages are streamed from must be available, otherwise, the virtualized package will fail. Additionally, we do not recommend deployment of virtualized applications to computers that run the App-V client in the SCS mode across the internet.
 
-Additionally, the SCS is not a physical location that contains virtualized packages. It is a mode that allows the App-V client to stream the required virtualized package data across the network.
+Additionally, the SCS isn't a physical location that contains virtualized packages. It's a mode that allows the App-V client to stream the required virtualized package data across the network.
 
 The SCS mode is helpful in the following scenarios:
 
 * Virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) deployments
 * Remote Desktop Services deployments
 
-To use SCS in your environment, you must configure the App-V client to run in SCS mode, as it does not use SCS mode by default.
+To use SCS in your environment, you must configure the App-V client to run in SCS mode, as it doesn't use SCS mode by default.
 
-There might be cases when the administrator pre-loads some virtual applications on the computer that runs the App-V client in SCS mode. This can be accomplished with Windows PowerShell commands to add, publish, and mount the package. For example, if a package is pre-loaded on all computers, the administrator could add, publish, and mount the package by using Windows PowerShell commands. The package would not stream across the network because it would be locally stored.
+There might be cases when the administrator pre-loads some virtual applications on the computer that runs the App-V client in SCS mode. This pre-load operation can be rendered a successful one with Windows PowerShell commands to add, publish, and mount the package. For example, if a package is pre-loaded on all computers, the administrator could add, publish, and mount the package by using Windows PowerShell commands. The package wouldn't stream across the network because it would be locally stored.
 
 ### Configure the Group Policy setting for the SCS Mode for App-V clients
 
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Set-AppvClientConfiguration -SharedContentStoreMode 1
 
 ## Deploy the Sequencer
 
-The Sequencer is a tool that is used to convert standard applications into virtual packages for deployment to computers that run the App-V client. The Sequencer helps provide a simple and predictable conversion process with minimal changes to prior sequencing workflows. In addition, the Sequencer allows users to more easily configure applications to enable connections of virtualized applications.
+The Sequencer is a tool that is used to convert standard applications into virtual packages for deployment to computers that run the App-V client. The Sequencer helps provide a predictable conversion process with minimal changes to prior sequencing workflows. In addition, the Sequencer allows users to more easily configure applications to enable connections of virtualized applications.
 
 For a list of changes in the App-V Sequencer, see [What's new in App-V](appv-about-appv.md).
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md
index 5677a2f846..447af752a5 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Deploying the App-V Server (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to deploy the Application Virtualization (App-V) Server in App-V for Windows 10/11 by using different deployment configurations described in this article.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Deploying the App-V server
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deployment-checklist.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deployment-checklist.md
index aa72671760..971998ee44 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deployment-checklist.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deployment-checklist.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: App-V Deployment Checklist (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use the App-V deployment checklist to understand the recommended steps and items to consider when deploying App-V features.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # App-V Deployment Checklist
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-dynamic-configuration.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-dynamic-configuration.md
index 26a4d6b23c..43866694ff 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-dynamic-configuration.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-dynamic-configuration.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: About App-V Dynamic Configuration (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to create or edit an existing Application Virtualization (App-V) dynamic configuration file.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # About App-V dynamic configuration
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 You can use dynamic configuration to customize an App-V package for a user. This article will tell you how to create or edit an existing dynamic configuration file.
 
-When you edit the Dynamic Configuration file, it customizes how an App-V package will run for a user or group. This makes package customization more convenient by removing the need to resequence packages using the desired settings and provides a way to keep package content and custom settings independent.
+When you edit the Dynamic Configuration file, it customizes how an App-V package will run for a user or group. Therefore, package customization is made more convenient by removing the need to resequence packages using the desired settings and provides a way to keep package content and custom settings independent.
 
 ## Advanced: dynamic configuration
 
-Virtual application packages contain a manifest that provides all the core information for the package. This information includes the defaults for the package settings and determines settings in the most basic form (with no additional customization). If you want to adjust these defaults for a particular user or group, you can create and edit the following files:
+Virtual application packages contain a manifest that provides all the core information for the package. This information includes the defaults for the package settings and determines settings in the most basic form (with no further customization). If you want to adjust these defaults for a particular user or group, you can create and edit the following files:
 
 - User Configuration file
 - Deployment Configuration file
 
-These .xml files specify package settings let you customize packages without directly affecting the packages. When a package is created, the sequencer automatically generates default deployment and user configuration .xml files using the package manifest data. These automatically generated configuration files reflect the package's default settings that were configured during sequencing. If you apply these configuration files to a package in the form generated by the sequencer, the packages will have the same default settings that came from their manifest. This provides you with a package-specific template to get started if any of the defaults must be changed.
+These .xml files specify package settings let you customize packages without directly affecting the packages. When a package is created, the sequencer automatically generates default deployment and user configuration .xml files using the package manifest data. These automatically generated configuration files reflect the package's default settings that were configured during sequencing. If you apply these configuration files to a package in the form generated by the sequencer, the packages will have the same default settings that came from their manifest. This result provides you with a package-specific template to get started if any of the defaults must be changed.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >The following information can only be used to modify sequencer generated configuration files to customize packages to meet specific user or group requirements.
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ All of the additions, deletions, and updates in the configuration files need to
 - Deployment Configuration .xml file
 - Package Manifest
 
-The first item represents what will be read last. Therefore, its content takes precedence. All packages inherently contain and provide default settings from the Package Manifest, but it also has the least precedence. If you apply a Deployment Configuration .xml file with customized settings, it will override the Package Manifest's defaults. If you apply a User Configuration .xml file with customized settings prior to that, it will override both the deployment configuration and the Package Manifest's defaults.
+The first item represents what will be read last. Therefore, its content takes precedence. All packages inherently contain and provide default settings from the Package Manifest, but it also has the least precedence. If you apply a Deployment Configuration .xml file with customized settings, it will override the Package Manifest's defaults. If you apply a User Configuration .xml file with customized settings prior to the override of the Package Manifest's defaults, it will override both the deployment configuration and the Package Manifest's defaults.
 
 There are two types of configuration files:
 
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The structure of the App-V Dynamic Configuration file is explained in the follow
 
 ### Header
 
-The following is an example of a Dynamic User Configuration file's header:
+An example of a Dynamic User Configuration file's header is:
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The **PackageId** is the same value that exists in the Manifest file.
 
 ### Dynamic User Configuration file body
 
-The Dynamic User Configuration file's body can include all app extension points defined in the Manifest file, as well as information to configure virtual applications. There are four subsections allowed in the body:
+The Dynamic User Configuration file's body can include all app extension points defined in the Manifest file, and the information to configure virtual applications. There are four subsections allowed in the body:
 
 **Applications**: All app-extensions contained in the Manifest file within a package are assigned with an Application ID, which is also defined in the manifest file. This allows you to enable or disable all the extensions for a given application within a package. The **Application ID** must exist in the Manifest file or it will be ignored.
 
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Extension Subsystems can be enabled and disabled independently of the content. 
 
 #### Example 1
 
-Content will be ignored if the user defined the following in either the dynamic or deployment config file:
+Content will be ignored if the user defined the following syntaxes in either the dynamic or deployment config file:
 
 ```xml
                                      
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Content will be ignored if the user defined the following in either the dynamic
 
 #### Example 2
 
-Content in the manifest will be integrated during publishing if the user defined only the following:
+Content in the manifest will be integrated during publishing if the user defined only the following syntax:
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Content in the manifest will be integrated during publishing if the user defined
 
 #### Example 3
 
-All shortcuts in the manifest will be ignored and no shortcuts will be integrated if the user defines the following:
+All shortcuts in the manifest will be ignored and no shortcuts will be integrated if the user defines the following syntaxes:
 
 ```xml
                            
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ All shortcuts in the manifest will be ignored and no shortcuts will be integrate
 
 ### Supported Extension Subsystems
 
-**Shortcuts**: This controls shortcuts that will be integrated into the local system. The following example has two shortcuts:
+**Shortcuts**: This subsystem controls shortcuts that will be integrated into the local system. The following example has two shortcuts:
 
 ```xml
     
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ All shortcuts in the manifest will be ignored and no shortcuts will be integrate
     
 ```
 
-**File Type Associations**: Associates file types with programs to open by default as well as setup the context menu. (MIME types can also be set up with this subsystem). The following is an example of a FileType association:
+**File Type Associations**: Associates file types with programs to open by default and to set up the context menu. (MIME types can also be set up with this subsystem.) An example of a FileType association is:
 
 ```xml
     
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ All shortcuts in the manifest will be ignored and no shortcuts will be integrate
       
 ```
 
-**URL Protocols**: This controls the URL Protocols integrated into the local registry of the client machine. The following example illustrates the “mailto:” protocol.
+**URL Protocols**: This subsystem controls the URL Protocols integrated into the local registry of the client machine. The following example illustrates the “mailto:” protocol.
 
 ```xml
     
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ In addition to Extensions, the following other subsystems can be enabled/disable
 
 #### UserScripts
 
-Scripts can be used to set up or alter the virtual environment and execute scripts on deployment or removal, before an application executes, or they can clean up the environment after the application terminates. Please refer to a sample User Configuration file output by the sequencer to see a sample script. See the [Scripts](appv-dynamic-configuration.md#scripts) section for more information about the various triggers you can use to set up scripts.
+Scripts can be used to set up or alter the virtual environment and execute scripts on deployment or removal, before an application executes, or they can clean up the environment after the application terminates. Refer to a sample User Configuration file output by the sequencer to see a sample script. For more information about the various triggers you can use to set up scripts, see the [Scripts](appv-dynamic-configuration.md#scripts) section.
 
 ## Dynamic Deployment Configuration file
 
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ The body of the deployment configuration file includes two sections:
 
 ```
 
-User Configuration: see [Dynamic User Configuration](#dynamic-user-configuration-file) for more information about this section.
+User Configuration: For more information about this section, see [Dynamic User Configuration](#dynamic-user-configuration-file).
 
 Machine Configuration: The Machine Configuration section of the Deployment Configuration File configures information that can only be set for an entire machine, not a specific user on the computer, like the HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE registry keys in the Virtual Registry. This element can have the following four subsections.
 
@@ -449,11 +449,11 @@ The following section describes the various subsystems and usage samples.
 
 #### Extensions
 
-Some subsystems (Extension Subsystems) control extensions that can only apply to all users. The subsystem is application capabilities. Because this can only apply to all users, the package must be published globally in order for this type of extension to be integrated into the local system. The rules for User Configuration extension controls and settings also apply to the ones in Machine Configuration.
+Some subsystems (Extension Subsystems) control extensions that can only apply to all users. The subsystem is application capabilities. Because this subsystem can only apply to all users, the package must be published globally in order for this type of extension to be integrated into the local system. The rules for User Configuration extension controls and settings also apply to the ones in Machine Configuration.
 
 #### Application Capabilities
 
-Used by default programs in the Windows OS interface, the Application Capabilities extension allows an application to register itself as capable of opening certain file extensions, as a contender for the Start menu's internet browser slot, and as capable of opening certain Windows MIME types. This extension also makes the virtual application visible in the Set Default Programs UI.
+Application Capabilities extension is used by default programs in the Windows OS interface; it allows an application to register itself as capable of opening certain file extensions, as a contender for the Start menu's internet browser slot, and as capable of opening certain Windows MIME types. This extension also makes the virtual application visible in the Set Default Programs UI.
 
 ```xml
     
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Used by default programs in the Windows OS interface, the Application Capabiliti
 
 You can edit other subsystems in addition to extensions:
 
-- Machine-wide Virtual Registry: use this when you want to set a registry key in the virtual registry within HKEY\_Local\_Machine.
+- Machine-wide Virtual Registry: Use this subsystem when you want to set a registry key in the virtual registry within HKEY\_Local\_Machine.
 
 ```xml
     
@@ -529,9 +529,9 @@ You can edit other subsystems in addition to extensions:
     
 ```
 
-- MachineScripts: The package can be configured to execute scripts upon deployment, publishing, or removal. To see an example script, please see a sample deployment configuration file generated by the sequencer. The following section provides more information about the various triggers you can use to set up scripts.
+- MachineScripts: The package can be configured to execute scripts upon deployment, publishing, or removal. To see an example script, see a sample deployment configuration file generated by the sequencer. The following section provides more information about the various triggers you can use to set up scripts.
 
-- TerminateChildProcess: you can use this to specify that an application executable's child processes will be terminated when the application.exe process is terminated.
+- TerminateChildProcess: You can use this subsystem to specify that an application executable's child processes will be terminated when the application.exe process is terminated.
 
 ```xml
     
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
index bd42de3c84..91b326948f 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
@@ -1,22 +1,21 @@
 ---
-title: How to Enable Only Administrators to Publish Packages by Using an ESD (Windows 10/11)
+title: How to enable only administrators to publish packages by using an ESD
 description: Learn how to enable only administrators to publish packages by bsing an electronic software delivery (ESD).
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.sitesec: library
+author: aczechowski
 ms.prod: w10
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
+ms.technology: windows
+ms.date: 05/02/2022
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
-ms.topic: article
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
+ms.topic: how-to
 ---
+
 # How to enable only administrators to publish packages by using an ESD
 
 [!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
 
-Starting in App-V 5.0 SP3, you can configure the App-V client so that only administrators (not end users) can publish or unpublish packages. In earlier versions of App-V, you could not prevent end users from performing these tasks.
+Starting in App-V 5.0 SP3, you can configure the App-V client so that only administrators (not end users) can publish or unpublish packages. In earlier versions of App-V, you couldn't prevent end users from performing these tasks.
 
 Here's how to enable only administrators to publish or unpublish packages:
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-reporting-on-the-appv-client-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-reporting-on-the-appv-client-with-powershell.md
index 0bfd675b91..46d4a0a4fe 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-reporting-on-the-appv-client-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-reporting-on-the-appv-client-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Enable Reporting on the App-V Client by Using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to Enable Reporting on the App-V Client by Using Windows PowerShell
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to Enable Reporting on the App-V Client by Using Windows PowerShell
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md
index a0fd066d26..ac9ff40578 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Enable the App-V in-box client (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to enable the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) in-box client installed with Windows 10/11.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Enable the App-V in-box client
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-evaluating-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-evaluating-appv.md
index e15b0a5209..964c753d27 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-evaluating-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-evaluating-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Evaluating App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to evaluate App-V for Windows 10/11 in a lab environment before deploying into a production environment.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-for-windows.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-for-windows.md
index 32c7f7e7ef..bc05a5d4aa 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-for-windows.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-for-windows.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Application Virtualization (App-V) (Windows 10/11)
 description: See various topics that can help you administer Application Virtualization (App-V) and its components.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows client overview
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-getting-started.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-getting-started.md
index 0e3c91919c..7fd466e9c5 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-getting-started.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-getting-started.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Getting Started with App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Get started with Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows 10/11. App-V for Windows client devices delivers Win32 applications to users as virtual applications.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Getting started with App-V for Windows client
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ To start using App-V to deliver virtual applications to users, you’ll need to
 
 | Component  | What it does     | Where to find it     |
 |------------|--|------|
-| App-V server components | App-V offers five server components that work together to allow you to host and publish virtual applications, generate usage reports, and manage your App-V environment. For more details, see [Deploying the App-V Server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md).

              If you're already using App-V 5.x, you don't need to redeploy the App-V server components, as they haven't changed since App-V 5.0's release. | The App-V server components are included in the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP) 2015 ISO package that can be downloaded from the following locations:

               If you have a Microsoft Developer Network (MSDN) subscription, use the [MSDN (Microsoft Developer Network) subscriptions site](https://msdn.microsoft.com/subscriptions/downloads/default.aspx#FileId=65215) to download the MDOP ISO package.

               If you're using [Windows client for Enterprise or Education](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/windows-product-home), download it from the [Volume Licensing Service Center](https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/default.aspx).

              See [Deploying the App-V Server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md) for more information about installing and using the server components.|
+| App-V server components | App-V offers five server components that work together to allow you to host and publish virtual applications, generate usage reports, and manage your App-V environment. For more information, see [Deploying the App-V Server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md).

              If you're already using App-V 5.x, you don't need to redeploy the App-V server components, as they haven't changed since App-V 5.0's release. | The App-V server components are included in the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack (MDOP) 2015 ISO package that can be downloaded from the following locations:

               If you have a Microsoft Developer Network (MSDN) subscription, use the [MSDN (Microsoft Developer Network) subscriptions site](https://msdn.microsoft.com/subscriptions/downloads/default.aspx#FileId=65215) to download the MDOP ISO package.

               If you're using [Windows client for Enterprise or Education](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/windows-product-home), download it from the [Volume Licensing Service Center](https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/default.aspx).

              For more information about installing and using the server components, see [Deploying the App-V Server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md).|
 | App-V client and App-V Remote Desktop Services (RDS) client | The App-V client is the component that runs virtualized applications on user devices, allowing users to interact with icons and file names to start virtualized applications. | Starting with Windows 10 version 1607, the App-V client is automatically installed. 

              To learn how to enable the client, see [Enable the App-V desktop client](appv-enable-the-app-v-desktop-client.md).           |
 | App-V sequencer      | Use the App-V sequencer to convert Win32 applications into virtual packages for deployment to user devices. Devices must run the App-V client to allow users to interact with virtual applications.    | Installed with the [Windows Assessment and Deployment kit (ADK) for Windows client](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit).  |
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ If you're new to App-V, it's a good idea to read the documentation thoroughly. B
 
 ## Getting started with App-V
 
-[What's new in App-V](appv-about-appv.md) provides a high-level overview of App-V and how it can be used in your organization.
+[What's new in App-V](appv-about-appv.md) provides a high-level overview of App-V and how it can be used in your organization?
 
 [Evaluating App-V](appv-evaluating-appv.md) provides information about how you can best evaluate App-V for use in your organization.
 
@@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ If you're new to App-V, it's a good idea to read the documentation thoroughly. B
 * [Deploying App-V](appv-deploying-appv.md)
 * [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
 * [Troubleshooting App-V](appv-troubleshooting.md)
-* [Technical reference for App-V](appv-technical-reference.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [Technical reference for App-V](appv-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-high-level-architecture.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-high-level-architecture.md
index 62ec6658b4..e9865ae8bb 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-high-level-architecture.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-high-level-architecture.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: High-level architecture for App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use the information in this article to simplify your Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) deployment.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # High-level architecture for App-V
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ A typical App-V implementation consists of the following elements.
 
 |Element|Description|
 |---|---|
-|App-V Management server|The App-V Management server provides overall management functionality for the App-V infrastructure. Additionally, you can install more than one instance of the management server in your environment which provides the following benefits:
              **Fault tolerance and high availability**—installing and configuring the App-V Management server on two separate computers can help in situations when one of the servers is unavailable or offline. You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Management server on multiple computers. In this scenario, consider using a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.
              **Scalability**—you can add additional management servers as necessary to support a high load. For example, you can install multiple servers behind a load balancer.|
-|App-V Publishing Server|The App-V publishing server provides functionality for virtual application hosting and streaming. The publishing server does not require a database connection and supports HTTP and HTTPS protocols.
              You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Publishing server on multiple computers. You should also consider having a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.|
-|App-V Reporting Server|The App-V Reporting server lets authorized users run and view existing App-V reports and ad hoc reports for managing App-V infrastructure. The Reporting server requires a connection to the App-V reporting database. You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Reporting server on multiple computers. You should also consider having a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.|
+|App-V Management server|The App-V Management server provides overall management functionality for the App-V infrastructure. Additionally, you can install more than one instance of the management server in your environment, which provides the following benefits:
              **Fault tolerance and high availability**—installing and configuring the App-V Management server on two separate computers can help in situations when one of the servers is unavailable or offline. You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Management server on multiple computers. In this scenario, consider using a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.
              **Scalability**—you can add more management servers as necessary to support a high load. For example, you can install multiple servers behind a load balancer.|
+|App-V Publishing Server|The App-V publishing server provides functionality for virtual application hosting and streaming. The publishing server doesn't require a database connection and supports HTTP and HTTPS protocols.
              You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Publishing server on multiple computers. You should also consider having a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.|
+|App-V Reporting Server|The App-V Reporting server lets authorized users run and view existing App-V reports and unplanned reports for managing App-V infrastructure. The Reporting server requires a connection to the App-V reporting database. You can also help increase App-V availability by installing the Reporting server on multiple computers. You should also consider having a network load balancer to keep server requests balanced.|
 |App-V Client|The App-V client enables packages created using App-V to run on target computers.|
 
 >[!NOTE]
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-appv-databases-and-convert-the-associated-security-identifiers-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-appv-databases-and-convert-the-associated-security-identifiers-with-powershell.md
index 446fb2362d..ad8668ac96 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-appv-databases-and-convert-the-associated-security-identifiers-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-appv-databases-and-convert-the-associated-security-identifiers-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Install the App-V Databases and Convert the Associated Security Identifiers by Using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to Install the App-V Databases and Convert the Associated Security Identifiers by Using Windows PowerShell
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Use the following Windows PowerShell procedure to convert any number of Active D
 
 Before attempting this procedure, you should read and understand the information and examples displayed in the following list:
 
--   **.INPUTS** – The account or accounts used to convert to SID format. This can be a single account name or an array of account names.
+-   **.INPUTS** – The account or accounts used to convert to SID format. This item can be a single account name or an array of account names.
 
 -   **.OUTPUTS** - A list of account names with the corresponding SID in standard and hexadecimal formats.
 
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Before attempting this procedure, you should read and understand the information
     }
     ```
 
-3.  Run the script you saved in step one of this procedure passing the accounts to convert as arguments.
+3.  Run the script you saved in Step 1 of this procedure passing the accounts to convert as arguments.
 
     For example,
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-and-reporting-databases-on-separate-computers.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-and-reporting-databases-on-separate-computers.md
index 2f8a941579..63b3cdcfd2 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-and-reporting-databases-on-separate-computers.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-and-reporting-databases-on-separate-computers.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Install the Management and Reporting Databases on separate computers from the Management and Reporting Services (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to install the Management and Reporting Databases on separate computers from the Management and Reporting Services.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to Install the Management and Reporting Databases on separate computers from the Management and Reporting Services
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md
index c7c54d8a32..6a735c487a 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-publishing-server-on-a-remote-computer.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-publishing-server-on-a-remote-computer.md
index 261eb206aa..a5d761bf80 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-publishing-server-on-a-remote-computer.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-publishing-server-on-a-remote-computer.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Install the Publishing Server on a Remote Computer (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use the procedures in this article to install the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) publishing server on a separate computer.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to install the publishing server on a remote computer
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md
index f2848972d7..40d6a0906b 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to install the Reporting Server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to install the App-V Reporting Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to install the reporting server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-sequencer.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-sequencer.md
index 410d7b4f25..f53702ace1 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-sequencer.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-install-the-sequencer.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Install the App-V Sequencer (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to install the App-V Sequencer to convert Win32 applications into virtual packages for deployment to user devices.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Install the App-V Sequencer
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-load-the-powershell-cmdlets-and-get-cmdlet-help.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-load-the-powershell-cmdlets-and-get-cmdlet-help.md
index 081235fe4b..a6d176cee5 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-load-the-powershell-cmdlets-and-get-cmdlet-help.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-load-the-powershell-cmdlets-and-get-cmdlet-help.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Load the Windows PowerShell Cmdlets for App-V and Get Cmdlet Help (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to Load the Windows PowerShell Cmdlets for App-V and Get Cmdlet Help
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to load the Windows PowerShell cmdlets for App-V and get cmdlet help
@@ -92,4 +92,4 @@ To display help for a specific Windows PowerShell cmdlet:
 2. Enter **Get-Help** followed by the cmdlet you need help with. For example:
    ```PowerShell
    Get-Help Publish-AppvClientPackage
-   ```
\ No newline at end of file
+   ```
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-maintaining-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-maintaining-appv.md
index b67604f857..f09e745825 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-maintaining-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-maintaining-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Maintaining App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: After you have deployed App-V for Windows 10/11, you can use the following information to maintain the App-V infrastructure.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Maintaining App-V
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-appv-packages-running-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-appv-packages-running-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md
index 102c1d61e6..c31e7e77f1 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-appv-packages-running-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-appv-packages-running-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to manage App-V packages running on a stand-alone computer by using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to manage App-V packages running on a stand-alone computer by using Windows PowerShell.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/24/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to manage App-V packages running on a stand-alone computer by using Windows PowerShell
@@ -172,4 +172,4 @@ For more information about pending tasks, see [Upgrading an in-use App-V package
 ## Related topics
 
 - [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
-- [Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Administering App-V by using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-connection-groups-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-connection-groups-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md
index ab5b11444d..7a32f99f96 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-connection-groups-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-manage-connection-groups-on-a-stand-alone-computer-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Manage Connection Groups on a Stand-alone Computer by Using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to Manage Connection Groups on a Stand-alone Computer by Using Windows PowerShell
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This topic explains the following procedures:
 
     Enable-AppvClientConnectionGroup –name "Financial Applications"
 
-    When any virtual applications that are in the member packages are run on the target computer, they will run inside the connection group’s virtual environment and will be available to all the virtual applications in the other packages in the connection group.
+    When any virtual applications that are in the member packages are run on the target computer, they'll run inside the connection group’s virtual environment and will be available to all the virtual applications in the other packages in the connection group.
 
 ## To enable or disable a connection group for a specific user
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-managing-connection-groups.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-managing-connection-groups.md
index 0f8cf76315..a769395ffe 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-managing-connection-groups.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-managing-connection-groups.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Managing Connection Groups (Windows 10/11)
 description: Connection groups can allow administrators to manage packages independently and avoid having to add the same application multiple times to a client computer.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md
index 7d268f0f29..45669bd33e 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Migrating to App-V from a Previous Version (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to migrate to Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows 10/11 from a previous version.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ You can also use the `–OSDsToIncludeInPackage` parameter with the `ConvertFrom
 
 |New in App-V for Windows client|Prior to App-V for Windows 10|
 |--- |--- |
-|New .xml files are created corresponding to the .osd files associated with a package; these files include the following information:
            • environment variables
            • shortcuts
            • file type associations
            • registry information
            • scripts
               
              You can now choose to add information from a subset of the .osd files in the source directory to the package using the -OSDsToIncludeInPackage parameter.|Registry information and scripts included in .osd files associated with a package were not included in package converter output.
               
              The package converter would populate the new package with information from all of the .osd files in the source directory.|
+|New .xml files are created corresponding to the .osd files associated with a package; these files include the following information:
            • environment variables
            • shortcuts
            • file type associations
            • registry information
            • scripts
               
              You can now choose to add information from a subset of the .osd files in the source directory to the package using the -OSDsToIncludeInPackage parameter.|Registry information and scripts included in .osd files associated with a package weren't included in package converter output.
               
              The package converter would populate the new package with information from all of the .osd files in the source directory.|
 
 ### Example conversion statement
 
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ ConvertFrom-AppvLegacyPackage –SourcePath \\OldPkgStore\ContosoApp\
 |These Source directory files…|…are converted to these Destination directory files…|…and will contain these items|Description|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
 |
            • X.osd
            • Y.osd
            • Z.osd|
            • X_Config.xml
            • Y_Config.xml
            • Z_Config.xml|
            • Environment variables:
            • Shortcuts
            • File type associations
            • Registry information
            • Scripts|Each .osd file is converted to a separate, corresponding .xml file that contains the items listed here in App-V deployment configuration format. These items can then be copied from these .xml files and placed in the deployment configuration or user configuration files as desired.
              In this example, there are three .xml files, corresponding with the three .osd files in the source directory. Each .xml file contains the environment variables, shortcuts, file type associations, registry information, and scripts in its corresponding .osd file.|
-|
            • X.osd
            • Y.osd|
            • ContosoApp.appv 
            • ContosoApp_DeploymentConfig.xml  
            • ContosoApp_UserConfig.xml|
            • Environment variables
            • Shortcuts
            • File type associations|The information from the .osd files specified in the -OSDsToIncludeInPackage parameter are converted and placed inside the package. The converter then populates the deployment configuration file and the user configuration file with the contents of the package, just as App-V Sequencer does when sequencing a new package.
              In this example, environment variables, shortcuts, and file type associations included in X.osd and Y.osd were converted and placed in the App-V package, and some of this information was also included in the deployment configuration and user configuration files. X.osd and Y.osd were used because they were included as arguments to the -OSDsToIncludeInPackage parameter. No information from Z.osd was included in the package, because it was not included as one of these arguments.|
+|
            • X.osd
            • Y.osd|
            • ContosoApp.appv 
            • ContosoApp_DeploymentConfig.xml  
            • ContosoApp_UserConfig.xml|
            • Environment variables
            • Shortcuts
            • File type associations|The information from the .osd files specified in the -OSDsToIncludeInPackage parameter is converted and placed inside the package. The converter then populates the deployment configuration file and the user configuration file with the contents of the package, just as App-V Sequencer does when sequencing a new package.
              In this example, environment variables, shortcuts, and file type associations included in X.osd and Y.osd were converted and placed in the App-V package, and some of this information was also included in the deployment configuration and user configuration files. X.osd and Y.osd were used because they were included as arguments to the -OSDsToIncludeInPackage parameter. No information from Z.osd was included in the package, because it wasn't included as one of these arguments.|
 
 ## Converting packages created using a prior version of App-V
 
@@ -96,23 +96,23 @@ After you convert an existing package you should test the package prior to deplo
 
 |Issue|Workaround|
 |--- |--- |
-|Virtual packages using DSC are not linked after conversion.|Link the packages using connection groups. See [Managing Connection Groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md).|
+|Virtual packages using DSC aren't linked after conversion.|Link the packages using connection groups. See [Managing Connection Groups](appv-managing-connection-groups.md).|
 |Environment variable conflicts are detected during conversion.|Resolve any conflicts in the associated **.osd** file.|
-|Hard-coded paths are detected during conversion.|Hard-coded paths are difficult to convert correctly. The package converter will detect and return packages with files that contain hard-coded paths. View the file with the hard-coded path, and determine whether the package requires the file. If so, it is recommended to re-sequence the package.|
+|Hard-coded paths are detected during conversion.|Hard-coded paths are difficult to convert correctly. The package converter will detect and return packages with files that contain hard-coded paths. View the file with the hard-coded path, and determine whether the package requires the file. If so, it's recommended to re-sequence the package.|
 
 When converting a package check for failing files or shortcuts, locate the item in App-V 4.6 package. It could possibly be a hard-coded path. Convert the path.
 
 **Note**  
-It is recommended that you use the App-V sequencer for converting critical applications or applications that need to take advantage of features. See [How to Sequence a New Application with App-V](appv-sequence-a-new-application.md).
+It's recommended that you use the App-V sequencer for converting critical applications or applications that need to take advantage of features. See [How to Sequence a New Application with App-V](appv-sequence-a-new-application.md).
 
-If a converted package does not open after you convert it, it is also recommended that you re-sequence the application using the App-V sequencer.
+If a converted package doesn't open after you convert it, it's also recommended that you resequence the application using the App-V sequencer.
 
 [How to Convert a Package Created in a Previous Version of App-V](appv-convert-a-package-created-in-a-previous-version-of-appv.md)
 
 ## Migrating the App-V Server Full Infrastructure
 
 
-There is no direct method to upgrade to a full App-V infrastructure. Use the information in the following section for information about upgrading the App-V server.
+There's no direct method to upgrade to a full App-V infrastructure. Use the information in the following section for information about upgrading the App-V server.
 
 |Task|More Information|
 |--- |--- |
@@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ There is no direct method to upgrade to a full App-V infrastructure. Use the inf
 
 - [Operations for App-V](appv-operations.md)
 
-- [A simplified Microsoft App-V 5.1 Management Server upgrade procedure](/archive/blogs/appv/a-simplified-microsoft-app-v-5-1-management-server-upgrade-procedure)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [A simplified Microsoft App-V 5.1 Management Server upgrade procedure](/archive/blogs/appv/a-simplified-microsoft-app-v-5-1-management-server-upgrade-procedure)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-an-existing-virtual-application-package.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-an-existing-virtual-application-package.md
index 69acd8e60e..86dd8a2e20 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-an-existing-virtual-application-package.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-an-existing-virtual-application-package.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Modify an Existing Virtual Application Package (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to modify an existing virtual application package and add a new application to an existing virtual application package.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ This topic explains how to:
 5.  On the **Prepare Computer** page, review the issues that could cause the application update to fail or cause the updated application to contain unnecessary data. Resolve all potential issues before you continue. After making any corrections and resolving all potential issues, click **Refresh** > **Next**.
 
     **Important**  
-    If you are required to disable virus scanning software, first scan the computer that runs the sequencer to ensure that no unwanted or malicious files are added to the package.
+    If you're required to disable virus scanning software, first scan the computer that runs the sequencer to ensure that no unwanted or malicious files are added to the package.
 
-6.  On the **Select Installer** page, click **Browse** and specify the update installation file for the application. If the update does not have an associated installer file, and if you plan to run all installation steps manually, select the **Select this option to perform a custom installation** check box, and then click **Next**.
+6.  On the **Select Installer** page, click **Browse** and specify the update installation file for the application. If the update doesn't have an associated installer file, and if you plan to run all installation steps manually, select the **Select this option to perform a custom installation** check box, and then click **Next**.
 
-7.  On the **Installation** page, when the sequencer and application installer are ready you can proceed to install the application update so the sequencer can monitor the installation process. If additional installation files must be run as part of the installation, click **Run**, and then locate and run the additional installation files. When you are finished with the installation, select **I am finished installing**. Click **Next**.
+7.  On the **Installation** page, when the sequencer and application installer are ready you can proceed to install the application update so the sequencer can monitor the installation process. If additional installation files must be run as part of the installation, click **Run**, and then locate and run the additional installation files. When you're finished with the installation, select **I am finished installing**. Click **Next**.
 
     >**Note**  The sequencer monitors all changes and installations that occur on the computer that runs the sequencer. This includes any changes and installations that are performed outside of the sequencing wizard.
 
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ This topic explains how to:
 
     >**Note**  You can stop an application from loading during this step. In the **Application Launch** dialog box, click **Stop**, and then select either **Stop all applications** or **Stop this application only**.
 
-10. On the **Create Package** page, to modify the package without saving it, select the check box for **Continue to modify package without saving using the package editor**. When you select this option, the package opens in the App-V Sequencer console, where you can modify the package before it is saved. Click **Next**.
+10. On the **Create Package** page, to modify the package without saving it, select the check box for **Continue to modify package without saving using the package editor**. When you select this option, the package opens in the App-V Sequencer console, where you can modify the package before it's saved. Click **Next**.
 
     To save the package immediately, select the default **Save the package now**. Add optional **Comments** to associate with the package. Comments are useful to identify the application version and provide other information about the package. The default **Save Location** is also displayed. To change the default location, click **Browse** and specify the new location. Click **Create**.
 
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ This topic explains how to:
 
     -   Edit registry settings.
 
-    -   Review additional package settings (except operating system file properties).
+    -   Review the extra package settings (except operating system file properties).
 
     -   Set virtualized registry key state (override or merge).
 
@@ -117,15 +117,15 @@ This topic explains how to:
 
 3.  On the **Select Task** page, click **Add New Application** > **Next**.
 
-4.  On the **Select Package** page, click **Browse** to locate the virtual application package to which you will add the application, and then click **Next**.
+4.  On the **Select Package** page, click **Browse** to locate the virtual application package to which you'll add the application, and then click **Next**.
 
 5.  On the **Prepare Computer** page, review the issues that could cause the package creation to fail or cause the revised package to contain unnecessary data. Resolve all potential issues before you continue. After making any corrections and resolving all potential issues, click **Refresh** > **Next**.
 
-    >**Important**  If you are required to disable virus scanning software, first scan the computer that runs the sequencer to ensure that no unwanted or malicious files can be added to the package.
+    >**Important**  If you're required to disable virus scanning software, first scan the computer that runs the sequencer to ensure that no unwanted or malicious files can be added to the package.
 
-6.  On the **Select Installer** page, click **Browse** and specify the installation file for the application. If the application does not have an associated installer file and you plan to run all installation steps manually, select the **Select this option to perform a custom installation** check box, and then click **Next**.
+6.  On the **Select Installer** page, click **Browse** and specify the installation file for the application. If the application doesn't have an associated installer file and you plan to run all installation steps manually, select the **Select this option to perform a custom installation** check box, and then click **Next**.
 
-7.  On the **Installation** page, when the sequencer and application installer are ready, install the application so that the sequencer can monitor the installation process. If additional installation files must be run as part of the installation, click **Run**, and locate and run the additional installation files. When you finish the installation, select **I am finished installing** > **Next**. In the **Browse for Folder** dialog box, specify the primary directory where the application will be installed. Ensure that this is a new location so that you don’t overwrite the existing version of the virtual application package.
+7.  On the **Installation** page, when the sequencer and application installer are ready, install the application so that the sequencer can monitor the installation process. If more installation files must be run as part of the installation, click **Run**, and locate and run those installation files. When you finish the installation, select **I am finished installing** > **Next**. In the **Browse for Folder** dialog box, specify the primary directory where the application will be installed. Ensure that this directory is a new location so that you don’t overwrite the existing version of the virtual application package.
 
     >**Note**  The sequencer monitors all changes and installations that occur on the computer that runs the sequencer. This includes any changes and installations that are performed outside of the sequencing wizard.
 
@@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ This topic explains how to:
 
 9.  On the **Installation Report** page, you can review information about the updated virtual application. In **Additional Information**, double-click the event to obtain more detailed information, and then click **Next** to open the **Customize** page.
 
-10. If you are finished installing and configuring the virtual application, select **Stop now** and skip to step 13 of this procedure. If you want to perform the following described customization, click **Customize**.
+10. If you're finished installing and configuring the virtual application, select **Stop now** and skip to step 13 of this procedure. If you want to perform the following described customization, click **Customize**.
 
-    If you are customizing, prepare the virtual package for streaming, and then click **Next**. Streaming improves the experience when the virtual application package is run on target computers.
+    If you're customizing, prepare the virtual package for streaming, and then click **Next**. Streaming improves the experience when the virtual application package is run on target computers.
 
 11. On the **Streaming** page, run each program so that it can be optimized and run more efficiently on target computers. It can take several minutes for all the applications to run. After all applications have run, close each of the applications, and then click **Next**.
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md
index 552c9efd53..e3d8c9c251 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-modify-client-configuration-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Modify Client Configuration by Using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to modify the Application Virtualization (App-V) client configuration by using Windows PowerShell.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-move-the-appv-server-to-another-computer.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-move-the-appv-server-to-another-computer.md
index e3bd963ee4..011db77850 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-move-the-appv-server-to-another-computer.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-move-the-appv-server-to-another-computer.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Move the App-V Server to Another Computer (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to create a new management server console in your environment and learn how to connect it to the App-V database.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ Use the following information to create a new management server console in your
 
 Follow these steps to create a new management server console:
 
-1.  Install the management server on a computer in your environment. For more information about installing the management server see [Deploying the App-V server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md).
+1.  Install the management server on a computer in your environment. For more information about installing the management server, see [Deploying the App-V server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md).
 
-2.  After you have completed the installation, use the following link to connect it to the App-V database - [How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database](appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md).
+2.  After you've completed the installation, use the following link to connect it to the App-V database - [How to install the Management Server on a Standalone Computer and Connect it to the Database](appv-install-the-management-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md).
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-operations.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-operations.md
index 08dba24e7a..80ba2f4fbd 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-operations.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-operations.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Operations for App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about the various types of App-V administration and operating tasks that are typically performed by an administrator.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Operations for App-V
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ This section of the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) Administrator
     Describes how to deploy App-V packages by using an ESD.
 - [Using the App-V Client Management Console](appv-using-the-client-management-console.md)
 
-    Describes how perform client configuration tasks using the client management console.
+    Describes how to perform client configuration tasks using the client management console.
 - [Migrating to App-V from a Previous Version](appv-migrating-to-appv-from-a-previous-version.md)
 
     Provides instructions for migrating to App-V from a previous version.
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-performance-guidance.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-performance-guidance.md
index 2431493b6c..ee185b6c84 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-performance-guidance.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-performance-guidance.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Performance Guidance for Application Virtualization (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to configure App-V for optimal performance, optimize virtual app packages, and provide a better user experience with RDS and VDI.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -44,15 +44,15 @@ To help determine what information is relevant to your environment, you should r
 
 ##  App-V in stateful\* non-persistent deployments
 
-This section provides information about an approach that helps ensure a user will have access to all virtual applications within seconds after logging in. This is achieved by uniquely addressing the often long-running App-V publishing refresh. As you will discover the basis of the approach, the fastest publishing refresh, is one that doesn’t have to actually do anything. Many conditions must be met and steps followed to provide the optimal user experience.
+This section provides information about an approach that helps ensure a user will have access to all virtual applications within seconds after logging in. This access is achieved by uniquely addressing the often long-running App-V publishing refresh. As you'll discover the basis of the approach, the fastest publishing refresh, is one that doesn’t have to actually do anything. Many conditions must be met and steps followed to provide the optimal user experience.
 
 Use the information in the following section for more information:
 
-[Usage Scenarios](#bkmk-us) - As you review the two scenarios, keep in mind that these are the approach extremes. Based on your usage requirements, you may choose to apply these steps to a subset of users and/or virtual applications packages.
+[Usage Scenarios](#bkmk-us) - As you review the two scenarios, keep in mind that these scenarios are the approach extremes. Based on your usage requirements, you may choose to apply these steps to a subset of users and/or virtual applications packages.
 
 -   Optimized for Performance – To provide the optimal experience, you can expect the base image to include some of the App-V virtual application package. This and other requirements are discussed.
 
--   Optimized for Storage – If you are concerned with the storage impact, following this scenario will help address those concerns.
+-   Optimized for Storage – If you're concerned with the storage impact, following this scenario will help address those concerns.
 
 [Preparing your Environment](#bkmk-pe)
 
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ Use the information in the following section for more information:
 
 [User Experience Walk-through](#bkmk-uewt)
 
--   Walk-through – This is a step-by-step walk-through of the App-V and UE-V operations and the expectations users should have.
+-   Walk-through – It's a step-by-step walk-through of the App-V and UE-V operations and the expectations users should have.
 
--   Outcome – This describes the expected results.
+-   Outcome – It describes the expected results.
 
 [Impact to Package Lifecycle](#bkmk-plc)
 
@@ -89,13 +89,13 @@ Use the information in the following section for more information:
 
 ### Usage Scenarios
 
-As you review the two scenarios, keep in mind that these approach the extremes. Based on your usage requirements, you may choose to apply these steps to a subset of users, virtual application packages, or both.
+As you review the two scenarios, keep in mind that these scenarios represent the extremes. Based on your usage requirements, you may choose to apply these steps to a subset of users, virtual application packages, or both.
 
 - **Performance**: To provide the most optimal user experience, this approach uses the capabilities of a UPM solution and requires extra image preparation and can incur some more image management overhead.
 
-  The following describes many performance improvements in stateful non-persistent deployments. For more information, see [Sequencing Steps to Optimize Packages for Publishing Performance](#sequencing-steps-to-optimize-packages-for-publishing-performance) (in this article).
+  The following section describes many performance improvements in stateful non-persistent deployments. For more information, see [Sequencing Steps to Optimize Packages for Publishing Performance](#sequencing-steps-to-optimize-packages-for-publishing-performance) (in this article).
 
-- **Storage**: The general expectations of the previous scenario still apply here. However, keep in mind that VM images are typically stored in costly arrays; a slight alteration has been made to the approach. Do not pre-configure user-targeted virtual application packages in the base image.
+- **Storage**: The general expectations of the previous scenario still apply here. However, keep in mind that VM images are typically stored in costly arrays; a slight alteration has been made to the approach. Don't pre-configure user-targeted virtual application packages in the base image.
 
   The impact of this alteration is detailed in the [User Experience Walk-through](#bkmk-uewt) (in this article).
 
@@ -137,14 +137,14 @@ The following information displays the required steps to prepare the base image
 
 For critical App-V Client configurations and for a little more context and how-to, review the following configuration settings:
 
-- **Shared Content Store (SCS) Mode**: When running the shared content store only publishing data is maintained on hard disk; other virtual application assets are maintained in memory (RAM). This helps to conserve local storage and minimize disk I/O per second (IOPS).
+- **Shared Content Store (SCS) Mode**: When running the shared content store, only publishing data is maintained on hard disk; other virtual application assets are maintained in memory (RAM). Such a result helps to conserve local storage and minimize disk I/O per second (IOPS).
 
   This setting is recommended when low-latency connections are available between the App-V Client endpoint and the SCS content server, SAN.
 
   - Configurable in Windows PowerShell: `Set-AppvClientConfiguration -SharedContentStoreMode 1`
   - Configurable with Group Policy: See [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and Configuring the Client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md).
 
-- **PreserveUserIntegrationsOnLogin**: If you have not pre-configured (**Add-AppvClientPackage**) a specific package and this setting is not configured, the App-V Client will de-integrate* the persisted user integrations, then reintegrate*.
+- **PreserveUserIntegrationsOnLogin**: If you have not pre-configured (**Add-AppvClientPackage**) a specific package and this setting isn't configured, the App-V Client will de-integrate* the persisted user integrations, then reintegrate*.
 
   For every package that meets the above conditions, effectively twice the work will be done during publishing/refresh.
   
@@ -156,13 +156,13 @@ For critical App-V Client configurations and for a little more context and how-t
 
 - **MaxConcurrentPublishingRefresh**: This setting determines the number of users that can perform a publishing refresh/sync at the same time. The default setting is no limit.
 
-  Limiting the number of concurrent publishing refreshes prevents excessive CPU usage that could impact computer performance. This limit is recommended in an RDS environment, where multiple users can log in to the same computer at the same time and perform a publishing refresh sync.
+  Limiting the number of concurrent publishing refreshes prevents excessive CPU usage that could impact computer performance. This limit is  recommended in an RDS environment, where multiple users can log in to the same computer at the same time and perform a publishing refresh sync.
 
-  If the concurrent publishing refresh threshold is reached, the time required to publish new applications and make them available to end users after they log in could take an indeterminate amount of time.
+  If the concurrent publishing refresh threshold is reached, the time required to publish new applications and make them available to end users after they sign in could take an indeterminate amount of time.
 
   - Configure in the Registry under `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Publishing`.
   - Create the DWORD value **MaxConcurrentPublishingrefresh** with the desired maximum number of concurrent publishing refreshes.
-  - The App-V client service and computer do not need to be restarted.
+  - The App-V client service and computer don't need to be restarted.
 
 ### Configure UE-V solution for App-V Approach
 
@@ -177,9 +177,9 @@ For more information, see:
 In essence all that is required is to enable the UE-V service and download the following Microsoft authored App-V settings template from the [Microsoft User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) template gallery](https://gallery.technet.microsoft.com/Authored-UE-V-Settings-bb442a33). Register the template. For more information about UE-V templates, see [User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows client overview](/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-for-windows).
 
 > [!Note]
-> Without performing an additional configuration step, User Environment Virtualization (UE-V) will not be able to synchronize the Start menu shortcuts (.lnk files) on the target computer. The .lnk file type is excluded by default.
+> Without performing an additional configuration step, User Environment Virtualization (UE-V) won't be able to synchronize the Start menu shortcuts (.lnk files) on the target computer. The .lnk file type is excluded by default.
 
-UE-V will only support removing the .lnk file type from the exclusion list in the RDS and VDI scenarios, where every user’s device will have the same set of applications installed to the same location and every .lnk file is valid for all the users’ devices. For example, UE-V would not currently support the following two scenarios, because the net result will be that the shortcut will be valid on one but not all devices.
+UE-V will only support removing the .lnk file type from the exclusion list in the RDS and VDI scenarios, where every user’s device will have the same set of applications installed to the same location and every .lnk file is valid for all the users’ devices. For example, UE-V wouldn't currently support the following two scenarios, because the net result will be that the shortcut will be valid on one but not all devices.
 
 -   If a user has an application installed on one device with .lnk files enabled and the same native application installed on another device to a different installation root with .lnk files enabled.
 
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ The expectation in a stateful environment is that a UPM solution is implemented
 
 The requirements for the UPM solution are as follows.
 
-To enable an optimized login experience, for example the App-V approach for the user, the solution must be capable of:
+To enable an optimized sign-in experience, for example the App-V approach for the user, the solution must be capable of:
 
 -   Persisting the below user integrations as part of the user profile/persona.
 
--   Triggering a user profile sync on login (or application start), which can guarantee that all user integrations are applied before publishing/refresh begin, or,
+-   Triggering a user profile sync on sign in (or application start), which can guarantee that all user integrations are applied before publishing/refresh begin, or,
 
 -   Attaching and detaching a user profile disk (UPD) or similar technology that contains the user integrations.
 
@@ -208,13 +208,13 @@ To enable an optimized login experience, for example the App-V approach for the
   > 
   > App-V is supported when using UPD only when the entire profile is stored on the user profile disk.
   > 
-  > App-V packages are not supported when using UPD with selected folders stored in the user profile disk. The Copy on Write driver does not handle UPD selected folders.     
+  > App-V packages are not supported when using UPD with selected folders stored in the user profile disk. The Copy on Write driver doesn't handle UPD selected folders.     
 
--   Capturing changes to the locations, which constitute the user integrations, prior to session logoff.
+-   Capturing changes to the locations, which constitute the user integrations, prior to session sign out.
 
-With App-V when you add a publishing server (**Add-AppvPublishingServer**) you can configure synchronization, for example refresh during log on and/or after a specified refresh interval. In both cases a scheduled task is created.
+With App-V when you add a publishing server (**Add-AppvPublishingServer**) you can configure synchronization, for example refresh during a sign in and/or after a specified refresh interval. In both cases, a scheduled task is created.
 
-In previous versions of App-V, both scheduled tasks were configured using a VBScript that would initiate the user and global refresh. Starting with Hotfix Package 4 for Application Virtualization 5.0 SP2 the user refresh on log on was initiated by **SyncAppvPublishingServer.exe**. This change was introduced to provide UPM solutions a trigger process. This process delays the publish /refresh to allow the UPM solution to apply the user integrations. It will exit once the publishing/refresh is complete.
+In previous versions of App-V, both scheduled tasks were configured using a VBScript that would initiate the user and global refresh. Starting with Hotfix Package 4 for Application Virtualization 5.0 SP2, the user refresh on a sign in was initiated by **SyncAppvPublishingServer.exe**. This change was introduced to provide UPM solutions a trigger process. This process delays the publish /refresh to allow the UPM solution to apply the user integrations. It will exit once the publishing/refresh is complete.
 
 ### User Integrations
 
@@ -248,37 +248,37 @@ Registry – HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER
 
 ### User Experience Walk-through
 
-This following is a step-by-step walk-through of the App-V and UPM operations and the expectations users should expect.
+This following process is a step-by-step walk-through of the App-V and UPM operations, and the users' expectations.
 
 - **Performance**: After implementing this approach in the VDI/RDSH environment, on first login,
   - (Operation) A user-publishing/refresh is initiated. 
 
-    (Expectation) If this is the first time a user has published virtual applications (e.g. non-persistent), this will take the usual duration of a publishing/refresh.
+    (Expectation) If it's the first time that a user has published virtual applications (for example, non-persistent), this operation will take the usual duration of a publishing/refresh.
 
 - (Operation) After the publishing/refresh, the UPM solution captures the user integrations.
 
-    (Expectation) Depending on how the UPM solution is configured, this may occur as part of the logoff process. This will incur the same/similar overhead as persisting the user state.
+    (Expectation) Depending on how the UPM solution is configured, this capture may occur as part of the sign-out process. This result will incur the same/similar overhead as persisting the user state.
  
   **On subsequent logins**:
 
   - (Operation) UPM solution applies the user integrations to the system prior to publishing/refresh.
 
-    (Expectation) There will be shortcuts present on the desktop, or in the start menu, which work immediately. When the publishing/refresh completes (i.e., package entitlements change), some may go away.
+    (Expectation) There will be shortcuts present on the desktop, or in the start menu, which work immediately. When the publishing/refresh completes (that is, package entitlements change), some may go away.
 
-  - (Operation) Publishing/refresh will process un-publish and publish operations for changes in user package entitlements. 
+  - (Operation) Publishing/refresh will process unpublish and publish operations for changes in user package entitlements. 
  
     (Expectation) If there are no entitlement changes, publishing will complete in seconds. Otherwise, the publishing/refresh will increase relative to the number and complexity of virtual applications
 
     The publishing operation (**Publish-AppVClientPackage**) adds entries to the user catalog, maps entitlement to the user, identifies the local store, and finishes by completing any integration steps.  
   
-  - (Operation) UPM solution will capture user integrations again at logoff.
+  - (Operation) UPM solution will capture user integrations again at sign off.
  
      (Expectation) Same as previous.
 
   **Outcome**: 
 
-  - Because the user integrations are entirely preserved, there will be no work for example, integration for the publishing/refresh to complete. All virtual applications will be available within seconds of login.
-  - The publishing/refresh will process changes to the users entitled virtual applications which impacts the experience.
+  - Because the user integrations are entirely preserved, there will be no work for example, integration for the publishing/refresh to complete. All virtual applications will be available within seconds of sign in.
+  - The publishing/refresh will process changes to the users-entitled virtual applications, which impacts the experience.
 
 - **Storage**: After implementing this approach in the VDI/RDSH environment, on first login
 
@@ -286,12 +286,12 @@ This following is a step-by-step walk-through of the App-V and UPM operations an
 
     (Expectation):
 
-    - If this is the first time a user has published virtual applications (e.g., non-persistent), this will take the usual duration of a publishing/refresh.
+    - If this instance is the first time a user has published virtual applications (for example, non-persistent), this will take the usual duration of a publishing/refresh.
     - First and subsequent logins will be impacted by pre-configuring of packages (add/refresh).
  
   - (Operation) After the publishing/refresh, the UPM solution captures the user integrations.
 
-    (Expectation) Depending on how the UPM solution is configured, this may occur as part of the logoff process. This will incur the same/similar overhead as persisting the user state. 
+    (Expectation) Depending on how the UPM solution is configured, this capture may occur as part of the sign-off process. This result will incur the same/similar overhead as persisting the user state. 
  
   **On subsequent logins**:
  
@@ -299,24 +299,24 @@ This following is a step-by-step walk-through of the App-V and UPM operations an
   - (Operation) Add/refresh must pre-configure all user targeted applications.
 
     - (Expectation):
-      - This may increase the time to application availability significantly (on the order of 10’s of seconds).
+      - This may increase the time to application availability significantly (on the order of 10s of seconds).
       - This will increase the publishing refresh time relative to the number and complexity* of virtual applications.
 
-   - (Operation) Publishing/refresh will process un-publish and publish operations for changes to user package entitlements.
+   - (Operation) Publishing/refresh will process unpublish and publish operations for changes to user package entitlements.
 
-  **Outcome**: Because the add/refresh must re-configure all the virtual applications to the VM, the publishing refresh time on every login will be extended.
+  **Outcome**: Because the add/refresh must reconfigure all the virtual applications to the VM, the publishing refresh time on every login will be extended.
  
 ### Impact to Package Life Cycle
 
-Upgrading a package is a crucial aspect of the package lifecycle. To help guarantee users have access to the appropriate upgraded (published) or downgraded (un-published) virtual application packages, it is recommended you update the base image to reflect these changes. To understand why review the following section:
+Upgrading a package is a crucial aspect of the package lifecycle. To help guarantee users have access to the appropriate upgraded (published) or downgraded (unpublished) virtual application packages, it's recommended you update the base image to reflect these changes. To understand why review the following section:
 
 App-V 5.0 SP2 introduced the concept of pending states. In the past,
 
--   If an administrator changed entitlements or created a new version of a package (upgraded) and during a publishing/refresh that package was in-use, the un-publish or publish operation, respectively, would fail.
+-   If an administrator changed entitlements or created a new version of a package (upgraded) and during a publishing/refresh that package was in-use, the unpublish or publish operation, respectively, would fail.
 
--   Now, if a package is in-use the operation will be pended. The un-publish and publish-pend operations will be processed on service restart or if another publish or un-publish command is issued. In the latter case, if the virtual application is in-use otherwise, the virtual application will remain in a pending state. For globally published packages, a restart (or service restart) often needed.
+-   Now, if a package is in use, the operation will be pended. The unpublish and publish-pend operations will be processed on service restart or if another publish or unpublish command is issued. In the latter case, if the virtual application is in-use otherwise, the virtual application will remain in a pending state. For globally published packages, a restart (or service restart) often needed.
 
-In a non-persistent environment, it is unlikely these pended operations will be processed. The pended operations, for example tasks are captured under **HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER** \\ **Software** \\ **Microsoft** \\ **AppV** \\ **Client** \\ **PendingTasks**. Although this location is persisted by the UPM solution, if it is not applied to the environment prior to log on, it will not be processed.
+In a non-persistent environment, it's unlikely these pended operations will be processed. The pended operations, for example tasks are captured under **HKEY\_CURRENT\_USER** \\ **Software** \\ **Microsoft** \\ **AppV** \\ **Client** \\ **PendingTasks**. Although this location is persisted by the UPM solution, if it isn't applied to the environment prior to a sign in, it will not be processed.
 
 ### Enhancing the VDI Experience through Performance Optimization Tuning
 
@@ -350,8 +350,6 @@ Server Performance Tuning Guidelines for
 
 **Windows Client (Guest OS) Performance Tuning Guidance**
 
--   [Microsoft Windows 7](https://download.microsoft.com/download/E/5/7/E5783D68-160B-4366-8387-114FC3E45EB4/Performance Tuning Guidelines for Windows 7 Desktop Virtualization v1.9.docx)
-
 -   [Optimization Script: (Provided by Microsoft Support)](/archive/blogs/jeff_stokes/the-microsoft-premier-field-engineer-pfe-view-on-virtual-desktop-vdi-density)
 
 -   [Microsoft Windows 8](https://download.microsoft.com/download/6/0/1/601D7797-A063-4FA7-A2E5-74519B57C2B4/Windows_8_VDI_Image_Client_Tuning_Guide.pdf)
@@ -364,17 +362,17 @@ Several App-V features facilitate new scenarios or enable new customer deploymen
 
 |Step|Consideration|Benefits|Tradeoffs|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|No Feature Block 1 (FB1, also known as Primary FB)|No FB1 means the application will launch immediately and stream fault (application requires file, DLL and must pull down over the network) during launch. If there are network limitations, FB1 will:
            • Reduce the number of stream faults and network bandwidth used when you launch an application for the first time.
            • Delay launch until the entire FB1 has been streamed.|Stream faulting decreases the launch time.|Virtual application packages with FB1 configured will need to be re-sequenced.|
+|No Feature Block 1 (FB1, also known as Primary FB)|No FB1 means the application will launch immediately and stream fault (application requires file, DLL and must pull down over the network) during launch. If there are network limitations, FB1 will:
            • Reduce the number of stream faults and network bandwidth used when you launch an application for the first time.
            • Delay launch until the entire FB1 has been streamed.|Stream faulting decreases the launch time.|Virtual application packages with FB1 configured will need to be resequenced.|
 
 ### Removing FB1
 
-Removing FB1 does not require the original application installer. After completing the following steps, it is suggested that you revert the computer running the sequencer to a clean snapshot.
+Removing FB1 doesn't require the original application installer. After completing the following steps, it's suggested that you revert the computer running the sequencer to a clean snapshot.
 
 **Sequencer UI** - Create a New Virtual Application Package.
 
 1.  Complete the sequencing steps up to Customize -> Streaming.
 
-2.  At the Streaming step, do not select **Optimize the package for deployment over slow or unreliable network**.
+2.  At the Streaming step, don't select **Optimize the package for deployment over slow or unreliable network**.
 
 3.  If desired, move on to **Target OS**.
 
@@ -382,7 +380,7 @@ Removing FB1 does not require the original application installer. After completi
 
 1.  Complete the sequencing steps up to Streaming.
 
-2.  Do not select **Optimize the package for deployment over a slow or unreliable network**.
+2.  Don't select **Optimize the package for deployment over a slow or unreliable network**.
 
 3.  Move to **Create Package**.
 
@@ -405,7 +403,7 @@ Removing FB1 does not require the original application installer. After completi
 
 |Step|Considerations|Benefits|Tradeoffs|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|No SXS Install at Publish (Pre-Install SxS assemblies)|Virtual Application packages do not need to be re-sequenced. SxS Assemblies can remain in the virtual application package.|The SxS Assembly dependencies will not install at publishing time.|SxS Assembly dependencies must be pre-installed.|
+|No SXS Install at Publish (Pre-Install SxS assemblies)|Virtual Application packages don't need to be resequenced. SxS Assemblies can remain in the virtual application package.|The SxS Assembly dependencies won't install at publishing time.|SxS Assembly dependencies must be pre-installed.|
 
 
 ### Creating a new virtual application package on the sequencer
@@ -414,7 +412,7 @@ If, during sequencer monitoring, an SxS Assembly (such as a VC++ Runtime) is ins
 
 **Client Side**:
 
-When publishing a virtual application package, the App-V Client will detect if a required SxS dependency is already installed. If the dependency is unavailable on the computer and it is included in the package, a traditional Windows Installer (.**msi**) installation of the SxS assembly will be initiated. As previously documented, simply install the dependency on the computer running the client to ensure that the Windows Installer (.msi) installation will not occur.
+When publishing a virtual application package, the App-V Client will detect if a required SxS dependency is already installed. If the dependency is unavailable on the computer and it's included in the package, a traditional Windows Installer (.**msi**) installation of the SxS assembly will be initiated. As previously documented, simply install the dependency on the computer running the client to ensure that the Windows Installer (.msi) installation won't occur.
 
 |Step|Considerations|Benefits|Tradeoffs|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
@@ -427,7 +425,7 @@ When publishing a virtual application package, the App-V Client will detect if a
 
     **-DynamicDeploymentConfiguration** parameter
 
--   Similarly, when adding new packages using `Add-AppVClientPackage –Path c:\Packages\Apps\MyApp.appv`, do not use the
+-   Similarly, when adding new packages using `Add-AppVClientPackage –Path c:\Packages\Apps\MyApp.appv`, don't use the
 
     **-DynamicDeploymentConfiguration** parameter.
 
@@ -439,8 +437,8 @@ For documentation on How to Apply a Dynamic Configuration, see:
 
 |Step|Considerations|Benefits|Tradeoffs|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
-|Account for Synchronous Script Execution during Package Lifecycle.|If script collateral is embedded in the package, Add cmdlets may be significantly slower.
              Running of scripts during virtual application launch (StartVirtualEnvironment, StartProcess) and/or Add+Publish will impact the perceived performance during one or more of these lifecycle operations.|Use of Asynchronous (Non-Blocking) Scripts will ensure that the lifecycle operations complete efficiently.|This step requires working knowledge of all virtual application packages with embedded script collateral, which have associated dynamic configurations files and which reference and run scripts synchronously.|
-|Remove Extraneous Virtual Fonts from Package.|The majority of applications investigated by the App-V product team contained a small number of fonts, typically fewer than 20.|Virtual Fonts impact publishing refresh performance.|Desired fonts will need to be enabled/installed natively. For instructions, see Install or uninstall fonts.|
+|Account for Synchronous Script Execution during Package Lifecycle.|If script collateral is embedded in the package, Add cmdlets may be slower.
              Running of scripts during virtual application launch (StartVirtualEnvironment, StartProcess) and/or Add+Publish will impact the perceived performance during one or more of these lifecycle operations.|Use of Asynchronous (Non-Blocking) Scripts will ensure that the lifecycle operations complete efficiently.|This step requires working knowledge of all virtual application packages with embedded script collateral, which have associated dynamic configurations files and which reference and run scripts synchronously.|
+|Remove Extraneous Virtual Fonts from Package.|Most applications investigated by the App-V product team contained a few fonts, typically fewer than 20.|Virtual Fonts impact publishing refresh performance.|Desired fonts will need to be enabled/installed natively. For instructions, see Install or uninstall fonts.|
 
 ### Determining what virtual fonts exist in the package
 
@@ -448,7 +446,7 @@ For documentation on How to Apply a Dynamic Configuration, see:
 
 -   Rename Package\_copy.appv to Package\_copy.zip
 
--   Open AppxManifest.xml and locate the following:
+-   Open AppxManifest.xml and locate the following syntax:
 
     ```xml
     
@@ -458,7 +456,7 @@ For documentation on How to Apply a Dynamic Configuration, see:
     ```
 
   > [!Note]
-  > If there are fonts marked as **DelayLoad**, those will not impact first launch.
+  > If there are fonts marked as **DelayLoad**, those won't impact first launch.
 
 ### Excluding virtual fonts from the package
 
@@ -485,9 +483,9 @@ The following terms are used when describing concepts and actions related to App
 
 -   **Re-Integrate** – Applies the user integrations.
 
--   **Non-Persistent, Pooled** – Creates a computer running a virtual environment each time they log in.
+-   **Non-Persistent, Pooled** – Creates a computer running a virtual environment each time they sign in.
 
--   **Persistent, Personal** – A computer running a virtual environment that remains the same for every login.
+-   **Persistent, Personal** – A computer running a virtual environment that remains the same for every sign in.
 
 -   **Stateful** - For this document, implies that user integrations are persisted between sessions and a user environment management technology is used in conjunction with non-persistent RDSH or VDI.
 
@@ -497,13 +495,13 @@ The following terms are used when describing concepts and actions related to App
 
 -   **User Experience** - In the context of App-V, the user experience, quantitatively, is the sum of the following parts:
 
-    -   From the point that users initiate a log-in to when they are able to manipulate the desktop.
+    -   From the point that users initiate a sign in to when they're able to manipulate the desktop.
 
-    -   From the point where the desktop can be interacted with to the point a publishing refresh begins (in Windows PowerShell terms, sync) when using the App-V full server infrastructure. In standalone instances, it is when the **Add-AppVClientPackage** and **Publish-AppVClientPackage** Windows PowerShell commands are initiated.
+    -   From the point where the desktop can be interacted with to the point a publishing refresh begins (in Windows PowerShell terms, sync) when using the App-V full server infrastructure. In standalone instances, it's when the **Add-AppVClientPackage** and **Publish-AppVClientPackage** Windows PowerShell commands are initiated.
 
-    -   From start to completion of the publishing refresh. In standalone instances, this is the first to last virtual application published.
+    -   From start to completion of the publishing refresh. In standalone instances, this refresh is the first to last instance leading to the virtual application being published.
 
-    -   From the point where the virtual application is available to launch from a shortcut. Alternatively, it is from the point at which the file type association is registered and will launch a specified virtual application.
+    -   From the point where the virtual application is available to launch from a shortcut. Alternatively, it's from the point at which the file type association is registered and will launch a specified virtual application.
 
 -   **User Profile Management** – The controlled and structured approach to managing user components associated with the environment. For example, user profiles, preference and policy management, application control and application deployment. You can use scripting or third-party solutions configure the environment as needed.
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-checklist.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-checklist.md
index 90f3c89418..0f7bd36c74 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-checklist.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-checklist.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: App-V Planning Checklist (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about the recommended steps and items to consider when planning an Application Virtualization (App-V) deployment.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # App-V Planning Checklist
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-folder-redirection-with-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-folder-redirection-with-appv.md
index 40386c2097..a1adab31c4 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-folder-redirection-with-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-folder-redirection-with-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Planning to Use Folder Redirection with App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about folder redirection with App-V. Folder redirection enables users and administrators to redirect the path of a folder to a new location.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Planning to Use Folder Redirection with App-V
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ To use %AppData% folder redirection, you must:
 
 * Have an App-V package that has an AppData virtual file system (VFS) folder.
 * Enable folder redirection and redirect users’ folders to a shared folder, typically a network folder.
-* Roam both or neither of the following:
+* Roam both or neither of the following elements:
     * Files under %appdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Catalog
     * Registry settings under HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages
 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The following scenarios aren't supported by App-V:
 
 * Configuring %LocalAppData% as a network drive.
 * Redirecting the Start menu to a single folder for multiple users.
-* If roaming AppData (%AppData%) is redirected to a network share that is not available, App-V applications will fail to launch, unless the unavailable network share has been enabled for Offline Files.
+* If roaming AppData (%AppData%) is redirected to a network share that isn't available, App-V applications will fail to launch, unless the unavailable network share has been enabled for Offline Files.
 
 ## How to configure folder redirection for use with App-V
 
@@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ Folder redirection can be applied to different folders, such as Desktop, My Docu
 
 ## How folder redirection works with App-V
 
-The following table describes how folder redirection works when %AppData% is redirected to a network and when you have met the requirements listed earlier in this article.
+The following table describes how folder redirection works when %AppData% is redirected to a network and when you've met the requirements listed earlier in this article.
 
 |Virtual environment state|Action that occurs|
 |---|---|
-|When the virtual environment starts.|The virtual file system (VFS) AppData folder is mapped to the local AppData folder (%LocalAppData%) instead of to the user’s roaming AppData folder (%AppData%).
              - LocalAppData contains a local cache of the user’s roaming AppData folder for the package in use. The local cache is located under ```%LocalAppData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\PackageGUID\AppData```
              - The latest data from the user’s roaming AppData folder is copied to and replaces the data currently in the local cache.
              - While the virtual environment is running, data continues to be saved to the local cache. Data is served only out of %LocalAppData% and is not moved or synchronized with %AppData% until the end user shuts down the computer.
              - Entries to the AppData folder are made using the user context, not the system context.|
+|When the virtual environment starts.|The virtual file system (VFS) AppData folder is mapped to the local AppData folder (%LocalAppData%) instead of to the user’s roaming AppData folder (%AppData%).
              - LocalAppData contains a local cache of the user’s roaming AppData folder for the package in use. The local cache is located under ```%LocalAppData%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\VFS\PackageGUID\AppData```
              - The latest data from the user’s roaming AppData folder is copied to and replaces the data currently in the local cache.
              - While the virtual environment is running, data continues to be saved to the local cache. Data is served only out of %LocalAppData% and isn't moved or synchronized with %AppData% until the end user shuts down the computer.
              - Entries to the AppData folder are made using the user context, not the system context.|
 |When the virtual environment shuts down.|The local cached data in AppData (roaming) is zipped up and copied to the “real” roaming AppData folder in %AppData%. A time stamp that indicates the last known upload is simultaneously saved as a registry key under ```HKCU\Software\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Packages\\AppDataTime```. App-V keeps the three most recent copies of the compressed data under %AppData% for redundancy.|
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-appv-server-deployment.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-appv-server-deployment.md
index b5f01d47c7..89fad53e83 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-appv-server-deployment.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-appv-server-deployment.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Planning for the App-V Server Deployment (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn what you need to know so you can plan for the Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) 5.1 server deployment.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Planning for the App-V server deployment
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-appv.md
index 0f7c0bbb39..a0802a654d 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Planning for App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use the information in this article to plan to deploy App-V without disrupting your existing network or user experience.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Planning for App-V
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-high-availability-with-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-high-availability-with-appv.md
index f3e4e0b58f..770424df0f 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-high-availability-with-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-high-availability-with-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Planning for High Availability with App-V Server
 description: Learn what you need to know so you can plan for high availability with Application Virtualization (App-V) server.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Planning for high availability with App-V Server
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Running App-V Server in Shared Content Store (SCS) mode with clustered file serv
 To enable SCS mode configurations, follow these steps:
 
 1. Configure the App-V client to run in SCS mode. For more information, see [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and Configuring the Client](appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client.md).
-2. Configure the file server cluster, configured in either the scale out mode (which started with Windows Server 2012) or the earlier clustering mode, with a virtual SAN.
+2. Configure the file server cluster, configured in either the scale-out mode (which started with Windows Server 2012) or the earlier clustering mode, with a virtual SAN.
 
 The following steps can be used to validate the configuration:
 
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Review the following articles to learn more about configuring Windows Server fai
 
 ## Support for Microsoft SQL Server mirroring
 
-Using Microsoft SQL Server mirroring, where the App-V management server database is mirrored utilizing two SQL Server instances, for App-V management server databases is supported.
+ With the Microsoft SQL Server mirroring being used, where the App-V management server database is mirrored utilizing two SQL Server instances, for App-V management server databases is supported.
 
 Review the following to learn more about how to configure Microsoft SQL Server mirroring:
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The following steps can be used to validate the configuration:
 2. Select **Failover** to designate a new master Microsoft SQL Server instance.
 3. Verify that the App-V management server continues to function as expected after the failover.
 
-The connection string on the management server can be modified to include ```failover partner = ```. This will only help when the primary on the mirror has failed over to the secondary and the computer running the App-V client is doing a fresh connection (say after reboot).
+The connection string on the management server can be modified to include ```failover partner = ```. This modification will only help when the primary on the mirror has failed over to the secondary and the computer running the App-V client is doing a fresh connection (say after reboot).
 
 Use the following steps to modify the connection string to include ```failover partner = ```:
 
@@ -106,4 +106,4 @@ The App-V management server database supports deployments to computers running M
 
 ## Related topics
 
-* [Planning to deploy App-V](appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [Planning to deploy App-V](appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-sequencer-and-client-deployment.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-sequencer-and-client-deployment.md
index f1c589ae07..152049e1d7 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-sequencer-and-client-deployment.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-sequencer-and-client-deployment.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Planning for the App-V Sequencer and Client Deployment (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn what you need to do to plan for the App-V Sequencer and Client deployment, and where to find additional information about the deployment process.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Planning for the App-V Sequencer and Client Deployment
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-using-appv-with-office.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-using-appv-with-office.md
index c5885a941b..9256e08578 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-using-appv-with-office.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-for-using-appv-with-office.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Planning for Deploying App-V with Office (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use the information in this article to plan how to deploy Office within Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Planning for deploying App-V with Office
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ You can use the App-V Sequencer to create plug-in packages for language packs, l
 For a list of supported Office products, see [Microsoft Office Product IDs that App-V supports](https://support.microsoft.com/help/2842297/product-ids-that-are-supported-by-the-office-deployment-tool-for-click).
 
 >[!NOTE]
->You must use the Office Deployment Tool instead of the App-V Sequencer to create App-V packages for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise. App-V does not support package creation for volume-licensed versions of Office Professional Plus or Office Standard. Support for the [Office 2013 version of Office 365 ended in February 2017](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/3199744).
+>You must use the Office Deployment Tool instead of the App-V Sequencer to create App-V packages for Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise. App-V doesn't support package creation for volume-licensed versions of Office Professional Plus or Office Standard. Support for the [Office 2013 version of Office 365 ended in February 2017](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/3199744).
 
 ## Using App-V with coexisting versions of Office
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Microsoft’s recommended best practice is to avoid Office coexistence completel
 
 ### Before you implement Office coexistence
 
-Before implementing Office coexistence, review the information in the following table that corresponds to the newest version of Office that you will use in coexistence. The documentation linked here will guide you in implementing coexistence for Windows Installer-based (MSI) and Click-to-Run installations of Office.
+Before implementing Office coexistence, review the information in the following table that corresponds to the newest version of Office that you'll use in coexistence. The documentation linked here will guide you in implementing coexistence for Windows Installer-based (MSI) and Click-to-Run installations of Office.
 
 |Office version|Relevant how-to guides|
 |---|---|
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ Once you've reviewed the relevant guide, this topic will supplement what you've
 
 ### Supported Office coexistence scenarios
 
-The following tables summarize supported coexistence scenarios. They are organized according to the version and deployment method you’re starting with and the version and deployment method you are migrating to. Be sure to fully test all coexistence solutions before deploying them to a production audience.
+The following tables summarize supported coexistence scenarios. They're organized according to the version and deployment method you’re starting with and the version and deployment method you're migrating to. Be sure to fully test all coexistence solutions before deploying them to a production audience.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->Microsoft does not support the use of multiple versions of Office in Windows Server environments that have the Remote Desktop Session Host role service enabled. To run Office coexistence scenarios, you must disable this role service.
+>Microsoft doesn't support the use of multiple versions of Office in Windows Server environments that have the Remote Desktop Session Host role service enabled. To run Office coexistence scenarios, you must disable this role service.
 
 ### Windows integrations and Office coexistence
 
@@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ The following table describes the integration level of each version of Office, a
 
 |Office version|The modes App-V can sequence this version of Office with|
 |---|---|
-|Office 2007|Always non-integrated. App-V does not offer any operating system integrations with a virtualized version of Office 2007.|
+|Office 2007|Always non-integrated. App-V doesn't offer any operating system integrations with a virtualized version of Office 2007.|
 |Office 2010|Integrated and non-integrated mode.|
-|Office 2013|Always integrated. Windows operating system integrations cannot be disabled.|
-|Office 2016|Always integrated. Windows operating system integrations cannot be disabled.|
+|Office 2013|Always integrated. Windows operating system integrations can't be disabled.|
+|Office 2016|Always integrated. Windows operating system integrations can't be disabled.|
 
-Microsoft recommends deploying Office coexistence with only one integrated Office instance. For example, if you’re using App-V to deploy Office 2010 and Office 2013, you should sequence Office 2010 in non-integrated mode. For more information about sequencing Office in non-integration (isolated) mode, see [How to sequence Microsoft Office 2010 in Microsoft Application Virtualization 5.0](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/2830069).
+Microsoft recommends deploying Office coexistence with only one integrated Office instance. For example, if you’re using App-V to deploy Office 2010 and Office 2013, you should sequence Office 2010 in non-integrated mode.
 
 ### Known limitations of Office coexistence scenarios
 
@@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ Limitations can occur when you install the following versions of Office on the s
 * Office 2010 with the Windows Installer-based version
 * Office 2013 or Office 2016 with App-V
 
-Publishing Office 2013 or Office 2016 with App-V at the same time as an earlier version of the Windows Installer-based Office 2010 might cause the Windows Installer to start. This is because either the Windows Installer-based or Click-to-Run version of Office 2010 is trying to automatically register itself to the computer.
+Publishing Office 2013 or Office 2016 with App-V at the same time as an earlier version of the Windows Installer-based Office 2010 might cause the Windows Installer to start. This scenario is because either the Windows Installer-based or Click-to-Run version of Office 2010 is trying to automatically register itself to the computer.
 
 To bypass the auto-registration operation for native Word 2010, follow these steps:
 
 1. Exit Word 2010.
-2. Start the Registry Editor by doing the following:
+2. Start the Registry Editor by doing the following tasks:
 
    * In Windows 7k, select **Start**, type **regedit** in the Start Search box, then select the Enter key.
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-to-deploy-appv-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-to-deploy-appv-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
index 12d3de4f82..bdc2bee038 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-to-deploy-appv-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-to-deploy-appv-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md
@@ -1,28 +1,28 @@
 ---
 title: Planning to Deploy App-V with an Electronic Software Distribution System (Windows 10/11)
 description: Planning to Deploy App-V with an Electronic Software Distribution System
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Planning to Deploy App-V with an electronic software distribution system
 
 [!INCLUDE [Applies to Windows client versions](../includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md)]
 
-If you are using an electronic software distribution (ESD) system to deploy App-V packages, review the following planning considerations. For information about deploying App-V with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, see [Introduction to application management in Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682125(v=technet.10)#BKMK_Appv).
+If you're using an electronic software distribution (ESD) system to deploy App-V packages, review the following planning considerations. For information about deploying App-V with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, see [Introduction to application management in Configuration Manager](/previous-versions/system-center/system-center-2012-R2/gg682125(v=technet.10)#BKMK_Appv).
 
 Review the following component and architecture requirements options that apply when you use an ESD to deploy App-V packages:
 
 | Deployment requirement or option | Description |
 |---|---|
-| The App-V Management server, Management database, and Publishing server are not required. | These functions are handled by the implemented ESD solution. |
+| The App-V Management server, Management database, and Publishing server aren't required. | These functions are handled by the implemented ESD solution. |
 | You can deploy the App-V Reporting server and Reporting database side-by-side with the ESD. | The side-by-side deployment lets you collect data and generate reports.
              If you enable the App-V client to send report information without using the App-V Reporting server, the reporting data will be stored in associated .xml files. |
 
 
@@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ Review the following component and architecture requirements options that apply
 
 * [Planning to deploy App-V](appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md)
 * [How to deploy App-V packages Using Electronic Software Distribution](appv-deploy-appv-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md)
-* [How to enable only administrators to publish packages by using an ESD](appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [How to enable only administrators to publish packages by using an ESD](appv-enable-administrators-to-publish-packages-with-electronic-software-distribution-solutions.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md
index 3bb30afe33..e25bc08e0a 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Planning to Deploy App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about the different deployment configurations and requirements to consider before you deploy App-V for Windows 10.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Planning to Deploy App-V for Windows client
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ There are several different deployment configurations and requirements to consid
 
 ## App-V supported configurations
 
-[App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md) describes the minimum hardware and operating system requirements for each App-V components. For information about software that you must install before you install App-V, see [App-V Prerequisites](appv-prerequisites.md).
+[App-V supported configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md) describes the minimum hardware and operating system requirements for each App-V component. For information about software that you must install before you install App-V, see [App-V Prerequisites](appv-prerequisites.md).
 
 ## App-V capacity planning
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-preparing-your-environment.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-preparing-your-environment.md
index 979f7a1094..09fe0eccc9 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-preparing-your-environment.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-preparing-your-environment.md
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-author: greg-lindsay
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Preparing your environment for App-V
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-prerequisites.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-prerequisites.md
index 0e3e61bac8..d6eef22450 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-prerequisites.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-prerequisites.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: App-V Prerequisites (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about the prerequisites you need before you begin installing Application Virtualization (App-V).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -164,4 +164,4 @@ What to know before installing the prerequisites:
 ## Related topics
 
 * [Planning for App-V](appv-planning-for-appv.md)
-* [App-V Supported Configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [App-V Supported Configurations](appv-supported-configurations.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-publish-a-connection-group.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-publish-a-connection-group.md
index 4297883e3a..07b139cee1 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-publish-a-connection-group.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-publish-a-connection-group.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Publish a Connection Group (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to publish a connection group to computers that run the Application Virtualization (App-V) client.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to Publish a Connection Group
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-publish-a-packages-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-publish-a-packages-with-the-management-console.md
index f50ef817a3..9ed80f4563 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-publish-a-packages-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-publish-a-packages-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to publish a package by using the Management console (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how the Management console in App-V can help you enable admin controls as well as publish App-V packages.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 09/27/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to publish a package by using the Management console
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-register-and-unregister-a-publishing-server-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-register-and-unregister-a-publishing-server-with-the-management-console.md
index 509d82740c..ba6d7dad1f 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-register-and-unregister-a-publishing-server-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-register-and-unregister-a-publishing-server-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Register and Unregister a Publishing Server by Using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to Register and Unregister a Publishing Server by Using the Management Console
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows-1703.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows-1703.md
index 4f5424f963..44a6c6ec5c 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows-1703.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows-1703.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Release Notes for App-V for Windows 10 version 1703 (Windows 10/11)
 description: A list of known issues and workarounds for App-V running on Windows 10 version 1703 and Windows 11.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows.md
index bfabcf0c97..5d42b2690d 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-release-notes-for-appv-for-windows.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Release Notes for App-V for Windows 10, version 1607 (Windows 10)
 description: A list of known issues and workarounds for App-V running on Windows 10, version 1607.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 # Release Notes for App-V for Windows 10, version 1607
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ ms.author: greglin
 The following are known issues and workarounds for Application Virtualization (App-V) running on Windows 10, version 1607.
  
 ## Windows Installer packages (.msi files) generated by the App-V sequencer (version 5.1 and earlier) fail to install on computers with the in-box App-V client
-MSI packages that were generated using an App-V sequencer from previous versions of App-V (App-V versions 5.1 and earlier) include a check to validate that the App-V client is installed on client devices before allowing the MSI package to install. Now that the App-V client is installed automatically when you upgrade user devices to Windows 10, version 1607, the pre-requisite check fails and causes the MSI to fail.
+There are MSI packages generated by an App-V sequencer from previous versions of App-V (Versions 5.1 and earlier). These packages include a check to validate whether the App-V client is installed on client devices, before allowing the MSI package to be installed. As the App-V client gets installed automatically when you upgrade user devices to Windows 10, version 1607, the pre-requisite check fails and causes the MSI to fail.
 
 **Workaround**:
 
 1. Install the latest App-V sequencer, which you can get from the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10, version 1607. See [Download the Windows ADK](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/windows-assessment-deployment-kit). For more information, see [Install the App-V Sequencer](appv-install-the-sequencer.md).
 
-2. Ensure that you have installed the **MSI Tools** included in the Windows 10 SDK, available as follows:
+2. Ensure that you've installed the **MSI Tools** included in the Windows 10 SDK, available as follows:
 
     - For the **Visual Studio Community 2015 with Update 3** client, which includes the latest Windows 10 SDK and developer tools, see [Downloads and tools for Windows 10](https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/downloads).
     
@@ -44,27 +44,28 @@ MSI packages that were generated using an App-V sequencer from previous versions
 
     `Update-AppvPackageMsi -MsiPackage "" -MsSdkPath ""` 
 
-    where the path is to the new directory (**C:\MyMsiTools\ for this example**).
+     where the path is to the new directory (**C:\MyMsiTools\ for this example**).
 
 ## Error occurs during publishing refresh between App-V 5.0 SP3 Management Server and App-V Client on Windows 10
-An error is generated during publishing refresh when synchronizing packages from the App-V 5.0 SP3 management server to an App-V client on Windows 10. This error occurs because the App-V 5.0 SP3 server does not understand the Windows 10 operating system that is specified in the publishing URL. The issue is fixed for App-V publishing server, but is not backported to versions of App-V 5.0 SP3 or earlier.
+
+An error is generated during publishing refresh when synchronizing packages from the App-V 5.0 SP3 management server to an App-V client on Windows 10. This error occurs because the App-V 5.0 SP3 server doesn't understand the Windows 10-operating system that is specified in the publishing URL. The issue is fixed for App-V publishing server, but isn't backported to versions of App-V 5.0 SP3 or earlier.
 
 **Workaround**: Upgrade the App-V 5.0 Management server to the App-V Management server for Windows 10 Clients.
 
-## Custom configurations do not get applied for packages that will be published globally if they are set using the App-V Server
-If you assign a package to an AD group that contains machine accounts and apply a custom configuration to that group using the App-V Server, the custom configuration will not be applied to those machines. The App-V Client will publish packages assigned to a machine account globally. However, it stores custom configuration files per user in each user’s profile. Globally published packages will not have access to this custom configuration.
+## Custom configurations don't get applied for packages that will be published globally if they're set using the App-V Server
+If you assign a package to an AD group that contains machine accounts and apply a custom configuration to that group using the App-V Server, the custom configuration won't be applied to those machines. The App-V Client will publish packages assigned to a machine account globally. However, it stores custom configuration files per user in each user’s profile. Globally published packages won't have access to this custom configuration.
 
-**Workaround**: Do one of the following:
+**Workaround**: Implement one of the following tasks:
 
--   Assign the package to groups containing only user accounts. This will ensure that the package’s custom configuration will be stored in each user’s profile and will be applied correctly.
+-   Assign the package to groups containing only user accounts. This assignation ensures that the package’s custom configuration will be stored in each user’s profile and will be applied correctly.
 
--   Create a custom deployment configuration file and apply it to the package on the client using the Add-AppvClientPackage cmdlet with the –DynamicDeploymentConfiguration parameter. See [About App-V Dynamic Configuration](appv-dynamic-configuration.md) for more information.
+-   Create a custom deployment configuration file and apply it to the package on the client, using the Add-AppvClientPackage cmdlet with the –DynamicDeploymentConfiguration parameter. See [About App-V Dynamic Configuration](appv-dynamic-configuration.md) for more information.
 
 -   Create a new package with the custom configuration using the App-V Sequencer.
 
 ## Server files not deleted after new App-V Server installation
 
-If you uninstall the App-V 5.0 SP1 Server and then install the App-V Server, the installation fails, the wrong version of the Management server is installed, and an error message is returned. The issue occurs because the Server files are not being deleted when you uninstall App-V 5.0 SP1, so the installation process does an upgrade instead of a new installation.
+If you uninstall the App-V 5.0 SP1 Server and then install the App-V Server, the installation fails, the wrong version of the Management server is installed, and an error message is returned. The issue occurs because the Server files aren't being deleted when you uninstall App-V 5.0 SP1, so the installation process does an upgrade instead of a new installation.
 
 **Workaround**: Delete this registry key before you start installing App-V:
 
@@ -72,19 +73,19 @@ Under HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Wow6432Node\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVe
 
 ## File type associations added manually are not saved correctly
 
-File type associations added to an application package manually using the Shortcuts and FTAs tab at the end of the application upgrade wizard are not saved correctly. They will not be available to the App-V Client or to the Sequencer when updating the saved package again.
+File type associations added to an application package manually using the Shortcuts and FTAs tab at the end of the application upgrade wizard aren't saved correctly. They won't be available to the App-V Client or to the Sequencer when updating the saved package again.
 
 **Workaround**: To add a file type association, open the package for modification and run the update wizard. During the Installation step, add the new file type association through the operating system. The sequencer will detect the new association in the system registry and add it to the package’s virtual registry, where it will be available to the client.
 
 ## When streaming packages in Shared Content Store (SCS) mode to a client that is also managed with AppLocker, additional data is written to the local disk.
 
-To decrease the amount of data written to a client’s local disk, you can enable SCS mode on the App-V Client to stream the contents of a package on demand. However, if AppLocker manages an application within the package, some data might be written to the client’s local disk that would not otherwise be written.
+To decrease the amount of data written to a client’s local disk, you can enable SCS mode on the App-V Client to stream the contents of a package on demand. However, if AppLocker manages an application within the package, some data might be written to the client’s local disk that wouldn't otherwise be written.
 
 **Workaround**: None
 
 ## In the Management Console Add Package dialog box, the Browse button is not available when using Chrome or Firefox
 
-On the Packages page of the Management Console, if you click **Add or Upgrade** in the lower-right corner, the **Add Package** dialog box appears. If you are accessing the Management Console using Chrome or Firefox as your browser, you will not be able to browse to the location of the package.
+On the Packages page of the Management Console, if you click **Add or Upgrade** in the lower-right corner, the **Add Package** dialog box appears. If you're accessing the Management Console using Chrome or Firefox as your browser, you will not be able to browse to the location of the package.
 
 **Workaround**: Type or copy and paste the path to the package into the **Add Package** input field. If the Management Console has access to this path, you will be able to add the package. If the package is on a network share, you can browse to the location using File Explorer by doing these steps:
 
@@ -109,9 +110,9 @@ In environments that are running the RDS Client or that have multiple concurrent
 **Workaround**: Have users log out and then log back in.
 
 ## Error message is erroneously displayed when the connection group is published only to the user
-When you run Repair-AppvClientConnectionGroup, the following error is displayed, even when the connection group is published only to the user: “Internal App-V Integration error: Package not integrated for the user. Please ensure that the package is added to the machine and published to the user.”
+When you run Repair-AppvClientConnectionGroup, the following error is displayed, even when the connection group is published only to the user: “Internal App-V Integration error: Package not integrated for the user. Ensure that the package is added to the machine and published to the user.”
 
-**Workaround**: Do one of the following:
+**Workaround**: Execute one of the following tasks:
 
 -   Publish all packages in a connection group.
 
@@ -119,7 +120,7 @@ When you run Repair-AppvClientConnectionGroup, the following error is displayed,
 
 -   Repair packages individually using the Repair-AppvClientPackage command rather than the Repair-AppvClientConnectionGroup command.
 
-    Determine which packages are available to users and then run the **Repair-AppvClientPackage** command once for each package. Use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to do the following:
+    Determine which packages are available to users and then run the **Repair-AppvClientPackage** command once for each package. Use Windows PowerShell cmdlets to execute the following tasks:
 
     1.  Get all the packages in a connection group.
 
@@ -128,18 +129,14 @@ When you run Repair-AppvClientConnectionGroup, the following error is displayed,
     3.  If the package is currently published, run **Repair-AppvClientPackage** on that package.
 
 ## Icons not displayed properly in Sequencer
-Icons in the Shortcuts and File Type Associations tab are not displayed correctly when modifying a package in the App-V Sequencer. This problem occurs when the size of the icons are not 16x16 or 32x32.
+
+Icons in the Shortcuts and File Type Associations tab are not displayed correctly when modifying a package in the App-V Sequencer. This problem occurs when the size of the icons is not 16x16 or 32x32.
 
 **Workaround**: Only use icons that are 16x16 or 32x32.
 
 ## InsertVersionInfo.sql script no longer required for the Management Database
 The InsertVersionInfo.sql script is not required for versions of the App-V management database later than App-V 5.0 SP3.
 
-The Permissions.sql script should be updated according to **Step 2** in [KB article 3031340](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/3031340).
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> **Step 1** of the KB article listed above isn't required for versions of App-V later than App-V 5.0 SP3.
-
 ## Microsoft Visual Studio 2012 not supported
 App-V doesn't support Visual Studio 2012.
 
@@ -162,4 +159,4 @@ For information that can help with troubleshooting App-V for Windows 10, see:
 
 
              For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
 
-Help us to improve
\ No newline at end of file
+Help us to improve
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-reporting.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-reporting.md
index 31fd82260d..cee9484018 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-reporting.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-reporting.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: About App-V Reporting (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how the App-V reporting feature collects information about computers running the App-V client and virtual application package usage.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/16/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # About App-V reporting
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ The following list displays the end–to-end high-level workflow for reporting i
    * Windows Authentication role (under **IIS / Security**)
    * SQL Server installed and running with SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)
 
-     To confirm SQL Server Reporting Services is running, enter  in a web browser as administrator on the server that will host App-V Reporting. The SQL Server Reporting Services Home page should appear.
-2. Install the App-V reporting server and associated database. For more information about installing the reporting server see [How to install the Reporting Server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database](appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md). Configure the time when the computer running the App-V client should send data to the reporting server.
-3. If you are not using an electronic software distribution system such as Configuration Manager to view reports then you can define reports in SQL Server Reporting Service. Download predefined appvshort Reports from the Download Center at [Application Virtualization SSRS Reports](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=42630).
+     To confirm SQL Server Reporting Services is running, enter `https://localhost/Reports` in a web browser as administrator on the server that will host App-V Reporting. The SQL Server Reporting Services Home page should appear.
+2. Install the App-V reporting server and associated database. For more information about installing the reporting server, see [How to install the Reporting Server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database](appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md). Configure the time when the computer running the App-V client should send data to the reporting server.
+3. If you aren't using an electronic software distribution system such as Configuration Manager to view reports, then you can define reports in SQL Server Reporting Service.
 
    > [!NOTE]
     >If you are using the Configuration Manager integration with App-V, most reports are generated from Configuration Manager rather than from App-V.
@@ -43,13 +43,13 @@ The following list displays the end–to-end high-level workflow for reporting i
     To immediately send App-V report data, run **Send-AppvClientReport** on the App-V client.
 
     For more information about configuring reporting on the App-V client, see [About client configuration settings](appv-client-configuration-settings.md). To administer App-V Reporting with Windows PowerShell, see [How to enable reporting on the App-V client by using PowerShell](appv-enable-reporting-on-the-appv-client-with-powershell.md).
-5. After the reporting server receives the data from the App-V client it sends the data to the reporting database. When the database receives and processes the client data, a successful reply is sent to the reporting server, which then notifies the App-V client.
+5. After the reporting server receives the data from the App-V client, it sends the data to the reporting database. When the database receives and processes the client data, a successful reply is sent to the reporting server, which then notifies the App-V client.
 6. When the App-V client receives the success notification, it empties the data cache to conserve space.
 
    > [!NOTE]
     >By default, the cache is cleared after the server confirms receipt of data. You can manually configure the client to save the data cache.
     
-    If the App-V client device does not receive a success notification from the server, it retains data in the cache and tries to resend data at the next configured interval. Clients continue to collect data and add it to the cache.
+    If the App-V client device doesn't receive a success notification from the server, it retains data in the cache and tries to resend data at the next configured interval. Clients continue to collect data and add it to the cache.
 
 ### App-V reporting server frequently asked questions
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The following sections provide answers to frequently asked questions about how A
 
 #### How frequently is reporting information sent to the reporting database?
 
-Frequency depends on the computer running the App-V client's reporting configuration. You must configure the frequency or interval for sending the reporting data manually, as App-V reporting is not enabled by default.
+Frequency depends on the computer running the App-V client's reporting configuration. You must configure the frequency or interval for sending the reporting data manually, as App-V reporting isn't enabled by default.
 
 #### What information is stored in the reporting server database?
 
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ The following information is stored in the reporting database:
 It depends. Three sets of data can be sent to the reporting server:
 
 * Operating system and App-V client information, which is about 150 Bytes every time it gets sent to the server.
-* Published package lists, which are about 7 KB per 30 packages. This is sent only when the package list is updated with a publishing refresh, which is done infrequently; if there is no change, this information is not sent.
-* Virtual application usage information is about 0.25 KB per event. Opening and closing count as one event if both occur before sending the information. When sending using a scheduled task, only the data since the last successful upload is sent to the server. If sending manually through the Windows PowerShell cmdlet, there is an optional argument called **DeleteOnSuccess** that controls if the data needs to be re-sent the next time around.
+* Published package lists, which are about 7 KB per 30 packages. This is sent only when the package list is updated with a publishing refresh, which is done infrequently; if there's no change, this information isn't sent.
+* Virtual application usage information is about 0.25 KB per event. Opening and closing count as one event if both occur before sending the information. When the information is sent through a scheduled task, only the data since the last successful upload is sent to the server. If sending manually through the Windows PowerShell cmdlet, there's an optional argument called **DeleteOnSuccess** that controls if the data needs to be resent the next time around.
 
-For example, if twenty applications are opened and closed and reporting information is scheduled to be sent daily, the typical daily traffic should be about 0.15 KB + 20 × 0.25 KB, or about 5 KB/user.
+For example, if 20 applications are opened and closed and reporting information is scheduled to be sent daily, the typical daily traffic should be about 0.15 KB + 20 × 0.25 KB, or about 5 KB/user.
 
 #### Can I schedule reporting?
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Yes. Besides manually sending reporting using Windows PowerShell cmdlets (**Send
 
 ## App-V Client reporting
 
-To use App-V reporting you must enable and configure the App-V client. To configure reporting on the client, use the Windows PowerShell cmdlet **Set-AppVClientConfiguration**, or the Group Policy **ADMX Template**. For more information about the Windows PowerShell cmdlets, see [About client configuration settings](appv-client-configuration-settings.md). The following section provides examples of Windows PowerShell commands for configuring App-V client reporting.
+To use App-V reporting,, you must enable and configure the App-V client. To configure reporting on the client, use the Windows PowerShell cmdlet **Set-AppVClientConfiguration**, or the Group Policy **ADMX Template**. For more information about the Windows PowerShell cmdlets, see [About client configuration settings](appv-client-configuration-settings.md). The following section provides examples of Windows PowerShell commands for configuring App-V client reporting.
 
 ### Configuring App-V client reporting using Windows PowerShell
 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Send-AppVClientReport –URL http://MyReportingServer:MyPort/ -DeleteOnSuccess
 
 If the reporting server has been previously configured, then the **–URL** parameter can be omitted. Alternatively, if the data should be sent to an alternate location, specify a different URL to override the configured **ReportingServerURL** for this data collection.
 
-The **-DeleteOnSuccess** parameter indicates that if the transfer is successful, then the data cache will be cleared. If this is not specified, then the cache will not be cleared.
+The **-DeleteOnSuccess** parameter indicates that if the transfer is successful, then the data cache will be cleared. If the transfer-status isn't specified, then the cache won't be cleared.
 
 ### Manual Data Collection
 
@@ -185,16 +185,16 @@ You can also use the **Send-AppVClientReport** cmdlet to manually collect data.
 
 |With a reporting server|Without a reporting server|
 |---|---|
-|f you have an existing App-V reporting server, create a customized scheduled task or script. Specify that the client sends the data to the specified location at the desired frequency.|If you do not have an existing App-V reporting Server, use the **–URL** parameter to send the data to a specified share. For example: ```Send-AppVClientReport –URL \\Myshare\MyData\ -DeleteOnSuccess``` 
              The previous example will send the reporting data to the ```\\MyShare\MyData\``` location indicated by the **-URL** parameter. After the data has been sent, the cache is cleared.|
+|f you have an existing App-V reporting server, create a customized scheduled task or script. Specify that the client sends the data to the specified location at the desired frequency.|If you don't have an existing App-V reporting Server, use the **–URL** parameter to send the data to a specified share. For example: ```Send-AppVClientReport –URL \\Myshare\MyData\ -DeleteOnSuccess``` 
              The previous example will send the reporting data to the ```\\MyShare\MyData\``` location indicated by the **-URL** parameter. After the data has been sent, the cache is cleared.|
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >If a location other than the Reporting Server is specified, the data is sent in **.xml** format with no additional processing.
 
 ### Creating reports
 
-To retrieve report information and create reports using App-V you must use one of the following methods:
+To retrieve report information and create reports using App-V, you must use one of the following methods:
 
-* Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)—Microsoft SSRS is available with Microsoft SQL Server. SSRS is not installed when you install the App-V reporting server. It must be deployed separately to generate the associated reports. For more information, see the [What is SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)?](/sql/reporting-services/create-deploy-and-manage-mobile-and-paginated-reports) article.
+* Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)—Microsoft SSRS is available with Microsoft SQL Server. SSRS isn't installed when you install the App-V reporting server. It must be deployed separately to generate the associated reports. For more information, see the [What is SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS)?](/sql/reporting-services/create-deploy-and-manage-mobile-and-paginated-reports) article.
 
 * Scripting—You can generate reports by scripting directly against the App-V reporting database. For example:
 
@@ -215,4 +215,4 @@ You should also ensure that the reporting server web service’s **Maximum Concu
 ## Related topics
 
 * [Deploying the App-V server](appv-deploying-the-appv-server.md)
-* [How to install the reporting server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database](appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [How to install the reporting server on a standalone computer and connect it to the database](appv-install-the-reporting-server-on-a-standalone-computer.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md
index 02c25af40d..8f37e1c8d1 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-running-locally-installed-applications-inside-a-virtual-environment.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Running a Locally Installed Application Inside a Virtual Environment with Virtualized Applications (Windows 10/11)
 description: Running a Locally Installed Application Inside a Virtual Environment with Virtualized Applications
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 03/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ ms.author: greglin
 -   Windows Server 2012 R2
 -   Windows Server 2016
 
-You can run a locally installed application in a virtual environment, alongside applications that have been virtualized by using Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V). You might want to do this if you:
+You can run a locally installed application in a virtual environment, alongside applications that have been virtualized by using Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V). You might want to do this task if you:
 
 -   Want to install and run an application locally on client computers, but want to virtualize and run specific plug-ins that work with that local application.
 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Each method accomplishes essentially the same task, but some methods may be bett
 
 To add a locally installed application to a package or to a connection group’s virtual environment, you add a subkey to the `RunVirtual` registry key in the Registry Editor, as described in the following sections.
 
-There is no Group Policy setting available to manage this registry key, so you have to use Microsoft Endpoint Manager or another electronic software distribution (ESD) system, or manually edit the registry.
+There's no Group Policy setting available to manage this registry key, so you have to use Microsoft Endpoint Manager or another electronic software distribution (ESD) system, or manually edit the registry.
 
 Starting with App-V 5.0 SP3, when using RunVirtual, you can publish packages globally or to the user.
 
@@ -63,16 +63,16 @@ Starting with App-V 5.0 SP3, when using RunVirtual, you can publish packages glo
        For example, create `HKEY_CURRENT_USER \SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\RunVirtual\MyApp.exe`.
 
     - Connection group can be:
-      - Packages that are published just globally or just to the user
+      - Packages that are published globally or just to the user
       - Packages that are published globally and to the user
 
-      Use the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE` or `HKEY_CURRENT_USER` key. But, all of the following must be true:
+      Use the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE` or `HKEY_CURRENT_USER` key. But, all of the following conditions must be fulfilled:
 
       - If you want to include multiple packages in the virtual environment, you must include them in an enabled connection group.
       - Create only one subkey for one of the packages in the connection group. If, for example, you have one package that is published globally, and another package that is published to the user, you create a subkey for either of these packages, but not both. Although you create a subkey for only one of the packages, all of the packages in the connection group, plus the local application, will be available in the virtual environment.
       - The key under which you create the subkey must match the publishing method you used for the package.
 
-        For example, if you published the package to the user, you must create the subkey under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\RunVirtual`. Do not add a key for the same application under both hives.
+        For example, if you published the package to the user, you must create the subkey under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\AppV\Client\RunVirtual`. Don't add a key for the same application under both hives.
 
 2.  Set the new registry subkey’s value to the PackageId and VersionId of the package, separating the values with an underscore.
 
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Starting with App-V 5.0 SP3, when using RunVirtual, you can publish packages glo
 
     **Example**: 4c909996-afc9-4352-b606-0b74542a09c1\_be463724-Oct1-48f1-8604-c4bd7ca92fa
 
-    The application in the previous example would produce a registry export file (.reg file) like the following:
+    The application in the previous example would produce a registry export file (.reg file) like the following example:
 
     ```registry
     Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-security-considerations.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-security-considerations.md
index 36f3d39141..4c9e36326a 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-security-considerations.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-security-considerations.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: App-V Security Considerations (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about accounts and groups, log files, and other security-related considerations for Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/16/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # App-V security considerations
@@ -19,15 +19,15 @@ ms.topic: article
 This topic contains a brief overview of the accounts and groups, log files, and other security-related considerations for Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V).
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
->App-V is not a security product and does not provide any guarantees for a secure environment.
+>App-V isn't a security product and doesn't provide any guarantees for a secure environment.
 
 ## The PackageStoreAccessControl (PSAC) feature has been deprecated
 
-Effective as of June, 2014, the PackageStoreAccessControl (PSAC) feature introduced in Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) 5.0 Service Pack 2 (SP2) has been deprecated in both single-user and multi-user environments.
+Effective as of June 2014, the PackageStoreAccessControl (PSAC) feature introduced in Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) 5.0 Service Pack 2 (SP2) has been deprecated in both single-user and multi-user environments.
 
 ## General security considerations
 
-**Understand the security risks.** The most serious risk to App-V is from unauthorized users hijacking an App-V client's functionality, giving the hacker the ability to reconfigure key data on App-V clients. By comparison, short-term loss of App-V functionality from a denial-of-service attack would not be as catastrophic.
+**Understand the security risks.** The most serious risk to App-V is from unauthorized users hijacking an App-V client's functionality, giving the hacker the ability to reconfigure key data on App-V clients. By comparison, short-term loss of App-V functionality from a denial-of-service attack wouldn't be as catastrophic.
 
 **Physically secure your computers**. A security strategy that doesn't consider physical security is incomplete. Anyone with physical access to an App-V server could potentially attack the entire client base, so potential physical attacks or thefts should be prevented at all cost. App-V servers should be stored in a physically secure server room with controlled access. Lock the computer with the operating system or a secured screen saver to keep computers secure when the administrators are away.
 
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ No groups are created automatically during App-V setup. You should create the fo
 |---|---|---|
 |App-V Management Admin group|Used to manage the App-V management server. This group is created during the App-V Management Server installation.|The management console can't create a new group after installation is complete.|
 |Database read/write for Management Service account|Provides read/write access to the management database. This account should be created during App-V management database installation.||
-|App-V Management Service install admin account|Provides public access to schema-version table in management database. This account should be created during App-V management database installation.|This is only required if the management database is being installed separately from the service.|
-|App-V Reporting Service install admin account|Public access to schema-version table in reporting database. This account should be created during the App-V reporting database installation.|This is only required if reporting database is being installed separately from the service.|
+|App-V Management Service install admin account|Provides public access to schema-version table in management database. This account should be created during App-V management database installation.|This account is only required if the management database is being installed separately from the service.|
+|App-V Reporting Service install admin account|Public access to schema-version table in reporting database. This account should be created during the App-V reporting database installation.|This account is only required if reporting database is being installed separately from the service.|
 
 Consider the following additional information:
 
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ Consider the following additional information:
 
 ### App-V package security
 
-The following will help you plan how to ensure that virtualized packages are secure.
+The following information will help you plan how to ensure that virtualized packages are secure.
 
-* If an application installer applies an access control list (ACL) to a file or directory, then that ACL is not persisted in the package. If the file or directory is modified by a user when the package is deployed, the modified file or directory will either inherit the ACL in the **%userprofile%** or inherit the ACL of the target computer’s directory. The former occurs if the file or directory does not exist in a virtual file system location; the latter occurs if the file or directory exists in a virtual file system location, such as **%windir%**.
+* If an application installer applies an access control list (ACL) to a file or directory, then that ACL isn't persisted in the package. If the file or directory is modified by a user when the package is deployed, the modified file or directory will either inherit the ACL in the **%userprofile%** or inherit the ACL of the target computer’s directory. The former occurs if the file or directory doesn't exist in a virtual file system location; the latter occurs if the file or directory exists in a virtual file system location, such as **%windir%**.
 
 ## App-V log files
 
@@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ During App-V setup, setup log files are created in the **%temp%** folder of the
 
 ## Related topics
 
-[Preparing Your Environment for App-V](appv-preparing-your-environment.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Preparing Your Environment for App-V](appv-preparing-your-environment.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-sequence-a-new-application.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-sequence-a-new-application.md
index c456583c56..a373a054fb 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-sequence-a-new-application.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-sequence-a-new-application.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Manually sequence a new app using the Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer) (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to manually sequence a new app by using the App-V Sequencer that's included with the Windows ADK.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/16/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Manually sequence a new app using the Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-sequence-a-package-with-powershell.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-sequence-a-package-with-powershell.md
index 60d9e3bf9e..7bf6811af5 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-sequence-a-package-with-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-sequence-a-package-with-powershell.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to sequence a package by using Windows PowerShell (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to sequence a new Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V) package by using Windows PowerShell.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-supported-configurations.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-supported-configurations.md
index 8c5bffbbd6..95a35f0149 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-supported-configurations.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-supported-configurations.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: App-V Supported Configurations (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn the requirements to install and run App-V supported configurations in your Windows 10/11 environment.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/16/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # App-V Supported Configurations
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ You can install the App-V Management server on a server running Windows Server 2
 ### Management server hardware requirements
 
 * A 64-bit (x64) processor that runs at 1.4 GHz or faster.
-* 1 GB RAM (64-bit).
+* 1-GB RAM (64-bit).
 * 200 MB of available hard disk space, not including the content directory.
 
 ### Management server database requirements
@@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ The App-V Publishing server can be installed on a server that runs Windows Serve
 
 ### Publishing server hardware requirements
 
-App-V adds no additional requirements beyond those of Windows Server.
+App-V adds requires nothing beyond the requirements of Windows Server.
 
 * A 64-bit (x64) processor that runs at 1.4 GHz or faster.
-* 2 GB RAM (64-bit).
+* 2-GB RAM (64-bit).
 * 200 MB of available hard disk space, not including the content directory.
 
 ### Reporting server operating system requirements
@@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ You can install the App-V Reporting server on a server running Windows Server 20
 
 ### Reporting server hardware requirements
 
-App-V adds no additional requirements beyond those of Windows Server.
+App-V adds no other requirements beyond those requirements of Windows Server.
 
 * A 64-bit (x64) processor that runs at 1.4 GHz or faster.
-* 2 GB RAM (64-bit).
+* 2-GB RAM (64-bit).
 * 200 MB of available hard disk space, not including the content directory.
 
 ### Reporting server database requirements
@@ -125,4 +125,4 @@ The App-V client works with Configuration Manager versions starting with Technic
 ## Related topics
 
 * [Planning to deploy App-V](appv-planning-to-deploy-appv.md)
-* [App-V prerequisites](appv-prerequisites.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [App-V prerequisites](appv-prerequisites.md)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-technical-reference.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-technical-reference.md
index 378c6cf052..36c6a128fb 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-technical-reference.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-technical-reference.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Technical Reference for App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn strategy and context for many performance optimization practices in this technical reference for Application Virtualization (App-V).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -24,21 +24,21 @@ This section provides reference information related to managing App-V.
 
 -   [Performance Guidance for Application Virtualization](appv-performance-guidance.md)
 
-    Provides strategy and context for many performance optimizations. Not all practices will be applicable. However, these are tested and supported. Using all suggested practices that are applicable to your organization will provide the optimal end-user experience.
+    Provides strategy and context for many performance optimizations. Not all practices will be applicable. However, these practices are tested and supported. Using all suggested practices that are applicable to your organization will provide the optimal end-user experience.
 
 -   [Application Publishing and Client Interaction](appv-application-publishing-and-client-interaction.md)
 
 Describes how the following App-V client operations affect the local operating system:
 
 - App-V files and data storage locations
-- package registry
-- package store behavior
-- roaming registry and data
-- client application lifecycle management
-- integration of App-V packages
-- dynamic configuration
-- side-by-side assemblies
-- client logging
+- Package registry
+- Package store behavior
+- Roaming registry and data
+- Client application lifecycle management
+- Integration of App-V packages
+- Dynamic configuration
+- Side-by-side assemblies
+- Client logging
 
 -   [Viewing App-V Server Publishing Metadata](appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md)
 
@@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ Describes how the following App-V client operations affect the local operating s
 
 [Administering App-V by Using Windows PowerShell](appv-administering-appv-with-powershell.md)
 
-[Windows PowerShell reference for App-V](/previous-versions/)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Windows PowerShell reference for App-V](/previous-versions/)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-transfer-access-and-configurations-to-another-version-of-a-package-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-transfer-access-and-configurations-to-another-version-of-a-package-with-the-management-console.md
index 52fd89cf85..69dd653179 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-transfer-access-and-configurations-to-another-version-of-a-package-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-transfer-access-and-configurations-to-another-version-of-a-package-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to Transfer Access and Configurations to Another Version of a Package by Using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to Transfer Access and Configurations to Another Version of a Package by Using the Management Console
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ Use the following procedure to transfer the access and default package configura
 
 **To transfer access and configurations to another version of a package**
 
-1.  To view the package that you want to configure, open the App-V Management Console. Select the package to which you will transfer the new configuration, right-click the package and select **transfer default configuration from** or **transfer access and configurations from**, depending on the configuration that you want to transfer.
+1.  To view the package that you want to configure, open the App-V Management Console. Select the package to which you'll transfer the new configuration, right-click the package and select **transfer default configuration from** or **transfer access and configurations from**, depending on the configuration that you want to transfer.
 
 2.  To transfer the configuration, in the **Select Previous Version** dialog box, select the package that contains the settings that you want to transfer, and then click **OK**.
 
     If you select **transfer default configuration from**, then only the underlying dynamic deployment configuration will be transferred.
 
-    If you select **transfer access and configurations from**, then all access permissions, as well as the configuration settings, will be copied.
+    If you select **transfer access and configurations from**, then all access permissions, and the configuration settings, will be copied.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-troubleshooting.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-troubleshooting.md
index 0ca75469ad..f61d909a07 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-troubleshooting.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-troubleshooting.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Troubleshooting App-V (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to find information about troubleshooting Application Virtualization (App-V) and information about other App-V topics.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ For information that can help with troubleshooting App-V for Windows client, see
 
 
 
-
              For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
\ No newline at end of file
+
              For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-upgrading-to-app-v-for-windows-10-from-an-existing-installation.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-upgrading-to-app-v-for-windows-10-from-an-existing-installation.md
index cb48f4c88a..792fd16cb7 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-upgrading-to-app-v-for-windows-10-from-an-existing-installation.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-upgrading-to-app-v-for-windows-10-from-an-existing-installation.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Upgrading to App-V for Windows 10/11 from an existing installation (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about upgrading to Application Virtualization (App-V) for Windows 10/11 from an existing installation.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 # Upgrading to App-V for Windows client from an existing installation
@@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ Type the following cmdlet in a Windows PowerShell window:
 
 
 
-
              For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
\ No newline at end of file
+
              For App-V issues, use the [App-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?forum=mdopappv).
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-using-the-client-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-using-the-client-management-console.md
index 47b3877b5c..33d519b976 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-using-the-client-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-using-the-client-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Using the App-V Client Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to use the Application Virtualization (App-V) client management console to manage packages on the computer running the App-V client.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
@@ -19,13 +19,6 @@ ms.author: greglin
 
 This topic provides information about using the Application Virtualization (App-V) client management console to manage packages on the computer running the App-V client.
 
-## Obtain the client management console
-
-The client management console is separate from the App-V client itself. You can download the client management console from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=41186).
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> To perform all of the actions available using the client management console, you must have administrative access on the computer running the App-V client.
-
 ## Options for managing the App-V client
 
 The App-V client has associated settings that can be configured to determine how the client will run in your environment. You can manage these settings on the computer that runs the client, or you can use Windows PowerShell or Group Policy. For more information about configuring the client by using Windows PowerShell or Group Policy, see:
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-view-and-configure-applications-and-default-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-view-and-configure-applications-and-default-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md
index 3e7c56d05e..5c8b1a7cad 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-view-and-configure-applications-and-default-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-view-and-configure-applications-and-default-virtual-application-extensions-with-the-management-console.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: How to View and Configure Applications and Default Virtual Application Extensions by Using the Management Console (Windows 10/11)
 description: How to View and Configure Applications and Default Virtual Application Extensions by Using the Management Console
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md
index 80a68fbed3..ec8fc27864 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-viewing-appv-server-publishing-metadata.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Viewing App-V Server Publishing Metadata (Windows 10/11)
 description: Use this procedure to view App-V Server publishing metadata, which can help you resolve publishing-related issues.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, appcompat, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/apps-in-windows-10.md b/windows/application-management/apps-in-windows-10.md
index c9b830292f..1e1bd53e0d 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/apps-in-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/apps-in-windows-10.md
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-ms.author: mandia
-author: MandiOhlinger
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
diff --git a/windows/application-management/docfx.json b/windows/application-management/docfx.json
index b5298397b7..88a99ecd24 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/application-management/docfx.json
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
     "externalReference": [],
     "globalMetadata": {
       "recommendations": true,
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "audience": "ITPro",
diff --git a/windows/application-management/enterprise-background-activity-controls.md b/windows/application-management/enterprise-background-activity-controls.md
index 9c4133cd25..b9d63a3d9c 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/enterprise-background-activity-controls.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/enterprise-background-activity-controls.md
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 ---
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 title: Remove background task resource restrictions
 description: Allow enterprise background tasks unrestricted access to computer resources.
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/03/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
 keywords: windows 10, uwp, enterprise, background task, resources
@@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ Users have the ability to control background activity for their device through t
 
 ![Background apps settings page.](images/backgroundapps-setting.png)
 
-The **Battery usage by app** page allows fine-grained tuning of background activity. Users have the ability to set background activity to by **Managed By Windows**, as well as turning it on or off for each app. Only devices with a battery have this page available in the **Settings** app. Here is the set of available controls on desktop: 
+The **Battery usage by app** page allows fine-grained tuning of background activity. Users have the ability to set background activity to by **Managed By Windows**, and turning it on or off for each app. Only devices with a battery have this page available in the **Settings** app. Here's the set of available controls on desktop: 
 
 ![Battery usage by app on desktop.](images/battery-usage-by-app-desktop.png)
 
-Here is the set of available controls for mobile devices: 
+Here's the set of available controls for mobile devices: 
 
 ![Battery usage by app on mobile.](images/battery-usage-by-app-mobile.png)
 
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ These policies control the background activity battery settings for Universal Wi
 
 An app can determine which settings are in place for itself by using [BackgroundExecutionManager.RequestAccessAsync](/uwp/api/Windows.ApplicationModel.Background.BackgroundAccessStatus) before any background activity is attempted, and then examining the returned  [BackgroundAccessStatus](/uwp/api/windows.applicationmodel.background.backgroundaccessstatus) enumeration. The values of this enumeration correspond to settings in the **battery usage by App** settings page: 
   
-- **AlwaysAllowed**: Corresponds to **Always Allowed in Background** and **Managed By User**. This enables apps to run as much as possible in the background, including while the device is in battery saver mode.
+- **AlwaysAllowed**: Corresponds to **Always Allowed in Background** and **Managed By User**. This correspondence enables apps to run as much as possible in the background, including while the device is in battery saver mode.
   
-- **AllowedSubjectToSystemPolicy**: This is the default value. It corresponds to **Managed by Windows**. This enables apps to run in the background as determined by Windows. If the device is currently in the battery saver state then background activities do not run. 
+- **AllowedSubjectToSystemPolicy**: This value is the default one. It corresponds to **Managed by Windows**. This correspondence enables apps to run in the background as determined by Windows. If the device is currently in the battery saver state, then background activities don't run. 
   
-- **DeniedDueToSystemPolicy**: Corresponds to **Managed by Windows** and indicates that the system has determined that the app cannot currently run in the background. 
+- **DeniedDueToSystemPolicy**: Corresponds to **Managed by Windows** and indicates that the system has determined that the app can't currently run in the background. 
   
-- **DeniedByUser**: Corresponds to **Never Allowed in the Background**. The app cannot run in the background. Either the configuration in the settings app, or enterprise policy, has defined that this app is not allowed to run in the background. 
+- **DeniedByUser**: Corresponds to **Never Allowed in the Background**. The app can't run in the background. Either the configuration in the settings app, or enterprise policy, has defined that this app isn't allowed to run in the background. 
 
 The Universal Windows Platform ensures that consumers will have great battery life and that foreground apps will perform well. Enterprises have the ability to change settings to enable scenarios specific to their business needs. Administrators can use the **Background apps** policies to enable or disable whether a UWP app can run in the background.
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md b/windows/application-management/includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md
index f016963135..477c2848c0 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/includes/app-v-end-life-statement.md
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 ---
-author: MandiOhlinger
-ms.author: mandia
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 09/20/2021
 ms.reviewer: 
 audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.topic: include
 ---
diff --git a/windows/application-management/includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md b/windows/application-management/includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md
index 33ade955c1..771c441905 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/includes/applies-to-windows-client-versions.md
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 ---
-author: MandiOhlinger
-ms.author: mandia
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 09/28/2021
 ms.reviewer: 
 audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.topic: include
 ---
diff --git a/windows/application-management/index.yml b/windows/application-management/index.yml
index a6b080d29e..8f6b781ec5 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/index.yml
+++ b/windows/application-management/index.yml
@@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection: 
     - windows-10
     - highpri
-  author: greg-lindsay #Required; your GitHub user alias, with correct capitalization.
-  ms.author: greglin #Required; microsoft alias of author; optional team alias.
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
   ms.date: 08/24/2021 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
   ms.localizationpriority : medium
     
diff --git a/windows/application-management/manage-windows-mixed-reality.md b/windows/application-management/manage-windows-mixed-reality.md
index ecfbf1a470..b602dd6fa0 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/manage-windows-mixed-reality.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/manage-windows-mixed-reality.md
@@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
 title: Enable or block Windows Mixed Reality apps in the enterprise (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to enable Windows Mixed Reality apps in WSUS or block the Windows Mixed Reality portal in enterprises.
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keyboards: ["mr", "mr portal", "mixed reality portal", "mixed reality"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/per-user-services-in-windows.md b/windows/application-management/per-user-services-in-windows.md
index 4483687ba8..58a6ac7e49 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/per-user-services-in-windows.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/per-user-services-in-windows.md
@@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 09/14/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Per-user services in Windows 10 and Windows Server 
@@ -186,4 +186,4 @@ For example, you might see the following per-user services listed in the Service
 
 You can query the service configuration from the command line. The **Type** value indicates whether the service is a user-service template or user-service instance.
 
-![Use sc.exe to view service type.](media/cmd-type.png)
\ No newline at end of file
+![Use sc.exe to view service type.](media/cmd-type.png)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/private-app-repository-mdm-company-portal-windows-11.md b/windows/application-management/private-app-repository-mdm-company-portal-windows-11.md
index 7b908dc7a8..f41a49eb16 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/private-app-repository-mdm-company-portal-windows-11.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/private-app-repository-mdm-company-portal-windows-11.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Use the Company Portal app for your private app repo on Windows 11 device
 description: Use the Company Portal app in Windows 11 devices to access the private app repository for your organization or company apps. Add apps to an MDM/MAM provider, and deploy the apps to Windows devices using policies. The Company Portal app replaces Microsoft Store for Business private store on Windows 11 devices.
 ms.assetid: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: mandia
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: amanh
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-author: MandiOhlinger
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 09/15/2021
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
diff --git a/windows/application-management/provisioned-apps-windows-client-os.md b/windows/application-management/provisioned-apps-windows-client-os.md
index 04aa767487..67850b66e7 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/provisioned-apps-windows-client-os.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/provisioned-apps-windows-client-os.md
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-ms.author: mandia
-author: MandiOhlinger
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/application-management/remove-provisioned-apps-during-update.md b/windows/application-management/remove-provisioned-apps-during-update.md
index 1660c5406a..88a88de355 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/remove-provisioned-apps-during-update.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/remove-provisioned-apps-during-update.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: How to keep provisioned apps that were removed from your machine fr
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 05/25/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 # How to keep apps removed from Windows 10 from returning during an update
 
@@ -172,4 +172,4 @@ Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00
 
 [Get-AppxPackage](/powershell/module/appx/get-appxpackage)
 [Get-AppxPackage -allusers](/powershell/module/appx/get-appxpackage)
-[Remove-AppxPackage](/powershell/module/appx/remove-appxpackage)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Remove-AppxPackage](/powershell/module/appx/remove-appxpackage)
diff --git a/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10.md b/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10.md
index 645475d40c..b166f06efd 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn how to sideload line-of-business (LOB) apps in Windows client
 ms.assetid: C46B27D0-375B-4F7A-800E-21595CF1D53D
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ You can sideload apps on managed or unmanaged devices.
 
 Managed devices are typically owned by your organization. They're managed by Group Policy (on-premises), or a Mobile Device Management (MDM) provider, such as Microsoft Intune (cloud). Bring your own devices (BYOD) and personal devices can also be managed by your organization. On managed devices, you can create a policy that turns on sideloading, and then deploy this policy to your Windows devices.
 
-Unmanaged devices are devices that are not managed by your organization. These devices are typically personal devices owned by users. Users can turn on sideloading using the Settings app.
+Unmanaged devices are devices that aren't managed by your organization. These devices are typically personal devices owned by users. Users can turn on sideloading using the Settings app.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > To install an app on Windows client, you can:
diff --git a/windows/application-management/svchost-service-refactoring.md b/windows/application-management/svchost-service-refactoring.md
index 8482a3497c..6158870fa4 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/svchost-service-refactoring.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/svchost-service-refactoring.md
@@ -5,18 +5,18 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 07/20/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Changes to Service Host grouping in Windows 10
 
 > Applies to: Windows 10
 
-The **Service Host (svchost.exe)** is a shared-service process that serves as a shell for loading services from DLL files. Services are organized into related host groups, and each group runs inside a different instance of the Service Host process. In this way, a problem in one instance does not affect other instances. Service Host groups are determined by combining the services with matching security requirements. For example:
+The **Service Host (svchost.exe)** is a shared-service process that serves as a shell for loading services from DLL files. Services are organized into related host groups, and each group runs inside a different instance of the Service Host process. In this way, a problem in one instance doesn't affect other instances. Service Host groups are determined by combining the services with matching security requirements. For example:
 
 * Local Service
 * Local Service No Network
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Benefits of this design change include:
 
 * Increased reliability by insulating critical network services from the failure of another non-network service in the host, and adding the ability to restore networking connectivity seamlessly when networking components crash.
 * Reduced support costs by eliminating the troubleshooting overhead associated with isolating misbehaving services in the shared host.
-* Increased security by providing additional inter-service isolation 
+* Increased security by providing more inter-service isolation 
 * Increased scalability by allowing per-service settings and privileges 
 * Improved resource management through per-service CPU, I/O and memory management and increase clear diagnostic data (report CPU, I/O and network usage per service).
 
@@ -58,24 +58,24 @@ Compare that to the same view of running processes in Windows 10 version 1703:
 
 
 ## Exceptions
-Some services will continue to be grouped on PCs running with 3.5GB or higher RAM. For example, the Base Filtering Engine (BFE) and the Windows Firewall (Mpssvc) will be grouped together in a single host group, as will the RPC Endpoint Mapper and Remote Procedure Call services.
+Some services will continue to be grouped on PCs running with 3.5 GB or higher RAM. For example, the Base Filtering Engine (BFE) and the Windows Firewall (Mpssvc) will be grouped together in a single host group, as will the RPC Endpoint Mapper and Remote Procedure Call services.
 
 If you need to identify services that will continue to be grouped, in addition to seeing them in Task Manager and using command line tools, you can look for the *SvcHostSplitDisable* value in their respective service keys under 
 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services.
 
 The default value of **1** prevents the service from being split.
 
-For example, this is the registry key configuration for BFE:
+For example, the registry key configuration for BFE is:
 ![Example of a service that cannot be separated.](media/svchost-separation-disabled.png)
 
 ## Memory footprint
 
-Be aware that separating services increases the total number of SvcHost instances, which increases memory utilization. (Service grouping provided a modest reduction to the overall resource footprint of the services involved.) 
+Separating services increases the total number of SvcHost instances, which increases memory utilization. (Service grouping provided a modest reduction to the overall resource footprint of the services involved.) 
 
-Consider the following:
+Consider the following example:
 
 
-|Grouped Services (< 3.5GB) | Split Services (3.5GB+)
+|Grouped Services (< 3.5 GB) | Split Services (3.5 GB+)
 |--------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | 
 |![Memory utilization for grouped services.](media/svchost-grouped-utilization.png)   |![Memory utilization for separated services](media/svchost-separated-utilization.png)       |
 
diff --git a/windows/application-management/system-apps-windows-client-os.md b/windows/application-management/system-apps-windows-client-os.md
index d498c17fb4..5b41691ed9 100644
--- a/windows/application-management/system-apps-windows-client-os.md
+++ b/windows/application-management/system-apps-windows-client-os.md
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-ms.author: mandia
-author: MandiOhlinger
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/client-management/administrative-tools-in-windows-10.md b/windows/client-management/administrative-tools-in-windows-10.md
index 4765af8423..edca458380 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/administrative-tools-in-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/administrative-tools-in-windows-10.md
@@ -1,64 +1,76 @@
 ---
-title: Administrative Tools in Windows 
-description: Administrative Tools is a folder in Control Panel that contains tools for system administrators and advanced users.
-ms.assetid: FDC63933-C94C-43CB-8373-629795926DC8
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+title: Windows Tools/Administrative Tools
+description: The folders for Windows Tools and Administrative Tools are folders in the Control Panel that contain tools for system administrators and advanced users.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.date: 09/20/2021
+ms.date: 03/28/2022
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
-# Administrative Tools in Windows
-
+# Windows Tools/Administrative Tools
 
 **Applies to**
--  Windows 10
--  Windows 11
 
+- Windows 11
+- Windows 10
 
-Administrative Tools is a folder in Control Panel that contains tools for system administrators and advanced users. 
+**Windows Tools** is a folder in the Windows 11 Control Panel. **Administrative Tools** is a folder in the Windows 10 Control Panel. These folders contain tools for system administrators and advanced users.
 
-![Screenshot of Control Panel.](images/admin-tools.png)
+## Windows Tools folder (Windows 11)
 
-The tools in the folder might vary depending on which edition of Windows you are using. 
+The following graphic shows the **Windows Tools** folder in Windows 11:
 
-![Screenshot of folder of admin tools.](images/admin-tools-folder.png)
+:::image type="content" source="media/win11-control-panel-windows-tools.png" alt-text="Screenshot of the Control Panel in Windows 11, highlighting the Administrative Tools folder." lightbox="media/win11-control-panel-windows-tools.png":::
 
-These tools were included in previous versions of Windows. The associated documentation for each tool should help you use these tools in Windows. The following list provides links to documentation for each tool. The tools are located within the folder C:\Windows\System32\ or its subfolders.
+The tools in the folder might vary depending on which edition of Windows you use.
 
- 
+:::image type="content" source="media/win11-windows-tools.png" alt-text="Screenshot of the contents of the Windows Tools folder in Windows 11." lightbox="media/win11-windows-tools.png":::
 
--   [Component Services]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708489)
--   [Computer Management](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/308423)
--   [Defragment and Optimize Drives](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708488)
--   [Disk Cleanup](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=698648)
--   [Event Viewer](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/cc938674(v=technet.10))
--   [iSCSI Initiator](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee338476(v=ws.10))
--   [Local Security Policy](/previous-versions/tn-archive/dd277395(v=technet.10))
--   [ODBC Data Sources]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708494)
--   [Performance Monitor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc749115(v=ws.11))
--   [Print Management](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc731857(v=ws.11))
--   [Recovery Drive](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026852/windows-create-a-recovery-drive)
--   [Registry Editor](/windows/win32/sysinfo/registry)
--   [Resource Monitor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd883276(v=ws.10))
--   [Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc772408(v=ws.11))
--   [System Configuration](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708499)
--   [System Information]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708500)
--   [Task Scheduler](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc766428(v=ws.11))
--   [Windows Firewall with Advanced Security](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754274(v=ws.11))
--   [Windows Memory Diagnostic]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=708507)
+## Administrative Tools folder (Windows 10)
+
+The following graphic shows the **Administrative Tools** folder in Windows 10:
+
+![Screenshot of the Control Panel in Windows 10, highlighting the Administrative Tools folder.](images/admin-tools.png)
+
+The tools in the folder might vary depending on which edition of Windows you use.
+
+![Screenshot of the contents of the Administrative Tools folder in Windows 10.](images/admin-tools-folder.png)
+
+## Tools
+
+The tools are located in the folder `C:\Windows\System32\` or its subfolders.
+
+These tools were included in previous versions of Windows. The associated documentation for each tool can help you use them. The following list provides links to documentation for each tool.
+
+- [Component Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc731901(v=ws.11))
+- [Computer Management](https://support.microsoft.com/topic/how-to-use-computer-management-in-windows-xp-d5872f93-4498-f4dd-3a34-36d6f569924f)
+- [Defragment and Optimize Drives](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/ways-to-improve-your-computer-s-performance-c6018c78-0edd-a71a-7040-02267d68ea90)
+- [Disk Cleanup](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/disk-cleanup-in-windows-8a96ff42-5751-39ad-23d6-434b4d5b9a68)
+- [Event Viewer](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/cc938674(v=technet.10))
+- [iSCSI Initiator](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/ee338476(v=ws.10))
+- [Local Security Policy](/previous-versions/tn-archive/dd277395(v=technet.10))
+- [ODBC Data Sources](/sql/odbc/admin/odbc-data-source-administrator)
+- [Performance Monitor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc749115(v=ws.11))
+- [Print Management](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc731857(v=ws.11))
+- [Recovery Drive](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/create-a-recovery-drive-abb4691b-5324-6d4a-8766-73fab304c246)
+- [Registry Editor](/windows/win32/sysinfo/registry)
+- [Resource Monitor](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd883276(v=ws.10))
+- [Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc772408(v=ws.11))
+- [System Configuration](/troubleshoot/windows-client/performance/system-configuration-utility-troubleshoot-configuration-errors)
+- [System Information](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-2000-server/cc957818(v=technet.10))
+- [Task Scheduler](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc766428(v=ws.11))
+- [Windows Firewall with Advanced Security](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc754274(v=ws.11))
+- [Windows Memory Diagnostic](/previous-versions/technet-magazine/cc745953(v=msdn.10))
 
 > [!TIP]
-> If the content that is linked to a tool in the following list doesn't provide the information you need to use that tool, send us a comment by using the **Was this page helpful?** feature on this **Administrative Tools in Windows 10** page. Details about the information you want for a tool will help us plan future content. 
+> If the linked content in this list doesn't provide the information you need to use that tool, send feedback with the **This page** link in the **Feedback** section at the bottom of this article.
 
 ## Related topics
 
-[Diagnostic Data Viewer](/windows/privacy/diagnostic-data-viewer-overview)
-
+[Diagnostic data viewer](/windows/privacy/diagnostic-data-viewer-overview)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-802-authentication.md b/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-802-authentication.md
index d55df0054b..59c8210b09 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-802-authentication.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-802-authentication.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Advanced Troubleshooting 802.1X Authentication
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
 description: Troubleshoot authentication flow by learning how 802.1X Authentication works for wired and wireless clients.
 keywords: advanced troubleshooting, 802.1X authentication, troubleshooting, authentication, Wi-Fi
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: 
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: tracyp
 ms.topic: troubleshooting
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
@@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ ms.collection: highpri
  
 ## Overview
 
-This article includes general troubleshooting for 802.1X wireless and wired clients. While troubleshooting 802.1X and wireless, it's important to know how the flow of authentication works, and then figure out where it's breaking. It involves a lot of third-party devices and software. Most of the time, we have to identify where the problem is, and another vendor has to fix it. We don't make access points or switches, so it's not an end-to-end Microsoft solution.
+This article includes general troubleshooting for 802.1X wireless and wired clients. While troubleshooting 802.1X and wireless, it's important to know how the flow of authentication works, and then figure out where it's breaking. It involves many third-party devices and software. Most of the time, we have to identify where the problem is, and another vendor has to fix it. We don't make access points or switches, so it's not an end-to-end Microsoft solution.
  
 ## Scenarios
 
-This troubleshooting technique applies to any scenario in which wireless or wired connections with 802.1X authentication is attempted and then fails to establish. The workflow covers Windows 7 through Windows 10 (and Windows 11) for clients, and Windows Server 2008 R2 through Windows Server 2012 R2 for NPS.
+This troubleshooting technique applies to any scenario in which wireless or wired connections with 802.1X authentication are attempted and then fail to establish. The workflow covers Windows 7 through Windows 10 (and Windows 11) for clients, and Windows Server 2008 R2 through Windows Server 2012 R2 for NPS.
  
 ## Known issues
 
@@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ Viewing [NPS authentication status events](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/win
 
 NPS event log entries contain information about the connection attempt, including the name of the connection request policy that matched the connection attempt and the network policy that accepted or rejected the connection attempt. If you don't see both success and failure events, see the [NPS audit policy](#audit-policy) section later in this article.
 
-Check the Windows Security event log on the NPS Server for NPS events that correspond to rejected ([event ID 6273](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc735399(v%3dws.10))) or accepted ([event ID 6272](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc735388(v%3dws.10))) connection attempts.
+Check the Windows Security event log on the NPS Server for NPS events that correspond to the rejected ([event ID 6273](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc735399(v%3dws.10))) or the accepted ([event ID 6272](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc735388(v%3dws.10))) connection attempts.
  
-In the event message, scroll to the very bottom, and then check the [Reason Code](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd197570(v%3dws.10)) field and the text that's associated with it.
+In the event message, scroll to the bottom, and then check the [Reason Code](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd197570(v%3dws.10)) field and the text that's associated with it.
  
    ![example of an audit failure.](images/auditfailure.png)
    *Example: event ID 6273 (Audit Failure)*

              
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ In the event message, scroll to the very bottom, and then check the [Reason Code
    ![example of an audit success.](images/auditsuccess.png)
    *Example: event ID 6272 (Audit Success)*
              
 
-‎The WLAN AutoConfig operational log lists information and error events based on conditions detected by or reported to the WLAN AutoConfig service. The operational log contains information about the wireless network adapter, the properties of the wireless connection profile, the specified network authentication, and, in the event of connectivity problems, the reason for the failure. For wired network access, the Wired AutoConfig operational log is an equivalent one.
+‎The WLAN AutoConfig operational log lists information and error events based on conditions detected by or reported to the WLAN AutoConfig service. The operational log contains information about the wireless network adapter, the properties of the wireless connection profile, the specified network authentication, and, if connectivity problems occur, the reason for the failure. For wired network access, the Wired AutoConfig operational log is an equivalent one.
 
 On the client side, go to **Event Viewer (Local)\Applications and Services Logs\Microsoft\Windows\WLAN-AutoConfig/Operational** for wireless issues. For wired network access issues, go to  **..\Wired-AutoConfig/Operational**. See the following example:
 
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ auditpol /set /subcategory:"Network Policy Server" /success:enable /failure:enab
 
 Even if audit policy appears to be fully enabled, it sometimes helps to disable and then re-enable this setting. You can also enable Network Policy Server logon/logoff auditing by using Group Policy. To get to the success/failure setting, select **Computer Configuration** > **Policies** > **Windows Settings** > **Security Settings** > **Advanced Audit Policy Configuration** > **Audit Policies** > **Logon/Logoff** > **Audit Network Policy Server**.
 
-## Additional references
+## More references
 
 [Troubleshooting Windows Vista 802.11 Wireless Connections](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc766215(v=ws.10))
              
-[Troubleshooting Windows Vista Secure 802.3 Wired Connections](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc749352(v=ws.10))
\ No newline at end of file
+[Troubleshooting Windows Vista Secure 802.3 Wired Connections](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc749352(v=ws.10))
diff --git a/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-boot-problems.md b/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-boot-problems.md
index 0c976ceceb..dd92af8c4f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-boot-problems.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-boot-problems.md
@@ -3,18 +3,20 @@ title: Advanced troubleshooting for Windows boot problems
 description: Learn to troubleshoot when Windows can't boot. This article includes advanced troubleshooting techniques intended for use by support agents and IT professionals.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 11/16/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: troubleshooting
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
 # Advanced troubleshooting for Windows boot problems
 
+
              Try our Virtual Agent - It can help you quickly identify and fix common Windows boot issues
+
 > [!NOTE]
 > This article is intended for use by support agents and IT professionals. If you're looking for more general information about recovery options, see [Recovery options in Windows 10](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12415).
 
@@ -44,11 +46,11 @@ Essential drivers required to start the Windows kernel are loaded and the kernel
 
 **4. Windows NT OS Kernel**
 
-The kernel loads into memory the system registry hive and additional drivers that are marked as BOOT_START.
+The kernel loads into memory the system registry hive and other drivers that are marked as BOOT_START.
 
-The kernel passes control to the session manager process (Smss.exe) which initializes the system session, and loads and starts the devices and drivers that are not marked BOOT_START.
+The kernel passes control to the session manager process (Smss.exe) which initializes the system session, and loads and starts the devices and drivers that aren't marked BOOT_START.
 
-Here is a summary of the boot sequence, what will be seen on the display, and typical boot problems at that point in the sequence. Before starting troubleshooting, you have to understand the outline of the boot process and display status to ensure that the issue is properly identified at the beginning of the engagement.
+Here's a summary of the boot sequence, what will be seen on the display, and typical boot problems at that point in the sequence. Before starting troubleshooting, you have to understand the outline of the boot process and display status to ensure that the issue is properly identified at the beginning of the engagement.
 
 ![thumbnail of boot sequence flowchart.](images/boot-sequence-thumb.png)
              
 [Click to enlarge](img-boot-sequence.md)
              
@@ -74,15 +76,15 @@ To determine whether the system has passed the BIOS phase, follow these steps:
 
 1. If there are any external peripherals connected to the computer, disconnect them.
 
-2. Check whether the hard disk drive light on the physical computer is working. If it is not working, this indicates that the startup process is stuck at the BIOS phase.
+2. Check whether the hard disk drive light on the physical computer is working. If it's not working, this dysfunction indicates that the startup process is stuck at the BIOS phase.
 
-3. Press the NumLock key to see whether the indicator light toggles on and off. If it does not, this indicates that the startup process is stuck at BIOS.
+3. Press the NumLock key to see whether the indicator light toggles on and off. If it doesn't toggle, this dysfunction indicates that the startup process is stuck at BIOS.
 
    If the system is stuck at the BIOS phase, there may be a hardware problem.
 
 ## Boot loader phase
 
-If the screen is completely black except for a blinking cursor, or if you receive one of the following error codes, this indicates that the boot process is stuck in the Boot Loader phase:
+If the screen is black except for a blinking cursor, or if you receive one of the following error codes, this status indicates that the boot process is stuck in the Boot Loader phase:
 
 -   Boot Configuration Data (BCD) missing or corrupted
 -   Boot file or MBR corrupted
@@ -98,7 +100,7 @@ To troubleshoot this problem, use Windows installation media to start the comput
 
 The Startup Repair tool automatically fixes many common problems. The tool also lets you quickly diagnose and repair more complex startup problems. When the computer detects a startup problem, the computer starts the Startup Repair tool. When the tool starts, it performs diagnostics. These diagnostics include analyzing startup log files to determine the cause of the problem. When the Startup Repair tool determines the cause, the tool tries to fix the problem automatically.
 
-To do this, follow these steps.
+To do this task of invoking the Startup Repair tool, follow these steps.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > For additional methods to start WinRE, see [Windows Recovery Environment (Windows RE)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/windows-recovery-environment--windows-re--technical-reference#span-identrypointsintowinrespanspan-identrypointsintowinrespanspan-identrypointsintowinrespanentry-points-into-winre).
@@ -142,7 +144,7 @@ BOOTREC /FIXBOOT
 
 If you receive BCD-related errors, follow these steps:
 
-1. Scan for all the systems that are installed. To do this, run the following command:
+1. Scan for all the systems that are installed. To do this step, run the following command:
 
    ```console
    Bootrec /ScanOS
@@ -150,7 +152,7 @@ If you receive BCD-related errors, follow these steps:
 
 2. Restart the computer to check whether the problem is fixed.
 
-3. If the problem is not fixed, run the following commands:
+3. If the problem isn't fixed, run the following commands:
     
     ```console
     bcdedit /export c:\bcdbackup
@@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ If you receive BCD-related errors, follow these steps:
 
 ### Method 4: Replace Bootmgr
 
-If methods 1, 2 and 3 do not fix the problem, replace the Bootmgr file from drive C to the System Reserved partition. To do this, follow these steps:
+If methods 1, 2 and 3 don't fix the problem, replace the Bootmgr file from drive C to the System Reserved partition. To do this replacement, follow these steps:
 
 1. At a command prompt, change the directory to the System Reserved partition.
 
@@ -196,7 +198,7 @@ If methods 1, 2 and 3 do not fix the problem, replace the Bootmgr file from driv
 
 ### Method 5: Restore System Hive
 
-If Windows cannot load the system registry hive into memory, you must restore the system hive. To do this, use the Windows Recovery Environment or use Emergency Repair Disk (ERD) to copy the files from the C:\Windows\System32\config\RegBack to C:\Windows\System32\config.
+If Windows can't load the system registry hive into memory, you must restore the system hive. To do this step,, use the Windows Recovery Environment or use Emergency Repair Disk (ERD) to copy the files from the C:\Windows\System32\config\RegBack to C:\Windows\System32\config.
 
 If the problem persists, you may want to restore the system state backup to an alternative location, and then retrieve the registry hives to be replaced.
 
@@ -205,7 +207,7 @@ If the problem persists, you may want to restore the system state backup to an a
 
 ## Kernel Phase
 
-If the system gets stuck during the kernel phase, you experience multiple symptoms or receive multiple error messages. These include, but are not limited to, the following:
+If the system gets stuck during the kernel phase, you experience multiple symptoms or receive multiple error messages. These error messages include, but aren't limited to, the following examples:
 
 -   A Stop error appears after the splash screen (Windows Logo screen).
 
@@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ On the **Advanced Boot Options** screen, try to start the computer in **Safe Mod
 ### Clean boot
 
 To troubleshoot problems that affect services, do a clean boot by using System Configuration (msconfig).
-Select **Selective startup** to test the services one at a time to determine which one is causing the problem. If you cannot find the cause, try including system services. However, in most cases, the problematic service is third-party.
+Select **Selective startup** to test the services one at a time to determine which one is causing the problem. If you can't find the cause, try including system services. However, in most cases, the problematic service is third-party.
 
 Disable any service that you find to be faulty, and try to start the computer again by selecting **Normal startup**.
 
@@ -273,7 +275,7 @@ problems can be solved. Modify the registry at your own risk.
 
 To troubleshoot this Stop error, follow these steps to filter the drivers:
 
-1.  Go to Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) by putting an ISO disk of the system in the disk drive. The ISO should be of same version of Windows or a later version.
+1.  Go to Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) by putting an ISO disk of the system in the disk drive. The ISO should be of the same version of Windows or a later version.
 
 2.  Open the registry.
 
@@ -289,7 +291,7 @@ To troubleshoot this Stop error, follow these steps to filter the drivers:
 
 7.  Restart the server in Normal mode.
 
-For additional troubleshooting steps, see the following articles:
+For more troubleshooting steps, see the following articles:
 
 - [Advanced troubleshooting for Stop error 7B or Inaccessible_Boot_Device](./troubleshoot-inaccessible-boot-device.md)
 
@@ -314,7 +316,7 @@ To fix problems that occur after you install Windows updates, check for pending
 
     Try to start the computer.
 
-If the computer does not start, follow these steps:
+If the computer doesn't start, follow these steps:
 
 1.  Open A Command Prompt window in WinRE, and start a text editor, such as Notepad.
 
@@ -346,7 +348,7 @@ If the Stop error occurs late in the startup process, or if the Stop error is st
 
 - [Generate a kernel or complete crash dump](./generate-kernel-or-complete-crash-dump.md) 
 
-For more information about page file problems in Windows 10 or Windows Server 2016, see the following:
+For more information about page file problems in Windows 10 or Windows Server 2016, see the following article:
 - [Introduction to page files](./introduction-page-file.md)
 
 For more information about Stop errors, see the following Knowledge Base article:
@@ -357,7 +359,7 @@ If the dump file shows an error that is related to a driver (for example, window
 
 - Check the functionality that is provided by the driver. If the driver is a third-party boot driver, make sure that you understand what it does.
 
-- If the driver is not important and has no dependencies, load the system hive, and then disable the driver.
+- If the driver isn't important and has no dependencies, load the system hive, and then disable the driver.
 
 - If the stop error indicates system file corruption, run the system file checker in offline mode.
 
@@ -369,7 +371,7 @@ If the dump file shows an error that is related to a driver (for example, window
 
         For more information, see [Using System File Checker (SFC) To Fix  Issues](/archive/blogs/askcore/using-system-file-checker-sfc-to-fix-issues)
 
-    - If there is disk corruption, run the check disk command:
+    - If there's disk corruption, run the check disk command:
 
         ```console
         chkdsk /f /r
diff --git a/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-wireless-network-connectivity.md b/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-wireless-network-connectivity.md
index 49d26516fa..8ab2aede4e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-wireless-network-connectivity.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/advanced-troubleshooting-wireless-network-connectivity.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Advanced Troubleshooting Wireless Network Connectivity
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: Learn how to troubleshoot Wi-Fi connections. Troubleshooting Wi-Fi connections requires understanding the basic flow of the Wi-Fi autoconnect state machine.
 keywords: troubleshooting, wireless network connectivity, wireless, Wi-Fi
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: 
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: troubleshooting
 ---
 
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ ms.topic: troubleshooting
 
 ## Overview
 
-This is a general troubleshooting of establishing Wi-Fi connections from Windows clients.
+This overview describes the general troubleshooting of establishing Wi-Fi connections from Windows clients.
 Troubleshooting Wi-Fi connections requires understanding the basic flow of the Wi-Fi autoconnect state machine. Understanding this flow makes it easier to determine the starting point in a repro scenario in which a different behavior is found.
 This workflow involves knowledge and use of [TextAnalysisTool](https://github.com/TextAnalysisTool/Releases), an extensive text filtering tool that is useful with complex traces with numerous ETW providers such as wireless_dbg trace scenario.
 
@@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ This workflow involves knowledge and use of [TextAnalysisTool](https://github.co
 This article applies to any scenario in which Wi-Fi connections fail to establish. The troubleshooter is developed with Windows 10 clients in focus, but also may be useful with traces as far back as Windows 7.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This troubleshooter uses examples that demonstrate a general strategy for navigating and interpreting wireless component [Event Tracing for Windows](/windows/desktop/etw/event-tracing-portal) (ETW). It is not meant to be representative of every wireless problem scenario.
+> This troubleshooter uses examples that demonstrate a general strategy for navigating and interpreting wireless component [Event Tracing for Windows](/windows/desktop/etw/event-tracing-portal) (ETW). It's  not meant to be representative of every wireless problem scenario.
 
-Wireless ETW is incredibly verbose and calls out a lot of innocuous errors (rather flagged behaviors that have little or nothing to do with the problem scenario). Simply searching for or filtering on "err", "error", and "fail" will seldom lead you to the root cause of a problematic Wi-Fi scenario. Instead it will flood the screen with meaningless logs that will obfuscate the context of the actual problem.
+Wireless ETW is incredibly verbose and calls out many innocuous errors (rather flagged behaviors that have little or nothing to do with the problem scenario). Searching for or filtering on "err", "error", and "fail" will seldom lead you to the root cause of a problematic Wi-Fi scenario. Instead it will flood the screen with meaningless logs that will obfuscate the context of the actual problem.
 
-It is important to understand the different Wi-Fi components involved, their expected behaviors, and how the problem scenario deviates from those expected behaviors.
+It's  important to understand the different Wi-Fi components involved, their expected behaviors, and how the problem scenario deviates from those expected behaviors.
 The intention of this troubleshooter is to show how to find a starting point in the verbosity of wireless_dbg ETW and home in on the responsible components that are causing the connection problem.
 
 ### Known Issues and fixes
@@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ Make sure that you install the latest Windows updates, cumulative updates, and r
 
 ## Data Collection
 
-1. Network Capture with ETW. Enter the following at an elevated command prompt:
+1. Network Capture with ETW. Enter the following command at an elevated command prompt:
 
     ```console
     netsh trace start wireless_dbg capture=yes overwrite=yes maxsize=4096 tracefile=c:\tmp\wireless.etl
     ```
 2. Reproduce the issue.
-    - If there is a failure to establish connection, try to manually connect.
-    - If it is intermittent but easily reproducible, try to manually connect until it fails. Record the time of each connection attempt, and whether it was a success or failure.
+    - If there's a failure to establish connection, try to manually connect.
+    - If it's  intermittent but easily reproducible, try to manually connect until it fails. Record the time of each connection attempt, and whether it was a success or failure.
     - If the issue is intermittent but rare, netsh trace stop command needs to be triggered automatically (or at least alerted to admin quickly) to ensure trace doesn’t overwrite the repro data.
     - If intermittent connection drops trigger stop command on a script (ping or test network constantly until fail, then netsh trace stop).
 3. Stop the trace by entering the following command: 
@@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ Make sure that you install the latest Windows updates, cumulative updates, and r
     netsh trace convert c:\tmp\wireless.etl
     ```
 
-See the [example ETW capture](#example-etw-capture) at the bottom of this article for an example of the command output. After running these commands, you will have three files: wireless.cab, wireless.etl, and wireless.txt.
+See the [example ETW capture](#example-etw-capture) at the bottom of this article for an example of the command output. After running these commands, you'll have three files: wireless.cab, wireless.etl, and wireless.txt.
 
 ## Troubleshooting
 
-The following is a high-level view of the main wifi components in Windows.
+The following view is a high-level one of the main wifi components in Windows.
 
 |Wi-fi Components|Description|
 |--- |--- |
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Filtering the ETW trace with the [TextAnalysisTool](https://github.com/TextAnaly
 
 Use the **FSM transition** trace filter to see the connection state machine. You can see [an example](#textanalysistool-example) of this filter applied in the TAT at the bottom of this page.
 
-The following is an example of a good connection setup:
+An example of a good connection setup is:
 
 ```console
 44676 [2]0F24.1020::‎2018‎-‎09‎-‎17 10:22:14.658 [Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig]FSM Transition from State: Disconnected to State: Reset
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ The following is an example of a good connection setup:
 49465 [2]0F24.17E0::‎2018‎-‎09‎-‎17 10:22:14.990 [Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig]FSM Transition from State: Authenticating to State: Connected
 ```
 
-The following is an example of a failed connection setup:
+An example of a failed connection setup is:
 
 ```console
 44676 [2]0F24.1020::‎2018‎-‎09‎-‎17 10:22:14.658 [Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig]FSM Transition from State: Disconnected to State: Reset
@@ -138,9 +138,9 @@ The following is an example of a failed connection setup:
 49465 [2]0F24.17E0::‎2018‎-‎09‎-‎17 10:22:14.990 [Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig]FSM Transition from State: Authenticating to State: Roaming
 ```
 
-By identifying the state at which the connection fails, one can focus more specifically in the trace on logs just prior to the last known good state. 
+By identifying the state at which the connection fails, one can focus more specifically in the trace on logs prior to the last known good state. 
 
-Examining **[Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig]** logs just prior to the bad state change should show evidence of error. Often, however, the error is propagated up through other wireless components.
+Examining **[Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig]** logs prior to the bad state change should show evidence of error. Often, however, the error is propagated up through other wireless components.
 In many cases the next component of interest will be the MSM, which lies just below Wlansvc.
 
 The important components of the MSM include:
@@ -149,10 +149,10 @@ The important components of the MSM include:
 
     ![MSM details.](images/msmdetails.png)
 
-Each of these components has their own individual state machines which follow specific transitions.
+Each of these components has its own individual state machines that follow specific transitions.
 Enable the **FSM transition, SecMgr Transition,** and **AuthMgr Transition** filters in TextAnalysisTool for more detail.
 
-Continuing with the example above, the combined filters look like this:
+Further to the preceding example, the combined filters look like the following command example:
 
 ```console
 [2] 0C34.2FF0::08/28/17-13:24:28.693 [Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig]FSM Transition from State: 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Authenticating to State: Roaming
 > [!NOTE]
 > In the next to last line the SecMgr transition is suddenly deactivating:
              
 >\[2\] 0C34.2FF0::08/28/17-13:24:29.7512788 \[Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig\]Port\[13\] Peer 8A:15:14:B6:25:10 SecMgr Transition DEACTIVATE (11) --> INACTIVE (1)

              
->This transition is what eventually propagates to the main connection state machine and causes the Authenticating phase to devolve to Roaming state. As before, it makes sense to focus on tracing just prior to this SecMgr behavior to determine the reason for the deactivation.
+>This transition is what eventually propagates to the main connection state machine and causes the Authenticating phase to devolve to Roaming state. As before, it makes sense to focus on tracing prior to this SecMgr behavior to determine the reason for the deactivation.
 
 Enabling the **Microsoft-Windows-WLAN-AutoConfig** filter will show more detail leading to the DEACTIVATE transition:
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ The trail backwards reveals a **Port Down** notification:
 
 Port events indicate changes closer to the wireless hardware. The trail can be followed by continuing to see the origin of this indication.
 
-Below, the MSM is the native wifi stack. These are Windows native wifi drivers which talk to the wifi miniport drivers. It is responsible for converting Wi-Fi (802.11) packets to 802.3 (Ethernet) so that TCPIP and other protocols and can use it.
+Below, the MSM is the native wifi stack. These drivers are Windows native wifi drivers that talk to the wifi miniport drivers. It's  responsible for converting Wi-Fi (802.11) packets to 802.3 (Ethernet) so that TCPIP and other protocols and can use it.
 
 Enable trace filter for **[Microsoft-Windows-NWifi]:**
 
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ In the trace above, we see the line:
 [0]0000.0000::‎08/28/17-13:24:29.127 [Microsoft-Windows-NWiFi]DisAssoc: 0x8A1514B62510 Reason: 0x4
 ```
 
-This is followed by **PHY_STATE_CHANGE** and **PORT_DOWN** events due to a disassociate coming from the Access Point (AP), as an indication to deny the connection. This could be due to invalid credentials, connection parameters, loss of signal/roaming, and various other reasons for aborting a connection. The action here would be to examine the reason for the disassociate sent from the indicated AP MAC (8A:15:14:B6:25:10). This would be done by examining internal logging/tracing from the AP.
+This line is followed by **PHY_STATE_CHANGE** and **PORT_DOWN** events due to a disassociate coming from the Access Point (AP), as an indication to deny the connection. This denail could be due to invalid credentials, connection parameters, loss of signal/roaming, and various other reasons for aborting a connection. The action here would be to examine the reason for the disassociate sent from the indicated AP MAC (8A:15:14:B6:25:10). This action would be done by examining internal logging/tracing from the AP.
 
 ### Resources
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/connect-to-remote-aadj-pc.md b/windows/client-management/connect-to-remote-aadj-pc.md
index ec54bee4ae..cf0c18ee1d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/connect-to-remote-aadj-pc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/connect-to-remote-aadj-pc.md
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ From its release, Windows 10 has supported remote connections to PCs joined to A
 
 ## Set up
 
-- Both PCs (local and remote) must be running Windows 10, version 1607 or later. Remote connections to an Azure AD-joined PC running earlier versions of Windows 10 are not supported.
-- Your local PC (where you are connecting from) must be either Azure AD-joined or Hybrid Azure AD-joined if using Windows 10, version 1607 and above, or [Azure AD registered](/azure/active-directory/devices/concept-azure-ad-register) if using Windows 10, version 2004 and above. Remote connections to an Azure AD-joined PC from an unjoined device or a non-Windows 10 device are not supported. 
-- The local PC and remote PC must be in the same Azure AD tenant. Azure AD B2B guests are not supported for Remote desktop. 
+- Both PCs (local and remote) must be running Windows 10, version 1607 or later. Remote connections to an Azure AD-joined PC running earlier versions of Windows 10 aren't supported.
+- Your local PC (where you're connecting from) must be either Azure AD-joined or Hybrid Azure AD-joined if using Windows 10, version 1607 and above, or [Azure AD registered](/azure/active-directory/devices/concept-azure-ad-register) if using Windows 10, version 2004 and above. Remote connections to an Azure AD-joined PC from an unjoined device or a non-Windows 10 device aren't supported. 
+- The local PC and remote PC must be in the same Azure AD tenant. Azure AD B2B guests aren't supported for Remote desktop. 
 
-Ensure [Remote Credential Guard](/windows/access-protection/remote-credential-guard), a new feature in Windows 10, version 1607, is turned off on the client PC you are using to connect to the remote PC.
+Ensure [Remote Credential Guard](/windows/access-protection/remote-credential-guard), a new feature in Windows 10, version 1607, is turned off on the client PC you're using to connect to the remote PC.
 
 - On the PC you want to connect to:
 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Ensure [Remote Credential Guard](/windows/access-protection/remote-credential-gu
 
      ![Allow remote connections to this computer.](images/allow-rdp.png)
 
-  3. If the user who joined the PC to Azure AD is the only one who is going to connect remotely, no additional configuration is needed. To allow additional users or groups to connect to the PC, you must allow remote connections for the specified users or groups. Users can be added either manually or through MDM policies:
+  3. If the user who joined the PC to Azure AD is the only one who is going to connect remotely, no other configuration is needed. To allow more users or groups to connect to the PC, you must allow remote connections for the specified users or groups. Users can be added either manually or through MDM policies:
      
       - Adding users manually
    
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ Ensure [Remote Credential Guard](/windows/access-protection/remote-credential-gu
         ```
         where *the-UPN-attribute-of-your-user* is the name of the user profile in C:\Users\, which is created based on the DisplayName attribute in Azure AD.
 
-        In order to execute this PowerShell command you be a member of the local Administrators group. Otherwise, you'll get an error like this example:
+        In order to execute this PowerShell command, you must be a member of the local Administrators group. Otherwise, you'll get an error like this example:
         - for cloud only user: "There is no such global user or group : *name*"
         - for synced user: "There is no such global user or group : *name*" 
              
 
          > [!NOTE]
          > For devices running Windows 10, version 1703 or earlier, the user must sign in to the remote device first before attempting remote connections.
          >
-         > Starting in Windows 10, version 1709, you can add other Azure AD users to the **Administrators** group on a device in **Settings** and restrict remote credentials to **Administrators**. If there is a problem connecting remotely, make sure that both devices are joined to Azure AD and that TPM is functioning properly on both devices.
+         > Starting in Windows 10, version 1709, you can add other Azure AD users to the **Administrators** group on a device in **Settings** and restrict remote credentials to **Administrators**. If there's a problem connecting remotely, make sure that both devices are joined to Azure AD and that TPM is functioning properly on both devices.
 
       - Adding users using policy
      
diff --git a/windows/client-management/data-collection-for-802-authentication.md b/windows/client-management/data-collection-for-802-authentication.md
index 0002838314..8717d386a2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/data-collection-for-802-authentication.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/data-collection-for-802-authentication.md
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Use the following steps to collect wireless and wired logs on Windows and Window
    netsh trace start scenario=lan globallevel=0xff capture=yes maxsize=1024 tracefile=C:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_wired_cli.etl
    ```
  
-3. Run the following command to enable CAPI2 logging and increase the size :
+3. Run the following command to enable CAPI2 logging and increase the size:
    ```
    wevtutil.exe sl Microsoft-Windows-CAPI2/Operational /e:true
    wevtutil sl Microsoft-Windows-CAPI2/Operational /ms:104857600
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Use the following steps to collect wireless and wired logs on Windows and Window
    netsh trace start scenario=lan globallevel=0xff capture=yes maxsize=1024 tracefile=C:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_wired_nps.etl
    ```
  
-6. Run the following command to enable CAPI2 logging and increase the size :
+6. Run the following command to enable CAPI2 logging and increase the size:
    ```
     wevtutil.exe sl Microsoft-Windows-CAPI2/Operational /e:true
     wevtutil sl Microsoft-Windows-CAPI2/Operational /ms:104857600
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Use the following steps to collect wireless and wired logs on Windows and Window
    wevtutil epl Microsoft-Windows-CertificateServicesClient-CredentialRoaming/Operational c:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_CertificateServicesClient-CredentialRoaming_Operational.evtx
    wevtutil epl Microsoft-Windows-CertPoleEng/Operational c:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_CertPoleEng_Operational.evtx
    ```
-   - Run the following 3 commands on Windows Server 2012 and later:
+   - Run the following commands on Windows Server 2012 and later:
    
    ```
    wevtutil epl Microsoft-Windows-CertificateServicesClient-Lifecycle-System/Operational c:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_CertificateServicesClient-Lifecycle-System_Operational.evtx
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Use the following steps to collect wireless and wired logs on Windows and Window
    wevtutil epl Microsoft-Windows-CertificateServicesClient-CredentialRoaming/Operational c:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_CertificateServicesClient-CredentialRoaming_Operational.evtx
    wevtutil epl Microsoft-Windows-CertPoleEng/Operational c:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_CertPoleEng_Operational.evtx
    ```
-   - Run the following 3 lines on Windows 2012 and up
+   - Run the following lines on Windows 2012 and up
    
    ```
    wevtutil epl Microsoft-Windows-CertificateServicesClient-Lifecycle-System/Operational c:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_CertificateServicesClient-Lifecycle-System_Operational.evtx
@@ -371,9 +371,9 @@ Use the following steps to collect wireless and wired logs on Windows and Window
    reg export HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Cryptography c:\MSLOG\%COMPUTERNAME%_Cryptography.txt
    ```
 3. Copy the following files, if exist, to C:\MSLOG: %windir%\CAPolicy.inf
-4. Log on to a domain controller and create C:\MSLOG to store captured logs.
+4. Sign in to a domain controller and create C:\MSLOG to store captured logs.
 5. Launch Windows PowerShell as an administrator.
-6. Run the following PowerShell cmdlets. Replace the domain name in ";.. ,DC=test,DC=local"; with appropriate domain name. The example shows commands for ";test.local"; domain.
+6. Run the following PowerShell cmdlets. Replace the domain name in ";.. ,DC=test,DC=local"; with appropriate domain name. The example shows commands for "; test.local"; domain.
    
    ```powershell
    Import-Module ActiveDirectory
diff --git a/windows/client-management/determine-appropriate-page-file-size.md b/windows/client-management/determine-appropriate-page-file-size.md
index be28170923..6c0e959124 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/determine-appropriate-page-file-size.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/determine-appropriate-page-file-size.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 # How to determine the appropriate page file size for 64-bit versions of Windows
 
-Page file sizing depends on the system crash dump setting requirements and the peak usage or expected peak usage of the system commit charge. Both considerations are unique to each system, even for systems that are identical. This means that page file sizing is also unique to each system and cannot be generalized.
+Page file sizing depends on the system crash dump setting requirements and the peak usage or expected peak usage of the system commit charge. Both considerations are unique to each system, even for systems that are identical. This uniqueness means that page file sizing is also unique to each system and can't be generalized.
 
 ## Determine the appropriate page file size
 
@@ -23,17 +23,17 @@ Use the following considerations for page file sizing for all versions of Window
 
 ### Crash dump setting
 
-If you want a crash dump file to be created during a system crash, a page file or a dedicated dump file must exist and be large enough to back up the system crash dump setting. Otherwise, a system memory dump file is not created.
+If you want a crash dump file to be created during a system crash, a page file or a dedicated dump file must exist and be large enough to back up the system crash dump setting. Otherwise, a system memory dump file isn't created.
 
 For more information, see [Support for system crash dumps](introduction-page-file.md#support-for-system-crash-dumps) section.
 
 ### Peak system commit charge
 
-The system commit charge cannot exceed the system commit limit. This limit is the sum of physical memory (RAM) and all page files combined. If no page files exist, the system commit limit is slightly less than the physical memory that is installed. Peak system-committed memory usage can vary greatly between systems. Therefore, physical memory and page file sizing also vary.
+The system commit charge can't exceed the system commit limit. This limit is the sum of physical memory (RAM) and all page files combined. If no page files exist, the system commit limit is slightly less than the physical memory that is installed. Peak system-committed memory usage can vary greatly between systems. Therefore, physical memory and page file sizing also vary.
 
 ### Quantity of infrequently accessed pages
 
-The purpose of a page file is to *back* (support) infrequently accessed modified pages so that they can be removed from physical memory. This provides more available space for more frequently accessed pages. The "\Memory\Modified Page List Bytes" performance counter measures, in part, the number of infrequently accessed modified pages that are destined for the hard disk. However, be aware that not all the memory on the modified page list is written out to disk. Typically, several hundred megabytes of memory remains resident on the modified list. Therefore, consider extending or adding a page file if all the following conditions are true:
+The purpose of a page file is to *back* (support) infrequently accessed modified pages so that they can be removed from physical memory. This removal provides more available space for more frequently accessed pages. The "\Memory\Modified Page List Bytes" performance counter measures, in part, the number of infrequently accessed modified pages that are destined for the hard disk. However, not all the memory on the modified page list is written out to disk. Typically, several hundred megabytes of memory remains resident on the modified list. Therefore, consider extending or adding a page file if all the following conditions are true:
 
 - More available physical memory (\Memory\Available MBytes) is required.
 
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The purpose of a page file is to *back* (support) infrequently accessed modified
 
 ## Support for system crash dumps
 
-A system crash (also known as a “bug check” or a "Stop error") occurs when the system cannot run correctly. The dump file that is produced from this event is called a system crash dump. A page file or dedicated dump file is used to write a crash dump file (Memory.dmp) to disk. Therefore, a page file or a dedicated dump file must be large enough to support the kind of crash dump selected. Otherwise, the system cannot create the crash dump file.
+A system crash (also known as a “bug check” or a "Stop error") occurs when the system can't run correctly. The dump file that is produced from this event is called a system crash dump. A page file or dedicated dump file is used to write a crash dump file (Memory.dmp) to disk. Therefore, a page file or a dedicated dump file must be large enough to support the kind of crash dump selected. Otherwise, the system can't create the crash dump file.
 
 >[!Note]
 >During startup, system-managed page files are sized respective to the system crash dump settings. This assumes that enough free disk space exists.
@@ -57,29 +57,29 @@ A system crash (also known as a “bug check” or a "Stop error") occurs when t
 
 \* 1 MB of header data and device drivers can total 256 MB of secondary crash dump data.
 
-The **Automatic memory dump** setting is enabled by default. This is a setting instead of a kind of crash dump. This setting automatically selects the best page file size, depending on the frequency of system crashes. 
+The **Automatic memory dump** setting is enabled by default. This setting is an alternative to a kind of crash dump. This setting automatically selects the best page file size, depending on the frequency of system crashes. 
 
 The Automatic memory dump feature initially selects a small paging file size. It would accommodate the kernel memory most of the time. If the system crashes again within four weeks, the Automatic memory dump feature sets the page file size as either the RAM size or 32 GB, whichever is smaller. 
 
-Kernel memory crash dumps require enough page file space or dedicated dump file space to accommodate the kernel mode side of virtual memory usage. If the system crashes again within four weeks of the previous crash, a Complete memory dump is selected at restart. This requires a page file or dedicated dump file of at least the size of physical memory (RAM) plus 1 MB for header information plus 256 MB for potential driver data to support all the potential data that is dumped from memory. Again, the system-managed page file will be increased to back this kind of crash dump. If the system is configured to have a page file or a dedicated dump file of a specific size, make sure that the size is sufficient to back the crash dump setting that is listed in the table earlier in this section together with and the peak system commit charge.
+Kernel memory crash dumps require enough page file space or dedicated dump file space to accommodate the kernel mode side of virtual memory usage. If the system crashes again within four weeks of the previous crash, a Complete memory dump is selected at restart. This dump requires a page file or dedicated dump file of at least the size of physical memory (RAM) plus 1 MB for header information plus 256 MB for potential driver data to support all the potential data that is dumped from memory. Again, the system-managed page file will be increased to back this kind of crash dump. If the system is configured to have a page file or a dedicated dump file of a specific size, make sure that the size is sufficient to back the crash dump setting that is listed in the table earlier in this section together with and the peak system commit charge.
 
 ### Dedicated dump files
 
-Computers that are running Microsoft Windows or Microsoft Windows Server usually must have a page file to support a system crash dump. System administrators now have the option to create a dedicated dump file instead.
+Computers that are running Microsoft Windows or Microsoft Windows Server usually must have a page file to support a system crash dump. System administrators can now create a dedicated dump file instead.
 
-A dedicated dump file is a page file that is not used for paging. Instead, it is “dedicated” to back a system crash dump file (Memory.dmp) when a system crash occurs. Dedicated dump files can be put on any disk volume that can support a page file. We recommend that you use a dedicated dump file if you want a system crash dump but you do not want a page file. To learn how to create it, see [Overview of memory dump file options for Windows](/troubleshoot/windows-server/performance/memory-dump-file-options).
+A dedicated dump file is a page file that isn't used for paging. Instead, it is “dedicated” to back a system crash dump file (Memory.dmp) when a system crash occurs. Dedicated dump files can be put on any disk volume that can support a page file. We recommend that you use a dedicated dump file if you want a system crash dump but you don't want a page file. To learn how to create it, see [Overview of memory dump file options for Windows](/troubleshoot/windows-server/performance/memory-dump-file-options).
 
 ## System-managed page files
 
-By default, page files are system-managed. This means that the page files increase and decrease based on many factors, such as the amount of physical memory installed, the process of accommodating the system commit charge, and the process of accommodating a system crash dump.
+By default, page files are system-managed. This system management means that the page files increase and decrease based on many factors, such as the amount of physical memory installed, the process of accommodating the system commit charge, and the process of accommodating a system crash dump.
 
-For example, when the system commit charge is more than 90 percent of the system commit limit, the page file is increased to back it. This continues to occur until the page file reaches three times the size of physical memory or 4 GB, whichever is larger. This all assumes that the logical disk that is hosting the page file is large enough to accommodate the growth.
+For example, when the system commit charge is more than 90 percent of the system commit limit, the page file is increased to back it. This surge continues to occur until the page file reaches three times the size of physical memory or 4 GB, whichever is larger. Therefore, it's assumes that the logical disk that is hosting the page file is large enough to accommodate the growth.
 
 The following table lists the minimum and maximum page file sizes of system-managed page files in Windows 10 and Windows 11.
 
 |Minimum page file size	|Maximum page file size|
 |---------------|------------------|
-|Varies based on page file usage history, amount of RAM (RAM ÷ 8, max 32 GB) and crash dump settings.	|3 × RAM or 4 GB, whichever is larger. This is then limited to the volume size ÷ 8. However, it can grow to within 1 GB of free space on the volume if required for crash dump settings.|
+|Varies based on page file usage history, amount of RAM (RAM ÷ 8, max 32 GB) and crash dump settings.	|3 × RAM or 4 GB, whichever is larger. This size is then limited to the volume size ÷ 8. However, it can grow to within 1 GB of free space on the volume if necessary for crash dump settings.|
 
 ## Performance counters
 
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Several performance counters are related to page files. This section describes t
 
 ### \Memory\Page/sec and other hard page fault counters
 
-The following performance counters measure hard page faults (which include, but are not limited to, page file reads):
+The following performance counters measure hard page faults (which include, but aren't limited to, page file reads):
 
 - \Memory\Page/sec
 
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ The following performance counters measure page file writes:
 
 Hard page faults are faults that must be resolved by retrieving the data from disk. Such data can include portions of DLLs, .exe files, memory-mapped files, and page files. These faults might or might not be related to a page file or to a low-memory condition. Hard page faults are a standard function of the operating system. They occur when the following items are read:
 
-- Parts of image files (.dll and .exe files) as they are used
+- Parts of image files (.dll and .exe files) as they're used
 
 - Memory-mapped files
 
@@ -111,11 +111,11 @@ Hard page faults are faults that must be resolved by retrieving the data from di
 
 High values for these counters (excessive paging) indicate disk access of generally 4 KB per page fault on x86 and x64 versions of Windows and Windows Server. This disk access might or might not be related to page file activity but may contribute to poor disk performance that can cause system-wide delays if the related disks are overwhelmed.
 
-Therefore, we recommend that you monitor the disk performance of the logical disks that host a page file in correlation with these counters. Be aware that a system that has a sustained 100 hard page faults per second experiences 400 KB per second disk transfers. Most 7,200 RPM disk drives can handle about 5 MB per second at an IO size of 16 KB or 800 KB per second at an IO size of 4 KB. No performance counter directly measures which logical disk the hard page faults are resolved for.
+Therefore, we recommend that you monitor the disk performance of the logical disks that host a page file in correlation with these counters. A system that has a sustained 100 hard page faults per second experiences 400 KB per second disk transfers. Most 7,200-RPM disk drives can handle about 5 MB per second at an IO size of 16 KB or 800 KB per second at an IO size of 4 KB. No performance counter directly measures which logical disk the hard page faults are resolved for.
 
 ### \Paging File(*)\% Usage
 
-The \Paging File(*)\% Usage performance counter measures the percentage of usage of each page file. 100 percent usage of a page file does not indicate a performance problem as long as the system commit limit is not reached by the system commit charge, and if a significant amount of memory is not waiting to be written to a page file.
+The \Paging File(*)\% Usage performance counter measures the percentage of usage of each page file. 100 percent usage of a page file doesn't indicate a performance problem as long as the system commit limit isn't reached by the system commit charge, and if a significant amount of memory isn't waiting to be written to a page file.
 
 >[!Note]
 >The size of the Modified Page List (\Memory\Modified Page List Bytes) is the total of modified data that is waiting to be written to disk.
@@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ If the Modified Page List (a list of physical memory pages that are the least fr
 
 ## Multiple page files and disk considerations
 
-If a system is configured to have more than one page files, the page file that responds first is the one that is used. This means that page files that are on faster disks are used more frequently. Also, whether you put a page file on a “fast” or “slow” disk is important only if the page file is frequently accessed and if the disk that is hosting the respective page file is overwhelmed. Be aware that actual page file usage depends greatly on the amount of modified memory that the system is managing. This means that files that already exist on disk (such as .txt, .doc, .dll, and .exe) are not written to a page file. Only modified data that does not already exist on disk (for example, unsaved text in Notepad) is memory that could potentially be backed by a page file. After the unsaved data is saved to disk as a file, it is backed by the disk and not by a page file.
+If a system is configured to have more than one page files, the page file that responds first is the one that is used. This customized configuration means that page files that are on faster disks are used more frequently. Also, whether you put a page file on a “fast” or “slow” disk is important only if the page file is frequently accessed and if the disk that is hosting the respective page file is overwhelmed. Actual page file usage depends greatly on the amount of modified memory that the system is managing. This dependency means that files that already exist on disk (such as .txt, .doc, .dll, and .exe) aren't written to a page file. Only modified data that doesn't already exist on disk (for example, unsaved text in Notepad) is memory that could potentially be backed by a page file. After the unsaved data is saved to disk as a file, it's backed by the disk and not by a page file.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/docfx.json b/windows/client-management/docfx.json
index 450357dfba..85c108b97e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/client-management/docfx.json
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
     "externalReference": [],
     "globalMetadata": {
       "recommendations": true,
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "audience": "ITPro",
diff --git a/windows/client-management/generate-kernel-or-complete-crash-dump.md b/windows/client-management/generate-kernel-or-complete-crash-dump.md
index 12bd194bc7..b3c3a0f026 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/generate-kernel-or-complete-crash-dump.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/generate-kernel-or-complete-crash-dump.md
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ To enable memory dump setting, follow these steps:
 
 When the computer crashes and restarts, the contents of physical RAM are written to the paging file that is located on the partition on which the operating system is installed.
 
-Depending on the speed of the hard disk on which Windows is installed, dumping more than 2 gigabytes (GB) of memory may take a long time. Even in a best case scenario, if the dump file is configured to reside on another local hard drive, a significant amount of data will be read and written to the hard disks. This can cause a prolonged server outage.
+Depending on the speed of the hard disk on which Windows is installed, dumping more than 2 gigabytes (GB) of memory may take a long time. Even in a best-case scenario, if the dump file is configured to reside on another local hard drive, a significant amount of data will be read and written to the hard disks. This read-and-write process can cause a prolonged server outage.
 
 >[!Note]
 >Use this method to generate complete memory dump files with caution. Ideally, you should do this only when you are explicitly requested to by the Microsoft Support engineer. Any kernel or complete memory dump file debugging should be the last resort after all standard troubleshooting methods have been completely exhausted.
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Depending on the speed of the hard disk on which Windows is installed, dumping m
 
 ### Use the NotMyFault tool
 
-If you can log on while the problem is occurring, you can use the Microsoft Sysinternals NotMyFault tool. To do this, follow these steps:
+If you can sign in while the problem is occurring, you can use the Microsoft Sysinternals NotMyFault tool by following these steps:
 
 1. Download the [NotMyFault](https://download.sysinternals.com/files/NotMyFault.zip) tool.
 
@@ -71,17 +71,17 @@ If you can log on while the problem is occurring, you can use the Microsoft Sysi
 
 ### Use NMI
 
-On some computers, you cannot use keyboard to generate a crash dump file. For example, Hewlett-Packard (HP) BladeSystem servers from the Hewlett-Packard Development Company are managed through a browser-based graphical user interface (GUI). A keyboard is not attached to the HP BladeSystem server.
+On some computers, you can't use keyboard to generate a crash dump file. For example, Hewlett-Packard (HP) BladeSystem servers from the Hewlett-Packard Development Company are managed through a browser-based graphical user interface (GUI). A keyboard isn't attached to the HP BladeSystem server.
 
 In these cases, you must generate a complete crash dump file or a kernel crash dump file by using the Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) switch that causes an NMI on the system processor. 
 
-To do this, follow these steps:
+To implement this process, follow these steps:
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]  
 > Follow the steps in this section carefully. Serious problems might occur if you modify the registry incorrectly. Before you modify it, [back up the registry for restoration](https://support.microsoft.com/help/322756) in case problems occur.
  
 > [!NOTE]
-> This registry key is not required for clients running Windows 8 and later, or servers running Windows Server 2012 and later. Setting this registry key on later versions of Windows has no effect.
+> This registry key isn't required for clients running Windows 8 and later, or servers running Windows Server 2012 and later. Setting this registry key on later versions of Windows has no effect.
 
 1. In Registry Editor, locate the following registry subkey:
 
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ To do this, follow these steps:
    >[!Note]
    >For the exact steps, see the BIOS reference manual or contact your hardware vendor.
 
-9. Test this method on the server by using the NMI switch to generate a dump file. You will see a STOP 0x00000080 hardware malfunction.
+9. Test this method on the server by using the NMI switch to generate a dump file. You'll see a STOP 0x00000080 hardware malfunction.
 
 If you want to run NMI in Microsoft Azure using Serial Console, see [Use Serial Console for SysRq and NMI calls](/azure/virtual-machines/linux/serial-console-nmi-sysrq).
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-a-shared-books-folder-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-a-shared-books-folder-shortdesc.md
index ecfa4c5ca0..9b1d7821f3 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-a-shared-books-folder-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-a-shared-books-folder-shortdesc.md
@@ -9,4 +9,4 @@ ms.prod: edge
 ms.topic: include
 ---
 
-Microsoft Edge does not use a shared folder by default but downloads book files to a per-user folder for each user. With this policy, you can configure Microsoft Edge to store books from the Books Library to a default, shared folder in Windows, which decreases the amount of storage used by book files. When you enable this policy, Microsoft Edge downloads books to a shared folder after user action to download the book to their device, which allows them to remove downloaded books at any time. For this policy to work correctly, you must also enable the **Allow a Windows app to share application data between users** group policy.  Also, the users must be signed in with a school or work account.
+Microsoft Edge doesn't use a shared folder by default but downloads book files to a per-user folder for each user. With this policy, you can configure Microsoft Edge to store books from the Books Library to a default, shared folder in Windows, which decreases the amount of storage used by book files. When you enable this policy, Microsoft Edge downloads books to a shared folder after user action to download the book to their device, which allows them to remove downloaded books at any time. For this policy to work correctly, you must also enable the **Allow a Windows app to share application data between users** group policy.  Also, the users must be signed in with a school or work account.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-extended-telemetry-for-books-tab-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-extended-telemetry-for-books-tab-shortdesc.md
index 9d39c7e091..6fa1849707 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-extended-telemetry-for-books-tab-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-extended-telemetry-for-books-tab-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, and depending on the device configuration, Microsoft Edge gathers basic diagnostic data about the books in the Books Library and sends it to Microsoft. Enabling this policy gathers and sends both basic and additional diagnostic data, such as usage data.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+By default, and depending on the device configuration, Microsoft Edge gathers basic diagnostic data about the books in the Books Library and sends it to Microsoft. Enabling this policy gathers and sends both basic and more diagnostic data, such as usage data.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-fullscreen-mode-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-fullscreen-mode-shortdesc.md
index 1aca979b7e..06b4e1eb02 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-fullscreen-mode-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-fullscreen-mode-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-Microsoft Edge allows fullscreen mode by default, which shows only the web content and hides the Microsoft Edge UI. When allowing fullscreen mode, users and extensions must have the proper permissions. Disabling this policy prevents fullscreen mode in Microsoft Edge. 
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+Microsoft Edge allows fullscreen mode by default, which shows only the web content and hides the Microsoft Edge UI. To use fullscreen mode, users and extensions must have the proper permissions. Disabling this policy prevents fullscreen mode in Microsoft Edge. 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-saving-history-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-saving-history-shortdesc.md
index 9acffb1e18..822a8f9b81 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-saving-history-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-saving-history-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-Microsoft Edge saves the browsing history of visited websites and shows them in the History pane by default. Disabling this policy prevents Microsoft Edge from saving the browsing history. If browsing history existed before disabling this policy, the previous browsing history remains in the History pane.  Disabling this policy does not stop roaming of existing browsing history or browsing history from other devices.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+Microsoft Edge saves the browsing history of visited websites and shows them in the History pane by default. Disabling this policy prevents Microsoft Edge from saving the browsing history. If browsing history existed before disabling this policy, the previous browsing history remains in the History pane.  Disabling this policy doesn't stop roaming of existing browsing history or browsing history from other devices.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-search-engine-customization-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-search-engine-customization-shortdesc.md
index 4992a19eab..1ecba430cb 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-search-engine-customization-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-search-engine-customization-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,16 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, users can add new search engines or change the default search engine, in Settings. With this policy, you can prevent users from customizing the search engine in Microsoft Edge. 
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+By default, users can execute the following tasks in Settings:
+- Add new search engines
+- Change the default search engine
+
+With this policy, you can prevent users from customizing the search engine in the Microsoft Edge browser.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-sideloading-of-extensions-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-sideloading-of-extensions-shortdesc.md
index e16dbdc2db..985741be58 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/allow-sideloading-of-extensions-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/allow-sideloading-of-extensions-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, Microsoft Edge allows sideloading, which installs and runs unverified extensions.  Disabling this policy prevents sideloading of extensions but does not prevent sideloading using Add-AppxPackage via PowerShell.  You can only install extensions through Microsoft store (including a store for business), enterprise storefront (such as Company Portal) or PowerShell (using Add-AppxPackage).  
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+By default, Microsoft Edge allows sideloading, which installs and runs unverified extensions.  Disabling this policy prevents sideloading of extensions but doesn't prevent sideloading using Add-AppxPackage via PowerShell.  You can only install extensions through Microsoft store (including a store for business), enterprise storefront (such as Company Portal) or PowerShell (using Add-AppxPackage).  
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-additional-search-engines-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-additional-search-engines-shortdesc.md
index f4a61c024c..cd9e9d9751 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-additional-search-engines-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-additional-search-engines-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,18 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, users cannot add, remove, or change any of the search engines in Microsoft Edge, but they can set a default search engine. You can set the default search engine using the Set default search engine policy. However, with this policy, you can configure up to five additional search engines and set any one of them as the default. If you previously enabled this policy and now want to disable it, disabling deletes all configured search engines.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+The Set default search engine policy enables the users to:
+
+- Set a default search engine
+- Configure up to five more search engines, and set any one of them as the default
+
+If you previously enabled this policy and now want to disable it, doing so results in deletion of all the configured search engines
+
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-browser-telemetry-for-m365-analytics-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-browser-telemetry-for-m365-analytics-shortdesc.md
index 75a3631a95..90eddc5182 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-browser-telemetry-for-m365-analytics-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-browser-telemetry-for-m365-analytics-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-Microsoft Edge does not send browsing history data to Microsoft 365 Analytics by default.  With this policy though, you can configure Microsoft Edge to send intranet history only, internet history only, or both to Microsoft 365 Analytics for enterprise devices with a configured Commercial ID.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+Microsoft Edge doesn't send browsing history data to Microsoft 365 Analytics by default.  With this policy though, you can configure Microsoft Edge to send intranet history only, internet history only, or both to Microsoft 365 Analytics for enterprise devices with a configured Commercial ID.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-do-not-track-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-do-not-track-shortdesc.md
index dd27fad917..c5253680b3 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-do-not-track-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-do-not-track-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-Microsoft Edge does not send ‘Do Not Track’ requests to websites asking for tracking information, but users can choose to send tracking information to sites they visit. With this policy, you can configure Microsoft Edge to send or never send tracking information.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+Microsoft Edge doesn't send ‘Do Not Track’ requests to websites that ask for tracking information. However, users can choose to send tracking information to sites they visit. With this policy, you can configure Microsoft Edge to send or never send tracking information.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-kiosk-mode-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-kiosk-mode-shortdesc.md
index 0247b490e6..8397ff7c18 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-kiosk-mode-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-kiosk-mode-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,22 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-Configure how Microsoft Edge behaves when it’s running in kiosk mode with assigned access, either as a single-app or as one of many apps running on the kiosk device. You can control whether Microsoft Edge runs InPrivate full screen, InPrivate multi-tab with a tailored experience for kiosks, or normal browsing in Microsoft Edge.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+You can define a behavior for the Microsoft Edge browser, which it shall display when part of many applications running on a kiosk device.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> You can define the browser's behavior only if you have the assigned access privileges.
+
+You can also define a behavior when Microsoft Edge serves as a single application.
+
+You can facilitate the following functionalities in the Microsoft Edge browser:
+- Execution of InPrivate full screen
+- Execution of InPrivate multi-tab with a tailored experience for kiosks
+- Provision for normal browsing
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-open-microsoft-edge-with-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-open-microsoft-edge-with-shortdesc.md
index 8d1cc4f603..97d9c264c0 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-open-microsoft-edge-with-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-open-microsoft-edge-with-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, Microsoft Edge loads a specific page or pages defined in the Configure Start Pages policy and allow users to make changes. With this policy, you can configure Microsoft Edge to load either the Start page, New Tab page, previously opened pages. You can also configure Microsoft Edge to prevent users from changing or customizing the Start page. For this policy to work correctly, you must also configure the Configure Start Pages. If you want to prevent users from making changes, don’t configure the Disable Lockdown of Start Pages policy.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+By default, Microsoft Edge loads a specific page or pages defined in the Configure Start Pages policy and allows users to make changes. With this policy, you can configure Microsoft Edge to load the Start page, New Tab page, or the previously opened pages. You can also configure Microsoft Edge to prevent users from changing or customizing the Start page. For this policy to work correctly, you must also configure the Configure Start Pages. If you want to prevent users from making changes, don’t configure the Disable Lockdown of Start Pages policy.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-start-pages-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-start-pages-shortdesc.md
index 146511b737..e8c18a3d8b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-start-pages-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-start-pages-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, Microsoft Edge loads the pages specified in App settings as the default Start pages.  With this policy, you can configure one or more Start pages when you enable this policy and enable the Configure Open Microsoft Edge With policy. Once you set the Start pages, either in this policy or Configure Open Microsoft Edge With policy, users cannot make changes. 
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+By default, Microsoft Edge loads the pages specified in App settings as the default Start pages.  With this policy, you can configure one or more Start pages when you enable this policy and enable the Configure Open Microsoft Edge With policy. Once you set the Start pages, either in this policy or Configure Open Microsoft Edge With policy, users can't make changes. 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-windows-defender-smartscreen-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-windows-defender-smartscreen-shortdesc.md
index 62547e8955..8eeb1e44a5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/configure-windows-defender-smartscreen-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/configure-windows-defender-smartscreen-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-Microsoft Edge uses Windows Defender SmartScreen (turned on) to protect users from potential phishing scams and malicious software by default.  Also, by default, users cannot disable (turn off) Windows Defender SmartScreen. Enabling this policy turns on Windows Defender SmartScreen and prevent users from turning it off.  Don’t configure this policy to let users choose to turn Windows defender SmartScreen on or off. 
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+Microsoft Edge uses Windows Defender SmartScreen (turned on) to protect users from potential phishing scams and malicious software by default.  Also, by default, users can't disable (turn off) Windows Defender SmartScreen. Enabling this policy turns on Windows Defender SmartScreen and prevent users from turning it off.  Don’t configure this policy to let users choose to turn Windows defender SmartScreen on or off. 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/disable-lockdown-of-start-pages-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/disable-lockdown-of-start-pages-shortdesc.md
index 37ff4011ad..37156ee3a7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/disable-lockdown-of-start-pages-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/disable-lockdown-of-start-pages-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, the Start pages configured in either the Configure Start Pages policy or Configure Open Microsoft Edge policies cannot be changed and remain locked down. Enabling this policy unlocks the Start pages, and lets users make changes to either all configured Start page or any Start page configured with the Configure Start pages policy.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+By default, the Start pages configured in either the Configure Start Pages policy or Configure Open Microsoft Edge policies can't be changed, and they remain locked down. Enabling this policy unlocks the Start pages, and lets users make changes to either all configured Start pages or any Start page configured with the Configure Start pages policy.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-access-to-about-flags-page-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-access-to-about-flags-page-shortdesc.md
index 5bf46ea949..f4acce9ce0 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-access-to-about-flags-page-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-access-to-about-flags-page-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, users can access the about:flags page in Microsoft Edge, which is used to change developer settings and enable experimental features. Enabling this policy prevents users from accessing the about:flags page.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+By default, users can access the about:flags page in Microsoft Edge that is used to change developer settings and enable experimental features. Enabling this policy prevents users from accessing the about:flags page.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-turning-off-required-extensions-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-turning-off-required-extensions-shortdesc.md
index 7264330137..b7331dd725 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-turning-off-required-extensions-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-turning-off-required-extensions-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-Microsoft Edge allows users to uninstall extensions by default. Enabling this policy prevents users from uninstalling extensions but lets them configure options for extensions defined in this policy, such as allowing InPrivate browsing. Any additional permissions requested by future updates of the extension gets granted automatically. If you enabled this policy and now you want to disable it, the list of extension package family names (PFNs) defined in this policy get ignored after disabling this policy.
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+The Microsoft Edge browser allows users to uninstall extensions, by default. When the users work with extensions that come under a policy that is enabled, they can configure options for extensions defined in this policy, such as allowing InPrivate browsing. Any extra permissions requested by future updates of the extension get granted automatically. If - at this stage - you disable the policy, the list of extension package family names (PFNs) defined in this policy get ignored.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-using-localhost-ip-address-for-webrtc-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-using-localhost-ip-address-for-webrtc-shortdesc.md
index 5ef4bbdeca..b7b66d315b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-using-localhost-ip-address-for-webrtc-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/prevent-using-localhost-ip-address-for-webrtc-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, Microsoft Edge shows localhost IP address while making calls using the WebRTC protocol. Enabling this policy hides the localhost IP addresses. 
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+By default, Microsoft Edge shows localhost IP address while making calls through usage of the WebRTC protocol. Enabling this policy hides the localhost IP addresses. 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/includes/provision-favorites-shortdesc.md b/windows/client-management/includes/provision-favorites-shortdesc.md
index 30b9677f92..2ddbc5c6d7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/includes/provision-favorites-shortdesc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/includes/provision-favorites-shortdesc.md
@@ -1,11 +1,21 @@
----
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-ms.date:  10/02/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-audience: itpro
manager: dansimp
-ms.prod: edge
-ms.topic: include
----
-
-By default, users can customize the Favorites list in Microsoft Edge. With this policy though, you provision a standard list of favorites, which can include folders, to appear in the Favorites list in addition to the user’s favorites. Edge. Once you provision the Favorites list, users cannot customize it, such as adding folders for organizing, and adding or removing any of the favorites configured. 
+---
+author: dansimp
+ms.author: dansimp
+ms.date:  10/02/2018
+ms.reviewer: 
+audience: itpro
+manager: dansimp
+ms.prod: edge
+ms.topic: include
+---
+
+You can customize the Favorites list in the Microsoft Edge browser. Customization of the favorites list includes:
+
+- Creating a standard list
+    - This standard list includes:
+        - Folders (which you can add)
+        - the list of favorites that you manually add, after creating the standard list
+
+This customized favorite is the final version. 
+
+
diff --git a/windows/client-management/index.yml b/windows/client-management/index.yml
index f12a0ac603..2bb8db6fd8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/index.yml
+++ b/windows/client-management/index.yml
@@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection:
     - windows-10
     - highpri
-  author: greg-lindsay #Required; your GitHub user alias, with correct capitalization.
-  ms.author: greglin #Required; microsoft alias of author; optional team alias.
-  ms.date: 08/05/2021 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
+  ms.date: 03/28/2022 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
   localization_priority: medium
     
 # linkListType: architecture | concept | deploy | download | get-started | how-to-guide | learn | overview | quickstart | reference | tutorial | video | whats-new
@@ -28,7 +29,7 @@ landingContent:
     linkLists:
       - linkListType: overview
         links:
-          - text: Administrative Tools in Windows 10
+          - text: Windows Tools/Administrative Tools
             url: administrative-tools-in-windows-10.md
           - text: Create mandatory user profiles
             url: mandatory-user-profile.md
diff --git a/windows/client-management/introduction-page-file.md b/windows/client-management/introduction-page-file.md
index 329d185fad..be5ce9c487 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/introduction-page-file.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/introduction-page-file.md
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ For example, the following Windows servers require page files:
 - Certificate servers
 - ADAM/LDS servers
 
-This is because the algorithm of the database cache for Extensible Storage Engine (ESENT, or ESE for Microsoft Exchange Server) depends on the "\Memory\Transition Pages RePurposed/sec" performance monitor counter. A page file is required to make sure that the database cache can release memory if other services or applications request memory.
+This requirement is because the algorithm of the database cache for Extensible Storage Engine (ESENT, or ESE for Microsoft Exchange Server) depends on the "\Memory\Transition Pages RePurposed/sec" performance monitor counter. A page file is required to ensure that the database cache can release memory if other services or applications request memory.
 
 For Windows Server 2012 Hyper-V and Windows Server 2012 R2 Hyper-V, the page file of the management OS (commonly called the host OS) should be left at the default of setting of "System Managed".
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/manage-corporate-devices.md b/windows/client-management/manage-corporate-devices.md
index f953bdeb3d..100a615574 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/manage-corporate-devices.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/manage-corporate-devices.md
@@ -47,16 +47,8 @@ You can use the same management tools to manage all device types running Windows
 
 [Microsoft Intune End User Enrollment Guide](/samples/browse/?redirectedfrom=TechNet-Gallery)
 
-[Azure AD Join on Windows 10 (and Windows 11) devices](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=616791)
-
-[Azure AD support for Windows 10 (and Windows 11)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkID=615765)
-
 [Windows 10 (and Windows 11) and Azure Active Directory: Embracing the Cloud](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615768)
 
-[How to manage Windows 10 (and Windows 11) devices using Intune](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613620)
-
-[Using Intune alone and with Configuration Manager](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613207)
-
 Microsoft Virtual Academy course: [System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager & Windows Intune](/learn/)
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/manage-device-installation-with-group-policy.md b/windows/client-management/manage-device-installation-with-group-policy.md
index 8155a9f26b..29a9358bf0 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/manage-device-installation-with-group-policy.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/manage-device-installation-with-group-policy.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: Find out how to manage Device Installation Restrictions with Group
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: barakm
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 09/14/2021
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: barakm
-ms.author: barakm
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 **Applies to**
 
 - Windows 10
-- Windows 11
+- Windows 11
 - Windows Server 2022
 
 
@@ -27,19 +27,19 @@ By using Windows operating systems, administrators can determine what devices ca
 ## Introduction
 
 ### General
-This step-by-step guide describes how you can control device installation on the computers that you manage, including designating which devices users can and cannot install. This guide applies to all Windows versions starting with RS5 (1809). The guide includes the following scenarios:
+This step-by-step guide describes how you can control device installation on the computers that you manage, including designating which devices users can and can't install. This guide applies to all Windows versions starting with RS5 (1809). The guide includes the following scenarios:
 
-- Prevent users from installing devices that are on a "prohibited" list. If a device is not on the list, then the user can install it.
-- Allow users to install only devices that are on an "approved" list. If a device is not on the list, then the user cannot install it.
+- Prevent users from installing devices that are on a "prohibited" list. If a device isn't on the list, then the user can install it.
+- Allow users to install only devices that are on an "approved" list. If a device isn't on the list, then the user can't install it.
 
 This guide describes the device installation process and introduces the device identification strings that Windows uses to match a device with the device-driver packages available on a machine. The guide also illustrates two methods of controlling device installation. Each scenario shows, step by step, one method you can use to allow or prevent the installation of a specific device or a class of devices.
 
-The example device used in the scenarios is a USB storage device. You can perform the steps in this guide using a different device. However, if you use a different device, then the instructions in the guide will not exactly match the user interface that appears on the computer.
+The example device used in the scenarios is a USB storage device. You can perform the steps in this guide using a different device. However, if you use a different device, then the instructions in the guide won't exactly match the user interface that appears on the computer.
 
-It is important to understand that the Group Policies that are presented in this guide are only apply to machines/machine-groups, not to users/user-groups.
+It's important to understand that the Group Policies that are presented in this guide are only applied to machines/machine-groups, not to users/user-groups.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> The steps provided in this guide are intended for use in a test lab environment. This step-by-step guide is not meant to be used to deploy Windows Server features without accompanying documentation and should be used with discretion as a stand-alone document.
+> The steps provided in this guide are intended for use in a test lab environment. This step-by-step guide isn't meant to be used to deploy Windows Server features without accompanying documentation and should be used with discretion as a stand-alone document.
 
 ### Who Should Use This Guide?
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Restricting the devices that users can install reduces the risk of data theft an
 
 #### Reduce the risk of data theft
 
-It is more difficult for users to make unauthorized copies of company data if users' computers cannot install unapproved devices that support removable media. For example, if users cannot install a USB thumb-drive device, they cannot download copies of company data onto a removable storage. This benefit cannot eliminate data theft, but it creates another barrier to unauthorized removal of data.
+It's more difficult for users to make unauthorized copies of company data if users' computers can't install unapproved devices that support removable media. For example, if users can't install a USB thumb-drive device, they can't download copies of company data onto a removable storage. This benefit can't eliminate data theft, but it creates another barrier to unauthorized removal of data.
 
 #### Reduce support costs
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ In this scenario, the administrator allows standard users to install all printer
 
 ### Scenario #3: Prevent installation of all printers while allowing a specific printer to be installed
 
-In this scenario, you will combine what you learned from both scenario #1 and scenario #2. The administrator wants to allow standard users to install only a specific printer while preventing the installation of all other printers. This is a more realistic scenario and brings you a step farther in understanding of the Device Installation Restrictions policies.
+In this scenario, you'll combine what you learned from both scenario #1 and scenario #2. The administrator wants to allow standard users to install only a specific printer while preventing the installation of all other printers. This scenario is a more realistic one and brings you a step farther in understanding of the Device Installation Restrictions policies.
 
 ### Scenario #4: Prevent installation of a specific USB device
 
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ This scenario, although similar to scenario #2, brings another layer of complexi
 
 ### Scenario #5: Prevent installation of all USB devices while allowing an installation of only an authorized USB thumb drive
 
-In this scenario, combining all previous 4 scenarios, you will learn how to protect a machine from all unauthorized USB devices. The administrator wants to allow users to install only a small set of authorized USB devices while preventing any other USB device from being installed. In addition, this scenario includes an explanation of how to apply the ‘prevent’ functionality to existing USB devices that have already been installed on the machine, and the administrator likes to prevent any farther interaction with them (blocking them all together). This scenario builds on the policies and structure we introduced in the first 4 scenarios and therefore it is preferred to go over them first before attempting this scenario.
+In this scenario, combining all previous four scenarios, you'll learn how to protect a machine from all unauthorized USB devices. The administrator wants to allow users to install only a small set of authorized USB devices while preventing any other USB device from being installed. In addition, this scenario includes an explanation of how to apply the ‘prevent’ functionality to existing USB devices that have already been installed on the machine, and the administrator likes to prevent any farther interaction with them (blocking them all together). This scenario builds on the policies and structure we introduced in the first four scenarios and therefore it's preferred to go over them first before attempting this scenario.
 
 
 ## Technology Review
@@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ The following sections provide a brief overview of the core technologies discuss
 
 ### Device Installation in Windows
 
-A device is a piece of hardware with which Windows interacts to perform some function, or in a more technical definition - it is a single instance of a hardware component with a unique representation in the Windows Plug and Play subsystem. Windows can communicate with a device only through a piece of software called a device-driver (also known as a _driver_). To install a driver, Windows detects the device, recognizes its type, and then finds the driver that matches that type.
+A device is a piece of hardware with which Windows interacts to perform some function, or in a more technical definition - it's a single instance of a hardware component with a unique representation in the Windows Plug and Play subsystem. Windows can communicate with a device only through a piece of software called a device-driver (also known as a _driver_). To install a driver, Windows detects the device, recognizes its type, and then finds the driver that matches that type.
 
-When Windows detects a device that has never been installed on the computer, the operating system queries the device to retrieve its list of device identification strings. A device usually has multiple device identification strings, which the device manufacturer assigns. The same device identification strings are included in the .inf file (also known as an _INF_) that is part of the driver package. Windows chooses which driver package to install by matching the device identification strings retrieved from the device to those included with the driver packages.
+When Windows detects a device that has never been installed on the computer, the operating system queries the device to retrieve its list of device identification strings. A device usually has multiple device identification strings, which the device manufacturer assigns. The same device identification strings are included in the .inf file (also known as an _INF_) that is part of the driver package. Windows chooses which driver package to install by matching the device identification strings retrieved from the device to those strings included with the driver packages.
 
 Windows uses four types of identifiers to control device installation and configuration. You can use the Group Policy settings in Windows to specify which of these identifiers to allow or block.
 
@@ -122,24 +122,24 @@ Windows can use each string to match a device to a driver package. The strings r
 
 ##### Hardware IDs
 
-Hardware IDs are the identifiers that provide the exact match between a device and a driver package. The first string in the list of hardware IDs is referred to as the device ID, because it matches the exact make, model, and revision of the device. The other hardware IDs in the list match the details of the device less exactly. For example, a hardware ID might identify the make and model of the device but not the specific revision. This scheme allows Windows to use a driver for a different revision of the device if the driver for the correct revision is not available.
+Hardware IDs are the identifiers that provide the exact match between a device and a driver package. The first string in the list of hardware IDs is referred to as the device ID, because it matches the exact make, model, and revision of the device. The other hardware IDs in the list match the details of the device less exactly. For example, a hardware ID might identify the make and model of the device but not the specific revision. This scheme allows Windows to use a driver for a different revision of the device if the driver for the correct revision isn't available.
 
 ##### Compatible IDs
 
-Windows uses these identifiers to select a driver if the operating system cannot find a match with the device ID or any of the other hardware IDs. Compatible IDs are listed in the order of decreasing suitability. These strings are optional, and, when provided, they are very generic, such as Disk. When a match is made using a compatible ID, you can typically use only the most basic functions of the device.
+Windows uses these identifiers to select a driver if the operating system can't find a match with the device ID or any of the other hardware IDs. Compatible IDs are listed in the order of decreasing suitability. These strings are optional, and, when provided, they're generic, such as Disk. When a match is made using a compatible ID, you can typically use only the most basic functions of the device.
 
 When you install a device, such as a printer, a USB storage device, or a keyboard, Windows searches for driver packages that match the device you are attempting to install. During this search, Windows assigns a "rank" to each driver package it discovers with at least one match to a hardware or compatible ID. The rank indicates how well the driver matches the device. Lower rank numbers indicate better matches between the driver and the device. A rank of zero represents the best possible match. A match with the device ID to one in the driver package results in a lower (better) rank than a match to one of the other hardware IDs. Similarly, a match to a hardware ID results in a better rank than a match to any of the compatible IDs. After Windows ranks all of the driver packages, it installs the one with the lowest overall rank. For more information about the process of ranking and selecting driver packages, see How Setup Selects Drivers in the Microsoft Docs library.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > For more information about the driver installation process, see the "Technology review" section of the Step-by-Step Guide to Driver Signing and Staging.
 
-Some physical devices create one or more logical devices when they are installed. Each logical device might handle part of the functionality of the physical device. For example, a multi-function device, such as an all-in-one scanner/fax/printer, might have a different device identification string for each function.
+Some physical devices create one or more logical devices when they're installed. Each logical device might handle part of the functionality of the physical device. For example, a multi-function device, such as an all-in-one scanner/fax/printer, might have a different device identification string for each function.
 
-When you use Device Installation policies to allow or prevent the installation of a device that uses logical devices, you must allow or prevent all of the device identification strings for that device. For example, if a user attempts to install a multifunction device and you did not allow or prevent all of the identification strings for both physical and logical devices, you could get unexpected results from the installation attempt. For more detailed information about hardware IDs, see Device Identification Strings in Microsoft Docs.
+When you use Device Installation policies to allow or prevent the installation of a device that uses logical devices, you must allow or prevent all of the device identification strings for that device. For example, if a user attempts to install a multifunction device and you didn't allow or prevent all of the identification strings for both physical and logical devices, you could get unexpected results from the installation attempt. For more detailed information about hardware IDs, see Device Identification Strings in Microsoft Docs.
 
 #### Device setup classes
 
-Device setup classes (also known as _Class_) are another type of identification string. The manufacturer assigns the Class to a device in the driver package. The Class groups devices that are installed and configured in the same way. For example, all Biometric devices are belong to the Biometric Class (ClassGuid = {53D29EF7-377C-4D14-864B-EB3A85769359}), and they use the same co-installer when installed. A long number called a globally unique identifier (GUID) represents each device setup class. When Windows starts, it builds an in-memory tree structure with the GUIDs for all of the detected devices. Along with the GUID for the Class of the device itself, Windows may need to insert into the tree the GUID for the Class of the bus to which the device is attached.
+Device setup classes (also known as _Class_) are another type of identification string. The manufacturer assigns the Class to a device in the driver package. The Class groups devices that are installed and configured in the same way. For example, all Biometric devices belong to the Biometric Class (ClassGuid = {53D29EF7-377C-4D14-864B-EB3A85769359}), and they use the same co-installer when installed. A long number called a globally unique identifier (GUID) represents each device setup class. When Windows starts, it builds an in-memory tree structure with the GUIDs for all of the detected devices. Along with the GUID for the Class of the device itself, Windows may need to insert into the tree the GUID for the Class of the bus to which the device is attached.
 
 When you use device Classes to allow or prevent users from installing drivers, you must specify the GUIDs for all of the device's device setup classes, or you might not achieve the results you want. The installation might fail (if you want it to succeed) or it might succeed (if you want it to fail).
 
@@ -147,36 +147,36 @@ For example, a multi-function device, such as an all-in-one scanner/fax/printer,
 
 For more information, see [Device Setup Classes](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/overview-of-device-setup-classes) in Microsoft Docs.
 
-This guide does not depict any scenarios that use device setup classes. However, the basic principles demonstrated with device identification strings in this guide also apply to device setup classes. After you discover the device setup class for a specific device, you can then use it in a policy to either allow or prevent installation of drivers for that class of devices.
+This guide doesn't depict any scenarios that use device setup classes. However, the basic principles demonstrated with device identification strings in this guide also apply to device setup classes. After you discover the device setup class for a specific device, you can then use it in a policy to either allow or prevent installation of drivers for that class of devices.
 
-The following two links provide the complete list of Device Setup Classes. ‘System Use’ classes are mostly refer to devices that come with a computer/machine from the factory, while ‘Vendor’ classes are mostly refer to devices that could be connected to an existing computer/machine:
+The following two links provide the complete list of Device Setup Classes. ‘System Use’ classes are mostly referred to devices that come with a computer/machine from the factory, while ‘Vendor’ classes are mostly referred to devices that could be connected to an existing computer/machine:
 
 - [System-Defined Device Setup Classes Available to Vendors - Windows drivers](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/system-defined-device-setup-classes-available-to-vendors)
 - [System-Defined Device Setup Classes Reserved for System Use - Windows drivers](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/system-defined-device-setup-classes-reserved-for-system-use)
 
 #### ‘Removable Device’ Device type
 
-Some devices could be classified as _Removable Device_. A device is considered _removable_ when the driver for the device to which it is connected indicates that the device is removable. For example, a USB device is reported to be removable by the drivers for the USB hub to which the device is connected. 
+Some devices could be classified as _Removable Device_. A device is considered _removable_ when the driver for the device to which it's connected indicates that the device is removable. For example, a USB device is reported to be removable by the drivers for the USB hub to which the device is connected. 
 
 
 ### Group Policy Settings for Device Installation
 
 Group Policy is an infrastructure that allows you to specify managed configurations for users and computers through Group Policy settings and Group Policy Preferences.
 
-Device Installation section in Group Policy is a set of policies that control which device could or could not be installed on a machine. Whether you want to apply the settings to a stand-alone computer or to many computers in an Active Directory domain, you use the Group Policy Object Editor to configure and apply the policy settings. For more details, see Group Policy Object Editor Technical Reference.
+Device Installation section in Group Policy is a set of policies that control which device could or couldn't be installed on a machine. Whether you want to apply the settings to a stand-alone computer or to many computers in an Active Directory domain, you use the Group Policy Object Editor to configure and apply the policy settings. For more information, see Group Policy Object Editor Technical Reference.
 
 The following passages are brief descriptions of the Device Installation policies that are used in this guide.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Device Installation control is applied only to machines (‘computer configuration’) and not users (‘user configuration’) by the nature of the Windows OS design. These policy settings affect all users who log on to the computer where the policy settings are applied. You cannot apply these policies to specific users or groups except for the policy Allow administrators to override device installation policy. This policy exempts members of the local Administrators group from any of the device installation restrictions that you apply to the computer by configuring other policy settings as described in this section.
+> Device Installation control is applied only to machines (‘computer configuration’) and not users (‘user configuration’) by the nature of the Windows OS design. These policy settings affect all users who log on to the computer where the policy settings are applied. You can't apply these policies to specific users or groups except for the policy Allow administrators to override device installation policy. This policy exempts members of the local Administrators group from any of the device installation restrictions that you apply to the computer by configuring other policy settings as described in this section.
 
 #### Allow administrators to override Device Installation Restriction policies
 
-This policy setting allows members of the local Administrators group to install and update the drivers for any device, regardless of other policy settings. If you enable this policy setting, administrators can use the Add Hardware Wizard or the Update Driver Wizard to install and update the drivers for any device. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, administrators are subject to all policy settings that restrict device installation.
+This policy setting allows members of the local Administrators group to install and update the drivers for any device, regardless of other policy settings. If you enable this policy setting, administrators can use the Add Hardware Wizard or the Update Driver Wizard to install and update the drivers for any device. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, administrators are subject to all policy settings that restrict device installation.
 
 #### Allow installation of devices that match any of these device IDs
 
-This policy setting specifies a list of Plug and Play hardware IDs and compatible IDs that describe devices that users can install. This setting is intended to be used only when the Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings policy setting is enabled and does not take precedence over any policy setting that would prevent users from installing a device. If you enable this policy setting, users can install and update any device with a hardware ID or compatible ID that matches an ID in this list if that installation has not been specifically prevented by the Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs policy setting, the Prevent installation of devices for these device classes policy setting, or the Prevent installation of removable devices policy setting. If another policy setting prevents users from installing a device, users cannot install it even if the device is also described by a value in this policy setting. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and no other policy describes the device, the Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings policy setting determines whether users can install the device.
+This policy setting specifies a list of Plug and Play hardware IDs and compatible IDs that describe devices that users can install. This setting is intended to be used only when the Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings policy setting is enabled and doesn't take precedence over any policy setting that would prevent users from installing a device. If you enable this policy setting, users can install and update any device with a hardware ID or compatible ID that matches an ID in this list if that installation hasn't been prevented by the Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs policy setting, the Prevent installation of devices for these device classes policy setting, or the Prevent installation of removable devices policy setting. If another policy setting prevents users from installing a device, users can't install it even if the device is also described by a value in this policy setting. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and no other policy describes the device, the Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings policy setting determines whether users can install the device.
 
 #### Allow installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs
 
@@ -184,20 +184,20 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify a list of Plug and Play device instanc
 
 #### Allow installation of devices using drivers that match these device setup classes
 
-This policy setting specifies a list of device setup class GUIDs that describe devices that users can install. This setting is intended to be used only when the Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings policy setting is enabled and does not take precedence over any policy setting that would prevent users from installing a device. If you enable this setting, users can install and update any device with a hardware ID or compatible ID that matches one of the IDs in this list if that installation has not been specifically prevented by the Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs policy setting, the Prevent installation of devices for these device classes policy setting, or the Prevent installation of removable devices policy setting. If another policy setting prevents users from installing a device, users cannot install it even if the device is also described by a value in this policy setting. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and no other policy setting describes the device, the Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings policy setting determines whether users can install the device.
+This policy setting specifies a list of device setup class GUIDs that describe devices that users can install. This setting is intended to be used only when the Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings policy setting is enabled and doesn't take precedence over any policy setting that would prevent users from installing a device. If you enable this setting, users can install and update any device with a hardware ID or compatible ID that matches one of the IDs in this list if that installation hasn't been prevented by the Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs policy setting, the Prevent installation of devices for these device classes policy setting, or the Prevent installation of removable devices policy setting. If another policy setting prevents users from installing a device, users can't install it even if the device is also described by a value in this policy setting. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and no other policy setting describes the device, the Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings policy setting determines whether users can install the device.
 
 #### Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs
 
-This policy setting specifies a list of Plug and Play hardware IDs and compatible IDs for devices that users cannot install. If you enable this policy setting, users cannot install or update the driver for a device if its hardware ID or compatible ID matches one in this list. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can install devices and update their drivers, as permitted by other policy settings for device installation.
+This policy setting specifies a list of Plug and Play hardware IDs and compatible IDs for devices that users can't  install. If you enable this policy setting, users can't install or update the driver for a device if its hardware ID or compatible ID matches one in this list. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can install devices and update their drivers, as permitted by other policy settings for device installation.
 Note: This policy setting takes precedence over any other policy settings that allow users to install a device. This policy setting prevents users from installing a device even if it matches another policy setting that would allow installation of that device.
 
 #### Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify a list of Plug and Play device instance IDs for devices that Windows is prevented from installing. This policy setting takes precedence over any other policy setting that allows Windows to install a device. If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing a device whose device instance ID appears in the list you create. If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, devices can be installed and updated as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
+This policy setting allows you to specify a list of Plug and Play device instance IDs for devices that Windows is prevented from installing. This policy setting takes precedence over any other policy setting that allows Windows to install a device. If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing a device whose device instance ID appears in the list you create. If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, devices can be installed and updated as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
 
 #### Prevent installation of devices using drivers that match these device setup classes
 
-This policy setting specifies a list of Plug and Play device setup class GUIDs for devices that users cannot install. If you enable this policy setting, users cannot install or update devices that belong to any of the listed device setup classes. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can install and update devices as permitted by other policy settings for device installation.
+This policy setting specifies a list of Plug and Play device setup class GUIDs for devices that users can't install. If you enable this policy setting, users can't install or update devices that belong to any of the listed device setup classes. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can install and update devices as permitted by other policy settings for device installation.
 Note: This policy setting takes precedence over any other policy settings that allow users to install a device. This policy setting prevents users from installing a device from being installed even if it matches another policy setting that would allow installation of that device.
 
 ### Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ This policy setting will change the evaluation order in which Allow and Prevent
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting provides more granular control than the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting. If these conflicting policy settings are enabled at the same time, the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting will be enabled and the other policy setting will be ignored.
 >
-> If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default evaluation is used. By default, all "Prevent installation..." policy settings have precedence over any other policy setting that allows Windows to install a device.
+> If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default evaluation is used. By default, all "Prevent installation..." policy settings have precedence over any other policy setting that allows Windows to install a device.
 
 Some of these policies take precedence over other policies. The flowchart shown below illustrates how Windows processes them to determine whether a user can install a device or not, as shown in Figure below.
  			
@@ -222,11 +222,11 @@ Some of these policies take precedence over other policies. The flowchart shown
 
 ### General
 
-To complete each of the scenarios, please ensure your have:
+To complete each of the scenarios, ensure your have:
 
 - A client computer running Windows.
 
-- A USB thumb drive. The scenarios described in this guide use a USB thumb drive as the example device (also known as a “removable disk drive”, "memory drive," a "flash drive," or a "keyring drive"). Most USB thumb drives do not require any manufacturer-provided drivers, and these devices work with the inbox drivers provided with the Windows build.
+- A USB thumb drive. The scenarios described in this guide use a USB thumb drive as the example device (also known as a “removable disk drive”, "memory drive," a "flash drive," or a "keyring drive"). Most USB thumb drives don't require any manufacturer-provided drivers, and these devices work with the inbox drivers provided with the Windows build.
 
 - A USB/network printer pre-installed on the machine.
 
@@ -234,18 +234,18 @@ To complete each of the scenarios, please ensure your have:
 
 ### Understanding implications of applying ‘Prevent’ policies retroactive
 
-All ‘Prevent’ policies have an option to apply the block functionality to already installed devices—devices that have been installed on the machine before the policy took effect. Using this option is recommended when the administrator is not sure of the installation history of devices on the machine and would like to make sure the policy applies to all devices.
+All ‘Prevent’ policies can apply the block functionality to already installed devices—devices that have been installed on the machine before the policy took effect. Using this option is recommended when the administrator isn't sure of the installation history of devices on the machine and would like to make sure the policy applies to all devices.
 
 For example: A printer is already installed on the machine, preventing the installation of all printers will block any future printer from being installed while keeping only the installed printer usable. To apply the block retroactive, the administrator should check mark the “apply this policy to already installed devices” option. Marking this option will prevent access to already installed devices in addition to any future ones.
 
-This is a powerful tool, but as such it has to be used carefully.
+This option is a powerful tool, but as such it has to be used carefully.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > Applying the ‘Prevent retroactive’ option to crucial devices could render the machine useless/unacceptable! For example: Preventing retroactive all ‘Disk Drives’ could block the access to the disk on which the OS boots with; Preventing retroactive all ‘Net’ could block this machine from accessing network and to fix the issue the admin will have to have a direct connection.
 
 ## Determine device identification strings
 
-By following these steps, you can determine the device identification strings for your device. If the hardware IDs and compatible IDs for your device do not match those shown in this guide, use the IDs that are appropriate to your device (this applies to Instance IDs and Classes, but we are not going to give an example for them in this guide).
+By following these steps, you can determine the device identification strings for your device. If the hardware IDs and compatible IDs for your device don't match those IDs shown in this guide, use the IDs that are appropriate to your device (this policy applies to Instance IDs and Classes, but we aren't going to give an example for them in this guide).
 
 You can determine the hardware IDs and compatible IDs for your device in two ways. You can use Device Manager, a graphical tool included with the operating system, or PnPUtil, a command-line tool available for all Windows versions. Use the following procedure to view the device identification strings for your device.
 
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ To find device identification strings using Device Manager
 
     ![‘Details’ tab.](images/device-installation-dm-printer-details-screen.png)
              _Open the ‘Details’ tab to look for the device identifiers_
 
-6. From the ‘Value’ window, copy the most detailed Hardware ID – we will use this in the policies.
+6. From the ‘Value’ window, copy the most detailed Hardware ID – we'll use this value in the policies.
 
     ![HWID.](images/device-installation-dm-printer-hardware-ids.png)
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ To find device identification strings using Device Manager
 pnputil /enum-devices /ids
 ```
 
-Here is an example of an output for a single device on a machine:
+Here's an example of an output for a single device on a machine:
 
 ```console
 
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Compatible IDs:             PCI\VEN_8086&DEV_2F34&REV_02
 
 ## Scenario #1: Prevent installation of all printers
 
-In this simple scenario, you will learn how to prevent the installation of an entire Class of devices.
+In this simple scenario, you'll learn how to prevent the installation of an entire Class of devices.
 
 ### Setting up the environment
 
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Getting the right device identifier to prevent it from being installed:
     - [System-Defined Device Setup Classes Available to Vendors - Windows drivers](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/system-defined-device-setup-classes-available-to-vendors)
     - [System-Defined Device Setup Classes Reserved for System Use - Windows drivers](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/system-defined-device-setup-classes-reserved-for-system-use)
 
-3. Our current scenario is focused on preventing all printers from being installed, as such here is the Class GUID for most of printers in the market: 
+3. Our current scenario is focused on preventing all printers from being installed, as such here's the Class GUID for most of printers in the market: 
 
     > Printers\
     > Class = Printer\
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Getting the right device identifier to prevent it from being installed:
     > This class includes printers.
 
     > [!NOTE]
-    > As mentioned before, preventing an entire Class could block you from using your system completely. Please make sure you understand which devices are going to be blocked when specifying a Class. For our scenario, there are other classes that relate to printers but before you apply them, make sure they are not blocking any other existing device that is crucial to your system.
+    > As mentioned before, preventing an entire Class could block you from using your system completely. Please make sure you understand which devices are going to be blocked when specifying a Class. For our scenario, there are other classes that relate to printers but before you apply them, make sure they're not blocking any other existing device that is crucial to your system.
 
 Creating the policy to prevent all printers from being installed:
 
@@ -357,15 +357,15 @@ Creating the policy to prevent all printers from being installed:
 
 4. Open **Prevent installation of devices using drivers that match these device setup classes** policy and select the ‘Enable’ radio button.
 
-5. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This will take you to a table where you can enter the class identifier to block.
+5. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This option will take you to a table where you can enter the class identifier to block.
 
-6. Enter the printer class GUID you found above with the curly braces (this is important! Otherwise, it won’t work): {4d36e979-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+6. Enter the printer class GUID you found above with the curly braces (this convention is important! Otherwise, it won’t work): {4d36e979-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
 
     ![List of prevent Class GUIDs.](images/device-installation-gpo-prevent-class-list.png)
              _List of prevent Class GUIDs_
 
 7. Click ‘OK’.
 
-8. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this pushes the policy and blocks all future printer installations, but doesn’t apply to existing installs.
+8. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this option pushes the policy and blocks all future printer installations, but doesn’t apply to existing installs.
 
 9. Optional – if you would like to apply the policy to existing installs: Open the **Prevent installation of devices using drivers that match these device setup classes** policy again; in the ‘Options’ window mark the checkbox that says ‘also apply to matching devices that are already installed’
 
@@ -374,13 +374,13 @@ Creating the policy to prevent all printers from being installed:
 
 ### Testing the scenario
 
-1. If you have not completed step #9 – follow these steps:
+1. If you haven't completed step #9 – follow these steps:
 
    1. Uninstall your printer: Device Manager > Printers > right click the Canon Printer > click “Uninstall device”.
    1. For USB printer – unplug and plug back the cable; for network device – make a search for the printer in the Windows Settings app.
-   1. You should not be able to reinstall the printer.
+   1. You shouldn't be able to reinstall the printer.
 
-2. If you completed step #9 above and restarted the machine, simply look for your printer under Device Manager or the Windows Settings app and see that it is no-longer available for you to use.
+2. If you completed step #9 above and restarted the machine, look for your printer under Device Manager or the Windows Settings app and see that it's no-longer available for you to use.
 
 ## Scenario #2: Prevent installation of a specific printer
 
@@ -392,13 +392,13 @@ Setting up the environment for the scenario with the following steps:
 
 1. Open Group Policy Editor and navigate to the Device Installation Restriction section.
 
-2. Make sure all previous Device Installation policies are disabled except ‘Apply layered order of evaluation’ (this is optional to be On/Off this scenario). Although the policy is disabled in default, it is recommended to be enabled in most practical applications. For scenario #2 it is optional.
+2. Ensure all previous Device Installation policies are disabled except ‘Apply layered order of evaluation’ (this prerequisite is optional to be On/Off this scenario). Although the policy is disabled in default, it's recommended to be enabled in most practical applications. For scenario #2, it's optional.
 
 ### Scenario steps – preventing installation of a specific device
 
 Getting the right device identifier to prevent it from being installed:
 
-1. Get your printer’s Hardware ID – in this example we will use the identifier we found previously
+1. Get your printer’s Hardware ID – in this example we'll use the identifier we found previously
 
     ![Printer Hardware ID identifier.](images/device-installation-dm-printer-hardware-ids.png)
              _Printer Hardware ID_
 
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Creating the policy to prevent a single printer from being installed:
 
 3. Open **Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device IDs** policy and select the ‘Enable’ radio button.
 
-4. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This will take you to a table where you can enter the device identifier to block.
+4. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This option will take you to a table where you can enter the device identifier to block.
 
 5. Enter the printer device ID you found above – WSDPRINT\CanonMX920_seriesC1A0
 
@@ -422,26 +422,26 @@ Creating the policy to prevent a single printer from being installed:
 
 6. Click ‘OK’.
 
-7. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window. This pushes the policy and blocks the target printer in future installations, but doesn’t apply to an existing install.
+7. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window. This option pushes the policy and blocks the target printer in future installations, but doesn’t apply to an existing install.
 
 8. Optional – if you would like to apply the policy to an existing install: Open the **Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device IDs** policy again; in the ‘Options’ window mark the checkbox that says ‘also apply to matching devices that are already installed’.
 
 ###	Testing the scenario
 
-If you completed step #8 above and restarted the machine, simply look for your printer under Device Manager or the Windows Settings app and see that it is no-longer available for you to use.
+If you completed step #8 above and restarted the machine, look for your printer under Device Manager or the Windows Settings app and see that it's no-longer available for you to use.
 
-If you have not completed step #8, follow these steps:
+If you haven't completed step #8, follow these steps:
 
 1. Uninstall your printer: Device Manager > Printers > right click the Canon Printer > click “Uninstall device”.
 
 2. For USB printer – unplug and plug back the cable; for network device – make a search for the printer in the Windows Settings app.
 
-3. You should not be able to reinstall the printer.
+3. You shouldn't be able to reinstall the printer.
 
 
 ## Scenario #3: Prevent installation of all printers while allowing a specific printer to be installed
 
-Now, using the knowledge from both previous scenarios, you will learn how to prevent the installation of an entire Class of devices while allowing a single printer to be installed.
+Now, using the knowledge from both previous scenarios, you'll learn how to prevent the installation of an entire Class of devices while allowing a single printer to be installed.
 
 ### Setting up the environment
 
@@ -474,15 +474,15 @@ First create a ‘Prevent Class’ policy and then create ‘Allow Device’ one
 
 4. Open **Prevent installation of devices using drivers that match these device setup classes** policy and select the ‘Enable’ radio button.
 
-5. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This will take you to a table where you can enter the class identifier to block.
+5. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This option will take you to a table where you can enter the class identifier to block.
 
-6. Enter the printer class GUID you found above with the curly braces (this is important! Otherwise, it won’t work): {4d36e979-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+6. Enter the printer class GUID you found above with the curly braces (this value is important! Otherwise, it won’t work): {4d36e979-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
 
     ![List of prevent Class GUIDs.](images/device-installation-gpo-prevent-class-list.png)
              _List of prevent Class GUIDs_
 
 7. Click ‘OK’.
 
-8. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this pushes the policy and blocks all future printer installations, but doesn’t apply to existing installs.
+8. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this option pushes the policy and blocks all future printer installations, but doesn’t apply to existing installs.
 
 9. To complete the coverage of all future and existing printers – Open the **Prevent installation of devices using drivers that match these device setup classes** policy again; in the ‘Options’ window mark the checkbox that says ‘also apply to matching devices that are already installed’ and click ‘OK’
 
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ First create a ‘Prevent Class’ policy and then create ‘Allow Device’ one
 
 9. Now Open **Allow installation of devices that match any of these device IDs** policy and select the ‘Enable’ radio button.
 
-10. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This will take you to a table where you can enter the device identifier to allow.
+10. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This option will take you to a table where you can enter the device identifier to allow.
 
 11. Enter the printer device ID you found above: WSDPRINT\CanonMX920_seriesC1A0.
 
@@ -502,18 +502,18 @@ First create a ‘Prevent Class’ policy and then create ‘Allow Device’ one
 
 12. Click ‘OK’.
 
-13. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this pushes the policy and allows the target printer to be installed (or stayed installed).
+13. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this option pushes the policy and allows the target printer to be installed (or stayed installed).
 
 ## Testing the scenario
 
-1. Simply look for your printer under Device Manager or the Windows Settings app and see that it is still there and accessible. Or just print a test document.
+1. Look for your printer under Device Manager or the Windows Settings app and see that it's still there and accessible. Or just print a test document.
 
-2. Go back to the Group Policy Editor, disable **Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria** policy and test again your printer – you should not be bale to print anything or able to access the printer at all.
+2. Go back to the Group Policy Editor, disable **Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria** policy and test again your printer – you shouldn't be bale to print anything or able to access the printer at all.
 
 
 ## Scenario #4: Prevent installation of a specific USB device
 
-The scenario builds upon the knowledge from scenario #2, Prevent installation of a specific printer. In this scenario, you will gain an understanding of how some devices are built into the PnP (Plug and Play) device tree.
+The scenario builds upon the knowledge from scenario #2, Prevent installation of a specific printer. In this scenario, you'll gain an understanding of how some devices are built into the PnP (Plug and Play) device tree.
 
 ### Setting up the environment
 
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Setting up the environment for the scenario with the following steps:
 
 1. Open Group Policy Editor and navigate to the Device Installation Restriction section
 
-2. Make sure all previous Device Installation policies are disabled except ‘Apply layered order of evaluation’ (this is optional to be On/Off this scenario) – although the policy is disabled in default, it is recommended to be enabled in most practical applications.
+2. Ensure all previous Device Installation policies are disabled except ‘Apply layered order of evaluation’ (this prerequisite is optional to be On/Off this scenario) – although the policy is disabled in default, it's recommended to be enabled in most practical applications.
 
 ### Scenario steps – preventing installation of a specific device
 
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Getting the right device identifier to prevent it from being installed and its l
 
 5. Double-click the USB thumb-drive and move to the ‘Details’ tab.
 
-6. From the ‘Value’ window, copy the most detailed Hardware ID—we will use this in the policies. In this case Device ID = USBSTOR\DiskGeneric_Flash_Disk______8.07
+6. From the ‘Value’ window, copy the most detailed Hardware ID—we'll use this value in the policies. In this case Device ID = USBSTOR\DiskGeneric_Flash_Disk______8.07
  
     ![USB device hardware IDs.](images/device-installation-dm-usb-hwid.png)
              _USB device hardware IDs_
 
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Creating the policy to prevent a single USB thumb-drive from being installed:
 
 3. Open **Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device IDs** policy and select the ‘Enable’ radio button.
 
-4. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show’ box. This will take you to a table where you can enter the device identifier to block.
+4. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show’ box. This option will take you to a table where you can enter the device identifier to block.
 
 5. Enter the USB thumb-drive device ID you found above – USBSTOR\DiskGeneric_Flash_Disk______8.07
  
@@ -568,24 +568,24 @@ Creating the policy to prevent a single USB thumb-drive from being installed:
 
 6. Click ‘OK’.
 
-7. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this pushes the policy and blocks the target USB thumb-drive in future installations, but doesn’t apply to an existing install.
+7. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this option pushes the policy and blocks the target USB thumb-drive in future installations, but doesn’t apply to an existing install.
 
 8. Optional – if you would like to apply the policy to an existing install: Open the **Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device IDs** policy again; in the ‘Options’ window, mark the checkbox that says ‘also apply to matching devices that are already installed’
 
 
 ### Testing the scenario
 
-1. If you have not completed step #8 – follow these steps:
+1. If you haven't completed step #8 – follow these steps:
 
     - Uninstall your USB thumb-drive: Device Manager > Disk drives > right click the target USB thumb-drive > click “Uninstall device”.
-    - You should not be able to reinstall the device.
+    - You shouldn't be able to reinstall the device.
 
-2. If you completed step #8 above and restarted the machine, simply look for your Disk drives under Device Manager and see that it is no-longer available for you to use.
+2. If you completed step #8 above and restarted the machine, look for your Disk drives under Device Manager and see that it's no-longer available for you to use.
 
 
 ## Scenario #5: Prevent installation of all USB devices while allowing an installation of only an authorized USB thumb-drive
 
-Now, using the knowledge from all the previous 4 scenarios, you will learn how to prevent the installation of an entire Class of devices while allowing a single authorized USB thumb-drive to be installed.
+Now, using the knowledge from all the previous four scenarios, you'll learn how to prevent the installation of an entire Class of devices while allowing a single authorized USB thumb-drive to be installed.
 
 ### Setting up the environment
 
@@ -611,11 +611,11 @@ Getting the device identifier for both the USB Classes and a specific USB thumb-
 - USB Device
   - Class = USBDevice
   - ClassGuid = {88BAE032-5A81-49f0-BC3D-A4FF138216D6}
-  - USBDevice includes all USB devices that do not belong to another class. This class is not used for USB host controllers and hubs.
+  - USBDevice includes all USB devices that don't belong to another class. This class isn't used for USB host controllers and hubs.
 
 - Hardware ID = USBSTOR\DiskGeneric_Flash_Disk______8.07
 
-As mentioned in scenario #4, it is not enough to enable only a single hardware ID in order to enable a single USB thumb-drive. The IT admin has to ensure all the USB devices that preceding the target one are not blocked (allowed) as well. In Our case the following devices has to be allowed so the target USB thumb-drive could be allowed as well:
+As mentioned in scenario #4, it's not enough to enable only a single hardware ID in order to enable a single USB thumb-drive. The IT admin has to ensure all the USB devices that preceding the target one aren't blocked (allowed) as well. In Our case the following devices has to be allowed so the target USB thumb-drive could be allowed as well:
 
 - “Intel(R) USB 3.0 eXtensible Host Controller – 1.0 (Microsoft)” -> PCI\CC_0C03
 - “USB Root Hub (USB 3.0)” -> USB\ROOT_HUB30
@@ -623,18 +623,18 @@ As mentioned in scenario #4, it is not enough to enable only a single hardware I
  
 ![USB devices nested in the PnP tree.](images/device-installation-dm-usb-by-connection-layering.png)
              _USB devices nested under each other in the PnP tree_
 
-These devices are internal devices on the machine that define the USB port connection to the outside world. Enabling them should not enable any external/peripheral device from being installed on the machine.
+These devices are internal devices on the machine that define the USB port connection to the outside world. Enabling them shouldn't enable any external/peripheral device from being installed on the machine.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> Some device in the system have several layers of connectivity to define their installation on the system. USB thumb-drives are such devices. Thus, when looking to either block or allow them on a system, it is important to understand the path of connectivity for each device. There are several generic Device IDs that are commonly used in systems and could provide a good start to build an ‘Allow list’ in such cases. See below for the list:
+> Some device in the system have several layers of connectivity to define their installation on the system. USB thumb-drives are such devices. Thus, when looking to either block or allow them on a system, it's important to understand the path of connectivity for each device. There are several generic Device IDs that are commonly used in systems and could provide a good start to build an ‘Allow list’ in such cases. See below for the list:
 > 
 > 	PCI\CC_0C03; PCI\CC_0C0330; PCI\VEN_8086; PNP0CA1; PNP0CA1&HOST (for Host Controllers)/
 > USB\ROOT_HUB30; USB\ROOT_HUB20 (for USB Root Hubs)/
 > USB\USB20_HUB (for Generic USB Hubs)/
 > 
-> Specifically for desktop machines, it is very important to list all the USB devices that your keyboards and mice are connected through in the above list. Failing to do so could block a user from accessing its machine through HID devices. 
+> Specifically for desktop machines, it's very important to list all the USB devices that your keyboards and mice are connected through in the above list. Failing to do so could block a user from accessing its machine through HID devices. 
 >
-> Different PC manufacturers sometimes have different ways to nest USB devices in the PnP tree, but in general this is how it is done.
+> Different PC manufacturers sometimes have different ways to nest USB devices in the PnP tree, but in general this is how it's done.
 
 First create a ‘Prevent Class’ policy and then create ‘Allow Device’ one:
 
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ First create a ‘Prevent Class’ policy and then create ‘Allow Device’ one
 
 4. Open **Prevent installation of devices using drivers that match these device setup classes** policy and select the ‘Enable’ radio button.
 
-5. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This will take you to a table where you can enter the class identifier to block.
+5. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This option will take you to a table where you can enter the class identifier to block.
 
 6. Enter both USB classes GUID you found above with the curly braces:
 
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ First create a ‘Prevent Class’ policy and then create ‘Allow Device’ one
 
 7. Click ‘OK’.
 
-8. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this pushes the policy and blocks all future USB device installations, but doesn’t apply to existing installs.
+8. Click ‘Apply’ on the bottom right of the policy’s window – this option pushes the policy and blocks all future USB device installations, but doesn’t apply to existing installs.
 
     > [!IMPORTANT]
     > The previous step prevents all future USB devices from being installed. Before you move to the next step make sure you have as complete list as possible of all the USB Host Controllers, USB Root Hubs and Generic USB Hubs Device IDs available to prevent blocking you from interacting with your system through keyboards and mice.
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ First create a ‘Prevent Class’ policy and then create ‘Allow Device’ one
 
 10. Now Open **Allow installation of devices that match any of these device IDs** policy and select the ‘Enable’ radio button.
 
-11. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This will take you to a table where you can enter the device identifier to allow.
+11. In the lower left side, in the ‘Options’ window, click the ‘Show…’ box. This option will take you to a table where you can enter the device identifier to allow.
 
 12. Enter the full list of USB device IDs you found above including the specific USB Thumb-drive you would like to authorize for installation – USBSTOR\DiskGeneric_Flash_Disk______8.07
 
@@ -682,4 +682,4 @@ First create a ‘Prevent Class’ policy and then create ‘Allow Device’ one
 
 ### Testing the scenario
 
-You should not be able to install any USB thumb-drive, except the one you authorized for usage
+You shouldn't be able to install any USB thumb-drive, except the one you authorized for usage
diff --git a/windows/client-management/manage-windows-10-in-your-organization-modern-management.md b/windows/client-management/manage-windows-10-in-your-organization-modern-management.md
index 0e9dd8a789..cc38c493dd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/manage-windows-10-in-your-organization-modern-management.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/manage-windows-10-in-your-organization-modern-management.md
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 # Manage Windows 10 in your organization - transitioning to modern management
 
-Use of personal devices for work, as well as employees working outside the office, may be changing how your organization manages devices. Certain parts of your organization might require deep, granular control over devices, while other parts might seek lighter, scenario-based management that empowers the modern workforce. Windows 10 offers the flexibility to respond to these changing requirements, and can easily be deployed in a mixed environment. You can shift the percentage of Windows 10 devices gradually, following the normal upgrade schedules used in your organization.
+Use of personal devices for work, and employees working outside the office, may be changing how your organization manages devices. Certain parts of your organization might require deep, granular control over devices, while other parts might seek lighter, scenario-based management that empowers the modern workforce. Windows 10 offers the flexibility to respond to these changing requirements, and can easily be deployed in a mixed environment. You can shift the percentage of Windows 10 devices gradually, following the normal upgrade schedules used in your organization.
 
-Your organization might have considered bringing in Windows 10 devices and downgrading them to Windows 7 until everything is in place for a formal upgrade process. While this may appear to save costs due to standardization, greater savings can come from avoiding the downgrade and immediately taking advantage of the cost reductions Windows 10 can provide. Because Windows 10 devices can be managed using the same processes and technology as other previous Windows versions, it’s easy for versions to coexist.
+Your organization might have considered bringing in Windows 10 devices and downgrading them to Windows 7 until everything is in place for a formal upgrade process. While this downgrade may appear to save costs due to standardization, greater savings can come from avoiding the downgrade and immediately taking advantage of the cost reductions Windows 10 can provide. Because Windows 10 devices can be managed using the same processes and technology as other previous Windows versions, it’s easy for versions to coexist.
 
 Your organization can support various operating systems across a wide range of device types, and manage them through a common set of tools such as Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager, Microsoft Intune, or other third-party products. This “managed diversity” enables you to empower your users to benefit from the productivity enhancements available on their new Windows 10 devices (including rich touch and ink support), while still maintaining your standards for security and manageability. It can help you and your organization benefit from Windows 10 much faster.
 
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ As indicated in the diagram, Microsoft continues to provide support for deep man
 
 ## Deployment and Provisioning
 
-With Windows 10, you can continue to use traditional OS deployment, but you can also “manage out of the box.” To transform new devices into fully-configured, fully-managed devices, you can:
+With Windows 10, you can continue to use traditional OS deployment, but you can also “manage out of the box.” To transform new devices into fully configured, fully managed devices, you can:
 
 
 -   Avoid reimaging by using dynamic provisioning, enabled by a cloud-based device management services such as [Microsoft Autopilot](/windows/deployment/windows-10-auto-pilot) or [Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/).
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ With Windows 10, you can continue to use traditional OS deployment, but you can
 
 -   Use traditional imaging techniques such as deploying custom images using [Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](/configmgr/core/understand/introduction).
 
-You have multiple options for [upgrading to Windows 10](/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-scenarios). For existing devices running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1, you can use the robust in-place upgrade process for a fast, reliable move to Windows 10 while automatically preserving all the existing apps, data, and settings. This can mean significantly lower deployment costs, as well as improved productivity as end users can be immediately productive – everything is right where they left it. Of course, you can also use a traditional wipe-and-load approach if you prefer, using the same tools that you use today with Windows 7.
+You have multiple options for [upgrading to Windows 10](/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-scenarios). For existing devices running Windows 7 or Windows 8.1, you can use the robust in-place upgrade process for a fast, reliable move to Windows 10 while automatically preserving all the existing apps, data, and settings. This process usage can mean lower deployment costs, and improved productivity as end users can be immediately productive – everything is right where they left it. You can also use a traditional wipe-and-load approach if you prefer, using the same tools that you use today with Windows 7.
 
 ## Identity and Authentication
 
@@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ You can envision user and device management as falling into these two categories
 
     -   Likewise, for personal devices, employees can use a new, simplified [BYOD experience](/azure/active-directory/devices/overview) to add their work account to Windows, then access work resources on the device.
 
--   **Domain joined PCs and tablets used for traditional applications and access to important resources.** These may be traditional applications and resources that require authentication or accessing highly sensitive or classified resources on-premises.
-    With Windows 10, if you have an on-premises [Active Directory](/windows-server/identity/whats-new-active-directory-domain-services) domain that’s [integrated with Azure AD](/azure/active-directory/devices/hybrid-azuread-join-plan), when employee devices are joined, they automatically register with Azure AD. This provides:
+-   **Domain joined PCs and tablets used for traditional applications and access to important resources.** These applications and resources may be traditional ones that require authentication or accessing highly sensitive or classified resources on-premises.
+    With Windows 10, if you have an on-premises [Active Directory](/windows-server/identity/whats-new-active-directory-domain-services) domain that’s [integrated with Azure AD](/azure/active-directory/devices/hybrid-azuread-join-plan), when employee devices are joined, they automatically register with Azure AD. This registration provides:
 
     -   Single sign-on to cloud and on-premises resources from everywhere
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ As you review the roles in your organization, you can use the following generali
 
 Your configuration requirements are defined by multiple factors, including the level of management needed, the devices and data managed, and your industry requirements. Meanwhile, employees are frequently concerned about IT applying strict policies to their personal devices, but they still want access to corporate email and documents. With Windows 10, you can create a consistent set of configurations across PCs, tablets, and phones through the common MDM layer. 
 
-**MDM**: [MDM](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/mobile-device-management) gives you a way to configure settings that achieve your administrative intent without exposing every possible setting. (In contrast, Group Policy exposes fine-grained settings that you control individually.) One benefit of MDM is that it enables you to apply broader privacy, security, and application management settings through lighter and more efficient tools. MDM also allows you to target Internet-connected devices to manage policies without using GP that requires on-premises domain-joined devices. This makes MDM the best choice for devices that are constantly on the go.
+**MDM**: [MDM](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/mobile-device-management) gives you a way to configure settings that achieve your administrative intent without exposing every possible setting. (In contrast, Group Policy exposes fine-grained settings that you control individually.) One benefit of MDM is that it enables you to apply broader privacy, security, and application management settings through lighter and more efficient tools. MDM also allows you to target Internet-connected devices to manage policies without using GP that requires on-premises domain-joined devices. This provision makes MDM the best choice for devices that are constantly on the go.
 
 **Group Policy** and **Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager**: Your organization might still need to manage domain joined computers at a granular level such as Internet Explorer’s 1,500 configurable Group Policy settings. If so, Group Policy and Configuration Manager continue to be excellent management choices:
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ MDM with Intune provide tools for applying Windows updates to client computers i
 
 ## Next steps
 
-There are a variety of steps you can take to begin the process of modernizing device management in your organization:
+There are various steps you can take to begin the process of modernizing device management in your organization:
 
 **Assess current management practices, and look for investments you might make today.** Which of your current practices need to stay the same, and which can you change? Specifically, what elements of traditional management do you need to retain and where can you modernize? Whether you take steps to minimize custom imaging, re-evaluate settings management, or reassesses authentication and compliance, the benefits can be immediate. You can use the [MDM Migration Analysis Tool (MMAT)](https://aka.ms/mmat) to help determine which Group Policies are set for a target user/computer and cross-reference them against the list of available MDM policies.
 
@@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ There are a variety of steps you can take to begin the process of modernizing de
 
 **Review the decision trees in this article.** With the different options in Windows 10, plus Configuration Manager and Enterprise Mobility + Security, you have the flexibility to handle imaging, authentication, settings, and management tools for any scenario.
 
-**Take incremental steps.** Moving towards modern device management doesn’t have to be an overnight transformation. New operating systems and devices can be brought in while older ones remain. With this “managed diversity,” users can benefit from productivity enhancements on new Windows 10 devices, while you continue to maintain older devices according to your standards for security and manageability. Starting with Windows 10, version 1803, the new policy [MDMWinsOverGP](./mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md#controlpolicyconflict-mdmwinsovergp) was added to allow MDM policies to take precedence over GP when both GP and its equivalent MDM policies are set on the device. You can start implementing MDM policies while keeping your GP environment. Here is the list of MDM policies with equivalent GP - [Policies supported by GP](./mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider.md)
+**Take incremental steps.** Moving towards modern device management doesn’t have to be an overnight transformation. New operating systems and devices can be brought in while older ones remain. With this “managed diversity,” users can benefit from productivity enhancements on new Windows 10 devices, while you continue to maintain older devices according to your standards for security and manageability. Starting with Windows 10, version 1803, the new policy [MDMWinsOverGP](./mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md#controlpolicyconflict-mdmwinsovergp) was added to allow MDM policies to take precedence over GP when both GP and its equivalent MDM policies are set on the device. You can start implementing MDM policies while keeping your GP environment. Here's the list of MDM policies with equivalent GP - [Policies supported by GP](./mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider.md)
 
 
-**Optimize your existing investments**. On the road from traditional on-premises management to modern cloud-based management, take advantage of the flexible, hybrid architecture of Configuration Manager and Intune. Starting with Configuration Manager 1710, co-management enables you to concurrently manage Windows 10 devices by using both Configuration Manager and Intune. See these topics for details:
+**Optimize your existing investments**. On the road from traditional on-premises management to modern cloud-based management, take advantage of the flexible, hybrid architecture of Configuration Manager and Intune. Configuration Manager 1710 onward, co-management enables you to concurrently manage Windows 10 devices by using both Configuration Manager and Intune. See these topics for details:
 
 -   [Co-management for Windows 10 devices](/configmgr/core/clients/manage/co-management-overview)
 -   [Prepare Windows 10 devices for co-management](/configmgr/core/clients/manage/co-management-prepare)
@@ -135,6 +135,6 @@ There are a variety of steps you can take to begin the process of modernizing de
 
 ## Related topics
 
--   [What is Intune?](//mem/intune/fundamentals/what-is-intune)
+-   [What is Intune?](/mem/intune/fundamentals/what-is-intune)
 -   [Windows 10 Policy CSP](./mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider.md)
 -   [Windows 10 Configuration service Providers](./mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/accountmanagement-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/accountmanagement-csp.md
index 5f2a7ff230..7be2cf47f8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/accountmanagement-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/accountmanagement-csp.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ AccountManagement CSP is used to configure setting in the Account Manager servic
 > [!NOTE]
 > The AccountManagement CSP is only supported in Windows Holographic for Business edition.
 
-The following shows the AccountManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following syntax shows the AccountManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Interior node.
 **UserProfileManagement/EnableProfileManager**  
 Enable profile lifetime management for shared or communal device scenarios. Default value is false.
 
-Supported operations are Add, Get,Replace, and Delete. Value type is bool.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is bool.
 
 **UserProfileManagement/DeletionPolicy**  
 Configures when profiles will be deleted. Default value is 1.
@@ -52,19 +52,19 @@ Valid values:
 -  1 - delete at storage capacity threshold
 -  2 - delete at both storage capacity threshold and profile inactivity threshold
 
-Supported operations are Add, Get,Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
 
 **UserProfileManagement/StorageCapacityStartDeletion**  
 Start deleting profiles when available storage capacity falls below this threshold, given as percent of total storage available for profiles. Profiles that have been inactive the longest will be deleted first. Default value is 25.
 
-Supported operations are Add, Get,Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
 
 **UserProfileManagement/StorageCapacityStopDeletion**  
 Stop deleting profiles when available storage capacity is brought up to this threshold, given as percent of total storage available for profiles. Default value is 50.
 
-Supported operations are Add, Get,Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
 
 **UserProfileManagement/ProfileInactivityThreshold**  
-Start deleting profiles when they have not been logged on during the specified period, given as number of days. Default value is 30.
+Start deleting profiles when they haven't been logged on during the specified period, given as number of days. Default value is 30.
 
-Supported operations are Add, Get,Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/accounts-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/accounts-csp.md
index 1269c2797e..badfb5ccd9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/accounts-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/accounts-csp.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Accounts CSP
-description: The Accounts configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to rename devices, as well as create local Windows accounts & joint them to a group.
+description: The Accounts configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to rename devices, and create local Windows accounts & join them to a group.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 The Accounts configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise (1) to rename a device, (2) to create a new local Windows account and join it to a local user group. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1803.
 
 
-The following shows the Accounts configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following syntax shows the Accounts configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Root node.
 Interior node for the account domain information.
 
 **Domain/ComputerName**  
-This node specifies the DNS hostname for a device. This setting can be managed remotely, but note that this not supported for devices hybrid joined to Azure Active Directory and an on-premises Active directory. The server must explicitly reboot the device for this value to take effect. A couple of macros can be embedded within the value for dynamic substitution. Using any of these macros will limit the new name to 15 characters.
+This node specifies the DNS hostname for a device. This setting can be managed remotely, but this remote management isn't supported for devices hybrid joined to Azure Active Directory and an on-premises Active directory. The server must explicitly reboot the device for this value to take effect. A couple of macros can be embedded within the value for dynamic substitution. Using any of these macros will limit the new name to 15 characters.
 
 Available naming macros:
 
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ This node specifies the username for a new local user account.  This setting can
 This node specifies the password for a new local user account.  This setting can be managed remotely. 
 
 Supported operation is Add.
-GET operation is not supported.  This setting will report as failed when deployed from the Endpoint Manager.
+GET operation isn't supported.  This setting will report as failed when deployed from the Endpoint Manager.
 
 **Users/_UserName_/LocalUserGroup**  
-This optional node specifies the local user group that a local user account should be joined to.  If the node is not set, the new local user account is joined just to the Standard Users group.  Set the value to 2 for Administrators group. This setting can be managed remotely.
+This optional node specifies the local user group that a local user account should be joined to.  If the node isn't set, the new local user account is joined just to the Standard Users group.  Set the value to 2 for Administrators group. This setting can be managed remotely.
 
 Supported operation is Add.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/activesync-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/activesync-csp.md
index e69eef0c44..307391743a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/activesync-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/activesync-csp.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 The ActiveSync configuration service provider is used to set up and change settings for Exchange ActiveSync. After an Exchange account has been updated over-the-air by the ActiveSync configuration service provider, the device must be powered off and then powered back on to see sync status.
 
-Configuring Windows Live ActiveSync accounts through this configuration service provider is not supported.
+Configuring Windows Live ActiveSync accounts through this configuration service provider isn't supported.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The target user must be logged in for the CSP to succeed. The correct way to configure an account is to use the ./User/Vendor/MSFT/ActiveSync path.
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The ./Vendor/MSFT/ActiveSync path is deprecated, but will continue to work in th
 
  
 
-The following shows the ActiveSync configuration service provider management objects in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM), OMA Client Provisioning, and Enterprise DM.
+The following example shows the ActiveSync configuration service provider management objects in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM), OMA Client Provisioning, and Enterprise DM.
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Defines a specific ActiveSync account. A globally unique identifier (GUID) must
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, and Delete.
 
-When managing over OMA DM, make sure to always use a unique GUID. Provisioning with an account that has the same GUID as an existing one deletes the existing account and does not create the new account.
+When managing over OMA DM, make sure to always use a unique GUID. Provisioning with an account that has the same GUID as an existing one deletes the existing account and doesn't create the new account.
 
 Braces { } are required around the GUID. In OMA Client Provisioning, you can type the braces. For example:
 
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ For OMA DM, you must use the ASCII values of %7B and %7D for the opening and clo
 ***Account GUID*/EmailAddress**  
 Required. A character string that specifies the email address associated with the Exchange ActiveSync account.
 
-Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
 This email address is entered by the user during setup and must be in the fully qualified email address format, for example, "someone@example.com".
 
@@ -119,21 +119,21 @@ Supported operations are Get, Replace, Add, and Delete.
 ***Account GUID*/AccountIcon**  
 Required. A character string that specifies the location of the icon associated with the account.
 
-Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
 The account icon can be used as a tile in the **Start** list or an icon in the applications list under **Settings > email & accounts**. Some icons are already provided on the device. The suggested icon for POP/IMAP or generic ActiveSync accounts is at res://AccountSettingsSharedRes{*ScreenResolution*}!%s.genericmail.png. The suggested icon for Exchange Accounts is at res://AccountSettingsSharedRes{*ScreenResolution*}!%s.office.outlook.png. Custom icons can be added if desired.
 
 ***Account GUID*/AccountType**  
 Required. A character string that specifies the account type.
 
-Supported operations are Get and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
-This value is entered during setup and cannot be modified once entered. An Exchange account is indicated by the string value "Exchange".
+This value is entered during setup and can't be modified once entered. An Exchange account is indicated by the string value "Exchange".
 
 ***Account GUID*/AccountName**  
 Required. A character string that specifies the name that refers to the account on the device.
 
-Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
 ***Account GUID*/Password**  
 Required. A character string that specifies the password for the account.
@@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ For the Get command, only asterisks are returned.
 ***Account GUID*/ServerName**  
 Required. A character string that specifies the server name used by the account.
 
-Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
 ***Account GUID*/UserName**  
 Required. A character string that specifies the user name for the account.
 
-Supported operations are Get, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
-The user name cannot be changed after a sync has been successfully performed. The user name can be in the fully qualified format "someone@example.com", or just "username", depending on the type of account created. For most Exchange accounts, the user name format is just "username", whereas for Microsoft, Google, Yahoo, and most POP/IMAP accounts, the user name format is "someone@example.com".
+The user name can't be changed after a sync has been successfully performed. The user name can be in the fully qualified format "someone@example.com", or just "username", depending on the type of account created. For most Exchange accounts, the user name format is just "username", whereas for Microsoft, Google, Yahoo, and most POP/IMAP accounts, the user name format is "someone@example.com".
 
 **Options**  
 Node for other parameters.
@@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ Specifies the time window used for syncing calendar items to the device. Value t
 **Options/Logging**  
 Required. A character string that specifies whether diagnostic logging is enabled and at what level. The default is 0 (disabled).
 
-Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
-Valid values are one of the following:
+Valid values are any of the following values:
 
 -   0 (default) - Logging is off.
 
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Valid values are one of the following:
 
 -   2 - Advanced logging is enabled.
 
-Logging is set to off by default. The user might be asked to set this to Basic or Advanced when having a sync issue that customer support is investigating. Setting the logging level to Advanced has more of a performance impact than Basic.
+Logging is set to off by default. The user might be asked to set this logging to Basic or Advanced when having a sync issue that customer support is investigating. Setting the logging level to Advanced has more of a performance impact than Basic.
 
 **Options/MailBodyType**  
 Indicates the email format. Valid values:
@@ -185,19 +185,19 @@ Indicates the email format. Valid values:
 -   4 - MIME
 
 **Options/MailHTMLTruncation**  
-Specifies the size beyond which HTML-formatted email messages are truncated when they are synchronized to the mobile device. The value is specified in KB. A value of -1 disables truncation.
+Specifies the size beyond which HTML-formatted email messages are truncated when they're synchronized to the mobile device. The value is specified in KB. A value of -1 disables truncation.
 
 **Options/MailPlainTextTruncation**  
-This setting specifies the size beyond which text-formatted e-mail messages are truncated when they are synchronized to the mobile phone. The value is specified in KB. A value of -1 disables truncation.
+This setting specifies the size beyond which text-formatted e-mail messages are truncated when they're synchronized to the mobile phone. The value is specified in KB. A value of -1 disables truncation.
 
 **Options/UseSSL**  
 Optional. A character string that specifies whether SSL is used.
 
-Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
 Valid values are:
 
--   0 - SSL is not used.
+-   0 - SSL isn't used.
 
 -   1 (default) - SSL is used.
 
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Required. A character string that specifies the time until the next sync is perf
 
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
-Valid values are one of the following:
+Valid values are any of the following values:
 
 -   -1 (default) - A sync will occur as items are received
 
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Required. A character string that specifies the time window used for syncing ema
 
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
-Valid values are one of the following:
+Valid values are any of the following values:
 
 -   0 – No age filter is used, and all email items are synced to the device.
 
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Valid values are one of the following:
 **Options/ContentTypes/***Content Type GUID*  
 Defines the type of content to be individually enabled/disabled for sync.
 
-The *GUID* values allowed are one of the following:
+The *GUID* values allowed are any of the following values:
 
 -   Email: "{c6d47067-6e92-480e-b0fc-4ba82182fac7}"
 
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@ The *GUID* values allowed are one of the following:
 **Options/ContentTypes/*Content Type GUID*/Enabled**  
 Required. A character string that specifies whether sync is enabled or disabled for the selected content type. The default is "1" (enabled).
 
-Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
-Valid values are one of the following:
+Valid values are any of the following values:
 
--   0 - Sync for email, contacts, calendar, or tasks is disabled.
+-   0 - Sync for email, contacts, calendar, or tasks are disabled.
 -   1 (default) - Sync is enabled.
 
 **Options/ContentTypes/*Content Type GUID*/Name**  
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Required. A character string that specifies the name of the content type.
 > In Windows 10, this node is currently not working.
 
  
-Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (cannot Add after the account is created).
+Supported operations are Get, Replace, and Add (can't Add after the account is created).
 
 When you use Add or Replace inside an atomic block in the SyncML, the CSP returns an error and provisioning fails. When you use Add or Replace outside of the atomic block, the error is ignored and the account is provisioned as expected.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/add-an-azure-ad-tenant-and-azure-ad-subscription.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/add-an-azure-ad-tenant-and-azure-ad-subscription.md
index 740ad8289d..3328f5ca2a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/add-an-azure-ad-tenant-and-azure-ad-subscription.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/add-an-azure-ad-tenant-and-azure-ad-subscription.md
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Here's a step-by-step guide to adding an Azure Active Directory tenant, adding a
 
    ![azure active directory premium payment page.](images/azure-ad-add-tenant8.png)
 
-10. After the purchase is completed, you can log in to your Office 365 Admin Portal and you will see the **Azure AD** option from the Admin drop-down menu along with other services (SharePoint, Exchange, etc....).
+10. After the purchase is completed, you can log on to your Office 365 Admin Portal and you'll see the **Azure AD** option from the Admin drop-down menu along with other services (SharePoint and Exchange).
 
     ![admin center left navigation menu.](images/azure-ad-add-tenant9.png)
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ If you have paid subscriptions to Office 365, Microsoft Dynamics CRM Online, Ent
 
     ![register in azure-ad.](images/azure-ad-add-tenant11.png)
 
-3.  On the **Admin center** page, hover your mouse over the Admin tools icon on the left and then click **Azure AD**. This will take you to the Azure Active Directory sign-up page and brings up your existing Office 365 organization account information.
+3.  On the **Admin center** page, hover your mouse over the Admin tools icon on the left and then click **Azure AD**. This option will take you to the Azure Active Directory sign-up page and brings up your existing Office 365 organization account information.
 
     ![register azuread](images/azure-ad-add-tenant12.png)
 
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ If you have paid subscriptions to Office 365, Microsoft Dynamics CRM Online, Ent
 
     ![registration in azuread.](images/azure-ad-add-tenant14.png)
 
-6.  You will see a welcome page when the process completes.
+6.  You'll see a welcome page when the process completes.
 
     ![register screen of azuread](images/azure-ad-add-tenant15.png)
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/alljoynmanagement-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/alljoynmanagement-csp.md
index 26bcc2dda6..de7482b72d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/alljoynmanagement-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/alljoynmanagement-csp.md
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1511.
 
  
 
-For the firewall settings, note that PublicProfile and PrivateProfile are mutually exclusive. The Private Profile must be set on the directly on the device itself, and the only supported operation is Get. For PublicProfile, both Add and Get are supported. This CSP is intended to be used in conjunction with the AllJoyn Device System Bridge, and an understanding of the bridge will help when determining when and how to use this CSP. For more information, see [Device System Bridge (DSB) Project](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615876) and [AllJoyn Device System Bridge](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=615877).
+For the firewall settings, note that PublicProfile and PrivateProfile are mutually exclusive. The Private Profile must be set on the directly on the device itself, and the only supported operation is Get. For PublicProfile, both Add and Get are supported. This CSP is intended to be used in conjunction with the AllJoyn Device System Bridge, and an understanding of the bridge will help when determining when and how to use this CSP. For more information, see [Device System Bridge (DSB)](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/AllJoyn). For more information, see [AllJoyn - Wikipedia](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/AllJoyn).
 
-The following shows the AllJoynManagement configuration service provider in tree format
+The following example shows the AllJoynManagement configuration service provider in tree format
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -70,10 +70,10 @@ List of all AllJoyn objects that are discovered on the AllJoyn bus. All AllJoyn
 The unique AllJoyn device ID (a GUID) that hosts one or more configurable objects.
 
 **Services/*Node name*/Port**
-The set of ports that the AllJoyn object uses to communicate configuration settings. Typically only one port is used for communication, but it is possible to specify additional ports.
+The set of ports that the AllJoyn object uses to communicate configuration settings. Typically only one port is used for communication, but it's possible to specify more ports.
 
 **Services/*Node name*/Port/***Node name*
-Port number used for communication. This is specified by the configurable AllJoyn object and reflected here.
+Port number used for communication. This value is specified by the configurable AllJoyn object and reflected here.
 
 **Services/*Node name*/Port/*Node name*/CfgObject**
 The set of configurable interfaces that are available on the port of the AllJoyn object.
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ This is the credential store. An administrator can set credentials for each AllJ
 When a SyncML request arrives in the CSP to replace or query a configuration item on an AllJoyn object that requires authentication, then the CSP uses the credentials stored here during the authentication phase.
 
 **Credentials/***Node name*
-This is the same service ID specified in \\AllJoynManagement\\Services\\ServiceID URI. It is typically implemented as a GUID.
+This is the same service ID specified in \\AllJoynManagement\\Services\\ServiceID URI. It's typically implemented as a GUID.
 
 **Credentials/*Node name*/Key**
 An alphanumeric key value that conforms to the AllJoyn SRP KEYX authentication standard.
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ SyncML xmlns="SYNCML:SYNCML1.2">
 
 ```
 
-You should replace \_ALLJOYN\_DEVICE\_ID\_ with an actual device ID. Note that the data is base-64 encoded representation of the configuration file that you are setting.
+You should replace \_ALLJOYN\_DEVICE\_ID\_ with an actual device ID. The data is base-64 encoded representation of the configuration file that you're setting.
 
 Get PIN data
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/applicationcontrol-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/applicationcontrol-csp.md
index 648d9c245f..d18a0ebd70 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/applicationcontrol-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/applicationcontrol-csp.md
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ ms.date: 09/10/2020
 
 # ApplicationControl CSP
 
-Windows Defender Application Control (WDAC) policies can be managed from an MDM server or locally using PowerShell via the WMI Bridge through the ApplicationControl configuration service provider (CSP). The ApplicationControl CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1903. This CSP provides expanded diagnostic capabilities and support for [multiple policies](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/deploy-multiple-windows-defender-application-control-policies) (introduced in Windows 10, version 1903). It also provides support for rebootless policy deployment (introduced in Windows 10, version 1709). Unlike the [AppLocker CSP](applocker-csp.md), the ApplicationControl CSP correctly detects the presence of no-reboot option and consequently does not schedule a reboot.
+Windows Defender Application Control (WDAC) policies can be managed from an MDM server or locally using PowerShell via the WMI Bridge through the ApplicationControl configuration service provider (CSP). The ApplicationControl CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1903. This CSP provides expanded diagnostic capabilities and support for [multiple policies](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/deploy-multiple-windows-defender-application-control-policies) (introduced in Windows 10, version 1903). It also provides support for rebootless policy deployment (introduced in Windows 10, version 1709). Unlike the [AppLocker CSP](applocker-csp.md), the ApplicationControl CSP correctly detects the presence of no-reboot option and hence doesn't schedule a reboot.
 Existing WDAC policies deployed using the AppLocker CSP's CodeIntegrity node can now be deployed using the ApplicationControl CSP URI. Although WDAC policy deployment via the AppLocker CSP will continue to be supported, all new feature work will be done in the ApplicationControl CSP only.
 
-The following shows the ApplicationControl CSP in tree format.
+The following example shows the ApplicationControl CSP in tree format.
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ Scope is dynamic. Supported operation is Get.
 Value type is char.
 
 **ApplicationControl/Policies/_Policy GUID_/PolicyInfo/IsEffective**  
-This node specifies whether a policy is actually loaded by the enforcement engine and is in effect on a system.
+This node specifies whether a policy is loaded by the enforcement engine and is in effect on a system.
 
 Scope is dynamic. Supported operation is Get.
 
 Value type is bool. Supported values are as follows:
 
-- True — Indicates that the policy is actually loaded by the enforcement engine and is in effect on a system.
-- False — Indicates that the policy is not loaded by the enforcement engine and is not in effect on a system. This is the default.
+- True—Indicates that the policy is loaded by the enforcement engine and is in effect on a system.
+- False—Indicates that the policy isn't loaded by the enforcement engine and isn't in effect on a system. This value is the default value.
 
 **ApplicationControl/Policies/_Policy GUID_/PolicyInfo/IsDeployed**  
 This node specifies whether a policy is deployed on the system and is present on the physical machine.
@@ -96,18 +96,18 @@ Scope is dynamic. Supported operation is Get.
 
 Value type is bool. Supported values are as follows:
 
-- True — Indicates that the policy is deployed on the system and is present on the physical machine.
-- False — Indicates that the policy is not deployed on the system and is not present on the physical machine. This is the default.
+- True—Indicates that the policy is deployed on the system and is present on the physical machine.
+- False—Indicates that the policy isn't deployed on the system and isn't present on the physical machine. This value is the default value.
 
 **ApplicationControl/Policies/_Policy GUID_/PolicyInfo/IsAuthorized**  
-This node specifies whether the policy is authorized to be loaded by the enforcement engine on the system. If not authorized, a policy cannot take effect on the system.
+This node specifies whether the policy is authorized to be loaded by the enforcement engine on the system. If not authorized, a policy can't take effect on the system.
 
 Scope is dynamic. Supported operation is Get.
 
 Value type is bool. Supported values are as follows:
 
-- True — Indicates that the policy is authorized to be loaded by the enforcement engine on the system.
-- False — Indicates that the policy is not authorized to be loaded by the enforcement engine on the system. This is the default.
+- True—Indicates that the policy is authorized to be loaded by the enforcement engine on the system.
+- False—Indicates that the policy isn't authorized to be loaded by the enforcement engine on the system. This value is the default value.
 
 The following table provides the result of this policy based on different values of IsAuthorized, IsDeployed, and IsEffective nodes:
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ For customers using Intune standalone or hybrid management with Configuration Ma
 
 ## Generic MDM Server Usage Guidance
 
-In order to leverage the ApplicationControl CSP without using Intune, you must:
+In order to use the ApplicationControl CSP without using Intune, you must:
 
 1. Know a generated policy's GUID, which can be found in the policy xml as `` or `` for pre-1903 systems.
 2. Convert the policies to binary format using the ConvertFrom-CIPolicy cmdlet in order to be deployed. The binary policy may be signed or unsigned.
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ To deploy base policy and supplemental policies:
 1. Perform an ADD on **./Vendor/MSFT/ApplicationControl/Policies/_Policy GUID_/Policy** using the Base64-encoded policy node as {Data} with the GUID and policy data for the base policy.
 2. Repeat for each base or supplemental policy (with its own GUID and data).
 
-The following example shows the deployment of two base policies and a supplemental policy (which already specifies the base policy it supplements and does not need that reflected in the ADD).
+The following example shows the deployment of two base policies and a supplemental policy (which already specifies the base policy it supplements and doesn't need that reflected in the ADD).
 
 #### Example 1: Add first base policy
 
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ The following table displays the result of Get operation on different nodes:
 |./Vendor/MSFT/ApplicationControl/Policies/_Policy GUID_/PolicyInfo/Status|Was the deployment successful|
 |./Vendor/MSFT/ApplicationControl/Policies/_Policy GUID_/PolicyInfo/FriendlyName|Friendly name per the policy|
 
-The following is an example of Get command:
+An example of Get command is:
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ The following is an example of Get command:
 
 #### Rebootless Deletion
 
-Upon deletion, policies deployed via the ApplicationControl CSP are removed from the system but stay in effect until the next reboot. In order to functionally do a rebootless delete, first replace the existing policy with an Allow All policy (found at C:\Windows\schemas\CodeIntegrity\ExamplePolicies\AllowAll.xml) and then delete the updated policy. This will immediately prevent anything from being blocked and fully deactive the policy on the next reboot.
+Upon deletion, policies deployed via the ApplicationControl CSP are removed from the system but stay in effect until the next reboot. In order to functionally do a rebootless delete, first replace the existing policy with an Allow All policy (found at C:\Windows\schemas\CodeIntegrity\ExamplePolicies\AllowAll.xml) and then delete the updated policy. This sequence will immediately prevent anything from being blocked and fully deactive the policy on the next reboot.
 
 #### Unsigned Policies
 
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ To delete an unsigned policy, perform a DELETE on **./Vendor/MSFT/ApplicationCon
 #### Signed Policies
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> A signed policy by default can only be replaced by another signed policy. Hence, performing a DELETE on **./Vendor/MSFT/ApplicationControl/Policies/_Policy GUID_/Policy** is not sufficient to delete a signed policy.
+> A signed policy by default can only be replaced by another signed policy. Hence, performing a DELETE on **./Vendor/MSFT/ApplicationControl/Policies/_Policy GUID_/Policy** isn't sufficient to delete a signed policy.
 
 To delete a signed policy:
 
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ To delete a signed policy:
 2. Deploy another update with unsigned Allow All policy.
 3. Perform delete.
 
-The following is an example of Delete command:
+An example of Delete command is:
 
 ```xml
    
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ The following is an example of Delete command:
 
 ## PowerShell and WMI Bridge Usage Guidance
 
-The ApplicationControl CSP can also be managed locally from PowerShell or via Microsoft Endpoint Manager Configuration Manager's (MEMCM, formerly known as SCCM) task sequence scripting by leveraging the [WMI Bridge Provider](./using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider.md).
+The ApplicationControl CSP can also be managed locally from PowerShell or via Microsoft Endpoint Manager Configuration Manager's (MEMCM, formerly known as SCCM) task sequence scripting by using the [WMI Bridge Provider](./using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider.md).
 
 ### Setup for using the WMI Bridge
 
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ The ApplicationControl CSP can also be managed locally from PowerShell or via Mi
 
 ### Deploying a policy via WMI Bridge
 
-Run the following command. PolicyID is a GUID which can be found in the policy xml, and should be used here without braces.
+Run the following command. PolicyID is a GUID that can be found in the policy xml, and should be used here without braces.
 
 ```powershell
 New-CimInstance -Namespace $namespace -ClassName $policyClassName -Property @{ParentID="./Vendor/MSFT/ApplicationControl/Policies";InstanceID="";Policy=$policyBase64}
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/applocker-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/applocker-csp.md
index 61070859fe..4d6a2a787f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/applocker-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/applocker-csp.md
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ ms.date: 11/19/2019
 # AppLocker CSP
 
 
-The AppLocker configuration service provider is used to specify which applications are allowed or disallowed. There is no user interface shown for apps that are blocked.
+The AppLocker configuration service provider is used to specify which applications are allowed or disallowed. There's no user interface shown for apps that are blocked.
 
-The following shows the AppLocker configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the AppLocker configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Defines restrictions for applications.
 > [!NOTE]
 > When you create a list of allowed apps, all [inbox apps](#inboxappsandcomponents) are also blocked, and you must include them in your list of allowed apps. Don't forget to add the inbox apps for Phone, Messaging, Settings, Start, Email and accounts, Work and school, and other apps that you need.
 
-> Delete/unenrollment is not properly supported unless Grouping values are unique across enrollments. If multiple enrollments use the same Grouping value, then unenrollment will not work as expected since there are duplicate URIs that get deleted by the resource manager. To prevent this problem, the Grouping value should include some randomness. The best practice is to use a randomly generated GUID. However, there is no requirement on the exact value of the node.
+> Delete/unenrollment is not properly supported unless Grouping values are unique across enrollments. If multiple enrollments use the same Grouping value, then unenrollment will not work as expected since there are duplicate URIs that get deleted by the resource manager. To prevent this problem, the Grouping value should include some randomness. The best practice is to use a randomly generated GUID. However, there's no requirement on the exact value of the node.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The AppLocker CSP will schedule a reboot when a policy is applied or a deletion occurs using the AppLocker/ApplicationLaunchRestrictions/Grouping/CodeIntegrity/Policy URI.
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Defines restrictions for applications.
 Additional information:
 
 **AppLocker/ApplicationLaunchRestrictions/_Grouping_**  
-Grouping nodes are dynamic nodes, and there may be any number of them for a given enrollment (or a given context). The actual identifiers are selected by the management endpoint, whose job it is to determine what their purpose is, and to not conflict with other identifiers that they define.
+Grouping nodes are dynamic nodes, and there may be any number of them for a given enrollment (or a given context). The actual identifiers are selected by the management endpoint, whose job it's to determine what their purpose is, and to not conflict with other identifiers that they define.
 Different enrollments and contexts may use the same Authority identifier, even if many such identifiers are active at the same time.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **AppLocker/ApplicationLaunchRestrictions/_Grouping_/EXE/EnforcementMode**  
-The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) does not affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
+The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) doesn't affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
 
 The data type is a string. 
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **AppLocker/ApplicationLaunchRestrictions/_Grouping_/MSI/EnforcementMode**  
-The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) does not affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
+The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) doesn't affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
 
 The data type is a string. 
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **AppLocker/ApplicationLaunchRestrictions/_Grouping_/Script/EnforcementMode**  
-The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) does not affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
+The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) doesn't affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
 
 The data type is a string.
 
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **AppLocker/ApplicationLaunchRestrictions/_Grouping_/StoreApps/EnforcementMode**  
-The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) does not affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
+The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) doesn't affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
 
 The data type is a string.
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **AppLocker/ApplicationLaunchRestrictions/_Grouping_/DLL/EnforcementMode**  
-The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) does not affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
+The EnforcementMode node for Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection) doesn't affect the behavior of EnterpriseDataProtection. The EDPEnforcementLevel from Policy CSP should be used to enable and disable Windows Information Protection (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection).
 
 The data type is a string.
 
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 **AppLocker/EnterpriseDataProtection**  
 Captures the list of apps that are allowed to handle enterprise data. Should be used in conjunction with the settings in **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseDataProtection** in [EnterpriseDataProtection CSP](enterprisedataprotection-csp.md).
 
-In Windows 10, version 1607 the Windows Information Protection has a concept for allowed and exempt applications. Allowed applications can access enterprise data and the data handled by those applications are protected with encryption. Exempt applications can also access enterprise data, but the data handled by those applications are not protected. This is because some critical enterprise applications may have compatibility problems with encrypted data.
+In Windows 10, version 1607 the Windows Information Protection has a concept for allowed and exempt applications. Allowed applications can access enterprise data and the data handled by those applications are protected with encryption. Exempt applications can also access enterprise data, but the data handled by those applications aren't protected. This is because some critical enterprise applications may have compatibility problems with encrypted data.
 
 You can set the allowed list using the following URI:
 - ./Vendor/MSFT/AppLocker/EnterpriseDataProtection/_Grouping_/EXE/Policy
@@ -227,10 +227,10 @@ Exempt examples:
 
 Additional information:
 
-- [Recommended deny list for Windows Information Protection](#recommended-deny-list-for-windows-information-protection) - example for Windows 10, version 1607 that denies known unenlightened Microsoft apps from accessing enterprise data as an allowed app. This ensures an administrator does not accidentally make these apps Windows Information Protection allowed, and avoid known compatibility issues related to automatic file encryption with these applications.
+- [Recommended blocklist for Windows Information Protection](#recommended-blocklist-for-windows-information-protection) - example for Windows 10, version 1607 that denies known unenlightened Microsoft apps from accessing enterprise data as an allowed app. This prevention ensures an administrator doesn't accidentally make these apps Windows Information Protection allowed, and avoid known compatibility issues related to automatic file encryption with these applications.
 
 **AppLocker/EnterpriseDataProtection/_Grouping_**  
-Grouping nodes are dynamic nodes, and there may be any number of them for a given enrollment (or a given context). The actual identifiers are selected by the management endpoint, whose job it is to determine what their purpose is, and to not conflict with other identifiers that they define.
+Grouping nodes are dynamic nodes, and there may be any number of them for a given enrollment (or a given context). The actual identifiers are selected by the management endpoint, whose job it's to determine what their purpose is, and to not conflict with other identifiers that they define.
 Different enrollments and contexts may use the same Authority identifier, even if many such identifiers are active at the same time.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Data type is string.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
-1.  On your phone under **Device discovery**, tap **Pair**. You will get a code (case sensitive).
+1.  On your phone under **Device discovery**, tap **Pair**. You'll get a code (case sensitive).
 2.  On the browser on the **Set up access page**, enter the code (case sensitive) into the text box and click **Submit**.
 
     The **Device Portal** page opens on your browser.
@@ -267,11 +267,11 @@ Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
     ![device portal screenshot.](images/applocker-screenshot1.png)
 
 3.  On the desktop **Device Portal** page, click **Apps** to open the **App Manager**.
-4.  On the **App Manager** page under **Running apps**, you will see the **Publisher** and **PackageFullName** of apps.
+4.  On the **App Manager** page under **Running apps**, you'll see the **Publisher** and **PackageFullName** of apps.
 
     ![device portal app manager.](images/applocker-screenshot3.png)
 
-5. If you do not see the app that you want, look under **Installed apps**. Using the drop- down menu, click on the application and you get the Version, Publisher, and PackageFullName displayed.
+5. If you don't see the app that you want, look under **Installed apps**. Using the drop- down menu, click on the application and you get the Version, Publisher, and PackageFullName displayed.
 
     ![app manager.](images/applocker-screenshot2.png)
 
@@ -281,9 +281,9 @@ The following table shows the mapping of information to the AppLocker publisher
 |--- |--- |
 |PackageFullName|ProductName

               The product name is first part of the PackageFullName followed by the version number. In the Windows Camera example, the ProductName is Microsoft.WindowsCamera.|
 |Publisher|Publisher|
-|Version|Version
               
              This can be used either in the HighSection or LowSection of the BinaryVersionRange.
               
              HighSection defines the highest version number and LowSection defines the lowest version number that should be trusted. You can use a wildcard for both versions to make a version- independent rule. Using a wildcard for one of the values will provide higher than or lower than a specific version semantics.|
+|Version|Version
               
              The version can be used either in the HighSection or LowSection of the BinaryVersionRange.
               
              HighSection defines the highest version number and LowSection defines the lowest version number that should be trusted. You can use a wildcard for both versions to make a version- independent rule. Using a wildcard for one of the values will provide higher than or lower than a specific version semantics.|
 
-Here is an example AppLocker publisher rule:
+Here's an example AppLocker publisher rule:
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Request URI:
 https://bspmts.mp.microsoft.com/v1/public/catalog/Retail/Products/{app ID}/applockerdata
 ```
 
-Here is the example for Microsoft OneNote:
+Here's the example for Microsoft OneNote:
 
 Request
 
@@ -330,13 +330,13 @@ Result
 |--- |--- |
 |packageIdentityName|ProductName|
 |publisherCertificateName|Publisher|
-|windowsPhoneLegacyId|Same value maps to the ProductName and Publisher name. 
               
               This value will only be present if there is a XAP package associated with the app in the Store. 
               
              If this value is populated then the simple thing to do to cover both the AppX and XAP package would be to create two rules for the app. One rule for AppX using the packageIdentityName and publisherCertificateName value and another one using the windowsPhoneLegacyId value.|
+|windowsPhoneLegacyId|Same value maps to the ProductName and Publisher name. 
               
               This value will only be present if there's a XAP package associated with the app in the Store. 
               
              If this value is populated, then the simple thing to do to cover both the AppX and XAP package would be to create two rules for the app. One rule for AppX using the packageIdentityName and publisherCertificateName value and another one using the windowsPhoneLegacyId value.|
 
 
 ## Settings apps that rely on splash apps
 
 
-These apps are blocked unless they are explicitly added to the list of allowed apps. The following table shows the subset of Settings apps that rely on splash apps.
+These apps are blocked unless they're explicitly added to the list of allowed apps. The following table shows the subset of Settings apps that rely on splash apps.
 
 The product name is first part of the PackageFullName followed by the version number.
 
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ The following example blocks the usage of the map application.
 
 ```
 
-The following example disables the Mixed Reality Portal. In the example, the **Id** can be any generated GUID and the **Name** can be any name you choose. Note that `BinaryName="*"` allows you to block any app executable in the Mixed Reality Portal package. **Binary/VersionRange**, as shown in the example, will block all versions of the Mixed Reality Portal app.
+The following example disables the Mixed Reality Portal. In the example, the **Id** can be any generated GUID and the **Name** can be any name you choose. `BinaryName="*"` allows you to block any app executable in the Mixed Reality Portal package. **Binary/VersionRange**, as shown in the example, will block all versions of the Mixed Reality Portal app.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ In this example, **MobileGroup0** is the node name. We recommend using a GUID fo
 ```
 
 ## Example for Windows 10 Holographic for Business
-The following example for Windows 10 Holographic for Business denies all apps and allows the minimum set of [inbox apps](#inboxappsandcomponents) to enable a working device, as well as Settings.
+The following example for Windows 10 Holographic for Business denies all apps and allows the minimum set of [inbox apps](#inboxappsandcomponents) to enable a working device, and Settings.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -1276,8 +1276,8 @@ The following example for Windows 10 Holographic for Business denies all apps an
 
 ```
 
-## Recommended deny list for Windows Information Protection
-The following example for Windows 10, version 1607 denies known unenlightened Microsoft apps from accessing enterprise data as an allowed app. (An administrator might still use an exempt rule, instead.) This ensures an administrator does not accidentally make these apps Windows Information Protection allowed, and avoid known compatibility issues related to automatic file encryption with these applications.
+## Recommended blocklist for Windows Information Protection
+The following example for Windows 10, version 1607 denies known unenlightened Microsoft apps from accessing enterprise data as an allowed app. (An administrator might still use an exempt rule, instead.) This prevention ensures an administrator doesn't accidentally make these apps Windows Information Protection allowed, and avoid known compatibility issues related to automatic file encryption with these applications.
 
 In this example, Contoso is the node name. We recommend using a GUID for this node.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/appv-deploy-and-config.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/appv-deploy-and-config.md
index ac7cb56c39..79bb949ff1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/appv-deploy-and-config.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/appv-deploy-and-config.md
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 [EnterpriseAppVManagement CSP reference](./enterpriseappvmanagement-csp.md)
 
-The following shows the EnterpriseAppVManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the EnterpriseAppVManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ EnterpriseAppVManagement
 ------------Policy
 ```
 
-
              (./User/Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement) contains the following sub-nodes.
              
+
              (./User/Vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseAppVManagement) contains the following subnodes.
              
 
 
              AppVPublishing - An exec action node that contains the App-V publishing configuration for an MDM device (applied globally to all users for that device) or a specific MDM user.
              
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ EnterpriseAppVManagement
 
 #### Configure App-V client
 
-
              This example shows how to allow package scripts to run during package operations (publish, run, and unpublish).  Allowing package scripts assists in package deployments (add and publish of App-V apps).
              
+
              This example shows how to allow package scripts to run during package operations (publish, run, and unpublish). Allowing package scripts helps package deployments (add and publish of App-V apps).
              
 
 ```xml
  
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp.md
index 15f4ca1e01..ec5d6c0afe 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp.md
@@ -14,22 +14,22 @@ ms.date: 09/18/2018
 
 # AssignedAccess CSP
 
-The AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP) is used to set the device to run in kiosk mode. Once the CSP has been executed, then the next user login that is associated with the kiosk mode puts the device into the kiosk mode running the application specified in the CSP configuration.
+The AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP) is used to set the device to run in kiosk mode. Once the CSP has been executed, then the next user sign in that is associated with the kiosk mode puts the device into the kiosk mode running the application specified in the CSP configuration.
 
 For a step-by-step guide for setting up devices to run in kiosk mode, see [Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education.](/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app)
 
- In Windows 10, version 1709, the AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP) has been expanded to make it easy for administrators to create kiosks that run more than one app. You can configure multi-app kiosks using a provisioning package. For a step-by-step guide, see [Create a Windows 10 kiosk that runs multiple apps](/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps).
+In Windows 10, version 1709, the AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP) has been expanded to make it easy for administrators to create kiosks that run more than one app. You can configure multi-app kiosks using a provisioning package. For a step-by-step guide, see [Create a Windows 10 kiosk that runs multiple apps](/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps).
 
 > [!Warning]
 > You can only assign one single app kiosk profile to an individual user account on a device. The single app profile does not support domain groups.
 
 > [!Note]
-> If the application calls KeyCredentialManager.IsSupportedAsync when it is running in assigned access mode and it returns false on the first run, invoke the settings screen and select a convenience PIN to use with Windows Hello. This is the settings screen that is hidden by the application running in assigned access mode. You can only use Windows Hello if you first leave assigned access mode, select your convenience pin, and then go back into assigned access mode again. 
+> If the application calls KeyCredentialManager.IsSupportedAsync when it is running in assigned access mode and it returns false on the first run, invoke the settings screen and select a appropriate PIN to use with Windows Hello. This is the settings screen that is hidden by the application running in assigned access mode. You can only use Windows Hello if you first leave assigned access mode, select your convenience pin, and then go back into assigned access mode again.
 
 > [!Note]
-> The AssignedAccess CSP is supported in Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education. Starting from Windows 10, version 1709 it is also supported in Windows 10 Pro and Windows 10 S. Starting in Windows 10, version 1803, it is also supported in Windows Holographic for Business edition.
+> The AssignedAccess CSP is supported in Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education. Starting from Windows 10, version 1709, it is supported in Windows 10 Pro and Windows 10 S. Starting from Windows 10, version 1803, it is also supported in Windows Holographic for Business edition.
 
-The following shows the AssignedAccess configuration service provider in tree format
+The following example shows the AssignedAccess configuration service provider in tree format
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -40,13 +40,14 @@ AssignedAccess
 ----ShellLauncher (Added in Windows 10, version 1803)
 ----StatusConfiguration (Added in Windows 10, version 1803)
 ```
+
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess**
 Root node for the CSP.
 
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess/KioskModeApp**
 A JSON string that contains the user account name and Application User Model ID (AUMID) of the Kiosk mode app. For more information about how to get the AUMID, see [Find the Application User Model ID of an installed app](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app).
 
-For a step-by-step guide for setting up devices to run in kiosk mode, see [Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education.](/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app)
+For more information, see [Set up a kiosk on Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, or Education.](/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app)
 
 > [!Note]
 > In Windows 10, version 1803 the Configuration node introduces single app kiosk profile to replace KioskModeApp CSP node. KioskModeApp node will be deprecated soon, so you should use the single app kiosk profile in config xml for Configuration node to configure public-facing single app Kiosk.
@@ -54,7 +55,7 @@ For a step-by-step guide for setting up devices to run in kiosk mode, see [Set u
 > Starting in Windows 10, version 1803 the KioskModeApp node becomes No-Op if Configuration node is configured on the device. That Add/Replace/Delete command on KioskModeApp node always returns SUCCESS to the MDM server if Configuration node is set, but the data of KioskModeApp will not take any effect on the device. Get command on KioskModeApp will return the configured JSON string even it’s not effective.
 
 > [!Note]
-> You cannot set both KioskModeApp and ShellLauncher at the same time on the device.
+> You can't set both KioskModeApp and ShellLauncher at the same time on the device.
 
 Starting in Windows 10, version 1607, you can use a provisioned app to configure the kiosk mode. For more information about how to remotely provision an app, see [Enterprise app management](enterprise-app-management.md).
 
@@ -66,43 +67,37 @@ Here's an example:
 
 > [!Tip]
 > In this example the double \\\ is required because it's in JSON and JSON escapes \ into \\\\. If an MDM server uses JSON parser\composer, they should ask customers to type only one \\, which will be \\\ in the JSON. If user types \\\\, it'll become \\\\\\\ in JSON, which will cause erroneous results. For the same reason, domain\account used in Configuration xml does not need \\\ but only one \\, because xml does not (need to) escape \\.
-> 
-> This applies to both domain\account, AzureAD\someone@contoso.onmicrosoft.com, i.e. as long as a \ used in JSON string. 
+>
+> This applies to both domain\account, AzureAD\someone@contoso.onmicrosoft.com, i.e. as long as a \ used in JSON string.
 
-When configuring the kiosk mode app, the account name will be used to find the target user. The account name includes domain name and user name.
+When the kiosk mode app is being configured, the account name will be used to find the target user. The account name includes domain name and user name.
 
 > [!Note]
-> The domain name can be optional if the user name is unique across the system.
+> The domain name can be optional, if the user name is unique across the system.
 
 For a local account, the domain name should be the device name. When Get is executed on this node, the domain name is always returned in the output.
 
-
 The supported operations are Add, Delete, Get and Replace. When there's no configuration, the Get and Delete methods fail. When there's already a configuration for kiosk mode app, the Add method fails. The data pattern for Add and Replace is the same.
 
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess/Configuration**
-Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Specifies the settings that you can configure in the kiosk or device. This node accepts an AssignedAccessConfiguration xml as input to configure the device experience. For details about the configuration settings in the XML, see [Create a Windows 10 kiosk that runs multiple apps](/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps). Here is the schema for the [AssignedAccessConfiguration](#assignedaccessconfiguration-xsd).
-
-> [!Note]
-> In Windows 10, version 1803 the Configuration node introduces single app kiosk profile to replace KioskModeApp CSP node. KioskModeApp node will be deprecated soon, so you should use the single app kiosk profile in config xml for Configuration node to configure public-facing single app Kiosk.
->
-> Starting in Windows 10, version 1803 the KioskModeApp node becomes No-Op if Configuration node is configured on the device. That Add/Replace/Delete command on KioskModeApp node always returns SUCCESS to the MDM server if Configuration node is set, but the data of KioskModeApp will not take any effect on the device. Get command on KioskModeApp will return the configured JSON string even it’s not effective.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Specifies the settings that you can configure in the kiosk or device. This node accepts an AssignedAccessConfiguration xml as input to configure the device experience. For details about the configuration settings in the XML, see [Create a Windows 10 kiosk that runs multiple apps](/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps). Here's the schema for the [AssignedAccessConfiguration](#assignedaccessconfiguration-xsd).
 
 Enterprises can use this to easily configure and manage the curated lockdown experience.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
-Deleting the multi-app configuration will remove the assigned access lockdown profiles associated with the users, but it cannot revert all the enforced policies back (e.g. Start Layout).
+Deleting the multi-app configuration will remove the assigned access lockdown profiles associated with the users, but it can't revert all the enforced policies back (for example, Start Layout).
 
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess/Status**
 Added in Windows 10, version 1803. This read only polling node allows MDM server to query the current KioskModeAppRuntimeStatus as long as the StatusConfiguration node is set to “On” or “OnWithAlerts”. If the StatusConfiguration is “Off”, a node not found error will be reported to the MDM server. Click [link](#status-example) to see an example SyncML. [Here](#assignedaccessalert-xsd) is the schema for the Status payload.
 
-In Windows 10, version 1803, Assigned Access runtime status only supports monitoring single app kiosk mode. Here are the possible status available for single app kiosk mode.
+In Windows 10, version 1803, Assigned Access runtime status only supports monitoring single app kiosk mode. Here are the possible statuses available for single app kiosk mode.
 
 |Status  |Description  |
 |---------|---------|---------|
-| KioskModeAppRunning | This means the kiosk app is running normally. |
-| KioskModeAppNotFound | This occurs when the kiosk app is not deployed to the machine. |
-| KioskModeAppActivationFailure | This happens when the assigned access controller detects the process terminated unexpectedly after exceeding the max retry. |
+| KioskModeAppRunning | This status means the kiosk app is running normally. |
+| KioskModeAppNotFound | This state occurs when the kiosk app isn't deployed to the machine. |
+| KioskModeAppActivationFailure | This state occurs when the assigned access controller detects the process terminated unexpectedly after exceeding the max retry. |
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Status codes available in the Status payload correspond to a specific KioskModeAppRuntimeStatus.
@@ -113,7 +108,7 @@ In Windows 10, version 1803, Assigned Access runtime status only supports monito
 | 2     | KioskModeAppNotFound          |
 | 3     | KioskModeAppActivationFailure         |
 
-Additionally, the status payload includes a profileId that can be used by the MDM server to correlate which kiosk app caused the error.
+Additionally, the status payload includes a profileId that can be used by the MDM server to correlate as to which kiosk app caused the error.
 
 In Windows 10, version 1809, Assigned Access runtime status supports monitoring single-app kiosk and multi-app modes. Here are the possible status codes.
 
@@ -136,27 +131,27 @@ In Windows 10, version 1809, Assigned Access runtime status supports monitoring
 
 Additionally, the Status payload includes the following fields:
 
-- profileId: can be used by the MDM server to correlate which account caused the error.
-- OperationList: list of failed operations that occurred while applying the assigned access CSP, if any exist.
+- profileId: It can be used by the MDM server to correlate which account caused the error.
+- OperationList: It gives the list of failed operations that occurred while applying the assigned access CSP, if any exist.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess/ShellLauncher**
-Added in Windows 10,version 1803. This node accepts a ShellLauncherConfiguration xml as input. Click [link](#shelllauncherconfiguration-xsd) to see the schema. Shell Launcher V2 is introduced in Windows 10, version 1903 to support both UWP and Win32 apps as the custom shell. For more information, see [Shell Launcher](/windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher).
+Added in Windows 10, version 1803. This node accepts a ShellLauncherConfiguration xml as input. Click [link](#shelllauncherconfiguration-xsd) to see the schema. Shell Launcher V2 is introduced in Windows 10, version 1903 to support both UWP and Win32 apps as the custom shell. For more information, see [Shell Launcher](/windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher).
 
 > [!Note]
-> You cannot set both ShellLauncher and KioskModeApp at the same time on the device.
+> You can't set both ShellLauncher and KioskModeApp at the same time on the device.
 >
-> Configuring Shell Launcher using the ShellLauncher node automatically enables the Shell Launcher feature if it is available within the SKU. I. Shell Launcher as a feature and the ShellLauncher node both require Windows Enterprise or Windows Education to function.
+> Configuring Shell Launcher using the ShellLauncher node automatically enables the Shell Launcher feature, if it is available within the SKU. I. Shell Launcher as a feature and the ShellLauncher node both require Windows Enterprise or Windows Education to function.
 >
 >The ShellLauncher node is not supported in Windows 10 Pro.
 
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess/StatusConfiguration**
 Added in Windows 10, version 1803. This node accepts a StatusConfiguration xml as input to configure the Kiosk App Health monitoring. There are three possible values for StatusEnabled node inside StatusConfiguration xml: On, OnWithAlerts, and Off. Click [link](#statusconfiguration-xsd) to see the StatusConfiguration schema.
 
-By default the StatusConfiguration node does not exist, and it implies this feature is off. Once enabled via CSP, Assigned Access will check kiosk app status and wait for MDM server to query the latest status from the Status node.
+By default, the StatusConfiguration node doesn't exist, and it implies this feature is off. Once enabled via CSP, Assigned Access will check kiosk app status and wait for MDM server to query the latest status from the Status node.
 
-Optionally, the MDM server can opt-in to the MDM alert so a MDM alert will be generated and sent immediately to the MDM server when the assigned access runtime status is changed. This MDM alert will contain the status payload that is available via the Status node.
+Optionally, the MDM server can opt in to the MDM alert so that an MDM alert will be generated and sent immediately to the MDM server when the assigned access runtime status is changed. This MDM alert will contain the status payload that is available via the Status node.
 
 This MDM alert header is defined as follows:
 
@@ -431,7 +426,8 @@ Below schema is for AssignedAccess Configuration up to Windows 10 1803 release.
 
 ```
 
-Here is the schema for new features introduced in Windows 10 1809 release
+Here's the schema for new features introduced in Windows 10 1809 release
+
 ```xml
 
 
 ```
 
-To authorize a compatible configuration XML that includes 1809 or prerelease elements and attributes, always include the namespace of these add-on schemas, and decorate the attributes and elements accordingly with the namespace alias. e.g. to configure auto-launch feature which is added in 1809 release, use below sample, notice an alias r1809 is given to the 201810 namespace for 1809 release, and the alias is tagged on AutoLaunch and AutoLaunchArguments inline.
+To authorize a compatible configuration XML that includes 1809 or prerelease elements and attributes, always include the namespace of these add-on schemas, and decorate the attributes and elements accordingly with the namespace alias. For example, to configure auto-launch feature that is added in 1809 release, use below sample, notice an alias r1809 is given to the 201810 namespace for 1809 release, and the alias is tagged on AutoLaunch and AutoLaunchArguments inline.
+
 ```xml
 
 ```
 
-
 StatusConfiguration Delete
+
 ```xml
 
    
@@ -962,6 +959,7 @@ StatusConfiguration Replace On
 ## Status example
 
 Status Get
+
 ```xml
 
    
@@ -1478,4 +1476,8 @@ This example configures the following apps: Skype, Learning, Feedback Hub, and C
         
     
 
-```
\ No newline at end of file
+```
+
+## Related topics
+
+[Configuration service provider reference](configuration-service-provider-reference.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-ddf.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-ddf.md
index 1adb451c1c..c6d84bf203 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-ddf.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-ddf.md
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The XML below is for Windows 10, version 1803.
 
 Example: {"User":"domain\\user", "AUMID":"Microsoft.WindowsCalculator_8wekyb3d8bbwe!App"}.
 
-When configuring kiosk mode app, account name will be used to find the target user. Account name includes domain name and user name. Domain name can be optional if user name is unique across the system. For a local account, domain name should be machine name. When "Get" is executed on this node, domain name is always returned in the output.
+When configuring kiosk mode app, account name will be used to find the target user. Account name includes domain name and user name. Domain name can be optional, if user name is unique across the system. For a local account, domain name should be machine name. When "Get" is executed on this node, domain name is always returned in the output.
 
 This node supports Add, Delete, Replace and Get methods. When there's no configuration, "Get" and "Delete" methods fail. When there's already a configuration for kiosk mode app, "Add" method fails. The data pattern for "Add" and "Replace" is the same.
                 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ This node supports Add, Delete, Replace and Get methods. When there's no configu
                 
                     
                 
-                This read only node contains kiosk health event xml
+                This read only node contains kiosk health event in xml
                 
                     
                 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/azure-active-directory-integration-with-mdm.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/azure-active-directory-integration-with-mdm.md
index 634025c4b9..538a112494 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/azure-active-directory-integration-with-mdm.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/azure-active-directory-integration-with-mdm.md
@@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ The following diagram illustrates the high-level flow involved in the actual enr
 
 ![azure ad enrollment flow.](images/azure-ad-enrollment-flow.png)
 
-The MDM is expected to use this information about the device (Device ID) when reporting device compliance back to Azure AD using the [Azure AD Graph API](/azure/active-directory/develop/active-directory-graph-api). A sample for reporting device compliance is provided later in this article.
+The MDM is expected to use this information about the device (Device ID) when reporting device compliance back to Azure AD using the [Microsoft Graph API](/azure/active-directory/develop/active-directory-graph-api). A sample for reporting device compliance is provided later in this article.
 
 ## Make the MDM a reliable party of Azure AD
 
-To participate in the integrated enrollment flow outlined in the previous section, the MDM must consume access tokens issued by Azure AD. To report compliance with Azure AD, the MDM must authenticate itself to Azure AD and obtain authorization in the form of an access token that allows it to invoke the [Azure AD Graph API](/azure/active-directory/develop/active-directory-graph-api).
+To participate in the integrated enrollment flow outlined in the previous section, the MDM must consume access tokens issued by Azure AD. To report compliance with Azure AD, the MDM must authenticate itself to Azure AD and obtain authorization in the form of an access token that allows it to invoke the [Microsoft Graph API](/azure/active-directory/develop/active-directory-graph-api).
 
 ### Add a cloud-based MDM
 
@@ -112,13 +112,13 @@ A cloud-based MDM is a SaaS application that provides device management capabili
 The MDM vendor must first register the application in their home tenant and mark it as a multi-tenant application. Here a code sample from GitHub that explains how to add multi-tenant applications to Azure AD, [WepApp-WebAPI-MultiTenant-OpenIdConnect-DotNet](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613661).
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> For the MDM provider, if you don't have an existing Azure AD tentant with an Azure AD subscription that you manage, follow the step-by-step guide in [Add an Azure AD tenant and Azure AD subscription](add-an-azure-ad-tenant-and-azure-ad-subscription.md) to set up a tenant, add a subscription, and manage it via the Azure Portal.
+> For the MDM provider, if you don't have an existing Azure AD tenant with an Azure AD subscription that you manage, follow the step-by-step guide in [Add an Azure AD tenant and Azure AD subscription](add-an-azure-ad-tenant-and-azure-ad-subscription.md) to set up a tenant, add a subscription, and manage it via the Azure Portal.
 
 The MDM application uses keys to request access tokens from Azure AD. These keys are managed within the tenant of the MDM provider and not visible to individual customers. The same key is used by the multi-tenant MDM application to authenticate itself with Azure AD, whatever the customer tenent the managed device belongs.
 
 Use the following steps to register a cloud-based MDM application with Azure AD. At this time, you need to work with the Azure AD engineering team to expose this application through the Azure AD app gallery.
 
-1.  Log in to the Azure Management Portal using an admin account in your home tenant.
+1.  Log on to the Azure Management Portal using an admin account in your home tenant.
 
 2.  In the left navigation, select **Active Directory**.
 
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Use the following steps to register a cloud-based MDM application with Azure AD.
 
 7.  Enter a friendly name for the application, such as ContosoMDM, select **Web Application and or Web API**, then select **Next**.
 
-8.  Enter the login URL for your MDM service.
+8.  Enter the logon URL for your MDM service.
 
 9.  For the App ID, enter `https:///ContosoMDM`, then select OK.
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Use the following steps to register a cloud-based MDM application with Azure AD.
 
 13. Generate a key for your application and copy it.
 
-    You need this key to call the Azure AD Graph API to report device compliance. This information is covered in the next section.
+    You need this key to call the Microsoft Graph API to report device compliance. This information is covered in the next section.
 
 For more information about how to register a sample application with Azure AD, see the steps to register the **TodoListService Web API** in [NativeClient-DotNet](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613667).
 
@@ -164,11 +164,11 @@ For more information about registering applications with Azure AD, see [Basics o
 
 ### Key management and security guidelines
 
-The application keys used by your MDM service are a sensitive resource. They should be protected and rolled over periodically for greater security. Access tokens obtained by your MDM service to call the Azure AD Graph API are bearer tokens and should be protected to avoid unauthorized disclosure.
+The application keys used by your MDM service are a sensitive resource. They should be protected and rolled over periodically for greater security. Access tokens obtained by your MDM service to call the Microsoft Graph API are bearer tokens and should be protected to avoid unauthorized disclosure.
 
 For security best practices, see [Windows Azure Security Essentials](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613715).
 
-You can rollover the application keys used by a cloud-based MDM service without requiring a customer interaction. There's a single set of keys across all customer tenants that are managed by the MDM vendor in their Azure AD tenant.
+You can roll over the application keys used by a cloud-based MDM service without requiring a customer interaction. There's a single set of keys across all customer tenants that are managed by the MDM vendor in their Azure AD tenant.
 
 For the on-premises MDM, the Azure AD authentication keys are within the customer tenant and must be rolled over by the customer's administrator. To improve security, provide guidance to customers about rolling over and protecting the keys.
 
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ The following table shows the required information to create an entry in the Azu
 
 There are no special requirements for adding on-premises MDM to the app gallery. There's a generic entry for administrator to add an app to their tenant.
 
-However, key management is different for on-premises MDM. You must obtain the client ID (app ID) and key assigned to the MDM app within the customer's tenant. Thee ID and key obtain authorization to access the Azure AD Graph API and for reporting device compliance.
+However, key management is different for on-premises MDM. You must obtain the client ID (app ID) and key assigned to the MDM app within the customer's tenant. Thee ID and key obtain authorization to access the Microsoft Graph API and for reporting device compliance.
 
 ## Themes
 
@@ -247,7 +247,6 @@ The following parameters are passed in the query string:
 |api-version|Specifies the version of the protocol requested by the client. This value provides a mechanism to support version revisions of the protocol.|
 |mode|Specifies that the device is organization owned when mode=azureadjoin. This parameter isn't present for BYOD devices.|
 
- 
 ### Access token
 
 Azure AD issues a bearer access token. The token is passed in the authorization header of the HTTP request. Here's a typical format:
@@ -267,7 +266,7 @@ The following claims are expected in the access token passed by Windows to the T
 > [!NOTE]
 > There's no device ID claim in the access token because the device may not yet be enrolled at this time.
 
-To retrieve the list of group memberships for the user, you can use the [Azure AD Graph API](/azure/active-directory/develop/active-directory-graph-api).
+To retrieve the list of group memberships for the user, you can use the [Microsoft Graph API](/azure/active-directory/develop/active-directory-graph-api).
 
 Here's an example URL.
 
@@ -326,7 +325,7 @@ The following table shows the error codes.
 |Cause|HTTP status|Error|Description|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |
 |api-version|302|invalid_request|unsupported version|
-|Tenant or user data are missing or other required prerequisites for device enrollment are not met|302|unauthorized_client|unauthorized user or tenant|
+|Tenant or user data are missing or other required prerequisites for device enrollment aren't met|302|unauthorized_client|unauthorized user or tenant|
 |Azure AD token validation failed|302|unauthorized_client|unauthorized_client|
 |internal service error|302|server_error|internal service error|
 
@@ -358,7 +357,7 @@ With Azure integrated MDM enrollment, there's no discovery phase and the discove
 There are two different MDM enrollment types that integrate with Azure AD, and use Azure AD user and device identities. Depending on the enrollment type, the MDM service may need to manage a single user or multiple users.
 
 **Multiple user management for Azure AD joined devices**
-In this scenario the MDM enrollment applies to every Azure AD user who signs in to the Azure AD joined device - call this enrollment type a device enrollment or a multi-user enrollment. The management server can determine the user identity, determine what policies are targeted for this user, and send corresponding policies to the device. To allow management server to identify current user that is logged on to the device, the OMA DM client uses the Azure AD user tokens. Each management session contains an additional HTTP header that contains an Azure AD user token. This information is provided in the DM package sent to the management server. However, in some circumstances Azure AD user token isn't sent over to the management server. One such scenario happens immediately after MDM enrollments completes during Azure AD join process. Until Azure AD join process is finished and Azure AD user signs on to the machine, Azure AD user token isn't available to OMA-DM process. Typically MDM enrollment completes before Azure AD user sign in to machine and the initial management session does not contain an Azure AD user token. The management server should check if the token is missing and only send device policies in such case. Another possible reason for a missing Azure AD token in the OMA-DM payload is when a guest user is logged on to the device.
+In this scenario the MDM enrollment applies to every Azure AD user who signs in to the Azure AD joined device - call this enrollment type a device enrollment or a multi-user enrollment. The management server can determine the user identity, determine what policies are targeted for this user, and send corresponding policies to the device. To allow management server to identify current user that is logged on to the device, the OMA DM client uses the Azure AD user tokens. Each management session contains an extra HTTP header that contains an Azure AD user token. This information is provided in the DM package sent to the management server. However, in some circumstances Azure AD user token isn't sent over to the management server. One such scenario happens immediately after MDM enrollments completes during Azure AD join process. Until Azure AD join process is finished and Azure AD user signs on to the machine, Azure AD user token isn't available to OMA-DM process. Typically, MDM enrollment completes before Azure AD user sign in to machine and the initial management session doesn't contain an Azure AD user token. The management server should check if the token is missing and only send device policies in such case. Another possible reason for a missing Azure AD token in the OMA-DM payload is when a guest user is logged on to the device.
 
 **Adding a work account and MDM enrollment to a device**
 In this scenario, the MDM enrollment applies to a single user who initially added their work account and enrolled the device. In this enrollment type, the management server can ignore Azure AD tokens that may be sent over during management session. Whether Azure AD token is present or missing, the management server sends both user and device policies to the device.
@@ -370,7 +369,7 @@ The Azure AD token is in the HTTP Authorization header in the following format:
 Authorization:Bearer 
 ```
 
-Additional claims may be present in the Azure AD token, such as:
+More claims may be present in the Azure AD token, such as:
 
 -   User - user currently logged in
 -   Device compliance - value set the MDM service into Azure
@@ -379,9 +378,10 @@ Additional claims may be present in the Azure AD token, such as:
 
 Access tokens issued by Azure AD are JSON web tokens (JWTs). A valid JWT token is presented by Windows at the MDM enrollment endpoint to start the enrollment process. There are a couple of options to evaluate the tokens:
 
--   Use the JWT Token Handler extension for WIF to validate the contents of the access token and extract claims required for use. For more information, see [JSON Web Token Handler](/previous-versions/dotnet/framework/security/json-web-token-handler).
+-   Use the JWT Token Handler extension for WIF to validate the contents of the access token and extract claims required for use. For more information, see [JwtSecurityTokenHandler Class](/dotnet/api/system.identitymodel.tokens.jwt.jwtsecuritytokenhandler).
 -   Refer to the Azure AD authentication code samples to get a sample for working with access tokens. For an example, see [NativeClient-DotNet](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=613667).
 
+
 ## Device Alert 1224 for Azure AD user token
 
 An alert is sent when the DM session starts and there's an Azure AD user logged in. The alert is sent in OMA DM pkg\#1. Here's an example:
@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@ An alert is sent to the MDM server in DM package\#1.
 
 -   Alert type - com.microsoft/MDM/LoginStatus
 -   Alert format - chr
--   Alert data - provide login status information for the current active logged in user.
-    -   Logged in user who has an Azure AD account - predefined text: user.
-    -   Logged in user without an Azure AD account- predefined text: others.
+-   Alert data - provide sign-in status information for the current active logged in user.
+    -   Signed-in user who has an Azure AD account - predefined text: user.
+    -   Signed-in user without an Azure AD account- predefined text: others.
     -   No active user - predefined text:none
 
 Here's an example.
@@ -443,9 +443,9 @@ For a sample that illustrates how an MDM can obtain an access token using OAuth
 -   **Cloud-based MDM** - If your product is a cloud-based multi-tenant MDM service, you have a single key configured for your service within your tenant. To obtain authorization, use this key to authenticate the MDM service with Azure AD.
 -   **On-premises MDM** - If your product is an on-premises MDM, customers must configure your product with the key used to authenticate with Azure AD. This key configuration is because each on-premises instance of your MDM product has a different tenant-specific key. So, you may need to expose a configuration experience in your MDM product that enables administrators to specify the key to be used to authenticate with Azure AD.
 
-### Use Azure AD Graph API
+### Use Microsoft Graph API
 
-The following sample REST API call illustrates how an MDM can use the Azure AD Graph API to report compliance status of a device being managed by it.
+The following sample REST API call illustrates how an MDM can use the Microsoft Graph API to report compliance status of a device being managed by it.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This API is only applicable for approved MDM apps on Windows 10 devices.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Where:
 
 -   **contoso.com** – This value is the name of the Azure AD tenant to whose directory the device has been joined.
 -   **db7ab579-3759-4492-a03f-655ca7f52ae1** – This value is the device identifier for the device whose compliance information is being reported to Azure AD.
--   **eyJ0eXAiO**……… – This value is the bearer access token issued by Azure AD to the MDM that authorizes the MDM to call the Azure AD Graph API. The access token is placed in the HTTP authorization header of the request.
+-   **eyJ0eXAiO**……… – This value is the bearer access token issued by Azure AD to the MDM that authorizes the MDM to call the Microsoft Graph API. The access token is placed in the HTTP authorization header of the request.
 -   **isManaged** and **isCompliant** - These Boolean attributes indicates compliance status.
 -   **api-version** - Use this parameter to specify which version of the graph API is being requested.
 
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Response:
 
 ## Data loss during unenrollment from Azure Active Directory Join
 
-When a user is enrolled into MDM through Azure Active Directory Join and then disconnects the enrollment, there's no warning that the user will lose Windows Information Protection (WIP) data. The disconnection message does not indicate the loss of WIP data.
+When a user is enrolled into MDM through Azure Active Directory Join and then disconnects the enrollment, there's no warning that the user will lose Windows Information Protection (WIP) data. The disconnection message doesn't indicate the loss of WIP data.
 
 ![aadj unenrollment.](images/azure-ad-unenrollment.png)
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-csp.md
index 6b83e9c150..46b028a18d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-csp.md
@@ -14,19 +14,18 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 # BitLocker CSP
 
-The BitLocker configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to manage encryption of PCs and devices. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1703. Starting in Windows 10, version 1809, it is also supported in Windows 10 Pro.
+The BitLocker configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to manage encryption of PCs and devices. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1703. Starting in Windows 10, version 1809, it's also supported in Windows 10 Pro.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Settings are enforced only at the time encryption is started. Encryption is not restarted with settings changes.
+> Settings are enforced only at the time encryption is started. Encryption isn't restarted with settings changes.
 > 
 > You must send all the settings together in a single SyncML to be effective.
 
-A `Get` operation on any of the settings, except for `RequireDeviceEncryption` and `RequireStorageCardEncryption`, returns
-the setting configured by the admin.
+A `Get` operation on any of the settings, except for `RequireDeviceEncryption` and `RequireStorageCardEncryption`, returns the setting configured by the admin.
 
-For RequireDeviceEncryption and RequireStorageCardEncryption, the Get operation returns the actual status of enforcement to the admin, such as if Trusted Platform Module (TPM) protection is required and if encryption is required. And if the device has BitLocker enabled but with password protector, the status reported is 0. A Get operation on RequireDeviceEncryption does not verify that a minimum PIN length is enforced (SystemDrivesMinimumPINLength).
+For RequireDeviceEncryption and RequireStorageCardEncryption, the Get operation returns the actual status of enforcement to the admin, such as if Trusted Platform Module (TPM) protection is required and if encryption is required. And if the device has BitLocker enabled but with password protector, the status reported is 0. A Get operation on RequireDeviceEncryption doesn't verify that a minimum PIN length is enforced (SystemDrivesMinimumPINLength).
 
-The following shows the BitLocker configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the BitLocker configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
@@ -60,13 +59,16 @@ BitLocker
 --------RotateRecoveryPasswordsRequestID
 ```
 
+> [!TIP]
+> Some of the policies here are ADMX-backed policies. For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/BitLocker**  
 Defines the root node for the BitLocker configuration service provider.
 
 
 **RequireDeviceEncryption**  
 
-Allows the administrator to require encryption to be turned on by using BitLocker\Device Encryption.
+Allows the administrator to require encryption that needs to be turned on by using BitLocker\Device Encryption.
 
 
 
@@ -82,9 +84,9 @@ Allows the administrator to require encryption to be turned on by using BitLocke
 Data type is integer. Sample value for this node to enable this policy: 1.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
-Status of OS volumes and encryptable fixed data volumes are checked with a Get operation. Typically, BitLocker/Device Encryption will follow whichever value [EncryptionMethodByDriveType](#encryptionmethodbydrivetype) policy is set to. However, this policy setting will be ignored for self-encrypting fixed drives and self-encrypting OS drives.
+The status of OS volumes and encryptable fixed data volumes is checked with a Get operation. Typically, BitLocker/Device Encryption will follow whichever value [EncryptionMethodByDriveType](#encryptionmethodbydrivetype) policy is set to. However, this policy setting will be ignored for self-encrypting fixed drives and self-encrypting OS drives.
 
-Encryptable fixed data volumes are treated similarly to OS volumes. However, fixed data volumes must meet additional criteria to be considered encryptable:
+Encryptable fixed data volumes are treated similarly to OS volumes. However, fixed data volumes must meet other criteria to be considered encryptable:
 
 - It must not be a dynamic volume.
 - It must not be a recovery partition.
@@ -95,8 +97,8 @@ Encryptable fixed data volumes are treated similarly to OS volumes. However, fix
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) —Disable. If the policy setting is not set or is set to 0, the device's enforcement status is not checked. The policy does not enforce encryption and it does not decrypt encrypted volumes.
--   1 – Enable. The device's enforcement status is checked. Setting this policy to 1 triggers encryption of all drives (silently or non-silently based on [AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption](#allowwarningforotherdiskencryption) policy).  
+- 0 (default): Disable. If the policy setting isn't set or is set to 0, the device's enforcement status isn't checked. The policy doesn't enforce encryption and it doesn't decrypt encrypted volumes.
+- 1: Enable. The device's enforcement status is checked. Setting this policy to 1 triggers encryption of all drives (silently or non-silently based on [AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption](#allowwarningforotherdiskencryption) policy).  
 
 If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
@@ -141,22 +143,19 @@ Allows you to set the default encryption method for each of the different drive
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Choose drive encryption method and cipher strength (Windows 10 [Version 1511] and later)
                • 
-
              • GP name: EncryptionMethodWithXts_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Choose drive encryption method and cipher strength (Windows 10 [Version 1511] and later)*
+- GP name: *EncryptionMethodWithXts_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
+
 
 This setting allows you to configure the algorithm and cipher strength used by BitLocker Drive Encryption. This setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker. Changing the encryption method has no effect if the drive is already encrypted, or if encryption is in progress.
 
-If you enable this setting you will be able to configure an encryption algorithm and key cipher strength for fixed data drives, operating system drives, and removable data drives individually. For fixed and operating system drives, we recommend that you use the XTS-AES algorithm. For removable drives, you should use AES-CBC 128-bit or AES-CBC 256-bit if the drive will be used in other devices that are not running Windows 10, version 1511.
+If you enable this setting, you'll be able to configure an encryption algorithm and key cipher strength for fixed data drives, operating system drives, and removable data drives individually. For fixed and operating system drives, we recommend that you use the XTS-AES algorithm. For removable drives, you should use AES-CBC 128-bit or AES-CBC 256-bit if the drive will be used in other devices that aren't running Windows 10, version 1511.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, BitLocker will use the default encryption method of XTS-AES 128-bit or the encryption method specified by any setup script.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, BitLocker will use the default encryption method of XTS-AES 128-bit or the encryption method specified by any setup script.
 
  Sample value for this node to enable this policy and set the encryption methods is:
 
@@ -164,9 +163,9 @@ If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, BitLocker will use the d
  
 ```
 
-EncryptionMethodWithXtsOsDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for operating system drives
-EncryptionMethodWithXtsFdvDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for fixed data drives.
-EncryptionMethodWithXtsRdvDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for removable data drives.
+- EncryptionMethodWithXtsOsDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for operating system drives.
+- EncryptionMethodWithXtsFdvDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for fixed data drives.
+- EncryptionMethodWithXtsRdvDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for removable data drives.
 
  The possible values for 'xx' are:
 
@@ -178,7 +177,7 @@ EncryptionMethodWithXtsRdvDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for remov
 > [!NOTE]
 > When you enable EncryptionMethodByDriveType, you must specify values for all three drives (operating system, fixed data, and removable data), otherwise it will fail (500 return status). For example, if you only set the encrytion method for the OS and removable drives, you will get a 500 return status.  
 
-  If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML: 
+  If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML: 
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -195,7 +194,9 @@ EncryptionMethodWithXtsRdvDropDown_Name = Select the encryption method for remov
 
 ```
 
-Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
+Data type is string.
+
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
 
 **IdentificationField**  
@@ -215,24 +216,21 @@ Allows you to associate unique organizational identifiers to a new drive that is
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Provide the unique identifiers for your organization 
                • 
-
              • GP name: IdentificationField_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
+
+- GP Friendly name: *Provide the unique identifiers for your organization*
+- GP name: *IdentificationField_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+This setting is used to establish an identifier that is applied to all encrypted drives in your organization.
 
-This setting is used to establish an identifier that is applied to all drives that are encrypted in your organization.
-
-Identifiers are usually stored as the identification field and the allowed identification field. You can configure the following identification fields on existing drives by using the [Manage-bde](/windows-server/administration/windows-commands/manage-bde):
+Identifiers are stored as the identification field and the allowed identification field. You can configure the following identification fields on existing drives by using the [Manage-bde](/windows-server/administration/windows-commands/manage-bde):
 
 - **BitLocker identification field**: It allows you to associate unique organizational identifiers to a new drive that is enabled with BitLocker. This identifier is automatically added to new BitLocker-protected drives, and it can be updated on existing BitLocker-protected drives by using the Manage-bde command-line tool. For more information about the tool to manage BitLocker, see [Manage-bde](/windows-server/administration/windows-commands/manage-bde). An identification field is required to manage certificate-based data recovery agents on BitLocker-protected drives and for potential updates to the BitLocker To Go Reader. BitLocker manages and updates data recovery agents only when the identification field on the drive matches the value that is configured in the identification field. In a similar manner, BitLocker updates the BitLocker To Go Reader only when the identification field on the drive matches the value that is configured for the identification field.
 
-- **Allowed BitLocker identification field**: The allowed identification field is used in combination with the 'Deny write access to removable drives not protected by BitLocker' policy setting to help control the use of removable drives in your organization. It is a comma-separated list of identification fields from your organization or external organizations.
+- **Allowed BitLocker identification field**: The allowed identification field is used in combination with the 'Deny write access to removable drives not protected by BitLocker' policy setting to help control the use of removable drives in your organization. It's a comma-separated list of identification fields from your organization or external organizations.
 
 >[!Note]
 >When a BitLocker-protected drive is mounted on another BitLocker-enabled computer, the identification field and the allowed identification field are used to determine whether the drive is from an outside organization.
@@ -245,12 +243,12 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
 ```
 
-Data Id:
+Data ID:
 
-- IdentificationField: BitLocker identification field
-- SecIdentificationField: Allowed BitLocker identification field
+- IdentificationField: This is a BitLocker identification field.
+- SecIdentificationField: This is an allowed BitLocker identification field.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the identification field is not required.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the identification field isn't required.
 
 >[!Note]
 >Multiple values separated by commas can be entered in the identification and allowed identification fields. The identification field can be any value up to 260 characters.
@@ -275,18 +273,15 @@ Allows users on devices that are compliant with InstantGo or the Microsoft Hardw
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Allow devices compliant with InstantGo or HSTI to opt out of pre-boot PIN
                • 
-
              • GP name: EnablePreBootPinExceptionOnDECapableDevice_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
+
+- GP Friendly name: *Allow devices compliant with InstantGo or HSTI to opt out of pre-boot PIN*
+- GP name: *EnablePreBootPinExceptionOnDECapableDevice_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
-
-This setting allows users on devices that are compliant with InstantGo or Microsoft Hardware Security Test Interface (HSTI) to not have a PIN for pre-boot authentication. This overrides the "Require startup PIN with TPM" option of the "Require additional authentication at startup" policy on compliant hardware.
+This setting allows users on devices that are compliant with InstantGo or Microsoft Hardware Security Test Interface (HSTI) to not have a PIN for pre-boot authentication. This setting overrides the "Require startup PIN with TPM" option of the "Require additional authentication at startup" policy on compliant hardware.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, users on InstantGo and HSTI compliant devices will have the choice to turn on BitLocker without pre-boot authentication.
 
@@ -317,23 +312,20 @@ Allows users to configure whether or not enhanced startup PINs are used with Bit
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Allow enhanced PINs for startup
                • 
-
              • GP name: EnhancedPIN_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Allow enhanced PINs for startup*
+- GP name: *EnhancedPIN_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
+
 
 This setting permits the use of enhanced PINs when you use an unlock method that includes a PIN. Enhanced startup PINs permit the usage of characters (including uppercase and lowercase letters, symbols, numbers, and spaces). This policy setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker.
 
 >[!Note]
->Not all computers support enhanced PIN characters in the preboot environment. It is strongly recommended that users perform a system check during the BitLocker setup to verify that enhanced PIN characters can be used.
+>Not all computers support enhanced PIN characters in the preboot environment. It's strongly recommended that users perform a system check during the BitLocker setup to verify that enhanced PIN characters can be used.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, all new BitLocker startup PINs that are set will be enhanced PINs. Existing drives that were protected by using standard startup PINs are not affected.
+If you enable this policy setting, all new BitLocker startup PINs that are set will be enhanced PINs. Existing drives that were protected by using standard startup PINs aren't affected.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -341,7 +333,7 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
 ```
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, enhanced PINs will not be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, enhanced PINs won't be used.
 
 
 
@@ -362,25 +354,22 @@ Allows you to configure whether standard users are allowed to change BitLocker P
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Disallow standard users from changing the PIN or password
                • 
-
              • GP name: DisallowStandardUsersCanChangePIN_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Disallow standard users from changing the PIN or password*
+- GP name: *DisallowStandardUsersCanChangePIN_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
+
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not standard users are allowed to change the PIN or password, that is used to protect the operating system drive.
 
 >[!Note]
 >To change the PIN or password, the user must be able to provide the current PIN or password. This policy setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, standard users will not be allowed to change BitLocker PINs or passwords.
+If you enable this policy setting, standard users won't be allowed to change BitLocker PINs or passwords.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, standard users will be permitted to change BitLocker PINs or passwords.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, standard users will be permitted to change BitLocker PINs or passwords.
 
 Sample value for this node to disable this policy is:
 
@@ -407,20 +396,17 @@ Allows users to enable authentication options that require user input from the p
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Enable use of BitLocker authentication requiring preboot keyboard input on slates
                • 
-
              • GP name: EnablePrebootInputProtectorsOnSlates_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
+
+- GP Friendly name: *Enable use of BitLocker authentication requiring preboot keyboard input on slates*
+- GP name: *EnablePrebootInputProtectorsOnSlates_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+The Windows touch keyboard (such as used by tablets) isn't available in the preboot environment where BitLocker requires additional information, such as a PIN or password.
 
-The Windows touch keyboard (such as used by tablets) is not available in the preboot environment where BitLocker requires additional information, such as a PIN or password.
-
-It is recommended that administrators enable this policy only for devices that are verified to have an alternative means of preboot input, such as attaching a USB keyboard.
+It's recommended that administrators enable this policy only for devices that are verified to have an alternative means of preboot input, such as attaching a USB keyboard.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -429,10 +415,11 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 ```
 
 If this policy is disabled, the Windows Recovery Environment must be enabled on tablets to support entering the BitLocker recovery password.
-When the Windows Recovery Environment is not enabled and this policy is not enabled, you cannot turn on BitLocker on a device that uses the Windows touch keyboard.
+
+When the Windows Recovery Environment isn't enabled and this policy isn't enabled, you can't turn on BitLocker on a device that uses the Windows touch keyboard.
 
 >[!Note]
->If you do not enable this policy setting, the following options in the **Require additional authentication at startup policy** might not be available:
+>If you don't enable this policy setting, the following options in the **Require additional authentication at startup policy** might not be available:
 >
 >- Configure TPM startup PIN: Required and Allowed
 >- Configure TPM startup key and PIN: Required and Allowed
@@ -458,20 +445,19 @@ Allows you to configure the encryption type that is used by BitLocker.
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Enforce drive encryption type on operating system drives
                • 
-
              • GP name: OSEncryptionType_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
+
+- GP Friendly name: *Enforce drive encryption type on operating system drives*
+- GP name: *OSEncryptionType_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+This policy setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker. Changing the encryption type will have no effect if the drive is already encrypted or if encryption is in progress.
 
-This policy setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker. Changing the encryption type has no effect if the drive is already encrypted or if encryption is in progress. Choose Full encryption to require that the entire drive be encrypted when BitLocker is turned on. Choose Used Space Only encryption to require that only the portion of the drive that is used to store data is encrypted when BitLocker is turned on.
+Choose Full encryption to require that the entire drive be encrypted when BitLocker is turned on. Choose Used Space Only encryption to require that only the portion of the drive that is used to store data is encrypted when BitLocker is turned on.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the encryption type that BitLocker uses to encrypt drives is defined by this policy, and the encryption type option is not presented in the BitLocker Setup Wizard.
+If you enable this policy setting, the encryption type that BitLocker uses to encrypt drives is defined by this policy, and the encryption type option isn't presented in the BitLocker Setup Wizard.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -483,7 +469,7 @@ If this policy is disabled, the BitLocker Setup Wizard asks the user to select t
 
 >[!Note]
 >This policy is ignored when shrinking or expanding a volume, and the BitLocker driver uses the current encryption method. 
->For example, when a drive that is using Used Space Only encryption is expanded, the new free space is not wiped as it would be for a drive that uses Full encryption. The user could wipe the free space on a Used Space Only drive by using the following command: manage-bde -w. If the volume is shrunk, no action is taken for the new free space.
+>For example, when a drive that's using Used Space Only encryption is expanded, the new free space isn't wiped as it would be for a drive that uses Full encryption. The user could wipe the free space on a Used Space Only drive by using the following command: `manage-bde -w`. If the volume is shrunk, no action is taken for the new free space.
 
 For more information about the tool to manage BitLocker, see [Manage-bde](/windows-server/administration/windows-commands/manage-bde).
 
@@ -506,23 +492,20 @@ This setting is a direct mapping to the BitLocker Group Policy "Require addition
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Require additional authentication at startup
                • 
-
              • GP name: ConfigureAdvancedStartup_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
+
+- GP Friendly name: *Require additional authentication at startup*
+- GP name: *ConfigureAdvancedStartup_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
-
-This setting allows you to configure whether BitLocker requires additional authentication each time the computer starts and whether you are using BitLocker with or without a TPM. This setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker.
+This setting allows you to configure whether BitLocker requires more authentication each time the computer starts and whether you're using BitLocker with or without a TPM. This setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Only one of the additional authentication options can be required at startup, otherwise an error occurs.
+> Only one of the additional authentication options is required at startup, otherwise an error occurs.
 
-If you want to use BitLocker on a computer without a TPM, set the "ConfigureNonTPMStartupKeyUsage_Name" data. In this mode either a password or a USB drive is required for start-up. When using a startup key, the key information used to encrypt the drive is stored on the USB drive, creating a USB key. When the USB key is inserted the access to the drive is authenticated and the drive is accessible. If the USB key is lost or unavailable or if you have forgotten the password then you will need to use one of the BitLocker recovery options to access the drive.
+If you want to use BitLocker on a computer without a TPM, set the "ConfigureNonTPMStartupKeyUsage_Name" data. In this mode either a password or a USB drive is required for start-up. When using a startup key, the key information used to encrypt the drive is stored on the USB drive, creating a USB key. When the USB key is inserted, the access to the drive is authenticated and the drive is accessible. If the USB key is lost or unavailable, or if you have forgotten the password, then you'll need to use one of the BitLocker recovery options to access the drive.
 
 On a computer with a compatible TPM, four types of authentication methods can be used at startup to provide added protection for encrypted data. When the computer starts, it can use only the TPM for authentication, or it can also require insertion of a USB flash drive containing a startup key, the entry of a 6-digit to 20-digit personal identification number (PIN), or both.
 
@@ -531,43 +514,42 @@ On a computer with a compatible TPM, four types of authentication methods can be
 
 If you enable this policy setting, users can configure advanced startup options in the BitLocker setup wizard.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, users can configure only basic options on computers with a TPM.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, users can configure only basic options on computers with a TPM.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you want to require the use of a startup PIN and a USB flash drive, you must configure BitLocker settings using the command-line tool manage-bde instead of the BitLocker Drive Encryption setup wizard.
 
 > [!NOTE] 
-> Devices that pass Hardware Security Testability Specification (HSTI) validation or Modern 
-> Standby devices will not be able to configure a Startup PIN using this CSP. Users are required to manually configure the PIN.
+> Devices that pass Hardware Security Testability Specification (HSTI) validation or Modern Standby devices won't be able to configure a Startup PIN using this CSP. Users are required to manually configure the PIN.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
 ```xml
 
 ```
-Data id:
-
                
-
              • ConfigureNonTPMStartupKeyUsage_Name = Allow BitLocker without a compatible TPM (requires a password or a startup key on a USB flash drive).
                • 
-
              • ConfigureTPMStartupKeyUsageDropDown_Name = (for computer with TPM) Configure TPM startup key.
                • 
-
              • ConfigurePINUsageDropDown_Name = (for computer with TPM) Configure TPM startup PIN.
                • 
-
              • ConfigureTPMPINKeyUsageDropDown_Name = (for computer with TPM) Configure TPM startup key and PIN.
                • 
-
              • ConfigureTPMUsageDropDown_Name = (for computer with TPM) Configure TPM startup.
                • 
-
              
+
+Data ID:
+
+- ConfigureNonTPMStartupKeyUsage_Name = Allow BitLocker without a compatible TPM (requires a password or a startup key on a USB flash drive).
+- ConfigureTPMStartupKeyUsageDropDown_Name = (for computer with TPM) Configure TPM startup key.
+- ConfigurePINUsageDropDown_Name = (for computer with TPM) Configure TPM startup PIN.
+- ConfigureTPMPINKeyUsageDropDown_Name = (for computer with TPM) Configure TPM startup key and PIN.
+- ConfigureTPMUsageDropDown_Name = (for computer with TPM) Configure TPM startup.
+
 
 The possible values for 'xx' are:
-
                
-
              • true = Explicitly allow
                • 
-
              • false = Policy not set
                • 
-
              
+
+- true = Explicitly allow
+- false = Policy not set
 
 The possible values for 'yy' are:
-
                
-
              • 2 = Optional
                • 
-
              • 1 = Required
                • 
-
              • 0 = Disallowed
                • 
-
              
+
+- 2 = Optional
+- 1 = Required
+- 0 = Disallowed
+
 
-Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
+Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -583,8 +565,12 @@ Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you wa
    
  
 ```
-Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
+
+Data type is string. 
+
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
+
 
 **SystemDrivesMinimumPINLength**  
 
@@ -603,27 +589,24 @@ This setting is a direct mapping to the BitLocker Group Policy "Configure minimu
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name:Configure minimum PIN length for startup
                • 
-
              • GP name: MinimumPINLength_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
+
+- GP Friendly name: *Configure minimum PIN length for startup*
+- GP name: *MinimumPINLength_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
-
-This setting allows you to configure a minimum length for a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) startup PIN. This setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker. The startup PIN must have a minimum length of 6 digits and can have a maximum length of 20 digits.
+This setting allows you to configure a minimum length for a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) startup PIN. This setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker. The startup PIN must have a minimum length of six digits and can have a maximum length of 20 digits.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > In Windows 10, version 1703 release B, you can use a minimum PIN length of 4 digits. 
 >
->In TPM 2.0 if minimum PIN length is set below 6 digits, Windows will attempt to update the TPM lockout period to be greater than the default when a PIN is changed. If successful, Windows will only reset the TPM lockout period back to default if the TPM is reset. This does not apply to TPM 1.2.
+>In TPM 2.0 if minimum PIN length is set below 6 digits, Windows will attempt to update the TPM lockout period to be greater than the default when a PIN is changed. If successful, Windows will only reset the TPM lockout period back to default if the TPM is reset. This doesn't apply to TPM 1.2.
 
-If you enable this setting, you can require a minimum number of digits to be used when setting the startup PIN.
+If you enable this setting, you will require a minimum number of digits to set the startup PIN.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, users can configure a startup PIN of any length between 6 and 20 digits.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, users can configure a startup PIN of any length between 6 and 20 digits.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -631,7 +614,7 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
 ```
 
-Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
+Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -648,8 +631,11 @@ Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you wa
  
 ```
 
-Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
+Data type is string. 
+
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
+
 
 **SystemDrivesRecoveryMessage** 
 
@@ -669,21 +655,17 @@ This setting is a direct mapping to the BitLocker Group Policy "Configure pre-bo
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Configure pre-boot recovery message and URL
                • 
-
              • GP name: PrebootRecoveryInfo_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Configure pre-boot recovery message and URL*
+- GP name: *PrebootRecoveryInfo_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
+
 
 This setting lets you configure the entire recovery message or replace the existing URL that is displayed on the pre-boot key recovery screen when the OS drive is locked.
 
-
-If you set the value to "1" (Use default recovery message and URL), the default BitLocker recovery message and URL will be displayed in the pre-boot key recovery screen. If you have previously configured a custom recovery message or URL and want to revert to the default message, you must keep the policy enabled and set the value "1" (Use default recovery message and URL).
+If you set the value to "1" (Use default recovery message and URL), the default BitLocker recovery message and URL will be displayed in the pre-boot key recovery screen. If you've previously configured a custom recovery message or URL and want to revert to the default message, you must keep the policy enabled and set the value "1" (Use default recovery message and URL).
 
 If you set the value to "2" (Use custom recovery message), the message you set in the "RecoveryMessage_Input" data field will be displayed in the pre-boot key recovery screen. If a recovery URL is available, include it in the message.
 
@@ -707,7 +689,7 @@ The possible values for 'xx' are:
 > [!NOTE]
 > When you enable SystemDrivesRecoveryMessage, you must specify values for all three settings (pre-boot recovery screen, recovery message, and recovery URL), otherwise it will fail (500 return status). For example, if you only specify values for message and URL, you will get a 500 return status.
 
-Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors.  If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
+Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors.  If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -725,9 +707,11 @@ Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors.  If you w
 ```
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Not all characters and languages are supported in pre-boot. It is strongly recommended that you test that the characters you use for the custom message or URL appear correctly on the pre-boot recovery screen.
+> Not all characters and languages are supported in pre-boot. It's strongly recommended that you test that the characters you use for the custom message or URL appear correctly on the pre-boot recovery screen.
 
-Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
+Data type is string. 
+
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
 
 **SystemDrivesRecoveryOptions**  
@@ -747,35 +731,32 @@ This setting is a direct mapping to the BitLocker Group Policy "Choose how BitLo
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Choose how BitLocker-protected operating system drives can be recovered
                • 
-
              • GP name: OSRecoveryUsage_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
+
+- GP Friendly name: *Choose how BitLocker-protected operating system drives can be recovered*
+- GP name: *OSRecoveryUsage_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Operating System Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+This setting allows you to control how BitLocker-protected operating system drives are recovered in the absence of required startup key information. This setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker.
 
-This setting allows you to control how BitLocker-protected operating system drives are recovered in the absence of the required startup key information. This setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker.
-
-The "OSAllowDRA_Name" (Allow certificate-based data recovery agent) data field is used to specify whether a data recovery agent can be used with BitLocker-protected operating system drives. Before a data recovery agent can be used it must be added from the Public Key Policies item in either the Group Policy Management Console or the Local Group Policy Editor. Consult the BitLocker Drive Encryption Deployment Guide on Microsoft TechNet for more information about adding data recovery agents.
+The "OSAllowDRA_Name" (Allow certificate-based data recovery agent) data field is used to specify whether a data recovery agent can be used with BitLocker-protected operating system drives. Before a data recovery agent can be used, it must be added from the Public Key Policies item in either the Group Policy Management Console or the Local Group Policy Editor. For more information about adding data recovery agents, see the BitLocker Drive Encryption Deployment Guide on Microsoft Docs.
 
 In "OSRecoveryPasswordUsageDropDown_Name" and "OSRecoveryKeyUsageDropDown_Name" (Configure user storage of BitLocker recovery information) set whether users are allowed, required, or not allowed to generate a 48-digit recovery password or a 256-bit recovery key.
 
-Set "OSHideRecoveryPage_Name" (Omit recovery options from the BitLocker setup wizard) to prevent users from specifying recovery options when they turn on BitLocker on a drive. This means that you will not be able to specify which recovery option to use when you turn on BitLocker, instead BitLocker recovery options for the drive are determined by the policy setting.
+Set "OSHideRecoveryPage_Name" (Omit recovery options from the BitLocker setup wizard) to prevent users from specifying recovery options when they turn on BitLocker on a drive. This setting means that you won't be able to specify which recovery option to use when you turn on BitLocker, instead BitLocker recovery options for the drive are determined by the policy setting.
 
 Set "OSActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Save BitLocker recovery information to Active Directory Domain Services), to choose which BitLocker recovery information to store in AD DS for operating system drives (OSActiveDirectoryBackupDropDown_Name). If you set "1" (Backup recovery password and key package), both the BitLocker recovery password and key package are stored in AD DS. Storing the key package supports recovering data from a drive that has been physically corrupted. If you set "2" (Backup recovery password only), only the recovery password is stored in AD DS.
 
 Set the "OSRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Do not enable BitLocker until recovery information is stored in AD DS for operating system drives) data field if you want to prevent users from enabling BitLocker unless the computer is connected to the domain and the backup of BitLocker recovery information to AD DS succeeds.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If the "OSRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Do not enable BitLocker until recovery information is stored in AD DS for operating system drives) data field is set, a recovery password is automatically generated.
+> If the "OSRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Don't enable BitLocker until recovery information is stored in AD DS for operating system drives) data field is set, a recovery password is automatically generated.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can control the methods available to users to recover data from BitLocker-protected operating system drives.
 
-If this setting is disabled or not configured, the default recovery options are supported for BitLocker recovery. By default a DRA is allowed, the recovery options can be specified by the user including the recovery password and recovery key, and recovery information is not backed up to AD DS.
+If this setting is disabled or not configured, the default recovery options are supported for BitLocker recovery. By default a DRA is allowed, the recovery options can be specified by the user including the recovery password and recovery key, and recovery information isn't backed up to AD DS.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -784,19 +765,22 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 ```
 
 The possible values for 'xx' are:  
+
 - true = Explicitly allow
 - false = Policy not set
 
 The possible values for 'yy' are:  
+
 - 2 = Allowed
 - 1 = Required
 - 0 = Disallowed
 
 The possible values for 'zz' are:  
-- 2 = Store recovery passwords only
-- 1 = Store recovery passwords and key packages
+
+- 2 = Store recovery passwords only.
+- 1 = Store recovery passwords and key packages.
 
-Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
+Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -813,7 +797,9 @@ Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you wa
  
 ```
 
-Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
+Data type is string. 
+
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
 
 **FixedDrivesRecoveryOptions**  
@@ -833,37 +819,34 @@ This setting is a direct mapping to the BitLocker Group Policy "Choose how BitLo
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Choose how BitLocker-protected fixed drives can be recovered
                • 
-
              • GP name: FDVRecoveryUsage_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Fixed Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Choose how BitLocker-protected fixed drives can be recovered*
+- GP name: *FDVRecoveryUsage_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Fixed Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
+
 
 This setting allows you to control how BitLocker-protected fixed data drives are recovered in the absence of the required credentials. This setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker.
 
-The "FDVAllowDRA_Name" (Allow data recovery agent) data field is used to specify whether a data recovery agent can be used with BitLocker-protected fixed data drives. Before a data recovery agent can be used it must be added from the Public Key Policies item in either the Group Policy Management Console or the Local Group Policy Editor. Consult the BitLocker Drive Encryption Deployment Guide on Microsoft TechNet for more information about adding data recovery agents.
+The "FDVAllowDRA_Name" (Allow data recovery agent) data field is used to specify whether a data recovery agent can be used with BitLocker-protected fixed data drives. Before a data recovery agent can be used, it must be added from the Public Key Policies item in either the Group Policy Management Console or the Local Group Policy Editor. For more information about adding data recovery agents, see the BitLocker Drive Encryption Deployment Guide on Microsoft Docs.
 
 In "FDVRecoveryPasswordUsageDropDown_Name" (Configure user storage of BitLocker recovery information) set whether users are allowed, required, or not allowed to generate a 48-digit recovery password or a 256-bit recovery key.
 
-Set "FDVHideRecoveryPage_Name" (Omit recovery options from the BitLocker setup wizard) to prevent users from specifying recovery options when they turn on BitLocker on a drive. This means that you will not be able to specify which recovery option to use when you turn on BitLocker, instead BitLocker recovery options for the drive are determined by the policy setting.
+Set "FDVHideRecoveryPage_Name" (Omit recovery options from the BitLocker setup wizard) to prevent users from specifying recovery options when they turn on BitLocker on a drive. This setting means that you won't be able to specify which recovery option to use when you turn on BitLocker, instead BitLocker recovery options for the drive are determined by the policy setting.
 
 Set "FDVActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Save BitLocker recovery information to Active Directory Domain Services) to enable saving the recovery key to AD.
 
-Set the "FDVRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Do not enable BitLocker until recovery information is stored in AD DS for fixed data drives) data field if you want to prevent users from enabling BitLocker unless the computer is connected to the domain and the backup of BitLocker recovery information to AD DS succeeds.
+Set the "FDVRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Don't enable BitLocker until recovery information is stored in AD DS for fixed data drives) data field if you want to prevent users from enabling BitLocker unless the computer is connected to the domain and the backup of BitLocker recovery information to AD DS succeeds.
 
 Set the "FDVActiveDirectoryBackupDropDown_Name" (Configure storage of BitLocker recovery information to AD DS) to choose which BitLocker recovery information to store in AD DS for fixed data drives. If you select "1" (Backup recovery password and key package), both the BitLocker recovery password and key package are stored in AD DS. Storing the key package supports recovering data from a drive that has been physically corrupted. If you select "2" (Backup recovery password only) only the recovery password is stored in AD DS.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If the "FDVRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Do not enable BitLocker until recovery information is stored in AD DS for fixed data drives) data field is set, a recovery password is automatically generated.
+> If the "FDVRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name" (Don't enable BitLocker until recovery information is stored in AD DS for fixed data drives) data field is set, a recovery password is automatically generated.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can control the methods available to users to recover data from BitLocker-protected fixed data drives.
 
-If this setting is not configured or disabled, the default recovery options are supported for BitLocker recovery. By default a DRA is allowed, the recovery options can be specified by the user including the recovery password and recovery key, and recovery information is not backed up to AD DS.
+If this setting isn't configured or disabled, the default recovery options are supported for BitLocker recovery. By default a DRA is allowed, the recovery options can be specified by the user including the recovery password and recovery key, and recovery information isn't backed up to AD DS.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -872,26 +855,23 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 ```
 
 The possible values for 'xx' are:
-
                
-
              • true = Explicitly allow
                • 
-
              • false = Policy not set
                • 
-
              
+
+- true = Explicitly allow
+- false = Policy not set
 
 The possible values for 'yy' are:
-
                
-
              • 2 = Allowed
                • 
-
              • 1 = Required
                • 
-
              • 0 = Disallowed
                • 
 
-
              
+- 2 = Allowed
+- 1 = Required
+- 0 = Disallowed
 
 The possible values for 'zz' are:
-
                
-
              • 2 = Store recovery passwords only
                • 
-
              • 1 = Store recovery passwords and key packages
                • 
-
              
+
+- 2 = Store recovery passwords only
+- 1 = Store recovery passwords and key packages
+
 
-Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
+Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -908,7 +888,9 @@ Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you wa
  
 ```
 
-Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
+Data type is string. 
+
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
 
 **FixedDrivesRequireEncryption**  
@@ -928,20 +910,17 @@ This setting is a direct mapping to the BitLocker Group Policy "Deny write acces
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Deny write access to fixed drives not protected by BitLocker
                • 
-
              • GP name: FDVDenyWriteAccess_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Fixed Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Deny write access to fixed drives not protected by BitLocker*
+- GP name: *FDVDenyWriteAccess_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Fixed Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
+
 
 This setting determines whether BitLocker protection is required for fixed data drives to be writable on a computer.
 
-If you enable this setting, all fixed data drives that are not BitLocker-protected will be mounted as read-only. If the drive is protected by BitLocker, it will be mounted with read and write access.
+If you enable this setting, all fixed data drives that aren't BitLocker-protected will be mounted as read-only. If the drive is protected by BitLocker, it will be mounted with read and write access.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -949,7 +928,7 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
 ```
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, all fixed data drives on the computer will be mounted with read and write access. If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, all fixed data drives on the computer will be mounted with read and write access. If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -966,7 +945,9 @@ If you disable or do not configure this setting, all fixed data drives on the co
  
 ```
 
-Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
+Data type is string. 
+
+Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
 
 **FixedDrivesEncryptionType**  
@@ -986,22 +967,19 @@ Allows you to configure the encryption type on fixed data drives that is used by
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Enforce drive encryption type on fixed data drives
                • 
-
              • GP name: FDVEncryptionType_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Fixed Data Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
+
+- GP Friendly name: *Enforce drive encryption type on fixed data drives*
+- GP name: *FDVEncryptionType_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Fixed Data Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+This policy setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker and controls whether fixed data drives utilize Used Space Only encryption or Full encryption. Setting this policy also causes the BitLocker Setup Wizard to skip the encryption options page, so no encryption selection is displayed to the user.
 
-This policy setting is applied when you turn on BitLocker and controls whether fixed data drives utilize Used Space Only encryption or Full encryption. Setting this policy also causes the BitLocker Setup Wizard to skip the encryption options page so no encryption selection displays to the user.
+Changing the encryption type will have no effect if the drive is already encrypted or if encryption is in progress. Choose Full encryption to require that the entire drive be encrypted when BitLocker is turned on. Choose Used Space Only encryption to require only a portion of the drive that is used to store data is encrypted when BitLocker is turned on.
 
-Changing the encryption type has no effect if the drive is already encrypted or if encryption is in progress. Choose Full encryption to require that the entire drive be encrypted when BitLocker is turned on. Choose Used Space Only encryption to require that only the portion of the drive that is used to store data is encrypted when BitLocker is turned on.
-
-If you enable this policy setting, the encryption type that BitLocker uses to encrypt drives, and the encryption type option is not presented in the BitLocker Setup Wizard.
+If you enable this policy setting, the encryption type that BitLocker uses to encrypt drives, and the encryption type option isn't presented in the BitLocker Setup Wizard.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -1012,8 +990,8 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 If this policy is disabled, the BitLocker Setup Wizard asks the user to select the encryption type before turning on BitLocker.
 
 >[!Note]
->This policy is ignored when you are shrinking or expanding a volume and the BitLocker driver uses the current encryption method. 
->For example, when a drive that is using Used Space Only encryption is expanded, the new free space is not wiped as it would be for a drive that is using Full encryption. The user could wipe the free space on a Used Space Only drive by using the following command: manage-bde -w. If the volume is shrunk, no action is taken for the new free space.
+>This policy is ignored when you're shrinking or expanding a volume and the BitLocker driver uses the current encryption method. 
+>For example, when a drive that's using Used Space Only encryption is expanded, the new free space isn't wiped as it would be for a drive that's using Full encryption. The user could wipe the free space on a Used Space Only drive by using the following command: `manage-bde -w`. If the volume is shrunk, no action is taken for the new free space.
 
 For more information about the tool to manage BitLocker, see [Manage-bde](/windows-server/administration/windows-commands/manage-bde).
 
@@ -1036,24 +1014,21 @@ This setting is a direct mapping to the BitLocker Group Policy "Deny write acces
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Deny write access to removable drives not protected by BitLocker
                • 
-
              • GP name: RDVDenyWriteAccess_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Removeable Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Deny write access to removable drives not protected by BitLocker*
+- GP name: *RDVDenyWriteAccess_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Removeable Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
+
 
 This setting configures whether BitLocker protection is required for a computer to be able to write data to a removable data drive.
 
-If you enable this setting, all removable data drives that are not BitLocker-protected will be mounted as read-only. If the drive is protected by BitLocker, it will be mounted with read and write access.
+If you enable this setting, all removable data drives that aren't BitLocker-protected will be mounted as read-only. If the drive is protected by BitLocker, it will be mounted with read and write access.
 
-If the "RDVCrossOrg" (Deny write access to devices configured in another organization) option is set, only drives with identification fields matching the computer's identification fields will be given write access. When a removable data drive is accessed it will be checked for valid identification field and allowed identification fields. These fields are defined by the "Provide the unique identifiers for your organization" group policy setting.
+If the "RDVCrossOrg" (Deny write access to devices configured in another organization) option is set, only drives with identification fields matching the computer's identification fields will be given write access. When a removable data drive is accessed, it will be checked for valid identification field and allowed identification fields. These fields are defined by the "Provide the unique identifiers for your organization" group policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, all removable data drives on the computer will be mounted with read and write access.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all removable data drives on the computer will be mounted with read and write access.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting can be overridden by the group policy settings under User Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Removable Storage Access. If the "Removable Disks: Deny write access" group policy setting is enabled this policy setting will be ignored.
@@ -1065,12 +1040,12 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 ```
 
 The possible values for 'xx' are:
-
                
-
              • true = Explicitly allow
                • 
-
              • false = Policy not set
                • 
-
              
+
+- true = Explicitly allow
+- false = Policy not set
+
 
-Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
+Disabling the policy will let the system choose the default behaviors. If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -1105,22 +1080,19 @@ Allows you to configure the encryption type that is used by BitLocker.
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Enforce drive encryption type on removable data drives
                • 
-
              • GP name: RDVEncryptionType_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Removable Data Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Enforce drive encryption type on removable data drives*
+- GP name: *RDVEncryptionType_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Removable Data Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
+
 
 This policy controls whether removed data drives utilize Full encryption or Used Space Only encryption, and is applied when you turn on BitLocker. Setting this policy also causes the BitLocker Setup Wizard to skip the encryption options page, so no encryption selection displays to the user.
 
-Changing the encryption type has no effect if the drive is already encrypted or if encryption is in progress. Choose Full encryption to require that the entire drive be encrypted when BitLocker is turned on. Choose Used Space Only encryption to require that only the portion of the drive that is used to store data is encrypted when BitLocker is turned on.
+Changing the encryption type will no effect if the drive is already encrypted or if encryption is in progress. Choose Full encryption to require that the entire drive be encrypted when BitLocker is turned on. Choose Used Space Only encryption to require only the portion of the drive that is used to store data is encrypted when BitLocker is turned on.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the encryption type that BitLocker uses to encrypt drives is defined by this policy, and the encryption type option is not presented in the BitLocker Setup Wizard.
+If you enable this policy setting, the encryption type that BitLocker uses to encrypt drives is defined by this policy, and the encryption type option isn't presented in the BitLocker Setup Wizard.
 
 Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 
@@ -1149,16 +1121,12 @@ Allows you to control the use of BitLocker on removable data drives.
 
 
 ADMX Info:
-
                
-
              • GP Friendly name: Control use of BitLocker on removable drives
                • 
-
              • GP name: RDVConfigureBDE_Name
                • 
-
              • GP path: Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Removable Data Drives
                • 
-
              • GP ADMX file name: VolumeEncryption.admx
                • 
-
              
-
 
-> [!TIP]
-> For a step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies, see [Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md). For more information, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
+- GP Friendly name: *Control use of BitLocker on removable drives*
+- GP name: *RDVConfigureBDE_Name*
+- GP path: *Windows Components/BitLocker Drive Encryption/Removable Data Drives*
+- GP ADMX file name: *VolumeEncryption.admx*
+
 
 This policy setting is used to prevent users from turning BitLocker on or off on removable data drives, and is applied when you turn on BitLocker.
 
@@ -1166,7 +1134,7 @@ For information about suspending BitLocker protection, see [BitLocker Basic Depl
 
 The options for choosing property settings that control how users can configure BitLocker are:
 
-- **Allow users to apply BitLocker protection on removable data drives**: Enables the user to enable BitLocker on a removable data drives.
+- **Allow users to apply BitLocker protection on removable data drives**: Enables the user to enable BitLocker on removable data drives.
 - **Allow users to suspend and decrypt BitLocker on removable data drives**: Enables the user to remove BitLocker from the drive or to suspend the encryption while performing maintenance.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can select property settings that control how users can configure BitLocker.
@@ -1176,19 +1144,20 @@ Sample value for this node to enable this policy is:
 ```xml
 
 ```
-Data id:
+Data ID:
+
 - RDVAllowBDE_Name: Allow users to apply BitLocker protection on removable data drives
 - RDVDisableBDE_Name: Allow users to suspend and decrypt BitLocker on removable data drives
 
-If this policy is disabled,users cannot use BitLocker on removable disk drives.
+If this policy is disabled, users can't use BitLocker on removable disk drives.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can use BitLocker on removable disk drives.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can use BitLocker on removable disk drives.
 
 
 
 **AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption**  
 
-Allows the admin to disable the warning prompt for other disk encryption on the user machines that are targeted when the RequireDeviceEncryption policy is also set to 1.
+Allows the admin to disable the warning prompt for other disk encryption on the user machines that are targeted when the RequireDeviceEncryption policy is set to 1.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > Starting in Windows 10, version 1803, the value 0 can only be set for Azure Active Directory joined devices. When RequireDeviceEncryption is set to 1 and AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption is set to 0, Windows will attempt to silently enable [BitLocker](/windows/device-security/bitlocker/bitlocker-overview).
@@ -1230,6 +1199,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 >When you disable the warning prompt, the OS drive's recovery key will back up to the user's Azure Active Directory account. When you allow the warning prompt, the user who receives the prompt can select where to back up the OS drive's recovery key.
 >
 >The endpoint for a fixed data drive's backup is chosen in the following order:
+>
   >1. The user's Windows Server Active Directory Domain Services account.
   >2. The user's Azure Active Directory account.
   >3. The user's personal OneDrive (MDM/MAM only).
@@ -1239,7 +1209,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 **AllowStandardUserEncryption**
 
-Allows Admin to enforce "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy for scenarios where policy is pushed while current logged on user is non-admin/standard user Azure AD account.
+Allows Admin to enforce "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy for scenarios where policy is pushed while current logged on user is non-admin/standard user of Azure AD account.
 
 
 > [!NOTE]
@@ -1247,7 +1217,7 @@ Allows Admin to enforce "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy for scenarios where pol
 
 "AllowStandardUserEncryption" policy is tied to "AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption" policy  being set to "0", i.e, silent encryption is enforced.
 
-If "AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption" is not set, or is set to "1", "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy will not try to encrypt drive(s) if a standard user is the current logged on user in the system.
+If "AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption" isn't set, or is set to "1", "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy won't try to encrypt drive(s) if a standard user is the current logged on user in the system.
 
 
 |Edition|Windows 10|Windows 11|
@@ -1263,9 +1233,9 @@ If "AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption" is not set, or is set to "1", "RequireDe
 The expected values for this policy are:
 
 - 1 = "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy will try to enable encryption on all fixed drives even if a current logged in user is standard user.
-- 0 = This is the default, when the policy is not set. If current logged on user is a standard user, "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy will not try to enable encryption on any drive.
+- 0 = This value is the default value, when the policy isn't set. If the current logged on user is a standard user, "RequireDeviceEncryption" policy won't try to enable encryption on any drive.
 
-If you want to disable this policy use the following SyncML:
+If you want to disable this policy, use the following SyncML:
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -1304,14 +1274,17 @@ This setting initiates a client-driven recovery password refresh after an OS dri
 
 
 
-Value type is int. Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, and Replace.
+Value type is int. 
+
+Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, and Replace.
 
 
 
 Supported values are:
-- 0 – Refresh off (default)
-- 1 – Refresh on for Azure AD-joined devices 
-- 2 – Refresh on for both Azure AD-joined and hybrid-joined devices 
+
+- 0 – Refresh off (default).
+- 1 – Refresh on for Azure AD-joined devices. 
+- 2 – Refresh on for both Azure AD-joined and hybrid-joined devices.
 
 
 
@@ -1322,16 +1295,16 @@ Supported values are:
 
 
 
-This setting refreshes all recovery passwords for OS and fixed drives (removable drives are not included so they can be shared between users). All recovery passwords for all drives will be refreshed and only one password per volume is retained. In case of errors, an error code will be returned so that server can take appropriate action to remediate.
+This setting refreshes all recovery passwords for OS and fixed drives (removable drives aren't included so they can be shared between users). All recovery passwords for all drives will be refreshed and only one password per volume is retained. If errors occur, an error code will be returned so that server can take appropriate action to remediate.
 
 
 The client will generate a new recovery password. The client will use the existing API in Azure AD to upload the new recovery key and retry on failure.  
 
-Policy type is Execute. When “Execute Policy” is pushed, the client sets the status as Pending and initiates an asynchronous rotation operation. After refresh is complete, pass or fail status is updated. The client will not retry, but if needed, the server can re-issue the execute request. 
+Policy type is Execute. When “Execute Policy” is pushed, the client sets the status as Pending and initiates an asynchronous rotation operation. After refresh is complete, pass or fail status is updated. The client won't retry, but if needed, the server can reissue the execute request. 
 
 Server can call Get on the RotateRecoveryPasswordsRotationStatus node to query the status of the refresh. 
 
-Recovery password refresh will only occur for devices that are joined to Azure AD or joined to both Azure AD and on-premises (hybrid Azure AD-joined) that run a Windows 10 edition with the BitLocker CSP (Pro/Enterprise). Devices cannot refresh recovery passwords if they are only registered in Azure AD (also known as workplace-joined) or signed in with a Microsoft account. 
+Recovery password refresh will only occur for devices that are joined to Azure AD or joined to both Azure AD and on-premises (hybrid Azure AD-joined) that run a Windows 10 edition with the BitLocker CSP (Pro/Enterprise). Devices can't refresh recovery passwords if they're only registered in Azure AD (also known as workplace-joined) or signed in with a Microsoft account. 
 
 Each server-side recovery key rotation is represented by a request ID. The server can query the following nodes to make sure it reads status/result for same rotation request.
 - RotateRecoveryPasswordsRequestID: Returns request ID of last request processed.
@@ -1348,20 +1321,24 @@ Each server-side recovery key rotation is represented by a request ID. The serve
 
 
 
-Value type is string. Supported operation is Execute. Request ID is expected as a parameter.
+Value type is string.
+
+Supported operation is Execute. Request ID is expected as a parameter.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > Key rotation feature will only work when:
 >
 > - For Operating system drives:
->    - OSRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name is set to 1 ("Required")
->    - OSActiveDirectoryBackup_Name is set to true
+>    - OSRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name is set to 1 ("Required").
+>    - OSActiveDirectoryBackup_Name is set to true.
 > - For Fixed data drives:
->    - FDVRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name is set to 1 = ("Required")
->    - FDVActiveDirectoryBackup_Name is set to true
+>    - FDVRequireActiveDirectoryBackup_Name is set to 1 = ("Required").
+>    - FDVActiveDirectoryBackup_Name is set to true.
 
 **Status**  
-Interior node. Supported operation is Get.
+Interior node.
+
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 
 
@@ -1383,26 +1360,29 @@ This node reports compliance state of device encryption on the system.
 
 
 
-Value type is int. Supported operation is Get.
+Value type is int. 
+
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 Supported values:  
+
 - 0 - Indicates that the device is compliant.
-- Any non-zero value - Indicates that the device is not compliant. This value represents a bitmask with each bit and the corresponding error code described in the following table:
+- Any non-zero value - Indicates that the device isn't compliant. This value represents a bitmask with each bit and the corresponding error code described in the following table:
 
 | Bit | Error Code |
 |-----|------------|
-| 0 |The BitLocker policy requires user consent to launch the BitLocker Drive Encryption Wizard to start encryption of the OS volume but the user didn't consent.|
+| 0 |The BitLocker policy requires user consent to launch the BitLocker Drive Encryption Wizard to start encryption of the OS volume, but the user didn't consent.|
 | 1 |The encryption method of the OS volume doesn't match the BitLocker policy.|
 | 2 |The OS volume is unprotected.|
-| 3 |The BitLocker policy requires a TPM-only protector for the OS volume, but TPM protection isn't used.|
-| 4 |The BitLocker policy requires TPM+PIN protection for the OS volume, but a TPM+PIN protector isn't used.|
-| 5 |The BitLocker policy requires TPM+startup key protection for the OS volume, but a TPM+startup key protector isn't used.|
-| 6 |The BitLocker policy requires TPM+PIN+startup key protection for the OS volume, but a TPM+PIN+startup key protector isn't used.|
-| 7 |The BitLocker policy requires a TPM protector to protect the OS volume, but a TPM isn't used.|
+| 3 |The BitLocker policy requires a TPM-only protector for the OS volume, but TPM protection is not used.|
+| 4 |The BitLocker policy requires TPM+PIN protection for the OS volume, but a TPM+PIN protector is not used.|
+| 5 |The BitLocker policy requires TPM+startup key protection for the OS volume, but a TPM+startup key protector is not used.|
+| 6 |The BitLocker policy requires TPM+PIN+startup key protection for the OS volume, but a TPM+PIN+startup key protector is not used.|
+| 7 |The BitLocker policy requires a TPM protector to protect the OS volume, but a TPM is not used.|
 | 8 |Recovery key backup failed.|
 | 9 |A fixed drive is unprotected.|
 | 10 |The encryption method of the fixed drive doesn't match the BitLocker policy.|
-| 11 |To encrypt drives, the BitLocker policy requires either the user to sign in as an Administrator or, if the device is joined to Azure AD, the AllowStandardUserEncryption policy must be set to 1.|
+| 11 |To encrypt drives, the BitLocker policy requires either the user to sign in as an Administrator or if the device is joined to Azure AD, the AllowStandardUserEncryption policy must be set to 1.|
 | 12 |Windows Recovery Environment (WinRE) isn't configured.|
 | 13 |A TPM isn't available for BitLocker, either because it isn't present, it has been made unavailable in the Registry, or the OS is on a removable drive. |
 | 14 |The TPM isn't ready for BitLocker.|
@@ -1421,7 +1401,7 @@ Supported values:
 This node reports the status of RotateRecoveryPasswords request. 
 
 
-Status code can be one of the following:  
+Status code can be one of the following values:  
 
 - 2 – Not started
 - 1 - Pending
@@ -1439,7 +1419,9 @@ Status code can be one of the following:
 
 
 
-Value type is int. Supported operation is Get.
+Value type is int. 
+
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 
 
@@ -1463,11 +1445,13 @@ This node needs to be queried in synchronization with RotateRecoveryPasswordsSta
 
 
 
-Value type is string. Supported operation is Get.
+Value type is string. 
+
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 ### SyncML example
 
-The following example is provided to show proper format and should not be taken as a recommendation.
+The following example is provided to show proper format and shouldn't be taken as a recommendation.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -1630,3 +1614,7 @@ The following example is provided to show proper format and should not be taken
 ```
 
 
+
+## Related topics
+
+[Configuration service provider reference](configuration-service-provider-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool.md
index d1db6d514e..0309b24aad 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/bulk-enrollment-using-windows-provisioning-tool.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Bulk enrollment
-description: Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up a large number of devices to be managed by an MDM server without the need to re-image the devices. In Windows 10 and Windows 11.
+description: Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up a large number of devices to be managed by an MDM server without the need to reimage the devices. In Windows 10 and Windows 11.
 MS-HAID: 
   - 'p\_phdevicemgmt.bulk\_enrollment'
   - 'p\_phDeviceMgmt.bulk\_enrollment\_using\_Windows\_provisioning\_tool'
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 # Bulk enrollment
 
-Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up a large number of devices to be managed by an MDM server without the need to re-image the devices. In Windows 10 and 11 desktop devices, you can use the [Provisioning CSP](provisioning-csp.md) for bulk enrollment, except for the Azure Active Directory Join (Cloud Domain Join) enrollment scenario.
+Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up a large number of devices to be managed by an MDM server without the need to reimage the devices. In Windows 10 and 11 desktop devices, you can use the [Provisioning CSP](provisioning-csp.md) for bulk enrollment, except for the Azure Active Directory Join (Cloud Domain Join) enrollment scenario.
 
 ## Typical use cases
 
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Bulk enrollment is an efficient way to set up a large number of devices to be ma
 -   Set up industrial machinery.
 -   Set handheld POS devices.
 
-On the desktop, you can create an Active Directory account, such as "enrollment@contoso.com" and give it only the ability to join the domain. Once the desktop is joined with that admin account, then standard users in the domain can log in to use it. This is especially useful in getting a large number of desktop ready to use within a domain.
+On the desktop, you can create an Active Directory account, such as "enrollment@contoso.com" and give it only the ability to join the domain. Once the desktop is joined with that admin account, then standard users in the domain can sign in to use it. This account is especially useful in getting a large number of desktop ready to use within a domain.
 
 On the desktop and mobile devices, you can use an enrollment certificate or enrollment username and password, such as "enroll@contoso.com" and "enrollmentpassword." These credentials are used in the provisioning package, which you can use to enroll multiple devices to the MDM service. Once the devices are joined, many users can use them.
 
@@ -63,21 +63,21 @@ Using the WCD, create a provisioning package using the enrollment information re
 5. Skip **Import a provisioning package (optional)** and click **Finish**.
 6. Expand **Runtime settings** > **Workplace**.
 7. Click **Enrollments**, enter a value in **UPN**, and then click **Add**.
-   The UPN is a unique identifier for the enrollment. For bulk enrollment, this must be a service account that is allowed to enroll multiple users, such as "enrollment@contoso.com".
+   The UPN is a unique identifier for the enrollment. For bulk enrollment, this UPN must be a service account that is allowed to enroll multiple users, such as "enrollment@contoso.com".
 8. On the left navigation pane, expand the **UPN** and then enter the information for the rest of the settings for enrollment process.
-   Here is the list of available settings:
+   Here's the list of available settings:
    -   **AuthPolicy** - Select **OnPremise**.
    -   **DiscoveryServiceFullUrl** - specify the full URL for the discovery service.
    -   **EnrollmentServiceFullUrl** - Optional and in most cases, it should be left blank.
    -   **PolicyServiceFullUrl** - Optional and in most cases, it should be left blank.
    -   **Secret** - Password
    For detailed descriptions of these settings, see [Provisioning CSP](provisioning-csp.md).
-   Here is the screenshot of the WCD at this point.
+   Here's the screenshot of the WCD at this point.
    
     ![bulk enrollment screenshot.](images/bulk-enrollment.png)
-9. Configure the other settings, such as the Wi-Fi connections so that the device can join a network before joining MDM (e.g., **Runtime settings** > **ConnectivityProfiles** > **WLANSetting**).
-10. When you are done adding all the settings, on the **File** menu, click **Save**.
-11. On the main menu click **Export** > **Provisioning package**.
+9. Configure the other settings, such as the Wi-Fi connections so that the device can join a network before joining MDM (for example, **Runtime settings** > **ConnectivityProfiles** > **WLANSetting**).
+10. When you're done adding all the settings, on the **File** menu, click **Save**.
+11. On the main menu, click **Export** > **Provisioning package**.
 
     ![icd menu for export.](images/bulk-enrollment2.png)
 12. Enter the values for your package and specify the package output location.
@@ -112,17 +112,17 @@ Using the WCD, create a provisioning package using the enrollment information re
 7. Specify the workplace settings.
    1. Got to **Workplace** > **Enrollments**.
    2. Enter the **UPN** for the enrollment and then click **Add**.
-      The UPN is a unique identifier for the enrollment. For bulk enrollment, this must be a service account that is allowed to enroll multiple users, such as "enrollment@contoso.com".
+      The UPN is a unique identifier for the enrollment. For bulk enrollment, this UPN must be a service account that is allowed to enroll multiple users, such as "enrollment@contoso.com".
    3. On the left column, expand the **UPN** and then enter the information for the rest of the settings for enrollment process.
-      Here is the list of available settings:
+      Here's the list of available settings:
       -   **AuthPolicy** - Select **Certificate**.
       -   **DiscoveryServiceFullUrl** - specify the full URL for the discovery service.
       -   **EnrollmentServiceFullUrl** - Optional and in most cases, it should be left blank.
       -   **PolicyServiceFullUrl** - Optional and in most cases, it should be left blank.
       -   **Secret** - the certificate thumbprint.
       For detailed descriptions of these settings, see [Provisioning CSP](provisioning-csp.md).
-8. Configure the other settings, such as the Wi-Fi connection so that the device can join a network before joining MDM (e.g., **Runtime settings** > **ConnectivityProfiles** > **WLANSetting**).
-9. When you are done adding all the settings, on the **File** menu, click **Save**.
+8. Configure the other settings, such as the Wi-Fi connection so that the device can join a network before joining MDM (for example, **Runtime settings** > **ConnectivityProfiles** > **WLANSetting**).
+9. When you're done adding all the settings, on the **File** menu, click **Save**.
 10. Export and build the package (steps 10-13 in the procedure above).
 11. Apply the package to some test devices and verify that they work. For more information, see [Apply a provisioning package](#apply-a-provisioning-package).
 12. Apply the package to your devices.
@@ -145,17 +145,17 @@ Here's the list of topics about applying a provisioning package:
 
 1.  Go to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school**.
 2.  Click **Add or remove a provisioning package**.
-    You should see the your package listed.
+    You should see your package listed.
 
 ## Retry logic in case of a failure
 
-If the provisioning engine receives a failure from a CSP it will retry to provision 3 times in a row.
+If the provisioning engine receives a failure from a CSP, it will retry to provision three times in a row.
 
-If all immediate attempts fail, a delayed task is launched to try provisioning again later. It will retry 4 times at a decaying rate of 15 minutes -> 1 hr -> 4 hr -> "Next System Start". These attempts will be run from a SYSTEM context.
+If all immediate attempts fail, a delayed task is launched to try provisioning again later. It will retry four times at a decaying rate of 15 minutes -> 1 hr -> 4 hr -> "Next System Start". These attempts will be run from a SYSTEM context.
 
-It will also retry to apply the provisioning each time it is launched, if started from somewhere else as well.
+It will also retry to apply the provisioning each time it's launched, if started from somewhere else as well.
 
-In addition, provisioning will be restarted in a SYSTEM context after a login and the system has been idle ([details on idle conditions](/windows/win32/taskschd/task-idle-conditions)).
+In addition, provisioning will be restarted in a SYSTEM context after a sign in and the system has been idle ([details on idle conditions](/windows/win32/taskschd/task-idle-conditions)).
 
 ## Other provisioning topics
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/cellularsettings-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/cellularsettings-csp.md
index 74af96a45d..5605ebe1f4 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/cellularsettings-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/cellularsettings-csp.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The CellularSettings configuration service provider is used to configure cellula
 > [!Note]
 > Starting in Windows 10, version 1703 the CellularSettings CSP is supported in Windows 10 Home, Pro, Enterprise, and Education editions.
 
-The following shows the CellularSettings CSP in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Client Provisioning (OMA CP). The OMA DM protocol is not supported with this configuration service provider.
+The following example shows the CellularSettings CSP in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Client Provisioning (OMA CP). The OMA DM protocol isn't supported with this configuration service provider.
 
 ```console
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -36,6 +36,6 @@ CellularSettings
 |1|Don’t roam (or Domestic roaming if applicable)|
 |2|Roam|
 
- ## Related topics
+## Related topics
 
 [Configuration service provider reference](configuration-service-provider-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/certificatestore-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/certificatestore-csp.md
index aa562a1b58..0ef7d8606c 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/certificatestore-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/certificatestore-csp.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: CertificateStore CSP
-description: Use the The CertificateStore configuration service provider (CSP) to add secure socket layers (SSL), intermediate, and self-signed certificates.
+description: Use the CertificateStore configuration service provider (CSP) to add secure socket layers (SSL), intermediate, and self-signed certificates.
 ms.assetid: 0fe28629-3cc3-42a0-91b3-3624c8462fd3
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
@@ -14,18 +14,15 @@ ms.date: 02/28/2020
 
 # CertificateStore CSP
 
-
 The CertificateStore configuration service provider is used to add secure socket layers (SSL), intermediate, and self-signed certificates.
 
 > [!Note]
 > The CertificateStore configuration service provider does not support installing client certificates.
 > The Microsoft protocol version of Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) is case insensitive.
 
- 
+For the CertificateStore CSP, you can't use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
 
-For the CertificateStore CSP, you cannot use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
-
-The following shows the CertificateStore configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by both Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM) and OMA Client Provisioning.
+The following example shows the CertificateStore configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by both Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM) and OMA Client Provisioning.
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -106,6 +103,7 @@ CertificateStore
 ----------------ValidTo
 ----------------TemplateName
 ```
+
 **Root/System**  
 Defines the certificate store that contains root, or self-signed, certificates.
 
@@ -114,8 +112,6 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 > [!NOTE]
 > Root/System is case sensitive. Please use the RootCATrustedCertificates CSP moving forward for installing root certificates.
 
- 
-
 **CA/System**  
 Defines the certificate store that contains cryptographic information, including intermediary certification authorities.
 
@@ -124,55 +120,49 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 > [!NOTE]
 > CA/System is case sensitive. Please use the RootCATrustedCertificates CSP moving forward for installing CA certificates.
 
- 
-
 **My/User**  
-Defines the certificate store that contains public keys for client certificates. This is only used by enterprise servers to push down the public key of a client certificate. The client certificate is used by the device client to authenticate itself to the enterprise server for device management and downloading enterprise applications.
+Defines the certificate store that contains public keys for client certificates. This certificate store is only used by enterprise servers to push down the public key of a client certificate. The client certificate is used by the device client to authenticate itself to the enterprise server for device management and downloading enterprise applications.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > My/User is case sensitive.
 
- 
-
 **My/System**  
-Defines the certificate store that contains public key for client certificate. This is only used by enterprise server to push down the public key of the client cert. The client cert is used by the device to authenticate itself to the enterprise server for device management and enterprise app downloading.
+Defines the certificate store that contains public key for client certificate. This certificate store is only used by enterprise server to push down the public key of the client cert. The client cert is used by the device to authenticate itself to the enterprise server for device management and enterprise app downloading.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > My/System is case sensitive.
 
- 
-
 ***CertHash***  
 Defines the SHA1 hash for the certificate. The 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash is specified as a hexadecimal string value.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 ***CertHash*/EncodedCertificate**  
-Required. Specifies the X.509 certificate as a Base64-encoded string. The Base-64 string value cannot include extra formatting characters such as embedded linefeeds, etc.
+Required. Specifies the X.509 certificate as a Base64-encoded string. The Base-64 string value can't include extra formatting characters such as embedded linefeeds, etc.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 ***CertHash*/IssuedBy**  
-Required. Returns the name of the certificate issuer. This is equivalent to the *Issuer* member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.
+Required. Returns the name of the certificate issuer. This name is equivalent to the *Issuer* member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 ***CertHash*/IssuedTo**  
-Required. Returns the name of the certificate subject. This is equivalent to the *Subject* member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.
+Required. Returns the name of the certificate subject. This name is equivalent to the *Subject* member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 ***CertHash*/ValidFrom**  
-Required. Returns the starting date of the certificate's validity. This is equivalent to the *NotBefore* member in the CERT\_INFO structure.
+Required. Returns the starting date of the certificate's validity. This date is equivalent to the *NotBefore* member in the CERT\_INFO structure.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 ***CertHash*/ValidTo**  
-Required. Returns the expiration date of the certificate. This is equivalent to the *NotAfter* member in the CERT\_INFO structure.
+Required. Returns the expiration date of the certificate. This expiration date is equivalent to the *NotAfter* member in the CERT\_INFO structure.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -189,23 +179,19 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 > [!NOTE]
 > Please use the ClientCertificateInstall CSP to install SCEP certificates moving forward. All enhancements to SCEP will happen in that CSP.
 
- 
-
 **My/SCEP/***UniqueID*  
 Required for SCEP certificate enrollment. A unique ID to differentiate certificate enrollment requests. Format is node.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install**  
-Required for SCEP certificate enrollment. Parent node to group SCEP certificate install related request. Format is node.
+Required for SCEP certificate enrollment. Parent node to group SCEP certificate installs related request. Format is node.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Though the children nodes under Install support Replace commands, after the Exec command is sent to the device, the device takes the values that are set when the Exec command is accepted. You should not expect the node value change that occurs after the Exec command is accepted to impact the current undergoing enrollment. You should check the Status node value and make sure that the device is not at an unknown stage before changing the children node values.
 
- 
-
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/ServerURL**  
 Required for SCEP certificate enrollment. Specifies the certificate enrollment server. The server could specify multiple server URLs separated by a semicolon. Value type is string.
 
@@ -219,36 +205,36 @@ Supported operations are Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 Challenge will be deleted shortly after the Exec command is accepted.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/EKUMapping**  
-Required. Specifies the extended key usages and subject to SCEP server configuration. The list of OIDs are separated by a plus sign **+**, such as OID1+OID2+OID3. Value type is chr.
+Required. Specifies the extended key usages and subject to SCEP server configuration. The list of OIDs is separated by a plus sign **+**, such as OID1+OID2+OID3. Value type is chr.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/KeyUsage**  
-Required for enrollment. Specifies the key usage bits (0x80, 0x20, 0xA0, etc.) for the certificate in decimal format. The value should at least have second (0x20) or fourth (0x80) or both bits set. If the value does not have those bits set, configuration will fail. Value type is an integer.
+Required for enrollment. Specifies the key usage bits (0x80, 0x20, 0xA0, etc.) for the certificate in decimal format. The value should at least have second (0x20) or fourth (0x80) or both bits set. If the value doesn't have those bits set, configuration will fail. Value type is an integer.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/SubjectName**  
 Required. Specifies the subject name. 
 
-The SubjectName value is quoted if it contains leading or trailing white space or one of the following characters: (“,” “=” “+” “;”  ).
+The SubjectName value is quoted if it contains leading or trailing white space or one of the following characters: (“,” “=” “+” “;”).
 
-For more details, see [CertNameToStrA function](/windows/win32/api/wincrypt/nf-wincrypt-certnametostra#remarks).
+For more information, see [CertNameToStrA function](/windows/win32/api/wincrypt/nf-wincrypt-certnametostra#remarks).
 
 Value type is chr.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/KeyProtection**  
-Optional. Specifies the location of the private key. Although the private key is protected by TPM, it is not protected with TPM PIN. SCEP enrolled certificate does not support TPM PIN protection.
+Optional. Specifies the location of the private key. Although the private key is protected by TPM, it isn't protected with TPM PIN. SCEP enrolled certificate doesn't support TPM PIN protection.
 
-Supported values are one of the following:
+Supported values are one of the following values:
 
--   1 – Private key is protected by device TPM.
+- 1 – Private key is protected by device TPM.
 
--   2 – Private key is protected by device TPM if the device supports TPM.
+- 2 – Private key is protected by device TPM if the device supports TPM.
 
--   3 (default) – Private key is only saved in the software KSP.
+- 3 (default) – Private key is only saved in the software KSP.
 
 Value type is an integer.
 
@@ -260,12 +246,15 @@ Optional. Specifies the device retry waiting time in minutes when the SCEP serve
 Supported operations are Get, Add, and Delete.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/RetryCount**  
-Optional. Special to SCEP. Specifies the device retry times when the SCEP server sends pending status. Value type is an integer. Default value is 3. Max value cannot be larger than 30. If it is larger than 30, the device will use 30. The min value is 0, which means no retry.
+Optional. Special to SCEP. Specifies the device retry times when the SCEP server sends pending status. Value type is an integer. Default value is 3. Max value can't be larger than 30. If it's larger than 30, the device will use 30. The min value is 0, which means no retry.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/TemplateName**  
-Optional. OID of certificate template name. Note that this name is typically ignored by the SCEP server; therefore, the MDM server typically does not need to provide it. Value type is chr.
+Optional. OID of certificate template name.
+
+> [!Note]
+> Template name is typically ignored by the SCEP server, so the MDM server typically doesn't need to provide it. Value type is `chr`.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, and Delete.
 
@@ -282,7 +271,7 @@ Value type is chr.
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/CAThumbprint**  
-Required. Specifies the root CA thumbprint. It is a 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash specified as a hexadecimal string value. When client authenticates the SCEP server, it checks CA certificate from SCEP server for a match with this certificate. If it does not match, the authentication fails. Value type is chr.
+Required. Specifies the root CA thumbprint. It's a 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash specified as a hexadecimal string value. When client authenticates the SCEP server, it checks CA certificate from SCEP server for a match with this certificate. If it doesn't match, the authentication fails. Value type is chr.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
@@ -296,17 +285,15 @@ Optional. Specifies the units for the valid period. Value type is chr.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
-Valid values are one of the following:
+Valid values are one of the following values:
 
--   Days (default)
--   Months
--   Years
+- Days (default)
+- Months
+- Years
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The device only sends the MDM server expected certificate validation period (ValidPeriodUnits + ValidPeriod) of the SCEP server as part of certificate enrollment request. How this valid period is used to create the certificate depends on the MDM server.
 
- 
-
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/ValidPeriodUnits**  
 Optional. Specifies desired number of units used in validity period and subject to SCEP server configuration. Default is 0. The units are defined in ValidPeriod node. The valid period specified by MDM overwrites the valid period specified in the certificate template. For example, if ValidPeriod is days and ValidPeriodUnits is 30, it means the total valid duration is 30 days. Value type is an integer.
 
@@ -315,10 +302,8 @@ Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 > [!NOTE]
 > The device only sends the MDM server expected certificate validation period (ValidPeriodUnits + ValidPeriod) of the SCEP server as part of certificate enrollment request. How this valid period is used to create the certificate depends on the MDM server.
 
- 
-
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/Enroll**  
-Required. Triggers the device to start the certificate enrollment. The MDM server can later query the device to find out whether the new certificate is added. Value type is null, which means that this node does not contain a value.
+Required. Triggers the device to start the certificate enrollment. The MDM server can later query the device to find out whether the new certificate is added. Value type is null, which means that this node doesn't contain a value.
 
 Supported operation is Exec.
 
@@ -332,11 +317,11 @@ Required. Specifies the latest status for the certificate due to enrollment requ
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
-Valid values are one of the following:
+Valid values are one of the following values:
 
 -   1 – Finished successfully.
 
--   2 – Pending. The device has not finished the action, but has received the SCEP server pending response.
+-   2 – Pending. The device hasn't finished the action, but has received the SCEP server pending response.
 
 -   16 - Action failed.
 
@@ -348,7 +333,7 @@ Optional. The integer value that indicates the HRESULT of the last enrollment er
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **My/SCEP/*UniqueID*/CertThumbprint**  
-Optional. Specifies the current certificate thumbprint if certificate enrollment succeeds. It is a 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash specified as a hexadecimal string value. Value type is chr.
+Optional. Specifies the current certificate thumbprint if certificate enrollment succeeds. It's a 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash specified as a hexadecimal string value. Value type is chr.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -358,7 +343,7 @@ Required. Returns the URL of the SCEP server that responded to the enrollment re
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **My/WSTEP**  
-Required for MDM enrolled device. The parent node that hosts the MDM enrollment client certificate related settings that is enrolled via WSTEP. The nodes under WSTEP are mostly for MDM client certificate renew requests. Value type is node.
+Required for MDM enrolled device. The parent node that hosts the MDM enrollment client certificate related settings that are enrolled via WSTEP. The nodes under WSTEP are mostly for MDM client certificate renew requests. Value type is node.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -368,7 +353,7 @@ Optional. The parent node to group renewal related settings.
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **My/WSTEP/Renew/ServerURL**  
-Optional. Specifies the URL of certificate renewal server. If this node does not exist, the client uses the initial certificate enrollment URL.
+Optional. Specifies the URL of certificate renewal server. If this node doesn't exist, the client uses the initial certificate enrollment URL.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The renewal process follows the same steps as device enrollment, which means that it starts with Discovery service, followed by Enrollment policy service, and then Enrollment web service.
@@ -378,7 +363,7 @@ Optional. Specifies the URL of certificate renewal server. If this node does not
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **My/WSTEP/Renew/RenewalPeriod**  
-Optional. The time (in days) to trigger the client to initiate the MDM client certificate renew process before the MDM certificate expires. The MDM server cannot set and update the renewal period. This parameter applies to both manual certificate renewal and request on behalf of (ROBO) certificate renewal. It is recommended that the renew period is set a couple of months before the certificate expires to ensure that the certificate gets renewed successfully with data connectivity.
+Optional. The time (in days) to trigger the client to initiate the MDM client certificate renew process before the MDM certificate expires. The MDM server can't set and update the renewal period. This parameter applies to both manual certificate renewal and request on behalf of (ROBO) certificate renewal. It's recommended that the renew period is set a couple of months before the certificate expires to ensure that the certificate gets renewed successfully with data connectivity.
 
 The default value is 42 and the valid values are 1 – 1000. Value type is an integer.
 
@@ -387,8 +372,6 @@ Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 > [!NOTE]
 > When you set the renewal schedule over SyncML DM commands to ROBOSupport, RenewalPeriod, and RetryInterval, you must wrap them in Atomic commands.
 
- 
-
 **My/WSTEP/Renew/RetryInterval**  
 Optional. Specifies the retry interval (in days) when the previous renewal failed. It applies to both manual certificate renewal and ROBO automatic certificate renewal. The retry schedule stops at the certificate expiration date.
 
@@ -403,8 +386,6 @@ Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 > [!NOTE]
 > When you set the renewal schedule over SyncML DM commands to ROBOSupport, RenewalPeriod, and RetryInterval, you must wrap them in Atomic commands.
 
- 
-
 **My/WSTEP/Renew/ROBOSupport**  
 Optional. Notifies the client if the MDM enrollment server supports ROBO auto certificate renewal. Value type is bool.
 
@@ -415,22 +396,17 @@ Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 > [!NOTE]
 > When you set the renewal schedule over SyncML DM commands to ROBOSupport, RenewalPeriod, and RetryInterval, you must wrap them in Atomic commands.
 
- 
-
 **My/WSTEP/Renew/Status**  
 Required. Shows the latest action status for this certificate. Value type is an integer.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
-Supported values are one of the following:
+Supported values are one of the following values:
 
--   0 – Not started.
-
--   1 – Renewal in progress.
-
--   2 – Renewal succeeded.
-
--   3 – Renewal failed.
+- 0 – Not started.
+- 1 – Renewal in progress.
+- 2 – Renewal succeeded.
+- 3 – Renewal failed.
 
 **My/WSTEP/Renew/ErrorCode**  
 Optional. If certificate renewal fails, this integer value indicates the HRESULT of the last error code during the renewal process. Value type is an integer.
@@ -454,7 +430,6 @@ Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
 ## Examples
 
-
 Add a root certificate to the MDM server.
 
 ```xml
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/change-history-for-mdm-documentation.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/change-history-for-mdm-documentation.md
index 089b3868fd..ef943cbe35 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/change-history-for-mdm-documentation.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/change-history-for-mdm-documentation.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ ms.date: 10/19/2020
 
 # Change history for Mobile Device Management documentation
 
-This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MDM) documentation. Updated articles are those that had content addition, removal, or corrections—minor fixes, such as correction of typos, style, or formatting issues are not listed.
+This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MDM) documentation. Updated articles are those articles that had content addition, removal, or corrections—minor fixes, such as correction of typos, style, or formatting issues aren't listed.
 
 ## November 2020
 
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 |New or updated article | Description|
 |--- | ---|
 |[BitLocker CSP](bitlocker-csp.md)|Added the bitmask table for the Status/DeviceEncryptionStatus node.|
-|[Policy CSP - RestrictedGroups](policy-csp-restrictedgroups.md)| Updated the topic with additional details. Added policy timeline table. 
+|[Policy CSP - RestrictedGroups](policy-csp-restrictedgroups.md)| Updated the topic with more details. Added policy timeline table. 
 
 ## February 2020
 
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 |New or updated article | Description|
 |--- | ---|
 |[DiagnosticLog CSP](diagnosticlog-csp.md)
              [DiagnosticLog DDF](diagnosticlog-ddf.md)|Added version 1.4 of the CSP in Windows 10, version 1903. Added the new 1.4 version of the DDF. Added the following new nodes:
              Policy, Policy/Channels, Policy/Channels/ChannelName, Policy/Channels/ChannelName/MaximumFileSize, Policy/Channels/ChannelName/SDDL, Policy/Channels/ChannelName/ActionWhenFull, Policy/Channels/ChannelName/Enabled, DiagnosticArchive, DiagnosticArchive/ArchiveDefinition, DiagnosticArchive/ArchiveResults.|
-|[Enroll a Windows 10 device automatically using Group Policy](enroll-a-windows-10-device-automatically-using-group-policy.md)|Enhanced the article to include additional reference links and the following two topics:
              Verify auto-enrollment requirements and settings, Troubleshoot auto-enrollment of devices.|
+|[Enroll a Windows 10 device automatically using Group Policy](enroll-a-windows-10-device-automatically-using-group-policy.md)|Enhanced the article to include more reference links and the following two topics:
              Verify auto-enrollment requirements and settings, Troubleshoot auto-enrollment of devices.|
 
 ## July 2019
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 |[ApplicationControl CSP](applicationcontrol-csp.md)|Added new CSP in Windows 10, version 1903.|
 |[PassportForWork CSP](passportforwork-csp.md)|Added the following new nodes in Windows 10, version 1903:
              SecurityKey, SecurityKey/UseSecurityKeyForSignin|
 |[Policy CSP - Privacy](policy-csp-privacy.md)|Added the following new policies:
              LetAppsActivateWithVoice, LetAppsActivateWithVoiceAboveLock|
-|Create a custom configuration service provider|Deleted the following documents from the CSP reference because extensibility via CSPs is not currently supported:
              Create a custom configuration service provider
              Design a custom configuration service provider
              IConfigServiceProvider2
              IConfigServiceProvider2::ConfigManagerNotification
              IConfigServiceProvider2::GetNode
              ICSPNode
              ICSPNode::Add
              ICSPNode::Clear
              ICSPNode::Copy
              ICSPNode::DeleteChild
              ICSPNode::DeleteProperty
              ICSPNode::Execute
              ICSPNode::GetChildNodeNames
              ICSPNode::GetProperty
              ICSPNode::GetPropertyIdentifiers
              ICSPNode::GetValue
              ICSPNode::Move
              ICSPNode::SetProperty
              ICSPNode::SetValue
              ICSPNodeTransactioning
              ICSPValidate
              Samples for writing a custom configuration service provider.|
+|Create a custom configuration service provider|Deleted the following documents from the CSP reference because extensibility via CSPs isn't currently supported:
              Create a custom configuration service provider
              Design a custom configuration service provider
              IConfigServiceProvider2
              IConfigServiceProvider2::ConfigManagerNotification
              IConfigServiceProvider2::GetNode
              ICSPNode
              ICSPNode::Add
              ICSPNode::Clear
              ICSPNode::Copy
              ICSPNode::DeleteChild
              ICSPNode::DeleteProperty
              ICSPNode::Execute
              ICSPNode::GetChildNodeNames
              ICSPNode::GetProperty
              ICSPNode::GetPropertyIdentifiers
              ICSPNode::GetValue
              ICSPNode::Move
              ICSPNode::SetProperty
              ICSPNode::SetValue
              ICSPNodeTransactioning
              ICSPValidate
              Samples for writing a custom configuration service provider.|
 
 ## June 2019
 
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 
 |                                         New or updated article                                          |                                                                                                                                                                                                          Description                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
 |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| [Win32 and Desktop Bridge app policy configuration](win32-and-centennial-app-policy-configuration.md) | Added the following warning at the end of the Overview section:
              Some operating system components have built in functionality to check devices for domain membership. MDM enforces the configured policy values only if the devices are domain joined, otherwise it does not. However, you can still import ADMX files and set ADMX-backed policies regardless of whether the device is domain joined or non-domain joined. |
+| [Win32 and Desktop Bridge app policy configuration](win32-and-centennial-app-policy-configuration.md) | Added the following warning at the end of the Overview section:
              Some operating system components have built in functionality to check devices for domain membership. MDM enforces the configured policy values only if the devices are domain joined, otherwise it doesn't. However, you can still import ADMX files and set ADMX-backed policies regardless of whether the device is domain joined or non-domain joined. |
 |                          [Policy CSP - UserRights](policy-csp-userrights.md)                          |                                                                                                                                  Added a note stating if you use Intune custom profiles to assign UserRights policies, you must use the CDATA tag () to wrap the data fields.                                                                                                                                  |
 
 ## March 2019
@@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 
 |New or updated article|Description|
 |--- |--- |
-|[AssignedAccess CSP](assignedaccess-csp.md)|Added the following note:

              You can only assign one single app kiosk profile to an individual user account on a device. The single app profile does not support domain groups.|
+|[AssignedAccess CSP](assignedaccess-csp.md)|Added the following note:

              You can only assign one single app kiosk profile to an individual user account on a device. The single app profile doesn't support domain groups.|
 |[PassportForWork  CSP](passportforwork-csp.md)|Added new settings in Windows 10, version 1809.|
 |[EnterpriseModernAppManagement  CSP](enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp.md)|Added NonRemovable setting under AppManagement node in Windows 10, version 1809.|
 |[Win32CompatibilityAppraiser  CSP](win32compatibilityappraiser-csp.md)|Added new configuration service provider in Windows 10, version 1809.|
 |[WindowsLicensing  CSP](windowslicensing-csp.md)|Added S mode settings and SyncML examples in Windows 10, version 1809.|
-|[SUPL CSP](supl-csp.md)|Added 3 new certificate nodes in Windows 10, version 1809.|
+|[SUPL CSP](supl-csp.md)|Added three new certificate nodes in Windows 10, version 1809.|
 |[Defender CSP](defender-csp.md)|Added a new node Health/ProductStatus in Windows 10, version 1809.|
 |[BitLocker CSP](bitlocker-csp.md)|Added a new node AllowStandardUserEncryption in Windows 10, version 1809.|
 |[DevDetail CSP](devdetail-csp.md)|Added a new node SMBIOSSerialNumber in Windows 10, version 1809.|
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 |[Wifi CSP](wifi-csp.md)|Added a new node WifiCost in Windows 10, version 1809.|
 |[Diagnose MDM failures in Windows 10](diagnose-mdm-failures-in-windows-10.md)|Recent changes:
            • Added procedure for collecting logs remotely from Windows 10 Holographic.
            • Added procedure for downloading the MDM Diagnostic Information log.|
 |[BitLocker CSP](bitlocker-csp.md)|Added new node AllowStandardUserEncryption in Windows 10, version 1809.|
-|[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Recent changes:
            • AccountPoliciesAccountLockoutPolicy
            • AccountLockoutDuration - removed from docs. Not supported.
            • AccountPoliciesAccountLockoutPolicy/AccountLockoutThreshold - removed from docs. Not supported.
            • AccountPoliciesAccountLockoutPolicy/ResetAccountLockoutCounterAfter - removed from docs. Not supported.
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_LetEveryonePermissionsApplyToAnonymousUsers - removed from docs. Not supported.
            • System/AllowFontProviders is not supported in HoloLens (1st gen) Commercial Suite.
            • Security/RequireDeviceEncryption is supported in the Home SKU.
            • Start/StartLayout - added a table of SKU support information.
            • Start/ImportEdgeAssets - added a table of SKU support information.

              Added the following new policies in Windows 10, version 1809:
            • Update/EngagedRestartDeadlineForFeatureUpdates
            • Update/EngagedRestartSnoozeScheduleForFeatureUpdates
            • Update/EngagedRestartTransitionScheduleForFeatureUpdates
            • Update/SetDisablePauseUXAccess
            • Update/SetDisableUXWUAccess|
+|[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Recent changes:
            • AccountPoliciesAccountLockoutPolicy
            • AccountLockoutDuration - removed from docs. Not supported.
            • AccountPoliciesAccountLockoutPolicy/AccountLockoutThreshold - removed from docs. Not supported.
            • AccountPoliciesAccountLockoutPolicy/ResetAccountLockoutCounterAfter - removed from docs. Not supported.
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_LetEveryonePermissionsApplyToAnonymousUsers - removed from docs. Not supported.
            • System/AllowFontProviders isn't supported in HoloLens (first gen) Commercial Suite.
            • Security/RequireDeviceEncryption is supported in the Home SKU.
            • Start/StartLayout - added a table of SKU support information.
            • Start/ImportEdgeAssets - added a table of SKU support information.

              Added the following new policies in Windows 10, version 1809:
            • Update/EngagedRestartDeadlineForFeatureUpdates
            • Update/EngagedRestartSnoozeScheduleForFeatureUpdates
            • Update/EngagedRestartTransitionScheduleForFeatureUpdates
            • Update/SetDisablePauseUXAccess
            • Update/SetDisableUXWUAccess|
 |[WiredNetwork CSP](wirednetwork-csp.md)|New CSP added in Windows 10, version 1809.|
 
 ## May 2018
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 |New or updated article|Description|
 |--- |--- |
 |[WindowsDefenderApplicationGuard CSP](windowsdefenderapplicationguard-csp.md)|Added the following node in Windows 10, version 1803:
            • Settings/AllowVirtualGPU
            • Settings/SaveFilesToHost|
-|[NetworkProxy CSP](\networkproxy--csp.md)|Added the following node in Windows 10, version 1803:
            • ProxySettingsPerUser|
+|[NetworkProxy CSP](networkproxy-csp.md)|Added the following node in Windows 10, version 1803:
            • ProxySettingsPerUser|
 |[Accounts CSP](accounts-csp.md)|Added a new CSP in Windows 10, version 1803.|
 |[MDM Migration Analysis Tool (MMAT)](https://aka.ms/mmat)|Updated version available. MMAT is a tool you can use to determine which Group Policies are set on a target user/computer and cross-reference them against the list of supported MDM policies.|
 |[CSP DDF files download](configuration-service-provider-reference.md#csp-ddf-files-download)|Added the DDF download of Windows 10, version 1803 configuration service providers.|
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 |[Understanding ADMX-backed policies](understanding-admx-backed-policies.md)|Added the following videos:
            • [How to create a custom xml to enable an ADMX-backed policy and deploy the XML in Intune](https://www.microsoft.com/showcase/video.aspx?uuid=bdc9b54b-11b0-4bdb-a022-c339d16e7121)
            • [How to import a custom ADMX file to a device using Intune](https://www.microsoft.com/showcase/video.aspx?uuid=a59888b1-429f-4a49-8570-c39a143d9a73)|
 |[AccountManagement CSP](accountmanagement-csp.md)|Added a new CSP in Windows 10, version 1803.|
 |[RootCATrustedCertificates CSP](rootcacertificates-csp.md)|Added the following node in Windows 10, version 1803:
            • UntrustedCertificates|
-|[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Added the following new policies for Windows 10, version 1803:
            • ApplicationDefaults/EnableAppUriHandlers
            • ApplicationManagement/MSIAllowUserControlOverInstall
            • ApplicationManagement/MSIAlwaysInstallWithElevatedPrivileges
            • Connectivity/AllowPhonePCLinking
            • Notifications/DisallowCloudNotification
            • Notifications/DisallowTileNotification
            • RestrictedGroups/ConfigureGroupMembership

              The following existing policies were updated:
            • Browser/AllowCookies - updated the supported values. There are 3 values - 0, 1, 2.
            • InternetExplorer/AllowSiteToZoneAssignmentList - updated the description and added an example SyncML
            • TextInput/AllowIMENetworkAccess - introduced new suggestion services in Japanese IME in addition to cloud suggestion.

              Added a new section:
            • [[Policies in Policy CSP supported by Group Policy](/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-group-policy) - list of policies in Policy CSP that has corresponding Group Policy. The policy description contains the GP information, such as GP policy name and variable name.|
+|[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Added the following new policies for Windows 10, version 1803:
            • ApplicationDefaults/EnableAppUriHandlers
            • ApplicationManagement/MSIAllowUserControlOverInstall
            • ApplicationManagement/MSIAlwaysInstallWithElevatedPrivileges
            • Connectivity/AllowPhonePCLinking
            • Notifications/DisallowCloudNotification
            • Notifications/DisallowTileNotification
            • RestrictedGroups/ConfigureGroupMembership

              The following existing policies were updated:
            • Browser/AllowCookies - updated the supported values. There are three values - 0, 1, 2.
            • InternetExplorer/AllowSiteToZoneAssignmentList - updated the description and added an example SyncML
            • TextInput/AllowIMENetworkAccess - introduced new suggestion services in Japanese IME in addition to cloud suggestion.

              Added a new section:
            • [[Policies in Policy CSP supported by Group Policy](/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-group-policy) - list of policies in Policy CSP that has corresponding Group Policy. The policy description contains the GP information, such as GP policy name and variable name.|
 |[Policy CSP - Bluetooth](policy-csp-bluetooth.md)|Added new section [ServicesAllowedList usage guide](policy-csp-bluetooth.md#servicesallowedlist-usage-guide).|
 |[MultiSIM CSP](multisim-csp.md)|Added SyncML examples and updated the settings descriptions.|
 |[RemoteWipe CSP](remotewipe-csp.md)|Reverted back to Windows 10, version 1709. Removed previous draft documentation for version 1803.|
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 |--- |--- |
 |[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Added the following new policies for Windows 10, version 1803:
            • Display/DisablePerProcessDpiForApps
            • Display/EnablePerProcessDpi
            • Display/EnablePerProcessDpiForApps
            • Experience/AllowWindowsSpotlightOnSettings
            • TextInput/ForceTouchKeyboardDockedState
            • TextInput/TouchKeyboardDictationButtonAvailability
            • TextInput/TouchKeyboardEmojiButtonAvailability
            • TextInput/TouchKeyboardFullModeAvailability
            • TextInput/TouchKeyboardHandwritingModeAvailability
            • TextInput/TouchKeyboardNarrowModeAvailability
            • TextInput/TouchKeyboardSplitModeAvailability
            • TextInput/TouchKeyboardWideModeAvailability|
 |[VPNv2 ProfileXML XSD](vpnv2-profile-xsd.md)|Updated the XSD and Plug-in profile example for VPNv2 CSP.|
-|[AssignedAccess CSP](assignedaccess-csp.md)|Added the following nodes in Windows 10, version 1803:
            • Status
            • ShellLauncher
            • StatusConfiguration

              Updated the AssigneAccessConfiguration schema. Starting in Windows 10, version 1803 AssignedAccess CSP is supported in HoloLens (1st gen) Commercial Suite. Added example for HoloLens (1st gen) Commercial Suite.|
+|[AssignedAccess CSP](assignedaccess-csp.md)|Added the following nodes in Windows 10, version 1803:
            • Status
            • ShellLauncher
            • StatusConfiguration

              Updated the AssigneAccessConfiguration schema. Starting in Windows 10, version 1803 AssignedAccess CSP is supported in HoloLens (first gen) Commercial Suite. Added example for HoloLens (first gen) Commercial Suite.|
 |[MultiSIM CSP](multisim-csp.md)|Added a new CSP in Windows 10, version 1803.|
 |[EnterpriseModernAppManagement CSP](enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp.md)|Added the following node in Windows 10, version 1803:
            • MaintainProcessorArchitectureOnUpdate|
 
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 
 |New or updated article|Description|
 |--- |--- |
-|[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Added the following new policies for Windows 10, version 1803:
            • Browser/AllowConfigurationUpdateForBooksLibrary
            • Browser/AlwaysEnableBooksLibrary
            • Browser/EnableExtendedBooksTelemetry
            • Browser/UseSharedFolderForBooks
            • DeliveryOptimization/DODelayBackgroundDownloadFromHttp
            • DeliveryOptimization/DODelayForegroundDownloadFromHttp
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOGroupIdSource
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOPercentageMaxBackDownloadBandwidth
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOPercentageMaxForeDownloadBandwidth
            • DeliveryOptimization/DORestrictPeerSelectionBy
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOSetHoursToLimitBackgroundDownloadBandwidth
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOSetHoursToLimitForegroundDownloadBandwidth
            • KioskBrowser/BlockedUrlExceptions
            • KioskBrowser/BlockedUrls
            • KioskBrowser/DefaultURL
            • KioskBrowser/EnableHomeButton
            • KioskBrowser/EnableNavigationButtons
            • KioskBrowser/RestartOnIdleTime
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Devices_AllowUndockWithoutHavingToLogon
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Devices_AllowedToFormatAndEjectRemovableMedia
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Devices_PreventUsersFromInstallingPrinterDriversWhenConnectingToSharedPrinters
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Devices_RestrictCDROMAccessToLocallyLoggedOnUserOnly
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_SmartCardRemovalBehavior
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/MicrosoftNetworkClient_DigitallySignCommunicationsIfServerAgrees
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/MicrosoftNetworkClient_SendUnencryptedPasswordToThirdPartySMBServers
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/MicrosoftNetworkServer_DigitallySignCommunicationsAlways
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/MicrosoftNetworkServer_DigitallySignCommunicationsIfClientAgrees
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_DoNotAllowAnonymousEnumerationOfSAMAccounts
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_DoNotAllowAnonymousEnumerationOfSamAccountsAndShares
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_RestrictAnonymousAccessToNamedPipesAndShares
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_RestrictClientsAllowedToMakeRemoteCallsToSAM
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_DoNotStoreLANManagerHashValueOnNextPasswordChange
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_LANManagerAuthenticationLevel
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_MinimumSessionSecurityForNTLMSSPBasedClients
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_MinimumSessionSecurityForNTLMSSPBasedServers
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Shutdown_ClearVirtualMemoryPageFile
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_DetectApplicationInstallationsAndPromptForElevation
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_UseAdminApprovalMode
            • RestrictedGroups/ConfigureGroupMembership
            • Search/AllowCortanaInAAD
            • Search/DoNotUseWebResults
            • Security/ConfigureWindowsPasswords
            • System/FeedbackHubAlwaysSaveDiagnosticsLocally
            • SystemServices/ConfigureHomeGroupListenerServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureHomeGroupProviderServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureXboxAccessoryManagementServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureXboxLiveAuthManagerServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureXboxLiveGameSaveServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureXboxLiveNetworkingServiceStartupMode
            • TaskScheduler/EnableXboxGameSaveTask
            • TextInput/EnableTouchKeyboardAutoInvokeInDesktopMode
            • Update/ConfigureFeatureUpdateUninstallPeriod
            • UserRights/AccessCredentialManagerAsTrustedCaller
            • UserRights/AccessFromNetwork
            • UserRights/ActAsPartOfTheOperatingSystem
            • UserRights/AllowLocalLogOn
            • UserRights/BackupFilesAndDirectories
            • UserRights/ChangeSystemTime
            • UserRights/CreateGlobalObjects
            • UserRights/CreatePageFile
            • UserRights/CreatePermanentSharedObjects
            • UserRights/CreateSymbolicLinks
            • UserRights/CreateToken
            • UserRights/DebugPrograms
            • UserRights/DenyAccessFromNetwork
            • UserRights/DenyLocalLogOn
            • UserRights/DenyRemoteDesktopServicesLogOn
            • UserRights/EnableDelegation
            • UserRights/GenerateSecurityAudits
            • UserRights/ImpersonateClient
            • UserRights/IncreaseSchedulingPriority
            • UserRights/LoadUnloadDeviceDrivers
            • UserRights/LockMemory
            • UserRights/ManageAuditingAndSecurityLog
            • UserRights/ManageVolume
            • UserRights/ModifyFirmwareEnvironment
            • UserRights/ModifyObjectLabel
            • UserRights/ProfileSingleProcess
            • UserRights/RemoteShutdown
            • UserRights/RestoreFilesAndDirectories
            • UserRights/TakeOwnership
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableAccountProtectionUI
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableDeviceSecurityUI
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideRansomwareDataRecovery
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideSecureBoot
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideTPMTroubleshooting

              Added the following policies the were added in Windows 10, version 1709
            • DeviceLock/MinimumPasswordAge
            • Settings/AllowOnlineTips
            • System/DisableEnterpriseAuthProxy

              Security/RequireDeviceEncryption - updated to show it is supported in desktop.|
+|[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Added the following new policies for Windows 10, version 1803:
            • Browser/AllowConfigurationUpdateForBooksLibrary
            • Browser/AlwaysEnableBooksLibrary
            • Browser/EnableExtendedBooksTelemetry
            • Browser/UseSharedFolderForBooks
            • DeliveryOptimization/DODelayBackgroundDownloadFromHttp
            • DeliveryOptimization/DODelayForegroundDownloadFromHttp
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOGroupIdSource
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOPercentageMaxBackDownloadBandwidth
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOPercentageMaxForeDownloadBandwidth
            • DeliveryOptimization/DORestrictPeerSelectionBy
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOSetHoursToLimitBackgroundDownloadBandwidth
            • DeliveryOptimization/DOSetHoursToLimitForegroundDownloadBandwidth
            • KioskBrowser/BlockedUrlExceptions
            • KioskBrowser/BlockedUrls
            • KioskBrowser/DefaultURL
            • KioskBrowser/EnableHomeButton
            • KioskBrowser/EnableNavigationButtons
            • KioskBrowser/RestartOnIdleTime
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Devices_AllowUndockWithoutHavingToLogon
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Devices_AllowedToFormatAndEjectRemovableMedia
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Devices_PreventUsersFromInstallingPrinterDriversWhenConnectingToSharedPrinters
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Devices_RestrictCDROMAccessToLocallyLoggedOnUserOnly
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_SmartCardRemovalBehavior
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/MicrosoftNetworkClient_DigitallySignCommunicationsIfServerAgrees
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/MicrosoftNetworkClient_SendUnencryptedPasswordToThirdPartySMBServers
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/MicrosoftNetworkServer_DigitallySignCommunicationsAlways
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/MicrosoftNetworkServer_DigitallySignCommunicationsIfClientAgrees
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_DoNotAllowAnonymousEnumerationOfSAMAccounts
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_DoNotAllowAnonymousEnumerationOfSamAccountsAndShares
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_RestrictAnonymousAccessToNamedPipesAndShares
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkAccess_RestrictClientsAllowedToMakeRemoteCallsToSAM
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_DoNotStoreLANManagerHashValueOnNextPasswordChange
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_LANManagerAuthenticationLevel
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_MinimumSessionSecurityForNTLMSSPBasedClients
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_MinimumSessionSecurityForNTLMSSPBasedServers
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Shutdown_ClearVirtualMemoryPageFile
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_DetectApplicationInstallationsAndPromptForElevation
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_UseAdminApprovalMode
            • RestrictedGroups/ConfigureGroupMembership
            • Search/AllowCortanaInAAD
            • Search/DoNotUseWebResults
            • Security/ConfigureWindowsPasswords
            • System/FeedbackHubAlwaysSaveDiagnosticsLocally
            • SystemServices/ConfigureHomeGroupListenerServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureHomeGroupProviderServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureXboxAccessoryManagementServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureXboxLiveAuthManagerServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureXboxLiveGameSaveServiceStartupMode
            • SystemServices/ConfigureXboxLiveNetworkingServiceStartupMode
            • TaskScheduler/EnableXboxGameSaveTask
            • TextInput/EnableTouchKeyboardAutoInvokeInDesktopMode
            • Update/ConfigureFeatureUpdateUninstallPeriod
            • UserRights/AccessCredentialManagerAsTrustedCaller
            • UserRights/AccessFromNetwork
            • UserRights/ActAsPartOfTheOperatingSystem
            • UserRights/AllowLocalLogOn
            • UserRights/BackupFilesAndDirectories
            • UserRights/ChangeSystemTime
            • UserRights/CreateGlobalObjects
            • UserRights/CreatePageFile
            • UserRights/CreatePermanentSharedObjects
            • UserRights/CreateSymbolicLinks
            • UserRights/CreateToken
            • UserRights/DebugPrograms
            • UserRights/DenyAccessFromNetwork
            • UserRights/DenyLocalLogOn
            • UserRights/DenyRemoteDesktopServicesLogOn
            • UserRights/EnableDelegation
            • UserRights/GenerateSecurityAudits
            • UserRights/ImpersonateClient
            • UserRights/IncreaseSchedulingPriority
            • UserRights/LoadUnloadDeviceDrivers
            • UserRights/LockMemory
            • UserRights/ManageAuditingAndSecurityLog
            • UserRights/ManageVolume
            • UserRights/ModifyFirmwareEnvironment
            • UserRights/ModifyObjectLabel
            • UserRights/ProfileSingleProcess
            • UserRights/RemoteShutdown
            • UserRights/RestoreFilesAndDirectories
            • UserRights/TakeOwnership
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableAccountProtectionUI
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableDeviceSecurityUI
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideRansomwareDataRecovery
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideSecureBoot
            • WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideTPMTroubleshooting

              Added the following policies in Windows 10, version 1709
            • DeviceLock/MinimumPasswordAge
            • Settings/AllowOnlineTips
            • System/DisableEnterpriseAuthProxy

              Security/RequireDeviceEncryption - updated to show it's supported in desktop.|
 |[BitLocker CSP](bitlocker-csp.md)|Updated the description for AllowWarningForOtherDiskEncryption to describe changes added in Windows 10, version 1803.|
 |[EnterpriseModernAppManagement CSP](enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp.md)|Added new node MaintainProcessorArchitectureOnUpdate in Windows 10, next major update.|
 |[DMClient CSP](dmclient-csp.md)|Added ./User/Vendor/MSFT/DMClient/Provider/[ProviderID]/FirstSyncStatus node. Also added the following nodes in Windows 10, version 1803:
            • AADSendDeviceToken
            • BlockInStatusPage
            • AllowCollectLogsButton
            • CustomErrorText
            • SkipDeviceStatusPage
            • SkipUserStatusPage|
@@ -309,11 +309,11 @@ This article lists new and updated articles for the Mobile Device Management (MD
 |[Enable ADMX-backed policies in MDM](enable-admx-backed-policies-in-mdm.md)|Added new step-by-step guide to enable ADMX-backed policies.|
 |[Mobile device enrollment](mobile-device-enrollment.md)|Added the following statement:

              Devices that are joined to an on-premises Active Directory can enroll into MDM via the Work access page in Settings. However, the enrollment can only target the user enrolled with user-specific policies. Device targeted policies will continue to impact all users of the device.|
 |[CM_CellularEntries CSP](cm-cellularentries-csp.md)|Updated the description of the PuposeGroups node to add the GUID for applications. This node is required instead of optional.|
-|[EnterpriseDataProtection CSP](enterprisedataprotection-csp.md)|Updated the Settings/EDPEnforcementLevel values to the following:
            •  0 (default) – Off / No protection (decrypts previously protected data).
            •   1 – Silent mode (encrypt and audit only).
            •   2 – Allow override mode (encrypt, prompt and allow overrides, and audit).
            •   3 – Hides overrides (encrypt, prompt but hide overrides, and audit).|
-|[AppLocker CSP](applocker-csp.md)|Added two new SyncML examples (to disable the calendar app and to block usage of the map app) in [Allow list examples](applocker-csp.md#allow-list-examples).|
+|[EnterpriseDataProtection CSP](enterprisedataprotection-csp.md)|Updated the Settings/EDPEnforcementLevel values to the following values:
            •  0 (default) – Off / No protection (decrypts previously protected data).
            •   1 – Silent mode (encrypt and audit only).
            •   2 – Allow override mode (encrypt, prompt and allow overrides, and audit).
            •   3 – Hides overrides (encrypt, prompt but hide overrides, and audit).|
+|[AppLocker CSP](applocker-csp.md)|Added two new SyncML examples (to disable the calendar app and to block usage of the map app) in [Allowlist examples](applocker-csp.md#allow-list-examples).|
 |[DeviceManageability CSP](devicemanageability-csp.md)|Added the following settings in Windows 10, version 1709:
            • Provider/ProviderID/ConfigInfo
            •  Provider/ProviderID/EnrollmentInfo|
 |[Office CSP](office-csp.md)|Added the following setting in Windows 10, version 1709:
            • Installation/CurrentStatus|
-|[BitLocker CSP](bitlocker-csp.md)|Added information to the ADMX-backed policies. Changed the minimum personal identification number (PIN) length to 4 digits in SystemDrivesRequireStartupAuthentication and SystemDrivesMinimumPINLength in Windows 10, version 1709.|
+|[BitLocker CSP](bitlocker-csp.md)|Added information to the ADMX-backed policies. Changed the minimum personal identification number (PIN) length to four digits in SystemDrivesRequireStartupAuthentication and SystemDrivesMinimumPINLength in Windows 10, version 1709.|
 |[Firewall CSP](firewall-csp.md)|Updated the CSP and DDF topics. Here are the changes:
            • Removed the two settings - FirewallRules/FirewallRuleName/FriendlyName and FirewallRules/FirewallRuleName/IcmpTypesAndCodes.
            • Changed some data types from integer to bool.
            • Updated the list of supported operations for some settings.
            • Added default values.|
 |[Policy DDF file](policy-ddf-file.md)|Added another Policy DDF file [download](https://download.microsoft.com/download/6/1/C/61C022FD-6F5D-4F73-9047-17F630899DC4/PolicyDDF_all_version1607_8C.xml) for the 8C release of Windows 10, version 1607, which added the following policies:
            • Browser/AllowMicrosoftCompatibilityList
            • Update/DisableDualScan
            • Update/FillEmptyContentUrls|
-|[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Added the following new policies for Windows 10, version 1709:
            • Browser/ProvisionFavorites
            • Browser/LockdownFavorites
            • ExploitGuard/ExploitProtectionSettings
            • Games/AllowAdvancedGamingServices
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Accounts_BlockMicrosoftAccounts
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Accounts_LimitLocalAccountUseOfBlankPasswordsToConsoleLogonOnly
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Accounts_RenameAdministratorAccount
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Accounts_RenameGuestAccount
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_DisplayUserInformationWhenTheSessionIsLocked
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Interactivelogon_DoNotDisplayLastSignedIn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Interactivelogon_DoNotDisplayUsernameAtSignIn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Interactivelogon_DoNotRequireCTRLALTDEL
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_MachineInactivityLimit
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_MessageTextForUsersAttemptingToLogOn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_MessageTitleForUsersAttemptingToLogOn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_AllowPKU2UAuthenticationRequests
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Shutdown_AllowSystemToBeShutDownWithoutHavingToLogOn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_AllowUIAccessApplicationsToPromptForElevation
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_BehaviorOfTheElevationPromptForAdministrators
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_BehaviorOfTheElevationPromptForStandardUsers
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_OnlyElevateExecutableFilesThatAreSignedAndValidated
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_OnlyElevateUIAccessApplicationsThatAreInstalledInSecureLocations
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_RunAllAdministratorsInAdminApprovalMode
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_SwitchToTheSecureDesktopWhenPromptingForElevation
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_VirtualizeFileAndRegistryWriteFailuresToPerUserLocations
            • Privacy/EnableActivityFeed
            • Privacy/PublishUserActivities
            • Update/DisableDualScan
            • Update/AllowAutoWindowsUpdateDownloadOverMeteredNetwork

              Changed the name of new policy to CredentialProviders/DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials from CredentialProviders/EnableWindowsAutopilotResetCredentials.

              Changed the names of the following policies:
            • Defender/GuardedFoldersAllowedApplications to Defender/ControlledFolderAccessAllowedApplications
            • Defender/GuardedFoldersList to Defender/ControlledFolderAccessProtectedFolders
            • Defender/EnableGuardMyFolders to Defender/EnableControlledFolderAccess

              Added links to the additional [ADMX-backed BitLocker policies](policy-csp-bitlocker.md).

              There were issues reported with the previous release of the following policies. These issues were fixed in Windows 10, version 1709:
            • Privacy/AllowAutoAcceptPairingAndPrivacyConsentPrompts
            • Start/HideAppList|
+|[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)|Added the following new policies for Windows 10, version 1709:
            • Browser/ProvisionFavorites
            • Browser/LockdownFavorites
            • ExploitGuard/ExploitProtectionSettings
            • Games/AllowAdvancedGamingServices
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Accounts_BlockMicrosoftAccounts
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Accounts_LimitLocalAccountUseOfBlankPasswordsToConsoleLogonOnly
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Accounts_RenameAdministratorAccount
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Accounts_RenameGuestAccount
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_DisplayUserInformationWhenTheSessionIsLocked
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Interactivelogon_DoNotDisplayLastSignedIn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Interactivelogon_DoNotDisplayUsernameAtSignIn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Interactivelogon_DoNotRequireCTRLALTDEL
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_MachineInactivityLimit
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_MessageTextForUsersAttemptingToLogOn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/InteractiveLogon_MessageTitleForUsersAttemptingToLogOn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/NetworkSecurity_AllowPKU2UAuthenticationRequests
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/Shutdown_AllowSystemToBeShutDownWithoutHavingToLogOn
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_AllowUIAccessApplicationsToPromptForElevation
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_BehaviorOfTheElevationPromptForAdministrators
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_BehaviorOfTheElevationPromptForStandardUsers
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_OnlyElevateExecutableFilesThatAreSignedAndValidated
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_OnlyElevateUIAccessApplicationsThatAreInstalledInSecureLocations
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_RunAllAdministratorsInAdminApprovalMode
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_SwitchToTheSecureDesktopWhenPromptingForElevation
            • LocalPoliciesSecurityOptions/UserAccountControl_VirtualizeFileAndRegistryWriteFailuresToPerUserLocations
            • Privacy/EnableActivityFeed
            • Privacy/PublishUserActivities
            • Update/DisableDualScan
            • Update/AllowAutoWindowsUpdateDownloadOverMeteredNetwork

              Changed the name of new policy to CredentialProviders/DisableAutomaticReDeploymentCredentials from CredentialProviders/EnableWindowsAutopilotResetCredentials.

              Changed the names of the following policies:
            • Defender/GuardedFoldersAllowedApplications to Defender/ControlledFolderAccessAllowedApplications
            • Defender/GuardedFoldersList to Defender/ControlledFolderAccessProtectedFolders
            • Defender/EnableGuardMyFolders to Defender/EnableControlledFolderAccess

              Added links to the extra [ADMX-backed BitLocker policies](policy-csp-bitlocker.md).

              There were issues reported with the previous release of the following policies. These issues were fixed in Windows 10, version 1709:
            • Privacy/AllowAutoAcceptPairingAndPrivacyConsentPrompts
            • Start/HideAppList|
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-csp.md
index 9f6ac68165..57298ac676 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-csp.md
@@ -16,12 +16,14 @@ manager: dansimp
 The CleanPC configuration service provider (CSP) allows removal of user-installed and pre-installed applications, with the option to persist user data. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1703.
 
 The following shows the CleanPC configuration service provider in tree format.
+
 ```
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
 CleanPC
 ----CleanPCWithoutRetainingUserData
 ----CleanPCRetainingUserData
 ```
+
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/CleanPC**  
 
              The root node for the CleanPC configuration service provider.
              
 
@@ -34,3 +36,7 @@ CleanPC
 
              An integer specifying a CleanPC operation with retention of user data. 
 
 
              The only supported operation is Execute.
+
+## Related topics
+
+[Configuration service provider reference](configuration-service-provider-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-ddf.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-ddf.md
index 05259b7621..1f2c1fa3f7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-ddf.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-ddf.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: CleanPC DDF
-description: This topic shows the OMA DM device description framework (DDF) for the CleanPC configuration service provider. DDF files are used only with OMA DM provisioning XML.
+description: Learn about the OMA DM device description framework (DDF) for the CleanPC configuration service provider. DDF files are used only with OMA DM provisioning XML.
 ms.assetid: A2182898-1577-4675-BAE5-2A3A9C2AAC9B
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/clientcertificateinstall-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/clientcertificateinstall-csp.md
index 1a39403fad..de295098f3 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/clientcertificateinstall-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/clientcertificateinstall-csp.md
@@ -16,14 +16,15 @@ ms.date: 07/30/2021
 
 The ClientCertificateInstall configuration service provider enables the enterprise to install client certificates. A client certificate has a unique ID, which is the *\[UniqueID\]* for this configuration. Each client certificate must have different UniqueIDs for the SCEP enrollment request.
 
-For PFX certificate installation and SCEP installation, the SyncML commands must be wrapped in atomic commands to ensure enrollment execution is not triggered until all settings are configured. The Enroll command must be the last item in the atomic block.
+For PFX certificate installation and SCEP installation, the SyncML commands must be wrapped in atomic commands to ensure that enrollment execution isn't triggered until all settings are configured. The Enroll command must be the last item in the atomic block.
 
 > [!Note]
 > Currently in Windows 10, version 1511, when using the ClientCertificateInstall to install certificates to the device store and the user store and both certificates are sent to the device in the same MDM payload, the certificate intended for the device store will also get installed in the user store. This may cause issues with Wi-Fi or VPN when choosing the correct certificate to establish a connection. We are working to fix this issue.
 
 You can only set PFXKeyExportable to true if KeyLocation=3. For any other KeyLocation value, the CSP will fail.
 
-The following shows the ClientCertificateInstall configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the ClientCertificateInstall configuration service provider in tree format.
+
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 ClientCertificateInstall
@@ -65,6 +66,7 @@ ClientCertificateInstall
 ------------ErrorCode
 ------------RespondentServerUrl
 ```
+
 **Device or User**  
 For device certificates, use ./Device/Vendor/MSFT path and for user certificates use ./User/Vendor/MSFT path.
 
@@ -95,19 +97,19 @@ The data type is an integer corresponding to one of the following values:
 | Value | Description                                                                                                   |
 |-------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
 | 1     | Install to TPM if present, fail if not present.                                                               |
-| 2     | Install to TPM if present. If not present, fallback to software.                                              |
+| 2     | Install to TPM if present. If not present, fall back to software.                                              |
 | 3     | Install to software.                                                                                          |
 | 4     | Install to Windows Hello for Business (formerly known as Microsoft Passport for Work) whose name is specified |
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/PFXCertInstall/*UniqueID*/ContainerName**  
-Optional. Specifies the Windows Hello for Business (formerly known as Microsoft Passport for Work) container name (if Windows Hello for Business storage provider (KSP) is chosen for the KeyLocation). If this node is not specified when Windows Hello for Business KSP is chosen, enrollment will fail.
+Optional. Specifies the Windows Hello for Business (formerly known as Microsoft Passport for Work) container name (if Windows Hello for Business storage provider (KSP) is chosen for the KeyLocation). If this node isn't specified when Windows Hello for Business KSP is chosen, enrollment will fail.
 
 Date type is string.
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/PFXCertInstall/*UniqueID*/PFXCertBlob**  
-CRYPT_DATA_BLOB structure that contains a PFX packet with the exported and encrypted certificates and keys. The Add operation triggers the addition to the PFX certificate. This requires that all the other nodes under UniqueID that are parameters for PFX installation (Container Name, KeyLocation, CertPassword, KeyExportable) are present before this is called. This also sets the Status node to the current Status of the operation.
+CRYPT_DATA_BLOB structure that contains a PFX packet with the exported and encrypted certificates and keys. The Add operation triggers the addition to the PFX certificate. This Add operation requires that all the other nodes under UniqueID that are parameters for PFX installation (Container Name, KeyLocation, CertPassword, KeyExportable) are present before the Add operation is called. This trigger for addition also sets the Status node to the current Status of the operation.
 
 The data type format is binary.
 
@@ -115,7 +117,7 @@ Supported operations are Get, Add, and Replace.
 
 If a blob already exists, the Add operation will fail. If Replace is called on this node, the existing certificates are overwritten.
 
-If Add is called on this node for a new PFX, the certificate will be added. When a certificate does not exist, Replace operation on this node will fail.
+If Add is called on this node for a new PFX, the certificate will be added. When a certificate doesn't exist, Replace operation on this node will fail.
 
 In other words, using Replace or Add will result in the effect of either overwriting the old certificate or adding a new certificate CRYPT_DATA_BLOB, which can be found in CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB.
 
@@ -131,7 +133,7 @@ Optional. Used to specify whether the PFX certificate password is encrypted with
 
 The data type is int. Valid values:
 
--   0 - Password is not encrypted.
+-   0 - Password isn't encrypted.
 -   1 - Password is encrypted with the MDM certificate.
 -   2 - Password is encrypted with custom certificate.
 
@@ -140,7 +142,7 @@ When PFXCertPasswordEncryptionType =2, you must specify the store name in PFXCer
 Supported operations are Get, Add, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/PFXCertInstall/*UniqueID*/PFXKeyExportable**  
-Optional. Used to specify if the private key installed is exportable (and can be exported later). The PFX is not exportable when it is installed to TPM.
+Optional. Used to specify if the private key installed is exportable (and can be exported later). The PFX isn't exportable when it's installed to TPM.
 
 > [!Note]
 > You can only set PFXKeyExportable to true if KeyLocation=3. For any other KeyLocation value, the CSP will fail.
@@ -185,7 +187,7 @@ A node required for SCEP certificate enrollment. Parent node to group SCEP cert
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 > [!Note]
-> Although the child nodes under Install support Replace commands, once the Exec command is sent to the device, the device will take the values that are set when the Exec command is accepted. The server should not expect the node value change after Exec command is accepted, as it will impact the current enrollment underway. The server should check the Status node value and make sure the device is not at an unknown state before changing child node values.
+> Although the child nodes under Install support Replace commands, once the Exec command is sent to the device, the device will take the values that are set when the Exec command is accepted. The server should not expect the node value change after Exec command is accepted, as it will impact the current enrollment underway. The server should check the Status node value and ensure the device isn't at an unknown state before changing child node values.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/ServerURL**  
 Required for SCEP certificate enrollment. Specifies the certificate enrollment server. Multiple server URLs can be listed, separated by semicolons.
@@ -202,7 +204,7 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/EKUMapping**  
-Required. Specifies extended key usages. Subject to SCEP server configuration. The list of OIDs are separated by a plus +. For example, OID1+OID2+OID3.
+Required. Specifies extended key usages. Subject to SCEP server configuration. The list of OIDs is separated by a plus +. For example, OID1+OID2+OID3.
 
 Data type is string.
 
@@ -211,9 +213,9 @@ Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/SubjectName**  
 Required. Specifies the subject name. 
 
-The SubjectName value is quoted if it contains leading or trailing white space or one of the following characters: (“,” “=” “+” “;”  ).
+The SubjectName value is quoted if it contains leading or trailing white space or one of the following characters: (“,” “=” “+” “;”).
 
-For more details, see [CertNameToStrA function](/windows/win32/api/wincrypt/nf-wincrypt-certnametostra#remarks).
+For more information, see [CertNameToStrA function](/windows/win32/api/wincrypt/nf-wincrypt-certnametostra#remarks).
 
 Data type is string.
 
@@ -223,7 +225,7 @@ Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 Optional. Specifies where to keep the private key.
 
 > [!Note]
-> Even if the private key is protected by TPM, it is not protected with a TPM PIN.
+> Even if the private key is protected by TPM, it isn't protected with a TPM PIN.
 
 The data type is an integer corresponding to one of the following values:  
 
@@ -298,14 +300,14 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/CAThumbprint**  
-Required. Specifies Root CA thumbprint. This is a 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash specified as a hexadecimal string value. When client authenticates the SCEP server, it checks the CA certificate from the SCEP server to verify a match with this certificate. If it is not a match, the authentication will fail.
+Required. Specifies Root CA thumbprint. This thumbprint is a 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash specified as a hexadecimal string value. When client authenticates the SCEP server, it checks the CA certificate from the SCEP server to verify a match with this certificate. If it isn't a match, the authentication will fail.
 
 Data type is string.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/SubjectAlternativeNames**  
-Optional. Specifies subject alternative names (SAN). Multiple alternative names can be specified by this node. Each name is the combination of name format+actual name. Refer to the name type definitions in MSDN for more information.
+Optional. Specifies subject alternative names (SAN). Multiple alternative names can be specified by this node. Each name is the combination of name format+actual name. For more information, see the name type definitions in MSDN.
 
 Each pair is separated by semicolon. For example, multiple SANs are presented in the format of [name format1]+[actual name1];[name format 2]+[actual name2].
 
@@ -330,7 +332,10 @@ Valid values are:
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/ValidPeriodUnits**  
-Optional. Specifies the desired number of units used in the validity period. This is subject to SCEP server configuration. Default value is 0. The unit type (days, months, or years) are defined in the ValidPeriod node. Note the valid period specified by MDM will overwrite the valid period specified in the certificate template. For example, if ValidPeriod is Days and ValidPeriodUnits is 30, it means the total valid duration is 30 days.
+Optional. Specifies the desired number of units used in the validity period. This number is subject to SCEP server configuration. Default value is 0. The unit type (days, months, or years) is defined in the ValidPeriod node. 
+
+> [!Note]
+> The valid period specified by MDM will overwrite the valid period specified in the certificate template. For example, if ValidPeriod is Days and ValidPeriodUnits is 30, it means the total valid duration is 30 days.
 
 Data type is string.
 
@@ -340,7 +345,7 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/ContainerName**  
-Optional. Specifies the Windows Hello for Business container name (if Windows Hello for Business KSP is chosen for the node). If this node is not specified when Windows Hello for Business KSP is chosen, the enrollment will fail.
+Optional. Specifies the Windows Hello for Business container name (if Windows Hello for Business KSP is chosen for the node). If this node isn't specified when Windows Hello for Business KSP is chosen, the enrollment will fail.
 
 Data type is string.
 
@@ -354,7 +359,7 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/Install/Enroll**  
-Required. Triggers the device to start the certificate enrollment. The device will not notify MDM server after certificate enrollment is done. The MDM server could later query the device to find out whether new certificate is added.
+Required. Triggers the device to start the certificate enrollment. The device won't notify MDM server after certificate enrollment is done. The MDM server could later query the device to find out whether new certificate is added.
 
 The date type format is Null, meaning this node doesn’t contain a value.
 
@@ -368,9 +373,9 @@ Data type is string.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **ClientCertificateInstall/SCEP/*UniqueID*/CertThumbprint**  
-Optional. Specifies the current certificate’s thumbprint if certificate enrollment succeeds. It is a 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash specified as a hexadecimal string value.
+Optional. Specifies the current certificate’s thumbprint if certificate enrollment succeeds. It's a 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash specified as a hexadecimal string value.
 
-If the certificate on the device becomes invalid (Cert expired, Cert chain is not valid, private key deleted) then it will return an empty string.
+If the certificate on the device becomes invalid (Cert expired, Cert chain isn't valid, private key deleted) then it will return an empty string.
 
 Data type is string.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-cellularentries-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-cellularentries-csp.md
index 7886a382f6..06562d8462 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-cellularentries-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-cellularentries-csp.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The CM\_CellularEntries configuration service provider is used to configure the
 
 This configuration service provider requires the ID\_CAP\_NETWORKING\_ADMIN capability to be accessed from a network configuration application.
 
-The following shows the CM\_CellularEntries configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Client Provisioning (OMA CP). The OMA DM protocol is not supported with this configuration service provider.
+The following example shows the CM\_CellularEntries configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Client Provisioning (OMA CP). The OMA DM protocol isn't supported with this configuration service provider.
 
 ```console
 CM_CellularEntries
@@ -49,26 +49,26 @@ CM_CellularEntries
 ```
 
 ***entryname***  
-
              Defines the name of the connection.
              
+Defines the name of the connection.
              
 
-
              The CMPolicy configuration service provider uses the value of entryname to identify the connection that is associated with a policy and CM_ProxyEntries configuration service provider uses the value of entryname to identify the connection that is associated with a proxy.
              
+The [CMPolicy configuration service provider](cmpolicy-csp.md) uses the value of *entryname* to identify the connection that is associated with a policy and [CM\_ProxyEntries configuration service provider](cm-proxyentries-csp.md) uses the value of *entryname* to identify the connection that is associated with a proxy.
              
 
 **AlwaysOn**  
-
              Type: Int. Specifies if the Connection Manager will automatically attempt to connect to the APN when a connection is available.
+Type: Int. Specifies if the Connection Manager will automatically attempt to connect to the APN when a connection is available.
 
-
              A value of "0" specifies that AlwaysOn is not supported, and the Connection Manager will only attempt to connect to the APN when an application requests the connection. This setting is recommended for applications that use a connection occasionally, for example, an APN that only controls MMS.
+A value of "0" specifies that AlwaysOn isn't supported, and the Connection Manager will only attempt to connect to the APN when an application requests the connection. This setting is recommended for applications that use a connection occasionally. For example, an APN that only controls MMS.
 
-
              A value of "1" specifies that AlwaysOn is supported, and the Connection Manager will automatically attempt to connect to the APN when it is available. This setting is recommended for general purpose Internet APNs.
+A value of "1" specifies that AlwaysOn is supported, and the Connection Manager will automatically attempt to connect to the APN when it's available. This setting is recommended for general purpose internet APNs.
 
-
              There must be at least one AlwaysOn Internet connection provisioned for the mobile operator.
+There must be at least one AlwaysOn Internet connection provisioned for the mobile operator.
 
 **AuthType**  
-
              Optional. Type: String. Specifies the method of authentication used for a connection.
+Optional. Type: String. Specifies the method of authentication used for a connection.
 
-
              A value of "CHAP" specifies the Challenge Handshake Application Protocol. A value of "PAP" specifies the Password Authentication Protocol. A value of "None" specifies that the UserName and Password parameters are ignored. The default value is "None".
+A value of "CHAP" specifies the Challenge Handshake Application Protocol. A value of "PAP" specifies the Password Authentication Protocol. A value of "None" specifies that the UserName and Password parameters are ignored. The default value is "None".
 
 **ConnectionType**  
-
              Optional. Type: String. Specifies the type of connection used for the APN. The following connection types are available:
+Optional. Type: String. Specifies the type of connection used for the APN. The following connection types are available:
 
 |Connection type|Usage|
 |--- |--- |
@@ -79,125 +79,118 @@ CM_CellularEntries
 |Lte_iwlan|Used for GPRS type connections that may be offloaded over WiFi|
 |Iwlan|Used for connections that are implemented over WiFi offload only|
 
- 
-
 **Desc.langid**  
-
              Optional. Specifies the UI display string used by the defined language ID.
+Optional. Specifies the UI display string used by the defined language ID.
 
-
               A parameter name in the format of Desc.langid will be used as the language-specific identifier for the specified entry. For example, a parameter defined as Desc.0409 with a value of "GPRS Connection" will force "GPRS Connection" to be displayed in the UI to represent this connection when the device is set to English language (language ID 0409). Descriptions for multiple languages may be provisioned using this mechanism, and the system will automatically switch among them if the user changes language preferences on the device. If no Desc parameter is provisioned for a given language, the system will default to the name used to create the entry.
+A parameter name in the format of Desc.langid will be used as the language-specific identifier for the specified entry. For example, a parameter defined as Desc.0409 with a value of "GPRS Connection" will force "GPRS Connection" to be displayed in the UI to represent this connection when the device is set to English language (language ID 0409). Descriptions for multiple languages may be provisioned using this mechanism, and the system will automatically switch among them if the user changes language preferences on the device. If no Desc parameter is provisioned for a given language, the system will default to the name used to create the entry.
 
 **Enabled**  
-
               Specifies if the connection is enabled.
+Specifies if the connection is enabled.
 
-
               A value of "0" specifies that the connection is disabled. A value of "1" specifies that the connection is enabled.
+A value of "0" specifies that the connection is disabled. A value of "1" specifies that the connection is enabled.
 
 **IpHeaderCompression**  
-
               Optional. Specifies if IP header compression is enabled.
+Optional. Specifies if IP header compression is enabled.
 
-
               A value of "0" specifies that IP header compression for the connection is disabled. A value of "1" specifies that IP header compression for the connection is enabled.
+A value of "0" specifies that IP header compression for the connection is disabled. A value of "1" specifies that IP header compression for the connection is enabled.
 
 **Password**  
-
               Required if AuthType is set to a value other than "None". Specifies the password used to connect to the APN.
+Required if AuthType is set to a value other than "None". Specifies the password used to connect to the APN.
 
 **SwCompression**  
-
               Optional. Specifies if software compression is enabled.
+Optional. Specifies if software compression is enabled.
 
-
               A value of "0" specifies that software compression for the connection is disabled. A value of "1" specifies that software compression for the connection is enabled.
+A value of "0" specifies that software compression for the connection is disabled. A value of "1" specifies that software compression for the connection is enabled.
 
 **UserName**  
-
               Required if AuthType is set to a value other than "None". Specifies the user name used to connect to the APN.
+Required if AuthType is set to a value other than "None". Specifies the user name used to connect to the APN.
 
 **UseRequiresMappingsPolicy**  
-
               Optional. Specifies if the connection requires a corresponding mappings policy.
+Optional. Specifies if the connection requires a corresponding mappings policy.
 
-
               A value of "0" specifies that the connection can be used for any general Internet communications. A value of "1" specifies that the connection is only used if a mapping policy is present.
+A value of "0" specifies that the connection can be used for any general Internet communications. A value of "1" specifies that the connection is only used if a mapping policy is present.
 
-
               For example, if the multimedia messaging service (MMS) APN should not have any other traffic except MMS, you can configure a mapping policy that sends MMS traffic to this connection. Then, you set the value of UseRequiresMappingsPolicy to be equal to "1" and Connection Manager will only use the connection for MMS traffic. Without this, Connection Manager will try to use the connection for any general purpose Internet traffic.
+For example, if the multimedia messaging service (MMS) APN shouldn't have any other traffic except MMS, you can configure a mapping policy that sends MMS traffic to this connection. Then, you set the value of UseRequiresMappingsPolicy to be equal to "1" and Connection Manager will only use the connection for MMS traffic. Without this, Connection Manager will try to use the connection for any general purpose internet traffic.
 
 **Version**  
-
               Type: Int. Specifies the XML version number and is used to verify that the XML is supported by Connection Manager's configuration service provider.
+Type: Int. Specifies the XML version number and is used to verify that the XML is supported by Connection Manager's configuration service provider.
 
-
               This value must be "1" if included.
+This value must be "1" if included.
 
 **GPRSInfoAccessPointName**  
-
               Specifies the logical name to select the GPRS gateway. For more information about allowable values, see GSM specification 07.07 "10.1.1 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT".
+Specifies the logical name to select the GPRS gateway. For more information about allowable values, see GSM specification 07.07 "10.1.1 Define PDP Context +CGDCONT".
 
 **Roaming**  
-
               Optional. Type: Int. This parameter specifies the roaming conditions under which the connection should be activated. The following conditions are available:
+Optional. Type: Int. This parameter specifies the roaming conditions under which the connection should be activated. The following conditions are available:
 
--   0 - Home network only.
--   1 (default)- All roaming conditions (home and roaming).
--   2 - Home and domestic roaming only.
--   3 - Domestic roaming only.
--   4 - Non-domestic roaming only.
--   5 - Roaming only.
+- 0 - Home network only.
+- 1 (default)- All roaming conditions (home and roaming).
+- 2 - Home and domestic roaming only.
+- 3 - Domestic roaming only.
+- 4 - Non-domestic roaming only.
+- 5 - Roaming only.
 
 **OEMConnectionID**  
-
               Optional. Type: GUID. Specifies a GUID to use to identify a specific connection in the modem. If a value is not specified, the default value is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000. This parameter is only used on LTE devices.
+Optional. Type: GUID. Specifies a GUID to use to identify a specific connection in the modem. If a value isn't specified, the default value is 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000. This parameter is only used on LTE devices.
 
 **ApnId**  
-
               Optional. Type: Int. Specifies the purpose of the APN. If a value is not specified, the default value is "0" (none). This parameter is only used on LTE devices.
+Optional. Type: Int. Specifies the purpose of the APN. If a value isn't specified, the default value is "0" (none). This parameter is only used on LTE devices.
 
 **IPType**  
-
               Optional. Type: String. Specifies the network protocol of the connection. Available values are "IPv4", "IPv6", "IPv4v6", and "IPv4v6xlat". If a value is not specified, the default value is "IPv4".
+Optional. Type: String. Specifies the network protocol of the connection. Available values are "IPv4", "IPv6", "IPv4v6", and "IPv4v6xlat". If a value isn't specified, the default value is "IPv4".
 
 > [!WARNING]
 > Do not use IPv6 or IPv4v6xlat on a device or network that does not support IPv6. Data functionality will not work. In addition, the device will not be able to connect to a roaming network that does not support IPv6 unless you configure roaming connections with an IPType of IPv4v6.
 
- 
-
 **ExemptFromDisablePolicy**  
-
               Added back in Windows 10, version 1511. Optional. Type: Int. This should only be specified for special purpose connections whose applications directly manage their disable state (such as MMS). A value of "0" specifies that the connection is subject to the disable policy used by general purpose connections (not exempt). A value of "1" specifies that the connection is exempt. If a value is not specified, the default value is "0" (not exempt).
+Added back in Windows 10, version 1511. Optional. Type: Int. This value should only be specified for special purpose connections whose applications directly manage their disable state (such as MMS). A value of "0" specifies that the connection is subject to the disable policy used by general purpose connections (not exempt). A value of "1" specifies that the connection is exempt. If a value isn't specified, the default value is "0" (not exempt).
 
-
               To allow MMS when data is set to OFF, set both ExemptFromDisablePolicy and UseRequiresMappingsPolicy to "1". This indicates that the connection is a dedicated MMS connection and that it should not be disabled when all other connections are disabled. As a result, MMS can be sent and received when data is set to OFF. Note that sending MMS while roaming is still not allowed.
+To allow MMS when data is set to OFF, set both ExemptFromDisablePolicy and UseRequiresMappingsPolicy to "1". These settings indicate that the connection is a dedicated MMS connection and that it shouldn't be disabled when all other connections are disabled. As a result, MMS can be sent and received when data is set to OFF. 
+
+> [!Note]
+> Sending MMS while roaming is still not allowed.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > Do not set ExemptFromDisablePolicy to "1", ExemptFromRoaming to "1", or UseRequiresMappingsPolicy to "1" for general purpose connections.
 
-
               To avoid UX inconsistency with certain value combinations of ExemptFromDisablePolicy and AllowMmsIfDataIsOff, when you do not set ExemptFromDisablePolicy to 1 (default is 0), you should:
+To avoid UX inconsistency with certain value combinations of ExemptFromDisablePolicy and AllowMmsIfDataIsOff, when you do not set ExemptFromDisablePolicy to 1 (default is 0), you should:
 
--   Hide the toggle for AllowMmsIfDataIsOff by setting AllowMmsIfDataIsOffEnabled to 0 (default is 1)
--   Set AllowMMSIfDataIsOff to 1 (default is 0)
-
- 
+- Hide the toggle for AllowMmsIfDataIsOff by setting AllowMmsIfDataIsOffEnabled to 0 (default is 1)
+- Set AllowMMSIfDataIsOff to 1 (default is 0)
 
 **ExemptFromRoaming**  
-
               Added back in Windows 10, version 1511. Optional. Type: Int. This should be specified only for special purpose connections whose applications directly manage their roaming state. It should never be used with general purpose connections. A value of "0" specifies that the connection is subject to the roaming policy (not exempt). A value of "1" specifies that the connection is exempt (unaffected by the roaming policy). If a value is not specified, the default value is "0" (not exempt).
+Added back in Windows 10, version 1511. Optional. Type: Int. This value should be specified only for special purpose connections whose applications directly manage their roaming state. It should never be used with general purpose connections. A value of "0" specifies that the connection is subject to the roaming policy (not exempt). A value of "1" specifies that the connection is exempt (unaffected by the roaming policy). If a value isn't specified, the default value is "0" (not exempt).
 
 **TetheringNAI**  
-
               Optional. Type: Int. CDMA only. Specifies if the connection is a tethering connection. A value of "0" specifies that the connection is not a tethering connection. A value of "1" specifies that the connection is a tethering connection. If a value is not specified, the default value is "0".
+Optional. Type: Int. CDMA only. Specifies if the connection is a tethering connection. A value of "0" specifies that the connection is not a tethering connection. A value of "1" specifies that the connection is a tethering connection. If a value isn't specified, the default value is "0".
 
 **IdleDisconnectTimeout**  
-
               Optional. Type: Int. Specifies how long an on-demand connection can be unused before Connection Manager tears the connection down. This value is specified in seconds. Valid value range is 5 to 60 seconds. If not specified, the default is 30 seconds.
+Optional. Type: Int. Specifies how long an on-demand connection can be unused before Connection Manager tears the connection down. This value is specified in seconds. Valid value range is 5 to 60 seconds. If not specified, the default is 30 seconds.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> 
               You must specify the IdleDisconnectTimeout value when updating an on-demand connection to ensure that the desired value is still configured. If it is not specified, the default value of 30 seconds may be used.
-
+> You must specify the IdleDisconnectTimeout value when updating an on-demand connection to ensure that the desired value is still configured. If it isn't specified, the default value of 30 seconds may be used.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If tear-down/activation requests occur too frequently, this value should be set to greater than 5 seconds.
 
- 
-
 **SimIccId**  
-
               For single SIM phones, this parm is optional. However, it is highly recommended to include this value when creating future updates. For dual SIM phones, this parm is required. Type: String. Specifies the SIM ICCID that services the connection.
+For single SIM phones, this parm isOptional. However, it is highly recommended to include this value when creating future updates. For dual SIM phones, this parm is required. Type: String. Specifies the SIM ICCID that services the connection.
 
 **PurposeGroups**  
-
               Required. Type: String. Specifies the purposes of the connection by a comma-separated list of GUIDs representing purpose values. The following purpose values are available:
+Required. Type: String. Specifies the purposes of the connection by a comma-separated list of GUIDs representing purpose values. The following purpose values are available:
 
--   Internet - 3E5545D2-1137-4DC8-A198-33F1C657515F
--   LTE attach - 11A6FE68-5B47-4859-9CB6-1EAC96A8F0BD
--   MMS - 53E2C5D3-D13C-4068-AA38-9C48FF2E55A8
--   IMS - 474D66ED-0E4B-476B-A455-19BB1239ED13
--   SUPL - 6D42669F-52A9-408E-9493-1071DCC437BD
--   Purchase - 95522B2B-A6D1-4E40-960B-05E6D3F962AB  
--   Administrative - 2FFD9261-C23C-4D27-8DCF-CDE4E14A3364  
--   Application - 52D7654A-00A8-4140-806C-087D66705306
--   eSIM provisioning - A36E171F-2377-4965-88FE-1F53EB4B47C0
+- Internet - 3E5545D2-1137-4DC8-A198-33F1C657515F
+- LTE attach - 11A6FE68-5B47-4859-9CB6-1EAC96A8F0BD
+- MMS - 53E2C5D3-D13C-4068-AA38-9C48FF2E55A8
+- IMS - 474D66ED-0E4B-476B-A455-19BB1239ED13
+- SUPL - 6D42669F-52A9-408E-9493-1071DCC437BD
+- Purchase - 95522B2B-A6D1-4E40-960B-05E6D3F962AB  
+- Administrative - 2FFD9261-C23C-4D27-8DCF-CDE4E14A3364  
+- Application - 52D7654A-00A8-4140-806C-087D66705306
+- eSIM provisioning - A36E171F-2377-4965-88FE-1F53EB4B47C0
 
 ## Additional information
 
-
 To delete a connection, you must first delete any associated proxies and then delete the connection. The following example shows how to delete the proxy and then the connection.
 
 ```xml
@@ -213,7 +206,6 @@ To delete a connection, you must first delete any associated proxies and then de
 
 ## OMA client provisioning examples
 
-
 Configuring a GPRS connection:
 
 ```xml
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicy-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicy-csp.md
index a9652c71d0..333377d822 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicy-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicy-csp.md
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ The CMPolicy configuration service provider defines rules that the Connection Ma
 
 Each policy entry identifies one or more applications in combination with a host pattern. The policy entry is assigned a list of connection details that Connection Manager uses to satisfy connection requests matching the application and host patterns. CMPolicy configuration service provider can have multiple policies
 
-**Policy Ordering**: There is no explicit ordering of policies. The general rule is that the most concrete or specific policy mappings take a higher precedence.
+**Policy Ordering**: There's no explicit ordering of policies. The general rule is that the most concrete or specific policy mappings take a higher precedence.
 
 **Default Policies**: Policies are applied in order of their scope with the most specific policies considered before the more general policies. The phone’s default behavior applies to all applications and all domains and is only used when no other, more specific policy is available. The default policy is to use any available Wi-Fi network first and then any available APN.
 
@@ -60,19 +60,19 @@ Specifies the mapping policy type.
 
 The following list describes the available mapping policy types:
 
--   Application-based mapping policies are applied to applications. To specify this mapping type, use the value `app`.
+- Application-based mapping policies are applied to applications. To specify this mapping type, use the value `app`.
 
--   Host-based mapping policies are applied to all types of clients requesting connections to specified host(s). To specify this mapping type, use the value `*`.
+- Host-based mapping policies are applied to all types of clients requesting connections to specified host(s). To specify this mapping type, use the value `*`.
 
 **Host**  
 Specifies the name of a host pattern. The host name is matched to the connection request to select the right policy to use.
 
-The host pattern can have two wild cards, "\*" and "+". The host pattern is not a URL pattern and there is no concept of transport or paths on the specific host. For example, the host pattern might be "\*.host\_name.com" to match any prefix to the host\_name.com domains. The host pattern will match "www.host\_name.com" and "mail.host\_name.com", but it will not match "host\_name.com".
+The host pattern can have two wild cards, `*` and `+`. The host pattern isn't a URL pattern and there's no concept of transport or paths on the specific host. For example, the host pattern might be `*.host_name.com` to match any prefix to the `host_name.com` domains. The host pattern will match `www.host_name.com` and `mail.host_name.com`, but it won't match `host_name.com`.
 
 **OrderedConnections**  
 Specifies whether the list of connections is in preference order.
 
-A value of "0" specifies that the connections are not listed in order of preference. A value of "1" indicates that the listed connections are in order of preference.
+A value of "0" specifies that the connections aren't listed in order of preference. A value of "1" indicates that the listed connections are in order of preference.
 
 **Conn***XXX*  
 Enumerates the connections associated with the policy. Element names begin with "Conn" followed by three digits, which increment starting from "000". For example, a policy, which applied to five connections would have element entries named "Conn000", "Conn001", "Conn002", "Conn003", and "Conn004".
@@ -93,7 +93,6 @@ For `CMST_CONNECTION_TYPE`, specify the GUID for the desired connection type. Th
 |Wi-Fi|{8568B401-858E-4B7B-B3DF-0FD4927F131B}|
 |Wi-Fi hotspot|{072FC7DC-1D93-40D1-9BB0-2114D7D73434}|
 
-
 For `CMST_CONNECTION_NETWORK_TYPE`, specify the GUID for the desired network type. The curly brackets {} around the GUID are required. The following network types are available:
 
 |Network type|GUID|
@@ -112,7 +111,6 @@ For `CMST_CONNECTION_NETWORK_TYPE`, specify the GUID for the desired network typ
 |Ethernet 10 Mbps|{97D3D1B3-854A-4C32-BD1C-C13069078370}|
 |Ethernet 100 Mbps|{A8F4FE66-8D04-43F5-9DD2-2A85BD21029B}|
 |Ethernet Gbps|{556C1E6B-B8D4-448E-836D-9451BA4CCE75}|
- 
 
 For `CMST_CONNECTION_DEVICE_TYPE`, specify the GUID for the desired device type. The curly brackets {} around the GUID are required. The following device types are available:
 
@@ -123,18 +121,16 @@ For `CMST_CONNECTION_DEVICE_TYPE`, specify the GUID for the desired device type.
 |Bluetooth|{1D793123-701A-4fd0-B6AE-9C3C57E99C2C}|
 |Virtual|{EAA02CE5-9C70-4E87-97FE-55C9DEC847D4}|
 
- 
-
 **Type**  
 Specifies the type of connection being referenced. The following list describes the available connection types:
 
--   `CMST_CONNECTION_NAME` – A connection specified by name.
+- `CMST_CONNECTION_NAME` – A connection specified by name.
 
--   `CMST_CONNECTION_TYPE` – Any connection of a specified type.
+- `CMST_CONNECTION_TYPE` – Any connection of a specified type.
 
--   `CMST_CONNECTION_NETWORK_TYPE` – Any connection of a specified network type.
+- `CMST_CONNECTION_NETWORK_TYPE` – Any connection of a specified network type.
 
--   `CMST_CONNECTION_DEVICE_TYPE` – Any connection of the specified device type.
+- `CMST_CONNECTION_DEVICE_TYPE` – Any connection of the specified device type.
 
 ## OMA client provisioning examples
 
@@ -232,7 +228,6 @@ Adding a host-based mapping policy. In this example, the ConnectionId for type C
 
 ## OMA DM examples
 
-
 Adding an application-based mapping policy:
 
 ```xml
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicyenterprise-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicyenterprise-csp.md
index d843207762..e8f9de1f33 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicyenterprise-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicyenterprise-csp.md
@@ -14,17 +14,14 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 # CMPolicyEnterprise CSP
 
-
 The CMPolicyEnterprise configuration service provider is used by the enterprise to define rules that the Connection Manager uses to identify the correct connection for a connection request.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This configuration service provider requires the ID\_CAP\_CSP\_FOUNDATION and ID\_CAP\_NETWORKING\_ADMIN capabilities to be accessed from a network configuration application.
 
- 
-
 Each policy entry identifies one or more applications in combination with a host pattern. The policy entry is assigned a list of connection details that Connection Manager uses to satisfy connection requests matching the application and host patterns. CMPolicyEnterprise configuration service provider can have multiple policies
 
-**Policy Ordering**: There is no explicit ordering of policies. The general rule is that the most concrete or specific policy mappings take a higher precedence.
+**Policy Ordering**: There's no explicit ordering of policies. The general rule is that the most concrete or specific policy mappings take a higher precedence.
 
 **Default Policies**: Policies are applied in order of their scope with the most specific policies considered before the more general policies. The phone’s default behavior applies to all applications and all domains and is only used when no other, more specific policy is available. The default policy is to use any available Wi-Fi network first and then any available APN.
 
@@ -60,22 +57,22 @@ Specifies the mapping policy type.
 
 The following list describes the available mapping policy types:
 
--   Application-based mapping policies are applied to applications. To specify this mapping type, use the value `app`.
+- Application-based mapping policies are applied to applications. To specify this mapping type, use the value `app`.
 
--   Host-based mapping policies are applied to all types of clients requesting connections to specified host(s). To specify this mapping type, use the value `*`.
+- Host-based mapping policies are applied to all types of clients requesting connections to specified host(s). To specify this mapping type, use the value `*`.
 
 **Host**  
 Specifies the name of a host pattern. The host name is matched to the connection request to select the right policy to use.
 
-The host pattern can have two wild cards, "\*" and "+". The host pattern is not a URL pattern and there is no concept of transport or paths on the specific host. For example, the host pattern might be "\*.host\_name.com" to match any prefix to the host\_name.com domains. The host pattern will match "www.host\_name.com" and "mail.host\_name.com", but it will not match "host\_name.com".
+The host pattern can have two wild cards, "\*" and "+". The host pattern isn't a URL pattern and there's no concept of transport or paths on the specific host. For example, the host pattern might be "\*.host\_name.com" to match any prefix to the host\_name.com domains. The host pattern will match "www.host\_name.com" and "mail.host\_name.com", but it will not match "host\_name.com".
 
 **OrderedConnections**  
 Specifies whether the list of connections is in preference order.
 
-A value of "0" specifies that the connections are not listed in order of preference. A value of "1" indicates that the listed connections are in order of preference.
+A value of "0" specifies that the connections aren't listed in order of preference. A value of "1" indicates that the listed connections are in order of preference.
 
 **Conn***XXX*  
-Enumerates the connections associated with the policy. Element names begin with "Conn" followed by three digits which increment starting from "000". For example, a policy which applied to five connections would have element entries named "Conn000", "Conn001", "Conn002", "Conn003", and "Conn004".
+Enumerates the connections associated with the policy. Element names begin with "Conn" followed by three digits that increment starting from "000". For example, a policy applied to five connections would have element entries named "Conn000", "Conn001", "Conn002", "Conn003", and "Conn004".
 
 **ConnectionID**  
 Specifies a unique identifier for a connection within a group of connections. The exact value is based on the Type parameter.
@@ -110,8 +107,8 @@ For `CMST_CONNECTION_NETWORK_TYPE`, specify the GUID for the desired network typ
 |HSPA HSUPA|{1536A1C6-A4AF-423C-8884-6BDDA3656F84}|
 |LTE|{B41CBF43-6994-46FF-9C2F-D6CA6D45889B}|
 |EHRPD|{7CFA04A5-0F3F-445C-88A4-C86ED2AD94EA}|
-|Ethernet 10Mbps|{97D3D1B3-854A-4C32-BD1C-C13069078370}|
-|Ethernet 100Mbps|{A8F4FE66-8D04-43F5-9DD2-2A85BD21029B}|
+|Ethernet 10 Mbps|{97D3D1B3-854A-4C32-BD1C-C13069078370}|
+|Ethernet 100 Mbps|{A8F4FE66-8D04-43F5-9DD2-2A85BD21029B}|
 |Ethernet Gbps|{556C1E6B-B8D4-448E-836D-9451BA4CCE75}|
 
 For `CMST_CONNECTION_DEVICE_TYPE`, specify the GUID for the desired device type. The curly brackets {} around the GUID are required. The following device types are available:
@@ -126,13 +123,13 @@ For `CMST_CONNECTION_DEVICE_TYPE`, specify the GUID for the desired device type.
 **Type**  
 Specifies the type of connection being referenced. The following list describes the available connection types:
 
--   `CMST_CONNECTION_NAME` – A connection specified by name.
+- `CMST_CONNECTION_NAME` – A connection specified by name.
 
--   `CMST_CONNECTION_TYPE` – Any connection of a specified type.
+- `CMST_CONNECTION_TYPE` – Any connection of a specified type.
 
--   `CMST_CONNECTION_NETWORK_TYPE` – Any connection of a specified device type.
+- `CMST_CONNECTION_NETWORK_TYPE` – Any connection of a specified device type.
 
--   `CMST_CONNECTION_DEVICE_TYPE` – Any connection of the specified network type.
+- `CMST_CONNECTION_DEVICE_TYPE` – Any connection of the specified network type.
 
 ## OMA client provisioning examples
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/config-lock.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/config-lock.md
index f1bee95c6a..26a30c88a6 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/config-lock.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/config-lock.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.technology: windows
 author: lovina-saldanha
-ms.date: 10/07/2021
+ms.date: 03/14/2022
 ---
 
 # Secured-Core PC Configuration Lock 
@@ -48,31 +48,31 @@ The steps to turn on Config Lock using Microsoft Endpoint Manager (Microsoft Int
     - **Profile type**: Templates
     - **Template name**: Custom
 
-    :::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-createprofile.png" alt-text="create profile":::
+    :::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-createprofile.png" alt-text="In Configuration profiles, the Create a profile page is showing, with the Platform set to Windows 10 and later, and a Profile Type of Templates":::
 
 1. Name your profile.
 1. When you reach the Configuration Settings step, select “Add” and add the following information:
     - **OMA-URI**: ./Vendor/MSFT/DMClient/Provider/MS%20DM%20Server/ConfigLock/Lock
     - **Data type**: Integer
     - **Value**: 1 
              
-    To turn off Config Lock. Change value to 0.
+    To turn off Config Lock, change the value to 0.
 
-    :::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-editrow.png" alt-text="edit row":::
+    :::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-editrow.png" alt-text="In the Configuration settings step, the Edit Row page is shown with a Name of Config Lock, a Description of Turn on Config Lock and the OMA-URI set as above, along with a Data type of Integer set to a Value of 1":::
 
 1. Select the devices to turn on Config Lock. If you're using a test tenant, you can select “+ Add all devices”.
 1. You'll not need to set any applicability rules for test purposes.
 1. Review the Configuration and select “Create” if everything is correct.
 1. After the device syncs with the Microsoft Intune server, you can confirm if the Config Lock was successfully enabled.
 
-    :::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-dev.png" alt-text="status":::
+    :::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-dev.png" alt-text="The Profile assignment status dashboard when viewing the Config Lock device configuration profile, showing one device has succeeded in having this profile applied":::
 
-    :::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-devstatus.png" alt-text="device status":::
+    :::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-devstatus.png" alt-text="The Device Status for the Config Lock Device Configuration Profile, showing one device with a Deployment Status as Succeeded and two with Pending":::
 
-## Disabling
+## Configuring Secured-Core PC features
 
-Config Lock is designed to ensure that a Secured-Core PC isn't unintentionally misconfigured.  IT Admins retain the ability to change (enabled/disable) SCPC features via Group Policies and/or mobile device management (MDM) tools, such as Microsoft Intune.
+Config Lock is designed to ensure that a Secured-Core PC isn't unintentionally misconfigured.  IT Admins retain the ability to change (enable/disable) SCPC features (for example Firmware protection) via Group Policies and/or mobile device management (MDM) tools, such as Microsoft Intune.
 
-:::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-firmwareprotect.png" alt-text="firmware protect":::
+:::image type="content" source="images/configlock-mem-firmwareprotect.png" alt-text="The Defender Firmware protection setting, with a description of Windows Defender System Guard protects your device from compromised firmware. The setting is set to Off":::
  
 ## FAQ
 
@@ -89,45 +89,45 @@ Config Lock is designed to ensure that a Secured-Core PC isn't unintentionally m
 |[ApplicationControl](applicationcontrol-csp.md) 
 
 
-|**MDM policies**     |
-|-----|
-|[DataProtection/AllowDirectMemoryAccess](policy-csp-dataprotection.md)      |
-|[DataProtection/LegacySelectiveWipeID](policy-csp-dataprotection.md)      |
-|[DeviceGuard/ConfigureSystemGuardLaunch](policy-csp-deviceguard.md)      |
-|[DeviceGuard/EnableVirtualizationBasedSecurity](policy-csp-deviceguard.md)      |
-|[DeviceGuard/LsaCfgFlags](policy-csp-deviceguard.md)      |
-|[DeviceGuard/RequirePlatformSecurityFeatures](policy-csp-deviceguard.md)      |
-|[DeviceInstallation/AllowInstallationOfMatchingDeviceIDs](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md)      |
-|[DeviceInstallation/AllowInstallationOfMatchingDeviceInstanceIDs](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md)      |
-|[DeviceInstallation/AllowInstallationOfMatchingDeviceSetupClasses](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) |
-|[DeviceInstallation/PreventDeviceMetadataFromNetwork](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) |
-|[DeviceInstallation/PreventInstallationOfDevicesNotDescribedByOtherPolicySettings](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) |
-|[DeviceInstallation/PreventInstallationOfMatchingDeviceIDs](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) |
-|[DeviceInstallation/PreventInstallationOfMatchingDeviceInstanceIDs](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) |
-|[DeviceInstallation/PreventInstallationOfMatchingDeviceSetupClasses](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) |
-|[DmaGuard/DeviceEnumerationPolicy](policy-csp-dmaguard.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/CompanyName](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableAccountProtectionUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableAppBrowserUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableClearTpmButton](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableDeviceSecurityUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableEnhancedNotifications](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableFamilyUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableHealthUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableNetworkUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableNotifications](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableTpmFirmwareUpdateWarning](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md)|
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableVirusUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisallowExploitProtectionOverride](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/Email](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/EnableCustomizedToasts](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/EnableInAppCustomization](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideRansomwareDataRecovery](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideSecureBoot](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideTPMTroubleshooting](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideWindowsSecurityNotificationAreaControl](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/Phone](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/URL](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) |
-|[SmartScreen/EnableAppInstallControl](policy-csp-smartscreen.md)|
-|[SmartScreen/EnableSmartScreenInShell](policy-csp-smartscreen.md) |
-|[SmartScreen/PreventOverrideForFilesInShell](policy-csp-smartscreen.md) |
+|**MDM policies**     | **Supported by Group Policy** |
+|-----|-----|
+|[DataProtection/AllowDirectMemoryAccess](policy-csp-dataprotection.md)      | No |
+|[DataProtection/LegacySelectiveWipeID](policy-csp-dataprotection.md)      | No |
+|[DeviceGuard/ConfigureSystemGuardLaunch](policy-csp-deviceguard.md)      | Yes |
+|[DeviceGuard/EnableVirtualizationBasedSecurity](policy-csp-deviceguard.md)      | Yes |
+|[DeviceGuard/LsaCfgFlags](policy-csp-deviceguard.md)      | Yes |
+|[DeviceGuard/RequirePlatformSecurityFeatures](policy-csp-deviceguard.md)      | Yes |
+|[DeviceInstallation/AllowInstallationOfMatchingDeviceIDs](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md)      | Yes |
+|[DeviceInstallation/AllowInstallationOfMatchingDeviceInstanceIDs](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md)      | Yes |
+|[DeviceInstallation/AllowInstallationOfMatchingDeviceSetupClasses](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) | Yes |
+|[DeviceInstallation/PreventDeviceMetadataFromNetwork](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) | Yes |
+|[DeviceInstallation/PreventInstallationOfDevicesNotDescribedByOtherPolicySettings](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) | Yes |
+|[DeviceInstallation/PreventInstallationOfMatchingDeviceIDs](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) | Yes |
+|[DeviceInstallation/PreventInstallationOfMatchingDeviceInstanceIDs](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) | Yes |
+|[DeviceInstallation/PreventInstallationOfMatchingDeviceSetupClasses](policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md) | Yes |
+|[DmaGuard/DeviceEnumerationPolicy](policy-csp-dmaguard.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/CompanyName](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableAccountProtectionUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableAppBrowserUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableClearTpmButton](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableDeviceSecurityUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableEnhancedNotifications](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableFamilyUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableHealthUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableNetworkUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableNotifications](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableTpmFirmwareUpdateWarning](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md)| Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisableVirusUI](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/DisallowExploitProtectionOverride](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/Email](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/EnableCustomizedToasts](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/EnableInAppCustomization](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideRansomwareDataRecovery](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideSecureBoot](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideTPMTroubleshooting](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/HideWindowsSecurityNotificationAreaControl](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/Phone](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter/URL](policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md) | Yes |
+|[SmartScreen/EnableAppInstallControl](policy-csp-smartscreen.md)| Yes |
+|[SmartScreen/EnableSmartScreenInShell](policy-csp-smartscreen.md) | Yes |
+|[SmartScreen/PreventOverrideForFilesInShell](policy-csp-smartscreen.md) | Yes |
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference.md
index 47a47c403e..56bcf98029 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/configuration-service-provider-reference.md
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ The following list shows the CSPs supported in HoloLens devices:
 | [CertificateStore CSP](certificatestore-csp.md)    | Yes | Yes| Yes |
 | [ClientCertificateInstall CSP](clientcertificateinstall-csp.md)  | No | Yes       | Yes |
 | [DevDetail CSP](devdetail-csp.md)   | Yes | Yes       | Yes |
-| [DeveloperSetup CSP](developersetup-csp.md)   | No | Yes    (runtime provisioning via provisioning packages only; no MDM support)| Yes |
+| [DeveloperSetup CSP](developersetup-csp.md)   | No | Yes    (runtime provisioning via provisioning packages only; no MDM support)| Yes (runtime provisioning via provisioning packages only; no MDM support) |
 | [DeviceManageability CSP](devicemanageability-csp.md) | No | No | Yes |
 | [DeviceStatus CSP](devicestatus-csp.md)  | No | Yes  | Yes |
 | [DevInfo CSP](devinfo-csp.md)  | Yes | Yes       | Yes |
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/customdeviceui-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/customdeviceui-csp.md
index 7a4eb3b5e1..1a0f77c9ed 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/customdeviceui-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/customdeviceui-csp.md
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 # CustomDeviceUI CSP
 
-The CustomDeviceUI configuration service provider allows OEMs to implement their custom foreground application, as well as the background tasks to run on an IoT device running IoT Core. Only one foreground application is supported per device. Multiple background tasks are supported.
-The following shows the CustomDeviceUI configuration service provider in tree format as used by both the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM) and OMA Client Provisioning.
+The CustomDeviceUI configuration service provider allows OEMs to implement their custom foreground application, and the background tasks to run on an IoT device running IoT Core. Only one foreground application is supported per device. Multiple background tasks are supported.
+The following example shows the CustomDeviceUI configuration service provider in tree format as used by both the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM) and OMA Client Provisioning.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This configuration service provider only applies to Windows 10 IoT Core (IoT Core).
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ AppID string value is the default appid/AUMID to launch during startup. The supp
 List of package names of background tasks that need to be launched on device startup. The supported operation is Get.
 
 **BackgroundTasksToLaunch/***BackgroundTaskPackageName*  
-Package Full Name of the App that needs be launched in the background. This can contain no entry points, a single entry point, or multiple entry points. The supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, and Replace.
+Package Full Name of the application that needs to be launched in the background. This application can contain no entry points, a single entry point, or multiple entry points. The supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, and Replace.
 
 ## SyncML examples
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/defender-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/defender-csp.md
index ef25d5205b..22ee682cf2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/defender-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/defender-csp.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ ms.date: 02/22/2022
 
 The Windows Defender configuration service provider is used to configure various Windows Defender actions across the enterprise.
 
-The following shows the Windows Defender configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the Windows Defender configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 Defender
@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ Defender
 --------EngineUpdatesChannel (Added with the 4.18.2106.5 Defender platform release)
 --------SecurityIntelligenceUpdatesChannel (Added with the 4.18.2106.5 Defender platform release)
 --------DisableGradualRelease (Added with the 4.18.2106.5 Defender platform release)
+--------PassiveRemediation (Added with the 4.18.2202.X Defender platform release)
 ----Scan
 ----UpdateSignature
 ----OfflineScan (Added in Windows 10 version 1803)
@@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ The data type is a string.
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Detections/*ThreatId*/URL**  
-URL link for additional threat information.
+URL link for more threat information.
 
 The data type is a string.
 
@@ -228,6 +229,14 @@ Information about the execution status of the threat.
 
 The data type is integer.
 
+The following list shows the supported values:
+
+- 0 = Unknown
+- 1 = Blocked
+- 2 = Allowed
+- 3 = Running
+- 4 = Not running
+
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Detections/*ThreatId*/InitialDetectionTime**  
@@ -255,9 +264,9 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 
 The Network Protection Service is a network filter that helps to protect you against web-based malicious threats, including phishing and malware. The Network Protection service contacts the SmartScreen URL reputation service to validate the safety of connections to web resources. 
 The acceptable values for this parameter are:
-- 0: Disabled. The Network Protection service will not block navigation to malicious websites, or contact the SmartScreen URL reputation service. It will still send connection metadata to the antimalware engine if behavior monitoring is enabled, to enhance AV Detections.
+- 0: Disabled. The Network Protection service won't block navigation to malicious websites, or contact the SmartScreen URL reputation service. It will still send connection metadata to the antimalware engine if behavior monitoring is enabled, to enhance AV Detections.
 - 1: Enabled. The Network Protection service will block connections to malicious websites based on URL Reputation from the SmartScreen URL reputation service.
-- 2: AuditMode. As above, but the Network Protection service will not block connections to malicious websites, but will instead log the access to the event log. 
+- 2: AuditMode. As above, but the Network Protection service won't block connections to malicious websites, but will instead log the access to the event log. 
 
 Accepted values: Disabled, Enabled, and AuditMode
 Position: Named
@@ -267,7 +276,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False
 
 **EnableNetworkProtection/AllowNetworkProtectionDownLevel**
 
-By default, network protection is not allowed to be enabled on Windows versions before 1709, regardless of the setting of the EnableNetworkProtection configuration. Set this configuration to "$true" to override that behavior and allow Network Protection to be set to Enabled or Audit Mode. 
+By default, network protection isn't allowed to be enabled on Windows versions before 1709, regardless of the setting of the EnableNetworkProtection configuration. Set this configuration to "$true" to override that behavior and allow Network Protection to be set to Enabled or Audit Mode. 
 - Type: Boolean
 - Position: Named
 - Default value: False
@@ -276,7 +285,7 @@ By default, network protection is not allowed to be enabled on Windows versions
 
 **EnableNetworkProtection/AllowNetworkProtectionOnWinServer**
 
-By default, network protection is not allowed to be enabled on Windows Server, regardless of the setting of the EnableNetworkProtection configuration. Set this configuration to "$true" to override that behavior and allow Network Protection to be set to Enabled or Audit Mode.
+By default, network protection isn't allowed to be enabled on Windows Server, regardless of the setting of the EnableNetworkProtection configuration. Set this configuration to "$true" to override that behavior and allow Network Protection to be set to Enabled or Audit Mode.
 
 - Type: Boolean
 - Position: Named
@@ -306,7 +315,7 @@ Network Protection inspects UDP connections allowing us to find malicious DNS or
 
 **EnableNetworkProtection/DisableInboundConnectionFiltering**
 
-Network Protection inspects and can block both connections that originate from the host machine, as well as those that originates from outside the machine. To have network connection to inspect only outbound connections, set this configuration to "$true".
+Network Protection inspects and can block both connections that originate from the host machine, and those connections that originate from outside the machine. To have network connection to inspect only outbound connections, set this configuration to "$true".
 
 - Type: Boolean
 - Position: Named
@@ -316,7 +325,7 @@ Network Protection inspects and can block both connections that originate from t
 
 **EnableNetworkProtection/EnableDnsSinkhole**
 
-Network Protection can inspect the DNS traffic of a machine and, in conjunction with behavior monitoring, detect and sink hole DNS exfiltration attempts and other DNS based malicious attacks. Set this configuration to "$true" to enable this feature.
+Network Protection can inspect the DNS traffic of a machine and, in conjunction with behavior monitoring, detect and sink hole DNS exfiltration attempts and other DNS-based malicious attacks. Set this configuration to "$true" to enable this feature.
 
 - Type: Boolean
 - Position: Named
@@ -326,7 +335,7 @@ Network Protection can inspect the DNS traffic of a machine and, in conjunction
 
 **EnableNetworkProtection/DisableDnsOverTcpParsing**
 
-Network Protection inspects DNS traffic that occurs over a TCP channel, to provide metadata for Anti-malware Behavior Monitoring or to allow for DNS sink holing if the -EnableDnsSinkhole configuration is set. This can be disabled by setting this value to "$true".
+Network Protection inspects DNS traffic that occurs over a TCP channel, to provide metadata for Anti-malware Behavior Monitoring or to allow for DNS sink holing if the -EnableDnsSinkhole configuration is set. This attribute can be disabled by setting this value to "$true".
 
 - Type: Boolean
 - Position: Named
@@ -336,7 +345,7 @@ Network Protection inspects DNS traffic that occurs over a TCP channel, to provi
 
 **EnableNetworkProtection/DisableDnsParsing**
 
-Network Protection inspects DNS traffic that occurs over a UDP channel, to provide metadata for Anti-malware Behavior Monitoring or to allow for DNS sink holing if the -EnableDnsSinkhole configuration is set. This can be disabled by setting this value to "$true".
+Network Protection inspects DNS traffic that occurs over a UDP channel, to provide metadata for Anti-malware Behavior Monitoring or to allow for DNS sink holing if the -EnableDnsSinkhole configuration is set. This attribute can be disabled by setting this value to "$true".
 
 - Type: Boolean
 - Position: Named
@@ -390,7 +399,7 @@ An interior node to group information about Windows Defender health status.
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Health/ProductStatus**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Provide the current state of the product. This is a bitmask flag value that can represent one or multiple product states from below list.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Provide the current state of the product. This value is a bitmask flag value that can represent one or multiple product states from below list.
 
 The data type is integer. Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -480,7 +489,7 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 **Health/QuickScanOverdue**  
 Indicates whether a Windows Defender quick scan is overdue for the device.
 
-A Quick scan is overdue when a scheduled Quick scan did not complete successfully for 2 weeks and [catchup Quick scans](./policy-csp-defender.md#defender-disablecatchupquickscan) are disabled (default).
+A Quick scan is overdue when a scheduled Quick scan didn't complete successfully for 2 weeks and [catchup Quick scans](./policy-csp-defender.md#defender-disablecatchupquickscan) are disabled (default).
 
 The data type is a Boolean.
 
@@ -489,7 +498,7 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 **Health/FullScanOverdue**  
 Indicates whether a Windows Defender full scan is overdue for the device.
 
-A Full scan is overdue when a scheduled Full scan did not complete successfully for 2 weeks and [catchup Full scans](./policy-csp-defender.md#defender-disablecatchupfullscan) are disabled (default).
+A Full scan is overdue when a scheduled Full scan didn't complete successfully for 2 weeks and [catchup Full scans](./policy-csp-defender.md#defender-disablecatchupfullscan) are disabled (default).
 
 The data type is a Boolean.
 
@@ -585,30 +594,30 @@ An interior node to group Windows Defender configuration information.
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Configuration/TamperProtection**  
-Tamper protection helps protect important security features from unwanted changes and interference.  This includes real-time protection, behavior monitoring, and more. Accepts signed string to turn the feature on or off. Settings are configured with an MDM solution, such as Intune and is available in Windows 10 Enterprise E5 or equivalent subscriptions.
+Tamper protection helps protect important security features from unwanted changes and interference. This protection includes real-time protection, behavior monitoring, and more. Accepts signed string to turn the feature on or off. Settings are configured with an MDM solution, such as Intune and is available in Windows 10 Enterprise E5 or equivalent subscriptions.
 
-Send off blob to device to reset tamper protection state before setting this configuration to "not configured" or "unassigned" in Intune.
+Send off blob to device to reset the tamper protection state before setting this configuration to "not configured" or "unassigned" in Intune.
 
 The data type is a Signed blob.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, Replace.
 
 Intune tamper protection setting UX supports three states:  
-- Not configured (default): Does not have any impact on the default state of the device.
+- Not configured (default): Doesn't have any impact on the default state of the device.
 - Enabled: Enables the tamper protection feature.
 - Disabled: Turns off the tamper protection feature.
 
-When enabled or disabled exists on the client and admin moves the setting to not configured, it will not have any impact on the device state. To change the state to either enabled or disabled would require to be set explicitly.
+When enabled or disabled exists on the client and admin moves the setting to not configured, it won't have any impact on the device state. To change the state to either enabled or disabled would require to be set explicitly.
 
 **Configuration/DisableLocalAdminMerge**
              
 This policy setting controls whether or not complex list settings configured by a local administrator are merged with managed settings. This setting applies to lists such as threats and exclusions.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, unique items defined in preference settings configured by the local administrator will be merged into the resulting effective policy. In the case of conflicts, management settings will override preference settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, unique items defined in preference settings configured by the local administrator will be merged into the resulting effective policy. If conflicts occur, management settings will override preference settings.
 
 If you enable this setting, only items defined by management will be used in the resulting effective policy. Managed settings will override preference settings configured by the local administrator.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Applying this setting will not remove exclusions from the device registry, it will only prevent them from being applied/used. This is reflected in **Get-MpPreference**.
+> Applying this setting won't remove exclusions from the device registry, it will only prevent them from being applied/used. This is reflected in **Get-MpPreference**.
 
 Supported OS versions:  Windows 10
 
@@ -621,14 +630,14 @@ Valid values are:
 - 0 (default) – Disable.
 
 **Configuration/HideExclusionsFromLocalAdmins**
              
-This policy setting controls whether or not exclusions are visible to Local Admins.  For end users (that are not Local Admins) exclusions are not visible, whether or not this setting is enabled.
+This policy setting controls whether or not exclusions are visible to Local Admins.  For end users (that aren't Local Admins) exclusions aren't visible, whether or not this setting is enabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Local Admins will be able to see exclusions in the Windows Security App, in the registry, and via PowerShell.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Local Admins will be able to see exclusions in the Windows Security App, in the registry, and via PowerShell.
 
 If you enable this setting, Local Admins will no longer be able to see the exclusion list in the Windows Security app, in the registry, or via PowerShell.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Applying this setting will not remove exclusions, it will only prevent them from being visible to Local Admins. This is reflected in **Get-MpPreference**.
+> Applying this setting won't remove exclusions, it will only prevent them from being visible to Local Admins. This is reflected in **Get-MpPreference**.
 
 Supported OS versions:  Windows 10
 
@@ -641,7 +650,7 @@ Valid values are:
 - 0 (default) – Disable.
 
 **Configuration/DisableCpuThrottleOnIdleScans**
              	
-Indicates whether the CPU will be throttled for scheduled scans while the device is idle.  This feature is enabled by default and will not throttle the CPU for scheduled scans performed when the device is otherwise idle, regardless of what ScanAvgCPULoadFactor is set to. For all other scheduled scans this flag will have no impact and normal throttling will occur.	
+Indicates whether the CPU will be throttled for scheduled scans while the device is idle.  This feature is enabled by default and won't throttle the CPU for scheduled scans performed when the device is otherwise idle, regardless of what ScanAvgCPULoadFactor is set to. For all other scheduled scans, this flag will have no impact and normal throttling will occur.	
 
 The data type is integer.	
 
@@ -682,7 +691,7 @@ Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, Replace.
 
 **Configuration/EnableFileHashComputation**  
 Enables or disables file hash computation feature.
-When this feature is enabled Windows Defender will compute hashes for files it scans.
+When this feature is enabled, Windows Defender will compute hashes for files it scans.
 
 The data type is integer.
 
@@ -701,11 +710,11 @@ Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, Replace.
 
 Intune Support log location setting UX supports three states:  
 
-- Not configured (default) - Does not have any impact on the default state of the device. 
+- Not configured (default) - Doesn't have any impact on the default state of the device. 
 - 1 - Enabled. Enables the Support log location feature. Requires admin to set custom file path.
 - 0 - Disabled. Turns off the Support log location feature. 
 
-When enabled or disabled exists on the client and admin moves the setting to not configured, it will not have any impact on the device state. To change the state to either enabled or disabled would require to be set explicitly.  
+When enabled or disabled exists on the client and admin moves the setting to be configured not , it won't have any impact on the device state. To change the state to either enabled or disabled would require to be set explicitly.  
 
 More details:  
 
@@ -725,7 +734,7 @@ Current Channel (Broad): Devices will be offered updates only after the gradual
 
 Critical: Devices will be offered updates with a 48-hour delay. Suggested for critical environments only 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the device will stay up to date automatically during the gradual release cycle. Suitable for most devices.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the device will stay up to date automatically during the gradual release cycle. Suitable for most devices.
 
 The data type is integer.
 
@@ -758,7 +767,7 @@ Current Channel (Broad): Devices will be offered updates only after the gradual
 
 Critical: Devices will be offered updates with a 48-hour delay. Suggested for critical environments only
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the device will stay up to date automatically during the gradual release cycle. Suitable for most devices.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the device will stay up to date automatically during the gradual release cycle. Suitable for most devices.
 
 The data type is integer.
 
@@ -784,7 +793,7 @@ Current Channel (Staged): Devices will be offered updates after the release cycl
 
 Current Channel (Broad): Devices will be offered updates only after the gradual release cycle completes. Suggested to apply to a broad set of devices in your production population (~10-100%).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the device will stay up to date automatically during the daily release cycle. Suitable for most devices.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the device will stay up to date automatically during the daily release cycle. Suitable for most devices.
 
 The data type is integer.
 Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, Replace.
@@ -801,12 +810,12 @@ More details:
 
 **Configuration/DisableGradualRelease**
 Enable this policy to disable gradual rollout of monthly and daily Microsoft Defender updates.
-Devices will be offered all Microsoft Defender updates after the gradual release cycle completes. This is best for datacenters that only receive limited updates.
+Devices will be offered all Microsoft Defender updates after the gradual release cycle completes. This facility for devices is best for datacenters that only receive limited updates.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting applies to both monthly as well as daily Microsoft Defender updates and will override any previously configured channel selections for platform and engine updates.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the device will remain in Current Channel (Default) unless specified otherwise in specific channels for platform and engine updates. Stay up to date automatically during the gradual release cycle. Suitable for most devices.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the device will remain in Current Channel (Default) unless specified otherwise in specific channels for platform and engine updates. Stay up to date automatically during the gradual release cycle. Suitable for most devices.
 
 The data type is integer.
 
@@ -821,6 +830,16 @@ More details:
 - [Manage the gradual rollout process for Microsoft Defender updates](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/manage-gradual-rollout)  
 - [Create a custom gradual rollout process for Microsoft Defender updates](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/configure-updates)  
 
+**Configuration/PassiveRemediation**
+This policy setting enables or disables EDR in block mode (recommended for devices running Microsoft Defender Antivirus in passive mode). For more information, see Endpoint detection and response in block mode | Microsoft Docs. Available with platform release: 4.18.2202.X
+
+The data type is integer
+
+Supported values:
+- 1: Turn EDR in block mode on
+- 0: Turn EDR in block mode off
+
+
 **Scan**  
 Node that can be used to start a Windows Defender scan on a device.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/devicemanageability-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/devicemanageability-csp.md
index c964ed065c..9768af70a3 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/devicemanageability-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/devicemanageability-csp.md
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ ms.date: 11/01/2017
 
 The DeviceManageability configuration service provider (CSP) is used to retrieve the general information about MDM configuration capabilities on the device. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1607.
 
-For performance reasons, DeviceManageability CSP directly reads the CSP version from the registry. Specifically, the value csp\_version is used to determine each of the CSP versions. The csp\_version is a value under each of the CSP registration keys. To have consistency on the CSP version, the CSP GetProperty implementation for CFGMGR\_PROPERTY\_SEMANTICTYPE has to be updated to read from the registry as well, so that the both paths return the same information. 
+For performance reasons, DeviceManageability CSP directly reads the CSP version from the registry. Specifically, the value csp\_version is used to determine each of the CSP versions. The csp\_version is a value under each of the CSP registration keys. To have consistency on the CSP version, the CSP GetProperty implementation for CFGMGR\_PROPERTY\_SEMANTICTYPE has to be updated to read from the registry as well, so that both the paths return the same information. 
 
-The following shows the DeviceManageability configuration service provider in a tree format.
+The following example shows the DeviceManageability configuration service provider in a tree format.
 ```
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
 DeviceManageability
@@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Interior node.
 Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Provider ID of the configuration source. ProviderID should be unique among the different config sources.
 
 **Provider/_ProviderID_/ConfigInfo**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Configuration information string value set by the configuration source. Recommended to be used during sync session.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Configuration information string value set by the configuration source. Recommended to use during sync session.
 
 ConfigInfo value can only be set by the provider that owns the ProviderID. The value is readable by other config sources.
 
 Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
 **Provider/_ProviderID_/EnrollmentInfo**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Enrollment information string value set by the configuration source and sent during MDM enrollment. It is readable by MDM server during sync session.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Enrollment information string value set by the configuration source and sent during MDM enrollment. It's readable by MDM server during sync session.
 
 Data type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace. 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/devicestatus-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/devicestatus-csp.md
index f87acbed2e..17cb3d7424 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/devicestatus-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/devicestatus-csp.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.date: 06/25/2021
 
 The DeviceStatus configuration service provider is used by the enterprise to keep track of device inventory and query the state of compliance of these devices with their enterprise policies.
 
-The following shows the DeviceStatus configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the DeviceStatus configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 DeviceStatus
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ DeviceStatus
 The root node for the DeviceStatus configuration service provider.
 
 **DeviceStatus/SecureBootState**  
-Indicates whether secure boot is enabled. The value is one of the following:
+Indicates whether secure boot is enabled. The value is one of the following values:
 
 -   0 - Not supported
 -   1 - Enabled
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Boolean value that indicates whether the network card associated with the MAC ad
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **DeviceStatus/NetworkIdentifiers/*MacAddress*/Type**  
-Type of network connection. The value is one of the following:
+Type of network connection. The value is one of the following values:
 
 -   2 - WLAN (or other Wireless interface)
 -   1 - LAN (or other Wired interface)
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 Node for the compliance query.
 
 **DeviceStatus/Compliance/EncryptionCompliance**  
-Boolean value that indicates compliance with the enterprise encryption policy for OS (system) drives. The value is one of the following:
+Boolean value that indicates compliance with the enterprise encryption policy for OS (system) drives. The value is one of the following values:
 
 -   0 - Not encrypted
 -   1 - Encrypted
@@ -194,9 +194,9 @@ Added in Windows, version 1607. Integer that specifies the status of the antivi
 
 Valid values:
 
--   0 - The security software reports that it is not the most recent version.
--   1 (default) - The security software reports that it is the most recent version.
--   2 – Not applicable. This is returned for devices like the phone that do not have an antivirus (where the API doesn’t exist.)
+-   0 - The security software reports that it isn't the most recent version.
+-   1 (default) - The security software reports that it's the most recent version.
+-   2 – Not applicable. This value is returned for devices like the phone that don't have an antivirus (where the API doesn’t exist.)
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -213,9 +213,9 @@ Valid values:
 
 -   0 – Antivirus is on and monitoring.
 -   1 – Antivirus is disabled.
--   2 – Antivirus is not monitoring the device/PC or some options have been turned off.
+-   2 – Antivirus isn't monitoring the device/PC or some options have been turned off.
 -   3 (default) – Antivirus is temporarily not completely monitoring the device/PC.
--   4 – Antivirus not applicable for this device. This is returned for devices like the phone that do not have an antivirus (where the API doesn’t exist.)
+-   4 – Antivirus not applicable for this device. This value is returned for devices like the phone that don't have an antivirus (where the API doesn’t exist.)
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ Added in Windows, version 1607. Integer that specifies the status of the antisp
 
 Valid values:
 
--  0 - The security software reports that it is not the most recent version.
--  1 - The security software reports that it is the most recent version.
--  2 - Not applicable. This is returned for devices like the phone that do not have an antivirus (where the API doesn’t exist.)
+-  0 - The security software reports that it isn't the most recent version.
+-  1 - The security software reports that it's the most recent version.
+-  2 - Not applicable. This value is returned for devices like the phone that don't have an antivirus (where the API doesn’t exist.)
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -246,10 +246,10 @@ Added in Windows, version 1607. Integer that specifies the status of the antisp
 
 Valid values:
 
-- 0 - The status of the security provider category is good and does not need user attention.
-- 1 - The status of the security provider category is not monitored by Windows Security.
+- 0 - The status of the security provider category is good and doesn't need user attention.
+- 1 - The status of the security provider category isn't monitored by Windows Security.
 - 2 - The status of the security provider category is poor and the computer may be at risk.
-- 3 - The security provider category is in snooze state. Snooze indicates that the Windows Security Service is not actively protecting the computer.
+- 3 - The security provider category is in snooze state. Snooze indicates that the Windows Security Service isn't actively protecting the computer.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -265,9 +265,9 @@ Valid values:
 
 -   0 – Firewall is on and monitoring.
 -   1 – Firewall has been disabled.
--   2 – Firewall is not monitoring all networks or some rules have been turned off.
+-   2 – Firewall isn't monitoring all networks or some rules have been turned off.
 -   3 (default) – Firewall is temporarily not monitoring all networks.
--   4 – Not applicable. This is returned for devices like the phone that do not have an antivirus (where the API doesn’t exist.)
+-   4 – Not applicable. This value is returned for devices like the phone that don't have an antivirus (where the API doesn’t exist.)
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -292,21 +292,21 @@ Added in Windows, version 1607. Integer that specifies the status of the batter
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **DeviceStatus/Battery/EstimatedChargeRemaining**  
-Added in Windows, version 1607. Integer that specifies the estimated battery charge remaining. This is the value returned in **BatteryLifeTime** in [SYSTEM\_POWER\_STATUS structure](/windows/win32/api/winbase/ns-winbase-system_power_status).
+Added in Windows, version 1607. Integer that specifies the estimated battery charge remaining. This value is the one that is returned in **BatteryLifeTime** in [SYSTEM\_POWER\_STATUS structure](/windows/win32/api/winbase/ns-winbase-system_power_status).
 
-The value is the number of seconds of battery life remaining when the device is not connected to an AC power source. When it is connected to a power source, the value is -1. When the estimation is unknown, the value is -1.
+The value is the number of seconds of battery life remaining when the device isn't connected to an AC power source. When it's connected to a power source, the value is -1. When the estimation is unknown, the value is -1.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **DeviceStatus/Battery/EstimatedRuntime**  
-Added in Windows, version 1607. Integer that specifies the estimated runtime of the battery. This is the value returned in **BatteryLifeTime** in [SYSTEM\_POWER\_STATUS structure](/windows/win32/api/winbase/ns-winbase-system_power_status).
+Added in Windows, version 1607. Integer that specifies the estimated runtime of the battery. This value is the one that is returned in **BatteryLifeTime** in [SYSTEM\_POWER\_STATUS structure](/windows/win32/api/winbase/ns-winbase-system_power_status).
 
-The value is the number of seconds of battery life remaining when the device is not connected to an AC power source. When it is connected to a power source, the value is -1. When the estimation is unknown, the value is -1.
+The value is the number of seconds of battery life remaining when the device isn't connected to an AC power source. When it's connected to a power source, the value is -1. When the estimation is unknown, the value is -1.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **DeviceStatus/DomainName**  
-Added in Windows, version 1709. Returns the fully qualified domain name of the device (if any). If the device is not domain-joined, it returns an empty string.
+Added in Windows, version 1709. Returns the fully qualified domain name of the device (if any). If the device isn't domain-joined, it returns an empty string.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -322,15 +322,15 @@ Added in Windows, version 1709. Virtualization-based security hardware requirem
 - 0x1: SecureBoot required 
 - 0x2: DMA Protection required
 - 0x4: HyperV not supported for Guest VM
-- 0x8: HyperV feature is not available
+- 0x8: HyperV feature isn't available
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **DeviceStatus/DeviceGuard/VirtualizationBasedSecurityStatus**  
-Added in Windows, version 1709. Virtualization-based security status.  Value is one of the following:
+Added in Windows, version 1709. Virtualization-based security status.  Value is one of the following values:
 - 0 - Running
 - 1 - Reboot required 
-- 2 - 64 bit architecture required 
+- 2 - 64-bit architecture required 
 - 3 - Not licensed 
 - 4 - Not configured 
 - 5 - System doesn't meet hardware requirements 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/devinfo-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/devinfo-csp.md
index 670c0d736e..ef7c93a036 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/devinfo-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/devinfo-csp.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: DevInfo CSP
-description: Learn now the DevInfo configuration service provider handles the managed object which provides device information to the OMA DM server.
+description: Learn how the DevInfo configuration service provider handles the managed object that provides device information to the OMA DM server.
 ms.assetid: d3eb70db-1ce9-4c72-a13d-651137c1713c
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
@@ -15,16 +15,16 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 # DevInfo CSP
 
 
-The DevInfo configuration service provider handles the managed object which provides device information to the OMA DM server. This device information is automatically sent to the OMA DM server at the beginning of each OMA DM session.
+The DevInfo configuration service provider handles the managed object that provides device information to the OMA DM server. This device information is automatically sent to the OMA DM server at the beginning of each OMA DM session.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This configuration service provider requires the ID\_CAP\_CSP\_FOUNDATION and ID\_CAP\_DEVICE\_MANAGEMENT\_ADMIN capabilities to be accessed from a network configuration application.
 
  
 
-For the DevInfo CSP, you cannot use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
+For the DevInfo CSP, you can't use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
 
-The following shows the DevInfo configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Device Management. The OMA Client provisioning protocol is not supported by this configuration service provider.
+The following example shows the DevInfo configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Device Management. The OMA Client provisioning protocol isn't supported by this configuration service provider.
 ```
 .
 DevInfo
@@ -52,14 +52,14 @@ The **UseHWDevID** parm of the [DMAcc configuration service provider](dmacc-csp.
 **Man**  
 Required. Returns the name of the OEM. For Windows 10 for desktop editions, it returns the SystemManufacturer as defined in HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\HARDWARE\\DESCRIPTION\\System\\BIOS\\SystemManufacturer.
 
-If no name is found, this returns "Unknown".
+If no name is found, the value returned is "Unknown".
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Mod**  
 Required. Returns the name of the hardware device model as specified by the mobile operator. For Windows 10 for desktop editions, it returns the SystemProductName as defined in HKEY\_LOCAL\_MACHINE\\HARDWARE\\DESCRIPTION\\System\\BIOS\\SystemProductName.
 
-If no name is found, this returns "Unknown".
+If no name is found, the value returned is "Unknown".
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/diagnose-mdm-failures-in-windows-10.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/diagnose-mdm-failures-in-windows-10.md
index 5dc126771b..057030f5f3 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/diagnose-mdm-failures-in-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/diagnose-mdm-failures-in-windows-10.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ To help diagnose enrollment or device management issues in Windows 10 devices m
 
 ## Download the MDM Diagnostic Information log from Windows 10 PCs
 
-1. On your managed device go to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school**.
+1. On your managed device, go to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school**.
 1. Click your work or school account, then click **Info.**  
    ![Access work or school page in Settings.](images/diagnose-mdm-failures15.png)
 
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ You can open the log files (.evtx files) in the Event Viewer on a Windows 10 PC
 
 ## Collect logs remotely from Windows 10 PCs
 
-When the PC is already enrolled in MDM, you can remotely collect logs from the PC through the MDM channel if your MDM server supports this. The [DiagnosticLog CSP](diagnosticlog-csp.md) can be used to enable an event viewer channel by full name. Here are the Event Viewer names for the Admin and Debug channels:
+When the PC is already enrolled in MDM, you can remotely collect logs from the PC through the MDM channel if your MDM server supports this facility. The [DiagnosticLog CSP](diagnosticlog-csp.md) can be used to enable an event viewer channel by full name. Here are the Event Viewer names for the Admin and Debug channels:
 
 -   Microsoft-Windows-DeviceManagement-Enterprise-Diagnostics-Provider%2FAdmin
 -   Microsoft-Windows-DeviceManagement-Enterprise-Diagnostics-Provider%2FDebug
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ After the logs are collected on the device, you can retrieve the files through t
 
 ## View logs
 
-For best results, ensure that the PC or VM on which you are viewing logs matches the build of the OS from which the logs were collected.
+For best results, ensure that the PC or VM on which you're viewing logs matches the build of the OS from which the logs were collected.
 
 1.  Open eventvwr.msc.
 2.  Right-click on **Event Viewer(Local)** and select **Open Saved Log**.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ For best results, ensure that the PC or VM on which you are viewing logs matches
 
     ![event filter for Device Management.](images/diagnose-mdm-failures13.png)
 
-7.  Now you are ready to start reviewing the logs.
+7.  Now you're ready to start reviewing the logs.
 
     ![event viewer review logs.](images/diagnose-mdm-failures14.png)
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/diagnosticlog-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/diagnosticlog-csp.md
index fb9c555681..ded51dd0fa 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/diagnosticlog-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/diagnosticlog-csp.md
@@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ The DiagnosticLog configuration service provider (CSP) provides the following fe
 - [DiagnosticArchive area](#diagnosticarchive-area). Capture and upload event logs, log files, and registry values for troubleshooting.
 - [Policy area](#policy-area). Configure Windows event log policies, such as maximum log size.
 - [EtwLog area](#etwlog-area). Control ETW trace sessions.
-- [DeviceStateData area](#devicestatedata-area). Provide additional device information.
+- [DeviceStateData area](#devicestatedata-area). Provide more device information.
 - [FileDownload area](#filedownload-area). Pull trace and state data directly from the device.
 
-The following are the links to different versions of the DiagnosticLog CSP DDF files:
+The links to different versions of the DiagnosticLog CSP DDF files are:
 -   [DiagnosticLog CSP version 1.4](diagnosticlog-ddf.md#version-1-4)
 -   [DiagnosticLog CSP version 1.3](diagnosticlog-ddf.md#version-1-3)
 -   [DiagnosticLog CSP version 1.2](diagnosticlog-ddf.md#version-1-2)
 
 
-The following shows the DiagnosticLog CSP in tree format.
+The following example shows the DiagnosticLog CSP in tree format.
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT/DiagnosticLog
@@ -90,7 +90,9 @@ The data type is string.
 Expected value:
 Set and Execute are functionality equivalent, and each accepts a `Collection` XML snippet (as a string) describing what data to gather and where to upload it. The results are zipped and uploaded to the specified SasUrl. The zipped filename format is "DiagLogs-{ComputerName}-YYYYMMDDTHHMMSSZ.zip".
 
-The following is an example of a `Collection` XML.
+With Windows 10 KB5011543, Windows 11 KB5011563 we have added support for an additional element which will determine whether the output file generated by the CSP is a flattened folder structure, instead of having individual folders for each directive in the XML. 
+
+The following example shows a `Collection` XML:
 
 ``` xml
 
@@ -104,6 +106,7 @@ The following is an example of a `Collection` XML.
    %windir%\system32\mdmdiagnosticstool.exe -out %ProgramData%\temp\
    %ProgramData%\temp\*.*
    Application
+   Flattened
 
 
 ```
@@ -113,7 +116,7 @@ The XML should include the following elements within the `Collection` element:
 The ID value uniquely identifies this data-gathering request. To avoid accidental repetition of data gathering, the CSP ignores subsequent Set or Execute invocations with the same ID value. The CSP expects the value to be populated when the request is received, so it must be generated by the IT admin or the management server.
 
 **SasUrl**
-The SasUrl value is the target URI to which the CSP uploads the zip file containing the gathered data. It is the responsibility of the management server to provision storage in such a way that the storage server accepts the device's HTTP PUT to this URL. For example, the device management service could:
+The SasUrl value is the target URI to which the CSP uploads the zip file containing the gathered data. It's the responsibility of the management server to provision storage in such a way that the storage server accepts the device's HTTP PUT to this URL. For example, the device management service could:
 - Provision cloud storage reachable by the target device, such as a Microsoft Azure blob storage container
 - Generate a Shared Access Signature URL granting the possessor (the target device) time-limited write access to the storage container
 - Pass this value to the CSP on the target device through the `Collection` XML as the `SasUrl` value.
@@ -124,7 +127,7 @@ The SasUrl value is the target URI to which the CSP uploads the zip file contain
   - Exports all of the key names and values under a given path (recursive).
   - Expected input value: Registry path such as "HKLM\Software\Policies".
   - Output format: Creates a .reg file, similar to the output of reg.exe EXPORT command.
-  - Privacy guardrails: To enable diagnostic log capture while reducing the risk of an IT admin inadvertently capturing user-generated documents, registry paths are restricted to those under HKLM and HKCR.
+  - Privacy guardrails: To enable diagnostic log capture while reducing the risk of an IT admin inadvertently capturing user-generated documents, registry paths are restricted to those paths that're under HKLM and HKCR.
 
 - **Events**
   - Exports all events from the named Windows event log.
@@ -132,9 +135,9 @@ The SasUrl value is the target URI to which the CSP uploads the zip file contain
   - Output format: Creates a .evtx file.
 
 - **Commands**
-  - This directive type allows the execution of specific commands such as ipconfig.exe. Note that DiagnosticArchive and the Commands directives are not a general-purpose scripting platform. These commands are allowed in the DiagnosticArchive context to handle cases where critical device information may not be available through existing log files.
+  - This directive type allows the execution of specific commands such as ipconfig.exe. Note that DiagnosticArchive and the Commands directives aren't a general-purpose scripting platform. These commands are allowed in the DiagnosticArchive context to handle cases where critical device information may not be available through existing log files.
   - Expected input value: The full command line including path and any arguments, such as `%windir%\\system32\\ipconfig.exe /all`.
-  - Output format: Console text output from the command is captured in a text file and included in the overall output archive. For commands which may generate file output rather than console output, a subsequent FolderFiles directive would be used to capture that output. The example XML above demonstrates this pattern with mdmdiagnosticstool.exe's -out parameter.
+  - Output format: Console text output from the command is captured in a text file and included in the overall output archive. For commands that may generate file output rather than console output, a subsequent FolderFiles directive would be used to capture that output. The example XML above demonstrates this pattern with mdmdiagnosticstool.exe's -out parameter.
   - Privacy guardrails: To enable diagnostic data capture while reducing the risk of an IT admin inadvertently capturing user-generated documents, only the following commands are allowed:
     - %windir%\\system32\\certutil.exe
     - %windir%\\system32\\dxdiag.exe
@@ -176,6 +179,11 @@ The SasUrl value is the target URI to which the CSP uploads the zip file contain
     - .evtx
     - .etl
 
+- **OutputFileFormat**
+  - Flattens folder structure, instead of having individual folders for each directive in the XML.
+  - The value “Flattened” is the only supported value for the OutputFileFormat. If the OutputFileFormat is absent in the XML, or if explicitly set to something other than Flattened, it will leave the file structure in old structure.  
+
+
 **DiagnosticArchive/ArchiveResults**
 Added in version 1.4 of the CSP in Windows 10, version 1903. This policy setting displays the results of the last archive run.
 
@@ -229,11 +237,11 @@ A Get to the above URI will return the results of the data gathering for the las
 
 ```
 
-Each data gathering node is annotated with the HRESULT of the action and the collection is also annotated with an overall HRESULT. In this example, note that the mdmdiagnosticstool.exe command failed.
+Each data gathering node is annotated with the HRESULT of the action and the collection is also annotated with an overall HRESULT. In this example, the mdmdiagnosticstool.exe command failed.
 
 ### Making use of the uploaded data
 
-The zip archive which is created and uploaded by the CSP contains a folder structure like the following:
+The zip archive that is created and uploaded by the CSP contains a folder structure like the following example:
 
 ```powershell
 PS C:\> dir C:\DiagArchiveExamples\DiagLogs-MYDEVICE-20201202T182748Z
@@ -270,7 +278,7 @@ Administrators can apply automation to 'results.xml' to create their own preferr
 ```powershell
 Select-XML -Path results.xml -XPath '//RegistryKey | //Command | //Events | //FoldersFiles' | Foreach-Object -Begin {$i=1} -Process { [pscustomobject]@{DirectiveNumber=$i; DirectiveHRESULT=$_.Node.HRESULT; DirectiveInput=$_.Node.('#text')} ; $i++}
 ```
-This example produces output similar to the following:
+This example produces output similar to the following output:
 ```
 DirectiveNumber DirectiveHRESULT DirectiveInput
 --------------- ---------------- --------------
@@ -327,7 +335,7 @@ foreach( $element in $resultElements )
 #endregion
 Remove-Item -Path $diagnosticArchiveTempUnzippedPath -Force -Recurse
 ```
-That example script produces a set of files similar to the following, which can be a useful view for an administrator interactively browsing the results without needing to navigate any sub-folders or refer to `results.xml` repeatedly:
+That example script produces a set of files similar to the following set of files, which can be a useful view for an administrator interactively browsing the results without needing to navigate any subfolders or refer to `results.xml` repeatedly:
 
 ```powershell
 PS C:\> dir C:\DiagArchiveExamples\DiagLogs-MYDEVICE-20201202T182748Z.zip_formatted | format-table Length,Name
@@ -363,10 +371,11 @@ Added in version 1.4 of the CSP in Windows 10, version 1903. Node that contains
 The supported operation is Get.
 
 **Policy/Channels/_ChannelName_**
-Added in version 1.4 of the CSP in Windows 10, version 1903. Dynamic node to represent a registered channel. The node name must be a valid Windows event log channel name, such as ``Microsoft-Client-Licensing-Platform%2FAdmin``. When specifying the name in the LocURI, it must be URL encoded, otherwise it may unexpectedly translate into a different URI.
+Added in version 1.4 of the CSP in Windows 10, version 1903. Dynamic node to represent a registered channel. The node name must be a valid Windows event log channel name, such as ``Microsoft-Client-Licensing-Platform%2FAdmin``. When the name is being specified in the LocURI, it must be URL encoded, otherwise it may unexpectedly translate into a different URI.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Delete, and Get.
 
+
 Add **Channel**
 ``` xml
  
@@ -430,7 +439,7 @@ Added in version 1.4 of the CSP in Windows 10, version 1903. This policy setting
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte and 2 terabytes in megabyte increments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog, and it defaults to 1 megabyte.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog, and it defaults to 1 megabyte.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, and Replace.
 
@@ -627,11 +636,11 @@ Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, and Replace.
 The data type is string.
 
 The following are the possible values:
-- Truncate — When the log file reaches its maximum file size, new events are not written to the log and are lost.
-- Overwrite — When the log file reaches its maximum file size, new events overwrite old events.
-- Archive — When the log file reaches its maximum size, the log file is saved to the location specified by the "Archive Location" policy setting. If archive location value is not set, the new file is saved in the same directory as current log file.
+- Truncate—When the log file reaches its maximum file size, new events aren't written to the log and are lost.
+- Overwrite—When the log file reaches its maximum file size, new events overwrite old events.
+- Archive—When the log file reaches its maximum size, the log file is saved to the location specified by the "Archive Location" policy setting. If archive location value isn't set, the new file is saved in the same directory as current log file.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the locally configured value will be used as default. Every channel that is installed, whether inbox or by ISVs, is responsible for defining its own local configuration, and that configuration can be changed by any administrator. Values set via this policy override but do not replace local configuration.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the locally configured value will be used as default. Every channel that is installed, whether inbox or by ISVs, is responsible for defining its own local configuration, and that configuration can be changed by any administrator. Values set via this policy override but don't replace local configuration.
 
 
 Add **ActionWhenFull**
@@ -728,10 +737,10 @@ Supported operations are Add, Delete, Get, and Replace.
 The data type is boolean.
 
 The following are the possible values:
-- TRUE — Enables the channel.
-- FALSE — Disables the channel.
+- TRUE—Enables the channel.
+- FALSE—Disables the channel.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the locally configured value is used as default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the locally configured value is used as default.
 
 Get **Enabled**
 ``` xml
@@ -844,7 +853,7 @@ For each collector node, the user can:
 - Change trace log file mode
 - Change trace log file size limit
 
-The configurations log file mode and log file size limit does not take effect while trace session is in progress. These are applied when user stops the current session and then starts it again for this collector.
+The configurations log file mode and log file size limit don't take effect while trace session is in progress. These attributes are applied when user stops the current session and then starts it again for this collector.
 
 For each registered provider in this collector, the user can:
 
@@ -859,7 +868,7 @@ The changes on **State**, **Keywords**, and **TraceLevel** takes effect immediat
 
  ### Channel-based tracing
 
-The type of event tracing exports event data from a specific channel. This is only supported on the desktop.
+The type of event tracing exports event data from a specific channel. This method is only supported on the desktop.
 
 Users can add or delete a channel node using the full name, such as Microsoft-Windows-AppModel-Runtime/Admin.
 
@@ -990,7 +999,7 @@ The following table lists the possible values:
 
 The supported operation is Execute.
 
-After you have added a logging task, you can start a trace by running an Execute command on this node with the value START.
+After you've added a logging task, you can start a trace by running an Execute command on this node with the value START.
 
 To stop the trace, running an execute command on this node with the value STOP.
 
@@ -1208,7 +1217,7 @@ The following table lists the possible values:
 
 | Value | Description        |
 | ----- | ------------------ |
-| TRUE  | Provider is enabled in the trace session. This is the default. |
+| TRUE  | Provider is enabled in the trace session. This value is the default value. |
 | FALSE | Provider is disabled in the trace session. |
 
 Set provider **State**
@@ -1395,7 +1404,7 @@ Set channel **State**
 
 ## DeviceStateData area
 
-The DeviceStateData functionality within the DiagnosticLog CSP provides additional device information.
+The DeviceStateData functionality within the DiagnosticLog CSP provides extra device information.
 
 The following section describes the nodes for the DeviceStateData functionality.
 
@@ -1434,10 +1443,10 @@ The FileDownload feature of the DiagnosticLog CSP enables a management server to
 
 ### Comparing FileDownload and DiagnosticArchive
 
-Both the FileDownload and DiagnosticArchive features can be used to get data from the device to the management server, but they are optimized for different workflows.
+Both the FileDownload and DiagnosticArchive features can be used to get data from the device to the management server, but they're optimized for different workflows.
 
-- FileDownload enables the management server to directly pull byte-level trace data from the managed device. The data transfer takes place through the existing OMA-DM/SyncML context. It is typically used together with the EtwLogs feature as part of an advanced monitoring or diagnostic flow. FileDownlod requires granular orchestration by the management server, but avoids the need for dedicated cloud storage.
-- DiagnosticArchive allows the management server to give the CSP a full set of instructions as single command. Based on those instructions the CSP orchestrates the work client-side to package the requested diagnostic files into a zip archive and upload that archive to cloud storage. The data transfer happens outside of the OMA-DM session, via an HTTP PUT.
+- FileDownload enables the management server to directly pull byte-level trace data from the managed device. The data transfer takes place through the existing OMA-DM/SyncML context. It's used together with the EtwLogs feature as part of an advanced monitoring or diagnostic flow. FileDownlod requires granular orchestration by the management server, but avoids the need for dedicated cloud storage.
+- DiagnosticArchive allows the management server to give the CSP a full set of instructions as single command. Based on those instructions, the CSP orchestrates the work client-side to package the requested diagnostic files into a zip archive and upload that archive to cloud storage. The data transfer happens outside of the OMA-DM session, via an HTTP PUT.
 
 The following section describes the nodes for the FileDownload functionality.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/disconnecting-from-mdm-unenrollment.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/disconnecting-from-mdm-unenrollment.md
index a9e4996ee9..f3e3c24cf9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/disconnecting-from-mdm-unenrollment.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/disconnecting-from-mdm-unenrollment.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Disconnecting from the management infrastructure (unenrollment)
-description: Disconnecting may be initiated either locally by the user from the phone or remotely by the IT admin using management server.
+description: Disconnecting is initiated either locally by the user using a phone or remotely by the IT admin using management server.
 MS-HAID:
 - 'p\_phdevicemgmt.disconnecting\_from\_the\_management\_infrastructure\_\_unenrollment\_'
 - 'p\_phDeviceMgmt.disconnecting\_from\_mdm\_unenrollment'
@@ -18,15 +18,16 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 # Disconnecting from the management infrastructure (unenrollment)
 
-Disconnecting may be initiated either locally by the user from the phone or remotely by the IT admin using management server. User-initiated disconnection is performed much like the initial connection, and it is initiated from the same location in the Setting Control Panel as creating the workplace account. Users may choose to disconnect for any number of reasons, including leaving the company or getting a new device and no longer needing access to their LOB apps on the old device. When an administrator initiates a disconnection, the enrollment client performs the disconnection during its next regular maintenance session. Administrators may choose to disconnect a user’s device after they’ve left the company or because the device is regularly failing to comply with the organization’s security settings policy.
+The Disconnecting process is done either locally by the user who uses a phone or remotely by the IT administrator using management server. The user-initiated disconnection process is similar to the initial connection, wherein its initiation is from the same location in the Setting Control Panel as creating the workplace account. 
+The users choose to disconnect for any number of reasons, such as the ones described below: leaving the company or getting a new device or not needing access to their LOB apps on the old device, anymore. When an IT administrator initiates a disconnection, the enrollment client performs the disconnection during the next regular maintenance session. Administrators choose to disconnect users' device after they’ve left the company or because the device is regularly failing to comply with the organization’s security settings policy.
 
-During disconnection, the client does the following:
+During disconnection, the client executes the following tasks:
 
 -   Removes the enterprise application token that allowed installing and running LOB apps. Any business applications associated with this enterprise token are removed as well.
 -   Removes certificates that are configured by MDM server.
--   Ceases enforcement of the settings policies that the management infrastructure has applied.
+-   Ceases enforcement of the settings policies applied by the management infrastructure.
 -   Removes the device management client configuration and other setting configuration added by MDM server, including the scheduled maintenance task. The client remains dormant unless the user reconnects it to the management infrastructure.
--   Reports successful initiated disassociation to the management infrastructure if the admin initiated the process. Note that in Windows, user-initiated disassociation is reported to the server as a best effort.
+-   Reports successfully initiated disassociation to the management infrastructure if the admin initiated the process. In Windows, a user-initiated disassociation is reported to the server as a best effort.
 
 
 ## In this topic
@@ -40,12 +41,12 @@ During disconnection, the client does the following:
 
 ## User-initiated disconnection
 
-In Windows, after the user confirms the account deletion command and before the account is deleted, the MDM client will send a notification to the MDM server notifying that the server the account will be removed. This is a best effort action as no retry is built-in to ensure the notification is successfully sent to the device.
+In Windows, after the user confirms the account deletion command and before the account is deleted, the MDM client will notify to the MDM server that the account will be removed. This notification is a best-effort action as no retry is built-in to ensure the notification is successfully sent to the device.
 
 This action utilizes the OMA DM generic alert 1226 function to send a user an MDM unenrollment user alert to the MDM server after the device accepts the user unenrollment request, but before it deletes any enterprise data. The server should set the expectation that unenrollment may succeed or fail, and the server can check whether the device is unenrolled by either checking whether the device calls back at scheduled time or by sending a push notification to the device to see whether it responds back. If the server plans to send a push notification, it should allow for some delay to give the device the time to complete the unenrollment work.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The user unenrollment is an OMA DM standard. For more information about the 1226 generic alert, refer to the OMA Device Management Protocol specification (OMA-TS-DM\_Protocol-V1\_2\_1-20080617-A), available from the [OMA website](https://www.openmobilealliance.org/release/DM/V1_1_2-20031209-A/).
+> The user unenrollment is an OMA DM standard. For more information about the 1226 generic alert, see the OMA Device Management Protocol specification (OMA-TS-DM\_Protocol-V1\_2\_1-20080617-A), available from the [OMA website](https://www.openmobilealliance.org/release/DM/V1_1_2-20031209-A/).
 
  
 The vendor uses the Type attribute to specify what type of generic alert it is. For device initiated MDM unenrollment, the alert type is **com.microsoft:mdm.unenrollment.userrequest**.
@@ -135,11 +136,11 @@ You can only use the Work Access page to unenroll under the following conditions
 
 ## Unenrollment from Azure Active Directory Join
 
-When a user is enrolled into MDM through Azure Active Directory Join and then disconnects the enrollment, there is no warning that the user will lose Windows Information Protection (WIP) data. The disconnection message does not indicate the loss of WIP data.
+When a user is enrolled into MDM through Azure Active Directory Join and later, the enrollment disconnects, there is no warning that the user will lose Windows Information Protection (WIP) data. The disconnection message does not indicate the loss of WIP data.
 
 ![aadj unenerollment.](images/azure-ad-unenrollment.png)
 
-When a device is enrolled into MDM through Azure Active Directory Join and then remotely unenrolled, the device may get into a state where it must be re-imaged. When devices are remotely unenrolled from MDM, the AAD association is also removed. This safeguard is in place to avoid leaving the corporated devices in unmanaged state.
+During the process in which a device is enrolled into MDM through Azure Active Directory Join and then remotely unenrolled, the device may get into a state where it must be reimaged. When devices are remotely unenrolled from MDM, the Azure Active Directory association is also removed. This safeguard is in place to avoid leaving the corporated devices in unmanaged state.
 
 Before remotely unenrolling corporate devices, you must ensure that there is at least one admin user on the device that is not part of the Azure tenant, otherwise the device will not have any admin user after the operation.
 
@@ -148,7 +149,7 @@ In mobile devices, remote unenrollment for Azure Active Directory Joined devices
 
 ## IT admin–requested disconnection
 
-The server requests an enterprise management disconnection request by issuing an Exec OMA DM SyncML XML command to the device using the DMClient configuration service provider’s Unenroll node during the next client-initiated DM session. The Data tag inside the Exec command should be the value of the provisioned DM server ProviderID. For more information, see the Enterprise-specific DM client configuration topic.
+The server requests an enterprise management disconnection by issuing an Exec OMA DM SyncML XML command to the device, using the DMClient configuration service provider’s Unenroll node during the next client-initiated DM session. The Data tag inside the Exec command should be the value of the provisioned DM server ProviderID. For more information, see the Enterprise-specific DMClient configuration topic.
 
 When the disconnection is completed, the user is notified that the device has been disconnected from enterprise management.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/dmacc-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/dmacc-csp.md
index 9b4f0785ff..4e55cd3c89 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/dmacc-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/dmacc-csp.md
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ The DMAcc configuration service provider allows an OMA Device Management (DM) ve
 
  
 
-For the DMAcc CSP, you cannot use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
+For the DMAcc CSP, you can't use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
 
-The following shows the DMAcc configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Device Management version 1.2. The OMA Client Provisioning protocol is not supported by this configuration service provider.
+The following example shows the DMAcc configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Device Management version 1.2. The OMA Client Provisioning protocol isn't supported by this configuration service provider.
 
 ```
 ./SyncML
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Required.
 **AppAddr/***ObjectName*  
 Required. Defines the OMA DM server address. Only one server address can be configured.
 
-When mapping the [w7 APPLICATION configuration service provider](w7-application-csp.md) to the DMAcc Configuration Service Provider, the name of this element is "1". This is the first DM address encountered in the w7 APPLICATION configuration service provider, other DM accounts are ignored.
+When the [w7 APPLICATION configuration service provider](w7-application-csp.md) is being mapped to the DMAcc Configuration Service Provider, the name of this element is "1". This DM address is the first one encountered in the w7 APPLICATION configuration service provider; other DM accounts are ignored.
 
 ***ObjectName*/Addr**  
 Required. Specifies the address of the OMA DM account. The type of address stored is specified by the AddrType element.
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ Optional.
 **Port/***ObjectName*  
 Required. Only one port number can be configured.
 
-When mapping the [w7 APPLICATION configuration service provider](w7-application-csp.md) to the DMAcc Configuration Service Provider, the name of this element is "1".
+When the [w7 APPLICATION configuration service provider](w7-application-csp.md) is being mapped to the DMAcc Configuration Service Provider, the name of this element is "1".
 
 ***ObjectName*/PortNbr**  
-Required. Specifies the port number of the OMA MD account address. This must be a decimal number that fits within the range of a 16-bit unsigned integer.
+Required. Specifies the port number of the OMA MD account address. This number must be a decimal number that fits within the range of a 16-bit unsigned integer.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Optional. Specifies the application authentication preference.
 
 A value of "BASIC" specifies that the client attempts BASIC authentication. A value of "DIGEST' specifies that the client attempts MD5 authentication.
 
-If this value is empty, the client attempts to use the authentication mechanism negotiated in the previous session if one exists. If the value is empty, no previous session exists, and MD5 credentials exist, clients try MD5 authorization first. If the criteria are not met then the client tries BASIC authorization first.
+If this value is empty, the client attempts to use the authentication mechanism negotiated in the previous session if one exists. If the value is empty, no previous session exists, and MD5 credentials exist, clients try MD5 authorization first. If the criteria aren't met, then the client tries BASIC authorization first.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Optional. Defines authentication settings.
 **AppAuth/***ObjectName*  
 Required. Defines one set of authentication settings.
 
-When mapping the [w7 APPLICATION configuration service provider](w7-application-csp.md) to the DMAcc Configuration Service Provider, the name of this element is same name as the AAuthLevel value ("CLRED" or "SRVCRED").
+When the [w7 APPLICATION configuration service provider](w7-application-csp.md) is being mapped to the DMAcc Configuration Service Provider, the name of this element is same name as the AAuthLevel value ("CLRED" or "SRVCRED").
 
 ***ObjectName*/AAuthlevel**  
 Required. Specifies the application authentication level.
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Value type is string. Supported operations are Add and Replace.
 ***ObjectName*/AAuthData**  
 Optional. Specifies the next nonce used for authentication.
 
-"Nonce" refers to a number used once. It is often a random or pseudo-random number issued in an authentication protocol to ensure that old communications cannot be reused in repeat attacks.
+"Nonce" refers to a number used once. It's often a random or pseudo-random number issued in an authentication protocol to ensure that old communications can't be reused in repeat attacks.
 
 Value type is binary. Supported operations are Add and Replace.
 
@@ -226,16 +226,16 @@ The default value is 86400000.
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
 **Microsoft/ProtoVer**  
-Optional. Specifies the OMA DM Protocol version that the server supports. There is no default value.
+Optional. Specifies the OMA DM Protocol version that the server supports. There's no default value.
 
-Valid values are "1.1" and "1.2". The protocol version set by this element will match the protocol version that the DM client reports to the server in SyncHdr in package 1. If this element is not specified when adding a DM server account, the latest DM protocol version that the client supports is used. Windows 10 clients support version 1.2.
+Valid values are "1.1" and "1.2". The protocol version set by this element will match the protocol version that the DM client reports to the server in SyncHdr in package 1. If this element isn't specified when adding a DM server account, the latest DM protocol version that the client supports is used. Windows 10 clients support version 1.2.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
 **Microsoft/Role**  
 Required. Specifies the role mask that the OMA DM session runs with when it communicates with the server.
 
-If this parameter is not present, the DM session is given the role mask of the OMA DM session that the server created. The following list shows the valid security role masks and their values.
+If this parameter isn't present, the DM session is given the role mask of the OMA DM session that the server created. The following list shows the valid security role masks and their values.
 
 -   4 = SECROLE\_OPERATOR
 
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ If this parameter is not present, the DM session is given the role mask of the O
 
 -   128 = SECROLE\_OPERATOR\_TPS
 
-The acceptable access roles for this node cannot be more than the roles assigned to the DMAcc object.
+The acceptable access roles for this node can't be more than the roles assigned to the DMAcc object.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
@@ -267,9 +267,9 @@ Value type is bool. Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 **Microsoft/UseNonceResync**  
 Optional. Specifies whether the OMA DM client should use the nonce resynchronization procedure if the server trigger notification fails authentication. The default is "FALSE".
 
-If the authentication fails because the server nonce does not match the server nonce that is stored on the device, then the device can use the backup nonce as the server nonce. For this procedure to be successful, if the device did not authenticate with the preconfigured nonce value, the server must then use the backup nonce when sending the signed server notification message.
+If the authentication fails because the server nonce doesn't match the server nonce that is stored on the device, then the device can use the backup nonce as the server nonce. For this procedure to be successful, if the device didn't authenticate with the preconfigured nonce value, the server must then use the backup nonce when sending the signed server notification message.
 
-The default value of "FALSE" specifies that the client does not try to authenticate the notification with the backup server nonce if authentication to the stored nonce fails. A value of "TRUE" specifies that the client initiates a DM session if the backup server nonce is received after authentication failed.
+The default value of "FALSE" specifies that the client doesn't try to authenticate the notification with the backup server nonce if authentication to the stored nonce fails. A value of "TRUE" specifies that the client initiates a DM session if the backup server nonce is received after authentication failed.
 
 Value type is bool. Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
@@ -284,19 +284,19 @@ Optional. Determines whether the OMA DM client should be launched when roaming.
 Value type is bool. Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
 **SSLCLIENTCERTSEARCHCRITERIA**  
-Optional. The SSLCLIENTCERTSEARCHCRITERIA parameter is used to specify the client certificate search criteria. This parameter supports search by subject attribute and certificate stores. If any other criteria are provided, it is ignored.
+Optional. The SSLCLIENTCERTSEARCHCRITERIA parameter is used to specify the client certificate search criteria. This parameter supports search by subject attribute and certificate stores. If any other criteria are provided, it's ignored.
 
 The string is a concatenation of name/value pairs, each member of the pair delimited by the "&" character. The name and values are delimited by the "=" character. If there are multiple values, each value is delimited by the Unicode character "U+F000". If the name or value contains characters not in the UNRESERVED set (as specified in RFC2396), then those characters are URI-escaped per the RFC.
 
-The supported names are Subject and Stores; wildcard certificate search is not supported.
+The supported names are Subject and Stores; wildcard certificate search isn't supported.
 
-Stores specifies which certificate stores the DM client will search to find the SSL client certificate. The valid store value is My%5CUser. The store name is not case sensitive.
+Stores specifies which certificate stores the DM client will search to find the SSL client certificate. The valid store value is My%5CUser. The store name isn't case sensitive.
 
 > **Note**   %EF%80%80 is the UTF8-encoded character U+F000.
 
  
 
-Subject specifies the certificate to search for. For example, to specify that you want a certificate with a particular Subject attribute (“CN=Tester,O=Microsoft”), use the following:
+Subject specifies the certificate to search for. For example, to specify that you want a certificate with a particular Subject attribute (“CN=Tester,O=Microsoft”), use the following schema:
 
 ```xml
 Value type is string. Supported operation is Get.
              
 
 **PowerSettings**  
-
              Node for power-related configrations
              
+
              Node for power-related configurations
              
 
 **PowerSettings/MaxSkippedSessionsInLowPowerState**  
 
              Maximum number of continuous skipped sync sessions when the device is in low-power state.
              
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/dynamicmanagement-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/dynamicmanagement-csp.md
index 37a56ed643..355e5d1e79 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/dynamicmanagement-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/dynamicmanagement-csp.md
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 # DynamicManagement CSP
 
-Windows 10 allows you to manage devices differently depending on location, network, or time.  In Windows 10, version 1703 the focus is on the most common areas of concern expressed by organizations. For example, managed devices can have cameras disabled when at a work location, the cellular service can be disabled when outside the country to avoid roaming charges, or the wireless network can be disabled when the device is not within the corporate building or campus. Once configured, these settings will be enforced even if the device can’t reach the management server when the location or network changes. The Dynamic Management CSP enables configuration of policies that change how the device is managed in addition to setting the conditions on which the change occurs.  
+Windows 10 allows you to manage devices differently depending on location, network, or time.  In Windows 10, version 1703 the focus is on the most common areas of concern expressed by organizations. For example, managed devices can have cameras disabled when at a work location, the cellular service can be disabled when outside the country to avoid roaming charges, or the wireless network can be disabled when the device isn't within the corporate building or campus. Once configured, these settings will be enforced even if the device can’t reach the management server when the location or network changes. The Dynamic Management CSP enables configuration of policies that change how the device is managed in addition to setting the conditions on which the change occurs.  
 
 This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1703.
 
-The following shows the DynamicManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the DynamicManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
 DynamicManagement
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ DynamicManagement
 
              Value type is integer. Supported operation is Get.
              
 
 **Altitude**  
-
              A value that determines how to handle conflict resolution of applying multiple contexts on the device. This is required and must be distinct of other priorities.
              
+
              A value that determines how to handle conflict resolution of applying multiple contexts on the device. This value is required and must be distinct of other priorities.
              
 
              Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
              
 
 **AlertsEnabled**  
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/eap-configuration.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/eap-configuration.md
index 37f0269edb..9f9d1ab88c 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/eap-configuration.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/eap-configuration.md
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ To get the EAP configuration from your desktop using the rasphone tool that is s
 
     ![vpnv2 csp set up connection.](images/vpnv2-csp-setupnewconnection.png)
 
-1.  Enter an Internet address and connection name. These can be fake since it does not impact the authentication parameters.
+1.  Enter an Internet address and connection name. These details can be fake since it doesn't impact the authentication parameters.
 
     ![vpnv2 csp set up connection 2.](images/vpnv2-csp-setupnewconnection2.png)
 
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ To get the EAP configuration from your desktop using the rasphone tool that is s
     Get-VpnConnection -Name Test
     ```
 
-    Here is an example output.
+    Here's an example output.
 
     ``` syntax
     Name                  : Test
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ To get the EAP configuration from your desktop using the rasphone tool that is s
     $a.EapConfigXmlStream.InnerXml
     ```
 
-    Here is an example output.
+    Here's an example output.
 
     ```xml
      listed. The *text id* and *enum id* represents the *data id* you need to include in the SyncML data payload. They correspond to the fields you see in the Group Policy Editor.
+   5. Under **policy name="Publishing_Server2_Policy"** you can see the \ listed. The *text id* and *enum id* represent the *data id* you need to include in the SyncML data payload. They correspond to the fields you see in the Group Policy Editor.
     
-      Here is the snippet from appv.admx:
+      Here's the snippet from appv.admx:
 
       ```xml
       
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ See [Support Tip: Ingesting Office ADMX policies using Microsoft Intune](https:/
 
    6. From the **\**  tag, copy all of the *text id* and *enum id* and create an XML with *data id* and *value* fields. The *value* field contains the configuration settings that you would enter in the Group Policy Editor.
 
-      Here is the example XML for Publishing_Server2_Policy:
+      Here's the example XML for Publishing_Server2_Policy:
         
       ```xml
       
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ See [Support Tip: Ingesting Office ADMX policies using Microsoft Intune](https:/
 
    7. Create the SyncML to enable the policy. Payload contains \ and name/value pairs.  
 
-      Here is the example for **AppVirtualization/PublishingAllowServer2**:
+      Here's the example for **AppVirtualization/PublishingAllowServer2**:
         
        > [!NOTE]
        > The \ payload must be XML encoded. To avoid encoding, you can use CData if your MDM supports it. For more information, see [CDATA Sections](http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#sec-cdata-sect). If you are using Intune, select String as the data type.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/enroll-a-windows-10-device-automatically-using-group-policy.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/enroll-a-windows-10-device-automatically-using-group-policy.md
index 6e4cf78685..767c141d9a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/enroll-a-windows-10-device-automatically-using-group-policy.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/enroll-a-windows-10-device-automatically-using-group-policy.md
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.technology: windows
 author: dansimp
-ms.date: 03/02/2022
+ms.date: 04/30/2022
 ms.reviewer:
 manager: dansimp
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 -   Windows 10
 
-Starting in Windows 10, version 1709, you can use a Group Policy to trigger auto-enrollment to MDM for Active Directory (AD) domain-joined devices.
+Starting in Windows 10, version 1709, you can use a Group Policy to trigger auto-enrollment to Mobile Device Management (MDM) for Active Directory (AD) domain-joined devices.
 
-The enrollment into Intune is triggered by a group policy created on your local AD and happens without any user interaction. This means you can automatically mass-enroll a large number of domain-joined corporate devices into Microsoft Intune. The enrollment process starts in the background once you sign in to the device with your Azure AD account.
+The enrollment into Intune is triggered by a group policy created on your local AD and happens without any user interaction. This cause-and-effect mechanism means you can automatically mass-enroll a large number of domain-joined corporate devices into Microsoft Intune. The enrollment process starts in the background once you sign in to the device with your Azure AD account.
 
 Requirements:
 - Active Directory-joined PC running Windows 10, version 1709 or later
 - The enterprise has configured a mobile device management (MDM) service
 - The on-premises Active Directory must be [integrated with Azure AD (via Azure AD Connect)](/azure/architecture/reference-architectures/identity/azure-ad)
-- The device should not already be enrolled in Intune using the classic agents (devices managed using agents will fail enrollment with `error 0x80180026`)
-- The minimum Windows Server version requirement is based on the Hybrid Azure AD join requirement. See [How to plan your hybrid Azure Active Directory join implementation](/azure/active-directory/devices/hybrid-azuread-join-plan) for more information.
+- The device shouldn't already be enrolled in Intune using the classic agents (devices managed using agents will fail enrollment with `error 0x80180026`)
+- The minimum Windows Server version requirement is based on the Hybrid Azure AD join requirement. For more information, see [How to plan your hybrid Azure Active Directory join implementation](/azure/active-directory/devices/hybrid-azuread-join-plan).
 
 > [!TIP]
-> For additional information, see the following topics:
+> For more information, see the following topics:
 > - [How to configure automatic registration of Windows domain-joined devices with Azure Active Directory](/azure/active-directory/active-directory-conditional-access-automatic-device-registration-setup)
 > - [How to plan your hybrid Azure Active Directory join implementation](/azure/active-directory/devices/hybrid-azuread-join-plan)
 > - [Azure Active Directory integration with MDM](./azure-active-directory-integration-with-mdm.md)
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ The auto-enrollment relies on the presence of an MDM service and the Azure Activ
 
 When the auto-enrollment Group Policy is enabled, a task is created in the background that initiates the MDM enrollment. The task will use the existing MDM service configuration from the Azure Active Directory information of the user. If multi-factor authentication is required, the user will get a prompt to complete the authentication. Once the enrollment is configured, the user can check the status in the Settings page.
 
-In Windows 10, version 1709 or later, when the same policy is configured in GP and MDM, the GP policy wins (GP policy takes precedence over MDM). Since Windows 10, version 1803, a new setting allows you to change the policy conflict winner to MDM. For additional information, see [Windows 10 Group Policy vs. Intune MDM Policy who wins?](/archive/blogs/cbernier/windows-10-group-policy-vs-intune-mdm-policy-who-wins)
+In Windows 10, version 1709 or later, when the same policy is configured in Group Policy and MDM, Group Policy policy takes precedence over MDM. Since Windows 10, version 1803, a new setting allows you to change precedence to MDM. For more information, see [Windows 10 Group Policy vs. Intune MDM Policy who wins?](/archive/blogs/cbernier/windows-10-group-policy-vs-intune-mdm-policy-who-wins).
 
-For this policy to work, you must verify that the MDM service provider allows the GP triggered MDM enrollment for domain joined devices.
+For this policy to work, you must verify that the MDM service provider allows Group Policy initiated MDM enrollment for domain-joined devices.
 
 ## Verify auto-enrollment requirements and settings
 
@@ -55,17 +55,18 @@ The following steps demonstrate required settings using the Intune service:
 
    :::image type="content" alt-text="Intune license verification." source="images/auto-enrollment-intune-license-verification.png" lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-intune-license-verification.png":::
 
-2. Verify that auto-enrollment is activated for those users who are going to enroll the devices into Mobile Device Management (MDM) with Intune. For additional details, see [Azure AD and Microsoft Intune: Automatic MDM enrollment in the new Portal](./azure-ad-and-microsoft-intune-automatic-mdm-enrollment-in-the-new-portal.md).
+2. Verify that auto-enrollment is activated for those users who are going to enroll the devices into Mobile Device Management (MDM) with Intune. For more information, see [Azure AD and Microsoft Intune: Automatic MDM enrollment in the new Portal](./azure-ad-and-microsoft-intune-automatic-mdm-enrollment-in-the-new-portal.md).
 
     ![Auto-enrollment activation verification.](images/auto-enrollment-activation-verification.png)
 
     > [!IMPORTANT]
-    > For BYOD devices, the MAM user scope takes precedence if both MAM user scope and MDM user scope (automatic MDM enrollment) are enabled for all users (or the same groups of users). The device will use Windows Information Protection (WIP) Policies (if you configured them) rather than being MDM enrolled.
+    > For bring-your-own devices (BYOD devices), the Mobile Application Management (MAM) user scope takes precedence if both MAM user scope and MDM user scope (automatic MDM enrollment) are enabled for all users (or the same groups of users). The device will use Windows Information Protection (WIP) Policies (if you configured them) rather than being MDM enrolled.
     >
-    > For corporate devices, the MDM user scope takes precedence if both scopes are enabled. The devices get MDM enrolled.
+    > For corporate-owned devices, the MDM user scope takes precedence if both scopes are enabled. The devices get MDM enrolled.
 
 3. Verify that the device OS version is Windows 10, version 1709 or later.
-4. Auto-enrollment into Intune via Group Policy is valid only for devices which are hybrid Azure AD joined. This means that the device must be joined into both local Active Directory and Azure Active Directory. To verify that the device is  hybrid Azure AD joined, run  `dsregcmd /status` from the command line.
+
+4. Auto-enrollment into Intune via Group Policy is valid only for devices that are hybrid Azure AD joined. This condition means that the device must be joined into both local Active Directory and Azure Active Directory. To verify that the device is hybrid Azure AD joined, run `dsregcmd /status` from the command line.
 
     You can confirm that the device is properly hybrid-joined if both **AzureAdJoined** and **DomainJoined** are set to **YES**.
 
@@ -87,10 +88,11 @@ The following steps demonstrate required settings using the Intune service:
 
    :::image type="content" alt-text="Mobility setting MDM intune." source="images/auto-enrollment-microsoft-intune-setting.png" lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-microsoft-intune-setting.png":::
 
-7. Verify that the *Enable Automatic MDM enrollment using default Azure AD credentials* group policy (**Local Group Policy Editor > Computer Configuration > Policies > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > MDM**) is properly deployed to all devices which should be enrolled into Intune.
+7. Verify that the *Enable Automatic MDM enrollment using default Azure AD credentials* group policy (**Local Group Policy Editor > Computer Configuration > Policies > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > MDM**) is properly deployed to all devices that should be enrolled into Intune.
+
 You may contact your domain administrators to verify if the group policy has been deployed successfully.
 
-8. Verify that the device is not enrolled with the old Intune client used on the Intune Silverlight Portal (this is the Intune portal used before the Azure portal).
+8. Verify that the device isn't enrolled with the old Intune client used on the Intune Silverlight Portal (the Intune portal used before the Azure portal).
 
 9. Verify that Microsoft Intune should allow enrollment of Windows devices.
 
@@ -98,42 +100,38 @@ You may contact your domain administrators to verify if the group policy has bee
 
 ## Configure the auto-enrollment Group Policy for a single PC
 
-This procedure is only for illustration purposes to show how the new auto-enrollment policy works. It is not recommended for the production environment in the enterprise. For bulk deployment, you should use the [Group Policy Management Console process](#configure-the-auto-enrollment-for-a-group-of-devices).
+This procedure is only for illustration purposes to show how the new auto-enrollment policy works. It's not recommended for the production environment in the enterprise. For bulk deployment, you should use the [Group Policy Management Console process](#configure-the-auto-enrollment-for-a-group-of-devices).
 
 Requirements:
 - AD-joined PC running Windows 10, version 1709 or later
 - Enterprise has MDM service already configured
 - Enterprise AD must be registered with Azure AD
 
-1. Run GPEdit.msc
-
-    Click Start, then in the text box type gpedit.
+1. Run `GPEdit.msc`. Choose **Start**, then in the text box type `gpedit`.
 
     ![GPEdit desktop app search result.](images/autoenrollment-gpedit.png)
 
-2. Under **Best match**, click **Edit group policy** to launch it.
+2. Under **Best match**, select **Edit group policy** to launch it.
 
-3. In **Local Computer Policy**, click **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **MDM**.
+3. In **Local Computer Policy**, select **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **MDM**.
 
    :::image type="content" alt-text="MDM policies." source="images/autoenrollment-mdm-policies.png" lightbox="images/autoenrollment-mdm-policies.png":::
 
-4. Double-click **Enable automatic MDM enrollment using default Azure AD credentials** (previously called **Auto MDM Enrollment with AAD Token** in Windows 10, version 1709). For ADMX files in Windows 10, version 1903 and later, select **User Credential** as the Selected Credential Type to use.
+4. Double-click **Enable automatic MDM enrollment using default Azure AD credentials** (previously called **Auto MDM Enrollment with AAD Token** in Windows 10, version 1709). For ADMX files in Windows 10, version 1903 and later, select **User Credential** as the **Selected Credential Type to use**.
 
    :::image type="content" alt-text="MDM autoenrollment policy." source="images/autoenrollment-policy.png" lightbox="images/autoenrollment-policy.png":::
 
-5. Click **Enable**, and select **User Credential** from the dropdown **Select Credential Type to Use**, then click **OK**.
+5. Select **Enable**, select **User Credential** from the dropdown **Select Credential Type to Use**, then select **OK**.
 
     > [!NOTE]
-    > In Windows 10, version 1903, the MDM.admx file was updated to include an option to select which credential is used to enroll the device. **Device Credential** is a new option that will only have an effect on clients that have installed Windows 10, version 1903 or later.
-    > 
-    > The default behavior for older releases is to revert to **User Credential**.
-    > **Device Credential** is only supported for Microsoft Intune enrollment in scenarios with Co-management or Azure Virtual Desktop.
+    > In Windows 10, version 1903, the MDM.admx file was updated to include an option to select which credential is used to enroll the device. **Device Credential** is a new option that will only have an effect on clients that have installed Windows 10, version 1903 or later. The default behavior for older releases is to revert to **User Credential**.
+    > **Device Credential** is only supported for Microsoft Intune enrollment in scenarios with Co-management or Azure Virtual Desktop because the Intune subscription is user centric.
 
-    When a group policy refresh occurs on the client, a task is created and scheduled to run every 5 minutes for the duration of one day. The task is called " Schedule created by enrollment client for automatically enrolling in MDM from AAD."
+    When a group policy refresh occurs on the client, a task is created and scheduled to run every 5 minutes for the duration of one day. The task is called "Schedule created by enrollment client for automatically enrolling in MDM from AAD."
 
     To see the scheduled task, launch the [Task Scheduler app](#task-scheduler-app).
 
-    If two-factor authentication is required, you will be prompted to complete the process. Here is an example screenshot.
+    If two-factor authentication is required, you'll be prompted to complete the process. Here's an example screenshot.
 
     ![Two-factor authentication notification.](images/autoenrollment-2-factor-auth.png)
 
@@ -141,33 +139,33 @@ Requirements:
     > You can avoid this behavior by using Conditional Access Policies in Azure AD.
     Learn more by reading [What is Conditional Access?](/azure/active-directory/conditional-access/overview).
 
-6. To verify successful enrollment to MDM , click **Start > Settings > Accounts > Access work or school**, then select your domain account.
+6. To verify successful enrollment to MDM, go to **Start** > **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school**, then select your domain account.
 
-7. Click **Info** to see the MDM enrollment information.
+7. Select **Info** to see the MDM enrollment information.
 
     ![Work School Settings.](images/autoenrollment-settings-work-school.png)
 
-    If you do not see the **Info** button or the enrollment information, it is possible that the enrollment failed. Check the status in [Task Scheduler app](#task-scheduler-app).
+    If you don't see the **Info** button or the enrollment information, enrollment might have failed. Check the status in [Task Scheduler app](#task-scheduler-app).
 
 
 ### Task Scheduler app
 
-1. Click **Start**, then in the text box type **task scheduler**.
+1. Select **Start**, then in the text box type `task scheduler`.
 
    ![Task Scheduler search result.](images/autoenrollment-task-schedulerapp.png)
 
-2. Under **Best match**, click **Task Scheduler** to launch it.
+2. Under **Best match**, select **Task Scheduler** to launch it.
 
-3. In **Task Scheduler Library**, open **Microsoft > Windows** , then click **EnterpriseMgmt**.
+3. In **Task Scheduler Library**, open **Microsoft > Windows** , then select **EnterpriseMgmt**.
 
    :::image type="content" alt-text="Auto-enrollment scheduled task." source="images/autoenrollment-scheduled-task.png" lightbox="images/autoenrollment-scheduled-task.png":::
 
-    To see the result of the task, move the scroll bar to the right to see the **Last Run Result**. Note that **0x80180026** is a failure message (MENROLL\_E_DEVICE\_MANAGEMENT_BLOCKED). You can see the logs in the **History** tab.
+    To see the result of the task, move the scroll bar to the right to see the **Last Run Result**. The message **0x80180026** is a failure message (`MENROLL_E_DEVICE_MANAGEMENT_BLOCKED`). You can see the logs in the **History** tab.
 
-    If the device enrollment is blocked, your IT admin may have enabled the **Disable MDM Enrollment** policy.
+    If the device enrollment is blocked, your IT admin might have enabled the **Disable MDM Enrollment** policy.
 
     > [!NOTE]
-    > The GPEdit console does not reflect the status of policies set by your IT admin on your device. It is only used by the user to set policies.
+    > The GPEdit console doesn't reflect the status of policies set by your IT admin on your device. It's only used by the user to set policies.
 
 ## Configure the auto-enrollment for a group of devices
 
@@ -178,7 +176,7 @@ Requirements:
 - Ensure that PCs belong to same computer group.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> If you do not see the policy, it may be because you don't have the ADMX for Windows 10, version 1803, version 1809, or version 1903 installed. To fix the issue, use the following procedures. Note that the latest MDM.admx is backwards compatible.
+> If you don't see the policy, it may be because you don't have the ADMX for Windows 10, version 1803, version 1809, or version 1903 installed. To fix the issue, use the following procedures. Note that the latest MDM.admx is backwards compatible.
 
 1. Download:
 
@@ -219,11 +217,11 @@ Requirements:
 
    - 21H2 --> **C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Group Policy\Windows 10 November 2021 Update (21H2)**
 
-4. Rename the extracted Policy Definitions folder to **PolicyDefinitions**.
+4. Rename the extracted Policy Definitions folder to `PolicyDefinitions`.
 
-5. Copy PolicyDefinitions folder to **\\SYSVOL\contoso.com\policies\PolicyDefinitions**.
+5. Copy the PolicyDefinitions folder to `\\SYSVOL\contoso.com\policies\PolicyDefinitions`.
 
-   If this folder does not exist, then be aware that you will be switching to a [central policy store](/troubleshoot/windows-client/group-policy/create-and-manage-central-store) for your entire domain.
+   If this folder doesn't exist, then you'll be switching to a [central policy store](/troubleshoot/windows-client/group-policy/create-and-manage-central-store) for your entire domain.
 
 6. Wait for the SYSVOL DFSR replication to be completed for the policy to be available.
 
@@ -238,40 +236,41 @@ This procedure will work for any future version as well.
 4. Filter using Security Groups.
 
 ## Troubleshoot auto-enrollment of devices
+
 Investigate the log file if you have issues even after performing all the mandatory verification steps. The first log file to investigate is the event log on the target Windows 10 device.
 
 To collect Event Viewer logs:
 
 1. Open Event Viewer.
-2. Navigate to **Applications and Services Logs > Microsoft > Windows > DeviceManagement-Enterprise-Diagnostic-Provider > Admin**.
+
+2. Navigate to **Applications and Services Logs** > **Microsoft** > **Windows** > **DeviceManagement-Enterprise-Diagnostic-Provider** > **Admin**.
 
     > [!Tip]
     > For guidance on how to collect event logs for Intune, see [Collect MDM Event Viewer Log YouTube video](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U_oCe2RmQEc).
 
-3. Search for event ID 75, which represents a successful auto-enrollment. Here is an example screenshot that shows the auto-enrollment completed successfully:
+3. Search for event ID 75, which represents a successful auto-enrollment. Here's an example screenshot that shows the auto-enrollment completed successfully:
 
    :::image type="content" alt-text="Event ID 75." source="images/auto-enrollment-troubleshooting-event-id-75.png"  lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-troubleshooting-event-id-75.png":::
 
-    If you cannot find event ID 75 in the logs, it indicates that the auto-enrollment failed. This can happen because of the following reasons:
+    If you can't find event ID 75 in the logs, it indicates that the auto-enrollment failed. This failure can happen because of the following reasons:
 
-    - The enrollment failed with error. In this case, search for event ID 76, which represents failed auto-enrollment. Here is an example screenshot that shows that the auto-enrollment failed:
+    - The enrollment failed with error. In this case, search for event ID 76, which represents failed auto-enrollment. Here's an example screenshot that shows that the auto-enrollment failed:
 
       :::image type="content" alt-text="Event ID 76." source="images/auto-enrollment-troubleshooting-event-id-76.png" lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-troubleshooting-event-id-76.png":::
 
-      To troubleshoot, check the error code that appears in the event. See [Troubleshooting Windows device enrollment problems in Microsoft Intune](/troubleshoot/mem/intune/troubleshoot-windows-enrollment-errors) for more information.
+      To troubleshoot, check the error code that appears in the event. For more information, see [Troubleshooting Windows device enrollment problems in Microsoft Intune](/troubleshoot/mem/intune/troubleshoot-windows-enrollment-errors).
 
-    - The auto-enrollment did not trigger at all. In this case, you will not find either event ID 75 or event ID 76. To know the reason, you must understand the internal mechanisms happening on the device as described in the following section.
+    - The auto-enrollment didn't trigger at all. In this case, you'll not find either event ID 75 or event ID 76. To know the reason, you must understand the internal mechanisms happening on the device as described in the following section.
 
-      The auto-enrollment process is triggered by a task (**Microsoft > Windows > EnterpriseMgmt**) within the task-scheduler. This task appears if the *Enable automatic MDM enrollment using default Azure AD credentials* group policy (**Computer Configuration > Policies > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > MDM**) is successfully deployed to the target machine as shown in the following screenshot:
+      The auto-enrollment process is triggered by a task (**Microsoft** > **Windows** > **EnterpriseMgmt**) within the task-scheduler. This task appears if the *Enable automatic MDM enrollment using default Azure AD credentials* group policy (**Computer Configuration** > **Policies** > **Administrative Templates** > **Windows Components** > **MDM**) is successfully deployed to the target machine as shown in the following screenshot:
 
       :::image type="content" alt-text="Task scheduler." source="images/auto-enrollment-task-scheduler.png" lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-task-scheduler.png":::
 
     > [!Note]
-    > This task isn't visible to standard users - run Scheduled Tasks with administrative credentials to find the task.
+    > This task isn't visible to standard users, run Scheduled Tasks with administrative credentials to find the task.
 
-    This task runs every 5 minutes for the duration of 1 day. To confirm if the task succeeded, check the task scheduler event logs:
-    **Applications and Services Logs > Microsoft > Windows > Task Scheduler > Operational**.
-    Look for an entry where the task scheduler created by enrollment client for automatically enrolling in MDM from AAD is triggered by event ID 107.
+    This task runs every 5 minutes for the duration of one day. To confirm if the task succeeded, check the task scheduler event logs:
+    **Applications and Services Logs > Microsoft > Windows > Task Scheduler > Operational**. Look for an entry where the task scheduler created by enrollment client for automatically enrolling in MDM from AAD is triggered by event ID 107.
 
     :::image type="content" alt-text="Event ID 107." source="images/auto-enrollment-event-id-107.png" lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-event-id-107.png":::
 
@@ -279,16 +278,16 @@ To collect Event Viewer logs:
 
     :::image type="content" alt-text="Event ID 102." source="images/auto-enrollment-event-id-102.png" lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-event-id-102.png":::
 
-    Note that the task scheduler log displays event ID 102 (task completed) regardless of the auto-enrollment success or failure. This means that the task scheduler log is only useful to confirm if the auto-enrollment task is triggered or not. It does not indicate the success or failure of auto-enrollment.
+    The task scheduler log displays event ID 102 (task completed) regardless of the auto-enrollment success or failure. This status-display means that the task scheduler log is only useful to confirm if the auto-enrollment task is triggered or not. It doesn't indicate the success or failure of auto-enrollment.
 
-    If you cannot see from the log that task Schedule created by enrollment client for automatically enrolling in MDM from AAD is initiated, there is possibly issue with the group policy. Immediately run the command `gpupdate /force` in command prompt to get the GPO applied. If this still does not help, further troubleshooting on the Active Directory is required.
+    If you can't see from the log that task Schedule created by enrollment client for automatically enrolling in MDM from Azure AD is initiated, there's possibly an issue with the group policy. Immediately run the command `gpupdate /force` in a command prompt to get the group policy object applied. If this step still doesn't help, further troubleshooting on Active Directory is required.
     One frequently seen error is related to some outdated enrollment entries in the registry on the target client device (**HKLM > Software > Microsoft > Enrollments**). If a device has been enrolled (can be any MDM solution and not only Intune), some enrollment information added into the registry is seen:
 
     :::image type="content" alt-text="Outdated enrollment entries." source="images/auto-enrollment-outdated-enrollment-entries.png" lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-outdated-enrollment-entries.png":::
 
-    By default, these entries are removed when the device is un-enrolled, but occasionally the registry key remains even after un-enrollment. In this case, `gpupdate /force` fails to initiate the auto-enrollment task and error code 2149056522 is displayed in the **Applications and Services Logs > Microsoft > Windows > Task Scheduler > Operational** event log file under event ID 7016.
+    By default, these entries are removed when the device is un-enrolled, but occasionally the registry key remains even after un-enrollment. In this case, `gpupdate /force` fails to initiate the auto-enrollment task and error code 2149056522 is displayed in the **Applications and Services Logs** > **Microsoft** > **Windows** > **Task Scheduler** > **Operational** event log file under event ID 7016.
 
-    A resolution to this issue is to remove the registry key manually. If you do not know which registry key to remove, go for the key which displays most entries as the screenshot above. All other keys will display fewer entries as shown in the following screenshot:
+    A resolution to this issue is to remove the registry key manually. If you don't know which registry key to remove, go for the key that displays most entries as the screenshot above. All other keys will display fewer entries as shown in the following screenshot:
 
     :::image type="content" alt-text="Manually deleted entries." source="images/auto-enrollment-activation-verification-less-entries.png" lightbox="images/auto-enrollment-activation-verification-less-entries.png":::
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/enrollmentstatustracking-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/enrollmentstatustracking-csp.md
index 3b4e865ccb..6cf9e1ad93 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/enrollmentstatustracking-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/enrollmentstatustracking-csp.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP
-description: Learn how to perform a hybrid certificate trust deployment of Windows Hello for Business, for systems with no previous installations.
+description: Learn how to execute a hybrid certificate trust deployment of Windows Hello for Business, for systems with no previous installations.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ ms.date: 05/21/2019
 
 # EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP
 
-During Autopilot deployment, you can configure the Enrollment Status Page (ESP) to block the device use until the required apps are installed. You can select the apps that must be installed before using the device. The EnrollmentStatusTracking configuration service provider (CSP) is used by Intune's agents, such as SideCar to configure ESP for blocking the device use until the required Win32 apps are installed. It tracks the installation status of the required policy providers and the apps they install and sends it to ESP, which displays the installation progress message to the user. For more information on ESP, see [Windows Autopilot Enrollment Status page](/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/enrollment-status).
+During Autopilot deployment, you can configure the Enrollment Status Page (ESP) to block the device usage until the required apps are installed. You can select the apps that must be installed before using the device. The EnrollmentStatusTracking configuration service provider (CSP) is used by Intune's agents, such as SideCar, to configure ESP for blocking the device usage until the required Win32 apps are installed. It tracks the installation status of the required policy providers and the apps they install and sends it to ESP, which displays the installation progress message to the user. For more information on ESP, see [Windows Autopilot Enrollment Status page](/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/enrollment-status).
 
-ESP uses the EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP along with the DMClient CSP to track the installation of different apps. The EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP tracks Win32 apps installations and DMClient CSP tracks MSI and Universal Windows Platform apps installations. In DMClient CSP, the **FirstSyncStatus/ExpectedMSIAppPackages** and **FirstSyncStatus/ExpectedModernAppPackages** nodes list the apps to track their installation. See [DMClient CSP](dmclient-csp.md) for more information.
+ESP uses the EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP along with the DMClient CSP to track the installation of different apps. The EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP tracks Win32 apps installations and DMClient CSP tracks MSI and Universal Windows Platform apps installations. In DMClient CSP, the **FirstSyncStatus/ExpectedMSIAppPackages** and **FirstSyncStatus/ExpectedModernAppPackages** nodes list the apps to track their installation. For more information, see [DMClient CSP](dmclient-csp.md).
 
 The EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1903.
 
 
-The following shows the EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP in tree format.
+The following example shows the EnrollmentStatusTracking CSP in tree format.
 ```
 ./User/Vendor/MSFT
 EnrollmentStatusTracking
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprise-app-management.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprise-app-management.md
index 9397684167..d5a45549a2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprise-app-management.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprise-app-management.md
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ If you purchased an app from the Store for Business and the app is specified for
 
 Here are the requirements for this scenario:
 
-- The location of the app can be a local files system (C:\\StagedApps\\app1.appx), a UNC path (\\\\server\\share\\app1.apx), or an HTTPS location (https://contoso.com/app1.appx\_
+- The location of the app can be a local files system (C:\\StagedApps\\app1.appx), a UNC path (\\\\server\\share\\app1.apx), or an HTTPS location (`https://contoso.com/app1.appx`).
 - The user must have permission to access the content location. For HTTPs, you can use server authentication or certificate authentication using a certificate associated with the enrollment. HTTP locations are supported, but not recommended because of lack of authentication requirements.
 - The device doesn't need to have connectivity to the Microsoft Store, store services, or have the Microsoft Store UI be enabled.
 - The user must be logged in, but association with Azure AD identity isn't required.
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Provisioning allows you to stage the app to the device and all users of the devi
 
 Here are the requirements for this scenario:
 
-- The location of the app can be the local files system (C:\\StagedApps\\app1.appx), a UNC path (\\\\server\\share\\app1.apx), or an HTTPS location (https://contoso.com/app1.appx\_
+- The location of the app can be the local files system (C:\\StagedApps\\app1.appx), a UNC path (\\\\server\\share\\app1.apx), or an HTTPS location (`https://contoso.com/app1.appx\`)
 - The user must have permission to access the content location. For HTTPs, you can use server authentication or certificate authentication using a certificate associated with the enrollment. HTTP locations are supported, but not recommended because of lack of authentication requirements.
 - The device doesn't need to have connectivity to the Microsoft Store, or store services enabled.
 - The device doesn't need any Azure AD identity or domain membership.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseapn-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseapn-csp.md
index 2b50af966e..8893e068c9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseapn-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseapn-csp.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The EnterpriseAPN configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise
 > [!Note]
 > Starting in Windows 10, version 1703 the EnterpriseAPN CSP is supported in Windows 10 Home, Pro, Enterprise, and Education editions.
 
-The following shows the EnterpriseAPN configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the EnterpriseAPN configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 EnterpriseAPN
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ EnterpriseAPN
 
              Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
              
 
 **EnterpriseAPN/*ConnectionName*/IPType**  
-
              This value can be one of the following:
              
+
              This value can be one of the following values:
              
 
 -   IPv4 - only IPV4 connection type
 -   IPv6 - only IPv6 connection type
@@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ EnterpriseAPN
 
              Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
              
 
 **EnterpriseAPN/*ConnectionName*/ClassId**  
-
              GUID that defines the APN class to the modem. This is the same as the OEMConnectionId in CM_CellularEntries CSP. Normally this setting is not present. It is only required when IsAttachAPN is true and the attach APN is not only used as the Internet APN.
              
+
              GUID that defines the APN class to the modem. This GUID is the same as the OEMConnectionId in CM_CellularEntries CSP. Normally this setting isn't present. It's only required when IsAttachAPN is true and the attach APN isn't only used as the Internet APN.
              
 
 
              Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
              
 
 **EnterpriseAPN/*ConnectionName*/AuthType**  
-
              Authentication type. This value can be one of the following:
              
+
              Authentication type. This value can be one of the following values:
              
 
 -   None (default)
 -   Auto
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ EnterpriseAPN
 
              Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
              
 
 **EnterpriseAPN/*ConnectionName*/IccId**  
-
              Integrated Circuit Card ID (ICCID) associated with the cellular connection profile. If this node is not present, the connection is created on a single-slot device using the ICCID of the UICC and on a dual-slot device using the ICCID of the UICC that is active for data.
              
+
              Integrated Circuit Card ID (ICCID) associated with the cellular connection profile. If this node isn't present, the connection is created on a single-slot device using the ICCID of the UICC and on a dual-slot device using the ICCID of the UICC that is active for data.
              
 
 
              Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
              
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseappmanagement-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseappmanagement-csp.md
index 4192b8bdcc..b59fc137e1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseappmanagement-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterpriseappmanagement-csp.md
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ The EnterpriseAppManagement enterprise configuration service provider is used to
 > The EnterpriseAppManagement CSP is only supported in Windows 10 IoT Core.
  
 
-The following shows the EnterpriseAppManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the EnterpriseAppManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ EnterpriseAppManagement
 ```
 
 ***EnterpriseID***
-Optional. A dynamic node that represents the EnterpriseID as a GUID. It is used to enroll or unenroll enterprise applications.
+Optional. A dynamic node that represents the EnterpriseID as a GUID. It's used to enroll or unenroll enterprise applications.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Delete, and Get.
 
@@ -190,11 +190,11 @@ Supported operation is Exec.
 
 ### Install and Update Line of Business (LOB) applications
 
-A workplace can automatically install and update Line of Business applications during a management session. Line of Business applications support a variety of file types including XAP (8.0 and 8.1), AppX, and AppXBundles. A workplace can also update applications from XAP file formats to Appx and AppxBundle formats through the same channel. For more information, see the Examples section.
+A workplace can automatically install and update Line of Business applications during a management session. Line of Business applications support various file types including XAP (8.0 and 8.1), AppX, and AppXBundles. A workplace can also update applications from XAP file formats to Appx and AppxBundle formats through the same channel. For more information, see the Examples section.
 
 ### Uninstall Line of Business (LOB) applications
 
-A workplace can also remotely uninstall Line of Business applications on the device. It is not possible to use this mechanism to uninstall Store applications on the device or Line of Business applications that are not installed by the enrolled workplace (for side-loaded application scenarios). For more information, see the Examples section
+A workplace can also remotely uninstall Line of Business applications on the device. It's not possible to use this mechanism to uninstall Store applications on the device or Line of Business applications that aren't installed by the enrolled workplace (for side-loaded application scenarios). For more information, see the Examples section.
 
 ### Query installed Store application
 
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ All node values under the ProviderID interior node represent the policy values t
 
 -   An Add or Replace command on those nodes returns success in both of the following cases:
 
-    -   The value is actually applied to the device.
+    -   The value is applied to the device.
 
     -   The value isn’t applied to the device because the device has a more secure value set already.
 
@@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ From a security perspective, the device complies with the policy request that is
 
 -   If a Replace command fails, the node value is set to be the previous value before Replace command was applied.
 
--   If an Add command fails, the node is not created.
+-   If an Add command fails, the node isn't created.
 
-The value actually applied to the device can be queried via the nodes under the DeviceValue interior node.
+The value applied to the device can be queried via the nodes under the DeviceValue interior node.
 
 ## OMA DM examples
 
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Update the enrollment token (for example, to update an expired application enrol
 
 ```
 
-Query all installed applications that belong to enterprise id “4000000001”:
+Query all installed applications that belong to enterprise ID “4000000001”:
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ Response from the device (that contains two installed applications):
 
 Install or update the installed app with the product ID “{B316008A-141D-4A79-810F-8B764C4CFDFB}”.
 
-To perform an XAP update, create the Name, URL, Version, and DownloadInstall nodes first, then perform an “execute” on the “DownloadInstall” node (all within an “Atomic” operation). If the application does not exist, the application will be silently installed without any user interaction. If the application cannot be installed, the user will be notified with an Alert dialog.
+To perform an XAP update, create the Name, URL, Version, and DownloadInstall nodes first, then perform an “execute” on the “DownloadInstall” node (all within an “Atomic” operation). If the application doesn't exist, the application will be silently installed without any user interaction. If the application can't be installed, the user will be notified with an Alert dialog.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - If a previous app-update node existed for this product ID (the node can persist for up to 1 week or 7 days after an installation has completed), then a 418 (already exist) error would be returned on the “Add”. To get around the 418 error, the server should issue a Replace command for the Name, URL, and Version nodes, and then execute on the “DownloadInstall” (within an “Atomic” operation).
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedataprotection-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedataprotection-csp.md
index e406d98d74..d8ec6f71d5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedataprotection-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedataprotection-csp.md
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ To learn more about WIP, see the following articles:
 -   [Create a Windows Information Protection (WIP) policy](/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/overview-create-wip-policy)
 -   [General guidance and best practices for Windows Information Protection (WIP)](/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/guidance-and-best-practices-wip)
 
-The following shows the EnterpriseDataProtection CSP in tree format.
+The following example shows the EnterpriseDataProtection CSP in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The root node for the CSP.
 The root node for the Windows Information Protection (WIP) configuration settings.
 
 **Settings/EDPEnforcementLevel**  
-Set the WIP enforcement level. Note that setting this value is not sufficient to enable WIP on the device. Attempts to change this value will fail when the WIP cleanup is running.
+Set the WIP enforcement level. Setting this value isn't sufficient to enable WIP on the device. Attempts to change this value will fail when the WIP cleanup is running.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
 **Settings/EnterpriseProtectedDomainNames**  
 A list of domains used by the enterprise for its user identities separated by pipes ("|").The first domain in the list must be the primary enterprise ID, that is, the one representing the managing authority for WIP. User identities from one of these domains is considered an enterprise managed account and data associated with it should be protected. For example, the domains for all email accounts owned by the enterprise would be expected to appear in this list. Attempts to change this value will fail when the WIP cleanup is running.
 
-Changing the primary enterprise ID is not supported and may cause unexpected behavior on the client.
+Changing the primary enterprise ID isn't supported and may cause unexpected behavior on the client.
 
 > [!Note]
 > The client requires domain name to be canonical, otherwise the setting will be rejected by the client.
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Here are the steps to create canonical domain names:
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is string.
 
 **Settings/AllowUserDecryption**  
-Allows the user to decrypt files. If this is set to 0 (Not Allowed), then the user will not be able to remove protection from enterprise content through the operating system or the application user experiences.
+Allows the user to decrypt files. If this is set to 0 (Not Allowed), then the user won't be able to remove protection from enterprise content through the operating system or the application user experiences.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > Starting in Windows 10, version 1703, AllowUserDecryption is no longer supported.
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Most restricted value is 0.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
 
 **Settings/DataRecoveryCertificate**  
-Specifies a recovery certificate that can be used for data recovery of encrypted files. This is the same as the data recovery agent (DRA) certificate for encrypting file system (EFS), only delivered through mobile device management (MDM) instead of Group Policy.
+Specifies a recovery certificate that can be used for data recovery of encrypted files. This certificate is the same as the data recovery agent (DRA) certificate for encrypting file system (EFS), only delivered through mobile device management (MDM) instead of Group Policy.
 
 > [!Note]
 > If this policy and the corresponding Group Policy setting are both configured, the Group Policy setting is enforced.
@@ -226,12 +226,12 @@ typedef enum _PUBLIC_KEY_SOURCE_TAG {
 } PUBLIC_KEY_SOURCE_TAG, *PPUBLIC_KEY_SOURCE_TAG;
 ```
 
-For EFSCertificate KeyTag, it is expected to be a DER ENCODED binary certificate.
+For EFSCertificate KeyTag, it's expected to be a DER ENCODED binary certificate.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is base-64 encoded certificate.
 
 **Settings/RevokeOnUnenroll**  
-This policy controls whether to revoke the WIP keys when a device unenrolls from the management service. If set to 0 (Don't revoke keys), the keys will not be revoked and the user will continue to have access to protected files after unenrollment. If the keys are not revoked, there will be no revoked file cleanup subsequently. Prior to sending the unenroll command, when you want a device to do a selective wipe when it is unenrolled, then you should explicitly set this policy to 1.
+This policy controls whether to revoke the WIP keys when a device unenrolls from the management service. If set to 0 (Don't revoke keys), the keys won't be revoked and the user will continue to have access to protected files after unenrollment. If the keys aren't revoked, there will be no revoked file cleanup, later. Prior to sending the unenroll command, when you want a device to do a selective wipe when it's unenrolled, then you should explicitly set this policy to 1.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
 
 **Settings/RevokeOnMDMHandoff**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1703. This policy controls whether to revoke the WIP keys when a device upgrades from mobile application management (MAM) to MDM. If set to 0 (Don't revoke keys), the keys will not be revoked and the user will continue to have access to protected files after upgrade. This is recommended if the MDM service is configured with the same WIP EnterpriseID as the MAM service.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. This policy controls whether to revoke the WIP keys when a device upgrades from mobile application management (MAM) to MDM. If set to 0 (Don't revoke keys), the keys won't be revoked and the user will continue to have access to protected files after upgrade. This setting is recommended if the MDM service is configured with the same WIP EnterpriseID as the MAM service.
 
 - 0 - Don't revoke keys
 - 1 (default) - Revoke keys
@@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ Specifies whether to allow Azure RMS encryption for WIP.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. Value type is integer.
 
 **Settings/SMBAutoEncryptedFileExtensions**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies a list of file extensions, so that files with these extensions are encrypted when copying from an Server Message Block (SMB) share within the corporate boundary as defined in the Policy CSP nodes for NetworkIsolation/EnterpriseIPRange and NetworkIsolation/EnterpriseNetworkDomainNames. Use semicolon (;) delimiter in the list.
-When this policy is not specified, the existing auto-encryption behavior is applied.  When this policy is configured, only files with the extensions in the list will be encrypted.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies a list of file extensions, so that files with these extensions are encrypted when copying from a Server Message Block (SMB) share within the corporate boundary as defined in the Policy CSP nodes for NetworkIsolation/EnterpriseIPRange and NetworkIsolation/EnterpriseNetworkDomainNames. Use semicolon (;) delimiter in the list.
+When this policy isn't specified, the existing auto-encryption behavior is applied.  When this policy is configured, only files with the extensions in the list will be encrypted.
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete. Value type is string.
 
 **Settings/EDPShowIcons**  
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Bit 0 indicates whether WIP is on or off.
 
 Bit 1 indicates whether AppLocker WIP policies are set.
 
-Bit 3 indicates whether the mandatory WIP policies are configured. If one or more of the mandatory WIP policies are not configured, the bit 3 is set to 0 (zero).
+Bit 3 indicates whether the mandatory WIP policies are configured. If one or more of the mandatory WIP policies aren't configured, the bit 3 is set to 0 (zero).
 
 Here's the list of mandatory WIP policies:
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedesktopappmanagement-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedesktopappmanagement-csp.md
index 9be9cb8c8d..13aead751f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedesktopappmanagement-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisedesktopappmanagement-csp.md
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ ms.date: 07/11/2017
 
 The EnterpriseDesktopAppManagement configuration service provider is used to handle enterprise desktop application management tasks, such as querying installed enterprise applications, installing applications, or removing applications.
 
-Application installations can take some time to complete, hence they are done asynchronously. When the Exec command is completed, the client can send a generic alert to the management server with a status, whether it's a failure or success. For a SyncML example, see [Alert example](#alert-example).
+Application installations can take some time to complete, hence they're done asynchronously. When the Exec command is completed, the client can send a generic alert to the management server with a status, whether it's a failure or success. For a SyncML example, see [Alert example](#alert-example).
 
-The following shows the EnterpriseDesktopAppManagement CSP in tree format.
+The following example shows the EnterpriseDesktopAppManagement CSP in tree format.
 
 ```
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ Installation date of the application. Value type is string. Supported operation
 **MSI/*ProductID*/DownloadInstall**
 Executes the download and installation of the application. Value type is string. Supported operations are Execute and Get.
 
-In Windows 10, version 1703 service release, a new tag \ was added to the \ section of the XML. The default value is 0 (do not send token). This tag is optional and needs to be set to 1 in case the server wants the download URL to get the AADUserToken.
+In Windows 10, version 1703 service release, a new tag \ was added to the \ section of the XML. The default value is 0 (don't send token). This tag is optional and needs to be set to 1 in case the server wants the download URL to get the AADUserToken. `` 0 will set the timeout to infinite. 
 
-Here is an example:
+Here's an example:
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -99,12 +99,12 @@ Status of the application. Value type is string. Supported operation is Get.
  
 
 **MSI/*ProductID*/LastError**
-The last error code during the application installation process. This is typically stored as an HRESULT format. Depending on what was occurring when the error happened, this could be the result of executing MSIExec.exe or the error result from an API that failed.
+The last error code during the application installation process. This error code is typically stored as an HRESULT format. Depending on what was occurring when the error happened, this error could be the result of executing MSIExec.exe or the error result from an API that failed.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operation is Get.
 
 **MSI/*ProductID*/LastErrorDesc**
-Contains the last error code description. The LastErrorDesc value is looked up for the matching LastError value. Sometimes there is no LastErrorDesc returned.
+Contains the last error code description. The LastErrorDesc value is looked up for the matching LastError value. Sometimes there's no LastErrorDesc returned.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Value type is string. Supported operation is Get.
 Added in the March service release of Windows 10, version 1607.
 
 **MSI/UpgradeCode/_Guid_**
-Added in the March service release of Windows 10, version 1607. A gateway (or device management server) uses this method to detect matching upgrade MSI product when a Admin wants to update an existing MSI app. If the same upgrade product is installed, then the update is allowed.
+Added in the March service release of Windows 10, version 1607. A gateway (or device management server) uses this method to detect matching upgrade MSI product when an administrator wants to update an existing MSI app. If the same upgrade product is installed, then the update is allowed.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ The following table describes the fields in the previous sample:
 | Name   | Description                                                                                                                   |
 |--------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
 | Get    | Operation being performed. The Get operation is a request to return information.                                              |
-| CmdID  | Input value used to reference the request. Responses will include this value which can be used to match request and response. |
+| CmdID  | Input value used to reference the request. Responses will include this value that can be used to match request and response. |
 | LocURI | Path to Win32 CSP command processor.                                                                                          |
 
  
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ The following table describes the fields in the previous sample:
 | Name   | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
 |--------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
 | Delete | Operation being performed. The Delete operation is a request to delete the CSP node that represents the specified MSI installed application and to perform and uninstall of the application as part of the process. |
-| CmdID  | Input value used to reference the request. Responses will include this value which can be used to match request and response.                                                                                       |
+| CmdID  | Input value used to reference the request. Responses will include this value that can be used to match request and response.                                                                                       |
 | LocURI | Path to Win32 CSP command processor, including the Product ID (in this example, 1803A630-3C38-4D2B-9B9A-0CB37243539C) property escaped for XML formatting.                                                          |
 
  
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ The following table describes the fields in the previous sample:
 | Name   | Description |
 |--------|-----------------------|
 | Get    | Operation being performed. The Get operation is a request to report the status of the specified MSI installed application.|
-| CmdID  | Input value used to reference the request. Responses will include this value which can be used to match request and response. |
+| CmdID  | Input value used to reference the request. Responses will include this value that can be used to match request and response. |
 | LocURI | Path to Win32 CSP command processor, including the Product ID (in this example, 1803A630-3C38-4D2B-9B9A-0CB37243539C) property escaped for XML formatting. |
 
  
@@ -261,8 +261,8 @@ The following table describes the fields in the previous sample:
 
 |Name|Description|
 |--- |--- |
-|Add|This is required to precede the Exec command.
            • CmdID - Input value used to reference the request. Responses includes this value, which can be use to match the request and response.
            • LocURI - Path to Win32 CSP command processor, including the Product ID (in this example, 1803A630-3C38-4D2B-9B9A-0CB37243539C) property escaped for XML formatting.|
-|Exec|The Exec node includes the parameters and properties requires to locate, download, validate and perform product installation.
            • CmdID - Input value used to reference the request. Responses will include this value which can be used to match request and response.
            • LocURI - Path to Win32 CSP command processor, including the Product ID (in this example, 1803A630-3C38-4D2B-9B9A-0CB37243539C) property escaped for XML formatting.
            • Data - The Data node contains an embedded XML, of type “MsiInstallJob”
            • MsiInstallJob - Contains all information required for the successful download, validation and execution of the MSI installation process (see section at the end of this document for details on this embedded data object).|
+|Add|This field is required to precede the Exec command.
            • CmdID - Input value used to reference the request. Responses include this value, which can be used to match the request and response.
            • LocURI - Path to Win32 CSP command processor, including the Product ID (in this example, 1803A630-3C38-4D2B-9B9A-0CB37243539C) property escaped for XML formatting.|
+|Exec|The Exec node includes the parameters and properties requires to locate, download, validate and perform product installation.
            • CmdID - Input value used to reference the request. Responses will include this value that can be used to match request and response.
            • LocURI - Path to Win32 CSP command processor, including the Product ID (in this example, 1803A630-3C38-4D2B-9B9A-0CB37243539C) property escaped for XML formatting.
            • Data - The Data node contains an embedded XML, of type “MsiInstallJob”
            • MsiInstallJob - Contains all information required for the successful download, validation and execution of the MSI installation process (see section at the end of this document for details on this embedded data object).|
 
 
 > [!Note]
@@ -326,10 +326,10 @@ The following table MsiInstallJob describes the schema elements.
 
 |Element|Description|
 |--- |--- |
-|MsiInstallJob|root element
              "Attribute: "id - the application identifier of the application being installed|
+|MsiInstallJob|root element
              Attribute: "id" - the application identifier of the application being installed|
 |Product|child element of MsiInstallJob
              Attribute: “Version” – string representation of application version|
 |Download|child element of Product. Container for download configuration information.|
-|ContentURLList|child element of Download. Contains list of 1 or more content download URL locators in the form of ContentURL elements.|
+|ContentURLList|child element of Download. Contains list of one or more content download URL locators in the form of ContentURL elements.|
 |ContentURL|Location content should be downloaded from. Must be a property formatted URL that points to the .MSI file.|
 |Validation|Contains information used to validate contend authenticity. • FileHash – SHA256 hash value of file content|
 |FileHash|SHA256 hash value of file content|
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ The following table MsiInstallJob describes the schema elements.
 
  
 
-Here is an example of a common response to a request
+Here's an example of a common response to a request
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Here is an example of a common response to a request
 ## How to determine which installation context to use for an MSI package
 
 
-The following tables shows how app targeting and MSI package type (per-user, per machine, or dual mode) are installed in the client.
+The following tables show how app targeting and MSI package type (per-user, per machine, or dual mode) are installed in the client.
 
 For Intune standalone environment, the MSI package will determine the MSI execution context.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp.md
index 38daca74a6..709013b0bd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/enterprisemodernappmanagement-csp.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The EnterpriseModernAppManagement configuration service provider (CSP) is used f
 > [!Note]
 > Windows Holographic only supports per-user configuration of the EnterpriseModernAppManagement CSP.
 
-The following shows the EnterpriseModernAppManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the EnterpriseModernAppManagement configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -109,18 +109,18 @@ Query parameters:
 
 -   Output - Specifies the parameters for the information returned in AppInventoryResults operation. Multiple value must be separate by |. Valid values are:
     -   PackagesName - returns the *PackageFamilyName* and *PackageFullName* of the app. Default if nothing is specified.
-    -   PackageDetails - returns all inventory attributes of the package. This includes all information from PackageNames parameter, but does not validate RequiresReinstall.
+    -   PackageDetails - returns all inventory attributes of the package. This information includes all information from PackageNames parameter, but doesn't validate RequiresReinstall.
     -   RequiredReinstall - Validates the app status of the apps in the inventory query to determine if they require a reinstallation. This attribute may impact system performance depending on the number of apps installed. Requiring reinstall occurs when resource package updates or when the app is in a tampered state.
 -   Source - specifies the app classification that aligns to the existing inventory nodes. You can use a specific filter or if no filter is specified then all sources will be returned. If no value is specified, all classifications are returned. Valid values are:
     -   AppStore - This classification is for apps that were acquired from Microsoft Store. These were apps directly installed from Microsoft Store or enterprise apps from Microsoft Store for Business.
-    -   nonStore - This classification is for apps that were not acquired from the Microsoft Store.
-    -   System - Apps that are part of the OS. You cannot uninstall these apps. This classification is read-only and can only be inventoried.
+    -   nonStore - This classification is for apps that weren't acquired from the Microsoft Store.
+    -   System - Apps that are part of the OS. You can't uninstall these apps. This classification is read-only and can only be inventoried.
 -   PackageTypeFilter - Specifies one or multiple types of packages you can use to query the user or device. Multiple values must be separated by |. Valid values are:
 
     -   Main - returns the main installed package.
     -   Bundle - returns installed bundle packages.
     -   Framework - returns installed framework packages.
-    -   Resource - returns installed resources packages. Resources are either language, scale, or DirectX resources. They are parts of a bundle.
+    -   Resource - returns installed resources packages. Resources are either language, scale, or DirectX resources. They're parts of a bundle.
     -   XAP - returns XAP package types. This filter is only supported on Windows Mobile.
     -   All - returns all package types.
 
@@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ Query parameters:
 
 -   PackageFamilyName - specifies the name of a particular package. If you specify this parameter, it returns the Package Family name if the package contains this value.
 
-    If you do not specify this value, then all packages are returned.
+    If you don't specify this value, then all packages are returned.
 
 -   Publisher - specifies the publisher of a particular package. If you specify this parameter, it returns the publisher if the value exists in the Publisher field.
 
-    If you do not specify this value, then all publishers are returned.
+    If you don't specify this value, then all publishers are returned.
 
 
 Supported operation is Get and Replace.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ Parameters:
          
            • Name: Specifies the PackageFullName of the particular package to remove.
              • 
          
            • RemoveForAllUsers: 
             
                
-               
              • 0 (default) – Package will be un-provisioned so that new users do not receive the package. The package will remain installed for current users. This is not currently supported.
                • 
-               
              • 1 – Package will be removed for all users only if it is a provisioned package.
                • 
+               
              • 0 (default) – Package will be unprovisioned so that new users don't receive the package. The package will remain installed for current users. This option isn't currently supported.
                • 
+               
              • 1 – Package will be removed for all users only if it's a provisioned package.
                • 
             
              
          
              • 
       
            
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ The following example removes a package for all users:
 ````
 
 **AppManagement/nonStore**  
-Used to manage enterprise apps or developer apps that were not acquired from the Microsoft Store.
+Used to manage enterprise apps or developer apps that weren't acquired from the Microsoft Store.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Interior node for the managing updates throug
 > ReleaseManagement settings only apply to updates through the Microsoft Store.
 
 **AppManagement/AppStore/ReleaseManagement/_ReleaseManagementKey_**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Identifier for the app or set of apps. If there is only one app, it is the PackageFamilyName. If it is for a set of apps, it is the PackageFamilyName of the main app.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Identifier for the app or set of apps. If there's only one app, it's the PackageFamilyName. If it's for a set of apps, it's the PackageFamilyName of the main app.
 
 
 **AppManagement/AppStore/ReleaseManagement/_ReleaseManagementKey_/ChannelId**  
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Returns the last user release ID on the devic
 Value type is string. Supported operation is Get.
 
 **.../***PackageFamilyName*  
-Optional. Package family name (PFN) of the app. There is one for each PFN on the device when reporting inventory. These items are rooted under their signing origin.
+Optional. Package family name (PFN) of the app. There's one for each PFN on the device when reporting inventory. These items are rooted under their signing origin.
 
 Supported operations are Get and Delete.
 
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Required. Date the app was installed. Value type is string.
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **.../*PackageFamilyName*/*PackageFullName*/ResourceID**  
-Required. Resource ID of the app. This is null for the main app, ~ for a bundle, and contains resource information for resources packages. Value type is string.
+Required. Resource ID of the app. This value is null for the main app, ~ for a bundle, and contains resource information for resources packages. Value type is string.
 
 > [!Note]
 > Not applicable to XAP files.
@@ -334,10 +334,10 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 Required. Provides information about the status of the package. Value type is int. Valid values are:
 
 -   OK (0) - The package is usable.
--   LicenseIssue (1) - The license of the package is not valid.
+-   LicenseIssue (1) - The license of the package isn't valid.
 -   Modified (2) - The package payload was modified by an unknown source.
 -   Tampered (4) - The package payload was tampered intentionally.
--   Disabled (8) - The package is not available for use. It can still be serviced.
+-   Disabled (8) - The package isn't available for use. It can still be serviced.
 
 > [!Note]
 > Not applicable to XAP files.
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Required. Provides information about the status of the package. Value type is in
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **.../*PackageFamilyName*/*PackageFullName*/RequiresReinstall**  
-Required. Specifies whether the package state has changed and requires a reinstallation of the app. This can occur when new app resources are required, such as when a device has a change in language preference or a new DPI. It can also occur of the package was corrupted. If the value is 1, reinstallation of the app is performed. Value type is int.
+Required. Specifies whether the package state has changed and requires a reinstallation of the app. This change of status can occur when new app resources are required, such as when a device has a change in language preference or a new DPI. It can also occur of the package was corrupted. If the value is 1, reinstallation of the app is performed. Value type is int.
 
 > [!Note]
 > Not applicable to XAP files.
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1511. Interior node for all managed app setting val
 **.../*PackageFamilyName*/AppSettingPolicy/***SettingValue* (only for ./User/Vendor/MSFT)  
 Added in Windows 10, version 1511. The *SettingValue* and data represent a key value pair to be configured for the app. The node represents the name of the key and the data represents the value. You can find this value in LocalSettings in the Managed.App.Settings container.
 
-This setting only works for apps that support the feature and it is only supported in the user context.
+This setting only works for apps that support the feature and it's only supported in the user context.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ The following example gets all managed app settings for a specific app.
 ```
 
 **.../_PackageFamilyName_/MaintainProcessorArchitectureOnUpdate**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1803. Specify whether on a AMD64 device, across an app update, the architecture of the installed app must not change. For example if you have the x86 flavor of a Windows app installed, with this setting enabled, across an update, the x86 flavor will be installed even when x64 flavor is available.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1803. Specify whether on an AMD64 device, across an app update, the architecture of the installed app must not change. For example if you have the x86 flavor of a Windows app installed, with this setting enabled, across an update, the x86 flavor will be installed even when x64 flavor is available.
 
 Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace. Value type is integer.
 
@@ -439,14 +439,14 @@ Expected Behavior on an AMD64 machine that has x86 flavor of an app installed (M
 **.../_PackageFamilyName_/NonRemovable**  
 Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Specifies if an app is nonremovable by the user. 
 
-This setting allows the IT admin to set an app to be nonremovable, or unable to be uninstalled by a user. This is useful in enterprise and education scenarios, where the IT admin might want to ensure that everyone always has certain apps and they won't be removed accidentally. This is also useful when there are multiple users per device, and you want to ensure that one user doesn’t remove it for all users.  
+This setting allows the IT admin to set an app to be nonremovable, or unable to be uninstalled by a user. This setting is useful in enterprise and education scenarios, where the IT admin might want to ensure that everyone always has certain apps and they won't be removed accidentally. This setting is also useful when there are multiple users per device, and you want to ensure that one user doesn’t remove it for all users.  
 
-NonRemovable requires admin permission. This can only be set per device, not per user. You can query the setting using AppInventoryQuery or AppInventoryResults.
+NonRemovable requires admin permission. This setting can only be defined per device, not per user. You can query the setting using AppInventoryQuery or AppInventoryResults.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
 Valid values:  
--   0 – app is not in the nonremovable app policy list
+-   0 – app isn't in the nonremovable app policy list
 -   1 – app is included in the nonremovable app policy list
 
 **Examples:**
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ Get the status for a particular app
 ```
 
 Replace an app in the nonremovable app policy list  
-Data 0 = app is not in the app policy list  
+Data 0 = app isn't in the app policy list  
 Data 1 = app is in the app policy list
 
 ```xml
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Data 1 = app is in the app policy list
 Required node. Used to perform app installation.
 
 **AppInstallation/***PackageFamilyName*  
-Optional node. Package family name (PFN) of the app. There is one for each PFN on the device when reporting inventory. These items are rooted under their signing origin.
+Optional node. Package family name (PFN) of the app. There's one for each PFN on the device when reporting inventory. These items are rooted under their signing origin.
 
 Supported operations are Get and Add.
 
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Required. Command to perform an install of an app and a license from the Microso
 Supported operation is Execute, Add, Delete, and Get.
 
 **AppInstallation/*PackageFamilyName*/HostedInstall**  
-Required. Command to perform an install of an app package from a hosted location (this can be a local drive, a UNC, or https data source).
+Required. Command to perform an install of an app package from a hosted location (this location can be a local drive, a UNC, or https data source).
 
 The following list shows the supported deployment options: 
 - ForceApplicationShutdown
@@ -541,10 +541,10 @@ The following list shows the supported deployment options:
 - InstallAllResources
 - ForceTargetApplicationShutdown 
 - ForceUpdateToAnyVersion
-- DeferRegistration="1". If the app is in use at the time of installation. This stages the files for an app update and completes the registration of the app update after the app closes. Available in the latest insider flight of 20H1.
+- DeferRegistration="1". If the app is in use at the time of installation. This option stages the files for an app update and completes the registration of the app update after the app closes. Available in the latest insider flight of 20H1.
 - StageOnly="1". Stages the files for an app installation or update without installing the app. Available in 1803.
 - LicenseUri="\\server\license.lic". Deploys an offline license from the Microsoft Store for Business. Available in 1607. 
-- ValidateDependencies="1". This is used at provisioning/staging time. If it is set to 1, deployment will perform the same dependency validation during staging that we would normally do at registration time, failing and rejecting the provision request if the dependencies are not present. Available in the latest insider flight of 20H1.
+- ValidateDependencies="1". This option is used at provisioning/staging time. If it's set to 1, deployment will perform the same dependency validation during staging that we would normally do at registration time, failing and rejecting the provision request if the dependencies aren't present. Available in the latest insider flight of 20H1.
 - ExcludeAppFromLayoutModification="1". Sets that the app will be provisioned on all devices and will be able to retain the apps provisioned without pinning them to start layout. Available in 1809.
 
 Supported operation is Execute, Add, Delete, and Get.
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ Required. Last error relating to the app installation.
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 > [!Note]
-> This element is not present after the app is installed.
+> This element isn't present after the app is installed.
 
 
 
@@ -565,30 +565,30 @@ Required. Description of last error relating to the app installation.
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 > [!Note]
-> This element is not present after the app is installed.
+> This element isn't present after the app is installed.
 
 
 **AppInstallation/*PackageFamilyName*/Status**  
 Required. Status of app installation. The following values are returned:
 
--   NOT\_INSTALLED (0) - The node was added, but the execution has not completed.
--   INSTALLING (1) - Execution has started, but the deployment has not completed. If the deployment completes regardless of success, this value is updated.
+-   NOT\_INSTALLED (0) - The node was added, but the execution hasn't completed.
+-   INSTALLING (1) - Execution has started, but the deployment hasn't completed. If the deployment completes regardless of success, this value is updated.
 -   FAILED (2) - Installation failed. The details of the error can be found under LastError and LastErrorDescription.
--   INSTALLED (3) - Once an install is successful this node is cleaned up, however in the event the clean up action has not completed, this state may briefly appear.
+-   INSTALLED (3) - Once an install is successful this node is cleaned up, however in the event the clean-up action hasn't completed, this state may briefly appear.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 > [!Note]
-> This element is not present after the app is installed.
+> This element isn't present after the app is installed.
 
 
 **AppInstallation/*PackageFamilyName*/ProgessStatus**  
-Required. An integer the indicates the progress of the app installation. For https locations, this indicates the download progress. ProgressStatus is not available for provisioning and it is only for user-based installations. In provisioning, the value is always 0 (zero).
+Required. An integer that indicates the progress of the app installation. For https locations, this integer indicates the download progress. ProgressStatus isn't available for provisioning and it's only for user-based installations. ProgressStatus value is always 0 (zero) in provisioning.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 > [!Note]
-> This element is not present after the app is installed.
+> This element isn't present after the app is installed.
 
 
 **AppLicenses**  
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ Supported operation is Get.
 Added in Windows 10, version 1511. Required. Indicates the allowed usage for the license. Valid values:
 
 -   Unknown - usage is unknown
--   Online - the license is only valid for online usage. This is for applications with concurrence requirements, such as an app used on several computers, but can only be used on one at any given time.
+-   Online - the license is only valid for online usage. This license is for applications with concurrence requirements, such as an app used on several computers, but can only be used on one at any given time.
 -   Offline - license is valid for use offline. You don't need a connection to the internet to use this license.
 -   Enterprise Root -
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/esim-enterprise-management.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/esim-enterprise-management.md
index f1dd261229..f3e01980bb 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/esim-enterprise-management.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/esim-enterprise-management.md
@@ -12,12 +12,12 @@ ms.topic: conceptual
 ---
 
 # How Mobile Device Management Providers support eSIM Management on Windows
-The eSIM Profile Management Solution puts the Mobile Device Management (MDM) Provider in the front and center. The whole idea is to use an already existing solution that customers are familiar with and that they use to manage devices. The expectations from an MDM are that it will use the same sync mechanism that it uses for device policies to push any policy to the eSIM profile, and be able to use Groups and Users the same way. This way, the eSIM profile download and the installation happen in the background without impacting the end user. Similarly, the IT admin would use the same method of managing the eSIM profiles (Assignment/de-assignment, etc.) the same way as they currently do device management.
+The eSIM Profile Management Solution places the Mobile Device Management (MDM) Provider in the front and center. The whole idea is to use an already-existing solution that customers are familiar with and use to manage devices. The expectations from an MDM are that it will use the same sync mechanism that it uses for device policies to push any policy to the eSIM profile, and be able to use Groups and Users the same way. This way, the eSIM profile download and the installation happen in the background without impacting the end user. Similarly, the IT admin would use the same method of managing the eSIM profiles (Assignment/de-assignment, etc.) the same way as they currently do device management.
  If you are a Mobile Device Management (MDM) Provider and want to support eSIM Management on Windows, perform the following steps:
 - Onboard to Azure Active Directory
-- Contact mobile operators directly or contact orchestrator providers. Windows provides the capability for eSIM profiles to be managed by MDM providers in the case of enterprise use cases. However, Windows does not limit how ecosystem partners might want to offer this to their own partners and/or customers. As such, the eSIM profile management capability is something that can be supported by integrating with the Windows OMA-DM. This makes it possible to remotely manage the eSIM profiles according to the company policies. Contact mobile operators directly or contact orchestrator providers. Windows provides the capability for eSIM profiles to be managed by MDM providers in the case of enterprise use cases. However, Windows does not limit how ecosystem partners might want to offer this to their own partners and/or customers. As such, the eSIM profile management capability is something that can be supported by integrating with the Windows OMA-DM. This makes it possible to remotely manage the eSIM profiles according to the company policies. As an MDM provider, if you are looking to integrate/onboard to a mobile operator on a 1:1 basis, contact them and learn more about their onboarding. If you would like to integrate and work with only one MDM provider, contact that provider directly. If you would like to offer eSIM management to customers using different MDM providers, contact an orchestrator provider. Orchestrator providers act as proxy handling MDM onboarding as well as mobile operator onboarding. Their role is to make the process as painless and scalable as possible for all parties. Potential orchestrator providers you could contact include:
-    - [HPE’s Device Entitlement Gateway](https://www.hpe.com/emea_europe/en/solutions/digital-communications-services.html)
-    - [IDEMIA’s The Smart Connect - Hub](https://www.idemia.com/smart-connect-hub)
+- Contact mobile operators directly or contact orchestrator providers. Windows provides the capability for eSIM profiles to be managed by MDM providers in the case of enterprise use cases. However, Windows does not limit how ecosystem partners might want to offer this to their own partners and/or customers. As such, the eSIM profile management capability is something that can be supported by integrating with the Windows OMA-DM. This makes it possible to remotely manage the eSIM profiles according to the company policies. Contact mobile operators directly or contact orchestrator providers. Windows provides the capability for eSIM profiles to be managed by MDM providers in the case of enterprise use cases. However, Windows does not limit how ecosystem partners might want to offer this capability to their own partners and/or customers. As such, the eSIM profile management capability is something that can be supported by integrating with the Windows OMA-DM. This characteristic makes it possible to remotely manage the eSIM profiles according to the company policies. As an MDM provider, if you are looking to integrate/onboard to a mobile operator on a 1:1 basis, contact them and learn more about their onboarding. If you would like to integrate and work with only one MDM provider, contact that provider directly. If you would like to offer eSIM management to customers using different MDM providers, contact an orchestrator provider. Orchestrator providers act as proxy handling MDM onboarding and as a mobile operator onboarding. Their role is to make the process as painless and scalable as possible for all parties. Potential orchestrator providers you could contact include:
+    - [HPE Device Entitlement Gateway](https://www.hpe.com/emea_europe/en/solutions/digital-communications-services.html)
+    - [IDEMIA The Smart Connect - Hub](https://www.idemia.com/smart-connect-hub)
 - Assess solution type that you would like to provide your customers
 - Batch/offline solution
 - IT Admin can manually import a flat file containing list of eSIM activation codes, and provision eSIM on LTE enabled devices.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/mdm-enrollment-of-windows-devices.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/mdm-enrollment-of-windows-devices.md
index f3255ab42f..632623eed5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/mdm-enrollment-of-windows-devices.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/mdm-enrollment-of-windows-devices.md
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ The deep link used for connecting your device to work will always use the follow
 > [!NOTE]
 > Deep links only work with Internet Explorer or Microsoft Edge browsers. When connecting to MDM using a deep link, the URI you should use is:
 > **ms-device-enrollment:?mode=mdm** 
-> **ms-device-enrollment:?mode=mdm&username=someone@example.com&servername=**
+> **ms-device-enrollment:?mode=mdm&username=someone@example.com&servername=<`https://example.server.com`>**
 
 To connect your devices to MDM using deep links:
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/new-in-windows-mdm-enrollment-management.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/new-in-windows-mdm-enrollment-management.md
index 4a289525aa..90157cf9e6 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/new-in-windows-mdm-enrollment-management.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/new-in-windows-mdm-enrollment-management.md
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ For details about Microsoft mobile device management protocols for Windows 10 a
 
 ## Breaking changes and known issues
 
-### Get command inside an atomic command is not supported
+### Get command inside an atomic command isn’t supported
 
 In Windows 10 and Windows 11, a Get command inside an atomic command isn't supported. 
 
@@ -267,17 +267,18 @@ The DM agent for [push-button reset](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/push-
 
 
 ### Can there be more than one MDM server to enroll and manage devices in Windows 10 or 11?
+
 No. Only one MDM is allowed.
 
 ### How do I set the maximum number of Azure Active Directory joined devices per user?
-1.  Log on to the portal as tenant admin: https://manage.windowsazure.com.
-2.  Click Active Directory on the left pane.
-3.  Choose your tenant.
-4.  Click **Configure**.
-5.  Set quota to unlimited.
 
-	:::image type="content" alt-text="aad maximum joined devices." source="images/faq-max-devices.png":::
- 
+1. Sign in to the portal as tenant admin: https://portal.azure.com.
+2. Select Active Directory on the left pane.
+3. Choose your tenant.
+4. Select **Configure**.
+5. Set quota to unlimited.
+
+  :::image type="content" alt-text="aad maximum joined devices." source="images/faq-max-devices.png":::
 
 ### What is dmwappushsvc?
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/oma-dm-protocol-support.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/oma-dm-protocol-support.md
index e058dc2073..04d615adff 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/oma-dm-protocol-support.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/oma-dm-protocol-support.md
@@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ The following table shows the OMA DM standards that Windows uses.
 |DM protocol commands|The following list shows the commands that are used by the device. For more information about the OMA DM command elements, see "[OMA website](https://www.openmobilealliance.org/release/DM/V1_1_2-20031209-A/)" available from the OMA website.
          • Add (Implicit Add supported)
          • Alert (DM alert): Generic alert (1226) is used by enterprise management client when the user triggers an MDM unenrollment action from the device or when a CSP finishes some asynchronous actions. Device alert (1224) is used to notify the server some device triggered event.
          • Atomic: Performing an Add command followed by Replace on the same node within an atomic element isn't supported. Nested Atomic and Get commands aren't allowed and will generate error code 500.
          • Delete: Removes a node from the DM tree, and the entire subtree beneath that node if one exists
          • Exec: Invokes an executable on the client device
          • Get: Retrieves data from the client device; for interior nodes, the child node names in the Data element are returned in URI-encoded format
          • Replace: Overwrites data on the client device
          • Result: Returns the data results of a Get command to the DM server
          • Sequence: Specifies the order in which a group of commands must be processed
          • Status: Indicates the completion status (success or failure) of an operation

            If an XML element that isn't a valid OMA DM command is under one of the following elements, the status code 400 is returned for that element:
          • SyncBody
          • Atomic
          • Sequence

            If no CmdID is provided in the DM command, the client returns blank in the status element and the status code 400.

            If Atomic elements are nested, the following status codes are returned:
          • The nested Atomic command returns 500.
          • The parent Atomic command returns 507.

            For more information about the Atomic command, see OMA DM protocol common elements.
            Performing an Add command followed by Replace on the same node within an Atomic element isn't supported.

            LocURI can't start with `/`.

            Meta XML tag in SyncHdr is ignored by the device.|
 |OMA DM standard objects|DevInfo
          • DevDetail
          • OMA DM DMS account objects (OMA DM version 1.2)|
 |Security|
          • Authenticate DM server initiation notification SMS message (not used by enterprise management)
          • Application layer Basic and MD5 client authentication
          • Authenticate server with MD5 credential at application level
          • Data integrity and authentication with HMAC at application level
          • SSL level certificate-based client/server authentication, encryption, and data integrity check|
-|Nodes|In the OMA DM tree, the following rules apply for the node name:
          • "." can be part of the node name.
          • The node name can't be empty.
          • The node name can't be only the asterisk (*) character.|
-|Provisioning Files|Provisioning XML must be well formed and follow the definition in SyncML Representation Protocol](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=526905).

            If an XML element that isn't a valid OMA DM command is under SyncBody, the status code 400 is returned for that element.
            **Note**
            To represent a Unicode string as a URI, first encode the string as UTF-8. Then encode each of the UTF-8 bytes using URI encoding.
            |
-|WBXML support|Windows supports sending and receiving SyncML in both XML format and encoded WBXML format. This dual-format support is configurable by using the DEFAULTENCODING node under the w7 APPLICATION characteristic during enrollment. For more information about WBXML encoding, see section 8 of the [SyncML Representation Protocol](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=526905) specification.|
+|Nodes|In the OMA DM tree, the following rules apply for the node name:
          • "." can be part of the node name.
          • The node name can't be empty.
          • The node name can't be only the asterisk (`*`) character.|
+|Provisioning Files|Provisioning XML must be well formed and follow the definition in [SyncML Representation Protocol](https://www.openmobilealliance.org/release/Common/V1_2_2-20090724-A/OMA-TS-SyncML-RepPro-V1_2_2-20090724-A.pdf).

            If an XML element that isn't a valid OMA DM command is under SyncBody, the status code 400 is returned for that element.
            **Note**
            To represent a Unicode string as a URI, first encode the string as UTF-8. Then encode each of the UTF-8 bytes using URI encoding.
            |
+|WBXML support|Windows supports sending and receiving SyncML in both XML format and encoded WBXML format. This dual-format support is configurable by using the DEFAULTENCODING node under the w7 APPLICATION characteristic during enrollment. For more information about WBXML encoding, see section 8 of the [SyncML Representation Protocol](https://www.openmobilealliance.org/release/Common/V1_2_2-20090724-A/OMA-TS-SyncML-RepPro-V1_2_2-20090724-A.pdf) specification.|
 |Handling of large objects|In Windows 10, version 1511, client support for uploading large objects to the server was added.|
 
 
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ For CSPs and policies that support per user configuration, the MDM server can se
 
 The data part of this alert could be one of following strings:
 
--   User – the user that enrolled the device is actively logged in. The MDM server could send user-specific configuration for CSPs/policies that support per user configuration
--   Others – another user sign in but that user doesn't have an MDM account. The server can only apply device-wide configuration, for example, configuration applies to all users in the device.
--   None – no active user sign in. The server can only apply device-wide configuration and available configuration is restricted to the device environment (no active user sign in).
+- User: the user that enrolled the device is actively logged in. The MDM server could send user-specific configuration for CSPs/policies that support per user configuration
+- Others: another user sign in but that user doesn't have an MDM account. The server can only apply device-wide configuration, for example, configuration applies to all users in the device.
+- None: no active user sign in. The server can only apply device-wide configuration and available configuration is restricted to the device environment (no active user sign in).
 
 Below is an alert example:
 
@@ -117,25 +117,25 @@ Below is an alert example:
     1224
     
         
-            com.microsoft/MDM/LoginStatus
-            chr
+            com.microsoft/MDM/LoginStatus
+            chr
         
         user
     
 
 ```
 
-The server notifies the device whether it's a user-targeted or device-targeted configuration by a prefix to the management node’s LocURL, with ./user for user targeted configuration, or ./device for device targeted configuration. By default, if no prefix with ./device or ./user, it's device targeted configuration.
+The server notifies the device whether it's a user-targeted or device-targeted configuration by a prefix to the management node's LocURL, with `./user` for user-targeted configuration, or `./device` for device-targeted configuration. By default, if no prefix with `./device` or `./user`, it's a device-targeted configuration.
 
-The following LocURL shows a per user CSP node configuration: **./user/vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseModernAppManagement/AppInstallation/<PackageFamilyName>/StoreInstall**
+The following LocURL shows a per user CSP node configuration: `./user/vendor/MSFT/EnterpriseModernAppManagement/AppInstallation//StoreInstall`
 
-The following LocURL shows a per device CSP node configuration: **./device/vendor/MSFT/RemoteWipe/DoWipe**
+The following LocURL shows a per device CSP node configuration: `./device/vendor/MSFT/RemoteWipe/DoWipe`
 
 
 
 ## SyncML response status codes
 
-When SyncML in OMA DM is being used, there are standard response status codes that are returned. The following table lists the common SyncML response status codes you're likely to see. For more information about SyncML response status codes, see section 10 of the [SyncML Representation Protocol](https://openmobilealliance.org/release/Common/V1_2_2-20090724-A/OMA-TS-SyncML-RepPro-V1_2_2-20090724-A.pdf) specification.
+When using SyncML in OMA DM, there are standard response status codes that are returned. The following table lists the common SyncML response status codes you're likely to see. For more information about SyncML response status codes, see section 10 of the [SyncML Representation Protocol](https://openmobilealliance.org/release/Common/V1_2_2-20090724-A/OMA-TS-SyncML-RepPro-V1_2_2-20090724-A.pdf) specification.
 
 | Status code | Description |
 |---|----|
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-csp.md
index a46a2f7016..21cc92b117 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/passportforwork-csp.md
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ PassportForWork
 Root node for PassportForWork configuration service provider.
 
 ***TenantId***  
-A globally unique identifier (GUID), without curly braces ({ , }), that is used as part of Windows Hello for Business provisioning and management. To get a GUID, use the PowerShell cmdlet [Get-AzureAccount](/powershell/module/servicemanagement/azure/get-azureaccount). For more information, see [Get Windows Azure Active Directory Tenant ID in Windows PowerShell](https://devblogs.microsoft.com/scripting/get-windows-azure-active-directory-tenant-id-in-windows-powershell).
+A globally unique identifier (GUID), without curly braces (`{`, `}`), that's used as part of Windows Hello for Business provisioning and management. To get a GUID, use the PowerShell cmdlet [Get-AzureAccount](/powershell/module/servicemanagement/azure.service/get-azureaccount). For more information, see [Get Windows Azure Active Directory Tenant ID in Windows PowerShell](https://devblogs.microsoft.com/scripting/get-windows-azure-active-directory-tenant-id-in-windows-powershell).
 
 ***TenantId*/Policies**  
 Node for defining the Windows Hello for Business policy settings.
@@ -550,7 +550,3 @@ Here's an example for setting Windows Hello for Business and setting the PIN pol
           
         
 ```
-
- 
-
- 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md
index 40aa9ba5d3..96ba99c053 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP
-description: ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP
+description: Learn about the ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP.
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ ms.date: 10/08/2020
 - [ADMX_sdiageng/ScriptedDiagnosticsExecutionPolicy](./policy-csp-admx-sdiageng.md#admx-sdiageng-scripteddiagnosticsexecutionpolicy)
 - [ADMX_sdiageng/ScriptedDiagnosticsSecurityPolicy](./policy-csp-admx-sdiageng.md#admx-sdiageng-scripteddiagnosticssecuritypolicy)
 - [ADMX_sdiagschd/ScheduledDiagnosticsExecutionPolicy](./policy-csp-admx-sdiagschd.md#admx-sdiagschd-scheduleddiagnosticsexecutionpolicy)
-- [ADMX_Securitycenter/SecurityCenter_SecurityCenterInDomain](/policy-csp-admx-securitycenter.md#admx-securitycenter-securitycenter-securitycenterindomain)
+- [ADMX_Securitycenter/SecurityCenter_SecurityCenterInDomain](./policy-csp-admx-securitycenter.md#admx-securitycenter-securitycenter-securitycenterindomain)
 - [ADMX_Sensors/DisableLocationScripting_1](./policy-csp-admx-sensors.md#admx-sensors-disablelocationscripting-1)
 - [ADMX_Sensors/DisableLocationScripting_2](./policy-csp-admx-sensors.md#admx-sensors-disablelocationscripting-2)
 - [ADMX_Sensors/DisableLocation_1](./policy-csp-admx-sensors.md#admx-sensors-disablelocation-1)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-group-policy.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-group-policy.md
index 86d72e7cfe..fe99b88a1c 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-group-policy.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-group-policy.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policies in Policy CSP supported by Group Policy
-description: Policies in Policy CSP supported by Group Policy
+description: Learn about the policies in Policy CSP supported by Group Policy.
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens-1st-gen-commercial-suite.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens-1st-gen-commercial-suite.md
index 8710e9bfa0..58fffbd813 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens-1st-gen-commercial-suite.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens-1st-gen-commercial-suite.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
-title: Policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens (first gen) Commercial Suite
-description: Policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens (first gen) Commercial Suite
+title: Policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens (1st gen) Commercial Suite
+description: Learn the policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens (1st gen) Commercial Suite.
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens-1st-gen-development-edition.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens-1st-gen-development-edition.md
index cd6a350651..7d67b45cd3 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens-1st-gen-development-edition.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens-1st-gen-development-edition.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
-title: Policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens (first gen) Development Edition
-description: Policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens (first gen) Development Edition
+title: Policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens (1st gen) Development Edition
+description: Learn about the policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens (1st gen) Development Edition.
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens2.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens2.md
index 9529b0aec4..142d9058c1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens2.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-hololens2.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens 2
-description: Policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens 2
+description: Learn about the policies in Policy CSP supported by HoloLens 2.
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-iot-core.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-iot-core.md
index c06fa67c0e..0c5f378ed9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-iot-core.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-iot-core.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policies in Policy CSP supported by Windows 10 IoT Core
-description: Policies in Policy CSP supported by Windows 10 IoT Core
+description: Learn about the policies in Policy CSP supported by Windows 10 IoT Core.
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-surface-hub.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-surface-hub.md
index 6b96be2e18..5ab411d317 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-surface-hub.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-supported-by-surface-hub.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policies in Policy CSP supported by Microsoft Surface Hub
-description: Policies in Policy CSP supported by Microsoft Surface Hub
+description: Learn about the policies in Policy CSP supported by Microsoft Surface Hub.
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-that-can-be-set-using-eas.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-that-can-be-set-using-eas.md
index 774b575293..4f12cf7aec 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-that-can-be-set-using-eas.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policies-in-policy-csp-that-can-be-set-using-eas.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policies in Policy CSP that can be set using Exchange Active Sync (EAS)
-description: Policies in Policy CSP that can be set using Exchange Active Sync (EAS)
+description: Learn about the policies in Policy CSP that can be set using Exchange Active Sync (EAS).
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider.md
index db53557678..2c89a44f21 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP
-description: Learn how the Policy configuration service provider (CSP) enables the enterprise to configure policies on Windows 10.
+description: Learn how the Policy configuration service provider (CSP) enables the enterprise to configure policies on Windows 10 and Windows 11.
 ms.assetid: 4F3A1134-D401-44FC-A583-6EDD3070BA4F
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
@@ -16,27 +16,29 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 # Policy CSP
 
-The Policy configuration service provider enables the enterprise to configure policies on Windows 10. Use this configuration service provider to configure any company policies.
+The Policy configuration service provider enables the enterprise to configure policies on Windows 10 and Windows 11. Use this configuration service provider to configure any company policies.
 
 The Policy configuration service provider has the following sub-categories:
 
--   Policy/Config/*AreaName* – Handles the policy configuration request from the server.
--   Policy/Result/*AreaName* – Provides a read-only path to policies enforced on the device.
+- Policy/Config/*AreaName* – Handles the policy configuration request from the server.
+- Policy/Result/*AreaName* – Provides a read-only path to policies enforced on the device.
 
 
 
 > [!Important]
-> Policy scope is the level at which a policy can be configured. Some policies can only be configured at the device level, meaning the policy will take effect independent of who is logged into the device. Other policies can be configured at the user level, meaning the policy will only take effect for that user. 
+> Policy scope is the level at which a policy can be configured. Some policies can only be configured at the device level, meaning the policy will take effect independent of who is logged into the device. Other policies can be configured at the user level, meaning the policy will only take effect for that user.
 >
-> The allowed scope of a specific policy is represented below its table of supported Windows editions.  To configure a policy under a specific scope (user vs. device), please use the following paths:
+> The allowed scope of a specific policy is represented below its table of supported Windows editions. To configure a policy under a specific scope (user vs. device), please use the following paths:
 >
 > User scope:
-> -   **./User/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/_AreaName/PolicyName_** to configure the policy.
-> -   **./User/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Result/_AreaName/PolicyName_** to get the result.
+>
+> - **./User/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/_AreaName/PolicyName_** to configure the policy.
+> - **./User/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Result/_AreaName/PolicyName_** to get the result.
 >
 > Device scope:
-> -   **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/_AreaName/PolicyName_** to configure the policy.
-> -   **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Result/_AreaName/PolicyName_** to get the result.
+>
+> - **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/_AreaName/PolicyName_** to configure the policy.
+> - **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Result/_AreaName/PolicyName_** to get the result.
 >
 > For device wide configuration the **_Device/_**  portion may be omitted from the path, deeming the following paths respectively equivalent to the paths provided above:
 >
@@ -65,89 +67,88 @@ Policy
 
 
 **./Vendor/MSFT/Policy**  
-
            The root node for the Policy configuration service provider.
+The root node for the Policy configuration service provider.
 
-
            Supported operation is Get.
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Policy/Config**  
-
            Node for grouping all policies configured by one source. The configuration source can use this path to set policy values and later query any policy value that it previously set. One policy can be configured by multiple configuration sources. If a configuration source wants to query the result of conflict resolution (for example, if Exchange and MDM both attempt to set a value,) the configuration source can use the Policy/Result path to retrieve the resulting value.
+Node for grouping all policies configured by one source. The configuration source can use this path to set policy values and later query any policy value that it previously set. One policy can be configured by multiple configuration sources. If a configuration source wants to query the result of conflict resolution (for example, if Exchange and MDM both attempt to set a value) the configuration source can use the Policy/Result path to retrieve the resulting value.
 
-
            Supported operation is Get.
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Policy/Config/_AreaName_**  
-
            The area group that can be configured by a single technology for a single provider. Once added, you cannot change the value.
+The area group that can be configured by a single technology for a single provider. Once added, you cannot change the value.
 
-
            Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
 
 **Policy/Config/_AreaName/PolicyName_**  
-
            Specifies the name/value pair used in the policy.
+Specifies the name/value pair used in the policy.
 
-
            The following list shows some tips to help you when configuring policies:
+The following list shows some tips to help you when configuring policies:
 
--   Separate substring values by the Unicode &\#xF000; in the XML file.
+- Separate substring values by the Unicode &\#xF000; in the XML file.
 
-> [!NOTE]
-> A query from a different caller could provide a different value as each caller could have different values for a named policy.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > A query from a different caller could provide a different value as each caller could have different values for a named policy.
 
--   In SyncML, wrap this policy with the Atomic command so that the policy settings are treated as a single transaction.
--   Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
--   Value type is string.
+- In SyncML, wrap this policy with the Atomic command so that the policy settings are treated as a single transaction.
+- Supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
+- Value type is string.
 
 **Policy/Result**  
-
            Groups the evaluated policies from all providers that can be configured.
+Groups the evaluated policies from all providers that can be configured.
 
-
            Supported operation is Get.
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Policy/Result/_AreaName_**  
-
            The area group that can be configured by a single technology independent of the providers.
+The area group that can be configured by a single technology independent of the providers.
 
-
            Supported operation is Get.
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Policy/Result/_AreaName/PolicyName_**  
-
            Specifies the name/value pair used in the policy.
+Specifies the name/value pair used in the policy.
 
-
            Supported operation is Get.
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 **Policy/ConfigOperations**  
-
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. The root node for grouping different configuration operations.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. The root node for grouping different configuration operations.
 
-
            Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
 
 **Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall**  
-
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Allows settings for ADMX files for Win32 and Desktop Bridge apps to be imported (ingested) by your device and processed into new ADMX-backed policies or preferences. By using ADMXInstall, you can add ADMX-backed policies for those Win32 or Desktop Bridge apps that have been added between OS releases. ADMX-backed policies are ingested to your device by using the Policy CSP URI: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall. Each ADMX-backed policy or preference that is added is assigned a unique ID. For more information about using Policy CSP to configure Win32 and Desktop Bridge app policies, see Win32 and Desktop Bridge app policy configuration.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Allows settings for ADMX files for Win32 and Desktop Bridge apps to be imported (ingested) by your device and processed into new ADMX-backed policies or preferences. By using ADMXInstall, you can add ADMX-backed policies for those Win32 or Desktop Bridge apps that have been added between OS releases. ADMX-backed policies are ingested to your device by using the Policy CSP URI: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall. Each ADMX-backed policy or preference that is added is assigned a unique ID. For more information about using Policy CSP to configure Win32 and Desktop Bridge app policies, see [Win32 and Desktop Bridge app policy configuration](win32-and-centennial-app-policy-configuration.md).
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The OPAX settings that are managed by the Microsoft Office Customization Tool are not supported by MDM. For more information about this tool, see [Office Customization Tool](/previous-versions/office/office-2013-resource-kit/cc179097(v=office.15)).
 
-
            ADMX files that have been installed by using **ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall** can later be deleted by using the URI delete operation. Deleting an ADMX file will delete the ADMX file from disk, remove the metadata from the ADMXdefault registry hive, and delete all the policies that were set from the file. The MDM server can also delete all ADMX policies that are tied to a particular app by calling delete on the URI, ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall/{AppName}.
+ADMX files that have been installed by using **ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall** can later be deleted by using the URI delete operation. Deleting an ADMX file will delete the ADMX file from disk, remove the metadata from the ADMXdefault registry hive, and delete all the policies that were set from the file. The MDM server can also delete all ADMX policies that are tied to a particular app by calling delete on the URI, ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall/{AppName}.
 
-
            Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
 
 **Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall/_AppName_**  
-
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the name of the Win32 or Desktop Bridge app associated with the ADMX file. 
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the name of the Win32 or Desktop Bridge app associated with the ADMX file. 
 
-
            Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
 
 **Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall/_AppName_/Policy**  
-
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies that a Win32 or Desktop Bridge app policy is to be imported.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies that a Win32 or Desktop Bridge app policy is to be imported.
 
-
            Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
 
 **Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall/_AppName_/Policy/_UniqueID_** 
-
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the unique ID of the app ADMX file that contains the policy to import.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the unique ID of the app ADMX file that contains the policy to import.
 
-
            Supported operations are Add and Get. Does not support Delete.
+Supported operations are Add and Get. Does not support Delete.
 
 **Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall/_AppName_/Preference**  
-
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies that a Win32 or Desktop Bridge app preference is to be imported.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies that a Win32 or Desktop Bridge app preference is to be imported.
 
-
            Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
+Supported operations are Add, Get, and Delete.
 
 **Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall/_AppName_/Preference/_UniqueID_**  
-
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the unique ID of the app ADMX file that contains the preference to import.
-
-
            Supported operations are Add and Get. Does not support Delete.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the unique ID of the app ADMX file that contains the preference to import.
 
+Supported operations are Add and Get. Does not support Delete.
 
 ## Policies
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-abovelock.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-abovelock.md
index 53f46805cf..f23dbf7f6b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-abovelock.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-abovelock.md
@@ -14,8 +14,6 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 # Policy CSP - AboveLock
 
-
-
 
            
 
 
@@ -123,3 +121,6 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-accounts.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-accounts.md
index ecc331dd79..2a640df633 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-accounts.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-accounts.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - Accounts
-description: Learn about the Policy configuration service provider (CSP). This article describes account policies. 
+description: Learn about the Accounts policy configuration service provider (CSP). This article describes account policies. 
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -169,4 +169,8 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
+
+## Related topics
+
+[Policy CSP](policy-configuration-service-provider.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-activexcontrols.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-activexcontrols.md
index ab40952b4f..206b52f009 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-activexcontrols.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-activexcontrols.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ActiveXControls
-description: Learn about various Policy configuration service provider (CSP) - ActiveXControls settings, including SyncML, for Windows 10.
+description: Learn about various Policy configuration service provider (CSP) - ActiveXControls settings, including SyncML, for Windows 10.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -67,7 +67,8 @@ If you enable this setting, the administrator can create a list of approved Acti
 
 If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, ActiveX controls prompt the user for administrative credentials before installation. 
 
-Note: Wild card characters can't be used when specifying the host URLs.
+> [!Note]
+> Wild card characters can't be used when specifying the host URLs.
 
 
 
@@ -85,3 +86,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-activexinstallservice.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-activexinstallservice.md
index 98d786e57c..bc9d52e929 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-activexinstallservice.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-activexinstallservice.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_ActiveXInstallService
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_ActiveXInstallService
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_ActiveXInstallService.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -89,3 +89,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-addremoveprograms.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-addremoveprograms.md
index d81d638767..c31c112030 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-addremoveprograms.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-addremoveprograms.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_AddRemovePrograms
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_AddRemovePrograms 
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_AddRemovePrograms.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -687,3 +687,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-admpwd.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-admpwd.md
index 4701b9088a..f8dee79bd9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-admpwd.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-admpwd.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_AdmPwd
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_AdmPwd
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_AdmPwd.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 When you enable this setting, planned password expiration longer than password age dictated by "Password Settings" policy is NOT allowed. When such expiration is detected, password is changed immediately and password expiration is set according to policy.
 
-When you disable or not configure this setting, password expiration time may be longer than required by "Password Settings" policy.
+When you disable or don't configure this setting, password expiration time may be longer than required by "Password Settings" policy.
 
 
 
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 When you enable this setting, planned password expiration longer than password age dictated by "Password Settings" policy is NOT allowed. When such expiration is detected, password is changed immediately and password expiration is set according to policy.
 
-When you disable or not configure this setting, password expiration time may be longer than required by "Password Settings" policy.
+When you disable or don't configure this setting, password expiration time may be longer than required by "Password Settings" policy.
 
 
 
@@ -225,3 +225,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appcompat.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appcompat.md
index 7f52047c72..09fc5c811d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appcompat.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appcompat.md
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The policy setting controls the state of the Switchback compatibility engine in the system.
 
-Switchback is a mechanism that provides generic compatibility mitigations to older applications by providing older behavior to old applications and new behavior to new applications.
+Switchback is a mechanism that provides generic compatibility mitigation to older applications by providing older behavior to old applications and new behavior to new applications.
 
 Switchback is on by default.
 
@@ -300,11 +300,11 @@ This policy setting controls the state of the application compatibility engine i
 
 The engine is part of the loader and looks through a compatibility database every time an application is started on the system. If a match for the application is found it provides either run-time solutions or compatibility fixes, or displays an Application Help message if the application has a known problem.
 
-Turning off the application compatibility engine will boost system performance.  However, this turn-off will degrade the compatibility of many popular legacy applications, and won't block known incompatible applications from installing. For example, this prevention of blocking may result in a blue screen if an old anti-virus application is installed.
+Turning off the application compatibility engine will boost system performance. However, this turn-off will degrade the compatibility of many popular legacy applications, and won't block known incompatible applications from installing. For example, this prevention of blocking may result in a blue screen if an old anti-virus application is installed.
 
 The Windows Resource Protection and User Account Control features of Windows use the application compatibility engine to provide mitigations for application problems. If the engine is turned off, these mitigations won't be applied to applications and their installers and these applications may fail to install or run properly.
 
-This option is useful to server administrators who require faster performance and are aware of the compatibility of the applications they're using.  It's useful for a web server where applications may be launched several hundred times a second, and the performance of the loader is essential.
+This option is useful to server administrators who require faster performance and are aware of the compatibility of the applications they're using. It's useful for a web server where applications may be launched several hundred times a second, and the performance of the loader is essential.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Many system processes cache the value of this setting for performance reasons. If you make changes to this setting, reboot to ensure that your system accurately reflects those changes.
@@ -519,3 +519,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appxpackagemanager.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appxpackagemanager.md
index 158948b963..7dc13ae3e1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appxpackagemanager.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appxpackagemanager.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_AppxPackageManager
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_AppxPackageManager
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_AppxPackageManager.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -63,16 +63,16 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage the deployment of Windows Store apps when the user is signed in using a special profile. 
 
-Special profiles are the following user profiles, where changes are discarded after the user signs off:  
+Special profiles are the following user profiles where changes are discarded after the user signs off:  
 
-- Roaming user profiles to which the "Delete cached copies of roaming profiles" Group Policy setting applies
-- Mandatory user profiles and super-mandatory profiles, which are created by an administrator
-- Temporary user profiles, which are created when an error prevents the correct profile from loading
-- User profiles for the Guest account and members of the Guests group
+- Roaming user profiles to which the "Delete cached copies of roaming profiles" Group Policy setting applies.
+- Mandatory user profiles and super-mandatory profiles, which are created by an administrator.
+- Temporary user profiles, which are created when an error prevents the correct profile from loading.
+- User profiles for the Guest account and members of the Guests group.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Group Policy allows deployment operations (adding, registering, staging, updating, or removing an app package) of Windows Store apps when using a special profile.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Group Policy blocks deployment operations of Windows Store apps when using a special profile.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Group Policy blocks deployment operations of Windows Store apps when using a special profile.
 
 
 
@@ -89,4 +89,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
            
 
 
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
+
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appxruntime.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appxruntime.md
index aaf619a4d3..4095c01ad1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appxruntime.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-appxruntime.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_AppXRuntime
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_AppXRuntime
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_AppXRuntime.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -236,3 +236,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-attachmentmanager.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-attachmentmanager.md
index 8a9bb817c9..a54fcdbac7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-attachmentmanager.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-attachmentmanager.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_AttachmentManager
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_AttachmentManager
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_AttachmentManager.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -126,11 +126,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage the default risk level for file types. To fully customize the risk level for file attachments, you may also need to configure the trust logic for file attachments.
 
-High Risk: If the attachment is in the list of high-risk file types and is from the restricted zone, Windows blocks the user from accessing the file. If the file is from the Internet zone, Windows prompts the user before accessing the file.
-
-Moderate Risk: If the attachment is in the list of moderate-risk file types and is from the restricted or Internet zone, Windows prompts the user before accessing the file.
-
-Low Risk: If the attachment is in the list of low-risk file types, Windows won't prompt the user before accessing the file, regardless of the file's zone information.
+- High Risk: If the attachment is in the list of high-risk file types and is from the restricted zone, Windows blocks the user from accessing the file. If the file is from the Internet zone, Windows prompts the user before accessing the file.
+- Moderate Risk: If the attachment is in the list of moderate-risk file types and is from the restricted or Internet zone, Windows prompts the user before accessing the file.
+- Low Risk: If the attachment is in the list of low-risk file types, Windows won't prompt the user before accessing the file, regardless of the file's zone information.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the default risk level for file types.
 
@@ -294,3 +292,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-auditsettings.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-auditsettings.md
index e977a9fd9e..c55966c2f8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-auditsettings.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-auditsettings.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_AuditSettings
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_AuditSettings
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_AuditSettings.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This policy setting determines what information is logged in security audit even
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the command line information for every process will be logged in plain text in the security event log as part of the Audit Process Creation event 4688, "a new process has been created," on the workstations and servers on which this policy setting is applied.
 
-If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the process's command line information won't be included in Audit Process Creation events.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the process's command line information won't be included in Audit Process Creation events.
 
 Default is Not configured.
 
@@ -88,3 +88,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-bits.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-bits.md
index 96f13849ae..5aaff2305b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-bits.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-bits.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_Bits
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_Bits
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_Bits.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting limits the network bandwidth that BITS uses for peer cache transfers (this setting doesn't affect transfers from the origin server).
 
-To prevent any negative impact to a computer caused by serving other peers, by default, BITS will use up to 30 percent of the bandwidth of the slowest active network interface. For example, if a computer has both a 100-Mbps network card and a 56-Kbps modem, and both are active, BITS will use a maximum of 30 percent of 56 Kbps. 
+To prevent any negative impact to a computer caused by serving other peers, by default, BITS will use up to 30 percent of the bandwidth of the slowest active network interface. For example, if a computer has both a 100-Mbps network card and a 56-Kbps modem, and both are active, BITS will use a maximum of 30 percent of 56 Kbps.
 
 You can change the default behavior of BITS, and specify a fixed maximum bandwidth that BITS will use for peer caching.
 
@@ -766,3 +766,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-ciphersuiteorder.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-ciphersuiteorder.md
index d5f0761d38..91b1d7c6aa 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-ciphersuiteorder.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-ciphersuiteorder.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_CipherSuiteOrder
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_CipherSuiteOrder
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_CipherSuiteOrder.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -146,4 +146,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
            
 
 
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
+
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-com.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-com.md
index 7666143850..45c2e3e28b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-com.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-com.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_COM
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_COM
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_COM.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting directs the system to search Active Directory for missing Component Object Model (COM) components that a program requires.
 
-Many Windows programs, such as the MMC snap-ins, use the interfaces provided by the COM components. These programs cannot perform all their functions unless Windows has internally registered the required components.
+Many Windows programs, such as the MMC snap-ins, use the interfaces provided by the COM components. These programs can't perform all their functions unless Windows has internally registered the required components.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and a component registration is missing, the system searches for it in Active Directory and, if it is found, downloads it. The resulting searches might make some programs start or run slowly.
+If you enable this policy setting and a component registration is missing, the system searches for it in Active Directory and, if it's found, downloads it. The resulting searches might make some programs start or run slowly.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the program continues without the registration. As a result, the program might not perform all its functions, or it might stop.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the program continues without the registration. As a result, the program might not perform all its functions, or it might stop.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting directs the system to search Active Directory for missing Component Object Model (COM) components that a program requires.
 
-Many Windows programs, such as the MMC snap-ins, use the interfaces provided by the COM components. These programs cannot perform all their functions unless Windows has internally registered the required components.
+Many Windows programs, such as the MMC snap-ins, use the interfaces provided by the COM components. These programs can't perform all their functions unless Windows has internally registered the required components.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and a component registration is missing, the system searches for it in Active Directory and, if it is found, downloads it. The resulting searches might make some programs start or run slowly.
+If you enable this policy setting and a component registration is missing, the system searches for it in Active Directory and, if it's found, downloads it. The resulting searches might make some programs start or run slowly.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the program continues without the registration. As a result, the program might not perform all its functions, or it might stop.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the program continues without the registration. As a result, the program might not perform all its functions, or it might stop.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -141,3 +141,6 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-controlpanel.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-controlpanel.md
index 3474e7502e..8f008a5bcd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-controlpanel.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-controlpanel.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_ControlPanel
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_ControlPanel
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_ControlPanel.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -82,7 +82,9 @@ To hide a Control Panel item, enable this policy setting and click Show to acces
 If both the "Hide specified Control Panel items" setting and the "Show only specified Control Panel items" setting are enabled, the "Show only specified Control Panel items" setting is ignored.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The Display Control Panel item cannot be hidden in the Desktop context menu by using this setting. To hide the Display Control Panel item and prevent users from modifying the computer's display settings use the "Disable Display Control Panel" setting instead.  Note: To hide pages in the System Settings app, use the "Settings Page Visibility" setting under Computer Configuration.
+> The Display Control Panel item cannot be hidden in the Desktop context menu by using this setting. To hide the Display Control Panel item and prevent users from modifying the computer's display settings use the "Disable Display Control Panel" setting instead.  
+>
+>To hide pages in the System Settings app, use the "Settings Page Visibility" setting under Computer Configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -260,4 +262,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
            
 
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
+
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-controlpaneldisplay.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-controlpaneldisplay.md
index 4ffc124899..e8e6178c75 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-controlpaneldisplay.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-controlpaneldisplay.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ADMX_ControlPanelDisplay
-description: Policy CSP - ADMX_ControlPanelDisplay
+description: Learn about the Policy CSP - ADMX_ControlPanelDisplay.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-Disables the Display Control Panel.
+This policy setting disables the Display Control Panel.
 
-If you enable this setting, the Display Control Panel does not run. When users try to start Display, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action.
+If you enable this setting, the Display Control Panel doesn't run. When users try to start Display, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action.
 
 Also, see the "Prohibit access to the Control Panel" (User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Control Panel) and "Remove programs on Settings menu" (User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Start Menu & Taskbar) settings.
 
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Removes the Settings tab from Display in Control Panel.
+This setting removes the Settings tab from Display in Control Panel.
 
 This setting prevents users from using Control Panel to add, configure, or change the display settings on the computer.
 
@@ -222,9 +222,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This setting forces the theme color scheme to be the default color scheme.
 
-If you enable this setting, a user cannot change the color scheme of the current desktop theme.
+If you enable this setting, a user can't change the color scheme of the current desktop theme.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a user may change the color scheme of the current desktop theme.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a user may change the color scheme of the current desktop theme.
 
 For Windows 7 and later, use the "Prevent changing color and appearance" setting.
 
@@ -269,12 +269,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This setting disables the theme gallery in the Personalization Control Panel.
 
-If you enable this setting, users cannot change or save a theme. Elements of a theme such as the desktop background, color, sounds, and screen saver can still be changed (unless policies are set to turn them off).
+If you enable this setting, users can't change or save a theme. Elements of a theme such as the desktop background, color, sounds, and screen saver can still be changed (unless policies are set to turn them off).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, there is no effect.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, there's no effect.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If you enable this setting but do not specify a theme using the "load a specific theme" setting, the theme defaults to whatever the user previously set or the system default.
+> If you enable this setting but don't specify a theme using the "load a specific theme" setting, the theme defaults to whatever the user previously set or the system default.
 
 
 
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents users or applications from changing the visual style of the windows and buttons displayed on their screens.
+This policy setting prevents users or applications from changing the visual style of the windows and buttons displayed on their screens.
 
 When enabled on Windows XP, this setting disables the "Windows and buttons" drop-down list on the Appearance tab in Display Properties.
 
@@ -360,11 +360,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Enables desktop screen savers.
+This policy setting enables desktop screen savers.
 
-If you disable this setting, screen savers do not run. Also, this setting disables the Screen Saver section of the Screen Saver dialog in the Personalization or Display Control Panel. As a result, users cannot change the screen saver options.
+If you disable this setting, screen savers don't run. Also, this setting disables the Screen Saver section of the Screen Saver dialog in the Personalization or Display Control Panel. As a result, users can't change the screen saver options.
 
-If you do not configure it, this setting has no effect on the system.
+If you don't configure it, this setting has no effect on the system.
 
 If you enable it, a screen saver runs, provided the following two conditions hold: First, a valid screen saver on the client is specified through the "Screen Saver executable name" setting or through Control Panel on the client computer. Second, the screen saver timeout is set to a nonzero value through the setting or Control Panel.
 
@@ -409,15 +409,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This setting allows you to force a specific default lock screen and logon image by entering the path (location) of the image file. The same image will be used for both the lock and logon screens.
+This setting allows you to force a specific default lock screen and sign-in image by entering the path (location) of the image file. The same image will be used for both the lock and sign-in screens.
 
-This setting lets you specify the default lock screen and logon image shown when no user is signed in, and also sets the specified image as the default for all users (it replaces the inbox default image).
+This setting lets you specify the default lock screen and sign-in image shown when no user is signed in, and also sets the specified image as the default for all users (it replaces the inbox default image).
 
-To use this setting, type the fully qualified path and name of the file that stores the default lock screen and logon image. You can type a local path, such as C:\Windows\Web\Screen\img104.jpg or a UNC path, such as `\\Server\Share\Corp.jpg`.
+To use this setting, type the fully qualified path and name of the file that stores the default lock screen and sign-in image. You can type a local path, such as C:\Windows\Web\Screen\img104.jpg or a UNC path, such as `\\Server\Share\Corp.jpg`.
 
-This can be used in conjunction with the "Prevent changing lock screen and logon image" setting to always force the specified lock screen and logon image to be shown.
+This setting can be used in conjunction with the "Prevent changing lock screen and logon image" setting to always force the specified lock screen and sign-in image to be shown.
 
-Note: This setting only applies to Enterprise, Education, and Server SKUs.
+>[!NOTE]
+> This setting only applies to Enterprise, Education, and Server SKUs.
 
 
 
@@ -459,11 +460,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents users from changing the size of the font in the windows and buttons displayed on their screens.
+This setting prevents users from changing the size of the font in the windows and buttons displayed on their screens.
 
 If this setting is enabled, the "Font size" drop-down list on the Appearance tab in Display Properties is disabled. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a user may change the font size using the "Font size" drop-down list on the Appearance tab.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a user may change the font size using the "Font size" drop-down list on the Appearance tab.
 
 
 
@@ -504,11 +505,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents users from changing the background image shown when the machine is locked or when on the logon screen.
+Prevents users from changing the background image shown when the machine is locked or when on the sign-in screen.
 
-By default, users can change the background image shown when the machine is locked or displaying the logon screen.
+By default, users can change the background image shown when the machine is locked or displaying the sign-in screen.
 
-If you enable this setting, the user will not be able to change their lock screen and logon image, and they will instead see the default image.
+If you enable this setting, the user won't be able to change their lock screen and sign-in image, and they'll instead see the default image.
 
 
 
@@ -549,11 +550,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents users from changing the look of their start menu background, such as its color or accent.
+This setting prevents users from changing the look of their start menu background, such as its color or accent.
 
 By default, users can change the look of their start menu background, such as its color or accent.
 
-If you enable this setting, the user will be assigned the default start menu background and colors and will not be allowed to change them.
+If you enable this setting, the user will be assigned the default start menu background and colors and won't be allowed to change them.
 
 If the "Force a specific background and accent color" policy is also set on a supported version of Windows, then those colors take precedence over this policy.
 
@@ -598,13 +599,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Disables the Color (or Window Color) page in the Personalization Control Panel, or the Color Scheme dialog in the Display Control Panel on systems where the Personalization feature is not available.
+This setting disables the Color (or Window Color) page in the Personalization Control Panel, or the Color Scheme dialog in the Display Control Panel on systems where the Personalization feature isn't available.
 
-This setting prevents users from using Control Panel to change the window border and taskbar color (on Windows 8), glass color (on Windows Vista and Windows 7), system colors, or color scheme of the desktop and windows.
+This setting also prevents users from using Control Panel to change the window border and taskbar color (on Windows 8), glass color (on Windows Vista and Windows 7), system colors, or color scheme of the desktop and windows.
 
 If this setting is disabled or not configured, the Color (or Window Color) page or Color Scheme dialog is available in the Personalization or Display Control Panel.
 
-For systems prior to Windows Vista, this setting hides the Appearance and Themes tabs in the in Display in Control Panel.
+For systems prior to Windows Vista, this setting hides the Appearance and Themes tabs in the Display in Control Panel.
 
 
 
@@ -645,7 +646,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents users from adding or changing the background design of the desktop.
+This setting prevents users from adding or changing the background design of the desktop.
 
 By default, users can use the Desktop Background page in the Personalization or Display Control Panel to add a background design (wallpaper) to their desktop.
 
@@ -653,7 +654,8 @@ If you enable this setting, none of the Desktop Background settings can be chang
 
 To specify wallpaper for a group, use the "Desktop Wallpaper" setting.
 
-Note: You must also enable the "Desktop Wallpaper" setting to prevent users from changing the desktop wallpaper. Refer to KB article: Q327998 for more information.
+>[!NOTE]
+>You must also enable the "Desktop Wallpaper" setting to prevent users from changing the desktop wallpaper. Refer to KB article: Q327998 for more information.
 
 Also, see the "Allow only bitmapped wallpaper" setting.
 
@@ -696,7 +698,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents users from changing the desktop icons.
+This setting prevents users from changing the desktop icons.
 
 By default, users can use the Desktop Icon Settings dialog in the Personalization or Display Control Panel to show, hide, or change the desktop icons.
 
@@ -745,9 +747,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Available in the latest Windows 10 Insider Preview Build. This policy setting controls whether the lock screen appears for users.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users that are not required to press CTRL + ALT + DEL before signing in will see their selected tile after locking their PC.
+If you enable this policy setting, users that aren't required to press CTRL + ALT + DEL before signing in will see their selected tile after locking their PC.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users that are not required to press CTRL + ALT + DEL before signing in will see a lock screen after locking their PC. They must dismiss the lock screen using touch, the keyboard, or by dragging it with the mouse.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users that aren't required to press CTRL + ALT + DEL before signing in will see a lock screen after locking their PC. They must dismiss the lock screen using touch, the keyboard, or by dragging it with the mouse.
 
 
 
@@ -788,7 +790,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Available in the latest Windows 10 Insider Preview Build. Prevents users from changing the mouse pointers.
+Available in the latest Windows 10 Insider Preview Build. This setting prevents users from changing the mouse pointers.
 
 By default, users can use the Pointers tab in the Mouse Control Panel to add, remove, or change the mouse pointers.
 
@@ -833,9 +835,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents the Screen Saver dialog from opening in the Personalization or Display Control Panel.
+This setting prevents the Screen Saver dialog from opening in the Personalization or Display Control Panel.
 
-This setting prevents users from using Control Panel to add, configure, or change the screen saver on the computer. It does not prevent a screen saver from running.
+This setting also prevents users from using Control Panel to add, configure, or change the screen saver on the computer. It doesn't prevent a screen saver from running.
 
 
 
@@ -876,7 +878,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents users from changing the sound scheme.
+This setting prevents users from changing the sound scheme.
 
 By default, users can use the Sounds tab in the Sound Control Panel to add, remove, or change the system Sound Scheme.
 
@@ -921,11 +923,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Forces Windows to use the specified colors for the background and accent. The color values are specified in hex as #RGB.
+This setting forces Windows to use the specified colors for the background and accent. The color values are specified in hex as #RGB.
 
 By default, users can change the background and accent colors.
 
-If this setting is enabled, the background and accent colors of Windows will be set to the specified colors and users cannot change those colors. This setting will not be applied if the specified colors do not meet a contrast ratio of 2:1 with white text.
+If this setting is enabled, the background and accent colors of Windows will be set to the specified colors and users can't change those colors. This setting won't be applied if the specified colors don't meet a contrast ratio of 2:1 with white text.
 
 
 
@@ -966,13 +968,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Determines whether screen savers used on the computer are password protected.
+This setting determines whether screen savers used on the computer are password protected.
 
-If you enable this setting, all screen savers are password protected. If you disable this setting, password protection cannot be set on any screen saver.
+If you enable this setting, all screen savers are password protected. If you disable this setting, password protection can't be set on any screen saver.
 
 This setting also disables the "Password protected" checkbox on the Screen Saver dialog in the Personalization or Display Control Panel, preventing users from changing the password protection setting.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, users can choose whether or not to set password protection on each screen saver.
+If you don't configure this setting, users can choose whether or not to set password protection on each screen saver.
 
 To ensure that a computer will be password protected, enable the "Enable Screen Saver" setting and specify a timeout via the "Screen Saver timeout" setting.
 
@@ -1020,17 +1022,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Specifies how much user idle time must elapse before the screen saver is launched.
 
-When configured, this idle time can be set from a minimum of 1 second to a maximum of 86,400 seconds, or 24 hours. If set to zero, the screen saver will not be started.
+When configured, this idle time can be set from a minimum of 1 second to a maximum of 86,400 seconds, or 24 hours. If set to zero, the screen saver won't be started.
 
 This setting has no effect under any of the following circumstances:
 
 - The setting is disabled or not configured.
-
 - The wait time is set to zero.
-
 - The "Enable Screen Saver" setting is disabled.
 
-- Neither the "Screen saver executable name" setting nor the Screen Saver dialog of the client computer's Personalization or Display Control Panel specifies a valid existing screen saver program on the client.
+- The "Screen saver executable name" setting and the Screen Saver dialog of the client computer's Personalization or Display Control Panel don't specify a valid existing screen saver program on the client.
 
 When not configured, whatever wait time is set on the client through the Screen Saver dialog in the Personalization or Display Control Panel is used. The default is 15 minutes.
 
@@ -1073,18 +1073,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies the screen saver for the user's desktop.
+This setting specifies the screen saver for the user's desktop.
 
 If you enable this setting, the system displays the specified screen saver on the user's desktop. Also, this setting disables the drop-down list of screen savers in the Screen Saver dialog in the Personalization or Display Control Panel, which prevents users from changing the screen saver.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, users can select any screen saver.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, users can select any screen saver.
 
-If you enable this setting, type the name of the file that contains the screen saver, including the .scr file name extension. If the screen saver file is not in the %Systemroot%\System32 directory, type the fully qualified path to the file.
+If you enable this setting, type the name of the file that contains the screen saver, including the .scr file name extension. If the screen saver file isn't in the %Systemroot%\System32 directory, type the fully qualified path to the file.
 
-If the specified screen saver is not installed on a computer to which this setting applies, the setting is ignored.
+If the specified screen saver isn't installed on a computer to which this setting applies, the setting is ignored.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting can be superseded by the "Enable Screen Saver" setting.  If the "Enable Screen Saver" setting is disabled, this setting is ignored, and screen savers do not run.
+> This setting can be superseded by the "Enable Screen Saver" setting.  If the "Enable Screen Saver" setting is disabled, this setting is ignored, and screen savers don't run.
 
 
 
@@ -1127,9 +1127,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Available in the latest Windows 10 Insider Preview Build. Specifies which theme file is applied to the computer the first time a user logs on.
 
-If you enable this setting, the theme that you specify will be applied when a new user logs on for the first time.  This policy does not prevent the user from changing the theme or any of the theme elements such as the desktop background, color, sounds, or screen saver after the first logon.
+If you enable this setting, the theme that you specify will be applied when a new user signs in for the first time.  This policy doesn't prevent the user from changing the theme or any of the theme elements such as the desktop background, color, sounds, or screen saver after the first sign in.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the default theme will be applied at the first logon.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the default theme will be applied at the first sign in.
 
 
 
@@ -1172,18 +1172,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This setting allows you to force a specific visual style file by entering the path (location) of the visual style file.
 
-This can be a local computer visual style (aero.msstyles), or a file located on a remote server using a UNC path (\\Server\Share\aero.msstyles).
+This file can be a local computer visual style (aero.msstyles) one, or a file located on a remote server using a UNC path (\\Server\Share\aero.msstyles).
 
 If you enable this setting, the visual style file that you specify will be used. Also, a user may not apply a different visual style when changing themes.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the users can select the visual style that they want to use by changing themes (if the Personalization Control Panel is available).
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the users can select the visual style that they want to use by changing themes (if the Personalization Control Panel is available).
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If this setting is enabled and the file is not available at user logon, the default visual style is loaded.
+> If this setting is enabled and the file isn't available at user logon, the default visual style is loaded.
 >
 > When running Windows XP, you can select the Luna visual style by typing %windir%\resources\Themes\Luna\Luna.msstyles.
 >
-> To select the Windows Classic visual style, leave the box blank beside "Path to Visual Style:" and enable this setting. When running Windows 8 or Windows RT, you cannot apply the Windows Classic visual style.
+> To select the Windows Classic visual style, leave the box blank beside "Path to Visual Style:" and enable this setting. When running Windows 8 or Windows RT, you can't apply the Windows Classic visual style.
 
 
 
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ Forces the Start screen to use one of the available backgrounds, 1 through 20, a
 
 If this setting is set to zero or not configured, then Start uses the default background, and users can change it.
 
-If this setting is set to a nonzero value, then Start uses the specified background, and users cannot change it. If the specified background is not supported, the default background is used.
+If this setting is set to a nonzero value, then Start uses the specified background, and users can't change it. If the specified background isn't supported, the default background is used.
 
 
 
@@ -1244,4 +1244,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
            
 
 
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
+
+## Related topics
+
+[ADMX-backed policies in Policy CSP](./policies-in-policy-csp-admx-backed.md)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-credssp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-credssp.md
index 6644992e57..18929d3fd6 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-credssp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-credssp.md
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for ex
 
 This policy setting applies when server authentication was achieved via NTLM.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's default credentials can be delegated (default credentials are those that you use when first logging on to Windows).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's default credentials can be delegated (default credentials are those credentials that you use when first signing in to Windows).
 
-If you disable or do not configure (by default) this policy setting, delegation of default credentials is not permitted to any machine.
+If you disable or don't configure (by default) this policy setting, delegation of default credentials isn't permitted to any machine.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The "Allow delegating default credentials with NTLM-only server authentication" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials can be delegated.  The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
@@ -152,11 +152,11 @@ This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for ex
 
 This policy setting applies when server authentication was achieved by using a trusted X509 certificate or Kerberos.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's default credentials can be delegated (default credentials are those that you use when first logging on to Windows).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's default credentials can be delegated (default credentials are those credentials that you use when first logging on to Windows).
 
 The policy becomes effective the next time the user signs on to a computer running Windows.
 
-If you disable or do not configure (by default) this policy setting, delegation of default credentials is not permitted to any computer. Applications depending upon this delegation behavior might fail authentication. For more information, see KB.
+If you disable or don't configure (by default) this policy setting, delegation of default credentials isn't permitted to any computer. Applications depending upon this delegation behavior might fail authentication. For more information, see KB.
 
 FWlink for KB:
 https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=301508
@@ -215,14 +215,14 @@ Some versions of the CredSSP protocol are vulnerable to an encryption oracle att
 
 If you enable this policy setting, CredSSP version support will be selected based on the following options:
 
-- Force Updated Clients: Client applications which use CredSSP will not be able to fall back to the insecure versions and services using CredSSP will not accept unpatched clients. 
+- Force Updated Clients: Client applications that use CredSSP won't be able to fall back to the insecure versions and services using CredSSP won't accept unpatched clients. 
 
     > [!NOTE]
     > This setting should not be deployed until all remote hosts support the newest version.
 
-- Mitigated: Client applications which use CredSSP will not be able to fall back to the insecure version but services using CredSSP will accept unpatched clients. See the link below for important information about the risk posed by remaining unpatched clients.
+- Mitigated: Client applications that use CredSSP won't be able to fall back to the insecure version but services using CredSSP will accept unpatched clients. See the link below for important information about the risk posed by remaining unpatched clients.
 
-- Vulnerable: Client applications which use CredSSP will expose the remote servers to attacks by supporting fall back to the insecure versions and services using CredSSP will accept unpatched clients.
+- Vulnerable: Client applications that use CredSSP will expose the remote servers to attacks by supporting a fallback to the insecure versions and services using CredSSP will accept unpatched clients.
 
 For more information about the vulnerability and servicing requirements for protection, see https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=866660
 
@@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for ex
 
 This policy setting applies when server authentication was achieved via a trusted X509 certificate or Kerberos.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's fresh credentials can be delegated (fresh credentials are those that you are prompted for when executing the application).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's fresh credentials can be delegated (fresh credentials are those credentials that you're prompted for when executing the application).
 
-If you do not configure (by default) this policy setting, after proper mutual authentication, delegation of fresh credentials is permitted to Remote Desktop Session Host running on any machine (TERMSRV/*).
+If you don't configure (by default) this policy setting, after proper mutual authentication, delegation of fresh credentials is permitted to Remote Desktop Session Host running on any machine (TERMSRV/*).
 
-If you disable this policy setting, delegation of fresh credentials is not permitted to any machine.
+If you disable this policy setting, delegation of fresh credentials isn't permitted to any machine.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The "Allow delegating fresh credentials" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials can be delegated. The use of a single wildcard is permitted when specifying the SPN.
@@ -327,11 +327,11 @@ This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for ex
 
 This policy setting applies when server authentication was achieved via NTLM.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's fresh credentials can be delegated (fresh credentials are those that you are prompted for when executing the application).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's fresh credentials can be delegated (fresh credentials are those credentials that you're prompted for when executing the application).
 
-If you do not configure (by default) this policy setting, after proper mutual authentication, delegation of fresh credentials is permitted to Remote Desktop Session Host running on any machine (TERMSRV/*).
+If you don't configure (by default) this policy setting, after proper mutual authentication, delegation of fresh credentials is permitted to Remote Desktop Session Host running on any machine (TERMSRV/*).
 
-If you disable this policy setting, delegation of fresh credentials is not permitted to any machine.
+If you disable this policy setting, delegation of fresh credentials isn't permitted to any machine.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The "Allow delegating fresh credentials with NTLM-only server authentication" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials can be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
@@ -385,11 +385,11 @@ This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for ex
 
 This policy setting applies when server authentication was achieved via a trusted X509 certificate or Kerberos.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's saved credentials can be delegated (saved credentials are those that you elect to save/remember using the Windows credential manager).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's saved credentials can be delegated (saved credentials are those credentials that you elect to save/remember using the Windows credential manager).
 
-If you do not configure (by default) this policy setting, after proper mutual authentication, delegation of saved credentials is permitted to Remote Desktop Session Host running on any machine (TERMSRV/*).
+If you don't configure (by default) this policy setting, after proper mutual authentication, delegation of saved credentials is permitted to Remote Desktop Session Host running on any machine (TERMSRV/*).
 
-If you disable this policy setting, delegation of saved credentials is not permitted to any machine.
+If you disable this policy setting, delegation of saved credentials isn't permitted to any machine.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The "Allow delegating saved credentials" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials can be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
@@ -443,11 +443,11 @@ This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for ex
 
 This policy setting applies when server authentication was achieved via NTLM.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's saved credentials can be delegated (saved credentials are those that you elect to save/remember using the Windows credential manager).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's saved credentials can be delegated (saved credentials are those credentials that you elect to save/remember using the Windows credential manager).
 
-If you do not configure (by default) this policy setting, after proper mutual authentication, delegation of saved credentials is permitted to Remote Desktop Session Host running on any machine (TERMSRV/*) if the client machine is not a member of any domain. If the client is domain-joined, by default the delegation of saved credentials is not permitted to any machine.
+If you don't configure (by default) this policy setting, after proper mutual authentication, delegation of saved credentials is permitted to Remote Desktop Session Host running on any machine (TERMSRV/*) if the client machine isn't a member of any domain. If the client is domain-joined, by default, the delegation of saved credentials isn't permitted to any machine.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, delegation of saved credentials is not permitted to any machine.
+If you disable this policy setting, delegation of saved credentials isn't permitted to any machine.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The "Allow delegating saved credentials with NTLM-only server authentication" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials can be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
@@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for example: Remote Desktop Connection).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's default credentials cannot be delegated (default credentials are those that you use when first logging on to Windows).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's default credentials can't be delegated (default credentials are those credentials that you use when first logging on to Windows).
 
-If you disable or do not configure (by default) this policy setting, this policy setting does not specify any server.
+If you disable or don't configure (by default) this policy setting, this policy setting doesn't specify any server.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The "Deny delegating default credentials" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials cannot be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
+> The "Deny delegating default credentials" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials can't be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
 >
 > For Example:
 >
@@ -555,12 +555,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for example: Remote Desktop Connection).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's fresh credentials cannot be delegated (fresh credentials are those that you are prompted for when executing the application).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's fresh credentials can't be delegated (fresh credentials are those credentials that you're prompted for when executing the application).
 
-If you disable or do not configure (by default) this policy setting, this policy setting does not specify any server.
+If you disable or don't configure (by default) this policy setting, this policy setting doesn't specify any server.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The "Deny delegating fresh credentials" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials cannot be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
+> The "Deny delegating fresh credentials" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials can't be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
 >
 > For Example:
 >
@@ -611,12 +611,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting applies to applications using the Cred SSP component (for example: Remote Desktop Connection).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's saved credentials cannot be delegated (saved credentials are those that you elect to save/remember using the Windows credential manager).
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the servers to which the user's saved credentials can't be delegated (saved credentials are those credentials that you elect to save/remember using the Windows credential manager).
 
-If you disable or do not configure (by default) this policy setting, this policy setting does not specify any server.
+If you disable or don't configure (by default) this policy setting, this policy setting doesn't specify any server.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The "Deny delegating saved credentials" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials cannot be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
+> The "Deny delegating saved credentials" policy setting can be set to one or more Service Principal Names (SPNs). The SPN represents the target server to which the user credentials can't be delegated. The use of a single wildcard character is permitted when specifying the SPN.
 >
 > For Example:
 >
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-When running in Restricted Admin or Remote Credential Guard mode, participating apps do not expose signed in or supplied credentials to a remote host. Restricted Admin limits access to resources located on other servers or networks from the remote host because credentials are not delegated. Remote Credential Guard does not limit access to resources because it redirects all requests back to the client device.
+When the participating applications are running in Restricted Admin or Remote Credential Guard mode, participating applications don't expose signed in or supplied credentials to a remote host. Restricted Admin limits access to resources located on other servers or networks from the remote host because credentials aren't delegated. Remote Credential Guard doesn't limit access to resources because it redirects all requests back to the client device.
 
 Participating apps:
 Remote Desktop Client
@@ -676,12 +676,12 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the following options are supported:
 - Require Remote Credential Guard: Participating applications must use Remote Credential Guard to connect to remote hosts.
 - Require Restricted Admin: Participating applications must use Restricted Admin to connect to remote hosts.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Restricted Admin and Remote Credential Guard mode are not enforced and participating apps can delegate credentials to remote devices.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Restricted Admin and Remote Credential Guard mode aren't enforced and participating apps can delegate credentials to remote devices.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To disable most credential delegation, it may be sufficient to deny delegation in Credential Security Support Provider (CredSSP) by modifying Administrative template settings (located at Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Credentials Delegation).
 >
-> On Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2, enabling this policy will enforce Restricted Administration mode, regardless of the mode chosen. These versions do not support Remote Credential Guard.
+> On Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2, enabling this policy will enforce Restricted Administration mode, regardless of the mode chosen. These versions don't support Remote Credential Guard.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-credui.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-credui.md
index d6bc1bc1fd..a62ce22ddd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-credui.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-credui.md
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ This policy setting requires the user to enter Microsoft Windows credentials usi
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy affects nonlogon authentication tasks only. As a security best practice, this policy should be enabled.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users will be required to enter Windows credentials on the Secure Desktop by means of the trusted path mechanism.
+If you enable this policy setting, users will be required to enter Windows credentials on the Secure Desktop through the trusted path mechanism.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users will enter Windows credentials within the user’s desktop session, potentially allowing malicious code access to the user’s Windows credentials.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users will enter Windows credentials within the user’s desktop session, potentially allowing malicious code access to the user’s Windows credentials.
 
 
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Available in the latest Windows 10 Insider Preview Build. If you turn this policy setting on, local users won’t be able to set up and use security questions to reset their passwords.
+Available in the latest Windows 10 Insider Preview Build. If you turn on this policy setting, local users won’t be able to set up and use security questions to reset their passwords.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-ctrlaltdel.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-ctrlaltdel.md
index 7bdb85337f..89ce54faf5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-ctrlaltdel.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-ctrlaltdel.md
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting prevents users from changing their Windows password on demand.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the 'Change Password' button on the Windows Security dialog box will not appear when you press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
+If you enable this policy setting, the **Change Password** button on the Windows Security dialog box won't appear when you press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
 
 However, users are still able to change their password when prompted by the system. The system prompts users for a new password when an administrator requires a new password or their password is expiring.
 
@@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents users from locking the system.
 
-While locked, the desktop is hidden and the system cannot be used. Only the user who locked the system or the system administrator can unlock it.
+While locked, the desktop is hidden and the system can't be used. Only the user who locked the system or the system administrator can unlock it.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot lock the computer from the keyboard using Ctrl+Alt+Del.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't lock the computer from the keyboard using Ctrl+Alt+Del.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users will be able to lock the computer from the keyboard using Ctrl+Alt+Del.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users will be able to lock the computer from the keyboard using Ctrl+Alt+Del.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > To lock a computer without configuring a setting, press Ctrl+Alt+Delete, and then click Lock this computer.
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ This policy setting prevents users from starting Task Manager.
 
 Task Manager (**taskmgr.exe**) lets users start and stop programs, monitor the performance of their computers, view and monitor all programs running on their computers, including system services, find the executable names of programs, and change the priority of the process in which programs run.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users will not be able to access Task Manager. If users try to start Task Manager, a message appears explaining that a policy prevents the action.
+If you enable this policy setting, users won't be able to access Task Manager. If users try to start Task Manager, a message appears explaining that a policy prevents the action.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can access Task Manager to start and stop programs, monitor the performance of their computers, view and monitor all programs running on their computers, including system services, find the executable names of programs, and change the priority of the process in which programs run.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can access Task Manager to start and stop programs, monitor the performance of their computers, view and monitor all programs running on their computers, including system services, find the executable names of programs, and change the priority of the process in which programs run.
 
 
 
@@ -215,11 +215,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting disables or removes all menu items and buttons that log the user off the system.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users will not see the Log off menu item when they press Ctrl+Alt+Del. This will prevent them from logging off unless they restart or shutdown the computer, or clicking Log off from the Start menu.
+If you enable this policy setting, users won't see the Log off menu item when they press Ctrl+Alt+Del. This scenario will prevent them from logging off unless they restart or shut down the computer, or clicking Log off from the Start menu.
 
 Also, see the 'Remove Logoff on the Start Menu' policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can see and select the Log off menu item when they press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can see and select the Log off menu item when they press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-datacollection.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-datacollection.md
index 280a763699..33f7687705 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-datacollection.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-datacollection.md
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting defines the identifier used to uniquely associate this device’s telemetry data as belonging to a given organization.
 
-If your organization is participating in a program that requires this device to be identified as belonging to your organization then use this setting to provide that identification. The value for this setting will be provided by Microsoft as part of the onboarding process for the program.
+If your organization is participating in a program that requires this device to be identified as belonging to your organization, then use this setting to provide that identification. The value for this setting will be provided by Microsoft as part of the onboarding process for the program.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then Microsoft will not be able to use this identifier to associate this machine and its telemetry data with your organization.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then Microsoft won't be able to use this identifier to associate this machine and its telemetry data with your organization.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dcom.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dcom.md
index 4efe29532e..510d934391 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dcom.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dcom.md
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify that local computer administrators can supplement the "Define Activation Security Check exemptions" list.
   
-- If you enable this policy setting, and DCOM does not find an explicit entry for a DCOM server application ID (appid) in the "Define Activation Security Check exemptions" policy (if enabled). Then DCOM will look for an entry in the locally configured list.
+- If you enable this policy setting, and DCOM doesn't find an explicit entry for a DCOM server application ID (appid) in the "Define Activation Security Check exemptions" policy (if enabled). Then DCOM will look for an entry in the locally configured list.
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, DCOM will not look in the locally configured DCOM activation security check exemption list.  
-If you do not configure this policy setting, DCOM will only look in the locally configured exemption list if the "Define Activation Security Check exemptions" policy is not configured.
+- If you disable this policy setting, DCOM won't look in the locally configured DCOM activation security check exemption list.  
+If you don't configure this policy setting, DCOM will only look in the locally configured exemption list if the "Define Activation Security Check exemptions" policy isn't configured.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting applies to all sites in Trusted zones.
@@ -113,25 +113,25 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to view and change a list of DCOM server application IDs (app ids), which are exempted from the DCOM Activation security check.  
+This policy setting allows you to view and change a list of DCOM server application IDs (app IDs), which are exempted from the DCOM Activation security check.  
 DCOM uses two such lists, one configured via Group Policy through this policy setting, and the other via the actions of local computer administrators.  
 DCOM ignores the second list when this policy setting is configured, unless the "Allow local activation security check exemptions" policy is enabled. 
 DCOM server application IDs added to this policy must be listed in curly brace format.
 
 For example, `{b5dcb061-cefb-42e0-a1be-e6a6438133fe}`.
-If you enter a non-existent or improperly formatted application ID DCOM will add it to the list without checking for errors.  
+If you enter a non-existent or improperly formatted application, ID DCOM will add it to the list without checking for errors.  
 - If you enable this policy setting, you can view and change the list of DCOM activation security check exemptions defined by Group Policy settings. 
 
-If you add an application ID to this list and set its value to one, DCOM will not enforce the Activation security check for that DCOM server.   
-If you add an application ID to this list and set its value to zero DCOM will always enforce the Activation security check for that DCOM server regardless of local 
+If you add an application ID to this list and set its value to one, DCOM won't enforce the Activation security check for that DCOM server.   
+If you add an application ID to this list and set its value to 0, DCOM will always enforce the Activation security check for that DCOM server regardless of local 
 settings.  
 - If you disable this policy setting, the application ID exemption list defined by Group Policy is deleted, and the one defined by local computer administrators is used.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the application ID exemption list defined by local computer administrators is used.  Notes:  The DCOM Activation security check is done after a DCOM server process is started, but before an object activation request is dispatched to the server process.   
-This access check is done against the DCOM server's custom launch permission security descriptor if it exists, or otherwise against the configured defaults.  If the DCOM server's custom launch permission contains explicit DENY entries this may mean that object activations that would have previously succeeded for such specified users, once the DCOM server process was up and running, might now fail instead.  
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the application ID exemption list defined by local computer administrators is used.  Notes:  The DCOM Activation security check is done after a DCOM server process is started, but before an object activation request is dispatched to the server process.   
+This access check is done against the DCOM server's custom launch permission security descriptor if it exists, or otherwise against the configured defaults. If the DCOM server's custom launch permission contains explicit DENY entries, then the object activations that would have previously succeeded for such specified users, once the DCOM server process was up and running, might now fail instead.  
 
 The proper action in this situation is to reconfigure the DCOM server's custom launch permission settings for correct security settings, but this policy setting may be used in the short term as an application compatibility deployment aid.  
-DCOM servers added to this exemption list are only exempted if their custom launch permissions do not contain specific LocalLaunch, RemoteLaunch, LocalActivate, or RemoteActivate grant or deny entries for any users or groups.  
+DCOM servers added to this exemption list are only exempted if their custom launch permissions don't contain specific LocalLaunch, RemoteLaunch, LocalActivate, or RemoteActivate grant or deny entries for any users or groups.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Exemptions for DCOM Server Application IDs added to this list will apply to both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of the server if present.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-desktop.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-desktop.md
index 1a66b56054..a7ea8ccda9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-desktop.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-desktop.md
@@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-Displays the filter bar above the results of an Active Directory search. The filter bar consists of buttons for applying additional filters to search results.
+Displays the filter bar above the results of an Active Directory search. The filter bar consists of buttons for applying more filters to search results.
 
 If you enable this setting, the filter bar appears when the Active Directory Find dialog box opens, but users can hide it.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the filter bar does not appear, but users can display it by selecting "Filter" on the "View" menu.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the filter bar doesn't appear, but users can display it by selecting "Filter" on the "View" menu.
 
-To see the filter bar, open Network Locations, click Entire Network, and then click Directory. Right-click the name of a Windows domain, and click Find. Type the name of an object in the directory, such as  "Administrator." If the filter bar does not appear above the resulting display, on the View menu, click Filter.
+To see the filter bar, open Network Locations, click Entire Network, and then click Directory. Right-click the name of a Windows domain, and click Find. Type the name of an object in the directory, such as  "Administrator." If the filter bar doesn't appear above the resulting display, on the View menu, click Filter.
 
 
 
@@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ Hides the Active Directory folder in Network Locations.
 
 The Active Directory folder displays Active Directory objects in a browse window.
 
-If you enable this setting, the Active Directory folder does not appear in the Network Locations folder.
+If you enable this setting, the Active Directory folder doesn't appear in the Network Locations folder.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Active Directory folder appears in the Network Locations folder.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Active Directory folder appears in the Network Locations folder.
 
 This setting is designed to let users search Active Directory but not tempt them to casually browse Active Directory.
 
@@ -243,11 +243,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies the maximum number of objects the system displays in response to a command to browse or search Active Directory. This setting affects all browse displays associated with Active Directory, such as those in Local Users and Groups, Active Directory Users and Computers, and dialog boxes used to set permissions for user or group objects in Active Directory.
+Specifies the maximum number of objects the system displays in response to a command to browse or search Active Directory. This setting affects all browse displays associated with Active Directory, such as those displays in Local Users and Groups, Active Directory Users and Computers, and dialog boxes used to set permissions for user or group objects in Active Directory.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can use the "Number of objects returned" box to limit returns from an Active Directory search.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the system displays up to 10,000 objects. This consumes approximately 2 MB of memory or disk space.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the system displays up to 10,000 objects. This screen-display consumes approximately 2 MB of memory or disk space.
 
 This setting is designed to protect the network and the domain controller from the effect of expansive searches.
 
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Enables Active Desktop and prevents users from disabling it.
 
 This setting prevents users from trying to enable or disable Active Desktop while a policy controls it.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, Active Desktop is disabled by default, but users can enable it.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, Active Desktop is disabled by default, but users can enable it.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If both the "Enable Active Desktop" setting and the "Disable Active Desktop" setting are enabled, the "Disable Active Desktop" setting is ignored.  If the "Turn on Classic Shell" setting (in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Explorer) is enabled, Active Desktop is disabled, and both of these policies are ignored.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Disables Active Desktop and prevents users from enabling it.
 
 This setting prevents users from trying to enable or disable Active Desktop while a policy controls it.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, Active Desktop is disabled by default, but users can enable it.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, Active Desktop is disabled by default, but users can enable it.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If both the "Enable Active Desktop" setting and the "Disable Active Desktop" setting are enabled, the "Disable Active Desktop" setting is ignored. If the "Turn on Classic Shell" setting (in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Explorer) is enabled, Active Desktop is disabled, and both these policies are ignored.
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents the user from enabling or disabling Active Desktop or changing the Active Desktop configuration.
 
-This is a comprehensive setting that locks down the configuration you establish by using other policies in this folder. This setting removes the Web tab from Display in Control Panel. As a result, users cannot enable or disable Active Desktop. If Active Desktop is already enabled, users cannot add, remove, or edit Web content or disable, lock, or synchronize Active Desktop components.
+This setting is a comprehensive one that locks down the configuration you establish by using other policies in this folder. This setting removes the Web tab from Display in Control Panel. As a result, users can't enable or disable Active Desktop. If Active Desktop is already enabled, users can't add, remove, or edit Web content or disable, lock, or synchronize Active Desktop components.
 
 
 
@@ -433,9 +433,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Removes icons, shortcuts, and other default and user-defined items from the desktop, including Briefcase, Recycle Bin, Computer, and Network Locations.
 
-Removing icons and shortcuts does not prevent the user from using another method to start the programs or opening the items they represent.
+Removing icons and shortcuts doesn't prevent the user from using another method to start the programs or opening the items they represent.
 
-Also, see "Items displayed in Places Bar" in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Common Open File Dialog to remove the Desktop icon from the Places Bar. This will help prevent users from saving data to the Desktop.
+Also, see "Items displayed in Places Bar" in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Common Open File Dialog to remove the Desktop icon from the Places Bar. The removal of the Desktop icon will help prevent users from saving data to the Desktop.
 
 
 
@@ -479,12 +479,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents users from using the Desktop Cleanup Wizard.
 
-If you enable this setting, the Desktop Cleanup wizard does not automatically run on a users workstation every 60 days. The user will also not be able to access the Desktop Cleanup Wizard.
+If you enable this setting, the Desktop Cleanup wizard doesn't automatically run on a user's workstation every 60 days. The user will also not be able to access the Desktop Cleanup Wizard.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the default behavior of the Desktop Clean Wizard running every 60 days occurs.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the default behavior of the Desktop Clean Wizard running every 60 days occurs.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> When this setting is not enabled, users can run the Desktop Cleanup Wizard, or have it run automatically every 60 days from Display, by clicking the Desktop tab and then clicking the Customize Desktop button.
+> When this setting isn't enabled, users can run the Desktop Cleanup Wizard, or have it run automatically every 60 days from Display, by clicking the Desktop tab and then clicking the Customize Desktop button.
 
 
 
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Removes the Internet Explorer icon from the desktop and from the Quick Launch bar on the taskbar.
 
-This setting does not prevent the user from starting Internet Explorer by using other methods.
+This setting doesn't prevent the user from starting Internet Explorer by using other methods.
 
 
 
@@ -576,10 +576,10 @@ If you enable this setting, Computer is hidden on the desktop, the new Start men
 
 If you disable this setting, Computer is displayed as usual, appearing as normal on the desktop, Start menu, folder tree pane, and Web views, unless restricted by another setting.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, the default is to display Computer as usual.
+If you don't configure this setting, the default is to display Computer as usual.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> In operating systems earlier than Microsoft Windows Vista, this policy applies to the My Computer icon. Hiding Computer and its contents does not hide the contents of the child folders of Computer. For example, if the users navigate into one of their hard drives, they see all of their folders and files there, even if this setting is enabled.
+> In operating systems earlier than Microsoft Windows Vista, this policy applies to the My Computer icon. Hiding Computer and its contents doesn't hide the contents of the child folders of Computer. For example, if the users navigate into one of their hard drives, they see all of their folders and files there, even if this setting is enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -625,9 +625,9 @@ Removes most occurrences of the My Documents icon.
 
 This setting removes the My Documents icon from the desktop, from File Explorer, from programs that use the File Explorer windows, and from the standard Open dialog box.
 
-This setting does not prevent the user from using other methods to gain access to the contents of the My Documents folder.
+This setting doesn't prevent the user from using other methods to gain access to the contents of the My Documents folder.
 
-This setting does not remove the My Documents icon from the Start menu. To do so, use the "Remove My Documents icon from Start Menu" setting.
+This setting doesn't remove the My Documents icon from the Start menu. To do so, use the "Remove My Documents icon from Start Menu" setting.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To make changes to this setting effective, you must log off from and log back on to Windows 2000 Professional.
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Removes the Network Locations icon from the desktop.
 
-This setting only affects the desktop icon. It does not prevent users from connecting to the network or browsing for shared computers on the network.
+This setting only affects the desktop icon. It doesn't prevent users from connecting to the network or browsing for shared computers on the network.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > In operating systems earlier than Microsoft Windows Vista, this policy applies to the My Network Places icon.
@@ -720,9 +720,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This setting hides Properties on the context menu for Computer.
 
-If you enable this setting, the Properties option will not be present when the user right-clicks My Computer or clicks Computer and then goes to the File menu.  Likewise, Alt-Enter does nothing when Computer is selected.
+If you enable this setting, the Properties option won't be present when the user right-clicks My Computer or clicks Computer and then goes to the File menu.  Likewise, Alt-Enter does nothing when Computer is selected.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the Properties option is displayed as usual.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the Properties option is displayed as usual.
 
 
 
@@ -766,13 +766,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting hides the Properties menu command on the shortcut menu for the My Documents icon.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Properties menu command will not be displayed when the user does any of the following:
+If you enable this policy setting, the Properties menu command won't be displayed when the user does any of the following tasks:
 
 - Right-clicks the My Documents icon.
 - Clicks the My Documents icon, and then opens the File menu.
 - Clicks the My Documents icon, and then presses ALT+ENTER.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Properties menu command is displayed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Properties menu command is displayed.
 
 
 
@@ -814,11 +814,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Remote shared folders are not added to Network Locations whenever you open a document in the shared folder.
+Remote shared folders aren't added to Network Locations whenever you open a document in the shared folder.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, when you open a document in a remote shared folder, the system adds a connection to the shared folder to Network Locations.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, when you open a document in a remote shared folder, the system adds a connection to the shared folder to Network Locations.
 
-If you enable this setting, shared folders are not added to Network Locations automatically when you open a document in the shared folder.
+If you enable this setting, shared folders aren't added to Network Locations automatically when you open a document in the shared folder.
 
 
 
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ Removes most occurrences of the Recycle Bin icon.
 
 This setting removes the Recycle Bin icon from the desktop, from File Explorer, from programs that use the File Explorer windows, and from the standard Open dialog box.
 
-This setting does not prevent the user from using other methods to gain access to the contents of the Recycle Bin folder.
+This setting doesn't prevent the user from using other methods to gain access to the contents of the Recycle Bin folder.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To make changes to this setting effective, you must log off and then log back on.
@@ -910,9 +910,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Removes the Properties option from the Recycle Bin context menu.
 
-If you enable this setting, the Properties option will not be present when the user right-clicks on Recycle Bin or opens Recycle Bin and then clicks File. Likewise, Alt-Enter does nothing when Recycle Bin is selected.
+If you enable this setting, the Properties option won't be present when the user right-clicks on Recycle Bin or opens Recycle Bin and then clicks File. Likewise, Alt-Enter does nothing when Recycle Bin is selected.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the Properties option is displayed as usual.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the Properties option is displayed as usual.
 
 
 
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents users from saving certain changes to the desktop.
 
-If you enable this setting, users can change the desktop, but some changes, such as the position of open windows or the size and position of the taskbar, are not saved when users log off. However, shortcuts placed on the desktop are always saved.
+If you enable this setting, users can change the desktop, but some changes, such as the position of open windows or the size and position of the taskbar, aren't saved when users sign out. However, shortcuts placed on the desktop are always saved.
 
 
 
@@ -1000,9 +1000,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents windows from being minimized or restored when the active window is shaken back and forth with the mouse.
 
-If you enable this policy, application windows will not be minimized or restored when the active window is shaken back and forth with the mouse.
+If you enable this policy, application windows won't be minimized or restored when the active window is shaken back and forth with the mouse.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, this window minimizing and restoring gesture will apply.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, this window minimizing and restoring gesture will apply.
 
 
 
@@ -1047,14 +1047,14 @@ Specifies the desktop background ("wallpaper") displayed on all users' desktops.
 
 This setting lets you specify the wallpaper on users' desktops and prevents users from changing the image or its presentation. The wallpaper you specify can be stored in a bitmap (*.bmp) or JPEG (*.jpg) file.
 
-To use this setting, type the fully qualified path and name of the file that stores the wallpaper image. You can type a local path, such as C:\Windows\web\wallpaper\home.jpg or a UNC path, such as \\\Server\Share\Corp.jpg. If the specified file is not available when the user logs on, no wallpaper is displayed. Users cannot specify alternative wallpaper. You can also use this setting to specify that the wallpaper image be centered, tiled, or stretched. Users cannot change this specification.
+To use this setting, type the fully qualified path and name of the file that stores the wallpaper image. You can type a local path, such as C:\Windows\web\wallpaper\home.jpg or a UNC path, such as \\\Server\Share\Corp.jpg. If the specified file isn't available when the user logs on, no wallpaper is displayed. Users can't specify alternative wallpaper. You can also use this setting to specify that the wallpaper image be centered, tiled, or stretched. Users can't change this specification.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, no wallpaper is displayed. However, users can select the wallpaper of their choice.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, no wallpaper is displayed. However, users can select the wallpaper of their choice.
 
 Also, see the "Allow only bitmapped wallpaper" in the same location, and the "Prevent changing wallpaper" setting in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Control Panel.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not apply to remote desktop server sessions.
+> This setting doesn't apply to remote desktop server sessions.
 
 
 
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents users from adding Web content to their Active Desktop.
 
-This setting removes the "New" button from Web tab in Display in Control Panel. As a result, users cannot add Web pages or pictures from the Internet or an intranet to the desktop. This setting does not remove existing Web content from their Active Desktop, or prevent users from removing existing Web content.
+This setting removes the "New" button from Web tab in Display in Control Panel. As a result, users can't add Web pages or pictures from the Internet or an intranet to the desktop. This setting doesn't remove existing Web content from their Active Desktop, or prevent users from removing existing Web content.
 
 Also, see the "Disable all items" setting.
 
@@ -1142,12 +1142,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents users from removing Web content from their Active Desktop.
 
-In Active Desktop, you can add items to the desktop but close them so they are not displayed.
+In Active Desktop, you can add items to the desktop but close them so they aren't displayed.
 
-If you enable this setting, items added to the desktop cannot be closed; they always appear on the desktop. This setting removes the check boxes from items on the Web tab in Display in Control Panel.
+If you enable this setting, items added to the desktop can't be closed; they always appear on the desktop. This setting removes the check boxes from items on the Web tab in Display in Control Panel.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not prevent users from deleting items from their Active Desktop.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from deleting items from their Active Desktop.
 
 
 
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ Prevents users from deleting Web content from their Active Desktop.
 
 This setting removes the Delete button from the Web tab in Display in Control Panel. As a result, users can temporarily remove, but not delete, Web content from their Active Desktop.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from adding Web content to their Active Desktop.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from adding Web content to their Active Desktop.
 
 Also, see the "Prohibit closing items" and "Disable all items" settings.
 
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents users from changing the properties of Web content items on their Active Desktop.
 
-This setting disables the Properties button on the Web tab in Display in Control Panel. Also, it removes the Properties item from the menu for each item on the Active Desktop. As a result, users cannot change the properties of an item, such as its synchronization schedule, password, or display characteristics.
+This setting disables the Properties button on the Web tab in Display in Control Panel. Also, it removes the Properties item from the menu for each item on the Active Desktop. As a result, users can't change the properties of an item, such as its synchronization schedule, password, or display characteristics.
 
 
 
@@ -1283,10 +1283,10 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Removes Active Desktop content and prevents users from adding Active Desktop content. 
 
-This setting removes all Active Desktop items from the desktop. It also removes the Web tab from Display in Control Panel. As a result, users cannot add Web pages or  pictures from the Internet or an intranet to the desktop.
+This setting removes all Active Desktop items from the desktop. It also removes the Web tab from Display in Control Panel. As a result, users can't add Web pages or  pictures from the Internet or an intranet to the desktop.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not disable Active Desktop. Users can  still use image formats, such as JPEG and GIF, for their desktop wallpaper.
+> This setting doesn't disable Active Desktop. Users can  still use image formats, such as JPEG and GIF, for their desktop wallpaper.
 
 
 
@@ -1335,10 +1335,10 @@ You can use the "Add" box in this setting to add particular Web-based items or s
 You can also use this setting to delete particular Web-based items from users' desktops. Users can add the item again (if settings allow), but the item is deleted each time the setting is refreshed.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Removing an item from the "Add" list for this setting is not the same as deleting it. Items that are removed from the "Add" list are not removed from the desktop. They are simply not added again.
+> Removing an item from the "Add" list for this setting isn't the same as deleting it. Items that are removed from the "Add" list aren't removed from the desktop. They are simply not added again.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> For this setting to take affect, you must log off and log on to the system.
+> For this setting to take effect, you must log off and log on to the system.
 
 
 
@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents users from manipulating desktop toolbars.
 
-If you enable this setting, users cannot add or remove toolbars from the desktop. Also, users cannot drag toolbars on to or off of docked toolbars.
+If you enable this setting, users can't add or remove toolbars from the desktop. Also, users can't drag toolbars onto or off from the docked toolbars.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If users have added or removed toolbars, this setting prevents them from restoring the default configuration.
@@ -1432,9 +1432,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevents users from adjusting the length of desktop toolbars. Also, users cannot reposition items or toolbars on docked toolbars.
+Prevents users from adjusting the length of desktop toolbars. Also, users can't reposition items or toolbars on docked toolbars.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from adding or removing toolbars on the desktop.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from adding or removing toolbars on the desktop.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If users have adjusted their toolbars, this setting prevents them from restoring the default configuration.
@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Permits only bitmap images for wallpaper. This setting limits the desktop background ("wallpaper") to bitmap (.bmp) files. If users select files with other image formats, such as JPEG, GIF, PNG, or HTML, through the Browse button on the Desktop tab, the wallpaper does not load. Files that are autoconverted to a .bmp format, such as JPEG, GIF, and PNG, can be set as Wallpaper by right-clicking the image and selecting "Set as Wallpaper".
+Permits only bitmap images for wallpaper. This setting limits the desktop background ("wallpaper") to bitmap (.bmp) files. If users select files with other image formats, such as JPEG, GIF, PNG, or HTML, through the Browse button on the Desktop tab, the wallpaper doesn't load. Files that are autoconverted to a .bmp format, such as JPEG, GIF, and PNG, can be set as Wallpaper by right-clicking the image and selecting "Set as Wallpaper".
 
 Also, see the "Desktop Wallpaper" and the "Prevent changing wallpaper" (in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Control Panel\Display) settings.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-deviceguard.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-deviceguard.md
index 6ef592107b..5ac4d423c2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-deviceguard.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-deviceguard.md
@@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ This policy setting lets you deploy a Code Integrity Policy to a machine to cont
 
 If you deploy a Code Integrity Policy, Windows will restrict what can run in both kernel mode and on the Windows Desktop based on the policy. 
 
-To enable this policy the machine must be rebooted.  
+To enable this policy, the machine must be rebooted.  
 The file path must be either a UNC path (for example, `\\ServerName\ShareName\SIPolicy.p7b`),
 or a locally valid path (for example, `C:\FolderName\SIPolicy.p7b)`. 
  
 The local machine account (LOCAL SYSTEM) must have access permission to the policy file.    
-If using a signed and protected policy then disabling this policy setting doesn't remove the feature from the computer. Instead, you must either:  
+If using a signed and protected policy, then disabling this policy setting doesn't remove the feature from the computer. Instead, you must either:  
 1. First update the policy to a non-protected policy and then disable the setting.  
 2. Disable the setting and then remove the policy from each computer, with a physically present user.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-deviceinstallation.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-deviceinstallation.md
index 596d4df2ed..62efd762ae 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-deviceinstallation.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-deviceinstallation.md
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to determine whether members of the Administrator
 
 If you enable this policy setting, members of the Administrators group can use the Add Hardware wizard or the Update Driver wizard to install and update the drivers for any device. If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, members of the Administrators group are subject to all policy settings that restrict device installation.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, members of the Administrators group are subject to all policy settings that restrict device installation.
 
 
 
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to display a custom message to users in a notific
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows displays the text you type in the Detail Text box when a policy setting prevents device installation.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows displays a default message when a policy setting prevents device installation.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows displays a default message when a policy setting prevents device installation.
 
 
 
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to display a custom message title in a notificati
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows displays the text you type in the Main Text box as the title text of a notification when a policy setting prevents device installation.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows displays a default title in a notification when a policy setting prevents device installation.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows displays a default title in a notification when a policy setting prevents device installation.
 
 
 
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure the number of seconds Windows waits
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows waits for the number of seconds you specify before terminating the installation.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows waits 240 seconds for a device installation task to complete before terminating the installation.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows waits 240 seconds for a device installation task to complete before terminating the installation.
 
 
 
@@ -268,11 +268,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting establishes the amount of time (in seconds) that the system will wait to reboot in order to enforce a change in device installation restriction policies.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, set the amount of seconds you want the system to wait until a reboot.
+If you enable this policy setting, set the number of seconds you want the system to wait until a reboot.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the system does not force a reboot.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the system doesn't force a reboot.
 
-Note: If no reboot is forced, the device installation restriction right will not take effect until the system is restarted.
+Note: If no reboot is forced, the device installation restriction right won't take effect until the system is restarted.
 
 
 
@@ -314,11 +314,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to prevent Windows from installing removable devices. A device is considered removable when the driver for the device to which it is connected indicates that the device is removable. For example, a Universal Serial Bus (USB) device is reported to be removable by the drivers for the USB hub to which the device is connected. This policy setting takes precedence over any other policy setting that allows Windows to install a device.
+This policy setting allows you to prevent Windows from installing removable devices. A device is considered removable when the driver for the device to which it's connected indicates that the device is removable. For example, a Universal Serial Bus (USB) device is reported to be removable by the drivers for the USB hub to which the device is connected. This policy setting takes precedence over any other policy setting that allows Windows to install a device.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing removable devices and existing removable devices cannot have their drivers updated. If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of removable devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing removable devices and existing removable devices can't have their drivers updated. If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of removable devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows can install and update device drivers for removable devices as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows can install and update device drivers for removable devices as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
 
 
 
@@ -361,9 +361,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent Windows from creating a system restore point during device activity that would normally prompt Windows to create a system restore point. Windows normally creates restore points for certain driver activity, such as the installation of an unsigned driver. A system restore point enables you to more easily restore your system to its state before the activity. 
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows does not create a system restore point when one would normally be created.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows doesn't create a system restore point when one would normally be created.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows creates a system restore point as it normally would.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows creates a system restore point as it normally would.
 
 
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ This policy setting specifies a list of device setup class GUIDs describing devi
 
 If you enable this policy setting, members of the Users group may install new drivers for the specified device setup classes. The drivers must be signed according to Windows Driver Signing Policy, or be signed by publishers already in the TrustedPublisher store.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, only members of the Administrators group are allowed to install new device drivers on the system.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, only members of the Administrators group are allowed to install new device drivers on the system.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-devicesetup.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-devicesetup.md
index ae07cf6eb3..c54fe1375e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-devicesetup.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-devicesetup.md
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off "Found New Hardware" balloons during device installation.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, "Found New Hardware" balloons do not appear while a device is being installed.
+If you enable this policy setting, "Found New Hardware" balloons don't appear while a device is being installed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, "Found New Hardware" balloons appear while a device is being installed, unless the driver for the device suppresses the balloons.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, "Found New Hardware" balloons appear while a device is being installed, unless the driver for the device suppresses the balloons.
 
 
 
@@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the order in which Windows searches so
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can select whether Windows searches for drivers on Windows Update unconditionally, only if necessary, or not at all.
 
-Note that searching always implies that Windows will attempt to search Windows Update exactly one time. With this setting, Windows will not continually search for updates. This setting is used to ensure that the best software will be found for the device, even if the network is temporarily available. If the setting for searching only if needed is specified, then Windows will search for a driver only if a driver is not locally available on the system.
+Searching always implies that Windows will attempt to search Windows Update exactly one time. With this setting, Windows won't continually search for updates. This setting is used to ensure that the best software will be found for the device, even if the network is temporarily available. If the setting for searching only if needed is specified, then Windows will search for a driver only if a driver isn't locally available on the system.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, members of the Administrators group can determine the priority order in which Windows searches source locations for device drivers.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, members of the Administrators group can determine the priority order in which Windows searches source locations for device drivers.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-digitallocker.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-digitallocker.md
index 731f55b062..fafc357e89 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-digitallocker.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-digitallocker.md
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ This policy setting specifies whether Digital Locker can run.
 
 Digital Locker is a dedicated download manager associated with Windows Marketplace and a feature of Windows that can be used to manage and download products acquired and stored in the user's Windows Marketplace Digital Locker.
 
-If you enable this setting, Digital Locker will not run.
+If you enable this setting, Digital Locker won't run.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Digital Locker can be run.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Digital Locker can be run.
 
 
 
@@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ This policy setting specifies whether Digital Locker can run.
 
 Digital Locker is a dedicated download manager associated with Windows Marketplace and a feature of Windows that can be used to manage and download products acquired and stored in the user's Windows Marketplace Digital Locker.
 
-If you enable this setting, Digital Locker will not run.
+If you enable this setting, Digital Locker won't run.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Digital Locker can be run.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Digital Locker can be run.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-disknvcache.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-disknvcache.md
index 87b9aee1a3..6e82fec127 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-disknvcache.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-disknvcache.md
@@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting turns off the boot and resume optimizations for the hybrid hard disks in the system.  
+This policy setting turns off the boot and resumes optimizations for the hybrid hard disks in the system.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system does not use the non-volatile (NV) cache to optimize boot and resume.  
+If you enable this policy setting, the system doesn't use the non-volatile (NV) cache to optimize boot and resume.  
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the system uses the NV cache to achieve faster boot and resume. 
 The system determines the data that will be stored in the NV cache to optimize boot and resume. 
 
-The required data is stored in the NV cache during shutdown and hibernate, respectively. This might cause a slight increase in the time taken for shutdown and hibernate.  If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior is observed and the NV cache is used for boot and resume optimizations. 
+The required data is stored in the NV cache during shutdown and hibernate, respectively. This storage in such a location might cause a slight increase in the time taken for shutdown and hibernate.  If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior is observed and the NV cache is used for boot and resume optimizations. 
 
 This policy setting is applicable only if the NV cache feature is on.
 
@@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ This policy setting turns off all support for the non-volatile (NV) cache on all
 
 To check if you have hybrid hard disks in the system, from Device Manager, right-click the disk drive and select Properties. The NV cache can be used to optimize boot and resume by reading data from the cache while the disks are spinning up. The NV cache can also be used to reduce the power consumption of the system by keeping the disks spun down while satisfying reads and writes from the cache.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system will not manage the NV cache and will not enable NV cache power saving mode.  
+If you enable this policy setting, the system won't manage the NV cache and won't enable NV cache power saving mode.  
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the system will manage the NV cache on the disks if the other policy settings for the NV cache are appropriately configured. 
 
-This policy setting will take effect on next boot.  If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior is to turn on support for the NV cache.
+This policy setting will take effect on next boot.  If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior is to turn on support for the NV cache.
 
 
 
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ This policy setting turns off the solid state mode for the hybrid hard disks.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, frequently written files such as the file system metadata and registry may not be stored in the NV cache.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the system will store frequently written data into the non-volatile (NV) cache. This allows the system to exclusively run out of the NV cache and power down the disk for longer periods to save power. 
+If you disable this policy setting, the system will store frequently written data into the non-volatile (NV) cache. This storage allows the system to exclusively run out of the NV cache and power down the disk for longer periods to save power.
 
-This can cause increased wear of the NV cache.  If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior of the system is observed and frequently written files will be stored in the NV cache.  Note: This policy setting is applicable only if the NV cache feature is on.
+This usage can cause increased wear of the NV cache.  If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior of the system is observed and frequently written files will be stored in the NV cache.  Note: This policy setting is applicable only if the NV cache feature is on.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-diskquota.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-diskquota.md
index cc4ff2f0b5..5982c438b4 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-diskquota.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-diskquota.md
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting extends the disk quota policies in this folder to NTFS file system volumes on the removable media.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the disk quota policies established in this folder apply to fixed-media NTFS volumes only. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the disk quota policies established in this folder apply to fixed-media NTFS volumes only. 
 
 When this policy setting is applied, the computer will apply the disk quota to both fixed and removable media.
 
@@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting turns on and turns off disk quota management on all NTFS volumes of the computer, and prevents users from changing the setting.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, disk quota management is turned on, and users cannot turn it off.  
+If you enable this policy setting, disk quota management is turned on, and users can't turn it off.
 
-If you disable the policy setting, disk quota management is turned off, and users cannot turn it on. When this policy setting is not configured then the disk quota management is turned off by default, and the administrators can turn it on. 
+If you disable the policy setting, disk quota management is turned off, and users can't turn it on. When this policy setting isn't configured then the disk quota management is turned off by default, and the administrators can turn it on. 
 
 To prevent users from changing the setting while a setting is in effect, the system disables the "Enable quota management" option on the Quota tab of NTFS volumes.
 
-This policy setting turns on disk quota management but does not establish or enforce a particular disk quota limit. 
+This policy setting turns on disk quota management but doesn't establish or enforce a particular disk quota limit. 
 
 To specify a disk quota limit, use the "Default quota limit and warning level" policy setting. Otherwise, the system uses the physical space on the volume as the quota limit. 
 
@@ -180,9 +180,9 @@ This policy setting determines whether disk quota limits are enforced and preven
 
 If you enable this policy setting, disk quota limits are enforced. 
 
-If you disable this policy setting, disk quota limits are not enforced. When you enable or disable this policy setting, the system disables the "Deny disk space to users exceed quota limit" option on the Quota tab. Therefore, the administrators cannot make changes while the setting is in effect. 
+If you disable this policy setting, disk quota limits aren't enforced. When you enable or disable this policy setting, the system disables the "Deny disk space to users exceed quota limit" option on the Quota tab. Therefore, the administrators can't make changes while the setting is in effect. 
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the disk quota limit is not enforced by default, but administrators can change the setting. Enforcement is optional. When users reach an enforced disk quota limit, the system responds as though the physical space on the volume were exhausted. When users reach an unenforced limit, their status in the Quota Entries window changes. However, the users can continue to write to the volume as long as physical space is available. 
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the disk quota limit isn't enforced by default, but administrators can change the setting. Enforcement is optional. When users reach an enforced disk quota limit, the system responds as though the physical space on the volume were exhausted. When users reach an unenforced limit, their status in the Quota Entries window changes. However, the users can continue to write to the volume as long as physical space is available. 
 
 This policy setting overrides user settings that enable or disable quota enforcement on their volumes. 
 
@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ This policy setting determines whether the system records an event in the local
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system records an event when the user reaches their limit. 
 
-If you disable this policy setting, no event is recorded. Also, when you enable or disable this policy setting, the system disables the "Log event when a user exceeds their quota limit" option on the Quota tab, so administrators cannot change the setting while a setting is in effect. If you do not configure this policy setting, no events are recorded, but administrators can use the Quota tab option to change the setting. 
+If you disable this policy setting, no event is recorded. Also, when you enable or disable this policy setting, the system disables the "Log event when a user exceeds their quota limit" option on the Quota tab, so administrators can't change the setting while a setting is in effect. If you don't configure this policy setting, no events are recorded, but administrators can use the Quota tab option to change the setting. 
 
-This policy setting is independent of the enforcement policy settings for disk quotas. As a result, you can direct the system to log an event, regardless of whether or not you choose to enforce the disk quota limit. Also, this policy setting does not affect the Quota Entries window on the Quota tab. Even without the logged event, users can detect that they have reached their limit, because their status in the Quota Entries window changes. 
+This policy setting is independent of the enforcement policy settings for disk quotas. As a result, you can direct the system to log an event, regardless of whether or not you choose to enforce the disk quota limit. Also, this policy setting doesn't affect the Quota Entries window on the Quota tab. Even without the logged event, users can detect that they've reached their limit, because their status in the Quota Entries window changes. 
 
 To find the logging option, in My Computer, right-click the name of an NTFS file system volume, click Properties, and then click the Quota tab.
 
@@ -282,9 +282,9 @@ This policy setting determines whether the system records an event in the Applic
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system records an event.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, no event is recorded. When you enable or disable this policy setting, the system disables the corresponding "Log event when a user exceeds their warning level" option on the Quota tab so that administrators cannot change logging while a policy setting is in effect.  
+If you disable this policy setting, no event is recorded. When you enable or disable this policy setting, the system disables the corresponding "Log event when a user exceeds their warning level" option on the Quota tab so that administrators can't change logging while a policy setting is in effect.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no event is recorded, but administrators can use the Quota tab option to change the logging setting. This policy setting does not affect the Quota Entries window on the Quota tab. Even without the logged event, users can detect that they have reached their warning level because their status in the Quota Entries window changes. 
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no event is recorded, but administrators can use the Quota tab option to change the logging setting. This policy setting doesn't affect the Quota Entries window on the Quota tab. Even without the logged event, users can detect that they've reached their warning level because their status in the Quota Entries window changes. 
 
 To find the logging option, in My Computer, right-click the name of an NTFS file system volume, click Properties, and then click the Quota tab.
 
@@ -332,11 +332,11 @@ This policy setting specifies the default disk quota limit and warning level for
 This policy setting determines how much disk space can be used by each user on each of the NTFS file system volumes on a computer. It also specifies the warning level, the point at which the user's status in the Quota Entries window changes to indicate that the user is approaching the disk quota limit. 
 
 This setting overrides new users’ settings for the disk quota limit and warning level on their volumes, and it disables the corresponding options in the "Select the default quota limit for new users of this volume" section on the Quota tab. 
-This policy setting applies to all new users as soon as they write to the volume. It does not affect disk quota limits for current users, or affect customized limits and warning levels set for particular users (on the Quota tab in Volume Properties).  
+This policy setting applies to all new users as soon as they write to the volume. It doesn't affect disk quota limits for current users, or affect customized limits and warning levels set for particular users (on the Quota tab in Volume Properties).  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the disk space available to users is not limited. The disk quota management feature uses the physical space on each volume as its quota limit and warning level. When you select a limit, remember that the same limit applies to all users on all volumes, regardless of actual volume size. Be sure to set the limit and warning level so that it is reasonable for the range of volumes in the group. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the disk space available to users isn't limited. The disk quota management feature uses the physical space on each volume as its quota limit and warning level. When you select a limit, remember that the same limit applies to all users on all volumes, regardless of actual volume size. Be sure to set the limit and warning level so that it's reasonable for the range of volumes in the group. 
 
-This policy setting is effective only when disk quota management is enabled on the volume. Also, if disk quotas are not enforced, users can exceed the quota limit you set. When users reach the quota limit, their status in the Quota Entries window changes, but users can continue to write to the volume.
+This policy setting is effective only when disk quota management is enabled on the volume. Also, if disk quotas aren't enforced, users can exceed the quota limit you set. When users reach the quota limit, their status in the Quota Entries window changes, but users can continue to write to the volume.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-distributedlinktracking.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-distributedlinktracking.md
index 5c192b7816..ff67fc4f25 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-distributedlinktracking.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-distributedlinktracking.md
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 This policy specifies that Distributed Link Tracking clients in this domain may use the Distributed Link Tracking (DLT) server, which runs on domain controllers.  
 The DLT client enables programs to track linked  files that are moved within an NTFS volume, to another NTFS volume on the same computer, or to an NTFS volume on  another computer.   
 The DLT client can more reliably track links when allowed to use the DLT server.  
-This policy should not be set unless the DLT server is running on all domain controllers in the domain.
+This policy shouldn't be set unless the DLT server is running on all domain controllers in the domain.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting applies to all sites in Trusted zones.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dnsclient.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dnsclient.md
index 89e960919b..8410109042 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dnsclient.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dnsclient.md
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ This policy setting specifies that NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) queries are issue
 
 If you enable this policy setting, NetBT queries will be issued for multi-label and fully qualified domain names, such as "www.example.com" in addition to single-label names.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, NetBT queries will only be issued for single-label names, such as "example" and not for multi-label and fully qualified domain names.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, NetBT queries will only be issued for single-label names, such as "example" and not for multi-label and fully qualified domain names.
 
 
 
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, suffixes are allowed to be appended to an unq
 
 If you disable this policy setting, no suffixes are appended to unqualified multi-label name queries if the original name query fails.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, computers will use their local DNS client settings to determine the query behavior for unqualified multi-label names.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, computers will use their local DNS client settings to determine the query behavior for unqualified multi-label names.
 
 
 
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ This policy setting specifies a connection-specific DNS suffix. This policy sett
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the DNS suffix that you enter will be applied to all network connections used by computers that receive this policy setting.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, computers will use the local or DHCP supplied connection specific DNS suffix, if configured.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, computers will use the local or DHCP supplied connection specific DNS suffix, if configured.
 
 
 
@@ -273,22 +273,22 @@ With devolution, a DNS client creates queries by appending a single-label, unqua
 
 The DNS client appends DNS suffixes to the single-label, unqualified domain name based on the state of the Append primary and connection specific DNS suffixes radio button and Append parent suffixes of the primary DNS suffix check box on the DNS tab in Advanced TCP/IP Settings for the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box.
 
-Devolution is not enabled if a global suffix search list is configured using Group Policy.
+Devolution isn't enabled if a global suffix search list is configured using Group Policy.
 
-If a global suffix search list is not configured, and the Append primary and connection specific DNS suffixes radio button is selected, the DNS client appends the following names to a single-label name when it sends DNS queries:  
+If a global suffix search list isn't configured, and the Append primary and connection specific DNS suffixes radio button is selected, the DNS client appends the following names to a single-label name when it sends DNS queries:  
 
 - The primary DNS suffix, as specified on the Computer Name tab of the System control panel.
 - Each connection-specific DNS suffix, assigned either through DHCP or specified in the DNS suffix for this connection box on the DNS tab in the Advanced TCP/IP Settings dialog box for each connection.
 
 For example, when a user submits a query for a single-label name such as "example," the DNS client attaches a suffix such as "microsoft.com" resulting in the query "example.microsoft.com," before sending the query to a DNS server.
 
-If a DNS suffix search list is not specified, the DNS client attaches the primary DNS suffix to a single-label name. If this query fails, the connection-specific DNS suffix is attached for a new query. If none of these queries are resolved, the client devolves the primary DNS suffix of the computer (drops the leftmost label of the primary DNS suffix), attaches this devolved primary DNS suffix to the single-label name, and submits this new query to a DNS server.
+If a DNS suffix search list isn't specified, the DNS client attaches the primary DNS suffix to a single-label name. If this query fails, the connection-specific DNS suffix is attached for a new query. If none of these queries are resolved, the client devolves the primary DNS suffix of the computer (drops the leftmost label of the primary DNS suffix), attaches this devolved primary DNS suffix to the single-label name, and submits this new query to a DNS server.
 
-For example, if the primary DNS suffix ooo.aaa.microsoft.com is attached to the non-dot-terminated single-label name "example," and the DNS query for example.ooo.aaa.microsoft.com fails, the DNS client devolves the primary DNS suffix (drops the leftmost label) till the specified devolution level, and submits a query for example.aaa.microsoft.com. If this query fails, the primary DNS suffix is devolved further if it is under specified devolution level and the query example.microsoft.com is submitted. If this query fails, devolution continues if it is under specified devolution level and the query example.microsoft.com is submitted, corresponding to a devolution level of two. The primary DNS suffix cannot be devolved beyond a devolution level of two. The devolution level can be configured using this policy setting. The default devolution level is two.
+For example, if the primary DNS suffix ooo.aaa.microsoft.com is attached to the non-dot-terminated single-label name "example," and the DNS query for example.ooo.aaa.microsoft.com fails, the DNS client devolves the primary DNS suffix (drops the leftmost label) till the specified devolution level, and submits a query for example.aaa.microsoft.com. If this query fails, the primary DNS suffix is devolved further if it is under specified devolution level and the query example.microsoft.com is submitted. If this query fails, devolution continues if it is under specified devolution level and the query example.microsoft.com is submitted, corresponding to a devolution level of two. The primary DNS suffix can't be devolved beyond a devolution level of two. The devolution level can be configured using this policy setting. The default devolution level is two.
 
 If you enable this policy setting and DNS devolution is also enabled, DNS clients use the DNS devolution level that you specify.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, DNS clients use the default devolution level of two provided that DNS devolution is enabled.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, DNS clients use the default devolution level of two if DNS devolution is enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -333,9 +333,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether the DNS client should convert internationalized domain names (IDNs) to Punycode when the computer is on non-domain networks with no WINS servers configured.
 
-If this policy setting is enabled, IDNs are not converted to Punycode.
+If this policy setting is enabled, IDNs aren't converted to Punycode.
 
-If this policy setting is disabled, or if this policy setting is not configured, IDNs are converted to Punycode when the computer is on non-domain networks with no WINS servers configured.
+If this policy setting is disabled, or if this policy setting isn't configured, IDNs are converted to Punycode when the computer is on non-domain networks with no WINS servers configured.
 
 
 
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ This policy setting specifies whether the DNS client should convert internationa
 
 If this policy setting is enabled, IDNs are converted to the Nameprep form.
 
-If this policy setting is disabled, or if this policy setting is not configured, IDNs are not converted to the Nameprep form.
+If this policy setting is disabled, or if this policy setting isn't configured, IDNs aren't converted to the Nameprep form.
 
 
 
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ To use this policy setting, click Enabled, and then enter a space-delimited list
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the list of DNS servers is applied to all network connections used by computers that receive this policy setting. 
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, computers will use the local or DHCP supplied list of DNS servers, if configured.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, computers will use the local or DHCP supplied list of DNS servers, if configured.
 
 
 
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ This policy setting specifies that responses from link local name resolution pro
 
 If you enable this policy setting, responses from link local protocols will be preferred over DNS responses if the local responses are from a network with a higher binding order.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, then DNS responses from networks lower in the binding order will be preferred over responses from link local protocols received from networks higher in the binding order.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, then DNS responses from networks lower in the binding order will be preferred over responses from link local protocols received from networks higher in the binding order.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is applicable only if the turn off smart multi-homed name resolution policy setting is disabled or not configured.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, it supersedes the primary DNS suffix configur
 
 You can use this policy setting to prevent users, including local administrators, from changing the primary DNS suffix.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, each computer uses its local primary DNS suffix, which is usually the DNS name of Active Directory domain to which it is joined.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, each computer uses its local primary DNS suffix, which is usually the DNS name of Active Directory domain to which it's joined.
 
 
 
@@ -576,13 +576,13 @@ This policy setting specifies if a computer performing dynamic DNS registration
 
 By default, a DNS client performing dynamic DNS registration registers A and PTR resource records with a concatenation of its computer name and the primary DNS suffix. For example, a computer name of mycomputer and a primary DNS suffix of microsoft.com will be registered as: mycomputer.microsoft.com.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, a computer will register A and PTR resource records with its connection-specific DNS suffix, in addition to the primary DNS suffix. This applies to all network connections used by computers that receive this policy setting.
+If you enable this policy setting, a computer will register A and PTR resource records with its connection-specific DNS suffix, in addition to the primary DNS suffix. This suffix-update applies to all network connections used by computers that receive this policy setting.
 
 For example, with a computer name of mycomputer, a primary DNS suffix of microsoft.com, and a connection specific DNS suffix of VPNconnection, a computer will register A and PTR resource records for mycomputer.VPNconnection and mycomputer.microsoft.com when this policy setting is enabled.
 
 Important: This policy setting is ignored on a DNS client computer if dynamic DNS registration is disabled.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, a DNS client computer will not register any A and PTR resource records using a connection-specific DNS suffix.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, a DNS client computer won't register any A and PTR resource records using a connection-specific DNS suffix.
 
 
 
@@ -631,11 +631,11 @@ If you enable this policy setting, registration of PTR records will be determine
 
 To use this policy setting, click Enabled, and then select one of the following options from the drop-down list:
 
-- Do not register: Computers will not attempt to register PTR resource records
-- Register: Computers will attempt to register PTR resource records even if registration of the corresponding A records was not successful.
+- don't register: Computers won't attempt to register PTR resource records
+- Register: Computers will attempt to register PTR resource records even if registration of the corresponding A records wasn't successful.
 - Register only if A record registration succeeds: Computers will attempt to register PTR resource records only if registration of the corresponding A records was successful.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, computers will use locally configured settings.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, computers will use locally configured settings.
 
 
 
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies if DNS dynamic update is enabled. Computers configured for DNS dynamic update automatically register and update their DNS resource records with a DNS server.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, or you do not configure this policy setting, computers will attempt to use dynamic DNS registration on all network connections that have connection-specific dynamic DNS registration enabled. For a dynamic DNS registration to be enabled on a network connection, the connection-specific configuration must allow dynamic DNS registration, and this policy setting must not be disabled.
+If you enable this policy setting, or you don't configure this policy setting, computers will attempt to use dynamic DNS registration on all network connections that have connection-specific dynamic DNS registration enabled. For a dynamic DNS registration to be enabled on a network connection, the connection-specific configuration must allow dynamic DNS registration, and this policy setting must not be disabled.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, computers may not use dynamic DNS registration for any of their network connections, regardless of the configuration for individual network connections.
 
@@ -724,13 +724,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether dynamic updates should overwrite existing resource records that contain conflicting IP addresses.
 
-This policy setting is designed for computers that register address (A) resource records in DNS zones that do not use Secure Dynamic Updates. Secure Dynamic Update preserves ownership of resource records and does not allow a DNS client to overwrite records that are registered by other computers.
+This policy setting is designed for computers that register address (A) resource records in DNS zones that don't use Secure Dynamic Updates. Secure Dynamic Update preserves ownership of resource records and doesn't allow a DNS client to overwrite records that are registered by other computers.
 
-During dynamic update of resource records in a zone that does not use Secure Dynamic Updates, an A resource record might exist that associates the client's host name with an IP address different than the one currently in use by the client. By default, the DNS client attempts to replace the existing A resource record with an A resource record that has the client's current IP address.
+During dynamic update of resource records in a zone that doesn't use Secure Dynamic Updates, an A resource record might exist that associates the client's host name with an IP address different than the one currently in use by the client. By default, the DNS client attempts to replace the existing A resource record with an A resource record that has the client's current IP address.
 
-If you enable this policy setting or if you do not configure this policy setting, DNS clients maintain their default behavior and will attempt to replace conflicting A resource records during dynamic update.
+If you enable this policy setting or if you don't configure this policy setting, DNS clients maintain their default behavior and will attempt to replace conflicting A resource records during dynamic update.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, existing A resource records that contain conflicting IP addresses will not be replaced during a dynamic update, and an error will be recorded in Event Viewer.
+If you disable this policy setting, existing A resource records that contain conflicting IP addresses won't be replaced during a dynamic update, and an error will be recorded in Event Viewer.
 
 
 
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the interval used by DNS clients to refresh registration of A and PTR resource. This policy setting only applies to computers performing dynamic DNS updates.
 
-Computers configured to perform dynamic DNS registration of A and PTR resource records periodically reregister their records with DNS servers, even if the record has not changed. This reregistration is required to indicate to DNS servers that records are current and should not be automatically removed (scavenged) when a DNS server is configured to delete stale records.
+Computers configured to perform dynamic DNS registration of A and PTR resource records periodically reregister their records with DNS servers, even if the record hasn't changed. This reregistration is required to indicate to DNS servers that records are current and shouldn't be automatically removed (scavenged) when a DNS server is configured to delete stale records.
 
 > [!WARNING]
 > If record scavenging is enabled on the zone, the value of this policy setting should never be longer than the value of the DNS zone refresh interval. Configuring the registration refresh interval to be longer than the refresh interval of the DNS zone might result in the undesired deletion of A and PTR resource records.
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ To specify the registration refresh interval, click Enabled and then enter a val
 
 If you enable this policy setting, registration refresh interval that you specify will be applied to all network connections used by computers that receive this policy setting.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, computers will use the local or DHCP supplied setting. By default, client computers configured with a static IP address attempt to update their DNS resource records once every 24 hours and DHCP clients will attempt to update their DNS resource records when a DHCP lease is granted or renewed.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, computers will use the local or DHCP supplied setting. By default, client computers configured with a static IP address attempt to update their DNS resource records once every 24 hours and DHCP clients will attempt to update their DNS resource records when a DHCP lease is granted or renewed.
 
 
 
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ To specify the TTL, click Enabled and then enter a value in seconds (for example
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the TTL value that you specify will be applied to DNS resource records registered for all network connections used by computers that receive this policy setting.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, computers will use the TTL settings specified in DNS. By default, the TTL is 1200 seconds (20 minutes).
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, computers will use the TTL settings specified in DNS. By default, the TTL is 1200 seconds (20 minutes).
 
 
 
@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the DNS suffixes to attach to an unqualified single-label name before submission of a DNS query for that name.
 
-An unqualified single-label name contains no dots. The name "example" is a single-label name. This is different from a fully qualified domain name such as "example.microsoft.com."
+An unqualified single-label name contains no dots. The name "example" is a single-label name. This name is different from a fully qualified domain name such as "example.microsoft.com."
 
 Client computers that receive this policy setting will attach one or more suffixes to DNS queries for a single-label name. For example, a DNS query for the single-label name "example" will be modified to "example.microsoft.com" before sending the query to a DNS server if this policy setting is enabled with a suffix of "microsoft.com."
 
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ To use this policy setting, click Enabled, and then enter a string value represe
 
 If you enable this policy setting, one DNS suffix is attached at a time for each query. If a query is unsuccessful, a new DNS suffix is added in place of the failed suffix, and this new query is submitted. The values are used in the order they appear in the string, starting with the leftmost value and proceeding to the right until a query is successful or all suffixes are tried.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, the primary DNS suffix and network connection-specific DNS suffixes are appended to the unqualified queries.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, the primary DNS suffix and network connection-specific DNS suffixes are appended to the unqualified queries.
 
 
 
@@ -926,11 +926,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies that a multi-homed DNS client should optimize name resolution across networks. The setting improves performance by issuing parallel DNS, link local multicast name resolution (LLMNR) and NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) queries across all networks. In the event that multiple positive responses are received, the network binding order is used to determine which response to accept.
+This policy setting specifies that a multi-homed DNS client should optimize name resolution across networks. The setting improves performance by issuing parallel DNS, link local multicast name resolution (LLMNR) and NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) queries across all networks. If multiple positive responses are received, the network binding order is used to determine which response to accept.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the DNS client will not perform any optimizations.  DNS queries will be issued across all networks first. LLMNR queries will be issued if the DNS queries fail, followed by NetBT queries if LLMNR queries fail.
+If you enable this policy setting, the DNS client won't perform any optimizations.  DNS queries will be issued across all networks first. LLMNR queries will be issued if the DNS queries fail, followed by NetBT queries if LLMNR queries fail.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, name resolution will be optimized when issuing DNS, LLMNR and NetBT queries.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, name resolution will be optimized when issuing DNS, LLMNR and NetBT queries.
 
 
 
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ This policy setting specifies that the DNS client should prefer responses from l
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the DNS client will prefer DNS responses, followed by LLMNR, followed by NetBT for all networks.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, the DNS client will prefer link local responses for flat name queries on non-domain networks. 
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, the DNS client will prefer link local responses for flat name queries on non-domain networks. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is applicable only if the turn off smart multi-homed name resolution policy setting is disabled or not configured.
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ To use this policy setting, click Enabled and then select one of the following v
 
 If you enable this policy setting, computers that attempt to send dynamic DNS updates will use the security level that you specify in this policy setting.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, computers will use local settings. By default, DNS clients attempt to use unsecured dynamic update first. If an unsecured update is refused, clients try to use secure update.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, computers will use local settings. By default, DNS clients attempt to use unsecured dynamic update first. If an unsecured update is refused, clients try to use secure update.
 
 
 
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ By default, a DNS client that is configured to perform dynamic DNS update will u
 
 If you enable this policy setting, computers send dynamic updates to any zone that is authoritative for the resource records that the computer needs to update, except the root zone.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, computers do not send dynamic updates to the root zone or top-level domain zones that are authoritative for the resource records that the computer needs to update.
+If you disable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, computers don't send dynamic updates to the root zone or top-level domain zones that are authoritative for the resource records that the computer needs to update.
 
 
 
@@ -1126,9 +1126,9 @@ With devolution, a DNS client creates queries by appending a single-label, unqua
 
 The DNS client appends DNS suffixes to the single-label, unqualified domain name based on the state of the Append primary and connection specific DNS suffixes radio button and Append parent suffixes of the primary DNS suffix check box on the DNS tab in Advanced TCP/IP Settings for the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box.
 
-Devolution is not enabled if a global suffix search list is configured using Group Policy.
+Devolution isn't enabled if a global suffix search list is configured using Group Policy.
 
-If a global suffix search list is not configured, and the Append primary and connection specific DNS suffixes radio button is selected, the DNS client appends the following names to a single-label name when it sends DNS queries:
+If a global suffix search list isn't configured, and the Append primary and connection specific DNS suffixes radio button is selected, the DNS client appends the following names to a single-label name when it sends DNS queries:
 
 The primary DNS suffix, as specified on the Computer Name tab of the System control panel.
 
@@ -1136,13 +1136,13 @@ Each connection-specific DNS suffix, assigned either through DHCP or specified i
 
 For example, when a user submits a query for a single-label name such as "example," the DNS client attaches a suffix such as "microsoft.com" resulting in the query "example.microsoft.com," before sending the query to a DNS server.
 
-If a DNS suffix search list is not specified, the DNS client attaches the primary DNS suffix to a single-label name. If this query fails, the connection-specific DNS suffix is attached for a new query. If none of these queries are resolved, the client devolves the primary DNS suffix of the computer (drops the leftmost label of the primary DNS suffix), attaches this devolved primary DNS suffix to the single-label name, and submits this new query to a DNS server.
+If a DNS suffix search list isn't specified, the DNS client attaches the primary DNS suffix to a single-label name. If this query fails, the connection-specific DNS suffix is attached for a new query. If none of these queries are resolved, the client devolves the primary DNS suffix of the computer (drops the leftmost label of the primary DNS suffix), attaches this devolved primary DNS suffix to the single-label name, and submits this new query to a DNS server.
 
-For example, if the primary DNS suffix ooo.aaa.microsoft.com is attached to the non-dot-terminated single-label name "example," and the DNS query for example.ooo.aaa.microsoft.com fails, the DNS client devolves the primary DNS suffix (drops the leftmost label) till the specified devolution level, and submits a query for example.aaa.microsoft.com. If this query fails, the primary DNS suffix is devolved further if it is under specified devolution level and the query example.microsoft.com is submitted. If this query fails, devolution continues if it is under specified devolution level and the query example.microsoft.com is submitted, corresponding to a devolution level of two. The primary DNS suffix cannot be devolved beyond a devolution level of two. The devolution level can be configured using the primary DNS suffix devolution level policy setting. The default devolution level is two.
+For example, if the primary DNS suffix ooo.aaa.microsoft.com is attached to the non-dot-terminated single-label name "example," and the DNS query for example.ooo.aaa.microsoft.com fails, the DNS client devolves the primary DNS suffix (drops the leftmost label) till the specified devolution level, and submits a query for example.aaa.microsoft.com. If this query fails, the primary DNS suffix is devolved further if it is under specified devolution level and the query example.microsoft.com is submitted. If this query fails, devolution continues if it is under specified devolution level and the query example.microsoft.com is submitted, corresponding to a devolution level of two. The primary DNS suffix can't be devolved beyond a devolution level of two. The devolution level can be configured using the primary DNS suffix devolution level policy setting. The default devolution level is two.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, or if you do not configure this policy setting, DNS clients attempt to resolve single-label names using concatenations of the single-label name to be resolved and the devolved primary DNS suffix.
+If you enable this policy setting, or if you don't configure this policy setting, DNS clients attempt to resolve single-label names using concatenations of the single-label name to be resolved and the devolved primary DNS suffix.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, DNS clients do not attempt to resolve names that are concatenations of the single-label name to be resolved and the devolved primary DNS suffix.
+If you disable this policy setting, DNS clients don't attempt to resolve names that are concatenations of the single-label name to be resolved and the devolved primary DNS suffix.
 
 
 
@@ -1186,11 +1186,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies that link local multicast name resolution (LLMNR) is disabled on client computers.
 
-LLMNR is a secondary name resolution protocol. With LLMNR, queries are sent using multicast over a local network link on a single subnet from a client computer to another client computer on the same subnet that also has LLMNR enabled. LLMNR does not require a DNS server or DNS client configuration, and provides name resolution in scenarios in which conventional DNS name resolution is not possible.
+LLMNR is a secondary name resolution protocol. With LLMNR, queries are sent using multicast over a local network link on a single subnet from a client computer to another client computer on the same subnet that also has LLMNR enabled. LLMNR doesn't require a DNS server or DNS client configuration, and provides name resolution in scenarios in which conventional DNS name resolution isn't possible.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, LLMNR will be disabled on all available network adapters on the client computer.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, or you do not configure this policy setting, LLMNR will be enabled on all available network adapters.
+If you disable this policy setting, or you don't configure this policy setting, LLMNR will be enabled on all available network adapters.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dwm.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dwm.md
index 94017ac6c2..10b9761d52 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dwm.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-dwm.md
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls the default color for window frames when the user does not specify a color. 
+This policy setting controls the default color for window frames when the user doesn't specify a color. 
 
-If you enable this policy setting and specify a default color, this color is used in glass window frames, if the user does not specify a color. 
+If you enable this policy setting and specify a default color, this color is used in glass window frames, if the user doesn't specify a color. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default internal color is used, if the user does not specify a color. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default internal color is used, if the user doesn't specify a color. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting can be used in conjunction with the "Prevent color changes of window frames" setting, to enforce a specific color for window frames that cannot be changed by users.
@@ -125,11 +125,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls the default color for window frames when the user does not specify a color. 
+This policy setting controls the default color for window frames when the user doesn't specify a color. 
 
-If you enable this policy setting and specify a default color, this color is used in glass window frames, if the user does not specify a color. 
+If you enable this policy setting and specify a default color, this color is used in glass window frames, if the user doesn't specify a color. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default internal color is used, if the user does not specify a color. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default internal color is used, if the user doesn't specify a color. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting can be used in conjunction with the "Prevent color changes of window frames" setting, to enforce a specific color for window frames that cannot be changed by users.
@@ -178,9 +178,9 @@ This policy setting controls the appearance of window animations such as those f
 
 If you enable this policy setting, window animations are turned off. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, window animations are turned on. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, window animations are turned on. 
 
-Changing this policy setting requires a logoff for it to be applied.
+Changing this policy setting requires a sign out for it to be applied.
 
 
 
@@ -226,9 +226,9 @@ This policy setting controls the appearance of window animations such as those f
 
 If you enable this policy setting, window animations are turned off. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, window animations are turned on. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, window animations are turned on. 
 
-Changing this policy setting requires a logoff for it to be applied.
+Changing this policy setting requires out a sign for it to be applied.
 
 
 
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ This policy setting controls the ability to change the color of window frames.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you prevent users from changing the default window frame color. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, you allow users to change the default window frame color. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, you allow users to change the default window frame color. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting can be used in conjunction with the "Specify a default color for window frames" policy setting, to enforce a specific color for window frames that cannot be changed by users.
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ This policy setting controls the ability to change the color of window frames.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you prevent users from changing the default window frame color. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, you allow users to change the default window frame color. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, you allow users to change the default window frame color. 
 
 > [!NOTE] 
 > This policy setting can be used in conjunction with the "Specify a default color for window frames" policy setting, to enforce a specific color for window frames that cannot be changed by users.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eaime.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eaime.md
index 4a47e54126..21ee8c0b36 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eaime.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eaime.md
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to include the Non-Publishing Standard Glyph in the candidate list when Publishing Standard Glyph for the word exists.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Non-Publishing Standard Glyph is not included in the candidate list when Publishing Standard Glyph for the word exists.
+If you enable this policy setting, Non-Publishing Standard Glyph isn't included in the candidate list when Publishing Standard Glyph for the word exists.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, both Publishing Standard Glyph and Non-Publishing Standard Glyph are included in the candidate list.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, both Publishing Standard Glyph and Non-Publishing Standard Glyph are included in the candidate list.
 
 This policy setting applies to Japanese Microsoft IME only.
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, then only the character code ranges specified
 - 0x1000 // IVS char
 - 0xFFFF // no definition.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, no range of characters are filtered by default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, no range of characters are filtered by default.
 
 This policy setting applies to Japanese Microsoft IME only.
 
@@ -210,9 +210,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off the ability to use a custom dictionary.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you cannot add, edit, and delete words in the custom dictionary either with GUI tools or APIs. A word registered in the custom dictionary before enabling this policy setting can continue to be used for conversion.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can't add, edit, and delete words in the custom dictionary either with GUI tools or APIs. A word registered in the custom dictionary before enabling this policy setting can continue to be used for conversion.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the custom dictionary can be used by default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the custom dictionary can be used by default.
 
 For Japanese Microsoft IME, [Clear auto-tuning information] works, even if this policy setting is enabled, and it clears self-tuned words from the custom dictionary.
 
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn off history-based predictive input.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, history-based predictive input is turned off.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, history-based predictive input is on by default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, history-based predictive input is on by default.
 
 This policy setting applies to Japanese Microsoft IME only.
 
@@ -315,9 +315,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn off Internet search integration.
 
 Search integration includes both using Search Provider (Japanese Microsoft IME) and performing Bing search from predictive input for Japanese Microsoft IME.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you cannot use search integration.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can't use search integration.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the search integration function can be used by default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the search integration function can be used by default.
 
 This policy setting applies to Japanese Microsoft IME.
 
@@ -366,11 +366,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off Open Extended Dictionary.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Open Extended Dictionary is turned off. You cannot add a new Open Extended Dictionary.
+If you enable this policy setting, Open Extended Dictionary is turned off. You can't add a new Open Extended Dictionary.
 
-For Japanese Microsoft IME, an Open Extended Dictionary that is added before enabling this policy setting is not used for conversion.
+For Japanese Microsoft IME, an Open Extended Dictionary that is added before enabling this policy setting isn't used for conversion.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Open Extended Dictionary can be added and used by default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Open Extended Dictionary can be added and used by default.
 
 This policy setting is applied to Japanese Microsoft IME.
 
@@ -416,9 +416,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off saving the auto-tuning result to file.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the auto-tuning data is not saved to file.
+If you enable this policy setting, the auto-tuning data isn't saved to file.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, auto-tuning data is saved to file by default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, auto-tuning data is saved to file by default.
 
 This policy setting applies to Japanese Microsoft IME only.
 
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn on logging of misconversion for the misco
 
 If you enable this policy setting, misconversion logging is turned on.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, misconversion logging is turned off.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, misconversion logging is turned off.
 
 This policy setting applies to Japanese Microsoft IME and Traditional Chinese IME.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-enhancedstorage.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-enhancedstorage.md
index 6ac5c0d97c..2ab763817c 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-enhancedstorage.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-enhancedstorage.md
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure a list of Enhanced Storage devices b
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only Enhanced Storage devices that contain a manufacturer and product ID specified in this policy are usable on your computer.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, all Enhanced Storage devices are usable on your computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all Enhanced Storage devices are usable on your computer.
 
 
 
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to create a list of IEEE 1667 silos, compliant wi
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only IEEE 1667 silos that match a silo type identifier specified in this policy are usable on your computer.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, all IEEE 1667 silos on Enhanced Storage devices are usable on your computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all IEEE 1667 silos on Enhanced Storage devices are usable on your computer.
 
 
 
@@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting configures whether or not a password can be used to unlock an Enhanced Storage device.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, a password cannot be used to unlock an Enhanced Storage device.
+If you enable this policy setting, a password can't be used to unlock an Enhanced Storage device.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, a password can be used to unlock an Enhanced Storage device.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, a password can be used to unlock an Enhanced Storage device.
 
 
 
@@ -213,9 +213,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting configures whether or not non-Enhanced Storage removable devices are allowed on your computer.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, non-Enhanced Storage removable devices are not allowed on your computer.
+If you enable this policy setting, non-Enhanced Storage removable devices aren't allowed on your computer.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, non-Enhanced Storage removable devices are allowed on your computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, non-Enhanced Storage removable devices are allowed on your computer.
 
 
 
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ This policy setting is supported in Windows Server SKUs only.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Enhanced Storage device remains locked when the computer is locked.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Enhanced Storage device state is not changed when the computer is locked.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Enhanced Storage device state isn't changed when the computer is locked.
 
 
 
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ This policy setting configures whether or not only USB root hub connected Enhanc
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only USB root hub connected Enhanced Storage devices are allowed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, USB Enhanced Storage devices connected to both USB root hubs and non-root hubs will be allowed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, USB Enhanced Storage devices connected to both USB root hubs and non-root hubs will be allowed.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-errorreporting.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-errorreporting.md
index cb39601404..7e72497d05 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-errorreporting.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-errorreporting.md
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can instruct Windows Error Reporting in t
 
 If the Report all errors in Microsoft applications check box is filled, all errors in Microsoft applications are reported, regardless of the setting in the Default pull-down menu. When the Report all errors in Windows check box is filled, all errors in Windows applications are reported, regardless of the setting in the Default dropdown list. The Windows applications category is a subset of Microsoft applications.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can enable or disable Windows Error Reporting in Control Panel. The default setting in Control Panel is Upload all applications.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can enable or disable Windows Error Reporting in Control Panel. The default setting in Control Panel is Upload all applications.
 
 This policy setting is ignored if the Configure Error Reporting policy setting is disabled or not configured.
 
@@ -198,11 +198,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls Windows Error Reporting behavior for errors in general applications when Windows Error Reporting is turned on.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can create a list of applications that are never included in error reports. To create a list of applications for which Windows Error Reporting never reports errors, click Show under the Exclude errors for applications on this list setting, and then add or remove applications from the list of application file names in the Show Contents dialog box (example: notepad.exe). File names must always include the .exe file name extension. Errors that are generated by applications in this list are not reported, even if the Default Application Reporting Settings policy setting is configured to report all application errors.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can create a list of applications that are never included in error reports. To create a list of applications for which Windows Error Reporting never reports errors, click Show under the Exclude errors for applications on this list setting, and then add or remove applications from the list of application file names in the Show Contents dialog box (example: notepad.exe). File names must always include the .exe file name extension. Errors that are generated by applications in this list aren't reported, even if the Default Application Reporting Settings policy setting is configured to report all application errors.
 
 If this policy setting is enabled, the Exclude errors for applications on this list setting takes precedence. If an application is listed both in the List of applications to always report errors for policy setting, and in the exclusion list in this policy setting, the application is excluded from error reporting. You can also use the exclusion list in this policy setting to exclude specific Microsoft applications or parts of Windows if the check boxes for these categories are filled in the Default application reporting settings policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Default application reporting settings policy setting takes precedence.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Default application reporting settings policy setting takes precedence.
 
 
 
@@ -245,13 +245,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies applications for which Windows Error Reporting should always report errors.
 
-To create a list of applications for which Windows Error Reporting never reports errors, click Show under the Exclude errors for applications on this list setting, and then add or remove applications from the list of application file names in the Show Contents dialog box (example: notepad.exe). Errors that are generated by applications in this list are not reported, even if the Default Application Reporting Settings policy setting is configured to report all application errors.
+To create a list of applications for which Windows Error Reporting never reports errors, click Show under the Exclude errors for applications on this list setting, and then add or remove applications from the list of application file names in the Show Contents dialog box (example: notepad.exe). Errors that are generated by applications in this list aren't reported, even if the Default Application Reporting Settings policy setting is configured to report all application errors.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can create a list of applications that are always included in error reporting. To add applications to the list, click Show under the Report errors for applications on this list setting, and edit the list of application file names in the Show Contents dialog box. The file names must include the .exe file name extension (for example, notepad.exe). Errors that are generated by applications on this list are always reported, even if the Default dropdown in the Default application reporting policy setting is set to report no application errors.
 
 If the Report all errors in Microsoft applications or Report all errors in Windows components check boxes in the Default Application Reporting policy setting are filled, Windows Error Reporting reports errors as if all applications in these categories were added to the list in this policy setting. (Note: The Microsoft applications category includes the Windows components category.)
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, the Default application reporting settings policy setting takes precedence.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, the Default application reporting settings policy setting takes precedence.
 
 Also see the "Default Application Reporting" and "Application Exclusion List" policies.
 
@@ -299,26 +299,26 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting configures how errors are reported to Microsoft, and what information is sent when Windows Error Reporting is enabled.
 
-This policy setting does not enable or disable Windows Error Reporting. To turn Windows Error Reporting on or off, see the Turn off Windows Error Reporting policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/System/Internet Communication Management/Internet Communication settings.
+This policy setting doesn't enable or disable Windows Error Reporting. To turn Windows Error Reporting on or off, see the Turn off Windows Error Reporting policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/System/Internet Communication Management/Internet Communication settings.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> If the Turn off Windows Error Reporting policy setting is not configured, then Control Panel settings for Windows Error Reporting override this policy setting.
+> If the Turn off Windows Error Reporting policy setting isn't configured, then Control Panel settings for Windows Error Reporting override this policy setting.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the setting overrides any user changes made to Windows Error Reporting settings in Control Panel, and default values are applied for any Windows Error Reporting policy settings that are not configured (even if users have changed settings by using Control Panel). If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the following settings in the policy setting:
+If you enable this policy setting, the setting overrides any user changes made to Windows Error Reporting settings in Control Panel, and default values are applied for any Windows Error Reporting policy settings that aren't configured (even if users have changed settings by using Control Panel). If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the following settings in the policy setting:
 
-- "Do not display links to any Microsoft ‘More information’ websites": Select this option if you do not want error dialog boxes to display links to Microsoft websites.
+- "Do not display links to any Microsoft ‘More information’ websites": Select this option if you don't want error dialog boxes to display links to Microsoft websites.
 
-- "Do not collect additional files": Select this option if you do not want additional files to be collected and included in error reports.
+- "Do not collect additional files": Select this option if you don't want extra files to be collected and included in error reports.
 
-- "Do not collect additional computer data": Select this if you do not want additional information about the computer to be collected and included in error reports.
+- "Do not collect additional computer data": Select this option if you don't want additional information about the computer to be collected and included in error reports.
 
-- "Force queue mode for application errors": Select this option if you do not want users to report errors. When this option is selected, errors are stored in a queue directory, and the next administrator to log on to the computer can send the error reports to Microsoft.
+- "Force queue mode for application errors": Select this option if you don't want users to report errors. When this option is selected, errors are stored in a queue directory, and the next administrator to sign in to the computer can send the error reports to Microsoft.
 
-- "Corporate file path": Type a UNC path to enable Corporate Error Reporting.  All errors are stored at the specified location instead of being sent directly to Microsoft, and the next administrator to log onto the computer can send the error reports to Microsoft.
+- "Corporate file path": Type a UNC path to enable Corporate Error Reporting.  All errors are stored at the specified location instead of being sent directly to Microsoft, and the next administrator to sign in to the computer can send the error reports to Microsoft.
 
 - "Replace instances of the word ‘Microsoft’ with":  You can specify text with which to customize your error report dialog boxes.  The word ""Microsoft"" is replaced with the specified text.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can change Windows Error Reporting settings in Control Panel. By default, these settings are Enable Reporting on computers that are running Windows XP, and Report to Queue on computers that are running Windows Server 2003.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can change Windows Error Reporting settings in Control Panel. By default, these settings are Enable Reporting on computers that are running Windows XP, and Report to Queue on computers that are running Windows Server 2003.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, configuration settings in the policy setting are left blank.
 
@@ -367,9 +367,9 @@ This policy setting controls whether errors in the operating system are included
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting includes operating system errors.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, operating system errors are not included in error reports.
+If you disable this policy setting, operating system errors aren't included in error reports.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can change this setting in Control Panel. By default, Windows Error Reporting settings in Control Panel are set to upload operating system errors.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can change this setting in Control Panel. By default, Windows Error Reporting settings in Control Panel are set to upload operating system errors.
 
 See also the Configure Error Reporting policy setting.
 
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ This policy setting controls the behavior of the Windows Error Reporting archive
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can configure Windows Error Reporting archiving behavior. If Archive behavior is set to Store all, all data collected for each error report is stored in the appropriate location. If Archive behavior is set to Store parameters only, only the minimum information required to check for an existing solution is stored. The Maximum number of reports to store setting determines how many reports are stored before older reports are automatically deleted.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, no Windows Error Reporting information is stored.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, no Windows Error Reporting information is stored.
 
 
 
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ This policy setting controls the behavior of the Windows Error Reporting archive
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can configure Windows Error Reporting archiving behavior. If Archive behavior is set to Store all, all data collected for each error report is stored in the appropriate location. If Archive behavior is set to Store parameters only, only the minimum information required to check for an existing solution is stored. The Maximum number of reports to store setting determines how many reports are stored before older reports are automatically deleted.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, no Windows Error Reporting information is stored.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, no Windows Error Reporting information is stored.
 
 
 
@@ -502,9 +502,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether memory dumps in support of OS-generated error reports can be sent to Microsoft automatically. This policy does not apply to error reports generated by 3rd-party products, or additional data other than memory dumps.
+This policy setting controls whether memory dumps in support of OS-generated error reports can be sent to Microsoft automatically. This policy doesn't apply to error reports generated by 3rd-party products, or to data other than memory dumps.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, any memory dumps generated for error reports by Microsoft Windows are automatically uploaded, without notification to the user.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, any memory dumps generated for error reports by Microsoft Windows are automatically uploaded, without notification to the user.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, then all memory dumps are uploaded according to the default consent and notification settings.
 
@@ -547,9 +547,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether memory dumps in support of OS-generated error reports can be sent to Microsoft automatically. This policy does not apply to error reports generated by 3rd-party products, or additional data other than memory dumps.
+This policy setting controls whether memory dumps in support of OS-generated error reports can be sent to Microsoft automatically. This policy doesn't apply to error reports generated by 3rd-party products, or to data other than memory dumps.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, any memory dumps generated for error reports by Microsoft Windows are automatically uploaded, without notification to the user.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, any memory dumps generated for error reports by Microsoft Windows are automatically uploaded, without notification to the user.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, then all memory dumps are uploaded according to the default consent and notification settings.
 
@@ -590,11 +590,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) sends additional, second-level report data even if a CAB file containing data about the same event types has already been uploaded to the server.
+This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) sends more first-level report data, accompanied by second-level report data, even if a CAB file containing data about the same event types has already been uploaded to the server.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, WER does not throttle data; that is, WER uploads additional CAB files that can contain data about the same event types as an earlier uploaded report.
+If you enable this policy setting, WER doesn't throttle data; that is, WER uploads more CAB files that can contain data about the same event types as an earlier uploaded report.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, WER throttles data by default; that is, WER does not upload more than one CAB file for a report that contains data about the same event types.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, WER throttles data by default; that is, WER doesn't upload more than one CAB file for a report that contains data about the same event types.
 
 
 
@@ -635,11 +635,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) sends additional, second-level report data even if a CAB file containing data about the same event types has already been uploaded to the server.
+This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) sends more first-level report data, accompanied by second-level report data, even if a CAB file containing data about the same event types has already been uploaded to the server.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, WER does not throttle data; that is, WER uploads additional CAB files that can contain data about the same event types as an earlier uploaded report.
+If you enable this policy setting, WER doesn't throttle data; that is, WER uploads more CAB files that can contain data about the same event types as an earlier uploaded report.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, WER throttles data by default; that is, WER does not upload more than one CAB file for a report that contains data about the same event types.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, WER throttles data by default; that is, WER doesn't upload more than one CAB file for a report that contains data about the same event types.
 
 
 
@@ -682,9 +682,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) checks for a network cost policy that restricts the amount of data that is sent over the network.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, WER does not check for network cost policy restrictions, and transmits data even if network cost is restricted.
+If you enable this policy setting, WER doesn't check for network cost policy restrictions, and transmits data even if network cost is restricted.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, WER does not send data, but will check the network cost policy again if the network profile is changed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, WER doesn't send data, but will check the network cost policy again if the network profile is changed.
 
 
 
@@ -727,9 +727,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) checks for a network cost policy that restricts the amount of data that is sent over the network.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, WER does not check for network cost policy restrictions, and transmits data even if network cost is restricted.
+If you enable this policy setting, WER doesn't check for network cost policy restrictions, and transmits data even if network cost is restricted.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, WER does not send data, but will check the network cost policy again if the network profile is changed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, WER doesn't send data, but will check the network cost policy again if the network profile is changed.
 
 
 
@@ -770,11 +770,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) checks if the computer is running on battery power. By default, when a computer is running on battery power, WER only checks for solutions, but does not upload additional report data until the computer is connected to a more permanent power source.
+This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) checks if the computer is running on battery power. By default, when a computer is running on battery power, WER only checks for solutions, but doesn't upload extra report data until the computer is connected to a more permanent power source.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, WER does not determine whether the computer is running on battery power, but checks for solutions and uploads report data normally.
+If you enable this policy setting, WER doesn't determine whether the computer is running on battery power, but checks for solutions and uploads report data normally.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, WER checks for solutions while a computer is running on battery power, but does not upload report data until the computer is connected to a more permanent power source.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, WER checks for solutions while a computer is running on battery power, but doesn't upload report data until the computer is connected to a more permanent power source.
 
 
 
@@ -815,11 +815,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) checks if the computer is running on battery power. By default, when a computer is running on battery power, WER only checks for solutions, but does not upload additional report data until the computer is connected to a more permanent power source.
+This policy setting determines whether Windows Error Reporting (WER) checks if the computer is running on battery power. By default, when a computer is running on battery power, WER only checks for solutions, but doesn't upload extra report data until the computer is connected to a more permanent power source.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, WER does not determine whether the computer is running on battery power, but checks for solutions and uploads report data normally.
+If you enable this policy setting, WER doesn't determine whether the computer is running on battery power, but checks for solutions and uploads report data normally.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, WER checks for solutions while a computer is running on battery power, but does not upload report data until the computer is connected to a more permanent power source.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, WER checks for solutions while a computer is running on battery power, but doesn't upload report data until the computer is connected to a more permanent power source.
 
 
 
@@ -860,11 +860,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies a corporate server to which Windows Error Reporting sends reports (if you do not want to send error reports to Microsoft).
+This policy setting specifies a corporate server to which Windows Error Reporting sends reports (if you don't want to send error reports to Microsoft).
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the name or IP address of an error report destination server on your organization’s network. You can also select Connect using SSL to transmit error reports over a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) connection, and specify a port number on the destination server for transmission.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting sends error reports to Microsoft.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting sends error reports to Microsoft.
 
 
 
@@ -907,19 +907,19 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines the consent behavior of Windows Error Reporting for specific event types.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can add specific event types to a list by clicking Show, and typing event types in the Value Name column of the Show Contents dialog box. Event types are those for generic, non-fatal errors: crash, no response, and kernel fault errors. For each specified event type, you can set a consent level of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can add specific event types to a list by clicking Show, and typing event types in the Value Name column of the Show Contents dialog box. Event types are those types meant for generic, non-fatal errors: crash, no response, and kernel fault errors. For each specified event type, you can set a consent level of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
 
 - 0 (Disable): Windows Error Reporting sends no data to Microsoft for this event type.
 
 - 1 (Always ask before sending data): Windows prompts the user for consent to send reports.
 
-- 2 (Send parameters): Windows Error Reporting automatically sends the minimum data required to check for an existing solution, and Windows prompts the user for consent to send any additional data requested by Microsoft.
+- 2 (Send parameters): Windows Error Reporting automatically sends the minimum data required to check for an existing solution, and Windows prompts the user for consent to send more data requested by Microsoft.
 
-- 3 (Send parameters and safe additional data): Windows Error Reporting automatically sends the minimum data required to check for an existing solution, as well as data which Windows has determined (within a high probability) does not contain personally identifiable data, and prompts the user for consent to send any additional data requested by Microsoft.
+- 3 (Send parameters and safe extra data): Windows Error Reporting automatically sends the minimum data required to check for an existing solution, and data which Windows has determined (within a high probability) doesn't contain personally identifiable data, and prompts the user for consent to send more data requested by Microsoft.
 
 - 4 (Send all data): Any data requested by Microsoft is sent automatically.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then the default consent settings that are applied are those specified by the user in Control Panel, or in the Configure Default Consent policy setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then the default consent settings that are applied are those settings specified by the user in Control Panel, or in the Configure Default Consent policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ This policy setting determines the behavior of the Configure Default Consent set
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the default consent levels of Windows Error Reporting always override any other consent policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, custom consent policy settings for error reporting determine the consent level for specified event types, and the default consent setting determines only the consent level of any other error reports.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, custom consent policy settings for error reporting determine the consent level for specified event types, and the default consent setting determines only the consent level of any other error reports.
 
 
 
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ This policy setting determines the behavior of the Configure Default Consent set
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the default consent levels of Windows Error Reporting always override any other consent policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, custom consent policy settings for error reporting determine the consent level for specified event types, and the default consent setting determines only the consent level of any other error reports.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, custom consent policy settings for error reporting determine the consent level for specified event types, and the default consent setting determines only the consent level of any other error reports.
 
 
 
@@ -1056,9 +1056,9 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can set the default consent handling for
 
 - Always ask before sending data: Windows prompts users for consent to send reports.
 
-- Send parameters: Only the minimum data that is required to check for an existing solution is sent automatically, and Windows prompts users for consent to send any additional data that is requested by Microsoft.
+- Send parameters: Only the minimum data that is required to check for an existing solution is sent automatically, and Windows prompts users for consent to send more data that is requested by Microsoft.
 
-- Send parameters and safe additional data: the minimum data that is required to check for an existing solution, along with data which Windows has determined (within a high probability) does not contain personally-identifiable information is sent automatically, and Windows prompts the user for consent to send any additional data that is requested by Microsoft.
+- Send parameters and safe extra data: the minimum data that is required to check for an existing solution, along with data which Windows has determined (within a high probability) doesn't contain personally identifiable information is sent automatically, and Windows prompts the user for consent to send more data that is requested by Microsoft.
 
 - Send all data: any error reporting data requested by Microsoft is sent automatically.
 
@@ -1109,9 +1109,9 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can set the default consent handling for
 
 - Always ask before sending data: Windows prompts users for consent to send reports.
 
-- Send parameters: Only the minimum data that is required to check for an existing solution is sent automatically, and Windows prompts users for consent to send any additional data that is requested by Microsoft.
+- Send parameters: Only the minimum data that is required to check for an existing solution is sent automatically, and Windows prompts users for consent to send more data that is requested by Microsoft.
 
-- Send parameters and safe additional data: the minimum data that is required to check for an existing solution, along with data which Windows has determined (within a high probability) does not contain personally-identifiable information is sent automatically, and Windows prompts the user for consent to send any additional data that is requested by Microsoft.
+- Send parameters and safe extra data: the minimum data that is required to check for an existing solution, along with data which Windows has determined (within a high probability) doesn't contain personally identifiable information is sent automatically, and Windows prompts the user for consent to send more data that is requested by Microsoft.
 
 - Send all data: any error reporting data requested by Microsoft is sent automatically.
 
@@ -1156,11 +1156,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting turns off Windows Error Reporting, so that reports are not collected or sent to either Microsoft or internal servers within your organization when software unexpectedly stops working or fails.
+This policy setting turns off Windows Error Reporting, so that reports aren't collected or sent to either Microsoft or internal servers within your organization when software unexpectedly stops working or fails.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting does not send any problem information to Microsoft. Additionally, solution information is not available in Security and Maintenance in Control Panel.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting doesn't send any problem information to Microsoft. Additionally, solution information isn't available in Security and Maintenance in Control Panel.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Turn off Windows Error Reporting policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/System/Internet Communication Management/Internet Communication settings takes precedence. If Turn off Windows Error Reporting is also either disabled or not configured, user settings in Control Panel for Windows Error Reporting are applied.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Turn off Windows Error Reporting policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/System/Internet Communication Management/Internet Communication settings takes precedence. If Turn off Windows Error Reporting is also either disabled or not configured, user settings in Control Panel for Windows Error Reporting are applied.
 
 
 
@@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ This policy setting limits Windows Error Reporting behavior for errors in genera
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can create a list of applications that are never included in error reports. To create a list of applications for which Windows Error Reporting never reports errors, click Show, and then add or remove applications from the list of application file names in the Show Contents dialog box (example: notepad.exe). File names must always include the .exe file name extension. To remove an application from the list, click the name, and then press DELETE. If this policy setting is enabled, the Exclude errors for applications on this list setting takes precedence.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, errors are reported on all Microsoft and Windows applications by default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, errors are reported on all Microsoft and Windows applications by default.
 
 
 
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ This policy setting limits Windows Error Reporting behavior for errors in genera
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can create a list of applications that are never included in error reports. To create a list of applications for which Windows Error Reporting never reports errors, click Show, and then add or remove applications from the list of application file names in the Show Contents dialog box (example: notepad.exe). File names must always include the .exe file name extension. To remove an application from the list, click the name, and then press DELETE. If this policy setting is enabled, the Exclude errors for applications on this list setting takes precedence.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, errors are reported on all Microsoft and Windows applications by default.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, errors are reported on all Microsoft and Windows applications by default.
 
 
 
@@ -1294,9 +1294,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls whether Windows Error Reporting saves its own events and error messages to the system event log.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting events are not recorded in the system event log.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting events aren't recorded in the system event log.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting events and errors are logged to the system event log, as with other Windows-based programs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting events and errors are logged to the system event log, as with other Windows-based programs.
 
 
 
@@ -1339,9 +1339,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls whether Windows Error Reporting saves its own events and error messages to the system event log.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting events are not recorded in the system event log.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting events aren't recorded in the system event log.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting events and errors are logged to the system event log, as with other Windows-based programs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting events and errors are logged to the system event log, as with other Windows-based programs.
 
 
 
@@ -1382,11 +1382,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether additional data in support of error reports can be sent to Microsoft automatically.
+This policy setting controls whether more data in support of error reports can be sent to Microsoft automatically.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, any additional data requests from Microsoft in response to a Windows Error Reporting report are automatically declined, without notification to the user.
+If you enable this policy setting, any extra-data requests from Microsoft in response to a Windows Error Reporting report are automatically declined, without notification to the user.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then consent policy settings in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Windows Error Reporting/Consent take precedence.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then consent policy settings in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Windows Error Reporting/Consent take precedence.
 
 
 
@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can configure report queue behavior by us
 
 The Maximum number of reports to queue setting determines how many reports can be queued before older reports are automatically deleted. The setting for Number of days between solution check reminders determines the interval time between the display of system notifications that remind the user to check for solutions to problems. A value of 0 disables the reminder.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting reports are not queued, and users can only send reports at the time that a problem occurs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting reports aren't queued, and users can only send reports at the time that a problem occurs.
 
 
 
@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can configure report queue behavior by us
 
 The Maximum number of reports to queue setting determines how many reports can be queued before older reports are automatically deleted. The setting for Number of days between solution check reminders determines the interval time between the display of system notifications that remind the user to check for solutions to problems. A value of 0 disables the reminder.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting reports are not queued, and users can only send reports at the time that a problem occurs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting reports aren't queued, and users can only send reports at the time that a problem occurs.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventforwarding.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventforwarding.md
index becd6119b7..ffd209aa8f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventforwarding.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventforwarding.md
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting controls resource usage for the forwarder (source computer) by controlling the events/per second sent to the Event Collector.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can control the volume of events sent to the Event Collector by the source computer. This may be required in high volume environments.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can control the volume of events sent to the Event Collector by the source computer. This volume-control may be required in high-volume environments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, forwarder resource usage is not specified.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, forwarder resource usage isn't specified.
 
 This setting applies across all subscriptions for the forwarder (source computer).
 
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Server=https://:5986/wsman/SubscriptionManager/WEC,Refres
 
 When using the HTTP protocol, use port 5985.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Event Collector computer will not be specified.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Event Collector computer won't be specified.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventlog.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventlog.md
index 81b5a76522..5156768413 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventlog.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventlog.md
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting turns on logging.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, then events can be written to this log.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, then events can be written to this log.
 
 If the policy setting is disabled, then no new events can be logged. Events can always be read from the log, regardless of this policy setting.
 
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ This policy setting controls the location of the log file. The location of the f
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Event Log uses the path specified in this policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Event Log uses the folder %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\winevt\Logs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Event Log uses the folder %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\winevt\Logs.
 
 
 
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ This policy setting controls the location of the log file. The location of the f
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Event Log uses the path specified in this policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Event Log uses the folder %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\winevt\Logs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Event Log uses the folder %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\winevt\Logs.
 
 
 
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ This policy setting controls the location of the log file. The location of the f
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Event Log uses the path specified in this policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Event Log uses the folder %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\winevt\Logs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Event Log uses the folder %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\winevt\Logs.
 
 
 
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ This policy setting controls the location of the log file. The location of the f
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Event Log uses the path specified in this policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Event Log uses the folder %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\winevt\Logs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Event Log uses the folder %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\winevt\Logs.
 
 
 
@@ -348,9 +348,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte (1024 kilobytes) and 2 terabytes (2147483647 kilobytes), in kilobyte increments.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte (1024 kilobytes) and 2 terabytes (2,147,483,647 kilobytes), in kilobyte increments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog, and it defaults to 1 megabyte.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog, and it defaults to 1 megabyte.
 
 
 
@@ -393,11 +393,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size and takes effect only if the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, the Event Log file is automatically closed and renamed when it is full. A new file is then started.
+If you enable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, the Event Log file is automatically closed and renamed when it's full. A new file is then started.
 
 If you disable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and old events are retained.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and the old events are retained.
+If you don't configure this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and the old events are retained.
 
 
 
@@ -440,11 +440,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size and takes effect only if the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, the Event Log file is automatically closed and renamed when it is full. A new file is then started.
+If you enable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, the Event Log file is automatically closed and renamed when it's full. A new file is then started.
 
 If you disable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and old events are retained.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and the old events are retained.
+If you don't configure this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and the old events are retained.
 
 
 
@@ -487,11 +487,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size and takes effect only if the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, the Event Log file is automatically closed and renamed when it is full. A new file is then started.
+If you enable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, the Event Log file is automatically closed and renamed when it's full. A new file is then started.
 
 If you disable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and old events are retained.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and the old events are retained.
+If you don't configure this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and the old events are retained.
 
 
 
@@ -534,11 +534,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size and takes effect only if the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, the Event Log file is automatically closed and renamed when it is full. A new file is then started.
+If you enable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, the Event Log file is automatically closed and renamed when it's full. A new file is then started.
 
 If you disable this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and old events are retained.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and the old events are retained.
+If you don't configure this policy setting and the "Retain old events" policy setting is enabled, new events are discarded and the old events are retained.
 
 
 
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using t
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only those users matching the security descriptor can access the log.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, all authenticated users and system services can write, read, or clear this log.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all authenticated users and system services can write, read, or clear this log.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you enable this policy setting, some tools and APIs may ignore it. The same change should be made to the "Configure log access (legacy)" policy setting to enforce this change across all tools and APIs.
@@ -627,11 +627,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You cannot configure write permissions for this log. You must set both "configure log access" policy settings for this log in order to affect the both modern and legacy tools.
+This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You can't configure write permissions for this log. You must set both "configure log access" policy settings for this log in order to affect both modern and legacy tools.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only those users whose security descriptor matches the configured specified value can access the log.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, only system software and administrators can read or clear this log.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, only system software and administrators can read or clear this log.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you enable this policy setting, some tools and APIs may ignore it. The same change should be made to the "Configure log access (legacy)" policy setting to enforce this change across all tools and APIs.
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using t
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only those users matching the security descriptor can access the log.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, all authenticated users and system services can write, read, or clear this log.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all authenticated users and system services can write, read, or clear this log.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you enable this policy setting, some tools and APIs may ignore it. The same change should be made to the "Configure log access (legacy)" policy setting to enforce this change across all tools and APIs.
@@ -723,11 +723,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You must set both "configure log access" policy settings for this log in order to affect the both modern and legacy tools.
+This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You must set both "configure log access" policy settings for this log in order to affect both modern and legacy tools.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only users whose security descriptor matches the configured value can access the log.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, only system software and administrators can write or clear this log, and any authenticated user can read events from it.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, only system software and administrators can write or clear this log, and any authenticated user can read events from it.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you enable this policy setting, some tools and APIs may ignore it. The same change should be made to the "Configure log access (legacy)" policy setting to enforce this change across all tools and APIs.
@@ -771,13 +771,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You must set both "configure log access" policy settings for this log in order to affect the both modern and legacy tools.
+This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You must set both "configure log access" policy settings for this log in order to affect both modern and legacy tools.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only those users matching the security descriptor can access the log.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, all authenticated users and system services can write, read, or clear this log.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the previous policy setting configuration remains in effect.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the previous policy setting configuration remains in effect.
 
 
 
@@ -818,13 +818,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You cannot configure write permissions for this log.
+This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You can't configure write permissions for this log.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only those users whose security descriptor matches the configured specified value can access the log.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, only system software and administrators can read or clear this log.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the previous policy setting configuration remains in effect.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the previous policy setting configuration remains in effect.
 
 
 
@@ -865,13 +865,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You must set both "configure log access" policy settings for this log in order to affect the both modern and legacy tools.
+This policy setting specifies the security descriptor to use for the log using the Security Descriptor Definition Language (SDDL) string. You must set both "configure log access" policy settings for this log in order to affect both modern and legacy tools.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only those users matching the security descriptor can access the log.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, all authenticated users and system services can write, read, or clear this log.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the previous policy setting configuration remains in effect.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the previous policy setting configuration remains in effect.
 
 
 
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, only users whose security descriptor matches
 
 If you disable this policy setting, only system software and administrators can write or clear this log, and any authenticated user can read events from it.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the previous policy setting configuration remains in effect.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the previous policy setting configuration remains in effect.
 
 
 
@@ -961,9 +961,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events are not written to the log and are lost.
+If you enable this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events aren't written to the log and are lost.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events overwrite old events.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events overwrite old events.
 
 Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the "Backup log automatically when full" policy setting.
 
@@ -1008,9 +1008,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events are not written to the log and are lost.
+If you enable this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events aren't written to the log and are lost.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events overwrite old events.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events overwrite old events.
 
 Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the "Backup log automatically when full" policy setting.
 
@@ -1056,9 +1056,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events are not written to the log and are lost.
+If you enable this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events aren't written to the log and are lost.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events overwrite old events.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events overwrite old events.
 
 Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the "Backup log automatically when full" policy setting.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventlogging.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventlogging.md
index 5139f4db6e..135c65ed8f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventlogging.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventlogging.md
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ This policy setting lets you configure Protected Event Logging.
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, components that support it will use the certificate you supply to encrypt potentially sensitive event log data before writing it to the event log. Data will be encrypted using the Cryptographic Message Syntax (CMS) standard and the public key you provide. 
 
-You can use the Unprotect-CmsMessage PowerShell cmdlet to decrypt these encrypted messages, provided that you have access to the private key corresponding to the public key that they were encrypted with.  
+You can use the Unprotect-CmsMessage PowerShell cmdlet to decrypt these encrypted messages, if you have access to the private key corresponding to the public key that they were encrypted with.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, components will not encrypt event log messages before writing them to the event log.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, components won't encrypt event log messages before writing them to the event log.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventviewer.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventviewer.md
index 69eeef1d15..b5dd4d7f65 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventviewer.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-eventviewer.md
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This is the program that will be invoked when the user clicks the `events.asp` link.
+This program is the one that will be invoked when the user clicks the `events.asp` link.
 
 
  
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This specifies the command line parameters that will be passed to the `events.asp` program.
+This program specifies the command line parameters that will be passed to the `events.asp` program.
 
 
 
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This is the URL that will be passed to the Description area in the Event Properties dialog box. 
+This URL is the one that will be passed to the Description area in the Event Properties dialog box. 
 Change this value if you want to use a different Web server to handle event information requests.
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-explorer.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-explorer.md
index c77ca20992..cc7f6818aa 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-explorer.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-explorer.md
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Available in the latest Windows 10 Insider Preview Build. This policy setting co
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the menu bar will be displayed in File Explorer.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the menu bar will not be displayed in File Explorer.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the menu bar won't be displayed in File Explorer.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > When the menu bar is not displayed, users can access the menu bar by pressing the 'ALT' key.
@@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows administrators who have configured roaming profile in conjunction with Delete Cached Roaming Profile Group Policy setting to ensure that Explorer will not reinitialize default program associations and other settings to default values.
+This policy setting allows administrators who have configured roaming profile in conjunction with Delete Cached Roaming Profile Group Policy setting to ensure that Explorer won't reinitialize default program associations and other settings to default values.
 
-If you enable this policy setting on a machine that does not contain all programs installed in the same manner as it was on the machine on which the user had last logged on, unexpected behavior could occur.
+If you enable this policy setting on a machine that doesn't contain all programs installed in the same manner as it was on the machine on which the user had last logged on, unexpected behavior could occur.
 
 
 
@@ -210,10 +210,10 @@ This policy setting allows administrators to prevent users from adding new items
 
 If you enable this policy setting, users will no longer be able to add new items such as files or folders to the root of their Users Files folder in File Explorer.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users will be able to add new items such as files or folders to the root of their Users Files folder in File Explorer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users will be able to add new items such as files or folders to the root of their Users Files folder in File Explorer.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Enabling this policy setting does not prevent the user from being able to add new items such as files and folders to their actual file system profile folder at %userprofile%.
+> Enabling this policy setting doesn't prevent the user from being able to add new items such as files and folders to their actual file system profile folder at %userprofile%.
 
 
 
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy is similar to settings directly available to computer users.  Disabling animations can improve usability for users with some visual disabilities as well as improving performance and battery life in some scenarios.
+This policy is similar to settings directly available to computer users.  Disabling animations can improve usability for users with some visual disabilities, and also improve performance and battery life in some scenarios.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-externalboot.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-externalboot.md
index 7b5fcf2e88..88a074cba8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-externalboot.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-externalboot.md
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ This policy specifies whether the PC can use the hibernation sleep state (S4) wh
 
 - If you enable this setting, Windows, when started from a Windows To Go workspace, can hibernate the PC.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows, when started from a Windows To Go workspace, and cannot hibernate the PC.
+- If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows, when started from a Windows To Go workspace, and can't hibernate the PC.
 
 
 
@@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy specifies whether the PC can use standby sleep states (S1-S3) when starting from a Windows To Go workspace.  
 
-If you enable this setting, Windows, when started from a Windows To Go workspace, cannot use standby states to make the PC sleep.  
+If you enable this setting, Windows, when started from a Windows To Go workspace, can't use standby states to make the PC sleep.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows, when started from a Windows To Go workspace, can use standby states to make the PC sleep.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows, when started from a Windows To Go workspace, can use standby states to make the PC sleep.
 
 
 
@@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls whether the PC will boot to Windows To Go if a USB device containing a Windows To Go workspace is connected, and controls whether users can make changes using the Windows To Go Startup Options Control Panel item.  
 
-- If you enable this setting, booting to Windows To Go when a USB device is connected will be enabled, and users will not be able to make changes using the Windows To Go Startup Options Control Panel item.  
+- If you enable this setting, booting to Windows To Go when a USB device is connected will be enabled, and users won't be able to make changes using the Windows To Go Startup Options Control Panel item.  
 
-- If you disable this setting, booting to Windows To Go when a USB device is connected will not be enabled unless a user configures the option manually in the BIOS or other boot order configuration.  
+- If you disable this setting, booting to Windows To Go when a USB device is connected won't be enabled unless a user configures the option manually in the BIOS or other boot order configuration.  
 
-If you do not configure this setting, users who are members of the Administrators group can make changes using the Windows To Go Startup Options Control Panel item.
+If you don't configure this setting, users who are members of the Administrators group can make changes using the Windows To Go Startup Options Control Panel item.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-filerevocation.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-filerevocation.md
index f2085397e4..3fd0807394 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-filerevocation.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-filerevocation.md
@@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-Windows Runtime applications can protect content which has been associated with an enterprise identifier (EID), but can only revoke access to content it protected. To allow an application to revoke access to all content on the device that is protected by a particular enterprise, add an entry to the list on a new line that contains the enterprise identifier, separated by a comma, and the Package Family Name of the application. The EID must be an internet domain belonging to the enterprise in standard international domain name format.   
+Windows Runtime applications can protect content that has been associated with an enterprise identifier (EID), but can only revoke access to content it protected. To allow an application to revoke access to all content on the device that is protected by a particular enterprise, add an entry to the list on a new line that contains the enterprise identifier, separated by a comma, and the Package Family Name of the application. The EID must be an internet domain belonging to the enterprise in standard international domain name format.   
 Example value: `Contoso.com,ContosoIT.HumanResourcesApp_m5g0r7arhahqy` 
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, the application identified by the Package Family Name will be permitted to revoke access to all content protected using the specified EID on the device.    
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the only Windows Runtime applications that can revoke access to all enterprise-protected content on the device are Windows Mail and the user-selected mailto protocol handler app.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the only Windows Runtime applications that can revoke access to all enterprise-protected content on the device are Windows Mail and the user-selected mailto protocol handler app.  
 
 Any other Windows Runtime application will only be able to revoke access to content it protected.  
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-filesys.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-filesys.md
index 7564a4e11d..ab0c455e6b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-filesys.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-filesys.md
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting provides control over whether or not short names are generated during file creation. Some applications require short names for compatibility, but short names have a negative performance impact on the system.
 
-If you enable short names on all volumes then short names will always be generated. If you disable them on all volumes then they will never be generated. If you set short name creation to be configurable on a per volume basis then an on-disk flag will determine whether or not short names are created on a given volume. If you disable short name creation on all data volumes then short names will only be generated for files created on the system volume.
+If you enable short names on all volumes, then short names will always be generated. If you disable them on all volumes, then they'll never be generated. If you set short name creation to be configurable on a per volume basis, then an on-disk flag will determine whether or not short names are created on a given volume. If you disable short name creation on all data volumes, then short names will only be generated for files created on the system volume.
 
 
 
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Symbolic links can introduce vulnerabilities in certain applications. To mitigat
 - Remote Link to Remote Target
 - Remote Link to Local Target
 
-For more information, refer to the Windows Help section.
+For more information, see the Windows Help section.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If this policy is disabled or not configured, local administrators may select the types of symbolic links to be evaluated.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-folderredirection.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-folderredirection.md
index e37fe6b015..cebe91fbd3 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-folderredirection.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-folderredirection.md
@@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ This policy setting allows you to control whether all redirected shell folders,
 
 If you enable this policy setting, users must manually select the files they wish to make available offline.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, redirected shell folders are automatically made available offline. All subfolders within the redirected folders are also made available offline.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, redirected shell folders are automatically made available offline. All subfolders within the redirected folders are also made available offline.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting does not prevent files from being automatically cached if the network share is configured for "Automatic Caching", nor does it affect the availability of the "Always available offline" menu option in the user interface.  
 >
-> Do not enable this policy setting if users will need access to their redirected files if the network or server holding the redirected files becomes unavailable.
+> Don't enable this policy setting if users will need access to their redirected files if the network or server holding the redirected files becomes unavailable.
 >
 > If one or more valid folder GUIDs are specified in the policy setting "Do not automatically make specific redirected folders available offline", that setting will override the configured value of "Do not automatically make all redirected folders available offline".
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to control whether individual redirected shell fo
 
 For the folders affected by this setting, users must manually select the files they wish to make available offline.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, all redirected shell folders are automatically made available offline. All subfolders within the redirected folders are also made available offline.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all redirected shell folders are automatically made available offline. All subfolders within the redirected folders are also made available offline.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting does not prevent files from being automatically cached if the network share is configured for "Automatic Caching", nor does it affect the availability of the "Always available offline" menu option in the user interface.
@@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether the contents of redirected folders is copied from the old location to the new location or simply renamed in the Offline Files cache when a folder is redirected to a new location.
+This policy setting controls whether the contents of redirected folders is copied from the old location to the new location or renamed in the Offline Files cache when a folder is redirected to a new location.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, when the path to a redirected folder is changed from one network location to another and Folder Redirection is configured to move the content to the new location, instead of copying the content to the new location, the cached content is renamed in the local cache and not copied to the new location. To use this policy setting, you must move or restore the server content to the new network location using a method that preserves the state of the files, including their timestamps, before updating the Folder Redirection location.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, when the path to a redirected folder is changed and Folder Redirection is configured to move the content to the new location, Windows copies the contents of the local cache to the new network location, then deleted the content from the old network location.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, when the path to a redirected folder is changed and Folder Redirection is configured to move the content to the new location, Windows copies the contents of the local cache to the new network location, then deleted the content from the old network location.
 
 
 
@@ -319,13 +319,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether folders are redirected on a user's primary computers only. This policy setting is useful to improve logon performance and to increase security for user data on computers where the user might not want to download private data, such as on a meeting room computer or on a computer in a remote office.
+This policy setting controls whether folders are redirected on a user's primary computers only. This policy setting is useful to improve sign-in performance and to increase security for user data on computers where the user might not want to download private data, such as on a meeting room computer or on a computer in a remote office.
 
 To designate a user's primary computers, an administrator must use management software or a script to add primary computer attributes to the user's account in Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). This policy setting also requires the Windows Server 2012 version of the Active Directory schema to function.
 
 If you enable this policy setting and the user has redirected folders, such as the Documents and Pictures folders, the folders are redirected on the user's primary computer only.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and the user has redirected folders, the folders are redirected on every computer that the user logs on to.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and the user has redirected folders, the folders are redirected on every computer that the user signs in to.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you enable this policy setting in Computer Configuration and User Configuration, the Computer Configuration policy setting takes precedence.
@@ -368,13 +368,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether folders are redirected on a user's primary computers only. This policy setting is useful to improve logon performance and to increase security for user data on computers where the user might not want to download private data, such as on a meeting room computer or on a computer in a remote office.
+This policy setting controls whether folders are redirected on a user's primary computers only. This policy setting is useful to improve sign-in performance and to increase security for user data on computers where the user might not want to download private data, such as on a meeting room computer or on a computer in a remote office.
 
 To designate a user's primary computers, an administrator must use management software or a script to add primary computer attributes to the user's account in Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). This policy setting also requires the Windows Server 2012 version of the Active Directory schema to function.
 
 If you enable this policy setting and the user has redirected folders, such as the Documents and Pictures folders, the folders are redirected on the user's primary computer only.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and the user has redirected folders, the folders are redirected on every computer that the user logs on to.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and the user has redirected folders, the folders are redirected on every computer that the user signs in to.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you enable this policy setting in Computer Configuration and User Configuration, the Computer Configuration policy setting takes precedence.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-framepanes.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-framepanes.md
index 11e25bde64..4b83f0c105 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-framepanes.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-framepanes.md
@@ -63,16 +63,16 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting shows or hides the Details Pane in File Explorer.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting and configure it to hide the pane, the Details Pane in File Explorer is hidden and cannot be turned on by the user.  
+- If you enable this policy setting and configure it to hide the pane, the Details Pane in File Explorer is hidden and can't be turned on by the user.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting and configure it to show the pane, the Details Pane is always visible and cannot be hidden by the user. 
+- If you enable this policy setting and configure it to show the pane, the Details Pane is always visible and can't be hidden by the user. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This has a side effect of not being able to toggle to the Preview Pane since the two cannot be displayed at the same time.  
+> This has a side effect of not being able to toggle to the Preview Pane since the two can't be displayed at the same time.  
 
-- If you disable, or do not configure this policy setting, the Details Pane is hidden by default and can be displayed by the user. 
+- If you disable, or don't configure this policy setting, the Details Pane is hidden by default and can be displayed by the user.
 
-This is the default policy setting.
+This setting is the default policy setting.
 
  
 
@@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Hides the Preview Pane in File Explorer.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, the Preview Pane in File Explorer is hidden and cannot be turned on by the user.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, the Preview Pane in File Explorer is hidden and can't be turned on by the user.  
 
-- If you disable, or do not configure this setting, the Preview Pane is hidden by default and can be displayed by the user.
+- If you disable, or don't configure this setting, the Preview Pane is hidden by default and can be displayed by the user.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-globalization.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-globalization.md
index c16cc7e02d..45623d01c7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-globalization.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-globalization.md
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy prevents automatic copying of user input methods to the system account for use on the sign-in screen. The user is restricted to the set of input methods that are enabled in the system account.
 
-Note this does not affect the availability of user input methods on the lock screen or with the UAC prompt.
+This confinement doesn't affect the availability of user input methods on the lock screen or with the UAC prompt.
 
 If the policy is Enabled, then the user will get input methods enabled for the system account on the sign-in page.
 
@@ -180,17 +180,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents a user from selecting a supplemental custom locale as their user locale. The user is restricted to the set of locales that are installed with the operating system.
 
-This does not affect the selection of replacement locales. To prevent the selection of replacement locales, adjust the permissions of the %windir%\Globalization directory to prevent the installation of locales by unauthorized users.
+This confinement doesn't affect the selection of replacement locales. To prevent the selection of replacement locales, adjust the permissions of the %windir%\Globalization directory to prevent the installation of locales by unauthorized users.
 
-The policy setting "Restrict user locales" can also be enabled to disallow selection of a custom locale, even if this policy setting is not configured.
+The policy setting "Restrict user locales" can also be enabled to disallow selection of a custom locale, even if this policy setting isn't configured.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user cannot select a custom locale as their user locale, but they can still select a replacement locale if one is installed.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user can't select a custom locale as their user locale, but they can still select a replacement locale if one is installed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user can select a custom locale as their user locale.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user can select a custom locale as their user locale.
 
-If this policy setting is enabled at the machine level, it cannot be disabled by a per-user policy setting. If this policy setting is disabled at the machine level, the per-user policy setting will be ignored. If this policy setting is not configured at the machine level, restrictions will be based on per-user policy settings.
+If this policy setting is enabled at the machine level, it can't be disabled by a per-user policy setting. If this policy setting is disabled at the machine level, the per-user policy setting will be ignored. If this policy setting isn't configured at the machine level, restrictions will be based on per-user policy settings.
 
-To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that you do not configure the per-machine policy setting.
+To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that you don't configure the per-machine policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -233,17 +233,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents a user from selecting a supplemental custom locale as their user locale. The user is restricted to the set of locales that are installed with the operating system.
 
-This does not affect the selection of replacement locales. To prevent the selection of replacement locales, adjust the permissions of the %windir%\Globalization directory to prevent the installation of locales by unauthorized users.
+This confinement doesn't affect the selection of replacement locales. To prevent the selection of replacement locales, adjust the permissions of the %windir%\Globalization directory to prevent the installation of locales by unauthorized users.
 
-The policy setting "Restrict user locales" can also be enabled to disallow selection of a custom locale, even if this policy setting is not configured.
+The policy setting "Restrict user locales" can also be enabled to disallow selection of a custom locale, even if this policy setting isn't configured.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user cannot select a custom locale as their user locale, but they can still select a replacement locale if one is installed.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user can't select a custom locale as their user locale, but they can still select a replacement locale if one is installed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user can select a custom locale as their user locale.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user can select a custom locale as their user locale.
 
-If this policy setting is enabled at the machine level, it cannot be disabled by a per-user policy setting. If this policy setting is disabled at the machine level, the per-user policy setting will be ignored. If this policy setting is not configured at the machine level, restrictions will be based on per-user policy settings.
+If this policy setting is enabled at the machine level, it can't be disabled by a per-user policy setting. If this policy setting is disabled at the machine level, the per-user policy setting will be ignored. If this policy setting isn't configured at the machine level, restrictions will be based on per-user policy settings.
 
-To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that you do not configure the per-machine policy setting.
+To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that you don't configure the per-machine policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -286,13 +286,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting removes the Administrative options from the Region settings control panel.
 
-Administrative options include interfaces for setting system locale and copying settings to the default user. This policy setting does not, however, prevent an administrator or another application from changing these values programmatically.
+Administrative options include interfaces for setting system locale and copying settings to the default user. This policy setting doesn't, however, prevent an administrator or another application from changing these values programmatically.
 
 This policy setting is used only to simplify the Regional Options control panel.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user cannot see the Administrative options.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user can't see the Administrative options.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user can see the Administrative options.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user can see the Administrative options.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Even if a user can see the Administrative options, other policies may prevent them from modifying the values.
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ This policy setting removes the option to change the user's geographical locatio
 
 This policy setting is used only to simplify the Regional Options control panel.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user does not see the option to change the GeoID. This does not prevent the user or an application from changing the GeoID programmatically.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user doesn't see the option to change the GeoID. This lack of display doesn't prevent the user or an application from changing the GeoID programmatically.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user sees the option for changing the user location (GeoID).
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user sees the option for changing the user location (GeoID).
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Even if a user can see the GeoID option, the "Disallow changing of geographical location" option can prevent them from actually changing their current geographical location.
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ This policy setting removes the option to change the user's menus and dialogs (U
 
 This policy setting is used only to simplify the Regional Options control panel.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user does not see the option for changing the UI language. This does not prevent the user or an application from changing the UI language programmatically.  If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user sees the option for changing the UI language.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user doesn't see the option for changing the UI language. This lack of display doesn't prevent the user or an application from changing the UI language programmatically.  If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user sees the option for changing the UI language.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Even if a user can see the option to change the UI language, other policy settings can prevent them from changing their UI language.
@@ -440,9 +440,9 @@ This policy setting removes the regional formats interface from the Region setti
 
 This policy setting is used only to simplify the Regional and Language Options control panel.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user does not see the regional formats options. This does not prevent the user or an application from changing their user locale or user overrides programmatically.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user doesn't see the regional formats options. This lack of display doesn't prevent the user or an application from changing their user locale or user overrides programmatically.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user sees the regional formats options for changing and customizing the user locale.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user sees the regional formats options for changing and customizing the user locale.
 
 
 
@@ -485,16 +485,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting turns off the automatic learning component of handwriting recognition personalization.
 
-Automatic learning enables the collection and storage of text and ink written by the user in order to help adapt handwriting recognition to the vocabulary and handwriting style of the user.  Text that is collected includes all outgoing messages in Windows Mail, and MAPI enabled email clients, as well as URLs from the Internet Explorer browser history. The information that is stored includes word frequency and new words not already known to the handwriting recognition engines (for example, proper names and acronyms). Deleting email content or the browser history does not delete the stored personalization data. Ink entered through Input Panel is collected and stored.
+Automatic learning enables the collection and storage of text and ink written by the user in order to help adapt handwriting recognition to the vocabulary and handwriting style of the user.  Text that is collected includes all outgoing messages in Windows Mail, and MAPI enabled email clients, and URLs from the Internet Explorer browser history. The information that is stored includes word frequency and new words not already known to the handwriting recognition engines (for example, proper names and acronyms). Deleting email content or the browser history doesn't delete the stored personalization data. Ink entered through Input Panel is collected and stored.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Automatic learning of both text and ink might not be available for all languages, even when handwriting personalization is available. See Tablet PC Help for more information.
+> Automatic learning of both text and ink might not be available for all languages, even when handwriting personalization is available. For more information, see Tablet PC Help.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, automatic learning stops and any stored data is deleted. Users cannot configure this setting in Control Panel.
+If you enable this policy setting, automatic learning stops and any stored data is deleted. Users can't configure this setting in Control Panel.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, automatic learning is turned on. Users cannot configure this policy setting in Control Panel. Collected data is only used for handwriting recognition, if handwriting personalization is turned on.
+If you disable this policy setting, automatic learning is turned on. Users can't configure this policy setting in Control Panel. Collected data is only used for handwriting recognition, if handwriting personalization is turned on.
 
-If you do not configure this policy, users can choose to enable or disable automatic learning either from the Handwriting tab in the Tablet Settings in Control Panel or from the opt-in dialog.
+If you don't configure this policy, users can choose to enable or disable automatic learning either from the Handwriting tab in the Tablet Settings in Control Panel or from the opt-in dialog.
 
 This policy setting is related to the "Turn off handwriting personalization" policy setting.
 
@@ -544,16 +544,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting turns off the automatic learning component of handwriting recognition personalization.
 
-Automatic learning enables the collection and storage of text and ink written by the user in order to help adapt handwriting recognition to the vocabulary and handwriting style of the user.  Text that is collected includes all outgoing messages in Windows Mail, and MAPI enabled email clients, as well as URLs from the Internet Explorer browser history. The information that is stored includes word frequency and new words not already known to the handwriting recognition engines (for example, proper names and acronyms). Deleting email content or the browser history does not delete the stored personalization data. Ink entered through Input Panel is collected and stored.
+Automatic learning enables the collection and storage of text and ink written by the user in order to help adapt handwriting recognition to the vocabulary and handwriting style of the user.  Text that is collected includes all outgoing messages in Windows Mail, and MAPI enabled email clients, and URLs from the Internet Explorer browser history. The information that is stored includes word frequency and new words not already known to the handwriting recognition engines (for example, proper names and acronyms). Deleting email content or the browser history doesn't delete the stored personalization data. Ink entered through Input Panel is collected and stored.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Automatic learning of both text and ink might not be available for all languages, even when handwriting personalization is available. See Tablet PC Help for more information.
+> Automatic learning of both text and ink might not be available for all languages, even when handwriting personalization is available. For more information, see Tablet PC Help.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, automatic learning stops and any stored data is deleted. Users cannot configure this setting in Control Panel.
+If you enable this policy setting, automatic learning stops and any stored data is deleted. Users can't configure this setting in Control Panel.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, automatic learning is turned on. Users cannot configure this policy setting in Control Panel. Collected data is only used for handwriting recognition, if handwriting personalization is turned on.
+If you disable this policy setting, automatic learning is turned on. Users can't configure this policy setting in Control Panel. Collected data is only used for handwriting recognition, if handwriting personalization is turned on.
 
-If you do not configure this policy, users can choose to enable or disable automatic learning either from the Handwriting tab in the Tablet Settings in Control Panel or from the opt-in dialog.
+If you don't configure this policy, users can choose to enable or disable automatic learning either from the Handwriting tab in the Tablet Settings in Control Panel or from the opt-in dialog.
 
 This policy setting is related to the "Turn off handwriting personalization" policy setting.
 
@@ -601,13 +601,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting restricts the permitted system locales to the specified list. If the list is empty, it locks the system locale to its current value. This policy setting does not change the existing system locale; however, the next time that an administrator attempts to change the computer's system locale, they will be restricted to the specified list.
+This policy setting restricts the permitted system locales to the specified list. If the list is empty, it locks the system locale to its current value. This policy setting doesn't change the existing system locale; however, the next time that an administrator attempts to change the computer's system locale, they'll be restricted to the specified list.
 
 The locale list is specified using language names, separated by a semicolon (;). For example, en-US is English (United States). Specifying "en-US;en-CA" would restrict the system locale to English (United States) and English (Canada).
 
 If you enable this policy setting, administrators can select a system locale only from the specified system locale list.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, administrators can select any system locale shipped with the operating system.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, administrators can select any system locale shipped with the operating system.
 
 
 
@@ -648,15 +648,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting restricts users on a computer to the specified list of user locales. If the list is empty, it locks all user locales to their current values. This policy setting does not change existing user locale settings; however, the next time a user attempts to change their user locale, their choices will be restricted to locales in this list.
+This policy setting restricts users on a computer to the specified list of user locales. If the list is empty, it locks all user locales to their current values. This policy setting doesn't change existing user locale settings; however, the next time a user attempts to change their user locale, their choices will be restricted to locales in this list.
 
-To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that you do not configure the per-computer policy setting.
+To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that you don't configure the per-computer policy setting.
 
 The locale list is specified using language tags, separated by a semicolon (;). For example, en-US is English (United States). Specifying "en-CA;fr-CA" would restrict the user locale to English (Canada) and French (Canada).
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only locales in the specified locale list can be selected by users.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can select any locale installed on the computer, unless restricted by the "Disallow selection of Custom Locales" policy setting.  If this policy setting is enabled at the computer level, it cannot be disabled by a per-user policy. If this policy setting is disabled at the computer level, the per-user policy is ignored. If this policy setting is not configured at the computer level, restrictions are based on per-user policies.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can select any locale installed on the computer, unless restricted by the "Disallow selection of Custom Locales" policy setting.  If this policy setting is enabled at the computer level, it can't be disabled by a per-user policy. If this policy setting is disabled at the computer level, the per-user policy is ignored. If this policy setting isn't configured at the computer level, restrictions are based on per-user policies.
 
 
 
@@ -697,17 +697,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting restricts users on a computer to the specified list of user locales. If the list is empty, it locks all user locales to their current values. This policy setting does not change existing user locale settings; however, the next time a user attempts to change their user locale, their choices will be restricted to locales in this list.
+This policy setting restricts users on a computer to the specified list of user locales. If the list is empty, it locks all user locales to their current values. This policy setting doesn't change existing user locale settings; however, the next time a user attempts to change their user locale, their choices will be restricted to locales in this list.
 
-To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that you do not configure the per-computer policy setting.
+To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that you don't configure the per-computer policy setting.
 
 The locale list is specified using language tags, separated by a semicolon (;). For example, en-US is English (United States). Specifying "en-CA;fr-CA" would restrict the user locale to English (Canada) and French (Canada).
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only locales in the specified locale list can be selected by users.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can select any locale installed on the computer, unless restricted by the "Disallow selection of Custom Locales" policy setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can select any locale installed on the computer, unless restricted by the "Disallow selection of Custom Locales" policy setting.
 
-If this policy setting is enabled at the computer level, it cannot be disabled by a per-user policy. If this policy setting is disabled at the computer level, the per-user policy is ignored. If this policy setting is not configured at the computer level, restrictions are based on per-user policies.
+If this policy setting is enabled at the computer level, it can't be disabled by a per-user policy. If this policy setting is disabled at the computer level, the per-user policy is ignored. If this policy setting isn't configured at the computer level, restrictions are based on per-user policies.
 
 
 
@@ -750,11 +750,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting restricts the Windows UI language for all users.
 
-This is a policy setting for computers with more than one UI language installed.
+This policy setting is meant for computers with more than one UI language installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the UI language of Windows menus and dialogs for systems with more than one language will follow the language specified by the administrator as the system UI languages. The UI language selected by the user will be ignored if it is different than any of the system UI languages.
+If you enable this policy setting, the UI language of Windows menus and dialogs for systems with more than one language will follow the language specified by the administrator as the system UI languages. The UI language selected by the user will be ignored if it's different than any of the system UI languages.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user can specify which UI language is used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user can specify which UI language is used.
 
 
 
@@ -799,9 +799,9 @@ This policy setting restricts the Windows UI language for specific users.
 
 This policy setting applies to computers with more than one UI language installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the UI language of Windows menus and dialogs for systems with more than one language is restricted to a specified language for the selected user. If the specified language is not installed on the target computer or you disable this policy setting, the language selection defaults to the language selected by the user.
+If you enable this policy setting, the UI language of Windows menus and dialogs for systems with more than one language is restricted to a specified language for the selected user. If the specified language isn't installed on the target computer or you disable this policy setting, the language selection defaults to the language selected by the user.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, there is no restriction on which language users should use.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, there's no restriction on which language users should use.
 
 To enable this policy setting in Windows Server 2003, Windows XP, or Windows 2000, to use the "Restrict selection of Windows menus and dialogs language" policy setting.
 
@@ -846,13 +846,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents users from changing their user geographical location (GeoID).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot change their GeoID.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't change their GeoID.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users may select any GeoID.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users may select any GeoID.
 
-If you enable this policy setting at the computer level, it cannot be disabled by a per-user policy setting. If you disable this policy setting at the computer level, the per-user policy is ignored. If you do not configure this policy setting at the computer level, restrictions are based on per-user policy settings.
+If you enable this policy setting at the computer level, it can't be disabled by a per-user policy setting. If you disable this policy setting at the computer level, the per-user policy is ignored. If you don't configure this policy setting at the computer level, restrictions are based on per-user policy settings.
 
-To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that the per-computer policy setting is not configured.
+To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that the per-computer policy setting isn't configured.
 
 
 
@@ -895,13 +895,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents users from changing their user geographical location (GeoID).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot change their GeoID.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't change their GeoID.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users may select any GeoID.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users may select any GeoID.
 
-If you enable this policy setting at the computer level, it cannot be disabled by a per-user policy setting. If you disable this policy setting at the computer level, the per-user policy is ignored. If you do not configure this policy setting at the computer level, restrictions are based on per-user policy settings.
+If you enable this policy setting at the computer level, it can't be disabled by a per-user policy setting. If you disable this policy setting at the computer level, the per-user policy is ignored. If you don't configure this policy setting at the computer level, restrictions are based on per-user policy settings.
 
-To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that the per-computer policy setting is not configured.
+To set this policy setting on a per-user basis, make sure that the per-computer policy setting isn't configured.
 
 
 
@@ -946,13 +946,13 @@ This policy setting prevents the user from customizing their locale by changing
 
 Any existing overrides in place when this policy is enabled will be frozen. To remove existing user overrides, first reset the user(s) values to the defaults and then apply this policy.
 
-When this policy setting is enabled, users can still choose alternate locales installed on the system unless prevented by other policies, however, they will be unable to customize those choices.
+When this policy setting is enabled, users can still choose alternate locales installed on the system unless prevented by other policies, however, they'll be unable to customize those choices.
 
-The user cannot customize their user locale with user overrides.
+The user can't customize their user locale with user overrides.
 
 If this policy setting is disabled or not configured, then the user can customize their user locale overrides.
 
-If this policy is set to Enabled at the computer level, then it cannot be disabled by a per-User policy. If this policy is set to Disabled at the computer level, then the per-User policy will be ignored. If this policy is set to Not Configured at the computer level, then restrictions will be based on per-User policies.
+If this policy is set to Enabled at the computer level, then it can't be disabled by a per-User policy. If this policy is set to Disabled at the computer level, then the per-User policy will be ignored. If this policy is set to Not Configured at the computer level, then restrictions will be based on per-User policies.
 
 To set this policy on a per-user basis, make sure that the per-computer policy is set to Not Configured.
 
@@ -999,13 +999,13 @@ This policy setting prevents the user from customizing their locale by changing
 
 Any existing overrides in place when this policy is enabled will be frozen. To remove existing user overrides, first reset the user(s) values to the defaults and then apply this policy.
 
-When this policy setting is enabled, users can still choose alternate locales installed on the system unless prevented by other policies, however, they will be unable to customize those choices.
+When this policy setting is enabled, users can still choose alternate locales installed on the system unless prevented by other policies, however, they'll be unable to customize those choices.
 
-The user cannot customize their user locale with user overrides.
+The user can't customize their user locale with user overrides.
 
 If this policy setting is disabled or not configured, then the user can customize their user locale overrides.
 
-If this policy is set to Enabled at the computer level, then it cannot be disabled by a per-User policy. If this policy is set to Disabled at the computer level, then the per-User policy will be ignored. If this policy is set to Not Configured at the computer level, then restrictions will be based on per-User policies.
+If this policy is set to Enabled at the computer level, then it can't be disabled by a per-User policy. If this policy is set to Disabled at the computer level, then the per-User policy will be ignored. If this policy is set to Not Configured at the computer level, then restrictions will be based on per-User policies.
 
 To set this policy on a per-user basis, make sure that the per-computer policy is set to Not Configured.
 
@@ -1048,13 +1048,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting restricts users to the specified language by disabling the menus and dialog box controls in the Region settings control panel. If the specified language is not installed on the target computer, the language selection defaults to English.
+This policy setting restricts users to the specified language by disabling the menus and dialog box controls in the Region settings control panel. If the specified language isn't installed on the target computer, the language selection defaults to English.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the dialog box controls in the Regional and Language Options control panel are not accessible to the logged on user. This prevents users from specifying a language different than the one used.
+If you enable this policy setting, the dialog box controls in the Regional and Language Options control panel aren't accessible to the signed-in user. This prevention of access prevents users from specifying a language different than the one used.
 
 To enable this policy setting in Windows Vista, use the "Restricts the UI languages Windows should use for the selected user" policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the logged-on user can access the dialog box controls in the Regional and Language Options control panel to select any available UI language.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the logged-on user can access the dialog box controls in the Regional and Language Options control panel to select any available UI language.
 
 
 
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy turns off the autocorrect misspelled words option. This does not, however, prevent the user or an application from changing the setting programmatically.
+This policy turns off the autocorrect misspelled words option. This turn off doesn't, however, prevent the user or an application from changing the setting programmatically.
 
 The autocorrect misspelled words option controls whether or not errors in typed text will be automatically corrected.
 
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ If the policy is Enabled, then the option will be locked to not autocorrect miss
 
 If the policy is Disabled or Not Configured, then the user will be free to change the setting according to their preference.
 
-Note that the availability and function of this setting is dependent on supported languages being enabled.
+The availability and function of this setting is dependent on supported languages being enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy turns off the highlight misspelled words option. This does not, however, prevent the user or an application from changing the setting programmatically.
+This policy turns off the highlight misspelled words option. This turn off doesn't, however, prevent the user or an application from changing the setting programmatically.
 
 The highlight misspelled words option controls whether or next spelling errors in typed text will be highlighted.
 
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ If the policy is Enabled, then the option will be locked to not highlight misspe
 
 If the policy is Disabled or Not Configured, then the user will be free to change the setting according to their preference.
 
-Note that the availability and function of this setting is dependent on supported languages being enabled.
+The availability and function of this setting is dependent on supported languages being enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy turns off the insert a space after selecting a text prediction option. This does not, however, prevent the user or an application from changing the setting programmatically.
+This policy turns off the insert a space after selecting a text prediction option. This turn off doesn't, however, prevent the user or an application from changing the setting programmatically.
 
 The insert a space after selecting a text prediction option controls whether or not a space will be inserted after the user selects a text prediction candidate when using the on-screen keyboard.
 
@@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ If the policy is Enabled, then the option will be locked to not insert a space a
 
 If the policy is Disabled or Not Configured, then the user will be free to change the setting according to their preference.
 
-Note that the availability and function of this setting is dependent on supported languages being enabled.
+The availability and function of this setting is dependent on supported languages being enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy turns off the offer text predictions as I type option. This does not, however, prevent the user or an application from changing the setting programmatically.
+This policy turns off the offer text predictions as I type option. This turn off doesn't, however, prevent the user or an application from changing the setting programmatically.
 
 The offer text predictions as I type option controls whether or not text prediction suggestions will be presented to the user on the on-screen keyboard.
 
@@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ If the policy is Enabled, then the option will be locked to not offer text predi
 
 If the policy is Disabled or Not Configured, then the user will be free to change the setting according to their preference.
 
-Note that the availability and function of this setting is dependent on supported languages being enabled.
+The availability and function of this setting is dependent on supported languages being enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -1291,13 +1291,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines how programs interpret two-digit years.
 
-This policy setting affects only the programs that use this Windows feature to interpret two-digit years. If a program does not interpret two-digit years correctly, consult the documentation or manufacturer of the program.
+This policy setting affects only the programs that use this Windows feature to interpret two-digit years. If a program doesn't interpret two-digit years correctly, consult the documentation or manufacturer of the program.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system specifies the largest two-digit year interpreted as being preceded by 20. All numbers less than or equal to the specified value are interpreted as being preceded by 20. All numbers greater than the specified value are interpreted as being preceded by 19.
 
 For example, the default value, 2029, specifies that all two-digit years less than or equal to 29 (00 to 29) are interpreted as being preceded by 20, that is 2000 to 2029. Conversely, all two-digit years greater than 29 (30 to 99) are interpreted as being preceded by 19, that is, 1930 to 1999.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows does not interpret two-digit year formats using this scheme for the program.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows doesn't interpret two-digit year formats using this scheme for the program.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-grouppolicy.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-grouppolicy.md
index 8213ae894c..f3e83e48f1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-grouppolicy.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-grouppolicy.md
@@ -189,18 +189,18 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows user-based policy processing, roaming user profiles, and user object logon scripts for interactive logons across forests.
 
-This policy setting affects all user accounts that interactively log on to a computer in a different forest when a trust across forests or a two-way forest trust exists.
+This policy setting affects all user accounts that interactively sign in to a computer in a different forest when a trust across forests or a two-way forest trust exists.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting:
+If you don't configure this policy setting:
 
 - No user-based policy settings are applied from the user's forest.
-- Users do not receive their roaming profiles; they receive a local profile on the computer from the local forest. A warning message appears to the user, and an event log message (1529) is posted.
+- Users don't receive their roaming profiles; they receive a local profile on the computer from the local forest. A warning message appears to the user, and an event log message (1529) is posted.
 - Loopback Group Policy processing is applied, using the Group Policy Objects (GPOs) that are scoped to the computer.
 - An event log message (1109) is posted, stating that loopback was invoked in Replace mode.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the behavior is exactly the same as in Windows 2000: user policy is applied, and a roaming user profile is allowed from the trusted forest.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the behavior is the same as if it is not configured.
+If you disable this policy setting, the behavior is the same as if it isn't configured.
 
 
 
@@ -248,11 +248,11 @@ This policy setting affects all policy settings that use the software installati
 
 This policy setting overrides customized settings that the program implementing the software installation policy set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy setting implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policy settings, such as reapplying a desired policies in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy setting implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policy settings, such as reapplying a desired policy in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -296,17 +296,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines when disk quota policies are updated.
 
-This policy setting affects all policies that use the disk quota component of Group Policy, such as those in Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Disk Quotas.
+This policy setting affects all policies that use the disk quota component of Group Policy, such as those policies in Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Disk Quotas.
 
 This policy setting overrides customized settings that the program implementing the disk quota policy set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -354,13 +354,13 @@ This policy setting affects all policies that use the encryption component of Gr
 
 It overrides customized settings that the program implementing the encryption policy set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -404,15 +404,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines when folder redirection policies are updated.
 
-This policy setting affects all policies that use the folder redirection component of Group Policy, such as those in WindowsSettings\Folder Redirection. You can only set folder redirection policy for Group Policy objects, stored in Active Directory, not for Group Policy objects on the local computer.
+This policy setting affects all policies that use the folder redirection component of Group Policy, such as those policies in WindowsSettings\Folder Redirection. You can only set folder redirection policy for Group Policy objects, stored in Active Directory, not for Group Policy objects on the local computer.
 
 This policy setting overrides customized settings that the program implementing the folder redirection policy setting set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -456,17 +456,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines when Internet Explorer Maintenance policies are updated.
 
-This policy setting affects all policies that use the Internet Explorer Maintenance component of Group Policy, such as those in Windows Settings\Internet Explorer Maintenance.
+This policy setting affects all policies that use the Internet Explorer Maintenance component of Group Policy, such as those policies in Windows Settings\Internet Explorer Maintenance.
 
 This policy setting overrides customized settings that the program implementing the Internet Explorer Maintenance policy set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -514,13 +514,13 @@ This policy setting affects all policies that use the IP security component of G
 
 This policy setting overrides customized settings that the program implementing the IP security policy set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -566,11 +566,11 @@ This policy setting determines when registry policies are updated.
 
 This policy setting affects all policies in the Administrative Templates folder and any other policies that store values in the registry. It overrides customized settings that the program implementing a registry policy set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -614,15 +614,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines when policies that assign shared scripts are updated.
 
-This policy setting affects all policies that use the scripts component of Group Policy, such as those in WindowsSettings\Scripts. It overrides customized settings that the program implementing the scripts policy set when it was installed.
+This policy setting affects all policies that use the scripts component of Group Policy, such as those policies in WindowsSettings\Scripts. It overrides customized settings that the program implementing the scripts policy set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -666,15 +666,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines when security policies are updated.
 
-This policy setting affects all policies that use the security component of Group Policy, such as those in Windows Settings\Security Settings.
+This policy setting affects all policies that use the security component of Group Policy, such as those policies in Windows Settings\Security Settings.
 
 This policy setting overrides customized settings that the program implementing the security policy set when it was installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it has no effect on the system.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they be updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they be updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired policy setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -718,19 +718,19 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines when policies that assign wired network settings are updated.
 
-This policy setting affects all policies that use the wired network component of Group Policy, such as those in Windows Settings\Wired Network Policies.
+This policy setting affects all policies that use the wired network component of Group Policy, such as those policies in Windows Settings\Wired Network Policies.
 
 It overrides customized settings that the program implementing the wired network set when it was installed.
 
 If you enable this policy, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, it has no effect on the system.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -774,19 +774,19 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines when policies that assign wireless network settings are updated.
 
-This policy setting affects all policies that use the wireless network component of Group Policy, such as those in WindowsSettings\Wireless Network Policies.
+This policy setting affects all policies that use the wireless network component of Group Policy, such as those policies in WindowsSettings\Wireless Network Policies.
 
 It overrides customized settings that the program implementing the wireless network set when it was installed.
 
 If you enable this policy, you can use the check boxes provided to change the options.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, it has no effect on the system.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, it has no effect on the system.
 
 The "Allow processing across a slow network connection" option updates the policies even when the update is being transmitted across a slow network connection, such as a telephone line. Updates across slow connections can cause significant delays.
 
-The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart.
+The "Do not apply during periodic background processing" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes won't take effect until the next user sign in or system restart.
 
-The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies have not changed. Many policy implementations specify that they are updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
+The "Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed" option updates and reapplies the policies even if the policies haven't changed. Many policy implementations specify that they're updated only when changed. However, you might want to update unchanged policies, such as reapplying a desired setting in case a user has changed it.
 
 
 
@@ -828,11 +828,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies how long Group Policy should wait for workplace connectivity notifications during startup policy processing. If the startup policy processing is synchronous, the computer is blocked until workplace connectivity is available or the wait time is reached. If the startup policy processing is asynchronous, the computer is not blocked and policy processing will occur in the background. In either case, configuring this policy setting overrides any system-computed wait times.
+This policy setting specifies how long Group Policy should wait for workplace connectivity notifications during startup policy processing. If the startup policy processing is synchronous, the computer is blocked until workplace connectivity is available or the wait time is reached. If the startup policy processing is asynchronous, the computer isn't blocked and policy processing will occur in the background. In either case, configuring this policy setting overrides any system-computed wait times.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Group Policy uses this administratively configured maximum wait time for workplace connectivity, and overrides any default or system-computed wait time.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Group Policy will use the default wait time of 60 seconds on computers running Windows operating systems greater than Windows 7 configured for workplace connectivity.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Group Policy will use the default wait time of 60 seconds on computers running Windows operating systems greater than Windows 7 configured for workplace connectivity.
 
 
 
@@ -878,12 +878,12 @@ This policy setting controls the ability of users to view their Resultant Set of
 
 By default, interactively logged on users can view their own Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) data.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, interactive users cannot generate RSoP data.
+If you enable this policy setting, interactive users can't generate RSoP data.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, interactive users can generate RSoP.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, interactive users can generate RSoP.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting does not affect administrators. If you enable or disable this policy setting, by default administrators can view RSoP data.
+> This policy setting doesn't affect administrators. If you enable or disable this policy setting, by default administrators can view RSoP data.
 >
 > To view RSoP data on a client computer, use the RSoP snap-in for the Microsoft Management Console. You can launch the RSoP snap-in from the command line by typing RSOP.msc.
 >
@@ -933,12 +933,12 @@ This policy setting controls the ability of users to view their Resultant Set of
 
 By default, interactively logged on users can view their own Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) data.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, interactive users cannot generate RSoP data.
+If you enable this policy setting, interactive users can't generate RSoP data.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, interactive users can generate RSoP
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, interactive users can generate RSoP
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting does not affect administrators. If you enable or disable this policy setting, by default administrators can view RSoP data.
+> This policy setting doesn't affect administrators. If you enable or disable this policy setting, by default administrators can view RSoP data.
 >
 > To view RSoP data on a client computer, use the RSoP snap-in for the Microsoft Management Console. You can launch the RSoP snap-in from the command line by typing RSOP.msc.
 >
@@ -1028,11 +1028,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents the system from updating the Administrative Templates source files automatically when you open the Group Policy Object Editor.
 
-Administrators might want to use this if they are concerned about the amount of space used on the system volume of a DC.
+Administrators might want to use this option if they're concerned about the amount of space used on the system volume of a DC.
 
 By default, when you start the Group Policy Object Editor, a timestamp comparison is performed on the source files in the local %SYSTEMROOT%\inf directory and the source files stored in the GPO.
 
-If the local files are newer, they are copied into the GPO.
+If the local files are newer, they're copied into the GPO.
 
 Changing the status of this setting to Enabled will keep any source files from copying to the GPO.
 
@@ -1085,9 +1085,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents Group Policy from being updated while the computer is in use. This policy setting applies to Group Policy for computers, users, and domain controllers.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system waits until the current user logs off the system before updating the computer and user settings.
+If you enable this policy setting, the system waits until the current user signs out the system before updating the computer and user settings.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, updates can be applied while users are working. The frequency of updates is determined by the "Set Group Policy refresh interval for computers" and "Set Group Policy refresh interval for users" policy settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, updates can be applied while users are working. The frequency of updates is determined by the "Set Group Policy refresh interval for computers" and "Set Group Policy refresh interval for users" policy settings.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you make changes to this policy setting, you must restart your computer for it to take effect.
@@ -1136,12 +1136,12 @@ This policy setting prevents Local Group Policy Objects (Local GPOs) from being
 
 By default, the policy settings in Local GPOs are applied before any domain-based GPO policy settings. These policy settings can apply to both users and the local computer. You can disable the processing and application of all Local GPOs to ensure that only domain-based GPOs are applied.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system does not process and apply any Local GPOs.
+If you enable this policy setting, the system doesn't process and apply any Local GPOs.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Local GPOs continue to be applied.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Local GPOs continue to be applied.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> For computers joined to a domain, it is strongly recommended that you only configure this policy setting  in domain-based GPOs. This policy setting will be ignored on computers that are joined to a workgroup.
+> For computers joined to a domain, it's strongly recommended that you only configure this policy setting  in domain-based GPOs. This policy setting will be ignored on computers that are joined to a workgroup.
 
 
 
@@ -1185,9 +1185,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control a user's ability to invoke a computer policy refresh.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users are not able to invoke a refresh of computer policy. Computer policy will still be applied at startup or when an official policy refresh occurs.
+If you enable this policy setting, users aren't able to invoke a refresh of computer policy. Computer policy will still be applied at startup or when an official policy refresh occurs.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior applies. By default, computer policy is applied when the computer starts up. It also applies at a specified refresh interval or when manually invoked by the user.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior applies. By default, computer policy is applied when the computer starts up. It also applies at a specified refresh interval or when manually invoked by the user.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting applies only to non-administrators. Administrators can still invoke a refresh of computer policy at any time, no matter how this policy setting is configured.
@@ -1241,9 +1241,9 @@ This policy setting determines whether the Windows device is allowed to particip
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Windows device is discoverable by other Windows devices that belong to the same user, and can participate in cross-device experiences.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the Windows device is not discoverable by other devices, and cannot participate in cross-device experiences.
+If you disable this policy setting, the Windows device isn't discoverable by other devices, and can't participate in cross-device experiences.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior depends on the Windows edition. Changes to this policy take effect on reboot.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior depends on the Windows edition. Changes to this policy take effect on reboot.
 
 
 
@@ -1287,13 +1287,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure Group Policy caching behavior.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, Group Policy caches policy information after every background processing session. This cache saves applicable GPOs and the settings contained within them. When Group Policy runs in synchronous foreground mode, it refers to this cache, which enables it to run faster. When the cache is read, Group Policy attempts to contact a logon domain controller to determine the link speed. When Group Policy runs in background mode or asynchronous foreground mode, it continues to download the latest version of the policy information, and it uses a bandwidth estimate to determine slow link thresholds. (See the “Configure Group Policy Slow Link Detection” policy setting to configure asynchronous foreground behavior.)
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, Group Policy caches policy information after every background processing session. This cache saves applicable GPOs and the settings contained within them. When Group Policy runs in synchronous foreground mode, it refers to this cache, which enables it to run faster. When the cache is read, Group Policy attempts to contact a logon domain controller to determine the link speed. When Group Policy runs in background mode or asynchronous foreground mode, it continues to download the latest version of the policy information, and it uses a bandwidth estimate to determine slow link thresholds. (See the “Configure Group Policy Slow Link Detection” policy setting to configure asynchronous foreground behavior.)
 
 The slow link value that is defined in this policy setting determines how long Group Policy will wait for a response from the domain controller before reporting the link speed as slow. The default is 500 milliseconds.
 
-The timeout value that is defined in this policy setting determines how long Group Policy will wait for a response from the domain controller before determining that there is no network connectivity. This stops the current Group Policy processing. Group Policy will run in the background the next time a connection to a domain controller is established. Setting this value too high might result in longer waits for the user at boot or logon. The default is 5000 milliseconds.
+The timeout value that is defined in this policy setting determines how long Group Policy will wait for a response from the domain controller before determining that there's no network connectivity. This waiting period stops the current Group Policy processing. Group Policy will run in the background the next time a connection to a domain controller is established. Setting this value too high might result in longer waits for the user at boot or sign in. The default is 5000 milliseconds.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the Group Policy client will not cache applicable GPOs or settings that are contained within the GPOs. When Group Policy runs synchronously, it downloads the latest version of the policy from the network and uses bandwidth estimates to determine slow link thresholds. (See the “Configure Group Policy Slow Link Detection” policy setting to configure asynchronous foreground behavior.)
+If you disable this policy setting, the Group Policy client won't cache applicable GPOs or settings that are contained within the GPOs. When Group Policy runs synchronously, it downloads the latest version of the policy from the network and uses bandwidth estimates to determine slow link thresholds. (See the “Configure Group Policy Slow Link Detection” policy setting to configure asynchronous foreground behavior.)
 
 
 
@@ -1341,9 +1341,9 @@ If you enable this policy setting, Group Policy caches policy information after
 
 The slow link value that is defined in this policy setting determines how long Group Policy will wait for a response from the domain controller before reporting the link speed as slow. The default is 500 milliseconds.
 
-The timeout value that is defined in this policy setting determines how long Group Policy will wait for a response from the domain controller before determining that there is no network connectivity. This stops the current Group Policy processing. Group Policy will run in the background the next time a connection to a domain controller is established. Setting this value too high might result in longer waits for the user at boot or logon. The default is 5000 milliseconds.
+The timeout value that is defined in this policy setting determines how long Group Policy will wait for a response from the domain controller before determining that there's no network connectivity. This waiting period stops the current Group Policy processing. Group Policy will run in the background the next time a connection to a domain controller is established. Setting this value too high might result in longer waits for the user at boot or sign in. The default is 5000 milliseconds.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Group Policy client will not cache applicable GPOs or settings that are contained within the GPOs. When Group Policy runs synchronously, it downloads the latest version of the policy from the network and uses bandwidth estimates to determine slow link thresholds. (See the “Configure Group Policy Slow Link Detection” policy setting to configure asynchronous foreground behavior.)
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Group Policy client won't cache applicable GPOs or settings that are contained within the GPOs. When Group Policy runs synchronously, it downloads the latest version of the policy from the network and uses bandwidth estimates to determine slow link thresholds. (See the “Configure Group Policy Slow Link Detection” policy setting to configure asynchronous foreground behavior.)
 
 
 
@@ -1385,13 +1385,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy allows IT admins to turn off the ability to Link a Phone with a PC to continue reading, emailing and other tasks that requires linking between Phone and PC.
+This policy allows IT admins to turn off the ability to Link a Phone with a PC to continue reading, emailing and other tasks that require linking between Phone and PC.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Windows device will be able to enroll in Phone-PC linking functionality and participate in Continue on PC experiences.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the Windows device is not allowed to be linked to Phones, will remove itself from the device list of any linked Phones, and cannot participate in Continue on PC experiences.
+If you disable this policy setting, the Windows device isn't allowed to be linked to Phones, will remove itself from the device list of any linked Phones, and can't participate in Continue on PC experiences.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior depends on the Windows edition. Changes to this policy take effect on reboot.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior depends on the Windows edition. Changes to this policy take effect on reboot.
 
 
 
@@ -1435,11 +1435,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents administrators from viewing or using Group Policy preferences.
 
-A Group Policy administration (.adm) file can contain both true settings and preferences. True settings, which are fully supported by Group Policy, must use registry entries in the Software\Policies or Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies registry subkeys. Preferences, which are not fully supported, use registry entries in other subkeys.
+A Group Policy administration (.adm) file can contain both true settings and preferences. True settings, which are fully supported by Group Policy, must use registry entries in the Software\Policies or Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies registry subkeys. Preferences, which aren't fully supported, use registry entries in other subkeys.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "Show Policies Only" command is turned on, and administrators cannot turn it off. As a result, Group Policy Object Editor displays only true settings; preferences do not appear.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "Show Policies Only" command is turned on, and administrators can't turn it off. As a result, Group Policy Object Editor displays only true settings; preferences don't appear.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the "Show Policies Only" command is turned on by default, but administrators can view preferences by turning off the "Show Policies Only" command.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the "Show Policies Only" command is turned on by default, but administrators can view preferences by turning off the "Show Policies Only" command.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To find the "Show Policies Only" command, in Group Policy Object Editor, click the Administrative Templates folder (either one), right-click the same folder, and then point to "View."
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This security feature provides a global setting to prevent programs from loading untrusted fonts. Untrusted fonts are any font installed outside of the %windir%\Fonts directory. 
 
-This feature can be configured to be in 3 modes: On, Off, and Audit. By default, it is Off and no fonts are blocked. If you aren't quite ready to deploy this feature into your organization, you can run it in Audit mode to see if blocking untrusted fonts causes any usability or compatibility issues.
+This feature can be configured to be in three modes: On, Off, and Audit. By default, it's Off and no fonts are blocked. If you aren't ready to deploy this feature into your organization, you can run it in Audit mode to see if blocking untrusted fonts causes any usability or compatibility issues.
 
 
 
@@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines which domain controller the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in uses.
 
-If you enable this setting, you can which domain controller is used according to these options:
+If you enable this setting, you can know which domain controller is used according to these options:
 
 "Use the Primary Domain Controller" indicates that the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in reads and writes changes to the domain controller designated as the PDC Operations Master for the domain.
 
@@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ If you enable this setting, you can which domain controller is used according to
 
 "Use any available domain controller" indicates that the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in can read and write changes to any available domain controller.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in uses the domain controller designated as the PDC Operations Master for the domain.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in uses the domain controller designated as the PDC Operations Master for the domain.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To change the PDC Operations Master for a domain, in Active Directory Users and Computers, right-click a domain, and then click "Operations Masters."
@@ -1589,18 +1589,18 @@ This policy setting defines a slow connection for purposes of applying and updat
 
 If the rate at which data is transferred from the domain controller providing a policy update to the computers in this group is slower than the rate specified by this setting, the system considers the connection to be slow.
 
-The system's response to a slow policy connection varies among policies. The program implementing the policy can specify the response to a slow link. Also, the policy processing settings in this folder lets you override the programs' specified responses to slow links.
+The system's response to a slow policy connection varies among policies. The program implementing the policy can specify the response to a slow link. Also, the policy processing settings in this folder let you override the programs' specified responses to slow links.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can, in the "Connection speed" box, type a decimal number between 0 and 4,294,967,200, indicating a transfer rate in kilobits per second. Any connection slower than this rate is considered to be slow. If you type 0, all connections are considered to be fast.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the system uses the default value of 500 kilobits per second.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the system uses the default value of 500 kilobits per second.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. The setting in Computer Configuration defines a slow link for policies in the Computer Configuration folder. The setting in User Configuration defines a slow link for settings in the User Configuration folder.
 
 Also, see the "Do not detect slow network connections" and related policies in Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\User Profile.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If the profile server has IP connectivity, the connection speed setting is used. If the profile server does not have IP connectivity, the SMB timing is used.
+> If the profile server has IP connectivity, the connection speed setting is used. If the profile server doesn't have IP connectivity, the SMB timing is used.
 
 
 
@@ -1646,18 +1646,18 @@ This policy setting defines a slow connection for purposes of applying and updat
 
 If the rate at which data is transferred from the domain controller providing a policy update to the computers in this group is slower than the rate specified by this setting, the system considers the connection to be slow.
 
-The system's response to a slow policy connection varies among policies. The program implementing the policy can specify the response to a slow link. Also, the policy processing settings in this folder lets you override the programs' specified responses to slow links.
+The system's response to a slow policy connection varies among policies. The program implementing the policy can specify the response to a slow link. Also, the policy processing settings in this folder let you override the programs' specified responses to slow links.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can, in the "Connection speed" box, type a decimal number between 0 and 4,294,967,200, indicating a transfer rate in kilobits per second. Any connection slower than this rate is considered to be slow. If you type 0, all connections are considered to be fast.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the system uses the default value of 500 kilobits per second.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the system uses the default value of 500 kilobits per second.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. The setting in Computer Configuration defines a slow link for policies in the Computer Configuration folder. The setting in User Configuration defines a slow link for settings in the User Configuration folder.
 
 Also, see the "Do not detect slow network connections" and related policies in Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\User Profile. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If the profile server has IP connectivity, the connection speed setting is used. If the profile server does not have IP connectivity, the SMB timing is used.
+> If the profile server has IP connectivity, the connection speed setting is used. If the profile server doesn't have IP connectivity, the SMB timing is used.
 
 
 
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ In addition to background updates, Group Policy for the computer is always updat
 
 By default, computer Group Policy is updated in the background every 90 minutes, with a random offset of 0 to 30 minutes.
 
-If you enable this setting, you can specify an update rate from 0 to 64,800 minutes (45 days). If you select 0 minutes, the computer tries to update Group Policy every 7 seconds. However, because updates might interfere with users' work and increase network traffic, very short update intervals are not appropriate for most installations.
+If you enable this setting, you can specify an update rate from 0 to 64,800 minutes (45 days). If you select 0 minutes, the computer tries to update Group Policy every 7 seconds. However, because updates might interfere with users' work and increase network traffic, very short update intervals aren't appropriate for most installations.
 
 If you disable this setting, Group Policy is updated every 90 minutes (the default). To specify that Group Policy should never be updated while the computer is in use, select the "Turn off background refresh of Group Policy" policy.
 
@@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ The Set Group Policy refresh interval for computers policy also lets you specify
 
 This setting establishes the update rate for computer Group Policy. To set an update rate for user policies, use the "Set Group Policy refresh interval for users" setting (located in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Group Policy).
 
-This setting is only used when the "Turn off background refresh of Group Policy" setting is not enabled.
+This setting is only used when the "Turn off background refresh of Group Policy" setting isn't enabled.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Consider notifying users that their policy is updated periodically so that they recognize the signs of a policy update. When Group Policy is updated, the Windows desktop is refreshed; it flickers briefly and closes open menus. Also, restrictions imposed by Group Policies, such as those that limit the programs users can run, might interfere with tasks in progress.
@@ -1758,13 +1758,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies how often Group Policy is updated on domain controllers while they are running (in the background). The updates specified by this setting occur in addition to updates performed when the system starts.
+This policy setting specifies how often Group Policy is updated on domain controllers while they're running (in the background). The updates specified by this setting occur in addition to updates performed when the system starts.
 
 By default, Group Policy on the domain controllers is updated every five minutes.
 
-If you enable this setting, you can specify an update rate from 0 to 64,800 minutes (45 days). If you select 0 minutes, the domain controller tries to update Group Policy every 7 seconds. However, because updates might interfere with users' work and increase network traffic, very short update intervals are not appropriate for most installations.
+If you enable this setting, you can specify an update rate from 0 to 64,800 minutes (45 days). If you select 0 minutes, the domain controller tries to update Group Policy every 7 seconds. However, because updates might interfere with users' work and increase network traffic, very short update intervals aren't appropriate for most installations.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the domain controller updates Group Policy every 5 minutes (the default). To specify that Group Policies for users should never be updated while the computer is in use, select the "Turn off background refresh of Group Policy" setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the domain controller updates Group Policy every 5 minutes (the default). To specify that Group Policies for users should never be updated while the computer is in use, select the "Turn off background refresh of Group Policy" setting.
 
 This setting also lets you specify how much the actual update interval varies. To prevent domain controllers with the same update interval from requesting updates simultaneously, the system varies the update interval for each controller by a random number of minutes. The number you type in the random time box sets the upper limit for the range of variance. For example, if you type 30 minutes, the system selects a variance of 0 to 30 minutes. Typing a large number establishes a broad range and makes it less likely that update requests overlap. However, updates might be delayed significantly.
 
@@ -1813,11 +1813,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies how often Group Policy for users is updated while the computer is in use (in the background). This setting specifies a background update rate only for the Group Policies in the User Configuration folder.
 
-In addition to background updates, Group Policy for users is always updated when users log on.
+In addition to background updates, Group Policy for users is always updated when users sign in.
 
 By default, user Group Policy is updated in the background every 90 minutes, with a random offset of 0 to 30 minutes.
 
-If you enable this setting, you can specify an update rate from 0 to 64,800 minutes (45 days). If you select 0 minutes, the computer tries to update user Group Policy every 7 seconds. However, because updates might interfere with users' work and increase network traffic, very short update intervals are not appropriate for most installations.
+If you enable this setting, you can specify an update rate from 0 to 64,800 minutes (45 days). If you select 0 minutes, the computer tries to update user Group Policy every 7 seconds. However, because updates might interfere with users' work and increase network traffic, very short update intervals aren't appropriate for most installations.
 
 If you disable this setting, user Group Policy is updated every 90 minutes (the default). To specify that Group Policy for users should never be updated while the computer is in use, select the "Turn off background refresh of Group Policy" setting.
 
@@ -1874,15 +1874,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Enter “0” to disable Logon Script Delay.
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure how long the Group Policy client waits after logon before running scripts.
+This policy setting allows you to configure how long the Group Policy client waits after a sign in before running scripts.
 
-By default, the Group Policy client waits five minutes before running logon scripts. This helps create a responsive desktop environment by preventing disk contention.
+By default, the Group Policy client waits 5 minutes before running logon scripts. This 5-minute wait helps create a responsive desktop environment by preventing disk contention.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Group Policy will wait for the specified amount of time before running logon scripts.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Group Policy will run scripts immediately after logon.
+If you disable this policy setting, Group Policy will run scripts immediately after a sign in.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Group Policy will wait five minutes before running logon scripts.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Group Policy will wait five minutes before running logon scripts.
 
 
 
@@ -1976,7 +1976,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to create new Group Policy object links in the di
 
 If you enable this setting, you can create all new Group Policy object links in the disabled state by default. After you configure and test the new object links by using a policy compliant Group Policy management tool such as  Active Directory Users and Computers or Active Directory Sites and Services, you can enable the object links for use on the system.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, new Group Policy object links are created in the enabled state. If you do not want them to be effective until they are configured and tested, you must disable the object link.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, new Group Policy object links are created in the enabled state. If you don't want them to be effective until they're configured and tested, you must disable the object link.
 
 
 
@@ -2020,9 +2020,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you always use local ADM files for the Group Policy snap-in.
 
-By default, when you edit a Group Policy Object (GPO) using the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in, the ADM files are loaded from that GPO into the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in. This allows you to use the same version of the ADM files that were used to create the GPO while editing this GPO.
+By default, when you edit a Group Policy Object (GPO) using the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in, the ADM files are loaded from that GPO into the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in. This edit-option allows you to use the same version of the ADM files that were used to create the GPO while editing this GPO.
 
-This leads to the following behavior:
+This edit-option leads to the following behavior:
 
 - If you originally created the GPO with, for example, an English system, the GPO contains English ADM files.
 
@@ -2032,14 +2032,14 @@ You can change this behavior by using this setting.
 
 If you enable this setting, the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in always uses local ADM files in your %windir%\inf directory when editing GPOs.
 
-This leads to the following behavior:
+This pattern leads to the following behavior:
 
 - If you had originally created the GPO with an English system, and then you edit the GPO with a Japanese system, the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in uses the local Japanese ADM files, and you see the text in Japanese under Administrative Templates.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in always loads all ADM files from the actual GPO.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the Group Policy Object Editor snap-in always loads all ADM files from the actual GPO.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If the ADMs that you require are not all available locally in your %windir%\inf directory, you might not be able to see all the settings that have been configured in the GPO that you are editing.
+> If the ADMs that you require aren't all available locally in your %windir%\inf directory, you might not be able to see all the settings that have been configured in the GPO that you are editing.
 
 
 
@@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This security feature provides a means to override individual process MitigationOptions settings. This can be used to enforce a number of security policies specific to applications. The application name is specified as the Value name, including extension. The Value is specified as a bit field with a series of flags in particular positions. Bits can be set to either 0 (setting is forced off), 1 (setting is forced on), or ? (setting retains its existing value prior to GPO evaluation). The recognized bit locations are:
+This security feature provides a means to override individual process MitigationOptions settings. This security feature can be used to enforce many security policies specific to applications. The application name is specified as the Value name, including extension. The Value is specified as a bit field with a series of flags in particular positions. Bits can be set to either 0 (setting is forced off), 1 (setting is forced on), or ? (setting retains its existing value prior to GPO evaluation). The recognized bit locations are:
 
 PROCESS_CREATION_MITIGATION_POLICY_DEP_ENABLE (0x00000001)
 Enables data execution prevention (DEP) for the child process
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ PROCESS_CREATION_MITIGATION_POLICY_SEHOP_ENABLE (0x00000004)
 Enables structured exception handler overwrite protection (SEHOP) for the child process. SEHOP blocks exploits that use the structured exception handler (SEH) overwrite technique.
 
 PROCESS_CREATION_MITIGATION_POLICY_FORCE_RELOCATE_IMAGES_ALWAYS_ON (0x00000100)
-The force Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR) policy forcibly rebases images that are not dynamic base compatible by acting as though an image base collision happened at load time. If relocations are required, images that do not have a base relocation section will not be loaded.
+The force Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR) policy forcibly rebases images that aren't dynamic base compatible by acting as though an image base collision happened at load time. If relocations are required, images that don't have a base relocation section won't be loaded.
 
 PROCESS_CREATION_MITIGATION_POLICY_BOTTOM_UP_ASLR_ALWAYS_ON (0x00010000)
 PROCESS_CREATION_MITIGATION_POLICY_BOTTOM_UP_ASLR_ALWAYS_OFF (0x00020000)
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ RSoP logs information on Group Policy settings that have been applied to the cli
 
 If you enable this setting, RSoP logging is turned off.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, RSoP logging is turned on. By default, RSoP logging is always on.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, RSoP logging is turned on. By default, RSoP logging is always on.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To view the RSoP information logged on a client computer, you can use the RSoP snap-in in the Microsoft Management Console (MMC).
@@ -2245,9 +2245,9 @@ When Group Policy detects the bandwidth speed of a Direct Access connection, the
 > [!NOTE]
 > When Group Policy detects a slow network connection, Group Policy will only process those client side extensions configured for processing across a slow link (slow network connection).
 
-If you enable this policy, when Group Policy cannot determine the bandwidth speed across Direct Access, Group Policy will evaluate the network connection as a fast link and process all client side extensions.
+If you enable this policy, when Group Policy can't determine the bandwidth speed across Direct Access, Group Policy will evaluate the network connection as a fast link and process all client side extensions.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, Group Policy will evaluate the network connection as a slow link and process only those client side extensions configured to process over a slow link.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, Group Policy will evaluate the network connection as a slow link and process only those client side extensions configured to process over a slow link.
 
 
 
@@ -2289,13 +2289,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy directs Group Policy processing to skip processing any client side extension that requires synchronous processing (that is, whether computers wait for the network to be fully initialized during computer startup and user logon) when a slow network connection is detected.
+This policy directs Group Policy processing to skip processing any client side extension that requires synchronous processing (that is, whether computers wait for the network to be fully initialized during computer startup and user sign in) when a slow network connection is detected.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, when a slow network connection is detected, Group Policy processing will always run in an asynchronous manner.
-Client computers will not wait for the network to be fully initialized at startup and logon. Existing users will be logged on using cached credentials,
-which will result in shorter logon times. Group Policy will be applied in the background after the network becomes available.
-Note that because this is a background refresh, extensions requiring synchronous processing such as Software Installation, Folder Redirection
-and Drive Maps preference extension will not be applied.
+Client computers won't wait for the network to be fully initialized at startup and sign in. Existing users will be signed in using cached credentials, which will result in shorter sign-in times. Group Policy will be applied in the background after the network becomes available.
+Because this policy setting enables a background refresh, extensions requiring synchronous processing such as Software Installation, Folder Redirection and Drive Maps preference extension won't be applied.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > There are two conditions that will cause Group Policy to be processed synchronously even if this policy setting is enabled:
@@ -2303,7 +2301,7 @@ and Drive Maps preference extension will not be applied.
 > - 1 - At the first computer startup after the client computer has joined the domain.
 > - 2 - If the policy setting "Always wait for the network at computer startup and logon" is enabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, detecting a slow network connection will not affect whether Group Policy processing will be synchronous or asynchronous.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, detecting a slow network connection won't affect whether Group Policy processing will be synchronous or asynchronous.
 
 
 
@@ -2345,11 +2343,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies how long Group Policy should wait for network availability notifications during startup policy processing. If the startup policy processing is synchronous, the computer is blocked until the network is available or the default wait time is reached. If the startup policy processing is asynchronous, the computer is not blocked and policy processing will occur in the background. In either case, configuring this policy setting overrides any system-computed wait times.
+This policy setting specifies how long Group Policy should wait for network availability notifications during startup policy processing. If the startup policy processing is synchronous, the computer is blocked until the network is available or the default wait time is reached. If the startup policy processing is asynchronous, the computer isn't blocked and policy processing will occur in the background. In either case, configuring this policy setting overrides any system-computed wait times.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Group Policy will use this administratively configured maximum wait time and override any default or system-computed wait time.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Group Policy will use the default wait time of 30 seconds on computers running Windows Vista operating system.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Group Policy will use the default wait time of 30 seconds on computers running Windows Vista operating system.
 
 
 
@@ -2391,9 +2389,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting directs the system to apply the set of Group Policy objects for the computer to any user who logs on to a computer affected by this setting. It is intended for special-use computers, such as those in public places, laboratories, and classrooms, where you must modify the user setting based on the computer that is being used.
+This policy setting directs the system to apply the set of Group Policy objects for the computer to any user who signs in to a computer affected by this setting. It's intended for special-use computers, such as those in public places, laboratories, and classrooms, where you must modify the user setting based on the computer that is being used.
 
-By default, the user's Group Policy Objects determine which user settings apply. If this setting is enabled, then, when a user logs on to this computer, the computer's Group Policy Objects determine which set of Group Policy Objects applies.
+By default, the user's Group Policy Objects determine which user settings apply. If this setting is enabled, then, when a user signs in to this computer, the computer's Group Policy Objects determine which set of Group Policy Objects applies.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can select one of the following modes from the Mode box:
 
@@ -2401,7 +2399,7 @@ If you enable this setting, you can select one of the following modes from the M
 
 "Merge" indicates that the user settings defined in the computer's Group Policy Objects and the user settings normally applied to the user are combined. If the settings conflict, the user settings in the computer's Group Policy Objects take precedence over the user's normal settings.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the user's Group Policy Objects determines which user settings apply.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the user's Group Policy Objects determines which user settings apply.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting is effective only when both the computer account and the user account are in at least Windows 2000 domains.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-help.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-help.md
index 647e532ec1..3bdf5aa985 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-help.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-help.md
@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to exclude HTML Help Executable from being monito
 
 Data Execution Prevention (DEP) is designed to block malicious code that takes advantage of exception-handling mechanisms in Windows by monitoring your programs to make sure that they use system memory safely.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, DEP for HTML Help Executable is turned off. This will allow certain legacy ActiveX controls to function without DEP shutting down HTML Help Executable.
+If you enable this policy setting, DEP for HTML Help Executable is turned off. This turn off will allow certain legacy ActiveX controls to function without DEP shutting down HTML Help Executable.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, DEP is turned on for HTML Help Executable. This provides an additional security benefit, but HTML Help stops if DEP detects system memory abnormalities.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, DEP is turned on for HTML Help Executable. This turn on provides one more security benefit, but HTML Help stops if DEP detects system memory abnormalities.
 
 
 
@@ -117,25 +117,25 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to restrict certain HTML Help commands to function only in HTML Help (.chm) files within specified folders and their subfolders. Alternatively, you can disable these commands on the entire system. It is strongly recommended that only folders requiring administrative privileges be added to this policy setting.
+This policy setting allows you to restrict certain HTML Help commands to function only in HTML Help (.chm) files within specified folders and their subfolders. Alternatively, you can disable these commands on the entire system. It's recommended that only folders requiring administrative privileges be added to this policy setting.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the commands function only for .chm files in the specified folders and their subfolders.
 
 To restrict the commands to one or more folders, enable the policy setting and enter the desired folders in the text box on the Settings tab of the Policy Properties dialog box. Use a semicolon to separate folders. For example, to restrict the commands to only .chm files in the %windir%\help folder and D:\somefolder, add the following string to the edit box: "%windir%\help;D:\somefolder".
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> An environment variable may be used, (for example, %windir%), as long as it is defined on the system. For example, %programfiles% is not defined on some early versions of Windows.
+> An environment variable may be used, (for example, %windir%), as long as it's defined on the system. For example, %programfiles% is not defined on some early versions of Windows.
 
 The "Shortcut" command is used to add a link to a Help topic, and runs executables that are external to the Help file. The "WinHelp" command is used to add a link to a Help topic, and runs a WinHLP32.exe Help (.hlp) file.
 
 To disallow the "Shortcut" and "WinHelp" commands on the entire local system, enable the policy setting and leave the text box on the Settings tab of the Policy Properties dialog box blank.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, these commands are fully functional for all Help files.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, these commands are fully functional for all Help files.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Only folders on the local computer can be specified in this policy setting. You cannot use this policy setting to enable the "Shortcut" and "WinHelp" commands for .chm files that are stored on mapped drives or accessed using UNC paths.
 
-For additional options, see the "Restrict these programs from being launched from Help" policy.
+For more options, see the "Restrict these programs from being launched from Help" policy.
 
 
 
@@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to restrict programs from being run from online Help.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can prevent specified programs from being run from Help. When you enable this policy setting, enter the file names names of the programs you want to restrict, separated by commas.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can prevent specified programs from being run from Help. When you enable this policy setting, enter the file names of the programs you want to restrict, separated by commas.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can run all applications from online Help.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can run all applications from online Help.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > You can also restrict users from running applications by using the Software Restriction Policy settings available in Computer Configuration\Security Settings.
@@ -230,9 +230,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to restrict programs from being run from online Help.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can prevent specified programs from being run from Help. When you enable this policy setting, enter the file names names of the programs you want to restrict, separated by commas.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can prevent specified programs from being run from Help. When you enable this policy setting, enter the file names of the programs you want to restrict, separated by commas.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can run all applications from online Help.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can run all applications from online Help.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > You can also restrict users from running applications by using the Software Restriction Policy settings available in Computer Configuration\Security Settings.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-icm.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-icm.md
index 67493c8dbe..2f9b7183ac 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-icm.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-icm.md
@@ -135,13 +135,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting turns off the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program. The Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program collects information about your hardware configuration and how you use our software and services to identify trends and usage patterns. Microsoft will not collect your name, address, or any other personally identifiable information. There are no surveys to complete, no salesperson will call, and you can continue working without interruption. It is simple and user-friendly.
+This policy setting turns off the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program. The Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program collects information about your hardware configuration and how you use our software and services to identify trends and usage patterns. Microsoft won't collect your name, address, or any other personally identifiable information. There are no surveys to complete, no salesperson will call, and you can continue working without interruption. It's simple and user-friendly.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, all users are opted out of the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, all users are opted into the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the administrator can use the Problem Reports and Solutions component in Control Panel to enable Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program for all users.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the administrator can use the Problem Reports and Solutions component in Control Panel to enable Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program for all users.
 
 
 
@@ -187,9 +187,9 @@ This policy setting specifies whether to automatically update root certificates
 
 Typically, a certificate is used when you use a secure website or when you send and receive secure email. Anyone can issue certificates, but to have transactions that are as secure as possible, certificates must be issued by a trusted certificate authority (CA). Microsoft has included a list in Windows XP and other products of companies and organizations that it considers trusted authorities.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, when you are presented with a certificate issued by an untrusted root authority, your computer will not contact the Windows Update website to see if Microsoft has added the CA to its list of trusted authorities.
+If you enable this policy setting, when you're presented with a certificate issued by an untrusted root authority, your computer won't contact the Windows Update website to see if Microsoft has added the CA to its list of trusted authorities.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, your computer will contact the Windows Update website.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, your computer will contact the Windows Update website.
 
 
 
@@ -233,14 +233,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to allow printing over HTTP from this client.
 
-Printing over HTTP allows a client to print to printers on the intranet as well as the Internet.
+Printing over HTTP allows a client to print to printers on the intranet and the Internet.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting affects the client side of Internet printing only. It does not prevent this computer from acting as an Internet Printing server and making its shared printers available via HTTP.
+> This policy setting affects the client side of Internet printing only. It doesn't prevent this computer from acting as an Internet Printing server and making its shared printers available via HTTP.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, it prevents this client from printing to Internet printers over HTTP.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can choose to print to Internet printers over HTTP.  Also, see the "Web-based printing" policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/Printers.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can choose to print to Internet printers over HTTP.  Also, see the "Web-based printing" policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/Printers.
 
 
 
@@ -287,13 +287,13 @@ This policy setting specifies whether to allow this client to download print dri
 To set up HTTP printing, non-inbox drivers need to be downloaded over HTTP.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting does not prevent the client from printing to printers on the Intranet or the Internet over HTTP.
+> This policy setting doesn't prevent the client from printing to printers on the Intranet or the Internet over HTTP.
 
-It only prohibits downloading drivers that are not already installed locally.
+It only prohibits downloading drivers that aren't already installed locally.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, print drivers cannot be downloaded over HTTP.
+If you enable this policy setting, print drivers can't be downloaded over HTTP.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can download print drivers over HTTP.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can download print drivers over HTTP.
 
 
 
@@ -337,13 +337,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether Windows searches Windows Update for device drivers when no local drivers for a device are present.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Update is not searched when a new device is installed.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Update isn't searched when a new device is installed.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, Windows Update is always searched for drivers when no local drivers are present.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, searching Windows Update is optional when installing a device.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, searching Windows Update is optional when installing a device.
 
-Also see "Turn off Windows Update device driver search prompt" in "Administrative Templates/System," which governs whether an administrator is prompted before searching Windows Update for device drivers if a driver is not found locally.
+Also see "Turn off Windows Update device driver search prompt" in "Administrative Templates/System," which governs whether an administrator is prompted before searching Windows Update for device drivers if a driver isn't found locally.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is replaced by "Specify Driver Source Search Order" in "Administrative Templates/System/Device Installation" on newer versions of Windows.
@@ -392,9 +392,9 @@ This policy setting specifies whether "Events.asp" hyperlinks are available for
 
 The Event Viewer normally makes all HTTP(S) URLs into hyperlinks that activate the Internet browser when clicked. In addition, "More Information" is placed at the end of the description text if the event is created by a Microsoft component. This text contains a link (URL) that, if clicked, sends information about the event to Microsoft, and allows users to learn more about why that event occurred.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, event description hyperlinks are not activated and the text "More Information" is not displayed at the end of the description.
+If you enable this policy setting, event description hyperlinks aren't activated and the text "More Information" isn't displayed at the end of the description.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user can click the hyperlink, which prompts the user and then sends information about the event over the Internet to Microsoft.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user can click the hyperlink, which prompts the user and then sends information about the event over the Internet to Microsoft.
 
 Also, see "Events.asp URL", "Events.asp program", and "Events.asp Program Command Line Parameters" settings in "Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Event Viewer".
 
@@ -444,9 +444,9 @@ This content is dynamically updated when users who are connected to the Internet
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Help and Support Center no longer retrieves nor displays "Did you know?" content.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Help and Support Center retrieves and displays "Did you know?" content.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Help and Support Center retrieves and displays "Did you know?" content.
 
-You might want to enable this policy setting for users who do not have Internet access, because the content in the "Did you know?" section will remain static indefinitely without an Internet connection.
+You might want to enable this policy setting for users who don't have Internet access, because the content in the "Did you know?" section will remain static indefinitely without an Internet connection.
 
 
 
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ The Knowledge Base is an online source of technical support information and self
 
 If you enable this policy setting, it removes the Knowledge Base section from the Help and Support Center "Set search options" page, and only Help content on the local computer is searched.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Knowledge Base is searched if the user has a connection to the Internet and has not disabled the Knowledge Base search from the Search Options page.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Knowledge Base is searched if the user has a connection to the Internet and hasn't disabled the Knowledge Base search from the Search Options page.
 
 
 
@@ -538,11 +538,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether Windows can access the Internet to accomplish tasks that require Internet resources.
 
-If you enable this setting, all of the the policy settings listed in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set such that their respective features cannot access the Internet.
+If you enable this setting, all of the policy settings listed in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set such that their respective features can't access the Internet.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, all of the the policy settings listed in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set such that their respective features can access the Internet.
+If you disable this policy setting, all of the policy settings listed in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set such that their respective features can access the Internet.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, all of the the policy settings in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set to not configured.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, all of the policy settings in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set to not configured.
 
 
 
@@ -586,11 +586,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether Windows can access the Internet to accomplish tasks that require Internet resources.
 
-If you enable this setting, all of the the policy settings listed in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set such that their respective features cannot access the Internet.
+If you enable this setting, all of the policy settings listed in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set such that their respective features can't access the Internet.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, all of the the policy settings listed in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set such that their respective features can access the Internet.
+If you disable this policy setting, all of the policy settings listed in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set such that their respective features can access the Internet.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, all of the the policy settings in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set to not configured.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, all of the policy settings in the "Internet Communication settings" section are set to not configured.
 
 
 
@@ -633,9 +633,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether the Internet Connection Wizard can connect to Microsoft to download a list of Internet Service Providers (ISPs).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "Choose a list of Internet Service Providers" path in the Internet Connection Wizard causes the wizard to exit. This prevents users from retrieving the list of ISPs, which resides on Microsoft servers.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "Choose a list of Internet Service Providers" path in the Internet Connection Wizard causes the wizard to exit. This exit prevents users from retrieving the list of ISPs, which resides on Microsoft servers.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can connect to Microsoft to download a list of ISPs for their area.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can connect to Microsoft to download a list of ISPs for their area.
 
 
 
@@ -679,11 +679,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether the Windows Registration Wizard connects to Microsoft.com for online registration.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, it blocks users from connecting to Microsoft.com for online registration and users cannot register their copy of Windows online.
+If you enable this policy setting, it blocks users from connecting to Microsoft.com for online registration and users can't register their copy of Windows online.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can connect to Microsoft.com to complete the online Windows Registration.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can connect to Microsoft.com to complete the online Windows Registration.
 
-Note that registration is optional and involves submitting some personal information to Microsoft. However, Windows Product Activation is required but does not involve submitting any personal information (except the country/region you live in).
+Registration is optional and involves submitting some personal information to Microsoft. However, Windows Product Activation is required but doesn't involve submitting any personal information (except the country/region you live in).
 
 
 
@@ -729,9 +729,9 @@ This policy setting controls whether or not errors are reported to Microsoft.
 
 Error Reporting is used to report information about a system or application that has failed or has stopped responding and is used to improve the quality of the product.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users are not given the option to report errors.
+If you enable this policy setting, users aren't given the option to report errors.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the errors may be reported to Microsoft via the Internet or to a corporate file share.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the errors may be reported to Microsoft via the Internet or to a corporate file share.
 
 This policy setting overrides any user setting made from the Control Panel for error reporting.  
 
@@ -779,9 +779,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove access to Windows Update.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, all Windows Update features are removed. This includes blocking access to the Windows Update website at https://windowsupdate.microsoft.com, from the Windows Update hyperlink on the Start menu, and also on the Tools menu in Internet Explorer. Windows automatic updating is also disabled; you will neither be notified about nor will you receive critical updates from Windows Update. This policy setting also prevents Device Manager from automatically installing driver updates from the Windows Update website.
+If you enable this policy setting, all Windows Update features are removed. This list of features includes blocking access to the Windows Update website at https://windowsupdate.microsoft.com, from the Windows Update hyperlink on the Start menu, and also on the Tools menu in Internet Explorer. Windows automatic updating is also disabled; you won't get notified or receive critical updates from Windows Update. This policy setting also prevents Device Manager from automatically installing driver updates from the Windows Update website.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can access the Windows Update website and enable automatic updating to receive notifications and critical updates from Windows Update.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can access the Windows Update website and enable automatic updating to receive notifications and critical updates from Windows Update.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy applies only when this PC is configured to connect to an intranet update service using the "Specify intranet Microsoft update service location" policy.
@@ -828,11 +828,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether Search Companion should automatically download content updates during local and Internet searches.
 
-When users search the local computer or the Internet, Search Companion occasionally connects to Microsoft to download an updated privacy policy and additional content files used to format and display results.
+When users search the local computer or the Internet, Search Companion occasionally connects to Microsoft to download an updated privacy policy and more content files used to format and display results.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Search Companion does not download content updates during searches.
+If you enable this policy setting, Search Companion doesn't download content updates during searches.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Search Companion downloads content updates unless the user is using Classic Search.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Search Companion downloads content updates unless the user is using Classic Search.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Internet searches still send the search text and information about the search to Microsoft and the chosen search provider. Choosing Classic Search turns off the Search Companion feature completely.
@@ -879,11 +879,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to use the Microsoft Web service for finding an application to open a file with an unhandled file association.
 
-When a user opens a file that has an extension that is not associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Web service to find an application.
+When a user opens a file that has an extension that isn't associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Web service to find an application.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the link and the dialog for using the Web service to open an unhandled file association are removed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user is allowed to use the Web service.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user is allowed to use the Web service.
 
 
 
@@ -927,11 +927,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to use the Microsoft Web service for finding an application to open a file with an unhandled file association.
 
-When a user opens a file that has an extension that is not associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Web service to find an application.
+When a user opens a file that has an extension that isn't associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Web service to find an application.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the link and the dialog for using the Web service to open an unhandled file association are removed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user is allowed to use the Web service.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user is allowed to use the Web service.
 
 
 
@@ -975,11 +975,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to use the Store service for finding an application to open a file with an unhandled file type or protocol association.
 
-When a user opens a file type or protocol that is not associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Store service to find an application.
+When a user opens a file type or protocol that isn't associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Store service to find an application.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the "Look for an app in the Store" item in the Open With dialog is removed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user is allowed to use the Store service and the Store item is available in the Open With dialog.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user is allowed to use the Store service and the Store item is available in the Open With dialog.
 
 
 
@@ -1023,11 +1023,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to use the Store service for finding an application to open a file with an unhandled file type or protocol association.
 
-When a user opens a file type or protocol that is not associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Store service to find an application.
+When a user opens a file type or protocol that isn't associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Store service to find an application.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the "Look for an app in the Store" item in the Open With dialog is removed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user is allowed to use the Store service and the Store item is available in the Open With dialog.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user is allowed to use the Store service and the Store item is available in the Open With dialog.
 
 
 
@@ -1071,11 +1071,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether Windows should download a list of providers for the web publishing and online ordering wizards.  These wizards allow users to select from a list of companies that provide services such as online storage and photographic printing. By default, Windows displays providers downloaded from a Windows website in addition to providers specified in the registry.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows does not download providers, and only the service providers that are cached in the local registry are displayed.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows doesn't download providers, and only the service providers that are cached in the local registry are displayed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, a list of providers are downloaded when the user uses the web publishing or online ordering wizards.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, a list of providers is downloaded when the user uses the web publishing or online ordering wizards.
 
-See the documentation for the web publishing and online ordering wizards for more information, including details on specifying service providers in the registry.
+For more information, including details on specifying service providers in the registry, see the documentation for the web publishing and online ordering wizards.
 
 
 
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ This policy setting specifies whether the "Order Prints Online" task is availabl
 
 The Order Prints Online Wizard is used to download a list of providers and allow users to order prints online.  If you enable this policy setting, the task "Order Prints Online" is removed from Picture Tasks in File Explorer folders.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the task is displayed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the task is displayed.
 
 
 
@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ The Order Prints Online Wizard is used to download a list of providers and allow
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the task "Order Prints Online" is removed from Picture Tasks in File Explorer folders.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the task is displayed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the task is displayed.
 
 
 
@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ This policy setting specifies whether the tasks "Publish this file to the Web,"
 
 The Web Publishing Wizard is used to download a list of providers and allow users to publish content to the web.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, these tasks are removed from the File and Folder tasks in Windows folders. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the tasks are shown.
+If you enable this policy setting, these tasks are removed from the File and Folder tasks in Windows folders. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the tasks are shown.
 
 
 
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ The Web Publishing Wizard is used to download a list of providers and allow user
 
 If you enable this policy setting, these tasks are removed from the File and Folder tasks in Windows folders.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the tasks are shown.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the tasks are shown.
 
 
 
@@ -1305,15 +1305,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether Windows Messenger collects anonymous information about how Windows Messenger software and service is used.
+This policy setting specifies whether Windows Messenger collects anonymous information about how Windows Messenger software and service are used.
 
 With the Customer Experience Improvement program, users can allow Microsoft to collect anonymous information about how the product is used.
 
 This information is used to improve the product in future releases.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Messenger does not collect usage information, and the user settings to enable the collection of usage information are not shown.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Messenger doesn't collect usage information, and the user settings to enable the collection of usage information aren't shown.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Windows Messenger collects anonymous usage information, and the setting is not shown.  If you do not configure this policy setting, users have the choice to opt in and allow information to be collected.
+If you disable this policy setting, Windows Messenger collects anonymous usage information, and the setting isn't shown. If you don't configure this policy setting, users have the choice to opt in and allow information to be collected.
 
 
 
@@ -1355,17 +1355,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether Windows Messenger collects anonymous information about how Windows Messenger software and service is used.
+This policy setting specifies whether Windows Messenger collects anonymous information about how Windows Messenger software and service are used.
 
 With the Customer Experience Improvement program, users can allow Microsoft to collect anonymous information about how the product is used.
 
 This information is used to improve the product in future releases.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Messenger does not collect usage information, and the user settings to enable the collection of usage information are not shown.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Messenger doesn't collect usage information, and the user settings to enable the collection of usage information aren't shown.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Windows Messenger collects anonymous usage information, and the setting is not shown.
+If you disable this policy setting, Windows Messenger collects anonymous usage information, and the setting isn't shown.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users have the choice to opt in and allow information to be collected.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users have the choice to opt in and allow information to be collected.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-iis.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-iis.md
index addcae962e..424b4a38f2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-iis.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-iis.md
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting prevents installation of Internet Information Services (IIS) on this computer. 
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, Internet Information Services (IIS) cannot be installed, and you will not be able to install Windows components or applications that require IIS. Users installing Windows components or applications that require IIS might not receive a warning that IIS cannot be installed because of this Group Policy setting. 
+- If you enable this policy setting, Internet Information Services (IIS) can't be installed, and you'll not be able to install Windows components or applications that require IIS. Users installing Windows components or applications that require IIS might not receive a warning that IIS can't be installed because of this Group Policy setting. 
 
-Enabling this setting will not have any effect on IIS if IIS is already installed on the computer. 
+Enabling this setting won't have any effect on IIS if IIS is already installed on the computer. 
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, IIS can be installed, as well as all the programs and applications that require IIS to run."
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, IIS can be installed, and all the programs and applications that require IIS to run."
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-iscsi.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-iscsi.md
index b15ce97b66..c9465d3231 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-iscsi.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-iscsi.md
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If enabled then do not allow the initiator CHAP secret to be changed. 
+If enabled then don't allow the initiator CHAP secret to be changed. 
 
 If disabled then the initiator CHAP secret may be changed.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-kdc.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-kdc.md
index f1bcc844ef..1173ca86f8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-kdc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-kdc.md
@@ -79,18 +79,18 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure a domain controller to support claim
 
 If you enable this policy setting, client computers that support claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control and are Kerberos armor-aware will use this feature for Kerberos authentication messages. This policy should be applied to all domain controllers to ensure consistent application of this policy in the domain. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the domain controller does not support claims, compound authentication or armoring.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the domain controller doesn't support claims, compound authentication or armoring.
 
-If you configure the "Not supported" option, the domain controller does not support claims, compound authentication or armoring which is the default behavior for domain controllers running Windows Server 2008 R2 or earlier operating systems.
+If you configure the "Not supported" option, the domain controller doesn't support claims, compound authentication or armoring, which is the default behavior for domain controllers running Windows Server 2008 R2 or earlier operating systems.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> For the following options of this KDC policy to be effective, the Kerberos Group Policy "Kerberos client support for claims, compound authentication and Kerberos armoring" must be enabled on supported systems. If the Kerberos policy setting is not enabled, Kerberos authentication messages will not use these features.  
+> For the following options of this KDC policy to be effective, the Kerberos Group Policy "Kerberos client support for claims, compound authentication and Kerberos armoring" must be enabled on supported systems. If the Kerberos policy setting isn't enabled, Kerberos authentication messages won't use these features.  
 
 If you configure "Supported", the domain controller supports claims, compound authentication and Kerberos armoring. The domain controller advertises to Kerberos client computers that the domain is capable of claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring. 
 
 **Domain functional level requirements**
 
-For the options "Always provide claims" and "Fail unarmored authentication requests", when the domain functional level is set to Windows Server 2008 R2 or earlier then domain controllers behave as if the "Supported" option is selected. 
+For the options "Always provide claims" and "Fail unarmored authentication requests", when the domain functional level is set to Windows Server 2008 R2 or earlier, then domain controllers behave as if the "Supported" option is selected. 
 
 When the domain functional level is set to Windows Server 2012 then the domain controller advertises to Kerberos client computers that the domain is capable of claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring, and:
 
@@ -98,15 +98,15 @@ When the domain functional level is set to Windows Server 2012 then the domain c
 - If you set the "Fail unarmored authentication requests" option, rejects unarmored Kerberos messages.
 
 > [!WARNING]
-> When "Fail unarmored authentication requests" is set, then client computers which do not support Kerberos armoring will fail to authenticate to the domain controller.
+> When "Fail unarmored authentication requests" is set, then client computers which don't support Kerberos armoring will fail to authenticate to the domain controller.
 
 To ensure this feature is effective, deploy enough domain controllers that support claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control and are Kerberos armor-aware to handle the authentication requests. Insufficient number of domain controllers that support this policy result in authentication failures whenever Dynamic Access Control or Kerberos armoring is required (that is, the "Supported" option is enabled).
 
 Impact on domain controller performance when this policy setting is enabled:
 
-- Secure Kerberos domain capability discovery is required resulting in additional message exchanges.
-- Claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control increases the size and complexity of the data in the message which results in more processing time and greater Kerberos service ticket size.
-- Kerberos armoring fully encrypts Kerberos messages and signs Kerberos errors which results in increased processing time, but does not change the service ticket size.
+- Secure Kerberos domain capability discovery is required, resulting in more message exchanges.
+- Claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control increase the size and complexity of the data in the message, which results in more processing time and greater Kerberos service ticket size.
+- Kerberos armoring fully encrypts Kerberos messages and signs Kerberos errors, which results in increased processing time, but doesn't change the service ticket size.
 
 
 
@@ -150,9 +150,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting defines the list of trusting forests that the Key Distribution Center (KDC) searches when attempting to resolve two-part service principal names (SPNs).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the KDC will search the forests in this list if it is unable to resolve a two-part SPN in the local forest. The forest search is performed by using a global catalog or name suffix hints. If a match is found, the KDC will return a referral ticket to the client for the appropriate domain.
+If you enable this policy setting, the KDC will search the forests in this list if it's unable to resolve a two-part SPN in the local forest. The forest search is performed by using a global catalog or name suffix hints. If a match is found, the KDC will return a referral ticket to the client for the appropriate domain.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the KDC will not search the listed forests to resolve the SPN. If the KDC is unable to resolve the SPN because the name is not found, NTLM authentication might be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the KDC won't search the listed forests to resolve the SPN. If the KDC is unable to resolve the SPN because the name isn't found, NTLM authentication might be used.
 
 To ensure consistent behavior, this policy setting must be supported and set identically on all domain controllers in the domain.
 
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Support for PKInit Freshness Extension requires Windows Server 2016 domain functional level (DFL). If the domain controller’s domain is not at Windows Server 2016 DFL or higher this policy will not be applied.
+Support for PKInit Freshness Extension requires Windows Server 2016 domain functional level (DFL). If the domain controller’s domain isn't at Windows Server 2016 DFL or higher, this policy won't be applied.
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure a domain controller (DC) to support the PKInit Freshness Extension.
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the following options are supported:
 
 Supported: PKInit Freshness Extension is supported on request. Kerberos clients successfully authenticating with the PKInit Freshness Extension will get the fresh public key identity SID.
 
-Required: PKInit Freshness Extension is required for successful authentication. Kerberos clients which do not support the PKInit Freshness Extension will always fail when using public key credentials.
+Required: PKInit Freshness Extension is required for successful authentication. Kerberos clients that don't support the PKInit Freshness Extension will always fail when using public key credentials.
 
 If you disable or not configure this policy setting, then the DC will never offer the PKInit Freshness Extension and  accept valid authentication requests without checking for freshness. Users will never receive the fresh public key identity SID.
 
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure a domain controller to request compo
 
 If you enable this policy setting, domain controllers will request compound authentication. The returned service ticket will contain compound authentication only when the account is explicitly configured. This policy should be applied to all domain controllers to ensure consistent application of this policy in the domain. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, domain controllers will return service tickets that contain compound authentication any time the client sends a compound authentication request regardless of the account configuration.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, domain controllers will return service tickets that contain compound authentication anytime the client sends a compound authentication request regardless of the account configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure at what size Kerberos tickets will trigger the warning event issued during Kerberos authentication. The ticket size warnings are logged in the System log.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can set the threshold limit for Kerberos ticket which trigger the warning events. If set too high, then authentication failures might be occurring even though warning events are not being logged. If set too low, then there will be too many ticket warnings in the log to be useful for analysis. This value should be set to the same value as the Kerberos policy "Set maximum Kerberos SSPI context token buffer size" or the smallest MaxTokenSize used in your environment if you are not configuring using Group Policy.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can set the threshold limit for Kerberos ticket, which triggers the warning events. If set too high, then authentication failures might be occurring even though warning events aren't being logged. If set too low, then there will be too many ticket warnings in the log to be useful for analysis. This value should be set to the same value as the Kerberos policy "Set maximum Kerberos SSPI context token buffer size" or the smallest MaxTokenSize used in your environment if you aren't configuring using Group Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the threshold value defaults to 12,000 bytes, which is the default Kerberos MaxTokenSize for Windows 7, Windows Server 2008 R2 and prior versions.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the threshold value defaults to 12,000 bytes, which is the default Kerberos MaxTokenSize for Windows 7, Windows Server 2008 R2 and prior versions.
 
 
 
@@ -347,12 +347,12 @@ This policy setting controls whether the domain controller provides information
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the domain controller provides the information message about previous logons.
 
-For Windows Logon to leverage this feature, the "Display information about previous logons during user logon" policy setting located in the Windows Logon Options node under Windows Components also needs to be enabled.
+For Windows Logon to use this feature, the "Display information about previous logons during user logon" policy setting located in the Windows Logon Options node under Windows Components also needs to be enabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the domain controller does not provide information about previous logons unless the "Display information about previous logons during user logon" policy setting is enabled.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the domain controller doesn't provide information about previous logons unless the "Display information about previous logons during user logon" policy setting is enabled.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Information about previous logons is provided only if the domain functional level is Windows Server 2008. In domains with a domain functional level of Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 native, or Windows 2000 mixed, domain controllers cannot provide information about previous logons, and enabling this policy setting does not affect anything.
+> Information about previous logons is provided only if the domain functional level is Windows Server 2008. In domains with a domain functional level of Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 native, or Windows 2000 mixed, domain controllers cannot provide information about previous logons, and enabling this policy setting doesn't affect anything.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-kerberos.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-kerberos.md
index f87e1c15d3..998eb8189d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-kerberos.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-kerberos.md
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ This policy setting controls whether a device always sends a compound authentica
 
 If you enable this policy setting and the resource domain requests compound authentication, devices that support compound authentication always send a compound authentication request. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and the resource domain requests compound authentication, devices will send a non-compounded authentication request first then a compound authentication request when the service requests compound authentication.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and the resource domain requests compound authentication, devices will send a non-compounded authentication request first then a compound authentication request when the service requests compound authentication.
 
 
 
@@ -130,18 +130,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Support for device authentication using certificate will require connectivity to a DC in the device account domain which supports certificate authentication for computer accounts.
+Support for device authentication using certificate will require connectivity to a DC in the device account domain that supports certificate authentication for computer accounts.
 
 This policy setting allows you to set support for Kerberos to attempt authentication using the certificate for the device to the domain.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the device's credentials will be selected based on the following options:
 
-- Automatic: Device will attempt to authenticate using its certificate. If the DC does not support computer account authentication using certificates then authentication with password will be attempted.
-- Force: Device will always authenticate using its certificate. If a DC cannot be found which support computer account authentication using certificates then authentication will fail.
+- Automatic: Device will attempt to authenticate using its certificate. If the DC doesn't support computer account authentication using certificates, then authentication with password will be attempted.
+- Force: Device will always authenticate using its certificate. If a DC can't be found which support computer account authentication using certificates, then authentication will fail.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, certificates will never be used.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Automatic will be used.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Automatic will be used.
 
 
 
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can view and change the list of DNS host
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the host name-to-Kerberos realm mappings list defined by Group Policy is deleted.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the system uses the host name-to-Kerberos realm mappings that are defined in the local registry, if they exist.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the system uses the host name-to-Kerberos realm mappings that are defined in the local registry, if they exist.
 
 
 
@@ -234,9 +234,10 @@ ADMX Info:
 This policy setting allows you to disable revocation check for the SSL certificate of the targeted KDC proxy server.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, revocation check for the SSL certificate of the KDC proxy server is ignored by the Kerberos client. This policy setting should only be used in troubleshooting KDC proxy connections. 
-Warning: When revocation check is ignored, the server represented by the certificate is not guaranteed valid. 
+> [!WARNING]
+> When revocation check is ignored, the server represented by the certificate isn't guaranteed valid.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client enforces the revocation check for the SSL certificate. The connection to the KDC proxy server is not established if the revocation check fails.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client enforces the revocation check for the SSL certificate. The connection to the KDC proxy server isn't established if the revocation check fails.
 
 
 
@@ -280,9 +281,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting configures the Kerberos client's mapping to KDC proxy servers for domains based on their DNS suffix names.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Kerberos client will use the KDC proxy server for a domain when a domain controller cannot be located based on the configured mappings. To map a KDC proxy server to a domain, enable the policy setting, click Show, and then map the KDC proxy server name(s) to the DNS name for the domain using the syntax described in the options pane. In the Show Contents dialog box in the Value Name column, type a DNS suffix name. In the Value column, type the list of proxy servers using the appropriate syntax format. To view the list of mappings, enable the policy setting and then click the Show button. To remove a mapping from the list, click the mapping entry to be removed, and then press the DELETE key. To edit a mapping, remove the current entry from the list and add a new one with different parameters.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Kerberos client will use the KDC proxy server for a domain when a domain controller can't be located based on the configured mappings. To map a KDC proxy server to a domain, enable the policy setting, click Show, and then map the KDC proxy server name(s) to the DNS name for the domain using the syntax described in the options pane. In the Show Contents dialog box in the Value Name column, type a DNS suffix name. In the Value column, type the list of proxy servers using the appropriate syntax format. To view the list of mappings, enable the policy setting and then click the Show button. To remove a mapping from the list, click the mapping entry to be removed, and then press the DELETE key. To edit a mapping, remove the current entry from the list and add a new one with different parameters.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client does not have KDC proxy servers settings defined by Group Policy.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client doesn't have KDC proxy servers settings defined by Group Policy.
 
 
 
@@ -330,7 +331,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can view and change the list of interoper
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the interoperable Kerberos V5 realm settings defined by Group Policy are deleted.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the system uses the interoperable Kerberos V5 realm settings that are defined in the local registry, if they exist.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the system uses the interoperable Kerberos V5 realm settings that are defined in the local registry, if they exist.
 
 
 
@@ -374,7 +375,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls configuring the device's Active Directory account for compound authentication.
 
-Support for providing compound authentication which is used for access control will require enough domain controllers in the resource account domains to support the requests. The Domain Administrator must configure the policy "Support Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring" on all the domain controllers to support this policy.
+Support for providing compound authentication that is used for access control will require enough domain controllers in the resource account domains to support the requests. The Domain Administrator must configure the policy "Support Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring" on all the domain controllers to support this policy.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the device's Active Directory account will be configured for compound authentication by the following options:
 
@@ -384,7 +385,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the device's Active Directory account will be
 
 If you disable this policy setting, Never will be used.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Automatic will be used.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Automatic will be used.
 
 
 
@@ -430,7 +431,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure this server so that Kerberos can dec
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only services running as LocalSystem or NetworkService are allowed to accept these connections. Services running as identities different from LocalSystem or NetworkService might fail to authenticate.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, any service is allowed to accept incoming connections by using this system-generated SPN.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, any service is allowed to accept incoming connections by using this system-generated SPN.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-lanmanserver.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-lanmanserver.md
index 92155a01ef..a905d94c9a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-lanmanserver.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-lanmanserver.md
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ This policy setting determines the cipher suites used by the SMB server.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, cipher suites are prioritized in the order specified.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and do not specify at least one supported cipher suite, or if you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default cipher suite order is used.
+If you enable this policy setting and don't specify at least one supported cipher suite, or if you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default cipher suite order is used.
 
 SMB 3.11 cipher suites:  
 
@@ -139,9 +139,9 @@ This policy setting specifies whether a hash generation service generates hashes
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, hash publication settings are not applied to file servers. In the circumstance where file servers are domain members but you do not want to enable BranchCache on all file servers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local machine policy to enable BranchCache on individual file servers. Because the domain Group Policy setting is not configured, it will not over-write the enabled setting that you use on individual servers where you want to enable BranchCache.
+- Not Configured. With this selection, hash publication settings aren't applied to file servers. In the circumstance where file servers are domain members but you don't want to enable BranchCache on all file servers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local machine policy to enable BranchCache on individual file servers. Because the domain Group Policy setting isn't configured, it will not over-write the enabled setting that you use on individual servers where you want to enable BranchCache.
 - Enabled. With this selection, hash publication is turned on for all file servers where Group Policy is applied. For example, if Hash Publication for BranchCache is enabled in domain Group Policy, hash publication is turned on for all domain member file servers to which the policy is applied. The file servers are then able to create content information for all content that is stored in BranchCache-enabled file shares.
 - Disabled. With this selection, hash publication is turned off for all file servers where Group Policy is applied.
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ In circumstances where this policy setting is enabled, you can also select the f
 
 - Allow hash publication for all shared folders. With this option, BranchCache generates content information for all content in all shares on the file server.
 - Allow hash publication only for shared folders on which BranchCache is enabled. With this option, content information is generated only for shared folders on which BranchCache is enabled. If you use this setting, you must enable BranchCache for individual shares in Share and Storage Management on the file server.
-- Disallow hash publication on all shared folders. With this option, BranchCache does not generate content information for any shares on the computer and does not send content information to client computers that request content.
+- Disallow hash publication on all shared folders. With this option, BranchCache doesn't generate content information for any shares on the computer and doesn't send content information to client computers that request content.
 
 
 
@@ -197,13 +197,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether the BranchCache hash generation service supports version 1 (V1) hashes, version 2 (V2) hashes, or both V1 and V2 hashes. Hashes, also called content information, are created based on the data in shared folders where BranchCache is enabled. 
 
-If you specify only one version that is supported, content information for that version is the only type that is generated by BranchCache, and it is the only type of content information that can be retrieved by client computers. For example, if you enable support for V1 hashes, BranchCache generates only V1 hashes and client computers can retrieve only V1 hashes.
+If you specify only one version that is supported, content information for that version is the only type that is generated by BranchCache, and it's the only type of content information that can be retrieved by client computers. For example, if you enable support for V1 hashes, BranchCache generates only V1 hashes and client computers can retrieve only V1 hashes.
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache settings are not applied to client computers by this policy setting. In this circumstance, which is the default, both V1 and V2 hash generation and retrieval are supported.
+- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy setting. In this circumstance, which is the default, both V1 and V2 hash generation and retrieval are supported.
 - Enabled. With this selection, the policy setting is applied and the hash version(s) that are specified in "Hash version supported" are generated and retrieved.
 - Disabled. With this selection, both V1 and V2 hash generation and retrieval are supported.
 
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ This policy setting determines how the SMB server selects a cipher suite when ne
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the SMB server will select the cipher suite it most prefers from the list of client-supported cipher suites, ignoring the client's preferences.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the SMB server will select the cipher suite the client most prefers from the list of server-supported cipher suites.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the SMB server will select the cipher suite the client most prefers from the list of server-supported cipher suites.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > When configuring this security setting, changes will not take effect until you restart Windows.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-lanmanworkstation.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-lanmanworkstation.md
index c85abbdff3..8fcfe9af1e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-lanmanworkstation.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-lanmanworkstation.md
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ This policy setting determines the cipher suites used by the SMB client.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, cipher suites are prioritized in the order specified.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and do not specify at least one supported cipher suite, or if you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default cipher suite order is used.
+If you enable this policy setting and don't specify at least one supported cipher suite, or if you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default cipher suite order is used.
 
 SMB 3.11 cipher suites:
 
@@ -135,12 +135,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines the behavior of SMB handle caching for clients connecting to an SMB share where the Continuous Availability (CA) flag is enabled.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the SMB client will allow cached handles to files on CA shares. This may lead to better performance when repeatedly accessing a large number of unstructured data files on CA shares running in Microsoft Azure Files.
+If you enable this policy setting, the SMB client will allow cached handles to files on CA shares. This provision may lead to better performance when repeatedly accessing a large number of unstructured data files on CA shares running in Microsoft Azure Files.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows will prevent use of cached handles to files opened through CA shares.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows will prevent use of cached handles to files opened through CA shares.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy has no effect when connecting Scale-out File Server shares provided by a Windows Server. Microsoft does not recommend enabling this policy for clients that routinely connect to files hosted on a Windows Failover Cluster with the File Server for General Use role, as it can lead to adverse failover times and increased memory and CPU usage.
+> This policy has no effect when connecting Scale-out File Server shares provided by a Windows Server. Microsoft doesn't recommend enabling this policy for clients that routinely connect to files hosted on a Windows Failover Cluster with the File Server for General Use role, as it can lead to adverse failover times and increased memory and CPU usage.
 
 
 
@@ -186,10 +186,10 @@ This policy setting determines the behavior of Offline Files on clients connecti
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the "Always Available offline" option will appear in the File Explorer menu on a Windows computer when connecting to a CA-enabled share. Pinning of files on CA-enabled shares using client-side caching will also be possible.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows will prevent use of Offline Files with CA-enabled shares.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows will prevent use of Offline Files with CA-enabled shares.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Microsoft does not recommend enabling this group policy. Use of CA with Offline Files will lead to very long transition times between the online and offline states.
+> Microsoft doesn't recommend enabling this group policy. Use of CA with Offline Files will lead to very long transition times between the online and offline states.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-linklayertopologydiscovery.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-linklayertopologydiscovery.md
index 0f473f45a4..841a1b47a1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-linklayertopologydiscovery.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-linklayertopologydiscovery.md
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ This policy setting changes the operational behavior of the Mapper I/O network p
 
 LLTDIO allows a computer to discover the topology of a network it's connected to. It also allows a computer to initiate Quality-of-Service requests such as bandwidth estimation and network health analysis.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, additional options are available to fine-tune your selection. You may choose the "Allow operation while in domain" option to allow LLTDIO to operate on a network interface that's connected to a managed network. On the other hand, if a network interface is connected to an unmanaged network, you may choose the "Allow operation while in public network" and "Prohibit operation while in private network" options instead.
+If you enable this policy setting, more options are available to fine-tune your selection. You may choose the "Allow operation while in domain" option to allow LLTDIO to operate on a network interface that's connected to a managed network. On the other hand, if a network interface is connected to an unmanaged network, you may choose the "Allow operation while in public network" and "Prohibit operation while in private network" options instead.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior of LLTDIO will apply.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior of LLTDIO will apply.
 
 
 
@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ This policy setting changes the operational behavior of the Responder network pr
 
 The Responder allows a computer to participate in Link Layer Topology Discovery requests so that it can be discovered and located on the network. It also allows a computer to participate in Quality-of-Service activities such as bandwidth estimation and network health analysis.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, additional options are available to fine-tune your selection. You may choose the "Allow operation while in domain" option to allow the Responder to operate on a network interface that's connected to a managed network. On the other hand, if a network interface is connected to an unmanaged network, you may choose the "Allow operation while in public network" and "Prohibit operation while in private network" options instead.
+If you enable this policy setting, more options are available to fine-tune your selection. You may choose the "Allow operation while in domain" option to allow the Responder to operate on a network interface that's connected to a managed network. On the other hand, if a network interface is connected to an unmanaged network, you may choose the "Allow operation while in public network" and "Prohibit operation while in private network" options instead.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior for the Responder will apply.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior for the Responder will apply.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-logon.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-logon.md
index 224ceae595..2f68cebffb 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-logon.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-logon.md
@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy prevents the user from showing account details (email address or user name) on the sign-in screen. 
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user cannot choose to show account details on the sign-in screen.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user can't choose to show account details on the sign-in screen.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user may choose to show account details on the sign-in screen.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user may choose to show account details on the sign-in screen.
 
 
 
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ This policy setting disables the acrylic blur effect on logon background image.
 
 If you enable this policy, the logon background image shows without blur.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the logon background image adopts the acrylic blur effect.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the logon background image adopts the acrylic blur effect.
 
 
 
@@ -294,11 +294,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting ignores customized run-once lists.
 
-You can create a customized list of additional programs and documents that are started automatically the next time the system starts (but not thereafter). These programs are added to the standard list of programs and services that the system starts.
+You can create a customized list of other programs and documents that are started automatically the next time the system starts (but not thereafter). These programs are added to the standard list of programs and services that the system starts.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system ignores the run-once list.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the system runs the programs in the run-once list.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the system runs the programs in the run-once list.
 
 This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both policy settings are configured, the policy setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the policy setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -347,11 +347,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting ignores customized run-once lists.
 
-You can create a customized list of additional programs and documents that are started automatically the next time the system starts (but not thereafter). These programs are added to the standard list of programs and services that the system starts.
+You can create a customized list of other programs and documents that are started automatically the next time the system starts (but not thereafter). These programs are added to the standard list of programs and services that the system starts.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system ignores the run-once list.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the system runs the programs in the run-once list.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the system runs the programs in the run-once list.
 
 This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both policy settings are configured, the policy setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the policy setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting suppresses system status messages.
 
-If you enable this setting, the system does not display a message reminding users to wait while their system starts or shuts down, or while users log on or off.
+If you enable this setting, the system doesn't display a message reminding users to wait while their system starts or shuts down, or while users sign in or sign out.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the system displays the message reminding users to wait while their system starts or shuts down, or while users log on or off.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the system displays the message reminding users to wait while their system starts or shuts down, or while users sign in or sign out.
 
 
 
@@ -446,9 +446,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents connected users from being enumerated on domain-joined computers.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Logon UI will not enumerate any connected users on domain-joined computers.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Logon UI won't enumerate any connected users on domain-joined computers.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, connected users will be enumerated on domain-joined computers.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, connected users will be enumerated on domain-joined computers.
 
 
 
@@ -496,9 +496,9 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the welcome screen is hidden from the user lo
 
 Users can still display the welcome screen by selecting it on the Start menu or by typing "Welcome" in the Run dialog box.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the welcome screen is displayed each time a user logs on to the computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the welcome screen is displayed each time a user signs in to the computer.
 
-This setting applies only to Windows. It does not affect the "Configure Your Server on a Windows Server" screen on Windows Server.
+This setting applies only to Windows. It doesn't affect the "Configure Your Server on a Windows Server" screen on Windows Server.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the welcome screen is hidden from the user lo
 
 Users can still display the welcome screen by selecting it on the Start menu or by typing "Welcome" in the Run dialog box.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the welcome screen is displayed each time a user logs on to the computer.  This setting applies only to Windows. It does not affect the "Configure Your Server on a Windows Server" screen on Windows Server.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the welcome screen is displayed each time a user signs in to the computer.  This setting applies only to Windows. It doesn't affect the "Configure Your Server on a Windows Server" screen on Windows Server.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
@@ -601,18 +601,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies additional programs or documents that Windows starts automatically when a user logs on to the system.
+This policy setting specifies other programs or documents that Windows starts automatically when a user signs in to the system.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify which programs can run at the time the user logs on to this computer that has this policy applied.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify which programs can run at the time the user signs in to this computer that has this policy applied.
 
 To specify values for this policy setting, click Show. In the Show Contents dialog box in the Value column, type the name of the executable program (.exe) file or document file. To specify another name, press ENTER, and type the name. Unless the file is located in the %Systemroot% directory, you must specify the fully qualified path to the file.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user will have to start the appropriate programs after logon.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user will have to start the appropriate programs after signing in.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the system starts the programs specified in the Computer Configuration setting just before it starts the programs specified in the User Configuration setting.
 
-Also, see the "Do not process the legacy run list" and the "Do not process the run once list" settings.
+Also, see the "Do not process the legacy run list" and the "don't process the run once list" settings.
 
 
 
@@ -654,18 +654,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies additional programs or documents that Windows starts automatically when a user logs on to the system.
+This policy setting specifies other programs or documents that Windows starts automatically when a user signs in to the system.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can specify which programs can run at the time the user logs on to this computer that has this policy applied.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can specify which programs can run at the time the user signs in to this computer that has this policy applied.
 
 To specify values for this policy setting, click Show. In the Show Contents dialog box in the Value column, type the name of the executable program (.exe) file or document file. To specify another name, press ENTER, and type the name. Unless the file is located in the %Systemroot% directory, you must specify the fully qualified path to the file.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user will have to start the appropriate programs after logon.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user will have to start the appropriate programs after signing in.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the system starts the programs specified in the Computer Configuration setting just before it starts the programs specified in the User Configuration setting.
 
-Also, see the "Do not process the legacy run list" and the "Do not process the run once list" settings.
+Also, see the "Do not process the legacy run list" and the "don't process the run once list" settings.
 
 
 
@@ -708,29 +708,29 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether Group Policy processing is synchronous (that is, whether computers wait for the network to be fully initialized during computer startup and user logon). By default, on client computers, Group Policy processing is not synchronous; client computers typically do not wait for the network to be fully initialized at startup and logon. Existing users are logged on using cached credentials, which results in shorter logon times. Group Policy is applied in the background after the network becomes available. 
+This policy setting determines whether Group Policy processing is synchronous (that is, whether computers wait for the network to be fully initialized during computer startup and user sign in). By default, on client computers, Group Policy processing isn't synchronous; client computers typically don't wait for the network to be fully initialized at startup and sign in. Existing users are signed in using cached credentials, which results in shorter sign-in times. Group Policy is applied in the background after the network becomes available.
 
-Note that because this is a background refresh, extensions such as Software Installation and Folder Redirection take two logons to apply changes. To be able to operate safely, these extensions require that no users be logged on. Therefore, they must be processed in the foreground before users are actively using the computer. In addition, changes that are made to the user object, such as adding a roaming profile path, home directory, or user object logon script, may take up to two logons to be detected.
+Because this process (of applying Group Policy) is a background refresh, extensions such as Software Installation and Folder Redirection take two sign-ins to apply changes. To be able to operate safely, these extensions require that no users be signed in. Therefore, they must be processed in the foreground before users are actively using the computer. In addition, changes that are made to the user object, such as adding a roaming profile path, home directory, or user object logon script, may take up to two sign-ins to be detected.
 
-If a user with a roaming profile, home directory, or user object logon script logs on to a computer, computers always wait for the network to be initialized before logging the user on. If a user has never logged on to this computer before, computers always wait for the network to be initialized.
+If a user with a roaming profile, home directory, or user object logon script signs in to a computer, computers always wait for the network to be initialized before signing in the user. If a user has never signed in to this computer before, computers always wait for the network to be initialized.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, computers wait for the network to be fully initialized before users are logged on. Group Policy is applied in the foreground, synchronously.
+If you enable this policy setting, computers wait for the network to be fully initialized before users are signed in. Group Policy is applied in the foreground, synchronously.
 
 On servers running Windows Server 2008 or later, this policy setting is ignored during Group Policy processing at computer startup and Group Policy processing will be synchronous (these servers wait for the network to be initialized during computer startup).
 
-If the server is configured as follows, this policy setting takes effect during Group Policy processing at user logon:
+If the server is configured as follows, this policy setting takes effect during Group Policy processing at user sign in:
 
 - The server is configured as a terminal server (that is, the Terminal Server role service is installed and configured on the server); and
 - The “Allow asynchronous user Group Policy processing when logging on through Terminal Services” policy setting is enabled. This policy setting is located under Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative templates\System\Group Policy\\.
 
-If this configuration is not implemented on the server, this policy setting is ignored. In this case, Group Policy processing at user logon is synchronous (these servers wait for the network to be initialized during user logon).
+If this configuration isn't implemented on the server, this policy setting is ignored. In this case, Group Policy processing at user sign in is synchronous (these servers wait for the network to be initialized during user sign in).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and users log on to a client computer or a server running Windows Server 2008 or later and that is configured as described earlier, the computer typically does not wait for the network to be fully initialized. In this case, users are logged on with cached credentials. Group Policy is applied asynchronously in the background.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and users sign in to a client computer or a server running Windows Server 2008 or later and that is configured as described earlier, the computer typically doesn't wait for the network to be fully initialized. In this case, users are logged on with cached credentials. Group Policy is applied asynchronously in the background.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 >
-> - If you want to guarantee the application of Folder Redirection, Software Installation, or roaming user profile settings in just one logon, enable this policy setting to ensure that Windows waits for the network to be available before applying policy. 
-> - If Folder Redirection policy will apply during the next logon, security policies will be applied asynchronously during the next update cycle, if network connectivity is available.
+> - If you want to guarantee the application of Folder Redirection, Software Installation, or roaming user profile settings in just one sign in, enable this policy setting to ensure that Windows waits for the network to be available before applying policy. 
+> - If Folder Redirection policy will apply during the next sign in, security policies will be applied asynchronously during the next update cycle, if network connectivity is available.
 
 
 
@@ -774,9 +774,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting ignores Windows Logon Background.
 
-This policy setting may be used to make Windows give preference to a custom logon background.  If you enable this policy setting, the logon screen always attempts to load a custom background instead of the Windows-branded logon background.
+This policy setting may be used to make Windows give preference to a custom logon background. If you enable this policy setting, the sign-in screen always attempts to load a custom background instead of the Windows-branded logon background.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows uses the default Windows logon background or custom background.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows uses the default Windows logon background or custom background.
 
 
 
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ This policy setting is designed for advanced users who require this information.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system displays status messages that reflect each step in the process of starting, shutting down, logging on, or logging off the system.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, only the default status messages are displayed to the user during these processes.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, only the default status messages are displayed to the user during these processes.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is ignored if the "Remove Boot/Shutdown/Logon/Logoff status messages" policy setting is enabled.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-microsoftdefenderantivirus.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-microsoftdefenderantivirus.md
index 551efcc569..c2d83759c2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-microsoftdefenderantivirus.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-microsoftdefenderantivirus.md
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting controls the load priority for the antimalware service. Increasing the load priority will allow for faster service startup, but may impact performance.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, the antimalware service will load as a normal priority task.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, the antimalware service will load as a normal priority task.
 
 If you disable this setting, the antimalware service will load as a low priority task.
 
@@ -384,13 +384,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting turns off Microsoft Defender Antivirus.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus does not run, and will not scan computers for malware or other potentially unwanted software.
+If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus doesn't run, and won't scan computers for malware or other potentially unwanted software.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus will run regardless of any other installed antivirus product.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Windows will internally manage Microsoft Defender Antivirus. If you install another antivirus program, Windows automatically disables Microsoft Defender Antivirus. Otherwise, Microsoft Defender Antivirus will scan your computers for malware and other potentially unwanted software.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Windows will internally manage Microsoft Defender Antivirus. If you install another antivirus program, Windows automatically disables Microsoft Defender Antivirus. Otherwise, Microsoft Defender Antivirus will scan your computers for malware and other potentially unwanted software.
 
-Enabling or disabling this policy may lead to unexpected or unsupported behavior. It is recommended that you leave this policy setting unconfigured.
+Enabling or disabling this policy may lead to unexpected or unsupported behavior. It's recommended that you leave this policy setting unconfigured.
 
 
 
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Disabled (Default):
 Microsoft Defender Antivirus will exclude pre-defined list of paths from the scan to improve performance.
 
 Enabled:
-Microsoft Defender Antivirus will not exclude pre-defined list of paths from scans. This can impact machine performance in some scenarios.
+Microsoft Defender Antivirus won't exclude pre-defined list of paths from scans. This non-exclusion can impact machine performance in some scenarios.
 
 Not configured:
 Same as Disabled.
@@ -483,17 +483,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This feature ensures the device checks in real time with the Microsoft Active Protection Service (MAPS) before allowing certain content to be run or accessed. If this feature is disabled, the check will not occur, which will lower the protection state of the device.
+This feature ensures the device checks in real time with the Microsoft Active Protection Service (MAPS) before allowing certain content to be run or accessed. If this feature is disabled, the check won't occur, which will lower the protection state of the device.
 
 Enabled – The Block at First Sight setting is turned on.
 Disabled – The Block at First Sight setting is turned off.
     
 This feature requires these Policy settings to be set as follows:
 
-- MAPS -> The “Join Microsoft MAPS” must be enabled or the “Block at First Sight” feature will not function.
-- MAPS -> The “Send file samples when further analysis is required” should be set to 1 (Send safe samples) or 3 (Send all samples). Setting to 0 (Always Prompt) will lower the protection state of the device. Setting to 2 (Never send) means the “Block at First Sight” feature will not function.
-- Real-time Protection -> The “Scan all downloaded files and attachments” policy must be enabled or the “Block at First Sight” feature will not function.
-- Real-time Protection -> Do not enable the “Turn off real-time protection” policy or the “Block at First Sight” feature will not function.
+- MAPS -> The “Join Microsoft MAPS” must be enabled or the “Block at First Sight” feature won't function.
+- MAPS -> The “Send file samples when further analysis is required” should be set to 1 (Send safe samples) or 3 (Send all samples). Setting to 0 (Always Prompt) will lower the protection state of the device. Setting to 2 (Never send) means the “Block at First Sight” feature won't function.
+- Real-time Protection -> The “Scan all downloaded files and attachments” policy must be enabled or the “Block at First Sight” feature won't function.
+- Real-time Protection -> don't enable the “Turn off real-time protection” policy or the “Block at First Sight” feature won't function.
 
 
 
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls whether or not complex list settings configured by a local administrator are merged with Policy settings. This setting applies to lists such as threats and Exclusions.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, unique items defined in Policy and in preference settings configured by the local administrator will be merged into the resulting effective policy. In the case of conflicts, Policy Settings will override preference settings.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, unique items defined in Policy and in preference settings configured by the local administrator will be merged into the resulting effective policy. If conflicts occur, Policy Settings will override preference settings.
 
 If you disable this setting, only items defined by Policy will be used in the resulting effective policy. Policy settings will override preference settings configured by the local administrator.
 
@@ -585,9 +585,9 @@ This policy setting turns off real-time protection prompts for known malware det
 
 Microsoft Defender Antivirus alerts you when malware or potentially unwanted software attempts to install itself or to run on your computer.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus will not prompt users to take actions on malware detections.
+If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus won't prompt users to take actions on malware detections.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus will prompt users to take actions on malware detections.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus will prompt users to take actions on malware detections.
 
 
 
@@ -631,9 +631,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure whether Microsoft Defender Antivirus automatically takes action on all detected threats. The action to be taken on a particular threat is determined by the combination of the policy-defined action, user-defined action, and the signature-defined action.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus does not automatically take action on the detected threats, but prompts users to choose from the actions available for each threat.
+If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus doesn't automatically take action on the detected threats, but prompts users to choose from the actions available for each threat.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus automatically takes action on all detected threats after a nonconfigurable delay of approximately five seconds.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus automatically takes action on all detected threats after a nonconfigurable delay of approximately five seconds.
 
 
 
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you specify a list of file types that should be excluded from scheduled, custom, and real-time scanning. File types should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair, where the name should be a string representation of the file type extension (such as "obj" or "lib"). The value is not used and it is recommended that this be set to 0.
+This policy setting allows you to specify a list of file types that should be excluded from scheduled, custom, and real-time scanning. File types should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair, where the name should be a string representation of the file type extension (such as "obj" or "lib"). The value isn't used and it's recommended that this value is set to 0.
 
 
 
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to disable scheduled and real-time scanning for files under the paths specified or for the fully qualified resources specified. Paths should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair, where the name should be a string representation of a path or a fully qualified resource name.
 
-As an example, a path might be defined as: "c:\Windows" to exclude all files in this directory. A fully qualified resource name might be defined as: "C:\Windows\App.exe". The value is not used and it is recommended that this be set to 0.
+As an example, a path might be defined as: "c:\Windows" to exclude all files in this directory. A fully qualified resource name might be defined as: "C:\Windows\App.exe". The value isn't used and it's recommended that this value is set to 0.
 
 
 
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to disable scheduled and real-time scanning for any file opened by any of the specified processes. The process itself will not be excluded. To exclude the process, use the Path exclusion. Processes should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair, where the name should be a string representation of the path to the process image. Note that only executables can be excluded. For example, a process might be defined as: "c:\windows\app.exe". The value is not used and it is recommended that this be set to 0.
+This policy setting allows you to disable scheduled and real-time scanning for any file opened by any of the specified processes. The process itself won't be excluded. To exclude the process, use the Path exclusion. Processes should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair, where the name should be a string representation of the path to the process image. Only executables can be excluded. For example, a process might be defined as: "c:\windows\app.exe". The value isn't used and it's recommended that this value is set to 0.
 
 
 
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ No exclusions will be applied to the ASR rules.
 Not configured:
 Same as Disabled.
 
-You can configure ASR rules in the Configure Attack Surface Reduction rules GP setting.
+You can configure ASR rules in the "Configure Attack Surface Reduction rules" GP setting.
 
 
 
@@ -860,13 +860,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Set the state for each Attack Surface Reduction (ASR) rule.
+Set the state for each ASR rule.
 
-After enabling this setting, you can set each rule to the following in the Options section:
+After enabling this setting, you can set each rule to the following values in the Options section:
 
-- Block: the rule will be applied
-- Audit Mode: if the rule would normally cause an event, then it will be recorded (although the rule will not actually be applied)
-- Off: the rule will not be applied
+- Block: The rule will be applied
+- Audit Mode: If the rule would normally cause an event, then it will be recorded (although the rule won't actually be applied)
+- Off: The rule won't be applied
 
 Enabled:
 Specify the state for each ASR rule under the Options section for this setting.
@@ -933,24 +933,24 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Add additional applications that should be considered "trusted" by controlled folder access.
+Add other applications that should be considered "trusted" by controlled folder access.
 
 These applications are allowed to modify or delete files in controlled folder access folders.
 
-Microsoft Defender Antivirus automatically determines which applications should be trusted. You can configure this setting to add additional applications.
+Microsoft Defender Antivirus automatically determines which applications should be trusted. You can configure this setting to add other applications.
 
 Enabled: 
-Specify additional allowed applications in the Options section..
+Specify other allowed applications in the Options section.
 
 Disabled:
-No additional applications will be added to the trusted list.
+No other applications will be added to the trusted list.
 
 Not configured:
 Same as Disabled.
 
-You can enable controlled folder access in the Configure controlled folder access GP setting.
+You can enable controlled folder access in the "Configure controlled folder access" GP setting.
 
-Default system folders are automatically guarded, but you can add folders in the configure protected folders GP setting.
+Default system folders are automatically guarded, but you can add folders in the "Configure protected folders" GP setting.
 
 
 
@@ -994,23 +994,23 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Specify additional folders that should be guarded by the Controlled folder access feature.
 
-Files in these folders cannot be modified or deleted by untrusted applications.
+Files in these folders can't be modified or deleted by untrusted applications.
 
-Default system folders are automatically protected. You can configure this setting to add additional folders. 
+Default system folders are automatically protected. You can configure this setting to add more folders. 
 The list of default system folders that are protected is shown in Windows Security.
 
 Enabled:
-Specify additional folders that should be protected in the Options section.
+Specify more folders that should be protected in the Options section.
 
 Disabled:
-No additional folders will be protected.
+No other folders will be protected.
 
 Not configured:
 Same as Disabled.
 
-You can enable controlled folder access in the Configure controlled folder access GP setting.
+You can enable controlled folder access in the "Configure controlled folder access" GP setting.
 
-Microsoft Defender Antivirus automatically determines which applications can be trusted. You can add additional trusted applications in the Configure allowed applications GP setting.
+Microsoft Defender Antivirus automatically determines which applications can be trusted. You can add more trusted applications in the "Configure allowed applications" GP setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1055,10 +1055,10 @@ ADMX Info:
 Enable or disable file hash computation feature.
 
 Enabled:
-When this feature is enabled Microsoft Defender Antivirus will compute hash value for files it scans.
+When this feature is enabled, Microsoft Defender Antivirus will compute hash value for files it scans.
 
 Disabled:
-File hash value is not computed
+File hash value isn't computed
 
 Not configured:
 Same as Disabled.
@@ -1103,9 +1103,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure definition retirement for network protection against exploits of known vulnerabilities. Definition retirement checks to see if a computer has the required security updates necessary to protect it against a particular vulnerability. If the system is not vulnerable to the exploit detected by a definition, then that definition is "retired". If all security intelligence for a given protocol are retired then that protocol is no longer parsed. Enabling this feature helps to improve performance. On a computer that is up-to-date with all the latest security updates, network protection will have no impact on network performance.
+This policy setting allows you to configure definition retirement for network protection against exploits of known vulnerabilities. Definition retirement checks to see if a computer has the required security updates necessary to protect it against a particular vulnerability. If the system isn't vulnerable to the exploit detected by a definition, then that definition is "retired". If all security intelligence for a given protocol are retired, then that protocol is no longer parsed. Enabling this feature helps to improve performance. On a computer that is up-to-date with all the latest security updates, network protection will have no impact on network performance.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, definition retirement will be enabled.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, definition retirement will be enabled.
 
 If you disable this setting, definition retirement will be disabled.
 
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting defines additional definition sets to enable for network traffic inspection. Definition set GUIDs should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair, where the name should be a string representation of a definition set GUID. As an example, the definition set GUID to enable test security intelligence is defined as: “{b54b6ac9-a737-498e-9120-6616ad3bf590}”. The value is not used and it is recommended that this be set to 0.
+This policy setting defines more definition sets to enable for network traffic inspection. Definition set GUIDs should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair, where the name should be a string representation of a definition set GUID. As an example, the definition set GUID to enable test security intelligence is defined as: “{b54b6ac9-a737-498e-9120-6616ad3bf590}”. The value isn't used and it's recommended that this value is set to 0.
 
 
 
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure protocol recognition for network protection against exploits of known vulnerabilities.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, protocol recognition will be enabled.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, protocol recognition will be enabled.
 
 If you disable this setting, protocol recognition will be disabled.
 
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ This policy, if defined, will prevent antimalware from using the configured prox
 
 If you enable this setting, the proxy server will be bypassed for the specified addresses.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the proxy server will not be bypassed for the specified addresses.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the proxy server won't be bypassed for the specified addresses.
 
 
 
@@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting defines the URL of a proxy .pac file that should be used when the client attempts to connect the network for security intelligence updates and MAPS reporting. If the proxy auto-config fails or if there is no proxy auto-config specified, the client will fall back to the alternative options (in order):
+This policy setting defines the URL of a proxy .pac file that should be used when the client attempts to connect the network for security intelligence updates and MAPS reporting. If the proxy auto-config fails or if there's no proxy auto-config specified, the client will fall back to the alternative options (in order):
 
 1. Proxy server (if specified)
 2. Proxy .pac URL (if specified)
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ This policy setting defines the URL of a proxy .pac file that should be used whe
 
 If you enable this setting, the proxy setting will be set to use the specified proxy .pac according to the order specified above.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the proxy will skip over this fallback step according to the order specified above.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the proxy will skip over this fallback step according to the order specified above.
 
 
 
@@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure the named proxy that should be used when the client attempts to connect to the network for security intelligence updates and MAPS reporting. If the named proxy fails or if there is no proxy specified, the client will fall back to the alternative options (in order):
+This policy setting allows you to configure the named proxy that should be used when the client attempts to connect to the network for security intelligence updates and MAPS reporting. If the named proxy fails or if there's no proxy specified, the client will fall back to the alternative options (in order):
 
 1. Proxy server (if specified)
 2. Proxy .pac URL (if specified)
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure the named proxy that should be used
 
 If you enable this setting, the proxy will be set to the specified URL according to the order specified above. The URL should be proceeded with either http:// or https://.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the proxy will skip over this fallback step according to the order specified above.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the proxy will skip over this fallback step according to the order specified above.
 
 
 
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of the num
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ This policy setting defines the number of days items should be kept in the Quara
 
 If you enable this setting, items will be removed from the Quarantine folder after the number of days specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, items will be kept in the quarantine folder indefinitely and will not be automatically removed.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, items will be kept in the quarantine folder indefinitely and won't be automatically removed.
 
 
 
@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to enable or disable randomization of the scheduled scan start time and the scheduled security intelligence update start time. This setting is used to distribute the resource impact of scanning. For example, it could be used in guest virtual machines sharing a host, to prevent multiple guest virtual machines from undertaking a disk-intensive operation at the same time.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, scheduled tasks will begin at a random time within an interval of 30 minutes before and after the specified start time.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, scheduled tasks will begin at a random time within an interval of 30 minutes before and after the specified start time.
 
 If you disable this setting, scheduled tasks will begin at the specified start time.
 
@@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure behavior monitoring.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, behavior monitoring will be enabled.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, behavior monitoring will be enabled.
 
 If you disable this setting, behavior monitoring will be disabled.
 
@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure scanning for all downloaded files and attachments.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, scanning for all downloaded files and attachments will be enabled.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, scanning for all downloaded files and attachments will be enabled.
 
 If you disable this setting, scanning for all downloaded files and attachments will be disabled.
 
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure monitoring for file and program activity.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, monitoring for file and program activity will be enabled.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, monitoring for file and program activity will be enabled.
 
 If you disable this setting, monitoring for file and program activity will be disabled.
 
@@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls whether raw volume write notifications are sent to behavior monitoring.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, raw write notifications will be enabled.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, raw write notifications will be enabled.
 
 If you disable this setting, raw write notifications be disabled.
 
@@ -1709,11 +1709,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure process scanning when real-time protection is turned on. This helps to catch malware which could start when real-time protection is turned off.
+This policy setting allows you to configure process scanning when real-time protection is turned on. This configuration helps to catch malware that could start when real-time protection is turned off.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, a process scan will be initiated when real-time protection is turned on.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, a process scan will be initiated when real-time protection is turned on.
 
-If you disable this setting, a process scan will not be initiated when real-time protection is turned on.
+If you disable this setting, a process scan won't be initiated when real-time protection is turned on.
 
 
 
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ This policy setting defines the maximum size (in kilobytes) of downloaded files
 
 If you enable this setting, downloaded files and attachments smaller than the size specified will be scanned.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a default size will be applied.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a default size will be applied.
 
 
 
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of behavio
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of scannin
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of monitor
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration to turn on
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of monitor
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of the tim
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ This setting can be configured with the following ordinal number values:
 
 If you enable this setting, a scheduled full scan to complete remediation will run at the frequency specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a scheduled full scan to complete remediation will run at a default frequency.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a scheduled full scan to complete remediation will run at a default frequency.
 
 
 
@@ -2139,7 +2139,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the time of day at which to perform a
 
 If you enable this setting, a scheduled full scan to complete remediation will run at the time of day specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a scheduled full scan to complete remediation will run at a default time.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a scheduled full scan to complete remediation will run at a default time.
 
 
 
@@ -2267,9 +2267,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Use this policy setting to specify if you want Microsoft Defender Antivirus enhanced notifications to display on clients.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus enhanced notifications will display on clients.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus enhanced notifications will display on clients.
 
-If you enable this setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus enhanced notifications will not display on clients.
+If you enable this setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus enhanced notifications won't display on clients.
 
 
 
@@ -2312,9 +2312,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not Watson events are sent.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, Watson events will be sent.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, Watson events will be sent.
 
-If you disable this setting, Watson events will not be sent.
+If you disable this setting, Watson events won't be sent.
 
 
 
@@ -2531,9 +2531,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage whether or not end users can pause a scan in progress.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, a new context menu will be added to the task tray icon to allow the user to pause a scan.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, a new context menu will be added to the task tray icon to allow the user to pause a scan.
 
-If you disable this setting, users will not be able to pause scans.
+If you disable this setting, users won't be able to pause scans.
 
 
 
@@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure the maximum directory depth level in
 
 If you enable this setting, archive files will be scanned to the directory depth level specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, archive files will be scanned to the default directory depth level.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, archive files will be scanned to the default directory depth level.
 
 
 
@@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure the maximum size of archive files su
 
 If you enable this setting, archive files less than or equal to the size specified will be scanned.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, archive files will be scanned according to the default value.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, archive files will be scanned according to the default value.
 
 
 
@@ -2670,9 +2670,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure scans for malicious software and unwanted software in archive files such as .ZIP or .CAB files.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, archive files will be scanned.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, archive files will be scanned.
 
-If you disable this setting, archive files will not be scanned.
+If you disable this setting, archive files won't be scanned.
 
 
 
@@ -2718,7 +2718,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure e-mail scanning. When e-mail scannin
 
 If you enable this setting, e-mail scanning will be enabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, e-mail scanning will be disabled.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, e-mail scanning will be disabled.
 
 
 
@@ -2760,9 +2760,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure heuristics. Suspicious detections will be suppressed right before reporting to the engine client. Turning off heuristics will reduce the capability to flag new threats. It is recommended that you do not turn off heuristics.
+This policy setting allows you to configure heuristics. Suspicious detections will be suppressed right before reporting to the engine client. Turning off heuristics will reduce the capability to flag new threats. It's recommended that you don't turn off heuristics.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, heuristics will be enabled.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, heuristics will be enabled.
 
 If you disable this setting, heuristics will be disabled.
 
@@ -2806,11 +2806,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure scanning for packed executables. It is recommended that this type of scanning remain enabled.
+This policy setting allows you to configure scanning for packed executables. It's recommended that this type of scanning remains enabled.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, packed executables will be scanned.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, packed executables will be scanned.
 
-If you disable this setting, packed executables will not be scanned.
+If you disable this setting, packed executables won't be scanned.
 
 
 
@@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage whether or not to scan for malicious so
 
 If you enable this setting, removable drives will be scanned during any type of scan.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, removable drives will not be scanned during a full scan. Removable drives may still be scanned during quick scan and custom scan.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, removable drives won't be scanned during a full scan. Removable drives may still be scanned during quick scan and custom scan.
 
 
 
@@ -2898,11 +2898,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure reparse point scanning. If you allow reparse points to be scanned, there is a possible risk of recursion. However, the engine supports following reparse points to a maximum depth so at worst scanning could be slowed. Reparse point scanning is disabled by default and this is the recommended state for this functionality. 
+This policy setting allows you to configure reparse point scanning. If you allow reparse points to be scanned, there's a possible risk of recursion. However, the engine supports following reparse points to a maximum depth so at worst scanning could be slowed. Reparse point scanning is disabled by default and this setting is the recommended state for this functionality. 
 
 If you enable this setting, reparse point scanning will be enabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, reparse point scanning will be disabled.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, reparse point scanning will be disabled.
 
 
 
@@ -2948,7 +2948,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to create a system restore point on the computer
 
 If you enable this setting, a system restore point will be created.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a system restore point will not be created.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a system restore point won't be created.
 
 
 
@@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure scanning mapped network drives.
 
 If you enable this setting, mapped network drives will be scanned.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, mapped network drives will not be scanned.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, mapped network drives won't be scanned.
 
 
 
@@ -3035,11 +3035,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure scanning for network files. It is recommended that you do not enable this setting.
+This policy setting allows you to configure scanning for network files. It's recommended that you don't enable this setting.
 
 If you enable this setting, network files will be scanned.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, network files will not be scanned.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, network files won't be scanned.
 
 
 
@@ -3085,7 +3085,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of maximum
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -3131,7 +3131,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of the sca
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -3177,7 +3177,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of schedul
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -3223,7 +3223,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of schedul
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -3269,7 +3269,7 @@ This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration of schedul
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -3315,7 +3315,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to enable or disable low CPU priority for schedul
 
 If you enable this setting, low CPU priority will be used during scheduled scans.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, not changes will be made to CPU priority for scheduled scans. 
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, not changes will be made to CPU priority for scheduled scans. 
 
 
 
@@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to define the number of consecutive scheduled sca
 
 If you enable this setting, a catch-up scan will occur after the specified number consecutive missed scheduled scans.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a catch-up scan will occur after the 2 consecutive missed scheduled scans.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a catch-up scan will occur after the 2 consecutive missed scheduled scans.
 
 
 
@@ -3403,11 +3403,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting defines the number of days items should be kept in the scan history folder before being permanently removed. The value represents the number of days to keep items in the folder. If set to zero, items will be kept forever and will not be automatically removed. By default, the value is set to 30 days.
+This policy setting defines the number of days items should be kept in the scan history folder before being permanently removed. The value represents the number of days to keep items in the folder. If set to zero, items will be kept forever and won't be automatically removed. By default, the value is set to 30 days.
 
 If you enable this setting, items will be removed from the scan history folder after the number of days specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, items will be kept in the scan history folder for the default number of days.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, items will be kept in the scan history folder for the default number of days.
 
 
 
@@ -3449,11 +3449,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify an interval at which to perform a quick scan. The time value is represented as the number of hours between quick scans. Valid values range from 1 (every hour) to 24 (once per day). If set to zero, interval quick scans will not occur. By default, this setting is set to 0.
+This policy setting allows you to specify an interval at which to perform a quick scan. The time value is represented as the number of hours between quick scans. Valid values range from 1 (every hour) to 24 (once per day). If set to zero, interval quick scans won't occur. By default, this setting is set to 0.
 
 If you enable this setting, a quick scan will run at the interval specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a quick scan will run at a default time.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a quick scan will run at a default time.
 
 
 
@@ -3497,7 +3497,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure scheduled scans to start only when your computer is on but not in use.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, scheduled scans will only run when the computer is on but not in use.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, scheduled scans will only run when the computer is on but not in use.
 
 If you disable this setting, scheduled scans will run at the scheduled time.
 
@@ -3557,7 +3557,7 @@ This setting can be configured with the following ordinal number values:
 
 If you enable this setting, a scheduled scan will run at the frequency specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a scheduled scan will run at a default frequency.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a scheduled scan will run at a default frequency.
 
 
 
@@ -3603,7 +3603,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the time of day at which to perform a
 
 If you enable this setting, a scheduled scan will run at the time of day specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a scheduled scan will run at a default time.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a scheduled scan will run at a default time.
 
 
 
@@ -3645,11 +3645,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not the antimalware service remains running when antivirus and antispyware security intelligence is disabled. It is recommended that this setting remain disabled.
+This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not the antimalware service remains running when antivirus and antispyware security intelligence is disabled. It's recommended that this setting remains disabled.
 
-If you enable this setting, the antimalware service will always remain running even if both antivirus and antispyware security intelligence is disabled.
+If you enable this setting, the antimalware service will always remain running even if both antivirus and antispyware security intelligence are disabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the antimalware service will be stopped when both antivirus and antispyware security intelligence is disabled. If the computer is restarted, the service will be started if it is set to Automatic startup. After the service has started, there will be a check to see if antivirus and antispyware security intelligence is enabled. If at least one is enabled, the service will remain running. If both are disabled, the service will be stopped.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the antimalware service will be stopped when both antivirus and antispyware security intelligence is disabled. If the computer is restarted, the service will be started if it's set to Automatic startup. After the service has started, there will be a check to see if antivirus and antispyware security intelligence is enabled. If at least one is enabled, the service will remain running. If both are disabled, the service will be stopped.
 
 
 
@@ -3691,13 +3691,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to define the number of days that must pass before spyware security intelligence is considered out of date. If security intelligence is determined to be out of date, this state may trigger several additional actions, including falling back to an alternative update source or displaying a warning icon in the user interface. By default, this value is set to 14 days.
+This policy setting allows you to define the number of days that must pass before spyware security intelligence is considered out of date. If security intelligence is determined to be out of date, this state may trigger several other actions, including falling back to an alternative update source or displaying a warning icon in the user interface. By default, this value is set to 14 days.
 
-We do not recommend setting the value to less than 2 days to prevent machines from going out of date.
+We don't recommend setting the value to less than 2 days to prevent machines from going out of date.
 
 If you enable this setting, spyware security intelligence will be considered out of date after the number of days specified have passed without an update.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, spyware security intelligence will be considered out of date after the default number of days have passed without an update.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, spyware security intelligence will be considered out of date after the default number of days have passed without an update.
 
 
 
@@ -3739,11 +3739,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to define the number of days that must pass before virus security intelligence is considered out of date. If security intelligence is determined to be out of date, this state may trigger several additional actions, including falling back to an alternative update source or displaying a warning icon in the user interface. By default, this value is set to 14 days.
+This policy setting allows you to define the number of days that must pass before virus security intelligence is considered out of date. If security intelligence is determined to be out of date, this state may trigger several other actions, including falling back to an alternative update source or displaying a warning icon in the user interface. By default, this value is set to 14 days.
 
 If you enable this setting, virus security intelligence will be considered out of date after the number of days specified have passed without an update.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, virus security intelligence will be considered out of date after the default number of days have passed without an update.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, virus security intelligence will be considered out of date after the default number of days have passed without an update.
 
 
 
@@ -3787,9 +3787,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure UNC file share sources for downloading security intelligence updates. Sources will be contacted in the order specified. The value of this setting should be entered as a pipe-separated string enumerating the security intelligence update sources. For example: "{\\\unc1 | \\\unc2 }". The list is empty by default.
 
-If you enable this setting, the specified sources will be contacted for security intelligence updates. Once security intelligence updates have been successfully downloaded from one specified source, the remaining sources in the list will not be contacted.
+If you enable this setting, the specified sources will be contacted for security intelligence updates. Once security intelligence updates have been successfully downloaded from one specified source, the remaining sources in the list won't be contacted.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the list will remain empty by default and no sources will be contacted.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the list will remain empty by default and no sources will be contacted.
 
 
 
@@ -3831,11 +3831,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure the automatic scan which starts after a security intelligence update has occurred.
+This policy setting allows you to configure the automatic scan that starts after a security intelligence update has occurred.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, a scan will start following a security intelligence update.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, a scan will start following a security intelligence update.
 
-If you disable this setting, a scan will not start following a security intelligence update.
+If you disable this setting, a scan won't start following a security intelligence update.
 
 
 
@@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure security intelligence updates when the computer is running on battery power.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, security intelligence updates will occur as usual regardless of power state.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, security intelligence updates will occur as usual regardless of power state.
 
 If you disable this setting, security intelligence updates will be turned off while the computer is running on battery power.
 
@@ -3923,11 +3923,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure security intelligence updates on startup when there is no antimalware engine present.
+This policy setting allows you to configure security intelligence updates on startup when there's no antimalware engine present.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, security intelligence updates will be initiated on startup when there is no antimalware engine present.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, security intelligence updates will be initiated on startup when there's no antimalware engine present.
 
-If you disable this setting, security intelligence updates will not be initiated on startup when there is no antimalware engine present.
+If you disable this setting, security intelligence updates won't be initiated on startup when there's no antimalware engine present.
 
 
 
@@ -3973,9 +3973,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to define the order in which different security i
 
 For example: { InternalDefinitionUpdateServer | MicrosoftUpdateServer | MMPC }
 
-If you enable this setting, security intelligence update sources will be contacted in the order specified. Once security intelligence updates have been successfully downloaded from one specified source, the remaining sources in the list will not be contacted.
+If you enable this setting, security intelligence update sources will be contacted in the order specified. Once security intelligence updates have been successfully downloaded from one specified source, the remaining sources in the list won't be contacted.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, security intelligence update sources will be contacted in a default order.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, security intelligence update sources will be contacted in a default order.
 
 
 
@@ -4021,7 +4021,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to enable download of security intelligence updat
 
 If you enable this setting, security intelligence updates will be downloaded from Microsoft Update.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, security intelligence updates will be downloaded from the configured download source.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, security intelligence updates will be downloaded from the configured download source.
 
 
 
@@ -4065,9 +4065,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to enable real-time security intelligence updates in response to reports sent to Microsoft MAPS. If the service reports a file as an unknown and Microsoft MAPS finds that the latest security intelligence update has security intelligence for a threat involving that file, the service will receive all of the latest security intelligence for that threat immediately. You must have configured your computer to join Microsoft MAPS for this functionality to work.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this setting, real-time security intelligence updates will be enabled.
+If you enable or don't configure this setting, real-time security intelligence updates will be enabled.
 
-If you disable this setting, real-time security intelligence updates will disabled.
+If you disable this setting, real-time security intelligence updates will be disabled.
 
 
 
@@ -4125,7 +4125,7 @@ This setting can be configured with the following ordinal number values:
 
 If you enable this setting, the check for security intelligence updates will occur at the frequency specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the check for security intelligence updates will occur at a default frequency.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the check for security intelligence updates will occur at a default frequency.
 
 
 
@@ -4171,7 +4171,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the time of day at which to check for
 
 If you enable this setting, the check for security intelligence updates will occur at the time of day specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting,  the check for security intelligence updates will occur at the default time.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting,  the check for security intelligence updates will occur at the default time.
 
 
 
@@ -4215,7 +4215,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to define the security intelligence location for VDI-configured computers. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, security intelligence will be referred from the default local source.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, security intelligence will be referred from the default local source.
 
 
 
@@ -4259,9 +4259,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure the antimalware service to receive notifications to disable individual security intelligence in response to reports it sends to Microsoft MAPS. Microsoft MAPS uses these notifications to disable security intelligence that are causing false positive reports. You must have configured your computer to join Microsoft MAPS for this functionality to work.
 
-If you enable this setting or do not configure, the antimalware service will receive notifications to disable security intelligence.
+If you enable this setting or don't configure, the antimalware service will receive notifications to disable security intelligence.
 
-If you disable this setting, the antimalware service will not receive notifications to disable security intelligence.
+If you disable this setting, the antimalware service won't receive notifications to disable security intelligence.
 
 
 
@@ -4307,7 +4307,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to define the number of days after which a catch-
 
 If you enable this setting, a catch-up security intelligence update will occur after the specified number of days.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, a catch-up security intelligence update will be required after the default number of days.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, a catch-up security intelligence update will be required after the default number of days.
 
 
 
@@ -4353,7 +4353,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage whether a check for new virus and spywa
 
 If you enable this setting, a check for new security intelligence will occur after service startup.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure this setting, a check for new security intelligence will not occur after service startup.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure this setting, a check for new security intelligence won't occur after service startup.
 
 
 
@@ -4397,7 +4397,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to join Microsoft MAPS. Microsoft MAPS is the online community that helps you choose how to respond to potential threats. The community also helps stop the spread of new malicious software infections.
 
-You can choose to send basic or additional information about detected software. Additional information helps Microsoft create new security intelligence and help it to protect your computer. This information can include things like location of detected items on your computer if harmful software was removed. The information will be automatically collected and sent. In some instances, personal information might unintentionally be sent to Microsoft. However, Microsoft will not use this information to identify you or contact you.
+You can choose to send basic or additional information about detected software. Additional information helps Microsoft create new security intelligence and help it to protect your computer. This information can include things like location of detected items on your computer if harmful software was removed. The information will be automatically collected and sent. In some instances, personal information might unintentionally be sent to Microsoft. However, Microsoft won't use this information to identify you or contact you.
 
 Possible options are:
 
@@ -4409,9 +4409,9 @@ Basic membership will send basic information to Microsoft about software that ha
 
 Advanced membership, in addition to basic information, will send more information to Microsoft about malicious software, spyware, and potentially unwanted software, including the location of the software, file names, how the software operates, and how it has impacted your computer.
 
-If you enable this setting, you will join Microsoft MAPS with the membership specified.
+If you enable this setting, you'll join Microsoft MAPS with the membership specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, you will not join Microsoft MAPS.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, you won't join Microsoft MAPS.
   
 In Windows 10, Basic membership is no longer available, so setting the value to 1 or 2 enrolls the device into Advanced membership.
 
@@ -4459,7 +4459,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 If you enable this setting, the local preference setting will take priority over Policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Policy will take priority over the local preference setting.
 
 
 
@@ -4502,7 +4502,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting customize which remediation action will be taken for each listed Threat ID when it is detected during a scan. Threats should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair. The name defines a valid Threat ID, while the value contains the action ID for the remediation action that should be taken.
+This policy setting customizes which remediation action will be taken for each listed Threat ID when it's detected during a scan. Threats should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair. The name defines a valid Threat ID, while the value contains the action ID for the remediation action that should be taken.
 
 Valid remediation action values are:
 
@@ -4550,11 +4550,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not to display additional text to clients when they need to perform an action. The text displayed is a custom administrator-defined string. For example, the phone number to call the company help desk. The client interface will only display a maximum of 1024 characters. Longer strings will be truncated before display.
+This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not to display more text to clients when they need to perform an action. The text displayed is a custom administrator-defined string. For example, the phone number to call the company help desk. The client interface will only display a maximum of 1024 characters. Longer strings will be truncated before display.
 
-If you enable this setting, the additional text specified will be displayed.
+If you enable this setting, the extra text specified will be displayed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, there will be no additional text displayed.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, there will be no extra text displayed.
 
 
 
@@ -4598,9 +4598,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Use this policy setting to specify if you want Microsoft Defender Antivirus notifications to display on clients.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus notifications will display on clients.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus notifications will display on clients.
 
-If you enable this setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus notifications will not display on clients.
+If you enable this setting, Microsoft Defender Antivirus notifications won't display on clients.
 
 
 
@@ -4644,7 +4644,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows user to suppress reboot notifications in UI only mode (for cases where UI can't be in lockdown mode).
 
-If you enable this setting AM UI won't show reboot notifications.
+If you enable this setting, AM UI won't show reboot notifications.
 
 
 
@@ -4688,7 +4688,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not to display AM UI to the users.
 
-If you enable this setting AM UI won't be available to users.
+If you enable this setting, AM UI won't be available to users.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-mmc.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-mmc.md
index d7bfdd79d3..33f6ed7399 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-mmc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-mmc.md
@@ -76,17 +76,17 @@ This policy setting permits or prohibits use of this snap-in.
 
 If you enable this setting, the snap-in is permitted. If you disable the setting, the snap-in is prohibited.
 
-If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
+If this setting isn't configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
 
-- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is enabled, users cannot use any snap-in except those explicitly permitted.
+- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is enabled, users can't use any snap-in except those snap-ins explicitly permitted.
 
-To explicitly permit use of this snap-in, enable this setting. If this setting is not configured (or disabled), this snap-in is prohibited.
+To explicitly permit use of this snap-in, enable this setting. If this setting isn't configured (or disabled), this snap-in is prohibited.
 
-- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is disabled or not configured, users can use any snap-in except those explicitly prohibited.
+- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is disabled or not configured, users can use any snap-in except those snap-ins explicitly prohibited.
 
-To explicitly prohibit use of this snap-in, disable this setting. If this setting is not configured (or enabled), the snap-in is permitted.
+To explicitly prohibit use of this snap-in, disable this setting. If this setting isn't configured (or enabled), the snap-in is permitted.
 
-When a snap-in is prohibited, it does not appear in the Add/Remove Snap-in window in MMC. Also, when a user opens a console file that includes a prohibited snap-in, the console file opens, but the prohibited snap-in does not appear.
+When a snap-in is prohibited, it doesn't appear in the Add/Remove Snap-in window in MMC. Also, when a user opens a console file that includes a prohibited snap-in, the console file opens, but the prohibited snap-in doesn't appear.
 
 
 
@@ -132,17 +132,17 @@ This policy setting permits or prohibits use of this snap-in.
 
 If you enable this setting, the snap-in is permitted. If you disable the setting, the snap-in is prohibited.
 
-If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
+If this setting isn't configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
 
-- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is enabled, users cannot use any snap-in except those explicitly permitted.
+- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is enabled, users can't use any snap-in except those snap-ins explicitly permitted.
 
-To explicitly permit use of this snap-in, enable this setting. If this setting is not configured (or disabled), this snap-in is prohibited.
+To explicitly permit use of this snap-in, enable this setting. If this setting isn't configured (or disabled), this snap-in is prohibited.
 
-- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is disabled or not configured, users can use any snap-in except those explicitly prohibited.
+- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is disabled or not configured, users can use any snap-in except those snap-ins explicitly prohibited.
 
-To explicitly prohibit use of this snap-in, disable this setting. If this setting is not configured (or enabled), the snap-in is permitted.
+To explicitly prohibit use of this snap-in, disable this setting. If this setting isn't configured (or enabled), the snap-in is permitted.
 
-When a snap-in is prohibited, it does not appear in the Add/Remove Snap-in window in MMC. Also, when a user opens a console file that includes a prohibited snap-in, the console file opens, but the prohibited snap-in does not appear.
+When a snap-in is prohibited, it doesn't appear in the Add/Remove Snap-in window in MMC. Also, when a user opens a console file that includes a prohibited snap-in, the console file opens, but the prohibited snap-in doesn't appear.
 
 
 
@@ -188,17 +188,17 @@ This policy setting permits or prohibits use of this snap-in.
 
 If you enable this setting, the snap-in is permitted. If you disable the setting, the snap-in is prohibited.
 
-If this setting is not configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
+If this setting isn't configured, the setting of the "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" setting determines whether this snap-in is permitted or prohibited.
 
-- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is enabled, users cannot use any snap-in except those explicitly permitted.
+- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is enabled, users can't use any snap-in except those snap-ins explicitly permitted.
 
-To explicitly permit use of this snap-in, enable this setting. If this setting is not configured (or disabled), this snap-in is prohibited.
+To explicitly permit use of this snap-in, enable this setting. If this setting isn't configured (or disabled), this snap-in is prohibited.
 
-- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is disabled or not configured, users can use any snap-in except those explicitly prohibited.
+- If "Restrict users to the explicitly permitted list of snap-ins" is disabled or not configured, users can use any snap-in except those snap-ins explicitly prohibited.
 
-To explicitly prohibit use of this snap-in, disable this setting. If this setting is not configured (or enabled), the snap-in is permitted.
+To explicitly prohibit use of this snap-in, disable this setting. If this setting isn't configured (or enabled), the snap-in is permitted.
 
-When a snap-in is prohibited, it does not appear in the Add/Remove Snap-in window in MMC. Also, when a user opens a console file that includes a prohibited snap-in, the console file opens, but the prohibited snap-in does not appear.
+When a snap-in is prohibited, it doesn't appear in the Add/Remove Snap-in window in MMC. Also, when a user opens a console file that includes a prohibited snap-in, the console file opens, but the prohibited snap-in doesn't appear.
 
 
 
@@ -244,11 +244,11 @@ This policy setting prevents users from entering author mode.
 
 This setting prevents users from opening the Microsoft Management Console (MMC) in author mode, explicitly opening console files in author mode, and opening any console files that open in author mode by default.
 
-As a result, users cannot create console files or add or remove snap-ins. Also, because they cannot open author-mode console files, they cannot use the tools that the files contain.
+As a result, users can't create console files or add or remove snap-ins. Also, because they can't open author-mode console files, they can't use the tools that the files contain.
 
-This setting permits users to open MMC user-mode console files, such as those on the Administrative Tools menu in Windows 2000 Server family or Windows Server 2003 family. However, users cannot open a blank MMC console window on the Start menu. (To open the MMC, click Start, click Run, and type mmc.) Users also cannot open a blank MMC console window from a command prompt.
+This setting permits users to open MMC user-mode console files, such as those on the Administrative Tools menu in Windows 2000 Server family or Windows Server 2003 family. However, users can't open a blank MMC console window on the Start menu. (To open the MMC, click Start, click Run, and type mmc.) Users also can't open a blank MMC console window from a command prompt.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, users can enter author mode and open author-mode console files.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, users can enter author mode and open author-mode console files.
 
 
 
@@ -292,18 +292,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you selectively permit or prohibit the use of Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-ins.
 
-- If you enable this setting, all snap-ins are prohibited, except those that you explicitly permit. Use this setting if you plan to prohibit use of most snap-ins.
+- If you enable this setting, all snap-ins are prohibited, except those snap-ins that you explicitly permit. Use this setting if you plan to prohibit use of most snap-ins.
 
 To explicitly permit a snap-in, open the Restricted/Permitted snap-ins setting folder and enable the settings representing the snap-in you want to permit. If a snap-in setting in the folder is disabled or not configured, the snap-in is prohibited.
 
-- If you disable this setting or do not configure it, all snap-ins are permitted, except those that you explicitly prohibit. Use this setting if you plan to permit use of most snap-ins.
+- If you disable this setting or don't configure it, all snap-ins are permitted, except those snap-ins that you explicitly prohibit. Use this setting if you plan to permit use of most snap-ins.
 
 To explicitly prohibit a snap-in, open the Restricted/Permitted snap-ins setting folder and then disable the settings representing the snap-ins you want to prohibit. If a snap-in setting in the folder is enabled or not configured, the snap-in is permitted.
 
-When a snap-in is prohibited, it does not appear in the Add/Remove Snap-in window in MMC. Also, when a user opens a console file that includes a prohibited snap-in, the console file opens, but the prohibited snap-in does not appear.
+When a snap-in is prohibited, it doesn't appear in the Add/Remove Snap-in window in MMC. Also, when a user opens a console file that includes a prohibited snap-in, the console file opens, but the prohibited snap-in doesn't appear.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If you enable this setting, and you do not enable any settings in the Restricted/Permitted snap-ins folder, users cannot use any MMC snap-ins.
+> If you enable this setting, and you don't enable any settings in the Restricted/Permitted snap-ins folder, users can't use any MMC snap-ins.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msapolicy.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msapolicy.md
index 2e8a050a34..21ecaf3e29 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msapolicy.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msapolicy.md
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting controls whether users can provide Microsoft accounts for authentication for applications or services. If this setting is enabled, all applications and services on the device are prevented from using Microsoft accounts for authentication.
 
-This applies both to existing users of a device and new users who may be added. However, any application or service that has already authenticated a user will not be affected by enabling this setting until the authentication cache expires.
+This functionality applies both to existing users of a device and new users who may be added. However, any application or service that has already authenticated a user won't be affected by enabling this setting until the authentication cache expires.
 
-It is recommended to enable this setting before any user signs in to a device to prevent cached tokens from being present. If this setting is disabled or not configured, applications and services can use Microsoft accounts for authentication.
+It's recommended to enable this setting before any user signs in to a device to prevent cached tokens from being present. If this setting is disabled or not configured, applications and services can use Microsoft accounts for authentication.
 
-By default, this setting is Disabled. This setting does not affect whether users can sign in to devices by using Microsoft accounts, or the ability for users to provide Microsoft accounts via the browser for authentication with web-based applications.
+By default, this setting is Disabled. This setting doesn't affect whether users can sign in to devices by using Microsoft accounts, or the ability for users to provide Microsoft accounts via the browser for authentication with web-based applications.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msched.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msched.md
index e302ab1e87..4bcef7a8d0 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msched.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msched.md
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure Automatic Maintenance activation boundary. The maintenance activation boundary is the daily scheduled time at which Automatic Maintenance starts.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, this will override the default daily scheduled time as specified in Security and Maintenance/Automatic Maintenance Control Panel.
+If you enable this policy setting, this scheduled time will override the default daily scheduled time as specified in Security and Maintenance/Automatic Maintenance Control Panel.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the daily scheduled time as specified in Security and Maintenance/Automatic Maintenance Control Panel will apply.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the daily scheduled time as specified in Security and Maintenance/Automatic Maintenance Control Panel will apply.
 
 
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ The maintenance random delay is the amount of time up to which Automatic Mainten
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Automatic Maintenance will delay starting from its Activation Boundary, by up to this time.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, 4 hour random delay will be applied to Automatic Maintenance.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, 4 hour random delay will be applied to Automatic Maintenance.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, no random delay will be applied to Automatic Maintenance.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msdt.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msdt.md
index c5b5ff4f3f..74fa908dc8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msdt.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msdt.md
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ If you enable this policy setting, users can use MSDT to collect and send diagno
 
 By default, the support provider is set to Microsoft Corporation.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, MSDT cannot run in support mode, and no data can be collected or sent to the support provider.
+If you disable this policy setting, MSDT can't run in support mode, and no data can be collected or sent to the support provider.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, MSDT support mode is enabled by default.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, MSDT support mode is enabled by default.
 
 No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect. Changes take effect immediately.
 
@@ -122,23 +122,23 @@ This policy setting restricts the tool download policy for Microsoft Support Dia
 
 Microsoft Support Diagnostic Tool (MSDT) gathers diagnostic data for analysis by support professionals.
 
-For some problems, MSDT may prompt the user to download additional tools for troubleshooting.  These tools are required to completely troubleshoot the problem.
+For some problems, MSDT may prompt the user to download more tools for troubleshooting.  These tools are required to completely troubleshoot the problem.
 
 If tool download is restricted, it may not be possible to find the root cause of the problem.
 
-If you enable this policy setting for remote troubleshooting, MSDT prompts the user to download additional tools to diagnose problems on remote computers only.
+If you enable this policy setting for remote troubleshooting, MSDT prompts the user to download more tools to diagnose problems on remote computers only.
 
-If you enable this policy setting for local and remote troubleshooting, MSDT always prompts for additional tool downloading.
+If you enable this policy setting for local and remote troubleshooting, MSDT always prompts for more tool downloading.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, MSDT never downloads tools, and is unable to diagnose problems on remote computers.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, MSDT prompts the user before downloading any additional tools.  No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect. Changes take effect immediately.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, MSDT prompts the user before downloading any extra tools.  No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect. Changes take effect immediately.
 
 This policy setting will take effect only when MSDT is enabled.
 
 This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) is in the running state.
 
-When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios are not executed.
+When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios aren't executed.
 
 The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
@@ -186,13 +186,13 @@ This policy setting determines the execution level for Microsoft Support Diagnos
 
 Microsoft Support Diagnostic Tool (MSDT) gathers diagnostic data for analysis by support professionals.  If you enable this policy setting, administrators can use MSDT to collect and send diagnostic data to a support professional to resolve a problem.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, MSDT cannot gather diagnostic data.  If you do not configure this policy setting, MSDT is turned on by default.
+If you disable this policy setting, MSDT can't gather diagnostic data.  If you don't configure this policy setting, MSDT is turned on by default.
 
-This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy is not configured.
+This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy isn't configured.
 
 No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect. Changes take effect immediately.
 
-This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios will not be executed. The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
+This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios won't be executed. The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msi.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msi.md
index 1292f4bf46..acdf31ff93 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msi.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msi.md
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ This policy setting allows users to search for installation files during privile
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Browse button in the "Use feature from" dialog box is enabled. As a result, users can search for installation files even when the installation program is running with elevated system privileges.
 
-Because the installation is running with elevated system privileges, users can browse through directories that their own permissions would not allow.
+Because the installation is running with elevated system privileges, users can browse through directories that their own permissions wouldn't allow.
 
-This policy setting does not affect installations that run in the user's security context. Also, see the "Remove browse dialog box for new source" policy setting.
+This policy setting doesn't affect installations that run in the user's security context. Also, see the "Remove browse dialog box for new source" policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, only system administrators can browse during installations with elevated privileges, such as installations offered on the desktop or displayed in Add or Remove Programs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, only system administrators can browse during installations with elevated privileges, such as installations offered on the desktop or displayed in Add or Remove Programs.
 
 
 
@@ -183,9 +183,9 @@ This policy setting allows users to install programs from removable media during
 
 If you enable this policy setting, all users are permitted to install programs from removable media, such as floppy disks and CD-ROMs, even when the installation program is running with elevated system privileges.
 
-This policy setting does not affect installations that run in the user's security context. By default, users can install from removable media when the installation runs in their own security context.
+This policy setting doesn't affect installations that run in the user's security context. By default, users can install from removable media when the installation runs in their own security context.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, users can install programs from removable media only when the installation runs in the user's security context. During privileged installations, such as those offered on the desktop or displayed in Add or Remove Programs, only system administrators can install from removable media.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, users can install programs from removable media only when the installation runs in the user's security context. During privileged installations, such as those offered on the desktop or displayed in Add or Remove Programs, only system administrators can install from removable media.
 
 Also, see the "Prevent removable media source for any install" policy setting.
 
@@ -234,9 +234,9 @@ This policy setting allows users to patch elevated products.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, all users are permitted to install patches, even when the installation program is running with elevated system privileges. Patches are updates or upgrades that replace only those program files that have changed. Because patches can easily be vehicles for malicious programs, some installations prohibit their use.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, only system administrators can apply patches during installations with elevated privileges, such as installations offered on the desktop or displayed in Add or Remove Programs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, only system administrators can apply patches during installations with elevated privileges, such as installations offered on the desktop or displayed in Add or Remove Programs.
 
-This policy setting does not affect installations that run in the user's security context. By default, users can install patches to programs that run in their own security context. Also, see the "Prohibit patching" policy setting.
+This policy setting doesn't affect installations that run in the user's security context. By default, users can install patches to programs that run in their own security context. Also, see the "Prohibit patching" policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can use the options in the Prohibit Use o
 
 - The "Restart Manager Off for Legacy App Setup" option applies to packages that were created for Windows Installer versions lesser than 4.0. This option lets those packages display the legacy files in use UI while still using Restart Manager for detection.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Installer will use Restart Manager to detect files in use and mitigate a system restart, when possible.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Installer will use Restart Manager to detect files in use and mitigate a system restart, when possible.
 
 
 
@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the Browse button beside the "Use feature fro
 
 This policy setting applies even when the installation is running in the user's security context.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Browse button is enabled when an installation is running in the user's security context. But only system administrators can browse when an installation is running with elevated system privileges, such as installations offered on the desktop or in Add or Remove Programs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Browse button is enabled when an installation is running in the user's security context. But only system administrators can browse when an installation is running with elevated system privileges, such as installations offered on the desktop or in Add or Remove Programs.
 
-This policy setting affects Windows Installer only. It does not prevent users from selecting other browsers, such as File Explorer or Network Locations, to search for installation files.
+This policy setting affects Windows Installer only. It doesn't prevent users from selecting other browsers, such as File Explorer or Network Locations, to search for installation files.
 
 Also, see the "Enable user to browse for source while elevated" policy setting.
 
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ This policy setting controls the ability to turn off all patch optimizations.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, all Patch Optimization options are turned off during the installation.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it enables faster application of patches by removing execution of unnecessary actions. The flyweight patching mode is primarily designed for patches that just update a few files or registry values. The Installer will analyze the patch for specific changes to determine if optimization is possible. If so, the patch will be applied using a minimal set of processing.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, it enables faster application of patches by removing execution of unnecessary actions. The flyweight patching mode is primarily designed for patches that just update a few files or registry values. The Installer will analyze the patch for specific changes to determine if optimization is possible. If so, the patch will be applied using a minimal set of processing.
 
 
 
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can use the options in the Disable loggin
 
 - The "Logging via package settings off" option turns off the automatic logging behavior when specified via the MsiLogging policy. Log files can still be generated using the logging command line switch or the Logging policy.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Installer will automatically generate log files for those packages that include the MsiLogging property.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Installer will automatically generate log files for those packages that include the MsiLogging property.
 
 
 
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can prevent users from installing softwar
 
 - The "Never" option indicates Windows Installer is fully enabled. Users can install and upgrade software. 
 
-- The "For non-managed applications only" option permits users to install only those programs that a system administrator assigns (offers on the desktop) or publishes (adds them to Add or Remove Programs). This is the default behavior of Windows Installer on Windows Server 2003 family when the policy is not configured.
+- The "For non-managed applications only" option permits users to install only those programs that a system administrator assigns (offers on the desktop) or publishes (adds them to Add or Remove Programs). This option's induced behavior is the default behavior of Windows Installer on Windows Server 2003 family when the policy isn't configured.
 
 - The "Always" option indicates that Windows Installer is disabled.
 
-This policy setting affects Windows Installer only. It does not prevent users from using other methods to install and upgrade programs.
+This policy setting affects Windows Installer only. It doesn't prevent users from using other methods to install and upgrade programs.
 
 
 
@@ -537,11 +537,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents users from installing any programs from removable media.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, if a user tries to install a program from removable media, such as CD-ROMs, floppy disks, and DVDs, a message appears stating that the feature cannot be found.
+If you enable this policy setting, if a user tries to install a program from removable media, such as CD-ROMs, floppy disks, and DVDs, a message appears stating that the feature can't be found.
 
 This policy setting applies even when the installation is running in the user's security context.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can install from removable media when the installation is running in their own security context, but only system administrators can use removable media when an installation is running with elevated system privileges, such as installations offered on the desktop or in Add or Remove Programs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can install from removable media when the installation is running in their own security context, but only system administrators can use removable media when an installation is running with elevated system privileges, such as installations offered on the desktop or in Add or Remove Programs.
 
 Also, see the "Enable user to use media source while elevated" and "Hide the 'Add a program from CD-ROM or floppy disk' option" policy settings.
 
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, users are prevented from using Windows Instal
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting applies only to installations that run in the user's security context.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, users who are not system administrators cannot apply patches to installations that run with elevated system privileges, such as those offered on the desktop or in Add or Remove Programs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, users who aren't system administrators can't apply patches to installations that run with elevated system privileges, such as those offered on the desktop or in Add or Remove Programs.
 
 Also, see the "Enable user to patch elevated products" policy setting.
 
@@ -640,11 +640,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prohibits Windows Installer from generating and saving the files it needs to reverse an interrupted or unsuccessful installation.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Installer is prevented from recording the original state of the system and sequence of changes it makes during installation. It also prevents Windows Installer from retaining files it intends to delete later. As a result, Windows Installer cannot restore the computer to its original state if the installation does not complete.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Installer is prevented from recording the original state of the system and sequence of changes it makes during installation. It also prevents Windows Installer from retaining files it intends to delete later. As a result, Windows Installer can't restore the computer to its original state if the installation doesn't complete.
 
-This policy setting is designed to reduce the amount of temporary disk space required to install programs. Also, it prevents malicious users from interrupting an installation to gather data about the internal state of the computer or to search secure system files. However, because an incomplete installation can render the system or a program inoperable, do not use this policy setting unless it is essential.
+This policy setting is designed to reduce the amount of temporary disk space required to install programs. Also, it prevents malicious users from interrupting an installation to gather data about the internal state of the computer or to search secure system files. However, because an incomplete installation can render the system or a program inoperable, don't use this policy setting unless it's essential.
 
-This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If the policy setting is enabled in either folder, it is considered be enabled, even if it is explicitly disabled in the other folder.
+This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If the policy setting is enabled in either folder, it's considered to be enabled, even if it's explicitly disabled in the other folder.
 
 
 
@@ -688,11 +688,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prohibits Windows Installer from generating and saving the files it needs to reverse an interrupted or unsuccessful installation.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Installer is prevented from recording the original state of the system and sequence of changes it makes during installation. It also prevents Windows Installer from retaining files it intends to delete later. As a result, Windows Installer cannot restore the computer to its original state if the installation does not complete.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Installer is prevented from recording the original state of the system and sequence of changes it makes during installation. It also prevents Windows Installer from retaining files it intends to delete later. As a result, Windows Installer can't restore the computer to its original state if the installation doesn't complete.
 
-This policy setting is designed to reduce the amount of temporary disk space required to install programs. Also, it prevents malicious users from interrupting an installation to gather data about the internal state of the computer or to search secure system files. However, because an incomplete installation can render the system or a program inoperable, do not use this policy setting unless it is essential.
+This policy setting is designed to reduce the amount of temporary disk space required to install programs. Also, it prevents malicious users from interrupting an installation to gather data about the internal state of the computer or to search secure system files. However, because an incomplete installation can render the system or a program inoperable, don't use this policy setting unless it's essential.
 
-This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If the policy setting is enabled in either folder, it is considered be enabled, even if it is explicitly disabled in the other folder.
+This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If the policy setting is enabled in either folder, it's considered to be enabled, even if it's explicitly disabled in the other folder.
 
 
 
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ This policy setting controls the ability to turn off shared components.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, no packages on the system get the shared component functionality enabled by the msidbComponentAttributesShared attribute in the Component Table.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, the shared component functionality is allowed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, the shared component functionality is allowed.
 
 
 
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ When you enable this policy setting, you can specify the types of events you wan
 
 To disable logging, delete all of the letters from the box.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Installer logs the default event types, represented by the letters "iweap."
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Installer logs the default event types, represented by the letters "iweap."
 
 
 
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ Non-administrator updates provide a mechanism for the author of an application t
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only administrators or users with administrative privileges can apply updates to Windows Installer based applications.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users without administrative privileges can install non-administrator updates.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users without administrative privileges can install non-administrator updates.
 
 
 
@@ -884,11 +884,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls the ability for users or administrators to remove Windows Installer based updates.
 
-This policy setting should be used if you need to maintain a tight control over updates. One example is a lockdown environment where you want to ensure that updates once installed cannot be removed by users or administrators.
+This policy setting should be used if you need to maintain a tight control over updates. One example is a lockdown environment where you want to ensure that updates once installed can't be removed by users or administrators.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, updates cannot be removed from the computer by a user or an administrator. The Windows Installer can still remove an update that is no longer applicable to the product.
+If you enable this policy setting, updates can't be removed from the computer by a user or an administrator. The Windows Installer can still remove an update that is no longer applicable to the product.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, a user can remove an update from the computer only if the user has been granted privileges to remove the update. This can depend on whether the user is an administrator, whether "Disable Windows Installer" and "Always install with elevated privileges" policy settings are set, and whether the update was installed in a per-user managed, per-user unmanaged, or per-machine context."
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, a user can remove an update from the computer only if the user has been granted privileges to remove the update. This grant of privileges can depend on whether the user is an administrator, whether "Disable Windows Installer" and "Always install with elevated privileges" policy settings are set, and whether the update was installed in a per-user managed, per-user unmanaged, or per-machine context."
 
 
 
@@ -932,11 +932,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting prevents Windows Installer from creating a System Restore checkpoint each time an application is installed. System Restore enables users, in the event of a problem, to restore their computers to a previous state without losing personal data files.
+This policy setting prevents Windows Installer from creating a System Restore checkpoint each time an application is installed. System Restore enables users - when a problem occurs - to restore their computers to a previous state without losing personal data files.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Windows Installer does not generate System Restore checkpoints when installing applications.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Windows Installer doesn't generate System Restore checkpoints when installing applications.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, the Windows Installer automatically creates a System Restore checkpoint each time an application is installed, so that users can restore their computer to the state it was in before installing the application.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, the Windows Installer automatically creates a System Restore checkpoint each time an application is installed, so that users can restore their computer to the state it was in before installing the application.
 
 
 
@@ -982,9 +982,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure user installs. To configure this policy setting, set it to enabled and use the drop-down list to select the behavior you want.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, or if the policy setting is enabled and "Allow User Installs" is selected, the installer allows and makes use of products that are installed per user, and products that are installed per computer. If the installer finds a per-user install of an application, this hides a per-computer installation of that same product.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, or if the policy setting is enabled and "Allow User Installs" is selected, the installer allows and makes use of products that are installed per user, and products that are installed per computer. If the installer finds a per-user install of an application, the per-computer installation of that same product is hidden.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and "Hide User Installs" is selected, the installer ignores per-user applications. This causes a per-computer installed application to be visible to users, even if those users have a per-user install of the product registered in their user profile.
+If you enable this policy setting and "Hide User Installs" is selected, the installer ignores per-user applications. This behavior of the installer causes a per-computer installed application to be visible to users, even if those users have a per-user install of the product registered in their user profile.
 
 
 
@@ -1030,15 +1030,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting causes the Windows Installer to enforce strict rules for component upgrades.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, strict upgrade rules will be enforced by the Windows Installer which may cause some upgrades to fail. Upgrades can fail if they attempt to do one of the following:
+If you enable this policy setting, strict upgrade rules will be enforced by the Windows Installer, which may cause some upgrades to fail. Upgrades can fail if they attempt to do one of the following steps:
 
 (1) Remove a component from a feature.
-This can also occur if you change the GUID of a component. The component identified by the original GUID appears to be removed and the component as identified by the new GUID appears as a new component.
+This removal can also occur if you change the GUID of a component. The component identified by the original GUID appears to be removed and the component as identified by the new GUID appears as a new component.
 
 (2) Add a new feature to the top or middle of an existing feature tree.
 The new feature must be added as a new leaf feature to an existing feature tree.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Windows Installer will use less restrictive rules for component upgrades.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Windows Installer will use less restrictive rules for component upgrades.
 
 
 
@@ -1085,13 +1085,13 @@ This policy controls the percentage of disk space available to the Windows Insta
 
 The Windows Installer uses the baseline file cache to save baseline files modified by binary delta difference updates. The cache is used to retrieve the baseline file for future updates. The cache eliminates user prompts for source media when new updates are applied.
 
-If you enable this policy setting you can modify the maximum size of the Windows Installer baseline file cache.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can modify the maximum size of the Windows Installer baseline file cache.
 
 If you set the baseline cache size to 0, the Windows Installer will stop populating the baseline cache for new updates. The existing cached files will remain on disk and will be deleted when the product is removed.
 
 If you set the baseline cache to 100, the Windows Installer will use available free space for the baseline file cache.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Windows Installer will uses a default value of 10 percent for the baseline file cache maximum size.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Windows Installer will use a default value of 10 percent for the baseline file cache maximum size.
 
 
 
@@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ This policy setting controls the ability to prevent embedded UI.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, no packages on the system can run embedded UI.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, embedded UI is allowed to run.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, embedded UI is allowed to run.
 
 
 
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows Web-based programs to install software on the computer without notifying the user.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, when a script hosted by an Internet browser tries to install a program on the system, the system warns users and allows them to select or refuse the installation.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, when a script hosted by an Internet browser tries to install a program on the system, the system warns users and allows them to select or refuse the installation.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the warning is suppressed and allows the installation to proceed.
 
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the order in which Windows Installer searches for installation files.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, the Windows Installer searches the network first, then removable media (floppy drive, CD-ROM, or DVD), and finally, the Internet (URL).
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, the Windows Installer searches the network first, then removable media (floppy drive, CD-ROM, or DVD), and finally, the Internet (URL).
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can change the search order by specifying the letters representing each file source in the order that you want Windows Installer to search:
 
@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ Transform files consist of instructions to modify or customize a program during
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the transform file is saved in a secure location on the user's computer.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting on Windows Server 2003, Windows Installer requires the transform file in order to repeat an installation in which the transform file was used, therefore, the user must be using the same computer or be connected to the original or identical media to reinstall, remove, or repair the installation.
+If you don't configure this policy setting on Windows Server 2003, Windows Installer requires the transform file in order to repeat an installation in which the transform file was used, therefore, the user must be using the same computer or be connected to the original or identical media to reinstall, remove, or repair the installation.
 
 This policy setting is designed for enterprises to prevent unauthorized or malicious editing of transform files.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msifilerecovery.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msifilerecovery.md
index 7eb8878caf..2d23267cbd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msifilerecovery.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-msifilerecovery.md
@@ -62,19 +62,19 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure the recovery behavior for corrupted MSI files to one of three states:  
 
-- Prompt for Resolution: Detection, troubleshooting, and recovery of corrupted MSI applications will be turned on. Windows will prompt the user with a dialog-box when application reinstallation is required. 
-This is the default recovery behavior on Windows client.  
+- Prompt for Resolution: Detection, troubleshooting, and recovery of corrupted MSI applications will be turned on. Windows will prompt the user with a dialog-box when application reinstallation is required.
+This behavior is the default recovery behavior on Windows client.  
 
-- Silent: Detection, troubleshooting, and notification of MSI application to reinstall will occur with no UI. Windows will log an event when corruption is determined and will suggest the application that should be re-installed. This behavior is recommended for headless operation and is the default recovery behavior on Windows server.  
+- Silent: Detection, troubleshooting, and notification of MSI application to reinstall will occur with no UI. Windows will log an event when corruption is determined and will suggest the application that should be reinstalled. This behavior is recommended for headless operation and is the default recovery behavior on Windows server.  
 
 - Troubleshooting Only: Detection and verification of file corruption will be performed without UI.  
-Recovery is not attempted.  
+Recovery isn't attempted.  
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, the recovery behavior for corrupted files is set to either the Prompt For Resolution (default on Windows client), Silent (default on Windows server), or Troubleshooting Only.  
 
 - If you disable this policy setting, the troubleshooting and recovery behavior for corrupted files will be disabled. No troubleshooting or resolution will be attempted.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the recovery behavior for corrupted files will be set to the default recovery behavior. No system or service restarts are required for changes to this policy setting to take immediate effect after a Group Policy refresh.  
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the recovery behavior for corrupted files will be set to the default recovery behavior. No system or service restarts are required for changes to this policy setting to take immediate effect after a Group Policy refresh.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting will take effect only when the Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, system file recovery will not be attempted. The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-nca.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-nca.md
index 78826d464b..4a0b0ee3ae 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-nca.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-nca.md
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ Each string can be one of the following types:
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > At least one of the entries must be a PING: resource.
-> -	A Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that NCA queries with a Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) request. The contents of the web page do not matter. The syntax is “HTTP:” followed by a URL. The host portion of the URL must resolve to an IPv6 address of a Web server or contain an IPv6 address. Examples: HTTP:http://myserver.corp.contoso.com/ or HTTP:http://2002:836b:1::1/.
-> -	A Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path to a file that NCA checks for existence. The contents of the file do not matter. The syntax is “FILE:” followed by a UNC path. The ComputerName portion of the UNC path must resolve to an IPv6 address or contain an IPv6 address. Examples: FILE:\\myserver\myshare\test.txt or FILE:\\2002:836b:1::1\myshare\test.txt.
+> -	A Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that NCA queries with a Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) request. The contents of the web page don't matter. The syntax is “HTTP:” followed by a URL. The host portion of the URL must resolve to an IPv6 address of a Web server or contain an IPv6 address. Examples: HTTP:http://myserver.corp.contoso.com/ or HTTP:http://2002:836b:1::1/.
+> -	A Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path to a file that NCA checks for existence. The contents of the file don't matter. The syntax is “FILE:” followed by a UNC path. The ComputerName portion of the UNC path must resolve to an IPv6 address or contain an IPv6 address. Examples: FILE:\\myserver\myshare\test.txt or FILE:\\2002:836b:1::1\myshare\test.txt.
 
 You must configure this setting to have complete NCA functionality.
 
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the string that appears for DirectAccess connectivity when the user clicks the Networking notification area icon. For example, you can specify “Contoso Intranet Access” for the DirectAccess clients of the Contoso Corporation.
 
-If this setting is not configured, the string that appears for DirectAccess connectivity is “Corporate Connection”.
+If this setting isn't configured, the string that appears for DirectAccess connectivity is “Corporate Connection”.
 
 
 
@@ -273,16 +273,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether the user has Connect and Disconnect options for the DirectAccess entry when the user clicks the Networking notification area icon.
 
-If the user clicks the Disconnect option, NCA removes the DirectAccess rules from the Name Resolution Policy Table (NRPT) and the DirectAccess client computer uses whatever normal name resolution is available to the client computer in its current network configuration, including sending all DNS queries to the local intranet or Internet DNS servers. Note that NCA does not remove the existing IPsec tunnels and users can still access intranet resources across the DirectAccess server by specifying IPv6 addresses rather than names.
+If the user clicks the Disconnect option, NCA removes the DirectAccess rules from the Name Resolution Policy Table (NRPT) and the DirectAccess client computer uses whatever normal name resolution is available to the client computer in its current network configuration, including sending all DNS queries to the local intranet or Internet DNS servers. NCA doesn't remove the existing IPsec tunnels and users can still access intranet resources across the DirectAccess server by specifying IPv6 addresses rather than names.
 
-The ability to disconnect allows users to specify single-label, unqualified names (such as “PRINTSVR”) for local resources when connected to a different intranet and for temporary access to intranet resources when network location detection has not correctly determined that the DirectAccess client computer is connected to its own intranet.
+The ability to disconnect allows users to specify single-label, unqualified names (such as “PRINTSVR”) for local resources when connected to a different intranet and for temporary access to intranet resources when network location detection hasn't correctly determined that the DirectAccess client computer is connected to its own intranet.
 
 To restore the DirectAccess rules to the NRPT and resume normal DirectAccess functionality, the user clicks Connect.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If the DirectAccess client computer is on the intranet and has correctly determined its network location, the Disconnect option has no effect because the rules for DirectAccess are already removed from the NRPT.
 
-If this setting is not configured, users do not have Connect or Disconnect options.
+If this setting isn't configured, users don't have Connect or Disconnect options.
 
 
 
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether NCA service runs in Passive Mode or not.
 
-Set this to Disabled to keep NCA probing actively all the time. If this setting is not configured, NCA probing is in active mode by default.
+Set this policy setting to Disabled to keep NCA probing actively all the time. If this setting isn't configured, NCA probing is in active mode by default.
 
 
 
@@ -369,9 +369,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether an entry for DirectAccess connectivity appears when the user clicks the Networking notification area icon.
 
-Set this to Disabled to prevent user confusion when you are just using DirectAccess to remotely manage DirectAccess client computers from your intranet and not providing seamless intranet access. 
+Set this policy setting to Disabled to prevent user confusion when you're just using DirectAccess to remotely manage DirectAccess client computers from your intranet and not providing seamless intranet access. 
 
-If this setting is not configured, the entry for DirectAccess connectivity appears.
+If this setting isn't configured, the entry for DirectAccess connectivity appears.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-netlogon.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-netlogon.md
index 2b5699063f..4527aa2946 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-netlogon.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-netlogon.md
@@ -162,19 +162,19 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting configures how a domain controller (DC) behaves when responding to a client whose IP address does not map to any configured site.
+This policy setting configures how a domain controller (DC) behaves when responding to a client whose IP address doesn't map to any configured site.
 
-Domain controllers use the client IP address during a DC locator ping request to compute which Active Directory site the client belongs to. If no site mapping can be computed, the DC may do an address lookup on the client network name to discover other IP addresses which may then be used to compute a matching site for the client. 
+Domain controllers use the client IP address during a DC locator ping request to compute which Active Directory site the client belongs to. If no site mapping can be computed, the DC may do an address lookup on the client network name to discover other IP addresses that may then be used to compute a matching site for the client.
 
 The allowable values for this setting result in the following behaviors:
 
 - 0 - DCs will never perform address lookups.
-- 1 - DCs will perform an exhaustive address lookup to discover additional client IP addresses.
-- 2 - DCs will perform a fast, DNS-only address lookup to discover additional client IP addresses.
+- 1 - DCs will perform an exhaustive address lookup to discover more client IP addresses.
+- 2 - DCs will perform a fast, DNS-only address lookup to discover more client IP addresses.
 
 To specify this behavior in the DC Locator DNS SRV records, click Enabled, and then enter a value. The range of values is from 0 to 2.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ This policy setting determines the type of IP address that is returned for a dom
 
 By default, DC Locator APIs can return IPv4/IPv6 DC address. But if some applications are broken due to the returned IPv6 DC address, this policy can be used to disable the default behavior and enforce to return only IPv4 DC address. Once applications are fixed, this policy can be used to enable the default behavior.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, DC Locator APIs can return IPv4/IPv6 DC address. This is the default behavior of the DC Locator.
+If you enable this policy setting, DC Locator APIs can return IPv4/IPv6 DC address. This behavior is the default behavior of the DC Locator.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, DC Locator APIs will ONLY return IPv4 DC address if any. So if the domain controller supports both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, DC Locator APIs will return IPv4 address. But if the domain controller supports only IPv6 address, then DC Locator APIs will fail.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, DC Locator APIs can return IPv4/IPv6 DC address. This is the default behavior of the DC Locator.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, DC Locator APIs can return IPv4/IPv6 DC address. This behavior is the default behavior of the DC Locator.
 
 
 
@@ -268,13 +268,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether the computers to which this setting is applied attempts DNS name resolution of single-label domain names, by appending different registered DNS suffixes, and uses NetBIOS name resolution only if DNS name resolution fails. This policy, including the specified default behavior, is not used if the AllowSingleLabelDnsDomain policy setting is enabled.
+This policy setting specifies whether the computers to which this setting is applied attempts DNS name resolution of single-label domain names, by appending different registered DNS suffixes, and uses NetBIOS name resolution only if DNS name resolution fails. This policy, including the specified default behavior, isn't used if the AllowSingleLabelDnsDomain policy setting is enabled.
 
 By default, when no setting is specified for this policy, the behavior is the same as explicitly enabling this policy, unless the AllowSingleLabelDnsDomain policy setting is enabled.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, when the AllowSingleLabelDnsDomain policy is not enabled, computers to which this policy is applied, will locate a domain controller hosting an Active Directory domain specified with a single-label name, by appending different registered DNS suffixes to perform DNS name resolution. The single-label name is not used without appending DNS suffixes unless the computer is joined to a domain that has a single-label DNS name in the Active Directory forest. NetBIOS name resolution is performed on the single-label name only, in the event that DNS resolution fails.
+If you enable this policy setting, when the AllowSingleLabelDnsDomain policy isn't enabled, computers to which this policy is applied, will locate a domain controller hosting an Active Directory domain specified with a single-label name, by appending different registered DNS suffixes to perform DNS name resolution. The single-label name isn't used without appending DNS suffixes unless the computer is joined to a domain that has a single-label DNS name in the Active Directory forest. NetBIOS name resolution is performed on the single-label name only, if DNS resolution fails.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, when the AllowSingleLabelDnsDomain policy is not enabled, computers to which this policy is applied, will only use NetBIOS name resolution to attempt to locate a domain controller hosting an Active Directory domain specified with a single-label name. The computers will not attempt DNS name resolution in this case, unless the computer is searching for a domain with a single label DNS name to which this computer is joined, in the Active Directory forest.
+If you disable this policy setting, when the AllowSingleLabelDnsDomain policy isn't enabled, computers to which this policy is applied, will only use NetBIOS name resolution to attempt to locate a domain controller hosting an Active Directory domain specified with a single-label name. The computers won't attempt DNS name resolution in this case, unless the computer is searching for a domain with a single label DNS name to which this computer is joined, in the Active Directory forest.
 
 
 
@@ -318,15 +318,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether the Net Logon service will allow the use of older cryptography algorithms that are used in Windows NT 4.0. The cryptography algorithms used in Windows NT 4.0 and earlier are not as secure as newer algorithms used in Windows 2000 or later, including this version of Windows.
+This policy setting controls whether the Net Logon service will allow the use of older cryptography algorithms that are used in Windows NT 4.0. The cryptography algorithms used in Windows NT 4.0 and earlier aren't as secure as newer algorithms used in Windows 2000 or later, including this version of Windows.
 
-By default, Net Logon will not allow the older cryptography algorithms to be used and will not include them in the negotiation of cryptography algorithms. Therefore, computers running Windows NT 4.0 will not be able to establish a connection to this domain controller.
+By default, Net Logon won't allow the older cryptography algorithms to be used and won't include them in the negotiation of cryptography algorithms. Therefore, computers running Windows NT 4.0 won't be able to establish a connection to this domain controller.
  
 If you enable this policy setting, Net Logon will allow the negotiation and use of older cryptography algorithms compatible with Windows NT 4.0. However, using the older algorithms represents a potential security risk.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Net Logon will not allow the negotiation and use of older cryptography algorithms. 
+If you disable this policy setting, Net Logon won't allow the negotiation and use of older cryptography algorithms. 
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Net Logon will not allow the negotiation and use of older cryptography algorithms.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Net Logon won't allow the negotiation and use of older cryptography algorithms.
 
 
 
@@ -370,15 +370,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether the computers to which this setting is applied attempt DNS name resolution of a single-label domain names.
+This policy setting specifies whether the computers to which this setting is applied attempt DNS name resolution of a single-label domain name.
 
 By default, the behavior specified in the AllowDnsSuffixSearch is used. If the AllowDnsSuffixSearch policy is disabled, then NetBIOS name resolution is used exclusively, to locate a domain controller hosting an Active Directory domain specified with a single-label name.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, computers to which this policy is applied will attempt to locate a domain controller hosting an Active Directory domain specified with a single-label name using DNS name resolution.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, computers to which this setting is applied will use the AllowDnsSuffixSearch policy, if it is not disabled or perform NetBIOS name resolution otherwise, to attempt to locate a domain controller that hosts an Active Directory domain specified with a single-label name. the computers will not the DNS name resolution in this case, unless the computer is searching for a domain with a single label DNS name that exists in the Active Directory forest to which this computer is joined.
+If you disable this policy setting, computers to which this setting is applied will use the AllowDnsSuffixSearch policy, if it isn't disabled or perform NetBIOS name resolution otherwise, to attempt to locate a domain controller that hosts an Active Directory domain specified with a single-label name. the computers won't the DNS name resolution in this case, unless the computer is searching for a domain with a single label DNS name that exists in the Active Directory forest to which this computer is joined.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any computers, and computers use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any computers, and computers use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -422,13 +422,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether domain controllers (DC) will dynamically register DC Locator site-specific SRV records for the closest sites where no DC for the same domain exists (or no Global Catalog for the same forest exists). These DNS records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they are used to locate the DC.
+This policy setting determines whether domain controllers (DC) will dynamically register DC Locator site-specific SRV records for the closest sites where no DC for the same domain exists (or no Global Catalog for the same forest exists). These DNS records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they're used to locate the DC.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the DCs to which this setting is applied dynamically register DC Locator site-specific DNS SRV records for the closest sites where no DC for the same domain, or no Global Catalog for the same forest, exists.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the DCs will not register site-specific DC Locator DNS SRV records for any other sites but their own.
+If you disable this policy setting, the DCs won't register site-specific DC Locator DNS SRV records for any other sites but their own.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -474,12 +474,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control the domain controller (DC) location algorithm. By default, the DC location algorithm prefers DNS-based discovery if the DNS domain name is known. If DNS-based discovery fails and the NetBIOS domain name is known, the algorithm then uses NetBIOS-based discovery as a fallback mechanism.
 
-NetBIOS-based discovery uses a WINS server and mailslot messages but does not use site information. Hence it does not ensure that clients will discover the closest DC. It also allows a hub-site client to discover a branch-site DC even if the branch-site DC only registers site-specific DNS records (as recommended). For these reasons, NetBIOS-based discovery is not recommended.
+NetBIOS-based discovery uses a WINS server and mailslot messages but doesn't use site information. Hence it doesn't ensure that clients will discover the closest DC. It also allows a hub-site client to discover a branch-site DC even if the branch-site DC only registers site-specific DNS records (as recommended). For these reasons, NetBIOS-based discovery isn't recommended.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting does not affect NetBIOS-based discovery for DC location if only the NetBIOS domain name is known.
+> This policy setting doesn't affect NetBIOS-based discovery for DC location if only the NetBIOS domain name is known.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, the DC location algorithm does not use NetBIOS-based discovery as a fallback mechanism when DNS-based discovery fails. This is the default behavior.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the DC location algorithm doesn't use NetBIOS-based discovery as a fallback mechanism when DNS-based discovery fails. This behavior is the default behavior.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the DC location algorithm can use NetBIOS-based discovery as a fallback mechanism when DNS based discovery fails.
 
@@ -531,9 +531,9 @@ Contacting the PDC emulator is useful in case the client’s password was recent
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the DCs to which this policy setting applies will attempt to verify a password with the PDC emulator if the DC fails to validate the password.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the DCs will not attempt to verify any passwords with the PDC emulator. 
+If you disable this policy setting, the DCs won't attempt to verify any passwords with the PDC emulator. 
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs.
 
 
 
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ This setting is relevant only to those callers of DsGetDcName that have specifie
 If the value of this setting is less than the value specified in the NegativeCachePeriod subkey, the value in the NegativeCachePeriod subkey is used.
 
 > [!WARNING]
-> If the value for this setting is too large, a client will not attempt to find any DCs that were initially unavailable. If the value set in this setting is very small and the DC is not available, the traffic caused by periodic DC discoveries may be excessive.
+> If the value for this setting is too large, a client won't attempt to find any DCs that were initially unavailable. If the value set in this setting is very small and the DC isn't available, the traffic caused by periodic DC discoveries may be excessive.
 
 
 
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ If the value for this setting is smaller than the value specified for the Initia
 > [!WARNING]
 > If the value for this setting is too large, a client may take very long periods to try to find a DC.
 
-If the value for this setting is too small and the DC is not available, the frequent retries may produce excessive network traffic.
+If the value for this setting is too small and the DC isn't available, the frequent retries may produce excessive network traffic.
 
 
 
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines when a successful DC cache entry is refreshed. This policy setting is applied to caller programs that periodically attempt to locate DCs, and it is applied before  returning the DC information to the caller program. The default value for this setting is infinite (4294967200). The maximum value for this setting is (4294967200), while the maximum that is not treated as infinity is 49 days (49*24*60*60=4233600). Any larger value is treated as infinity. The minimum value for this setting is to always refresh (0).
+This policy setting determines when a successful DC cache entry is refreshed. This policy setting is applied to caller programs that periodically attempt to locate DCs, and it's applied before  returning the DC information to the caller program. The default value for this setting is infinite (4294967200). The maximum value for this setting is (4294967200), while the maximum that isn't treated as infinity is 49 days (49*24*60*60=4233600). Any larger value is treated as infinity. The minimum value for this setting is to always refresh (0).
 
 
 
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting and specify a non-zero value, debug informatio
 
 If you specify zero for this policy setting, the default behavior occurs as described above.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, the default behavior occurs as described above.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, the default behavior occurs as described above.
 
 
 
@@ -834,9 +834,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines which DC Locator DNS records are not registered by the Net Logon service.
+This policy setting determines which DC Locator DNS records aren't registered by the Net Logon service.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, select Enabled and specify a list of space-delimited mnemonics (instructions) for the DC Locator DNS records that will not be registered by the DCs to which this setting is applied.
+If you enable this policy setting, select Enabled and specify a list of space-delimited mnemonics (instructions) for the DC Locator DNS records that won't be registered by the DCs to which this setting is applied.
 
 Select the mnemonics from the following table:
 
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ Select the mnemonics from the following table:
 
 If you disable this policy setting, DCs configured to perform dynamic registration of DC Locator DNS records register all DC Locator DNS resource records.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -912,14 +912,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the Refresh Interval of the DC Locator DNS resource records for DCs to which this setting is applied. These DNS records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service and are used by the DC Locator algorithm to locate the DC. This setting may be applied only to DCs using dynamic update.
 
-DCs configured to perform dynamic registration of the DC Locator DNS resource records periodically reregister their records with DNS servers, even if their records’ data has not changed. If authoritative DNS servers are configured to perform scavenging of the stale records, this reregistration is required to instruct the DNS servers configured to automatically remove (scavenge) stale records that these records are current and should be preserved in the database.
+DCs configured to perform dynamic registration of the DC Locator DNS resource records periodically reregister their records with DNS servers, even if their records’ data hasn't changed. If authoritative DNS servers are configured to perform scavenging of the stale records, this reregistration is required to instruct the DNS servers configured to automatically remove (scavenge) stale records that these records are current and should be preserved in the database.
 
 > [!WARNING]
 > If the DNS resource records are registered in zones with scavenging enabled, the value of this setting should never be longer than the Refresh Interval configured for these zones. Setting the Refresh Interval of the DC Locator DNS records to longer than the Refresh Interval of the DNS zones may result in the undesired deletion of DNS resource records.
 
 To specify the Refresh Interval of the DC records, click Enabled, and then enter a value larger than 1800. This value specifies the Refresh Interval of the DC records in seconds (for example, the value 3600 is 60 minutes).
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ If not configured, domain controllers will default to using their local configur
 
 The default local configuration is enabled.
 
-A reboot is not required for changes to this setting to take effect.
+A reboot isn't required for changes to this setting to take effect.
 
 
 
@@ -1016,11 +1016,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the value for the Time-To-Live (TTL) field in SRV resource records that are registered by the Net Logon service. These DNS records are dynamically registered, and they are used to locate the domain controller (DC).
+This policy setting specifies the value for the Time-To-Live (TTL) field in SRV resource records that are registered by the Net Logon service. These DNS records are dynamically registered, and they're used to locate the domain controller (DC).
 
 To specify the TTL for DC Locator DNS records, click Enabled, and then enter a value in seconds (for example, the value "900" is 15 minutes).
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1063,11 +1063,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the additional time for the computer to wait for the domain controller’s (DC) response when logging on to the network.
+This policy setting specifies the extra time for the computer to wait for the domain controller’s (DC) response when logging on to the network.
 
-To specify the expected dial-up delay at logon, click Enabled, and then enter the desired value in seconds (for example, the value "60" is 1 minute).
+To specify the expected dial-up delay at sign in, click Enabled, and then enter the desired value in seconds (for example, the value "60" is 1 minute).
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any computers, and computers use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any computers, and computers use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1113,13 +1113,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines the interval for when a Force Rediscovery is carried out by DC Locator.
 
-The Domain Controller Locator (DC Locator) service is used by clients to find domain controllers for their Active Directory domain. When DC Locator finds a domain controller, it caches domain controllers to improve the efficiency of the location algorithm. As long as the cached domain controller meets the requirements and is running, DC Locator will continue to return it. If a new domain controller is introduced, existing clients will only discover it when a Force Rediscovery is carried out by DC Locator. To adapt to changes in network conditions DC Locator will by default carry out a Force Rediscovery according to a specific time interval and maintain efficient load-balancing of clients across all available domain controllers in all domains or forests. The default time interval for Force Rediscovery by DC Locator is 12 hours. Force Rediscovery can also be triggered if a call to DC Locator uses the DS_FORCE_REDISCOVERY flag. Rediscovery resets the timer on the cached domain controller entries.
+The Domain Controller Locator (DC Locator) service is used by clients to find domain controllers for their Active Directory domain. When DC Locator finds a domain controller, it caches domain controllers to improve the efficiency of the location algorithm. As long as the cached domain controller meets the requirements and is running, DC Locator will continue to return it. If a new domain controller is introduced, existing clients will only discover it when a Force Rediscovery is carried out by DC Locator. To adapt to changes in network conditions, DC Locator will, by default, carry out a Force Rediscovery according to a specific time interval and maintain efficient load-balancing of clients across all available domain controllers in all domains or forests. The default time interval for Force Rediscovery by DC Locator is 12 hours. Force Rediscovery can also be triggered if a call to DC Locator uses the DS_FORCE_REDISCOVERY flag. Rediscovery resets the timer on the cached domain controller entries.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, DC Locator on the machine will carry out Force Rediscovery periodically according to the configured time interval. The minimum time interval is 3600 seconds (1 hour) to avoid excessive network traffic from rediscovery. The maximum allowed time interval is 4294967200 seconds, while any value greater than 4294967 seconds (~49 days) will be treated as infinity.
+If you enable this policy setting, DC Locator on the machine will carry out Force Rediscovery periodically according to the configured time interval. The minimum time interval is 3600 seconds (1 hour) to avoid excessive network traffic from rediscovery. The maximum allowed time interval is 4,294,967,200 seconds, while any value greater than 4294967 seconds (~49 days) will be treated as infinity.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, Force Rediscovery will be used by default for the machine at every 12 hour interval.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Force Rediscovery will be used by default for the machine at every 12 hour interval, unless the local machine setting in the registry is a different value.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Force Rediscovery will be used by default for the machine at every 12 hour interval, unless the local machine setting in the registry is a different value.
 
 
 
@@ -1165,11 +1165,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the sites for which the global catalogs (GC) should register site-specific GC locator DNS SRV resource records. These records are registered in addition to the site-specific SRV records registered for the site where the GC resides, and records registered by a GC configured to register GC Locator DNS SRV records for those sites without a GC that are closest to it. 
 
-The GC Locator DNS records and the site-specific SRV records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they are used to locate the GC. An Active Directory site is one or more well-connected TCP/IP subnets that allow administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication. A GC is a domain controller that contains a partial replica of every domain in Active Directory.
+The GC Locator DNS records and the site-specific SRV records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they're used to locate the GC. An Active Directory site is one or more well-connected TCP/IP subnets that allow administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication. A GC is a domain controller that contains a partial replica of every domain in Active Directory.
 
 To specify the sites covered by the GC Locator DNS SRV records, click Enabled, and enter the sites' names in a space-delimited format.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any GCs, and GCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any GCs, and GCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1218,11 +1218,11 @@ This policy setting allows you to control the processing of incoming mailslot me
 > [!NOTE]
 > To locate a remote DC based on its NetBIOS (single-label) domain name, DC Locator first gets the list of DCs from a WINS server that is configured in its local client settings. DC Locator then sends a mailslot message to each remote DC to get more information. DC location succeeds only if a remote DC responds to the mailslot message.
 
-This policy setting is recommended to reduce the attack surface on a DC, and can be used in an environment without WINS, in an IPv6-only environment, and whenever DC location based on a NetBIOS domain name is not required. This policy setting does not affect DC location based on DNS names.
+This policy setting is recommended to reduce the attack surface on a DC, and can be used in an environment without WINS, in an IPv6-only environment, and whenever DC location based on a NetBIOS domain name isn't required. This policy setting doesn't affect DC location based on DNS names.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, this DC does not process incoming mailslot messages that are used for NetBIOS domain name based DC location.
+If you enable this policy setting, this DC doesn't process incoming mailslot messages that are used for NetBIOS domain name based DC location.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, this DC processes incoming mailslot messages. This is the default behavior of DC Locator.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, this DC processes incoming mailslot messages. This hevaior is the default behavior of DC Locator.
 
 
 
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ The Priority field in the SRV record sets the preference for target hosts (speci
 
 To specify the Priority in the DC Locator DNS SRV resource records, click Enabled, and then enter a value. The range of values is from 0 to 65535.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1316,13 +1316,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the Weight field in the SRV resource records registered by the domain controllers (DC) to which this setting is applied. These DNS records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they are used to locate the DC.
+This policy setting specifies the Weight field in the SRV resource records registered by the domain controllers (DC) to which this setting is applied. These DNS records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they're used to locate the DC.
 
 The Weight field in the SRV record can be used in addition to the Priority value to provide a load-balancing mechanism where multiple servers are specified in the SRV records Target field and are all set to the same priority. The probability with which the DNS client randomly selects the target host to be contacted is proportional to the Weight field value in the SRV record.
 
 To specify the Weight in the DC Locator DNS SRV records, click Enabled, and then enter a value. The range of values is from 0 to 65535.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1368,9 +1368,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the maximum size in bytes of the log file netlogon.log in the directory %windir%\debug when logging is enabled.
 
-By default, the maximum size of the log file is 20MB. If you enable this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file is set to the specified size.  Once this size is reached the log file is saved to netlogon.bak and netlogon.log is truncated. A reasonable value based on available storage should be specified.
+By default, the maximum size of the log file is 20 MB. If you enable this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file is set to the specified size.  Once this size is reached, the log file is saved to netlogon.bak and netlogon.log is truncated. A reasonable value based on available storage should be specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior occurs as indicated above.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior occurs as indicated above.
 
 
 
@@ -1416,11 +1416,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the sites for which the domain controllers (DC) that host the application directory partition should register the site-specific, application directory partition-specific DC Locator DNS SRV resource records. These records are registered in addition to the site-specific SRV records registered for the site where the DC resides, and records registered by a DC configured to register DC Locator DNS SRV records for those sites without a DC that are closest to it. 
 
-The application directory partition DC Locator DNS records and the site-specific SRV records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they are used to locate the application directory partition-specific DC. An Active Directory site is one or more well-connected TCP/IP subnets that allow administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication.
+The application directory partition DC Locator DNS records and the site-specific SRV records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they're used to locate the application directory partition-specific DC. An Active Directory site is one or more well-connected TCP/IP subnets that allow administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication.
 
 To specify the sites covered by the DC Locator application directory partition-specific DNS SRV records, click Enabled, and then enter the site names in a space-delimited format.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1464,12 +1464,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the amount of time (in seconds) the DC locator remembers that a domain controller (DC) could not be found in a domain. When a subsequent attempt to locate the DC occurs within the time set in this setting, DC Discovery immediately fails, without attempting to find the DC.
+This policy setting specifies the amount of time (in seconds) the DC locator remembers that a domain controller (DC) couldn't be found in a domain. When a subsequent attempt to locate the DC occurs within the time set in this setting, DC Discovery immediately fails, without attempting to find the DC.
 
 The default value for this setting is 45 seconds. The maximum value for this setting is 7 days (7*24*60*60). The minimum value for this setting is 0.
 
 > [!WARNING]
-> If the value for this setting is too large, a client will not attempt to find any DCs that were initially unavailable. If the value for this setting is too small, clients will attempt to find DCs even when none are available.
+> If the value for this setting is too large, a client won't attempt to find any DCs that were initially unavailable. If the value for this setting is too small, clients will attempt to find DCs even when none are available.
 
 
 
@@ -1517,14 +1517,14 @@ This policy setting controls whether or not the Netlogon share created by the Ne
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Netlogon share will honor file sharing semantics that grant requests for exclusive read access to files on the share even when the caller has only read permission.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Netlogon share will grant shared read access to files on the share when exclusive access is requested and the caller has only read permission.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Netlogon share will grant shared read access to files on the share when exclusive access is requested and the caller has only read permission.
 
 By default, the Netlogon share will grant shared read access to files on the share when exclusive access is requested.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The Netlogon share is a share created by the Net Logon service for use by client machines in the domain. The default behavior of the Netlogon share ensures that no application with only read permission to files on the Netlogon share can lock the files by requesting exclusive read access, which might prevent Group Policy settings from being updated on clients in the domain. When this setting is enabled, an application that relies on the ability to lock files on the Netlogon share with only read permission will be able to deny Group Policy clients from reading the files, and in general the availability of the Netlogon share on the domain will be decreased.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, domain administrators should ensure that the only applications using the exclusive read capability in the domain are those approved by the administrator.
+If you enable this policy setting, domain administrators should ensure that the only applications using the exclusive read capability in the domain are those applications approved by the administrator.
 
 
 
@@ -1568,9 +1568,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines when a successful DC cache entry is refreshed. This policy setting is applied to caller programs that do not periodically attempt to locate DCs, and it is applied before the returning the DC information to the caller program. This policy setting is relevant to only those callers of DsGetDcName that have not specified the DS_BACKGROUND_ONLY flag.
+This policy setting determines when a successful DC cache entry is refreshed. This policy setting is applied to caller programs that don't periodically attempt to locate DCs, and it's applied before the returning the DC information to the caller program. This policy setting is relevant to only those callers of DsGetDcName that haven't specified the DS_BACKGROUND_ONLY flag.
 
-The default value for this setting is 30 minutes (1800). The maximum value for this setting is (4294967200), while the maximum that is not treated as infinity is 49 days (49*24*60*60=4233600). Any larger value will be treated as infinity. The minimum value for this setting is to always refresh (0).
+The default value for this setting is 30 minutes (1800). The maximum value for this setting is (4294967200), while the maximum that isn't treated as infinity is 49 days (49*24*60*60=4233600). Any larger value will be treated as infinity. The minimum value for this setting is to always refresh (0).
 
 
 
@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting configures whether the computers to which this setting is applied are more aggressive when trying to locate a domain controller (DC).
 
-When an environment has a large number of DCs running both old and new operating systems, the default DC locator discovery behavior may be insufficient to find DCs running a newer operating system.  This policy setting can be enabled to configure DC locator to be more aggressive about trying to locate a DC in such an environment, by pinging DCs at a higher frequency.  Enabling this setting may result in additional network traffic and increased load on DCs.  You should disable this setting once all DCs are running the same OS version.
+When an environment has a large number of DCs running both old and new operating systems, the default DC locator discovery behavior may be insufficient to find DCs running a newer operating system. This policy setting can be enabled to configure DC locator to be more aggressive about trying to locate a DC in such an environment, by pinging DCs at a higher frequency. Enabling this setting may result in more network traffic and increased load on DCs. You should disable this setting once all DCs are running the same OS version.
 
 The allowable values for this setting result in the following behaviors:
 
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ The allowable values for this setting result in the following behaviors:
 
 To specify this behavior, click Enabled and then enter a value. The range of values is from 1 to 2.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any computers, and computers use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any computers, and computers use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1673,11 +1673,11 @@ This policy setting determines the interval at which Netlogon performs the follo
 
 - Checks if a password on a secure channel needs to be modified, and modifies it if necessary.
 
-- On the domain controllers (DC), discovers a DC that has not been discovered.
+- On the domain controllers (DC), discovers a DC that hasn't been discovered.
 
 - On the PDC, attempts to add the ``[1B] NetBIOS name if it hasn’t already been successfully added.
 
-None of these operations are critical. 15 minutes is optimal in all but extreme cases. For instance, if a DC is separated from a trusted domain by an expensive (e.g., ISDN) line, this parameter might be adjusted upward to avoid frequent automatic discovery of DCs in a trusted domain.
+None of these operations are critical. 15 minutes is optimal in all but extreme cases. For instance, if a DC is separated from a trusted domain by an expensive (for example, ISDN) line, this parameter might be adjusted upward to avoid frequent automatic discovery of DCs in a trusted domain.
 
 To enable the setting, click Enabled, and then specify the interval in seconds.
 
@@ -1725,11 +1725,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the sites for which the domain controllers (DC) register the site-specific DC Locator DNS SRV resource records. These records are registered in addition to the site-specific SRV records registered for the site where the DC resides, and records registered by a DC configured to register DC Locator DNS SRV records for those sites without a DC that are closest to it. 
 
-The DC Locator DNS records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they are used to locate the DC. An Active Directory site is one or more well-connected TCP/IP subnets that allow administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication.
+The DC Locator DNS records are dynamically registered by the Net Logon service, and they're used to locate the DC. An Active Directory site is one or more well-connected TCP/IP subnets that allow administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication.
 
 To specify the sites covered by the DC Locator DNS SRV records, click Enabled, and then enter the sites names in a space-delimited format.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1777,9 +1777,9 @@ This policy setting specifies the Active Directory site to which computers belon
 
 An Active Directory site is one or more well-connected TCP/IP subnets that allow administrators to configure Active Directory access and replication.
 
-To specify the site name for this setting, click Enabled, and then enter the site name. When the site to which a computer belongs is not specified, the computer automatically discovers its site from Active Directory.
+To specify the site name for this setting, click Enabled, and then enter the site name. When the site to which a computer belongs isn't specified, the computer automatically discovers its site from Active Directory.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any computers, and computers use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any computers, and computers use their local configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ By default, the SYSVOL share will grant shared read access to files on the share
 > [!NOTE]
 > The SYSVOL share is a share created by the Net Logon service for use by Group Policy clients in the domain. The default behavior of the SYSVOL share ensures that no application with only read permission to files on the sysvol share can lock the files by requesting exclusive read access, which might prevent Group Policy settings from being updated on clients in the domain. When this setting is enabled, an application that relies on the ability to lock files on the SYSVOL share with only read permission will be able to deny Group Policy clients from reading the files, and in general the availability of the SYSVOL share on the domain will be decreased.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, domain administrators should ensure that the only applications using the exclusive read capability in the domain are those approved by the administrator.
+If you enable this policy setting, domain administrators should ensure that the only applications using the exclusive read capability in the domain are those applications approved by the administrator.
 
 
 
@@ -1878,15 +1878,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting enables DC Locator to attempt to locate a DC in the nearest site based on the site link cost if a DC in same the site is not found. In scenarios with multiple sites, failing over to the try next closest site during DC Location streamlines network traffic more effectively.
+This policy setting enables DC Locator to attempt to locate a DC in the nearest site based on the site link cost if a DC in same the site isn't found. In scenarios with multiple sites, failing over to the try next closest site during DC Location streamlines network traffic more effectively.
 
-The DC Locator service is used by clients to find domain controllers for their Active Directory domain. The default behavior for DC Locator is to find a DC in the same site. If none are found in the same site, a DC in another site, which might be several site-hops away, could be returned by DC Locator. Site proximity between two sites is determined by the total site-link cost between them. A site is closer if it has a lower site link cost than another site with a higher site link cost. 
+The DC Locator service is used by clients to find domain controllers for their Active Directory domain. The default behavior for DC Locator is to find a DC in the same site. If none is found in the same site, a DC in another site, which might be several site-hops away, could be returned by DC Locator. Site proximity between two sites is determined by the total site-link cost between them. A site is closer if it has a lower site link cost than another site with a higher site link cost. 
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Try Next Closest Site DC Location will be turned on for the computer.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Try Next Closest Site DC Location will not be used by default for the computer. However, if a DC Locator call is made using the DS_TRY_NEXTCLOSEST_SITE flag explicitly, the Try Next Closest Site behavior is honored.
+If you disable this policy setting, Try Next Closest Site DC Location won't be used by default for the computer. However, if a DC Locator call is made using the DS_TRY_NEXTCLOSEST_SITE flag explicitly, the Try Next Closest Site behavior is honored.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Try Next Closest Site DC Location will not be used by default for the machine. If the DS_TRY_NEXTCLOSEST_SITE flag is used explicitly, the Next Closest Site behavior will be used.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Try Next Closest Site DC Location won't be used by default for the machine. If the DS_TRY_NEXTCLOSEST_SITE flag is used explicitly, the Next Closest Site behavior will be used.
 
 
 
@@ -1934,9 +1934,9 @@ This policy setting determines if dynamic registration of the domain controller
 
 If you enable this policy setting, DCs to which this setting is applied dynamically register DC Locator DNS resource records through dynamic DNS update-enabled network connections.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, DCs will not register DC Locator DNS resource records.
+If you disable this policy setting, DCs won't register DC Locator DNS resource records.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is not applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it isn't applied to any DCs, and DCs use their local configuration.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-networkconnections.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-networkconnections.md
index 70691cee2e..5da60f709b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-networkconnections.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-networkconnections.md
@@ -141,11 +141,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting determines whether administrators can add and remove network components for a LAN or remote access connection. This setting has no effect on nonadministrators.
 
-If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Install and Uninstall buttons for components of connections are disabled, and administrators are not permitted to access network components in the Windows Components Wizard.
+If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Install and Uninstall buttons for components of connections are disabled, and administrators aren't permitted to access network components in the Windows Components Wizard.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Install and Uninstall buttons for components of connections in the Network Connections folder are enabled. Also, administrators can gain access to network components in the Windows Components Wizard.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Install and Uninstall buttons for components of connections in the Network Connections folder are enabled. Also, administrators can gain access to network components in the Windows Components Wizard.
 
 The Install button opens the dialog boxes used to add network components. Clicking the Uninstall button removes the selected component in the components list (above the button).
 
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ The Advanced Settings item lets users view and change bindings and view and chan
 
 If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Advanced Settings item is disabled for administrators.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Advanced Settings item is enabled for administrators.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Advanced Settings item is enabled for administrators.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Nonadministrators are already prohibited from accessing the Advanced Settings dialog box, regardless of this setting.
@@ -251,18 +251,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether users can configure advanced TCP/IP settings.
 
-If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Advanced button on the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box is disabled for all users (including administrators). As a result, users cannot open the Advanced TCP/IP Settings Properties page and modify IP settings, such as DNS and WINS server information.
+If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Advanced button on the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box is disabled for all users (including administrators). As a result, users can't open the Advanced TCP/IP Settings Properties page and modify IP settings, such as DNS and WINS server information.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
 If you disable this setting, the Advanced button is enabled, and all users can open the Advanced TCP/IP Setting dialog box.
 
-This setting is superseded by settings that prohibit access to properties of connections or connection components. When these policies are set to deny access to the connection properties dialog box or Properties button for connection components, users cannot gain access to the Advanced button for TCP/IP configuration.
+This setting is superseded by settings that prohibit access to properties of connections or connection components. When these policies are set to deny access to the connection properties dialog box or Properties button for connection components, users can't gain access to the Advanced button for TCP/IP configuration.
 
-Changing this setting from Enabled to Not Configured does not enable the Advanced button until the user logs off.
+Changing this setting from Enabled to Not Configured doesn't enable the Advanced button until the user signs out.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Nonadministrators (excluding Network Configuration Operators) do not have permission to access TCP/IP advanced configuration for a LAN connection, regardless of this setting.
+> Nonadministrators (excluding Network Configuration Operators) don't have permission to access TCP/IP advanced configuration for a LAN connection, regardless of this setting.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > To open the Advanced TCP/IP Setting dialog box, in the Network Connections folder, right-click a connection icon, and click Properties. For remote access connections, click the Networking tab.  In the "Components checked are used by this connection" box, click Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), click the Properties button, and then click the Advanced button.
@@ -309,11 +309,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting Determines whether administrators can enable and disable the components used by LAN connections.
 
-If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the check boxes for enabling and disabling components are disabled. As a result, administrators cannot enable or disable the components that a connection uses.
+If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the check boxes for enabling and disabling components are disabled. As a result, administrators can't enable or disable the components that a connection uses.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Properties dialog box for a connection includes a check box beside the name of each component that the connection uses. Selecting the check box enables the component, and clearing the check box disables the component.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Properties dialog box for a connection includes a check box beside the name of each component that the connection uses. Selecting the check box enables the component, and clearing the check box disables the component.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > When the "Prohibit access to properties of a LAN connection" setting is enabled, users are blocked from accessing the check boxes for enabling and disabling the components of a LAN connection.
@@ -366,18 +366,18 @@ To create an all-user remote access connection, on the Connection Availability p
 
 If you enable this setting, all users can delete shared remote access connections. In addition, if your file system is NTFS, users need to have Write access to Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\Microsoft\Network\Connections\Pbk to delete a shared remote access connection.
 
-If you disable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), users (including administrators) cannot delete all-user remote access connections. (By default, users can still delete their private connections, but you can change the default by using the "Prohibit deletion of remote access connections" setting.)
+If you disable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), users (including administrators) can't delete all-user remote access connections. (By default, users can still delete their private connections, but you can change the default by using the "Prohibit deletion of remote access connections" setting.)
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can delete all user remote access connections.
+If you don't configure this setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can delete all user remote access connections.
 
-When enabled, the "Prohibit deletion of remote access connections" setting takes precedence over this setting. Users (including administrators) cannot delete any remote access connections, and this setting is ignored.
+When enabled, the "Prohibit deletion of remote access connections" setting takes precedence over this setting. Users (including administrators) can't delete any remote access connections, and this setting is ignored.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> LAN connections are created and deleted automatically by the system when a LAN adapter is installed or removed. You cannot use the Network Connections folder to create or delete a LAN connection.
+> LAN connections are created and deleted automatically by the system when a LAN adapter is installed or removed. You can't use the Network Connections folder to create or delete a LAN connection.
 > 
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -421,20 +421,20 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether users can delete remote access connections.
 
-If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), users (including administrators) cannot delete any remote access connections. This setting also disables the Delete option on the context menu for a remote access connection and on the File menu in the Network Connections folder.
+If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), users (including administrators) can't delete any remote access connections. This setting also disables the Delete option on the context menu for a remote access connection and on the File menu in the Network Connections folder.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, all users can delete their private remote access connections. Private connections are those that are available only to one user. (By default, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can delete connections available to all users, but you can change the default by using the "Ability to delete all user remote access connections" setting.)
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, all users can delete their private remote access connections. Private connections are those connections that are available only to one user. (By default, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can delete connections available to all users, but you can change the default by using the "Ability to delete all user remote access connections" setting.)
 
-When enabled, this setting takes precedence over the "Ability to delete all user remote access connections" setting. Users cannot delete any remote access connections, and the "Ability to delete all user remote access connections" setting is ignored.
+When enabled, this setting takes precedence over the "Ability to delete all user remote access connections" setting. Users can't delete any remote access connections, and the "Ability to delete all user remote access connections" setting is ignored.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> LAN connections are created and deleted automatically when a LAN adapter is installed or removed. You cannot use the Network Connections folder to create or delete a LAN connection.
+> LAN connections are created and deleted automatically when a LAN adapter is installed or removed. You can't use the Network Connections folder to create or delete a LAN connection.
 >
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 > 
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -478,13 +478,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether the Remote Access Preferences item on the Advanced menu in Network Connections folder is enabled.
 
-The Remote Access Preferences item lets users create and change connections before logon and configure automatic dialing and callback features.
+The Remote Access Preferences item lets users create and change connections before signing in and configure automatic dialing and callback features.
 
 If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Remote Access Preferences item is disabled for all users (including administrators).
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Remote Access Preferences item is enabled for all users.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Remote Access Preferences item is enabled for all users.
 
 
 
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ This policy setting specifies whether or not the "local access only" network ico
 
 When enabled, the icon for Internet access will be shown in the system tray even when a user is connected to a network with local access only.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the "local access only" icon will be used when a user is connected to a network with local access only.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the "local access only" icon will be used when a user is connected to a network with local access only.
 
 
 
@@ -576,11 +576,11 @@ This policy setting determines whether settings that existed in Windows 2000 Ser
 
 The set of Network Connections group settings that existed in Windows 2000 Professional also exists in Windows XP Professional. In Windows 2000 Professional, all of these settings had the ability to prohibit the use of certain features from Administrators.
 
-By default, Network Connections group settings in Windows do not have the ability to prohibit the use of features from Administrators.
+By default, Network Connections group settings in Windows don't have the ability to prohibit the use of features from Administrators.
 
 If you enable this setting, the Windows XP settings that existed in Windows 2000 Professional will have the ability to prohibit Administrators from using certain features. These settings are "Ability to rename LAN connections or remote access connections available to all users", "Prohibit access to properties of components of a LAN connection", "Prohibit access to properties of components of a remote access connection", "Ability to access TCP/IP advanced configuration", "Prohibit access to the Advanced Settings Item on the Advanced Menu", "Prohibit adding and removing components for a LAN or remote access connection", "Prohibit access to properties of a LAN connection", "Prohibit Enabling/Disabling components of a LAN connection", "Ability to change properties of an all user remote access connection", "Prohibit changing properties of a private remote access connection", "Prohibit deletion of remote access connections", "Ability to delete all user remote access connections", "Prohibit connecting and disconnecting a remote access connection", "Ability to Enable/Disable a LAN connection", "Prohibit access to the New Connection Wizard", "Prohibit renaming private remote access connections", "Prohibit access to the Remote Access Preferences item on the Advanced menu", "Prohibit viewing of status for an active connection". When this setting is enabled, settings that exist in both Windows 2000 Professional and Windows behave the same for administrators.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, Windows settings that existed in Windows 2000 will not apply to administrators.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, Windows settings that existed in Windows 2000 won't apply to administrators.
 
 
 
@@ -630,9 +630,9 @@ When a remote client computer connects to an internal network using DirectAccess
 
 If you enable this policy setting, all traffic between a remote client computer running DirectAccess and the Internet is routed through the internal network.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, traffic between remote client computers running DirectAccess and the Internet is not routed through the internal network.
+If you disable this policy setting, traffic between remote client computers running DirectAccess and the Internet isn't routed through the internal network.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, traffic between remote client computers running DirectAccess and the Internet is not routed through the internal network.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, traffic between remote client computers running DirectAccess and the Internet isn't routed through the internal network.
 
 
 
@@ -674,11 +674,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to manage whether notifications are shown to the user when a DHCP-configured connection is unable to retrieve an IP address from a DHCP server. This is often signified by the assignment of an automatic private IP address"(i.e. an IP address in the range 169.254.*.*). This indicates that a DHCP server could not be reached or the DHCP server was reached but unable to respond to the request with a valid IP address. By default, a notification is displayed providing the user with information on how the problem can be resolved.
+This policy setting allows you to manage whether notifications are shown to the user when a DHCP-configured connection is unable to retrieve an IP address from a DHCP server. This retrieval failure is often signified by the assignment of an automatic private IP address"(that is, an IP address in the range 169.254.*.*). This assignment indicates that a DHCP server couldn't be reached or the DHCP server was reached but unable to respond to the request with a valid IP address. By default, a notification is displayed providing the user with information on how the problem can be resolved.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, this condition will not be reported as an error to the user.
+If you enable this policy setting, this condition won't be reported as an error to the user.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, a DHCP-configured connection that has not been assigned an IP address will be reported via a notification, providing the user with information as to how the problem can be resolved.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, a DHCP-configured connection that hasn't been assigned an IP address will be reported via a notification, providing the user with information as to how the problem can be resolved.
 
 
 
@@ -726,14 +726,14 @@ This setting determines whether the Properties button for components of a LAN co
 
 If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Properties button is disabled for Administrators. Network Configuration Operators are prohibited from accessing connection components, regardless of the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting does not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting doesn't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Properties button is enabled for administrators and Network Configuration Operators.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Properties button is enabled for administrators and Network Configuration Operators.
 
 The Local Area Connection Properties dialog box includes a list of the network components that the connection uses. To view or change the properties of a component, click the name of the component, and then click the Properties button beneath the component list.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Not all network components have configurable properties. For components that are not configurable, the Properties button is always disabled.
+> Not all network components have configurable properties. For components that aren't configurable, the Properties button is always disabled.
 >
 > When the "Prohibit access to properties of a LAN connection" setting is enabled, users are blocked from accessing the Properties button for LAN connection components.
 >
@@ -787,9 +787,9 @@ If you enable this setting, the Enable and Disable options for LAN connections a
 
 If you disable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), double-clicking the icon has no effect, and the Enable and Disable menu items are disabled for all users (including administrators).
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can enable/disable LAN connections.
+If you don't configure this setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can enable/disable LAN connections.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Administrators can still enable/disable LAN connections from Device Manager when this setting is disabled.
@@ -838,11 +838,11 @@ This policy setting determines whether users can change the properties of a LAN
 
 This setting determines whether the Properties menu item is enabled, and thus, whether the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box is available to users.
 
-If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Properties menu items are disabled for all users, and users cannot open the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box.
+If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Properties menu items are disabled for all users, and users can't open the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, a Properties menu item appears when users right-click the icon representing a LAN connection. Also, when users select the connection, Properties is enabled on the File menu.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, a Properties menu item appears when users right-click the icon representing a LAN connection. Also, when users select the connection, Properties is enabled on the File menu.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting takes precedence over settings that manipulate the availability of features inside the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box. If this setting is enabled, nothing within the properties dialog box for a LAN connection is available to users.
@@ -891,16 +891,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether users can use the New Connection Wizard, which creates new network connections.
 
-If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Make New Connection icon does not appear in the Start Menu on in the Network Connections folder. As a result, users (including administrators) cannot start the New Connection Wizard.
+If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Make New Connection icon doesn't appear in the Start Menu on in the Network Connections folder. As a result, users (including administrators) can't start the New Connection Wizard.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Make New Connection icon appears in the Start menu and in the Network Connections folder for all users. Clicking the Make New Connection icon starts the New Connection Wizard.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Make New Connection icon appears in the Start menu and in the Network Connections folder for all users. Clicking the Make New Connection icon starts the New Connection Wizard.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Changing this setting from Enabled to Not Configured does not restore the Make New Connection icon until the user logs off or on. When other changes to this setting are applied, the icon does not appear or disappear in the Network Connections folder until the folder is refreshed.
+> Changing this setting from Enabled to Not Configured doesn't restore the Make New Connection icon until the user logs off or on. When other changes to this setting are applied, the icon doesn't appear or disappear in the Network Connections folder until the folder is refreshed.
 >
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -947,15 +947,15 @@ This policy setting prohibits use of Internet Connection Firewall on your DNS do
 Determines whether users can enable the Internet Connection Firewall feature on a connection, and if the Internet Connection Firewall service can run on a computer.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> This setting is location aware. It only applies when a computer is connected to the same DNS domain network it was connected to when the setting was refreshed on that computer. If a computer is connected to a DNS domain network other than the one it was connected to when the setting was refreshed, this setting does not apply.
+> This setting is location aware. It only applies when a computer is connected to the same DNS domain network it was connected to when the setting was refreshed on that computer. If a computer is connected to a DNS domain network other than the one it was connected to when the setting was refreshed, this setting doesn't apply.
 
 The Internet Connection Firewall is a stateful packet filter for home and small office users to protect them from Internet network security threats.
 
-If you enable this setting, Internet Connection Firewall cannot be enabled or configured by users (including administrators), and the Internet Connection Firewall service cannot run on the computer. The option to enable the Internet Connection Firewall through the Advanced tab is removed. In addition, the Internet Connection Firewall is not enabled for remote access connections created through the Make New Connection Wizard. The Network Setup Wizard is disabled.
+If you enable this setting, Internet Connection Firewall can't be enabled or configured by users (including administrators), and the Internet Connection Firewall service can't run on the computer. The option to enable the Internet Connection Firewall through the Advanced tab is removed. In addition, the Internet Connection Firewall isn't enabled for remote access connections created through the Make New Connection Wizard. The Network Setup Wizard is disabled.
 
 If you enable the "Windows Firewall: Protect all network connections" policy setting, the "Prohibit use of Internet Connection Firewall on your DNS domain network" policy setting has no effect on computers that are running Windows Firewall, which replaces Internet Connection Firewall when you install Windows XP Service Pack 2.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Internet Connection Firewall is disabled when a LAN Connection or VPN connection is created, but users can use the Advanced tab in the connection properties to enable it. The Internet Connection Firewall is enabled by default on the connection for which Internet Connection Sharing is enabled. In addition, remote access connections created through the Make New Connection Wizard have the Internet Connection Firewall enabled.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Internet Connection Firewall is disabled when a LAN Connection or VPN connection is created, but users can use the Advanced tab in the connection properties to enable it. The Internet Connection Firewall is enabled by default on the connection for which Internet Connection Sharing is enabled. In addition, remote access connections created through the Make New Connection Wizard have the Internet Connection Firewall enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -1005,16 +1005,16 @@ This setting determines whether the Properties menu item is enabled, and thus, w
 
 If you enable this setting, a Properties menu item appears when any user right-clicks the icon for a remote access connection. Also, when any user selects the connection, Properties appears on the File menu.
 
-If you disable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Properties menu items are disabled, and users (including administrators) cannot open the remote access connection properties dialog box.
+If you disable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Properties menu items are disabled, and users (including administrators) can't open the remote access connection properties dialog box.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can change properties of all-user remote access connections.
+If you don't configure this setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can change properties of all-user remote access connections.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting takes precedence over settings that manipulate the availability of features inside the Remote Access Connection Properties dialog box. If this setting is disabled, nothing within the properties dialog box for a remote access connection will be available to users.
 > 
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1062,18 +1062,18 @@ This setting determines whether the Properties button for components used by a p
 
 If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Properties button is disabled for all users (including administrators).
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting does not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting doesn't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Properties button is enabled for all users.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Properties button is enabled for all users.
 
 The Networking tab of the Remote Access Connection Properties dialog box includes a list of the network components that the connection uses. To view or change the properties of a component, click the name of the component, and then click the Properties button beneath the component list.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Not all network components have configurable properties. For components that are not configurable, the Properties button is always disabled.
+> Not all network components have configurable properties. For components that aren't configurable, the Properties button is always disabled.
 >
 > When the "Ability to change properties of an all user remote access connection" or "Prohibit changing properties of a private remote access connection" settings are set to deny access to the Remote Access Connection Properties dialog box, the Properties button for remote access connection components is blocked.
 >
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1119,9 +1119,9 @@ This policy setting determines whether users can connect and disconnect remote a
 
 If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), double-clicking the icon has no effect, and the Connect and Disconnect menu items are disabled for all users (including administrators).
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Connect and Disconnect options for remote access connections are available to all users. Users can connect or disconnect a remote access connection by double-clicking the icon representing the connection, by right-clicking it, or by using the File menu.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Connect and Disconnect options for remote access connections are available to all users. Users can connect or disconnect a remote access connection by double-clicking the icon representing the connection, by right-clicking it, or by using the File menu.
 
 
 
@@ -1171,14 +1171,14 @@ This setting determines whether the Properties menu item is enabled, and thus, w
 
 If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Properties menu items are disabled, and no users (including administrators) can open the Remote Access Connection Properties dialog box for a private connection.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, a Properties menu item appears when any user right-clicks the icon representing a private remote access connection. Also, when any user selects the connection, Properties appears on the File menu.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, a Properties menu item appears when any user right-clicks the icon representing a private remote access connection. Also, when any user selects the connection, Properties appears on the File menu.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting takes precedence over settings that manipulate the availability of features in the Remote Access Connection Properties dialog box. If this setting is enabled, nothing within the properties dialog box for a remote access connection will be available to users.
 >
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1228,14 +1228,14 @@ If you enable this setting, the Rename option is enabled for all-user remote acc
 
 If you disable this setting, the Rename option is disabled for nonadministrators only.
 
-If you do not configure the setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can rename all-user remote access connections.
+If you don't configure the setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can rename all-user remote access connections.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not apply to Administrators.
+> This setting doesn't apply to Administrators.
 
-When the "Ability to rename LAN connections or remote access connections available to all users" setting is configured (set to either Enabled or Disabled), this setting does not apply.
+When the "Ability to rename LAN connections or remote access connections available to all users" setting is configured (set to either Enabled or Disabled), this setting doesn't apply.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1283,14 +1283,14 @@ If you enable this setting, the Rename option is enabled for all users. Users ca
 
 If you disable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Rename option for LAN and all user remote access connections is disabled for all users (including Administrators and Network Configuration Operators).
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If this setting is not configured, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators have the right to rename LAN or all user remote access connections.
+If this setting isn't configured, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators have the right to rename LAN or all user remote access connections.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > When configured, this setting always takes precedence over the "Ability to rename LAN connections" and "Ability to rename all user remote access connections" settings.
 >
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to rename remote access connections.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to rename remote access connections.
 
 
 
@@ -1338,12 +1338,12 @@ If you enable this setting, the Rename option is enabled for LAN connections. No
 
 If you disable this setting, the Rename option is disabled for nonadministrators only.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can rename LAN connections
+If you don't configure this setting, only Administrators and Network Configuration Operators can rename LAN connections
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not apply to Administrators.
+> This setting doesn't apply to Administrators.
 
-When the "Ability to rename LAN connections or remote access connections available to all users" setting is configured (set to either enabled or disabled), this setting does not apply.
+When the "Ability to rename LAN connections or remote access connections available to all users" setting is configured (set to either enabled or disabled), this setting doesn't apply.
 
 
 
@@ -1387,16 +1387,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether users can rename their private remote access connections.
 
-Private connections are those that are available only to one user. To create a private connection, on the Connection Availability page in the New Connection Wizard, click the "Only for myself" option.
+Private connections are those connections that are available only to one user. To create a private connection, on the Connection Availability page in the New Connection Wizard, click the "Only for myself" option.
 
 If you enable this setting (and enable the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" setting), the Rename option is disabled for all users (including administrators).
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the Rename option is enabled for all users' private remote access connections. Users can rename their private connection by clicking an icon representing the connection or by using the File menu.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the Rename option is enabled for all users' private remote access connections. Users can rename their private connection by clicking an icon representing the connection or by using the File menu.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other programs, such as Internet Explorer, to bypass this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1442,9 +1442,9 @@ This policy setting determines whether administrators can enable and configure t
 
 ICS lets administrators configure their system as an Internet gateway for a small network and provides network services, such as name resolution and addressing through DHCP, to the local private network.
 
-If you enable this setting, ICS cannot be enabled or configured by administrators, and the ICS service cannot run on the computer. The Advanced tab in the Properties dialog box for a LAN or remote access connection is removed. The Internet Connection Sharing page is removed from the New Connection Wizard. The Network Setup Wizard is disabled.
+If you enable this setting, ICS can't be enabled or configured by administrators, and the ICS service can't run on the computer. The Advanced tab in the Properties dialog box for a LAN or remote access connection is removed. The Internet Connection Sharing page is removed from the New Connection Wizard. The Network Setup Wizard is disabled.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it and have two or more connections, administrators can enable ICS. The Advanced tab in the properties dialog box for a LAN or remote access connection is available. In addition, the user is presented with the option to enable Internet Connection Sharing in the Network Setup Wizard and Make New Connection Wizard. 
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it and have two or more connections, administrators can enable ICS. The Advanced tab in the properties dialog box for a LAN or remote access connection is available. In addition, the user is presented with the option to enable Internet Connection Sharing in the Network Setup Wizard and Make New Connection Wizard. 
 
 By default, ICS is disabled when you create a remote access connection, but administrators can use the Advanced tab to enable it. When running the New Connection Wizard or Network Setup Wizard, administrators can choose to enable ICS.
 
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ When the "Prohibit access to properties of a LAN connection," "Ability to change
 
 Nonadministrators are already prohibited from configuring Internet Connection Sharing, regardless of this setting.
 
-Disabling this setting does not prevent Wireless Hosted Networking from using the ICS service for DHCP services. To prevent the ICS service from running, on the Network Permissions tab in the network's policy properties, select the "Don't use hosted networks" check box.
+Disabling this setting doesn't prevent Wireless Hosted Networking from using the ICS service for DHCP services. To prevent the ICS service from running, on the Network Permissions tab in the network's policy properties, select the "Don't use hosted networks" check box.
 
 
 
@@ -1501,11 +1501,11 @@ This policy setting determines whether users can view the status for an active c
 
 Connection status is available from the connection status taskbar icon or from the Status dialog box. The Status dialog box displays information about the connection and its activity. It also provides buttons to disconnect and to configure the properties of the connection.
 
-If you enable this setting, the connection status taskbar icon and Status dialog box are not available to users (including administrators). The Status option is disabled in the context menu for the connection and on the File menu in the Network Connections folder. Users cannot choose to show the connection icon in the taskbar from the Connection Properties dialog box.
+If you enable this setting, the connection status taskbar icon and Status dialog box aren't available to users (including administrators). The Status option is disabled in the context menu for the connection and on the File menu in the Network Connections folder. Users can't choose to show the connection icon in the taskbar from the Connection Properties dialog box.
 
-If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting will not apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
+If the "Enable Network Connections settings for Administrators" is disabled or not configured, this setting won't apply to administrators on post-Windows 2000 computers.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the connection status taskbar icon and  Status dialog box are available to all users.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the connection status taskbar icon and  Status dialog box are available to all users.
 
 
 
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ This policy setting determines whether to require domain users to elevate when s
 
 If you enable this policy setting, domain users must elevate when setting a network's location.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, domain users can set a network's location without elevating.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, domain users can set a network's location without elevating.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-offlinefiles.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-offlinefiles.md
index 212028ab92..6a461fb657 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-offlinefiles.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-offlinefiles.md
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting makes subfolders available offline whenever their parent folder is made available offline.
 
-This setting automatically extends the "make available offline" setting to all new and existing subfolders of a folder. Users do not have the option of excluding subfolders.
+This setting automatically extends the "make available offline" setting to all new and existing subfolders of a folder. Users don't have the option of excluding subfolders.
 
 If you enable this setting, when you make a folder available offline, all folders within that folder are also made available offline. Also, new folders that you create within a folder that is available offline are made available offline when the parent folder is synchronized.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the system asks users whether they want subfolders to be made available offline when they make a parent folder available offline.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the system asks users whether they want subfolders to be made available offline when they make a parent folder available offline.
 
 
 
@@ -243,13 +243,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting lists network files and folders that are always available for offline use. This ensures that the specified files and folders are available offline to users of the computer.
+This policy setting lists network files and folders that are always available for offline use. Activation of this policy setting ensures that the specified files and folders are available offline to users of the computer.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the files you enter are always available offline to users of the computer. To specify a file or folder, click Show. In the Show Contents dialog box in the Value Name column, type the fully qualified UNC path to the file or folder. Leave the Value column field blank.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the list of files or folders made always available offline (including those inherited from lower precedence GPOs) is deleted and no files or folders are made available for offline use by Group Policy (though users can still specify their own files and folders for offline use).
+If you disable this policy setting, the list of files or folders made always available offline (including those files or folders inherited from lower precedence GPOs) is deleted and no files or folders are made available for offline use by Group Policy (though users can still specify their own files and folders for offline use).
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no files or folders are made available for offline use by Group Policy.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no files or folders are made available for offline use by Group Policy.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both policy settings are configured, the policy settings will be combined and all specified files will be available for offline use.
@@ -294,13 +294,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting lists network files and folders that are always available for offline use. This ensures that the specified files and folders are available offline to users of the computer.
+This policy setting lists network files and folders that are always available for offline use. Activation of this policy setting ensures that the specified files and folders are available offline to users of the computer.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the files you enter are always available offline to users of the computer. To specify a file or folder, click Show. In the Show Contents dialog box in the Value Name column, type the fully qualified UNC path to the file or folder. Leave the Value column field blank.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the list of files or folders made always available offline (including those inherited from lower precedence GPOs) is deleted and no files or folders are made available for offline use by Group Policy (though users can still specify their own files and folders for offline use).
+If you disable this policy setting, the list of files or folders made always available offline (including those files or folders inherited from lower precedence GPOs) is deleted and no files or folders are made available for offline use by Group Policy (though users can still specify their own files and folders for offline use).
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no files or folders are made available for offline use by Group Policy.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no files or folders are made available for offline use by Group Policy.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both policy settings are configured, the policy settings will be combined and all specified files will be available for offline use.
@@ -345,13 +345,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls when background synchronization occurs while operating in slow-link mode, and applies to any user who logs onto the specified machine while this policy is in effect. To control slow-link mode, use the "Configure slow-link mode" policy setting.
+This policy setting controls when background synchronization occurs while operating in slow-link mode, and applies to any user who signs in to the specified machine while this policy is in effect. To control slow-link mode, use the "Configure slow-link mode" policy setting.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can control when Windows synchronizes in the background while operating in slow-link mode. Use  the 'Sync Interval' and 'Sync Variance' values to override the default sync interval and variance settings. Use 'Blockout Start Time' and 'Blockout Duration' to set a period of time where background sync is disabled. Use the 'Maximum Allowed Time Without A Sync' value to ensure that all  network folders on the machine are synchronized with the server on a regular basis.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can control when Windows synchronizes in the background while operating in slow-link mode. Use  the 'Sync Interval' and 'Sync Variance' values to override the default sync interval and variance settings. Use 'Blockout Start Time' and 'Blockout Duration' to set a period of time where background sync is disabled. Use the 'Maximum Allowed Time Without A Sync' value to ensure that all network folders on the machine are synchronized with the server regularly.
 
 You can also configure Background Sync for network shares that are in user selected Work Offline mode. This mode is in effect when a user selects the Work Offline button for a specific share. When selected, all configured settings will apply to shares in user selected Work Offline mode as well.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows performs a background sync of offline folders in the slow-link mode at a default interval with the start of the sync varying between 0 and 60 additional minutes. In Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, the default sync interval is 360 minutes. In Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012, the default sync interval is 120 minutes.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows performs a background sync of offline folders in the slow-link mode at a default interval, with the start of the sync varying between 0 and 60 extra minutes. In Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, the default sync interval is 360 minutes. In Windows 8 and Windows Server 2012, the default sync interval is 120 minutes.
 
 
 
@@ -393,15 +393,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting limits the amount of disk space that can be used to store offline files. This includes the space used by automatically cached files and files that are specifically made available offline. Files can be automatically cached if the user accesses a file on an automatic caching network share.
+This policy setting limits the volume of disk space that can be used to store offline files. This volume includes the space used by automatically cached files and files that are made available offline. Files can be automatically cached if the user accesses a file on an automatic caching network share.
 
-This setting also disables the ability to adjust, through the Offline Files control panel applet, the disk space limits on the Offline Files cache. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a policy setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the ability to adjust, through the Offline Files control panel applet, the disk space limits on the Offline Files cache. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a policy setting controls it.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the disk space limit (in megabytes) for offline files and also specify how much of that disk space can be used by automatically cached files.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the system limits the space that offline files occupy to 25 percent of the total space on the drive where the Offline Files cache is located.  The limit for automatically cached files is 100 percent of the total disk space limit.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the system limits the space that offline files occupy to 25 percent of the total space on the drive where the Offline Files cache is located. The limit for automatically cached files is 100 percent of the total disk space limit.  However, the users can change these values using the Offline Files control applet.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the system limits the space that offline files occupy to 25 percent of the total space on the drive where the Offline Files cache is located. The limit for automatically cached files is 100 percent of the total disk space limit.  However, the users can change these values using the Offline Files control applet.
 
 If you enable this setting and specify a total size limit greater than the size of the drive hosting the Offline Files cache, and that drive is the system drive, the total size limit is automatically adjusted downward to 75 percent of the size of the drive.  If the cache is located on a drive other than the system drive, the limit is automatically adjusted downward to 100 percent of the size of the drive.
 
@@ -453,17 +453,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether network files remain available if the computer is suddenly disconnected from the server hosting the files.
 
-This setting also disables the "When a network connection is lost" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "When a network connection is lost" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can use the "Action" box to specify how computers in the group respond.
 
 - "Work offline" indicates that the computer can use local copies of network files while the server is inaccessible.
 
-- "Never go offline" indicates that network files are not available while the server is inaccessible.
+- "Never go offline" indicates that network files aren't available while the server is inaccessible.
 
 If you disable this setting or select the "Work offline" option, users can work offline if disconnected.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, users can work offline by default, but they can change this option.
+If you don't configure this setting, users can work offline by default, but they can change this option.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer  Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -514,17 +514,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether network files remain available if the computer is suddenly disconnected from the server hosting the files.
 
-This setting also disables the "When a network connection is lost" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "When a network connection is lost" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can use the "Action" box to specify how computers in the group respond.
 
 - "Work offline" indicates that the computer can use local copies of network files while the server is inaccessible.
 
-- "Never go offline" indicates that network files are not available while the server is inaccessible.
+- "Never go offline" indicates that network files aren't available while the server is inaccessible.
 
 If you disable this setting or select the "Work offline" option, users can work offline if disconnected.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, users can work offline by default, but they can change this option.
+If you don't configure this setting, users can work offline by default, but they can change this option.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer  Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -575,17 +575,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Limits the percentage of the computer's disk space that can be used to store automatically cached offline files.
 
-This setting also disables the "Amount of disk space to use for temporary offline files" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "Amount of disk space to use for temporary offline files" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
 Automatic caching can be set on any network share. When a user opens a file on the share, the system automatically stores a copy of the file on the user's computer.
 
-This setting does not limit the disk space available for files that user's make available offline manually.
+This setting doesn't limit the disk space available for files that user's make available offline manually.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can specify an automatic-cache disk space limit.
 
 If you disable this setting, the system limits the space that automatically cached files occupy to 10 percent of the space on the system drive.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, disk space for automatically cached files is limited to 10 percent of the system drive by default, but users can change it.
+If you don't configure this setting, disk space for automatically cached files is limited to 10 percent of the system drive by default, but users can change it.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > To change the amount of disk space used for automatic caching without specifying a setting, in Windows Explorer, on the Tools menu, click Folder Options, click the Offline Files tab, and then use the slider bar associated with the "Amount of disk space to use for temporary offline files" option.
@@ -630,16 +630,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether the Offline Files feature is enabled. Offline Files saves a copy of network files on the user's computer for use when the computer is not connected to the network.
+This policy setting determines whether the Offline Files feature is enabled. Offline Files saves a copy of network files on the user's computer for use when the computer isn't connected to the network.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Offline Files is enabled and users cannot disable it.
+If you enable this policy setting, Offline Files is enabled and users can't disable it.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Offline Files is disabled and users cannot enable it.
+If you disable this policy setting, Offline Files is disabled and users can't enable it.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Offline Files is enabled on Windows client computers, and disabled on computers running Windows Server, unless changed by the user.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Offline Files is enabled on Windows client computers, and disabled on computers running Windows Server, unless changed by the user.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Changes to this policy setting do not take effect until the affected computer is restarted.
+> Changes to this policy setting don't take effect until the affected computer is restarted.
 
 
 
@@ -685,16 +685,16 @@ This policy setting determines whether offline files are encrypted.
 
 Offline files are locally cached copies of files from a network share. Encrypting this cache reduces the likelihood that a user could access files from the Offline Files cache without proper permissions.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, all files in the Offline Files cache are encrypted.  This includes existing files as well as files added later. The cached copy on the local computer is affected, but the associated network copy is not. The user cannot unencrypt Offline Files through the user interface.
+If you enable this policy setting, all files in the Offline Files cache are encrypted.  These files include existing files and files added later. The cached copy on the local computer is affected, but the associated network copy isn't. The user can't unencrypt Offline Files through the user interface.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, all files in the Offline Files cache are unencrypted. This includes existing files as well as files added later, even if the files were stored using NTFS encryption or BitLocker Drive Encryption while on the server. The cached copy on the local computer is affected, but the associated network copy is not. The user cannot encrypt Offline Files through the user interface.
+If you disable this policy setting, all files in the Offline Files cache are unencrypted. These files include existing files and files added later, even if the files were stored using NTFS encryption or BitLocker Drive Encryption while on the server. The cached copy on the local computer is affected, but the associated network copy isn't. The user can't encrypt Offline Files through the user interface.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, encryption of the Offline Files cache is controlled by the user through the user interface. The current cache state is retained, and if the cache is only partially encrypted, the operation completes so that it is fully encrypted. The cache does not return to the unencrypted state. The user must be an administrator on the local computer to encrypt or decrypt the Offline Files cache.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, encryption of the Offline Files cache is controlled by the user through the user interface. The current cache state is retained, and if the cache is only partially encrypted, the operation completes so that it's fully encrypted. The cache doesn't return to the unencrypted state. The user must be an administrator on the local computer to encrypt or decrypt the Offline Files cache.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > By default, this cache is protected on NTFS partitions by ACLs.
 
-This setting is applied at user logon. If this setting is changed after user logon then user logoff and logon is required for this setting to take effect.
+This setting is applied at user sign in. If this setting is changed after user sign in, then user sign out and sign in is required for this setting to take effect.
 
 
 
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines which events the Offline Files feature records in the event log.
 
-Offline Files records events in the Application log in Event Viewer when it detects errors. By default, Offline Files records an event only when the offline files storage cache is corrupted. However, you can use this setting to specify additional events you want Offline Files to record.
+Offline Files records events in the Application log in Event Viewer when it detects errors. By default, Offline Files records an event only when the offline files storage cache is corrupted. However, you can use this setting to specify the other events you want Offline Files to record.
 
 To use this setting, in the "Enter" box, select the number corresponding to the events you want the system to log. The levels are cumulative; that is, each level includes the events in all preceding levels.
 
@@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines which events the Offline Files feature records in the event log.
 
-Offline Files records events in the Application log in Event Viewer when it detects errors. By default, Offline Files records an event only when the offline files storage cache is corrupted. However, you can use this setting to specify additional events you want Offline Files to record.
+Offline Files records events in the Application log in Event Viewer when it detects errors. By default, Offline Files records an event only when the offline files storage cache is corrupted. However, you can use this setting to specify the other events you want Offline Files to record.
 
 To use this setting, in the "Enter" box, select the number corresponding to the events you want the system to log. The levels are cumulative; that is, each level includes the events in all preceding levels.
 
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ This policy setting enables administrators to block certain file types from bein
 
 If you enable this policy setting, a user will be unable to create files with the specified file extensions in any of the folders that have been made available offline.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, a user can create a file of any type in the folders that have been made available offline.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, a user can create a file of any type in the folders that have been made available offline.
 
 
 
@@ -895,11 +895,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Lists types of files that cannot be used offline.
+Lists types of files that can't be used offline.
 
-This setting lets you exclude certain types of files from automatic and manual caching for offline use. The system does not cache files of the type specified in this setting even when they reside on a network share configured for automatic caching. Also, if users try to make a file of this type available offline, the operation will fail and the following message will be displayed in the Synchronization Manager progress dialog box: "Files of this type cannot be made available offline."
+This setting lets you exclude certain types of files from automatic and manual caching for offline use. The system doesn't cache files of the type specified in this setting even when they reside on a network share configured for automatic caching. Also, if users try to make a file of this type available offline, the operation will fail and the following message will be displayed in the Synchronization Manager progress dialog box: "Files of this type cannot be made available offline."
 
-This setting is designed to protect files that cannot be separated, such as database components.
+This setting is designed to protect files that can't be separated, such as database components.
 
 To use this setting, type the file name extension in the "Extensions" box. To type more than one extension, separate the extensions with a semicolon (;).
 
@@ -948,17 +948,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether network files remain available if the computer is suddenly disconnected from the server hosting the files.
 
-This setting also disables the "When a network connection is lost" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "When a network connection is lost" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can use the "Action" box to specify how computers in the group respond.
 
 - "Work offline" indicates that the computer can use local copies of network files while the server is inaccessible.
 
-- "Never go offline" indicates that network files are not available while the server is inaccessible.
+- "Never go offline" indicates that network files aren't available while the server is inaccessible.
 
 If you disable this setting or select the "Work offline" option, users can work offline if disconnected.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, users can work offline by default, but they can change this option.
+If you don't configure this setting, users can work offline by default, but they can change this option.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer  Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -1009,17 +1009,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether network files remain available if the computer is suddenly disconnected from the server hosting the files.
 
-This setting also disables the "When a network connection is lost" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "When a network connection is lost" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can use the "Action" box to specify how computers in the group respond.
 
 - "Work offline" indicates that the computer can use local copies of network files while the server is inaccessible.
 
-- "Never go offline" indicates that network files are not available while the server is inaccessible.
+- "Never go offline" indicates that network files aren't available while the server is inaccessible.
 
 If you disable this setting or select the "Work offline" option, users can work offline if disconnected.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, users can work offline by default, but they can change this option.
+If you don't configure this setting, users can work offline by default, but they can change this option.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer  Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -1070,9 +1070,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting disables the Offline Files folder.
 
-This setting disables the "View Files" button on the Offline Files tab. As a result, users cannot use the Offline Files folder to view or open copies of network files stored on their computer. Also, they cannot use the folder to view characteristics of offline files, such as their server status, type, or location.
+This setting disables the "View Files" button on the Offline Files tab. As a result, users can't use the Offline Files folder to view or open copies of network files stored on their computer. Also, they can't use the folder to view characteristics of offline files, such as their server status, type, or location.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from working offline or from saving local copies of files available offline. Also, it does not prevent them from using other programs, such as Windows Explorer, to view their offline files.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from working offline or from saving local copies of files available offline. Also, it doesn't prevent them from using other programs, such as Windows Explorer, to view their offline files.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -1121,9 +1121,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting disables the Offline Files folder.
 
-This setting disables the "View Files" button on the Offline Files tab. As a result, users cannot use the Offline Files folder to view or open copies of network files stored on their computer. Also, they cannot use the folder to view characteristics of offline files, such as their server status, type, or location.
+This setting disables the "View Files" button on the Offline Files tab. As a result, users can't use the Offline Files folder to view or open copies of network files stored on their computer. Also, they can't use the folder to view characteristics of offline files, such as their server status, type, or location.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from working offline or from saving local copies of files available offline. Also, it does not prevent them from using other programs, such as Windows Explorer, to view their offline files.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from working offline or from saving local copies of files available offline. Also, it doesn't prevent them from using other programs, such as Windows Explorer, to view their offline files.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -1172,14 +1172,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents users from enabling, disabling, or changing the configuration of Offline Files.
 
-This setting removes the Offline Files tab from the Folder Options dialog box. It also removes the Settings item from the Offline Files context menu and disables the Settings button on the Offline Files Status dialog box. As a result, users cannot view or change the options on the Offline Files tab or Offline Files dialog box.
+This setting removes the Offline Files tab from the Folder Options dialog box. It also removes the Settings item from the Offline Files context menu and disables the Settings button on the Offline Files Status dialog box. As a result, users can't view or change the options on the Offline Files tab or Offline Files dialog box.
 
-This is a comprehensive setting that locks down the configuration you establish by using other settings in this folder.
+This setting is a comprehensive setting that locks down the configuration you establish by using other settings in this folder.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
 > [!TIP]
-> This setting provides a quick method for locking down the default settings for Offline Files. To accept the defaults, just enable this setting. You do not have to disable any other settings in this folder.
+> This setting provides a quick method for locking down the default settings for Offline Files. To accept the defaults, just enable this setting. You don't have to disable any other settings in this folder.
 
 
 
@@ -1223,14 +1223,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents users from enabling, disabling, or changing the configuration of Offline Files.
 
-This setting removes the Offline Files tab from the Folder Options dialog box. It also removes the Settings item from the Offline Files context menu and disables the Settings button on the Offline Files Status dialog box. As a result, users cannot view or change the options on the Offline Files tab or Offline Files dialog box.
+This setting removes the Offline Files tab from the Folder Options dialog box. It also removes the Settings item from the Offline Files context menu and disables the Settings button on the Offline Files Status dialog box. As a result, users can't view or change the options on the Offline Files tab or Offline Files dialog box.
 
-This is a comprehensive setting that locks down the configuration you establish by using other settings in this folder.
+This setting is a comprehensive setting that locks down the configuration you establish by using other settings in this folder.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
 > [!TIP]
-> This setting provides a quick method for locking down the default settings for Offline Files. To accept the defaults, just enable this setting. You do not have to disable any other settings in this folder.
+> This setting provides a quick method for locking down the default settings for Offline Files. To accept the defaults, just enable this setting. You don't have to disable any other settings in this folder.
 
 
 
@@ -1274,9 +1274,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents users from making network files and folders available offline.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot designate files to be saved on their computer for offline use. However, Windows will still cache local copies of files that reside on network shares designated for automatic caching.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't designate files to be saved on their computer for offline use. However, Windows will still cache local copies of files that reside on network shares designated for automatic caching.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can manually specify files and folders that they want to make available offline.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can manually specify files and folders that they want to make available offline.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both policy settings are configured, the policy setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence.
@@ -1324,9 +1324,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents users from making network files and folders available offline.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot designate files to be saved on their computer for offline use. However, Windows will still cache local copies of files that reside on network shares designated for automatic caching.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't designate files to be saved on their computer for offline use. However, Windows will still cache local copies of files that reside on network shares designated for automatic caching.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can manually specify files and folders that they want to make available offline.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can manually specify files and folders that they want to make available offline.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both policy settings are configured, the policy setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence.
@@ -1374,16 +1374,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage a list of files and folders for which you want to block the "Make Available Offline" command.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "Make Available Offline" command is not available for the files and folders that you list. To specify these files and folders, click Show. In the Show Contents dialog box, in the Value Name column box, type the fully qualified UNC path to the file or folder. Leave the Value column field blank.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "Make Available Offline" command isn't available for the files and folders that you list. To specify these files and folders, click Show. In the Show Contents dialog box, in the Value Name column box, type the fully qualified UNC path to the file or folder. Leave the Value column field blank.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the list of files and folders is deleted, including any lists inherited from lower precedence GPOs, and the "Make Available Offline" command is displayed for all files and folders.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the "Make Available Offline" command is available for all files and folders.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the "Make Available Offline" command is available for all files and folders.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both policy settings are configured, the policy settings are combined, and the "Make Available Offline" command is unavailable for all specified files and folders.
 > - The "Make Available Offline" command is called "Always available offline" on computers running Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista.
-> - This policy setting does not prevent files from being automatically cached if the network share is configured for "Automatic Caching." It only affects the display of the "Make Available Offline" command in File Explorer.
+> - This policy setting doesn't prevent files from being automatically cached if the network share is configured for "Automatic Caching." It only affects the display of the "Make Available Offline" command in File Explorer.
 > - If the "Remove 'Make Available Offline' command" policy setting is enabled, this setting has no effect.
 
 
@@ -1428,16 +1428,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage a list of files and folders for which you want to block the "Make Available Offline" command.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "Make Available Offline" command is not available for the files and folders that you list. To specify these files and folders, click Show. In the Show Contents dialog box, in the Value Name column box, type the fully qualified UNC path to the file or folder. Leave the Value column field blank.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "Make Available Offline" command isn't available for the files and folders that you list. To specify these files and folders, click Show. In the Show Contents dialog box, in the Value Name column box, type the fully qualified UNC path to the file or folder. Leave the Value column field blank.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the list of files and folders is deleted, including any lists inherited from lower precedence GPOs, and the "Make Available Offline" command is displayed for all files and folders.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the "Make Available Offline" command is available for all files and folders.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the "Make Available Offline" command is available for all files and folders.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both policy settings are configured, the policy settings are combined, and the "Make Available Offline" command is unavailable for all specified files and folders.
 > - The "Make Available Offline" command is called "Always available offline" on computers running Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista.
-> - This policy setting does not prevent files from being automatically cached if the network share is configured for "Automatic Caching." It only affects the display of the "Make Available Offline" command in File Explorer.
+> - This policy setting doesn't prevent files from being automatically cached if the network share is configured for "Automatic Caching." It only affects the display of the "Make Available Offline" command in File Explorer.
 > - If the "Remove 'Make Available Offline' command" policy setting is enabled, this setting has no effect.
 
 
@@ -1482,13 +1482,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Hides or displays reminder balloons, and prevents users from changing the setting.
 
-Reminder balloons appear above the Offline Files icon in the notification area to notify users when they have lost the connection to a networked file and are working on a local copy of the file. Users can then decide how to proceed.
+Reminder balloons appear above the Offline Files icon in the notification area to notify users when they've lost the connection to a networked file and are working on a local copy of the file. Users can then decide how to proceed.
 
 If you enable this setting, the system hides the reminder balloons, and prevents users from displaying them.
 
 If you disable the setting, the system displays the reminder balloons and prevents users from hiding them.
 
-If this setting is not configured, reminder balloons are displayed by default when you enable offline files, but users can change the setting.
+If this setting isn't configured, reminder balloons are displayed by default when you enable offline files, but users can change the setting.
 
 To prevent users from changing the setting while a setting is in effect, the system disables the "Enable reminders" option on the Offline Files tab
 
@@ -1539,13 +1539,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Hides or displays reminder balloons, and prevents users from changing the setting.
 
-Reminder balloons appear above the Offline Files icon in the notification area to notify users when they have lost the connection to a networked file and are working on a local copy of the file. Users can then decide how to proceed.
+Reminder balloons appear above the Offline Files icon in the notification area to notify users when they've lost the connection to a networked file and are working on a local copy of the file. Users can then decide how to proceed.
 
 If you enable this setting, the system hides the reminder balloons, and prevents users from displaying them.
 
 If you disable the setting, the system displays the reminder balloons and prevents users from hiding them.
 
-If this setting is not configured, reminder balloons are displayed by default when you enable offline files, but users can change the setting.
+If this setting isn't configured, reminder balloons are displayed by default when you enable offline files, but users can change the setting.
 
 To prevent users from changing the setting while a setting is in effect, the system disables the "Enable reminders" option on the Offline Files tab
 
@@ -1594,15 +1594,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether files read from file shares over a slow network are transparently cached in the Offline Files cache for future reads. When a user tries to access a file that has been transparently cached, Windows reads from the cached copy after verifying its integrity. This improves end-user response times and decreases bandwidth consumption over WAN links.
+This policy setting controls whether files read from file shares over a slow network are transparently cached in the Offline Files cache for future reads. When a user tries to access a file that has been transparently cached, Windows reads from the cached copy after verifying its integrity. This read-action improves end-user response times and decreases bandwidth consumption over WAN links.
 
-The cached files are temporary and are not available to the user when offline. The cached files are not kept in sync with the version on the server, and the most current version from the server is always available for subsequent reads.
+The cached files are temporary and aren't available to the user when offline. The cached files aren't kept in sync with the version on the server, and the most current version from the server is always available for subsequent reads.
 
-This policy setting is triggered by the configured round trip network latency value. We recommend using this policy  setting when the network connection to the server is slow. For example, you can configure a value of 60 ms as the round trip latency of the network above which files should be transparently cached in the Offline Files cache. If the round trip latency of the network is less than 60ms, reads to remote files will not be cached.
+This policy setting is triggered by the configured round trip network latency value. We recommend using this policy  setting when the network connection to the server is slow. For example, you can configure a value of 60 ms as the round trip latency of the network above which files should be transparently cached in the Offline Files cache. If the round trip latency of the network is less than 60 ms, reads to remote files won't be cached.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, transparent caching is enabled and configurable.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, remote files will be not be transparently cached on client computers.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, remote files won't be transparently cached on client computers.
 
 
 
@@ -1646,11 +1646,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting makes subfolders available offline whenever their parent folder is made available offline.
 
-This setting automatically extends the "make available offline" setting to all new and existing subfolders of a folder. Users do not have the option of excluding subfolders.
+This setting automatically extends the "make available offline" setting to all new and existing subfolders of a folder. Users don't have the option of excluding subfolders.
 
 If you enable this setting, when you make a folder available offline, all folders within that folder are also made available offline. Also, new folders that you create within a folder that is available offline are made available offline when the parent folder is synchronized.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the system asks users whether they want subfolders to be made available offline when they make a parent folder available offline.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the system asks users whether they want subfolders to be made available offline when they make a parent folder available offline.
 
 
 
@@ -1692,14 +1692,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting deletes local copies of the user's offline files when the user logs off.
+This policy setting deletes local copies of the user's offline files when the user signs out.
 
-This setting specifies that automatically and manually cached offline files are retained only while the user is logged on to the computer. When the user logs off, the system deletes all local copies of offline files.
+This setting specifies that automatically and manually cached offline files are retained only while the user is logged on to the computer. When the user signs out, the system deletes all local copies of offline files.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, automatically and manually cached copies are retained on the user's computer for later offline use.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, automatically and manually cached copies are retained on the user's computer for later offline use.
 
 > [!CAUTION]
-> Files are not synchronized before they are deleted. Any changes to local files since the last synchronization are lost.
+> Files aren't synchronized before they're deleted. Any changes to local files since the last synchronization are lost.
 
 
 
@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn on economical application of administratively assigned Offline Files.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, only new files and folders in administratively assigned folders are synchronized at logon. Files and folders that are already available offline are skipped and are synchronized later.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, only new files and folders in administratively assigned folders are synchronized at sign in. Files and folders that are already available offline are skipped and are synchronized later.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, all administratively assigned folders are synchronized at logon.
 
@@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ This policy setting determines how often reminder balloon updates appear.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can select how often reminder balloons updates appear and also prevent users from changing this setting.
 
-Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they are updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the update interval.
+Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they're updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the update interval.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ This policy setting determines how often reminder balloon updates appear.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can select how often reminder balloons updates appear and also prevent users from changing this setting.
 
-Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they are updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the update interval.
+Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they're updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the update interval.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines how long the first reminder balloon for a network status change is displayed.
 
-Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they are updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the duration of the first reminder.
+Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they're updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the duration of the first reminder.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -1937,7 +1937,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines how long the first reminder balloon for a network status change is displayed.
 
-Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they are updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the duration of the first reminder.
+Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they're updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the duration of the first reminder.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines how long updated reminder balloons are displayed.
 
-Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they are updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the duration of the update reminder.
+Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they're updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the duration of the update reminder.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines how long updated reminder balloons are displayed.
 
-Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they are updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the duration of the update reminder.
+Reminder balloons appear when the user's connection to a network file is lost or reconnected, and they're updated periodically. By default, the first reminder for an event is displayed for 30 seconds. Then, updates appear every 60 minutes and are displayed for 15 seconds. You can use this setting to change the duration of the update reminder.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -2073,21 +2073,21 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls the network latency and throughput thresholds that will cause a client computers to transition files and folders that are already available offline to the slow-link mode so that the user's access to this data is not degraded due to network slowness. When Offline Files is operating in the slow-link mode, all network file requests are satisfied from the Offline Files cache. This is similar to a user working offline.
+This policy setting controls the network latency and throughput thresholds that will cause a client computer to transition files and folders that are already available offline to the slow-link mode so that the user's access to this data isn't degraded due to network slowness. When Offline Files is operating in the slow-link mode, all network file requests are satisfied from the Offline Files cache. This scenario is similar to a user working offline.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Offline Files uses the slow-link mode if the network throughput between the client and the server is below (slower than) the Throughput threshold parameter, or if the round-trip network latency is above (slower than) the Latency threshold parameter.
 
-You can configure the slow-link mode by specifying threshold values for Throughput (in bits per second) and/or Latency (in milliseconds) for specific UNC paths. We recommend that you always specify a value for Latency, since the round-trip network latency detection is faster. You can use wildcard characters (*) for specifying UNC paths. If you do not specify a Latency or Throughput value, computers running Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 will not use the slow-link mode.
+You can configure the slow-link mode by specifying threshold values for Throughput (in bits per second) and/or Latency (in milliseconds) for specific UNC paths. We recommend that you always specify a value for Latency, since the round-trip network latency detection is faster. You can use wildcard characters (*) for specifying UNC paths. If you don't specify a Latency or Throughput value, computers running Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 won't use the slow-link mode.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, computers running Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 will not transition a shared folder to the slow-link mode. Computers running Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2 will use the default latency value of 80 milliseconds when transitioning a folder to the slow-link mode. Computers running Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012 will use the default latency value of 35 milliseconds when transitioning a folder to the slow-link mode. To avoid extra charges on cell phone or broadband plans, it may be necessary to configure the latency threshold to be lower than the round-trip network latency.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, computers running Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 won't transition a shared folder to the slow-link mode. Computers running Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2 will use the default latency value of 80 milliseconds when transitioning a folder to the slow-link mode. Computers running Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012 will use the default latency value of 35 milliseconds when transitioning a folder to the slow-link mode. To avoid extra charges on cell phone or broadband plans, it may be necessary to configure the latency threshold to be lower than the round-trip network latency.
 
 In Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008, once transitioned to slow-link mode, users will continue to operate in slow-link mode until the user clicks the Work Online button on the toolbar in Windows Explorer. Data will only be synchronized to the server if the user manually initiates synchronization by using Sync Center.
 
 In Windows 7, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012, when operating in slow-link mode Offline Files synchronizes the user's files in the background at regular intervals, or as configured by the "Configure Background Sync" policy. While in slow-link mode, Windows periodically checks the connection to the folder and brings the folder back online if network speeds improve.
 
-In Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012, set the Latency threshold to 1ms to keep users always working offline in slow-link mode.
+In Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012, set the Latency threshold to 1 m to keep users always working offline in slow-link mode.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, computers will not use the slow-link mode.
+If you disable this policy setting, computers won't use the slow-link mode.
 
 
 
@@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting configures the threshold value at which Offline Files considers a network connection to be "slow". Any network speed below this value is considered to be slow.
 
-When a connection is considered slow, Offline Files automatically adjust its behavior to avoid excessive synchronization traffic and will not automatically reconnect to a server when the presence of a server is detected.
+When a connection is considered slow, Offline Files automatically adjust its behavior to avoid excessive synchronization traffic and won't automatically reconnect to a server when the presence of a server is detected.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can configure the threshold value that will be used to determine a slow network connection.
 
@@ -2179,15 +2179,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users log off.
+This policy setting determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users sign out.
 
-This setting also disables the "Synchronize all offline files before logging off" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "Synchronize all offline files before logging off" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
 If you enable this setting, offline files are fully synchronized. Full synchronization ensures that offline files are complete and current.
 
-If you disable this setting, the system only performs a quick synchronization. Quick synchronization ensures that files are complete, but does not ensure that they are current.
+If you disable this setting, the system only performs a quick synchronization. Quick synchronization ensures that files are complete, but doesn't ensure that they're current.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, the system performs a quick synchronization by default, but users can change this option.
+If you don't configure this setting, the system performs a quick synchronization by default, but users can change this option.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -2234,15 +2234,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users log off.
+This policy setting determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users sign out.
 
-This setting also disables the "Synchronize all offline files before logging off" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "Synchronize all offline files before logging off" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
 If you enable this setting, offline files are fully synchronized. Full synchronization ensures that offline files are complete and current.
 
-If you disable this setting, the system only performs a quick synchronization. Quick synchronization ensures that files are complete, but does not ensure that they are current.
+If you disable this setting, the system only performs a quick synchronization. Quick synchronization ensures that files are complete, but doesn't ensure that they're current.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, the system performs a quick synchronization by default, but users can change this option.
+If you don't configure this setting, the system performs a quick synchronization by default, but users can change this option.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -2289,15 +2289,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users log on.
+This policy setting determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users sign in.
 
-This setting also disables the "Synchronize all offline files before logging on" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "Synchronize all offline files before logging on" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
-If you enable this setting, offline files are fully synchronized at logon. Full synchronization ensures that offline files are complete and current. Enabling this setting automatically enables logon synchronization in Synchronization Manager.
+If you enable this setting, offline files are fully synchronized at sign in. Full synchronization ensures that offline files are complete and current. Enabling this setting automatically enables logon synchronization in Synchronization Manager.
 
-If this setting is disabled and Synchronization Manager is configured for logon synchronization, the system performs only a quick synchronization. Quick synchronization ensures that files are complete but does not ensure that they are current.
+If this setting is disabled and Synchronization Manager is configured for logon synchronization, the system performs only a quick synchronization. Quick synchronization ensures that files are complete but doesn't ensure that they're current.
 
-If you do not configure this setting and Synchronization Manager is configured for logon synchronization, the system performs a quick synchronization by default, but users can change this option.
+If you don't configure this setting and Synchronization Manager is configured for logon synchronization, the system performs a quick synchronization by default, but users can change this option.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -2346,15 +2346,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users log on.
+This policy setting determines whether offline files are fully synchronized when users sign in.
 
-This setting also disables the "Synchronize all offline files before logging on" option on the Offline Files tab. This prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
+This setting also disables the "Synchronize all offline files before logging on" option on the Offline Files tab. This disablement prevents users from trying to change the option while a setting controls it.
 
-If you enable this setting, offline files are fully synchronized at logon. Full synchronization ensures that offline files are complete and current. Enabling this setting automatically enables logon synchronization in Synchronization Manager.
+If you enable this setting, offline files are fully synchronized at sign in. Full synchronization ensures that offline files are complete and current. Enabling this setting automatically enables logon synchronization in Synchronization Manager.
 
-If this setting is disabled and Synchronization Manager is configured for logon synchronization, the system performs only a quick synchronization. Quick synchronization ensures that files are complete but does not ensure that they are current.
+If this setting is disabled and Synchronization Manager is configured for logon synchronization, the system performs only a quick synchronization. Quick synchronization ensures that files are complete but doesn't ensure that they're current.
 
-If you do not configure this setting and Synchronization Manager is configured for logon synchronization, the system performs a quick synchronization by default, but users can change this option.
+If you don't configure this setting and Synchronization Manager is configured for logon synchronization, the system performs a quick synchronization by default, but users can change this option.
 
 This setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If both settings are configured, the setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the setting in User Configuration.
 
@@ -2405,10 +2405,10 @@ This policy setting determines whether offline files are synchronized before a c
 
 If you enable this setting, offline files are synchronized whenever the computer is suspended. Setting the synchronization action to "Quick" ensures only that all files in the cache are complete. Setting the synchronization action to "Full" ensures that all cached files and folders are up-to-date with the most current version.
 
-If you disable or do not configuring this setting, files are not synchronized when the computer is suspended.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, files aren't synchronized when the computer is suspended.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If the computer is suspended by closing the display on a portable computer, files are not synchronized. If multiple users are logged on to the computer at the time the computer is suspended, a synchronization is not performed.
+> If the computer is suspended by closing the display on a portable computer, files aren't synchronized. If multiple users are logged on to the computer at the time the computer is suspended, a synchronization isn't performed.
 
 
 
@@ -2454,10 +2454,10 @@ This policy setting determines whether offline files are synchronized before a c
 
 If you enable this setting, offline files are synchronized whenever the computer is suspended. Setting the synchronization action to "Quick" ensures only that all files in the cache are complete. Setting the synchronization action to "Full" ensures that all cached files and folders are up-to-date with the most current version.
 
-If you disable or do not configuring this setting, files are not synchronized when the computer is suspended.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, files aren't synchronized when the computer is suspended.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If the computer is suspended by closing the display on a portable computer, files are not synchronized. If multiple users are logged on to the computer at the time the computer is suspended, a synchronization is not performed.
+> If the computer is suspended by closing the display on a portable computer, files aren't synchronized. If multiple users are logged on to the computer at the time the computer is suspended, a synchronization isn't performed.
 
 
 
@@ -2501,9 +2501,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether offline files are synchronized in the background when it could result in extra charges on cell phone or broadband plans.
 
-If you enable this setting, synchronization can occur in the background when the user's network is roaming, near, or over the plan's data limit.  This may result in extra charges on cell phone or broadband plans.
+If you enable this setting, synchronization can occur in the background when the user's network is roaming, near, or over the plan's data limit. This synchronization may result in extra charges on cell phone or broadband plans.
 
-If this setting is disabled or not configured, synchronization will not run in the background on network folders when the user's network is roaming, near, or over the plan's data limit. The network folder must also be in "slow-link" mode, as specified by the "Configure slow-link mode" policy to avoid network usage.
+If this setting is disabled or not configured, synchronization won't run in the background on network folders when the user's network is roaming, near, or over the plan's data limit. The network folder must also be in "slow-link" mode, as specified by the "Configure slow-link mode" policy to avoid network usage.
 
 
 
@@ -2547,9 +2547,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting removes the "Work offline" command from Explorer, preventing users from manually changing whether Offline Files is in online mode or offline mode.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "Work offline" command is not displayed in File Explorer.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "Work offline" command isn't displayed in File Explorer.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the "Work offline" command is displayed in File Explorer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the "Work offline" command is displayed in File Explorer.
 
 
 
@@ -2593,9 +2593,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting removes the "Work offline" command from Explorer, preventing users from manually changing whether Offline Files is in online mode or offline mode.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "Work offline" command is not displayed in File Explorer.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "Work offline" command isn't displayed in File Explorer.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the "Work offline" command is displayed in File Explorer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the "Work offline" command is displayed in File Explorer.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-peertopeercaching.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-peertopeercaching.md
index 3ca3837ece..d6a2ec5b2f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-peertopeercaching.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-peertopeercaching.md
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether BranchCache is enabled on client computers to which this policy is applied. In addition to this policy setting, you must specify whether the client computers are hosted cache mode or distributed cache mode clients. To do so, configure one of the following the policy settings: 
+This policy setting specifies whether BranchCache is enabled on client computers to which this policy is applied. In addition to this policy setting, you must specify whether the client computers are hosted cache mode or distributed cache mode clients. To do so, configure one of the following policy settings: 
 
 - Set BranchCache Distributed Cache mode
 - Set BranchCache Hosted Cache mode
@@ -91,11 +91,11 @@ This policy setting specifies whether BranchCache is enabled on client computers
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache settings are not applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you do not want to enable BranchCache on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting is not configured, it will not over-write the enabled setting that you use on individual client computers where you want to enable BranchCache.
-- Enabled. With this selection, BranchCache is turned on for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if this policy is enabled in domain Group Policy, BranchCache is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
-- Disabled. With this selection, BranchCache is turned off for all client computers where the policy is applied.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, BranchCache settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you don't want to enable BranchCache on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting isn't configured, it won't over-write the enabled setting that you use on individual client computers where you want to enable BranchCache.
+- Enabled: With this selection, BranchCache is turned on for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if this policy is enabled in domain Group Policy, BranchCache is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
+- Disabled: With this selection, BranchCache is turned off for all client computers where the policy is applied.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is supported on computers that are running Windows Vista Business, Enterprise, and Ultimate editions with Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) 4.0 installed.
@@ -146,11 +146,11 @@ In distributed cache mode, client computers download content from BranchCache-en
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache settings are not applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you do not want to enable BranchCache on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting is not configured, it will not over-write the enabled setting that you use on individual client computers where you want to enable BranchCache.
-- Enabled. With this selection, BranchCache distributed cache mode is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if this policy is enabled in domain Group Policy, BranchCache distributed cache mode is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
-- Disabled. With this selection, BranchCache distributed cache mode is turned off for all client computers where the policy is applied.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, BranchCache settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you don't want to enable BranchCache on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting isn't configured, it won't over-write the enabled setting that you use on individual client computers where you want to enable BranchCache.
+- Enabled: With this selection, BranchCache distributed cache mode is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if this policy is enabled in domain Group Policy, BranchCache distributed cache mode is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
+- Disabled: With this selection, BranchCache distributed cache mode is turned off for all client computers where the policy is applied.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is supported on computers that are running Windows Vista Business, Enterprise, and Ultimate editions with Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) 4.0 installed.
@@ -197,15 +197,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether BranchCache hosted cache mode is enabled on client computers to which this policy is applied. In addition to this policy, you must use the policy "Turn on BranchCache" to enable BranchCache on client computers.
 
-When a client computer is configured as a hosted cache mode client, it is able to download cached content from a hosted cache server that is located at the branch office. In addition, when the hosted cache client obtains content from a content server, the client can upload the content to the hosted cache server for access by other hosted cache clients at the branch office.
+When a client computer is configured as a hosted cache mode client, it's able to download cached content from a hosted cache server that is located at the branch office. In addition, when the hosted cache client obtains content from a content server, the client can upload the content to the hosted cache server for access by other hosted cache clients at the branch office.
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache settings are not applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you do not want to enable BranchCache on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting is not configured, it will not over-write the enabled setting that you use on individual client computers where you want to enable BranchCache.
-- Enabled. With this selection, BranchCache hosted cache mode is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if this policy is enabled in domain Group Policy, BranchCache hosted cache mode is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
-- Disabled. With this selection, BranchCache hosted cache mode is turned off for all client computers where the policy is applied.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, BranchCache settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you don't want to enable BranchCache on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting isn't configured, it won't over-write the enabled setting that you use on individual client computers where you want to enable BranchCache.
+- Enabled: With this selection, BranchCache hosted cache mode is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if this policy is enabled in domain Group Policy, BranchCache hosted cache mode is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
+- Disabled: With this selection, BranchCache hosted cache mode is turned off for all client computers where the policy is applied.
 
 In circumstances where this setting is enabled, you can also select and configure the following option:
 
@@ -258,27 +258,27 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether client computers should attempt the automatic configuration of hosted cache mode by searching for hosted cache servers publishing service connection points that are associated with the client's current Active Directory site. If you enable this policy setting, client computers to which the policy setting is applied search for hosted cache servers using Active Directory, and will prefer both these servers and hosted cache mode rather than manual BranchCache configuration or BranchCache configuration by other group policies.
 
-If you enable this policy setting in addition to the "Turn on BranchCache" policy setting, BranchCache clients attempt to discover hosted cache servers in the local branch office. If client computers detect hosted cache servers, hosted cache mode is turned on. If they do not detect hosted cache servers, hosted cache mode is not turned on, and the client uses any other configuration that is specified manually or by Group Policy.
+If you enable this policy setting in addition to the "Turn on BranchCache" policy setting, BranchCache clients attempt to discover hosted cache servers in the local branch office. If client computers detect hosted cache servers, hosted cache mode is turned on. If they don't detect hosted cache servers, hosted cache mode isn't turned on, and the client uses any other configuration that is specified manually or by Group Policy.
 
-When this policy setting is applied, the client computer performs or does not perform automatic hosted cache server discovery under the following circumstances:
+When this policy setting is applied, the client computer performs or doesn't perform automatically hosted cache server discovery under the following circumstances:
 
-If no other BranchCache mode-based policy settings are applied, the client computer performs automatic hosted cache server discovery. If one or more hosted cache servers is found, the client computer self-configures for hosted cache mode.
+If no other BranchCache mode-based policy settings are applied, the client computer performs automatically hosted cache server discovery. If one or more hosted cache servers is found, the client computer self-configures for hosted cache mode.
 
-If the policy setting "Set BranchCache Distributed Cache Mode" is applied in addition to this policy, the client computer performs automatic hosted cache server discovery. If one or more hosted cache servers are found, the client computer self-configures for hosted cache mode only.
+If the policy setting "Set BranchCache Distributed Cache Mode" is applied in addition to this policy, the client computer performs automatically hosted cache server discovery. If one or more hosted cache servers are found, the client computer self-configures for hosted cache mode only.
 
-If the policy setting "Set BranchCache Hosted Cache Mode" is applied, the client computer does not perform automatic hosted cache discovery. This is also true in cases where the policy setting "Configure Hosted Cache Servers" is applied.
+If the policy setting "Set BranchCache Hosted Cache Mode" is applied, the client computer doesn't perform automatically hosted cache discovery. This restriction is also true in cases where the policy setting "Configure Hosted Cache Servers" is applied.
 
 This policy setting can only be applied to client computers that are running at least Windows 8. This policy has no effect on computers that are running Windows 7 or Windows Vista.  
 
-If you disable, or do not configure this setting, a client will not attempt to discover hosted cache servers by service connection point.
+If you disable, or don't configure this setting, a client won't attempt to discover hosted cache servers by service connection point.
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache settings are not applied to client computers by this policy setting, and client computers do not perform hosted cache server discovery.
-- Enabled. With this selection, the policy setting is applied to client computers, which perform automatic hosted cache server discovery and which are configured as hosted cache mode clients.
-- Disabled. With this selection, this policy is not applied to client computers.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, BranchCache settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy setting, and client computers don't perform hosted cache server discovery.
+- Enabled: With this selection, the policy setting is applied to client computers, which perform automatically hosted cache server discovery and which are configured as hosted cache mode clients.
+- Disabled: With this selection, this policy isn't applied to client computers.
 
 
 
@@ -324,17 +324,17 @@ This policy setting specifies whether client computers are configured to use hos
 
 If you enable this policy setting and specify valid computer names of hosted cache servers, hosted cache mode is enabled for all client computers to which the policy setting is applied. For this policy setting to take effect, you must also enable the "Turn on BranchCache" policy setting.
 
-This policy setting can only be applied to client computers that are running at least Windows 8. This policy has no effect on computers that are running Windows 7 or Windows Vista. Client computers to which this policy setting is applied, in addition to the "Set BranchCache Hosted Cache mode" policy setting, use the hosted cache servers that are specified in this policy setting and do not use the hosted cache server that is configured in the policy setting "Set BranchCache Hosted Cache Mode."
+This policy setting can only be applied to client computers that are running at least Windows 8. This policy has no effect on computers that are running Windows 7 or Windows Vista. Client computers to which this policy setting is applied, in addition to the "Set BranchCache Hosted Cache mode" policy setting, use the hosted cache servers that are specified in this policy setting and don't use the hosted cache server that is configured in the policy setting "Set BranchCache Hosted Cache Mode."
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, or if you disable this policy setting, client computers that are configured with hosted cache mode still function correctly.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, or if you disable this policy setting, client computers that are configured with hosted cache mode still function correctly.
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache settings are not applied to client computers by this policy setting.
-- Enabled. With this selection, the policy setting is applied to client computers, which are configured as hosted cache mode clients that use the hosted cache servers that you specify in "Hosted cache servers."
-- Disabled. With this selection, this policy is not applied to client computers.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, BranchCache settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy setting.
+- Enabled: With this selection, the policy setting is applied to client computers, which are configured as hosted cache mode clients that use the hosted cache servers that you specify in "Hosted cache servers."
+- Disabled: With this selection, this policy isn't applied to client computers.
 
 In circumstances where this setting is enabled, you can also select and configure the following option:
 
@@ -380,15 +380,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting is used only when you have deployed one or more BranchCache-enabled file servers at your main office. This policy setting specifies when client computers in branch offices start caching content from file servers based on the network latency - or delay - that occurs when the clients download content from the main office over a Wide Area Network (WAN) link. When you configure a value for this setting, which is the maximum round trip network latency allowed before caching begins, clients do not cache content until the network latency reaches the specified value; when network latency is greater than the value, clients begin caching content after they receive it from the file servers.
+This policy setting is used only when you've deployed one or more BranchCache-enabled file servers at your main office. This policy setting specifies when client computers in branch offices start caching content from file servers based on the network latency - or delay - that occurs when the clients download content from the main office over a Wide Area Network (WAN) link. When you configure a value for this setting, which is the maximum round trip network latency allowed before caching begins, clients don't cache content until the network latency reaches the specified value; when network latency is greater than the value, clients begin caching content after they receive it from the file servers.
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache latency settings are not applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you do not want to configure a BranchCache latency setting on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache latency settings on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting is not configured, it will not over-write the latency setting that you use on individual client computers.
-- Enabled. With this selection, the BranchCache maximum round trip latency setting is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if Configure BranchCache for network files is enabled in domain Group Policy, the BranchCache latency setting that you specify in the policy is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
-- Disabled. With this selection, BranchCache client computers use the default latency setting of 80 milliseconds.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, BranchCache latency settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you don't want to configure a BranchCache latency setting on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache latency settings on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting isn't configured, it won't over-write the latency setting that you use on individual client computers.
+- Enabled: With this selection, the BranchCache maximum round trip latency setting is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if Configure BranchCache for network files is enabled in domain Group Policy, the BranchCache latency setting that you specify in the policy is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
+- Disabled: With this selection, BranchCache client computers use the default latency setting of 80 milliseconds.
 
 In circumstances where this policy setting is enabled, you can also select and configure the following option:
 
@@ -438,15 +438,15 @@ This policy setting specifies the default percentage of total disk space that is
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the percentage of total disk space to allocate for the cache.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the cache is set to 5 percent of the total disk space on the client computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the cache is set to 5 percent of the total disk space on the client computer.
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache client computer cache settings are not applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you do not want to configure a BranchCache client computer cache setting on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache client computer cache settings on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting is not configured, it will not over-write the client computer cache setting that you use on individual client computers.
-- Enabled. With this selection, the BranchCache client computer cache setting is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if Set percentage of disk space used for client computer cache is enabled in domain Group Policy, the BranchCache client computer cache setting that you specify in the policy is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
-- Disabled. With this selection, BranchCache client computers use the default client computer cache setting of five percent of the total disk space on the client computer.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, BranchCache client computer cache settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you don't want to configure a BranchCache client computer cache setting on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache client computer cache settings on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting isn't configured, it won't over-write the client computer cache setting that you use on individual client computers.
+- Enabled: With this selection, the BranchCache client computer cache setting is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if Set percentage of disk space used for client computer cache is enabled in domain Group Policy, the BranchCache client computer cache setting that you specify in the policy is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
+- Disabled: With this selection, BranchCache client computers use the default client computer cache setting of five percent of the total disk space on the client computer.
 
 In circumstances where this setting is enabled, you can also select and configure the following option:
 
@@ -499,15 +499,15 @@ This policy setting specifies the default age in days for which segments are val
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the age for segments in the data cache.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the age is set to 28 days.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the age is set to 28 days.
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, BranchCache client computer cache age settings are not applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you do not want to configure a BranchCache client computer cache age setting on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache client computer cache age settings on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting is not configured, it will not over-write the client computer cache age setting that you use on individual client computers.
-- Enabled. With this selection, the BranchCache client computer cache age setting is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if this policy setting is enabled in domain Group Policy, the BranchCache client computer cache age that you specify in the policy is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
-- Disabled. With this selection, BranchCache client computers use the default client computer cache age setting of 28 days on the client computer.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, BranchCache client computer cache age settings aren't applied to client computers by this policy. In the circumstance where client computers are domain members but you don't want to configure a BranchCache client computer cache age setting on all client computers, you can specify Not Configured for this domain Group Policy setting, and then configure local computer policy to enable BranchCache client computer cache age settings on individual client computers. Because the domain Group Policy setting isn't configured, it won't over-write the client computer cache age setting that you use on individual client computers.
+- Enabled: With this selection, the BranchCache client computer cache age setting is enabled for all client computers where the policy is applied. For example, if this policy setting is enabled in domain Group Policy, the BranchCache client computer cache age that you specify in the policy is turned on for all domain member client computers to which the policy is applied.
+- Disabled: With this selection, BranchCache client computers use the default client computer cache age setting of 28 days on the client computer.
 
 In circumstances where this setting is enabled, you can also select and configure the following option:
 
@@ -553,19 +553,19 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether BranchCache-capable client computers operate in a downgraded mode in order to maintain compatibility with previous versions of BranchCache. If client computers do not use the same BranchCache version, cache efficiency might be reduced because client computers that are using different versions of BranchCache might store cache data in incompatible formats.
+This policy setting specifies whether BranchCache-capable client computers operate in a downgraded mode in order to maintain compatibility with previous versions of BranchCache. If client computers don't use the same BranchCache version, cache efficiency might be reduced because client computers that are using different versions of BranchCache might store cache data in incompatible formats.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, all clients use the version of BranchCache that you specify in "Select from the following versions."
 
-If you do not configure this setting, all clients will use the version of BranchCache that matches their operating system.
+If you don't configure this setting, all clients will use the version of BranchCache that matches their operating system.
 
 Policy configuration
 
-Select one of the following:
+Select one of the following options:
 
-- Not Configured. With this selection, this policy setting is not applied to client computers, and the clients run the version of BranchCache that is included with their operating system.
-- Enabled. With this selection, this policy setting is applied to client computers based on the value of the option setting "Select from the following versions" that you specify.
-- Disabled. With this selection, this policy setting is not applied to client computers, and the clients run the version of BranchCache that is included with their operating system.
+- Not Configured: With this selection, this policy setting isn't applied to client computers, and the clients run the version of BranchCache that is included with their operating system.
+- Enabled: With this selection, this policy setting is applied to client computers based on the value of the option setting "Select from the following versions" that you specify.
+- Disabled: With this selection, this policy setting isn't applied to client computers, and the clients run the version of BranchCache that is included with their operating system.
 
 In circumstances where this setting is enabled, you can also select and configure the following option:
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-performancediagnostics.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-performancediagnostics.md
index 131f8068f9..639a44a171 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-performancediagnostics.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-performancediagnostics.md
@@ -73,15 +73,15 @@ This policy setting determines the execution level for Windows Boot Performance
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select an execution level from the dropdown menu. If you select problem detection and troubleshooting only, the Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) will detect Windows Boot Performance problems and attempt to determine their root causes. These root causes will be logged to the event log when detected, but no corrective action will be taken. If you select detection, troubleshooting and resolution, the DPS will detect Windows Boot Performance problems and indicate to the user that assisted resolution is available.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Windows will not be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Boot Performance problems that are handled by the DPS.
+If you disable this policy setting, Windows won't be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Boot Performance problems that are handled by the DPS.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Boot Performance for resolution by default.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Boot Performance for resolution by default.
 
-This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy is not configured.
+This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy isn't configured.
 
 No system restart or service restart is required for this policy to take effect: changes take effect immediately.
 
-This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios will not be executed.  The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
+This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios won't be executed.  The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
 
 
@@ -127,15 +127,15 @@ Determines the execution level for Windows Standby/Resume Performance Diagnostic
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select an execution level from the dropdown menu. If you select problem detection and troubleshooting only, the Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) will detect Windows Standby/Resume Performance problems and attempt to determine their root causes. These root causes will be logged to the event log when detected, but no corrective action will be taken. If you select detection, troubleshooting and resolution, the DPS will detect Windows Standby/Resume Performance problems and indicate to the user that assisted resolution is available.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Windows will not be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Standby/Resume Performance problems that are handled by the DPS.
+If you disable this policy setting, Windows won't be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Standby/Resume Performance problems that are handled by the DPS.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Standby/Resume Performance for resolution by default.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Standby/Resume Performance for resolution by default.
 
-This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy is not configured.
+This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy isn't configured.
 
 No system restart or service restart is required for this policy to take effect: changes take effect immediately.
 
-This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios will not be executed.  The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
+This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios won't be executed.  The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
 
 
@@ -181,15 +181,15 @@ This policy setting determines the execution level for Windows Shutdown Performa
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select an execution level from the dropdown menu. If you select problem detection and troubleshooting only, the Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) will detect Windows Shutdown Performance problems and attempt to determine their root causes. These root causes will be logged to the event log when detected, but no corrective action will be taken. If you select detection, troubleshooting and resolution, the DPS will detect Windows Shutdown Performance problems and indicate to the user that assisted resolution is available.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Windows will not be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Shutdown Performance problems that are handled by the DPS.
+If you disable this policy setting, Windows won't be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Shutdown Performance problems that are handled by the DPS.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Shutdown Performance for resolution by default.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Shutdown Performance for resolution by default.
 
-This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy is not configured.
+This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy isn't configured.
 
 No system restart or service restart is required for this policy to take effect: changes take effect immediately.
 
-This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios will not be executed.  The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
+This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios won't be executed.  The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
 
 
@@ -235,15 +235,15 @@ Determines the execution level for Windows Standby/Resume Performance Diagnostic
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select an execution level from the dropdown menu. If you select problem detection and troubleshooting only, the Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) will detect Windows Standby/Resume Performance problems and attempt to determine their root causes. These root causes will be logged to the event log when detected, but no corrective action will be taken. If you select detection, troubleshooting and resolution, the DPS will detect Windows Standby/Resume Performance problems and indicate to the user that assisted resolution is available.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Windows will not be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Standby/Resume Performance problems that are handled by the DPS.
+If you disable this policy setting, Windows won't be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Standby/Resume Performance problems that are handled by the DPS.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Standby/Resume Performance for resolution by default.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Standby/Resume Performance for resolution by default.
 
-This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy is not configured.
+This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy isn't configured.
 
 No system restart or service restart is required for this policy to take effect: changes take effect immediately.
 
-This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios will not be executed.  The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
+This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios won't be executed.  The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-powershellexecutionpolicy.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-powershellexecutionpolicy.md
index f464f39c32..0f0b567c4d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-powershellexecutionpolicy.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-powershellexecutionpolicy.md
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn on logging for Windows PowerShell modules
 
 If you enable this policy setting, pipeline execution events for members of the specified modules are recorded in the Windows PowerShell log in Event Viewer. Enabling this policy setting for a module is equivalent to setting the LogPipelineExecutionDetails property of the module to True.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, logging of execution events is disabled for all Windows PowerShell modules. Disabling this policy setting for a module is equivalent to setting the LogPipelineExecutionDetails property of the module to False.  If this policy setting is not configured, the LogPipelineExecutionDetails property of a module or snap-in determines whether the execution events of a module or snap-in are logged. By default, the LogPipelineExecutionDetails property of all modules and snap-ins is set to False.
+If you disable this policy setting, logging of execution events is disabled for all Windows PowerShell modules. Disabling this policy setting for a module is equivalent to setting the LogPipelineExecutionDetails property of the module to False.  If this policy setting isn't configured, the LogPipelineExecutionDetails property of a module or snap-in determines whether the execution events of a module or snap-in are logged. By default, the LogPipelineExecutionDetails property of all modules and snap-ins is set to False.
 
 To add modules and snap-ins to the policy setting list, click Show, and then type the module names in the list. The modules and snap-ins in the list must be installed on the computer.
 
@@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you configure the script execution policy, controlling which scripts are allowed to run.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the scripts selected in the drop-down list are allowed to run.  The "Allow only signed scripts" policy setting allows scripts to execute only if they are signed by a trusted publisher.
+If you enable this policy setting, the scripts selected in the drop-down list are allowed to run.  The "Allow only signed scripts" policy setting allows scripts to execute only if they're signed by a trusted publisher.
 
 The "Allow local scripts and remote signed scripts" policy setting allows any local scripts to run; scripts that originate from the Internet must be signed by a trusted publisher.  The "Allow all scripts" policy setting allows all scripts to run.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, no scripts are allowed to run.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting exists under both "Computer Configuration" and "User Configuration" in the Local Group Policy Editor. The "Computer Configuration" has precedence over "User Configuration."  If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it reverts to a per-machine preference setting; the default if that is not configured is "No scripts allowed."
+> This policy setting exists under both "Computer Configuration" and "User Configuration" in the Local Group Policy Editor. The "Computer Configuration" has precedence over "User Configuration."  If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, it reverts to a per-machine preference setting; the default if that isn't configured is "No scripts allowed."
 
 
 
@@ -176,9 +176,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you capture the input and output of Windows PowerShell commands into text-based transcripts.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows PowerShell will enable transcripting for Windows PowerShell, the Windows PowerShell ISE, and any other  applications that leverage the Windows PowerShell engine. By default, Windows PowerShell will record transcript output to each users' My Documents directory, with a file name that includes 'PowerShell_transcript', along with the computer name and time started. Enabling this policy is equivalent  to calling the Start-Transcript cmdlet on each Windows PowerShell session.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows PowerShell will enable transcription for Windows PowerShell, the Windows PowerShell ISE, and any other  applications that use the Windows PowerShell engine. By default, Windows PowerShell will record transcript output to each users' My Documents directory, with a file name that includes 'PowerShell_transcript', along with the computer name and time started. Enabling this policy is equivalent  to calling the Start-Transcript cmdlet on each Windows PowerShell session.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, transcripting of PowerShell-based applications is disabled by default, although transcripting can still be enabled  through the Start-Transcript cmdlet.
+If you disable this policy setting, transcription of PowerShell-based applications is disabled by default, although transcription can still be enabled  through the Start-Transcript cmdlet.
 
 If you use the OutputDirectory setting to enable transcript logging to a shared location, be sure to limit access to that directory to prevent users  from viewing the transcripts of other users or computers.
 
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to set the default value of the SourcePath parame
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Update-Help cmdlet will use the specified value as the default value for the SourcePath parameter. This default value can be overridden by specifying a different value with the SourcePath parameter on the Update-Help cmdlet.
 
-If this policy setting is disabled or not configured, this policy setting does not set a default value for the SourcePath parameter of the Update-Help cmdlet.
+If this policy setting is disabled or not configured, this policy setting doesn't set a default value for the SourcePath parameter of the Update-Help cmdlet.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting exists under both Computer Configuration and User Configuration in the Group Policy Editor. The Computer Configuration policy setting takes precedence over the User Configuration policy setting.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-printing.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-printing.md
index 5e99e594d1..0ea4840878 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-printing.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-printing.md
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@ Internet printing lets you display printers on Web pages so that printers can be
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Internet printing is activated on this server.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, Internet printing is not activated.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, Internet printing isn't activated.
 
 Internet printing is an extension of Internet Information Services (IIS). To use Internet printing, IIS must be installed, and printing support and this setting must be enabled.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting affects the server side of Internet printing only. It does not prevent the print client on the computer from printing across the Internet.
+> This setting affects the server side of Internet printing only. It doesn't prevent the print client on the computer from printing across the Internet.
 
 Also, see the "Custom support URL in the Printers folder's left pane" setting in this folder and the "Browse a common Web site to find printers" setting in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Control Panel\Printers.
 
@@ -191,15 +191,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Determines if print driver components are isolated from applications instead of normally loading them into applications. Isolating print drivers greatly reduces the risk of a print driver failure causing an application crash.
 
-Not all applications support driver isolation. By default, Microsoft Excel 2007, Excel 2010, Word 2007, Word 2010 and certain other applications are configured to support it. Other applications may also be capable of isolating print drivers, depending on whether they are configured for it.
+Not all applications support driver isolation. By default, Microsoft Excel 2007, Excel 2010, Word 2007, Word 2010 and certain other applications are configured to support it. Other applications may also be capable of isolating print drivers, depending on whether they're configured for it.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, then applications that are configured to support driver isolation will be isolated.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, then applications that are configured to support driver isolation will be isolated.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, then print drivers will be loaded within all associated application processes.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - This policy setting applies only to applications opted into isolation.
-> - This policy setting applies only to print drivers loaded by applications. Print drivers loaded by the print spooler are not affected.
+> - This policy setting applies only to print drivers loaded by applications. Print drivers loaded by the print spooler aren't affected.
 > - This policy setting is only checked once during the lifetime of a process. After changing the policy, a running application must be relaunched before settings take effect.
 
 
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ By default, the Printers folder includes a link to the Microsoft Support Web pag
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you replace the "Get help with printing" default link with a link to a Web page customized for your enterprise.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, or if you do not enter an alternate Internet address, the default link will appear in the Printers folder.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, or if you don't enter an alternate Internet address, the default link will appear in the Printers folder.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Web pages links only appear in the Printers folder when Web view is enabled. If Web view is disabled, the setting has no effect. (To enable Web view, open the Printers folder, and, on the Tools menu, click Folder Options, click the General tab, and then click "Enable Web content in folders.")
@@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage where client computers search for Point
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the client computer will continue to search for compatible Point and Print drivers from Windows Update after it fails to find the compatible driver from the local driver store and the server driver cache.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the client computer will only search the local driver store and server driver cache for compatible Point and Print drivers. If it is unable to find a compatible driver, then the Point and Print connection will fail.
+If you disable this policy setting, the client computer will only search the local driver store and server driver cache for compatible Point and Print drivers. If it's unable to find a compatible driver, then the Point and Print connection will fail.
 
-This policy setting is not configured by default, and the behavior depends on the version of Windows that you are using.
+This policy setting isn't configured by default, and the behavior depends on the version of Windows that you're using.
 
 
 
@@ -344,11 +344,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy setting, it sets the maximum number of printers (of each type) that the Add Printer wizard will display on a computer on a managed network (when the computer is able to reach a domain controller, e.g. a domain-joined laptop on a corporate network.)
+If you enable this policy setting, it sets the maximum number of printers (of each type) that the Add Printer wizard will display on a computer on a managed network (when the computer is able to reach a domain controller, for example, a domain-joined laptop on a corporate network.)
 
-If this policy setting is disabled, the network scan page will not be displayed.
+If this policy setting is disabled, the network scan page won't be displayed.
 
-If this policy setting is not configured, the Add Printer wizard will display the default number of printers of each type:
+If this policy setting isn't configured, the Add Printer wizard will display the default number of printers of each type:
 
 - Directory printers: 20
 - TCP/IP printers: 0
@@ -360,9 +360,9 @@ In order to view available Web Services printers on your network, ensure that ne
 
 If you would like to not display printers of a certain type, enable this policy and set the number of printers to display to 0.
 
-In Windows 10 and later, only TCP/IP printers can be shown in the wizard. If you enable this policy setting, only TCP/IP printer limits are applicable. On Windows 10 only, if you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default limit is applied.
+In Windows 10 and later, only TCP/IP printers can be shown in the wizard. If you enable this policy setting, only TCP/IP printer limits are applicable. On Windows 10 only, if you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default limit is applied.
 
-In Windows 8 and later, Bluetooth printers are not shown so its limit does not apply to those versions of Windows.
+In Windows 8 and later, Bluetooth printers aren't shown so its limit doesn't apply to those versions of Windows.
 
 
 
@@ -406,12 +406,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Allows users to use the Add Printer Wizard to search the network for shared printers.
 
-If you enable this setting or do not configure it, when users choose to add a network printer by selecting the "A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer" radio button on Add Printer Wizard's page 2, and also check the "Connect to this printer (or to browse for a printer, select this option and click Next)" radio button on Add Printer Wizard's page 3, and do not specify a printer name in the adjacent "Name" edit box, then Add Printer Wizard displays the list of shared printers on the network and invites to choose a printer from the shown list.
+If you enable this setting or don't configure it, when users choose to add a network printer by selecting the "A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer" radio button on Add Printer Wizard's page 2, and also check the "Connect to this printer (or to browse for a printer, select this option and click Next)" radio button on Add Printer Wizard's page 3, and don't specify a printer name in the adjacent "Name" edit box, then Add Printer Wizard displays the list of shared printers on the network and invites to choose a printer from the shown list.
 
-If you disable this setting, the network printer browse page is removed from within the Add Printer Wizard, and users cannot search the network but must type a printer name.
+If you disable this setting, the network printer browse page is removed from within the Add Printer Wizard, and users can't search the network but must type a printer name.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting affects the Add Printer Wizard only. It does not prevent users from using other programs to search for shared printers or to connect to network printers.
+> This setting affects the Add Printer Wizard only. It doesn't prevent users from using other programs to search for shared printers or to connect to network printers.
 
 
 
@@ -453,22 +453,22 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-When printing through a print server, determines whether the print spooler on the client will process print jobs itself, or pass them on to the server to do the work.
+When printing is being done through a print server, determines whether the print spooler on the client will process print jobs itself, or pass them on to the server to do the work.
 
-This policy setting only effects printing to a Windows print server.
+This policy setting only affects printing to a Windows print server.
 
-If you enable this policy setting on a client machine, the client spooler will not process print jobs before sending them to the print server. This decreases the workload on the client at the expense of increasing the load on the server.
+If you enable this policy setting on a client machine, the client spooler won't process print jobs before sending them to the print server, thereby decreasing the workload on the client at the expense of increasing the load on the server.
 
-If you disable this policy setting on a client machine, the client itself will process print jobs into printer device commands. These commands will then be sent to the print server, and the server will simply pass the commands to the printer. This increases the workload of the client while decreasing the load on the server.
+If you disable this policy setting on a client machine, the client itself will process print jobs into printer device commands. These commands will then be sent to the print server, and the server will pass the commands to the printer. This process increases the workload of the client while decreasing the load on the server.
 
-If you do not enable this policy setting, the behavior is the same as disabling it.
+If you don't enable this policy setting, the behavior is the same as disabling it.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy does not determine whether offline printing will be available to the client. The client print spooler can always queue print jobs when not connected to the print server. Upon reconnecting to the server, the client will submit any pending print jobs.
+> This policy doesn't determine whether offline printing will be available to the client. The client print spooler can always queue print jobs when not connected to the print server. Upon reconnecting to the server, the client will submit any pending print jobs.
 >
-> Some printer drivers require a custom print processor. In some cases the custom print processor may not be installed on the client machine, such as when the print server does not support transferring print processors during point-and-print. In the case of a print processor mismatch, the client spooler will always send jobs to the print server for rendering. Disabling the above policy setting does not override this behavior.
+> Some printer drivers require a custom print processor. In some cases the custom print processor may not be installed on the client machine, such as when the print server doesn't support transferring print processors during point-and-print. In the case of a print processor mismatch, the client spooler will always send jobs to the print server for rendering. Disabling the above policy setting doesn't override this behavior.
 >
-> In cases where the client print driver does not match the server print driver (mismatched connection), the client will always process the print job, regardless of the setting of this policy.
+> In cases where the client print driver doesn't match the server print driver (mismatched connection), the client will always process the print job, regardless of the setting of this policy.
 
 
 
@@ -604,15 +604,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Determines whether printers using kernel-mode drivers may be installed on the local computer.  Kernel-mode drivers have access to system-wide memory, and therefore poorly-written kernel-mode drivers can cause stop errors.
+Determines whether printers using kernel-mode drivers may be installed on the local computer.  Kernel-mode drivers have access to system-wide memory, and therefore poorly written kernel-mode drivers can cause stop errors.
 
 
-If you do not configure this setting on Windows Server 2003 family products, the installation of kernel-mode printer drivers will be blocked.
+If you don't configure this setting on Windows Server 2003 family products, the installation of kernel-mode printer drivers will be blocked.
 
-If you enable this setting, installation of a printer using a kernel-mode driver will not be allowed.
+If you enable this setting, installation of a printer using a kernel-mode driver won't be allowed.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy does not apply to 64-bit kernel-mode printer drivers as they cannot be installed and associated with a print queue.
+> This policy doesn't apply to 64-bit kernel-mode printer drivers as they can't be installed and associated with a print queue.
 
 
 
@@ -656,11 +656,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This preference allows you to change default printer management.
 
-If you enable this setting, Windows will not manage the default printer.
+If you enable this setting, Windows won't manage the default printer.
 
 If you disable this setting, Windows will manage the default printer.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, default printer management will not change. 
+If you don't configure this setting, default printer management won't change. 
 
 
 
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ Microsoft XPS Document Writer (MXDW) generates OpenXPS (*.oxps) files by default
 
 If you enable this group policy setting, the default MXDW output format is the legacy Microsoft XPS (*.xps).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default MXDW output format is OpenXPS (*.oxps).
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default MXDW output format is OpenXPS (*.oxps).
 
 
 
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ If this policy setting is enabled, it prevents users from deleting local and net
 
 If a user tries to delete a printer, such as by using the Delete option in Printers in Control Panel, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from running other programs to delete a printer.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from running other programs to delete a printer.
 
 If this policy is disabled, or not configured, users can delete printers using the methods described above.
 
@@ -796,11 +796,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy sets the maximum number of printers (of each type) that the Add Printer wizard will display on a computer on an unmanaged network (when the computer is not able to reach a domain controller, e.g. a domain-joined laptop on a home network.)
+This policy sets the maximum number of printers (of each type) that the Add Printer wizard will display on a computer on an unmanaged network (when the computer isn't able to reach a domain controller, for example, a domain-joined laptop on a home network.)
 
-If this setting is disabled, the network scan page will not be displayed.
+If this setting is disabled, the network scan page won't be displayed.
 
-If this setting is not configured, the Add Printer wizard will display the default number of printers of each type:
+If this setting isn't configured, the Add Printer wizard will display the default number of printers of each type:
 
 - TCP/IP printers: 50
 - Web Services printers: 50
@@ -809,9 +809,9 @@ If this setting is not configured, the Add Printer wizard will display the defau
 
 If you would like to not display printers of a certain type, enable this policy and set the number of printers to display to 0.
 
-In Windows 10 and later, only TCP/IP printers can be shown in the wizard. If you enable this policy setting, only TCP/IP printer limits are applicable. On Windows 10 only, if you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default limit is applied.
+In Windows 10 and later, only TCP/IP printers can be shown in the wizard. If you enable this policy setting, only TCP/IP printer limits are applicable. On Windows 10 only, if you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default limit is applied.
 
-In Windows 8 and later, Bluetooth printers are not shown so its limit does not apply to those versions of Windows.
+In Windows 8 and later, Bluetooth printers aren't shown so its limit doesn't apply to those versions of Windows.
 
 
 
@@ -855,9 +855,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy restricts clients computers to use package point and print only.
 
-If this setting is enabled, users will only be able to point and print to printers that use package-aware drivers. When using package point and print, client computers will check the driver signature of all drivers that are downloaded from print servers.
+If this setting is enabled, users will only be able to point and print to printers that use package-aware drivers. When package point and print are being used, client computers will check the driver signature of all drivers that are downloaded from print servers.
 
-If this setting is disabled, or not configured, users will not be restricted to package-aware point and print only.
+If this setting is disabled, or not configured, users won't be restricted to package-aware point and print only.
 
 
 
@@ -901,9 +901,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy restricts clients computers to use package point and print only.
 
-If this setting is enabled, users will only be able to point and print to printers that use package-aware drivers. When using package point and print, client computers will check the driver signature of all drivers that are downloaded from print servers.
+If this setting is enabled, users will only be able to point and print to printers that use package-aware drivers. When package point and print are being used, client computers will check the driver signature of all drivers that are downloaded from print servers.
 
-If this setting is disabled, or not configured, users will not be restricted to package-aware point and print only.
+If this setting is disabled, or not configured, users won't be restricted to package-aware point and print only.
 
 
 
@@ -947,13 +947,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Restricts package point and print to approved servers.
 
-This policy setting restricts package point and print connections to approved servers. This setting only applies to Package Point and Print connections, and is completely independent from the "Point and Print Restrictions" policy that governs the behavior of non-package point and print connections.
+This policy setting restricts package point and print connections to approved servers. This setting only applies to Package Point and Print connections, and is independent from the "Point and Print Restrictions" policy that governs the behavior of non-package point and print connections.
 
 Windows Vista and later clients will attempt to make a non-package point and print connection anytime a package point and print connection fails, including attempts that are blocked by this policy. Administrators may need to set both policies to block all print connections to a specific print server.
 
-If this setting is enabled, users will only be able to package point and print to print servers approved by the network administrator. When using package point and print, client computers will check the driver signature of all drivers that are downloaded from print servers.
+If this setting is enabled, users will only be able to package point and print to print servers approved by the network administrator. When package point and print are being used, client computers will check the driver signature of all drivers that are downloaded from print servers.
 
-If this setting is disabled, or not configured, package point and print will not be restricted to specific print servers.
+If this setting is disabled, or not configured, package point and print won't be restricted to specific print servers.
 
 
 
@@ -997,13 +997,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Restricts package point and print to approved servers.
 
-This policy setting restricts package point and print connections to approved servers. This setting only applies to Package Point and Print connections, and is completely independent from the "Point and Print Restrictions" policy that governs the behavior of non-package point and print connections.
+This policy setting restricts package point and print connections to approved servers. This setting only applies to Package Point and Print connections, and is independent from the "Point and Print Restrictions" policy that governs the behavior of non-package point and print connections.
 
 Windows Vista and later clients will attempt to make a non-package point and print connection anytime a package point and print connection fails, including attempts that are blocked by this policy. Administrators may need to set both policies to block all print connections to a specific print server.
 
-If this setting is enabled, users will only be able to package point and print to print servers approved by the network administrator. When using package point and print, client computers will check the driver signature of all drivers that are downloaded from print servers.
+If this setting is enabled, users will only be able to package point and print to print servers approved by the network administrator. When package point and print are being used, client computers will check the driver signature of all drivers that are downloaded from print servers.
 
-If this setting is disabled, or not configured, package point and print will not be restricted to specific print servers.
+If this setting is disabled, or not configured, package point and print won't be restricted to specific print servers.
 
 
 
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ When Location Tracking is enabled, the system uses the specified location as a c
 
 Type the location of the user's computer. When users search for printers, the system uses the specified location (and other search criteria) to find a printer nearby. You can also use this setting to direct users to a particular printer or group of printers that you want them to use.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, and the user does not type a location as a search criterion, the system searches for a nearby printer based on the IP address and subnet mask of the user's computer.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, and the user doesn't type a location as a search criterion, the system searches for a nearby printer based on the IP address and subnet mask of the user's computer.
 
 
 
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ Use Location Tracking to design a location scheme for your enterprise and assign
 
 If you enable this setting, users can browse for printers by location without knowing the printer's location or location naming scheme. Enabling Location Tracking adds a Browse button in the Add Printer wizard's Printer Name and Sharing Location screen and to the General tab in the Printer Properties dialog box. If you enable the Group Policy Computer location setting, the default location you entered appears in the Location field by default.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, Location Tracking is disabled. Printer proximity is estimated using the standard method (that is, based on IP address and subnet mask).
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, Location Tracking is disabled. Printer proximity is estimated using the standard method (that is, based on IP address and subnet mask).
 
 
 
@@ -1143,15 +1143,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether the print spooler will execute print drivers in an isolated or separate process. When print drivers are loaded in an isolated process (or isolated processes), a print driver failure will not cause the print spooler service to fail.
+This policy setting determines whether the print spooler will execute print drivers in an isolated or separate process. When print drivers are loaded in an isolated process (or isolated processes), a print driver failure won't cause the print spooler service to fail.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, the print spooler will execute print drivers in an isolated process by default.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, the print spooler will execute print drivers in an isolated process by default.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the print spooler will execute print drivers in the print spooler process.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - Other system or driver policy settings may alter the process in which a print driver is executed.
-> - This policy setting applies only to print drivers loaded by the print spooler. Print drivers loaded by applications are not affected.
+> - This policy setting applies only to print drivers loaded by the print spooler. Print drivers loaded by applications aren't affected.
 > - This policy setting takes effect without restarting the print spooler service.
 
 
@@ -1194,15 +1194,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether the print spooler will override the Driver Isolation compatibility reported by the print driver. This enables executing print drivers in an isolated process, even if the driver does not report compatibility.
+This policy setting determines whether the print spooler will override the Driver Isolation compatibility reported by the print driver. This policy setting enables executing print drivers in an isolated process, even if the driver doesn't report compatibility.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the print spooler isolates all print drivers that do not explicitly opt out of Driver Isolation.
+If you enable this policy setting, the print spooler isolates all print drivers that don't explicitly opt out of Driver Isolation.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the print spooler uses the Driver Isolation compatibility flag value reported by the print driver.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the print spooler uses the Driver Isolation compatibility flag value reported by the print driver.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > - Other system or driver policy settings may alter the process in which a print driver is executed.
-> - This policy setting applies only to print drivers loaded by the print spooler. Print drivers loaded by applications are not affected.
+> - This policy setting applies only to print drivers loaded by the print spooler. Print drivers loaded by applications aren't affected.
 > - This policy setting takes effect without restarting the print spooler service.
 
 
@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ The Add Printer Wizard gives users the option of searching Active Directory for
 
 If you enable this policy setting, these searches begin at the location you specify in the "Default Active Directory path" box. Otherwise, searches begin at the root of Active Directory.
 
-This setting only provides a starting point for Active Directory searches for printers. It does not restrict user searches through Active Directory.
+This setting only provides a starting point for Active Directory searches for printers. It doesn't restrict user searches through Active Directory.
 
 
 
@@ -1295,13 +1295,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Announces the presence of shared printers to print browse main servers for the domain.
 
-On domains with Active Directory, shared printer resources are available in Active Directory and are not announced.
+On domains with Active Directory, shared printer resources are available in Active Directory and aren't announced.
 
 If you enable this setting, the print spooler announces shared printers to the print browse main servers.
 
-If you disable this setting, shared printers are not announced to print browse main servers, even if Active Directory is not available.
+If you disable this setting, shared printers aren't announced to print browse main servers, even if Active Directory isn't available.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, shared printers are announced to browse main servers only when Active Directory is not available.
+If you don't configure this setting, shared printers are announced to browse main servers only when Active Directory isn't available.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > A client license is used each time a client computer announces a printer to a print browse master on the domain.
@@ -1348,12 +1348,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy controls whether the print job name will be included in print event logs.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the print job name will not be included.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the print job name won't be included.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the print job name will be included in new log entries.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not apply to Branch Office Direct Printing jobs.
+> This setting doesn't apply to Branch Office Direct Printing jobs.
 
 
 
@@ -1397,11 +1397,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy determines if v4 printer drivers are allowed to run printer extensions.
 
-V4 printer drivers may include an optional, customized user interface known as a printer extension. These extensions may provide access to more device features, but this may not be appropriate for all enterprises.
+V4 printer drivers may include an optional, customized user interface known as a printer extension. These extensions may provide access to more device features, but these extensions may not be appropriate for all enterprises.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, then all printer extensions will not be allowed to run.
+If you enable this policy setting, then all printer extensions won't be allowed to run.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, then all printer extensions that have been installed will be allowed to run.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, then all printer extensions that have been installed will be allowed to run.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-printing2.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-printing2.md
index 5ba617c45b..87ff13e471 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-printing2.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-printing2.md
@@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 Determines whether the Add Printer Wizard automatically publishes the computer's shared printers in Active Directory.
 
-If you enable this setting or do not configure it, the Add Printer Wizard automatically publishes all shared printers.
+If you enable this setting or don't configure it, the Add Printer Wizard automatically publishes all shared printers.
 
-If you disable this setting, the Add Printer Wizard does not automatically publish printers. However, you can publish shared printers manually.
+If you disable this setting, the Add Printer Wizard doesn't automatically publish printers. However, you can publish shared printers manually.
 
 The default behavior is to automatically publish shared printers in Active Directory.
 
@@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Determines whether the domain controller can prune (delete from Active Directory) the printers published by this computer.
 
-By default, the pruning service on the domain controller prunes printer objects from Active Directory if the computer that published them does not respond to contact requests. When the computer that published the printers restarts, it republishes any deleted printer objects.
+By default, the pruning service on the domain controller prunes printer objects from Active Directory if the computer that published them doesn't respond to contact requests. When the computer that published the printers restarts, it republishes any deleted printer objects.
 
-If you enable this setting or do not configure it, the domain controller prunes this computer's printers when the computer does not respond.
+If you enable this setting or don't configure it, the domain controller prunes this computer's printers when the computer doesn't respond.
 
-If you disable this setting, the domain controller does not prune this computer's printers. This setting is designed to prevent printers from being pruned when the computer is temporarily disconnected from the network.
+If you disable this setting, the domain controller doesn't prune this computer's printers. This setting is designed to prevent printers from being pruned when the computer is temporarily disconnected from the network.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > You can use the "Directory Pruning Interval" and "Directory Pruning Retry" settings to adjust the contact interval and number of contact attempts.
@@ -186,20 +186,20 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Determines whether the pruning service on a domain controller prunes printer objects that are not automatically republished whenever the host computer does not respond,just as it does with Windows 2000 printers. This setting applies to printers running operating systems other than Windows 2000 and to Windows 2000 printers published outside their forest.
+Determines whether the pruning service on a domain controller prunes printer objects that aren't automatically republished whenever the host computer doesn't respond, just as it does with Windows 2000 printers. This setting applies to printers running operating systems other than Windows 2000 and to Windows 2000 printers published outside their forest.
 
-The Windows pruning service prunes printer objects from Active Directory when the computer that published them does not respond to contact requests. Computers running Windows 2000 Professional detect and republish deleted printer objects when they rejoin the network. However, because non-Windows 2000 computers and computers in other domains cannot republish printers in Active Directory automatically, by default, the system never prunes their printer objects.
+The Windows pruning service prunes printer objects from Active Directory when the computer that published them doesn't respond to contact requests. Computers running Windows 2000 Professional detect and republish deleted printer objects when they rejoin the network. However, because non-Windows 2000 computers and computers in other domains can't republish printers in Active Directory automatically, by default, the system never prunes their printer objects.
 
 You can enable this setting to change the default behavior. To use this setting, select one of the following options from the "Prune non-republishing printers" box:
 
-- "Never" specifies that printer objects that are not automatically republished are never pruned. "Never" is the default.
+- "Never" specifies that printer objects that aren't automatically republished are never pruned. "Never" is the default.
 
-- "Only if Print Server is found" prunes printer objects that are not automatically republished only when the print server responds, but the printer is unavailable.
+- "Only if Print Server is found" prunes printer objects that aren't automatically republished only when the print server responds, but the printer is unavailable.
 
-- "Whenever printer is not found" prunes printer objects that are not automatically republished whenever the host computer does not respond, just as it does with Windows 2000 printers.
+- "Whenever printer is not found" prunes printer objects that aren't automatically republished whenever the host computer doesn't respond, just as it does with Windows 2000 printers.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting applies to printers published by using Active Directory Users and Computers or Pubprn.vbs. It does not apply to printers published by using Printers in Control Panel.
+> This setting applies to printers published by using Active Directory Users and Computers or Pubprn.vbs. It doesn't apply to printers published by using Printers in Control Panel.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > If you disable automatic pruning, remember to delete printer objects manually whenever you remove a printer or print server.
@@ -246,13 +246,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Specifies how often the pruning service on a domain controller contacts computers to verify that their printers are operational.
 
-The pruning service periodically contacts computers that have published printers. If a computer does not respond to the contact message (optionally, after repeated attempts), the pruning service "prunes" (deletes from Active Directory) printer objects the computer has published.
+The pruning service periodically contacts computers that have published printers. If a computer doesn't respond to the contact message (optionally, after repeated attempts), the pruning service "prunes" (deletes from Active Directory) printer objects the computer has published.
 
 By default, the pruning service contacts computers every eight hours and allows two repeated contact attempts before deleting printers from Active Directory.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can change the interval between contact attempts.
 
-If you do not configure or disable this setting the default values will be used.
+If you don't configure or disable this setting, the default values will be used.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting is used only on domain controllers.
@@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Sets the priority of the pruning thread.
 
-The pruning thread, which runs only on domain controllers, deletes printer objects from Active Directory if the printer that published the object does not respond to contact attempts. This process keeps printer information in Active Directory current.
+The pruning thread, which runs only on domain controllers, deletes printer objects from Active Directory if the printer that published the object doesn't respond to contact attempts. This process keeps printer information in Active Directory current.
 
-The thread priority influences the order in which the thread receives processor time and determines how likely it is to be preempted by higher priority threads.
+The thread priority influences the order in which the thread receives processor time and determines how likely it's to be preempted by higher priority threads.
 
 By default, the pruning thread runs at normal priority. However, you can adjust the priority to improve the performance of this service.
 
@@ -350,13 +350,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Specifies how many times the pruning service on a domain controller repeats its attempt to contact a computer before pruning the computer's printers.
 
-The pruning service periodically contacts computers that have published printers to verify that the printers are still available for use. If a computer does not respond to the contact message, the message is repeated for the specified number of times. If the computer still fails to respond, then the pruning service "prunes" (deletes from Active Directory) printer objects the computer has published.
+The pruning service periodically contacts computers that have published printers to verify that the printers are still available for use. If a computer doesn't respond to the contact message, the message is repeated for the specified number of times. If the computer still fails to respond, then the pruning service "prunes" (deletes from Active Directory) printer objects the computer has published.
 
 By default, the pruning service contacts computers every eight hours and allows two retries before deleting printers from Active Directory. You can use this setting to change the number of retries.
 
 If you enable this setting, you can change the interval between attempts.
 
-If you do not configure or disable this setting, the default values are used.
+If you don't configure or disable this setting, the default values are used.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting is used only on domain controllers.
@@ -403,13 +403,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Specifies whether or not to log events when the pruning service on a domain controller attempts to contact a computer before pruning the computer's printers.
 
-The pruning service periodically contacts computers that have published printers to verify that the printers are still available for use. If a computer does not respond to the contact attempt, the attempt is retried a specified number of times, at a specified interval. The "Directory pruning retry" setting determines the number of times the attempt is retried; the default value is two retries. The "Directory Pruning Interval" setting determines the time interval between retries; the default value is every eight hours. If the computer has not responded by the last contact attempt, its printers are pruned from the directory.
+The pruning service periodically contacts computers that have published printers to verify that the printers are still available for use. If a computer doesn't respond to the contact attempt, the attempt is retried a specified number of times, at a specified interval. The "Directory pruning retry" setting determines the number of times the attempt is retried; the default value is two retries. The "Directory Pruning Interval" setting determines the time interval between retries; the default value is every eight hours. If the computer hasn't responded by the last contact attempt, its printers are pruned from the directory.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the contact events are recorded in the event log.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the contact events are not recorded in the event log.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the contact events aren't recorded in the event log.
 
-Note: This setting does not affect the logging of pruning events; the actual pruning of a printer is always logged.
+Note: This setting doesn't affect the logging of pruning events; the actual pruning of a printer is always logged.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting is used only on domain controllers.
@@ -456,9 +456,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy controls whether the print spooler will accept client connections.
 
-When the policy is not configured or enabled, the spooler will always accept client connections.
+When the policy isn't configured or enabled, the spooler will always accept client connections.
 
-When the policy is disabled, the spooler will not accept client connections nor allow users to share printers. All printers currently shared will continue to be shared.
+When the policy is disabled, the spooler won't accept client connections nor allow users to share printers. All printers currently shared will continue to be shared.
 
 The spooler must be restarted for changes to this policy to take effect.
 
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Directs the system to periodically verify that the printers published by this co
 
 By default, the system only verifies published printers at startup. This setting allows for periodic verification while the computer is operating.
 
-To enable this additional verification, enable this setting, and then select a verification interval.
+To enable this extra verification, enable this setting, and then select a verification interval.
 
 To disable verification, disable this setting, or enable this setting and select "Never" for the verification interval.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-programs.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-programs.md
index 08c035bce0..c1089d79fe 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-programs.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-programs.md
@@ -78,15 +78,15 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This setting removes the Set Program Access and Defaults page from the Programs Control Panel. As a result, users cannot view or change the associated page.
+This setting removes the Set Program Access and Defaults page from the Programs Control Panel. As a result, users can't view or change the associated page.
 
 The Set Program Access and Computer Defaults page allows administrators to specify default programs for certain activities, such as Web browsing or sending e-mail, as well as specify the programs that are accessible from the Start menu, desktop, and other locations.
 
 If this setting is disabled or not configured, the Set Program Access and Defaults button is available to all users.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from using other tools and methods to change program access or defaults.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from using other tools and methods to change program access or defaults.
 
-This setting does not prevent the Default Programs icon from appearing on the Start menu.
+This setting doesn't prevent the Default Programs icon from appearing on the Start menu.
 
 
 
@@ -134,9 +134,9 @@ This setting prevents users from accessing the "Get Programs" page from the Prog
 
 Published programs are those programs that the system administrator has explicitly made available to the user with a tool such as Windows Installer. Typically, system administrators publish programs to notify users of their availability, to recommend their use, or to enable users to install them without having to search for installation files.
 
-If this setting is enabled, users cannot view the programs that have been published by the system administrator, and they cannot use the "Get Programs" page to install published programs.  Enabling this feature does not prevent users from installing programs by using other methods.  Users will still be able to view and installed assigned (partially installed) programs that are offered on the desktop or on the Start menu.
+If this setting is enabled, users can't view the programs that have been published by the system administrator, and they can't use the "Get Programs" page to install published programs.  Enabling this feature doesn't prevent users from installing programs by using other methods.  Users will still be able to view and installed assigned (partially installed) programs that are offered on the desktop or on the Start menu.
 
-If this setting is disabled or is not configured, the "Install a program from the network" task to the "Get Programs" page will be available to all users.
+If this setting is disabled or isn't configured, the "Install a program from the network" task to the "Get Programs" page will be available to all users.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If the "Hide Programs Control Panel" setting is enabled, this setting is ignored.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ This setting prevents users from accessing "Installed Updates" page from the "Vi
 
 If this setting is disabled or not configured, the "View installed updates" task and the "Installed Updates" page will be available to all users.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from using other tools and methods to install or uninstall programs.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from using other tools and methods to install or uninstall programs.
 
 
 
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ This setting prevents users from accessing "Programs and Features" to view, unin
 
 If this setting is disabled or not configured, "Programs and Features" will be available to all users.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from using other tools and methods to view or uninstall programs.  It also does not prevent users from linking to related Programs Control Panel Features including Windows Features, Get Programs, or Windows Marketplace.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from using other tools and methods to view or uninstall programs.  It also doesn't prevent users from linking to related Programs Control Panel Features including Windows Features, Get Programs, or Windows Marketplace.
 
 
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ If this setting is disabled or not configured, the Programs Control Panel in Cat
 
 When enabled, this setting takes precedence over the other settings in this folder.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from using other tools and methods to install or uninstall programs.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from using other tools and methods to install or uninstall programs.
 
 
 
@@ -325,11 +325,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This setting prevents users from accessing the "Turn Windows features on or off" task from the Programs Control Panel in Category View, Programs and Features in Classic View, and Get Programs. As a result, users cannot view, enable, or disable various Windows features and services.
+This setting prevents users from accessing the "Turn Windows features on or off" task from the Programs Control Panel in Category View, Programs and Features in Classic View, and Get Programs. As a result, users can't view, enable, or disable various Windows features and services.
 
-If this setting is disabled or is not configured, the "Turn Windows features on or off" task will be available to all users.
+If this setting is disabled or isn't configured, the "Turn Windows features on or off" task will be available to all users.
 
-This setting does not prevent users from using other tools and methods to configure services or enable or disable program components.
+This setting doesn't prevent users from using other tools and methods to configure services or enable or disable program components.
 
 
 
@@ -375,9 +375,9 @@ This setting prevents users from access the "Get new programs from Windows Marke
 
 Windows Marketplace allows users to purchase and/or download various programs to their computer for installation.
 
-Enabling this feature does not prevent users from navigating to Windows Marketplace using other methods. 
+Enabling this feature doesn't prevent users from navigating to Windows Marketplace using other methods. 
 
-If this feature is disabled or is not configured, the "Get new programs from Windows Marketplace" task link will be available to all users.
+If this feature is disabled or isn't configured, the "Get new programs from Windows Marketplace" task link will be available to all users.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If the "Hide Programs control Panel" setting is enabled, this setting is ignored.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-radar.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-radar.md
index a62022e062..80e2f293b0 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-radar.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-radar.md
@@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ This policy determines the execution level for Windows Resource Exhaustion Detec
 
 These root causes will be logged to the event log when detected, but no corrective action will be taken. If you select detection, troubleshooting and resolution, the DPS will detect Windows Resource Exhaustion problems and indicate to the user that assisted resolution is available.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Windows will not be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Resource Exhaustion problems that are handled by the DPS.
+- If you disable this policy setting, Windows won't be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve any Windows Resource Exhaustion problems that are handled by the DPS.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Resource Exhaustion for resolution by default.  
-This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy is not configured.  No system restart or service restart is required for this policy to take effect: changes take effect immediately. This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios will not be executed. The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the DPS will enable Windows Resource Exhaustion for resolution by default.  
+This policy setting takes effect only if the diagnostics-wide scenario execution policy isn't configured.  No system restart or service restart is required for this policy to take effect: changes take effect immediately. This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenarios won't be executed. The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-reliability.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-reliability.md
index b278ae8152..006b2c772d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-reliability.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-reliability.md
@@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows the system to detect the time of unexpected shutdowns by writing the current time to disk on a schedule controlled by the Timestamp Interval.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you are able to specify how often the Persistent System Timestamp is refreshed and subsequently written to the disk. You can specify the Timestamp Interval in seconds.
+If you enable this policy setting, you're able to specify how often the Persistent System Timestamp is refreshed and then written to the disk. You can specify the Timestamp Interval in seconds.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the Persistent System Timestamp is turned off and the timing of unexpected shutdowns is not recorded.
+If you disable this policy setting, the Persistent System Timestamp is turned off and the timing of unexpected shutdowns isn't recorded.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the Persistent System Timestamp is refreshed according the default, which is every 60 seconds beginning with Windows Server 2003.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the Persistent System Timestamp is refreshed according to the default, which is every 60 seconds beginning with Windows Server 2003.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This feature might interfere with power configuration settings that turn off hard disks after a period of inactivity. These power settings may be accessed in the Power Options Control Panel.
@@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ This policy setting controls whether or not unplanned shutdown events can be rep
 
 If you enable this policy setting, error reporting includes unplanned shutdown events.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, unplanned shutdown events are not included in error reporting.
+If you disable this policy setting, unplanned shutdown events aren't included in error reporting.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can adjust this setting using the control panel, which is set to "Upload unplanned shutdown events" by default.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can adjust this setting using the control panel, which is set to "Upload unplanned shutdown events" by default.
 
 Also see the "Configure Error Reporting" policy setting.
 
@@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting defines when the Shutdown Event Tracker System State Data feature is activated.
 
-The system state data file contains information about the basic system state as well as the state of all running processes.
+The system state data file contains information about the basic system state and the state of all running processes.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the System State Data feature is activated when the user indicates that the shutdown or restart is unplanned.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the System State Data feature is never activated.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior for the System State Data feature occurs.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior for the System State Data feature occurs.
 
 
 
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-The Shutdown Event Tracker can be displayed when you shut down a workstation or server.  This is an extra set of questions that is displayed when you invoke a shutdown to collect information related to why you are shutting down the computer.
+The Shutdown Event Tracker can be displayed when you shut down a workstation or server.  This tracker is an extra set of questions that is displayed when you invoke a shutdown to collect information related to why you're shutting down the computer.
 
 If you enable this setting and choose "Always" from the drop-down menu list, the Shutdown Event Tracker is displayed when the computer shuts down.
 
@@ -235,9 +235,9 @@ If you enable this policy setting and choose "Server Only" from the drop-down me
 
 If you enable this policy setting and choose "Workstation Only" from the drop-down menu list, the Shutdown Event Tracker is displayed when you shut down a computer running a client version of Windows. (See "Supported on" for supported versions.)
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the Shutdown Event Tracker is not displayed when you shut down the computer.
+If you disable this policy setting, the Shutdown Event Tracker isn't displayed when you shut down the computer.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior for the Shutdown Event Tracker occurs.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior for the Shutdown Event Tracker occurs.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > By default, the Shutdown Event Tracker is only displayed on computers running Windows Server.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-remoteassistance.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-remoteassistance.md
index bff298711a..31a892b671 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-remoteassistance.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-remoteassistance.md
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting enables Remote Assistance invitations to be generated with improved encryption so that only computers running this version (or later versions) of the operating system can connect. This policy setting does not affect Remote Assistance connections that are initiated by instant messaging contacts or the unsolicited Offer Remote Assistance.
+This policy setting enables Remote Assistance invitations to be generated with improved encryption so that only computers running this version (or later versions) of the operating system can connect. This policy setting doesn't affect Remote Assistance connections that are initiated by instant messaging contacts or the unsolicited Offer Remote Assistance.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, only computers running this version (or later versions) of the operating system can connect to this computer.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, computers running this version and a previous version of the operating system can connect to this computer.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can configure the setting in System Properties in the Control Panel.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can configure the setting in System Properties in the Control Panel.
 
 
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, bandwidth optimization occurs at the level sp
 
 If you disable this policy setting, application-based settings are used.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, application-based settings are used.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, application-based settings are used.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-rpc.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-rpc.md
index 8d55a90e21..24ee32b891 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-rpc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-rpc.md
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Extended error information includes the local time that the error occurred, the
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the RPC Runtime only generates a status code to indicate an error condition.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it remains disabled.  It will only generate a status code to indicate an error condition.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it remains disabled.  It will only generate a status code to indicate an error condition.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the RPC runtime will generate extended error information.
 
@@ -136,17 +136,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls whether the RPC Runtime ignores delegation failures when delegation is requested.
 
-The constrained delegation model, introduced in Windows Server 2003, does not report that delegation was enabled on a security context when a client connects to a server. Callers of RPC and COM are encouraged to use the RPC_C_QOS_CAPABILITIES_IGNORE_DELEGATE_FAILURE flag, but some applications written for the traditional delegation model prior to Windows Server 2003 may not use this flag and will encounter RPC_S_SEC_PKG_ERROR when connecting to a server that uses constrained delegation.
+The constrained delegation model, introduced in Windows Server 2003, doesn't report that delegation was enabled on a security context when a client connects to a server. Callers of RPC and COM are encouraged to use the RPC_C_QOS_CAPABILITIES_IGNORE_DELEGATE_FAILURE flag, but some applications written for the traditional delegation model prior to Windows Server 2003 may not use this flag and will encounter RPC_S_SEC_PKG_ERROR when connecting to a server that uses constrained delegation.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the RPC Runtime will generate RPC_S_SEC_PKG_ERROR errors to applications that ask for delegation and connect to servers using constrained delegation. 
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it remains disabled and will generate RPC_S_SEC_PKG_ERROR errors to applications that ask for delegation and connect to servers using constrained delegation.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it remains disabled and will generate RPC_S_SEC_PKG_ERROR errors to applications that ask for delegation and connect to servers using constrained delegation.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, then:
 
-- "Off" directs the RPC Runtime to generate RPC_S_SEC_PKG_ERROR if the client asks for delegation, but the created security context does not support delegation.
+- "Off" directs the RPC Runtime to generate RPC_S_SEC_PKG_ERROR if the client asks for delegation, but the created security context doesn't support delegation.
 
-- "On" directs the RPC Runtime to accept security contexts that do not support delegation even if delegation was asked for.
+- "On" directs the RPC Runtime to accept security contexts that don't support delegation even if delegation was asked for.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting will not be applied until the system is rebooted.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ The minimum allowed value for this policy setting is 90 seconds. The maximum is
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the idle connection timeout on the IIS server running the RPC HTTP proxy will be used.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it will remain disabled.  The idle connection timeout on the IIS server running the RPC HTTP proxy will be used.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it will remain disabled.  The idle connection timeout on the IIS server running the RPC HTTP proxy will be used.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, and the IIS server running the RPC HTTP proxy is configured with a lower idle connection timeout, the timeout on the IIS server is used. Otherwise, the provided timeout value is used. The timeout is given in seconds.
 
@@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ This policy setting determines whether the RPC Runtime maintains RPC state infor
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the RPC runtime defaults to "Auto2" level.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the RPC  defaults to "Auto2" level. 
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the RPC  defaults to "Auto2" level. 
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can use the drop-down box to determine which systems maintain RPC state information.
 
-- "None" indicates that the system does not maintain any RPC state information. Note: Because the basic state information required for troubleshooting has a negligible effect on performance and uses only about 4K of memory, this setting is not recommended for most installations.
+- "None" indicates that the system doesn't maintain any RPC state information. Note: Because the basic state information required for troubleshooting has a negligible effect on performance and uses only about 4K of memory, this setting isn't recommended for most installations.
 
 - "Auto1" directs RPC to maintain basic state information only if the computer has at least 64 MB of memory.
 
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, you can use the drop-down box to determine wh
 
 - "Server" directs RPC to maintain basic state information on the computer, regardless of its capacity.
 
-- "Full" directs RPC to maintain complete RPC state information on the system, regardless of its capacity. Because this level can degrade performance, it is recommended for use only while you are investigating an RPC problem.
+- "Full" directs RPC to maintain complete RPC state information on the system, regardless of its capacity. Because this level can degrade performance, it's recommended for use only while you're investigating an RPC problem.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To retrieve the RPC state information from a system that maintains it, you must use a debugging tool.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-scripts.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-scripts.md
index 82a3cfd387..46d2eeb48e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-scripts.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-scripts.md
@@ -93,11 +93,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows user logon scripts to run when the logon cross-forest, DNS suffixes are not configured, and NetBIOS or WINS is disabled. This policy setting affects all user accounts interactively logging on to the computer.
+This policy setting allows user logon scripts to run when the logon cross-forest, DNS suffixes aren't configured, and NetBIOS or WINS is disabled. This policy setting affects all user accounts interactively logging on to the computer.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, user logon scripts run if NetBIOS or WINS is disabled during cross-forest logons without the DNS suffixes being configured.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, user account cross-forest, interactive logging cannot run logon scripts if NetBIOS or WINS is disabled, and the DNS suffixes are not configured.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, user account cross-forest, interactive logging can't run logon scripts if NetBIOS or WINS is disabled, and the DNS suffixes aren't configured.
 
 
 
@@ -141,15 +141,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines how long the system waits for scripts applied by Group Policy to run. 
 
-This setting limits the total time allowed for all logon, logoff, startup, and shutdown scripts applied by Group Policy to finish running. If the scripts have not finished running when the specified time expires, the system stops script processing and records an error event.
+This setting limits the total time allowed for all logon, logoff, startup, and shutdown scripts applied by Group Policy to finish running. If the scripts haven't finished running when the specified time expires, the system stops script processing and records an error event.
 
 If you enable this setting, then, in the Seconds box, you can type a number from 1 to 32,000 for the number of seconds you want the system to wait for the set of scripts to finish. To direct the system to wait until the scripts have finished, no matter how long they take, type 0. 
 
-This interval is particularly important when other system tasks must wait while the scripts complete. By default, each startup script must complete before the next one runs. Also, you can use the "Run logon scripts synchronously" setting to direct the system to wait for the logon scripts to complete before loading the desktop. 
+This interval is important when other system tasks must wait while the scripts complete. By default, each startup script must complete before the next one runs. Also, you can use the "Run logon scripts synchronously" setting to direct the system to wait for the logon scripts to complete before loading the desktop. 
 
 An excessively long interval can delay the system and inconvenience users. However, if the interval is too short, prerequisite tasks might not be done, and the system can appear to be ready prematurely.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting the system lets the combined set of scripts run for up to 600 seconds (10 minutes). This is the default.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the system lets the combined set of scripts run for up to 600 seconds (10 minutes). This value is the default value.
 
 
 
@@ -262,11 +262,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting hides the instructions in logon scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier. 
 
-Logon scripts are batch files of instructions that run when the user logs on. By default, Windows displays the instructions in logon scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier in a command window as they run, although it does not display logon scripts written for Windows.
+Logon scripts are batch files of instructions that run when the user logs on. By default, Windows displays the instructions in logon scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier in a command window as they run, although it doesn't display logon scripts written for Windows.
 
-If you enable this setting, Windows does not display logon scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier.
+If you enable this setting, Windows doesn't display logon scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows displays login scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows displays login scripts written for Windows NT 4.0 and earlier.
 
 Also, see the "Run Logon Scripts Visible" setting.
 
@@ -312,11 +312,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting displays the instructions in logoff scripts as they run.
 
-Logoff scripts are batch files of instructions that run when the user logs off. By default, the system does not display the instructions in the logoff script.
+Logoff scripts are batch files of instructions that run when the user signs out. By default, the system doesn't display the instructions in the logoff script.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system displays each instruction in the logoff script as it runs. The instructions appear in a command window. This policy setting is designed for advanced users.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the instructions are suppressed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the instructions are suppressed.
 
 
 
@@ -360,9 +360,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting directs the system to wait for logon scripts to finish running before it starts the File Explorer interface program and creates the desktop.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, File Explorer does not start until the logon scripts have finished running. This policy setting ensures that logon script processing is complete before the user starts working, but it can delay the appearance of the desktop.
+If you enable this policy setting, File Explorer doesn't start until the logon scripts have finished running. This policy setting ensures that logon script processing is complete before the user starts working, but it can delay the appearance of the desktop.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the logon scripts and File Explorer are not synchronized and can run simultaneously.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the logon scripts and File Explorer aren't synchronized and can run simultaneously.
 
 This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. The policy setting set in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the policy setting set in User Configuration.
 
@@ -408,9 +408,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting directs the system to wait for logon scripts to finish running before it starts the File Explorer interface program and creates the desktop.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, File Explorer does not start until the logon scripts have finished running. This policy setting ensures that logon script processing is complete before the user starts working, but it can delay the appearance of the desktop.
+If you enable this policy setting, File Explorer doesn't start until the logon scripts have finished running. This policy setting ensures that logon script processing is complete before the user starts working, but it can delay the appearance of the desktop.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the logon scripts and File Explorer are not synchronized and can run simultaneously.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the logon scripts and File Explorer aren't synchronized and can run simultaneously.
 
 This policy setting appears in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. The policy setting set in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the policy setting set in User Configuration.
 
@@ -456,11 +456,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting displays the instructions in logon scripts as they run.
 
-Logon scripts are batch files of instructions that run when the user logs on. By default, the system does not display the instructions in logon scripts.
+Logon scripts are batch files of instructions that run when the user logs on. By default, the system doesn't display the instructions in logon scripts.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system displays each instruction in the logon script as it runs. The instructions appear in a command window. This policy setting is designed for advanced users.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the instructions are suppressed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the instructions are suppressed.
 
 
 
@@ -504,11 +504,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting displays the instructions in shutdown scripts as they run.
 
-Shutdown scripts are batch files of instructions that run when the user restarts the system or shuts it down. By default, the system does not display the instructions in the shutdown script.
+Shutdown scripts are batch files of instructions that run when the user restarts the system or shuts it down. By default, the system doesn't display the instructions in the shutdown script.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system displays each instruction in the shutdown script as it runs. The instructions appear in a command window.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the instructions are suppressed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the instructions are suppressed.
 
 
 
@@ -554,9 +554,9 @@ This policy setting lets the system run startup scripts simultaneously.
 
 Startup scripts are batch files that run before the user is invited to log on. By default, the system waits for each startup script to complete before it runs the next startup script.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system does not coordinate the running of startup scripts. As a result, startup scripts can run simultaneously.
+If you enable this policy setting, the system doesn't coordinate the running of startup scripts. As a result, startup scripts can run simultaneously.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, a startup cannot run until the previous script is complete.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, a startup can't run until the previous script is complete.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Starting with Windows Vista operating system, scripts that are configured to run asynchronously are no longer visible on startup, whether the "Run startup scripts visible" policy setting is enabled or not.
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting displays the instructions in startup scripts as they run.
 
-Startup scripts are batch files of instructions that run before the user is invited to log on. By default, the system does not display the instructions in the startup script.
+Startup scripts are batch files of instructions that run before the user is invited to sign in. By default, the system doesn't display the instructions in the startup script.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system displays each instruction in the startup script as it runs. Instructions appear in a command window. This policy setting is designed for advanced users.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the instructions are suppressed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the instructions are suppressed.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Starting with Windows Vista operating system, scripts that are configured to run asynchronously are no longer visible on startup, whether this policy setting is enabled or not.
@@ -653,9 +653,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether Windows PowerShell scripts are run before non-Windows PowerShell scripts during user logon and logoff. By default, Windows PowerShell scripts run after non-Windows PowerShell scripts. 
+This policy setting determines whether Windows PowerShell scripts are run before non-Windows PowerShell scripts during user sign in and sign out. By default, Windows PowerShell scripts run after non-Windows PowerShell scripts. 
  
-If you enable this policy setting, within each applicable Group Policy Object (GPO), PowerShell scripts are run before non-PowerShell scripts during user logon and logoff. 
+If you enable this policy setting, within each applicable Group Policy Object (GPO), PowerShell scripts are run before non-PowerShell scripts during user sign in and sign out. 
 
 For example, assume the following scenario: 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sdiageng.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sdiageng.md
index d2b7755488..5b902e0ec5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sdiageng.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sdiageng.md
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows users who are connected to the Internet to access and search troubleshooting content that is hosted on Microsoft content servers. Users can access online troubleshooting content from within the Troubleshooting Control Panel UI by clicking "Yes" when they are prompted by a message that states, "Do you want the most up-to-date troubleshooting content?"
+This policy setting allows Internet-connected users to access and search troubleshooting content that is hosted on Microsoft content servers. Users can access online troubleshooting content from within the Troubleshooting Control Panel UI by clicking "Yes" when they are prompted by a message that states, "Do you want the most up-to-date troubleshooting content?"
 
 If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, users who are connected to the Internet can access and search troubleshooting content that is hosted on Microsoft content servers from within the Troubleshooting Control Panel user interface.
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ This policy setting allows users to access and run the troubleshooting tools tha
 
 If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, users can access and run the troubleshooting tools from the Troubleshooting Control Panel.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users cannot access or run the troubleshooting tools from the Control Panel.
+If this policy setting is disabled, the users cannot access or run the troubleshooting tools from the Control Panel.
 
 >[!Note]
 >This setting also controls a user's ability to launch standalone troubleshooting packs such as those found in .diagcab files.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sdiagschd.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sdiagschd.md
index 3a414ed8e5..31c0354809 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sdiagschd.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sdiagschd.md
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ This policy determines whether scheduled diagnostics will run to proactively det
 If you choose detection and troubleshooting only, Windows will periodically detect and troubleshoot problems. The user will be notified of the problem for interactive resolution. 
 If you choose detection, troubleshooting and resolution, Windows will resolve some of these problems silently without requiring user input. 
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Windows will not be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve problems on a scheduled basis. 
+- If you disable this policy setting, Windows won't be able to detect, troubleshoot or resolve problems on a scheduled basis. 
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, local troubleshooting preferences will take precedence, as configured in the control panel. If no local troubleshooting preference is configured, scheduled diagnostics are enabled for detection, troubleshooting and resolution by default. No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy to take effect: changes take effect immediately. This policy setting will only take effect when the Task Scheduler service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, scheduled diagnostics will not be executed.  The Task Scheduler service can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, local troubleshooting preferences will take precedence, as configured in the control panel. If no local troubleshooting preference is configured, scheduled diagnostics are enabled for detection, troubleshooting and resolution by default. No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy to take effect: changes take effect immediately. This policy setting will only take effect when the Task Scheduler service is in the running state. When the service is stopped or disabled, scheduled diagnostics won't be executed.  The Task Scheduler service can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-securitycenter.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-securitycenter.md
index ae470ea353..92746a10df 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-securitycenter.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-securitycenter.md
@@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
- This policy setting specifies whether Security Center is turned on or off for computers that are joined to an Active Directory domain. When Security Center is turned on, it monitors essential security settings and notifies the user when the computer might be at risk. The Security Center Control Panel category view also contains a status section, where the user can get recommendations to help increase the computer's security. When Security Center is not enabled on the domain, neither the notifications nor the Security Center status section are displayed. 
+This policy setting specifies whether Security Center is turned on or off for computers that are joined to an Active Directory domain. When Security Center is turned on, it monitors essential security settings and notifies the user when the computer might be at risk. The Security Center Control Panel category view also contains a status section, where the user can get recommendations to help increase the computer's security. When Security Center isn't enabled on the domain, the notifications and the Security Center status section aren't displayed. 
 
-Note that Security Center can only be turned off for computers that are joined to a Windows domain. When a computer is not joined to a Windows domain, the policy setting will have no effect.
+Security Center can only be turned off for computers that are joined to a Windows domain. When a computer isn't joined to a Windows domain, the policy setting will have no effect.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the Security Center is turned off for domain members. 
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the Security Center is turned off for domain members. 
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Security Center is turned on for all users. 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-servermanager.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-servermanager.md
index ca95276d8d..8bb98497e4 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-servermanager.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-servermanager.md
@@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to turn off the automatic display of Server Manager at logon.  
+This policy setting allows you to turn off the automatic display of Server Manager at a sign in.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, Server Manager is not displayed automatically when a user logs on to the server.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, Server Manager isn't displayed automatically when a user signs in to the server.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Server Manager is displayed automatically when a user logs on to the server.  
+- If you disable this policy setting, Server Manager is displayed automatically when a user signs in to the server.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Server Manager is displayed when a user logs on to the server. However, if the "Do not show me this console at logon" (Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2) or “Do not start Server Manager automatically at logon” (Windows Server 2012) option is selected, the console is not displayed automatically at logon.  
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Server Manager is displayed when a user signs in to the server. However, if the "Do not show me this console at logon" (Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2) or “Do not start Server Manager automatically at logon” (Windows Server 2012) option is selected, the console isn't displayed automatically at a sign in.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Regardless of the status of this policy setting, Server Manager is available from the Start menu or the Windows taskbar.
@@ -122,11 +122,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to set the refresh interval for Server Manager. Each refresh provides Server Manager with updated information about which roles and features are installed on servers that you are managing by using Server Manager. Server Manager also monitors the status of roles and features installed on managed servers.  
+This policy setting allows you to set the refresh interval for Server Manager. Each refresh provides Server Manager with updated information about which roles and features are installed on servers that you're managing by using Server Manager. Server Manager also monitors the status of roles and features installed on managed servers.  
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, Server Manager uses the refresh interval specified in the policy setting instead of the “Configure Refresh Interval” setting (in Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2), or the “Refresh the data shown in Server Manager every [x] [minutes/hours/days]” setting (in Windows Server 2012) that is configured in the Server Manager console.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Server Manager does not refresh automatically. If you do not configure this policy setting, Server Manager uses the refresh interval settings that are specified in the Server Manager console.  
+- If you disable this policy setting, Server Manager doesn't refresh automatically. If you don't configure this policy setting, Server Manager uses the refresh interval settings that are specified in the Server Manager console.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The default refresh interval for Server Manager is two minutes in Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2, or 10 minutes in Windows Server 2012.
@@ -172,13 +172,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to turn off the automatic display of the Initial Configuration Tasks window at logon on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.  
+This policy setting allows you to turn off the automatic display of the Initial Configuration Tasks window at a sign in on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, the Initial Configuration Tasks window is not displayed when an administrator logs on to the server.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, the Initial Configuration Tasks window isn't displayed when an administrator signs in to the server.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, the Initial Configuration Tasks window is displayed when an administrator logs on to the server.
+- If you disable this policy setting, the Initial Configuration Tasks window is displayed when an administrator signs in to the server.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the Initial Configuration Tasks window is displayed when an administrator logs on to the server. However, if an administrator selects the "Do not show this window at logon" option, the window is not displayed on subsequent logons.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the Initial Configuration Tasks window is displayed when an administrator signs in to the server. However, if an administrator selects the "Do not show this window at logon" option, the window isn't displayed on subsequent logons.
 
 
 
@@ -222,11 +222,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off the automatic display of the Manage Your Server page.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, the Manage Your Server page is not displayed each time an administrator logs on to the server.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, the Manage Your Server page isn't displayed each time an administrator signs in to the server.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Manage Your Server page is displayed each time an administrator logs on to the server. 
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Manage Your Server page is displayed each time an administrator signs in to the server. 
 
-However, if the administrator has selected the "Don’t display this page at logon" option at the bottom of the Manage Your Server page, the page is not displayed.
+However, if the administrator has selected the "Don’t display this page at logon" option at the bottom of the Manage Your Server page, the page isn't displayed.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-servicing.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-servicing.md
index 25ffa880c7..a995b45573 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-servicing.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-servicing.md
@@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ This policy setting specifies the network locations that will be used for the re
 
 If you enable this policy setting and specify the new location, the files in that location will be used to repair operating system corruption and for enabling optional features that have had their payload files removed. You must enter the fully qualified path to the new location in the "Alternate source file path" text box. Multiple locations can be specified when each path is separated by a semicolon. 
 
-The network location can be either a folder, or a WIM file. If it is a WIM file, the location should be specified by prefixing the path with “wim:” and include the index of the image to use in the WIM file. For example “wim:\\server\share\install.wim:3”.
+The network location can be either a folder, or a WIM file. If it's a WIM file, the location should be specified by prefixing the path with “wim:” and include the index of the image to use in the WIM file, for example, “wim:\\server\share\install.wim:3”.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, or if the required files cannot be found at the locations specified in this policy setting, the files will be downloaded from Windows Update, if that is allowed by the policy settings for the computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, or if the required files can't be found at the locations specified in this policy setting, the files will be downloaded from Windows Update, if that is allowed by the policy settings for the computer.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-settingsync.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-settingsync.md
index fa9ac041c3..9d61845ecc 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-settingsync.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-settingsync.md
@@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-Prevent the "AppSync" group from syncing to and from this PC. This turns off and disables the "AppSync" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
+Prevent the "AppSync" group from syncing to and from this PC. This option turns off and disables the "AppSync" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "AppSync" group will not be synced.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "AppSync" group won't be synced.
 
 Use the option "Allow users to turn app syncing on" so that syncing it turned off by default but not disabled.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, syncing of the "AppSync" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, syncing of the "AppSync" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevent the "app settings" group from syncing to and from this PC. This turns off and disables the "app settings" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
+Prevent the "app settings" group from syncing to and from this PC. This option turns off and disables the "app settings" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "app settings" group will not be synced.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "app settings" group won't be synced.
 
 Use the option "Allow users to turn app settings syncing on" so that syncing it turned off by default but not disabled.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, syncing of the "app settings" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, syncing of the "app settings" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevent the "passwords" group from syncing to and from this PC. This turns off and disables the "passwords" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
+Prevent the "passwords" group from syncing to and from this PC. This option turns off and disables the "passwords" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "passwords" group will not be synced.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "passwords" group won't be synced.
 
 Use the option "Allow users to turn passwords syncing on" so that syncing it turned off by default but not disabled.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, syncing of the "passwords" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, syncing of the "passwords" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -228,13 +228,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevent the "desktop personalization" group from syncing to and from this PC. This turns off and disables the "desktop personalization" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
+Prevent the "desktop personalization" group from syncing to and from this PC. This option turns off and disables the "desktop personalization" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "desktop personalization" group will not be synced.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "desktop personalization" group won't be synced.
 
 Use the option "Allow users to turn desktop personalization syncing on" so that syncing it turned off by default but not disabled.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, syncing of the "desktop personalization" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, syncing of the "desktop personalization" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -276,13 +276,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevent the "personalize" group from syncing to and from this PC. This turns off and disables the "personalize" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
+Prevent the "personalize" group from syncing to and from this PC. This option turns off and disables the "personalize" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "personalize" group will not be synced.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "personalize" group won't be synced.
 
 Use the option "Allow users to turn personalize syncing on" so that syncing it turned off by default but not disabled.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, syncing of the "personalize" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, syncing of the "personalize" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -324,13 +324,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevent syncing to and from this PC. This turns off and disables the "sync your settings" switch on the "sync your settings" page in PC Settings.
+Prevent syncing to and from this PC. This option turns off and disables the "sync your settings" switch on the "sync your settings" page in PC Settings.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, "sync your settings" will be turned off, and none of the "sync your setting" groups will be synced on this PC.
 
 Use the option "Allow users to turn syncing on" so that syncing it turned off by default but not disabled.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, "sync your settings" is on by default and configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, "sync your settings" is on by default and configurable by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -372,13 +372,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevent the "Start layout" group from syncing to and from this PC. This turns off and disables the "Start layout" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
+Prevent the "Start layout" group from syncing to and from this PC. This option turns off and disables the "Start layout" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "Start layout" group will not be synced.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "Start layout" group won't be synced.
 
-Use the option "Allow users to turn start syncing on" so that syncing is turned off by default but not disabled.
+Use the option "Allow users to turn on start syncing" so that syncing is turned off by default but not disabled.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, syncing of the "Start layout" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, syncing of the "Start layout" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -420,11 +420,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevent syncing to and from this PC when on metered Internet connections. This turns off and disables "sync your settings on metered connections" switch on the "sync your settings" page in PC Settings.
+Prevent syncing to and from this PC when on metered Internet connections. This option turns off and disables "sync your settings on metered connections" switch on the "sync your settings" page in PC Settings.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, syncing on metered connections will be turned off, and no syncing will take place when this PC is on a metered connection.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, syncing on metered connections is configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, syncing on metered connections is configurable by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -466,13 +466,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Prevent the "Other Windows settings" group from syncing to and from this PC.  This turns off and disables the "Other Windows settings" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
+Prevent the "Other Windows settings" group from syncing to and from this PC.  This option turns off and disables the "Other Windows settings" group on the "sync your settings" page in PC settings.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the "Other Windows settings" group will not be synced.
+If you enable this policy setting, the "Other Windows settings" group won't be synced.
 
 Use the option "Allow users to turn other Windows settings syncing on" so that syncing it turned off by default but not disabled.
 
-If you do not set or disable this setting, syncing of the "Other Windows settings" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
+If you don't set or disable this setting, syncing of the "Other Windows settings" group is on by default and configurable by the user.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sharing.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sharing.md
index dc1208a27c..72af1e5fd1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sharing.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-sharing.md
@@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether users can share files within their profile. By default users are allowed to share files within their profile to other users on their network after an administrator opts in the computer.  An administrator can opt in the computer by using the sharing wizard to share a file within their profile.
+This policy setting specifies whether users can share files within their profile. By default, users are allowed to share files within their profile to other users on their network after an administrator opts in the computer.  An administrator can opt in the computer by using the sharing wizard to share a file within their profile.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot share files within their profile using the sharing wizard.  Also, the sharing wizard cannot create a share at %root%\users and can only be used to create SMB shares on folders.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't share files within their profile using the sharing wizard.  Also, the sharing wizard can't create a share at %root%\users and can only be used to create SMB shares on folders.
 
 If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can share files out of their user profile after an administrator has opted in the computer.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-shellcommandpromptregedittools.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-shellcommandpromptregedittools.md
index ac2a57d74f..d9a9efabdf 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-shellcommandpromptregedittools.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-shellcommandpromptregedittools.md
@@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ This policy setting also determines whether batch files (.cmd and .bat) can run
 
 - If you enable this policy setting and the user tries to open a command window, the system displays a message explaining that a setting prevents the action. .  
 
--  If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can run Cmd.exe and batch files normally.  
+-  If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can run Cmd.exe and batch files normally.  
   
 > [!NOTE]
-> Do not prevent the computer from running batch files if the computer uses logon, logoff, startup, or shutdown batch file scripts, or for users that use Remote Desktop Services.
+> Don't prevent the computer from running batch files if the computer uses logon, logoff, startup, or shutdown batch file scripts, or for users that use Remote Desktop Services.
 
 
 
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ This policy setting disables the Windows registry editor Regedit.exe.
 
 - If you enable this policy setting and the user tries to start Regedit.exe, a message appears explaining that a policy setting prevents the action.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can run Regedit.exe normally.  
+- If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can run Regedit.exe normally.  
 
 To prevent users from using other administrative tools, use the "Run only specified Windows applications" policy setting.
 
@@ -175,13 +175,13 @@ This policy setting limits the Windows programs that users have permission to ru
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, users can only run programs that you add to the list of allowed applications.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can run all applications.  This policy setting only prevents users from running programs that are started by the File Explorer process.
+- If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can run all applications.  This policy setting only prevents users from running programs that are started by the File Explorer process.
 
-It does not prevent users from running programs such as Task Manager, which are started by the system process or by other processes.  Also, if users have access to the command prompt (Cmd.exe), this policy setting does not prevent them from starting programs in the command window even though they would be prevented from doing so using File Explorer.  
+It doesn't prevent users from running programs such as Task Manager, which is started by the system process or by other processes.  Also, if users have access to the command prompt (Cmd.exe), this policy setting doesn't prevent them from starting programs in the command window even though they would be prevented from doing so using File Explorer.  
 
 Non-Microsoft applications with Windows 2000 or later certification are required to comply with this policy setting.  
 
-To create a list of allowed applications, click Show.  In the Show Contents dialog box, in the Value column, type the application executable name (e.g., Winword.exe, Poledit.exe, Powerpnt.exe).
+To create a list of allowed applications, click Show.  In the Show Contents dialog box, in the Value column, type the application executable name (for example, Winword.exe, Poledit.exe, Powerpnt.exe).
 
 
 
@@ -225,15 +225,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents Windows from running the programs you specify in this policy setting. 
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, users cannot run programs that you add to the list of disallowed applications.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, users can't run programs that you add to the list of disallowed applications.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can run any programs. 
+- If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can run any programs. 
 
-This policy setting only prevents users from running programs that are started by the File Explorer process. It does not prevent users from running programs, such as Task Manager, which are started by the system process or by other processes.  Also, if users have access to the command prompt (Cmd.exe), this policy setting does not prevent them from starting programs in the command window even though they would be prevented from doing so using File Explorer.  
+This policy setting only prevents users from running programs that are started by the File Explorer process. It doesn't prevent users from running programs, such as Task Manager, which are started by the system process or by other processes.  Also, if users have access to the command prompt (Cmd.exe), this policy setting doesn't prevent them from starting programs in the command window even though they would be prevented from doing so using File Explorer.  
 
-Non-Microsoft applications with Windows 2000 or later certification are required to comply with this policy setting. 
+Non-Microsoft applications with Windows 2000 or later certification are required to comply with this policy setting.
 
-To create a list of allowed applications, click Show.  In the Show Contents dialog box, in the Value column, type the application executable name (e.g., Winword.exe, Poledit.exe, Powerpnt.exe).
+To create a list of allowed applications, click Show.  In the Show Contents dialog box, in the Value column, type the application executable name (for example, Winword.exe, Poledit.exe, Powerpnt.exe).
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-smartcard.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-smartcard.md
index 942b369753..089c628ab8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-smartcard.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-smartcard.md
@@ -105,17 +105,17 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting lets you allow certificates without an Extended Key Usage (EKU) set to be used for logon.
+This policy setting lets you allow certificates without an Extended Key Usage (EKU) set to be used for signing in.
 
-In versions of Windows prior to Windows Vista, smart card certificates that are used for logon require an enhanced key usage (EKU) extension with a smart card logon object identifier. This policy setting can be used to modify that restriction.
+In versions of Windows prior to Windows Vista, smart card certificates that are used for a sign in require an enhanced key usage (EKU) extension with a smart card logon object identifier. This policy setting can be used to modify that restriction.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, certificates with the following attributes can also be used to log on with a smart card:
+If you enable this policy setting, certificates with the following attributes can also be used to sign in on with a smart card:
 
 - Certificates with no EKU
 - Certificates with an All Purpose EKU
 - Certificates with a Client Authentication EKU
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, only certificates that contain the smart card logon object identifier can be used to log on with a smart card.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, only certificates that contain the smart card logon object identifier can be used to sign in with a smart card.
 
 
 
@@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you determine whether the integrated unblock feature will be available in the logon User Interface (UI).
 
-In order to use the integrated unblock feature your smart card must support this feature.  Please check with your hardware manufacturer to see if your smart card supports this feature.
+In order to use the integrated unblock feature, your smart card must support this feature.  Check with your hardware manufacturer to see if your smart card supports this feature.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the integrated unblock feature will be available.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting then the integrated unblock feature will not be available.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting then the integrated unblock feature won't be available.
 
 
 
@@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting lets you allow signature key-based certificates to be enumerated and available for logon.
+This policy setting lets you allow signature key-based certificates to be enumerated and available for a sign in.
 
-If you enable this policy setting then any certificates available on the smart card with a signature only key will be listed on the logon screen.
+If you enable this policy setting, then any certificates available on the smart card with a signature only key will be listed on the sign-in screen.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, any available smart card signature key-based certificates will not be listed on the logon screen.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, any available smart card signature key-based certificates won't be listed on the sign-in screen.
 
 
 
@@ -251,13 +251,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting permits those certificates to be displayed for logon that are either expired or not yet valid.
+This policy setting permits those certificates to be displayed for a sign in which are either expired or not yet valid.
 
 Under previous versions of Microsoft Windows, certificates were required to contain a valid time and not be expired. The certificate must still be accepted by the domain controller in order to be used. This setting only controls the displaying of the certificate on the client machine. 
 
-If you enable this policy setting certificates will be listed on the logon screen regardless of whether they have an invalid time or their time validity has expired.
+If you enable this policy setting, certificates will be listed on the sign-in screen regardless of whether they have an invalid time or their time validity has expired.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, certificates which are expired or not yet valid will not be listed on the logon screen.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, certificates that are expired or not yet valid won't be listed on the sign-in screen.
 
 
 
@@ -301,9 +301,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage the certificate propagation that occurs when a smart card is inserted.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting then certificate propagation will occur when you insert your smart card.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting then certificate propagation will occur when you insert your smart card.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, certificate propagation will not occur and the certificates will not be made available to applications such as Outlook.
+If you disable this policy setting, certificate propagation won't occur and the certificates won't be made available to applications such as Outlook.
 
 
 
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to manage the cleanup behavior of root certificates.  If you enable this policy setting then root certificate cleanup will occur according to the option selected. If you disable or do not configure this setting then root certificate cleanup will occur on logoff.
+This policy setting allows you to manage the cleanup behavior of root certificates.  If you enable this policy setting, then root certificate cleanup will occur according to the option selected. If you disable or don't configure this setting then root certificate cleanup will occur on a sign out.
 
 
 
@@ -389,12 +389,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage the root certificate propagation that occurs when a smart card is inserted.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting then root certificate propagation will occur when you insert your smart card.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting then root certificate propagation will occur when you insert your smart card.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > For this policy setting to work the following policy setting must also be enabled: Turn on certificate propagation from smart card.
 
-If you disable this policy setting then root certificates will not be propagated from the smart card.
+If you disable this policy setting, then root certificates won't be propagated from the smart card.
 
 
 
@@ -438,9 +438,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents plaintext PINs from being returned by Credential Manager. 
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Credential Manager does not return a plaintext PIN. 
+If you enable this policy setting, Credential Manager doesn't return a plaintext PIN. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, plaintext PINs can be returned by Credential Manager.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, plaintext PINs can be returned by Credential Manager.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Enabling this policy setting could prevent certain smart cards from working on Windows. Please consult your smart card manufacturer to find out whether you will be affected by this policy setting.
@@ -485,11 +485,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to control whether elliptic curve cryptography (ECC) certificates on a smart card can be used to log on to a domain.
+This policy setting allows you to control whether elliptic curve cryptography (ECC) certificates on a smart card can be used to sign in to a domain.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, ECC certificates on a smart card can be used to log on to a domain.
+If you enable this policy setting, ECC certificates on a smart card can be used to sign in to a domain.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, ECC certificates on a smart card cannot be used to log on to a domain. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, ECC certificates on a smart card can't be used to sign in to a domain.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting only affects a user's ability to log on to a domain. ECC certificates on a smart card that are used for other applications, such as document signing, are not affected by this policy setting. 
@@ -536,14 +536,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you configure if all your valid logon certificates are displayed.
 
-During the certificate renewal period, a user can have multiple valid logon certificates issued from the same certificate template.  This can cause confusion as to which certificate to select for logon. The common case for this behavior is when a certificate is renewed and the old one has not yet expired. Two certificates are determined to be the same if they are issued from the same template with the same major version and they are for the same user (determined by their UPN).
+During the certificate renewal period, a user can have multiple valid logon certificates issued from the same certificate template. This scenario can cause confusion as to which certificate to select for a sign in. The common case for this behavior is when a certificate is renewed and the old one hasn't yet expired. Two certificates are determined to be the same if they're issued from the same template with the same major version and they're for the same user (determined by their UPN).
 
-If there are two or more of the "same" certificate on a smart card and this policy is enabled then the certificate that is used for logon on Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows 2003 Server will be shown, otherwise the certificate with the expiration time furthest in the future will be shown.  
+If there are two or more of the "same" certificate on a smart card and this policy is enabled, then the certificate that is used for a sign in on Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Windows 2003 Server will be shown, otherwise the certificate with the expiration time furthest in the future will be shown.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This setting will be applied after the following policy: "Allow time invalid certificates"
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, filtering will take place.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, filtering will take place.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, no filtering will take place.
 
@@ -587,13 +587,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to manage the reading of all certificates from the smart card for logon.
+This policy setting allows you to manage the reading of all certificates from the smart card for a sign in.
 
-During logon Windows will by default only read the default certificate from the smart card unless it supports retrieval of all certificates in a single call. This setting forces Windows to read all the certificates from the card. This can introduce a significant performance decrease in certain situations. Please contact your smart card vendor to determine if your smart card and associated CSP supports the required behavior.
+During a sign in, Windows will by default only read the default certificate from the smart card unless it supports retrieval of all certificates in a single call. This setting forces Windows to read all the certificates from the card. This setting can introduce a significant performance decrease in certain situations. Contact your smart card vendor to determine if your smart card and associated CSP supports the required behavior.
 
 If you enable this setting, then Windows will attempt to read all certificates from the smart card regardless of the feature set of the CSP.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows will only attempt to read the default certificate from those cards that do not support retrieval of all certificates in a single call.  Certificates other than the default will not be available for logon.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows will only attempt to read the default certificate from those cards that don't support retrieval of all certificates in a single call. Certificates other than the default won't be available for a sign in.
 
 
 
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the specified message will be displayed to th
 > [!NOTE]
 > The following policy setting must be enabled: Allow Integrated Unblock screen to be displayed at the time of logon.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default message will be displayed to the user when the smart card is blocked, if the integrated unblock feature is enabled.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default message will be displayed to the user when the smart card is blocked, if the integrated unblock feature is enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -684,11 +684,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting lets you reverse the subject name from how it is stored in the certificate when displaying it during logon.  
+This policy setting lets you reverse the subject name from how it's stored in the certificate when displaying it during a sign in.  
 
-By default the user principal name (UPN) is displayed in addition to the common name to help users distinguish one certificate from another. For example, if the certificate subject was CN=User1, OU=Users, DN=example, DN=com and had an UPN of user1@example.com then "User1" will be displayed along with "user1@example.com." If the UPN is not present then the entire subject name will be displayed. This setting controls the appearance of that subject name and might need to be adjusted per organization.
+By default the user principal name (UPN) is displayed in addition to the common name to help users distinguish one certificate from another. For example, if the certificate subject was CN=User1, OU=Users, DN=example, DN=com and had an UPN of user1@example.com then "User1" will be displayed along with "user1@example.com." If the UPN isn't present, then the entire subject name will be displayed. This setting controls the appearance of that subject name and might need to be adjusted per organization.
 
-If you enable this policy setting or do not configure this setting, then the subject name will be reversed.  
+If you enable this policy setting or don't configure this setting, then the subject name will be reversed.  
 
 If you disable, the subject name will be displayed as it appears in the certificate.
 
@@ -734,9 +734,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control whether Smart Card Plug and Play is enabled.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, Smart Card Plug and Play will be enabled and the system will attempt to install a Smart Card device driver when a card is inserted in a Smart Card Reader for the first time.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, Smart Card Plug and Play will be enabled and the system will attempt to install a Smart Card device driver when a card is inserted in a Smart Card Reader for the first time.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Smart Card Plug and Play will be disabled and a device driver will not be installed when a card is inserted in a Smart Card Reader.
+If you disable this policy setting, Smart Card Plug and Play will be disabled and a device driver won't be installed when a card is inserted in a Smart Card Reader.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is applied only for smart cards that have passed the Windows Hardware Quality Labs (WHQL) testing process.
@@ -783,9 +783,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control whether a confirmation message is displayed when a smart card device driver is installed.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, a confirmation message will be displayed when a smart card device driver is installed.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, a confirmation message will be displayed when a smart card device driver is installed.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, a confirmation message will not be displayed when a smart card device driver is installed.
+If you disable this policy setting, a confirmation message won't be displayed when a smart card device driver is installed.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is applied only for smart cards that have passed the Windows Hardware Quality Labs (WHQL) testing process.
@@ -830,11 +830,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting lets you determine whether an optional field will be displayed during logon and elevation that allows a user to enter his or her user name or user name and domain, thereby associating a certificate with that user.
+This policy setting lets you determine whether an optional field will be displayed during a sign in and elevation that allows users to enter their user name or user name and domain, thereby associating a certificate with the users.
 
-If you enable this policy setting then an optional field that allows a user to enter their user name or user name and domain will be displayed.
+If you enable this policy setting, then an optional field that allows a user to enter their user name or user name and domain will be displayed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, an optional field that allows users to enter their user name or user name and domain will not be displayed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, an optional field that allows users to enter their user name or user name and domain won't be displayed.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-srmfci.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-srmfci.md
index 57d4c0e161..325fd93379 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-srmfci.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-srmfci.md
@@ -106,13 +106,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the message that users see when they are denied access to a file or folder. You can customize the Access Denied message to include additional text and links. You can also provide users with the ability to send an email to request access to the file or folder to which they were denied access.  
+This policy setting specifies the message that users see when they're denied access to a file or folder. You can customize the Access Denied message to include more text and links. You can also provide users with the ability to send an email to request access to the file or folder to which they were denied access.  
 
 If you enable this policy setting, users receive a customized Access Denied message from the file servers on which this policy setting is applied.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users see a standard Access Denied message that doesn't provide any of the functionality controlled by this policy setting, regardless of the file server configuration.  
+If you disable this policy setting, users see a standard Access Denied message that doesn't provide any of the functionalities controlled by this policy setting, regardless of the file server configuration.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users see a standard Access Denied message unless the file server is configured to display the customized Access Denied message. By default, users see the standard Access Denied message.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users see a standard Access Denied message unless the file server is configured to display the customized Access Denied message. By default, users see the standard Access Denied message.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-startmenu.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-startmenu.md
index 5b8110067f..f89c8f56d9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-startmenu.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-startmenu.md
@@ -260,9 +260,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 If you enable this policy, a "Search the Internet" link is shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box. This button launches the default browser with the search terms.
 
-If you disable this policy, there will not be a "Search the Internet" link when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
+If you disable this policy, there won't be a "Search the Internet" link when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
 
-If you do not configure this policy (default), there will not be a "Search the Internet" link on the start menu.
+If you don't configure this policy (default), there won't be a "Search the Internet" link on the start menu.
 
 
 
@@ -306,20 +306,20 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Clear history of recently opened documents on exit.
 
-If you enable this setting, the system deletes shortcuts to recently used document files when the user logs off. As a result, the Recent Items menu on the Start menu is always empty when the user logs on. In addition, recently and frequently used items in the Jump Lists off of programs in the Start Menu and Taskbar will be cleared when the user logs off.
+If you enable this setting, the system deletes shortcuts to recently used document files when the user signs out. As a result, the Recent Items menu on the Start menu is always empty when the user logs on. In addition, recently and frequently used items in the Jump Lists off of programs in the Start Menu and Taskbar will be cleared when the user signs out.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the system retains document shortcuts, and when a user logs on, the Recent Items menu and the Jump Lists appear just as it did when the user logged off.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the system retains document shortcuts, and when a user logs on, the Recent Items menu and the Jump Lists appear just as it did when the user logged off.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The system saves document shortcuts in the user profile in the System-drive\Users\User-name\Recent folder.
 
 Also, see the "Remove Recent Items menu from Start Menu" and "Do not keep history of recently opened documents" policies in this folder. The system only uses this setting when neither of these related settings are selected.
 
-This setting does not clear the list of recent files that Windows programs display at the bottom of the File menu. See the "Do not keep history of recently opened documents" setting.
+This setting doesn't clear the list of recent files that Windows programs display at the bottom of the File menu. See the "Do not keep history of recently opened documents" setting.
 
-This policy setting also does not hide document shortcuts displayed in the Open dialog box. See the "Hide the dropdown list of recent files" setting.
+This policy setting also doesn't hide document shortcuts displayed in the Open dialog box. See the "Hide the dropdown list of recent files" setting.
 
-This policy also does not clear items that the user may have pinned to the Jump Lists, or Tasks that the application has provided for their menu. See the "Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists" setting.
+This policy also doesn't clear items that the user may have pinned to the Jump Lists, or Tasks that the application has provided for their menu. See the "Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists" setting.
 
 
 
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the recent programs list in the start menu will be blank for each new user.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the start menu recent programs list will be pre-populated with programs for each new user.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the start menu recent programs list will be pre-populated with programs for each new user.
 
 
 
@@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 If you enable this setting, the system deletes tile notifications when the user logs on. As a result, the Tiles in the start view will always show their default content when the user logs on. In addition, any cached versions of these notifications will be cleared when the user logs on.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the system retains notifications, and when a user logs on, the tiles appear just as they did when the user logged off, including the history of previous notifications for each tile.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the system retains notifications, and when a user logs on, the tiles appear just as they did when the user logged off, including the history of previous notifications for each tile.
 
-This setting does not prevent new notifications from appearing. See the "Turn off Application Notifications" setting to prevent new notifications.
+This setting doesn't prevent new notifications from appearing. See the "Turn off Application Notifications" setting to prevent new notifications.
 
 
 
@@ -545,15 +545,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy only applies to the classic version of the start menu and does not affect the new style start menu.
+This policy only applies to the classic version of the start menu and doesn't affect the new style start menu.
 
 Adds the "Log Off ``" item to the Start menu and prevents users from removing it.
 
-If you enable this setting, the Log Off `` item appears in the Start menu. This setting also removes the Display Logoff item from Start Menu Options. As a result, users cannot remove the Log Off `` item from the Start Menu.
+If you enable this setting, the Log Off `` item appears in the Start menu. This setting also removes the Display Logoff item from Start Menu Options. As a result, users can't remove the Log Off `` item from the Start Menu.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, users can use the Display Logoff item to add and remove the Log Off item.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, users can use the Display Logoff item to add and remove the Log Off item.
 
-This setting affects the Start menu only. It does not affect the Log Off item on the Windows Security dialog box that appears when you press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
+This setting affects the Start menu only. It doesn't affect the Log Off item on the Windows Security dialog box that appears when you press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To add or remove the Log Off item on a computer, click Start, click Settings, click Taskbar and Start Menu, click the Start Menu Options tab, and then, in the Start Menu Settings box, click Display Logoff.
@@ -650,11 +650,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Displays Start menu shortcuts to partially installed programs in gray text.
 
-This setting makes it easier for users to distinguish between programs that are fully installed and those that are only partially installed.
+This setting makes it easier for users to distinguish between programs that are fully installed and those programs that are only partially installed.
 
-Partially installed programs include those that a system administrator assigns using Windows Installer and those that users have configured for full installation upon first use.
+Partially installed programs include those programs that a system administrator assigns using Windows Installer and those programs that users have configured for full installation upon first use.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, all Start menu shortcuts appear as black text.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, all Start menu shortcuts appear as black text.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Enabling this setting can make the Start menu slow to open.
@@ -699,11 +699,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting prevents users from performing the following commands from the Windows security screen, the logon screen, and the Start menu: Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate. This policy setting does not prevent users from running Windows-based programs that perform these functions.
+This policy setting prevents users from performing the following commands from the Windows security screen, the sign-in screen, and the Start menu: Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate. This policy setting doesn't prevent users from running Windows-based programs that perform these functions.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the shutdown, restart, sleep, and hibernate commands are removed from the Start menu. The Power button is also removed from the Windows Security screen, which appears when you press CTRL+ALT+DELETE, and from the logon screen.
+If you enable this policy setting, the shutdown, restart, sleep, and hibernate commands are removed from the Start menu. The Power button is also removed from the Windows Security screen, which appears when you press CTRL+ALT+DELETE, and from the sign in screen.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Power button and the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands are available on the Start menu. The Power button on the Windows Security and logon screens is also available.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Power button and the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands are available on the Start menu. The Power button on the Windows Security and sign-in screens is also available.
 
 
 
@@ -747,9 +747,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Disables personalized menus.
 
-Windows personalizes long menus by moving recently used items to the top of the menu and hiding items that have not been used recently. Users can display the hidden items by clicking an arrow to extend the menu.
+Windows personalizes long menus by moving recently used items to the top of the menu and hiding items that haven't been used recently. Users can display the hidden items by clicking an arrow to extend the menu.
 
-If you enable this setting, the system does not personalize menus. All menu items appear and remain in standard order. Also, this setting removes the "Use Personalized Menus" option so users do not try to change the setting while a setting is in effect.
+If you enable this setting, the system doesn't personalize menus. All menu items appear and remain in standard order. Also, this setting removes the "Use Personalized Menus" option so users don't try to change the setting while a setting is in effect.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Personalized menus require user tracking. If you enable the "Turn off user tracking" setting, the system disables user tracking and personalized menus and ignores this setting.
@@ -798,14 +798,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This setting affects the taskbar, which is used to switch between running applications.
 
-The taskbar includes the Start button, list of currently running tasks, and the notification area. By default, the taskbar is located at the bottom of the screen, but it can be dragged to any side of the screen. When it is locked, it cannot be moved or resized.
+The taskbar includes the Start button, list of currently running tasks, and the notification area. By default, the taskbar is located at the bottom of the screen, but it can be dragged to any side of the screen. When it's locked, it can't be moved or resized.
 
 If you enable this setting, it prevents the user from moving or resizing the taskbar. While the taskbar is locked, auto-hide and other taskbar options are still available in Taskbar properties.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the user can configure the taskbar position.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the user can configure the taskbar position.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Enabling this setting also locks the QuickLaunch bar and any other toolbars that the user has on their taskbar. The toolbar's position is locked, and the user cannot show and hide various toolbars using the taskbar context menu.
+> Enabling this setting also locks the QuickLaunch bar and any other toolbars that the user has on their taskbar. The toolbar's position is locked, and the user can't show and hide various toolbars using the taskbar context menu.
 
 
 
@@ -849,9 +849,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets users run a 16-bit program in a dedicated (not shared) Virtual DOS Machine (VDM) process.
 
-All DOS and 16-bit programs run on Windows 2000 Professional and Windows XP Professional in the Windows Virtual DOS Machine program. VDM simulates a 16-bit environment, complete with the DLLs required by 16-bit programs. By default, all 16-bit programs run as threads in a single, shared VDM process. As such, they share the memory space allocated to the VDM process and cannot run simultaneously.
+All DOS and 16-bit programs run on Windows 2000 Professional and Windows XP Professional in the Windows Virtual DOS Machine program. VDM simulates a 16-bit environment, complete with the DLLs required by 16-bit programs. By default, all 16-bit programs run as threads in a single, shared VDM process. As such, they share the memory space allocated to the VDM process and can't run simultaneously.
 
-Enabling this setting adds a check box to the Run dialog box, giving users the option of running a 16-bit program in its own dedicated NTVDM process. The additional check box is enabled only when a user enters a 16-bit program in the Run dialog box.
+Enabling this setting adds a check box to the Run dialog box, giving users the option of running a 16-bit program in its own dedicated NTVDM process. The extra check box is enabled only when a user enters a 16-bit program in the Run dialog box.
 
 
 
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ If you enable this setting, the system notification area expands to show all of
 
 If you disable this setting, the system notification area will always collapse notifications.
 
-If you do not configure it, the user can choose if they want notifications collapsed.
+If you don't configure it, the user can choose if they want notifications collapsed.
 
 
 
@@ -947,9 +947,9 @@ Hides pop-up text on the Start menu and in the notification area.
 
 When you hold the cursor over an item on the Start menu or in the notification area, the system displays pop-up text providing additional information about the object.
 
-If you enable this setting, some of this pop-up text is not displayed. The pop-up text affected by this setting includes "Click here to begin" on the Start button, "Where have all my programs gone" on the Start menu, and "Where have my icons gone" in the notification area.
+If you enable this setting, some of this pop-up text isn't displayed. The pop-up text affected by this setting includes "Click here to begin" on the Start button, "Where have all my programs gone" on the Start menu, and "Where have my icons gone" in the notification area.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, all pop-up text is displayed on the Start menu and in the notification area.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, all pop-up text is displayed on the Start menu and in the notification area.
 
 
 
@@ -993,9 +993,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent users from changing their Start screen layout.
 
-If you enable this setting, you will prevent a user from selecting an app, resizing a tile, pinning/unpinning a tile or a secondary tile, entering the customize mode and rearranging tiles within Start and Apps.
+If you enable this setting, you'll prevent a user from selecting an app, resizing a tile, pinning/unpinning a tile or a secondary tile, entering the customize mode and rearranging tiles within Start and Apps.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, you will allow a user to select an app, resize a tile, pin/unpin a tile or a secondary tile, enter the customize mode and rearrange tiles within Start and Apps.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, you'll allow a user to select an app, resize a tile, pin/unpin a tile or a secondary tile, enter the customize mode and rearrange tiles within Start and Apps.
 
 
 
@@ -1037,11 +1037,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting prevents users from performing the following commands from the Start menu or Windows Security screen: Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate. This policy setting does not prevent users from running Windows-based programs that perform these functions.
+This policy setting prevents users from performing the following commands from the Start menu or Windows Security screen: Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate. This policy setting doesn't prevent users from running Windows-based programs that perform these functions.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Power button and the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands are removed from the Start menu. The Power button is also removed from the Windows Security screen, which appears when you press CTRL+ALT+DELETE.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Power button and the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands are available on the Start menu. The Power button on the Windows Security screen is also available.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Power button and the Shut Down, Restart, Sleep, and Hibernate commands are available on the Start menu. The Power button on the Windows Security screen is also available.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Third-party programs certified as compatible with Microsoft Windows Vista, Windows XP SP2, Windows XP SP1, Windows XP, or Windows 2000 Professional are required to support this policy setting.
@@ -1134,12 +1134,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents users from adding the Favorites menu to the Start menu or classic Start menu.
 
-If you enable this setting, the Display Favorites item does not appear in the Advanced Start menu options box.
+If you enable this setting, the Display Favorites item doesn't appear in the Advanced Start menu options box.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the Display Favorite item is available.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the Display Favorite item is available.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The Favorities menu does not appear on the Start menu by default. To display the Favorites menu, right-click Start, click Properties, and then click Customize.  If you are using Start menu, click the Advanced tab, and then, under Start menu items, click the Favorites menu. If you are using the classic Start menu, click Display Favorites under Advanced Start menu options.
+> The Favorites menu doesn't appear on the Start menu by default. To display the Favorites menu, right-click Start, click Properties, and then click Customize.  If you are using Start menu, click the Advanced tab, and then, under Start menu items, click the Favorites menu. If you are using the classic Start menu, click Display Favorites under Advanced Start menu options.
 > 
 > The items that appear in the Favorites menu when you install Windows are preconfigured by the system to appeal to most users. However, users can add and remove items from this menu, and system administrators can create a customized Favorites menu for a user group.
 >
@@ -1185,18 +1185,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to remove the Search link from the Start menu, and disables some File Explorer search elements. Note that this does not remove the search box from the new style Start menu.
+This policy setting allows you to remove the Search link from the Start menu, and disables some File Explorer search elements. This policy setting doesn't remove the search box from the new style Start menu.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Search item is removed from the Start menu and from the context menu that appears when you right-click the Start menu. Also, the system does not respond when users press the Application key (the key with the Windows logo)+ F.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Search item is removed from the Start menu and from the context menu that appears when you right-click the Start menu. Also, the system doesn't respond when users press the Application key (the key with the Windows logo)+ F.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Enabling this policy setting also prevents the user from using the F3 key.
 
-In File Explorer, the Search item still appears on the Standard buttons toolbar, but the system does not respond when the user presses Ctrl+F. Also, Search does not appear in the context menu when you right-click an icon representing a drive or a folder.
+In File Explorer, the Search item still appears on the Standard buttons toolbar, but the system doesn't respond when the user presses Ctrl+F. Also, Search doesn't appear in the context menu when you right-click an icon representing a drive or a folder.
 
-This policy setting affects the specified user interface elements only. It does not affect Internet Explorer and does not prevent the user from using other methods to search.
+This policy setting affects the specified user interface elements only. It doesn't affect Internet Explorer and doesn't prevent the user from using other methods to search.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Search link is available from the Start menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Search link is available from the Start menu.
 
 
 
@@ -1238,9 +1238,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy the start menu will not show a link to the Games folder.
+If you enable this policy, the start menu won't show a link to the Games folder.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the start menu will show a link to the Games folder, unless the user chooses to remove it in the start menu control panel.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the start menu will show a link to the Games folder, unless the user chooses to remove it in the start menu control panel.
 
 
 
@@ -1286,9 +1286,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to remove the Help command from the Start menu.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Help command is removed from the Start menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Help command is available from the Start menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Help command is available from the Start menu.
 
-This policy setting only affects the Start menu. It does not remove the Help menu from File Explorer and does not prevent users from running Help.
+This policy setting only affects the Start menu. It doesn't remove the Help menu from File Explorer and doesn't prevent users from running Help.
 
 
 
@@ -1332,13 +1332,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off user tracking.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system does not track the programs that the user runs, and does not display frequently used programs in the Start Menu.
+If you enable this policy setting, the system doesn't track the programs that the user runs, and doesn't display frequently used programs in the Start Menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the system tracks the programs that the user runs. The system uses this information to customize Windows features, such as showing frequently used programs in the Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the system tracks the programs that the user runs. The system uses this information to customize Windows features, such as showing frequently used programs in the Start Menu.
 
 Also, see these related policy settings: "Remove frequent programs list from the Start Menu" and "Turn off personalized menus".
 
-This policy  setting does not prevent users from pinning programs to the Start Menu or Taskbar. See the "Remove pinned programs list from the Start Menu" and "Do not allow pinning programs to the Taskbar" policy settings.
+This policy  setting doesn't prevent users from pinning programs to the Start Menu or Taskbar. See the "Remove pinned programs list from the Start Menu" and "Do not allow pinning programs to the Taskbar" policy settings.
 
 
 
@@ -1383,13 +1383,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 If you enable this setting, the Start Menu will either collapse or remove the all apps list from the Start menu.
 
-Selecting "Collapse" will not display the app list next to the pinned tiles in Start. An "All apps" button will be displayed on Start to open the all apps list. This is equivalent to setting the "Show app list in Start" in Settings to Off.
+Selecting "Collapse" won't display the app list next to the pinned tiles in Start. An "All apps" button will be displayed on Start to open the all apps list. This selection of collapse is equivalent to setting the "Show app list in Start" in Settings to Off.
 
-Selecting "Collapse and disable setting" will do the same as the collapse option and disable the "Show app list in Start menu" in Settings, so users cannot turn it to On.
+Selecting "Collapse and disable setting" will do the same as the collapse option and disable the "Show app list in Start menu" in Settings, so users can't turn it to On.
 
-Selecting "Remove and disable setting" will remove the all apps list from Start and disable the "Show app list in Start menu" in Settings, so users cannot turn it to On. Select this option for compatibility with earlier versions of Windows.
+Selecting "Remove and disable setting" will remove the all apps list from Start and disable the "Show app list in Start menu" in Settings, so users can't turn it to On. Select this option for compatibility with earlier versions of Windows.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the all apps list will be visible by default, and the user can change "Show app list in Start" in Settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the all apps list will be visible by default, and the user can change "Show app list in Start" in Settings.
 
 
 
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ Enabling this policy setting prevents the Network Connections folder from openin
 
 Network Connections still appears in Control Panel and in File Explorer, but if users try to start it, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Network Connections is available from the Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Network Connections is available from the Start Menu.
 
 Also, see the "Disable programs on Settings menu" and "Disable Control Panel" policy settings and the policy settings in the Network Connections folder (Computer Configuration and User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Network\Network Connections).
 
@@ -1483,11 +1483,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this setting, the "Pinned Programs" list is removed from the Start menu. Users cannot pin programs to the Start menu.
+If you enable this setting, the "Pinned Programs" list is removed from the Start menu. Users can't pin programs to the Start menu.
 
 In Windows XP and Windows Vista, the Internet and email checkboxes are removed from the 'Customize Start Menu' dialog.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the "Pinned Programs" list remains on the Start menu. Users can pin and unpin programs in the Start Menu.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the "Pinned Programs" list remains on the Start menu. Users can pin and unpin programs in the Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -1533,18 +1533,18 @@ Removes the Recent Items menu from the Start menu.  Removes the Documents menu f
 
 The Recent Items menu contains links to the non-program files that users have most recently opened. It appears so that users can easily reopen their documents.
 
-If you enable this setting, the system saves document shortcuts but does not display the Recent Items menu in the Start Menu, and users cannot turn the menu on.
+If you enable this setting, the system saves document shortcuts but doesn't display the Recent Items menu in the Start Menu, and users can't turn on the menu.
 
 If you later disable the setting, so that the Recent Items menu appears in the Start Menu, the document shortcuts saved before the setting was enabled and while it was in effect appear in the Recent Items menu.
 
-When the setting is disabled, the Recent Items menu appears in the Start Menu, and users cannot remove it.
+When the setting is disabled, the Recent Items menu appears in the Start Menu, and users can't remove it.
 
-If the setting is not configured, users can turn the Recent Items menu on and off.
+If the setting isn't configured, users can turn the Recent Items menu on and off.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not prevent Windows programs from displaying shortcuts to recently opened documents. See the "Do not keep history of recently opened documents" setting.
+> This setting doesn't prevent Windows programs from displaying shortcuts to recently opened documents. See the "Do not keep history of recently opened documents" setting.
 
-This setting also does not hide document shortcuts displayed in the Open dialog box. See the "Hide the dropdown list of recent files" setting.
+This setting also doesn't hide document shortcuts displayed in the Open dialog box. See the "Hide the dropdown list of recent files" setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1588,12 +1588,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents the system from conducting a comprehensive search of the target drive to resolve a shortcut.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system does not conduct the final drive search. It just displays a message explaining that the file is not found.
+If you enable this policy setting, the system doesn't conduct the final drive search. It just displays a message explaining that the file isn't found.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, when the system cannot find the target file for a shortcut (.lnk), it searches all paths associated with the shortcut. If the target file is located on an NTFS partition, the system then uses the target's file ID to find a path. If the resulting path is not correct, it conducts a comprehensive search of the target drive in an attempt to find the file.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, when the system can't find the target file for a shortcut (.lnk), it searches all paths associated with the shortcut. If the target file is located on an NTFS partition, the system then uses the target's file ID to find a path. If the resulting path isn't correct, it conducts a comprehensive search of the target drive in an attempt to find the file.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting only applies to target files on NTFS partitions. FAT partitions do not have this ID tracking and search capability.
+> This policy setting only applies to target files on NTFS partitions. FAT partitions don't have this ID tracking and search capability.
 
 Also, see the "Do not track Shell shortcuts during roaming" and the "Do not use the tracking-based method when resolving shell shortcuts" policy settings.
 
@@ -1639,12 +1639,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents the system from using NTFS tracking features to resolve a shortcut.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system does not try to locate the file by using its file ID. It skips this step and begins a comprehensive search of the drive specified in the target path.
+If you enable this policy setting, the system doesn't try to locate the file by using its file ID. It skips this step and begins a comprehensive search of the drive specified in the target path.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, by default, when the system cannot find the target file for a shortcut (.lnk), it searches all paths associated with the shortcut. If the target file is located on an NTFS partition, the system then uses the target's file ID to find a path. If the resulting path is not correct, it conducts a comprehensive search of the target drive in an attempt to find the file.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, by default, when the system can't find the target file for a shortcut (.lnk), it searches all paths associated with the shortcut. If the target file is located on an NTFS partition, the system then uses the target's file ID to find a path. If the resulting path isn't correct, it conducts a comprehensive search of the target drive in an attempt to find the file.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting only applies to target files on NTFS partitions. FAT partitions do not have this ID tracking and search capability.
+> This policy setting only applies to target files on NTFS partitions. FAT partitions don't have this ID tracking and search capability.
 
 Also, see the "Do not track Shell shortcuts during roaming" and the "Do not use the search-based method when resolving shell shortcuts" policy settings.
 
@@ -1699,18 +1699,18 @@ If you enable this setting, the following changes occur:
 
     - A UNC path: `\\\`
 
-    - Accessing local drives:  e.g., C:
+    - Accessing local drives:  for example, C:
 
-    - Accessing local folders: e.g., `\`
+    - Accessing local folders: for example, `\`
 
 Also, users with extended keyboards will no longer be able to display the Run dialog box by pressing the Application key (the key with the Windows logo) + R.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, users will be able to access the Run command in the Start menu and in Task Manager and use the Internet Explorer Address Bar.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, users will be able to access the Run command in the Start menu and in Task Manager and use the Internet Explorer Address Bar.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting affects the specified interface only. It does not prevent users from using other methods to run programs.
+> This setting affects the specified interface only. It doesn't prevent users from using other methods to run programs.
 >
-> It is a requirement for third-party applications with Windows 2000 or later certification to adhere to this setting.
+> It's a requirement for third-party applications with Windows 2000 or later certification to adhere to this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1758,10 +1758,10 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the Default Programs link is removed from the
 
 Clicking the Default Programs link from the Start menu opens the Default Programs control panel and provides administrators the ability to specify default programs for certain activities, such as Web browsing or sending e-mail, as well as which programs are accessible from the Start menu, desktop, and other locations.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Default Programs link is available from the Start menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Default Programs link is available from the Start menu.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting does not prevent the Set Default Programs for This Computer option from appearing in the Default Programs control panel.
+> This policy setting doesn't prevent the Set Default Programs for This Computer option from appearing in the Default Programs control panel.
 
 
 
@@ -1805,12 +1805,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove the Documents icon from the Start menu and its submenus.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Documents icon is removed from the Start menu and its submenus. Enabling this policy setting only removes the icon. It does not prevent the user from using other methods to gain access to the contents of the Documents folder.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Documents icon is removed from the Start menu and its submenus. Enabling this policy setting only removes the icon. It doesn't prevent the user from using other methods to gain access to the contents of the Documents folder.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > To make changes to this policy setting effective, you must log off and then log on.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, he Documents icon is available from the Start menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Documents icon is available from the Start menu.
 
 Also, see the "Remove Documents icon on the desktop" policy setting.
 
@@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to remove the Music icon from Start Menu.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Music icon is no longer available from Start Menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Music icon is available from Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Music icon is available from Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to remove the Network icon from Start Menu.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Network icon is no longer available from Start Menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Network icon is available from Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Network icon is available from Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to remove the Pictures icon from Start Menu.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Pictures icon is no longer available from Start Menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Pictures icon is available from Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Pictures icon is available from Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -1992,9 +1992,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy the start menu search box will not search for communications.
+If you enable this policy, the start menu search box won't search for communications.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the start menu will search for communications, unless the user chooses not to in the start menu control panel.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the start menu will search for communications, unless the user chooses not to in the start menu control panel.
 
 
 
@@ -2036,9 +2036,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy, the "See all results" link will not be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
+If you enable this policy, the "See all results" link won't be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the "See all results" link will be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the "See all results" link will be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
 
 
 
@@ -2080,9 +2080,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy, a "See more results" / "Search Everywhere" link will not be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
+If you enable this policy, a "See more results" / "Search Everywhere" link won't be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, a "See more results" link will be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.  If a 3rd party protocol handler is installed, a "Search Everywhere" link will be shown instead of the "See more results" link.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, a "See more results" link will be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.  If a third-party protocol handler is installed, a "Search Everywhere" link will be shown instead of the "See more results" link.
 
 
 
@@ -2124,9 +2124,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy setting the Start menu search box will not search for files.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Start menu search box won't search for files.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Start menu will search for files, unless the user chooses not to do so directly in Control Panel. If you enable this policy, a "See more results" / "Search Everywhere" link will not be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Start menu will search for files, unless the user chooses not to do so directly in Control Panel. If you enable this policy, a "See more results" / "Search Everywhere" link won't be shown when the user performs a search in the start menu search box.
 
 
 
@@ -2168,9 +2168,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy the start menu search box will not search for internet history or favorites.
+If you enable this policy, the start menu search box won't search for internet history or favorites.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the start menu will search for for internet history or favorites, unless the user chooses not to in the start menu control panel.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the start menu will search for internet history or favorites, unless the user chooses not to in the start menu control panel.
 
 
 
@@ -2212,9 +2212,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy setting the Start menu search box will not search for programs or Control Panel items.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Start menu search box won't search for programs or Control Panel items.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Start menu search box will search for programs and Control Panel items, unless the user chooses not to do so directly in Control Panel.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Start menu search box will search for programs and Control Panel items, unless the user chooses not to do so directly in Control Panel.
 
 
 
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the Control Panel, Printers, and Network and
 
 However, users can still start Control Panel items by using other methods, such as right-clicking the desktop to start Display or right-clicking Computer to start System.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Control Panel, Printers, and Network and Connection folders from Settings are available on the Start menu, and from Computer and File Explorer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Control Panel, Printers, and Network and Connection folders from Settings are available on the Start menu, and from Computer and File Explorer.
 
 Also, see the "Disable Control Panel," "Disable Display in Control Panel," and "Remove Network Connections from Start Menu" policy settings.
 
@@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, The user will be prevented from opening the T
 
 If the user right-clicks the taskbar and then clicks Properties, a message appears explaining that a setting prevents the action.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Taskbar and Start Menu items are available from Settings on the Start menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Taskbar and Start Menu items are available from Settings on the Start menu.
 
 
 
@@ -2356,9 +2356,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove the Downloads link from the Start Menu.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Start Menu does not show a link to the Downloads folder.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Start Menu doesn't show a link to the Downloads folder.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Downloads link is available from the Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Downloads link is available from the Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -2400,9 +2400,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy the Start menu will not show a link to Homegroup. It also removes the homegroup item from the Start Menu options. As a result, users cannot add the homegroup link to the Start Menu.
+If you enable this policy, the Start menu won't show a link to Homegroup. It also removes the homegroup item from the Start Menu options. As a result, users can't add the homegroup link to the Start Menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, users can use the Start Menu options to add or remove the homegroup link from the Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, users can use the Start Menu options to add or remove the homegroup link from the Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -2446,9 +2446,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove the Recorded TV link from the Start Menu.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Start Menu does not show a link to the Recorded TV library.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Start Menu doesn't show a link to the Recorded TV library.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Recorded TV link is available from the Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Recorded TV link is available from the Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -2494,11 +2494,11 @@ Hides all folders on the user-specific (top) section of the Start menu. Other it
 
 This setting is designed for use with redirected folders. Redirected folders appear on the main (bottom) section of the Start menu. However, the original, user-specific version of the folder still appears on the top section of the Start menu. Because the appearance of two folders with the same name might confuse users, you can use this setting to hide user-specific folders.
 
-Note that this setting hides all user-specific folders, not just those associated with redirected folders.
+This setting hides all user-specific folders, not just those folders associated with redirected folders.
 
 If you enable this setting, no folders appear on the top section of the Start menu. If users add folders to the Start Menu directory in their user profiles, the folders appear in the directory but not on the Start menu.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configured it, Windows 2000 Professional and Windows XP Professional display folders on both sections of the Start menu.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, Windows 2000 Professional and Windows XP Professional display folders on both sections of the Start menu.
 
 
 
@@ -2542,9 +2542,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove the Videos link from the Start Menu.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Start Menu does not show a link to the Videos library.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Start Menu doesn't show a link to the Videos library.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Videos link is available from the Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Videos link is available from the Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -2594,7 +2594,7 @@ If you enable this setting, the Start menu displays the classic Start menu and d
 
 If you disable this setting, the Start menu only displays in the new style, meaning the desktop icons are now on the Start page.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, the default is the new style, and the user can change the view.
+If you don't configure this setting, the default is the new style, and the user can change the view.
 
 
 
@@ -2638,9 +2638,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents the clock in the system notification area from being displayed.
 
-If you enable this setting, the clock will not be displayed in the system notification area.
+If you enable this setting, the clock won't be displayed in the system notification area.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the default behavior of the clock appearing in the notification area will occur.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the default behavior of the clock appearing in the notification area will occur.
 
 
 
@@ -2688,7 +2688,7 @@ Taskbar grouping consolidates similar applications when there is no room on the
 
 If you enable this setting, it prevents the taskbar from grouping items that share the same program name. By default, this setting is always enabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure it, items on the taskbar that share the same program are grouped together. The users have the option to disable grouping if they choose.
+If you disable or don't configure it, items on the taskbar that share the same program are grouped together. The users have the option to disable grouping, if they choose.
 
 
 
@@ -2734,9 +2734,9 @@ This setting affects the taskbar.
 
 The taskbar includes the Start button, buttons for currently running tasks, custom toolbars, the notification area, and the system clock. Toolbars include Quick Launch, Address, Links, Desktop, and other custom toolbars created by the user or by an application.
 
-If this setting is enabled, the taskbar does not display any custom toolbars, and the user cannot add any custom toolbars to the taskbar. Moreover, the "Toolbars" menu command and submenu are removed from the context menu. The taskbar displays only the Start button, taskbar buttons, the notification area, and the system clock.
+If this setting is enabled, the taskbar doesn't display any custom toolbars, and the user can't add any custom toolbars to the taskbar. Moreover, the "Toolbars" menu command and submenu are removed from the context menu. The taskbar displays only the Start button, taskbar buttons, the notification area, and the system clock.
 
-If this setting is disabled or is not configured, the taskbar displays all toolbars. Users can add or remove custom toolbars, and the "Toolbars" command appears in the context menu.
+If this setting is disabled or isn't configured, the taskbar displays all toolbars. Users can add or remove custom toolbars, and the "Toolbars" command appears in the context menu.
 
 
 
@@ -2782,9 +2782,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to remove access to the context menus for the tas
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the menus that appear when you right-click the taskbar and items on the taskbar are hidden, such as the Start button, the clock, and the taskbar buttons.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the context menus for the taskbar are available.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the context menus for the taskbar are available.
 
-This policy setting does not prevent users from using other methods to issue the commands that appear on these menus.
+This policy setting doesn't prevent users from using other methods to issue the commands that appear on these menus.
 
 
 
@@ -2832,7 +2832,7 @@ The notification area is located at the far right end of the task bar and includ
 
 If this setting is enabled, the user’s entire notification area, including the notification icons, is hidden. The taskbar displays only the Start button, taskbar buttons, custom toolbars (if any), and the system clock.
 
-If this setting is disabled or is not configured, the notification area is shown in the user's taskbar.
+If this setting is disabled or isn't configured, the notification area is shown in the user's taskbar.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Enabling this setting overrides the "Turn off notification area cleanup" setting, because if the notification area is hidden, there is no need to clean up the icons.
@@ -2877,9 +2877,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this setting, users cannot uninstall apps from Start.
+If you enable this setting, users can't uninstall apps from Start.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, users can access the uninstall command from Start.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, users can access the uninstall command from Start.
 
 
 
@@ -2921,9 +2921,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy the start menu will not show a link to the user's storage folder.
+If you enable this policy, the start menu won't show a link to the user's storage folder.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the start menu will display a link, unless the user chooses to remove it in the start menu control panel.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the start menu will display a link, unless the user chooses to remove it in the start menu control panel.
 
 
 
@@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to remove the user name label from the Start Menu
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the user name label is removed from the Start Menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user name label appears on the Start Menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user name label appears on the Start Menu.
 
 
 
@@ -3017,9 +3017,9 @@ If you enable this policy setting, users are prevented from connecting to the Wi
 
 Enabling this policy setting blocks user access to the Windows Update Web site at https://windowsupdate.microsoft.com. Also, the policy setting removes the Windows Update hyperlink from the Start menu and from the Tools menu in Internet Explorer.
 
-Windows Update, the online extension of Windows, offers software updates to keep a user’s system up-to-date. The Windows Update Product Catalog determines any system files, security fixes, and Microsoft updates that users need and shows the newest versions available for download.
+Windows Update, the online extension of Windows, offers software updates to keep a user’s system up-to-date. The Windows Update Product Catalog determines any system files, security fixes, and Microsoft updates that users need, newest versions of which are displayed for download.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Windows Update hyperlink is available from the Start menu and from the Tools menu in Internet Explorer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Windows Update hyperlink is available from the Start menu and from the Tools menu in Internet Explorer.
 
 Also, see the "Hide the "Add programs from Microsoft" option" policy setting.
 
@@ -3067,9 +3067,9 @@ Set the default action of the power button on the Start menu.
 
 If you enable this setting, the Start Menu will set the power button to the chosen action, and not let the user change this action.
 
-If you set the button to either Sleep or Hibernate, and that state is not supported on a computer, then the button will fall back to Shut Down.
+If you set the button to either Sleep or Hibernate, and that state isn't supported on a computer, then the button will fall back to Shut Down.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the Start Menu power button will be set to Shut Down by default, and the user can change this setting to another action.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the Start Menu power button will be set to Shut Down by default, and the user can change this setting to another action.
 
 
 
@@ -3113,11 +3113,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls whether the QuickLaunch bar is displayed in the Taskbar.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the QuickLaunch bar will be visible and cannot be turned off.
+If you enable this policy setting, the QuickLaunch bar will be visible and can't be turned off.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the QuickLaunch bar will be hidden and cannot be turned on.
+If you disable this policy setting, the QuickLaunch bar will be hidden and can't be turned on.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, then users will be able to turn the QuickLaunch bar on and off.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, then users will be able to turn the QuickLaunch bar on and off.
 
 
 
@@ -3159,9 +3159,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this setting, the "Undock PC" button is removed from the simple Start Menu, and your PC cannot be undocked.
+If you enable this setting, the "Undock PC" button is removed from the simple Start Menu, and your PC can't be undocked.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the "Undock PC" button remains on the simple Start menu, and your PC can be undocked.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the "Undock PC" button remains on the simple Start menu, and your PC can be undocked.
 
 
 
@@ -3251,12 +3251,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting shows or hides the "Run as different user" command on the Start application bar.
 
-If you enable this setting, users can access the "Run as different user" command from Start for applications which support this functionality.
+If you enable this setting, users can access the "Run as different user" command from Start for applications that support this functionality.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, users cannot access the "Run as different user" command from Start for any applications.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, users can't access the "Run as different user" command from Start for any applications.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not prevent users from using other methods, such as the shift right-click menu on application's jumplists in the taskbar to issue the "Run as different user" command.
+> This setting doesn't prevent users from using other methods, such as the shift right-click menu on application's jumplists in the taskbar to issue the "Run as different user" command.
 
 
 
@@ -3300,7 +3300,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 If you enable this setting, the Run command is added to the Start menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the Run command is not visible on the Start menu by default, but it can be added from the Taskbar and Start menu properties.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the Run command isn't visible on the Start menu by default, but it can be added from the Taskbar and Start menu properties.
 
 If the Remove Run link from Start Menu policy is set, the Add the Run command to the Start menu policy has no effect.
 
@@ -3386,13 +3386,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to removes the "Log Off ``" item from the Start menu and prevents users from restoring it.
+This policy setting allows you to remove the "Log Off ``" item from the Start menu and prevents users from restoring it.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Log Off `` item does not appear in the Start menu. This policy setting also removes the Display Logoff item from Start Menu Options. As a result, users cannot restore the Log Off `` item to the Start Menu.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Log Off `` item doesn't appear in the Start menu. This policy setting also removes the Display Logoff item from Start Menu Options. As a result, users can't restore the Log Off `` item to the Start Menu.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can use the Display Logoff item to add and remove the Log Off item.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can use the Display Logoff item to add and remove the Log Off item.
 
-This policy setting affects the Start menu only. It does not affect the Log Off item on the Windows Security dialog box that appears when you press Ctrl+Alt+Del, and it does not prevent users from using other methods to log off.
+This policy setting affects the Start menu only. It doesn't affect the Log Off item on the Windows Security dialog box that appears when you press Ctrl+Alt+Del, and it doesn't prevent users from using other methods to sign out.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > To add or remove the Log Off item on a computer, click Start, click Settings, click Taskbar and Start Menu, click the Start Menu Options tab and, in the Start Menu Settings box, click Display Logoff.
@@ -3440,7 +3440,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows pinning apps to Start by default, when they are included by AppID on the list.
+This policy setting allows pinning apps to Start by default, when they're included by AppID on the list.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-tabletshell.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-tabletshell.md
index 5de634f174..89216a67b0 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-tabletshell.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-tabletshell.md
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 Prevents start of InkBall game.  
 
-If you enable this policy, the InkBall game will not run.  
+If you enable this policy, the InkBall game won't run.  
 
-If you disable this policy, the InkBall game will run.  If you do not configure this policy, the InkBall game will run.
+If you disable this policy, the InkBall game will run.  If you don't configure this policy, the InkBall game will run.
 
 
 
@@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents printing to Journal Note Writer.  
 
-If you enable this policy, the Journal Note Writer printer driver will not allow printing to it. It will remain displayed in the list of available printers, but attempts to print to it will fail.  
+If you enable this policy, the Journal Note Writer printer driver won't allow printing to it. It will remain displayed in the list of available printers, but attempts to print to it will fail.  
 
-If you disable this policy, you will be able to use this feature to print to a Journal Note.  If you do not configure this policy, users will be able to use this feature to print to a Journal Note.
+If you disable this policy, you'll be able to use this feature to print to a Journal Note.  If you don't configure this policy, users will be able to use this feature to print to a Journal Note.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar.md
index 2abbb2c51b..515570e609 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-taskbar.md
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ This policy setting removes Notifications and Action Center from the notificatio
 
 The notification area is located at the far right end of the taskbar and includes icons for current notifications and the system clock.
 
-If this setting is enabled, Notifications and Action Center is not displayed in the notification area. The user will be able to read notifications when they appear, but they won’t be able to review any notifications they miss.
+If this setting is enabled, Notifications and Action Center isn't displayed in the notification area. The user will be able to read notifications when they appear, but they won’t be able to review any notifications they miss.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Notification and Security and Maintenance will be displayed on the taskbar.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Notification and Security and Maintenance will be displayed on the taskbar.
 
 A reboot is required for this policy setting to take effect.
 
@@ -224,9 +224,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove Security and Maintenance from the system control area.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Security and Maintenance icon is not displayed in the system notification area.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Security and Maintenance icon isn't displayed in the system notification area.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Security and Maintenance icon is displayed in the system notification area.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Security and Maintenance icon is displayed in the system notification area.
 
 
 
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove the networking icon from the system control area.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the networking icon is not displayed in the system notification area.
+If you enable this policy setting, the networking icon isn't displayed in the system notification area.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the networking icon is displayed in the system notification area.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the networking icon is displayed in the system notification area.
 
 
 
@@ -314,9 +314,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove the battery meter from the system control area.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the battery meter is not displayed in the system notification area.
+If you enable this policy setting, the battery meter isn't displayed in the system notification area.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the battery meter is displayed in the system notification area.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the battery meter is displayed in the system notification area.
 
 
 
@@ -359,9 +359,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove the volume control icon from the system control area.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the volume control icon is not displayed in the system notification area.
+If you enable this policy setting, the volume control icon isn't displayed in the system notification area.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the volume control icon is displayed in the system notification area.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the volume control icon is displayed in the system notification area.
 
 
 
@@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off feature advertisement balloon notifications.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, certain notification balloons that are marked as feature advertisements are not shown.
+If you enable this policy setting, certain notification balloons that are marked as feature advertisements aren't shown.
 
-If you disable do not configure this policy setting, feature advertisement balloons are shown.
+If you disable don't configure this policy setting, feature advertisement balloons are shown.
 
 
 
@@ -449,9 +449,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control pinning the Store app to the Taskbar.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot pin the Store app to the Taskbar. If the Store app is already pinned to the Taskbar, it will be removed from the Taskbar on next login.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't pin the Store app to the Taskbar. If the Store app is already pinned to the Taskbar, it will be removed from the Taskbar on next sign in.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can pin the Store app to the Taskbar.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can pin the Store app to the Taskbar.
 
 
 
@@ -494,9 +494,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control pinning items in Jump Lists.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot pin files, folders, websites, or other items to their Jump Lists in the Start Menu and Taskbar. Users also cannot unpin existing items pinned to their Jump Lists. Existing items already pinned to their Jump Lists will continue to show.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't pin files, folders, websites, or other items to their Jump Lists in the Start Menu and Taskbar. Users also can't unpin existing items pinned to their Jump Lists. Existing items already pinned to their Jump Lists will continue to show.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can pin files, folders, websites, and other items to a program's Jump List so that the items is always present in this menu.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can pin files, folders, websites, and other items to a program's Jump List so that the items are always present in this menu.
 
 
 
@@ -539,9 +539,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control pinning programs to the Taskbar.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot change the programs currently pinned to the Taskbar. If any programs are already pinned to the Taskbar, these programs continue to show in the Taskbar. However, users cannot unpin these programs already pinned to the Taskbar, and they cannot pin new programs to the Taskbar.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't change the programs currently pinned to the Taskbar. If any programs are already pinned to the Taskbar, these programs continue to show in the Taskbar. However, users can't unpin these programs already pinned to the Taskbar, and they can't pin new programs to the Taskbar.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can change the programs currently pinned to the Taskbar.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can change the programs currently pinned to the Taskbar.
 
 
 
@@ -585,11 +585,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control displaying or tracking items in Jump Lists from remote locations.
 
-The Start Menu and Taskbar display Jump Lists off of programs. These menus include files, folders, websites and other relevant items for that program. This helps users more easily reopen their most important documents and other tasks.
+The Start Menu and Taskbar display Jump Lists off of programs. These menus include files, folders, websites, and other relevant items for that program. This customization helps users more easily reopen their most important documents and other tasks.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Start Menu and Taskbar only track the files that the user opens locally on this computer. Files that the user opens over the network from remote computers are not tracked or shown in the Jump Lists. Use this setting to reduce network traffic, particularly over slow network connections.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Start Menu and Taskbar only track the files that the user opens locally on this computer. Files that the user opens over the network from remote computers aren't tracked or shown in the Jump Lists. Use this setting to reduce network traffic, particularly over slow network connections.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, all files that the user opens appear in the menus, including files located remotely on another computer.  Note: This setting does not prevent Windows from displaying remote files that the user has explicitly pinned to the Jump Lists. See the "Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists" policy setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, all files that the user opens appear in the menus, including files located remotely on another computer.  
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> This setting does not prevent Windows from displaying remote files that the user has explicitly pinned to the Jump Lists. See the "Do not allow pinning items in Jump Lists" policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -634,9 +637,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off automatic promotion of notification icons to the taskbar.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, newly added notification icons are not temporarily promoted to the Taskbar. Users can still configure icons to be shown or hidden in the Notification Control Panel.
+If you enable this policy setting, newly added notification icons aren't temporarily promoted to the Taskbar. Users can still configure icons to be shown or hidden in the Notification Control Panel.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, newly added notification icons are temporarily promoted to the Taskbar.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, newly added notification icons are temporarily promoted to the Taskbar.
 
 
 
@@ -729,9 +732,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to lock all taskbar settings.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user cannot access the taskbar control panel. The user is also unable to resize, move or rearrange toolbars on their taskbar.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user can't access the taskbar control panel. The user is also unable to resize, move or rearrange toolbars on their taskbar.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user will be able to set any taskbar setting that is not prevented by another policy setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user will be able to set any taskbar setting that isn't prevented by another policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -776,9 +779,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent users from adding or removing toolbars.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user is not allowed to add or remove any toolbars to the taskbar. Applications are not able to add toolbars either.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user isn't allowed to add or remove any toolbars to the taskbar. Applications aren't able to add toolbars either.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the users and applications are able to add toolbars to the taskbar.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the users and applications are able to add toolbars to the taskbar.
 
 
 
@@ -822,9 +825,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent users from rearranging toolbars.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users are not able to drag or drop toolbars to the taskbar.
+If you enable this policy setting, users aren't able to drag or drop toolbars to the taskbar.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users are able to rearrange the toolbars on the taskbar.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users are able to rearrange the toolbars on the taskbar.
 
 
 
@@ -867,9 +870,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent taskbars from being displayed on more than one monitor.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users are not able to show taskbars on more than one display. The multiple display section is not enabled in the taskbar properties dialog.
+If you enable this policy setting, users aren't able to show taskbars on more than one display. The multiple display section isn't enabled in the taskbar properties dialog.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can show taskbars on more than one display.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can show taskbars on more than one display.
 
 
 
@@ -916,7 +919,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn off all notification balloons.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, no notification balloons are shown to the user.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, notification balloons are shown to the user.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, notification balloons are shown to the user.
 
 
 
@@ -959,9 +962,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove pinned programs from the taskbar.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, pinned programs are prevented from being shown on the Taskbar. Users cannot pin programs to the Taskbar.
+If you enable this policy setting, pinned programs are prevented from being shown on the Taskbar. Users can't pin programs to the Taskbar.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can pin programs so that the program shortcuts stay on the Taskbar.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can pin programs so that the program shortcuts stay on the Taskbar.
 
 
 
@@ -1005,9 +1008,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent users from moving taskbar to another screen dock location.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users are not able to drag their taskbar to another area of the monitor(s).
+If you enable this policy setting, users aren't able to drag their taskbar to another area of the monitor(s).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users are able to drag their taskbar to another area of the monitor unless prevented by another policy setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users are able to drag their taskbar to another area of the monitor unless prevented by another policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1052,9 +1055,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent users from resizing the taskbar.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users are not be able to resize their taskbar.
+If you enable this policy setting, users aren't be able to resize their taskbar.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users are able to resize their taskbar unless prevented by another setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users are able to resize their taskbar unless prevented by another setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1098,9 +1101,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off taskbar thumbnails.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the taskbar thumbnails are not displayed and the system uses standard text for the tooltips.
+If you enable this policy setting, the taskbar thumbnails aren't displayed and the system uses standard text for the tooltips.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the taskbar thumbnails are displayed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the taskbar thumbnails are displayed.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-terminalserver.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-terminalserver.md
index a1920a3b5e..9dedd54d73 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-terminalserver.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-terminalserver.md
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ This policy specifies whether to allow Remote Desktop Connection clients to auto
 
 By default, a maximum  of 20 reconnection attempts are made at five-second intervals.  If the status is set to Enabled, automatic reconnection is attempted for all clients running Remote Desktop Connection whenever their network connection is lost.
 
-If the status is set to Disabled, automatic reconnection of clients is prohibited.  If the status is set to Not Configured, automatic reconnection is not specified at the  Group Policy level. However, users can configure automatic reconnection using the "Reconnect if connection is dropped" checkbox on the Experience tab in Remote Desktop Connection.
+If the status is set to Disabled, automatic reconnection of clients is prohibited.  If the status is set to Not Configured, automatic reconnection isn't specified at the  Group Policy level. However, users can configure automatic reconnection using the "Reconnect if connection is dropped" checkbox on the Experience tab in Remote Desktop Connection.
 
 
 
@@ -376,9 +376,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you control the redirection of video capture devices to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows redirection of video capture devices.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot redirect their video capture devices to the remote computer.  
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't redirect their video capture devices to the remote computer.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can redirect their video capture devices to the remote computer. Users can use the More option on the Local Resources tab of Remote Desktop Connection to choose the video capture devices to redirect to the remote computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can redirect their video capture devices to the remote computer. Users can use the More option on the Local Resources tab of Remote Desktop Connection to choose the video capture devices to redirect to the remote computer.
 
 
 
@@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the name of the certificate template t
 
 A certificate is needed to authenticate an RD Session Host server when TLS 1.0, 1.1 or 1.2 is used to secure communication between a client and an RD Session Host server during RDP connections.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you need to specify a certificate template name. Only certificates created by using the specified certificate template will be considered when a certificate to authenticate the RD Session Host server is automatically selected. Automatic certificate selection only occurs when a specific certificate has not been selected.  
+If you enable this policy setting, you need to specify a certificate template name. Only certificates created by using the specified certificate template will be considered when a certificate to authenticate the RD Session Host server is automatically selected. Automatic certificate selection only occurs when a specific certificate hasn't been selected.  
 
-If no certificate can be found that was created with the specified certificate template, the RD Session Host server will issue a certificate enrollment request and will use the current certificate until the request is completed. If more than one certificate is found that was created with the specified certificate template, the certificate that will expire latest and that matches the current name of the RD Session Host server will be selected.  If you disable or do not configure this policy, the certificate template name is not specified at the Group Policy level. By default, a self-signed certificate is used to authenticate the RD Session Host server.  
+If no certificate can be found that was created with the specified certificate template, the RD Session Host server will issue a certificate enrollment request and will use the current certificate until the request is completed. If more than one certificate is found that was created with the specified certificate template, the certificate that will expire latest and that matches the current name of the RD Session Host server will be selected.  If you disable or don't configure this policy, the certificate template name isn't specified at the Group Policy level. By default, a self-signed certificate is used to authenticate the RD Session Host server.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >If you select a specific certificate to be used to authenticate the RD Session Host server, that certificate will take precedence over this policy setting.
@@ -500,11 +500,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether users can run Remote Desktop Protocol (.rdp) files from a publisher that signed the file with a valid certificate. A valid certificate is one that is issued by an authority recognized by the client, such as the issuers in the client's Third-Party Root Certification Authorities certificate store.
 
-This policy setting also controls whether the user can start an RDP session by using default .rdp settings (for example, when a user directly opens the Remote Desktop Connection [RDC] client without specifying an .rdp file).  
+This policy setting also controls whether the user can start an RDP session by using default .rdp settings (for example, when a user directly opens the Remote Desktop Connection [RDC] client without specifying a .rdp file).  
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, users can run .rdp files that are signed with a valid certificate. Users can also start an RDP session with default .rdp settings by directly opening the RDC client. When a user starts an RDP session, the user is asked to confirm whether they want to connect.  
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, users can run .rdp files that are signed with a valid certificate. Users can also start an RDP session with default .rdp settings by directly opening the RDC client. When a user starts an RDP session, the user is asked to confirm whether they want to connect.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users cannot run .rdp files that are signed with a valid certificate. Additionally, users cannot start an RDP session by directly opening the RDC client and specifying the remote computer name. When a user tries to start an RDP session, the user receives a message that the publisher has been blocked.  
+If you disable this policy setting, users can't run .rdp files that are signed with a valid certificate. Additionally, users can't start an RDP session by directly opening the RDC client and specifying the remote computer name. When a user tries to start an RDP session, the user receives a message that the publisher has been blocked.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >You can define this policy setting in the Computer Configuration node or in the User Configuration node. If you configure this policy setting for the computer, all users on the computer are affected.
@@ -551,11 +551,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether users can run Remote Desktop Protocol (.rdp) files from a publisher that signed the file with a valid certificate. A valid certificate is one that is issued by an authority recognized by the client, such as the issuers in the client's Third-Party Root Certification Authorities certificate store. 
 
-This policy setting also controls whether the user can start an RDP session by using default .rdp settings (for example, when a user directly opens the Remote Desktop Connection [RDC] client without specifying an .rdp file).  
+This policy setting also controls whether the user can start an RDP session by using default .rdp settings (for example, when a user directly opens the Remote Desktop Connection [RDC] client without specifying a .rdp file).  
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, users can run .rdp files that are signed with a valid certificate. Users can also start an RDP session with default .rdp settings by directly opening the RDC client. When a user starts an RDP session, the user is asked to confirm whether they want to connect.  
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, users can run .rdp files that are signed with a valid certificate. Users can also start an RDP session with default .rdp settings by directly opening the RDC client. When a user starts an RDP session, the user is asked to confirm whether they want to connect.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users cannot run .rdp files that are signed with a valid certificate. Additionally, users cannot start an RDP session by directly opening the RDC client and specifying the remote computer name. When a user tries to start an RDP session, the user receives a message that the publisher has been blocked.  
+If you disable this policy setting, users can't run .rdp files that are signed with a valid certificate. Additionally, users can't start an RDP session by directly opening the RDC client and specifying the remote computer name. When a user tries to start an RDP session, the user receives a message that the publisher has been blocked.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >You can define this policy setting in the Computer Configuration node or in the User Configuration node. If you configure this policy setting for the computer, all users on the computer are affected.
@@ -603,9 +603,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether users can run unsigned Remote Desktop Protocol (.rdp) files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer.  
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, users can run unsigned .rdp files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer. Before a user starts an RDP session, the user receives a warning message and is asked to confirm whether they want to connect.  
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, users can run unsigned .rdp files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer. Before a user starts an RDP session, the user receives a warning message and is asked to confirm whether they want to connect.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users cannot run unsigned .rdp files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer. If the user tries to start an RDP session, the user receives a message that the publisher has been blocked.
+If you disable this policy setting, users can't run unsigned .rdp files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer. If the user tries to start an RDP session, the user receives a message that the publisher has been blocked.
 
 
 
@@ -650,9 +650,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether users can run unsigned Remote Desktop Protocol (.rdp) files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer.  
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, users can run unsigned .rdp files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer. Before a user starts an RDP session, the user receives a warning message and is asked to confirm whether they want to connect.  
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, users can run unsigned .rdp files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer. Before a user starts an RDP session, the user receives a warning message and is asked to confirm whether they want to connect.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users cannot run unsigned .rdp files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer. If the user tries to start an RDP session, the user receives a message that the publisher has been blocked.
+If you disable this policy setting, users can't run unsigned .rdp files and .rdp files from unknown publishers on the client computer. If the user tries to start an RDP session, the user receives a message that the publisher has been blocked.
 
 
 
@@ -699,11 +699,11 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify whether users can redirect the remote
 
 Users can specify where to play the remote computer's audio output by configuring the remote audio settings on the Local Resources tab in Remote Desktop Connection (RDC). Users can choose to play the remote audio on the remote computer or on the local computer. Users can also choose to not play the audio. Video playback can be configured by using the video playback setting in a Remote Desktop Protocol (.rdp) file. By default, video playback is enabled.  
 
-By default, audio and video playback redirection is not allowed when connecting to a computer running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, or Windows Server 2003. Audio and video playback redirection is allowed by default when connecting to a computer running Windows 8, Windows Server 2012, Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Professional.  
+By default, audio and video playback redirection isn't allowed when connecting to a computer running Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, or Windows Server 2003. Audio and video playback redirection is allowed by default when connecting to a computer running Windows 8, Windows Server 2012, Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Professional.  
 
 If you enable this policy setting, audio and video playback redirection is allowed.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, audio and video playback redirection is not allowed, even if audio playback redirection is specified in RDC, or video playback is specified in the .rdp file.  If you do not configure this policy setting audio and video playback redirection is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you disable this policy setting, audio and video playback redirection isn't allowed, even if audio playback redirection is specified in RDC, or video playback is specified in the .rdp file.  If you don't configure this policy setting, audio and video playback redirection isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -748,11 +748,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether users can record audio to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session.  Users can specify whether to record audio to the remote computer by configuring the remote audio settings on the Local Resources tab in Remote Desktop Connection (RDC).
 
-Users can record audio by using an audio input device on the local computer, such as a built-in microphone.  By default, audio recording redirection is not allowed when connecting to a computer running Windows Server 2008 R2. Audio recording redirection is allowed by default when connecting to a computer running at least Windows 7, or Windows Server 2008 R2.  
+Users can record audio by using an audio input device on the local computer, such as a built-in microphone.  By default, audio recording redirection isn't allowed when connecting to a computer running Windows Server 2008 R2. Audio recording redirection is allowed by default when connecting to a computer running at least Windows 7, or Windows Server 2008 R2.  
 
 If you enable this policy setting, audio recording redirection is allowed.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, audio recording redirection is not allowed, even if audio recording redirection is specified in RDC.  If you do not configure this policy setting, Audio recording redirection is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you disable this policy setting, audio recording redirection isn't allowed, even if audio recording redirection is specified in RDC.  If you don't configure this policy setting, Audio recording redirection isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to limit the audio playback quality for a Remote Desktop Services session. Limiting the quality of audio playback can improve connection performance, particularly over slow links.  If you enable this policy setting, you must select one of the following:  High, Medium, or Dynamic. If you select High, the audio will be sent without any compression and with minimum latency. This requires a large amount of bandwidth. If you select Medium, the audio will be sent with some compression and with minimum latency as determined by the codec that is being used.
+This policy setting allows you to limit the audio playback quality for a Remote Desktop Services session. Limiting the quality of audio playback can improve connection performance, particularly over slow links.  If you enable this policy setting, you must select one of the following values: High, Medium, or Dynamic. If you select High, the audio will be sent without any compression and with minimum latency. This audio transmission requires a large amount of bandwidth. If you select Medium, the audio will be sent with some compression and with minimum latency as determined by the codec that is being used.
 
 If you select Dynamic, the audio will be sent with a level of compression that is determined by the bandwidth of the remote connection.  The audio playback quality that you specify on the remote computer by using this policy setting is the maximum quality that can be used for a Remote Desktop Services session, regardless of the audio playback quality configured on the client computer.  
 
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ For example, if the audio playback quality configured on the client computer is
 
 Audio playback quality can be configured on the client computer by using the audioqualitymode setting in a Remote Desktop Protocol (.rdp) file. By default, audio playback quality is set to Dynamic.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, audio playback quality will be set to Dynamic.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, audio playback quality will be set to Dynamic.
 
 
 
@@ -850,11 +850,11 @@ This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the sharing of Clipboard conten
 
 You can use this setting to prevent users from redirecting Clipboard data to and from the remote computer and the local computer. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows Clipboard redirection.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot redirect Clipboard data.  
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't redirect Clipboard data.  
 
 If you disable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services always allows Clipboard redirection.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Clipboard redirection is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Clipboard redirection isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -899,13 +899,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the redirection of data to client COM ports from the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
-You can use this setting to prevent users from redirecting data to COM port peripherals or mapping local COM ports while they are logged on to a Remote Desktop Services session. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows this COM port redirection.  
+You can use this setting to prevent users from redirecting data to COM port peripherals or mapping local COM ports while they're logged on to a Remote Desktop Services session. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows this COM port redirection.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot redirect server data to the local COM port.  
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't redirect server data to the local COM port.  
 
 If you disable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services always allows COM port redirection.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, COM port redirection is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, COM port redirection isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the default printer is the printer specified
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the RD Session Host server automatically maps the client default printer and sets it as the default printer upon connection.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the default printer is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the default printer isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether the Remote Desktop Connection can use hardware acceleration if supported hardware is available. 
 
-If you use this setting, the Remote Desktop Client will use only software decoding. For example, if you have a problem that you suspect may be related to hardware acceleration, use this setting to disable the acceleration; then, if the problem still occurs, you will know that there are additional issues to investigate. 
+If you use this setting, the Remote Desktop Client will use only software decoding. For example, if you've a problem that you suspect may be related to hardware acceleration, use this setting to disable the acceleration; then, if the problem still occurs, you'll know that there are more issues to investigate. 
 
 If you disable this setting or leave it not configured, the Remote Desktop client will use hardware accelerated decoding if supported hardware is available.
 
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy specifies whether to allow Remote Desktop Connection Controls whether a user can save passwords using Remote Desktop Connection.  
 
-If you enable this setting the credential saving checkbox in Remote Desktop Connection will be disabled and users will no longer be able to save passwords. When a user opens an RDP file using Remote Desktop Connection and saves his settings, any password that previously existed in the RDP file will be deleted.  
+If you enable this setting, the credential saving checkbox in Remote Desktop Connection will be disabled and users will no longer be able to save passwords. When users open an RDP file using Remote Desktop Connection and save their settings, any password that previously existed in the RDP file will be deleted.
 
 If you disable this setting or leave it not configured, the user will be able to save passwords using Remote Desktop Connection
 
@@ -1095,9 +1095,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the redirection of data to client LPT ports during a Remote Desktop Services session.  You can use this setting to prevent users from mapping local LPT ports and redirecting data from the remote computer to local LPT port peripherals. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows LPT port redirection.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users in a Remote Desktop Services session cannot redirect server data to the local LPT port.  
+If you enable this policy setting, users in a Remote Desktop Services session can't redirect server data to the local LPT port.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, LPT port redirection is always allowed.  If you do not configure this policy setting, LPT port redirection is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you disable this policy setting, LPT port redirection is always allowed.  If you don't configure this policy setting, LPT port redirection isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -1140,11 +1140,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting lets you control the redirection of supported Plug and Play and RemoteFX USB devices, such as Windows Portable Devices, to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session.  By default, Remote Desktop Services does not allow redirection of supported Plug and Play and RemoteFX USB devices.  
+This policy setting lets you control the redirection of supported Plug and Play and RemoteFX USB devices, such as Windows Portable Devices, to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session.  By default, Remote Desktop Services doesn't allow redirection of supported Plug and Play and RemoteFX USB devices.  
 
 If you disable this policy setting, users can redirect their supported Plug and Play devices to the remote computer. Users can use the More option on the Local Resources tab of Remote Desktop Connection to choose the supported Plug and Play devices to redirect to the remote computer.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot redirect their supported Plug and Play devices to the remote computer.If you do not configure this policy setting, users can redirect their supported Plug and Play devices to the remote computer only if it is running Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier versions.  
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't redirect their supported Plug and Play devices to the remote computer. If you don't configure this policy setting, users can redirect their supported Plug and Play devices to the remote computer only if it's running Windows Server 2012 R2 and earlier versions.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >You can disable redirection of specific types of supported Plug and Play devices by using Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Device Installation\Device Installation Restrictions policy settings.
@@ -1192,11 +1192,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether to prevent the mapping of client printers in Remote Desktop Services sessions.  You can use this policy setting to prevent users from redirecting print jobs from the remote computer to a printer attached to their local (client) computer. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows this client printer mapping.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot redirect print jobs from the remote computer to a local client printer in Remote Desktop Services sessions.  
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't redirect print jobs from the remote computer to a local client printer in Remote Desktop Services sessions.  
 
 If you disable this policy setting, users can redirect print jobs with client printer mapping.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, client printer mapping is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, client printer mapping isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -1241,16 +1241,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify a list of Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA1) certificate thumbprints that represent trusted Remote Desktop Protocol (.rdp) file publishers.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, any certificate with an SHA1 thumbprint that matches a thumbprint on the list is trusted. If a user tries to start an .rdp file that is signed by a trusted certificate, the user does not receive any warning messages when they start the file. To obtain the thumbprint, view the certificate details, and then click the Thumbprint field.  
+If you enable this policy setting, any certificate with an SHA1 thumbprint that matches a thumbprint on the list is trusted. If a user tries to start an .rdp file that is signed by a trusted certificate, the user doesn't receive any warning messages when they start the file. To obtain the thumbprint, view the certificate details, and then click the Thumbprint field.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, no publisher is treated as a trusted .rdp publisher.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, no publisher is treated as a trusted .rdp publisher.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >You can define this policy setting in the Computer Configuration node or in the User Configuration node. 
 
 If you configure this policy setting for the computer, the list of certificate thumbprints trusted for a user is a combination of the list defined for the computer and the list defined for the user.  
 
-This policy setting overrides the behavior of the "Allow .rdp files from valid publishers and user's default .rdp settings" policy setting.  If the list contains a string that is not a certificate thumbprint, it is ignored.
+This policy setting overrides the behavior of the "Allow .rdp files from valid publishers and user's default .rdp settings" policy setting. If the list contains a string that isn't a certificate thumbprint, it's ignored.
 
 
 
@@ -1295,16 +1295,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify a list of Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA1) certificate thumbprints that represent trusted Remote Desktop Protocol (.rdp) file publishers.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, any certificate with an SHA1 thumbprint that matches a thumbprint on the list is trusted. If a user tries to start an .rdp file that is signed by a trusted certificate, the user does not receive any warning messages when they start the file. To obtain the thumbprint, view the certificate details, and then click the Thumbprint field.  
+If you enable this policy setting, any certificate with an SHA1 thumbprint that matches a thumbprint on the list is trusted. If a user tries to start an .rdp file that is signed by a trusted certificate, the user doesn't receive any warning messages when they start the file. To obtain the thumbprint, view the certificate details, and then click the Thumbprint field.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, no publisher is treated as a trusted .rdp publisher.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, no publisher is treated as a trusted .rdp publisher.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >You can define this policy setting in the Computer Configuration node or in the User Configuration node. 
 
 If you configure this policy setting for the computer, the list of certificate thumbprints trusted for a user is a combination of the list defined for the computer and the list defined for the user.  
 
-This policy setting overrides the behavior of the "Allow .rdp files from valid publishers and user's default .rdp settings" policy setting.  If the list contains a string that is not a certificate thumbprint, it is ignored.
+This policy setting overrides the behavior of the "Allow .rdp files from valid publishers and user's default .rdp settings" policy setting.  If the list contains a string that isn't a certificate thumbprint, it's ignored.
 
 
 
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ This policy setting specifies whether the UDP protocol will be used to access se
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Protocol traffic will only use the TCP protocol.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Protocol traffic will attempt to use both TCP and UDP protocols.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Protocol traffic will attempt to use both TCP and UDP protocols.
 
 
 
@@ -1398,15 +1398,15 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum color resolution (color de
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the color depth that you specify is the maximum color depth allowed for a user's RDP connection. The actual color depth for the connection is determined by the color support available on the client computer. If you select Client Compatible, the highest color depth supported by the client will be used.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the color depth for connections is not specified at the Group Policy level.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the color depth for connections isn't specified at the Group Policy level.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > 1.	Setting the color depth to 24 bits is only supported on Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP Professional.  
->2.	The value specified in this policy setting is not applied to connections from client computers that are using at least Remote Desktop Protocol 8.0 (computers running at least Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012). The 32-bit color depth format is always used for these connections.  
+>2.	The value specified in this policy setting isn't applied to connections from client computers that are using at least Remote Desktop Protocol 8.0 (computers running at least Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012). The 32-bit color depth format is always used for these connections.  
 >3.	For connections from client computers that are using Remote Desktop Protocol 7.1 or earlier versions that are connecting to computers running at least Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012, the minimum of the following values is used as the color depth format:  
 >    - a.	Value specified by this policy setting  
 >    - b.	Maximum color depth supported by the client  
->    - c.	Value requested by the client  If the client does not support at least 16 bits, the connection is terminated.
+>    - c.	Value requested by the client  If the client doesn't support at least 16 bits, the connection is terminated.
 
 
 
@@ -1456,9 +1456,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to limit the size of the entire roaming user prof
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must specify a monitoring interval (in minutes) and a maximum size (in gigabytes) for the entire roaming user profile cache. The monitoring interval determines how often the size of the entire roaming user profile cache is checked.
 
-When the size of the entire roaming user profile cache exceeds the maximum size that you have specified, the oldest (least recently used) roaming user profiles will be deleted until the size of the entire roaming user profile cache is less than the maximum size specified.  
+When the size of the entire roaming user profile cache exceeds the maximum size that you've specified, the oldest (least recently used) roaming user profiles will be deleted until the size of the entire roaming user profile cache is less than the maximum size specified.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, no restriction is placed on the size of the entire roaming user profile cache on the local drive.  Note:  This policy setting is ignored if the "Prevent Roaming Profile changes from propagating to the server" policy setting located in Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative Templates\System\User Profiles is enabled.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, no restriction is placed on the size of the entire roaming user profile cache on the local drive.  Note:  This policy setting is ignored if the "Prevent Roaming Profile changes from propagating to the server" policy setting located in Computer Configuration\Policies\Administrative Templates\System\User Profiles is enabled.
 
 
 
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy specifies whether desktop wallpaper is displayed to remote clients connecting via Remote Desktop Services.  
 
-You can use this setting to enforce the removal of wallpaper during a Remote Desktop Services session. By default, Windows XP Professional displays wallpaper to remote clients connecting through Remote Desktop, depending on the client configuration (see the Experience tab in the Remote Desktop Connection options for more information). Servers running Windows Server 2003 do not display wallpaper by default to Remote Desktop Services sessions.  
+You can use this setting to enforce the removal of wallpaper during a Remote Desktop Services session. By default, Windows XP Professional displays wallpaper to remote clients connecting through Remote Desktop, depending on the client configuration (see the Experience tab in the Remote Desktop Connection options for more information). Servers running Windows Server 2003 don't display wallpaper by default to Remote Desktop Services sessions.  
 
 If the status is set to Enabled, wallpaper never appears in a Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
@@ -1553,10 +1553,10 @@ This policy setting enables system administrators to change the graphics renderi
 
 If you disable this policy setting, all Remote Desktop Services sessions use the Microsoft Basic Render Driver as the default adapter.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services sessions on the RD Session Host server use the Microsoft Basic Render Driver as the default adapter. In all other cases, Remote Desktop Services sessions use the hardware graphics renderer by default.  
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services sessions on the RD Session Host server use the Microsoft Basic Render Driver as the default adapter. In all other cases, Remote Desktop Services sessions use the hardware graphics renderer by default.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
->The policy setting enables load-balancing of graphics processing units (GPU) on a computer with more than one GPU installed. The GPU configuration of the local session is not affected by this policy setting.
+>The policy setting enables load-balancing of graphics processing units (GPU) on a computer with more than one GPU installed. The GPU configuration of the local session isn't affected by this policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1601,9 +1601,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver is used first to install all client printers.  
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, the RD Session Host server first tries to use the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver to install all client printers. If for any reason the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver cannot be used, a printer driver on the RD Session Host server that matches the client printer is used. If the RD Session Host server does not have a printer driver that matches the client printer, the client printer is not available for the Remote Desktop session.  
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, the RD Session Host server first tries to use the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver to install all client printers. If for any reason the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver can't be used, a printer driver on the RD Session Host server that matches the client printer is used. If the RD Session Host server doesn't have a printer driver that matches the client printer, the client printer isn't available for the Remote Desktop session.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the RD Session Host server tries to find a suitable printer driver to install the client printer. If the RD Session Host server does not have a printer driver that matches the client printer, the server tries to use the Remote Desktop Easy Print driver to install the client printer. If for any reason the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver cannot be used, the client printer is not available for the Remote Desktop Services session.  
+If you disable this policy setting, the RD Session Host server tries to find a suitable printer driver to install the client printer. If the RD Session Host server doesn't have a printer driver that matches the client printer, the server tries to use the Remote Desktop Easy Print driver to install the client printer. If for any reason the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver can't be used, the client printer isn't available for the Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >If the "Do not allow client printer redirection" policy setting is enabled, the "Use Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver first" policy setting is ignored.
@@ -1651,9 +1651,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver is used first to install all client printers.  
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, the RD Session Host server first tries to use the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver to install all client printers. If for any reason the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver cannot be used, a printer driver on the RD Session Host server that matches the client printer is used. If the RD Session Host server does not have a printer driver that matches the client printer, the client printer is not available for the Remote Desktop session.  
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, the RD Session Host server first tries to use the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver to install all client printers. If for any reason the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver can't be used, a printer driver on the RD Session Host server that matches the client printer is used. If the RD Session Host server doesn't have a printer driver that matches the client printer, the client printer isn't available for the Remote Desktop session.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the RD Session Host server tries to find a suitable printer driver to install the client printer. If the RD Session Host server does not have a printer driver that matches the client printer, the server tries to use the Remote Desktop Easy Print driver to install the client printer. If for any reason the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver cannot be used, the client printer is not available for the Remote Desktop Services session.  
+If you disable this policy setting, the RD Session Host server tries to find a suitable printer driver to install the client printer. If the RD Session Host server doesn't have a printer driver that matches the client printer, the server tries to use the Remote Desktop Easy Print driver to install the client printer. If for any reason the Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver can't be used, the client printer isn't available for the Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >If the "Do not allow client printer redirection" policy setting is enabled, the "Use Remote Desktop Easy Print printer driver first" policy setting is ignored.
@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, RemoteFX will be used to deliver a rich user
 
 If you disable this policy setting, RemoteFX will be disabled.  
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior will be used. By default, RemoteFX for RD Virtualization Host is enabled and RemoteFX for RD Session Host is disabled.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior will be used. By default, RemoteFX for RD Virtualization Host is enabled and RemoteFX for RD Session Host is disabled.
 
 
 
@@ -1750,16 +1750,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the RD Session Host server fallback printer driver behavior. By default, the RD Session Host server fallback printer driver is disabled. If the RD Session Host server does not have a printer driver that matches the client's printer, no printer will be available for the Remote Desktop Services session.  
+This policy setting allows you to specify the RD Session Host server fallback printer driver behavior. By default, the RD Session Host server fallback printer driver is disabled. If the RD Session Host server doesn't have a printer driver that matches the client's printer, no printer will be available for the Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the fallback printer driver is enabled, and the default behavior is for the RD Session Host server to find a suitable printer driver. If one is not found, the client's printer is not available. You can choose to change this default behavior. The available options are:  
+If you enable this policy setting, the fallback printer driver is enabled, and the default behavior is for the RD Session Host server to find a suitable printer driver. If one isn't found, the client's printer isn't available. You can choose to change this default behavior. The available options are:  
 
-- **Do nothing if one is not found** - If there is a printer driver mismatch, the server will attempt to find a suitable driver. If one is not found, the client's printer is not available. This is the default behavior.  
+- **Do nothing if one is not found** - If there's a printer driver mismatch, the server will attempt to find a suitable driver. If one isn't found, the client's printer isn't available. This behavior is the default behavior.  
 - **Default to PCL if one is not found** - If no suitable printer driver can be found, default to the Printer Control Language (PCL) fallback printer driver.  
 - **Default to PS if one is not found**- If no suitable printer driver can be found, default to the PostScript (PS) fallback printer driver. 
 - **Show both PCL and PS if one is not found**- If no suitable driver can be found, show both PS and PCL-based fallback printer drivers.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the RD Session Host server fallback driver is disabled and the RD Session Host server will not attempt to use the fallback printer driver.  If you do not configure this policy setting, the fallback printer driver behavior is off by default.  
+If you disable this policy setting, the RD Session Host server fallback driver is disabled and the RD Session Host server won't attempt to use the fallback printer driver.  If you don't configure this policy setting, the fallback printer driver behavior is off by default.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >If the **Do not allow client printer redirection** setting is enabled, this policy setting is ignored and the fallback printer driver is disabled.
@@ -1805,11 +1805,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether an administrator attempting to connect remotely to the console of a server can log off an administrator currently logged on to the console.  This policy is useful when the currently connected administrator does not want to be logged off by another administrator. If the connected administrator is logged off, any data not previously saved is lost.  
+This policy setting determines whether an administrator attempting to connect remotely to the console of a server can sign out an administrator currently signed in to the console.  This policy is useful when the currently connected administrator doesn't want to be signed out by another administrator. If the connected administrator is signed out, any data not previously saved is lost.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, logging off the connected administrator is not allowed.  
+If you enable this policy setting, signing out the connected administrator isn't allowed.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, logging off the connected administrator is allowed.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, signing out the connected administrator is allowed.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >The console session is also known as Session 0. Console access can be obtained by using the /console switch from Remote Desktop Connection in the computer field name or from the command line.
@@ -1854,17 +1854,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy setting, when Remote Desktop Connection cannot connect directly to a remote computer (an RD Session Host server or a computer with Remote Desktop enabled), the clients will attempt to connect to the remote computer through an RD Gateway server.
+If you enable this policy setting, when Remote Desktop Connection can't connect directly to a remote computer (an RD Session Host server or a computer with Remote Desktop enabled), the clients will attempt to connect to the remote computer through an RD Gateway server.
 
 In this case, the clients will attempt to connect to the RD Gateway server that is specified in the "Set RD Gateway server address" policy setting. You can enforce this policy setting or you can allow users to overwrite this setting.
 
-By default, when you enable this policy setting, it is enforced. When this policy setting is enforced, users cannot override this setting, even if they select the "Use these RD Gateway server settings" option on the client. To enforce this policy setting, you must also specify the address of the RD Gateway server by using the "Set RD Gateway server address" policy setting, or client connection attempts to any remote computer will fail, if the client cannot connect directly to the remote computer.
+By default, when you enable this policy setting, it's enforced. When this policy setting is enforced, users can't override this setting, even if they select the "Use these RD Gateway server settings" option on the client. To enforce this policy setting, you must also specify the address of the RD Gateway server by using the "Set RD Gateway server address" policy setting, or client connection attempts to any remote computer will fail, if the client can't connect directly to the remote computer.
 
-To enhance security, it is also highly recommended that you specify the authentication method by using the "Set RD Gateway authentication method" policy setting. If you do not specify an authentication method by using this policy setting, either the NTLM protocol that is enabled on the client or a smart card can be used. To allow users to overwrite this policy setting, select the "Allow users to change this setting" check box.
+To enhance security, it's also highly recommended that you specify the authentication method by using the "Set RD Gateway authentication method" policy setting. If you don't specify an authentication method by using this policy setting, either the NTLM protocol that is enabled on the client or a smart card can be used. To allow users to overwrite this policy setting, select the "Allow users to change this setting" check box.
 
-When you do this, users on the client can choose not to connect through the RD Gateway server by selecting the "Do not use an RD Gateway server" option. Users can specify a connection method by configuring settings on the client, using an RDP file, or using an HTML script. If users do not specify a connection method, the connection method that you specify in this policy setting is used by default.
+When you enable this setting, users on the client can choose not to connect through the RD Gateway server by selecting the "Do not use an RD Gateway server" option. Users can specify a connection method by configuring settings on the client, using an RDP file, or using an HTML script. If users don't specify a connection method, the connection method that you specify in this policy setting is used by default.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, clients will not use the RD Gateway server address that is specified in the "Set RD Gateway server address" policy setting. If an RD Gateway server is specified by the user, a client connection attempt will be made through that RD Gateway server.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, clients won't use the RD Gateway server address that is specified in the "Set RD Gateway server address" policy setting. If an RD Gateway server is specified by the user, a client connection attempt will be made through that RD Gateway server.
 
 
 
@@ -1908,11 +1908,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy specifies the authentication method that clients must use when attempting to connect to an RD Session Host server through an RD Gateway server. You can enforce this policy setting or you can allow users to overwrite this policy setting. 
 
-By default, when you enable this policy setting, it is enforced. When this policy setting is enforced, users cannot override this setting, even if they select the "Use these RD Gateway server settings" option on the client.  
+By default, when you enable this policy setting, it's enforced. When this policy setting is enforced, users can't override this setting, even if they select the "Use these RD Gateway server settings" option on the client.  
 
-To allow users to overwrite this policy setting, select the "Allow users to change this setting" check box. When you do this, users can specify an alternate authentication method by configuring settings on the client, using an RDP file, or using an HTML script. If users do not specify an alternate authentication method, the authentication method that you specify in this policy setting is used by default.  
+To allow users to overwrite this policy setting, select the "Allow users to change this setting" check box. When you enable this setting, users can specify an alternate authentication method by configuring settings on the client, using an RDP file, or using an HTML script. If users don't specify an alternate authentication method, the authentication method that you specify in this policy setting is used by default.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the authentication method that is specified by the user is used, if one is specified. If an authentication method is not specified, the Negotiate protocol that is enabled on the client or a smart card can be used for authentication.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the authentication method that is specified by the user is used, if one is specified. If an authentication method isn't specified, the Negotiate protocol that is enabled on the client or a smart card can be used for authentication.
 
 
 
@@ -1957,17 +1957,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy specifies the address of the RD Gateway server that clients must use when attempting to connect to an RD Session Host server. You can enforce this policy setting or you can allow users to overwrite this policy setting. 
 
-By default, when you enable this policy setting, it is enforced. When this policy setting is enforced, users cannot override this setting, even if they select the "Use these RD Gateway server settings" option on the client.  
+By default, when you enable this policy setting, it's enforced. When this policy setting is enforced, users can't override this setting, even if they select the "Use these RD Gateway server settings" option on the client.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
->It is highly recommended that you also specify the authentication method by using the **Set RD Gateway authentication method** policy setting. If you do not specify an authentication method by using this setting, either the NTLM protocol that is enabled on the client or a smart card can be used.  
+>It's highly recommended that you also specify the authentication method by using the **Set RD Gateway authentication method** policy setting. If you don't specify an authentication method by using this setting, either the NTLM protocol that is enabled on the client or a smart card can be used.  
 
 To allow users to overwrite the **Set RD Gateway server address** policy setting and connect to another RD Gateway server, you must select the **Allow users to change this setting** check box and users will be allowed to specify an alternate RD Gateway server. 
 
-Users can specify an alternative RD Gateway server by configuring settings on the client, using an RDP file, or using an HTML script. If users do not specify an alternate RD Gateway server, the server that you specify in this policy setting is used by default.  
+Users can specify an alternative RD Gateway server by configuring settings on the client, using an RDP file, or using an HTML script. If users don't specify an alternate RD Gateway server, the server that you specify in this policy setting is used by default.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
->If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, but enable the **Enable connections through RD Gateway** policy setting, client connection attempts to any remote computer will fail, if the client cannot connect directly to the remote computer. If an RD Gateway server is specified by the user, a client connection attempt will be made through that RD Gateway server.
+>If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, but enable the **Enable connections through RD Gateway** policy setting, client connection attempts to any remote computer will fail, if the client can't connect directly to the remote computer. If an RD Gateway server is specified by the user, a client connection attempt will be made through that RD Gateway server.
 
 
 
@@ -2013,9 +2013,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify whether the RD Session Host server sho
 
 If the policy setting is enabled, the RD Session Host server joins the farm that is specified in the RD Connection Broker farm name policy setting. The farm exists on the RD Connection Broker server that is specified in the Configure RD Connection Broker server name policy setting.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the server does not join a farm in RD Connection Broker, and user session tracking is not performed. If the policy setting is disabled, you cannot use either the Remote Desktop Session Host Configuration tool or the Remote Desktop Services WMI Provider to join the server to RD Connection Broker.  
+If you disable this policy setting, the server doesn't join a farm in RD Connection Broker, and user session tracking isn't performed. If the policy setting is disabled, you can't use either the Remote Desktop Session Host Configuration tool or the Remote Desktop Services WMI Provider to join the server to RD Connection Broker.  
 
-If the policy setting is not configured, the policy setting is not specified at the Group Policy level.  
+If the policy setting isn't configured, the policy setting isn't specified at the Group Policy level.  
 
 >[!NOTE] 
 >1. If you enable this policy setting, you must also enable the Configure RD Connection Broker farm name and Configure RD Connection Broker server name policy settings.  
@@ -2064,11 +2064,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to enter a keep-alive interval to ensure that the session state on the RD Session Host server is consistent with the client state.  
 
-After an RD Session Host server client loses the connection to an RD Session Host server, the session on the RD Session Host server might remain active instead of changing to a disconnected state, even if the client is physically disconnected from the RD Session Host server. If the client logs on to the same RD Session Host server again, a new session might be established (if the RD Session Host server is configured to allow multiple sessions), and the original session might still be active.  
+After an RD Session Host server client loses the connection to an RD Session Host server, the session on the RD Session Host server might remain active instead of changing to a disconnected state, even if the client is physically disconnected from the RD Session Host server. If the client signs in to the same RD Session Host server again, a new session might be established (if the RD Session Host server is configured to allow multiple sessions), and the original session might still be active.  
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must enter a keep-alive interval. The keep-alive interval determines how often, in minutes, the server checks the session state. The range of values you can enter is 1 to 999,999.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, a keep-alive interval is not set and the server will not check the session state.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, a keep-alive interval isn't set and the server won't check the session state.
 
 
 
@@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ You can use this policy setting to control which RD Session Host servers are iss
 
 If you enable this policy setting and this policy setting is applied to a Remote Desktop license server, the license server will only respond to RDS CAL requests from RD Session Host servers whose computer accounts are a member of the RDS Endpoint Servers group on the license server. By default, the RDS Endpoint Servers group is empty.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Remote Desktop license server issues an RDS CAL to any RD Session Host server that requests one. The RDS Endpoint Servers group is not deleted or changed in any way by disabling or not configuring this policy setting.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Remote Desktop license server issues an RDS CAL to any RD Session Host server that requests one. The RDS Endpoint Servers group isn't deleted or changed in any way by disabling or not configuring this policy setting.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >You should only enable this policy setting when the license server is a member of a domain. You can only add computer accounts for RD Session Host servers to the RDS Endpoint Servers group when the license server is a member of a domain.
@@ -2165,13 +2165,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify the order in which an RD Session Host server attempts to locate Remote Desktop license servers.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, an RD Session Host server first attempts to locate the specified license servers. If the specified license servers cannot be located, the RD Session Host server will attempt automatic license server discovery. 
+If you enable this policy setting, an RD Session Host server first attempts to locate the specified license servers. If the specified license servers can't be located, the RD Session Host server will attempt automatic license server discovery. 
 
 In the automatic license server discovery process, an RD Session Host server in a Windows Server-based domain attempts to contact a license server in the following order:  
 1. Remote Desktop license servers that are published in Active Directory Domain Services.  
 2. Remote Desktop license servers that are installed on domain controllers in the same domain as the RD Session Host server.  
  
-1If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the RD Session Host server does not specify a license server at the Group Policy level.
+1If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the RD Session Host server doesn't specify a license server at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -2216,11 +2216,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether notifications are displayed on an RD Session Host server when there are problems with RD Licensing that affect the RD Session Host server.  
 
-By default, notifications are displayed on an RD Session Host server after you log on as a local administrator, if there are problems with RD Licensing that affect the RD Session Host server. If applicable, a notification will also be displayed that notes the number of days until the licensing grace period for the RD Session Host server will expire.  
+By default, notifications are displayed on an RD Session Host server after you sign in as a local administrator, if there are problems with RD Licensing that affect the RD Session Host server. If applicable, a notification will also be displayed that notes the number of days until the licensing grace period for the RD Session Host server will expire.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, these notifications will not be displayed on the RD Session Host server.  
+If you enable this policy setting, these notifications won't be displayed on the RD Session Host server.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, these notifications will be displayed on the RD Session Host server after you log on as a local administrator.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, these notifications will be displayed on the RD Session Host server after you sign in as a local administrator.
 
 
 
@@ -2265,14 +2265,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify the type of Remote Desktop Services client access license (RDS CAL) that is required to connect to this RD Session Host server.  
 
-You can use this policy setting to select one of three licensing modes: Per User , Per Device and AAD Per User .  
+You can use this policy setting to select one of three licensing modes: Per User, Per Device, and AAD Per User.  
 - Per User licensing mode requires that each user account connecting to this RD Session Host server have an RDS Per User CAL issued from an RD Licensing server.  
 - Per Device licensing mode requires that each device connecting to this RD Session Host server have an RDS Per Device CAL issued from an RD Licensing server.  
 - AAD Per User licensing mode requires that each user account connecting to this RD Session Host server have a service plan that supports RDS licenses assigned in AAD.    
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Remote Desktop licensing mode that you specify is honored by the Remote Desktop license server and RD Session Host.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the licensing mode is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the licensing mode isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy specifies whether Remote Desktop Services limits the number of simultaneous connections to the server.  You can use this setting to restrict the number of Remote Desktop Services sessions that can be active on a server. If this number is exceeded, additional users who try to connect receive an error message telling them that the server is busy and to try again later. Restricting the number of sessions improves performance because fewer sessions are demanding system resources. 
+This policy specifies whether Remote Desktop Services limits the number of simultaneous connections to the server.  You can use this setting to restrict the number of Remote Desktop Services sessions that can be active on a server. If this number is exceeded, other users who try to connect receive an error message telling them that the server is busy and to try again later. Restricting the number of sessions improves performance because fewer sessions are demanding system resources. 
 
 By default, RD Session Host servers allow an unlimited number of Remote Desktop Services sessions, and Remote Desktop for Administration allows two Remote Desktop Services sessions.  
 
@@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ To use this setting, enter the number of connections you want to specify as the
 
 If the status is set to Enabled, the maximum number of connections is limited to the specified number consistent with the version of Windows and the mode of Remote Desktop Services running on the server.  
 
-If the status is set to Disabled or Not Configured, limits to the number of connections are not enforced at the Group Policy level.  
+If the status is set to Disabled or Not Configured, limits to the number of connections aren't enforced at the Group Policy level.  
 
 >[!NOTE] 
 >This setting is designed to be used on RD Session Host servers (that is, on servers running Windows with Remote Desktop Session Host role service installed).
@@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum display resolution that ca
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must specify a resolution width and height. The resolution specified will be the maximum resolution that can be used by each monitor used to display a Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the maximum resolution that can be used by each monitor to display a Remote Desktop Services session will be determined by the values specified on the Display Settings tab in the Remote Desktop Session Host Configuration tool.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the maximum resolution that can be used by each monitor to display a Remote Desktop Services session will be determined by the values specified on the Display Settings tab in the Remote Desktop Session Host Configuration tool.
 
 
 
@@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to limit the number of monitors that a user can u
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the number of monitors that can be used to display a Remote Desktop Services session. You can specify a number from 1 to 16.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the number of monitors that can be used to display a Remote Desktop Services session is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the number of monitors that can be used to display a Remote Desktop Services session isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -2465,14 +2465,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to remove the "Disconnect" option from the Shut Down Windows dialog box in Remote Desktop Services sessions.  You can use this policy setting to prevent users from using this familiar method to disconnect their client from an RD Session Host server.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, "Disconnect" does not appear as an option in the drop-down list in the Shut Down Windows dialog box.  
+If you enable this policy setting, "Disconnect" doesn't appear as an option in the drop-down list in the Shut Down Windows dialog box.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, "Disconnect" is not removed from the list in the Shut Down Windows dialog box.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, "Disconnect" isn't removed from the list in the Shut Down Windows dialog box.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
->This policy setting affects only the Shut Down Windows dialog box. It does not prevent users from using other methods to disconnect from a Remote Desktop Services session. 
+>This policy setting affects only the Shut Down Windows dialog box. It doesn't prevent users from using other methods to disconnect from a Remote Desktop Services session. 
 
-This policy setting also does not prevent disconnected sessions at the server. You can control how long a disconnected session remains active on the server by configuring the **Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\RD Session Host\Session Time Limits\Set time limit for disconnected sessions** policy setting.
+This policy setting also doesn't prevent disconnected sessions at the server. You can control how long a disconnected session remains active on the server by configuring the **Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\RD Session Host\Session Time Limits\Set time limit for disconnected sessions** policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy specifies whether to remove the Windows Security item from the Settings menu on Remote Desktop clients. You can use this setting to prevent inexperienced users from logging off from Remote Desktop Services inadvertently.  
 
-If the status is set to Enabled, Windows Security does not appear in Settings on the Start menu. As a result, users must type a security attention sequence, such as CTRL+ALT+END, to open the Windows Security dialog box on the client computer.  
+If the status is set to Enabled, Windows Security doesn't appear in Settings on the Start menu. As a result, users must type a security attention sequence, such as CTRL+ALT+END, to open the Windows Security dialog box on the client computer.  
 
 If the status is set to Disabled or Not Configured, Windows Security remains in the Settings menu.
 
@@ -2566,13 +2566,13 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify which version of Remote Desktop Servic
 
 A license server attempts to provide the most appropriate RDS or TS CAL for a connection. For example, a Windows Server 2008 license server will try to issue a Windows Server 2008 TS CAL for clients connecting to a terminal server running Windows Server 2008, and will try to issue a Windows Server 2003 TS CAL for clients connecting to a terminal server running Windows Server 2003.  
 
-By default, if the most appropriate RDS CAL is not available for a connection, a Windows Server 2008 license server will issue a Windows Server 2008 TS CAL, if available, to the following:  
+By default, if the most appropriate RDS CAL isn't available for a connection, a Windows Server 2008 license server will issue a Windows Server 2008 TS CAL, if available, to the following types of clients:  
 - A client connecting to a Windows Server 2003 terminal server 
 - A client connecting to a Windows 2000 terminal server  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the license server will only issue a temporary RDS CAL to the client if an appropriate RDS CAL for the RD Session Host server is not available. If the client has already been issued a temporary RDS CAL and the temporary RDS CAL has expired, the client will not be able to connect to the RD Session Host server unless the RD Licensing grace period for the RD Session Host server has not expired.  
+If you enable this policy setting, the license server will only issue a temporary RDS CAL to the client if an appropriate RDS CAL for the RD Session Host server isn't available. If the client has already been issued a temporary RDS CAL and the temporary RDS CAL has expired, the client won't be able to connect to the RD Session Host server unless the RD Licensing grace period for the RD Session Host server hasn't expired.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the license server will exhibit the default behavior noted earlier.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the license server will exhibit the default behavior noted earlier.
 
 
 
@@ -2617,14 +2617,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether a user will be prompted on the client computer to provide credentials for a remote connection to an RD Session Host server.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, a user will be prompted on the client computer instead of on the RD Session Host server to provide credentials for a remote connection to an RD Session Host server. If saved credentials for the user are available on the client computer, the user will not be prompted to provide credentials.  
+If you enable this policy setting, a user will be prompted on the client computer instead of on the RD Session Host server to provide credentials for a remote connection to an RD Session Host server. If saved credentials for the user are available on the client computer, the user won't be prompted to provide credentials.  
 
 >[!NOTE] 
 >If you enable this policy setting in releases of Windows Server 2008 R2 with SP1 or Windows Server 2008 R2, and a user is prompted on both the client computer and on the RD Session Host server to provide credentials, clear the Always prompt for password check box on the Log on Settings tab in Remote Desktop Session Host Configuration.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the version of the operating system on the RD Session Host server will determine when a user is prompted to provide credentials for a remote connection to an RD Session Host server.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the version of the operating system on the RD Session Host server will determine when a user is prompted to provide credentials for a remote connection to an RD Session Host server.  
 
-For Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server a user will be prompted on the terminal server to provide credentials for a remote connection. For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2, a user will be prompted on the client computer to provide credentials for a remote connection.
+For Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server, a user will be prompted on the terminal server to provide credentials for a remote connection. For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2, a user will be prompted on the client computer to provide credentials for a remote connection.
 
 
 
@@ -2670,11 +2670,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the default connection URL for RemoteApp and Desktop Connections. The default connection URL is a specific connection that can only be configured by using Group Policy. In addition to the capabilities that are common to all connections, the default connection URL allows document file types to be associated with RemoteApp programs.  The default connection URL must be configured in the form of [http://contoso.com/rdweb/Feed/webfeed.aspx](http://contoso.com/rdweb/Feed/webfeed.aspx).    
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, the specified URL is configured as the default connection URL for the user and replaces any existing connection URL. The user cannot change the default connection URL. The user's default logon credentials are used when setting up the default connection URL.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, the specified URL is configured as the default connection URL for the user and replaces any existing connection URL. The user can't change the default connection URL. The user's default sign-in credentials are used when setting up the default connection URL.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user has no default connection URL.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user has no default connection URL.  
 
-RemoteApp programs that are installed through RemoteApp and Desktop Connections from an un-trusted server can compromise the security of a user's account.
+RemoteApp programs that are installed through RemoteApp and Desktop Connections from an untrusted server can compromise the security of a user's account.
 
 
 
@@ -2720,9 +2720,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether the app registration is completed before showing the Start screen to the user.  By default, when a new user signs in to a computer, the Start screen is shown and apps are registered in the background. However, some apps may not work until app registration is complete.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, user sign-in is blocked for up to 6 minutes to complete the app registration. You can use this policy setting when customizing the Start screen on Remote Desktop Session Host servers.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, user sign in is blocked for up to 6 minutes to complete the app registration. You can use this policy setting when customizing the Start screen on Remote Desktop Session Host servers.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Start screen is shown and apps are registered in the background.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Start screen is shown and apps are registered in the background.
 
 
 
@@ -2861,11 +2861,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 This policy setting allows you to specify the visual experience that remote users will have in Remote Desktop Connection (RDC) connections that use RemoteFX. You can use this policy to balance the network bandwidth usage with the type of graphics experience that is delivered.  Depending on the requirements of your users, you can reduce network bandwidth usage by reducing the screen capture rate. 
 
 You can also reduce network bandwidth usage by reducing the image quality (increasing the amount of image compression that is performed).  
-If you have a higher than average bandwidth network, you can maximize the utilization of bandwidth by selecting the highest setting for screen capture rate and the highest setting for image quality. 
+If you've a higher than average bandwidth network, you can maximize the utilization of bandwidth by selecting the highest setting for screen capture rate and the highest setting for image quality. 
  
 By default, Remote Desktop Connection sessions that use RemoteFX are optimized for a balanced experience over LAN conditions. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Connection sessions that use RemoteFX will be the same as if the medium screen capture rate and the medium image compression settings were selected (the default behavior).
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Connection sessions that use RemoteFX will be the same as if the medium screen capture rate and the medium image compression settings were selected (the default behavior).
 
 
 
@@ -2909,14 +2909,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify the name of a farm to join in RD Connection Broker. RD Connection Broker uses the farm name to determine which RD Session Host servers are in the same RD Session Host server farm. 
 
-Therefore, you must use the same farm name for all RD Session Host servers in the same load-balanced farm. The farm name does not have to correspond to a name in Active Directory Domain Services. If you specify a new farm name, a new farm is created in RD Connection Broker. If you specify an existing farm name, the server joins that farm in RD Connection Broker.  
+Therefore, you must use the same farm name for all RD Session Host servers in the same load-balanced farm. The farm name doesn't have to correspond to a name in Active Directory Domain Services. If you specify a new farm name, a new farm is created in RD Connection Broker. If you specify an existing farm name, the server joins that farm in RD Connection Broker.  
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, you must specify the name of a farm in RD Connection Broker.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the farm name is not specified at the Group Policy level.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the farm name isn't specified at the Group Policy level.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting is not effective unless both the Join RD Connection Broker and the Configure RD Connection Broker server name policy settings are enabled and configured by using Group Policy.
+> This policy setting isn't effective unless both the Join RD Connection Broker and the Configure RD Connection Broker server name policy settings are enabled and configured by using Group Policy.
 
 For Windows Server 2008, this policy setting is supported on at least Windows Server 2008 Standard.
 
@@ -2963,9 +2963,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the redirection method to use when a c
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, a Remote Desktop Services client queries the RD Connection Broker server and is redirected to their existing session by using the IP address of the RD Session Host server where their session exists. To use this redirection method, client computers must be able to connect directly by IP address to RD Session Host servers in the farm.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, the IP address of the RD Session Host server is not sent to the client. Instead, the IP address is embedded in a token. When a client reconnects to the load balancer, the routing token is used to redirect the client to their existing session on the correct RD Session Host server in the farm. Only disable this setting when your network load-balancing solution supports the use of RD Connection Broker routing tokens and you do not want clients to directly connect by IP address to RD Session Host servers in the load-balanced farm. 
+- If you disable this policy setting, the IP address of the RD Session Host server isn't sent to the client. Instead, the IP address is embedded in a token. When a client reconnects to the load balancer, the routing token is used to redirect the client to their existing session on the correct RD Session Host server in the farm. Only disable this setting when your network load-balancing solution supports the use of RD Connection Broker routing tokens and you don't want clients to directly connect by IP address to RD Session Host servers in the load-balanced farm. 
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the Use IP address redirection policy setting is not enforced at the group Group policy Policy level and the default will be used. This setting is enabled by default.  
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the Use IP address redirection policy setting isn't enforced at the group Group policy Policy level and the default will be used. This setting is enabled by default.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > For Windows Server 2008, this policy setting is supported on at least Windows Server 2008 Standard.
@@ -3014,12 +3014,12 @@ The specified server must be running the Remote Desktop Connection Broker servic
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, you must specify the RD Connection Broker server by using its fully qualified domain name (FQDN). In Windows Server 2012, for a high availability setup with multiple RD Connection Broker servers, you must provide a semi-colon separated list of the FQDNs of all the RD Connection Broker servers.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the policy setting is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the policy setting isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > For Windows Server 2008, this policy setting is supported on at least Windows Server 2008 Standard.
-> This policy setting is not effective unless the Join RD Connection Broker policy setting is enabled.
+> This policy setting isn't effective unless the Join RD Connection Broker policy setting is enabled.
 > To be an active member of an RD Session Host server farm, the computer account for each RD Session Host server in the farm must be a member of one of the following local groups on the RD Connection Broker server: Session Directory Computers, Session Broker Computers, or RDS Endpoint Servers.
 
 
@@ -3069,11 +3069,11 @@ This policy setting specifies whether to require the use of a specific security
 
 The following security methods are available:  
 
-- **Negotiate**: The Negotiate method enforces the most secure method that is supported by the client. If Transport Layer Security (TLS) version 1.0 is supported, it is used to authenticate the RD Session Host server. If TLS is not supported, native Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) encryption is used to secure communications, but the RD Session Host server is not authenticated. Native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) is not recommended.  
-- **RDP**: The RDP method uses native RDP encryption to secure communications between the client and RD Session Host server. If you select this setting, the RD Session Host server is not authenticated. Native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) is not recommended.  
-- **SSL (TLS 1.0)**: The SSL method requires the use of TLS 1.0 to authenticate the RD Session Host server. If TLS is not supported, the connection fails. This is the recommended setting for this policy.  
+- **Negotiate**: The Negotiate method enforces the most secure method that is supported by the client. If Transport Layer Security (TLS) version 1.0 is supported, it's used to authenticate the RD Session Host server. If TLS isn't supported, native Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) encryption is used to secure communications, but the RD Session Host server isn't authenticated. Native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) isn't recommended.  
+- **RDP**: The RDP method uses native RDP encryption to secure communications between the client and RD Session Host server. If you select this setting, the RD Session Host server isn't authenticated. Native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) isn't recommended.  
+- **SSL (TLS 1.0)**: The SSL method requires the use of TLS 1.0 to authenticate the RD Session Host server. If TLS isn't supported, the connection fails. This enablement is the recommended setting for this policy.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the security method to be used for remote connections to RD Session Host servers is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the security method to be used for remote connections to RD Session Host servers isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -3118,13 +3118,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 This policy setting allows you to specify how the Remote Desktop Protocol will try to detect the network quality (bandwidth and latency).  
 You can choose to disable Connect Time Detect, Continuous Network Detect, or both Connect Time Detect and Continuous Network Detect.  
 
-- If you disable Connect Time Detect, Remote Desktop Protocol will not determine the network quality at the connect time, and it will assume that all traffic to this server originates from a low-speed connection.  
+- If you disable Connect Time Detect, Remote Desktop Protocol won't determine the network quality at the connect time, and it will assume that all traffic to this server originates from a low-speed connection.  
 
-- If you disable Continuous Network Detect, Remote Desktop Protocol will not try to adapt the remote user experience to varying network quality.  
+- If you disable Continuous Network Detect, Remote Desktop Protocol won't try to adapt the remote user experience to varying network quality.  
 
-- If you disable Connect Time Detect and Continuous Network Detect, Remote Desktop Protocol will not try to determine the network quality at the connect time; instead it will assume that all traffic to this server originates from a low-speed connection, and it will not try to adapt the user experience to varying network quality.  
+- If you disable Connect Time Detect and Continuous Network Detect, Remote Desktop Protocol won't try to determine the network quality at the connect time; instead it will assume that all traffic to this server originates from a low-speed connection, and it won't try to adapt the user experience to varying network quality.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Protocol will spend up to a few seconds trying to determine the network quality prior to the connection, and it will continuously try to adapt the user experience to varying network quality.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Protocol will spend up to a few seconds trying to determine the network quality prior to the connection, and it will continuously try to adapt the user experience to varying network quality.
 
 
 
@@ -3171,9 +3171,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify which protocols can be used for Remote
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, you must specify if you would like RDP to use UDP.  You can select one of the following options: "Use both UDP and TCP", "Use only TCP" or "Use either UDP or TCP (default)"  
 
-If you select "Use either UDP or TCP" and the UDP connection is successful, most of the RDP traffic will use UDP.  If the UDP connection is not successful or if you select "Use only TCP," all of the RDP traffic will use TCP.  
+If you select "Use either UDP or TCP" and the UDP connection is successful, most of the RDP traffic will use UDP.  If the UDP connection isn't successful or if you select "Use only TCP," all of the RDP traffic will use TCP.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, RDP will choose the optimal protocols for delivering the best user experience.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, RDP will choose the optimal protocols for delivering the best user experience.
 
 
 
@@ -3217,11 +3217,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 This policy setting allows you to enable RemoteApp programs to use advanced graphics, including support for transparency, live thumbnails, and seamless application moves. 
-This policy setting applies only to RemoteApp programs and does not apply to remote desktop sessions.  
+This policy setting applies only to RemoteApp programs and doesn't apply to remote desktop sessions.  
 
-- If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, RemoteApp programs published from this RD Session Host server will use these advanced graphics.  
+- If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, RemoteApp programs published from this RD Session Host server will use these advanced graphics.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, RemoteApp programs published from this RD Session Host server will not use these advanced graphics. You may want to choose this option if you discover that applications published as RemoteApp programs do not support these advanced graphics.
+- If you disable this policy setting, RemoteApp programs published from this RD Session Host server won't use these advanced graphics. You may want to choose this option if you discover that applications published as RemoteApp programs don't support these advanced graphics.
 
 
 
@@ -3264,17 +3264,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify whether the client will establish a connection to the RD Session Host server when the client cannot authenticate the RD Session Host server.  
+This policy setting allows you to specify whether the client will establish a connection to the RD Session Host server when the client can't authenticate the RD Session Host server.  
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, you must specify one of the following settings:  
 
-    - Always connect, even if authentication fails: The client connects to the RD Session Host server even if the client cannot authenticate the RD Session Host server.  
+    - Always connect, even if authentication fails: The client connects to the RD Session Host server even if the client can't authenticate the RD Session Host server.  
 
-    - Warn me if authentication fails: The client attempts to authenticate the RD Session Host server. If the RD Session Host server can be authenticated, the client establishes a connection to the RD Session Host server. If the RD Session Host server cannot be authenticated, the user is prompted to choose whether to connect to the RD Session Host server without authenticating the RD Session Host server. 
+    - Warn me if authentication fails: The client attempts to authenticate the RD Session Host server. If the RD Session Host server can be authenticated, the client establishes a connection to the RD Session Host server. If the RD Session Host server can't be authenticated, the user is prompted to choose whether to connect to the RD Session Host server without authenticating the RD Session Host server. 
 
-    - Do not connect if authentication fails: The client establishes a connection to the RD Session Host server only if the RD Session Host server can be authenticated.  
+    - don't connect if authentication fails: The client establishes a connection to the RD Session Host server only if the RD Session Host server can be authenticated.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the authentication setting that is specified in Remote Desktop Connection or in the .rdp file determines whether the client establishes a connection to the RD Session Host server when the client cannot authenticate the RD Session Host server.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the authentication setting that is specified in Remote Desktop Connection or in the .rdp file determines whether the client establishes a connection to the RD Session Host server when the client can't authenticate the RD Session Host server.
 
 
 
@@ -3319,9 +3319,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you enable H.264/AVC hardware encoding support for Remote Desktop Connections. 
 
-- When you enable hardware encoding, if an error occurs, we will attempt to use software encoding. 
+- When you enable hardware encoding, if an error occurs, we'll attempt to use software encoding. 
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy, we will always use software encoding.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy, we'll always use software encoding.
 
 
 
@@ -3415,11 +3415,11 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify which Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) co
 
 If you select the algorithm that is optimized to use less network bandwidth, this option uses less network bandwidth, but is more memory-intensive. Additionally, a third option is available that balances memory usage and network bandwidth. 
 
-In Windows  8 only the compression algorithm that balances memory usage and bandwidth is used.  You can also choose not to use an RDP compression algorithm. Choosing not to use an RDP compression algorithm will use more network bandwidth and is only recommended if you are using a hardware device that is designed to optimize network traffic. 
+In Windows  8 only the compression algorithm that balances memory usage and bandwidth is used.  You can also choose not to use an RDP compression algorithm. Choosing not to use an RDP compression algorithm will use more network bandwidth and is only recommended if you're using a hardware device that is designed to optimize network traffic. 
 
 Even if you choose not to use an RDP compression algorithm, some graphics data will still be compressed.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default RDP compression algorithm will be used.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default RDP compression algorithm will be used.
 
 
 
@@ -3469,9 +3469,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the visual quality for remote users wh
 
 - If you enable this policy setting and set quality to High, RemoteFX Adaptive Graphics uses an encoding mechanism that results in high quality images and consumes moderate network bandwidth.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting and set quality to Lossless, RemoteFX Adaptive Graphics uses lossless encoding. In this mode, the color integrity of the graphics data is not impacted. However, this setting results in a significant increase in network bandwidth consumption. We recommend that you set this for very specific cases only.  
+- If you enable this policy setting and set quality to Lossless, RemoteFX Adaptive Graphics uses lossless encoding. In this mode, the color integrity of the graphics data isn't impacted. However, this setting results in a significant increase in network bandwidth consumption. We recommend that you enable this setting for specific cases only.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, RemoteFX Adaptive Graphics uses an encoding mechanism that results in medium quality images.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, RemoteFX Adaptive Graphics uses an encoding mechanism that results in medium quality images.
 
 
 
@@ -3519,7 +3519,7 @@ When deployed on an RD Virtualization Host server, RemoteFX delivers a rich user
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, RemoteFX will be used to deliver a rich user experience over LAN connections and RDP 7.1.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, RemoteFX will be disabled.  If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior will be used. By default, RemoteFX for RD Virtualization Host is enabled and RemoteFX for RD Session Host is disabled.
+- If you disable this policy setting, RemoteFX will be disabled.  If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior will be used. By default, RemoteFX for RD Virtualization Host is enabled and RemoteFX for RD Session Host is disabled.
 
 
 
@@ -3567,7 +3567,7 @@ This policy setting allows the administrator to configure the RemoteFX experienc
 If you enable this policy setting, the RemoteFX experience could be set to one of the following options:  
 1. Let the system choose the experience for the network condition  
 2. Optimize for server scalability  
-3. Optimize for minimum bandwidth usage  If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the RemoteFX experience will change dynamically based on the network condition."
+3. Optimize for minimum bandwidth usage. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the RemoteFX experience will change dynamically based on the network condition."
 
 
 
@@ -3614,7 +3614,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the visual experience that remote user
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, you must select the visual experience for which you want to optimize Remote Desktop Services sessions. You can select either Rich multimedia or Text.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services sessions are optimized for rich multimedia.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services sessions are optimized for rich multimedia.
 
 
 
@@ -3659,9 +3659,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting lets you enable WDDM graphics display driver for Remote Desktop Connections.  
 
-- If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Connections will use WDDM graphics display driver.  
+- If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Connections will use WDDM graphics display driver.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Connections will NOT use WDDM graphics display driver. In this case, the Remote Desktop Connections will use XDDM graphics display driver.  For this change to take effect, you must restart Windows.
+- If you disable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Connections won't use WDDM graphics display driver. In this case, the Remote Desktop Connections will use XDDM graphics display driver.  For this change to take effect, you must restart Windows.
 
 
 
@@ -3710,11 +3710,11 @@ See the policy settings Set time limit for active Remote Desktop Services sessio
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services ends any session that reaches its time-out limit.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services always disconnects a timed-out session, even if specified otherwise by the server administrator. If you do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services disconnects a timed-out session, unless specified otherwise in local settings.  
+- If you disable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services always disconnects a timed-out session, even if specified otherwise by the server administrator. If you don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services disconnects a timed-out session, unless specified otherwise in local settings.  
 
 This policy setting only applies to time-out limits that are explicitly set by the administrator. 
 
-This policy setting does not apply to time-out events that occur due to connectivity or network conditions. This setting appears in both Computer Configuration and User Configuration. If both settings are configured, the Computer Configuration setting takes precedence.
+This policy setting doesn't apply to time-out events that occur due to connectivity or network conditions. This setting appears in both Computer Configuration and User Configuration. If both settings are configured, the Computer Configuration setting takes precedence.
 
 
 
@@ -3763,11 +3763,11 @@ See the policy settings Set time limit for active Remote Desktop Services sessio
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services ends any session that reaches its time-out limit.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services always disconnects a timed-out session, even if specified otherwise by the server administrator. If you do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services disconnects a timed-out session, unless specified otherwise in local settings.  
+- If you disable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services always disconnects a timed-out session, even if specified otherwise by the server administrator. If you don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services disconnects a timed-out session, unless specified otherwise in local settings.  
 
 This policy setting only applies to time-out limits that are explicitly set by the administrator. 
 
-This policy setting does not apply to time-out events that occur due to connectivity or network conditions. This setting appears in both Computer Configuration and User Configuration. If both settings are configured, the Computer Configuration setting takes precedence.
+This policy setting doesn't apply to time-out events that occur due to connectivity or network conditions. This setting appears in both Computer Configuration and User Configuration. If both settings are configured, the Computer Configuration setting takes precedence.
 
 
 
@@ -3813,9 +3813,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 This policy setting allows you to configure a time limit for disconnected Remote Desktop Services sessions.  You can use this policy setting to specify the maximum amount of time that a disconnected session remains active on the server. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows users to disconnect from a Remote Desktop Services session without logging off and ending the session.  
 When a session is in a disconnected state, running programs are kept active even though the user is no longer actively connected. By default, these disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited time on the server.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, disconnected sessions are deleted from the server after the specified amount of time. To enforce the default behavior that disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited time, select Never. If you have a console session, disconnected session time limits do not apply.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, disconnected sessions are deleted from the server after the specified amount of time. To enforce the default behavior that disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited time, select Never. If you've a console session, disconnected session time limits don't apply.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, this policy setting is not specified at the Group Policy level. Be default, Remote Desktop Services disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited amount of time.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, this policy setting isn't specified at the Group Policy level. Be default, Remote Desktop Services disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited amount of time.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > This policy setting appears in both Computer Configuration and User Configuration. If both policy settings are configured, the Computer Configuration policy setting takes precedence.
@@ -3864,9 +3864,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 This policy setting allows you to configure a time limit for disconnected Remote Desktop Services sessions.  You can use this policy setting to specify the maximum amount of time that a disconnected session remains active on the server. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows users to disconnect from a Remote Desktop Services session without logging off and ending the session.  
 When a session is in a disconnected state, running programs are kept active even though the user is no longer actively connected. By default, these disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited time on the server.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, disconnected sessions are deleted from the server after the specified amount of time. To enforce the default behavior that disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited time, select Never. If you have a console session, disconnected session time limits do not apply.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, disconnected sessions are deleted from the server after the specified amount of time. To enforce the default behavior that disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited time, select Never. If you've a console session, disconnected session time limits don't apply.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, this policy setting is not specified at the Group Policy level. Be default, Remote Desktop Services disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited amount of time.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, this policy setting isn't specified at the Group Policy level. Be default, Remote Desktop Services disconnected sessions are maintained for an unlimited amount of time.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > This policy setting appears in both Computer Configuration and User Configuration. If both policy settings are configured, the Computer Configuration policy setting takes precedence.
@@ -3912,11 +3912,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that an active Remote Desktop Services session can be idle (without user input) before it is automatically disconnected.  
+This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that an active Remote Desktop Services session can be idle (without user input) before it's automatically disconnected.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired time limit in the Idle session limit list. Remote Desktop Services will automatically disconnect active but idle sessions after the specified amount of time. The user receives a warning two minutes before the session disconnects, which allows the user to press a key or move the mouse to keep the session active. If you have a console session, idle session time limits do not apply.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired time limit in the Idle session limit list. Remote Desktop Services will automatically disconnect active but idle sessions after the specified amount of time. The user receives a warning two minutes before the session disconnects, which allows the user to press a key or move the mouse to keep the session active. If you've a console session, idle session time limits don't apply.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the time limit is not specified at the Group Policy level. By default,  Remote Desktop Services allows sessions to remain active but idle for an unlimited amount of time.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the time limit isn't specified at the Group Policy level. By default,  Remote Desktop Services allows sessions to remain active but idle for an unlimited amount of time.  
 
 If you want Remote Desktop Services to end instead of disconnect a session when the time limit is reached, you can configure the policy setting Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Session Time Limits\End session when time limits are reached.  
 
@@ -3964,11 +3964,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that an active Remote Desktop Services session can be idle (without user input) before it is automatically disconnected.  
+This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that an active Remote Desktop Services session can be idle (without user input) before it's automatically disconnected.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired time limit in the Idle session limit list. Remote Desktop Services will automatically disconnect active but idle sessions after the specified amount of time. The user receives a warning two minutes before the session disconnects, which allows the user to press a key or move the mouse to keep the session active. If you have a console session, idle session time limits do not apply.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired time limit in the Idle session limit list. Remote Desktop Services will automatically disconnect active but idle sessions after the specified amount of time. The user receives a warning two minutes before the session disconnects, which allows the user to press a key or move the mouse to keep the session active. If you've a console session, idle session time limits don't apply.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the time limit is not specified at the Group Policy level. By default,  Remote Desktop Services allows sessions to remain active but idle for an unlimited amount of time.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the time limit isn't specified at the Group Policy level. By default,  Remote Desktop Services allows sessions to remain active but idle for an unlimited amount of time.  
 
 If you want Remote Desktop Services to end instead of disconnect a session when the time limit is reached, you can configure the policy setting Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Session Time Limits\End session when time limits are reached.  
 
@@ -4016,11 +4016,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that a Remote Desktop Services session can be active before it is automatically disconnected.  
+This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that a Remote Desktop Services session can be active before it's automatically disconnected.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired time limit in the Active session limit list. Remote Desktop Services will automatically disconnect active sessions after the specified amount of time. The user receives a warning two minutes before the Remote Desktop Services session disconnects, which allows the user to save open files and close programs. If you have a console session, active session time limits do not apply.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired time limit in the Active session limit list. Remote Desktop Services will automatically disconnect active sessions after the specified amount of time. The user receives a warning two minutes before the Remote Desktop Services session disconnects, which allows the user to save open files and close programs. If you've a console session, active session time limits don't apply.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, this policy setting is not specified at the Group Policy level. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows sessions to remain active for an unlimited amount of time.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, this policy setting isn't specified at the Group Policy level. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows sessions to remain active for an unlimited amount of time.  
 
 If you want Remote Desktop Services to end instead of disconnect a session when the time limit is reached, you can configure the policy setting Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Session Time Limits\End session when time limits are reached.  
 
@@ -4069,11 +4069,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that a Remote Desktop Services session can be active before it is automatically disconnected.  
+This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that a Remote Desktop Services session can be active before it's automatically disconnected.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired time limit in the Active session limit list. Remote Desktop Services will automatically disconnect active sessions after the specified amount of time. The user receives a warning two minutes before the Remote Desktop Services session disconnects, which allows the user to save open files and close programs. If you have a console session, active session time limits do not apply.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired time limit in the Active session limit list. Remote Desktop Services will automatically disconnect active sessions after the specified amount of time. The user receives a warning two minutes before the Remote Desktop Services session disconnects, which allows the user to save open files and close programs. If you've a console session, active session time limits don't apply.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, this policy setting is not specified at the Group Policy level. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows sessions to remain active for an unlimited amount of time.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, this policy setting isn't specified at the Group Policy level. By default, Remote Desktop Services allows sessions to remain active for an unlimited amount of time.  
 
 If you want Remote Desktop Services to end instead of disconnect a session when the time limit is reached, you can configure the policy setting Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Session Time Limits\End session when time limits are reached.  
 
@@ -4122,11 +4122,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to restrict users to a single Remote Desktop Services session.  If you enable this policy setting, users who log on remotely by using Remote Desktop Services will be restricted to a single session (either active or disconnected) on that server. 
+This policy setting allows you to restrict users to a single Remote Desktop Services session. If you enable this policy setting, users who sign in remotely by using Remote Desktop Services will be restricted to a single session (either active or disconnected) on that server. 
 
-If the user leaves the session in a disconnected state, the user automatically reconnects to that session at the next logon.  
+If the user leaves the session in a disconnected state, the user automatically reconnects to that session at the next sign in.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users are allowed to make unlimited simultaneous remote connections by using Remote Desktop Services.  If you do not configure this policy setting,  this policy setting is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you disable this policy setting, users are allowed to make unlimited simultaneous remote connections by using Remote Desktop Services.  If you don't configure this policy setting,  this policy setting isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -4172,9 +4172,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to control the redirection of smart card devices in a Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services users cannot use a smart card to log on to a Remote Desktop Services session.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services users can't use a smart card to sign in to a Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, smart card device redirection is allowed. By default, Remote Desktop Services automatically redirects smart card devices on connection.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, smart card device redirection is allowed. By default, Remote Desktop Services automatically redirects smart card devices on connection.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > The client computer must be running at least Microsoft Windows 2000 Server or at least Microsoft Windows XP Professional and the target server must be joined to a domain.
@@ -4220,11 +4220,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Configures Remote Desktop Services to run a specified program automatically upon connection.  You can use this setting to specify a program to run automatically when a user logs on to a remote computer. By default, Remote Desktop Services sessions provide access to the full Windows desktop, unless otherwise specified with this setting, by the server administrator, or by the user in configuring the client connection. Enabling this setting overrides the "Start Program" settings set by the server administrator or user. 
+Configures Remote Desktop Services to run a specified program automatically upon connection.  You can use this setting to specify a program to run automatically when a user signs in to a remote computer. By default, Remote Desktop Services sessions provide access to the full Windows desktop, unless otherwise specified with this setting, by the server administrator, or by the user in configuring the client connection. Enabling this setting overrides the "Start Program" settings set by the server administrator or user. 
 
-The Start menu and Windows Desktop are not displayed, and when the user exits the program the session is automatically logged off. To use this setting, in Program path and file name, type the fully qualified path and file name of the executable file to be run when the user logs on. If necessary, in Working Directory, type the fully qualified path to the starting directory for the program. 
+The Start menu and Windows Desktop aren't displayed, and when the user exits the program the session is automatically logged off. To use this setting, in Program path and file name, type the fully qualified path and file name of the executable file to be run when the user logs on. If necessary, in Working Directory, type the fully qualified path to the starting directory for the program. 
 
-If you leave Working Directory blank, the program runs with its default working directory. If the specified program path, file name, or working directory is not the name of a valid directory, the RD Session Host server connection fails with an error message. If the status is set to Enabled, Remote Desktop Services sessions automatically run the specified program and use the specified Working Directory (or the program default directory, if Working Directory is not specified) as the working directory for the program.  If the status is set to Disabled or Not Configured, Remote Desktop Services sessions start with the full desktop, unless the server administrator or user specify otherwise. (See "Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Logon\Run these programs at user logon" setting.)  
+If you leave Working Directory blank, the program runs with its default working directory. If the specified program path, file name, or working directory isn't the name of a valid directory, the RD Session Host server connection fails with an error message. If the status is set to Enabled, Remote Desktop Services sessions automatically run the specified program and use the specified Working Directory (or the program default directory, if Working Directory isn't specified) as the working directory for the program.  If the status is set to Disabled or Not Configured, Remote Desktop Services sessions start with the full desktop, unless the server administrator or user specify otherwise. (See "Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Logon\Run these programs at user logon" setting.)  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > This setting appears in both Computer Configuration and User Configuration. If both settings are configured, the Computer Configuration setting overrides.
@@ -4270,11 +4270,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Configures Remote Desktop Services to run a specified program automatically upon connection.  You can use this setting to specify a program to run automatically when a user logs on to a remote computer. By default, Remote Desktop Services sessions provide access to the full Windows desktop, unless otherwise specified with this setting, by the server administrator, or by the user in configuring the client connection. Enabling this setting overrides the "Start Program" settings set by the server administrator or user. 
+Configures Remote Desktop Services to run a specified program automatically upon connection. You can use this setting to specify a program to run automatically when a user signs in to a remote computer. By default, Remote Desktop Services sessions provide access to the full Windows desktop, unless otherwise specified with this setting, by the server administrator, or by the user in configuring the client connection. Enabling this setting overrides the "Start Program" settings set by the server administrator or user. 
 
-The Start menu and Windows Desktop are not displayed, and when the user exits the program the session is automatically logged off. To use this setting, in Program path and file name, type the fully qualified path and file name of the executable file to be run when the user logs on. If necessary, in Working Directory, type the fully qualified path to the starting directory for the program. 
+The Start menu and Windows Desktop aren't displayed, and when the user exits the program the session is automatically logged off. To use this setting, in Program path and file name, type the fully qualified path and file name of the executable file to be run when the user logs on. If necessary, in Working Directory, type the fully qualified path to the starting directory for the program. 
 
-If you leave Working Directory blank, the program runs with its default working directory. If the specified program path, file name, or working directory is not the name of a valid directory, the RD Session Host server connection fails with an error message. If the status is set to Enabled, Remote Desktop Services sessions automatically run the specified program and use the specified Working Directory (or the program default directory, if Working Directory is not specified) as the working directory for the program.  If the status is set to Disabled or Not Configured, Remote Desktop Services sessions start with the full desktop, unless the server administrator or user specify otherwise. (See "Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Logon\Run these programs at user logon" setting.)  
+If you leave Working Directory blank, the program runs with its default working directory. If the specified program path, file name, or working directory isn't the name of a valid directory, the RD Session Host server connection fails with an error message. If the status is set to Enabled, Remote Desktop Services sessions automatically run the specified program and use the specified Working Directory (or the program default directory, if Working Directory isn't specified) as the working directory for the program.  If the status is set to Disabled or Not Configured, Remote Desktop Services sessions start with the full desktop, unless the server administrator or user specify otherwise. (See "Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\Logon\Run these programs at user logon" setting.)  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > This setting appears in both Computer Configuration and User Configuration. If both settings are configured, the Computer Configuration setting overrides.
@@ -4320,14 +4320,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services retains a user's per-session temporary folders at logoff.  You can use this setting to maintain a user's session-specific temporary folders on a remote computer, even if the user logs off from a session. By default, Remote Desktop Services deletes a user's temporary folders when the user logs off.  
+This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services retains a user's per-session temporary folders at sign out. You can use this setting to maintain a user's session-specific temporary folders on a remote computer, even if the user signs out from a session. By default, Remote Desktop Services deletes a user's temporary folders when the user signs out.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, a user's per-session temporary folders are retained when the user logs off from a session.  
+If you enable this policy setting, a user's per-session temporary folders are retained when the user signs out from a session.  
 
-If you disable this policy setting, temporary folders are deleted when a user logs off, even if the server administrator specifies otherwise. If you do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services deletes the temporary folders from the remote computer at logoff, unless specified otherwise by the server administrator.  
+If you disable this policy setting, temporary folders are deleted when a user signs out, even if the server administrator specifies otherwise. If you don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services deletes the temporary folders from the remote computer at sign out, unless specified otherwise by the server administrator.  
   
 >[!NOTE]
-> This setting only takes effect if per-session temporary folders are in use on the server. If you enable the Do not use temporary folders per session policy setting, this policy setting has no effect.
+> This setting only takes effect if per-session temporary folders are in use on the server. If you enable the don't use temporary folders per session policy setting, this policy setting has no effect.
 
 
 
@@ -4372,11 +4372,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent Remote Desktop Services from creating session-specific temporary folders.  
 
-You can use this policy setting to disable the creation of separate temporary folders on a remote computer for each session. By default, Remote Desktop Services creates a separate temporary folder for each active session that a user maintains on a remote computer. These temporary folders are created on the remote computer in a Temp folder under the user's profile folder and are named with the sessionid.  
+You can use this policy setting to disable the creation of separate temporary folders on a remote computer for each session. By default, Remote Desktop Services creates a separate temporary folder for each active session that a user maintains on a remote computer. These temporary folders are created on the remote computer in a Temp folder under the user's profile folder and are named with the session ID.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, per-session temporary folders are not created. Instead, a user's temporary files for all sessions on the remote computer are stored in a common Temp folder under the user's profile folder on the remote computer.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, per-session temporary folders aren't created. Instead, a user's temporary files for all sessions on the remote computer are stored in a common Temp folder under the user's profile folder on the remote computer.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, per-session temporary folders are always created, even if the server administrator specifies otherwise. If you do not configure this policy setting, per-session temporary folders are created unless the server administrator specifies otherwise.
+- If you disable this policy setting, per-session temporary folders are always created, even if the server administrator specifies otherwise. If you don't configure this policy setting, per-session temporary folders are created unless the server administrator specifies otherwise.
 
 
 
@@ -4423,7 +4423,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify whether the client computer redirects
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, clients that are capable of time zone redirection send their time zone information to the server. The server base time is then used to calculate the current session time (current session time = server base time + client time zone).  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the client computer does not redirect its time zone information and the session time zone is the same as the server time zone.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the client computer doesn't redirect its time zone information and the session time zone is the same as the server time zone.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > Time zone redirection is possible only when connecting to at least a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 terminal server with a client using RDP 5.1 or later.
@@ -4471,9 +4471,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to disable the administrator rights to customize security permissions for the Remote Desktop Session Host server. You can use this setting to prevent administrators from making changes to the user groups allowed to connect remotely to the  RD Session Host server. By default, administrators are able to make such changes.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting the default security descriptors for existing groups on the RD Session Host server cannot be changed. All the security descriptors are read-only.  
+- If you enable this policy setting, the default security descriptors for existing groups on the RD Session Host server can't be changed. All the security descriptors are read-only.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, server administrators have full read/write permissions to the user security descriptors by using the Remote Desktop Session WMI Provider.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, server administrators have full read/write permissions to the user security descriptors by using the Remote Desktop Session WMI Provider.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > The preferred method of managing user access is by adding a user to the Remote Desktop Users group.
@@ -4523,7 +4523,7 @@ This policy setting determines whether the desktop is always displayed after a c
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, the desktop is always displayed when a client connects to a remote computer. This policy setting overrides any initial program policy settings.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, an initial program can be specified that runs on the remote computer after the client connects to the remote computer. If an initial program is not specified, the desktop is always displayed on the remote computer after the client connects to the remote computer.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, an initial program can be specified that runs on the remote computer after the client connects to the remote computer. If an initial program isn't specified, the desktop is always displayed on the remote computer after the client connects to the remote computer.  
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > If this policy setting is enabled, then the "Start a program on connection" policy setting is ignored.
@@ -4571,11 +4571,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to restrict users to a single Remote Desktop Services session.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users who log on remotely by using Remote Desktop Services will be restricted to a single session (either active or disconnected) on that server. If the user leaves the session in a disconnected state, the user automatically reconnects to that session at the next logon.  
+If you enable this policy setting, users who sign in remotely by using Remote Desktop Services will be restricted to a single session (either active or disconnected) on that server. If the user leaves the session in a disconnected state, the user automatically reconnects to that session at the next sign in.  
 
 - If you disable this policy setting, users are allowed to make unlimited simultaneous remote connections by using Remote Desktop Services.  
 
-- If you do not configure this policy setting,  this policy setting is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+- If you don't configure this policy setting,  this policy setting isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -4618,9 +4618,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to permit RDP redirection of other supported RemoteFX USB devices from this computer. Redirected RemoteFX USB devices will not be available for local usage on this computer.  
+This policy setting allows you to permit RDP redirection of other supported RemoteFX USB devices from this computer. Redirected RemoteFX USB devices won't be available for local usage on this computer.  
 If you enable this policy setting, you can choose to give the ability to redirect other supported RemoteFX USB devices over RDP to all users or only to users who are in the Administrators group on the computer. 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, other supported RemoteFX USB devices are not available for RDP redirection by using any user account. For this change to take effect, you must restart Windows.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, other supported RemoteFX USB devices aren't available for RDP redirection by using any user account. For this change to take effect, you must restart Windows.
 
 
 
@@ -4667,7 +4667,7 @@ This policy setting enhances security by requiring that user authentication occu
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, only client computers that support Network Level Authentication can connect to the RD Session Host server. To determine whether a client computer supports Network Level Authentication, start Remote Desktop Connection on the client computer, click the icon in the upper-left corner of the Remote Desktop Connection dialog box, and then click About. In the About Remote Desktop Connection dialog box, look for the phrase Network Level Authentication supported.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Network Level Authentication is not required for user authentication before allowing remote connections to the RD Session Host server. If you do not configure this policy setting, the local setting on the target computer will be enforced. On Windows Server 2012 and Windows 8, Network Level Authentication is enforced by default.  
+- If you disable this policy setting, Network Level Authentication isn't required for user authentication before allowing remote connections to the RD Session Host server. If you don't configure this policy setting, the local setting on the target computer will be enforced. On Windows Server 2012 and Windows 8, Network Level Authentication is enforced by default.  
 
 Disabling this policy setting provides less security because user authentication will occur later in the remote connection process.
 
@@ -4714,11 +4714,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify the name of the certificate template that determines which certificate is automatically selected to authenticate an RD Session Host server. A certificate is needed to authenticate an RD Session Host server when TLS 1.0, 1.1 or 1.2 is used to secure communication between a client and an RD Session Host server during RDP connections.  
 
-- If you enable this policy setting, you need to specify a certificate template name. Only certificates created by using the specified certificate template will be considered when a certificate to authenticate the RD Session Host server is automatically selected. Automatic certificate selection only occurs when a specific certificate has not been selected. 
+- If you enable this policy setting, you need to specify a certificate template name. Only certificates created by using the specified certificate template will be considered when a certificate to authenticate the RD Session Host server is automatically selected. Automatic certificate selection only occurs when a specific certificate hasn't been selected. 
 
 If no certificate can be found that was created with the specified certificate template, the RD Session Host server will issue a certificate enrollment request and will use the current certificate until the request is completed. If more than one certificate is found that was created with the specified certificate template, the certificate that will expire latest and that matches the current name of the RD Session Host server will be selected.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy, the certificate template name is not specified at the Group Policy level. By default, a self-signed certificate is used to authenticate the RD Session Host server.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy, the certificate template name isn't specified at the Group Policy level. By default, a self-signed certificate is used to authenticate the RD Session Host server.  
 
 If you select a specific certificate to be used to authenticate the RD Session Host server, that certificate will take precedence over this policy setting.
 
@@ -4767,7 +4767,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify whether Remote Desktop Services uses a
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services uses the path specified in the "Set path for Remote Desktop Services Roaming User Profile" policy setting as the root folder for the mandatory user profile. All users connecting remotely to the RD Session Host server use the same user profile.  
 
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, mandatory user profiles are not used by users connecting remotely to the RD Session Host server.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, mandatory user profiles aren't used by users connecting remotely to the RD Session Host server.  
 
 For this policy setting to take effect, you must also enable and configure the "Set path for Remote Desktop Services Roaming User Profile" policy setting.
 
@@ -4813,13 +4813,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the network path that Remote Desktop Services uses for roaming user profiles. By default, Remote Desktop Services stores all user profiles locally on the RD Session Host server. You can use this policy setting to specify a network share where user profiles can be centrally stored, allowing a user to access the same profile for sessions on all RD Session Host servers that are configured to use the network share for user profiles.  If you enable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services uses the specified path as the root directory for all user profiles. The profiles are contained in subfolders named for the account name of each user.  
+This policy setting allows you to specify the network path that Remote Desktop Services uses for roaming user profiles. By default, Remote Desktop Services stores all user profiles locally on the RD Session Host server. You can use this policy setting to specify a network share where user profiles can be centrally stored, allowing a user to access the same profile for sessions on all RD Session Host servers that are configured to use the network share for user profiles. If you enable this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services uses the specified path as the root directory for all user profiles. The profiles are contained in subfolders named for the account name of each user.  
 
-To configure this policy setting, type the path to the network share in the form of \\Computername\Sharename. Do not specify a placeholder for the user account name, because Remote Desktop Services automatically adds this when the user logs on and the profile is created. 
+To configure this policy setting, type the path to the network share in the form of \\Computername\Sharename. Don't specify a placeholder for the user account name, because Remote Desktop Services automatically adds this location when the user signs in and the profile is created. 
 
-If the specified network share does not exist, Remote Desktop Services displays an error message on the RD Session Host server and will store the user profiles locally on the RD Session Host server.  
+If the specified network share doesn't exist, Remote Desktop Services displays an error message on the RD Session Host server and will store the user profiles locally on the RD Session Host server.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, user profiles are stored locally on the RD Session Host server. You can configure a user's profile path on the Remote Desktop Services Profile tab on the user's account Properties dialog box.  
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, user profiles are stored locally on the RD Session Host server. You can configure a user's profile path on the Remote Desktop Services Profile tab on the user's account Properties dialog box.  
 
 1. The roaming user profiles enabled by the policy setting apply only to Remote Desktop Services connections. A user might also have a Windows roaming user profile configured. The Remote Desktop Services roaming user profile always takes precedence in a Remote Desktop Services session.  
 2. To configure a mandatory Remote Desktop Services roaming user profile for all users connecting remotely to the RD Session Host server, use this policy setting together with the "Use mandatory profiles on the RD Session Host server" policy setting located in Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\RD Session Host\Profiles. The path set in the "Set path for Remote Desktop Services Roaming User Profile" policy setting should contain the mandatory profile.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-touchinput.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-touchinput.md
index 288b99a963..4f7283a5a7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-touchinput.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-touchinput.md
@@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 Turn off Tablet PC touch input Turns off touch input, which allows the user to interact with their computer using their finger.  
 
-- If you enable this setting, the user will not be able to produce input with touch. They will not be able to use touch input or touch gestures such as tap and double tap, the touch pointer, and other touch-specific features.  
+- If you enable this setting, the user won't be able to produce input with touch. They won't be able to use touch input or touch gestures such as tap and double tap, the touch pointer, and other touch-specific features.  
 - If you disable this setting, the user can produce input with touch, by using gestures, the touch pointer, and other-touch specific features.  
 
-If you do not configure this setting, touch input is on by default.  Note: Changes to this setting will not take effect until the user logs off.
+If you don't configure this setting, touch input is on by default.  Note: Changes to this setting won't take effect until the user signs out.
 
 
 
@@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Turn off Tablet PC touch input Turns off touch input, which allows the user to interact with their computer using their finger.  
 
-- If you enable this setting, the user will not be able to produce input with touch. They will not be able to use touch input or touch gestures such as tap and double tap, the touch pointer, and other touch-specific features.  
+- If you enable this setting, the user won't be able to produce input with touch. They won't be able to use touch input or touch gestures such as tap and double tap, the touch pointer, and other touch-specific features.  
 - If you disable this setting, the user can produce input with touch, by using gestures, the touch pointer, and other-touch specific features.  
 
-If you do not configure this setting, touch input is on by default.  Note: Changes to this setting will not take effect until the user logs off.
+If you don't configure this setting, touch input is on by default.  Note: Changes to this setting won't take effect until the user signs out.
 
 
 
@@ -163,12 +163,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Turn off Panning  Turns off touch panning, which allows users pan inside windows by touch. On a compatible PC with a touch digitizer, by default users are able to scroll or pan inside a scrolling area by dragging up or down directly on the scrolling content.  
 
-- If you enable this setting, the user will not be able to pan windows by touch.  
+- If you enable this setting, the user won't be able to pan windows by touch.  
 
-- If you disable this setting, the user can pan windows by touch. If you do not configure this setting, Touch Panning is on by default.  
+- If you disable this setting, the user can pan windows by touch. If you don't configure this setting, Touch Panning is on by default.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Changes to this setting will not take effect until the user logs off.
+> Changes to this setting won't take effect until the user logs off.
 
 
 
@@ -210,12 +210,12 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Turn off Panning  Turns off touch panning, which allows users pan inside windows by touch. On a compatible PC with a touch digitizer, by default users are able to scroll or pan inside a scrolling area by dragging up or down directly on the scrolling content.  
 
-- If you enable this setting, the user will not be able to pan windows by touch.  
+- If you enable this setting, the user won't be able to pan windows by touch.  
 
-- If you disable this setting, the user can pan windows by touch. If you do not configure this setting, Touch Panning is on by default.  
+- If you disable this setting, the user can pan windows by touch. If you don't configure this setting, Touch Panning is on by default.  
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Changes to this setting will not take effect until the user logs off.
+> Changes to this setting won't take effect until the user logs off.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-tpm.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-tpm.md
index 7f8cb02e07..cc8d6387aa 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-tpm.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-tpm.md
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage the Policy list of Trusted Platform Mod
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows will block the specified commands from being sent to the TPM on the computer. TPM commands are referenced by a command number. For example, command number 129 is TPM_OwnerReadInternalPub, and command number 170 is TPM_FieldUpgrade. To find the command number associated with each TPM command with TPM 1.2, run "tpm.msc" and navigate to the "Command Management" section.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, only those TPM commands specified through the default or local lists may be blocked by Windows. The default list of blocked TPM commands is pre-configured by Windows. You can view the default list by running "tpm.msc", navigating to the "Command Management" section, and making visible the "On Default Block List" column. The local list of blocked TPM commands is configured outside of Policy by running "tpm.msc" or through scripting against the Win32_Tpm interface. See related policy settings to enforce or ignore the default and local lists of blocked TPM commands.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, only those TPM commands specified through the default or local lists may be blocked by Windows. The default list of blocked TPM commands is pre-configured by Windows. You can view the default list by running "tpm.msc", navigating to the "Command Management" section, and making visible the "On Default Block List" column. The local list of blocked TPM commands is configured outside of Policy by running "tpm.msc" or through scripting against the Win32_Tpm interface. See related policy settings to enforce or ignore the default and local lists of blocked TPM commands.
 
 
 
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting configures the system to prompt the user to clear the TPM if the TPM is detected to be in any state other than Ready. This policy will take effect only if the system’s TPM is in a state other than Ready, including if the TPM is “Ready, with reduced functionality”. The prompt to clear the TPM will start occurring after the next reboot, upon user login only if the logged in user is part of the Administrators group for the system. The prompt can be dismissed, but will reappear after every reboot and login until the policy is disabled or until the TPM is in a Ready state.
+This policy setting configures the system to prompt the user to clear the TPM if the TPM is detected to be in any state other than Ready. This policy will take effect only if the system’s TPM is in a state other than Ready, including if the TPM is “Ready, with reduced functionality”. The prompt to clear the TPM will start occurring after the next reboot, upon user sign in only if the signed in user is part of the Administrators group for the system. The prompt can be dismissed, but will reappear after every reboot and sign in until the policy is disabled or until the TPM is in a Ready state.
 
 
 
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, Windows will ignore the computer's default li
 
 The default list of blocked TPM commands is pre-configured by Windows. You can view the default list by running "tpm.msc", navigating to the "Command Management" section, and making visible the "On Default Block List" column. The local list of blocked TPM commands is configured outside of Policy by running "tpm.msc" or through scripting against the Win32_Tpm interface. See the related policy setting to configure the Policy list of blocked TPM commands.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows will block the TPM commands in the default list, in addition to commands in the Policy and local lists of blocked TPM commands. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows will block the TPM commands in the default list, in addition to commands in the Policy and local lists of blocked TPM commands. 
 
 
 
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, Windows will ignore the computer's local list
 
 The local list of blocked TPM commands is configured outside of Policy by running "tpm.msc" or through scripting against the Win32_Tpm interface. The default list of blocked TPM commands is pre-configured by Windows. See the related policy setting to configure the Policy list of blocked TPM commands.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows will block the TPM commands found in the local list, in addition to commands in the Policy and default lists of blocked TPM commands.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows will block the TPM commands found in the local list, in addition to commands in the Policy and default lists of blocked TPM commands.
 
 
 
@@ -267,13 +267,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting configures how much of the TPM owner authorization information is stored in the registry of the local computer. Depending on the amount of TPM owner authorization information stored locally, the operating system and TPM-based applications can perform certain TPM actions which require TPM owner authorization without requiring the user to enter the TPM owner password.
+This policy setting configures how much of the TPM owner authorization information is stored in the registry of the local computer. Depending on the amount of TPM owner authorization information stored locally, the operating system and TPM-based applications can perform certain TPM actions that require TPM owner authorization without requiring the user to enter the TPM owner password.
 
 You can choose to have the operating system store either the full TPM owner authorization value, the TPM administrative delegation blob plus the TPM user delegation blob, or none.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows will store the TPM owner authorization in the registry of the local computer according to the operating system managed TPM authentication setting you choose.
 
-Choose the operating system managed TPM authentication setting of "Full" to store the full TPM owner authorization, the TPM administrative delegation blob and the TPM user delegation blob in the local registry. This setting allows use of the TPM without requiring remote or external storage of the TPM owner authorization value. This setting is appropriate for scenarios which do not depend on preventing reset of the TPM anti-hammering logic or changing the TPM owner authorization value. Some TPM-based applications may require this setting be changed before features which depend on the TPM anti-hammering logic can be used.
+Choose the operating system managed TPM authentication setting of "Full" to store the full TPM owner authorization, the TPM administrative delegation blob and the TPM user delegation blob in the local registry. This setting allows use of the TPM without requiring remote or external storage of the TPM owner authorization value. This setting is appropriate for scenarios that don't depend on preventing reset of the TPM anti-hammering logic or changing the TPM owner authorization value. Some TPM-based applications may require this setting to be changed before making the features that depend on the TPM anti-hammering logic usable.
 
 Choose the operating system managed TPM authentication setting of "Delegated" to store only the TPM administrative delegation blob and the TPM user delegation blob in the local registry. This setting is appropriate for use with TPM-based applications that depend on the TPM anti-hammering logic.
 
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This Policy enables Device Health Attestation reporting (DHA-report) on supported devices. It enables supported devices to send Device Health Attestation related information (device boot logs, PCR values, TPM certificate, etc.) to Device Health Attestation Service (DHA-Service) every time a device starts. Device Health Attestation Service validates the security state and health of the devices, and makes the findings accessible to enterprise administrators via a cloud based reporting portal. This policy is independent of DHA reports that are initiated by device manageability solutions (like MDM or SCCM), and will not interfere with their workflows.
+This Policy enables Device Health Attestation reporting (DHA-report) on supported devices. It enables supported devices to send Device Health Attestation related information (device boot logs, PCR values, TPM certificate, etc.) to Device Health Attestation Service (DHA-Service) every time a device starts. Device Health Attestation Service validates the security state and health of the devices, and makes the findings accessible to enterprise administrators via a cloud based reporting portal. This policy is independent of DHA reports that are initiated by device manageability solutions (like MDM or SCCM), and won't interfere with their workflows.
 
 
 
@@ -370,15 +370,15 @@ An authorization failure occurs each time a standard user sends a command to the
 
 For each standard user two thresholds apply. Exceeding either threshold will prevent the standard user from sending a command to the TPM that requires authorization.
 
-The Standard User Lockout Threshold Individual value is the maximum number of authorization failures each standard user may have before the user is not allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
+The Standard User Lockout Threshold Individual value is the maximum number of authorization failures each standard user may have before the user isn't allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
 
-The Standard User Lockout Total Threshold value is the maximum total number of authorization failures all standard users may have before all standard users are not allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
+The Standard User Lockout Total Threshold value is the maximum total number of authorization failures all standard users may have before all standard users aren't allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
 
-The TPM is designed to protect itself against password guessing attacks by entering a hardware lockout mode when it receives too many commands with an incorrect authorization value. When the TPM enters a lockout mode it is global for all users including administrators and Windows features like BitLocker Drive Encryption. The number of authorization failures a TPM allows and how long it stays locked out vary by TPM manufacturer. Some TPMs may enter lockout mode for successively longer periods of time with fewer authorization failures depending on past failures. Some TPMs may require a system restart to exit the lockout mode. Other TPMs may require the system to be on so enough clock cycles elapse before the TPM exits the lockout mode.
+The TPM is designed to protect itself against password guessing attacks by entering a hardware lockout mode when it receives too many commands with an incorrect authorization value. When the TPM enters a lockout mode, it is global for all users including administrators and Windows features like BitLocker Drive Encryption. The number of authorization failures a TPM allows and how long it stays locked out vary by TPM manufacturer. Some TPMs may enter lockout mode for successively longer periods of time with fewer authorization failures depending on past failures. Some TPMs may require a system restart to exit the lockout mode. Other TPMs may require the system to be on so enough clock cycles elapse before the TPM exits the lockout mode.
 
 An administrator with the TPM owner password may fully reset the TPM's hardware lockout logic using the TPM Management Console (tpm.msc). Each time an administrator resets the TPM's hardware lockout logic all prior standard user TPM authorization failures are ignored; allowing standard users to use the TPM normally again immediately.
 
-If this value is not configured, a default value of 480 minutes (8 hours) is used.
+If this value isn't configured, a default value of 480 minutes (8 hours) is used.
 
 
 >
@@ -425,19 +425,19 @@ This setting helps administrators prevent the TPM hardware from entering a locko
 
 An authorization failure occurs each time a standard user sends a command to the TPM and receives an error response indicating an authorization failure occurred. Authorization failures older than the duration are ignored.
 
-For each standard user two thresholds apply. Exceeding either threshold will prevent the standard user from sending a command to the TPM that requires authorization.
+For each standard user, two thresholds apply. Exceeding either threshold will prevent the standard user from sending a command to the TPM that requires authorization.
 
-This value is the maximum number of authorization failures each standard user may have before the user is not allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
+This value is the maximum number of authorization failures each standard user may have before the user isn't allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
 
-The Standard User Lockout Total Threshold value is the maximum total number of authorization failures all standard users may have before all standard users are not allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
+The Standard User Lockout Total Threshold value is the maximum total number of authorization failures all standard users may have before all standard users aren't allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
 
-The TPM is designed to protect itself against password guessing attacks by entering a hardware lockout mode when it receives too many commands with an incorrect authorization value. When the TPM enters a lockout mode it is global for all users including administrators and Windows features like BitLocker Drive Encryption. The number of authorization failures a TPM allows and how long it stays locked out vary by TPM manufacturer. Some TPMs may enter lockout mode for successively longer periods of time with fewer authorization failures depending on past failures. Some TPMs may require a system restart to exit the lockout mode. Other TPMs may require the system to be on so enough clock cycles elapse before the TPM exits the lockout mode.
+The TPM is designed to protect itself against password guessing attacks by entering a hardware lockout mode when it receives too many commands with an incorrect authorization value. When the TPM enters a lockout mode, it's global for all users including administrators and Windows features like BitLocker Drive Encryption. The number of authorization failures a TPM allows and how long it stays locked out vary by TPM manufacturer. Some TPMs may enter lockout mode for successively longer periods of time with fewer authorization failures depending on past failures. Some TPMs may require a system restart to exit the lockout mode. Other TPMs may require the system to be on so enough clock cycles elapse before the TPM exits the lockout mode.
 
 An administrator with the TPM owner password may fully reset the TPM's hardware lockout logic using the TPM Management Console (tpm.msc). Each time an administrator resets the TPM's hardware lockout logic all prior standard user TPM authorization failures are ignored; allowing standard users to use the TPM normally again immediately.
 
-If this value is not configured, a default value of 4 is used.
+If this value isn't configured, a default value of 4 is used.
 
-A value of zero means the OS will not allow standard users to send commands to the TPM which may cause an authorization failure.
+A value of 0 means the OS won't allow standard users to send commands to the TPM, which may cause an authorization failure.
 
 
 
@@ -484,19 +484,19 @@ This setting helps administrators prevent the TPM hardware from entering a locko
 
 An authorization failure occurs each time a standard user sends a command to the TPM and receives an error response indicating an authorization failure occurred. Authorization failures older than the duration are ignored.
 
-For each standard user two thresholds apply. Exceeding either threshold will prevent the standard user from sending a command to the TPM that requires authorization.
+For each standard user, two thresholds apply. Exceeding either threshold will prevent the standard user from sending a command to the TPM that requires authorization.
 
-The Standard User Individual Lockout value is the maximum number of authorization failures each standard user may have before the user is not allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
+The Standard User Individual Lockout value is the maximum number of authorization failures each standard user may have before the user isn't allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
 
-This value is the maximum total number of authorization failures all standard users may have before all standard users are not allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
+This value is the maximum total number of authorization failures all standard users may have before all standard users aren't allowed to send commands requiring authorization to the TPM.
 
-The TPM is designed to protect itself against password guessing attacks by entering a hardware lockout mode when it receives too many commands with an incorrect authorization value. When the TPM enters a lockout mode it is global for all users including administrators and Windows features like BitLocker Drive Encryption. The number of authorization failures a TPM allows and how long it stays locked out vary by TPM manufacturer. Some TPMs may enter lockout mode for successively longer periods of time with fewer authorization failures depending on past failures. Some TPMs may require a system restart to exit the lockout mode. Other TPMs may require the system to be on so enough clock cycles elapse before the TPM exits the lockout mode.
+The TPM is designed to protect itself against password guessing attacks by entering a hardware lockout mode when it receives too many commands with an incorrect authorization value. When the TPM enters a lockout mode, it's global for all users including administrators and Windows features like BitLocker Drive Encryption. The number of authorization failures a TPM allows and how long it stays locked out vary by TPM manufacturer. Some TPMs may enter lockout mode for successively longer periods of time with fewer authorization failures depending on past failures. Some TPMs may require a system restart to exit the lockout mode. Other TPMs may require the system to be on so enough clock cycles elapse before the TPM exits the lockout mode.
 
 An administrator with the TPM owner password may fully reset the TPM's hardware lockout logic using the TPM Management Console (tpm.msc). Each time an administrator resets the TPM's hardware lockout logic all prior standard user TPM authorization failures are ignored; allowing standard users to use the TPM normally again immediately.
 
-If this value is not configured, a default value of 9 is used.
+If this value isn't configured, a default value of 9 is used.
 
-A value of zero means the OS will not allow standard users to send commands to the TPM which may cause an authorization failure.
+A value of 0 means the OS won't allow standard users to send commands to the TPM, which may cause an authorization failure.
 
 
 
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting configures the TPM to use the Dictionary Attack Prevention Parameters (lockout threshold and recovery time) to the values that were used for Windows 10 Version 1607 and below. Setting this policy will take effect only if a) the TPM was originally prepared using a version of Windows after Windows 10 Version 1607 and b) the System has a TPM 2.0. Note that enabling this policy will only take effect after the TPM maintenance task runs (which typically happens after a system restart). Once this policy has been enabled on a system and has taken effect (after a system restart), disabling it will have no impact and the system's TPM will remain configured using the legacy Dictionary Attack Prevention parameters, regardless of the value of this Policy. The only way for the disabled setting of this policy to take effect on a system where it was once enabled is to a) disable it from Policy and b)clear the TPM on the system.
+This policy setting configures the TPM to use the Dictionary Attack Prevention Parameters (lockout threshold and recovery time) to the values that were used for Windows 10 Version 1607 and below. Setting this policy will take effect only if a) the TPM was originally prepared using a version of Windows after Windows 10 Version 1607 and b) the System has a TPM 2.0. Enabling this policy will only take effect after the TPM maintenance task runs (which typically happens after a system restart). Once this policy has been enabled on a system and has taken effect (after a system restart), disabling it will have no impact and the system's TPM will remain configured using the legacy Dictionary Attack Prevention parameters, regardless of the value of this Policy. The only way for the disabled setting of this policy to take effect on a system where it was once enabled is to a) disable it from Policy and b) clear the TPM on the system.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-userprofiles.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-userprofiles.md
index 72e9a3ea84..01ff1725af 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-userprofiles.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-userprofiles.md
@@ -81,14 +81,14 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows an administrator to automatically delete user profiles on system restart that have not been used within a specified number of days.
+This policy setting allows an administrator to automatically delete user profiles on system restart that haven't been used within a specified number of days.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > One day is interpreted as 24 hours after a specific user profile was accessed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the User Profile Service will automatically delete on the next system restart all user profiles on the computer that have not been used within the specified number of days. 
+If you enable this policy setting, the User Profile Service will automatically delete on the next system restart all user profiles on the computer that haven't been used within the specified number of days. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, User Profile Service will not automatically delete any profiles on the next system restart.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, User Profile Service won't automatically delete any profiles on the next system restart.
 
 
 
@@ -129,14 +129,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether Windows forcefully unloads the user's registry at logoff, even if there are open handles to the per-user registry keys. 
+This policy setting controls whether Windows forcefully unloads the user's registry at sign out, even if there are open handles to the per-user registry keys. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting should only be used for cases where you may be running into application compatibility issues due to this specific Windows behavior. It is not recommended to enable this policy by default as it may prevent users from getting an updated version of their roaming user profile.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows will not forcefully unload the users registry at logoff, but will unload the registry when all open handles to the per-user registry keys are closed.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows won't forcefully unload the user's registry at sign out, but will unload the registry when all open handles to the per-user registry keys are closed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows will always unload the users registry at logoff, even if there are any open handles to the per-user registry keys at user logoff.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows will always unload the user's registry at sign out, even if there are any open handles to the per-user registry keys at user sign out.
 
 
 
@@ -179,11 +179,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines whether the system retains a roaming user's Windows Installer and Group Policy based software installation data on their profile deletion.
 
-By default Windows deletes all information related to a roaming user (which includes the user's settings, data, Windows Installer related data, and the like) when their profile is deleted. As a result, the next time a roaming user whose profile was previously deleted on that client logs on, they will need to reinstall all apps published via policy at logon increasing logon time. You can use this policy setting to change this behavior.
+By default Windows deletes all information related to a roaming user (which includes the user's settings, data, Windows Installer related data, and the like) when their profile is deleted. As a result, the next time roaming users whose profiles were previously deleted on that client sign in, they'll need to reinstall all apps published via policy at sign in, increasing sign-in time. You can use this policy setting to change this behavior.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows will not delete Windows Installer or Group Policy software installation data for roaming users when profiles are deleted from the machine. This will improve the performance of Group Policy based Software Installation during user logon when a user profile is deleted and that user subsequently logs on to the machine.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows won't delete Windows Installer or Group Policy software installation data for roaming users when profiles are deleted from the machine. This data retention will improve the performance of Group Policy-based Software Installation during user sign in when a user profile is deleted and that user later signs in to the machine.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows will delete the entire profile for roaming users, including the Windows Installer and Group Policy software installation data when those profiles are deleted.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows will delete the entire profile for roaming users, including the Windows Installer and Group Policy software installation data when those profiles are deleted.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If this policy setting is enabled for a machine, local administrator action is required to remove the Windows Installer or Group Policy software installation data stored in the registry and file system of roaming users' profiles on the machine.
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting sets the maximum size of each user profile and determines the system's response when a user profile reaches the maximum size. This policy setting affects both local and roaming profiles.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, the system does not limit the size of user profiles.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, the system doesn't limit the size of user profiles.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can:
 
@@ -278,13 +278,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting will automatically log off a user when Windows cannot load their profile. 
+This policy setting will automatically sign out a user when Windows can't load their profile. 
 
-If Windows cannot access the user profile folder or the profile contains errors that prevent it from loading, Windows logs on the user with a temporary profile. This policy setting allows the administrator to disable this behavior, preventing Windows from logging on the user with a temporary profile.
+If Windows can't access the user profile folder or the profile contains errors that prevent it from loading, Windows logs on the user with a temporary profile. This policy setting allows the administrator to disable this behavior, preventing Windows from logging on the user with a temporary profile.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows will not log on a user with a temporary profile. Windows logs the user off if their profile cannot be loaded.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows won't sign in users with a temporary profile. Windows signs out the users if their profiles can't be loaded.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, Windows logs on the user with a temporary profile when Windows cannot load their user profile.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, Windows logs on the user with a temporary profile when Windows can't load their user profile.
 
 Also, see the "Delete cached copies of roaming profiles" policy setting.
 
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ This policy setting and related policy settings in this folder together define t
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can change how long Windows waits for a response from the server before considering the connection to be slow.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows considers the network connection to be slow if the server returns less than 500 kilobits of data per second or take 120 milliseconds to respond.Consider increasing this value for clients using DHCP Service-assigned addresses or for computers accessing profiles across dial-up connections.Important: If the "Do not detect slow network connections" policy setting is enabled, this policy setting is ignored. Also, if the "Delete cached copies of roaming profiles" policy setting is enabled, there is no local copy of the roaming profile to load when the system detects a slow connection.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows considers the network connection to be slow if the server returns less than 500 kilobits of data per second or take 120 milliseconds to respond.Consider increasing this value for clients using DHCP Service-assigned addresses or for computers accessing profiles across dial-up connections.Important: If the "Do not detect slow network connections" policy setting is enabled, this policy setting is ignored. Also, if the "Delete cached copies of roaming profiles" policy setting is enabled, there's no local copy of the roaming profile to load when the system detects a slow connection.
 
 
 
@@ -376,18 +376,18 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the location and root (file share or local path) of a user's home folder for a logon session.
+This policy setting allows you to specify the location and root (file share or local path) of a user's home folder for a sign-in session.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the user's home folder is configured to the specified local or network location, creating a new folder for each user name.
 
 To use this policy setting, in the Location list, choose the location for the home folder. If you choose “On the network,” enter the path to a file share in the Path box (for example, \\\\ComputerName\ShareName), and then choose the drive letter to assign to the file share. If you choose “On the local computer,” enter a local path (for example, C:\HomeFolder) in the Path box.
 
-Do not specify environment variables or ellipses in the path. Also, do not specify a placeholder for the user name because the user name will be appended at logon.
+Don't specify environment variables or ellipses in the path. Also, don't specify a placeholder for the user name because the user name will be appended at sign in.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The Drive letter box is ignored if you choose “On the local computer” from the Location list. If you choose “On the local computer” and enter a file share, the user's home folder will be placed in the network location without mapping the file share to a drive letter.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user's home folder is configured as specified in the user's Active Directory Domain Services account.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user's home folder is configured as specified in the user's Active Directory Domain Services account.
 
 If the "Set Remote Desktop Services User Home Directory" policy setting is enabled, the “Set user home folder” policy setting has no effect.
 
@@ -434,11 +434,11 @@ This setting prevents users from managing the ability to allow apps to access th
 
 If you enable this policy setting, sharing of user name, picture and domain information may be controlled by setting one of the following options:
 
-- "Always on" - users will not be able to change this setting and the user's name and account picture will be shared with apps (not desktop apps). In addition apps (not desktop apps) that have the enterprise authentication capability will also be able to retrieve the user's UPN, SIP/URI, and DNS.
+- "Always on" - users won't be able to change this setting and the user's name and account picture will be shared with apps (not desktop apps). In addition apps (not desktop apps) that have the enterprise authentication capability will also be able to retrieve the user's UPN, SIP/URI, and DNS.
 
-- "Always off" - users will not be able to change this setting and the user's name and account picture will not be shared with apps (not desktop apps). In addition apps (not desktop apps) that have the enterprise authentication capability will not be able to retrieve the user's UPN, SIP/URI, and DNS. Selecting this option may have a negative impact on certain enterprise software and/or line of business apps that depend on the domain information protected by this setting to connect with network resources.
+- "Always off" - users won't be able to change this setting and the user's name and account picture won't be shared with apps (not desktop apps). In addition apps (not desktop apps) that have the enterprise authentication capability won't be able to retrieve the user's UPN, SIP/URI, and DNS. Selecting this option may have a negative impact on certain enterprise software and/or line of business apps that depend on the domain information protected by this setting to connect with network resources.
 
-If you do not configure or disable this policy the user will have full control over this setting and can turn it off and on. Selecting this option may have a negative impact on certain enterprise software and/or line of business apps that depend on the domain information protected by this setting to connect with network resources if users choose to turn the setting off.
+If you don't configure or disable this policy the user will have full control over this setting and can turn it off and on. Selecting this option may have a negative impact on certain enterprise software and/or line of business apps that depend on the domain information protected by this setting to connect with network resources if users choose to turn off the setting.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-w32time.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-w32time.md
index f57fa5f258..880375abd7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-w32time.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-w32time.md
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify Clock discipline and General values for the Windows Time service (W32time) for domain controllers including RODCs.
 
-If this policy setting is enabled, W32time Service on target machines use the settings provided here. Otherwise, the service on target machines use locally configured settings values.
+If this policy setting is enabled, W32time Service on target machines use the settings provided here. Otherwise, the Service on target machines use locally configured settings values.
 
-For more details on individual parameters, combinations of parameter values as well as definitions of flags, see https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=847809.
+For more information on individual parameters, combinations of parameter values, and definitions of flags, see https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=847809.
 
 **FrequencyCorrectRate**
 This parameter controls the rate at which the W32time corrects the local clock's frequency. Lower values cause slower corrections; larger values cause more frequent corrections. Default: 4 (scalar).
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ This parameter controls special events that may be logged to the Event Viewer Sy
 This parameter indicates the maximum error in seconds that is reported by the NTP server to clients that are requesting a time sample. (Applies only when the NTP server is using the time of the local CMOS clock.) Default: 10 seconds.
 
 **MaxPollInterval**
-This parameter controls the maximum polling interval, which defines the maximum amount of time between polls of a peer. Default: 10 in log base-2, or 1024 seconds. (Should not be set higher than 15.)
+This parameter controls the maximum polling interval, which defines the maximum amount of time between polls of a peer. Default: 10 in log base-2, or 1024 seconds. (Shouldn't be set higher than 15.)
 
 **MinPollInterval**
 This parameter controls the minimum polling interval that defines the minimum amount of time between polls of a peer. Default: 6 in log base-2, or 64 seconds.
@@ -126,10 +126,10 @@ This parameter controls the minimum polling interval that defines the minimum am
 This parameter indicates the maximum number of seconds a system clock can nominally hold its accuracy without synchronizing with a time source. If this period of time passes without W32time obtaining new samples from any of its input providers, W32time initiates a rediscovery of time sources. Default: 7800 seconds.
 
 **RequireSecureTimeSyncRequests**
-This parameter controls whether or not the DC will respond to time sync requests that use older authentication protocols. If enabled (set to 1), the DC will not respond to requests using such protocols. Default: 0 Boolean.
+This parameter controls whether or not the DC will respond to time sync requests that use older authentication protocols. If enabled (set to 1), the DC won't respond to requests using such protocols. Default: 0 Boolean.
 
 **UtilizeSslTimeData**
-This parameter controls whether W32time will use time data computed from SSL traffic on the machine as an additional input for correcting the local clock.  Default: 1 (enabled) Boolean
+This parameter controls whether W32time will use time data computed from SSL traffic on the machine as an extra input for correcting the local clock.  Default: 1 (enabled) Boolean
 
 **ClockAdjustmentAuditLimit**
 This parameter specifies the smallest local clock adjustments that may be logged to the W32time service event log on the target machine. Default: 800 Parts per million (PPM).
@@ -143,10 +143,10 @@ This parameter specifies the maximum amount of time that an entry can remain in
 This parameter controls the maximum number of entries that are allowed in the chaining table. If the chaining table is full and no expired entries can be removed, any incoming requests are discarded. Default: 128 entries.
 
 **ChainMaxHostEntries**
-This parameter controls the maximum number of entries that are allowed in the chaining table for a particular host. Default: 4 entries.
+This parameter controls the maximum number of entries that are allowed in the chaining table for a particular host. Default: Four entries.
 
 **ChainDisable**
-This parameter controls whether or not the chaining mechanism is disabled. If chaining is disabled (set to 0), the RODC can synchronize with any domain controller, but hosts that do not have their passwords cached on the RODC will not be able to synchronize with the RODC. Default: 0 Boolean.
+This parameter controls whether or not the chaining mechanism is disabled. If chaining is disabled (set to 0), the RODC can synchronize with any domain controller, but hosts that don't have their passwords cached on the RODC won't be able to synchronize with the RODC. Default: 0 Boolean.
 
 **ChainLoggingRate**
 This parameter controls the frequency at which an event that indicates the number of successful and unsuccessful chaining attempts is logged to the System log in Event Viewer. Default: 30 minutes.
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ This policy setting specifies a set of parameters for controlling the Windows NT
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can specify the following parameters for the Windows NTP Client.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Windows NTP Client uses the defaults of each of the following parameters.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Windows NTP Client uses the defaults of each of the following parameters.
 
 **NtpServer**
 The Domain Name System (DNS) name or IP address of an NTP time source. This value is in the form of ""dnsName,flags"" where ""flags"" is a hexadecimal bitmask of the flags for that host. For more information, see the NTP Client Group Policy Settings Associated with Windows Time section of the Windows Time Service Group Policy Settings.  The default value is ""time.windows.com,0x09"". 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ The Domain Name System (DNS) name or IP address of an NTP time source. This valu
 This value controls the authentication that W32time uses. The default value is NT5DS.
 
 **CrossSiteSyncFlags**
-This value, expressed as a bitmask, controls how W32time chooses time sources outside its own site. The possible values are 0, 1, and 2. Setting this value to 0 (None) indicates that the time client should not attempt to synchronize time outside its site. Setting this value to 1 (PdcOnly) indicates that only the computers that function as primary domain controller (PDC) emulator operations masters in other domains can be used as synchronization partners when the client has to synchronize time with a partner outside its own site. Setting a value of 2 (All) indicates that any synchronization partner can be used. This value is ignored if the NT5DS value is not set. The default value is 2 decimal (0x02 hexadecimal).
+This value, expressed as a bitmask, controls how W32time chooses time sources outside its own site. The possible values are 0, 1, and 2. Setting this value to 0 (None) indicates that the time client shouldn't attempt to synchronize time outside its site. Setting this value to 1 (PdcOnly) indicates that only the computers that function as primary domain controller (PDC) emulator operations masters in other domains can be used as synchronization partners when the client has to synchronize time with a partner outside its own site. Setting a value of 2 (All) indicates that any synchronization partner can be used. This value is ignored if the NT5DS value isn't set. The default value is 2 decimal (0x02 hexadecimal).
 
 **ResolvePeerBackoffMinutes**
 This value, expressed in minutes, controls how long W32time waits before it attempts to resolve a DNS name when a previous attempt failed. The default value is 15 minutes.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ This value controls how many times W32time attempts to resolve a DNS name before
 This NTP client value, expressed in seconds, controls how often a manually configured time source is polled when the time source is configured to use a special polling interval. If the SpecialInterval flag is enabled on the NTPServer setting, the client uses the value that is set as the SpecialPollInterval, instead of a variable interval between MinPollInterval and MaxPollInterval values, to determine how frequently to poll the time source. SpecialPollInterval must be in the range of [MinPollInterval, MaxPollInterval], else the nearest value of the range is picked. Default: 1024 seconds.
 
 **EventLogFlags**
-This value is a bitmask that controls events that may be logged to the System log in Event Viewer. Setting this value to 0x1 indicates that W32time will create an event whenever a time jump is detected. Setting this value to 0x2 indicates that W32time will create an event whenever a time source change is made. Because it is a bitmask value, setting 0x3 (the addition of 0x1 and 0x2) indicates that both time jumps and time source changes will be logged.
+This value is a bitmask that controls events that may be logged to the System log in Event Viewer. Setting this value to 0x1 indicates that W32time will create an event whenever a time jump is detected. Setting this value to 0x2 indicates that W32time will create an event whenever a time source change is made. Because it's a bitmask value, setting 0x3 (the addition of 0x1 and 0x2) indicates that both time jumps and time source changes will be logged.
 
 
 
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Enabling the Windows NTP Client allows your computer to synchronize its computer
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can set the local computer clock to synchronize time with NTP servers.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the local computer clock does not synchronize time with NTP servers.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the local computer clock doesn't synchronize time with NTP servers.
 
 
 
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify whether the Windows NTP Server is enab
 
 If you enable this policy setting for the Windows NTP Server, your computer can service NTP requests from other computers.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, your computer cannot service NTP requests from other computers.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, your computer can't service NTP requests from other computers.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wcm.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wcm.md
index a537a8e9f6..7af1124e31 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wcm.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wcm.md
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting specifies that power management is disabled when the machine enters connected standby mode.
 
-If this policy setting is enabled, Windows Connection Manager does not manage adapter radios to reduce power consumption when the machine enters connected standby mode.
+If this policy setting is enabled, Windows Connection Manager doesn't manage adapter radios to reduce power consumption when the machine enters connected standby mode.
 
-If this policy setting is not configured or is disabled, power management is enabled when the machine enters connected standby mode.
+If this policy setting isn't configured or is disabled, power management is enabled when the machine enters connected standby mode.
 
 
 
@@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ When soft disconnect is enabled:
 
 - When Windows decides that the computer should no longer be connected to a network, it waits for traffic to settle on that network. The existing TCP session will continue uninterrupted.
 - Windows then checks the traffic level on the network periodically. If the traffic level is above a certain threshold, no further action is taken. The computer stays connected to the network and continues to use it. For example, if the network connection is currently being used to download files from the Internet, the files will continue to be downloaded using that network connection.
-- When the network traffic drops below this threshold, the computer will be disconnected from the network. Apps that keep a network connection active even when they’re not actively using it (for example, email apps) might lose their connection. If this happens, these apps should re-establish their connection over a different network.
+- When the network traffic drops below this threshold, the computer will be disconnected from the network. Apps that keep a network connection active even when they’re not actively using it (for example, email apps) might lose their connection. If this connection loss happens, these apps should re-establish their connection over a different network.
 
-This policy setting depends on other group policy settings. For example, if 'Minimize the number of simultaneous connections to the Internet or a Windows Domain' is disabled, Windows will not disconnect from any networks.
+This policy setting depends on other group policy settings. For example, if 'Minimize the number of simultaneous connections to the Internet or a Windows Domain' is disabled, Windows won't disconnect from any networks.
 
 
 
@@ -167,9 +167,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting determines if a computer can have multiple connections to the internet or to a Windows domain. If multiple connections are allowed, it then determines how network traffic will be routed.
 
-If this policy setting is set to 0, a computer can have simultaneous connections to the internet, to a Windows domain, or to both. Internet traffic can be routed over any connection - including a cellular connection and any metered network. This was previously the Disabled state for this policy setting. This option was first available in Windows 8.
-
-If this policy setting is set to 1, any new automatic internet connection is blocked when the computer has at least one active internet connection to a preferred type of network. Here's the order of preference (from most preferred to least preferred): Ethernet, WLAN, then cellular. Ethernet is always preferred when connected. Users can still manually connect to any network. This was previously the Enabled state for this policy setting. This option was first available in Windows 8.
+If this policy setting is set to 0, a computer can have simultaneous connections to the internet, to a Windows domain, or to both. Internet traffic can be routed over any connection - including a cellular connection and any metered network. This value of 0 was previously the "Disabled" state for this policy setting. This option was first available in Windows 8.
+    
+If this policy setting is set to 1, any new automatic internet connection is blocked when the computer has at least one active internet connection to a preferred type of network. Here's the order of preference (from most preferred to least preferred): Ethernet, WLAN, then cellular. Ethernet is always preferred when connected. Users can still manually connect to any network. This value of 1 was previously the "Enabled" state for this policy setting. This option was first available in Windows 8.
 
 If this policy setting is set to 2, the behavior is similar to 1. However, if a cellular data connection is available, it will always stay connected for services that require a cellular connection. When the user is connected to a WLAN or Ethernet connection, no internet traffic will be routed over the cellular connection. This option was first available in Windows 10 (Version 1703).
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wdi.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wdi.md
index b5b0b84748..a4a59c9cbd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wdi.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wdi.md
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting determines the data retention limit for Diagnostic Policy Service (DPS) scenario data.  
 - If you enable this policy setting, you must enter the maximum size of scenario data that should be retained in megabytes. Detailed troubleshooting data related to scenarios will be retained until this limit is reached.  
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the DPS deletes scenario data once it exceeds 128 megabytes in size.  
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the DPS deletes scenario data once it exceeds 128 megabytes in size.  
 No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect: changes take effect immediately.  
 This policy setting will only take effect when the Diagnostic Policy Service is in the running state.  
-When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenario data will not be deleted.  
+When the service is stopped or disabled, diagnostic scenario data won't be deleted.  
 The DPS can be configured with the Services snap-in to the Microsoft Management Console.
 
 
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ This policy setting determines the execution level for Diagnostic Policy Service
 
 If you select problem detection and troubleshooting only, the DPS will detect problems and attempt to determine their root causes. These root causes will be logged to the event log when detected, but no corrective action will be taken. If you select detection, troubleshooting and resolution, the DPS will attempt to automatically fix problems it detects or indicate to the user that assisted resolution is available.  
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, Windows cannot detect, troubleshoot, or resolve any problems that are handled by the DPS. 
+- If you disable this policy setting, Windows can't detect, troubleshoot, or resolve any problems that are handled by the DPS. 
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the DPS enables all scenarios for resolution by default, unless you configure separate scenario-specific policy settings. This policy setting takes precedence over any scenario-specific policy settings when it is enabled or disabled.  Scenario-specific policy settings only take effect if this policy setting is not configured. No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect: changes take effect immediately.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the DPS enables all scenarios for resolution by default, unless you configure separate scenario-specific policy settings. This policy setting takes precedence over any scenario-specific policy settings when it's enabled or disabled.  Scenario-specific policy settings only take effect if this policy setting isn't configured. No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect: changes take effect immediately.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsexplorer.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsexplorer.md
index 3046a4d8ab..8f4e9a4209 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsexplorer.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsexplorer.md
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent data loss when you change the target location for Folder Redirection, and the new and old targets point to the same network share, but have different network paths.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Folder Redirection creates a temporary file in the old location in order to verify that new and old locations point to the same network share. If both new and old locations point to the same share, the target path is updated and files are not copied or deleted. The temporary file is deleted.
+If you enable this policy setting, Folder Redirection creates a temporary file in the old location in order to verify that new and old locations point to the same network share. If both new and old locations point to the same share, the target path is updated and files aren't copied or deleted. The temporary file is deleted.
 
 If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Folder Redirection does not create a temporary file and functions as if both new and old locations point to different shares when their network paths are different.
 
@@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off caching of thumbnail pictures.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, thumbnail views are not cached.
+If you enable this policy setting, thumbnail views aren't cached.
 
 If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, thumbnail views are cached.
 
@@ -2859,13 +2859,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Prevents users from submitting alternate logon credentials to install a program.
 
-This setting suppresses the "Install Program As Other User" dialog box for local and network installations. This dialog box, which prompts the current user for the user name and password of an administrator, appears when users who are not administrators try to install programs locally on their computers. This setting allows administrators who have logged on as regular users to install programs without logging off and logging on again using their administrator credentials.
+This setting suppresses the "Install Program As Other User" dialog box for local and network installations. This dialog box, which prompts the current user for the user name and password of an administrator, appears when users who aren't administrators try to install programs locally on their computers. This setting allows administrators who have logged on as regular users to install programs without logging off and logging on again using their administrator credentials.
 
 Many programs can be installed only by an administrator. If you enable this setting and a user does not have sufficient permissions to install a program, the installation continues with the current user's logon credentials. As a result, the installation might fail, or it might complete but not include all features. Or, it might appear to complete successfully, but the installed program might not operate correctly.
 
 If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the "Install Program As Other User" dialog box appears whenever users install programs locally on the computer.
 
-By default, users are not prompted for alternate logon credentials when installing programs from a network share. If enabled, this setting overrides the "Request credentials for network installations" setting.
+By default, users aren't prompted for alternate logon credentials when installing programs from a network share. If enabled, this setting overrides the "Request credentials for network installations" setting.
 
 
 
@@ -3350,10 +3350,10 @@ If you disable this setting or do not configure it, this dialog box appears only
 
 The "Install Program as Other User" dialog box prompts the current user for the user name and password of an administrator. This setting allows administrators who have logged on as regular users to install programs without logging off and logging on again using their administrator credentials.
 
-If the dialog box does not appear, the installation proceeds with the current user's permissions. If these permissions are not sufficient, the installation might fail, or it might complete but not include all features. Or, it might appear to complete successfully, but the installed program might not operate correctly.
+If the dialog box does not appear, the installation proceeds with the current user's permissions. If these permissions aren't sufficient, the installation might fail, or it might complete but not include all features. Or, it might appear to complete successfully, but the installed program might not operate correctly.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If it is enabled, the "Do not request alternate credentials" setting takes precedence over this setting. When that setting is enabled, users are not prompted for alternate logon credentials on any installation.
+> If it is enabled, the "Do not request alternate credentials" setting takes precedence over this setting. When that setting is enabled, users aren't prompted for alternate logon credentials on any installation.
 
 
 
@@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure the amount of functionality that the shell protocol can have. When using the full functionality of this protocol, applications can open folders and launch files. The protected mode reduces the functionality of this protocol allowing applications to only open a limited set of folders. Applications are not able to open files with this protocol when it is in the protected mode. It is recommended to leave this protocol in the protected mode to increase the security of Windows.
+This policy setting allows you to configure the amount of functionality that the shell protocol can have. When using the full functionality of this protocol, applications can open folders and launch files. The protected mode reduces the functionality of this protocol allowing applications to only open a limited set of folders. Applications aren't able to open files with this protocol when it is in the protected mode. It is recommended to leave this protocol in the protected mode to increase the security of Windows.
 
 If you enable this policy setting the protocol is fully enabled, allowing the opening of folders and files.
 
@@ -3492,7 +3492,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to configure the amount of functionality that the shell protocol can have. When using the full functionality of this protocol, applications can open folders and launch files. The protected mode reduces the functionality of this protocol allowing applications to only open a limited set of folders. Applications are not able to open files with this protocol when it is in the protected mode. It is recommended to leave this protocol in the protected mode to increase the security of Windows.
+This policy setting allows you to configure the amount of functionality that the shell protocol can have. When using the full functionality of this protocol, applications can open folders and launch files. The protected mode reduces the functionality of this protocol allowing applications to only open a limited set of folders. Applications aren't able to open files with this protocol when it is in the protected mode. It is recommended to leave this protocol in the protected mode to increase the security of Windows.
 
 If you enable this policy setting the protocol is fully enabled, allowing the opening of folders and files.
 
@@ -3686,7 +3686,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to add Internet or intranet sites to the "Search again" links located at the bottom of search results in File Explorer and the Start menu links. The "Search again" links at the bottom of the Search Results view allow the user to reconduct a search but in a different location. The Internet search site will be searched with the text in the search box. To add an Internet search site, specify the URL of the search site in OpenSearch format with {searchTerms} for the query string (for example, http://www.example.com/results.aspx?q={searchTerms}).
+This policy setting allows you to add Internet or intranet sites to the "Search again" links located at the bottom of search results in File Explorer and the Start menu links. The "Search again" links at the bottom of the Search Results view allow the user to reconduct a search but in a different location. The Internet search site will be searched with the text in the search box. To add an Internet search site, specify the URL of the search site in OpenSearch format with {searchTerms} for the query string (for example, `https://www.example.com/results.aspx?q={searchTerms}`).
 
 You can add up to five additional links to the "Search again" links at the bottom of results returned in File Explorer after a search is executed. These links will be shared between Internet search sites and Search Connectors/Libraries. Search Connector/Library links take precedence over Internet search links.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsmediaplayer.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsmediaplayer.md
index 07a9a6b53d..c4325fa43a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsmediaplayer.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-windowsmediaplayer.md
@@ -130,13 +130,13 @@ If you enable this policy setting, select one of the following proxy types:
 
 If the Custom proxy type is selected, the rest of the options on the Setting tab must be specified because no default settings are used for the proxy. The options are ignored if Autodetect or Browser is selected.
 
-The Configure button on the Network tab in the Player is not available for the HTTP protocol and the proxy cannot be configured. If the "Hide network tab" policy setting is also enabled, the entire Network tab is hidden.
+The Configure button on the Network tab in the Player isn't available for the HTTP protocol and the proxy can't be configured. If the "Hide network tab" policy setting is also enabled, the entire Network tab is hidden.
 
-This policy is ignored if the "Streaming media protocols" policy setting is enabled and HTTP is not selected.
+This policy is ignored if the "Streaming media protocols" policy setting is enabled and HTTP isn't selected.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the HTTP proxy server cannot be used and the user cannot configure the HTTP proxy.
+If you disable this policy setting, the HTTP proxy server can't be used and the user can't configure the HTTP proxy.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can configure the HTTP proxy settings.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can configure the HTTP proxy settings.
 
 
 
@@ -187,13 +187,13 @@ If you enable this policy setting, select one of the following proxy types:
 
 If the Custom proxy type is selected, the rest of the options on the Setting tab must be specified; otherwise, the default settings are used. The options are ignored if Autodetect is selected.
 
-The Configure button on the Network tab in the Player is not available and the protocol cannot be configured. If the "Hide network tab" policy setting is also enabled, the entire Network tab is hidden.
+The Configure button on the Network tab in the Player isn't available and the protocol can't be configured. If the "Hide network tab" policy setting is also enabled, the entire Network tab is hidden.
 
-This policy setting is ignored if the "Streaming media protocols" policy setting is enabled and Multicast is not selected.
+This policy setting is ignored if the "Streaming media protocols" policy setting is enabled and Multicast isn't selected.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the MMS proxy server cannot be used and users cannot configure the MMS proxy settings.
+If you disable this policy setting, the MMS proxy server can't be used and users can't configure the MMS proxy settings.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can configure the MMS proxy settings.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can configure the MMS proxy settings.
 
 
 
@@ -244,11 +244,11 @@ If you enable this policy setting, select one of the following proxy types:
 
 If the Custom proxy type is selected, the rest of the options on the Setting tab must be specified; otherwise, the default settings are used. The options are ignored if Autodetect is selected.
 
-The Configure button on the Network tab in the Player is not available and the protocol cannot be configured. If the "Hide network tab" policy setting is also enabled, the entire Network tab is hidden.
+The Configure button on the Network tab in the Player isn't available and the protocol can't be configured. If the "Hide network tab" policy setting is also enabled, the entire Network tab is hidden.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the RTSP proxy server cannot be used and users cannot change the RTSP proxy settings.
+If you disable this policy setting, the RTSP proxy server can't be used and users can't change the RTSP proxy settings.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can configure the RTSP proxy settings.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can configure the RTSP proxy settings.
 
 
 
@@ -294,9 +294,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn off do not show first use dialog boxes.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Privacy Options and Installation Options dialog boxes are prevented from being displayed the first time a user starts Windows Media Player.
 
-This policy setting prevents the dialog boxes which allow users to select privacy, file types, and other desktop options from being displayed when the Player is first started. Some of the options can be configured by using other Windows Media Player group policies.
+This policy setting prevents the dialog boxes that allow users to select privacy, file types, and other desktop options from being displayed when the Player is first started. Some of the options can be configured by using other Windows Media Player group policies.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the dialog boxes are displayed when the user starts the Player for the first time.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the dialog boxes are displayed when the user starts the Player for the first time.
 
 
 
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to hide the Network tab.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Network tab in Windows Media Player is hidden. The default network settings are used unless the user has previously defined network settings for the Player.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Network tab appears and users can use it to configure network settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Network tab appears and users can use it to configure network settings.
 
 
 
@@ -386,11 +386,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent the anchor window from being displayed when Windows Media Player is in skin mode.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the anchor window is hidden when the Player is in skin mode. In addition, the option on the Player tab in the Player that enables users to choose whether the anchor window displays is not available.
+If you enable this policy setting, the anchor window is hidden when the Player is in skin mode. In addition, the option on the Player tab in the Player that enables users to choose whether the anchor window displays isn't available.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can show or hide the anchor window when the Player is in skin mode by using the Player tab in the Player.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can show or hide the anchor window when the Player is in skin mode by using the Player tab in the Player.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, and the "Set and lock skin" policy setting is enabled, some options in the anchor window are not available.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, and the "Set and lock skin" policy setting is enabled, some options in the anchor window aren't available.
 
 
 
@@ -434,11 +434,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents the anchor window from being displayed when Windows Media Player is in skin mode.
 
-This policy hides the anchor window when the Player is in skin mode. In addition, the option on the Player tab in the Player that enables users to choose whether the anchor window displays is not available.
+This policy hides the anchor window when the Player is in skin mode. In addition, the option on the Player tab in the Player that enables users to choose whether the anchor window displays isn't available.
 
-When this policy is not configured or disabled, users can show or hide the anchor window when the Player is in skin mode by using the Player tab in the Player.
+When this policy isn't configured or disabled, users can show or hide the anchor window when the Player is in skin mode by using the Player tab in the Player.
 
-When this policy is not configured and the Set and Lock Skin policy is enabled, some options in the anchor window are not available.
+When this policy isn't configured and the Set and Lock Skin policy is enabled, some options in the anchor window aren't available.
 
 
 
@@ -482,11 +482,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent video smoothing from occurring.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, video smoothing is prevented, which can improve video playback on computers with limited resources. In addition, the Use Video Smoothing check box in the Video Acceleration Settings dialog box in the Player is cleared and is not available.
+If you enable this policy setting, video smoothing is prevented, which can improve video playback on computers with limited resources. In addition, the Use Video Smoothing check box in the Video Acceleration Settings dialog box in the Player is cleared and isn't available.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, video smoothing occurs if necessary, and the Use Video Smoothing check box is selected and is not available.
+If you disable this policy setting, video smoothing occurs if necessary, and the Use Video Smoothing check box is selected and isn't available.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, video smoothing occurs if necessary. Users can change the setting for the Use Video Smoothing check box.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, video smoothing occurs if necessary. Users can change the setting for the Use Video Smoothing check box.
 
 Video smoothing is available only on the Windows XP Home Edition and Windows XP Professional operating systems.
 
@@ -532,11 +532,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows a screen saver to interrupt playback.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, a screen saver is displayed during playback of digital media according to the options selected on the Screen Saver tab in the Display Properties dialog box in Control Panel. The Allow screen saver during playback check box on the Player tab in the Player is selected and is not available.
+If you enable this policy setting, a screen saver is displayed during playback of digital media according to the options selected on the Screen Saver tab in the Display Properties dialog box in Control Panel. The Allow screen saver during playback check box on the Player tab in the Player is selected and isn't available.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, a screen saver does not interrupt playback even if users have selected a screen saver. The Allow screen saver during playback check box is cleared and is not available.
+If you disable this policy setting, a screen saver doesn't interrupt playback even if users have selected a screen saver. The Allow screen saver during playback check box is cleared and isn't available.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can change the setting for the Allow screen saver during playback check box.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can change the setting for the Allow screen saver during playback check box.
 
 
 
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the "Update my music files (WMA and MP3 files
 
 The default privacy settings are used for the options on the Privacy tab unless the user changed the settings previously.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Privacy tab is not hidden, and users can configure any privacy settings not configured by other polices.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Privacy tab isn't hidden, and users can configure any privacy settings not configured by other policies.
 
 
 
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to hide the Security tab in Windows Media Player.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the default security settings for the options on the Security tab are used unless the user changed the settings previously. Users can still change security and zone settings by using Internet Explorer unless these settings have been hidden or disabled by Internet Explorer policies.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can configure the security settings on the Security tab.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can configure the security settings on the Security tab.
 
 
 
@@ -674,14 +674,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify whether network buffering uses the default or a specified number of seconds.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, select one of the following options to specify the number of seconds streaming media is buffered before it is played.
+If you enable this policy setting, select one of the following options to specify the number of seconds streaming media is buffered before it's played.
 
 - Custom: the number of seconds, up to 60, that streaming media is buffered.
 - Default: default network buffering is used and the number of seconds that is specified is ignored.
 
-The "Use default buffering" and "Buffer" options on the Performance tab in the Player are not available.
+The "Use default buffering" and "Buffer" options on the Performance tab in the Player aren't available.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can change the buffering options on the Performance tab.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can change the buffering options on the Performance tab.
 
 
 
@@ -725,11 +725,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent Windows Media Player from downloading codecs.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Player is prevented from automatically downloading codecs to your computer. In addition, the Download codecs automatically check box on the Player tab in the Player is not available.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Player is prevented from automatically downloading codecs to your computer. In addition, the Download codecs automatically check box on the Player tab in the Player isn't available.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, codecs are automatically downloaded and the Download codecs automatically check box is not available.
+If you disable this policy setting, codecs are automatically downloaded and the Download codecs automatically check box isn't available.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can change the setting for the Download codecs automatically check box.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can change the setting for the Download codecs automatically check box.
 
 
 
@@ -773,9 +773,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent media information for CDs and DVDs from being retrieved from the Internet.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Player is prevented from automatically obtaining media information from the Internet for CDs and DVDs played by users. In addition, the Retrieve media information for CDs and DVDs from the Internet check box on the Privacy Options tab in the first use dialog box and on the Privacy tab in the Player are not selected and are not available.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Player is prevented from automatically obtaining media information from the Internet for CDs and DVDs played by users. In addition, the Retrieve media information for CDs and DVDs from the Internet check box on the Privacy Options tab in the first use dialog box and on the Privacy tab in the Player aren't selected and aren't available.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can change the setting of the Retrieve media information for CDs and DVDs from the Internet check box.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can change the setting of the Retrieve media information for CDs and DVDs from the Internet check box.
 
 
 
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to prevent media sharing from Windows Media Playe
 
 If you enable this policy setting, any user on this computer is prevented from sharing digital media content from Windows Media Player with other computers and devices that are on the same network. Media sharing is disabled from Windows Media Player or from programs that depend on the Player's media sharing feature.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, anyone using Windows Media Player can turn media sharing on or off.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, anyone using Windows Media Player can turn media sharing on or off.
 
 
 
@@ -865,9 +865,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent media information for music files from being retrieved from the Internet.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Player is prevented from automatically obtaining media information for music files such as Windows Media Audio (WMA) and MP3 files from the Internet. In addition, the Update my music files (WMA and MP3 files) by retrieving missing media information from the Internet check box in the first use dialog box and on the Privacy and Media Library tabs in the Player are not selected and are not available.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Player is prevented from automatically obtaining media information for music files such as Windows Media Audio (WMA) and MP3 files from the Internet. In addition, the Update my music files (WMA and MP3 files) by retrieving missing media information from the Internet check box in the first use dialog box and on the Privacy and Media Library tabs in the Player aren't selected and aren't available.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can change the setting of the Update my music files (WMA and MP3 files) by retrieving missing media information from the Internet check box.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can change the setting of the Update my music files (WMA and MP3 files) by retrieving missing media information from the Internet check box.
 
 
 
@@ -911,9 +911,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent a shortcut for the Player from being added to the Quick Launch bar.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the user cannot add the shortcut for the Player to the Quick Launch bar.
+If you enable this policy setting, the user can't add the shortcut for the Player to the Quick Launch bar.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the user can choose whether to add the shortcut for the Player to the Quick Launch bar.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the user can choose whether to add the shortcut for the Player to the Quick Launch bar.
 
 
 
@@ -956,9 +956,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent radio station presets from being retrieved from the Internet.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Player is prevented from automatically retrieving radio station presets from the Internet and displaying them in Media Library. In addition, presets that exist before the policy is configured are not be updated, and presets a user adds are not be displayed.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Player is prevented from automatically retrieving radio station presets from the Internet and displaying them in Media Library. In addition, presets that exist before the policy is configured aren't updated, and the presets that a user adds aren't displayed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Player automatically retrieves radio station presets from the Internet.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Player automatically retrieves radio station presets from the Internet.
 
 
 
@@ -1002,9 +1002,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent a shortcut icon for the Player from being added to the user's desktop.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot add the Player shortcut icon to their desktops.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't add the Player shortcut icon to their desktops.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can choose whether to add the Player shortcut icon to their desktops.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can choose whether to add the Player shortcut icon to their desktops.
 
 
 
@@ -1050,11 +1050,11 @@ This policy setting allows you to set and lock Windows Media Player in skin mode
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Player displays only in skin mode using the skin specified in the Skin box on the Setting tab.
 
-You must use the complete file name for the skin (for example, skin_name.wmz), and the skin must be installed in the %programfiles%\Windows Media Player\Skins Folder on a user's computer. If the skin is not installed on a user's computer, or if the Skin box is blank, the Player opens by using the Corporate skin. The only way to specify the Corporate skin is to leave the Skin box blank.
+You must use the complete file name for the skin (for example, skin_name.wmz), and the skin must be installed in the %programfiles%\Windows Media Player\Skins Folder on a user's computer. If the skin isn't installed on a user's computer, or if the Skin box is blank, the Player opens by using the Corporate skin. The only way to specify the Corporate skin is to leave the Skin box blank.
 
-A user has access only to the Player features that are available with the specified skin. Users cannot switch the Player to full mode and cannot choose a different skin.
+A user has access only to the Player features that are available with the specified skin. Users can't switch the Player to full mode and can't choose a different skin.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can display the Player in full or skin mode and have access to all available features of the Player.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can display the Player in full or skin mode and have access to all available features of the Player.
 
 
 
@@ -1098,13 +1098,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify that Windows Media Player can attempt to use selected protocols when receiving streaming media from a server running Windows Media Services.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the protocols that are selected on the Network tab of the Player are used to receive a stream initiated through an MMS or RTSP URL from a Windows Media server. If the RSTP/UDP check box is selected, a user can specify UDP ports in the Use ports check box. If the user does not specify UDP ports, the Player uses default ports when using the UDP protocol. This policy setting also specifies that multicast streams can be received if the "Allow the Player to receive multicast streams" check box on the Network tab is selected.
+If you enable this policy setting, the protocols that are selected on the Network tab of the Player are used to receive a stream initiated through an MMS or RTSP URL from a Windows Media server. If the RSTP/UDP check box is selected, a user can specify UDP ports in the Use ports check box. If the user doesn't specify UDP ports, the Player uses default ports when using the UDP protocol. This policy setting also specifies that multicast streams can be received if the "Allow the Player to receive multicast streams" check box on the Network tab is selected.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the administrator must also specify the protocols that are available to users on the Network tab. If the administrator does not specify any protocols, the Player cannot access an MMS or RTSP URL from a Windows Media server. If the "Hide network tab" policy setting is enabled, the entire Network tab is hidden.
+If you enable this policy setting, the administrator must also specify the protocols that are available to users on the Network tab. If the administrator doesn't specify any protocols, the Player can't access an MMS or RTSP URL from a Windows Media server. If the "Hide network tab" policy setting is enabled, the entire Network tab is hidden.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can select the protocols to use on the Network tab.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can select the protocols to use on the Network tab.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the Protocols for MMS URLs and Multicast streams areas of the Network tab are not available and the Player cannot receive an MMS or RTSP stream from a Windows Media server.
+If you disable this policy setting, the Protocols for MMS URLs and Multicast streams areas of the Network tab aren't available and the Player can't receive an MMS or RTSP stream from a Windows Media server.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wininit.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wininit.md
index c8dbb5219d..452cf045a2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wininit.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wininit.md
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls the legacy remote shutdown interface (named pipe). The named pipe remote shutdown interface is needed in order to shutdown this system from a remote Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 system.
+This policy setting controls the legacy remote shutdown interface (named pipe). The named pipe remote shutdown interface is needed in order to shut down this system from a remote Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 system.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the system does not create the named pipe remote shutdown interface.
+If you enable this policy setting, the system doesn't create the named pipe remote shutdown interface.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the system creates the named pipe remote shutdown interface.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the system creates the named pipe remote shutdown interface.
 
 
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ This policy setting controls the use of fast startup.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system requires hibernate to be enabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the local setting is used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the local setting is used.
 
 
 
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ This policy setting configures the number of minutes the system waits for the hu
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the system waits for the hung logon sessions for the number of minutes specified.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default timeout value is 3 minutes for workstations and 15 minutes for servers.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default timeout value is 3 minutes for workstations and 15 minutes for servers.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-winlogon.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-winlogon.md
index 629647238f..f21fb8b148 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-winlogon.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-winlogon.md
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 Specifies an alternate user interface.  The Explorer program (%windir%\explorer.exe) creates the familiar Windows interface, but you can use this setting to specify an alternate interface.
 
-If you enable this setting, the system starts the interface you specify instead of Explorer.exe.  To use this setting, copy your interface program to a network share or to your system drive. Then, enable this setting, and type the name of the interface program, including the file name extension, in the Shell name text box. If the interface program file is not located in a folder specified in the Path environment variable for your system, enter the fully qualified path to the file.
+If you enable this setting, the system starts the interface you specify instead of Explorer.exe.  To use this setting, copy your interface program to a network share or to your system drive. Then, enable this setting, and type the name of the interface program, including the file name extension, in the Shell name text box. If the interface program file isn't located in a folder specified in the Path environment variable for your system, enter the fully qualified path to the file.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the setting is ignored and the system displays the Explorer interface.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the setting is ignored and the system displays the Explorer interface.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > To find the folders indicated by the Path environment variable, click System Properties in Control Panel, click the Advanced tab, click the Environment Variables button, and then, in the System variables box, click Path.
@@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether or not the system displays information about previous logons and logon failures to the user.
+This policy setting controls whether or not the system displays information about previous sign-ins and sign-in failures to the user.
 
-For local user accounts and domain user accounts in domains of at least a Windows Server 2008 functional level, if you enable this setting, a message appears after the user logs on that displays the date and time of the last successful logon by that user, the date and time of the last unsuccessful logon attempted with that user name, and the number of unsuccessful logons since the last successful logon by that user. This message must be acknowledged by the user before the user is presented with the Microsoft Windows desktop.
+For local user accounts and domain user accounts in domains of at least a Windows Server 2008 functional level, if you enable this setting, a message appears after the user logs on that displays the date and time of the last successful sign in by that user, the date and time of the last unsuccessful sign in attempted with that user name, and the number of unsuccessful logons since the last successful sign in by that user. This message must be acknowledged by the user before the user is presented with the Microsoft Windows desktop.
 
-For domain user accounts in Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 native, or Windows 2000 mixed functional level domains, if you enable this setting, a warning message will appear that Windows could not retrieve the information and the user will not be able to log on. Therefore, you should not enable this policy setting if the domain is not at the Windows Server 2008 domain functional level.
+For domain user accounts in Windows Server 2003, Windows 2000 native, or Windows 2000 mixed functional level domains, if you enable this setting, a warning message will appear that Windows couldn't retrieve the information and the user won't be able to sign in. Therefore, you shouldn't enable this policy setting if the domain isn't at the Windows Server 2008 domain functional level.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, messages about the previous logon or logon failures are not displayed.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, messages about the previous sign in or sign-in failures aren't displayed.
 
 
 
@@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy controls whether the logged on user should be notified when his logon hours are about to expire. By default, a user is notified before logon hours expire, if actions have been set to occur when the logon hours expire.
+This policy controls whether the signed-in user should be notified when their sign-in hours are about to expire. By default, a user is notified before sign-in hours expire, if actions have been set to occur when the sign-in hours expire.
 
-If you enable this setting, warnings are not displayed to the user before the logon hours expire.
+If you enable this setting, warnings aren't displayed to the user before the sign-in hours expire.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, users receive warnings before the logon hours expire, if actions have been set to occur when the logon hours expire.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, users receive warnings before the sign-in hours expire, if actions have been set to occur when the sign-in hours expire.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you configure this setting, you might want to examine and appropriately configure the “Set action to take when logon hours expire” setting. If “Set action to take when logon hours expire” is disabled or not configured, the “Remove logon hours expiration warnings” setting will have no effect, and users receive no warnings about logon hour expiration
@@ -227,13 +227,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy controls which action will be taken when the logon hours expire for the logged on user. The actions include lock the workstation, disconnect the user, or log the user off completely.
+This policy controls which action will be taken when the sign-in hours expire for the logged on user. The actions include lock the workstation, disconnect the user, or log the user off completely.
 
-If you choose to lock or disconnect a session, the user cannot unlock the session or reconnect except during permitted logon hours.
+If you choose to lock or disconnect a session, the user can't unlock the session or reconnect except during permitted sign-in hours.
 
-If you choose to log off a user, the user cannot log on again except during permitted logon hours. If you choose to log off a user, the user might lose unsaved data.  If you enable this setting, the system will perform the action you specify when the user’s logon hours expire.
+If you choose to sign out a user, the user can't sign in again except during permitted sign-in hours. If you choose to sign out a user, the user might lose unsaved data.  If you enable this setting, the system will perform the action you specify when the user’s sign-in hours expire.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the system takes no action when the user’s logon hours expire. The user can continue the existing session, but cannot log on to a new session.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the system takes no action when the user’s sign-in hours expire. The user can continue the existing session, but can't sign in to a new session.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If you configure this setting, you might want to examine and appropriately configure the “Remove logon hours expiration warnings” setting.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy controls whether the logged on user should be notified if the logon server could not be contacted during logon and he has been logged on using previously stored account information.
+This policy controls whether the signed-in user should be notified if the sign-in server couldn't be contacted during sign in and if they've been signed in using previously stored account information.
 
 If enabled, a notification popup will be displayed to the user when the user logs on with cached credentials.
 
@@ -331,12 +331,12 @@ This policy setting controls whether or not software can simulate the Secure Att
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you have one of four options:  
 
-- If you set this policy setting to "None," user mode software cannot simulate the SAS.
+- If you set this policy setting to "None," user mode software can't simulate the SAS.
 - If you set this policy setting to "Services," services can simulate the SAS.
 - If you set this policy setting to "Ease of Access applications," Ease of Access applications can simulate the SAS.
 - If you set this policy setting to "Services and Ease of Access applications," both services and Ease of Access applications can simulate the SAS.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, only Ease of Access applications running on the secure desktop can simulate the SAS.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, only Ease of Access applications running on the secure desktop can simulate the SAS.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-winsrv.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-winsrv.md
index bbe441caa0..1b02e8ef54 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-winsrv.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-winsrv.md
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ This policy setting specifies whether Windows will allow console applications an
 
 By default, such applications are automatically terminated if they attempt to cancel shutdown or block it indefinitely.
 
-- If you enable this setting, console applications or GUI applications without visible top-level windows that block or cancel shutdown will not be automatically terminated during shutdown.
-- If you disable or do not configure this setting, these applications will be automatically terminated during shutdown, helping to ensure that windows can shut down faster and more smoothly.
+- If you enable this setting, console applications or GUI applications without visible top-level windows that block or cancel shutdown won't be automatically terminated during shutdown.
+- If you disable or don't configure this setting, these applications will be automatically terminated during shutdown, helping to ensure that windows can shut down faster and more smoothly.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting applies to all sites in Trusted zones.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wlansvc.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wlansvc.md
index 017e045dda..588277efab 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wlansvc.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wlansvc.md
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ This policy setting configures the cost of Wireless LAN (WLAN) connections on th
 If this policy setting is enabled, a drop-down list box presenting possible cost values will be active. Selecting one of the following values from the list will set the cost of all WLAN connections on the local machine:
 
 - Unrestricted: Use of this connection is unlimited and not restricted by usage charges and capacity constraints.
-- Fixed: Use of this connection is not restricted by usage charges and capacity constraints up to a certain data limit.  
-- Variable: This connection is costed on a per byte basis.  If this policy setting is disabled or is not configured, the cost of Wireless LAN connections is Unrestricted by default.
+- Fixed: Use of this connection isn't restricted by usage charges and capacity constraints up to a certain data limit.  
+- Variable: This connection is costed on a per byte basis.  If this policy setting is disabled or isn't configured, the cost of Wireless LAN connections is Unrestricted by default.
 
 
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ This policy applies to Wireless Display connections. This policy means that the
 
 Conversely it means that Push Button is NOT allowed.
 
-If this policy setting is disabled or is not configured, by default Push Button pairing is allowed (but not necessarily preferred).
+If this policy setting is disabled or isn't configured, by default Push Button pairing is allowed (but not necessarily preferred).
 
 
 
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ This policy applies to Wireless Display connections. This policy changes the pre
 
 When enabled, it makes the connections to prefer a PIN for pairing to Wireless Display devices over the Push Button pairing method.
 
-If this policy setting is disabled or is not configured, by default Push Button pairing is preferred (if allowed by other policies).
+If this policy setting is disabled or isn't configured, by default Push Button pairing is preferred (if allowed by other policies).
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-workfoldersclient.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-workfoldersclient.md
index 4b2031c3a7..2b291fdd5f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-workfoldersclient.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-workfoldersclient.md
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ This policy setting specifies whether Work Folders should be set up automaticall
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, Work Folders will be set up automatically for all users of the affected computer. 
 
-This prevents users from choosing not to use Work Folders on the computer; it also prevents them from manually specifying the local folder in which Work Folders stores files. Work Folders will use the settings specified in the "Specify Work Folders settings" policy setting in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\WorkFolders. If the "Specify Work Folders settings" policy setting does not apply to a user, Work Folders is not automatically set up.    
-- If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Work Folders uses the "Force automatic setup" option of the "Specify Work Folders settings" policy setting to determine whether to automatically set up Work Folders for a given user.
+This folder creation prevents users from choosing not to use Work Folders on the computer; it also prevents them from manually specifying the local folder in which Work Folders stores files. Work Folders will use the settings specified in the "Specify Work Folders settings" policy setting in User Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\WorkFolders. If the "Specify Work Folders settings" policy setting doesn't apply to a user, Work Folders isn't automatically set up.
+- If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Work Folders uses the "Force automatic setup" option of the "Specify Work Folders settings" policy setting to determine whether to automatically set up Work Folders for a given user.
 
 
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies the Work Folders server for affected users, as well as whether or not users are allowed to change settings when setting up Work Folders on a domain-joined computer.  
+This policy setting specifies the Work Folders server for affected users, and whether or not users are allowed to change settings when setting up Work Folders on a domain-joined computer.  
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, affected users receive Work Folders settings when they sign in to a domain-joined PC. 
 
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ The “On-demand file access preference” option controls whether to enable on-
 
 - If you disable this policy setting, on-demand file access is disabled, and enough storage space to store all the user’s files is required on each of their PCs.  
 
-If you specify User choice or do not configure this policy setting, the user decides whether to enable on-demand file access. However, if the Force automatic setup policy setting is enabled, Work Folders is set up automatically with on-demand file access enabled. 
+If you specify User choice or don't configure this policy setting, the user decides whether to enable on-demand file access. However, if the Force automatic setup policy setting is enabled, Work Folders is set up automatically with on-demand file access enabled. 
 
-The "Force automatic setup" option specifies that Work Folders should be set up automatically without prompting users. This prevents users from choosing not to use Work Folders on the computer; it also prevents them from manually specifying the local folder in which Work Folders stores files. By default, Work Folders is stored in the "%USERPROFILE%\Work Folders" folder. If this option is not specified, users must use the Work Folders Control Panel item on their computers to set up Work Folders.
+The "Force automatic setup" option specifies that Work Folders should be set up automatically without prompting users. This automatic setup prevents users from choosing not to use Work Folders on the computer; it also prevents them from manually specifying the local folder in which Work Folders stores files. By default, Work Folders is stored in the "%USERPROFILE%\Work Folders" folder. If this option isn't specified, users must use the Work Folders Control Panel item on their computers to set up Work Folders.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wpn.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wpn.md
index de3ef506c6..3cfe80c0cc 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wpn.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-admx-wpn.md
@@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting blocks voice and video calls during Quiet Hours.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, voice and video calls will be blocked during the designated Quiet Hours time window each day, and users will not be able to customize any other Quiet Hours settings.
+If you enable this policy setting, voice and video calls will be blocked during the designated Quiet Hours time window each day, and users won't be able to customize any other Quiet Hours settings.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, voice and video calls will be allowed during Quiet Hours, and users will not be able to customize this or any other Quiet Hours settings.
+If you disable this policy setting, voice and video calls will be allowed during Quiet Hours, and users won't be able to customize this or any other Quiet Hours settings.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, voice and video calls will be allowed during Quiet Hours by default. Administrators and users will be able to modify this setting.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, voice and video calls will be allowed during Quiet Hours by default. Administrators and users will be able to modify this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting turns off toast notifications on the lock screen.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, applications will not be able to raise toast notifications on the lock screen.
+If you enable this policy setting, applications won't be able to raise toast notifications on the lock screen.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, toast notifications on the lock screen are enabled and can be turned off by the administrator or user.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, toast notifications on the lock screen are enabled and can be turned off by the administrator or user.
 
 No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect.
 
@@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting turns off Quiet Hours functionality.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, toast notifications will not be suppressed and some background tasks will not be deferred during the designated Quiet Hours time window each day.
+If you enable this policy setting, toast notifications won't be suppressed and some background tasks won't be deferred during the designated Quiet Hours time window each day.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, toast notifications will be suppressed and some background task deferred during the designated Quiet Hours time window. Users will not be able to change this or any other Quiet Hours settings.
+If you disable this policy setting, toast notifications will be suppressed and some background task deferred during the designated Quiet Hours time window. Users won't be able to change this or any other Quiet Hours settings.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Quiet Hours are enabled by default but can be turned off or by the administrator or user.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Quiet Hours are enabled by default but can be turned off or by the administrator or user.
 
 
 
@@ -226,13 +226,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting turns off toast notifications for applications.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, applications will not be able to raise toast notifications.
+If you enable this policy setting, applications won't be able to raise toast notifications.
 
-Note that this policy does not affect taskbar notification balloons.
+This policy doesn't affect taskbar notification balloons.
 
-Note that Windows system features are not affected by this policy.  You must enable/disable system features individually to stop their ability to raise toast notifications.
+Windows system features aren't affected by this policy.  You must enable/disable system features individually to stop their ability to raise toast notifications.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, toast notifications are enabled and can be turned off by the administrator or user.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, toast notifications are enabled and can be turned off by the administrator or user.
 
 No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect.
 
@@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the number of minutes after midnight (local time) that Quiet Hours is to begin each day.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the specified time will be used, and users will not be able to customize any Quiet Hours settings.
+If you enable this policy setting, the specified time will be used, and users won't be able to customize any Quiet Hours settings.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, a default value will be used, and users will not be able to change it or any other Quiet Hours setting.
+If you disable this policy setting, a default value will be used, and users won't be able to change it or any other Quiet Hours setting.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, a default value will be used, which administrators and users will be able to modify.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, a default value will be used, which administrators and users will be able to modify.
 
 
 
@@ -328,11 +328,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the number of minutes after midnight (local time) that Quiet Hours is to end each day.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the specified time will be used, and users will not be able to customize any Quiet Hours settings.
+If you enable this policy setting, the specified time will be used, and users won't be able to customize any Quiet Hours settings.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, a default value will be used, and users will not be able to change it or any other Quiet Hours setting.
+If you disable this policy setting, a default value will be used, and users won't be able to change it or any other Quiet Hours setting.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, a default value will be used, which administrators and users will be able to modify.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, a default value will be used, which administrators and users will be able to modify.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-applicationdefaults.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-applicationdefaults.md
index b27d78e274..5cebcba3b5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-applicationdefaults.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-applicationdefaults.md
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Here's the SyncMl example:
 
 This policy setting determines whether Windows supports web-to-app linking with app URI handlers.
 
-Enabling this policy setting enables web-to-app linking so that apps can be launched with a http(s) URI.
+Enabling this policy setting enables web-to-app linking so that apps can be launched with an http(s) URI.
 
 Disabling this policy disables web-to-app linking and http(s) URIs will be opened in the default browser instead of launching the associated app.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-applicationmanagement.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-applicationmanagement.md
index 3b6a634365..1bddb1ae40 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-applicationmanagement.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-applicationmanagement.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - ApplicationManagement
-description: Learn about various Policy configuration service provider (CSP) - ApplicationManagement, including SyncML, for Windows 10.
+description: Learn about various Policy configuration service providers (CSP) - ApplicationManagement, including SyncML, for Windows 10.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -101,9 +101,9 @@ This policy setting controls whether the system can archive infrequently used ap
 
 - If you enable this policy setting, then the system will periodically check for and archive infrequently used apps.
 
-- If you disable this policy setting, then the system will not archive any apps.
+- If you disable this policy setting, then the system won't archive any apps.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting (default), then the system will follow default behavior, which is to periodically check for and archive infrequently used apps, and the user will be able to configure this setting themselves.
+If you don't configure this policy setting (default), then the system will follow default behavior, which is to periodically check for and archive infrequently used apps, and the user will be able to configure this setting themselves.
 
 
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Specifies whether automatic update of apps from Microsoft Store are allowed.
+Specifies whether automatic update of apps from Microsoft Store is allowed.
 
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 > [!NOTE]
 > The policy is only enforced in Windows 10 for desktop.
 
-Specifies whether DVR and broadcasting is allowed.
+Specifies whether DVR and broadcasting are allowed.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Manages non-administrator users' ability to install Windows app packages.
 
 If you enable this policy, non-administrators will be unable to initiate installation of Windows app packages. Administrators who wish to install an app will need to do so from an Administrator context (for example, an Administrator PowerShell window). All users will still be able to install Windows app packages via the Microsoft Store, if permitted by other policies.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, all users will be able to initiate installation of Windows app packages.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, all users will be able to initiate installation of Windows app packages.
 
 
 
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:  
 - 0 (default) - Disabled. All users will be able to initiate installation of Windows app packages.
-- 1 - Enabled. Non-administrator users will not be able to initiate installation of Windows app packages.
+- 1 - Enabled. Non-administrator users won't be able to initiate installation of Windows app packages.
 
 
 
@@ -514,9 +514,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-List of semi-colon delimited Package Family Names of Windows apps. Listed Windows apps are launched after logon. This policy allows the IT admin to specify a list of applications that users can run after logging on to the device.
+List of semi-colon delimited Package Family Names of Windows apps. Listed Windows apps are launched after a sign in. This policy allows the IT admin to specify a list of applications that users can run after logging on to the device.
 
-For this policy to work, the Windows apps need to declare in their manifest that they will use the start up task. Example of the declaration here: 
+For this policy to work, the Windows apps need to declare in their manifest that they'll use the startup task. Example of the declaration here: 
 
 ```xml
  
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1803. This policy setting permits users to change i
 
 If you enable this policy setting, some of the security features of Windows Installer are bypassed. It permits installations to complete that otherwise would be halted due to a security violation.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the security features of Windows Installer prevent users from changing installation options typically reserved for system administrators, such as specifying the directory to which files are installed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the security features of Windows Installer prevent users from changing installation options typically reserved for system administrators, such as specifying the directory to which files are installed.
 
 If Windows Installer detects that an installation package has permitted the user to change a protected option, it stops the installation and displays a message. These security features operate only when the installation program is running in a privileged security context in which it has access to directories denied to the user.
 
@@ -623,9 +623,9 @@ This setting supports a range of values between 0 and 1.
 
 Added in Windows 10, version 1803. This policy setting directs Windows Installer to use elevated permissions when it installs any program on the system.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, privileges are extended to all programs. These privileges are usually reserved for programs that have been assigned to the user (offered on the desktop), assigned to the computer (installed automatically), or made available in Add or Remove Programs in Control Panel. This profile setting lets users install programs that require access to directories that the user might not have permission to view or change, including directories on highly restricted computers.
+If you enable this policy setting, privileges are extended to all programs. These privileges are reserved for programs that have been assigned to the user (offered on the desktop), assigned to the computer (installed automatically), or made available in Add or Remove Programs in Control Panel. This profile setting lets users install programs that require access to directories that the user might not have permission to view or change, including directories on highly restricted computers.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the system applies the current user's permissions when it installs programs that a system administrator does not distribute or offer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the system applies the current user's permissions when it installs programs that a system administrator doesn't distribute or offer.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting appears both in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. To make this policy setting effective, you must enable it in both folders.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-appvirtualization.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-appvirtualization.md
index 70bb648c9b..24c9070487 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-appvirtualization.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-appvirtualization.md
@@ -361,15 +361,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Reporting Server URL: Displays the URL of reporting server.
 
-Reporting Time: When the client data should be reported to the server. Acceptable range is 0~23, corresponding to the 24 hours in a day. A good practice is, don't set this time to a busy hour, e.g. 9AM.
+Reporting Time: When the client data should be reported to the server. Acceptable range is 0~23, corresponding to the 24 hours in a day. A good practice is, don't set this time to a busy hour, for example, 9AM.
 
 Delay reporting for the random minutes: The maximum minutes of random delay on top of the reporting time. For a busy system, the random delay will help reduce the server load.
 
 Repeat reporting for every (days): The periodical interval in days for sending the reporting data.
 
-Data Cache Limit: This value specifies the maximum size in megabytes (MB) of the XML cache for storing reporting information. The default value is 20 MB. The size applies to the cache in memory. When the limit is reached, the log file will roll over. When a new record is to be added (bottom of the list), one or more of the oldest records (top of the list) will be deleted to make room. A warning will be logged to the Client log and the event log the first time this occurs, and will not be logged again until after the cache has been successfully cleared on transmission and the log has filled up again.
+Data Cache Limit: This value specifies the maximum size in megabytes (MB) of the XML cache for storing reporting information. The default value is 20 MB. The size applies to the cache in memory. When the limit is reached, the log file will roll over. When a new record is to be added (bottom of the list), one or more of the oldest records (top of the list) will be deleted to make room. A warning will be logged to the Client log and the event log the first time this deletion occurs, and won't be logged again until after the cache has been successfully cleared on transmission and the log has filled up again.
 
-Data Block Size: This value specifies the maximum size in bytes to transmit to the server at once on a reporting upload, to avoid permanent transmission failures when the log has reached a significant size. The  default value is 65536. When transmitting report data to the server, one block at a time of application records that is less than or equal to the block size in bytes of XML data will be removed from the cache and sent to the server. Each block will have the general Client data and global package list data prepended, and these will not factor into the block size calculations; the potential exists for an extremely large package list to result in transmission failures over low bandwidth or unreliable connections.
+Data Block Size: This value specifies the maximum size in bytes to transmit to the server at once on a reporting upload, to avoid permanent transmission failures when the log has reached a significant size. The  default value is 65536. When report data is being transmitted to the server, one block at a time of application records that is less than or equal to the block size in bytes of XML data will be removed from the cache and sent to the server. Each block will have the general Client data and global package list data prepended, and these components won't factor into the block size calculations; the potential exists for a large package list to result in transmission failures over low bandwidth or unreliable connections.
 
 
 
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies the file paths relative to %userprofile% that do not roam with a user's profile. Example usage: /FILEEXCLUSIONLIST='desktop;my pictures'.
+Specifies the file paths relative to %userprofile% that don't roam with a user's profile. Example usage: /FILEEXCLUSIONLIST='desktop;my pictures'.
 
 
 
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies the registry paths that do not roam with a user profile. Example usage: /REGISTRYEXCLUSIONLIST=software\classes;software\clients.
+Specifies the registry paths that don't roam with a user profile. Example usage: /REGISTRYEXCLUSIONLIST=software\classes;software\clients.
 
 
 
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Migration mode allows the App-V client to modify shortcuts and FTA's for packages created using a previous version of App-V.
+Migration mode allows the App-V client to modify shortcuts and FTAs for packages created using a previous version of App-V.
 
 
 
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies the location where symbolic links are created to the current version of a per-user published package. Shortcuts, file type associations, etc. are created pointing to this path. If empty, symbolic links are not used during publishing. Example: %localappdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Integration.
+Specifies the location where symbolic links are created to the current version of a per-user published package. Shortcuts, file type associations, etc. are created pointing to this path. If empty, symbolic links aren't used during publishing. Example: %localappdata%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Integration.
 
 
 
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies the location where symbolic links are created to the current version of a globally published package. Shortcuts, file type associations, etc. are created pointing to this path. If empty, symbolic links are not used during publishing. Example: %allusersprofile%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Integration.
+Specifies the location where symbolic links are created to the current version of a globally published package. Shortcuts, file type associations, etc. are created pointing to this path. If empty, symbolic links aren't used during publishing. Example: %allusersprofile%\Microsoft\AppV\Client\Integration.
 
 
 
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ Publishing Server URL: Displays the URL of publishing server.
 
 Global Publishing Refresh: Enables global publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on a sign in(Boolean).
 
 Global Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ Global Publishing Refresh Interval Unit: Specifies the interval unit (Hour 0-23,
 
 User Publishing Refresh: Enables user publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on a sign in (Boolean).
 
 User Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the UserRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ Publishing Server URL: Displays the URL of publishing server.
 
 Global Publishing Refresh: Enables global publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on a sign in (Boolean).
 
 Global Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Global Publishing Refresh Interval Unit: Specifies the interval unit (Hour 0-23,
 
 User Publishing Refresh: Enables user publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on la sign in (Boolean).
 
 User Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the UserRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ Publishing Server URL: Displays the URL of publishing server.
 
 Global Publishing Refresh: Enables global publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on a sign in (Boolean).
 
 Global Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ Global Publishing Refresh Interval Unit: Specifies the interval unit (Hour 0-23,
 
 User Publishing Refresh: Enables user publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on a sign in (Boolean).
 
 User Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the UserRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ Publishing Server URL: Displays the URL of publishing server.
 
 Global Publishing Refresh: Enables global publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on a sign in (Boolean).
 
 Global Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ Global Publishing Refresh Interval Unit: Specifies the interval unit (Hour 0-23,
 
 User Publishing Refresh: Enables user publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on a sign in (Boolean).
 
 User Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the UserRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ Publishing Server URL: Displays the URL of publishing server.
 
 Global Publishing Refresh: Enables global publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+Global Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a global publishing refresh on a sign in (Boolean).
 
 Global Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the GlobalRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ Global Publishing Refresh Interval Unit: Specifies the interval unit (Hour 0-23,
 
 User Publishing Refresh: Enables user publishing refresh (Boolean).
 
-User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on logon (Boolean).
+User Publishing Refresh On Logon: Triggers a user publishing refresh on a sign in (Boolean).
 
 User Publishing Refresh Interval: Specifies the publishing refresh interval using the UserRefreshIntervalUnit. To disable package refresh, select 0.
 
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This setting controls whether virtualized applications are launched on Windows 8 machines connected via a metered network connection (e.g. 4G).
+This setting controls whether virtualized applications are launched on Windows 8 machines connected via a metered network connection (for example, 4G).
 
 
 
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies that streamed package contents will be not be saved to the local hard disk.
+Specifies that streamed package contents won't be saved to the local hard disk.
 
 
 
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If enabled, the App-V client will support BrancheCache compatible HTTP streaming. If BranchCache support is not desired, this should be disabled. The client can then apply HTTP optimizations which are incompatible with BranchCache
+If enabled, the App-V client will support BrancheCache compatible HTTP streaming. If BranchCache support isn't desired, this setting should be disabled. The client can then apply HTTP optimizations that are incompatible with BranchCache.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-attachmentmanager.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-attachmentmanager.md
index b839ee8d78..b182ba287e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-attachmentmanager.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-attachmentmanager.md
@@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to manage whether Windows marks file attachments with information about their zone of origin (such as restricted, Internet, intranet, local). This requires NTFS in order to function correctly, and will fail without notice on FAT32. By not preserving the zone information, Windows cannot make proper risk assessments.
+This policy setting allows you to manage whether Windows marks file attachments with information about their zone of origin (such as restricted, Internet, intranet, local). This feature requires NTFS in order to function correctly, and will fail without notice on FAT32. If the zone information is not preserved, Windows can't make proper risk assessments.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows does not mark file attachments with their zone information.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows doesn't mark file attachments with their zone information.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, Windows marks file attachments with their zone information.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Windows marks file attachments with their zone information.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Windows marks file attachments with their zone information.
 
 
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, Windows hides the check box and Unblock butto
 
 If you disable this policy setting, Windows shows the check box and Unblock button.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Windows hides the check box and Unblock button.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Windows hides the check box and Unblock button.
 
 
 
@@ -170,13 +170,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to manage the behavior for notifying registered antivirus programs. If multiple programs are registered, they will all be notified. If the registered antivirus program already performs on-access checks or scans files as they arrive on the computer's email server, additional calls would be redundant. 
+This policy setting allows you to manage the behavior for notifying registered antivirus programs. If multiple programs are registered, they'll all be notified. If the registered antivirus program already performs on-access checks or scans files as they arrive on the computer's email server, the subsequent calls would be redundant.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows tells the registered antivirus program to scan the file when a user opens a file attachment. If the antivirus program fails, the attachment is blocked from being opened.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Windows does not call the registered antivirus programs when file attachments are opened.
+If you disable this policy setting, Windows doesn't call the registered antivirus programs when file attachments are opened.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Windows does not call the registered antivirus programs when file attachments are opened.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Windows doesn't call the registered antivirus programs when file attachments are opened.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-audit.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-audit.md
index 30473c76c3..6960e68f36 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-audit.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-audit.md
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by a failed attempt to
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an account can't sign in to a computer because the account is locked out. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
 
-Sign in events are essential for understanding user activity and to detect potential attacks.
+Sign-in events are essential for understanding user activity and to detect potential attacks.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy allows you to audit the group membership information in the user's sign in token. Events in this subcategory are generated on the computer on which a sign in session is created. For an interactive sign in, the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user logged on to. For a network sign in, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the computer hosting the resource.
+This policy allows you to audit the group membership information in the user's sign-in token. Events in this subcategory are generated on the computer on which a sign-in session is created. For an interactive sign in, the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user logged on to. For a network sign in, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the computer hosting the resource.
 
 When this setting is configured, one or more security audit events are generated for each successful sign in. Enable the Audit Logon setting under Advanced Audit Policy Configuration\System Audit Policies\Logon/Logoff. Multiple events are generated if the group membership information can't fit in a single security audit event.
 
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by Internet Key Exchange protocol (IKE) and Authenticated Internet Protocol (AuthIP) during Extended Mode negotiations.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated during an IPsec Extended Mode negotiation. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated during an IPsec Extended Mode negotiation.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated during an IPsec Extended Mode negotiation.
 
 Volume: High.
 
@@ -518,10 +518,10 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by the closing of a sign in session. These events occur on the computer that was accessed. For an interactive sign out the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user account logged on to.
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by the closing of a sign-in session. These events occur on the computer that was accessed. For an interactive sign out the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user account logged on to.
 
-If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when a sign in session is closed. Success audits record successful attempts to close sessions and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts to close sessions.
-If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a sign in session is closed.
+If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when a sign-in session is closed. Success audits record successful attempts to close sessions and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts to close sessions.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a sign-in session is closed.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -576,12 +576,12 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by user account sign in attempts on the computer.
-Events in this subcategory are related to the creation of sign in sessions and occur on the computer that was accessed. For an interactive sign in, the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user account logged on to. For a network sign in, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the computer hosting the resource. 
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by user account sign-in attempts on the computer.
+Events in this subcategory are related to the creation of sign in sessions and occur on the computer that was accessed. For an interactive sign in, the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user account signed in to. For a network sign in, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the computer hosting the resource. 
 The following events are included:  
 - Successful sign in attempts.
 - Failed sign in attempts.
-- sign in attempts using explicit credentials. This event is generated when a process attempts to sign in an account by explicitly specifying that account’s credentials. This most commonly occurs in batch sign in configurations, such as scheduled tasks or when using the RUNAS command.
+- Sign-in attempts using explicit credentials. This event is generated when a process attempts to sign in an account by explicitly specifying that account’s credentials. This process most commonly occurs in batch sign-in configurations, such as scheduled tasks or when using the RUNAS command.
 - Security identifiers (SIDs) were filtered and not allowed to sign in.
 
 Volume: Low on a client computer. Medium on a domain controller or a network server.
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by RADIUS (IAS) and Network Access Protection (NAP) user access requests. These requests can be Grant, Deny, Discard, Quarantine, Lock, and Unlock.
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated for each IAS and NAP user access request. Success audits record successful user access requests and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy settings, IAS and NAP user access requests are not audited.
+If you don't configure this policy settings, IAS and NAP user access requests aren't audited.
 
 Volume: Medium or High on NPS and IAS server. No volume on other computers.
 
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-The following are the supported values:  
+The following values are the supported values:  
 - 0 (default)—Off/None
 - 1—Success
 - 2—Failure
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by special logons, such as the following:  
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by special sign ins, such as:  
 - The use of a special sign in, which is a sign in that has administrator-equivalent privileges and can be used to elevate a process to a higher level.
 - A sign in by a member of a Special Group. Special Groups enable you to audit events generated when a member of a certain group has logged on to your network. You can configure a list of group security identifiers (SIDs) in the registry. If any of those SIDs are added to a token during sign in and the subcategory is enabled, an event is logged. For more information about this feature, see [Audit Special Logon](/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/audit-special-logon).
 
@@ -814,11 +814,11 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy allows you to audit user and device claims information in the user's sign in token. Events in this subcategory are generated on the computer on which a sign in session is created. For an interactive sign in, the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user logged on to. For a network sign in, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the computer hosting the resource.
+This policy allows you to audit user and device claims information in the user's sign-in token. Events in this subcategory are generated on the computer on which a sign-in session is created. For an interactive sign in, the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user signed in to. For a network sign in, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the computer hosting the resource.
 
-User claims are added to a sign in token when claims are included with a user's account attributes in Active Directory. Device claims are added to the sign in token when claims are included with a device's computer account attributes in Active Directory. In addition, compound identity must be enabled for the domain and on the computer where the user logged on.
+User claims are added to a sign-in token when claims are included with a user's account attributes in Active Directory. Device claims are added to the sign-in token when claims are included with a device's computer account attributes in Active Directory. In addition, compound identity must be enabled for the domain and on the computer where the user logged on.
 
-When this setting is configured, one or more security audit events are generated for each successful sign in. You must also enable the Audit Logon setting under Advanced Audit Policy Configuration\System Audit Policies\Logon/Logoff. Multiple events are generated if the user and device claims information cannot fit in a single security audit event.
+When this setting is configured, one or more security audit events are generated for each successful sign in. You must also enable the Audit Logon setting under Advanced Audit Policy Configuration\System Audit Policies\Logon/Logoff. Multiple events are generated if the user and device claims information can't fit in a single security audit event.
 
 Volume: Low on a client computer. Medium on a domain controller or a network server.
 
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by validation tests on user account sign in credentials.
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by validation tests on user account sign-in credentials.
 
 Events in this subcategory occur only on the computer that is authoritative for those credentials. For domain accounts, the domain controller is authoritative. For local accounts, the local computer is authoritative.
 
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by Kerberos authentication ticket-granting ticket (TGT) requests.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated after a Kerberos authentication TGT request. Success audits record successful requests and Failure audits record unsuccessful requests.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated after a Kerberos authentication TGT request.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated after a Kerberos authentication TGT request.
 
 Volume: High on Kerberos Key Distribution Center servers.
 
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by Kerberos authentication ticket-granting ticket (TGT) requests submitted for user accounts.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated after a Kerberos authentication TGT is requested for a user account. Success audits record successful requests and Failure audits record unsuccessful requests.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated after a Kerberos authentication TGT is request for a user account.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated after a Kerberos authentication TGT is request for a user account.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by responses to credential requests submitted for a user account sign in that are not credential validation or Kerberos tickets.
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by responses to credential requests submitted for a user account sign in that aren't credential validation or Kerberos tickets.
 
 Currently, there are no events in this subcategory.
 
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to applicati
 - Member is added or removed from an application group.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to change an application group is made. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an application group changes.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an application group changes.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to computer accounts such as when a computer account is created, changed, or deleted.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to change a computer account is made. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a computer account changes.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a computer account changes.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to distribut
 - Distribution group type is changed.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to change a distribution group is made. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a distribution group changes.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a distribution group changes.
 
 > [!Note]
 > Events in this subcategory are logged only on domain controllers.
@@ -1284,15 +1284,15 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by other user account changes that are not covered in this category as follows:  
-- The password hash of a user account was accessed. This typically happens during an Active Directory Management Tool password migration.
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by other user account changes that aren't covered in this category, such as:  
+- The password hash of a user account was accessed. This change happens during an Active Directory Management Tool password migration.
 - The Password Policy Checking API was called. Calls to this function can be part of an attack when a malicious application tests the policy to reduce the number of attempts during a password dictionary attack.
 - Changes to the Default Domain Group Policy under the following Group Policy paths:
 Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Account Policies\Password Policy
 Computer Configuration\Windows Settings\Security Settings\Account Policies\Account Lockout Policy.
 
 > [!Note]
-> The security audit event is logged when the policy setting is applied. It does not occur at the time when the settings are modified.
+> The security audit event is logged when the policy setting is applied. It doesn't occur at the time when the settings are modified.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -1347,13 +1347,13 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to security groups, such as the following:  
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to security groups, such as:  
 - Security group is created, changed, or deleted.
 - Member is added or removed from a security group.
 - Group type is changed.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to change a security group is made. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a security group changes.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a security group changes.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ The events included are as follows:
 - Credential Manager credentials are backed up or restored.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to change a user account is made. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts. 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a user account changes.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a user account changes.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -1595,10 +1595,10 @@ When possible, events logged in this subcategory indicate the old and new values
 Events in this subcategory are logged only on domain controllers, and only objects in AD DS with a matching system access control list (SACL) are logged.
 
 > [!Note]
-> Actions on some objects and properties do not cause audit events to be generated due to settings on the object class in the schema.
+> Actions on some objects and properties don't cause audit events to be generated due to settings on the object class in the schema.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to change an object in AD DS is made. Success audits record successful attempts, however unsuccessful attempts are NOT recorded.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an attempt to change an object in AD DS object is made.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an attempt to change an object in AD DS object is made.
 
 Volume: High on domain controllers only.
 
@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit replication between two Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) domain controllers.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated during AD DS replication. Success audits record successful replication and Failure audits record unsuccessful replication.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated during AD DS replication.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated during AD DS replication.
 
 >[!Note]
 > Events in this subcategory are logged only on domain controllers.
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated when encryption or decryption requests are made to the Data Protection application interface (DPAPI). DPAPI is used to protect secret information such as stored password and key information. For more information about DPAPI, see https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=121720.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an encryption or decryption request is made to DPAPI. Success audits record successful requests and Failure audits record unsuccessful requests.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an encryption or decryption request is made to DPAPI.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an encryption or decryption request is made to DPAPI.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit when plug and play detects an external device.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated whenever plug and play detects an external device. Only Success audits are recorded for this category.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an external device is detected by plug and play.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an external device is detected by plug and play.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated when a process is created or starts. The name of the application or user that created the process is also audited.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when a process is created. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a process is created.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a process is created.
 
 Volume: Depends on how the computer is used.
 
@@ -1888,7 +1888,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated when a process ends. 
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when a process ends. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a process ends.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a process ends.
 
 Volume: Depends on how the computer is used.
 
@@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit inbound remote procedure call (RPC) connections.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when a remote RPC connection is attempted. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a remote RPC connection is attempted.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a remote RPC connection is attempted.
 
 Volume: High on RPC servers.
 
@@ -2115,11 +2115,11 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 This policy setting allows you to audit access requests where the permission granted or denied by a proposed policy differs from the current central access policy on an object.
 
-If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated each time a user accesses an object and the permission granted by the current central access policy on the object differs from that granted by the proposed policy. The resulting audit event will be generated as follows:  
+If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated each time a user accesses an object and the permission granted by the current central access policy on the object differs from that of the permission granted by the proposed policy. The resulting audit event will be generated as follows:  
 1. Success audits, when configured, records access attempts when the current central access policy grants access but the proposed policy denies access.
 2. Failure audits when configured records access attempts when:  
-   - The current central access policy does not grant access but the proposed policy grants access.
-   - A principal requests the maximum access rights they are allowed and the access rights granted by the current central access policy are different than the access rights granted by the proposed policy.
+   - The current central access policy doesn't grant access but the proposed policy grants access.
+   - A principal requests the maximum access rights they're allowed and the access rights granted by the current central access policy are different than the access rights granted by the proposed policy.
 
 Volume: Potentially high on a file server when the proposed policy differs significantly from the current central access policy.
 
@@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 This policy setting allows you to audit Active Directory Certificate Services (AD CS) operations.
-AD CS operations include the following:  
+AD CS operations include:  
 
 - AD CS startup/shutdown/backup/restore.
 - Changes to the certificate revocation list (CRL).
@@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit user attempts to access file system objects. A security audit event is generated only for objects that have system access control lists (SACL) specified, and only if the type of access requested, such as Write, Read, or Modify and the account making the request match the settings in the SACL. For more information about enabling object access auditing, see [Apply a basic audit policy on a file or folder](/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/apply-a-basic-audit-policy-on-a-file-or-folder).
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated each time an account accesses a file system object with a matching SACL. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an account accesses a file system object with a matching SACL.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an account accesses a file system object with a matching SACL.
 
 > [!Note]
 > You can set a SACL on a file system object using the Security tab in that object's Properties dialog box.
@@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ The following events are included:
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when connections are allowed or blocked by the WFP. Success audits record events generated when connections are allowed and Failure audits record events generated when connections are blocked.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when connected are allowed or blocked by the WFP.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when connected are allowed or blocked by the WFP.
 
 Volume: High.
 
@@ -2551,10 +2551,10 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated when a handle to an object is opened or closed. Only objects with a matching system access control list (SACL) generate security audit events.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when a handle is manipulated. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a handle is manipulated.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a handle is manipulated.
 
 > [!Note]
-> Events in this subcategory generate events only for object types where the corresponding Object Access subcategory is enabled. For example, if File system object access is enabled, handle manipulation security audit events are generated. If Registry object access is not enabled, handle manipulation security audit events will not be generated.
+> Events in this subcategory generate events only for object types where the corresponding Object Access subcategory is enabled. For example, if File system object access is enabled, handle manipulation security audit events are generated. If Registry object access isn't enabled, handle manipulation security audit events will not be generated.
 
 Volume: Depends on how SACLs are configured.
 
@@ -2734,7 +2734,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 This policy setting allows you to audit attempts to access registry objects. A security audit event is generated only for objects that have system access control lists (SACLs) specified, and only if the type of access requested, such as Read, Write, or Modify, and the account making the request match the settings in the SACL.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated each time an account accesses a registry object with a matching SACL. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an account accesses a registry object with a matching SACL.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an account accesses a registry object with a matching SACL.
 
 > [!Note]
 > You can set a SACL on a registry object using the Permissions dialog box.
@@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to audit user attempts to access file system obje
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated each time an account accesses a file system object on a removable storage. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an account accesses a file system object on a removable storage.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an account accesses a file system object on a removable storage.
 
 
 
@@ -2849,20 +2849,20 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by attempts to access to Security Accounts Manager (SAM) objects.
-SAM objects include the following:  
+SAM objects include:  
 - SAM_ALIAS -- A local group.
-- SAM_GROUP -- A group that is not a local group.
+- SAM_GROUP -- A group that isn't a local group.
 - SAM_USER – A user account.
 - SAM_DOMAIN – A domain.
 - SAM_SERVER – A computer account.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to access a kernel object is made. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an attempt to access a kernel object is made.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an attempt to access a kernel object is made.
 
 > [!Note]
 > Only the System Access Control List (SACL) for SAM_SERVER can be modified.
 
-Volume: High on domain controllers. For information about reducing the amount of events generated in this subcategory, see [article 841001 in the Microsoft Knowledge Base](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=121698).
+Volume: High on domain controllers. For information about reducing the number of events generated in this subcategory, see [article 841001 in the Microsoft Knowledge Base](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=121698).
 
 
 
@@ -2915,7 +2915,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to the authentication policy, such as the following:  
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to the authentication policy, such as:  
 - Creation of forest and domain trusts.
 - Modification of forest and domain trusts.
 - Removal of forest and domain trusts.
@@ -2929,10 +2929,10 @@ This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to the authe
 - Namespace collision. For example, when a new trust has the same name as an existing namespace name.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to change the authentication policy is made. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when the authentication policy is changed.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when the authentication policy is changed.
 
 > [!Note]
-> The security audit event is logged when the group policy is applied. It does not occur at the time when the settings are modified.
+> The security audit event is logged when the group policy is applied. It doesn't occur at the time when the settings are modified.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -2987,15 +2987,15 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to the authorization policy, such as the following:  
-- Assignment of user rights (privileges), such as SeCreateTokenPrivilege, that are not audited through the “Authentication Policy Change” subcategory.
-- Removal of user rights (privileges), such as SeCreateTokenPrivilege, that are not audited through the “Authentication Policy Change” subcategory.
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to the authorization policy, such as:  
+- Assignment of user rights (privileges), such as SeCreateTokenPrivilege, that aren't audited through the “Authentication Policy Change” subcategory.
+- Removal of user rights (privileges), such as SeCreateTokenPrivilege, that aren't audited through the “Authentication Policy Change” subcategory.
 - Changes in the Encrypted File System (EFS) policy.
 - Changes to the Resource attributes of an object.
 - Changes to the Central Access Policy (CAP) applied to an object.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt to change the authorization policy is made. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when the authorization policy changes.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when the authorization policy changes.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -3050,14 +3050,14 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to the Windows Filtering Platform (WFP), such as the following: 
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to the Windows Filtering Platform (WFP), such as: 
 - IPsec services status.
 - Changes to IPsec policy settings.
 - Changes to Windows Firewall policy settings.
 - Changes to WFP providers and engine.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when a change to the WFP is attempted. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a change occurs to the WFP.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a change occurs to the WFP.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes in policy rules used by the Microsoft Protection Service (MPSSVC). This service is used by Windows Firewall. 
-Events include the following:  
+Events include:  
 - Reporting of active policies when Windows Firewall service starts.
 - Changes to Windows Firewall rules.
 - Changes to Windows Firewall exception list.
@@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ Events include the following:
 - Changes to Windows Firewall Group Policy settings.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated by attempts to change policy rules used by the MPSSVC. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated by changes in policy rules used by the MPSSVC.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated by changes in policy rules used by the MPSSVC.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -3177,7 +3177,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by other security policy changes that are not audited in the policy change category, such as the following:  
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by other security policy changes that aren't audited in the policy change category, such as:  
 - Trusted Platform Module (TPM) configuration changes.
 - Kernel-mode cryptographic self tests.
 - Cryptographic provider operations.
@@ -3238,7 +3238,7 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit changes in the security audit policy settings, such as the following:  
+This policy setting allows you to audit changes in the security audit policy settings, such as:  
 - Settings permissions and audit settings on the Audit Policy object.
 - Changes to the system audit policy.
 - Registration of security event sources.
@@ -3310,8 +3310,8 @@ The following privileges are non-sensitive:
 - Access this computer from the network.
 - Add workstations to domain.
 - Adjust memory quotas for a process.
-- Allow log on locally.
-- Allow log on through Terminal Services.
+- Allow Logon Locally.
+- Allow Logon Through Terminal Services.
 - Bypass traverse checking.
 - Change the system time.
 - Create a pagefile.
@@ -3338,7 +3338,7 @@ The following privileges are non-sensitive:
 - Synchronize directory service data.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when a non-sensitive privilege is called. Success audits record successful calls and Failure audits record unsuccessful calls.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a non-sensitive privilege is called.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when a non-sensitive privilege is called.
 
 Volume: Very High.
 
@@ -3445,9 +3445,9 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated when sensitive privileges (user rights) are used, such as the following:  
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated when sensitive privileges (user rights) are used, such as:  
 - A privileged service is called.
-- One of the following privileges are called:  
+- One of the following privileges is called:  
     - Act as part of the operating system.
     - Back up files and directories.
     - Create a token object.
@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to audit events generated when sensitive privileg
     - Take ownership of files or other objects.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when sensitive privilege requests are made. Success audits record successful requests and Failure audits record unsuccessful requests.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when sensitive privilege requests are made.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when sensitive privilege requests are made.
 
 Volume: High.
 
@@ -3517,16 +3517,16 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by the IPsec filter driver, such as the following:  
+This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by the IPsec filter driver, such as:  
 - Startup and shutdown of the IPsec services.
 - Network packets dropped due to integrity check failure.
 - Network packets dropped due to replay check failure.
 - Network packets dropped due to being in plaintext.
-- Network packets received with incorrect Security Parameter Index (SPI). This may indicate that either the network card is not working correctly or the driver needs to be updated.
+- Network packets received with incorrect Security Parameter Index (SPI). This incorrect value may indicate that either the network card isn't working correctly or the driver needs to be updated.
 - Inability to process IPsec filters.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated on an IPsec filter driver operation. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated on an IPSec filter driver operation.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated on an IPSec filter driver operation.
 
 Volume: Low.
 
@@ -3698,11 +3698,11 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 This policy setting allows you to audit events related to security system extensions or services, such as the following:  
-- A security system extension, such as an authentication, notification, or security package is loaded and is registered with the Local Security Authority (LSA). It is used to authenticate logon attempts, submit logon requests, and any account or password changes. Examples of security system extensions are Kerberos and NTLM.
+- A security system extension, such as an authentication, notification, or security package is loaded and is registered with the Local Security Authority (LSA). It's used to authenticate sign-in attempts, submit sign-in requests, and any account or password changes. Examples of security system extensions are Kerberos and NTLM.
 - A service is installed and registered with the Service Control Manager. The audit log contains information about the service name, binary, type, start type, and service account.
 
 If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated when an attempt is made to load a security system extension. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an attempt is made to load a security system extension.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an attempt is made to load a security system extension.
 
 Volume: Low. Security system extension events are generated more often on a domain controller than on client computers or member servers.
 
@@ -3757,11 +3757,11 @@ The following are the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to audit events that violate the integrity of the security subsystem, such as the following:  
-- Events that could not be written to the event log because of a problem with the auditing system.
-- A process that uses a local procedure call (LPC) port that is not valid in an attempt to impersonate a client by replying, reading, or writing to or from a client address space.
+This policy setting allows you to audit events that violate the integrity of the security subsystem, such as:  
+- Events that couldn't be written to the event log because of a problem with the auditing system.
+- A process that uses a local procedure call (LPC) port that isn't valid in an attempt to impersonate a client by replying, reading, or writing to or from a client address space.
 - The detection of a Remote Procedure Call (RPC) that compromises system integrity.
-- The detection of a hash value of an executable file that is not valid as determined by Code Integrity.
+- The detection of a hash value of an executable file that isn't valid as determined by Code Integrity.
 - Cryptographic operations that compromise system integrity.
 
 Volume: Low.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication.md
index 0073243468..f1263416b4 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-authentication.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - Authentication
-description: The Policy CSP - Authentication setting allows the Azure AD tenant administrators to enable self service password reset feature on the Windows sign in screen.
+description: The Policy CSP - Authentication setting allows the Azure AD tenant administrators to enable self service password reset feature on the Windows sign-in screen.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-Specifies whether password reset is enabled for Azure Active Directory accounts. This policy allows the Azure AD tenant administrators to enable self service password reset feature on the windows logon screen.
+Specifies whether password reset is enabled for Azure Active Directory accounts. This policy allows the Azure AD tenant administrators to enable self service password reset feature on the Windows logon screen.
 
 
 
@@ -212,14 +212,14 @@ Supported in the next release. Specifies whether Fast Identity Online (FIDO) dev
 
 Value type is integer.
 
-Here is an example scenario: At Contoso, there are a lot of shared devices and kiosks that employees throughout the day using as many as 20 different devices. To minimize the loss in productivity when employees have to login with username and password every time they pick up a device, the IT admin deploys SharePC CSP and Authentication/AllowFidoDeviceSignon policy to shared devices. The IT admin provisions and distributes FIDO 2.0 devices to employees, which allows them to authenticate to various shared devices and PCs.
+Here's an example scenario: At Contoso, there are many shared devices and kiosks that employees use throughout the day, for example, employees use as many as 20 different devices. To minimize the loss in productivity when employees have to sign in with username and password every time they pick up a device, the IT admin deploys SharePC CSP and Authentication/AllowFidoDeviceSignon policy to shared devices. The IT admin provisions and distributes FIDO 2.0 devices to employees, which allows them to authenticate to various shared devices and PCs.
 
 
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 - Do not allow. The FIDO device credential provider disabled. 
--   1 - Allow. The FIDO device credential provider is enabled and allows usage of FIDO devices to sign into an Windows.
+-   0 - Don't allow. The FIDO device credential provider disabled.
+-   1 - Allow. The FIDO device credential provider is enabled and allows usage of FIDO devices to sign in to Windows.
 
 
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Allows secondary authentication devices to work with Windows.
 
 The default for this policy must be on for consumer devices (defined as local or Microsoft account connected device) and off for enterprise devices (such as cloud domain-joined, cloud domain-joined in an on-premises only environment, cloud domain-joined in a hybrid environment, and BYOD).
 
-In the next major release of Windows 10, the default for this policy for consumer devices will be changed to off. This will only affect users that have not already set up a secondary authentication device.
+In the next major release of Windows 10, the default for this policy for consumer devices will be changed to off. This change will only affect users that have not already set up a secondary authentication device.
 
 
 
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ Value type is integer. Supported values:
 
 - 0 - (default) The feature defaults to the existing SKU and device capabilities.
 - 1 - Enabled. Auto connect new non-admin Azure AD accounts to pre-configured candidate local accounts
-- 2 - Disabled. Do not auto connect new non-admin Azure AD accounts to pre-configured local accounts
+- 2 - Disabled. Don't auto connect new non-admin Azure AD accounts to pre-configured local accounts
 
 
 
@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ Value type is integer. Supported values:
 Value type is integer. Supported values:
 
 - 0 - (default) The feature defaults to the existing SKU and device capabilities.
-- 1 - Enabled. Web Credential Provider will be enabled for Sign In
-- 2 - Disabled. Web Credential Provider will not be enabled for Sign In
+- 1 - Enabled. Web Credential Provider will be enabled for a sign in.
+- 2 - Disabled. Web Credential Provider won't be enabled for a sign in.
 
 
 
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ Value type is integer. Supported values:
 
 Specifies the preferred domain among available domains in the Azure AD tenant.
 
-Example: If your organization is using the "@contoso.com" tenant domain name, the policy value should be "contoso.com". For the user "abby@constoso.com", she would then be able to sign in using "abby" in the username field instead of "abby@contoso.com".
+Example: If your organization is using the "@contoso.com" tenant domain name, the policy value should be "contoso.com". For the user "abby@constoso.com", a sign in is done using "abby" in the username field instead of "abby@contoso.com".
 
 
 Value type is string.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-autoplay.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-autoplay.md
index 9efb1181a2..365d7cf732 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-autoplay.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-autoplay.md
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting disallows AutoPlay for MTP devices like cameras or phones.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, AutoPlay is not allowed for MTP devices like cameras or phones.
+If you enable this policy setting, AutoPlay isn't allowed for MTP devices like cameras or phones.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, AutoPlay is enabled for non-volume devices.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, AutoPlay is enabled for non-volume devices.
 
 
 
@@ -121,11 +121,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting sets the default behavior for Autorun commands.
 
-Autorun commands are generally stored in autorun.inf files. They often launch the installation program or other routines.
+Autorun commands are stored in autorun.inf files. They often launch the installation program or other routines.
 
 Prior to Windows Vista, when media containing an autorun command is inserted, the system will automatically execute the program without user intervention.
 
-This creates a major security concern as code may be executed without user's knowledge. The default behavior starting with Windows Vista is to prompt the user whether autorun command is to be run. The autorun command is represented as a handler in the Autoplay dialog.
+This automatic execution creates a major security concern as code may be executed without user's knowledge. The default behavior starting with Windows Vista is to prompt the user whether autorun command is to be run. The autorun command is represented as a handler in the Autoplay dialog.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, an Administrator can change the default Windows Vista or later behavior for autorun to:
 
@@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ Autoplay begins reading from a drive as soon as you insert media in the drive. A
 
 Prior to Windows XP SP2, Autoplay is disabled by default on removable drives, such as the floppy disk drive (but not the CD-ROM drive), and on network drives.
 
-Starting with Windows XP SP2, Autoplay is enabled for removable drives as well, including Zip drives and some USB mass storage devices.
+With Windows XP SP2 onward, Autoplay is enabled for removable drives as well, including Zip drives and some USB mass storage devices.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Autoplay is disabled on CD-ROM and removable media drives, or disabled on all drives.
 
-This policy setting disables Autoplay on additional types of drives. You cannot use this setting to enable Autoplay on drives on which it is disabled by default.
+This policy setting disables Autoplay on other types of drives. You can't use this setting to enable Autoplay on drives on which it's disabled by default.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, AutoPlay is enabled.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, AutoPlay is enabled.
 
 Note: This policy setting appears in both the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. If the policy settings conflict, the policy setting in Computer Configuration takes precedence over the policy setting in User Configuration.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bitlocker.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bitlocker.md
index 283f6421fa..add5331983 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bitlocker.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bitlocker.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
-title: Policy CSP - Bitlocker
-description: Use the Policy configuration service provider (CSP) - Bitlocker to manage encryption of PCs and devices.
+title: Policy CSP - BitLocker
+description: Use the Policy configuration service provider (CSP) - BitLocker to manage encryption of PCs and devices.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.reviewer:
 manager: dansimp
 ---
 
-# Policy CSP - Bitlocker
+# Policy CSP - BitLocker
 
 
 
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
            
 
 
-## Bitlocker policies  
+## BitLocker policies  
 
 
            
   
            
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bits.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bits.md
index 81ec70c880..7b7b384396 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bits.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bits.md
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ If BITS/BandwidthThrottlingStartTime or BITS/BandwidthThrottlingEndTime are NOT
 
 
 
-This policy specifies the bandwidth throttling **end time** that Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) uses for background transfers. This policy setting does not affect foreground transfers. This policy is based on the 24-hour clock.
+This policy specifies the bandwidth throttling **end time** that Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) uses for background transfers. This policy setting doesn't affect foreground transfers. This policy is based on the 24-hour clock.
 
 Value type is integer. Default value is 17 (5 PM).
 
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ You can specify a limit to use during a specific time interval and at all other
 
 Using the three policies together (BandwidthThrottlingStartTime, BandwidthThrottlingEndTime, BandwidthThrottlingTransferRate), BITS will limit its bandwidth usage to the specified values. You can specify the limit in kilobits per second (Kbps). If you specify a value less than 2 kilobits, BITS will continue to use approximately 2 kilobits. To prevent BITS transfers from occurring, specify a limit of 0.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, BITS uses all available unused bandwidth.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, BITS uses all available unused bandwidth.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> You should base the limit on the speed of the network link, not the computer's network interface card (NIC). This policy setting does not affect peer caching transfers between peer computers (it does affect transfers from the origin server); the "Limit the maximum network bandwidth used for Peercaching" policy setting should be used for that purpose.
+> You should base the limit on the speed of the network link, not the computer's network interface card (NIC). This policy setting doesn't affect peer caching transfers between peer computers (it does affect transfers from the origin server); the "Limit the maximum network bandwidth used for Peercaching" policy setting should be used for that purpose.
 
 Consider using this setting to prevent BITS transfers from competing for network bandwidth when the client computer has a fast network card (10Mbs), but is connected to the network via a slow link (56Kbs).
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy specifies the bandwidth throttling **start time** that Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) uses for background transfers. This policy setting does not affect foreground transfers. This policy is based on the 24-hour clock.
+This policy specifies the bandwidth throttling **start time** that Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) uses for background transfers. This policy setting doesn't affect foreground transfers. This policy is based on the 24-hour clock.
 
 Value type is integer. Default value is 8 (8 am).
 
@@ -152,12 +152,12 @@ Supported value range: 0 - 23
 
 You can specify a limit to use during a specific time interval and at all other times. For example, limit the use of network bandwidth to 10 Kbps from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., and use all available unused bandwidth the rest of the day's hours.
 
-Using the three policies together (BandwidthThrottlingStartTime, BandwidthThrottlingEndTime, BandwidthThrottlingTransferRate), BITS will limit its bandwidth usage to the specified values. You can specify the limit in kilobits per second (Kbps). If you specify a value less than 2 kilobits, BITS will continue to use approximately 2 kilobits. To prevent BITS transfers from occurring, specify a limit of 0.
+BITS, by using the three policies together (BandwidthThrottlingStartTime, BandwidthThrottlingEndTime, BandwidthThrottlingTransferRate), will limit its bandwidth usage to the specified values. You can specify the limit in kilobits per second (Kbps). If you specify a value less than 2 kilobits, BITS will continue to use approximately 2 kilobits. To prevent BITS transfers from occurring, specify a limit of 0.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, BITS uses all available unused bandwidth.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, BITS uses all available unused bandwidth.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> You should base the limit on the speed of the network link, not the computer's network interface card (NIC). This policy setting does not affect peer caching transfers between peer computers (it does affect transfers from the origin server); the "Limit the maximum network bandwidth used for Peercaching" policy setting should be used for that purpose.
+> You should base the limit on the speed of the network link, not the computer's network interface card (NIC). This policy setting doesn't affect peer caching transfers between peer computers (it does affect transfers from the origin server); the "Limit the maximum network bandwidth used for Peercaching" policy setting should be used for that purpose.
 
 Consider using this setting to prevent BITS transfers from competing for network bandwidth when the client computer has a fast network card (10Mbs), but is connected to the network via a slow link (56Kbs).
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy specifies the bandwidth throttling **transfer rate** in kilobits per second (Kbps) that Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) uses for background transfers. This policy setting does not affect foreground transfers.
+This policy specifies the bandwidth throttling **transfer rate** in kilobits per second (Kbps) that Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) uses for background transfers. This policy setting doesn't affect foreground transfers.
 
 Value type is integer. Default value is 1000.
 
@@ -218,12 +218,12 @@ Supported value range: 0 - 4294967200
 
 You can specify a limit to use during a specific time interval and at all other times. For example, limit the use of network bandwidth to 10 Kbps from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M., and use all available unused bandwidth the rest of the day's hours.
 
-Using the three policies together (BandwidthThrottlingStartTime, BandwidthThrottlingEndTime, BandwidthThrottlingTransferRate), BITS will limit its bandwidth usage to the specified values. You can specify the limit in kilobits per second (Kbps). If you specify a value less than 2 kilobits, BITS will continue to use approximately 2 kilobits. To prevent BITS transfers from occurring, specify a limit of 0.
+BITS, by using the three policies together (BandwidthThrottlingStartTime, BandwidthThrottlingEndTime, BandwidthThrottlingTransferRate), will limit its bandwidth usage to the specified values. You can specify the limit in kilobits per second (Kbps). If you specify a value less than 2 kilobits, BITS will continue to use approximately 2 kilobits. To prevent BITS transfers from occurring, specify a limit of 0.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, BITS uses all available unused bandwidth.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, BITS uses all available unused bandwidth.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> You should base the limit on the speed of the network link, not the computer's network interface card (NIC). This policy setting does not affect peer caching transfers between peer computers (it does affect transfers from the origin server); the "Limit the maximum network bandwidth used for Peercaching" policy setting should be used for that purpose.
+> You should base the limit on the speed of the network link, not the computer's network interface card (NIC). This policy setting doesn't affect peer caching transfers between peer computers (it does affect transfers from the origin server); the "Limit the maximum network bandwidth used for Peercaching" policy setting should be used for that purpose.
 
 Consider using this setting to prevent BITS transfers from competing for network bandwidth when the client computer has a fast network card (10Mbs), but is connected to the network via a slow link (56Kbs).
 
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting defines the default behavior that the Background Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) uses for background transfers when the system is connected to a costed network (3G, etc.). Download behavior policies further limit the network usage of background transfers.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can define a default download policy for each BITS job priority. This setting does not override a download policy explicitly configured by the application that created the BITS job, but does apply to jobs that are created by specifying only a priority.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can define a default download policy for each BITS job priority. This setting doesn't override a download policy explicitly configured by the application that created the BITS job, but does apply to jobs that are created by specifying only a priority.
 
 For example, you can specify that background jobs are by default to transfer only when on uncosted network connections, but foreground jobs should proceed only when not roaming. The values that can be assigned are:
 -  1 -    Always transfer
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting defines the default behavior that the foreground Intelligent Transfer Service (BITS) uses for foreground transfers when the system is connected to a costed network (3G, etc.). Download behavior policies further limit the network usage of foreground transfers.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can define a default download policy for each BITS job priority. This setting does not override a download policy explicitly configured by the application that created the BITS job, but does apply to jobs that are created by specifying only a priority.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can define a default download policy for each BITS job priority. This setting doesn't override a download policy explicitly configured by the application that created the BITS job, but does apply to jobs that are created by specifying only a priority.
 
 For example, you can specify that foreground jobs are by default to transfer only when on uncosted network connections, but foreground jobs should proceed only when not roaming. The values that can be assigned are:
 -  1 -    Always transfer
@@ -406,9 +406,9 @@ Value type is integer. Default is 90 days.
 Supported values range: 0 - 999
 
 Consider increasing the timeout value if computers tend to stay offline for a long period of time and still have pending jobs. 
-Consider decreasing this value if you are concerned about orphaned jobs occupying disk space.
+Consider decreasing this value if you're concerned about orphaned jobs occupying disk space.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default value of 90 (days) will be used for the inactive job timeout.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default value of 90 (days) will be used for the inactive job timeout.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bluetooth.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bluetooth.md
index 025122b10d..a27b8b0f61 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bluetooth.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-bluetooth.md
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 Specifies whether the device can send out Bluetooth advertisements.
 
-If this is not set or it is deleted, the default value of 1 (Allow) is used.
+If this policy isn't set or is deleted, the default value of 1 (Allow) is used.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Most restricted value is 0.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – Not allowed. When set to 0, the device will not send out advertisements. To verify, use any Bluetooth LE app and enable it to do advertising. Then, verify that the advertisement is not received by the peripheral.
+-   0 – Not allowed. When set to 0, the device won't send out advertisements. To verify, use any Bluetooth LE app and enable it to do advertising. Then, verify that the advertisement isn't received by the peripheral.
 -   1 (default) – Allowed. When set to 1, the device will send out advertisements. To verify, use any Bluetooth LE app and enable it to do advertising. Then, verify that the advertisement is received by the peripheral.
 
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Specifies whether other Bluetooth-enabled devices can discover the device.
 
-If this is not set or it is deleted, the default value of 1 (Allow) is used.
+If this policy isn't set or is deleted, the default value of 1 (Allow) is used.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Most restricted value is 0.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – Not allowed. When set to 0, other devices will not be able to detect the device. To verify, open the Bluetooth control panel on the device. Then, go to another Bluetooth-enabled device, open the Bluetooth control panel, and verify that you cannot see the name of the device.
+-   0 – Not allowed. When set to 0, other devices won't be able to detect the device. To verify, open the Bluetooth control panel on the device. Then, go to another Bluetooth-enabled device, open the Bluetooth control panel, and verify that you can't see the name of the device.
 -   1 (default) – Allowed. When set to 1, other devices will be able to detect the device. To verify, open the Bluetooth control panel on the device. Then, go to another Bluetooth-enabled device, open the Bluetooth control panel and verify that you can discover it.
 
 
@@ -247,9 +247,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Sets the local Bluetooth device name.
 
-If this is set, the value that it is set to will be used as the Bluetooth device name. To verify the policy is set, open the Bluetooth control panel on the device. Then, go to another Bluetooth-enabled device, open the Bluetooth control panel, and verify that the value that was specified.
+If this name is set, the value that it's set to will be used as the Bluetooth device name. To verify the policy is set, open the Bluetooth control panel on the device. Then, go to another Bluetooth-enabled device, open the Bluetooth control panel, and verify that the value that was specified.
 
-If this policy is not set or it is deleted, the default local radio name is used.
+If this policy isn't set or is deleted, the default local radio name is used.
 
 
 
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 - 0 (default) - All Bluetooth traffic is allowed.
 - N - A number from 1 through 16 representing the bytes that must be used in the encryption process. Currently, 16 is the largest allowed value for N and 16 bytes is the largest key size that Bluetooth supports. If you want to enforce Windows to always use Bluetooth encryption, ignoring the precise encryption key strength, use 1 as the value for N.
 
-For more information on allowed key sizes, refer to Bluetooth Core Specification v5.1.
+For more information on allowed key sizes, see Bluetooth Core Specification v5.1.
 
 
 
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ For more information on allowed key sizes, refer to Bluetooth Core Specification
 
 ## ServicesAllowedList usage guide
 
-When the Bluetooth/ServicesAllowedList policy is provisioned, it will only allow pairing and connections of Windows PCs and phones to explicitly defined Bluetooth profiles and services. It is an allowed list, enabling admins to still allow custom Bluetooth profiles that are not defined by the Bluetooth Special Interests Group (SIG).
+When the Bluetooth/ServicesAllowedList policy is provisioned, it will only allow pairing and connections of Windows PCs and phones to explicitly defined Bluetooth profiles and services. It's an allowed list, enabling admins to still allow custom Bluetooth profiles that aren't defined by the Bluetooth Special Interests Group (SIG).
 
 - Disabling a service shall block incoming and outgoing connections for such services
 - Disabling a service shall not publish an SDP record containing the service being blocked
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Hands Free Profile UUID = base UUID + 0x111E to the beginning = 0000**111E**-000
 |Headset Service Class|For older voice-enabled headsets|0x1108|
 |PnP Information|Used to identify devices occasionally|0x1200|
 
-This means that if you only want Bluetooth headsets, the UUIDs to include are:
+If you only want Bluetooth headsets, the UUIDs to include are:
 
 {0000111E-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB};{00001203-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB};{00001108-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB};{00001200-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB}
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser.md
index cbf9ef190b..f79953d5ee 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-browser.md
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ To verify AllowAutofill is set to 0 (not allowed):
 
 1.  Open Microsoft Edge.
 2.  In the upper-right corner of the browser, click **…**.
-3.  Click **Settings** in the drop down list, and select **View Advanced Settings**.
+3.  Click **Settings** in the dropdown list, and select **View Advanced Settings**.
 4.  Verify the setting **Save form entries** is grayed out.
 
 
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ To verify AllowCookies is set to 0 (not allowed):
 
 1.  Open Microsoft Edge.
 2.  In the upper-right corner of the browser, click **…**.
-3.  Click **Settings** in the drop down list, and select **View Advanced Settings**.
+3.  Click **Settings** in the dropdown list, and select **View Advanced Settings**.
 4.  Verify the setting **Cookies** is disabled.
 
 
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Supported values:
 
-- Blank (default) - Do not send tracking information but let users choose to send tracking information to sites they visit.
+- Blank (default) - Don't send tracking information but let users choose to send tracking information to sites they visit.
 - 0 - Never send tracking information.
 - 1 - Send tracking information.
 
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ To verify AllowDoNotTrack is set to 0 (not allowed):
 
 1.  Open Microsoft Edge.
 2.  In the upper-right corner of the browser, click **…**.
-3.  Click **Settings** in the drop down list, and select **View Advanced Settings**.
+3.  Click **Settings** in the dropdown list, and select **View Advanced Settings**.
 4.  Verify the setting **Send Do Not Track requests** is grayed out.
 
 
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 Supported values:
 
 -   0 – Load and run Adobe Flash content automatically.
--   1 (default) – Does not load or run Adobe Flash content automatically. Requires action from the user.
+-   1 (default) – Doesn't load or run Adobe Flash content automatically. Requires action from the user.
 
 Most restricted value: 1
 
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ Most restricted value: 1
 To verify AllowPopups is set to 0 (not allowed):
 
 1. Click or tap **More** (…) and select **Settings** > **View Advanced settings**.
-2.  Verify the setting **Block pop-ups** is disabled.
+2.  Verify whether the setting **Block pop-ups** is disabled.
 
 
 
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Supported values:
 
-- 0 - Prevented/not allowed. Disabling does not prevent sideloading of extensions using Add-AppxPackage via PowerShell. To prevent this, set the **ApplicationManagement/AllowDeveloperUnlock** policy to 1 (enabled).
+- 0 - Prevented/not allowed. Disabling doesn't prevent sideloading of extensions using Add-AppxPackage via PowerShell. To prevent this sideloading, set the **ApplicationManagement/AllowDeveloperUnlock** policy to 1 (enabled).
 - 1 (default) - Allowed.
 
 Most restricted value: 0
@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 Supported values:
 
 - Blank - Users can choose to use Windows Defender SmartScreen.
-- 0 – Turned off. Do not protect users from potential threats and prevent users from turning it on.
+- 0 – Turned off. Don't protect users from potential threats and prevent users from turning it on.
 - 1 (default) – Turned on. Protect users from potential threats and prevent users from turning it off.
 
 Most restricted value: 1
@@ -1624,12 +1624,12 @@ Most restricted value: 1
 
 
 
-To verify that browsing data is cleared on exit (ClearBrowsingDataOnExit is set to 1): 
+To verify whether browsing data is cleared on exit (ClearBrowsingDataOnExit is set to 1): 
 
 1. Open Microsoft Edge and browse to websites.
 2. Close the Microsoft Edge window.
 3. Open Microsoft Edge and start typing the same URL in address bar. 
-4. Verify that it does not auto-complete from history.
+4. Verify that it doesn't auto-complete from history.
 
 
 
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 Supported values:
 
 -   0 (default) – Prevented/not allowed. Microsoft Edge uses the search engine specified in App settings.
            If you enabled this policy and now want to disable it, disabling removes all previously configured search engines.
--   1 – Allowed. Add up to five additional search engines and set any one of them as the default.
            For each search engine added you must specify a link to the OpenSearch XML file that contains, at a minimum, the short name and URL template (HTTPS) of the search engine. For more information about creating the OpenSearch XML file, see [Search provider discovery](/microsoft-edge/dev-guide/browser/search-provider-discovery).
+-   1 – Allowed. Add up to five more search engines and set any one of them as the default.
            For each search engine added, you must specify a link to the OpenSearch XML file that contains, at a minimum, the short name and URL template (HTTPS) of the search engine. For more information about creating the OpenSearch XML file, see [Search provider discovery](/microsoft-edge/dev-guide/browser/search-provider-discovery).
 
 Most restricted value: 0
 
@@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ Supported values:
 - If it’s one of many apps, Microsoft Edge runs as normal.
 
 **1**: 
-- If it’s a single app, it runs a limited multi-tab version of InPrivate and is the only app available for public browsing. Users can’t minimize, close, or open windows or customize Microsoft Edge, but can clear browsing data and downloads and restart by clicking “End session.” You can configure Microsoft Edge to restart after a period of inactivity by using the “Configure kiosk reset after idle timeout” policy. _**For single-app public browsing:**_ If you do not configure the Configure kiosk reset after idle timeout policy and you enable this policy, Microsoft Edge kiosk resets after 5 minutes of idle time.
+- If it’s a single app, it runs a limited multi-tab version of InPrivate and is the only app available for public browsing. Users can’t minimize, close, or open windows or customize Microsoft Edge, but can clear browsing data and downloads and restart by clicking “End session.” You can configure Microsoft Edge to restart after a period of inactivity by using the “Configure kiosk reset after idle timeout” policy. _**For single-app public browsing:**_ If you don't configure the Configure kiosk reset after idle timeout policy and you enable this policy, Microsoft Edge kiosk resets after 5 minutes of idle time.
 - If it’s one of many apps, it runs in a limited multi-tab version of InPrivate for public browsing with other apps. Users can minimize, close, and open multiple InPrivate windows, but they can’t customize Microsoft Edge.
 
 
@@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ Most restricted value: 0
 [!INCLUDE [disable-lockdown-of-start-pages-shortdesc](../includes/disable-lockdown-of-start-pages-shortdesc.md)]
   
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy has no effect when the Browser/HomePages policy is not configured. 
+> This policy has no effect when the Browser/HomePages policy isn't configured. 
  
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > This setting can be used only with domain-joined or MDM-enrolled devices. For more information, see the [Microsoft browser extension policy](/legal/windows/agreements/microsoft-browser-extension-policy).
@@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Supported values:
 
--   0 (default) - Turned off. Microsoft Edge does not check the Enterprise Mode Site List, and in this case, users might experience problems while using legacy apps.
+-   0 (default) - Turned off. Microsoft Edge doesn't check the Enterprise Mode Site List, and in this case, users might experience problems while using legacy apps.
 -   1 - Turned on. Microsoft Edge checks the Enterprise Mode Site List if configured. If an XML file exists in the cache container, IE11 waits 65 seconds and then checks the local cache for a new version from the server. If the server has a different version, Microsoft Edge uses the server file and stores it in the cache container. If you already use a site list, Enterprise Mode continues to work during the 65 second, but uses the existing file. To add the location to your site list, enter it in the {URI} box.
            For details on how to configure the Enterprise Mode Site List, see [Interoperability and enterprise guidance](/microsoft-edge/deploy/group-policies/interoperability-enterprise-guidance-gp).
 
 
@@ -2312,13 +2312,13 @@ Supported values:
 [!INCLUDE [configure-start-pages-shortdesc](../includes/configure-start-pages-shortdesc.md)]
 
 **Version 1607**
            
-Starting with this version, the HomePages policy enforces that users cannot change the Start pages settings.
+From this version, the HomePages policy enforces that users can't change the Start pages settings.
 
 **Version 1703**
            
 If you don't want to send traffic to Microsoft, use the \ value, which honors both domain and non-domain-joined devices when it's the only configured URL. 
 
 **Version 1809**
            
-When you enable the Configure Open Microsoft Edge With policy and select an option, and you enter the URLs of the pages your want to load as the Start pages in this policy, the Configure Open Microsoft Edge With policy takes precedence, ignoring the HomePages policy. 
+When you enable the Configure Open Microsoft Edge With policy and select an option, and you enter the URLs of the pages you want to load as the Start pages in this policy, the Configure Open Microsoft Edge With policy takes precedence, ignoring the HomePages policy. 
 
 
 > [!NOTE]
@@ -2763,7 +2763,7 @@ Supported values:
 
 - Blank (default) - Allowed. Users can uninstall extensions. If you previously enabled this policy and you decide to disable it, the list of extension PFNs defined in this policy get ignored.
 
-- String - Provide a semi-colon delimited list of extension PFNs. For example, adding the following OneNote Web Clipper extension prevents users from turning it off:
                  _Microsoft.OneNoteWebClipper8wekyb3d8bbwe_
            After defining the list of extensions, you deploy them through any available enterprise deployment channel, such as Microsoft Intune. 
            Removing extensions from the list does not uninstall the extension from the user’s computer automatically. To uninstall the extension, use any available enterprise deployment channel. If you enable the Allow Developer Tools policy, then this policy does not prevent users from debugging and altering the logic on an extension.
+- String - Provide a semi-colon delimited list of extension PFNs. For example, adding the following OneNote Web Clipper extension prevents users from turning it off:
                  _Microsoft.OneNoteWebClipper8wekyb3d8bbwe_
            After defining the list of extensions, you deploy them through any available enterprise deployment channel, such as Microsoft Intune. 
            Removing extensions from the list doesn't uninstall the extension from the user’s computer automatically. To uninstall the extension, use any available enterprise deployment channel. If you enable the Allow Developer Tools policy, then this policy doesn't prevent users from debugging and altering the logic on an extension.
 
 
 
@@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ Define a default list of favorites in Microsoft Edge. In this case, the Save a F
 To define a default list of favorites:
 1. In the upper-right corner of Microsoft Edge, click the ellipses (**...**) and select **Settings**.
 2. Click **Import from another browser**, click **Export to file** and save the file.
-3. In the **Options** section of the Group Policy Editor, provide the location that points the file with the list of favorites to provision. 
            Specify the URL as:
            • HTTP location: "SiteList"=
            • Local network: "SiteList"="\network\shares\URLs.html"
            • Local file: "SiteList"=file:///c:/Users/Documents/URLs.html
            
+3. In the **Options** section of the Group Policy Editor, provide the location that points the file with the list of favorites to provision. 
            Specify the URL as:
            • HTTP location: "SiteList"=``
            • Local network: "SiteList"="\network\shares\URLs.html"
            • Local file: "SiteList"=file:///c:/Users/Documents/URLs.html
            
 
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
@@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 Supported values:
 
 - 0 (default) - All sites, including intranet sites, open in Microsoft Edge automatically.
-- 1 - Only intranet sites open in Internet Explorer 11 automatically.
            Enabling this policy automatically opens all intranet sites in IE11, even if the users have Microsoft Edge as their default browser.
            1. In Group Policy Editor, navigate to:

              **Computer Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\File Explorer\\Set a default associations configuration file** and click **Enable**.
            2. Refresh the policy and then view the affected sites in Microsoft Edge.
              A message displays saying that the page needs to open in IE. At the same time, the page opens in IE11 automatically; in a new frame if it is not yet running, or in a new tab.
            
+- 1 - Only intranet sites open in Internet Explorer 11 automatically.
            Enabling this policy automatically opens all intranet sites in IE11, even if the users have Microsoft Edge as their default browser.
            1. In Group Policy Editor, navigate to:

              **Computer Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\File Explorer\\Set a default associations configuration file** and click **Enable**.
            2. Refresh the policy and then view the affected sites in Microsoft Edge.
              A message displays saying that the page needs to open in IE. At the same time, the page opens in IE11 automatically; in a new frame if it isn't yet running, or in a new tab.
            
 
 Most restricted value: 0
 
@@ -2993,9 +2993,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Supported values:
 
-- Blank (default) - Microsoft Edge uses the default search engine specified in App settings. If you don't configure this policy and disable the [AllowSearchEngineCustomization](#browser-allowsearchenginecustomization) policy, users cannot make changes.
+- Blank (default) - Microsoft Edge uses the default search engine specified in App settings. If you don't configure this policy and disable the [AllowSearchEngineCustomization](#browser-allowsearchenginecustomization) policy, users can't make changes.
 - 0 - Microsoft Edge removes the policy-set search engine and uses the Microsoft Edge specified engine for the market.
-- 1 - Microsoft Edge uses the policy-set search engine specified in the OpenSearch XML file. Users cannot change the default search engine.
            Specify a link to the OpenSearch XML file that contains, at a minimum, the short name and the URL template (HTTPS) of the search engine. For more information about creating the OpenSearch XML file, see [Search provider discovery](/microsoft-edge/dev-guide/browser/search-provider-discovery). Use this format to specify the link you want to add.
            If you want users to use the default Microsoft Edge settings for each market, set the string to **EDGEDEFAULT**.
            If you want users to use Microsoft Bing as the default search engine, then set the string to **EDGEBING**.
+- 1 - Microsoft Edge uses the policy-set search engine specified in the OpenSearch XML file. Users can't change the default search engine.
            Specify a link to the OpenSearch XML file that contains, at a minimum, the short name and the URL template (HTTPS) of the search engine. For more information about creating the OpenSearch XML file, see [Search provider discovery](/microsoft-edge/dev-guide/browser/search-provider-discovery). Use this format to specify the link you want to add.
            If you want users to use the default Microsoft Edge settings for each market, set the string to **EDGEDEFAULT**.
            If you want users to use Microsoft Bing as the default search engine, then set the string to **EDGEBING**.
 
 Most restricted value: 1
 
@@ -3160,9 +3160,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – No additional message displays.
--   1 – Show an additional message stating that a site has opened in IE11.
--   2 - Show an additional message with a "Keep going in Microsoft Edge" link.
+-   0 (default) – No other message displays.
+-   1 – Show another message stating that a site has opened in IE11.
+-   2 - Show another message with a "Keep going in Microsoft Edge" link.
 
 Most restricted value: 0
 
@@ -3198,8 +3198,8 @@ Most restricted value: 0
 
 
 
-This policy allows Enterprise Admins to turn off the notification for company devices that the Edge Legacy browser is no longer supported after 3/9/2021 to avoid confusion for their enterprise users and reduce help desk calls. 
-By default, a notification will be presented to the user informing them of this upon application startup.
+This policy allows Enterprise Admins to turn off the notification for company devices that the Edge Legacy browser is no longer supported after March 9, 2021, to avoid confusion for their enterprise users and reduce help desk calls. 
+By default, a notification will be presented to the user informing them of this update upon application startup.
 With this policy, you can either allow (default) or suppress this notification.
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-cellular.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-cellular.md
index a88970a383..48876d706e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-cellular.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-cellular.md
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ You can specify either a default setting for all apps or a per-app setting by sp
 
 If you choose the "User is in control" option, employees in your organization can decide whether Windows apps can access cellular data by using Settings > Network - Internet > Cellular on the device.
 
-If you choose the "Force Allow" option, Windows apps are allowed to access cellular data and employees in your organization cannot change it.
+If you choose the "Force Allow" option, Windows apps are allowed to access cellular data and employees in your organization can't change it.
 
-If you choose the "Force Deny" option, Windows apps are not allowed to access cellular data and employees in your organization cannot change it.
+If you choose the "Force Deny" option, Windows apps aren't allowed to access cellular data and employees in your organization can't change it.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, employees in your organization can decide whether Windows apps can access cellular data by using Settings > Network - Internet > Cellular on the device.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, employees in your organization can decide whether Windows apps can access cellular data by using Settings > Network - Internet > Cellular on the device.
 
 If an app is open when this Group Policy object is applied on a device, employees must restart the app or device for the policy changes to be applied to the app.”
 
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 This policy setting configures the visibility of the link to the per-application cellular access control page in the cellular setting UX.
 
 If this policy setting is enabled, a drop-down list box presenting possible values will be active.  Select "Hide" or "Show" to hide or show the link to the per-application cellular access control page.
-If this policy setting is disabled or is not configured, the link to the per-application cellular access control page is showed by default.
+If this policy setting is disabled or isn't configured, the link to the per-application cellular access control page is shown by default.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-connectivity.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-connectivity.md
index a4eb170e5c..c556897ebb 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-connectivity.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-connectivity.md
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 Allows the user to enable Bluetooth or restrict access.
 
 > [!NOTE]
->  This value is not supported in Windows 10.
+>  This value isn't supported in Windows 10.
 
-If this is not set or it is deleted, the default value of 2 (Allow) is used.
+If this policy isn't set or is deleted, the default value of 2 (Allow) is used.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ Most restricted value is 0.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – Disallow Bluetooth. If this is set to 0, the radio in the Bluetooth control panel will be grayed out and the user will not be able to turn Bluetooth on.
--   1 – Reserved. If this is set to 1, the radio in the Bluetooth control panel will be functional and the user will be able to turn Bluetooth on.
--   2 (default) – Allow Bluetooth. If this is set to 2, the radio in the Bluetooth control panel will be functional and the user will be able to turn Bluetooth on.
+-   0 – Disallow Bluetooth. If the value is set to 0, the radio in the Bluetooth control panel will be grayed out and the user won't be able to turn on Bluetooth.
+-   1 – Reserved. If the value is set to 1, the radio in the Bluetooth control panel will be functional and the user will be able to turn on Bluetooth.
+-   2 (default) – Allow Bluetooth. If the value is set to 2, the radio in the Bluetooth control panel will be functional and the user will be able to turn on Bluetooth.
 
 
 
@@ -151,15 +151,15 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Allows the cellular data channel on the device. Device reboot is not required to enforce the policy.
+Allows the cellular data channel on the device. Device reboot isn't required to enforce the policy.
 
 
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – Do not allow the cellular data channel. The user cannot turn it on. This value is not supported in Windows 10, version 1511.
+-   0 – Don't allow the cellular data channel. The user can't turn it on. This value isn't supported in Windows 10, version 1511.
 -   1 (default) – Allow the cellular data channel. The user can turn it off.
--   2 - Allow the cellular data channel. The user cannot turn it off.
+-   2 - Allow the cellular data channel. The user can't turn it off.
 
 
 
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Allows or disallows cellular data roaming on the device. Device reboot is not required to enforce the policy.
+Allows or disallows cellular data roaming on the device. Device reboot isn't required to enforce the policy.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -209,15 +209,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – Do not allow cellular data roaming. The user cannot turn it on. This value is not supported in Windows 10, version 1511.
+-   0 – Don't allow cellular data roaming. The user can't turn it on. This value isn't supported in Windows 10, version 1511.
 -   1 (default) – Allow cellular data roaming.
--   2 - Allow cellular data roaming on. The user cannot turn it off.
+-   2 - Allow cellular data roaming on. The user can't turn it off.
 
 
 
 To validate, the enterprise can confirm by observing the roaming enable switch in the UX. It will be inactive if the roaming policy is being enforced by the enterprise policy.
 
-To validate on devices, do the following:
+To validate on devices, perform the following steps:
 
 1.  Go to Cellular & SIM.
 2.  Click on the SIM (next to the signal strength icon) and select **Properties**.
@@ -301,8 +301,8 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 This policy allows IT admins to turn off the ability to Link a Phone with a PC to continue tasks, such as reading, email, and other tasks that require linking between Phone and PC.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Windows device will be able to enroll in Phone-PC linking functionality and participate in 'Continue on PC experiences'. If you disable this policy setting, the Windows device is not allowed to be linked to phones, will remove itself from the device list of any linked Phones, and cannot participate in 'Continue on PC experiences'.
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the default behavior depends on the Windows edition. Changes to this policy take effect on reboot.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Windows device will be able to enroll in Phone-PC linking functionality and participate in 'Continue on PC experiences'. If you disable this policy setting, the Windows device isn't allowed to be linked to phones, will remove itself from the device list of any linked Phones, and can't participate in 'Continue on PC experiences'.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the default behavior depends on the Windows edition. Changes to this policy take effect on reboot.
 
 
 
@@ -314,14 +314,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This setting supports a range of values between 0 and 1.
 
-- 0 - Do not link
+- 0 - Don't link
 - 1 (default) - Allow phone-PC linking
 
 
 
 Validation:
 
-If the Connectivity/AllowPhonePCLinking policy is configured to value 0, the add a phone button in the Phones section in settings will be grayed out and clicking it will not launch the window for a user to enter their phone number.
+If the Connectivity/AllowPhonePCLinking policy is configured to value 0, the add a phone button in the Phones section in settings will be grayed out and clicking it won't launch the window for a user to enter their phone number.
 
 Device that has previously opt-in to MMX will also stop showing on the device list.
 
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Device that has previously opt-in to MMX will also stop showing on the device li
 > [!NOTE]
 > Currently, this policy is supported only in HoloLens 2, Hololens (1st gen) Commercial Suite, and HoloLens (1st gen) Development Edition.
 
-Enables USB connection between the device and a computer to sync files with the device or to use developer tools to deploy or debug applications. Changing this policy does not affect USB charging.
+Enables USB connection between the device and a computer to sync files with the device or to use developer tools to deploy or debug applications. Changing this policy doesn't affect USB charging.
 
 Both Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) and IP over USB are disabled when this policy is enforced.
 
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Most restricted value is 0.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – VPN is not allowed over cellular.
+-   0 – VPN isn't allowed over cellular.
 -   1 (default) – VPN can use any connection, including cellular.
 
 
@@ -493,13 +493,13 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether to allow printing over HTTP from this client.
 
-Printing over HTTP allows a client to print to printers on the intranet as well as the Internet.
+Printing over HTTP allows a client to print to printers on the intranet and the Internet.
 
-Note: This policy setting affects the client side of Internet printing only. It does not prevent this computer from acting as an Internet Printing server and making its shared printers available via HTTP.
+Note: This policy setting affects the client side of Internet printing only. It doesn't prevent this computer from acting as an Internet Printing server and making its shared printers available via HTTP.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, it prevents this client from printing to Internet printers over HTTP.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can choose to print to Internet printers over HTTP.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can choose to print to Internet printers over HTTP.
 
 Also, see the "Web-based printing" policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/Printers.
 
@@ -549,11 +549,11 @@ This policy setting specifies whether to allow this client to download print dri
 
 To set up HTTP printing, non-inbox drivers need to be downloaded over HTTP.
 
-Note: This policy setting does not prevent the client from printing to printers on the Intranet or the Internet over HTTP.  It only prohibits downloading drivers that are not already installed locally.
+Note: This policy setting doesn't prevent the client from printing to printers on the Intranet or the Internet over HTTP.  It only prohibits downloading drivers that aren't already installed locally.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, print drivers cannot be downloaded over HTTP.
+If you enable this policy setting, print drivers can't be downloaded over HTTP.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can download print drivers over HTTP.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can download print drivers over HTTP.
 
 
 
@@ -601,11 +601,11 @@ This policy setting specifies whether Windows should download a list of provider
 
 These wizards allow users to select from a list of companies that provide services such as online storage and photographic printing. By default, Windows displays providers downloaded from a Windows website in addition to providers specified in the registry.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows does not download providers, and only the service providers that are cached in the local registry are displayed.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows doesn't download providers, and only the service providers that are cached in the local registry are displayed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, a list of providers are downloaded when the user uses the web publishing or online ordering wizards.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, a list of providers is downloaded when the user uses the web publishing or online ordering wizards.
 
-See the documentation for the web publishing and online ordering wizards for more information, including details on specifying service providers in the registry.
+For more information, including details on specifying service providers in the registry, see the documentation for the web publishing and online ordering wizards.
 
 
 
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Network Connection Status Indicator (NCSI) detects Internet connectivity and corporate network connectivity status. NCSI sends a DNS request and HTTP query to  to determine if the device can communicate with the Internet.  This policy disables the NCSI active probe, preventing network connectivity to www.msftconnecttest.com.
+Network Connection Status Indicator (NCSI) detects Internet connectivity and corporate network connectivity status. NCSI sends a DNS request and HTTP query to `` to determine if the device can communicate with the Internet.  This policy disables the NCSI active probe, preventing network connectivity to `www.msftconnecttest.com`.
 
 Value type is integer.
 
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting configures secure access to UNC paths.
 
-If you enable this policy, Windows only allows access to the specified UNC paths after fulfilling additional security requirements.
+If you enable this policy, Windows only allows access to the specified UNC paths after fulfilling other security requirements.
 
 
 
@@ -741,11 +741,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Determines whether a user can install and configure the Network Bridge.
 
-Important: This settings is location aware. It only applies when a computer is connected to the same DNS domain network it was connected to when the setting was refreshed on that computer. If a computer is connected to a DNS domain network other than the one it was connected to when the setting was refreshed, this setting does not apply.
+Important: This setting is location aware. It only applies when a computer is connected to the same DNS domain network it was connected to when the setting was refreshed on that computer. If a computer is connected to a DNS domain network other than the one it was connected to when the setting was refreshed, this setting doesn't apply.
 
 The Network Bridge allows users to create a layer 2 MAC bridge, enabling them to connect two or more network segments together. This connection appears in the Network Connections folder.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure it, the user will be able to create and modify the configuration of a Network Bridge. Enabling this setting does not remove an existing Network Bridge from the user's computer.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure it, the user will be able to create and modify the configuration of a Network Bridge. Enabling this setting doesn't remove an existing Network Bridge from the user's computer.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md
index 12fbbf04b0..e66ffbee8b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-controlpolicyconflict.md
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 - 0 (default)
 - 1 - The MDM policy is used and the GP policy is blocked.
 
-The policy should be set at every sync to ensure the device removes any settings that conflict with MDM just as it does on the very first set of the policy. This ensures that:
+The policy should be set at every sync to ensure the device removes any settings that conflict with MDM just as it does on the first set of the policy. This activation ensures that:
 
--  GP settings that correspond to MDM applied settings are not conflicting 
+-  GP settings that correspond to MDM applied settings aren't conflicting 
 -  The current Policy Manager policies are refreshed from what MDM has set 
 -  Any values set by scripts/user outside of GP that conflict with MDM are removed
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialsdelegation.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialsdelegation.md
index 87b03eb667..da8c5cd222 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialsdelegation.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialsdelegation.md
@@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 Remote host allows delegation of non-exportable credentials
 
-When using credential delegation, devices provide an exportable version of credentials to the remote host. This exposes users to the risk of credential theft from attackers on the remote host.
+When credential delegation is being used, devices provide an exportable version of credentials to the remote host. This version exposes users to the risk of credential theft from attackers on the remote host.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the host supports Restricted Admin or Remote Credential Guard mode.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Restricted Administration and Remote Credential Guard mode are not supported. User will always need to pass their credentials to the host.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Restricted Administration and Remote Credential Guard mode aren't supported. User will always need to pass their credentials to the host.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialsui.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialsui.md
index 2b0be6c478..f242322253 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialsui.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-credentialsui.md
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure the display of the password reveal button in password entry user experiences.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the password reveal button will not be displayed after a user types a password in the password entry text box.
+If you enable this policy setting, the password reveal button won't be displayed after a user types a password in the password entry text box.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the password reveal button will be displayed after a user types a password in the password entry text box.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the password reveal button will be displayed after a user types a password in the password entry text box.
 
 By default, the password reveal button is displayed after a user types a password in the password entry text box. To display the password, click the password reveal button.
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether administrator accounts are displayed when a user attempts to elevate a running application. By default, administrator accounts are not displayed when the user attempts to elevate a running application.
+This policy setting controls whether administrator accounts are displayed when a user attempts to elevate a running application. By default, administrator accounts aren't displayed when the user attempts to elevate a running application.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, all local administrator accounts on the PC will be displayed so the user can choose one and enter the correct password.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-defender.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-defender.md
index 4e05320c00..7a37cafe94 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-defender.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-defender.md
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 for desktop.
 
 
-Allows or disallows Windows Defender Realtime Monitoring functionality.
+Allows or disallows Windows Defender real-time Monitoring functionality.
 
 
 
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 for desktop.
 
 
-Allows or disallows user access to the Windows Defender UI. If disallowed, all Windows Defender notifications will also be suppressed.
+Allows or disallows user access to the Windows Defender UI. I disallowed, all Windows Defender notifications will also be suppressed.
 
 
 
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 for desktop.
 
 
-This policy setting enables setting the state (Block/Audit/Off) for each Attack surface reduction (ASR) rule. Each ASR rule listed can be set to one of the following states (Block/Audit/Off). The ASR rule ID and state should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair. The name defines a valid ASR rule ID, while the value contains the status ID indicating the status of the rule.
+This policy setting enables setting the state (Block/Audit/Off) for each Attack surface reduction (Azure Site Recovery) rule. Each ASR rule listed can be set to one of the following states (Block/Audit/Off). The ASR rule ID and state should be added under the Options for this setting. Each entry must be listed as a name value pair. The name defines a valid ASR rule ID, while the value contains the status ID indicating the status of the rule.
 
 For more information about ASR rule ID and status ID, see [Enable Attack Surface Reduction](/windows/threat-protection/windows-defender-exploit-guard/enable-attack-surface-reduction).
 
@@ -966,11 +966,11 @@ Valid values: 0–100
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage whether a check for new virus and spyware definitions will occur before running a scan. 
 
-This setting applies to scheduled scans as well as the command line "mpcmdrun -SigUpdate", but it has no effect on scans initiated manually from the user interface.
+This setting applies to scheduled scans and the command line "mpcmdrun -SigUpdate", but it has no effect on scans initiated manually from the user interface.
 
 If you enable this setting, a check for new definitions will occur before running a scan.
 
-If you disable this setting or do not configure this setting, the scan will start using the existing definitions.
+If you disable this setting or don't configure this setting, the scan will start using the existing definitions.
 
 Supported values:
 
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0x0 - Default windows defender blocking level
 - 0x2 - High blocking level - aggressively block unknowns while optimizing client performance (greater chance of false positives)       
-- 0x4 - High+ blocking level – aggressively block unknowns and apply additional protection measures (may impact  client performance)
+- 0x4 - High+ blocking level – aggressively block unknowns and apply more protection measures (may impact  client performance)
 - 0x6 - Zero tolerance blocking level – block all unknown executables
 
 
@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 This feature allows Microsoft Defender Antivirus to block a suspicious file for up to 60 seconds, and scan it in the cloud to make sure it's safe. Value type is integer, range is 0 - 50.
 
-The typical cloud check timeout is 10 seconds. To enable the extended cloud check feature, specify the extended time in seconds, up to an additional 50 seconds. 
+The typical cloud check timeout is 10 seconds. To enable the extended cloud check feature, specify the extended time in seconds, up to an extra 50 seconds. 
 
 For example, if the desired timeout is 60 seconds, specify 50 seconds in this setting, which will enable the extended cloud check feature, and will raise the total time to 60 seconds. 
 
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 for desktop. The previous name was GuardedFoldersAllowedApplications and changed to ControlledFolderAccessAllowedApplications.
 
-Added in Windows 10, version 1709. This policy setting allows user-specified applications to the controlled folder access feature. Adding an allowed application means the controlled folder access feature will allow the application to modify or delete content in certain folders such as My Documents. In most cases it will not be necessary to add entries. Microsoft Defender Antivirus will automatically detect and dynamically add applications that are friendly. Value type is string. Use the | as the substring separator.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1709. This policy setting allows user-specified applications to the controlled folder access feature. Adding an allowed application means the controlled folder access feature will allow the application to modify or delete content in certain folders such as My Documents. In most cases it won't be necessary to add entries. Microsoft Defender Antivirus will automatically detect and dynamically add applications that are friendly. Value type is string. Use the | as the substring separator.
 
 
 
@@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 for desktop. The previous name was GuardedFoldersList and changed to ControlledFolderAccessProtectedFolders.
 
-This policy settings allows adding user-specified folder locations to the controlled folder access feature. These folders will complement the system defined folders such as My Documents and My Pictures. The list of system folders will be displayed in the user interface and can not be changed. Value type is string. Use the | as the substring separator.
+This policy setting allows adding user-specified folder locations to the controlled folder access feature. These folders will complement the system defined folders such as My Documents and My Pictures. The list of system folders will be displayed in the user interface and can't be changed. Value type is string. Use the | as the substring separator.
 
 
 
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 Time period (in days) that quarantine items will be stored on the system.
 
 
-The default value is 0, which keeps items in quarantine, and does not automatically remove them.
+The default value is 0, which keeps items in quarantine, and doesn't automatically remove them.
 
 
 
@@ -1293,9 +1293,9 @@ Valid values: 0–90
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure catch-up scans for scheduled full scans. A catch-up scan is a scan that is initiated because a regularly scheduled scan was missed.  Usually these scheduled scans are missed because the computer was turned off at the scheduled time. 
 
-If you enable this setting, catch-up scans for scheduled full scans will be turned on. If a computer is offline for two consecutive scheduled scans, a catch-up scan is started the next time someone logs on to the computer.  If there is no scheduled scan configured, there will be no catch-up scan run. 
+If you enable this setting, catch-up scans for scheduled full scans will be turned on. If a computer is offline for two consecutive scheduled scans, a catch-up scan is started the next time someone signs in to the computer.  If there's no scheduled scan configured, there will be no catch-up scan run. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, catch-up scans for scheduled full scans will be turned off.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, catch-up scans for scheduled full scans will be turned off.
 
 Supported values:
 
@@ -1356,9 +1356,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to configure catch-up scans for scheduled quick scans. A catch-up scan is a scan that is initiated because a regularly scheduled scan was missed. Usually these scheduled scans are missed because the computer was turned off at the scheduled time. 
 
-If you enable this setting, catch-up scans for scheduled quick scans will be turned on. If a computer is offline for two consecutive scheduled scans, a catch-up scan is started the next time someone logs on to the computer. If there is no scheduled scan configured, there will be no catch-up scan run.
+If you enable this setting, catch-up scans for scheduled quick scans will be turned on. If a computer is offline for two consecutive scheduled scans, a catch-up scan is started the next time someone signs in to the computer. If there's no scheduled scan configured, there will be no catch-up scan run.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, catch-up scans for scheduled quick scans will be turned off.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, catch-up scans for scheduled quick scans will be turned off.
 
 Supported values:
 
@@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to enable or disable low CPU priority for schedul
 
 If you enable this setting, low CPU priority will be used during scheduled scans.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, not changes will be made to CPU priority for scheduled scans.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, not changes will be made to CPU priority for scheduled scans.
 
 Supported values:
 
@@ -1535,13 +1535,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 for desktop.
 
-This policy allows you to turn network protection on (block/audit) or off. Network protection protects employees using any app from accessing phishing scams, exploit-hosting sites, and malicious content on the Internet. This includes preventing third-party browsers from connecting to dangerous sites. Value type is integer.
+This policy allows you to turn on network protection (block/audit) or off. Network protection protects employees using any app from accessing phishing scams, exploit-hosting sites, and malicious content on the Internet. This protection includes preventing third-party browsers from connecting to dangerous sites. Value type is integer.
 
 If you enable this setting, network protection is turned on and employees can't turn it off. Its behavior can be controlled by the following options: Block and Audit.
-If you enable this policy with the ""Block"" option, users/apps will be blocked from connecting to dangerous domains. You will be able to see this activity in Windows Defender Security Center.
-If you enable this policy with the ""Audit"" option, users/apps will not be blocked from connecting to dangerous domains. However, you will still see this activity in Windows Defender Security Center.
-If you disable this policy, users/apps will not be blocked from connecting to dangerous domains. You will not see any network activity in Windows Defender Security Center.
-If you do not configure this policy, network blocking will be disabled by default.
+If you enable this policy with the ""Block"" option, users/apps will be blocked from connecting to dangerous domains. You'll be able to see this activity in Windows Defender Security Center.
+If you enable this policy with the ""Audit"" option, users/apps won't be blocked from connecting to dangerous domains. However, you'll still see this activity in Windows Defender Security Center.
+If you disable this policy, users/apps won't be blocked from connecting to dangerous domains. You'll not see any network activity in Windows Defender Security Center.
+If you don't configure this policy, network blocking will be disabled by default.
 
 
 
@@ -1761,8 +1761,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – PUA Protection off. Windows Defender will not protect against potentially unwanted applications.
--   1 – PUA Protection on. Detected items are blocked. They will show in history along with other threats.
+-   0 (default) – PUA Protection off. Windows Defender won't protect against potentially unwanted applications.
+-   1 – PUA Protection on. Detected items are blocked. They'll show in history along with other threats.
 -   2 – Audit mode. Windows Defender will detect potentially unwanted applications, but take no action. You can review information about the applications Windows Defender would have taken action against by searching for events created by Windows Defender in the Event Viewer.
 
 
@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ Valid values: 0–1380.
 
 This policy setting allows you to define the security intelligence location for VDI-configured computers. 
 
-​If you disable or do not configure this setting, security intelligence will be referred from the default local source.
+​If you disable or don't configure this setting, security intelligence will be referred from the default local source.
 
 
 
@@ -2155,9 +2155,9 @@ Possible values are:
 
 For example: InternalDefinitionUpdateServer | MicrosoftUpdateServer | MMPC 
 
-If you enable this setting, definition update sources will be contacted in the order specified. Once definition updates have been successfully downloaded from one specified source, the remaining sources in the list will not be contacted.
+If you enable this setting, definition update sources will be contacted in the order specified. Once definition updates have been successfully downloaded from one specified source, the remaining sources in the list won't be contacted.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, definition update sources will be contacted in a default order.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, definition update sources will be contacted in a default order.
 
 OMA-URI Path: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Defender/SignatureUpdateFallbackOrder
 
@@ -2217,9 +2217,9 @@ For example: \\unc1\Signatures | \\unc2\Signatures
 
 The list is empty by default.
 
-If you enable this setting, the specified sources will be contacted for definition updates. Once definition updates have been successfully downloaded from one specified source, the remaining sources in the list will not be contacted.
+If you enable this setting, the specified sources will be contacted for definition updates. Once definition updates have been successfully downloaded from one specified source, the remaining sources in the list won't be contacted.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the list will remain empty by default and no sources will be contacted.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the list will remain empty by default and no sources will be contacted.
 
 OMA-URI Path: ./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/Defender/SignatureUpdateFileSharesSources
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization.md
index 43ad826d3d..ba4c441b84 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization.md
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education editions.
 
 
-Specifies whether the device is allowed to participate in Peer Caching while connected via VPN to the domain network. This means the device can download from or upload to other domain network devices, either on VPN or on the corporate domain network.
+Specifies whether the device is allowed to participate in Peer Caching while connected via VPN to the domain network. This policy means the device can download from or upload to other domain network devices, either on VPN or on the corporate domain network.
 
 
 
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy allows you to configure one or more Delivery Optimization in Network Cache servers through a custom DHCP Option. One or more values can be added as either fully qualified domain names (FQDN) or IP addresses.  To add multiple values, separate each FQDN or IP address by commas.
+This policy allows you to configure one or more Delivery Optimizations in Network Cache servers through a custom DHCP Option. One or more values can be added as either fully qualified domain names (FQDN) or IP addresses.  To add multiple values, separate each FQDN or IP address by commas.
 
 
 
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ When DHCP Option ID Force (2) is set, the client will query DHCP Option ID 235 a
 
 This policy allows you to delay the use of an HTTP source in a background download that is allowed to use peer-to-peer.
 
-After the max delay is reached, the download will resume using HTTP, either downloading the entire payload or complementing the bytes that could not be downloaded from peers. Note that a download that is waiting for peer sources, will appear to be stuck for the end user. The recommended value is 1 hour (3600).
+After the max delay is reached, the download will resume using HTTP, either downloading the entire payload or complementing the bytes that couldn't be downloaded from peers. A download that is waiting for peer sources will appear to be stuck for the end user. The recommended value is 1 hour (3600).
 
 
 
@@ -529,9 +529,9 @@ Supported values: 0 - one month (in seconds)
 
 This policy allows you to delay the use of an HTTP source in a foreground (interactive) download that is allowed to use peer-to-peer.
 
-After the max delay has reached, the download will resume using HTTP, either downloading the entire payload or complementing the bytes that could not be downloaded from Peers.
+After the max delay has reached, the download will resume using HTTP, either downloading the entire payload or complementing the bytes that couldn't be downloaded from Peers.
 
-Note that a download that is waiting for peer sources, will appear to be stuck for the end user.
+A download that is waiting for peer sources, will appear to be stuck for the end user.
 
 The recommended value is 1 minute (60).
 
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values as number of seconds:
 
 -   0 to 86400 (1 day)
 -   0 - managed by the cloud service
--   Default is not configured.
+-   Default isn't configured.
 
 
 
@@ -607,8 +607,8 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 -   1 (default) – HTTP blended with peering behind the same NAT.
 -   2 – HTTP blended with peering across a private group. Peering occurs on devices in the same Active Directory Site (if it exists) or the same domain by default. When this option is selected, peering will cross NATs. To create a custom group use Group ID in combination with Mode 2.
 -   3 – HTTP blended with Internet peering.
--   99 - Simple download mode with no peering. Delivery Optimization downloads using HTTP only and does not attempt to contact the Delivery Optimization cloud services. Added in Windows 10, version 1607.
--   100 - Bypass mode. Do not use Delivery Optimization and use BITS instead. Added in Windows 10, version 1607. Note that this value is deprecated and will be removed in a future release.
+-   99 - Simple download mode with no peering. Delivery Optimization downloads using HTTP only and doesn't attempt to contact the Delivery Optimization cloud services. Added in Windows 10, version 1607.
+-   100 - Bypass mode. Don't use Delivery Optimization and use BITS instead. Added in Windows 10, version 1607. This value is deprecated and will be removed in a future release.
 
 
 
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education editions.
 
 
-This Policy specifies an arbitrary group ID that the device belongs to. Use this if you need to create a single group for Local Network Peering for branches that are on different domains or are not on the same LAN. Note that this is a best effort optimization and should not be relied on for an authentication of identity.
+This policy specifies an arbitrary group ID that the device belongs to. Use this ID if you need to create a single group for Local Network Peering for branches that are on different domains or aren't on the same LAN. This approach is a best effort optimization and shouldn't be relied on for an authentication of identity.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > You must use a GUID as the group ID.
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ The options set in this policy only apply to Group (2) download mode. If Group (
 
 For option 3 - DHCP Option ID, the client will query DHCP Option ID 234 and use the returned GUID value as the Group ID.
 
-Starting with Windows 10, version 1903, you can use the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Tenant ID as a means to define groups. To do this, set the value of DOGroupIdSource to 5.
+Starting with Windows 10, version 1903, you can use the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Tenant ID as a means to define groups. To do this task, set the value of DOGroupIdSource to 5.
 
 
 
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education editions.
 
 
-Specifies the maximum time in seconds that each file is held in the Delivery Optimization cache after downloading successfully. The value 0 (zero) means "unlimited"; Delivery Optimization will hold the files in the cache longer and make the files available for uploads to other devices, as long as the cache size has not exceeded. The value 0 is new in Windows 10, version 1607.
+Specifies the maximum time in seconds that each file is held in the Delivery Optimization cache after downloading successfully. The value 0 (zero) means "unlimited"; Delivery Optimization will hold the files in the cache longer and make the files available for uploads to other devices, as long as the cache size hasn't exceeded. The value 0 is new in Windows 10, version 1607.
 
 The default value is 259200 seconds (3 days).
 
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy is deprecated because it only applies to uploads to Internet peers (only allowed when DownloadMode is set to 3) which is not used in commercial deployments. There is no alternate policy to use.
+This policy is deprecated because it only applies to uploads to Internet peers (only allowed when DownloadMode is set to 3) which isn't used in commercial deployments. There's no alternate policy to use.
 
 
 
@@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Specifies the maximum background download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. The default value 0 (zero) means that Delivery Optimization dynamically adjusts to use the available bandwidth for background downloads.
 
-Note that downloads from LAN peers will not be throttled even when this policy is set.
+Downloads from LAN peers won't be throttled even when this policy is set.
 
 
 
@@ -1390,12 +1390,12 @@ This policy is deprecated. Use [DOPercentageMaxForegroundBandwidth](#deliveryopt
 
 Specifies the maximum foreground download bandwidth that Delivery Optimization uses across all concurrent download activities as a percentage of available download bandwidth. The default value 0 (zero) means that Delivery Optimization dynamically adjusts to use the available bandwidth for foreground downloads.
 
-Note that downloads from LAN peers will not be throttled even when this policy is set.
+Downloads from LAN peers won't be throttled even when this policy is set.
 
 
 
 ADMX Info:  
--   GP Friendly namee: *Maximum Foreground Download Bandwidth (percentage)*
+-   GP Friendly name: *Maximum Foreground Download Bandwidth (percentage)*
 -   GP name: *PercentageMaxForegroundBandwidth*
 -   GP element: *PercentageMaxForegroundBandwidth*
 -   GP path: *Windows Components/Delivery Optimization*
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy allows an IT Admin to define the following:
+This policy allows an IT Admin to define the following details:
 
 -  Business hours range (for example 06:00 to 18:00)
 -  % of throttle for background traffic during business hours
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy allows an IT Admin to define the following:
+This policy allows an IT Admin to define the following details:
 
 -  Business hours range (for example 06:00 to 18:00)
 -  % of throttle for foreground traffic during business hours
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-devicehealthmonitoring.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-devicehealthmonitoring.md
index 94bb5c7ab0..7a2f5f914a 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-devicehealthmonitoring.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-devicehealthmonitoring.md
@@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-DeviceHealthMonitoring is an opt-in health monitoring connection between the device and Microsoft. You should enable this policy only if your organization is using a Microsoft device monitoring service which requires it.
+DeviceHealthMonitoring is an opt-in health monitoring connection between the device and Microsoft. You should enable this policy only if your organization is using a Microsoft device monitoring service that requires it.
 
 
 
 The following list shows the supported values:  
 
-- 1 — The DeviceHealthMonitoring connection is enabled.
-- 0 (default) — The DeviceHealthMonitoring connection is disabled.
+- 1—The DeviceHealthMonitoring connection is enabled.
+- 0 (default)—The DeviceHealthMonitoring connection is disabled.
 
 
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 This policy is applicable only if the [AllowDeviceHealthMonitoring](#devicehealthmonitoring-allowdevicehealthmonitoring) policy has been set to 1 (Enabled) on the device. 
 This policy modifies which health events are sent to Microsoft on the DeviceHealthMonitoring connection.
-IT Pros do not need to set this policy. Instead, Microsoft Intune is expected to dynamically manage this value in coordination with the Microsoft device health monitoring service.
+IT Pros don't need to set this policy. Instead, Microsoft Intune is expected to dynamically manage this value in coordination with the Microsoft device health monitoring service.
 
 
 
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ IT Pros do not need to set this policy. Instead, Microsoft Intune is expected to
 
 This policy is applicable only if the [AllowDeviceHealthMonitoring](#devicehealthmonitoring-allowdevicehealthmonitoring) policy has been set to 1 (Enabled) on the device. 
 The value of this policy constrains the DeviceHealthMonitoring connection to certain destinations in order to support regional and sovereign cloud scenarios.
-In most cases, an IT Pro does not need to define this policy. Instead, it is expected that this value is dynamically managed by Microsoft Intune to align with the region or cloud to which the device's tenant is already linked. Only configure this policy manually if explicitly instructed to do so by a Microsoft device monitoring service.
+In most cases, an IT Pro doesn't need to define this policy. Instead, it's expected that this value is dynamically managed by Microsoft Intune to align with the region or cloud to which the device's tenant is already linked. Only configure this policy manually if explicitly instructed to do so by a Microsoft device monitoring service.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md
index 5f1a7bd17d..0cc81579bc 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deviceinstallation.md
@@ -96,15 +96,15 @@ When this policy setting is enabled together with the "Apply layered order of ev
 - Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs
 - Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs
 
-If the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting is not enabled with this policy setting, then any other policy settings specifically preventing installation will take precedence.
+If the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting isn't enabled with this policy setting, then any other policy settings specifically preventing installation will take precedence.
 > [!NOTE]
-> The "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting has been replaced by the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting for supported target Windows 10 versions. It is recommended that you use the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting when possible.
+> The "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting has been replaced by the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting for supported target Windows 10 versions. It's recommended that you use the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting when possible.
 
 Alternatively, if this policy setting is enabled together with the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting, Windows is allowed to install or update driver packages whose device setup class GUIDs appear in the list you create, unless another policy setting specifically prevents installation (for example, the "Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs" policy setting, the "Prevent installation of devices for these device classes" policy setting, the "Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs" policy setting, or the "Prevent installation of removable devices" policy setting).
 
 If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, and no other policy setting describes the device, the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting determines whether the device can be installed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, and no other policy setting describes the device, the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting determines whether the device can be installed.
 
 Peripherals can be specified by their [hardware identity](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-identification-strings). For a list of common identifier structures, see [Device Identifier Formats](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-identifier-formats). Test the configuration prior to rolling it out to ensure it allows the devices expected. Ideally test various instances of the hardware. For example, test multiple USB keys rather than only one.
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ To enable this policy, use the following SyncML. This example allows Windows to
 
 ```
 
-To verify that the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following is listed near the end of the log:
+To verify that the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following details are listed near the end of the log:
 
 ```txt
 >>>  [Device Installation Restrictions Policy Check]
@@ -197,16 +197,16 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify a list of Plug and Play device instanc
 When this policy setting is enabled together with the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting, Windows is allowed to install or update any device whose Plug and Play device instance ID appears in the list you create, unless another policy setting at the same or higher layer in the hierarchy specifically prevents that installation, such as the following policy settings:
 - Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs
  
-If the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting is not enabled with this policy setting, then any other policy settings specifically preventing installation will take precedence.
+If the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting isn't enabled with this policy setting, then any other policy settings specifically preventing installation will take precedence.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting has been replaced by the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting for supported target Windows 10 versions. It is recommended that you use the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting when possible.
+> The "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting has been replaced by the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting for supported target Windows 10 versions. It's recommended that you use the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting when possible.
 
 Alternatively, if this policy setting is enabled together with the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting, Windows is allowed to install or update any device whose Plug and Play device instance ID appears in the list you create, unless another policy setting specifically prevents that installation (for example, the "Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device IDs" policy setting, the "Prevent installation of devices for these device classes" policy setting, the "Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs" policy setting, or the "Prevent installation of removable devices" policy setting).
 
 If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, and no other policy setting describes the device, the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting determines whether the device can be installed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, and no other policy setting describes the device, the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting determines whether the device can be installed.
 
 
 Peripherals can be specified by their [device instance ID](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-instance-ids). Test the configuration prior to rolling it out to ensure it allows the devices expected. Ideally test various instances of the hardware. For example, test multiple USB keys rather than only one.
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ To enable this policy, use the following SyncML.
     
 
 ```
-To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following is listed near the end of the log:
+To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following details are listed near the end of the log:
 ``` txt
 >>>  [Device Installation Restrictions Policy Check]
 >>>  Section start 2018/11/15 12:26:41.659
@@ -299,16 +299,16 @@ When this policy setting is enabled together with the "Apply layered order of ev
 - Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs
 - Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs
 
-If the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting is not enabled with this policy setting, then any other policy settings specifically preventing installation will take precedence.
+If the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting isn't enabled with this policy setting, then any other policy settings specifically preventing installation will take precedence.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting has been replaced by the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting for supported target Windows 10 versions. It is recommended that you use the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting when possible.
+> The "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting has been replaced by the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting for supported target Windows 10 versions. It's recommended that you use the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting when possible.
 
 Alternatively, if this policy setting is enabled together with the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting, Windows is allowed to install or update driver packages whose device setup class GUIDs appear in the list you create, unless another policy setting specifically prevents installation (for example, the "Prevent installation of devices that match these device IDs" policy setting, the "Prevent installation of devices for these device classes" policy setting, the "Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs" policy setting, or the "Prevent installation of removable devices" policy setting).
 
 If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, and no other policy setting describes the device, the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting determines whether the device can be installed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, and no other policy setting describes the device, the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting determines whether the device can be installed.
 
 Peripherals can be specified by their [hardware identity](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-identification-strings). For a list of common identifier structures, see [Device Identifier Formats](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-identifier-formats). Test the configuration prior to rolling it out to ensure it allows the devices expected. Ideally test various instances of the hardware. For example, test multiple USB keys rather than only one.
 
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Enclose the class GUID within curly brackets {}. To configure multiple classes,
 
 ```
 
-To verify that the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following is listed near the end of the log:
+To verify that the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following details are listed near the end of the log:
 
 
 ```txt
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Device instance IDs > Device IDs > Device setup class > Removable devices
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting provides more granular control than the "Prevent installation of devices not described by other policy settings" policy setting. If these conflicting policy settings are enabled at the same time, the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting will be enabled and the other policy setting will be ignored.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the default evaluation is used. By default, all "Prevent installation..." policy settings have precedence over any other policy setting that allows Windows to install a device.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the default evaluation is used. By default, all "Prevent installation..." policy settings have precedence over any other policy setting that allows Windows to install a device.
 
 
 
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 ```
 
-To verify that the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following is listed near the end of the log:
+To verify that the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following details are listed near the end of the log:
 
 
 ```txt
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ To verify that the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and
 ```
 You can also change the evaluation order of device installation policy settings by using a custom profile in Intune.
 
-:::image type="content" source="images/edit-row.png" alt-text="This is a edit row image.":::
+:::image type="content" source="images/edit-row.png" alt-text="This image is an edit row image.":::
 
 
 
@@ -506,9 +506,9 @@ You can also change the evaluation order of device installation policy settings
 
 This policy setting allows you to prevent Windows from retrieving device metadata from the Internet.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows does not retrieve device metadata for installed devices from the Internet. This policy setting overrides the setting in the Device Installation Settings dialog box (Control Panel > System and Security > System > Advanced System Settings > Hardware tab).
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows doesn't retrieve device metadata for installed devices from the Internet. This policy setting overrides the setting in the Device Installation Settings dialog box (Control Panel > System and Security > System > Advanced System Settings > Hardware tab).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the setting in the Device Installation Settings dialog box controls whether Windows retrieves device metadata from the Internet.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the setting in the Device Installation Settings dialog box controls whether Windows retrieves device metadata from the Internet.
 
 
 
@@ -561,14 +561,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to prevent the installation of devices that are not specifically described by any other policy setting.
+This policy setting allows you to prevent the installation of devices that aren't  described by any other policy setting.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting has been replaced by the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting to provide more granular control. It is recommended that you use the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting instead of this policy setting.
+> This policy setting has been replaced by the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting to provide more granular control. It's recommended that you use the "Apply layered order of evaluation for Allow and Prevent device installation policies across all device match criteria" policy setting instead of this policy setting.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing or updating the driver package for any device that is not described by either the "Allow installation of devices that match any of these device IDs", the "Allow installation of devices for these device classes", or the "Allow installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs" policy setting.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing or updating the driver package for any device that isn't described by either the "Allow installation of devices that match any of these device IDs", the "Allow installation of devices for these device classes", or the "Allow installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs" policy setting.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows is allowed to install or update the driver package for any device that is not described by the "Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device IDs", "Prevent installation of devices for these device classes" policy setting, "Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs", or "Prevent installation of removable devices" policy setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows is allowed to install or update the driver package for any device that isn't described by the "Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device IDs", "Prevent installation of devices for these device classes" policy setting, "Prevent installation of devices that match any of these device instance IDs", or "Prevent installation of removable devices" policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-To enable this policy, use the following SyncML. This example prevents Windows from installing devices that are not specifically described by any other policy setting. 
+To enable this policy, use the following SyncML. This example prevents Windows from installing devices that aren't described by any other policy setting. 
 
 
 ```xml
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ To enable this policy, use the following SyncML. This example prevents Windows f
 
 ```
 
-To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following is listed near the end of the log:
+To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following details are listed near the end of the log:
 
 ```txt
 >>>  [Device Installation Restrictions Policy Check]
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify a list of Plug and Play hardware IDs a
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing a device whose hardware ID or compatible ID appears in the list you create. If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, devices can be installed and updated as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, devices can be installed and updated as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
 
 Peripherals can be specified by their [hardware identity](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-identification-strings). For a list of common identifier structures, see [Device Identifier Formats](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-identifier-formats). Test the configuration prior to rolling it out to ensure it blocks the devices expected. Ideally test various instances of the hardware. For example, test multiple USB keys rather than only one.
 
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ To enable this policy, use the following SyncML. This example prevents Windows f
 
 ```
 
-To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following is listed near the end of the log:
+To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following details are listed near the end of the log:
 
 ```txt
 >>>  [Device Installation Restrictions Policy Check]
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify a list of Plug and Play device instanc
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing a device whose device instance ID appears in the list you create. If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, devices can be installed and updated as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, devices can be installed and updated as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
 
 Peripherals can be specified by their [device instance ID](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-instance-ids). Test the configuration prior to rolling it out to ensure it allows the devices expected. Ideally test various instances of the hardware. For example, test multiple USB keys rather than only one.
 
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ To enable this policy, use the following SyncML. This example prevents Windows f
     
 
 ```
-To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following is listed near the end of the log:  
+To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following details are listed near the end of the log:  
 
 ``` txt
 >>>  [Device Installation Restrictions Policy Check]
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ Replace
 with  
 ```USBSTOR\DISK&VEN_SAMSUNG&PROD_FLASH_DRIVE&REV_1100\0376319020002347&0```
     > [!Note]
-    > Do not use spaces in the value.
+    > don't use spaces in the value.
 3. Replace the device instance IDs with `&` into the sample SyncML. Add the SyncML into the Intune custom device configuration profile.
 
 
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify a list of device setup class globally
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows is prevented from installing or updating driver packages whose device setup class GUIDs appear in the list you create. If you enable this policy setting on a remote desktop server, the policy setting affects redirection of the specified devices from a remote desktop client to the remote desktop server.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows can install and update devices as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows can install and update devices as allowed or prevented by other policy settings.
 
 Peripherals can be specified by their [hardware identity](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-identification-strings). For a list of common identifier structures, see [Device Identifier Formats](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/device-identifier-formats). Test the configuration prior to rolling it out to ensure it blocks the devices expected. Ideally test various instances of the hardware. For example, test multiple USB keys rather than only one.
 
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ Enclose the class GUID within curly brackets {}. To configure multiple classes,
 
 ```
 
-To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following is listed near the end of the log:
+To verify the policy is applied, check C:\windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log and see if the following details are listed near the end of the log:
 
 ```txt
 >>>  [Device Installation Restrictions Policy Check]
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-devicelock.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-devicelock.md
index 2168317903..750efe50ed 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-devicelock.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-devicelock.md
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Specifies whether PINs or passwords such as "1111" or "1234" are allowed. For th
 > This policy must be wrapped in an Atomic command.
 
 
-For additional information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
+For more information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
 
 
 
@@ -377,16 +377,16 @@ Specifies when the password expires (in days).
 
 
 
-If all policy values = 0 then 0; otherwise, Min policy value is the most secure value.
+If all policy values = 0, then 0; otherwise, Min policy value is the most secure value.
 
-For additional information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
+For more information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
 
 
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   An integer X where 0 <= X <= 730.
--   0 (default) - Passwords do not expire.
+-   0 (default) - Passwords don't expire.
 
 
 
@@ -425,11 +425,11 @@ Specifies how many passwords can be stored in the history that can’t be used.
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy must be wrapped in an Atomic command.
 
-The value includes the user's current password. This means that with a setting of 1 the user cannot reuse their current password when choosing a new password, while a setting of 5 means that a user cannot set their new password to their current password or any of their previous four passwords.
+The value includes the user's current password. This value denotes that with a setting of 1, the user can't reuse their current password when choosing a new password, while a setting of 5 means that a user can't set their new password to their current password or any of their previous four passwords.
 
 Max policy value is the most restricted.
 
-For additional information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
+For more information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
 
 
 
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Specifies the default lock screen and logon image shown when no user is signed in. It also sets the specified image for all users, which replaces the default image. The same image is used for both the lock and logon screens. Users will not be able to change this image.
+Specifies the default lock screen and sign-in image shown when no user is signed in. It also sets the specified image for all users, which replaces the default image. The same image is used for both the lock and sign-in screens. Users won't be able to change this image.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy is only enforced in Windows 10 Enterprise and Education editions and not supported in Windows 10 Home and Pro.
@@ -516,14 +516,14 @@ The number of authentication failures allowed before the device will be wiped. A
 > This policy must be wrapped in an Atomic command.
 
 
-On a client device, when the user reaches the value set by this policy, it is not wiped. Instead, the desktop is put on BitLocker recovery mode, which makes the data inaccessible but recoverable. If BitLocker is not enabled, then the policy cannot be enforced.
+On a client device, when the user reaches the value set by this policy, it isn't wiped. Instead, the desktop is put on BitLocker recovery mode, which makes the data inaccessible but recoverable. If BitLocker isn't enabled, then the policy can't be enforced.
 
   Prior to reaching the failed attempts limit, the user is sent to the lock screen and warned that more failed attempts will lock their computer. When the user reaches the limit, the device automatically reboots and shows the BitLocker recovery page. This page prompts the user for the BitLocker recovery key.
 
 
 Most secure value is 0 if all policy values = 0; otherwise, Min policy value is the most secure value.
 
-For additional information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
+For more information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
 
 
 
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ On HoloLens, this timeout is controlled by the device's system sleep timeout, re
 
 
 
-For additional information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
+For more information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)).
 
 
 
@@ -651,9 +651,9 @@ Enforced values for Local and Microsoft Accounts:
         -   Base 10 digits (0 through 9)
         -   Special characters (!, $, \#, %, etc.)
 
-The enforcement of policies for Microsoft accounts happen on the server, and the server requires a password length of 8 and a complexity of 2. A complexity value of 3 or 4 is unsupported and setting this value on the server makes Microsoft accounts non-compliant.
+The enforcement of policies for Microsoft accounts happens on the server, and the server requires a password length of 8 and a complexity of 2. A complexity value of 3 or 4 is unsupported and setting this value on the server makes Microsoft accounts non-compliant.
 
-For additional information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)) and [KB article](https://support.office.com/article/This-device-doesn-t-meet-the-security-requirements-set-by-your-email-administrator-87132fc7-2c7f-4a71-9de0-779ff81c86ca).
+For more information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)) and [KB article](https://support.office.com/article/This-device-doesn-t-meet-the-security-requirements-set-by-your-email-administrator-87132fc7-2c7f-4a71-9de0-779ff81c86ca).
 
 
 
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ Specifies the minimum number or characters required in the PIN or password.
 
 Max policy value is the most restricted.
 
-For additional information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)) and [KB article](https://support.office.com/article/This-device-doesn-t-meet-the-security-requirements-set-by-your-email-administrator-87132fc7-2c7f-4a71-9de0-779ff81c86ca).
+For more information about this policy, see [Exchange ActiveSync Policy Engine Overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/dn282287(v=ws.11)) and [KB article](https://support.office.com/article/This-device-doesn-t-meet-the-security-requirements-set-by-your-email-administrator-87132fc7-2c7f-4a71-9de0-779ff81c86ca).
 
 
 
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ This security setting determines the period of time (in days) that a password mu
 
 The minimum password age must be less than the Maximum password age, unless the maximum password age is set to 0, indicating that passwords will never expire. If the maximum password age is set to 0, the minimum password age can be set to any value between 0 and 998.
 
-Configure the minimum password age to be more than 0 if you want Enforce password history to be effective. Without a minimum password age, users can cycle through passwords repeatedly until they get to an old favorite. The default setting does not follow this recommendation, so that an administrator can specify a password for a user and then require the user to change the administrator-defined password when the user logs on. If the password history is set to 0, the user does not have to choose a new password. For this reason, Enforce password history is set to 1 by default.
+Configure the minimum password age to be more than 0 if you want Enforce password history to be effective. Without a minimum password age, users can cycle through passwords repeatedly until they get to an old favorite. The default setting doesn't follow this recommendation, so that an administrator can specify a password for a user and then require the user to change the administrator-defined password when the user logs on. If the password history is set to 0, the user doesn't have to choose a new password. For this reason, Enforce password history is set to 1 by default.
 
 
 
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Disables the lock screen camera toggle switch in PC Settings and prevents a came
 
 By default, users can enable invocation of an available camera on the lock screen.
 
-If you enable this setting, users will no longer be able to enable or disable lock screen camera access in PC Settings, and the camera cannot be invoked on the lock screen.
+If you enable this setting, users will no longer be able to enable or disable lock screen camera access in PC Settings, and the camera can't be invoked on the lock screen.
 
 
 > [!TIP]
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-display.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-display.md
index 5fcf63a361..f3f60dd44f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-display.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-display.md
@@ -113,19 +113,19 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Per Process System DPI is an application compatibility feature for desktop applications that do not render properly after a display-scale factor (DPI) change. When the display scale factor of the primary display changes (which can happen when you connect or disconnect a display that has a different display scale factor (DPI), connect remotely from a device with a different display scale factor, or manually change the display scale factor), many desktop applications can display blurry. Desktop applications that have not been updated to display properly in this scenario will be blurry until you log out and back in to Windows. 
+Per Process System DPI is an application compatibility feature for desktop applications that don't render properly after a display-scale factor (DPI) change. When the display scale factor of the primary display changes (which can happen when you connect or disconnect a display that has a different display scale factor (DPI), connect remotely from a device with a different display scale factor, or manually change the display scale factor), many desktop applications can display blurry. Desktop applications that haven't been updated to display properly in this scenario will be blurry until you sign out and back in to Windows. 
 
-When you enable this policy some blurry applications will be crisp after they are restarted, without requiring the user to log out and back in to Windows. 
+When you enable this policy some blurry applications will be crisp after they're restarted, without requiring the user to sign out and back in to Windows. 
 
-Be aware of the following:
+Be aware of the following points:
 
-Per Process System DPI will only improve the rendering of desktop applications that are positioned on the primary display (or any other display that has the same scale factor as that of the primary display). Some desktop applications can still be blurry on secondary displays that have different display scale factors. 
+Per Process System DPI will only improve the rendering of desktop applications that are positioned on the primary display (or any other display having the same scale factor as that of the primary display). Some desktop applications can still be blurry on secondary displays that have different display scale factors. 
 
-Per Process System DPI will not work for all applications as some older desktop applications will always be blurry on high DPI displays. 
+Per Process System DPI won't work for all applications as some older desktop applications will always be blurry on high DPI displays. 
 
 In some cases, you may see some unexpected behavior in some desktop applications that have Per-Process System DPI applied. If that happens, Per Process System DPI should be disabled.
 
-Enabling this setting lets you specify the system-wide default for desktop applications and per-application overrides. If you disable or do not configure this setting. Per Process System DPI will not apply to any processes on the system.
+Enabling this setting lets you specify the system-wide default for desktop applications and per-application overrides. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Per Process System DPI won't apply to any processes on the system.
 
 
 
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-GDI DPI Scaling enables applications that are not DPI aware to become per monitor DPI aware.
+GDI DPI Scaling enables applications that aren't DPI aware to become per monitor DPI aware.
 
 This policy setting lets you specify legacy applications that have GDI DPI Scaling turned off.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, GDI DPI Scaling is turned off for all applications in the list, even if they are enabled by using ApplicationCompatibility database, ApplicationCompatibility UI System (Enhanced) setting, or an application manifest.
+If you enable this policy setting, GDI DPI Scaling is turned off for all applications in the list, even if they're enabled by using ApplicationCompatibility database, ApplicationCompatibility UI System (Enhanced) setting, or an application manifest.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, GDI DPI Scaling might still be turned on for legacy applications.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, GDI DPI Scaling might still be turned on for legacy applications.
 
 If GDI DPI Scaling is configured to both turn off and turn on an application, the application will be turned off.
 
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following tasks:
 
 1.   Configure the setting for an app, which has GDI DPI scaling enabled via MDM or any other supported mechanisms.
 2.   Run the app and observe blurry text.
@@ -276,13 +276,13 @@ To validate on Desktop, do the following:
 
 
 
-GDI DPI Scaling enables applications that are not DPI aware to become per monitor DPI aware.
+GDI DPI Scaling enables applications that aren't DPI aware to become per monitor DPI aware.
 
 This policy setting lets you specify legacy applications that have GDI DPI Scaling turned on.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, GDI DPI Scaling is turned on for all legacy applications in the list.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, GDI DPI Scaling will not be enabled for an application except when an application is enabled by using ApplicationCompatibility database, ApplicationCompatibility UI System (Enhanced) setting, or an application manifest.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, GDI DPI Scaling won't be enabled for an application except when an application is enabled by using ApplicationCompatibility database, ApplicationCompatibility UI System (Enhanced) setting, or an application manifest.
 
 If GDI DPI Scaling is configured to both turn off and turn on an application, the application will be turned off.
 
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following tasks:
 
 1.   Configure the setting for an app, which uses GDI.
 2.   Run the app and observe crisp text.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-dmaguard.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-dmaguard.md
index 336c23a5cb..1258127e5e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-dmaguard.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-dmaguard.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - DmaGuard
-description: Learn how to use the Policy CSP - DmaGuard setting to provide additional security against external DMA capable devices.
+description: Learn how to use the Policy CSP - DmaGuard setting to provide more security against external DMA capable devices.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy is intended to provide additional security against external DMA capable devices. It allows for more control over the enumeration of external DMA capable devices incompatible with [DMA Remapping](/windows-hardware/drivers/pci/enabling-dma-remapping-for-device-drivers)/device memory isolation and sandboxing. 
+This policy is intended to provide more security against external DMA capable devices. It allows for more control over the enumeration of external DMA capable devices incompatible with [DMA Remapping](/windows-hardware/drivers/pci/enabling-dma-remapping-for-device-drivers)/device memory isolation and sandboxing. 
 
-Device memory sandboxing allows the OS to leverage the I/O Memory Management Unit (IOMMU) of a device to block unallowed I/O, or memory access, by the peripheral. In other words, the OS assigns a certain memory range to the peripheral. If the peripheral attempts to read/write to memory outside of the assigned range, the OS blocks it.
+Device memory sandboxing allows the OS to use the I/O Memory Management Unit (IOMMU) of a device to block unallowed I/O, or memory access, by the peripheral. In other words, the OS assigns a certain memory range to the peripheral. If the peripheral attempts to read/write to memory outside of the assigned range, the OS blocks it.
 
-This policy only takes effect when Kernel DMA Protection is supported and enabled by the system firmware. Kernel DMA Protection is a platform feature that cannot be controlled via policy or by end user. It has to be supported by the system at the time of manufacturing. To check if the system supports Kernel DMA Protection, please check the Kernel DMA Protection field in the Summary page of MSINFO32.exe.
+This policy only takes effect when Kernel DMA Protection is supported and enabled by the system firmware. Kernel DMA Protection is a platform feature that can't be controlled via policy or by end user. It has to be supported by the system at the time of manufacturing. To check if the system supports Kernel DMA Protection, check the Kernel DMA Protection field in the Summary page of MSINFO32.exe.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy does not apply to 1394/Firewire, PCMCIA, CardBus, or ExpressCard devices.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-education.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-education.md
index 4bd0742e0b..f846573eda 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-education.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-education.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - Education
-description: Learn how to use the Policy CSP - Education setting to control graphing functionality in the Windows Calculator app. 
+description: Learn how to use the Policy CSP - Education setting to control the graphing functionality in the Windows Calculator app. 
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to control whether graphing functionality is available in the Windows Calculator app. If you disable this policy setting, graphing functionality will not be accessible in the Windows Calculator app. If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, you will be able to access graphing functionality.
+This policy setting allows you to control whether graphing functionality is available in the Windows Calculator app. If you disable this policy setting, graphing functionality won't be accessible in the Windows Calculator app. If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, you'll be able to access graphing functionality.
 
 
 ADMX Info:  
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ The policy value is expected to be the name (network host name) of an installed
 
 
 
-Allows IT Admins to prevent user installation of additional printers from the printers settings.
+Allows IT Admins to prevent user installation of more printers from the printers settings.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-errorreporting.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-errorreporting.md
index 4e5f16f246..37d4c94e64 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-errorreporting.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-errorreporting.md
@@ -75,19 +75,19 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting determines the consent behavior of Windows Error Reporting for specific event types.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can add specific event types to a list by clicking Show, and typing event types in the Value Name column of the Show Contents dialog box. Event types are those for generic, non-fatal errors: crash, no response, and kernel fault errors. For each specified event type, you can set a consent level of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can add specific event types to a list by clicking Show, and typing event types in the Value Name column of the Show Contents dialog box. Event types are those even types for generic, non-fatal errors: crash, no response, and kernel fault errors. For each specified event type, you can set a consent level of 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
 
 - 0 (Disable): Windows Error Reporting sends no data to Microsoft for this event type.
 
 - 1 (Always ask before sending data): Windows prompts the user for consent to send reports.
 
-- 2 (Send parameters): Windows Error Reporting automatically sends the minimum data required to check for an existing solution, and Windows prompts the user for consent to send any additional data requested by Microsoft.
+- 2 (Send parameters): Windows Error Reporting automatically sends the minimum data required to check for an existing solution, and Windows prompts the user for consent to send any extra data requested by Microsoft.
 
-- 3 (Send parameters and safe additional data): Windows Error Reporting automatically sends the minimum data required to check for an existing solution, as well as data which Windows has determined (within a high probability) does not contain personally identifiable data, and prompts the user for consent to send any additional data requested by Microsoft.
+- 3 (Send parameters and safe extra data): Windows Error Reporting automatically sends the minimum data required to check for an existing solution, and data which Windows has determined (within a high probability) doesn't contain personally identifiable data, and prompts the user for consent to send any extra data requested by Microsoft.
 
 - 4 (Send all data): Any data requested by Microsoft is sent automatically.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then the default consent settings that are applied are those specified by the user in Control Panel, or in the Configure Default Consent policy setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then the default consent settings that are applied are those settings specified by the user in Control Panel, or in the Configure Default Consent policy setting.
 
 
 
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting turns off Windows Error Reporting, so that reports are not collected or sent to either Microsoft or internal servers within your organization when software unexpectedly stops working or fails.
+This policy setting turns off Windows Error Reporting, so that reports aren't collected or sent to either Microsoft or internal servers within your organization when software unexpectedly stops working or fails.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting does not send any problem information to Microsoft. Additionally, solution information is not available in Security and Maintenance in Control Panel.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting doesn't send any problem information to Microsoft. Additionally, solution information isn't available in Security and Maintenance in Control Panel.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Turn off Windows Error Reporting policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/System/Internet Communication Management/Internet Communication settings takes precedence. If Turn off Windows Error Reporting is also either disabled or not configured, user settings in Control Panel for Windows Error Reporting are applied.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Turn off Windows Error Reporting policy setting in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/System/Internet Communication Management/Internet Communication settings takes precedence. If Turn off Windows Error Reporting is also either disabled or not configured, user settings in Control Panel for Windows Error Reporting are applied.
 
 
 
@@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ This policy setting controls whether users are shown an error dialog box that le
 
 If you enable this policy setting, users are notified in a dialog box that an error has occurred, and can display more details about the error. If the Configure Error Reporting policy setting is also enabled, the user can also report the error.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users are not notified that errors have occurred. If the Configure Error Reporting policy setting is also enabled, errors are reported, but users receive no notification. Disabling this policy setting is useful for servers that do not have interactive users.
+If you disable this policy setting, users aren't notified that errors have occurred. If the Configure Error Reporting policy setting is also enabled, errors are reported, but users receive no notification. Disabling this policy setting is useful for servers that don't have interactive users.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can change this setting in Control Panel, which is set to enable notification by default on computers that are running Windows XP Personal Edition and Windows XP Professional Edition, and disable notification by default on computers that are running Windows Server.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can change this setting in Control Panel, which is set to enable notification by default on computers that are running Windows XP Personal Edition and Windows XP Professional Edition, and disable notification by default on computers that are running Windows Server.
 
 See also the Configure Error Reporting policy setting.
 
@@ -225,11 +225,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether additional data in support of error reports can be sent to Microsoft automatically.
+This policy setting controls whether extra data in support of error reports can be sent to Microsoft automatically.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, any additional data requests from Microsoft in response to a Windows Error Reporting report are automatically declined, without notification to the user.
+If you enable this policy setting, any extra data requests from Microsoft in response to a Windows Error Reporting report are automatically declined, without notification to the user.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then consent policy settings in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Windows Error Reporting/Consent take precedence.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then consent policy settings in Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Windows Error Reporting/Consent take precedence.
 
 
 
@@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting prevents the display of the user interface for critical errors.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting does not display any GUI-based error messages or dialog boxes for critical errors.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting doesn't display any GUI-based error messages or dialog boxes for critical errors.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting displays the user interface for critical errors.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting displays the user interface for critical errors.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-eventlogservice.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-eventlogservice.md
index 9e1e22c296..ced6ab68a9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-eventlogservice.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-eventlogservice.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - EventLogService
-description: Learn how to use the Policy CSP - EventLogService settting to control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size.
+description: Learn how to use the Policy CSP - EventLogService setting to control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size.
 
-If you enable this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events are not written to the log and are lost.
+If you enable this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events aren't written to the log and are lost.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events overwrite old events.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and a log file reaches its maximum size, new events overwrite old events.
 
 Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the "Backup log automatically when full" policy setting.
 
@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte (1024 kilobytes) and 2 terabytes (2147483647 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte (1024 kilobytes) and 2 terabytes (2,147,483,647 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog and it defaults to 20 megabytes.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog and it defaults to 20 megabytes.
 
 
 
@@ -161,9 +161,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte (1024 kilobytes) and 2 terabytes (2147483647 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte (1024 kilobytes) and 2 terabytes (2,147,483,647 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog and it defaults to 20 megabytes.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog and it defaults to 20 megabytes.
 
 
 
@@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte (1024 kilobytes) and 2 terabytes (2147483647 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments.
+If you enable this policy setting, you can configure the maximum log file size to be between 1 megabyte (1024 kilobytes) and 2 terabytes (2,147,483,647 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog and it defaults to 20 megabytes.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the maximum size of the log file will be set to the locally configured value. This value can be changed by the local administrator using the Log Properties dialog and it defaults to 20 megabytes.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience.md
index cb785576ec..b115b5df8c 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-experience.md
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 1. Configure Experiences/AllowClipboardHistory to 0.
 1. Open Notepad (or any editor app), select a text, and copy it to the clipboard.
 1. Press Win+V to open the clipboard history UI.
-1. You should not see any clipboard item including current item you copied.
+1. You shouldn't see any clipboard item including current item you copied.
 1. The setting under Settings App->System->Clipboard should be grayed out with policy warning.
 
 
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Allows users to turn on/off device discovery UX.
 
-When set to 0, the projection pane is disabled. The Win+P and Win+K shortcut keys will not work on.
+When set to 0, the projection pane is disabled. The Win+P and Win+K shortcut keys won't work on.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ This policy turns on Find My Device.
 
 When Find My Device is on, the device and its location are registered in the cloud so that the device can be located when the user initiates a Find command from account.microsoft.com. In Windows 10, version 1709 devices that are compatible with active digitizers, enabling Find My Device will also allow the user to view the last location of use of their active digitizer on their device; this location is stored locally on the user's device after each use of their active digitizer.
 
-When Find My Device is off, the device and its location are not registered and the Find My Device feature will not work. In Windows 10, version 1709 the user will not be able to view the location of the last use of their active digitizer on their device.
+When Find My Device is off, the device and its location aren't registered and the Find My Device feature won't work. In Windows 10, version 1709 the user won't be able to view the location of the last use of their active digitizer on their device.
 
 
 
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Specifies whether to allow the user to delete the workplace account using the workplace control panel. If the device is Azure Active Directory joined and MDM enrolled (e.g., auto-enrolled), then disabling the MDM unenrollment has no effect.
+Specifies whether to allow the user to delete the workplace account using the workplace control panel. If the device is Azure Active Directory joined and MDM enrolled (for example, auto-enrolled), then disabling the MDM unenrollment has no effect.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The MDM server can always remotely delete the account.
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ This policy is deprecated.
 
 
 
-Describe what value are supported in by this policy and meaning of each value is default value.
+Describe what values are supported in by this policy and meaning of each value is default value.
 
 
 
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ This policy is deprecated.
 
 
 
-Describes what value are supported in by this policy and meaning of each value is default value.
+Describes what values are supported in by this policy and meaning of each value is default value.
 
 
 
@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Allows or disallows all Windows sync settings on the device. For information abo
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – Sync settings are not allowed.
+-   0 – Sync settings aren't allowed.
 -   1 (default) – Sync settings allowed.
 
 
@@ -517,12 +517,12 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy allows you to prevent Windows from using diagnostic data to provide customized experiences to the user. If you enable this policy setting, Windows will not use diagnostic data from this device to customize content shown on the lock screen, Windows tips, Microsoft consumer features, or other related features. If these features are enabled, users will still see recommendations, tips and offers, but they may be less relevant. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Microsoft will use diagnostic data to provide personalized recommendations, tips, and offers to tailor Windows for the user's needs and make it work better for them.
+This policy allows you to prevent Windows from using diagnostic data to provide customized experiences to the user. If you enable this policy setting, Windows won't use diagnostic data from this device to customize content shown on the lock screen, Windows tips, Microsoft consumer features, or other related features. If these features are enabled, users will still see recommendations, tips and offers, but they may be less relevant. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Microsoft will use diagnostic data to provide personalized recommendations, tips, and offers to tailor Windows for the user's needs and make it work better for them.
 
 Diagnostic data can include browser, app and feature usage, depending on the "Diagnostic and usage data" setting value.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting does not control Cortana cutomized experiences because there are separate policies to configure it.
+> This setting doesn't control Cortana cutomized experiences because there are separate policies to configure it.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 > This policy is only available for Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education.
 
 
-Specifies whether to turn off all Windows spotlight features at once. If you enable this policy setting, Windows spotlight on lock screen, Windows Tips, Microsoft consumer features and other related features will be turned off. You should enable this policy setting if your goal is to minimize network traffic from target devices. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows spotlight features are allowed and may be controlled individually using their corresponding policy settings.
+Specifies whether to turn off all Windows spotlight features at once. If you enable this policy setting, Windows spotlight on lock screen, Windows Tips, Microsoft consumer features and other related features will be turned off. You should enable this policy setting if your goal is to minimize network traffic from target devices. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows spotlight features are allowed and may be controlled individually using their corresponding policy settings.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy allows administrators to prevent Windows spotlight notifications from being displayed in the Action Center. If you enable this policy, Windows spotlight notifications will no longer be displayed in the Action Center. If you disable or do not configure this policy, Microsoft may display notifications in the Action Center that will suggest apps or features to help users be more productive on Windows.
+This policy allows administrators to prevent Windows spotlight notifications from being displayed in the Action Center. If you enable this policy, Windows spotlight notifications will no longer be displayed in the Action Center. If you disable or don't configure this policy, Microsoft may display notifications in the Action Center that will suggest apps or features to help users be more productive on Windows.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 This policy setting lets you turn off the Windows spotlight Windows welcome experience feature.
-The Windows welcome experience feature introduces onboard users to Windows; for example, launching Microsoft Edge with a webpage that highlights new features. If you enable this policy, the Windows welcome experience will no longer be displayed when there are updates and changes to Windows and its apps. If you disable or do not configure this policy, the Windows welcome experience will be launched to inform onboard users about what's new, changed, and suggested.
+The Windows welcome experience feature introduces onboard users to Windows; for example, launching Microsoft Edge with a webpage that highlights new features. If you enable this policy, the Windows welcome experience will no longer be displayed when there are updates and changes to Windows and its apps. If you disable or don't configure this policy, the Windows welcome experience will be launched to inform onboard users about what's new, changed, and suggested.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ The values for this policy are 0, 1, 2, and 3. This policy defaults to 0 if not
 -   0 - Not Configured: The Chat icon will be configured according to the defaults for your Windows edition.
 -   1 - Show: The Chat icon will be displayed on the taskbar by default. Users can show or hide it in Settings.
 -   2 - Hide: The Chat icon will be hidden by default. Users can show or hide it in Settings.
--   3 - Disabled: The Chat icon will not be displayed, and users cannot show or hide it in Settings.
+-   3 - Disabled: The Chat icon won't be displayed, and users can't show or hide it in Settings.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Option 1 (Show) and Option 2 (Hide) only work on the first sign-in attempt. Option 3 (Disabled) works on all attempts.
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ The values for this policy are 0, 1, 2, and 3. This policy defaults to 0 if not
 > This policy is only available for Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education.
 
 
-Allows IT admins to specify whether spotlight should be used on the user's lock screen. If your organization does not have an Enterprise spotlight content service, then this policy will behave the same as a setting of 1.
+Allows IT admins to specify whether spotlight should be used on the user's lock screen. If your organization doesn't have an Enterprise spotlight content service, then this policy will behave the same as a setting of 1.
 
 
 
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ This policy setting lets you turn off cloud optimized content in all Windows exp
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Windows experiences that use the cloud optimized content client component will present the default fallback content.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows experiences will be able to use cloud optimized content.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows experiences will be able to use cloud optimized content.
 
 
 
@@ -1083,9 +1083,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Prevents devices from showing feedback questions from Microsoft.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users will no longer see feedback notifications through the Feedback hub app. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users may see notifications through the Feedback hub app asking users for feedback.
+If you enable this policy setting, users will no longer see feedback notifications through the Feedback hub app. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users may see notifications through the Feedback hub app asking users for feedback.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can control how often they receive feedback questions.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can control how often they receive feedback questions.
 
 
 
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – Feedback notifications are not disabled. The actual state of feedback notifications on the device will then depend on what GP has configured or what the user has configured locally.
+-   0 (default) – Feedback notifications aren't disabled. The actual state of feedback notifications on the device will then depend on what GP has configured or what the user has configured locally.
 -   1 – Feedback notifications are disabled.
 
 
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 Supported values:
 
 -  0 (default) - Allowed/turned on. The "browser" group synchronizes automatically between users' devices and lets users make changes.
--  2 - Prevented/turned off. The "browser" group does not use the _Sync your Settings_ option.
+-  2 - Prevented/turned off. The "browser" group doesn't use the _Sync your Settings_ option.
 
 
 _**Sync the browser settings automatically**_
@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the lock option is shown in the User Tile men
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the lock option is never shown in the User Tile menu.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the lock option is shown in the User Tile menu. Users can choose if they want to show the lock in the user tile menu from the Power Options control panel.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the lock option is shown in the User Tile menu. Users can choose if they want to show the lock in the user tile menu from the Power Options control panel.
 
 
 
@@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 Supported values:  
-- false - The lock option is not displayed in the User Tile menu.
+- false - The lock option isn't displayed in the User Tile menu.
 - true (default) - The lock option is displayed in the User Tile menu.
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-handwriting.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-handwriting.md
index 4c736050b2..c2b205ad92 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-handwriting.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-handwriting.md
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy allows an enterprise to configure the default mode for the handwriting panel.
 
-The handwriting panel has 2 modes - floats near the text box, or docked to the bottom of the screen. The default configuration to is floating near text box. If you want the panel to be fixed or docked, use this policy to fix it to the bottom of the screen.
+The handwriting panel has two modes - floats near the text box, or docked to the bottom of the screen. The default configuration is the one floating near text box. If you want the panel to be fixed or docked, use this policy to fix it to the bottom of the screen.
 
-In floating mode, the content is hidden behind a flying-in panel and results in end-user dissatisfaction. The end-user will need to drag the flying-in panel to see the rest of the content. In the fixed mode, the flying-in panel is fixed to the bottom of the screen and does not require any user interaction.
+In floating mode, the content is hidden behind a flying-in panel and results in end-user dissatisfaction. The end-user will need to drag the flying-in panel to see the rest of the content. In the fixed mode, the flying-in panel is fixed to the bottom of the screen and doesn't require any user interaction.
 
-The docked mode is especially useful in Kiosk mode where you do not expect the end-user to drag the flying-in panel out of the way.
+The docked mode is especially useful in Kiosk mode where you don't expect the end-user to drag the flying-in panel out of the way.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-internetexplorer.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-internetexplorer.md
index 036aa82cdc..a4b2b54bee 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-internetexplorer.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-internetexplorer.md
@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ Internet Explorer has 4 security zones, numbered 1-4, and these are used by this
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can enter a list of sites and their related zone numbers. The association of a site with a zone will ensure that the security settings for the specified zone are applied to the site.  For each entry that you add to the list, enter the following information:
 
-Valuename – A host for an intranet site, or a fully qualified domain name for other sites. The valuename may also include a specific protocol. For example, if you enter  as the valuename, other protocols are not affected. If you enter just www.contoso.com, then all protocols are affected for that site, including http, https, ftp, and so on. The site may also be expressed as an IP address (e.g., 127.0.0.1) or range (e.g., 127.0.0.1-10). To avoid creating conflicting policies, do not include additional characters after the domain such as trailing slashes or URL path. For example, policy settings for www.contoso.com and www.contoso.com/mail would be treated as the same policy setting by Internet Explorer, and would therefore be in conflict.
+Valuename – A host for an intranet site, or a fully qualified domain name for other sites. The valuename may also include a specific protocol. For example, if you enter `` as the valuename, other protocols are not affected. If you enter just `www.contoso.com,` then all protocols are affected for that site, including http, https, ftp, and so on. The site may also be expressed as an IP address (e.g., 127.0.0.1) or range (e.g., 127.0.0.1-10). To avoid creating conflicting policies, do not include additional characters after the domain such as trailing slashes or URL path. For example, policy settings for `www.contoso.com` and `www.contoso.com/mail` would be treated as the same policy setting by Internet Explorer, and would therefore be in conflict.
 
 Value - A number indicating the zone with which this site should be associated for security settings. The Internet Explorer zones described above are 1-4.
 
@@ -2002,8 +2002,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 ```
 
 Value and index pairs in the SyncML example:  
-- http://adfs.contoso.org 1
-- https://microsoft.com 2
+- `https://adfs.contoso.org 1`
+- `https://microsoft.com 2`
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kerberos.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kerberos.md
index 95b4864abc..f8ed8cecde 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kerberos.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kerberos.md
@@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting defines the list of trusting forests that the Kerberos client searches when attempting to resolve two-part service principal names (SPNs).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Kerberos client searches the forests in this list, if it is unable to resolve a two-part SPN. If a match is found, the Kerberos client requests a referral ticket to the appropriate domain.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Kerberos client searches the forests in this list, if it's unable to resolve a two-part SPN. If a match is found, the Kerberos client requests a referral ticket to the appropriate domain.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client does not search the listed forests to resolve the SPN. If the Kerberos client is unable to resolve the SPN because the name is not found, NTLM authentication might be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client doesn't search the listed forests to resolve the SPN. If the Kerberos client is unable to resolve the SPN because the name isn't found, NTLM authentication might be used.
 
 
 
@@ -129,11 +129,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy allows retrieving the cloud Kerberos ticket during the logon.
+This policy allows retrieving the cloud Kerberos ticket during the sign in.
 
-- If you disable (0) or do not configure this policy setting, the cloud Kerberos ticket is not retrieved during the logon.
+- If you disable (0) or don't configure this policy setting, the cloud Kerberos ticket isn't retrieved during the sign in.
 
-- If you enable (1) this policy, the cloud Kerberos ticket is retrieved during the logon.
+- If you enable (1) this policy, the cloud Kerberos ticket is retrieved during the sign in.
 
 
 
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 This policy setting controls whether a device will request claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring using Kerberos authentication with domains that support these features. 
-If you enable this policy setting, the client computers will request claims, provide information required to create compounded authentication and armor Kerberos messages in domains which support claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring.
+If you enable this policy setting, the client computers will request claims, provide information required to create compounded authentication and armor Kerberos messages in domains that support claims and compound authentication for Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the client devices will not request claims, provide information required to create compounded authentication and armor Kerberos messages. Services hosted on the device will not be able to retrieve claims for clients using Kerberos protocol transition.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the client devices won't request claims, provide information required to create compounded authentication and armor Kerberos messages. Services hosted on the device won't be able to retrieve claims for clients using Kerberos protocol transition.
 
 
 
@@ -229,14 +229,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls hash or checksum algorithms used by the Kerberos client when performing certificate authentication.
 
-If you enable this policy, you will be able to configure one of four states for each algorithm:
+If you enable this policy, you'll be able to configure one of four states for each algorithm:
 
-* **Default**: This sets the algorithm to the recommended state.
-* **Supported**: This enables usage of the algorithm. Enabling algorithms that have been disabled by default may reduce your security.
-* **Audited**: This enables usage of the algorithm and reports an event (ID 205) every time it is used. This state is intended to verify that the algorithm is not being used and can be safely disabled.
-* **Not Supported**: This disables usage of the algorithm. This state is intended for algorithms that are deemed to be insecure.
+* **Default**: This state sets the algorithm to the recommended state.
+* **Supported**: This state enables usage of the algorithm. Enabling algorithms that have been disabled by default may reduce your security.
+* **Audited**: This state enables usage of the algorithm and reports an event (ID 205) every time it's used. This state is intended to verify that the algorithm isn't being used and can be safely disabled.
+* **Not Supported**: This state disables usage of the algorithm. This state is intended for algorithms that are deemed to be insecure.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, each algorithm will assume the **Default** state.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, each algorithm will assume the **Default** state.
 
 More information about the hash and checksum algorithms supported by the Windows Kerberos client and their default states can be found https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2169037.
 
@@ -282,14 +282,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls whether a computer requires that Kerberos message exchanges be armored when communicating with a domain controller.
 
-Warning: When a domain does not support Kerberos armoring by enabling "Support Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring", then all authentication for all its users will fail from computers with this policy setting enabled.
+Warning: When a domain doesn't support Kerberos armoring by enabling "Support Dynamic Access Control and Kerberos armoring", then all authentication for all its users will fail from computers with this policy setting enabled.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the client computers in the domain enforce the use of Kerberos armoring in only authentication service (AS) and ticket-granting service (TGS) message exchanges with the domain controllers. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The Kerberos Group Policy "Kerberos client support for claims, compound authentication and Kerberos armoring" must also be enabled to support Kerberos armoring. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the client computers in the domain enforce the use of Kerberos armoring when possible as supported by the target domain.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the client computers in the domain enforce the use of Kerberos armoring when possible as supported by the target domain.
 
 
 
@@ -333,9 +333,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls the Kerberos client's behavior in validating the KDC certificate for smart card and system certificate logon.  
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the Kerberos client requires that the KDC's X.509 certificate contains the KDC key purpose object identifier in the Extended Key Usage (EKU) extensions, and that the KDC's X.509 certificate contains a dNSName subjectAltName (SAN) extension that matches the DNS name of the domain. If the computer is joined to a domain, the Kerberos client requires that the KDC's X.509 certificate must be signed by a Certificate Authority (CA) in the NTAuth store. If the computer is not joined to a domain, the Kerberos client allows the root CA certificate on the smart card to be used in the path validation of the KDC's X.509 certificate.
+If you enable this policy setting, the Kerberos client requires that the KDC's X.509 certificate contains the KDC key purpose object identifier in the Extended Key Usage (EKU) extensions, and that the KDC's X.509 certificate contains a dNSName subjectAltName (SAN) extension that matches the DNS name of the domain. If the computer is joined to a domain, the Kerberos client requires that the KDC's X.509 certificate must be signed by a Certificate Authority (CA) in the NTAuth store. If the computer isn't joined to a domain, the Kerberos client allows the root CA certificate on the smart card to be used in the path validation of the KDC's X.509 certificate.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client requires only that the KDC certificate contain the Server Authentication purpose object identifier in the EKU extensions which can be issued to any server.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client requires only that the KDC certificate contain the Server Authentication purpose object identifier in the EKU extensions that can be issued to any server.
 
 
 
@@ -377,16 +377,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to set the value returned to applications which request the maximum size of the SSPI context token buffer size.
+This policy setting allows you to set the value returned to applications that request the maximum size of the SSPI context token buffer size.
 
 The size of the context token buffer determines the maximum size of SSPI context tokens an application expects and allocates. Depending upon authentication request processing and group memberships, the buffer might be smaller than the actual size of the SSPI context token. 
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the Kerberos client or server uses the configured value, or the locally allowed maximum value, whichever is smaller.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client or server uses the locally configured value or the default value. 
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Kerberos client or server uses the locally configured value or the default value. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting configures the existing MaxTokenSize registry value in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\Kerberos\Parameters, which was added in Windows XP and Windows Server 2003, with a default value of 12,000 bytes. Beginning with Windows 8 the default is 48,000 bytes. Due to HTTP's base64 encoding of authentication context tokens, it is not advised to set this value more than 48,000 bytes.
+> This policy setting configures the existing MaxTokenSize registry value in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\Kerberos\Parameters, which was added in Windows XP and Windows Server 2003, with a default value of 12,000 bytes. Beginning with Windows 8 the default is 48,000 bytes. Due to HTTP's base64 encoding of authentication context tokens, it's not advised to set this value more than 48,000 bytes.
 
 
 
@@ -428,9 +428,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Adds a list of domains that an Azure Active Directory joined device can attempt to contact when it cannot resolve a UPN to a principal.
+Adds a list of domains that an Azure Active Directory joined device can attempt to contact when it can't resolve a UPN to a principal.
 
-Devices joined to Azure Active Directory in a hybrid environment need to interact with Active Directory Domain Controllers, but they lack the built-in ability to find a Domain Controller that a domain-joined device has. This can cause failures when such a device needs to resolve an Azure Active Directory UPN into an Active Directory Principal. You can use this policy to avoid those failures.
+Devices joined to Azure Active Directory in a hybrid environment need to interact with Active Directory Domain Controllers, but they lack the built-in ability to find a Domain Controller that a domain-joined device has. This limitation can cause failures when such a device needs to resolve an Azure Active Directory UPN into an Active Directory Principal. You can use this policy to avoid those failures.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser.md
index 4dfe60a594..ec353dc9aa 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-kioskbrowser.md
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ These policies currently only apply to Kiosk Browser app. Kiosk Browser is a Mic
 
 
 
-List of exceptions to the blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This is used to configure URLs kiosk browsers are allowed to navigate to, which are a subset of the blocked URLs.
+List of exceptions to the blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This policy is used to configure URLs kiosk browsers are allowed to navigate to, which are a subset of the blocked URLs.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy only applies to the Kiosk Browser app in Microsoft Store.
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ List of exceptions to the blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This is
 
 
 
-List of blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This is used to configure blocked URLs kiosk browsers cannot navigate to.
+List of blocked website URLs (with wildcard support). This policy is used to configure blocked URLs kiosk browsers can't navigate to.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy only applies to the Kiosk Browser app in Microsoft Store.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Configures the default URL kiosk browsers to navigate on launch and restart.
 
 
 
-Shows the Kiosk Browser's end session button. When the policy is enabled, the Kiosk Browser app shows a button to reset the browser. When the user clicks on the button, the app will prompt the user for confirmation to end the session. When the user confirms, the Kiosk browser will clear all browsing data (cache, cookies, etc.) and navigate back to the default URL.
+Shows the Kiosk Browser's end session button. When the policy is enabled, the Kiosk Browser app shows a button to reset the browser. When the user selects the button, the app will prompt the user for confirmation to end the session. When the user confirms, the Kiosk browser will clear all browsing data (cache, cookies, etc.) and navigate back to the default URL.
 
 
 
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Enable/disable kiosk browser's navigation buttons (forward/back).
 
 Amount of time in minutes the session is idle until the kiosk browser restarts in a fresh state.  
 
-The value is an int 1-1440 that specifies the amount of minutes the session is idle until the kiosk browser restarts in a fresh state. The default value is empty which means there is no idle timeout within the kiosk browser.
+The value is an int 1-1440 that specifies the number of minutes the session is idle until the kiosk browser restarts in a fresh state. The default value is empty, which means there's no idle timeout within the kiosk browser.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy only applies to the Kiosk Browser app in Microsoft Store.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-lanmanworkstation.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-lanmanworkstation.md
index 0165674799..abd1293e59 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-lanmanworkstation.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-lanmanworkstation.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - LanmanWorkstation
-description: Use the Policy CSP - LanmanWorkstation setting to determine if the SMB client will allow insecure guest logons to an SMB server.
+description: Use the Policy CSP - LanmanWorkstation setting to determine if the SMB client will allow insecure guest sign ins to an SMB server.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines if the SMB client will allow insecure guest logons to an SMB server.
+This policy setting determines if the SMB client will allow insecure guest sign ins to an SMB server.
 
-If you enable this policy setting or if you do not configure this policy setting, the SMB client will allow insecure guest logons.
+If you enable this policy setting or if you don't configure this policy setting, the SMB client will allow insecure guest sign ins.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the SMB client will reject insecure guest logons.
+If you disable this policy setting, the SMB client will reject insecure guest sign ins.
 
-Insecure guest logons are used by file servers to allow unauthenticated access to shared folders. While uncommon in an enterprise environment, insecure guest logons are frequently used by consumer Network Attached Storage (NAS) appliances acting as file servers. Windows file servers require authentication and do not use insecure guest logons by default. Since insecure guest logons are unauthenticated, important security features such as SMB Signing and SMB Encryption are disabled. As a result, clients that allow insecure guest logons are vulnerable to a variety of man-in-the-middle attacks that can result in data loss, data corruption, and exposure to malware. Additionally, any data written to a file server using an insecure guest logon is potentially accessible to anyone on the network. Microsoft recommends disabling insecure guest logons and configuring file servers to require authenticated access.
+Insecure guest sign ins are used by file servers to allow unauthenticated access to shared folders. While uncommon in an enterprise environment, insecure guest sign ins are frequently used by consumer Network Attached Storage (NAS) appliances acting as file servers. Windows file servers require authentication and don't use insecure guest sign ins by default. Since insecure guest sign ins are unauthenticated, important security features such as SMB Signing and SMB Encryption are disabled. As a result, clients that allow insecure guest sign ins are vulnerable to various man-in-the-middle attacks that can result in data loss, data corruption, and exposure to malware. Additionally, any data written to a file server using an insecure guest sign in is potentially accessible to anyone on the network. Microsoft recommends disabling insecure guest sign ins and configuring file servers to require authenticated access.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions.md
index 056c7c95d6..affd8a51ea 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-localpoliciessecurityoptions.md
@@ -201,11 +201,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting prevents users from adding new Microsoft accounts on this computer.
 
-If you select the "Users cannot add Microsoft accounts" option, users will not be able to create new Microsoft accounts on this computer, switch a local account to a Microsoft account, or connect a domain account to a Microsoft account. This is the preferred option if you need to limit the use of Microsoft accounts in your enterprise.
+If you select the "Users cannot add Microsoft accounts" option, users won't be able to create new Microsoft accounts on this computer, switch a local account to a Microsoft account, or connect a domain account to a Microsoft account. This option is the preferred option if you need to limit the use of Microsoft accounts in your enterprise.
 
-If you select the "Users cannot add or log on with Microsoft accounts" option, existing Microsoft account users will not be able to log on to Windows. Selecting this option might make it impossible for an existing administrator on this computer to log on and manage the system.
+If you select the "Users cannot add or log on with Microsoft accounts" option, existing Microsoft account users won't be able to sign in to Windows. Selecting this option might make it impossible for an existing administrator on this computer to sign in and manage the system.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy (recommended), users will be able to use Microsoft accounts with Windows.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy (recommended), users will be able to use Microsoft accounts with Windows.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ GP Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 - disabled (users will be able to use Microsoft accounts with Windows).
--   1 - enabled (users cannot add Microsoft accounts).
+-   1 - enabled (users can't add Microsoft accounts).
 
 
 
@@ -350,16 +350,16 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Accounts: Limit local account use of blank passwords to console logon only
 
-This security setting determines whether local accounts that are not password protected can be used to log on from locations other than the physical computer console. If enabled, local accounts that are not password protected will only be able to log on at the computer's keyboard.
+This security setting determines whether local accounts that aren't password protected can be used to sign in from locations other than the physical computer console. If enabled, local accounts that aren't password protected will only be able to sign in at the computer's keyboard.
 
 Default: Enabled.
 
 > [!WARNING]
-> Computers that are not in physically secure locations should always enforce strong password policies for all local user accounts. Otherwise, anyone with physical access to the computer can log on by using a user account that does not have a password. This is especially important for portable computers.
-If you apply this security policy to the Everyone group, no one will be able to log on through Remote Desktop Services.
+> Computers that aren't in physically secure locations should always enforce strong password policies for all local user accounts. Otherwise, anyone with physical access to the computer can sign in by using a user account that doesn't have a password. This is especially important for portable computers.
+If you apply this security policy to the Everyone group, no one will be able to sign in through Remote Desktop Services.
 
-This setting does not affect logons that use domain accounts.
-It is possible for applications that use remote interactive logons to bypass this setting.
+This setting doesn't affect sign ins that use domain accounts.
+It's possible for applications that use remote interactive sign ins to bypass this setting.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 Valid values:  
-- 0 -  disabled - local accounts that are not password protected can be used to log on from locations other than the physical computer console
-- 1 -  enabled - local accounts that are not password protected will only be able to log on at the computer's keyboard
+- 0 -  disabled - local accounts that aren't password protected can be used to sign in from locations other than the physical computer console
+- 1 -  enabled - local accounts that aren't password protected will only be able to sign in at the computer's keyboard
 
 
 
@@ -496,9 +496,9 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-Devices: Allow undock without having to log on. 
+Devices: Allow undock without having to sign in. 
 
-This security setting determines whether a portable computer can be undocked without having to log on. If this policy is enabled, logon is not required and an external hardware eject button can be used to undock the computer. If disabled, a user must log on and have the Remove computer from docking station privilege to undock the computer.
+This security setting determines whether a portable computer can be undocked without having to sign in. If this policy is enabled, sign in isn't required and an external hardware eject button can be used to undock the computer. If disabled, a user must sign in and have the Remove computer from docking station privilege to undock the computer.
 Default: Enabled.
 
 > [!CAUTION]
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ This security setting determines who is allowed to format and eject removable NT
 - Administrators
 - Administrators and Interactive Users
 
-Default: This policy is not defined and only Administrators have this ability.
+Default: This policy isn't defined, and only Administrators have this ability.
 
 
 
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Default on servers: Enabled.
 Default on workstations: Disabled
 
 >[!NOTE]
->This setting does not affect the ability to add a local printer. This setting does not affect Administrators.
+>This setting doesn't affect the ability to add a local printer. This setting doesn't affect Administrators.
 
 
 
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ This security setting determines whether a CD-ROM is accessible to both local an
 
 If this policy is enabled, it allows only the interactively logged-on user to access removable CD-ROM media. If this policy is enabled and no one is logged on interactively, the CD-ROM can be accessed over the network.
 
-Default: This policy is not defined and CD-ROM access is not restricted to the locally logged-on user.
+Default: This policy isn't defined and CD-ROM access isn't restricted to the locally logged-on user.
 
 
 
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-Interactive Logon:Display user information when the session is locked  
+Interactive Logon: Display user information when the session is locked  
 
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ GP Info:
 Valid values:
 - 1 - User display name, domain and user names
 - 2 - User display name only
-- 3 - Do not display user information
+- 3 - Don't display user information
 
 
 
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ Valid values:
 Interactive logon: Don't display last signed-in
 
 This security setting determines whether the Windows sign-in screen will show the username of the last person who signed in on this PC.
-If this policy is enabled, the username will not be shown.
+If this policy is enabled, the username won't be shown.
 
 If this policy is disabled, the username will be shown.
 
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 Valid values:  
 - 0 - disabled (username will be shown)
-- 1 - enabled (username will not be shown)
+- 1 - enabled (username won't be shown)
 
 
 
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ Interactive logon: Don't display username at sign-in
 
 This security setting determines whether the username of the person signing in to this PC appears at Windows sign-in, after credentials are entered, and before the PC desktop is shown.
 
-If this policy is enabled, the username will not be shown.
+If this policy is enabled, the username won't be shown.
 
 If this policy is disabled, the username will be shown.
 
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 Valid values:  
 - 0 - disabled (username will be shown)
-- 1 - enabled (username will not be shown)
+- 1 - enabled (username won't be shown)
 
 
 
@@ -837,11 +837,11 @@ Valid values:
 
 
 
-Interactive logon: Do not require CTRL+ALT+DEL
+Interactive logon: Don't require CTRL+ALT+DEL
 
-This security setting determines whether pressing CTRL+ALT+DEL is required before a user can log on.
+This security setting determines whether pressing CTRL+ALT+DEL is required before a user can sign in.
 
-If this policy is enabled on a computer, a user is not required to press CTRL+ALT+DEL to log on. Not having to press CTRL+ALT+DEL leaves users susceptible to attacks that attempt to intercept the users' passwords. Requiring CTRL+ALT+DEL before users log on ensures that users are communicating by means of a trusted path when entering their passwords.
+If this policy is enabled on a computer, a user isn't required to press CTRL+ALT+DEL to sign in. Not having to press CTRL+ALT+DEL leaves users susceptible to attacks that attempt to intercept the users' passwords. Requiring CTRL+ALT+DEL before users sign in ensures that users are communicating through a trusted path when entering their passwords.
 
 If this policy is disabled, any user is required to press CTRL+ALT+DEL before logging on to Windows.
 
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 Valid values:  
 - 0 - disabled
-- 1 - enabled (a user is not required to press CTRL+ALT+DEL to log on)
+- 1 - enabled (a user isn't required to press CTRL+ALT+DEL to sign in)
 
 
 
@@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ Valid values:
 
 Interactive logon: Machine inactivity limit.
 
-Windows notices inactivity of a logon session, and if the amount of inactive time exceeds the inactivity limit, then the screen saver will run, locking the session.
+Windows notices inactivity of a sign-in session, and if the amount of inactive time exceeds the inactivity limit, then the screen saver will run, locking the session.
 
 Default: not enforced.
 
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-Valid values: From 0 to 599940, where the value is the amount of inactivity time (in seconds) after which the session will be locked. If it is set to zero (0), the setting is disabled.
+Valid values: From 0 to 599940, where the value is the amount of inactivity time (in seconds) after which the session will be locked. If it's set to zero (0), the setting is disabled.
 
 
 
@@ -942,9 +942,9 @@ Valid values: From 0 to 599940, where the value is the amount of inactivity time
 
 
 
-Interactive logon: Message text for users attempting to log on
+Interactive logon: Message text for users attempting to sign in
 
-This security setting specifies a text message that is displayed to users when they log on.
+This security setting specifies a text message that is displayed to users when they sign in.
 
 This text is often used for legal reasons, for example, to warn users about the ramifications of misusing company information or to warn them that their actions may be audited.
 
@@ -989,9 +989,9 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-Interactive logon: Message title for users attempting to log on
+Interactive logon: Message title for users attempting to sign in
 
-This security setting allows the specification of a title to appear in the title bar of the window that contains the Interactive logon: Message text for users attempting to log on.
+This security setting allows the specification of a title to appear in the title bar of the window that contains the Interactive logon: Message text for users attempting to sign in.
 
 Default: No message.
 
@@ -1047,14 +1047,14 @@ The options are:
 
 If you click Lock Workstation in the Properties dialog box for this policy, the workstation is locked when the smart card is removed, allowing users to leave the area, take their smart card with them, and still maintain a protected session.
 
-If you click Force Logoff in the Properties dialog box for this policy, the user is automatically logged off when the smart card is removed.
+If you click Force Logoff in the Properties dialog box for this policy, the user is automatically signed off when the smart card is removed.
 
-If you click Disconnect if a Remote Desktop Services session, removal of the smart card disconnects the session without logging the user off. This allows the user to insert the smart card and resume the session later, or at another smart card reader-equipped computer, without having to log on again. If the session is local, this policy functions identically to Lock Workstation.
+If you click Disconnect if a Remote Desktop Services session, removal of the smart card disconnects the session without logging off the user. This policy allows the user to insert the smart card and resume the session later, or at another smart card reader-equipped computer, without having to sign in again. If the session is local, this policy functions identically to Lock Workstation.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Remote Desktop Services was called Terminal Services in previous versions of Windows Server.
 
-Default: This policy is not defined, which means that the system treats it as No action.
+Default: This policy isn't defined, which means that the system treats it as No action.
 
 On Windows Vista and above: For this setting to work, the Smart Card Removal Policy service must be started.
 
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ Microsoft network client: Digitally sign communications (always)
 
 This security setting determines whether packet signing is required by the SMB client component.  The server message block (SMB) protocol provides the basis for Microsoft file and print sharing and many other networking operations, such as remote Windows administration. To prevent man-in-the-middle attacks that modify SMB packets in transit, the SMB protocol supports the digital signing of SMB packets. This policy setting determines whether SMB packet signing must be negotiated before further communication with an SMB server is permitted.  
 
-If this setting is enabled, the Microsoft network client will not communicate with a Microsoft network server unless that server agrees to perform SMB packet signing. If this policy is disabled, SMB packet signing is negotiated between the client and server. 
+If this setting is enabled, the Microsoft network client won't communicate with a Microsoft network server unless that server agrees to perform SMB packet signing. If this policy is disabled, SMB packet signing is negotiated between the client and server. 
  
 Default: Disabled.   
 
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 Microsoft network client: Send unencrypted password to connect to third-party SMB servers
 
-If this security setting is enabled, the Server Message Block (SMB) redirector is allowed to send plaintext passwords to non-Microsoft SMB servers that do not support password encryption during authentication.
+If this security setting is enabled, the Server Message Block (SMB) redirector is allowed to send plaintext passwords to non-Microsoft SMB servers that don't support password encryption during authentication.
 
 Sending unencrypted passwords is a security risk.
 
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ Administrators can use this policy to control when a computer suspends an inacti
 
 For this policy setting, a value of 0 means to disconnect an idle session as quickly as is reasonably possible. The maximum value is 99999, which is 208 days; in effect, this value disables the policy.
 
-Default:This policy is not defined, which means that the system treats it as 15 minutes for servers and undefined for workstations.
+Default: This policy isn't defined, which means that the system treats it as 15 minutes for servers and undefined for workstations.
 
 
 
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ This security setting determines whether packet signing is required by the SMB s
 
 The server message block (SMB) protocol provides the basis for Microsoft file and print sharing and many other networking operations, such as remote Windows administration. To prevent man-in-the-middle attacks that modify SMB packets in transit, the SMB protocol supports the digital signing of SMB packets. This policy setting determines whether SMB packet signing must be negotiated before further communication with an SMB client is permitted.
 
-If this setting is enabled, the Microsoft network server will not communicate with a Microsoft network client unless that client agrees to perform SMB packet signing. If this setting is disabled, SMB packet signing is negotiated between the client and server.
+If this setting is enabled, the Microsoft network server won't communicate with a Microsoft network client unless that client agrees to perform SMB packet signing. If this setting is disabled, SMB packet signing is negotiated between the client and server.
 
 Default: Disabled for member servers. Enabled for domain controllers.
 
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ Default: Disabled for member servers. Enabled for domain controllers.
 > - Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always) - Controls whether or not the server-side SMB component requires packet signing.
 > - Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (if client agrees) - Controls whether or not the server-side SMB component has packet signing enabled.
 >
-> Similarly, if client-side SMB signing is required, that client will not be able to establish a session with servers that do not have packet signing enabled. By default, server-side SMB signing is enabled only on domain controllers.
+> Similarly, if client-side SMB signing is required, that client won't be able to establish a session with servers that don't have packet signing enabled. By default, server-side SMB signing is enabled only on domain controllers.
 > If server-side SMB signing is enabled, SMB packet signing will be negotiated with clients that have client-side SMB signing enabled.
 > SMB packet signing can significantly degrade SMB performance, depending on dialect version, OS version, file sizes, processor offloading capabilities, and application IO behaviors. For more information, reference: [Reduced performance after SMB Encryption or SMB Signing is enabled - Windows Server | Microsoft Docs](/troubleshoot/windows-server/networking/reduced-performance-after-smb-encryption-signing).
 
@@ -1427,19 +1427,19 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-Network access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts
+Network access: Don't allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts
 
-This security setting determines what additional permissions will be granted for anonymous connections to the computer.
+This security setting determines what other permissions will be granted for anonymous connections to the computer.
 
-Windows allows anonymous users to perform certain activities, such as enumerating the names of domain accounts and network shares. This is convenient, for example, when an administrator wants to grant access to users in a trusted domain that does not maintain a reciprocal trust.
+Windows allows anonymous users to perform certain activities, such as enumerating the names of domain accounts and network shares. This feature is convenient, for example, when an administrator wants to grant access to users in a trusted domain that doesn't maintain a reciprocal trust.
 
-This security option allows additional restrictions to be placed on anonymous connections as follows:
+This security option allows more restrictions to be placed on anonymous connections as follows:
 
-Enabled: Do not allow enumeration of SAM accounts. This option replaces Everyone with Authenticated Users in the security permissions for resources.
-Disabled: No additional restrictions. Rely on default permissions.
+Enabled: Don't allow enumeration of SAM accounts. This option replaces Everyone with Authenticated Users in the security permissions for resources.
+Disabled: No extra restrictions. Rely on default permissions.
 
 Default on workstations: Enabled.
-Default on server:Enabled.
+Default on server: Enabled.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > This policy has no impact on domain controllers.
@@ -1481,11 +1481,11 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-Network access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares
+Network access: Don't allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares
 
 This security setting determines whether anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares is allowed.
 
-Windows allows anonymous users to perform certain activities, such as enumerating the names of domain accounts and network shares. This is convenient, for example, when an administrator wants to grant access to users in a trusted domain that does not maintain a reciprocal trust. If you do not want to allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares, then enable this policy.
+Windows allows anonymous users to perform certain activities, such as enumerating the names of domain accounts and network shares. This feature is convenient, for example, when an administrator wants to grant access to users in a trusted domain that doesn't maintain a reciprocal trust. If you don't want to allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares, then enable this policy.
 
 Default: Disabled.
 
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ Valid values:
 
 Network security: Allow PKU2U authentication requests to this computer to use online identities.
 
-This policy will be turned off by default on domain joined machines. This would prevent online identities from authenticating to the domain joined machine.
+This policy will be turned off by default on domain joined machines. This disablement would prevent online identities from authenticating to the domain joined machine.
 
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
@@ -1715,9 +1715,9 @@ Valid values:
 
 
 
-Network security: Do not store LAN Manager hash value on next password change
+Network security: Don't store LAN Manager hash value on next password change
 
-This security setting determines if, at the next password change, the LAN Manager (LM) hash value for the new password is stored. The LM hash is relatively weak and prone to attack, as compared with the cryptographically stronger Windows NT hash. Since the LM hash is stored on the local computer in the security database the passwords can be compromised if the security database is attacked.
+This security setting determines if, at the next password change, the LAN Manager (LM) hash value for the new password is stored. The LM hash is relatively weak and prone to attack, as compared with the cryptographically stronger Windows NT hash. Since the LM hash is stored on the local computer in the security database, the passwords can be compromised if the security database is attacked.
 
 
 Default on Windows Vista and above: Enabled
@@ -1825,8 +1825,8 @@ Network security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure
 
 This security setting allows a client device to require the negotiation of 128-bit encryption and/or NTLMv2 session security. These values are dependent on the LAN Manager Authentication Level security setting value. The options are:
 
-- Require NTLMv2 session security: The connection will fail if message integrity is not negotiated.
-- Require 128-bit encryption: The connection will fail if strong encryption (128-bit) is not negotiated.
+- Require NTLMv2 session security: The connection will fail if message integrity isn't negotiated.
+- Require 128-bit encryption: The connection will fail if strong encryption (128-bit) isn't negotiated.
 
 Default:
 
@@ -1875,8 +1875,8 @@ Network security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure
 
 This security setting allows a server to require the negotiation of 128-bit encryption and/or NTLMv2 session security. These values are dependent on the LAN Manager Authentication Level security setting value. The options are:
 
-Require NTLMv2 session security: The connection will fail if message integrity is not negotiated.
-Require 128-bit encryption. The connection will fail if strong encryption (128-bit) is not negotiated.
+Require NTLMv2 session security: The connection will fail if message integrity isn't negotiated.
+Require 128-bit encryption. The connection will fail if strong encryption (128-bit) isn't negotiated.
 
 Default:
 
@@ -1927,9 +1927,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to create an exception list of remote servers to
 
 If you configure this policy setting, you can define a list of remote servers to which clients are allowed to use NTLM authentication.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, no exceptions will be applied.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, no exceptions will be applied.
 
-The naming format for servers on this exception list is the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or NetBIOS server name used by the application, listed one per line. To ensure exceptions the name used by all applications needs to be in the list, and to ensure an exception is accurate, the server name should be listed in both naming formats . A single asterisk (*) can be used anywhere in the string as a wildcard character.
+The naming format for servers on this exception list is the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or NetBIOS server name used by the application, listed one per line. To ensure exceptions the name used by all applications needs to be in the list, and to ensure an exception is accurate, the server name should be listed in both naming formats. A single asterisk (*) can be used anywhere in the string as a wildcard character.
 
 
 
@@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ Network security: Restrict NTLM: Audit Incoming NTLM Traffic
 
 This policy setting allows you to audit incoming NTLM traffic.
 
-If you select "Disable", or do not configure this policy setting, the server will not log events for incoming NTLM traffic.
+If you select "Disable", or don't configure this policy setting, the server won't log events for incoming NTLM traffic.
 
 If you select "Enable auditing for domain accounts", the server will log events for NTLM pass-through authentication requests that would be blocked when the "Network Security: Restrict NTLM: Incoming NTLM traffic" policy setting is set to the "Deny all domain accounts" option.
 
@@ -2042,9 +2042,9 @@ Network security: Restrict NTLM: Incoming NTLM traffic
 
 This policy setting allows you to deny or allow incoming NTLM traffic.
 
-If you select "Allow all" or do not configure this policy setting, the server will allow all NTLM authentication requests.
+If you select "Allow all" or don't configure this policy setting, the server will allow all NTLM authentication requests.
 
-If you select "Deny all domain accounts," the server will deny NTLM authentication requests for domain logon and display an NTLM blocked error, but allow local account logon.
+If you select "Deny all domain accounts," the server will deny NTLM authentication requests for domain sign in and display an NTLM blocked error, but allow local account sign in.
 
 If you select "Deny all accounts," the server will deny NTLM authentication requests from incoming traffic and display an NTLM blocked error.
 
@@ -2103,11 +2103,11 @@ Network security: Restrict NTLM: Outgoing NTLM traffic to remote servers
 
 This policy setting allows you to deny or audit outgoing NTLM traffic from this Windows 7 or this Windows Server 2008 R2 computer to any Windows remote server.
 
-If you select "Allow all" or do not configure this policy setting, the client computer can authenticate identities to a remote server by using NTLM authentication.
+If you select "Allow all" or don't configure this policy setting, the client computer can authenticate identities to a remote server by using NTLM authentication.
 
-If you select "Audit all," the client computer logs an event for each NTLM authentication request to a remote server. This allows you to identify those servers receiving NTLM authentication requests from the client computer.
+If you select "Audit all," the client computer logs an event for each NTLM authentication request to a remote server. This logging allows you to identify those servers receiving NTLM authentication requests from the client computer.
 
-If you select "Deny all," the client computer cannot authenticate identities to a remote server by using NTLM authentication. You can use the "Network security: Restrict NTLM: Add remote server exceptions for NTLM authentication" policy setting to define a list of remote servers to which clients are allowed to use NTLM authentication.
+If you select "Deny all," the client computer can't authenticate identities to a remote server by using NTLM authentication. You can use the "Network security: Restrict NTLM: Add remote server exceptions for NTLM authentication" policy setting to define a list of remote servers to which clients are allowed to use NTLM authentication.
 
 This policy is supported on at least Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2.
 
@@ -2160,13 +2160,13 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-Shutdown: Allow system to be shut down without having to log on
+Shutdown: Allow system to be shut down without having to sign in
 
-This security setting determines whether a computer can be shut down without having to log on to Windows.
+This security setting determines whether a computer can be shut down without having to sign in to Windows.
 
 When this policy is enabled, the Shut Down command is available on the Windows logon screen.
 
-When this policy is disabled, the option to shut down the computer does not appear on the Windows logon screen. In this case, users must be able to log on to the computer successfully and have the Shut down the system user right before they can perform a system shutdown.
+When this policy is disabled, the option to shut down the computer doesn't appear on the Windows logon screen. In this case, users must be able to sign in to the computer successfully and have the Shut down the system user right before they can perform a system shutdown.
 
 Default on workstations: Enabled.
 Default on servers: Disabled.
@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 Valid values:  
 - 0 - disabled
-- 1 - enabled (allow system to be shut down without having to log on)
+- 1 - enabled (allow system to be shut down without having to sign in)
 
 
 
@@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@ Shutdown: Clear virtual memory pagefile
 
 This security setting determines whether the virtual memory pagefile is cleared when the system is shut down.
 
-Virtual memory support uses a system pagefile to swap pages of memory to disk when they are not used. On a running system, this pagefile is opened exclusively by the operating system, and it is well protected. However, systems that are configured to allow booting to other operating systems might have to make sure that the system pagefile is wiped clean when this system shuts down. This ensures that sensitive information from process memory that might go into the pagefile is not available to an unauthorized user who manages to directly access the pagefile.
+Virtual memory support uses a system pagefile to swap pages of memory to disk when they aren't used. On a running system, this pagefile is opened exclusively by the operating system, and it's well protected. However, systems that are configured to allow booting to other operating systems might have to ensure that the system pagefile is wiped clean when this system shuts down. This cleaning ensures that sensitive information from process memory that might go into the pagefile isn't available to an unauthorized user who manages to directly access the pagefile.
 
 When this policy is enabled, it causes the system pagefile to be cleared upon clean shutdown. If you enable this security option, the hibernation file (hiberfil.sys) is also zeroed out when hibernation is disabled.
 
@@ -2267,7 +2267,7 @@ User Account Control: Allow UIAccess applications to prompt for elevation withou
 
 This policy setting controls whether User Interface Accessibility (UIAccess or UIA) programs can automatically disable the secure desktop for elevation prompts used by a standard user.
 
-Enabled: UIA programs, including Windows Remote Assistance, automatically disable the secure desktop for elevation prompts. If you do not disable the "User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation" policy setting, the prompts appear on the interactive user's desktop instead of the secure desktop.
+Enabled: UIA programs, including Windows Remote Assistance, automatically disable the secure desktop for elevation prompts. If you don't disable the "User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation" policy setting, the prompts appear on the interactive user's desktop instead of the secure desktop.
 
 Disabled: (Default)  
 
@@ -2437,7 +2437,7 @@ The options are:
 
 Enabled: (Default) When an application installation package is detected that requires elevation of privilege, the user is prompted to enter an administrative user name and password. If the user enters valid credentials, the operation continues with the applicable privilege.
 
-Disabled: Application installation packages are not detected and prompted for elevation. Enterprises that are running standard user desktops and use delegated installation technologies such as Group Policy Software Installation or Systems Management Server (SMS) should disable this policy setting. In this case, installer detection is unnecessary.
+Disabled: Application installation packages aren't detected and prompted for elevation. Enterprises that are running standard user desktops and use delegated installation technologies such as Group Policy Software Installation or Systems Management Server (SMS) should disable this policy setting. In this case, installer detection is unnecessary.
 
 
 
@@ -2481,8 +2481,8 @@ User Account Control: Only elevate executable files that are signed and validate
 This policy setting enforces public key infrastructure (PKI) signature checks for any interactive applications that request elevation of privilege. Enterprise administrators can control which applications are allowed to run by adding certificates to the Trusted Publishers certificate store on local computers.
 
 The options are:
-- 0 - Disabled: (Default) Does not enforce PKI certification path validation before a given executable file is permitted to run.
-- 1 - Enabled: Enforces the PKI certification path validation for a given executable file before it is permitted to run.
+- 0 - Disabled: (Default) Doesn't enforce PKI certification path validation before a given executable file is permitted to run.
+- 1 - Enabled: Enforces the PKI certification path validation for a given executable file before it's permitted to run.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -2525,7 +2525,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 User Account Control: Only elevate UIAccess applications that are installed in secure locations
 
-This policy setting controls whether applications that request to run with a User Interface Accessibility (UIAccess) integrity level must reside in a secure location in the file system. Secure locations are limited to the following:
+This policy setting controls whether applications that request to run with a User Interface Accessibility (UIAccess) integrity level must reside in a secure location in the file system. Secure locations are limited to the following locations:
 
 - .\Program Files\, including subfolders
 - .\Windows\system32\
@@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ This policy setting controls whether applications that request to run with a Use
 > Windows enforces a public key infrastructure (PKI) signature check on any interactive application that requests to run with a UIAccess integrity level regardless of the state of this security setting.
 
 The options are:  
-- 0 - Disabled: An application runs with UIAccess integrity even if it does not reside in a secure location in the file system.
+- 0 - Disabled: An application runs with UIAccess integrity even if it doesn't reside in a secure location in the file system.
 - 1 - Enabled: (Default) If an application resides in a secure location in the file system, it runs only with UIAccess integrity.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-messaging.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-messaging.md
index d27b02b6fd..7c01fe7a99 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-messaging.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-messaging.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - Messaging
-description: Enable, and disable, text message back up and restore as well as Messaging Everywhere by using the Policy CSP for messaging.
+description: Enable, and disable, text message backup and restore as well as Messaging Everywhere by using the Policy CSP for messaging.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-Enables text message back up and restore and Messaging Everywhere. This policy allows an organization to disable these features to avoid information being stored on servers outside of their control.
+Enables text message backup and restore and Messaging Everywhere. This policy allows an organization to disable these features to avoid information being stored on servers outside of their control.
 
 
 
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 - message sync is not allowed and cannot be changed by the user.
+-   0 - message sync isn't allowed and can't be changed by the user.
 -   1 - message sync is allowed. The user can change this setting.
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-mixedreality.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-mixedreality.md
index ad02deaa2f..02d6f53ac3 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-mixedreality.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-mixedreality.md
@@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.technology: windows
 author: dansimp
-ms.date: 1/31/2022
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ---
@@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ manager: dansimp
     MixedReality/FallbackDiagnostics
   
            
   
            
-    MixedReality/HeadTrackingMode/a>
+    MixedReality/HeadTrackingMode
   
            
   
            
     MixedReality/MicrophoneDisabled
@@ -71,7 +70,7 @@ Steps to use this policy correctly:
 1. Enroll HoloLens devices and verify both configurations get applied to the device.
 1. Let Azure AD user 1 sign-in when internet is available. Once the user signs-in and Azure AD group membership is confirmed successfully, cache will be created.
 1. Now Azure AD user 1 can take HoloLens offline and use it for kiosk mode as long as policy value allows for X number of days.
-1. Steps 4 and 5 can be repeated for any other Azure AD user N. The key point is that any Azure AD user must sign-in to device using Internet at least once. Then we can determine that they are member of Azure AD group to which Kiosk configuration is targeted.
+1. Steps 4 and 5 can be repeated for any other Azure AD user N. The key point is that any Azure AD user must sign-in to device using Internet at least once. Then we can determine that they're a member of Azure AD group to which Kiosk configuration is targeted.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Until step 4 is performed for a Azure AD user will experience failure behavior mentioned similar to “disconnected” environments.
@@ -91,9 +90,9 @@ Steps to use this policy correctly:
 |HoloLens 2|Yes|
 
 
-This new AutoLogonUser policy controls whether a user will be automatically logged on. Some customers want to set up devices that are tied to an identity but don't want any sign in experience. Imagine picking up a device and using remote assist immediately. Or have a benefit of being able to rapidly  distribute HoloLens devices and enable their end users to speed up login.
+This new AutoLogonUser policy controls whether a user will be automatically signed in. Some customers want to set up devices that are tied to an identity but don't want any sign-in experience. Imagine picking up a device and using remote assist immediately. Or have a benefit of being able to rapidly  distribute HoloLens devices and enable their end users to speed up sign in.
 
-When the policy is set to a non-empty value, it specifies the email address of the auto log-on user. The specified user must logon to the device at least once to enable autologon.
+When the policy is set to a non-empty value, it specifies the email address of the auto log-on user. The specified user must sign in to the device at least once to enable autologon.
 
 The OMA-URI of new policy `./Device/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/MixedReality/AutoLogonUser`
 
@@ -102,7 +101,7 @@ String value
 
 - User with the same email address will have autologon enabled.
 
-On a device where this policy is configured, the user specified in the policy will need to log-on at least once. Subsequent reboots of the device after the first logon will have the specified user automatically logged on. Only a single autologon user is supported. Once enabled, the automatically logged on user will not be able to log out manually. To log-on as a different user, the policy must first be disabled.
+On a device where this policy is configured, the user specified in the policy will need to sign in at least once. Subsequent reboots of the device after the first sign in will have the specified user automatically signed in. Only a single autologon user is supported. Once enabled, the automatically signed-in user won't be able to sign out manually. To sign in as a different user, the policy must first be disabled.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 >
@@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ On a device where this policy is configured, the user specified in the policy wi
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls for how many days Azure AD group membership cache is allowed to be used for Assigned Access configurations targeting Azure AD groups for signed in user. Once this policy setting is set only then cache is used otherwise not. In order for this policy setting to take effect, user must sign out and sign in with Internet available at least once before the cache can be used for subsequent "disconnected" sessions.
+This policy setting controls for how many days Azure AD group membership cache is allowed to be used for Assigned Access configurations targeting Azure AD groups for signed in user. Once this policy setting is set, only then cache is used, otherwise not. In order for this policy setting to take effect, user must sign out and sign in with Internet available at least once before the cache can be used for subsequent "disconnected" sessions.
 
 
 
@@ -162,7 +161,7 @@ Supported values are 0-60. The default value is 0 (day) and maximum value is 60
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls if pressing the brightness button changes the brightness or not. It only impacts brightness on HoloLens and not the functionality of the button when it is used with other buttons as combination for other purposes.
+This policy setting controls if pressing the brightness button changes the brightness or not. It only impacts brightness on HoloLens and not the functionality of the button when it's used with other buttons as combination for other purposes.
 
 
 
@@ -205,7 +204,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy controls the behavior of moving platform feature on Hololens 2, that is, whether it is turned off / on or it can be toggled by a user. It should only be used by customers who intend to use Hololens 2 in moving environments with low dynamic motion. For background information, see [HoloLens 2 Moving Platform Mode | Microsoft Docs](/hololens/hololens2-moving-platform#:~:text=Why%20Moving%20Platform%20Mode%20is%20Necessary%20HoloLens%20needs%2csimilar%20pieces%20of%20information%20from%20two%20separate%20sources:).
+This policy controls the behavior of moving platform feature on Hololens 2, that is, whether it's turned off / on or it can be toggled by a user. It should only be used by customers who intend to use Hololens 2 in moving environments with low dynamic motion. For background information, see [HoloLens 2 Moving Platform Mode | Microsoft Docs](/hololens/hololens2-moving-platform#:~:text=Why%20Moving%20Platform%20Mode%20is%20Necessary%20HoloLens%20needs%2csimilar%20pieces%20of%20information%20from%20two%20separate%20sources:).
 
 
 
@@ -216,8 +215,8 @@ This policy controls the behavior of moving platform feature on Hololens 2, that
 - Integer value
 
 - 0 (Default) - Last set user's preference. Initial state is OFF and after that user's preference is persisted across reboots and is used to initialize the system.
-- 1 Force off - Moving platform is disabled and cannot be changed by user.
-- 2 Force on - Moving platform is enabled and cannot be changed by user.
+- 1 Force off - Moving platform is disabled and can't be changed by user.
+- 2 Force on - Moving platform is enabled and can't be changed by user.
 
 
 
@@ -377,7 +376,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls if pressing the volume button changes the volume or not. It only impacts volume on HoloLens and not the functionality of the button when it is used with other buttons as combination for other purposes.
+This policy setting controls if pressing the volume button changes the volume or not. It only impacts volume on HoloLens and not the functionality of the button when it's used with other buttons as combination for other purposes.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-multitasking.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-multitasking.md
index 5d7d45779b..1bd998b15e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-multitasking.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-multitasking.md
@@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy controls the inclusion of Edge tabs into Alt+Tab.
 
-Enabling this policy restricts the number of Edge tabs that are allowed to appear in the Alt+Tab switcher. Alt+Tab can be configured to show all open Edge tabs, only the 5 most recent tabs, only the 3 most recent tabs, or no tabs. Setting the policy to no tabs configures the Alt+Tab switcher to show app windows only, which is the classic Alt+Tab behavior. 
+Enabling this policy restricts the number of Edge tabs that are allowed to appear in the Alt+Tab switcher. Alt+Tab can be configured to show all open Edge tabs, only the five most recent tabs, only the three most recent tabs, or no tabs. Setting the policy to no tabs configures the Alt+Tab switcher to show app windows only, which is the classic Alt+Tab behavior. 
 
-This policy only applies to the Alt+Tab switcher. When the policy is not enabled, the feature respects the user's setting in the Settings app.
+This policy only applies to the Alt+Tab switcher. When the policy isn't enabled, the feature respects the user's setting in the Settings app.
 
 
 > [!TIP]
@@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 1 - Open windows and all tabs in Edge.
-- 2 - Open windows and 5 most recent tabs in Edge.
-- 3 - Open windows and 3 most recent tabs in Edge.
+- 2 - Open windows and five most recent tabs in Edge.
+- 3 - Open windows and three most recent tabs in Edge.
 - 4 - Open windows only.
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-networkisolation.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-networkisolation.md
index b7c30247ea..9dbb409924 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-networkisolation.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-networkisolation.md
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Sets the enterprise IP ranges that define the computers in the enterprise network. Data that comes from those computers will be considered part of the enterprise and protected. These locations will be considered a safe destination for enterprise data to be shared to. This is a comma-separated list of IPv4 and IPv6 ranges.
+Sets the enterprise IP ranges that define the computers in the enterprise network. Data that comes from those computers will be considered part of the enterprise and protected. These locations will be considered a safe destination for enterprise data to be shared to. These ranges are a comma-separated list of IPv4 and IPv6 ranges.
 
 
 
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This is the comma-separated list of internal proxy servers. For example "157.54.14.28, 157.54.11.118, 10.202.14.167, 157.53.14.163, 157.69.210.59". These proxies have been configured by the admin to connect to specific resources on the Internet. They are considered to be enterprise network locations. The proxies are only leveraged in configuring the **EnterpriseCloudResources** policy to force traffic to the matched cloud resources through these proxies.
+This list is the comma-separated list of internal proxy servers. For example "157.54.14.28, 157.54.11.118, 10.202.14.167, 157.53.14.163, 157.69.210.59". These proxies have been configured by the admin to connect to specific resources on the Internet. They're considered to be enterprise network locations. The proxies are only used in configuring the **EnterpriseCloudResources** policy to force traffic to the matched cloud resources through these proxies.
 
 
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This is the list of domains that comprise the boundaries of the enterprise. Data from one of these domains that is sent to a device will be considered enterprise data and protected These locations will be considered a safe destination for enterprise data to be shared to. This is a comma-separated list of domains, for example "contoso.sharepoint.com, Fabrikam.com".
+This list is the list of domains that comprise the boundaries of the enterprise. Data from one of these domains that is sent to a device will be considered enterprise data and protected. These locations will be considered a safe destination for enterprise data to be shared to. This list is a comma-separated list of domains, for example "contoso.sharepoint.com, Fabrikam.com".
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The client requires domain name to be canonical, otherwise the setting will be rejected by the client.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Here are the steps to create canonical domain names:
 
 
 
-This is a comma-separated list of proxy servers. Any server on this list is considered non-enterprise. For example "157.54.14.28, 157.54.11.118, 10.202.14.167, 157.53.14.163, 157.69.210.59".
+This list is a comma-separated list of proxy servers. Any server on this list is considered non-enterprise. For example "157.54.14.28, 157.54.11.118, 10.202.14.167, 157.53.14.163, 157.69.210.59".
 
 
 
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-List of domain names that can used for work or personal resource.
+List of domain names that can be used for work or personal resource.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-networklistmanager.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-networklistmanager.md
index 22a950170a..1e7e152515 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-networklistmanager.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-networklistmanager.md
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ When entering a list of TLS endpoints in Microsoft Endpoint Manager, you must fo
 
 - The client must trust the server certificate. So the CA certificate that the HTTPS server certificate chains to must be present in the client machine's root certificate store.
 
-- A certificate should not be a public certificate.
+- A certificate shouldn't be a public certificate.
 
 
 
            
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-notifications.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-notifications.md
index f2a1383e75..20823757ce 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-notifications.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-notifications.md
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting blocks applications from using the network to send tile, badge, toast, and raw notifications. Specifically, this policy setting turns off the connection between Windows and the Windows Push Notification Service (WNS). This policy setting also stops applications from being able to use [periodic (polling) notifications](/windows/uwp/design/shell/tiles-and-notifications/periodic-notification-overview).
+This policy setting blocks application from using the network to send tile, badge, toast, and raw notifications. Specifically, this policy setting turns off the connection between Windows and the Windows Push Notification Service (WNS). This policy setting also stops applications from being able to use [periodic (polling) notifications](/windows/uwp/design/shell/tiles-and-notifications/periodic-notification-overview).
 
-If you enable this policy setting, applications and system features will not be able receive notifications from the network from WNS or via notification polling APIs.
+If you enable this policy setting, applications and system features won't be able to receive notifications from the network from WNS or via notification polling APIs.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, notifications can still be raised by applications running on the machine via local API calls from within the application.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the client computer will connect to WNS at user login and applications will be allowed to use periodic (polling) notifications.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the client computer will connect to WNS at user sign in and applications will be allowed to use periodic (polling) notifications.
 
 No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect.
 
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Validation:
 
 Boolean value that turns off notification mirroring.
 
-For each user logged into the device, if you enable this policy (set value to 1) the app and system notifications received by this user on this device will not get mirrored to other devices of the same logged in user. If you disable or do not configure this policy (set value to 0) the notifications received by this user on this device will be mirrored to other devices of the same logged in user. This feature can be turned off by apps that do not want to participate in Notification Mirroring. This feature can also be turned off by the user in the Cortana setting page.
+For each user signed in to the device, if you enable this policy (set value to 1) the app and system notifications received by this user on this device won't get mirrored to other devices of the same signed-in user. If you disable or don't configure this policy (set value to 0), the notifications received by this user on this device will be mirrored to other devices of the same signed-in user. This feature can be turned off by apps that don't want to participate in Notification Mirroring. This feature can also be turned off by the user in the Cortana setting page.
 
 No reboot or service restart is required for this policy to take effect.
 
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 This policy setting turns off tile notifications.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, applications and system features will not be able to update their tiles and tile badges in the Start screen.
+If you enable this policy setting, applications and system features won't be able to update their tiles and tile badges in the Start screen.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, tile and badge notifications are enabled and can be turned off by the administrator or user.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, tile and badge notifications are enabled and can be turned off by the administrator or user.
 
 No reboots or service restarts are required for this policy setting to take effect.
 
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Validation:
 
 This policy setting determines which Windows Notification Service endpoint will be used to connect for Windows Push Notifications. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the push notifications will connect to the default endpoint of client.wns.windows.com.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the push notifications will connect to the default endpoint of client.wns.windows.com.
 
 Note: Ensure the proper WNS FQDNs, VIPs, IPs and Ports are also allowlisted from your firewall settings.
 
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If the policy is not specified, we will default our connection to client.wns.windows.com.
+If the policy isn't specified, we'll default our connection to client.wns.windows.com.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power.md
index 417c2b7bb8..30eb1c679f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-power.md
@@ -195,9 +195,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting manages whether or not Windows is allowed to use standby states when putting the computer in a sleep state.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows uses standby states to put the computer in a sleep state.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows uses standby states to put the computer in a sleep state.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, standby states (S1-S3) are not allowed.
+If you disable this policy setting, standby states (S1-S3) aren't allowed.
 
 
 
@@ -241,9 +241,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting manages whether or not Windows is allowed to use standby states when putting the computer in a sleep state.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows uses standby states to put the computer in a sleep state.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows uses standby states to put the computer in a sleep state.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, standby states (S1-S3) are not allowed.
+If you disable this policy setting, standby states (S1-S3) aren't allowed.
 
 
 
@@ -272,6 +272,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 |Enterprise|Yes|Yes|
 |Education|Yes|Yes|
 
+Added to HoloLens 2 in [Windows Holographic, version 20H2](/hololens/hololens-release-notes-2004#new-power-policies-for-hololens-2).
+
 
 
            
 
@@ -289,9 +291,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Window
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows turns off the display.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
-If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this can prevent the display from turning off.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
+If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this slide show can prevent the display from turning off. The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
 
 
 
@@ -337,9 +339,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Window
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows turns off the display.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
-If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this can prevent the display from turning off.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
+If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this slide show can prevent the display from turning off.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
 
 
 
@@ -386,7 +388,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify battery charge level at which Energy S
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must specify a percentage value that indicates the battery charge level. Energy Saver is automatically turned on at (and below) the specified battery charge level.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -441,7 +443,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify battery charge level at which Energy S
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a percentage value that indicates the battery charge level. Energy Saver is automatically turned on at (and below) the specified battery charge level.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -496,9 +498,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Window
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows transitions to hibernate.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
-If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this can prevent the sleep transition from occurring.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
+If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this slide show can prevent the sleep transition from occurring.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
 
 
 
@@ -544,9 +546,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Window
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows transitions to hibernate.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
-If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this can prevent the sleep transition from occurring.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
+If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this slide show can prevent the sleep transition from occurring.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
 
 
 
@@ -591,9 +593,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether or not the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the user is not prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
+If you disable this policy setting, the user isn't prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
 
 
 
@@ -637,9 +639,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting specifies whether or not the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the user is not prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
+If you disable this policy setting, the user isn't prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep.
 
 
 
@@ -685,7 +687,7 @@ This policy setting specifies the action that Windows takes when a user closes t
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired action.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can see and change this setting.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can see and change this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -746,7 +748,7 @@ This policy setting specifies the action that Windows takes when a user closes t
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired action.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can see and change this setting.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can see and change this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -807,7 +809,7 @@ This policy setting specifies the action that Windows takes when a user presses
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired action.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can see and change this setting.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can see and change this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -868,7 +870,7 @@ This policy setting specifies the action that Windows takes when a user presses
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired action.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can see and change this setting.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can see and change this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -929,7 +931,7 @@ This policy setting specifies the action that Windows takes when a user presses
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired action.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can see and change this setting.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can see and change this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -990,7 +992,7 @@ This policy setting specifies the action that Windows takes when a user presses
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must select the desired action.
 
-If you disable this policy setting or do not configure it, users can see and change this setting.
+If you disable this policy setting or don't configure it, users can see and change this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1051,9 +1053,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Window
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows transitions to sleep.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
-If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this can prevent the sleep transition from occurring.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
+If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this slide show can prevent the sleep transition from occurring. The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
 
 
 
@@ -1099,9 +1101,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Window
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows transitions to sleep.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
-If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this can prevent the sleep transition from occurring.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
+If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this slide show can prevent the sleep transition from occurring.  The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
 
 
 
@@ -1145,9 +1147,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off hybrid sleep.
 
-If you set this policy setting to 0, a hiberfile is not generated when the system transitions to sleep (Stand By).
+If you set this policy setting to 0, a hiberfile isn't generated when the system transitions to sleep (Stand By).
 
-If you set this policy setting to 1 or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you set this policy setting to 1 or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1203,9 +1205,9 @@ The following are the supported values for Hybrid sleep (on battery):
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off hybrid sleep.
 
-If you set this policy setting to 0, a hiberfile is not generated when the system transitions to sleep (Stand By).
+If you set this policy setting to 0, a hiberfile isn't generated when the system transitions to sleep (Stand By).
 
-If you set this policy setting to 1 or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you set this policy setting to 1 or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
 
 
@@ -1259,13 +1261,13 @@ The following are the supported values for Hybrid sleep (plugged in):
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions to sleep automatically when a user is not present at the computer.
+This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions to sleep automatically when a user isn't present at the computer.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows automatically transitions to sleep when left unattended. If you specify 0 seconds, Windows does not automatically transition to sleep.
+If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows automatically transitions to sleep when left unattended. If you specify 0 seconds, Windows doesn't automatically transition to sleep.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
-If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this can prevent the sleep transition from occurring. The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
+If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this slide show can prevent the sleep transition from occurring. The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
 
 
 
@@ -1317,13 +1319,13 @@ Default value for unattended sleep timeout (on battery):
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions to sleep automatically when a user is not present at the computer.
+This policy setting allows you to specify the period of inactivity before Windows transitions to sleep automatically when a user isn't present at the computer.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows automatically transitions to sleep when left unattended. If you specify 0 seconds, Windows does not automatically transition to sleep.
+If you enable this policy setting, you must provide a value, in seconds, indicating how much idle time should elapse before Windows automatically transitions to sleep when left unattended. If you specify 0 seconds, Windows doesn't automatically transition to sleep.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users control this setting.
 
-If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this can prevent the sleep transition from occurring. The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
+If the user has configured a slide show to run on the lock screen when the machine is locked, this slide show can prevent the sleep transition from occurring. The "Prevent enabling lock screen slide show" policy setting can be used to disable the slide show feature.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-printers.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-printers.md
index ce1673fa34..48b7f7722b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-printers.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-printers.md
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 This policy implements the print portion of the Device Control requirements. 
-These requirements include restricting printing to USB connected printers which match a list of approved USB Vid/Pid combinations or to corporate connected printers while either directly connected to the corporate network or when using a VPN connection to the corporate network.  
-This policy will contain the comma separated list of approved USB Vid&Pid combinations which the print spooler will allow to print when Device Control is enabled.
+These requirements include restricting printing to USB connected printers that match a list of approved USB Vid/Pid combinations or to corporate connected printers while either directly connected to the corporate network or when using a VPN connection to the corporate network.  
+This policy will contain the comma-separated list of approved USB Vid&Pid combinations that the print spooler will allow to print when Device Control is enabled.
 The format of this setting is `/[,/]`
 
 Parent deliverable: 26209274 - Device Control: Printer
@@ -176,8 +176,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 This policy implements the print portion of the Device Control requirements. 
-These requirements include restricting printing to USB connected printers which match a list of approved USB Vid/Pid combinations or to corporate connected printers while either directly connected to the corporate network or when using a VPN connection to the corporate network.  
-This policy will contain the comma separated list of approved USB Vid&Pid combinations which the print spooler will allow to print when Device Control is enabled.
+These requirements include restricting printing to USB connected printers that match a list of approved USB Vid/Pid combinations or to corporate connected printers while either directly connected to the corporate network or when using a VPN connection to the corporate network.  
+This policy will contain the comma separated list of approved USB Vid&Pid combinations that the print spooler will allow to print when Device Control is enabled.
 The format of this setting is `/[,/]`
 
 
@@ -244,14 +244,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 This policy implements the print portion of the Device Control requirements. 
-These requirements include restricting printing to USB connected printers which match a list of approved USB Vid/Pid combinations or to corporate connected printers while either directly connected to the corporate network or when using a VPN connection to the corporate network.  
+These requirements include restricting printing to USB connected printers that match a list of approved USB Vid/Pid combinations or to corporate connected printers while either directly connected to the corporate network or when using a VPN connection to the corporate network.  
 This policy will control whether the print spooler will attempt to restrict printing as part of Device Control.
 
 The default value of the policy will be Unconfigured.
 
-If the policy value is either Unconfigured or Disabled the print spooler will not restrict printing.
+If the policy value is either Unconfigured or Disabled, the print spooler won't restrict printing.
 
-If the policy value is Enabled the print spooler will restrict local printing to USB devices in the Approved Device list. 
+If the policy value is Enabled, the print spooler will restrict local printing to USB devices in the Approved Device list. 
 
 
 
@@ -320,14 +320,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 This policy implements the print portion of the Device Control requirements. 
-These requirements include restricting printing to USB connected printers which match a list of approved USB Vid/Pid combinations or to corporate connected printers while either directly connected to the corporate network or when using a VPN connection to the corporate network.  
+These requirements include restricting printing to USB connected printers that match a list of approved USB Vid/Pid combinations or to corporate connected printers while either directly connected to the corporate network or when using a VPN connection to the corporate network.  
 This policy will control whether the print spooler will attempt to restrict printing as part of Device Control.
 
 The default value of the policy will be Unconfigured.
 
-If the policy value is either Unconfigured or Disabled the print spooler will not restrict printing.
+If the policy value is either Unconfigured or Disabled, the print spooler won't restrict printing.
 
-If the policy value is Enabled the print spooler will restrict local printing to USB devices in the Approved Device list. 
+If the policy value is Enabled, the print spooler will restrict local printing to USB devices in the Approved Device list. 
 
 
 
@@ -374,11 +374,11 @@ This policy setting controls the client Point and Print behavior, including the
 
 If you enable this policy setting:
 
-- Windows XP and later clients will only download print driver components from a list of explicitly named servers. If a compatible print driver is available on the client, a printer connection will be made. If a compatible print driver is not available on the client, no connection will be made.
+- Windows XP and later clients will only download print driver components from a list of explicitly named servers. If a compatible print driver is available on the client, a printer connection will be made. If a compatible print driver isn't available on the client, no connection will be made.
 
-- You can configure Windows Vista clients so that security warnings and elevated command prompts do not appear when users Point and Print, or when printer connection drivers need to be updated.
+- You can configure Windows Vista clients so that security warnings and elevated command prompts don't appear when users Point and Print, or when printer connection drivers need to be updated.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting:
+If you don't configure this policy setting:
 
 - Windows Vista client computers can point and print to any server.
 
@@ -392,9 +392,9 @@ If you disable this policy setting:
 
 - Windows Vista client computers can create a printer connection to any server using Point and Print.
 
-- Windows Vista computers will not show a warning or an elevated command prompt when users create a printer connection to any server using Point and Print.
+- Windows Vista computers won't show a warning or an elevated command prompt when users create a printer connection to any server using Point and Print.
 
-- Windows Vista computers will not show a warning or an elevated command prompt when an existing printer connection driver needs to be updated.
+- Windows Vista computers won't show a warning or an elevated command prompt when an existing printer connection driver needs to be updated.
 
 - Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP client computers can create a printer connection to any server using Point and Print.
 
@@ -457,11 +457,11 @@ This policy setting controls the client Point and Print behavior, including the
 
 If you enable this policy setting:
 
-- Windows XP and later clients will only download print driver components from a list of explicitly named servers. If a compatible print driver is available on the client, a printer connection will be made. If a compatible print driver is not available on the client, no connection will be made.
+- Windows XP and later clients will only download print driver components from a list of explicitly named servers. If a compatible print driver is available on the client, a printer connection will be made. If a compatible print driver isn't available on the client, no connection will be made.
 
-- You can configure Windows Vista clients so that security warnings and elevated command prompts do not appear when users Point and Print, or when printer connection drivers need to be updated.
+- You can configure Windows Vista clients so that security warnings and elevated command prompts don't appear when users Point and Print, or when printer connection drivers need to be updated.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting:
+If you don't configure this policy setting:
 
 - Windows Vista client computers can point and print to any server.
 
@@ -475,9 +475,9 @@ If you disable this policy setting:
 
 - Windows Vista client computers can create a printer connection to any server using Point and Print.
 
-- Windows Vista computers will not show a warning or an elevated command prompt when users create a printer connection to any server using Point and Print.
+- Windows Vista computers won't show a warning or an elevated command prompt when users create a printer connection to any server using Point and Print.
 
-- Windows Vista computers will not show a warning or an elevated command prompt when an existing printer connection driver needs to be updated.
+- Windows Vista computers won't show a warning or an elevated command prompt when an existing printer connection driver needs to be updated.
 
 - Windows Server 2003 and Windows XP client computers can create a printer connection to any server using Point and Print.
 
@@ -524,11 +524,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Determines whether the computer's shared printers can be published in Active Directory.
 
-If you enable this setting or do not configure it, users can use the "List in directory" option in the Printer's Properties' Sharing tab to publish shared printers in Active Directory.
+If you enable this setting or don't configure it, users can use the "List in directory" option in the Printer's Properties' Sharing tab to publish shared printers in Active Directory.
 
-If you disable this setting, this computer's shared printers cannot be published in Active Directory, and the "List in directory" option is not available.
+If you disable this setting, this computer's shared printers can't be published in Active Directory, and the "List in directory" option isn't available.
 
-Note: This settings takes priority over the setting "Automatically publish new printers in the Active Directory".
+Note: This setting takes priority over the setting "Automatically publish new printers in the Active Directory".
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remoteassistance.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remoteassistance.md
index 69ec854522..64c53af12c 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remoteassistance.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remoteassistance.md
@@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting lets you customize warning messages.
 
-The "Display warning message before sharing control" policy setting allows you to specify a custom message to display before a user shares control of his or her computer.
+The "Display warning message before sharing control" policy setting allows you to specify a custom message to display before users share control of their computers.
 
-The "Display warning message before connecting" policy setting allows you to specify a custom message to display before a user allows a connection to his or her computer.
+The "Display warning message before connecting" policy setting allows you to specify a custom message to display before users allow a connection to their computers.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the warning message you specify overrides the default message that is seen by the novice.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the user sees the default warning message.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the user sees the default warning message.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the user sees the default warning message.
 
 
 
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn logging on or off. Log files are located
 
 If you enable this policy setting, log files are generated.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, log files are not generated.
+If you disable this policy setting, log files aren't generated.
 
-If you do not configure this setting, application-based settings are used.
+If you don't configure this setting, application-based settings are used.
 
 
 
@@ -171,19 +171,19 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn on or turn off Solicited (Ask for) Remote Assistance on this computer.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users on this computer can use email or file transfer to ask someone for help. Also, users can use instant messaging programs to allow connections to this computer, and you can configure additional Remote Assistance settings.
+If you enable this policy setting, users on this computer can use email or file transfer to ask someone for help. Also, users can use instant messaging programs to allow connections to this computer, and you can configure more Remote Assistance settings.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users on this computer cannot use email or file transfer to ask someone for help. Also, users cannot use instant messaging programs to allow connections to this computer.
+If you disable this policy setting, users on this computer can't use email or file transfer to ask someone for help. Also, users can't use instant messaging programs to allow connections to this computer.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users can turn on or turn off Solicited (Ask for) Remote Assistance themselves in System Properties in Control Panel. Users can also configure Remote Assistance settings.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users can turn on or turn off Solicited (Ask for) Remote Assistance themselves in System Properties in Control Panel. Users can also configure Remote Assistance settings.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you have two ways to allow helpers to provide Remote Assistance: "Allow helpers to only view the computer" or "Allow helpers to remotely control the computer."
 
 The "Maximum ticket time" policy setting sets a limit on the amount of time that a Remote Assistance invitation created by using email or file transfer can remain open.
 
-The "Select the method for sending email invitations" setting specifies which email standard to use to send Remote Assistance invitations. Depending on your email program, you can use either the Mailto standard (the invitation recipient connects through an Internet link) or the SMAPI (Simple MAPI) standard (the invitation is attached to your email message). This policy setting is not available in Windows Vista since SMAPI is the only method supported.
+The "Select the method for sending email invitations" setting specifies which email standard to use to send Remote Assistance invitations. Depending on your email program, you can use either the Mailto standard (the invitation recipient connects through an Internet link) or the SMAPI (Simple MAPI) standard (the invitation is attached to your email message). This policy setting isn't available in Windows Vista since SMAPI is the only method supported.
 
-If you enable this policy setting you should also enable appropriate firewall exceptions to allow Remote Assistance communications.
+If you enable this policy setting, you should also enable appropriate firewall exceptions to allow Remote Assistance communications.
 
 
 
@@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn on or turn off Offer (Unsolicited) Remote
 
 If you enable this policy setting, users on this computer can get help from their corporate technical support staff using Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users on this computer cannot get help from their corporate technical support staff using Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance.
+If you disable this policy setting, users on this computer can't get help from their corporate technical support staff using Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, users on this computer cannot get help from their corporate technical support staff using Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, users on this computer can't get help from their corporate technical support staff using Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you have two ways to allow helpers to provide Remote Assistance: "Allow helpers to only view the computer" or "Allow helpers to remotely control the computer." When you configure this policy setting, you also specify the list of users or user groups that are allowed to offer remote assistance.
 
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ To configure the list of helpers, click "Show." In the window that opens, you ca
 
 `\`
 
-If you enable this policy setting, you should also enable firewall exceptions to allow Remote Assistance communications. The firewall exceptions required for Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance depend on the version of Windows you are running.
+If you enable this policy setting, you should also enable firewall exceptions to allow Remote Assistance communications. The firewall exceptions required for Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance depend on the version of Windows you're running.
 
 Windows Vista and later
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotedesktop.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotedesktop.md
index 5941d52099..7d2559655b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotedesktop.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotedesktop.md
@@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 ## RemoteDesktop policies  
+> [!Warning]
+> Some information relates to prerelease products, which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the information provided here.
 
 
            
   
            
@@ -28,17 +30,10 @@ manager: dansimp
   
            
 
            
 
-> [!TIP]
-> These are ADMX-backed policies and require a special SyncML format to enable or disable.  For details, see [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](./understanding-admx-backed-policies.md).
-> 
-> You must specify the data type in the SyncML as <Format>chr</Format>. For an example SyncML, refer to [Enabling a policy](./understanding-admx-backed-policies.md#enabling-a-policy).
-> 
-> The payload of the SyncML must be XML-encoded; for this XML encoding, there are a variety of online encoders that you can use. To avoid encoding the payload, you can use CDATA if your MDM supports it.  For more information, see [CDATA Sections](http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#sec-cdata-sect).
-
 
            
 
 
-**RemoteDesktop/AutoSubscription<**  
+**RemoteDesktop/AutoSubscription**  
 
 
 
@@ -57,26 +52,17 @@ manager: dansimp
 [Scope](./policy-configuration-service-provider.md#policy-scope):
 
 > [!div class = "checklist"]
-> * Device
+> * User
 
 
            
 
 
 
 
-This policy allows the user to load the DPAPI cred key from their user profile and decrypt any previously encrypted DPAPI data in the user profile or encrypt any new DPAPI data.
+This policy allows administrators to enable automatic subscription for the Microsoft Remote Desktop client. If you define this policy, the specified URL is used by the client to silently subscribe the logged on user and retrieve the remote resources assigned to them. To automatically subscribe to Azure Virtual Desktop in the Azure Public cloud, set the URL to `https://rdweb.wvd.microsoft.com/api/arm/feeddiscovery`.
 
 
 
-
-
-ADMX Info:  
--   GP Friendly name: *Customize warning messages*
--   GP name: *AutoSubscription*
--   GP path: *System/Remote Desktop*
--   GP ADMX file name: *remotedesktop.admx*
-
-
 
 
 
            
@@ -107,7 +93,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy allows the user to load the DPAPI cred key from their user profile and decrypt any previously encrypted DPAPI data in the user profile or encrypt any new DPAPI data.
+This policy allows the user to load the DPAPI cred key from their user profile and decrypt any previously encrypted DPAPI data in the user profile or encrypt any new DPAPI data. This policy is needed when using FSLogix user profiles from Azure AD-joined VMs.
 
 
 
@@ -119,14 +105,6 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-
-ADMX Info:  
--   GP Friendly name: *Allow DPAPI cred keys to be loaded from user profiles during logon for AADJ accounts*
--   GP name: *LoadAadCredKeyFromProfile*
--   GP path: *System/RemoteDesktop*
--   GP ADMX file name: *remotedesktop.admx*
-
-
 
 
 
            
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotedesktopservices.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotedesktopservices.md
index 31f36b4007..6519b2d40c 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotedesktopservices.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotedesktopservices.md
@@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure remote access to computers by using
 
 If you enable this policy setting, users who are members of the Remote Desktop Users group on the target computer can connect remotely to the target computer by using Remote Desktop Services.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users cannot connect remotely to the target computer by using Remote Desktop Services. The target computer will maintain any current connections, but will not accept any new incoming connections.
+If you disable this policy setting, users can't connect remotely to the target computer by using Remote Desktop Services. The target computer will maintain any current connections, but won't accept any new incoming connections.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services uses the Remote Desktop setting on the target computer to determine whether the remote connection is allowed. This setting is found on the Remote tab in the System properties sheet. By default, remote connections are not allowed. 
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Remote Desktop Services uses the Remote Desktop setting on the target computer to determine whether the remote connection is allowed. This setting is found on the Remote tab in the System properties sheet. By default, remote connections aren't allowed. 
 
 Note: You can limit which clients are able to connect remotely by using Remote Desktop Services by configuring the policy setting at Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Remote Desktop Services\Remote Desktop Session Host\Security\Require user authentication for remote connections by using Network Level Authentication. 
 
@@ -129,17 +129,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies whether to require the use of a specific encryption level to secure communications between client computers and RD Session Host servers during Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections. This policy only applies when you are using native RDP encryption. However, native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) is not recommended. This policy does not apply to SSL encryption.
+Specifies whether to require the use of a specific encryption level to secure communications between client computers and RD Session Host servers during Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections. This policy only applies when you're using native RDP encryption. However, native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) isn't recommended. This policy doesn't apply to SSL encryption.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, all communications between clients and RD Session Host servers during remote connections must use the encryption method specified in this setting. By default, the encryption level is set to High. The following encryption methods are available:
 
-* High: The High setting encrypts data sent from the client to the server and from the server to the client by using strong 128-bit encryption. Use this encryption level in environments that contain only 128-bit clients (for example, clients that run Remote Desktop Connection). Clients that do not support this encryption level cannot connect to RD Session Host servers.
+* High: The High setting encrypts data sent from the client to the server and from the server to the client by using strong 128-bit encryption. Use this encryption level in environments that contain only 128-bit clients (for example, clients that run Remote Desktop Connection). Clients that don't support this encryption level can't connect to RD Session Host servers.
 
-* Client Compatible: The Client Compatible setting encrypts data sent between the client and the server at the maximum key strength supported by the client. Use this encryption level in environments that include clients that do not support 128-bit encryption.
+* Client Compatible: The Client Compatible setting encrypts data sent between the client and the server at the maximum key strength supported by the client. Use this encryption level in environments that include clients that don't support 128-bit encryption.
 
 * Low: The Low setting encrypts only data sent from the client to the server by using 56-bit encryption.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, the encryption level to be used for remote connections to RD Session Host servers is not enforced through Group Policy.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, the encryption level to be used for remote connections to RD Session Host servers isn't enforced through Group Policy.
 
 Important
 
@@ -189,11 +189,11 @@ This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the mapping of client drives in
 
 By default, an RD Session Host server maps client drives automatically upon connection. Mapped drives appear in the session folder tree in File Explorer or Computer in the format `` on ``. You can use this policy setting to override this behavior.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, client drive redirection is not allowed in Remote Desktop Services sessions, and Clipboard file copy redirection is not allowed on computers running Windows Server 2019 and Windows 10.
+If you enable this policy setting, client drive redirection isn't allowed in Remote Desktop Services sessions, and Clipboard file copy redirection isn't allowed on computers running Windows Server 2019 and Windows 10.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, client drive redirection is always allowed. In addition, Clipboard file copy redirection is always allowed if Clipboard redirection is allowed.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, client drive redirection and Clipboard file copy redirection are not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, client drive redirection and Clipboard file copy redirection aren't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Controls whether passwords can be saved on this computer from Remote Desktop Connection.
 
-If you enable this setting the password saving checkbox in Remote Desktop Connection will be disabled and users will no longer be able to save passwords. When a user opens an RDP file using Remote Desktop Connection and saves his settings, any password that previously existed in the RDP file will be deleted.
+If you enable this setting, the password-saving checkbox in Remote Desktop Connection will be disabled and users will no longer be able to save passwords. When a user opens an RDP file using Remote Desktop Connection and saves their settings, any password that previously existed in the RDP file will be deleted.
 
 If you disable this setting or leave it not configured, the user will be able to save passwords using Remote Desktop Connection.
 
@@ -285,13 +285,13 @@ This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services always prompts the
 
 You can use this setting to enforce a password prompt for users logging on to Remote Desktop Services, even if they already provided the password in the Remote Desktop Connection client.
 
-By default, Remote Desktop Services allows users to automatically log on by entering a password in the Remote Desktop Connection client.
+By default, Remote Desktop Services allows users to automatically sign in by entering a password in the Remote Desktop Connection client.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, users cannot automatically log on to Remote Desktop Services by supplying their passwords in the Remote Desktop Connection client. They are prompted for a password to log on.
+If you enable this policy setting, users can't automatically sign in to Remote Desktop Services by supplying their passwords in the Remote Desktop Connection client. They're prompted for a password to sign in.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users can always log on to Remote Desktop Services automatically by supplying their passwords in the Remote Desktop Connection client.
+If you disable this policy setting, users can always sign in to Remote Desktop Services automatically by supplying their passwords in the Remote Desktop Connection client.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, automatic logon is not specified at the Group Policy level.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, automatic logon isn't specified at the Group Policy level.
 
 
 
@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ Specifies whether a Remote Desktop Session Host server requires secure RPC commu
 
 You can use this setting to strengthen the security of RPC communication with clients by allowing only authenticated and encrypted requests.
 
-If the status is set to Enabled, Remote Desktop Services accepts requests from RPC clients that support secure requests, and does not allow unsecured communication with untrusted clients.
+If the status is set to Enabled, Remote Desktop Services accepts requests from RPC clients that support secure requests, and doesn't allow unsecured communication with untrusted clients.
 
-If the status is set to Disabled, Remote Desktop Services always requests security for all RPC traffic. However, unsecured communication is allowed for RPC clients that do not respond to the request.
+If the status is set to Disabled, Remote Desktop Services always requests security for all RPC traffic. However, unsecured communication is allowed for RPC clients that don't respond to the request.
 
 If the status is set to Not Configured, unsecured communication is allowed.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotemanagement.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotemanagement.md
index 7062b9695c..a0059027d9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotemanagement.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remotemanagement.md
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client uses Basic authentication. If WinRM is configured to use HTTP transport, the user name and password are sent over the network as clear text.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM client does not use Basic authentication.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM client doesn't use Basic authentication.
 
 
 
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM service accepts Basic authentication from a remote client.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM service does not accept Basic authentication from a remote client.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM service doesn't accept Basic authentication from a remote client.
 
 
 
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client uses CredSSP authentication.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM client does not use CredSSP authentication.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM client doesn't use CredSSP authentication.
 
 
 
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM service accepts CredSSP authentication from a remote client.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM service does not accept CredSSP authentication from a remote client.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM service doesn't accept CredSSP authentication from a remote client.
 
 
 
@@ -294,11 +294,11 @@ If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM service automatically listens on th
 
 To allow WinRM service to receive requests over the network, configure the Windows Firewall policy setting with exceptions for Port 5985 (default port for HTTP).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM service will not respond to requests from a remote computer, regardless of whether or not any WinRM listeners are configured.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM service won't respond to requests from a remote computer, regardless of whether or not any WinRM listeners are configured.
 
 The service listens on the addresses specified by the IPv4 and IPv6 filters. The IPv4 filter specifies one or more ranges of IPv4 addresses, and the IPv6 filter specifies one or more ranges of IPv6addresses. If specified, the service enumerates the available IP addresses on the computer and uses only addresses that fall within one of the filter ranges.
 
-You should use an asterisk (\*) to indicate that the service listens on all available IP addresses on the computer. When \* is used, other ranges in the filter are ignored. If the filter is left blank, the service does not listen on any addresses.
+You should use an asterisk (\*) to indicate that the service listens on all available IP addresses on the computer. When \* is used, other ranges in the filter are ignored. If the filter is left blank, the service doesn't listen on any addresses.
 
 For example, if you want the service to listen only on IPv4 addresses, leave the IPv6 filter empty.
 
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client sends and receives unencrypted messages over the network.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM client sends or receives only encrypted messages over the network.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM client sends or receives only encrypted messages over the network.
 
 
 
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client sends and receives unencrypted messages over the network.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM client sends or receives only encrypted messages over the network.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM client sends or receives only encrypted messages over the network.
 
 
 
@@ -441,9 +441,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client uses Digest authentication.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client does not use Digest authentication.
+If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client doesn't use Digest authentication.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM client uses Digest authentication.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM client uses Digest authentication.
 
 
 
@@ -487,9 +487,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client uses Negotiate authentication.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client does not use Negotiate authentication.
+If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client doesn't use Negotiate authentication.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM client uses Negotiate authentication.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM client uses Negotiate authentication.
 
 
 
@@ -533,9 +533,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service accepts Negotiate authentication from a remote client.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM service does not accept Negotiate authentication from a remote client.
+If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM service doesn't accept Negotiate authentication from a remote client.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM service accepts Negotiate authentication from a remote client.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM service accepts Negotiate authentication from a remote client.
 
 
 
@@ -577,13 +577,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service will not allow RunAs credentials to be stored for any plug-ins.
+This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service won't allow RunAs credentials to be stored for any plug-ins.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM service will not allow the RunAsUser or RunAsPassword configuration values to be set for any plug-ins.  If a plug-in has already set the RunAsUser and RunAsPassword configuration values, the RunAsPassword configuration value will be erased from the credential store on this computer.
+If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM service won't allow the RunAsUser or RunAsPassword configuration values to be set for any plug-ins.  If a plug-in has already set the RunAsUser and RunAsPassword configuration values, the RunAsPassword configuration value will be erased from the credential store on this computer.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the WinRM service will allow the RunAsUser and RunAsPassword configuration values to be set for plug-ins and the RunAsPassword value will be stored securely.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the WinRM service will allow the RunAsUser and RunAsPassword configuration values to be set for plug-ins and the RunAsPassword value will be stored securely.
 
-If you enable and then disable this policy setting,any values that were previously configured for RunAsPassword will need to be reset.
+If you enable and then disable this policy setting, any values that were previously configured for RunAsPassword will need to be reset.
 
 
 
@@ -625,17 +625,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to set the hardening level of the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service with regard to channel binding tokens.
+This policy setting allows you to set the hardening level of the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service regarding channel binding tokens.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM service uses the level specified in HardeningLevel to determine whether or not to accept a received request, based on a supplied channel binding token.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, you can configure the hardening level locally on each computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, you can configure the hardening level locally on each computer.
 
 If HardeningLevel is set to Strict, any request not containing a valid channel binding token is rejected.
 
-If HardeningLevel is set to Relaxed (default value), any request containing an invalid channel binding token is rejected. However, a request that does not contain a channel binding token is accepted (though it is not protected from credential-forwarding attacks).
+If HardeningLevel is set to Relaxed (default value), any request containing an invalid channel binding token is rejected. However, a request that doesn't contain a channel binding token is accepted (though it isn't protected from credential-forwarding attacks).
 
-If HardeningLevel is set to None, all requests are accepted (though they are not protected from credential-forwarding attacks).
+If HardeningLevel is set to None, all requests are accepted (though they aren't protected from credential-forwarding attacks).
 
 
 
@@ -679,9 +679,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client uses the list specified in TrustedHostsList to determine if the destination host is a trusted entity.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client uses the list specified in TrustedHostsList to determine if the destination host is a trusted entity. The WinRM client uses this list when neither HTTPS nor Kerberos are used to authenticate the identity of the host.
+If you enable this policy setting, the WinRM client uses the list specified in TrustedHostsList to determine if the destination host is a trusted entity. The WinRM client uses this list when HTTPS or Kerberos is used to authenticate the identity of the host.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting and the WinRM client needs to use the list of trusted hosts, you must configure the list of trusted hosts locally on each computer.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting and the WinRM client needs to use the list of trusted hosts, you must configure the list of trusted hosts locally on each computer.
 
 
 
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ This policy setting turns on or turns off an HTTP listener created for backward
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the HTTP listener always appears.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the HTTP listener never appears.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the HTTP listener never appears.
 
 When certain port 80 listeners are migrated to WinRM 2.0, the listener port number changes to 5985.
 
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ This policy setting turns on or turns off an HTTPS listener created for backward
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the HTTPS listener always appears.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the HTTPS listener never appears.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the HTTPS listener never appears.
 
 When certain port 443 listeners are migrated to WinRM 2.0, the listener port number changes to 5986.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remoteprocedurecall.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remoteprocedurecall.md
index a750b0adde..c2235cdbb4 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remoteprocedurecall.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-remoteprocedurecall.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Policy CSP - RemoteProcedureCall
-description: The Policy CSP - RemoteProcedureCall setting controls whether RPC clients authenticate when the call they are making contains authentication information.
+description: The Policy CSP - RemoteProcedureCall setting controls whether RPC clients authenticate when the call they're making contains authentication information.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -64,15 +64,15 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether RPC clients authenticate with the Endpoint Mapper Service when the call they are making contains authentication information.   The Endpoint Mapper Service on computers running Windows NT4 (all service packs) cannot process authentication information supplied in this manner. 
+This policy setting controls whether RPC clients authenticate with the Endpoint Mapper Service when the call they're making contains authentication information.   The Endpoint Mapper Service on computers running Windows NT4 (all service packs) can't process authentication information supplied in this manner. 
 
-If you disable this policy setting, RPC clients will not authenticate to the Endpoint Mapper Service, but they will be able to communicate with the Endpoint Mapper Service on Windows NT4 Server.
+If you disable this policy setting, RPC clients won't authenticate to the Endpoint Mapper Service, but they'll be able to communicate with the Endpoint Mapper Service on Windows NT4 Server.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, RPC clients will authenticate to the Endpoint Mapper Service for calls that contain authentication information.  Clients making such calls will not be able to communicate with the Windows NT4 Server Endpoint Mapper Service.
+If you enable this policy setting, RPC clients will authenticate to the Endpoint Mapper Service for calls that contain authentication information.  Clients making such calls won't be able to communicate with the Windows NT4 Server Endpoint Mapper Service.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it remains disabled.  RPC clients will not authenticate to the Endpoint Mapper Service, but they will be able to communicate with the Windows NT4 Server Endpoint Mapper Service.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it remains disabled.  RPC clients won't authenticate to the Endpoint Mapper Service, but they'll be able to communicate with the Windows NT4 Server Endpoint Mapper Service.
 
-Note: This policy will not be applied until the system is rebooted.
+Note: This policy won't be applied until the system is rebooted.
 
 
 
@@ -116,13 +116,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting controls how the RPC server runtime handles unauthenticated RPC clients connecting to RPC servers.
 
-This policy setting impacts all RPC applications.  In a domain environment this policy setting should be used with caution as it can impact a wide range of functionality including group policy processing itself.  Reverting a change to this policy setting can require manual intervention on each affected machine.  This policy setting should never be applied to a domain controller.
+This policy setting impacts all RPC applications.  In a domain environment, this policy setting should be used with caution as it can impact a wide range of functionality including group policy processing itself.  Reverting a change to this policy setting can require manual intervention on each affected machine.  This policy setting should never be applied to a domain controller.
 
 If you disable this policy setting, the RPC server runtime uses the value of "Authenticated" on Windows Client, and the value of "None" on Windows Server versions that support this policy setting. 
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it remains disabled.  The RPC server runtime will behave as though it was enabled with the value of "Authenticated" used for Windows Client and the value of "None" used for Server SKUs that support this policy setting. 
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it remains disabled.  The RPC server runtime will behave as though it was enabled with the value of "Authenticated" used for Windows Client and the value of "None" used for Server SKUs that support this policy setting. 
 
-If you enable this policy setting, it directs the RPC server runtime to restrict unauthenticated RPC clients connecting to RPC servers running on a machine. A client will be considered an authenticated client if it uses a named pipe to communicate with the server or if it uses RPC Security. RPC Interfaces that have specifically requested to be accessible by unauthenticated clients may be exempt from this restriction, depending on the selected value for this policy setting.
+If you enable this policy setting, it directs the RPC server runtime to restrict unauthenticated RPC clients connecting to RPC servers running on a machine. A client will be considered an authenticated client if it uses a named pipe to communicate with the server or if it uses RPC Security. RPC Interfaces that have requested to be accessible by unauthenticated clients may be exempt from this restriction, depending on the selected value for this policy setting.
 
 - "None" allows all RPC clients to connect to RPC Servers running on the machine on which the policy setting is applied.
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, it directs the RPC server runtime to restrict
 - "Authenticated without exceptions" allows only authenticated RPC Clients (per the definition above) to connect to RPC Servers running on the machine on which the policy setting is applied.  No exceptions are allowed.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy setting will not be applied until the system is rebooted.
+> This policy setting won't be applied until the system is rebooted.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search.md
index 5028411604..b56f078278 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-search.md
@@ -36,6 +36,9 @@ manager: dansimp
   
            
     Search/AllowSearchToUseLocation
   
            
+  
            
+    Search/AllowSearchHighlights
+  
            
   
            
     Search/AllowStoringImagesFromVisionSearch
   
            
@@ -157,7 +160,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This is a simple boolean value, default false, that can be set by MDM policy to allow the Cortana Page in OOBE when logged in with an AAD account.
+This value is a simple boolean value, default false, that can be set by MDM policy to allow the Cortana Page in OOBE when logged in with an AAD account.
 
 
 
@@ -191,7 +194,7 @@ This is a simple boolean value, default false, that can be set by MDM policy to
 
 
 
-Controls if the user can configure search to Find My Files mode, which searches files in secondary hard drives and also outside of the user profile. Find My Files does not allow users to search files or locations to which they do not have access.
+Controls if the user can configure search to Find My Files mode, which searches files in secondary hard drives and also outside of the user profile. Find My Files doesn't allow users to search files or locations to which they don't have access.
 
 
 
@@ -249,7 +252,7 @@ Allows or disallows the indexing of items. This switch is for the Windows Search
 
 When the policy is enabled, WIP protected items are indexed and the metadata about them are stored in an unencrypted location. The metadata includes things like file path and date modified.
 
-When the policy is disabled, the WIP protected items are not indexed and do not show up in the results in Cortana or file explorer. There may also be a performance impact on photos and Groove apps if there are a lot of WIP protected media files on the device.
+When the policy is disabled, the WIP protected items aren't indexed and don't show up in the results in Cortana or file explorer. There may also be a performance impact on photos and Groove apps if there are many WIP-protected media files on the device.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -299,7 +302,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Specifies whether search can leverage location information.
+Specifies whether search can use location information.
 
 Most restricted value is 0.
 
@@ -323,6 +326,63 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
            
 
+
+**Search/AllowSearchHighlights**  
+
+
+
+|Edition|Windows 10|Windows 11|
+|--- |--- |--- |
+|Home|No|No|
+|Pro|Yes|Yes|
+|Business|Yes|Yes|
+|Enterprise|Yes|Yes|
+|Education|Yes|Yes|
+
+
+
            
+
+
+[Scope](./policy-configuration-service-provider.md#policy-scope):
+
+> [!div class = "checklist"]
+> * Device
+
+
            
+
+
+
+This policy controls whether search highlights are shown in the search box or in search home.
+
+- If you enable this policy setting, then this setting turns on search highlights in the search box or in the search home.
+- If you disable this policy setting, then this setting turns off search highlights in the search box or in the search home. 
+
+
+
+
+ADMX Info:  
+-   GP Friendly name: *Allow search and highlights*
+-   GP name: *AllowSearchHighlights*
+-   GP path: *Windows Components/Search*
+-   GP ADMX file name: *Search.admx*
+
+
+
+The following list shows the supported values in Windows 10:
+- Not Configured/ Enabled (default) – Enabling or not configuring this setting turns on search    highlights in the taskbar search box and in search home.
+
+- Disabled – Disabling this setting turns off search highlights in the taskbar search box and in search home.
+
+The following list shows the supported values in Windows 11:
+- Not Configured/ Enabled (default) – Enabling or not configuring this setting turns on search highlights in the start menu search box and in search home.
+
+- Disabled – Disabling this setting turns off search highlights in the start menu search box and in search home.
+
+
+
+
+
            
+
 
 **Search/AllowStoringImagesFromVisionSearch**  
 
@@ -545,9 +605,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 This policy setting configures whether or not locations on removable drives can be added to libraries.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, locations on removable drives cannot be added to libraries. In addition, locations on removable drives cannot be indexed.
+If you enable this policy setting, locations on removable drives can't be added to libraries. In addition, locations on removable drives can't be indexed.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, locations on removable drives can be added to libraries. In addition, locations on removable drives can be indexed.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, locations on removable drives can be added to libraries. In addition, locations on removable drives can be indexed.
 
 
 
@@ -595,12 +655,13 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Don't search the web or display web results in Search.
+Don't search the web or display web results in Search, or show search highlights in the search box or in search home.
 
-This policy setting allows you to control whether or not Search can perform queries on the web, and if the web results are displayed in Search.
-If you enable this policy setting, queries won't be performed on the web and web results won't be displayed when a user performs a query in Search.
+This policy setting allows you to control whether or not Search can perform queries on the web, if web results are displayed in Search, and if search highlights are shown in the search box and in search home.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, queries will be performed on the web and web results will be displayed when a user performs a query in Search.
+- If you enable this policy setting, queries won't be performed on the web, web results won't be displayed when a user performs a query in Search, and search highlights won't be shown in the search box and in search home.
+
+- If you disable this policy setting, queries will be performed on the web, web results will be displayed when a user performs a query in Search, and search highlights will be shown in the search box and in search home.
 
 
 
@@ -614,8 +675,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 - Not allowed. Queries won't be performed on the web and web results won't be displayed when a user performs a query in Search.
-- 1 (default) - Allowed. Queries will be performed on the web and web results will be displayed when a user performs a query in Search.
+- 0 - Not allowed. Queries won't be performed on the web, web results won't be displayed when a user performs a query in Search, and search highlights won't be shown in the search box and in search home.
+- 1 (default) - Allowed. Queries will be performed on the web, web results will be displayed when a user performs a query in Search, and search highlights will be shown in the search box and in search home.
 
 
 
@@ -650,7 +711,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Enabling this policy prevents indexing from continuing after less than the specified amount of hard drive space is left on the same drive as the index location. Select between 0 and 1.
 
-Enable this policy if computers in your environment have extremely limited hard drive space.
+Enable this policy if computers in your environment have limited hard drive space.
 
 When this policy is disabled or not configured, Windows Desktop Search automatically manages your index size.
 
@@ -700,7 +761,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-If enabled, clients will be unable to query this computer's index remotely. Thus, when they are browsing network shares that are stored on this computer, they will not search them using the index. If disabled, client search requests will use this computer's index..
+If enabled, clients will be unable to query this computer's index remotely. Thus, when they're browsing network shares that are stored on this computer, they won't search them using the index. If disabled, client search requests will use this computer's index..
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-security.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-security.md
index dc3da9ca62..dcf870fbf8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-security.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-security.md
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – Will not force recovery from a non-ready TPM state.
+-   0 (default) – Won't force recovery from a non-ready TPM state.
 -   1 – Will prompt to clear the TPM if the TPM is in a non-ready state (or reduced functionality) which can be remediated with a TPM Clear.
 
 
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ This policy controls the Admin Authentication requirement in RecoveryEnvironment
 Supported values:  
 -  0 - Default: Keep using default(current) behavior
 -  1 - RequireAuthentication: Admin Authentication is always required for components in RecoveryEnvironment
--  2 - NoRequireAuthentication: Admin Authentication is not required for components in RecoveryEnvironment
+-  2 - NoRequireAuthentication: Admin Authentication isn't required for components in RecoveryEnvironment
 
 
 
@@ -344,10 +344,10 @@ The process of starting Push Button Reset (PBR) in WinRE:
 1. Open a cmd as Administrator, run command "reagentc /boottore" and restart the OS to boot to WinRE.
 1. OS should boot to the blue screen of WinRE UI, go through TroubleShoot -> Reset this PC, it should show two options: "Keep my files" and "Remove everything".
 
-If the MDM policy is set to "Default" (0) or does not exist, the admin authentication flow should work as default behavior:  
+If the MDM policy is set to "Default" (0) or doesn't exist, the admin authentication flow should work as default behavior:  
 
 1. Start PBR in WinRE, choose "Keep my files", it should pop up admin authentication.
-1. Click "<-" (right arrow) button and choose "Remove everything", it should not pop up admin authentication and just go to PBR options.
+1. Click "<-" (right arrow) button and choose "Remove everything", it shouldn't pop up admin authentication and just go to PBR options.
 
 If the MDM policy is set to "RequireAuthentication" (1)
 
@@ -356,9 +356,9 @@ If the MDM policy is set to "RequireAuthentication" (1)
 
 If the MDM policy is set to "NoRequireAuthentication" (2)
 
-1. Start PBR in WinRE, choose "Keep my files", it should not pop up admin authentication.
+1. Start PBR in WinRE, choose "Keep my files", it shouldn't pop up admin authentication.
 1. Go through PBR options and click "cancel" at final confirmation page, wait unit the UI is back.
-1. Click "TroubleShoot" -> "Reset this PC" again, choose "Remove everything", it should not pop up admin authentication neither.
+1. Click "TroubleShoot" -> "Reset this PC" again, choose "Remove everything", it shouldn't pop up admin authentication neither.
 
 
 
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Most restricted value is 1.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – Encryption is not required.
+-   0 (default) – Encryption isn't required.
 -   1 – Encryption is required.
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-servicecontrolmanager.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-servicecontrolmanager.md
index 6dd30d5940..118dd3a3a7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-servicecontrolmanager.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-servicecontrolmanager.md
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This policy setting enables process mitigation options on svchost.exe processes.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, built-in system services hosted in svchost.exe processes will have stricter security policies enabled on them.
 
-This includes a policy requiring all binaries loaded in these processes to be signed by Microsoft, and a policy disallowing dynamically generated code.  
+These stricter security policies include a policy requiring all binaries loaded in these processes to be signed by Microsoft, and a policy disallowing dynamically generated code.  
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > Enabling this policy could cause compatibility issues with third-party software that uses svchost.exe processes (for example, third-party antivirus software).
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-settings.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-settings.md
index 8713e65ba8..1b0e0f8bc4 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-settings.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-settings.md
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ This policy disables edit device name option on Settings.
 
 
 
-Describes what value are supported in by this policy and meaning of each value, default value.
+Describes what values are supported in by this policy and meaning of each value, default value.
 
 
 
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 (default) – User will be allowed to configure the setting.
--   1  – Don't show additional calendars.
+-   1  – Don't show more calendars.
 -   2  - Simplified Chinese (Lunar).
 -   3  - Traditional Chinese (Lunar).
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start.md
index 2fd9258e23..f760f05bc0 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start.md
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 – The shortcut is hidden and disables the setting in the Settings app.
 -   1 – The shortcut is visible and disables the setting in the Settings app.
--   65535 (default) - There is no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
+-   65535 (default) - there's no enforced configuration and the setting can be changed by the user.
 
 
 
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (Do not disable).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't disable).
 -   1 - True (disable).
 
 
@@ -679,13 +679,13 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 Forces the start screen size.
 
 
-If there is policy configuration conflict, the latest configuration request is applied to the device.
+If there's policy configuration conflict, the latest configuration request is applied to the device.
 
 
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – Do not force size of Start.
+-   0 (default) – Don't force size of Start.
 -   1 – Force non-fullscreen size of Start.
 -   2 - Force a fullscreen size of Start.
 
@@ -730,12 +730,12 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by collapsing or removing the all apps list.
 > There were issues reported with the previous release of this policy and a fix was added in Windows 10, version 1709. 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 -   1 - Enable policy and restart explorer.exe
--   2a - If set to '1': Verify that the all apps list is collapsed, and that the Settings toggle is not grayed out.
+-   2a - If set to '1': Verify that the all apps list is collapsed, and that the Settings toggle isn't grayed out.
 -   2b - If set to '2': Verify that the all apps list is collapsed, and that the Settings toggle is grayed out.
--   2c - If set to '3': Verify that there is no way of opening the all apps list from Start, and that the Settings toggle is grayed out.
+-   2c - If set to '3': Verify that there's no way of opening the all apps list from Start, and that the Settings toggle is grayed out.
 
 
 
@@ -783,15 +783,15 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding "Change account settings" from app
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, click on the user tile, and verify that "Change account settings" is not available.
+2.   Open Start, click on the user tile, and verify that "Change account settings" isn't available.
 
 
 
@@ -834,19 +834,19 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding most used apps.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable "Show most used apps" in the Settings app.
 2.   Use some apps to get them into the most used group in Start.
 3.   Enable policy.
 4.   Restart explorer.exe
 5.   Check that  "Show most used apps" Settings toggle is grayed out.
-6.   Check that most used apps do not appear in Start.
+6.   Check that most used apps don't appear in Start.
 
 
 
@@ -883,21 +883,21 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding "Hibernate" from appearing in the
 
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy can only be verified on laptops as "Hibernate" does not appear on regular PC's.
+> This policy can only be verified on laptops as "Hibernate" doesn't appear on regular PC's.
 
 
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Laptop, do the following:
+To validate on Laptop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, click on the Power button, and verify "Hibernate" is not available.
+2.   Open Start, click on the Power button, and verify "Hibernate" isn't available.
 
 
 
@@ -936,15 +936,15 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding "Lock" from appearing in the user
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, click on the user tile, and verify "Lock" is not available.
+2.   Open Start, click on the user tile, and verify "Lock" isn't available.
 
 
 
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ To validate on Desktop, do the following:
 
 
 
-Enabling this policy removes the people icon from the taskbar as well as the corresponding settings toggle. It also prevents users from pinning people to the taskbar.
+Enabling this policy removes the people icon from the taskbar and the corresponding settings toggle. It also prevents users from pinning people to the taskbar.
 
 Value type is integer.
 
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
@@ -1036,15 +1036,15 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding the Power button from appearing.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, and verify the power button is not available.
+2.   Open Start, and verify the power button isn't available.
 
 
 
@@ -1086,12 +1086,12 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding recently opened items in the jump
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable "Show recently opened items in Jump Lists on Start of the taskbar" in Settings.
 2.   Pin Photos to the taskbar, and open some images in the photos app.
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ To validate on Desktop, do the following:
 6.   Restart explorer.exe
 7.   Check that Settings toggle is grayed out.
 8.   Repeat Step 2.
-9.   Right Click pinned photos app and verify that there is no jump list of recent items.
+9.   Right Click pinned photos app and verify that there's no jump list of recent items.
 
 
 
@@ -1152,19 +1152,19 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable "Show recently added apps" in the Settings app.
 2.   Check if there are recently added apps in Start (if not, install some).
 3.   Enable policy.
 4.   Restart explorer.exe
 5.   Check that "Show recently added apps" Settings toggle is grayed out.
-6.   Check that recently added apps do not appear in Start.
+6.   Check that recently added apps don't appear in Start.
 
 
 
@@ -1203,15 +1203,15 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding "Restart" and "Update and restart"
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, click on the Power button, and verify "Restart" and "Update and restart" are not available.
+2.   Open Start, click on the Power button, and verify "Restart" and "Update and restart" aren't available.
 
 
 
@@ -1250,15 +1250,15 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding "Shut down" and "Update and shut d
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, click on the Power button, and verify "Shut down" and "Update and shut down" are not available.
+2.   Open Start, click on the Power button, and verify "Shut down" and "Update and shut down" aren't available.
 
 
 
@@ -1297,15 +1297,15 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding "Sign out" from appearing in the u
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, click on the user tile, and verify "Sign out" is not available.
+2.   Open Start, click on the user tile, and verify "Sign out" isn't available.
 
 
 
@@ -1344,15 +1344,15 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding "Sleep" from appearing in the Powe
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, click on the Power button, and verify that "Sleep" is not available.
+2.   Open Start, click on the Power button, and verify that "Sleep" isn't available.
 
 
 
@@ -1391,15 +1391,15 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding "Switch account" from appearing in
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Open Start, click on the user tile, and verify that "Switch account" is not available.
+2.   Open Start, click on the user tile, and verify that "Switch account" isn't available.
 
 
 
@@ -1441,16 +1441,16 @@ Allows IT Admins to configure Start by hiding the user tile.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) – False (do not hide).
+-   0 (default) – False (don't hide).
 -   1 - True (hide).
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
-2.   Log off.
-3.   Log in, and verify that the user tile is gone from Start.
+2.   Sign out.
+3.   Sign in, and verify that the user tile is gone from Start.
 
 
 
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ To validate on Desktop, do the following:
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy requires reboot to take effect.
 
-Here is additional SKU support information:
+Here's more SKU support information:
 
 |Release |SKU Supported  |
 |---------|---------|
@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ Here is additional SKU support information:
 |Windows 10, version 1703 and later |Enterprise, Education, Business |
 |Windows 10, version 1709 and later |Enterprise, Education, Business, Pro, ProEducation, S, ProWorkstation |
 
-This policy imports Edge assets (e.g. .png/.jpg files) for secondary tiles into its local app data path which allows the StartLayout policy to pin Edge secondary tiles as weblink that tie to the image asset files.
+This policy imports Edge assets (for example, .png/.jpg files) for secondary tiles into its local app data path, which allows the StartLayout policy to pin Edge secondary tiles as weblink that ties to the image asset files.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > Please note that the import happens only when StartLayout policy is changed. So it is better to always change ImportEdgeAssets policy at the same time as StartLayout policy whenever there are Edge secondary tiles to be pinned from StartLayout policy.
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ The value set for this policy is an XML string containing Edge assets.  For an e
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Set policy with an XML for Edge assets.
 2.   Set StartLayout policy to anything so that it would trigger the Edge assets import.
@@ -1552,13 +1552,13 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
 2.   Right click on a program pinned to taskbar.
-3.   Verify that "Unpin from taskbar" menu does not show.
+3.   Verify that "Unpin from taskbar" menu doesn't show.
 4.   Open Start and right click on one of the app list icons.
-5.   Verify that More->Pin to taskbar menu does not show.
+5.   Verify that More->Pin to taskbar menu doesn't show.
 
 
 
@@ -1622,8 +1622,8 @@ To validate on Desktop, do the following:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 1 - Force showing of Most Used Apps in Start Menu, user cannot change in Settings
-- 0 - Force hiding of Most Used Apps in Start Menu, user cannot change in Settings
+- 1 - Force showing of Most Used Apps in Start Menu, user can't change in Settings
+- 0 - Force hiding of Most Used Apps in Start Menu, user can't change in Settings
 - Not set - User can use Settings to hide or show Most Used Apps in Start Menu
 
 On clean install, the user setting defaults to "hide".
@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ On clean install, the user setting defaults to "hide".
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > In addition to being able to set this node on a per user-basis, it can now also be set on a per-device basis. For more information, see [Policy scope](./policy-configuration-service-provider.md#policy-scope)  
 
-Here is additional SKU support information:
+Here's more SKU support information:
 
 |Release |SKU Supported  |
 |---------|---------|
@@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ Here is additional SKU support information:
 
 Allows you to override the default Start layout and prevents the user from changing it. If both user and device policies are set, the user policy will be used. Apps pinned to the taskbar can also be changed with this policy
 
-For further details on how to customize the Start layout, please see [Customize and export Start layout](/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout) and [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](/windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar).
+For more information on how to customize the Start layout, see [Customize and export Start layout](/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout) and [Configure Windows 10 taskbar](/windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar).
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-storage.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-storage.md
index 64815bafdc..d600b89da2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-storage.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-storage.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.technology: windows
 author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.date: 09/27/2019
+ms.date: 03/25/2022
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ---
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 - Do not allow
+-   0 - Don't allow
 -   1 (default) - Allow
 
 
@@ -128,6 +128,8 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 |Enterprise|Yes|Yes|
 |Education|Yes|Yes|
 
+Note: Versions prior to version 1903 don't support group policy.
+
 
 
            
 
@@ -143,11 +145,11 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Storage Sense can automatically clean some of the user’s files to free up disk space. By default, Storage Sense is automatically turned on when the machine runs into low disk space and is set to run whenever the machine runs into storage pressure. This cadence can be changed in Storage settings or set with the Storage/ConfigStorageSenseGlobalCadence group policy.
 
-If you enable this policy setting without setting a cadence, Storage Sense is turned on for the machine with the default cadence of "during low free disk space." Users cannot disable Storage Sense, but they can adjust the cadence (unless you also configure the Storage/ConfigStorageSenseGlobalCadence group policy).
+If you enable this policy setting without setting a cadence, Storage Sense is turned on for the machine with the default cadence of "during low free disk space." Users can't disable Storage Sense, but they can adjust the cadence (unless you also configure the Storage/ConfigStorageSenseGlobalCadence group policy).
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the machine will turn off Storage Sense. Users cannot enable Storage Sense.
+If you disable this policy setting, the machine will turn off Storage Sense. Users can't enable Storage Sense.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Storage Sense is turned off by default until the user runs into low disk space or the user enables it manually. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Storage Sense is turned off by default until the user runs into low disk space or the user enables it manually. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
 
 
 ADMX Info:  
@@ -183,6 +185,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 |Enterprise|Yes|Yes|
 |Education|Yes|Yes|
 
+Note: Versions prior to version 1903 don't support group policy.
+
 
 
            
 
@@ -196,15 +200,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-When Storage Sense runs, it can delete the user’s temporary files that are not in use.
+When Storage Sense runs, it can delete the user’s temporary files that aren't in use.
 
-If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy does not have any effect.
+If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy doesn't have any effect.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Storage Sense will delete the user’s temporary files that are not in use. Users cannot disable this setting in Storage settings.
+If you enable this policy setting, Storage Sense will delete the user’s temporary files that aren't in use. Users can't disable this setting in Storage settings.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, Storage Sense will not delete the user’s temporary files. Users cannot enable this setting in Storage settings.
+If you disable this policy setting, Storage Sense won't delete the user’s temporary files. Users can't enable this setting in Storage settings.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, Storage Sense will delete the user’s temporary files by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, Storage Sense will delete the user’s temporary files by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
 
 
 
@@ -241,6 +245,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 |Enterprise|Yes|Yes|
 |Education|Yes|Yes|
 
+Note: Versions prior to version 1903 don't support group policy.
+
 
 
            
 
@@ -254,15 +260,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-When Storage Sense runs, it can dehydrate cloud-backed content that hasn’t been opened in a certain amount of days.
+When Storage Sense runs, it can dehydrate cloud-backed content that hasn’t been opened in a certain number of days.
 
-If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy does not have any effect.
+If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy doesn't have any effect.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide the minimum number of days a cloud-backed file can remain unopened before Storage Sense dehydrates it. Supported values are: 0–365.
 
-If you set this value to zero, Storage Sense will not dehydrate any cloud-backed content. The default value is 0, which never dehydrates cloud-backed content.
+If you set this value to zero, Storage Sense won't dehydrate any cloud-backed content. The default value is 0, which never dehydrates cloud-backed content.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then Storage Sense will not dehydrate any cloud-backed content by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then Storage Sense won't dehydrate any cloud-backed content by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
 
 
 
@@ -299,6 +305,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 |Enterprise|Yes|Yes|
 |Education|Yes|Yes|
 
+Note: Versions prior to version 1903 don't support group policy.
+
 
 
            
 
@@ -314,13 +322,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 When Storage Sense runs, it can delete files in the user’s Downloads folder if they haven’t been opened for more than a certain number of days.
 
-If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy does not have any effect.
+If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy doesn't have any effect.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide the minimum number of days a file can remain unopened before Storage Sense deletes it from the Downloads folder. Supported values are: 0-365.
 
-If you set this value to zero, Storage Sense will not delete files in the user’s Downloads folder. The default is 0, or never deleting files in the Downloads folder.
+If you set this value to zero, Storage Sense won't delete files in the user’s Downloads folder. The default is 0, or never deleting files in the Downloads folder.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then Storage Sense will not delete files in the user’s Downloads folder by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then Storage Sense won't delete files in the user’s Downloads folder by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
 
 
 
@@ -357,6 +365,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 |Enterprise|Yes|Yes|
 |Education|Yes|Yes|
 
+Note: Versions prior to version 1903 don't support group policy.
+
 
 
            
 
@@ -371,7 +381,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 Storage Sense can automatically clean some of the user’s files to free up disk space.
-If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy does not have any effect.
+If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy doesn't have any effect.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide the desired Storage Sense cadence.
 
@@ -384,7 +394,7 @@ The following are supported options:
 
 The default is 0 (during low free disk space).
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, then the Storage Sense cadence is set to “during low free disk space” by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, then the Storage Sense cadence is set to “during low free disk space” by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
 
 
 
@@ -421,6 +431,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 |Enterprise|Yes|Yes|
 |Education|Yes|Yes|
 
+Note: Versions prior to version 1903 don't support group policy.
+
 
 
            
 
@@ -434,15 +446,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-When Storage Sense runs, it can delete files in the user’s Recycle Bin if they have been there for over a certain amount of days.
+When Storage Sense runs, it can delete files in the user’s Recycle Bin if they've been there for over a certain number of days.
 
-If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy does not have any effect.
+If the Storage/AllowStorageSenseGlobal policy is disabled, then this policy doesn't have any effect.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you must provide the minimum age threshold (in days) of a file in the Recycle Bin before Storage Sense will delete it. Supported values are: 0–365.
 
-If you set this value to zero, Storage Sense will not delete files in the user’s Recycle Bin. The default is 30 days.
+If you set this value to zero, Storage Sense won't delete files in the user’s Recycle Bin. The default is 30 days.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Storage Sense will delete files in the user’s Recycle Bin that have been there for over 30 days by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Storage Sense will delete files in the user’s Recycle Bin which have been there for over 30 days by default. Users can configure this setting in Storage settings.
 
 
 
@@ -494,9 +506,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting configures whether or not Windows will activate an Enhanced Storage device.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, Windows will not activate unactivated Enhanced Storage devices.
+If you enable this policy setting, Windows won't activate unactivated Enhanced Storage devices.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Windows will activate unactivated Enhanced Storage devices.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Windows will activate unactivated Enhanced Storage devices.
 
 
 > [!TIP]
@@ -544,7 +556,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-If you enable this policy setting, write access is denied to this removable storage class. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, write access is allowed to this removable storage class. 
+If you enable this policy setting, write access is denied to this removable storage class. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, write access is allowed to this removable storage class. 
 
 > [!Note]
 > To require that users write data to BitLocker-protected storage, enable the policy setting "Deny write access to drives not protected by BitLocker," which is located in "Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\BitLocker Drive Encryption\Removable Data Drives."
@@ -604,7 +616,7 @@ See [Use custom settings for Windows 10 devices in Intune](/intune/custom-settin
 
 
 
-This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols which are used by most portable devices, e.g. mobile/IOS/Android:
+This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols that are used by most portable devices, for example, mobile/IOS/Android:
 
 - Picture Transfer Protocol (PTP) over USB, IP, and Bluetooth
 - Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) over USB, IP, and Bluetooth
@@ -612,10 +624,10 @@ This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols which are used
 
 To enable this policy, the minimum OS requirement is Windows 10, version 1809 and [KB5003217 (OS Build 17763.1971)](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/topic/may-20-2021-kb5003217-os-build-17763-1971-preview-08687c95-0740-421b-a205-54aa2c716b46).
 
-If enabled, this policy will block end-user from Read access on any Windows Portal devices, e.g. mobile/iOS/Android.
+If enabled, this policy will block end-user from Read access on any Windows Portal devices, for example, mobile/iOS/Android.
 
 >[!NOTE]
-> WPD policy is not a reliable policy for removable storage - admin can not use WPD policy to block removable storage, e.g. if an end-user is using an USB thumb drive under a WPD policy, the policy may block PTP/MTP/etc, but end-user can still browser the USB via explorer.
+> WPD policy is not a reliable policy for removable storage - admin can not use WPD policy to block removable storage, for example, if an end-user is using an USB thumb drive under a WPD policy, the policy may block PTP/MTP/etc, but end-user can still browser the USB via explorer.
 
 Supported values for this policy are:
 - Not configured
@@ -666,7 +678,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols which are used by most portable devices, e.g. mobile/IOS/Android:
+This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols that are used by most portable devices, for example, mobile/IOS/Android:
 
 - Picture Transfer Protocol (PTP) over USB, IP, and Bluetooth
 - Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) over USB, IP, and Bluetooth
@@ -674,7 +686,7 @@ This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols which are used
 
 To enable this policy, the minimum OS requirement is Windows 10, version 1809 and [KB5003217 (OS Build 17763.1971)](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/topic/may-20-2021-kb5003217-os-build-17763-1971-preview-08687c95-0740-421b-a205-54aa2c716b46).
 
-If enabled, this policy will block end-user from Read access on any Windows Portal devices, e.g. mobile/iOS/Android.
+If enabled, this policy will block end-user from Read access on any Windows Portal devices, for example, mobile/iOS/Android.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > WPD policy is not a reliable policy for removable storage - admin can not use WPD policy to block removable storage, e.g. if an end-user is using an USB thumb drive under a WPD policy, the policy may block PTP/MTP/etc, but end-user can still browser the USB via explorer.
@@ -728,7 +740,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols which are used by most portable devices, e.g. mobile/IOS/Android:
+This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols that are used by most portable devices, for example, mobile/IOS/Android:
 
 - Picture Transfer Protocol (PTP) over USB, IP, and Bluetooth
 - Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) over USB, IP, and Bluetooth
@@ -736,7 +748,7 @@ This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols which are used
 
 To enable this policy, the minimum OS requirement is Windows 10, version 1809 and [KB5003217 (OS Build 17763.1971)](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/topic/may-20-2021-kb5003217-os-build-17763-1971-preview-08687c95-0740-421b-a205-54aa2c716b46).
 
-If enabled, this will block end-user from Write access on any Windows Portal devices, e.g. mobile/iOS/Android.
+If enabled, this policy will block end-user from Write access on any Windows Portal devices, for example, mobile/iOS/Android.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > WPD policy is not a reliable policy for removable storage - admin can not use WPD policy to block removable storage, e.g. if an end-user is using an USB thumb drive under a WPD policy, the policy may block PTP/MTP/etc, but end-user can still browser the USB via explorer.
@@ -790,7 +802,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols which are used by most portable devices, e.g. mobile/IOS/Android:
+This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols that are used by most portable devices, for example, mobile/IOS/Android:
 
 - Picture Transfer Protocol (PTP) over USB, IP, and Bluetooth
 - Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) over USB, IP, and Bluetooth
@@ -798,7 +810,7 @@ This policy will do the enforcement over the following protocols which are used
 
 To enable this policy, the minimum OS requirement is Windows 10, version 1809 and [KB5003217 (OS Build 17763.1971)](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/topic/may-20-2021-kb5003217-os-build-17763-1971-preview-08687c95-0740-421b-a205-54aa2c716b46).
 
-If enabled, this will block end-user from Write access on any Windows Portal devices, e.g. mobile/iOS/Android.
+If enabled, this policy will block end-user from Write access on any Windows Portal devices, for example, mobile/iOS/Android.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 > WPD policy is not a reliable policy for removable storage - admin can not use WPD policy to block removable storage, e.g. if an end-user is using an USB thumb drive under a WPD policy, the policy may block PTP/MTP/etc, but end-user can still browser the USB via explorer.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-system.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-system.md
index 9e31c3a67b..a2830db2e2 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-system.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-system.md
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting determines whether users can access the Insider build controls in the Advanced Options for Windows Update. These controls are located under "Get Insider builds," and enable users to make their devices available for downloading and installing Windows preview software.
 
-If you enable or do not configure this policy setting, users can download and install Windows preview software on their devices. If you disable this policy setting, the item "Get Insider builds" will be unavailable.
+If you enable or don't configure this policy setting, users can download and install Windows preview software on their devices. If you disable this policy setting, the item "Get Insider builds" will be unavailable.
 
 
 
@@ -201,9 +201,9 @@ To enable this behavior, you must complete two steps:
 
 Windows diagnostic data is collected when the Allow Telemetry policy setting is set to 1 – **Required (Basic)** or above.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, Microsoft will be the controller of the Windows diagnostic data collected from the device and processed in accordance with Microsoft’s [privacy statement](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=521839) unless you have enabled policies like Allow Update Compliance Processing or Allow Desktop Analytics Processing.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, Microsoft will be the controller of the Windows diagnostic data collected from the device and processed in accordance with Microsoft’s [privacy statement](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=521839) unless you have enabled policies like Allow Update Compliance Processing or Allow Desktop Analytics Processing.
 
-Configuring this setting does not change the Windows diagnostic data collection level set for the device or the operation of optional analytics processor services like Desktop Analytics and Update Compliance.
+Configuring this setting doesn't change the Windows diagnostic data collection level set for the device or the operation of optional analytics processor services like Desktop Analytics and Update Compliance.
 
 See the documentation at [ConfigureWDD](https://aka.ms/ConfigureWDD) for information on this and other policies that will result in Microsoft being the processor of Windows diagnostic data.
 
@@ -248,11 +248,11 @@ To enable this behavior, you must complete three steps:
  2. Set **AllowTelemetry** to 1 – **Required (Basic)** or above
  3. Set the Configure the Commercial ID setting for your Desktop Analytics workspace
 
-This setting has no effect on devices unless they are properly enrolled in Desktop Analytics.
+This setting has no effect on devices unless they're properly enrolled in Desktop Analytics.
 
 When these policies are configured, Windows diagnostic data collected from the device will be subject to Microsoft processor commitments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, devices will not appear in Desktop Analytics.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, devices won't appear in Desktop Analytics.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy allows the device name to be sent to Microsoft as part of Windows diagnostic data.  If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then device name will not be sent to Microsoft as part of Windows diagnostic data.
+This policy allows the device name to be sent to Microsoft as part of Windows diagnostic data.  If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then device name won't be sent to Microsoft as part of Windows diagnostic data.
 
 
 
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This policy is not supported in Windows 10, version 1607.
+> This policy isn't supported in Windows 10, version 1607.
 
 This policy setting determines the level that Microsoft can experiment with the product to study user preferences or device behavior.
 
@@ -430,11 +430,11 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Boolean policy setting that determines whether Windows is allowed to download fonts and font catalog data from an online font provider. If you enable this setting, Windows periodically queries an online font provider to determine whether a new font catalog is available. Windows may also download font data if needed to format or render text. If you disable this policy setting, Windows does not connect to an online font provider and only enumerates locally installed fonts.
+Boolean policy setting that determines whether Windows is allowed to download fonts and font catalog data from an online font provider. If you enable this setting, Windows periodically queries an online font provider to determine whether a new font catalog is available. Windows may also download font data if needed to format or render text. If you disable this policy setting, Windows doesn't connect to an online font provider and only enumerates locally installed fonts.
 
-This MDM setting corresponds to the EnableFontProviders Group Policy setting. If both the Group Policy and the MDM settings are configured, the group policy setting takes precedence. If neither is configured, the behavior depends on a DisableFontProviders registry value. In server editions, this registry value is set to 1 by default, so the default behavior is false (disabled). In all other editions, the registry value is not set by default, so the default behavior is true (enabled).
+This MDM setting corresponds to the EnableFontProviders Group Policy setting. If both the Group Policy and the MDM settings are configured, the group policy setting takes precedence. If neither is configured, the behavior depends on a DisableFontProviders registry value. In server editions, this registry value is set to 1 by default, so the default behavior is false (disabled). In all other editions, the registry value isn't set by default, so the default behavior is true (enabled).
 
-This setting is used by lower-level components for text display and fond handling and has not direct effect on web browsers, which may download web fonts used in web content.
+This setting is used by lower-level components for text display and fond handling and hasn't direct effect on web browsers, which may download web fonts used in web content.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Reboot is required after setting the policy; alternatively you can stop and restart the FontCache service.
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 To verify if System/AllowFontProviders is set to true:  
 
--  After a client machine is rebooted, check whether there is any network traffic from client machine to fs.microsoft.com.
+-  After a client machine is rebooted, check whether there's any network traffic from client machine to fs.microsoft.com.
 
 
 
@@ -513,9 +513,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – Force Location Off. All Location Privacy settings are toggled off and grayed out. Users cannot change the settings, and no apps are allowed access to the Location service, including Cortana and Search.
+-   0 – Force Location Off. All Location Privacy settings are toggled off and grayed out. Users can't change the settings, and no apps are allowed access to the Location service, including Cortana and Search.
 -   1 (default) – Location service is allowed. The user has control and can change Location Privacy settings on or off.
--   2 – Force Location On. All Location Privacy settings are toggled on and grayed out. Users cannot change the settings and all consent permissions will be automatically suppressed.
+-   2 – Force Location On. All Location Privacy settings are toggled on and grayed out. Users can't change the settings and all consent permissions will be automatically suppressed.
 
 
 
@@ -529,9 +529,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 This policy setting configures an Azure Active Directory joined device so that Microsoft is the processor of the Windows diagnostic data.
 
-For customers who enroll into the Microsoft Managed Desktop service, this policy will be enabled by default to allow Microsoft to process data for operational and analytic needs. For more information, see [Privacy and personal data](/microsoft-365/managed-desktop/service-description/privacy-personal-data.md).
+For customers who enroll into the Microsoft Managed Desktop service, this policy will be enabled by default to allow Microsoft to process data for operational and analytic needs. For more information, see [Privacy and personal data](/microsoft-365/managed-desktop/service-description/privacy-personal-data).
 
-This setting has no effect on devices unless they are properly enrolled in Microsoft Managed Desktop.
+This setting has no effect on devices unless they're properly enrolled in Microsoft Managed Desktop.
 
 When these policies are configured, Windows diagnostic data collected from the device will be subject to Microsoft processor commitments.
 
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ Most restricted value is 0.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 – SD card use is not allowed and USB drives are disabled. This setting does not prevent programmatic access to the storage card. 
+-   0 – SD card use isn't allowed and USB drives are disabled. This setting doesn't prevent programmatic access to the storage card. 
 -   1 (default) – Allow a storage card.
 
 
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Allows the device to send diagnostic and usage telemetry data, such as Watson. 
 
-For more information about diagnostic data, including what is and what is not collected by Windows, see [Configure Windows diagnostic data in your organization](/windows/privacy/configure-windows-diagnostic-data-in-your-organization).
+For more information about diagnostic data, including what is and what isn't collected by Windows, see [Configure Windows diagnostic data in your organization](/windows/privacy/configure-windows-diagnostic-data-in-your-organization).
 
 The following list shows the supported values for Windows 8.1:  
 -   0 - Not allowed.
@@ -623,19 +623,19 @@ In Windows 10, you can configure this policy setting to decide what level of dia
 
 The following list shows the supported values for Windows 10 version 1809 and older, choose the value that is applicable to your OS version (older OS values are displayed in the brackets):
 
-- 0 – **Off (Security)** This turns Windows diagnostic data off.
+- 0 – **Off (Security)** This value turns Windows diagnostic data off.
 
     > [!NOTE]
     > This value is only applicable to Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education, Windows 10 IoT Core (IoT Core), HoloLens 2, and Windows Server 2016 (and later versions). Using this setting on other devices editions of Windows is equivalent to setting the value of 1.
 
 - 1 – **Required (Basic)** Sends basic device info, including quality-related data, app compatibility, and other similar data to keep the device secure and up-to-date.
 
-- 2 – (**Enhanced**) Sends the same data as a value of 1, plus additional insights, including how Windows apps are used, how they perform, and advanced reliability data, such as limited crash dumps.
+- 2 – (**Enhanced**) Sends the same data as a value of 1, plus extra insights, including how Windows apps are used, how they perform, and advanced reliability data, such as limited crash dumps.
 
     > [!NOTE]
     > **Enhanced** is no longer an option for Windows Holographic, version 21H1.
 
-- 3 – **Optional (Full)** Sends the same data as a value of 2, plus additional data necessary to identify and fix problems with devices such as enhanced error logs.
+- 3 – **Optional (Full)** Sends the same data as a value of 2, plus extra data necessary to identify and fix problems with devices such as enhanced error logs.
 
 Most restrictive value is 0.
 
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ To enable this behavior, you must complete three steps:
 
 When these policies are configured, Windows diagnostic data collected from the device will be subject to Microsoft processor commitments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, devices will not appear in Update Compliance.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, devices won't appear in Update Compliance.
 
 
 
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ To enable this behavior, you must complete three steps:
 
 When these policies are configured, Windows diagnostic data collected from the device will be subject to Microsoft processor commitments.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, devices enrolled to the Windows Update for Business deployment service will not be able to take advantage of some deployment service features.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, devices enrolled to the Windows Update for Business deployment service won't be able to take advantage of some deployment service features.
 
 
            
 
@@ -810,16 +810,16 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 This policy setting allows you to specify which boot-start drivers are initialized based on a classification determined by an Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver. The Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver can return the following classifications for each boot-start driver:
--  Good: The driver has been signed and has not been tampered with.
--  Bad: The driver has been identified as malware. It is recommended that you do not allow known bad drivers to be initialized.
--  Bad, but required for boot: The driver has been identified as malware, but the computer cannot successfully boot without loading this driver.
--  Unknown: This driver has not been attested to by your malware detection application and has not been classified by the Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver.
+-  Good: The driver has been signed and hasn't been tampered with.
+-  Bad: The driver has been identified as malware. It's recommended that you don't allow known bad drivers to be initialized.
+-  Bad, but required for boot: The driver has been identified as malware, but the computer can't successfully boot without loading this driver.
+-  Unknown: This driver hasn't been attested to by your malware detection application and hasn't been classified by the Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver.
 
-If you enable this policy setting you will be able to choose which boot-start drivers to initialize the next time the computer is started.
+If you enable this policy setting, you'll be able to choose which boot-start drivers to initialize the next time the computer is started.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the boot start drivers determined to be Good, Unknown or Bad but Boot Critical are initialized and the initialization of drivers determined to be Bad is skipped.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the boot start drivers determined to be Good, Unknown or Bad but Boot Critical are initialized and the initialization of drivers determined to be Bad is skipped.
 
-If your malware detection application does not include an Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver or if your Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver has been disabled, this setting has no effect and all boot-start drivers are initialized.
+If your malware detection application doesn't include an Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver or if your Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver has been disabled, this setting has no effect and all boot-start drivers are initialized.
 
 
 > [!TIP]
@@ -921,9 +921,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting determines whether a device shows notifications about telemetry levels to people on first logon or when changes occur in Settings. 
+This policy setting determines whether a device shows notifications about telemetry levels to people on first sign in or when changes occur in Settings. 
 If you set this policy setting to "Disable telemetry change notifications", telemetry level notifications stop appearing.
-If you set this policy setting to "Enable telemetry change notifications" or don't configure this policy setting, telemetry notifications appear at first logon and when changes occur in Settings.
+If you set this policy setting to "Enable telemetry change notifications" or don't configure this policy setting, telemetry notifications appear at first sign in and when changes occur in Settings.
 
 
 
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 This policy setting controls whether users can enable and launch the Diagnostic Data Viewer from the Diagnostic & Feedback Settings page.
-If you enable this policy setting, the Diagnostic Data Viewer will not be enabled in Settings page, and it will prevent the viewer from showing diagnostic data collected by Microsoft from the device.  
+If you enable this policy setting, the Diagnostic Data Viewer won't be enabled in Settings page, and it will prevent the viewer from showing diagnostic data collected by Microsoft from the device.  
 If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Diagnostic Data Viewer will be enabled in Settings page.
 
 
@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting blocks the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service from automatically using an authenticated proxy to send data back to Microsoft on Windows 10. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service will automatically use an authenticated proxy to send data back to Microsoft. Enabling this policy will block the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service from automatically using an authenticated proxy.
+This policy setting blocks the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service from automatically using an authenticated proxy to send data back to Microsoft on Windows 10. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service will automatically use an authenticated proxy to send data back to Microsoft. Enabling this policy will block the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service from automatically using an authenticated proxy.
 
 
 
@@ -1169,13 +1169,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 Allows IT Admins to prevent apps and features from working with files on OneDrive. If you enable this policy setting:
 
-* Users cannot access OneDrive from the OneDrive app or file picker.
-* Microsoft Store apps cannot access OneDrive using the WinRT API.
-* OneDrive does not appear in the navigation pane in File Explorer.
-* OneDrive files are not kept in sync with the cloud.
-* Users cannot automatically upload photos and videos from the camera roll folder. 
+* Users can't access OneDrive from the OneDrive app or file picker.
+* Microsoft Store apps can't access OneDrive using the WinRT API.
+* OneDrive doesn't appear in the navigation pane in File Explorer.
+* OneDrive files aren't kept in sync with the cloud.
+* Users can't automatically upload photos and videos from the camera roll folder. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, apps and features can work with OneDrive file storage.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, apps and features can work with OneDrive file storage.
 
 
 
@@ -1194,11 +1194,11 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
 2.   Restart machine.
-3.   Verify that OneDrive.exe is not running in Task Manager.
+3.   Verify that OneDrive.exe isn't running in Task Manager.
 
 
 
@@ -1234,11 +1234,11 @@ Allows you to disable System Restore.
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off System Restore.
 
-System Restore enables users, in the event of a problem, to restore their computers to a previous state without losing personal data files. By default, System Restore is turned on for the boot volume.
+System Restore enables users, in case of a problem, to restore their computers to a previous state without losing personal data files. By default, System Restore is turned on for the boot volume.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, System Restore is turned off, and the System Restore Wizard cannot be accessed. The option to configure System Restore or create a restore point through System Protection is also disabled.
+If you enable this policy setting, System Restore is turned off, and the System Restore Wizard can't be accessed. The option to configure System Restore or create a restore point through System Protection is also disabled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can perform System Restore and configure System Restore settings through System Protection.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can perform System Restore and configure System Restore settings through System Protection.
 
 Also, see the "Turn off System Restore configuration" policy setting. If the "Turn off System Restore" policy setting is disabled or not configured, the "Turn off System Restore configuration" policy setting is used to determine whether the option to configure System Restore is available.
 
@@ -1287,14 +1287,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-When filing feedback in the Feedback Hub, diagnostic logs are collected for certain types of feedback. We now offer the option for users to save it locally, in addition to sending it to Microsoft. This policy will allow enterprises to mandate that all diagnostics are saved locally for use in internal investigations.
+When feedback in the Feedback Hub is being filed, diagnostic logs are collected for certain types of feedback. We now offer the option for users to save it locally, in addition to sending it to Microsoft. This policy will allow enterprises to mandate that all diagnostics are saved locally for use in internal investigations.
 
 
 
 The following list shows the supported values:  
 
-- 0 (default) - False. The Feedback Hub will not always save a local copy of diagnostics that may be created when a feedback is submitted. The user will have the option to do so.
-- 1 - True. The Feedback Hub should always save a local copy of diagnostics that may be created when a feedback is submitted.
+- 0 (default) - False. The Feedback Hub won't always save a local copy of diagnostics that may be created when feedback is submitted. The user will have the option to do so.
+- 1 - True. The Feedback Hub should always save a local copy of diagnostics that may be created when feedback is submitted.
 
 
 
@@ -1326,9 +1326,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting specifies whether diagnostic log data can be collected when more information is needed to troubleshoot a problem.  It is sent only if we have permission to collect optional diagnostic data, and only if the device meets the criteria for additional data collection.  
+This policy setting specifies whether diagnostic log data can be collected when more information is needed to troubleshoot a problem.  It's sent only if we have permission to collect optional diagnostic data, and only if the device meets the criteria for more data collection.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, we may occasionally collect advanced diagnostic data if the user has opted to send optional diagnostic data.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, we may occasionally collect advanced diagnostic data if the user has opted to send optional diagnostic data.
 
 
 
@@ -1375,11 +1375,11 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy setting limits the type of dumps that can be collected when more information is needed to troubleshoot a problem.  These dumps are not sent unless we have permission to collect optional diagnostic data.
+This policy setting limits the type of dumps that can be collected when more information is needed to troubleshoot a problem.  These dumps aren't sent unless we have permission to collect optional diagnostic data.
 
-By enabling this policy setting, Windows Error Reporting is limited to sending kernel mini dumps and user mode triage dumps only. 
+With this policy setting being enabled, Windows Error Reporting is limited to sending kernel mini dumps and user mode triage dumps only. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, we may occasionally collect full or heap dumps if the user has opted to send optional diagnostic data.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, we may occasionally collect full or heap dumps if the user has opted to send optional diagnostic data.
 
 
 
@@ -1441,11 +1441,11 @@ To enable this behavior, you must complete two steps:
     - For Windows 10 version 19H1 and later: set **AllowTelemetry** to Optional (Full)
 
  
-When you configure these policy settings, a basic level of  diagnostic data plus additional events that are required for Windows Analytics are sent to Microsoft. These events are documented here: Windows 10, version 1709 enhanced telemetry events and fields used by Windows Analytics.
+When you configure these policy settings, a basic level of diagnostic data plus other events that are required for Windows Analytics are sent to Microsoft. These events are documented here: Windows 10, version 1709 enhanced telemetry events and fields used by Windows Analytics.
  
-Enabling enhanced diagnostic data in the Allow Telemetry  policy in combination with not configuring this policy will also send the required events for Windows Analytics, plus additional enhanced level telemetry data. This setting has no effect on computers configured to send Required (Basic) or Optional (Full) diagnostic data to Microsoft.
+Enabling enhanced diagnostic data in the Allow Telemetry policy in combination with not configuring this policy will also send the required events for Windows Analytics, plus enhanced level telemetry data. This setting has no effect on computers configured to send Required (Basic) or Optional (Full) diagnostic data to Microsoft.
    
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, then the level of diagnostic data sent to Microsoft is determined by the System/AllowTelemetry policy.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, then the level of diagnostic data sent to Microsoft is determined by the System/AllowTelemetry policy.
 
 
 
@@ -1486,9 +1486,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Allows you to specify the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of a proxy server to forward Connected User Experiences and Telemetry requests. The format for this setting is *<server>:<port>*. The connection is made over a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) connection. If the named proxy fails, or if there is no proxy specified when this policy is enabled, the Connected User Experiences and Telemetry data will not be transmitted and will remain on the local device.
+Allows you to specify the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or IP address of a proxy server to forward Connected User Experiences and Telemetry requests. The format for this setting is *<server>:<port>*. The connection is made over a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) connection. If the named proxy fails, or if there's no proxy specified when this policy is enabled, the Connected User Experiences and Telemetry data won't be transmitted and will remain on the local device.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, Connected User Experiences and Telemetry will go to Microsoft using the default proxy configuration.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, Connected User Experiences and Telemetry will go to Microsoft using the default proxy configuration.
 
 
 
@@ -1531,9 +1531,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 This policy setting allows you to turn off File History.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, File History cannot be activated to create regular, automatic backups.
+If you enable this policy setting, File History can't be activated to create regular, automatic backups.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, File History can be activated to create regular, automatic backups.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, File History can be activated to create regular, automatic backups.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-timelanguagesettings.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-timelanguagesettings.md
index c1f1785f9d..09a8420d64 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-timelanguagesettings.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-timelanguagesettings.md
@@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls whether the maintenance task will run to clean up language packs installed on a machine but are not used by any users on that machine.
+This policy setting controls whether the maintenance task will run to clean up language packs installed on a machine but aren't used by any users on that machine.
 
-If you enable this policy setting (value 1), language packs that are installed as part of the system image will remain installed even if they are not used by any user on that system.
+If you enable this policy setting (value 1), language packs that are installed as part of the system image will remain installed even if they aren't used by any user on that system.
 
-If you disable (value 0) or do not configure this policy setting, language packs that are installed as part of the system image but are not used by any user on that system will be removed as part of a scheduled clean up task.
+If you disable (value 0) or don't configure this policy setting, language packs that are installed as part of the system image but aren't used by any user on that system will be removed as part of a scheduled cleanup task.
 
 
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Specifies the time zone to be applied to the device. This is the standard Windows name for the target time zone.
+Specifies the time zone to be applied to the device. This policy name is the standard Windows name for the target time zone.
 
 > [!TIP]
 > To get the list of available time zones, run `Get-TimeZone -ListAvailable` in PowerShell.
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@ Specifies the time zone to be applied to the device. This is the standard Window
 
 This policy setting controls which UI language is used for computers with more than one UI language installed.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the UI language of Windows menus and dialogs for systems with more than one language is restricted to a specified language. If the specified language is not installed on the target computer or you disable this policy setting, the language selection defaults to the language selected by the local administrator.
+If you enable this policy setting, the UI language of Windows menus and dialogs for systems with more than one language is restricted to a specified language. If the specified language isn't installed on the target computer or you disable this policy setting, the language selection defaults to the language selected by the local administrator.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, there is no restriction of a specific language used for the Windows menus and dialogs.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, there's no restriction of a specific language used for the Windows menus and dialogs.
 
 
 
@@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting restricts standard users from installing language features on demand. This policy does not restrict the Windows language, if you want to restrict the Windows language use the following policy: “Restricts the UI languages Windows should use for the selected user.”  
+This policy setting restricts standard users from installing language features on demand. This policy doesn't restrict the Windows language, if you want to restrict the Windows language use the following policy: “Restricts the UI languages Windows should use for the selected user.”  
 
 If you enable this policy setting, the installation of language features is prevented for standard users.  
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, there is no language feature installation restriction for the standard users.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, there's no language feature installation restriction for the standard users.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-troubleshooting.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-troubleshooting.md
index d04526eee3..b19352d765 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-troubleshooting.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-troubleshooting.md
@@ -66,17 +66,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This is a numeric policy setting with merge algorithm (lowest value is the most secure) that uses the most restrictive settings for complex manageability scenarios.
+This setting is a numeric policy setting with merge algorithm (lowest value is the most secure) that uses the most restrictive settings for complex manageability scenarios.
 
 Supported values:  
--   0 (default) - Turn this feature off.
--   1 - Turn this feature off but still apply critical troubleshooting.
+-   0 (default) - Turn off this feature.
+-   1 - Turn off this feature but still apply critical troubleshooting.
 -   2 - Notify users when recommended troubleshooting is available, then allow the user to run or ignore it.
 -   3 - Run recommended troubleshooting automatically and notify the user after it ran successfully.
 -   4 - Run recommended troubleshooting automatically without notifying the user.
 -   5 - Allow the user to choose their own recommended troubleshooting settings.
 
-By default, this policy is not configured and the SKU based defaults are used for managed devices. Current policy values for SKU's are as follows:
+By default, this policy isn't configured and the SKU based defaults are used for managed devices. Current policy values for SKUs are as follows:
 
 |SKU|Unmanaged Default|Managed Default|
 |--- |--- |--- |
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update.md
index cf2fac211d..36c96ffa8d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-update.md
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.technology: windows
 author: dansimp
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.date: 01/11/2022
+ms.date: 03/18/2022
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 
 
-Allows the IT admin (when used with **Update/ActiveHoursStart**) to manage a range of active hours where update reboots are not scheduled. This value sets the end time. There is a 12-hour maximum from start time.
+Allows the IT admin (when used with **Update/ActiveHoursStart**) to manage a range of active hours where update reboots aren't scheduled. This value sets the end time. there's a 12-hour maximum from start time.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The default maximum difference from start time has been increased to 18 in Windows 10, version 1703. In this version of Windows 10, the maximum range of active hours can now be configured.  See **Update/ActiveHoursMaxRange** below for more information.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Allows the IT admin (when used with **Update/ActiveHoursEnd**) to manage a range of hours where update reboots are not scheduled. This value sets the start time. There is a 12-hour maximum from end time.
+Allows the IT admin (when used with **Update/ActiveHoursEnd**) to manage a range of hours where update reboots aren't scheduled. This value sets the start time. There's a 12-hour maximum from end time.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The default maximum difference from end time has been increased to 18 in Windows 10, version 1703. In this version of Windows 10, the maximum range of active hours can now be configured.  See **Update/ActiveHoursMaxRange** above for more information.
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Enables the IT admin to manage automatic update behavior to scan, download, and
 
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
-If the policy is not configured, end-users get the default behavior (Auto install and restart).
+If the policy isn't configured, end-users get the default behavior (Auto install and restart).
 
 
 
@@ -427,15 +427,15 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 – Notify the user before downloading the update. This policy is used by the enterprise who wants to enable the end users to manage data usage. With these option users are notified when there are updates that apply to the device and are ready for download. Users can download and install the updates from the Windows Update control panel.
-- 1 – Auto install the update and then notify the user to schedule a device restart. Updates are downloaded automatically on non-metered networks and installed during "Automatic Maintenance" when the device is not in use and is not running on battery power. If automatic maintenance is unable to install updates for two days, Windows Update will install updates immediately. If the installation requires a restart, the end user is prompted to schedule the restart time. The end user has up to seven days to schedule the restart and after that, a restart of the device is forced. Enabling the end user to control the start time reduces the risk of accidental data loss caused by applications that do not shut down properly on restart.
-- 2 (default) – Auto install and restart. Updates are downloaded automatically on non-metered networks and installed during "Automatic Maintenance" when the device is not in use and is not running on battery power. If automatic maintenance is unable to install updates for two days, Windows Update will install updates right away. If a restart is required, then the device is automatically restarted when the device is not actively being used. Automatic restarting when a device is not being used is the default behavior for unmanaged devices. Devices are updated quickly, but it increases the risk of accidental data loss caused by an application that does not shut down properly on restart.
+- 1 - Auto install the update and then notify the user to schedule a device restart. Updates are downloaded automatically on non-metered networks and installed during "Automatic Maintenance" when the device isn't in use and isn't running on battery power. If automatic maintenance is unable to install updates for two days, Windows Update will install updates immediately. If the installation requires a restart, the end user is prompted to schedule the restart time. The end user has up to seven days to schedule the restart and after that, a restart of the device is forced. Enabling the end user to control the start time reduces the risk of accidental data loss caused by applications that don't shut down properly on restart. For more information, see [Automatic maintenance](/windows/win32/taskschd/task-maintenence).
+- 2 (default) - Auto install and restart. Updates are downloaded automatically on non-metered networks and installed during "Automatic Maintenance" when the device isn't in use and isn't running on battery power. If automatic maintenance is unable to install updates for two days, Windows Update will install updates right away. If a restart is required, then the device is automatically restarted when the device isn't actively being used. Automatic restarting when a device isn't being used is the default behavior for unmanaged devices. Devices are updated quickly, but it increases the risk of accidental data loss caused by an application that doesn't shut down properly on restart. For more information, see [Automatic maintenance](/windows/win32/taskschd/task-maintenence).
 - 3 – Auto install and restart at a specified time. The IT specifies the installation day and time. If no day and time are specified, the default is 3 AM daily. Automatic installation happens at this time and device restart happens after a 15-minute countdown. If the user is logged in when Windows is ready to restart, the user can interrupt the 15-minute countdown to delay the restart.
-- 4 – Auto install and restart without end-user control. Updates are downloaded automatically on non-metered networks and installed during "Automatic Maintenance" when the device is not in use and is not running on battery power. If automatic maintenance is unable to install updates for two days, Windows Update will install updates right away. If a restart is required, then the device is automatically restarted when the device is not actively being used. This setting option also sets the end-user control panel to read-only.
+- 4 – Auto install and restart without end-user control. Updates are downloaded automatically on non-metered networks and installed during "Automatic Maintenance" when the device isn't in use and isn't running on battery power. If automatic maintenance is unable to install updates for two days, Windows Update will install updates right away. If a restart is required, then the device is automatically restarted when the device isn't actively being used. This setting option also sets the end-user control panel to read-only.
 - 5 – Turn off automatic updates.
 
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> This option should be used only for systems under regulatory compliance, as you will not get security updates as well.
+> This option should be used only for systems under regulatory compliance, as you won't get security updates as well.
 
 
 
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Option to download updates automatically over metered connections (off by default). Value type is integer.
 
-A significant number of devices primarily use cellular data and do not have Wi-Fi access, which leads to a lower number of devices getting updates. Since a large number of devices have large data plans or unlimited data, this policy can unblock devices from getting updates.
+A significant number of devices primarily use cellular data and don't have Wi-Fi access, which leads to a lower number of devices getting updates. Since a large number of devices have large data plans or unlimited data, this policy can unblock devices from getting updates.
 
 This policy is accessible through the Update setting in the user interface or Group Policy.
 
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 - 1 – Allowed. Accepts updates received through Microsoft Update.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Setting this policy back to **0** or **Not configured** does not revert the configuration to receive updates from Microsoft Update automatically. In order to revert the configuration, you can run the PowerShell commands that are listed below to remove the Microsoft Update service:.
+> Setting this policy back to **0** or **Not configured** doesn't revert the configuration to receive updates from Microsoft Update automatically. In order to revert the configuration, you can run the PowerShell commands that are listed below to remove the Microsoft Update service:.
 
 ```
 $MUSM = New-Object -ComObject "Microsoft.Update.ServiceManager"
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ This policy is specific to desktop and local publishing via WSUS for third-party
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 – Not allowed or not configured. Updates from an intranet Microsoft update service location must be signed by Microsoft.
-- 1 – Allowed. Accepts updates received through an intranet Microsoft update service location, if they are signed by a certificate found in the "Trusted Publishers" certificate store of the local computer.
+- 1 – Allowed. Accepts updates received through an intranet Microsoft update service location, if they're signed by a certificate found in the "Trusted Publishers" certificate store of the local computer.
 
 
 
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 – Update service is not allowed.
+- 0 – Update service isn't allowed.
 - 1 (default) – Update service is allowed.
 
 
@@ -689,10 +689,10 @@ The PC must restart for certain updates to take effect.
 
 If you enable this policy, a restart will automatically occur the specified number of days after the restart was scheduled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the PC will restart according to the default schedule.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the PC will restart according to the default schedule.
 
 If any of the following two policies are enabled, this policy has no effect:
-1. No autorestart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations.
+1. No autorestart with signed-in users for scheduled automatic updates installations.
 2. Always automatically restart at scheduled time.
 
 
@@ -743,11 +743,11 @@ Value type is integer. Default is 7 days.
 
 Supported values range: 2-30.
 
-Note that the PC must restart for certain updates to take effect.
+The PC must restart for certain updates to take effect.
 
 If you enable this policy, a restart will automatically occur the specified number of days after the restart was scheduled.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the PC will restart according to the default schedule.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the PC will restart according to the default schedule.
 
 If any of the following two policies are enabled, this policy has no effect:
 1. No autorestart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations.
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to configure if Automatic Maintenance should make
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Automatic Maintenance attempts to set OS wake policy and make a wake request for the daily scheduled time, if necessary.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the wake setting as specified in Security and Maintenance/Automatic Maintenance Control Panel applies.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the wake setting as specified in Security and Maintenance/Automatic Maintenance Control Panel applies.
 
 
 ADMX Info:  
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ Supported values:
 
 
 
-Allows the IT admin to set which branch a device receives their updates from. As of 1903, the branch readiness levels of General Availability Channel (Targeted) and General Availability Channel have been combined into one General Availability Channel set with a value of 16. For devices on 1903 and later releases, the value of 32 is not a supported value.
+Allows the IT admin to set which branch a device receives their updates from. As of 1903, the branch readiness levels of General Availability Channel (Targeted) and General Availability Channel have been combined into one General Availability Channel set with a value of 16. For devices on 1903 and later releases, the value of 32 isn't a supported value.
 
 
 
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Allows admins to specify the number of days before feature updates are installed on the device automatically. Before the deadline, restarts can be scheduled by users or automatically scheduled outside of active hours, according to [Update/ConfigureDeadlineNoAutoReboot](#update-configuredeadlinenoautoreboot). After the deadline passes, restarts will occur regardless of active hours and users will not be able to reschedule.
+Allows admins to specify the number of days before feature updates are installed on the device automatically. Before the deadline, restarts can be scheduled by users or automatically scheduled outside of active hours, according to [Update/ConfigureDeadlineNoAutoReboot](#update-configuredeadlinenoautoreboot). After the deadline passes, restarts will occur regardless of active hours and users won't be able to reschedule.
 
 
 ADMX Info:  
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ Default value is 7.
 
 
 
-Allows admins to specify the number of days before quality updates are installed on a device automatically. Before the deadline, restarts can be scheduled by users or automatically scheduled outside of active hours, according to [Update/ConfigureDeadlineNoAutoReboot](#update-configuredeadlinenoautoreboot). After deadline passes, restarts will occur regardless of active hours and users will not be able to reschedule.
+Allows admins to specify the number of days before quality updates are installed on a device automatically. Before the deadline, restarts can be scheduled by users or automatically scheduled outside of active hours, according to [Update/ConfigureDeadlineNoAutoReboot](#update-configuredeadlinenoautoreboot). After deadline passes, restarts will occur regardless of active hours and users won't be able to reschedule.
 
 
 ADMX Info:  
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ Default value is 7.
 
 
 
-When used with [Update/ConfigureDeadlineForQualityUpdates](#update-configuredeadlineforqualityupdates),allows the admin to specify a minimum number of days until restarts occur automatically for quality updates. Setting the grace period might extend the effective deadline set by the deadline policy. If [Update/ConfigureDeadlineForQualityUpdates](#update-configuredeadlineforqualityupdates) is configured but this policy is not, then the default value of 2 will be used.
+When used with [Update/ConfigureDeadlineForQualityUpdates](#update-configuredeadlineforqualityupdates),allows the admin to specify a minimum number of days until restarts occur automatically for quality updates. Setting the grace period might extend the effective deadline set by the deadline policy. If [Update/ConfigureDeadlineForQualityUpdates](#update-configuredeadlineforqualityupdates) is configured but this policy isn't, then the default value of 2 will be used.
 
 
 
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ Default value is 2.
 
 
 
-When used with [Update/ConfigureDeadlineForFeatureUpdates](#update-configuredeadlineforfeatureupdates), allows the admin to specify a minimum number of days until restarts occur automatically for feature updates. Setting the grace period may extend the effective deadline set by the deadline policy. If [Update/ConfigureDeadlineForFeatureUpdates](#update-configuredeadlineforfeatureupdates) is configured but this policy is not, then the value from  [Update/ConfigureDeadlineGracePeriod](#update-configuredeadlinegraceperiod) will be used; if that policy is also not configured, then the default value of 2 will be used.
+When used with [Update/ConfigureDeadlineForFeatureUpdates](#update-configuredeadlineforfeatureupdates), allows the admin to specify a minimum number of days until restarts occur automatically for feature updates. Setting the grace period may extend the effective deadline set by the deadline policy. If [Update/ConfigureDeadlineForFeatureUpdates](#update-configuredeadlineforfeatureupdates) is configured but this policy isn't, then the value from  [Update/ConfigureDeadlineGracePeriod](#update-configuredeadlinegraceperiod) will be used; if that policy is also not configured, then the default value of 2 will be used.
 
 
 
@@ -1424,12 +1424,12 @@ Update:
   - Update - CD5FFD1E-E932-4E3A-BF74-18BF0B1BBD83
   - Driver - EBFC1FC5-71A4-4F7B-9ACA-3B9A503104A0
 
-Other/cannot defer:
+Other/can't defer:
 
 - Maximum deferral: No deferral
 - Deferral increment: No deferral
 - Update type/notes:
-  Any update category not specifically enumerated above falls into this category.
+  Any update category not enumerated above falls into this category.
       - Definition Update - E0789628-CE08-4437-BE74-2495B842F43B
 
 
@@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update. If this policy is not enabled, then configuring deferral policies will result in the client unexpectedly scanning Windows update.  With the policy enabled, those scans are prevented, and users can configure deferral policies as much as they like.
+Don't allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update. If this policy isn't enabled, then configuring deferral policies will result in the client unexpectedly scanning Windows update.  With the policy enabled, those scans are prevented, and users can configure deferral policies as much as they like.
 
 For more information about dual scan, see [Demystifying "Dual Scan"](/archive/blogs/wsus/demystifying-dual-scan) and [Improving Dual Scan on 1607](/archive/blogs/wsus/improving-dual-scan-on-1607).
 
@@ -1582,8 +1582,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 - allow scan against Windows Update
-- 1 - do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update
+- 0 - Allow scan against Windows Update
+- 1 - Don't allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update
 
 
 
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ IT admins can, if necessary, opt devices out of safeguard protections using this
 >
 > The disable safeguards policy will revert to “Not Configured” on a device after moving to a new Windows 10 version, even if previously enabled. This ensures the admin is consciously disabling Microsoft’s default protection from known issues for each new feature update. 
 >
-> Disabling safeguards does not guarantee your device will be able to successfully update. The update may still fail on the device and will likely result in a bad experience post upgrade as you are bypassing the protection given by Microsoft pertaining to known issues.
+> Disabling safeguards doesn't guarantee your device will be able to successfully update. The update may still fail on the device and will likely result in a bad experience post upgrade as you're bypassing the protection given by Microsoft pertaining to known issues.
 
 
 
@@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 (default) - Safeguards are enabled and devices may be blocked for upgrades until the safeguard is cleared.
-- 1 - Safeguards are not enabled and upgrades will be deployed without blocking on safeguards.
+- 1 - Safeguards aren't enabled and upgrades will be deployed without blocking on safeguards.
 
 
 
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 To ensure the highest levels of security, we recommended using WSUS TLS certificate pinning on all devices. 
 
-By default, certificate pinning for Windows Update client is not enforced. 
+By default, certificate pinning for Windows Update client isn't enforced. 
 
 
 
@@ -1693,8 +1693,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 (default) -Do not enforce certificate pinning
-- 1 - Do not enforce certificate pinning
+- 0 (default) - Enforce certificate pinning
+- 1 - Don't enforce certificate pinning
 
 
 
@@ -1732,15 +1732,15 @@ For Quality Updates, this policy specifies the deadline in days before automatic
 The system will reboot on or after the specified deadline. The reboot is prioritized over any configured Active Hours and any existing system and user busy checks.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If Update/EngagedDeadline is the only policy set (Update/EngagedRestartTransitionSchedule and Update/EngagedRestartSnoozeSchedule are not set), the behavior goes from reboot required -> engaged behavior -> forced reboot after deadline is reached with a 3-day snooze period.
+> If Update/EngagedDeadline is the only policy set (Update/EngagedRestartTransitionSchedule and Update/EngagedRestartSnoozeSchedule aren't set), the behavior goes from reboot required -> engaged behavior -> forced reboot after deadline is reached with a 3-day snooze period.
 
 Value type is integer. Default is 14.
 
 Supported value range: 2 - 30.
 
-If no deadline is specified or deadline is set to 0, the restart will not be automatically executed and will remain Engaged restart (for example, pending user scheduling).
+If no deadline is specified or deadline is set to 0, the restart won't be automatically executed and will remain Engaged restart (for example, pending user scheduling).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
 
 If any of the following policies are configured, this policy has no effect:
 1. No autorestart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations
@@ -1793,9 +1793,9 @@ Value type is integer. Default is 14.
 
 Supported value range: 2-30.
 
-If no deadline is specified or deadline is set to 0, the restart will not be automatically executed and will remain Engaged restart (for example, pending user scheduling).
+If no deadline is specified or deadline is set to 0, the restart won't be automatically executed and will remain Engaged restart (for example, pending user scheduling).
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
 
 If any of the following policies are configured, this policy has no effect:
 1. No autorestart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ Value type is integer. Default is three days.
 
 Supported value range: 1-3.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
 
 If any of the following policies are configured, this policy has no effect:
 1. No autorestart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations
@@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ Value type is integer. Default is three days.
 
 Supported value range: 1-3.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
 
 If any of the following policies are configured, this policy has no effect:
 1. No autorestart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations
@@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ Value type is integer. Default value is 7 days.
 
 Supported value range: 2 - 30. 
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
 
 If any of the following policies are configured, this policy has no effect:
 1. No autorestart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ Value type is integer. Default value is seven days.
 
 Supported value range: 2-30.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy, the default behaviors will be used.
 
 If any of the following policies are configured, this policy has no effect:
 1. No autorestart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations
@@ -2103,10 +2103,10 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Allows Windows Update Agent to determine the download URL when it is missing from the metadata.  This scenario will occur when intranet update service stores the metadata files but the download contents are stored in the ISV file cache (specified as the alternate download URL).
+Allows Windows Update Agent to determine the download URL when it's missing from the metadata.  This scenario will occur when intranet update service stores the metadata files but the download contents are stored in the ISV file cache (specified as the alternate download URL).
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This setting should only be used in combination with an alternate download URL and configured to use ISV file cache.  This setting is used when the intranet update service does not provide download URLs in the update metadata for files which are available on the alternate download server.
+> This setting should only be used in combination with an alternate download URL and configured to use ISV file cache.  This setting is used when the intranet update service doesn't provide download URLs in the update metadata for files which are available on the alternate download server.
 
 
 
@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ Specifies whether to ignore the MO download limit (allow unlimited downloading)
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 (default) – Do not ignore MO download limit for apps and their updates.
+- 0 (default) – Don't ignore MO download limit for apps and their updates.
 - 1 – Ignore MO download limit (allow unlimited downloading) for apps and their updates.
 
 
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ Specifies whether to ignore the MO download limit (allow unlimited downloading)
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 (default) – Do not ignore MO download limit for OS updates.
+- 0 (default) – Don't ignore MO download limit for OS updates.
 - 1 – Ignore MO download limit (allow unlimited downloading) for OS updates.
 
 
@@ -2333,7 +2333,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 (default) – Deferrals are not paused.
+- 0 (default) – Deferrals aren't paused.
 - 1 – Deferrals are paused.
 
 
@@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Allows IT Admins to pause feature updates for up to 35 days. We recomment that you use the *Update/PauseFeatureUpdatesStartTime* policy if you are running Windows 10, version 1703 or later.
+Allows IT Admins to pause feature updates for up to 35 days. We recomment that you use the *Update/PauseFeatureUpdatesStartTime* policy if you're running Windows 10, version 1703 or later.
 
 
 
@@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 (default) – Feature Updates are not paused.
+- 0 (default) – Feature Updates aren't paused.
 - 1 – Feature Updates are paused for 35 days or until value set to back to 0, whichever is sooner.
 
 
@@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 (default) – Quality Updates are not paused.
+- 0 (default) – Quality Updates aren't paused.
 - 1 – Quality Updates are paused for 35 days or until value set back to 0, whichever is sooner.
 
 
@@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@ This policy is deprecated. Use [Update/RequireUpdateApproval](#update-requireupd
 
 Available in Windows 10, version 2004 and later. Enables IT administrators to specify which product they would like their device(s) to move to and/or stay on until they reach end of service or reconfigure the policy to target a new product. 
 
-If no product is specified, the device will continue receiving newer versions of the Windows product it is currently on. For details about different Windows 10 versions, see [release information](/windows/release-health/release-information).
+If no product is specified, the device will continue receiving newer versions of the Windows product it's currently on. For details about different Windows 10 versions, see [release information](/windows/release-health/release-information).
 
 
 
@@ -2589,11 +2589,11 @@ Value type is a string containing a Windows product, for example, “Windows 11
 
 
 
-By using this Windows Update for Business policy to upgrade devices to a new product (for example, Windows 11) you are agreeing that when applying this operating system to a device, either:
+By using this Windows Update for Business policy to upgrade devices to a new product (for example, Windows 11) you're agreeing that when applying this operating system to a device, either:
 
 1. The applicable Windows license was purchased through volume licensing, or
 
-2. That you are authorized to bind your organization and are accepting on its behalf the relevant Microsoft Software License Terms to be found here: (https://www.microsoft.com/Useterms).
+2. That you're authorized to bind your organization and are accepting on its behalf the relevant Microsoft Software License Terms to be found here: (https://www.microsoft.com/Useterms).
 
 
            
 
@@ -3212,7 +3212,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-This policy allows the IT admin to disable the "Pause Updates" feature. When this policy is enabled, the user cannot access the "Pause updates" feature.
+This policy allows the IT admin to disable the "Pause Updates" feature. When this policy is enabled, the user can't access the "Pause updates" feature.
 
 Value type is integer. Default is 0. Supported values 0, 1.
 
@@ -3253,7 +3253,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy allows the IT admin to remove access to scan Windows Update. When this policy is enabled, the user cannot access the Windows Update scan, download, and install features.
+This policy allows the IT admin to remove access to scan Windows Update. When this policy is enabled, the user can't access the Windows Update scan, download, and install features.
 
 Value type is integer. Default is 0. Supported values 0, 1.
 
@@ -3570,7 +3570,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Available in Windows 10, version 1607 and later. By default, HTTP WSUS servers scan only if system proxy is configured. This policy setting allows you to configure user proxy as a fallback for detecting updates while using an HTTP-based intranet server despite the vulnerabilities it presents.
 
-This policy setting does not impact those customers who have, per Microsoft recommendation, secured their WSUS server with TLS/SSL protocol, thereby using HTTPS-based intranet servers to keep systems secure. That said, if a proxy is required, we recommend configuring a system proxy to ensure the highest level of security.
+This policy setting doesn't impact those customers who have, per Microsoft recommendation, secured their WSUS server with TLS/SSL protocol, thereby using HTTPS-based intranet servers to keep systems secure. That said, if a proxy is required, we recommend configuring a system proxy to ensure the highest level of security.
 
 
 
@@ -3731,9 +3731,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> Starting in Windows 10, version 1703 this policy is not supported in IoT Mobile.
+> Starting in Windows 10, version 1703 this policy isn't supported in IoT Mobile.
 
-Allows the device to check for updates from a WSUS server instead of Microsoft Update. This setting is useful for on-premises MDMs that need to update devices that cannot connect to the Internet.
+Allows the device to check for updates from a WSUS server instead of Microsoft Update. This setting is useful for on-premises MDMs that need to update devices that can't connect to the Internet.
 
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
@@ -3810,12 +3810,12 @@ This setting lets you specify a server on your network to function as an interna
 
 To use this setting, you must set two server name values: the server from which the Automatic Updates client detects and downloads updates, and the server to which updated workstations upload statistics. You can set both values to be the same server.  An optional server name value can be specified to configure Windows Update agent, and download updates from an alternate download server instead of WSUS Server.
 
-Value type is string and the default value is an empty string, "". If the setting is not configured, and if Automatic Updates is not disabled by policy or user preference, the Automatic Updates client connects directly to the Windows Update site on the Internet.
+Value type is string and the default value is an empty string, "". If the setting isn't configured, and if Automatic Updates isn't disabled by policy or user preference, the Automatic Updates client connects directly to the Windows Update site on the Internet.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If the "Configure Automatic Updates" Group Policy is disabled, then this policy has no effect.  
-> If the "Alternate Download Server" Group Policy is not set, it will use the WSUS server by default to download updates.  
-> This policy is not supported on Windows RT. Setting this policy will not have any effect on Windows RT PCs.
+> If the "Alternate Download Server" Group Policy isn't set, it will use the WSUS server by default to download updates.  
+> This policy isn't supported on Windows RT. Setting this policy won't have any effect on Windows RT PCs.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-userrights.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-userrights.md
index 7c468e27a5..3d13322718 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-userrights.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-userrights.md
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 User rights are assigned for user accounts or groups. The name of the policy defines the user right in question, and the values are always users or groups. Values can be represented as SIDs or strings. For reference, see [Well-Known SID Structures](/openspecs/windows_protocols/ms-dtyp/81d92bba-d22b-4a8c-908a-554ab29148ab).
 
-Even though strings are supported for well-known accounts and groups, it is better to use SIDs, because strings are localized for different languages. Some user rights allow things like AccessFromNetwork, while others disallow things, like DenyAccessFromNetwork.
+Even though strings are supported for well-known accounts and groups, it's better to use SIDs, because strings are localized for different languages. Some user rights allow things like AccessFromNetwork, while others disallow things, like DenyAccessFromNetwork.
 
-Here is an example for setting the user right BackupFilesAndDirectories for Administrators and Authenticated Users groups.
+Here's an example for setting the user right BackupFilesAndDirectories for Administrators and Authenticated Users groups.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ For example, the following syntax grants user rights to a specific user or group
 
 
 
-This user right is used by Credential Manager during Backup/Restore. No accounts should have this privilege, as it is only assigned to Winlogon. Users' saved credentials might be compromised if this privilege is given to other entities.
+This user right is used by Credential Manager during Backup/Restore. No accounts should have this privilege, as it's only assigned to Winlogon. Users' saved credentials might be compromised if this privilege is given to other entities.
 
 
 
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which users and groups are allowed to connect to the computer over the network. Remote Desktop Services are not affected by this user right.
+This user right determines which users and groups are allowed to connect to the computer over the network. Remote Desktop Services isn't affected by this user right.
 > [!NOTE]
 > Remote Desktop Services was called Terminal Services in previous versions of Windows Server.
 
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which users can log on to the computer.
+This user right determines which users can sign in to the computer.
 > [!NOTE]
 > Modifying this setting might affect compatibility with clients, services, and applications. For compatibility information about this setting, see [Allow log on locally](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=24268 ) at the Microsoft website.
 
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ This user right determines which users and groups can change the time and date o
 > 
 > | Error code  | Symbolic name | Error description | Header |
 > |----------|----------|----------|----------|
-> |  0x80070032 (Hex)|ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED|The request is not supported.|  winerror.h  |
+> |  0x80070032 (Hex)|ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED|The request isn't supported.|  winerror.h  |
 
 
 
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This security setting determines whether users can create global objects that are available to all sessions. Users can still create objects that are specific to their own session if they do not have this user right. Users who can create global objects could affect processes that run under other users' sessions, which could lead to application failure or data corruption.
+This security setting determines whether users can create global objects that are available to all sessions. Users can still create objects that are specific to their own session if they don't have this user right. Users who can create global objects could affect processes that run under other users' sessions, which could lead to application failure or data corruption.
 > [!CAUTION]
 > Assigning this user right can be a security risk. Assign this user right to trusted users only.
 
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which users and groups can call an internal application programming interface (API) to create and change the size of a page file. This user right is used internally by the operating system and usually does not need to be assigned to any users.
+This user right determines which users and groups can call an internal application programming interface (API) to create and change the size of a page file. This user right is used internally by the operating system and usually doesn't need to be assigned to any users.
 
 
 
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which accounts can be used by processes to create a directory object using the object manager. This user right is used internally by the operating system and is useful to kernel-mode components that extend the object namespace. Because components that are running in kernel mode already have this user right assigned to them, it is not necessary to specifically assign it.
+This user right determines which accounts can be used by processes to create a directory object using the object manager. This user right is used internally by the operating system and is useful to kernel-mode components that extend the object namespace. Because components that are running in kernel mode already have this user right assigned to them, it's not necessary to specifically assign it.
 
 
 
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines if the user can create a symbolic link from the computer he is logged on to.
+This user right determines if the user can create a symbolic link from the computer they're signed in to.
 > [!CAUTION]
 > This privilege should be given to trusted users only. Symbolic links can expose security vulnerabilities in applications that aren't designed to handle them.
 > [!NOTE]
@@ -631,9 +631,9 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which accounts can be used by processes to create a token that can then be used to get access to any local resources when the process uses an internal application programming interface (API) to create an access token. This user right is used internally by the operating system. Unless it is necessary, do not assign this user right to a user, group, or process other than Local System.
+This user right determines which accounts can be used by processes to create a token that can then be used to get access to any local resources when the process uses an internal application programming interface (API) to create an access token. This user right is used internally by the operating system. Unless it's necessary, don't assign this user right to a user, group, or process other than Local System.
 > [!CAUTION]
-> Assigning this user right can be a security risk. Do not assign this user right to any user, group, or process that you do not want to take over the system.
+> Assigning this user right can be a security risk. Don't assign this user right to any user, group, or process that you don't want to take over the system.
 
 
 
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which users can attach a debugger to any process or to the kernel. Developers who are debugging their own applications do not need to be assigned this user right. Developers who are debugging new system components will need this user right to be able to do so. This user right provides complete access to sensitive and critical operating system components.
+This user right determines which users can attach a debugger to any process or to the kernel. Developers who are debugging their own applications don't need to be assigned this user right. Developers who are debugging new system components will need this user right to be able to do so. This user right provides complete access to sensitive and critical operating system components.
 > [!CAUTION]
 > Assigning this user right can be a security risk. Assign this user right to trusted users only.
 
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which users can set the Trusted for Delegation setting on a user or computer object. The user or object that is granted this privilege must have write access to the account control flags on the user or computer object. A server process running on a computer (or under a user context) that is trusted for delegation can access resources on another computer using delegated credentials of a client, as long as the client account does not have the Account cannot be delegated account control flag set.
+This user right determines which users can set the Trusted for Delegation setting on a user or computer object. The user or object that is granted this privilege must have write access to the account control flags on the user or computer object. A server process running on a computer (or under a user context) that is trusted for delegation can access resources on another computer using delegated credentials of a client, as long as the client account doesn't have the Account can't be delegated account control flag set.
 > [!CAUTION]
 > Misuse of this user right, or of the Trusted for Delegation setting, could make the network vulnerable to sophisticated attacks using Trojan horse programs that impersonate incoming clients and use their credentials to gain access to network resources.
 
@@ -919,9 +919,9 @@ Assigning this user right to a user allows programs running on behalf of that us
 > [!NOTE]
 > By default, services that are started by the Service Control Manager have the built-in Service group added to their access tokens. Component Object Model (COM) servers that are started by the COM infrastructure and that are configured to run under a specific account also have the Service group added to their access tokens. As a result, these services get this user right when they are started. In addition, a user can also impersonate an access token if any of the following conditions exist. 
 1) The access token that is being impersonated is for this user.
-2) The user, in this logon session, created the access token by logging on to the network with explicit credentials.
+2) The user, in this sign-in session, created the access token by signing in to the network with explicit credentials.
 3) The requested level is less than Impersonate, such as Anonymous or Identify.
-Because of these factors, users do not usually need this user right.
+Because of these factors, users don't usually need this user right.
 > [!WARNING]
 > If you enable this setting, programs that previously had the Impersonate privilege might lose it, and they might not run.
 
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ GP Info:
 -   GP path: *Windows Settings/Security Settings/Local Policies/User Rights Assignment*
 
 > [!WARNING]
-> If you remove **Window Manager\Window Manager Group** from the **Increase scheduling priority** user right, certain applications and computers do not function correctly. In particular, the INK workspace does not function correctly on unified memory architecture (UMA) laptop and desktop computers that run Windows 10, version 1903 (or later) and that use the Intel GFX driver.
+> If you remove **Window Manager\Window Manager Group** from the **Increase scheduling priority** user right, certain applications and computers don't function correctly. In particular, the INK workspace doesn't function correctly on unified memory architecture (UMA) laptop and desktop computers that run Windows 10, version 1903 (or later) and that use the Intel GFX driver.
 >
 > On affected computers, the display blinks when users draw on INK workspaces such as those that are used by Microsoft Edge, Microsoft PowerPoint, or Microsoft OneNote. The blinking occurs because the inking-related processes repeatedly try to use the Real-Time priority, but are denied permission.
 
@@ -1006,9 +1006,9 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which users can dynamically load and unload device drivers or other code in to kernel mode. This user right does not apply to Plug and Play device drivers. It is recommended that you do not assign this privilege to other users.
+This user right determines which users can dynamically load and unload device drivers or other code in to kernel mode. This user right doesn't apply to Plug and Play device drivers. It's recommended that you don't assign this privilege to other users.
 > [!CAUTION]
-> Assigning this user right can be a security risk. Do not assign this user right to any user, group, or process that you do not want to take over the system.
+> Assigning this user right can be a security risk. Don't assign this user right to any user, group, or process that you don't want to take over the system.
 
 
 
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 
 
-This user right determines which users can specify object access auditing options for individual resources, such as files, Active Directory objects, and registry keys. This security setting does not allow a user to enable file and object access auditing in general. You can view audited events in the security log of the Event Viewer. A user with this privilege also can view and clear the security log.
+This user right determines which users can specify object access auditing options for individual resources, such as files, Active Directory objects, and registry keys. This security setting doesn't allow a user to enable file and object access auditing in general. You can view audited events in the security log of the Event Viewer. A user with this privilege also can view and clear the security log.
 
 
 
@@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ GP Info:
 
 This user right determines who can modify firmware environment values. Firmware environment variables are settings stored in the nonvolatile RAM of non-x86-based computers. The effect of the setting depends on the processor. On x86-based computers, the only firmware environment value that can be modified by assigning this user right is the Last Known Good Configuration setting, which should be modified only by the system. On Itanium-based computers, boot information is stored in nonvolatile RAM. Users must be assigned this user right to run bootcfg.exe and to change the Default Operating System setting on Startup and Recovery in System Properties. On all computers, this user right is required to install or upgrade Windows.
 > [!NOTE]
-> This security setting does not affect who can modify the system environment variables and user environment variables that are displayed on the Advanced tab of System Properties.
+> This security setting doesn't affect who can modify the system environment variables and user environment variables that are displayed on the Advanced tab of System Properties.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsconnectionmanager.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsconnectionmanager.md
index 95b888306a..dd72a9ae8b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsconnectionmanager.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsconnectionmanager.md
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ Automatic connection attempts
 - When the computer is already connected to a non-domain-based network, automatic connection attempts to domain-based networks are blocked.
 
 Manual connection attempts
-- When the computer is already connected to either a non-domain-based network or a domain-based network over media other than Ethernet, and a user attempts to create a manual connection to an additional network in violation of this policy setting, the existing network connection is disconnected and the manual connection is allowed.
-- When the computer is already connected to either a non-domain-based network or a domain-based network over Ethernet, and a user attempts to create a manual connection to an additional network in violation of this policy setting, the existing Ethernet connection is maintained and the manual connection attempt is blocked.
+- When the computer is already connected to either a non-domain-based network or a domain-based network over media other than Ethernet, and a user attempts to create a manual connection to another network in violation of this policy setting, the existing network connection is disconnected and the manual connection is allowed.
+- When the computer is already connected to either a non-domain-based network or a domain-based network over Ethernet, and a user attempts to create a manual connection to another network in violation of this policy setting, the existing Ethernet connection is maintained and the manual connection attempt is blocked.
 
-If this policy setting is not configured or is disabled, computers are allowed to connect simultaneously to both domain and non-domain networks.
+If this policy setting isn't configured or is disabled, computers are allowed to connect simultaneously to both domain and non-domain networks.
 
 
 > [!TIP]
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md
index 2644d6a52a..f7a519d956 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsdefendersecuritycenter.md
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 
 
-The company name that is displayed to the users. CompanyName is required for both EnableCustomizedToasts and EnableInAppCustomization. If you disable or do not configure this setting, or do not have EnableCustomizedToasts or EnableInAppCustomization enabled, then devices will not display the contact options.
+The company name that is displayed to the users. CompanyName is required for both EnableCustomizedToasts and EnableInAppCustomization. If you disable or don't configure this setting, or don't have EnableCustomizedToasts or EnableInAppCustomization enabled, then devices won't display the contact options.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Use this policy setting to specify if to display the Account protection area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
+Use this policy setting to specify if to display the Account protection area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
 
 
 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 Valid values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) The users can see the display of the Account protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
-- 1 - (Enable) The users cannot see the display of the Account protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
+- 1 - (Enable) The users can't see the display of the Account protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
 
 
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ Valid values:
 
 
 
-Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the app and browser protection area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
+Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the app and browser protection area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) The users can see the display of the app and browser protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
-- 1 - (Enable) The users cannot see the display of the app and browser protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
+- 1 - (Enable) The users can't see the display of the app and browser protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
 
 
 
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the Device security area in the Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
+Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the Device security area in the Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
 
 
 
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 Valid values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) The users can see the display of the Device security area in Windows Defender Security Center.
-- 1 - (Enable) The users cannot see the display of the Device security area in Windows Defender Security Center.
+- 1 - (Enable) The users can't see the display of the Device security area in Windows Defender Security Center.
 
 
 
@@ -372,10 +372,10 @@ Valid values:
 
 
 
-Use this policy if you want Windows Defender Security Center to only display notifications which are considered critical. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display critical and non-critical notifications to users.
+Use this policy if you want Windows Defender Security Center to only display notifications that are considered critical. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display critical and non-critical notifications to users.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> If Suppress notification is enabled then users will not see critical or non-critical messages.
+> If Suppress notification is enabled then users won't see critical or non-critical messages.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -391,8 +391,8 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 - (Disable) Windows Defender Security Center will display critical and non-critical notifications to users..
-- 1 - (Enable) Windows Defender Security Center only display notifications which are considered critical on clients.
+- 0 - (Disable) Windows Defender Security Center will display critical and non-critical notifications to users.
+- 1 - (Enable) Windows Defender Security Center only display notifications that are considered critical on clients.
 
 
 
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the family options area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
+Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the family options area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) The users can see the display of the family options area in Windows Defender Security Center.
-- 1 - (Enable) The users cannot see the display of the family options area in Windows Defender Security Center.
+- 1 - (Enable) The users can't see the display of the family options area in Windows Defender Security Center.
 
 
 
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the device performance and health area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
+Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the device performance and health area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) The users can see the display of the device performance and health area in Windows Defender Security Center.
-- 1 - (Enable) The users cannot see the display of the device performance and health area in Windows Defender Security Center.
+- 1 - (Enable) The users can't see the display of the device performance and health area in Windows Defender Security Center.
 
 
 
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the firewall and network protection area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
+Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the firewall and network protection area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) The users can see the display of the firewall and network protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
-- 1 - (Enable) The users cannot see the display of the firewall and network protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
+- 1 - (Enable) The users can't see the display of the firewall and network protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
 
 
 
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of Windows Defender Security Center notifications. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center notifications will display on devices.
+Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of Windows Defender Security Center notifications. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center notifications will display on devices.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) The users can see the display of Windows Defender Security Center notifications.
-- 1 - (Enable) The users cannot see the display of Windows Defender Security Center notifications.
+- 1 - (Enable) The users can't see the display of Windows Defender Security Center notifications.
 
 
 
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 Hide the recommendation to update TPM Firmware when a vulnerable firmware is detected.
 
 Enabled:
-Users will not be shown a recommendation to update their TPM Firmware.
+Users won't be shown a recommendation to update their TPM Firmware.
 
 Disabled:
 Users will see a recommendation to update their TPM Firmware if Windows Security detects the system contains a TPM with vulnerable firmware.        
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the virus and threat protection area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
+Use this policy setting if you want to disable the display of the virus and threat protection area in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, Windows Defender Security Center will display this area.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) The users can see the display of the virus and threat protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
-- 1 - (Enable) The users cannot see the display of the virus and threat protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
+- 1 - (Enable) The users can't see the display of the virus and threat protection area in Windows Defender Security Center.
 
 
 
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Prevent users from making changes to the exploit protection settings area in the Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, local users can make changes in the exploit protection settings area.
+Prevent users from making changes to the exploit protection settings area in the Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, local users can make changes in the exploit protection settings area.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
 - 0 - (Disable) Local users are allowed to make changes in the exploit protection settings area.
-- 1 - (Enable) Local users cannot make changes in the exploit protection settings area.
+- 1 - (Enable) Local users can't make changes in the exploit protection settings area.
 
 
 
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-The email address that is displayed to users.  The default mail application is used to initiate email actions. If you disable or do not configure this setting, or do not have EnableCustomizedToasts or EnableInAppCustomization enabled, then devices will not display contact options.
+The email address that is displayed to users.  The default mail application is used to initiate email actions. If you disable or don't configure this setting, or don't have EnableCustomizedToasts or EnableInAppCustomization enabled, then devices won't display contact options.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace and Delete.
 
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-Enable this policy to display your company name and contact options in the notifications. If you disable or do not configure this setting, or do not provide CompanyName and a minimum of one contact method (Phone using Skype, Email, Help portal URL) Windows Defender Security Center will display a default notification text.
+Enable this policy to display your company name and contact options in the notifications. If you disable or don't configure this setting, or don't provide CompanyName and a minimum of one contact method (Phone using Skype, Email, Help portal URL) Windows Defender Security Center will display a default notification text.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-Enable this policy to have your company name and contact options displayed in a contact card fly out in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or do not configure this setting, or do not provide CompanyName and a minimum of one contact method (Phone using Skype, Email, Help portal URL) Windows Defender Security Center will not display the contact card fly out notification.
+Enable this policy to have your company name and contact options displayed in a contact card fly out in Windows Defender Security Center. If you disable or don't configure this setting, or don't provide CompanyName and a minimum of one contact method (Phone using Skype, Email, Help portal URL) Windows Defender Security Center won't display the contact card fly out notification.
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 - (Disable) Do not display the company name and contact options in the card fly out notification.
+- 0 - (Disable) Don't display the company name and contact options in the card fly out notification.
 - 1 - (Enable) Display the company name and contact options in the card fly out notification.
 
 
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-The phone number or Skype ID that is displayed to users.  Skype is used to initiate the call. If you disable or do not configure this setting, or do not have EnableCustomizedToasts or EnableInAppCustomization enabled, then devices will not display contact options.
+The phone number or Skype ID that is displayed to users.  Skype is used to initiate the call. If you disable or don't configure this setting, or don't have EnableCustomizedToasts or EnableInAppCustomization enabled, then devices won't display contact options.
 
 Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -1187,9 +1187,9 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-The help portal URL this is displayed to users. The default browser is used to initiate this action. If you disable or do not configure this setting, or do not have EnableCustomizedToasts or EnableInAppCustomization enabled, then the device will not display contact options.
+The help portal URL that is displayed to users. The default browser is used to initiate this action. If you disable or don't configure this setting, or don't have EnableCustomizedToasts or EnableInAppCustomization enabled, then the device won't display contact options.
 
-Value type is Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
+Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon.md
index 5fd902e1a7..4998d7eaf9 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon.md
@@ -83,15 +83,15 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 This policy setting controls whether a device automatically signs in and locks the last interactive user after the system restarts or after a shutdown and cold boot.
 
-This occurs only if the last interactive user did not sign out before the restart or shutdown.​
+This scenario occurs only if the last interactive user didn't sign out before the restart or shutdown.​
 
 If the device is joined to Active Directory or Azure Active Directory, this policy applies only to Windows Update restarts. Otherwise, this policy applies to both Windows Update restarts and user-initiated restarts and shutdowns.​
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, it is enabled by default. When the policy is enabled, the user is automatically signed in and the session is automatically locked with all lock screen apps configured for that user after the device boots.​
+If you don't configure this policy setting, it's enabled by default. When the policy is enabled, the user is automatically signed in and the session is automatically locked with all lock screen apps configured for that user after the device boots.​
 
 After enabling this policy, you can configure its settings through the [ConfigAutomaticRestartSignOn](#windowslogon-configautomaticrestartsignon) policy, which configures the mode of automatically signing in and locking the last interactive user after a restart or cold boot​.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, the device does not configure automatic sign in. The user’s lock screen apps are not restarted after the system restarts.
+If you disable this policy setting, the device doesn't configure automatic sign in. The user’s lock screen apps aren't restarted after the system restarts.
 
 
 
@@ -142,17 +142,17 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting controls the configuration under which an automatic restart, sign on, and lock occurs after a restart or cold boot. If you chose “Disabled” in the [AllowAutomaticRestartSignOn](#windowslogon-allowautomaticrestartsignon) policy, then automatic sign on does not occur and this policy need not be configured.
+This policy setting controls the configuration under which an automatic restart, sign in, and lock occurs after a restart or cold boot. If you chose “Disabled” in the [AllowAutomaticRestartSignOn](#windowslogon-allowautomaticrestartsignon) policy, then automatic sign in doesn't occur and this policy need not be configured.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, you can choose one of the following two options:
 
-- Enabled if BitLocker is on and not suspended: Specifies that automatic sign on and lock occurs only if BitLocker is active and not suspended during the reboot or shutdown. Personal data can be accessed on the device’s hard drive at this time if BitLocker is not on or suspended during an update. BitLocker suspension temporarily removes protection for system components and data but may be needed in certain circumstances to successfully update boot-critical components.  
+- Enabled if BitLocker is on and not suspended: Specifies that automatic sign in and lock occurs only if BitLocker is active and not suspended during the reboot or shutdown. Personal data can be accessed on the device’s hard drive at this time if BitLocker isn't on or suspended during an update. BitLocker suspension temporarily removes protection for system components and data but may be needed in certain circumstances to successfully update boot-critical components.  
 BitLocker is suspended during updates if:
-    - The device does not have TPM 2.0 and PCR7
-    - The device does not use a TPM-only protector
-- Always Enabled: Specifies that automatic sign on happens even if BitLocker is off or suspended during reboot or shutdown. When BitLocker is not enabled, personal data is accessible on the hard drive. Automatic restart and sign on should only be run under this condition if you are confident that the configured device is in a secure physical location.
+    - The device doesn't have TPM 2.0 and PCR7
+    - The device doesn't use a TPM-only protector
+- Always Enabled: Specifies that automatic sign in happens even if BitLocker is off or suspended during reboot or shutdown. When BitLocker isn't enabled, personal data is accessible on the hard drive. Automatic restart and sign in should only be run under this condition if you're confident that the configured device is in a secure physical location.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this setting, automatic sign on defaults to the “Enabled if BitLocker is on and not suspended” behavior.
+If you disable or don't configure this setting, automatic sign in defaults to the “Enabled if BitLocker is on and not suspended” behavior.
 
 
 
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to prevent app notifications from appearing on th
 
 If you enable this policy setting, no app notifications are displayed on the lock screen.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, users can choose which apps display notifications on the lock screen.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, users can choose which apps display notifications on the lock screen.
 
 
 
@@ -249,13 +249,13 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to control whether anyone can interact with available networks UI on the logon screen.
+This policy setting allows you to control whether anyone can interact with available networks UI on the sign-in screen.
 
-If you enable this policy setting, the PC's network connectivity state cannot be changed without signing into Windows.
+If you enable this policy setting, the PC's network connectivity state can't be changed without signing into Windows.
 
 If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, any user can disconnect the PC from the network or can connect the PC to other available networks without signing into Windows.
 
-Here is an example to enable this policy:
+Here's an example to enable this policy:
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -320,16 +320,16 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to control whether users see the first sign-in animation when signing in to the computer for the first time. This applies to both the first user of the computer who completes the initial setup and users who are added to the computer later. It also controls if Microsoft account users are offered the opt-in prompt for services during their first sign-in.
+This policy setting allows you to control whether users see the first sign-in animation when signing in to the computer for the first time. This view applies to both the first user of the computer who completes the initial setup and users who are added to the computer later. It also controls if Microsoft account users are offered the opt-in prompt for services during their first sign-in.
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Microsoft account users see the opt-in prompt for services, and users with other accounts see the sign-in animation.
 
-If you disable this policy setting, users do not see the animation and Microsoft account users do not see the opt-in prompt for services.
+If you disable this policy setting, users don't see the animation and Microsoft account users don't see the opt-in prompt for services.
 
-If you do not configure this policy setting, the user who completes the initial Windows setup see the animation during their first sign-in. If the first user had already completed the initial setup and this policy setting is not configured, users new to this computer do not see the animation.
+If you don't configure this policy setting, the user who completes the initial Windows setup see the animation during their first sign-in. If the first user had already completed the initial setup and this policy setting isn't configured, users new to this computer don't see the animation.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The first sign-in animation is not displayed on Server, so this policy has no effect.
+> The first sign-in animation isn't displayed on Server, so this policy has no effect.
 
 
 
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ This policy setting allows local users to be enumerated on domain-joined compute
 
 If you enable this policy setting, Logon UI will enumerate all local users on domain-joined computers.
 
-If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Logon UI will not enumerate local users on domain-joined computers.
+If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Logon UI won't enumerate local users on domain-joined computers.
 
 
 
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 
-This policy setting allows you to hide the Switch account button on the sign-in screen, Start, and the Task Manager. If you enable this policy setting, the Switch account button is hidden from the user who is attempting to sign-in or is signed in to the computer that has this policy applied. If you disable or do not configure this policy setting, the Switch account button is accessible to the user in the three locations.
+This policy setting allows you to hide the Switch account button on the sign-in screen, Start, and the Task Manager. If you enable this policy setting, the Switch account button is hidden from the user who is attempting to sign-in or is signed in to the computer that has this policy applied. If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, the Switch account button is accessible to the user in the three locations.
 
 
 
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 
 
-To validate on Desktop, do the following:
+To validate on Desktop, do the following steps:
 
 1.   Enable policy.
 2.   Verify that the Switch account button in Start is hidden.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowssandbox.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowssandbox.md
index b3c4462090..02edfd6f6e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowssandbox.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowssandbox.md
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ This policy setting allows the IT admin to enable or disable audio input to the
 > [!NOTE]
 > There may be security implications of exposing host audio input to the container.
 
-If this policy is not configured, end-users get the default behavior (audio input enabled). 
+If this policy isn't configured, end-users get the default behavior (audio input enabled). 
 
-If audio input is disabled, a user will not be able to enable audio input from their own configuration file. 
+If audio input is disabled, a user won't be able to enable audio input from their own configuration file. 
 
 If audio input is enabled, a user will be able to disable audio input from their own configuration file to make the device more secure.
 
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ Available in the latest Windows 10 insider preview build.
 
 This policy setting allows the IT admin to enable or disable sharing of the host clipboard with the sandbox.
 
-If this policy is not configured, end-users get the default behavior (clipboard redirection enabled. 
+If this policy isn't configured, end-users get the default behavior (clipboard redirection enabled. 
 
-If clipboard sharing is disabled, a user will not be able to enable clipboard sharing from their own configuration file. 
+If clipboard sharing is disabled, a user won't be able to enable clipboard sharing from their own configuration file. 
 
 If clipboard sharing is enabled, a user will be able to disable clipboard sharing from their own configuration file to make the device more secure.
 
@@ -209,9 +209,9 @@ Available in the latest Windows 10 insider preview build.
 
 This policy setting allows the IT admin to enable or disable networking in Windows Sandbox. Disabling network access can decrease the attack surface exposed by the Sandbox. Enabling networking can expose untrusted applications to the internal network.
 
-If this policy is not configured, end-users get the default behavior (networking enabled).
+If this policy isn't configured, end-users get the default behavior (networking enabled).
 
-If networking is disabled, a user will not be able to enable networking from their own configuration file.
+If networking is disabled, a user won't be able to enable networking from their own configuration file.
 
 If networking is enabled, a user will be able to disable networking from their own configuration file to make the device more secure.
 
@@ -274,9 +274,9 @@ Available in the latest Windows 10 insider preview build.
 
 This policy setting allows the IT admin to enable or disable printer sharing from the host into the Sandbox. 
 
-If this policy is not configured, end-users get the default behavior (printer sharing disabled). 
+If this policy isn't configured, end-users get the default behavior (printer sharing disabled). 
 
-If printer sharing is disabled, a user will not be able to enable printer sharing from their own configuration file. 
+If printer sharing is disabled, a user won't be able to enable printer sharing from their own configuration file. 
 
 If printer sharing is enabled, a user will be able to disable printer sharing from their own configuration file to make the device more secure.
 
@@ -343,9 +343,9 @@ This policy setting allows the IT admin to enable or disable virtualized GPU for
 > [!NOTE]
 > Enabling virtualized GPU can potentially increase the attack surface of Windows Sandbox. 
 
-If this policy is not configured, end-users get the default behavior (vGPU is disabled). 
+If this policy isn't configured, end-users get the default behavior (vGPU is disabled). 
 
-If vGPU is disabled, a user will not be able to enable vGPU support from their own configuration file. 
+If vGPU is disabled, a user won't be able to enable vGPU support from their own configuration file. 
 
 If vGPU is enabled, a user will be able to disable vGPU support from their own configuration file to make the device more secure.
 
@@ -412,9 +412,9 @@ This policy setting allows the IT admin to enable or disable video input to the
 > [!NOTE]
 > There may be security implications of exposing host video input to the container.
 
-If this policy is not configured, users get the default behavior (video input disabled). 
+If this policy isn't configured, users get the default behavior (video input disabled). 
 
-If video input is disabled, users will not be able to enable video input from their own configuration file. 
+If video input is disabled, users won't be able to enable video input from their own configuration file. 
 
 If video input is enabled, users will be able to disable video input from their own configuration file to make the device more secure.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-wirelessdisplay.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-wirelessdisplay.md
index d61b982f66..ac5e6d69fd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-wirelessdisplay.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-wirelessdisplay.md
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn off the Wireless Display multicast DNS se
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 - Do not allow
+- 0 - Don't allow
 - 1 - Allow
 
 
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn off discovering the display service adver
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 - Do not allow
+-   0 - Don't allow
 -   1 - Allow
 
 
@@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 This policy setting allows you to disable the infrastructure movement detection feature.
 
-If you set it to 0, your PC may stay connected and continue to project if you walk away from a Wireless Display receiver to which you are projecting over infrastructure.
+If you set it to 0, your PC may stay connected and continue to project if you walk away from a Wireless Display receiver to which you're projecting over infrastructure.
 
-If you set it to 1, your PC will detect that you have moved and will automatically disconnect your infrastructure Wireless Display session.
+If you set it to 1, your PC will detect that you've moved and will automatically disconnect your infrastructure Wireless Display session.
 
 The default value is 1.
 
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ The default value is 1.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
-- 0 - Do not allow
+- 0 - Don't allow
 - 1 (Default) - Allow
 
 
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ This policy allows you to turn off projection from a PC.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 - your PC cannot discover or project to other devices.
+-   0 - your PC can't discover or project to other devices.
 -   1 - your PC can discover and project to other devices
 
 
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ This policy allows you to turn off projection from a PC over infrastructure.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 - your PC cannot discover or project to other infrastructure devices, although it is possible to discover and project over WiFi Direct.
+-   0 - your PC can't discover or project to other infrastructure devices, although it's possible to discover and project over WiFi Direct.
 -   1 - your PC can discover and project to other devices over infrastructure.
 
 
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Allow or disallow turning off the projection to a PC.
 
-If you set it to 0 (zero), your PC is not discoverable and you cannot project to it. If you set it to 1, your PC is discoverable and you can project to it above the lock screen. The user has an option to turn it always on or always off except for manual launch. In PCs that support Miracast, after the policy is applied you can verify the setting from the user interface in **Settings** > **System** > **Projecting to this PC**.
+If you set it to 0 (zero), your PC isn't discoverable and you can't project to it. If you set it to 1, your PC is discoverable and you can project to it above the lock screen. The user has an option to turn it always on or always off except for manual launch. In PCs that support Miracast, after the policy is applied you can verify the setting from the user interface in **Settings** > **System** > **Projecting to this PC**.
 
 Value type is integer.
 
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 - projection to PC is not allowed. Always off and the user cannot enable it.
+-   0 - projection to PC isn't allowed. Always off and the user can't enable it.
 -   1 (default) - projection to PC is allowed. Enabled only above the lock screen.
 
 
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ This policy setting allows you to turn off projection to a PC over infrastructur
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 - your PC is not discoverable and other devices cannot project to it over infrastructure, although it is possible to project to it over WiFi Direct.
+-   0 - your PC isn't discoverable and other devices can't project to it over infrastructure, although it's possible to project to it over WiFi Direct.
 -   1 - your PC is discoverable and other devices can project to it over infrastructure.
 
 
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ The following list shows the supported values:
 
 Allow or disallow requirement for a PIN for pairing.
 
-If you turn this on, the pairing ceremony for new devices will always require a PIN. If you turn this off or do not configure it, a PIN is not required for pairing. In PCs that support Miracast, after the policy is applied you can verify the setting from the user interface in **Settings** > **System** > **Projecting to this PC**.
+If you turn on this policy, the pairing ceremony for new devices will always require a PIN. If you turn off this policy or don't configure it, a PIN isn't required for pairing. In PCs that support Miracast, after the policy is applied you can verify the setting from the user interface in **Settings** > **System** > **Projecting to this PC**.
 
 Value type is integer.
 
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 The following list shows the supported values:
 
--   0 (default) - PIN is not required.
+-   0 (default) - PIN isn't required.
 -   1 - PIN is required.
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/proxy-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/proxy-csp.md
index 8cea583448..33a8847c7f 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/proxy-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/proxy-csp.md
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ The PROXY configuration service provider is used to configure proxy connections.
 
 This configuration service provider requires the ID\_CAP\_CSP\_FOUNDATION and ID\_CAP\_NETWORKING\_ADMIN capabilities to be accessed from a network configuration application.
 
-For the PROXY CSP, you cannot use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
+For the PROXY CSP, you can't use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
 
-The following shows the PROXY configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA DM. The OMA Client Provisioning protocol is not supported by this configuration service provider.
+The following example shows the PROXY configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA DM. The OMA Client Provisioning protocol isn't supported by this configuration service provider.
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT/Proxy
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ Root node for the proxy connection.
 ***ProxyName***
 Defines the name of a proxy connection.
 
-It is recommended that this element name is specified as a numbered node beginning at zero. For example, to provision two proxy connections, use "PROXY0" and "PROXY1" as the element names. Any unique name can be used if desired (such as "GPRS-NAP"), but no spaces may appear in the name (use %20 instead).
+It's recommended that this element name is specified as a numbered node beginning at zero. For example, to provision two proxy connections, use "PROXY0" and "PROXY1" as the element names. Any unique name can be used if desired (such as "GPRS-NAP"), but no spaces may appear in the name (use %20 instead).
 
-The addition, update, and deletion of this sub-tree of nodes have to be specified in a single atomic transaction.
+The addition, update, and deletion of this subtree of nodes have to be specified in a single atomic transaction.
 
 ***ProxyName*/PROXYID**
 Specifies the unique identifier of the proxy connection.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Node for port information.
 ***ProxyName*/Ports/_PortName_**
 Defines the name of a port.
 
-It is recommended that this element name is specified as a numbered node beginning at zero. For example, to provision two ports, use "PORT0" and "PORT1" as the element names.
+It's recommended that this element name is specified as a numbered node beginning at zero. For example, to provision two ports, use "PORT0" and "PORT1" as the element names.
 
 ***ProxyName*/Ports/*PortName*/PortNbr**
 Specifies the port number to be associated with the parent port.
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Node for services information.
 ***ProxyName*/Ports/Services/_ServiceName_**
 Defines the name of a service.
 
-It is recommended that this element name is specified as a numbered node beginning at zero. For example, to provision two services, use "SERVICE0" and "SERVICE1" as the element names.
+It's recommended that this element name is specified as a numbered node beginning at zero. For example, to provision two services, use "SERVICE0" and "SERVICE1" as the element names.
 
 ***ProxyName*/Ports/Services/*ServiceName*/ServiceName**
 Specifies the protocol to be associated with the parent port.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Node for connection reference information
 ***ProxyName*/ConRefs/_ConRefName_**
 Defines the name of a connection reference.
 
-It is recommended that this element name is specified as a numbered node beginning at zero. For example, to provision two connection references, use "CONREF0" and "CONREF1" as the element names.
+It's recommended that this element name is specified as a numbered node beginning at zero. For example, to provision two connection references, use "CONREF0" and "CONREF1" as the element names.
 
 ***ProxyName*/ConRefs/*ConRefName*/ConRef**
 Specifies one single connectivity object associated with the proxy connection.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/push-notification-windows-mdm.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/push-notification-windows-mdm.md
index 13294f3ce5..43c7d7baf5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/push-notification-windows-mdm.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/push-notification-windows-mdm.md
@@ -18,37 +18,37 @@ ms.date: 09/22/2017
 
 # Push notification support for device management
 
-The [DMClient CSP](dmclient-csp.md) supports the ability to configure push-initiated device management sessions. Using the [Windows Notification Services (WNS)](/previous-versions/windows/apps/hh913756(v=win.10)), a management server can request a device to establish a management session with the server through a push notification. A device is configured to support push by the management server by providing the device with a PFN for an application. Once the device is configured, it registers a persistent connection with the WNS cloud (Battery Sense and Data Sense conditions permitting).
+The [DMClient CSP](dmclient-csp.md) supports the ability to configure push-initiated device management sessions. Using the [Windows Notification Services (WNS)](/previous-versions/windows/apps/hh913756(v=win.10)), a management server can request a device to establish a management session with the server through a push notification. A device is provided with a PFN for an application. This provision results in the device getting configured, to support a push to it by the management server. Once the device is configured, it registers a persistent connection with the WNS cloud (Battery Sense and Data Sense conditions permitting).
 
-To initiate a device management session, the management server must first authenticate with WNS using its SID and client secret. Once authenticated, the server receives a token that it can use to initiate a raw push notification for any ChannelURI. When the management server wants to initiate a device management session with a device, it can utilize its token and the device ChannelURI and begin communicating with the device.
+To initiate a device management session, the management server must first authenticate with WNS using its SID and client secret. Once authenticated, the server receives a token to initiate a raw push notification for any ChannelURI. When the management server wants to initiate a management session with a device, it can utilize the token and the device ChannelURI, and begin communicating with the device.
 
 For more information about how to get push credentials (SID and client secret) and PFN to use in WNS, see [Get WNS credentials and PFN for MDM push notification](#get-wns-credentials-and-pfn-for-mdm-push-notification).
 
 Because a device may not always be connected to the internet, WNS supports caching notifications for delivery to the device once it reconnects. To ensure your notification is cached for delivery, set the X-WNS-Cache-Policy header to Cache. Additionally, if the server wants to send a time-bound raw push notification, the server can use the X-WNS-TTL header that will provide WNS with a time-to-live binding so that the notification will expire after the time has passed. For more information, see [Raw notification overview (Windows Runtime apps)](/previous-versions/windows/apps/jj676791(v=win.10)).
 
-Note the following restrictions related to push notifications and WNS:
+The following restrictions are related to push notifications and WNS:
 
--   Push for device management uses raw push notifications. This means that these raw push notifications do not support or utilize push notification payloads.
--   Receipt of push notifications are sensitive to the Battery Saver and Data Sense settings on the device. For example, if the battery drops below certain thresholds, the persistent connection of the device with WNS will be terminated. Additionally, if the user is utilizing Data Sense and has exceeded their monthly allotment of data, the persistent connection of the device with WNS will also be terminated.
--   A ChannelURI provided to the management server by the device is only valid for 30 days. The device automatically renews the ChannelURI after 15 days and triggers a management session on successful renewal of the ChannelURI. It is strongly recommended that, during every management session, the management server queries the ChannelURI value to ensure that it has received the latest value. This will ensure that the management server will not attempt to use a ChannelURI that has expired.
--   Push is not a replacement for having a polling schedule.
+-   Push for device management uses raw push notifications. This restriction means that these raw push notifications don't support or utilize push notification payloads.
+-   Receipt of push notifications is sensitive to the Battery Saver and Data Sense settings on the device. For example, if the battery drops below certain thresholds, the persistent connection of the device with WNS will be terminated. Additionally, if the user is utilizing Data Sense and has exceeded their monthly allotment of data, the persistent connection of the device with WNS will also be terminated.
+-   A ChannelURI provided to the management server by the device is only valid for 30 days. The device automatically renews the ChannelURI after 15 days and triggers a management session on successful renewal of the ChannelURI. It's strongly recommended that, during every management session, the management server queries the ChannelURI value to ensure that it has received the latest value. This will ensure that the management server won't attempt to use a ChannelURI that has expired.
+-   Push isn't a replacement for having a polling schedule.
 -   WNS reserves the right to block push notifications to your PFN if improper use of notifications is detected. Any devices being managed using this PFN will cease to have push initiated device management support.
 -   On Windows 10, version 1511 as well as Windows 8 and 8.1, MDM Push may fail to renew the WNS Push channel automatically causing it to expire. It can also potentially hang when setting the PFN for the channel.
 
-    To workaround this issue, when a 410 is returned by the WNS server when attempting to send a Push notification to the device the PFN should be set during the next sync session. To prevent the push channel from expiring on older builds, servers can reset the PFN before the channel expires (~30 days). If they’re already running Windows 10, there should be an update available that they can install that should fix the issue.
+    To work around this issue, when a 410 is returned by the WNS server when attempting to send a Push notification to the device the PFN should be set during the next sync session. To prevent the push channel from expiring on older builds, servers can reset the PFN before the channel expires (~30 days). If they’re already running Windows 10, there should be an update available that they can install that should fix the issue.
 
 -   On Windows 10, version 1511, we use the following retry logic for the DMClient:
-    -   If ExpiryTime is greater than 15 days a schedule is set for when 15 days are left.
-    -   If ExpiryTime is between now and 15 days a schedule set for 4 +/- 1 hours from now.
-    -   If ExpiryTime has passed a schedule is set for 1 day +/- 4 hours from now.
+    -   If ExpiryTime is greater than 15 days, a schedule is set for when 15 days are left.
+    -   If ExpiryTime is between now and 15 days, a schedule set for 4 +/- 1 hours from now.
+    -   If ExpiryTime has passed, a schedule is set for 1 day +/- 4 hours from now.
 
 
--   On Windows 10, version 1607, we check for network connectivity before retrying. We do not check for internet connectivity. If network connectivity is not available we will skip the retry and set schedule for 4+/-1 hours to try again.
+-   On Windows 10, version 1607, we check for network connectivity before retrying. We don't check for internet connectivity. If network connectivity isn't available, we'll skip the retry and set schedule for 4+/-1 hours to try again.
 
 
 ## Get WNS credentials and PFN for MDM push notification
 
-To get a PFN and WNS credentials, you must create an Microsoft Store app.
+To get a PFN and WNS credentials, you must create a Microsoft Store app.
 
 1.  Go to the Windows [Dashboard](https://dev.windows.com/en-US/dashboard) and sign in with your developer account.
 
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ To get a PFN and WNS credentials, you must create an Microsoft Store app.
 6.  Click **Live Services site**. A new window opens for the **Application Registration Portal** page.
 
     ![mdm push notification6.](images/push-notification6.png)
-7.  In the **Application Registration Portal** page, you will see the properties for the app that you created, such as:
-    -   Application Id
+7.  In the **Application Registration Portal** page, you'll see the properties for the app that you created, such as:
+    -   Application ID
     -   Application Secrets
     -   Microsoft Store Package SID, Application Identity, and Publisher.
 
@@ -80,6 +80,6 @@ To get a PFN and WNS credentials, you must create an Microsoft Store app.
 11. From the left nav, expand **App management** and then click **App identity**.
 
     ![mdm push notification10.](images/push-notification10.png)
-12. In the **App identity** page, you will see the **Package Family Name (PFN)** of your app.
+12. In the **App identity** page, you'll see the **Package Family Name (PFN)** of your app.
 
  
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/pxlogical-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/pxlogical-csp.md
index 8a68f85050..cc8752d76b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/pxlogical-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/pxlogical-csp.md
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ The PXLOGICAL configuration service provider is used to add, remove, or modify W
 > This configuration service provider requires the ID\_CAP\_CSP\_FOUNDATION and ID\_CAP\_NETWORKING\_ADMIN capabilities to be accessed from a network configuration application.
 
 
-The following shows the PXLOGICAL configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Client Provisioning for initial bootstrapping of the device. The OMA DM protocol is not supported by this configuration service provider.
+The following example shows the PXLOGICAL configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Client Provisioning for initial bootstrapping of the device. The OMA DM protocol isn't supported by this configuration service provider.
 
 ```console
 PXLOGICAL
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ PXLOGICAL
 ```
 
 
-The following shows the PXLOGICAL configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Client Provisioning for updating the bootstrapping of the device. The OMA DM protocol is not supported by this configuration service provider.
+The following example shows the PXLOGICAL configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Client Provisioning for updating the bootstrapping of the device. The OMA DM protocol isn't supported by this configuration service provider.
 
 ```console
 PXLOGICAL
@@ -74,17 +74,17 @@ PXLOGICAL
 **PXPHYSICAL**  
 Defines a group of logical proxy settings.
 
-The element's mwid attribute is a Microsoft provisioning XML attribute, and is optional when adding a NAP or a proxy. It is required when updating and deleting existing NAPs and proxies and must have its value set to 1.
+The element's mwid attribute is a Microsoft provisioning XML attribute, and is optional when adding a NAP or a proxy. It's required when updating and deleting existing NAPs and proxies and must have its value set to 1.
 
 **DOMAIN**  
 Specifies the domain associated with the proxy (for example, "\*.com").
 
-A Windows device supports only one proxy that does not have a DOMAIN parameter, or has an empty DOMAIN value. That is, the device only supports one default proxy. All other proxy configurations must have a DOMAIN parameter with a non-empty value. A query of this parameter returns a semicolon-delimited string of all domains associated with the proxy.
+A Windows device supports only one proxy that doesn't have a DOMAIN parameter, or has an empty DOMAIN value. That is, the device only supports one default proxy. All other proxy configurations must have a DOMAIN parameter with a non-empty value. A query of this parameter returns a semicolon-delimited string of all domains associated with the proxy.
 
 **NAME**  
 Specifies the name of the logical proxy.
 
-When a list of proxies is displayed to the user they are displayed together in a single line, so the length of this value should be short for readability.
+When a list of proxies is displayed to the user they're displayed together in a single line, so the length of this value should be short for readability.
 
 **PORT**  
 Defines the bindings between a port number and one or more protocols or services.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ This configuration service provider can accept a maximum of two ports per physic
 **PORTNBR**  
 Specifies the port number associated with some services on this proxy.
 
-If the PORTNBR is 80 or 443, or the PORT characteristic is missing, it is treated as an HTTP proxy.
+If the PORTNBR is 80 or 443, or the PORT characteristic is missing, it's treated as an HTTP proxy.
 
 **SERVICE**  
 Specifies the service associated with the port number.
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Windows supports accepting WAP push connectionless sessions over a Short Message
 **PUSHENABLED**  
 Specifies whether or not push operations are enabled.
 
-If this element is used in PXLOGICAL, it applies to all of the PXPHYSICAL elements embedded in the PXLOGICAL element. A value of "0" indicates that the proxy does not support push operations. A value of "1" indicates that the proxy supports push operations.
+If this element is used in PXLOGICAL, it applies to all of the PXPHYSICAL elements embedded in the PXLOGICAL element. A value of "0" indicates that the proxy doesn't support push operations. A value of "1" indicates that the proxy supports push operations.
 
 **PROXY-ID**  
 Used during initial bootstrapping. Specifies the unique identifier of the logical proxy.
@@ -120,12 +120,12 @@ Specifies whether or not the physical proxies in this logical proxy are privileg
 **PXPHYSICAL**  
 Defines a group of physical proxy settings associated with the parent logical proxy.
 
-The element's mwid attribute is a Microsoft provisioning XML attribute, and is optional when adding a NAP or a proxy. It is required when updating and deleting existing NAPs and proxies and must have its value set to 1.
+The element's mwid attribute is a Microsoft provisioning XML attribute, and is optional when adding a NAP or a proxy. It's required when updating and deleting existing NAPs and proxies and must have its value set to 1.
 
 **PHYSICAL-PROXY-ID**  
 Used during initial bootstrapping. Specifies the identifier of the physical proxy.
 
-When a list of proxies is displayed to the user they are displayed together in a single line, so the length of this value should be short for readability.
+When a list of proxies is displayed to the user they're displayed together in a single line, so the length of this value should be short for readability.
 
 ***PHYSICAL-PROXY-ID***  
 Used during bootstrapping updates. Specifies the identifier of the physical proxy.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ If **TO-NAPID** is used, the NAP whose **NAPID** is referred to by **TO-NAPID**
 
 The following table shows the Microsoft custom elements that this configuration service provider supports for OMA Client Provisioning.
 
-These features are available only for the device technique. In addition, the parameter-query and characteristic-query features are not supported for all PXPHYSICAL proxy parameters for all PXADDR types. All parameters can be queried when the PXPHYSICAL proxy PXADDRType is IPv4. For example, if a mobile operator queries the TO-NAPID parameter of a PXPHYSICAL proxy and the PXADDR Type is E164, a noparm is returned.
+These features are available only for the device technique. In addition, the parameter-query and characteristic-query features aren't supported for all PXPHYSICAL proxy parameters for all PXADDR types. All parameters can be queried when the PXPHYSICAL proxy PXADDRType is IPv4. For example, if a mobile operator queries the TO-NAPID parameter of a PXPHYSICAL proxy and the PXADDR Type is E164, a noparm is returned.
 
 |Feature|Available|
 |--- |--- |
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/reclaim-seat-from-user.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/reclaim-seat-from-user.md
index 5f8bb0e5da..89bfa7164d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/reclaim-seat-from-user.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/reclaim-seat-from-user.md
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ The following parameters may be specified in the request URI.
 
 ### Response body
 
-The response body contain [SeatDetails](data-structures-windows-store-for-business.md#seatdetails).
+The response body contains [SeatDetails](data-structures-windows-store-for-business.md#seatdetails).
 
 |Error code|Description|Retry|Data field|Details|
 |--- |--- |--- |--- |--- |
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/register-your-free-azure-active-directory-subscription.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/register-your-free-azure-active-directory-subscription.md
index f799b48992..0d32ea3135 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/register-your-free-azure-active-directory-subscription.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/register-your-free-azure-active-directory-subscription.md
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ If you have paid subscriptions to Office 365, Microsoft Dynamics CRM Online, Ent
 
     ![screen for registering azure-ad](images/azure-ad-add-tenant11.png)
 
-3.  On the **Admin center** page, under Admin Centers on the left, click **Azure Active Directory**. This will take you to the Azure Active Directory portal.
+3.  On the **Admin center** page, under Admin Centers on the left, click **Azure Active Directory**. You're taken to the Azure Active Directory portal.
 
     ![Azure-AD-updated.](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/41186174/71594506-e4845300-2b40-11ea-9a08-c21c824e12a4.png)
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/remotefind-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/remotefind-csp.md
index c559340720..51ce1f0fd5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/remotefind-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/remotefind-csp.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 The RemoteFind configuration service provider retrieves the location information for a particular device.
 
-The following shows the RemoteFind configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Client Provisioning.
+The following example shows the RemoteFind configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA Client Provisioning.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 RemoteFind
@@ -35,26 +35,26 @@ RemoteFind
 **DesiredAccuracy**  
 Optional. The node accepts the requested radius value in meters. Valid values for accuracy are any value between 1 and 1000 meters.
 
-The default value is 50. Replacing this value only replaces it for the current session. The value is not retained.
+The default value is 50. Replacing this value only replaces it for the current session. The value isn't retained.
 
-Supported operations are Replace and Get. The Add command is not supported.
+Supported operations are Replace and Get. The Add command isn't supported.
 
 **Timeout**  
 Optional. Value is DWORD in seconds.
 
-The default value is 7, and the range is 0 to 1800 seconds. Replacing this value only replaces it for the current session. The value is not retained.
+The default value is 7, and the range is 0 to 1800 seconds. Replacing this value only replaces it for the current session. The value isn't retained.
 
-Supported operations are Replace and Get. The Add command is not supported.
+Supported operations are Replace and Get. The Add command isn't supported.
 
 **MaximumAge**  
 Optional. The value represents the desired time window in minutes that the server will accept a successful location retrieval. The node enables the server to set the requested age value in 100 nanoseconds. Valid values for accuracy include any integer value between 0 and 1440 minutes.
 
-The default value is 60. Replacing this value only replaces it for the current session. The value is not retained.
+The default value is 60. Replacing this value only replaces it for the current session. The value isn't retained.
 
-Supported operations are Replace and Get. The Add command is not supported.
+Supported operations are Replace and Get. The Add command isn't supported.
 
 **Location**  
-Required. Nodes under this path must be queried atomically in order to succeed. This is to prevent servers from querying incomplete sets of data.
+Required. Nodes under this path must be queried atomically in order to succeed. This condition is to prevent servers from querying incomplete sets of data.
 
 **Latitude**  
 Required. Provides the latitude of the last successful remote find.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/remotewipe-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/remotewipe-csp.md
index 3b2af238ea..1ff78fcccf 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/remotewipe-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/remotewipe-csp.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.date: 08/13/2018
 
 The RemoteWipe configuration service provider can be used by mobile operators DM server or enterprise management server to remotely wipe a device. The RemoteWipe configuration service provider can make the data stored in memory and hard disks difficult to recover if the device is remotely wiped after being lost or stolen.
 
-The following shows the RemoteWipe configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by both OMA DM and OMA Client Provisioning. Enterprise IT Professionals can update these settings by using the Exchange Server.
+The following example shows the RemoteWipe configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by both OMA DM and OMA Client Provisioning. Enterprise IT Professionals can update these settings by using the Exchange Server.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 RemoteWipe
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1709.  Exec on this node will perform a remote rese
 Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Node for the Autopilot Reset operation.
 
 **AutomaticRedeployment/doAutomaticRedeployment**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Exec on this node triggers Autopilot Reset operation. This works like PC Reset, similar to other existing nodes in this RemoteWipe CSP, except that it keeps the device enrolled in Azure AD and MDM, keeps Wi-Fi profiles, and a few other settings like region, language, keyboard.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Exec on this node triggers Autopilot Reset operation. This node works like PC Reset, similar to other existing nodes in this RemoteWipe CSP, except that it keeps the device enrolled in Azure AD and MDM, keeps Wi-Fi profiles, and a few other settings like region, language, keyboard.
 
 **AutomaticRedeployment/LastError**  
 Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Error value, if any, associated with Autopilot Reset operation (typically an HRESULT).
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/reporting-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/reporting-csp.md
index 196633a0c4..3167a33adc 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/reporting-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/reporting-csp.md
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ Interior node for retrieving the security auditing logs. This node is only for m
 -->
 
 **RetrieveByTimeRange**  
-Returns the logs that exist within the StartTime and StopTime. The StartTime and StopTime are expressed in ISO 8601 format. If the StartTime and StopTime are not specified, then the values are interpreted as either first existing or last existing time.
+Returns the logs that exist within the StartTime and StopTime. The StartTime and StopTime are expressed in ISO 8601 format. If the StartTime and StopTime aren't specified, then the values are interpreted as either first existing or last existing time.
 
 Here are the other possible scenarios:
 
--   If the StartTime and StopTime are not specified, then it returns all existing logs.
--   If the StopTime is specified, but the StartTime is not specified, then all logs that exist before the StopTime are returned.
--   If the StartTime is specified, but the StopTime is not specified, then all that logs that exist from the StartTime are returned.
+-   If the StartTime and StopTime aren't specified, then it returns all existing logs.
+-   If the StopTime is specified, but the StartTime isn't specified, then all logs that exist before the StopTime are returned.
+-   If the StartTime is specified, but the StopTime isn't specified, then all that logs that exist from the StartTime are returned.
 
 **RetrieveByCount**  
 Interior node for retrieving a specified number of logs from the StartTime. The StartTime is expressed in ISO 8601 format. You can set the number of logs required by setting LogCount and StartTime. It returns the specified number of logs or less, if the total number of logs is less than LogCount.
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Contains the reporting logs.
 
 Value type is XML.
 
-Supported operations is Get.
+Supported operation is Get.
 
 **StartTime**  
 Specifies the starting time for retrieving logs.
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Value type is string. Use ISO 8601 format.
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
 **Type**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the type of logs to retrieve. You can use this to retrieve the WIP learning logs.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the type of logs to retrieve. You can use this policy to retrieve the WIP learning logs.
 
 Value type is integer.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp.md
index 643e41cb54..3b298a1606 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp.md
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ The RootCATrustedCertificates configuration service provider enables the enterpr
 > The **./User/** configuration is not supported for **RootCATrustedCertificates/Root/**.
 
  
-The following shows the RootCATrustedCertificates configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the RootCATrustedCertificates configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 Detailed specification of the principal root nodes:
 ```
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Node for trusted publisher certificates.
 Node for trusted people certificates.
 
 **RootCATrustedCertificates/UntrustedCertificates**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1803. Node for certificates that are not trusted. IT admin can use this node to immediately flag certificates that have been compromised and no longer usable.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1803. Node for certificates that aren't trusted. IT admin can use this node to immediately flag certificates that have been compromised and no longer usable.
 
 **_CertHash_**  
 Defines the SHA1 hash for the certificate. The 20-byte value of the SHA1 certificate hash is specified as a hexadecimal string value. This node is common for all the principal root nodes.  The supported operations are Get and Delete.
@@ -90,19 +90,19 @@ Defines the SHA1 hash for the certificate. The 20-byte value of the SHA1 certifi
 The following nodes are all common to the **_CertHash_** node:
 
 **/EncodedCertificate**  
-Specifies the X.509 certificate as a Base64-encoded string. The Base-64 string value cannot include extra formatting characters such as embedded linefeeds, etc.  The supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
+Specifies the X.509 certificate as a Base64-encoded string. The Base-64 string value can't include extra formatting characters such as embedded linefeeds, etc.  The supported operations are Add, Get, and Replace.
 
 **/IssuedBy**  
-Returns the name of the certificate issuer. This is equivalent to the **Issuer** member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.  The only supported operation is Get.
+Returns the name of the certificate issuer. This name is equivalent to the **Issuer** member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.  The only supported operation is Get.
 
 **/IssuedTo**  
-Returns the name of the certificate subject. This is equivalent to the **Subject** member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.  The only supported operation is Get.
+Returns the name of the certificate subject. This name is equivalent to the **Subject** member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.  The only supported operation is Get.
 
 **/ValidFrom**  
-Returns the starting date of the certificate's validity. This is equivalent to the **NotBefore** member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.  The only supported operation is Get.
+Returns the starting date of the certificate's validity. This date is equivalent to the **NotBefore** member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.  The only supported operation is Get.
 
 **/ValidTo**  
-Returns the expiration date of the certificate. This is equivalent to the **NotAfter** member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.  The only supported operation is Get.
+Returns the expiration date of the certificate. This date is equivalent to the **NotAfter** member in the CERT\_INFO data structure.  The only supported operation is Get.
 
 **/TemplateName**  
 Returns the certificate template name.  The only supported operation is Get.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/secureassessment-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/secureassessment-csp.md
index 1911fa064d..bdc2932777 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/secureassessment-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/secureassessment-csp.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 The SecureAssessment configuration service provider is used to provide configuration information for the secure assessment browser.
 
-The following shows the SecureAssessment configuration service provider management objects in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM), OMA Client Provisioning, and Enterprise DM.
+The following example shows the SecureAssessment configuration service provider management objects in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM), OMA Client Provisioning, and Enterprise DM.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 SecureAssessment
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/securitypolicy-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/securitypolicy-csp.md
index b92b03ae67..5664077e3e 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/securitypolicy-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/securitypolicy-csp.md
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ The SecurityPolicy configuration service provider is used to configure security
 
  
 
-For the SecurityPolicy CSP, you cannot use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
+For the SecurityPolicy CSP, you can't use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
 
-The following shows the SecurityPolicy configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by both OMA DM and OMA Client Provisioning.
+The following example shows the SecurityPolicy configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by both OMA DM and OMA Client Provisioning.
 
 ```console
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ The following security policies are supported.
 
 - **PolicyID**: 4111 | Hex:100f
   - **Policy name**: OTA Provisioning Policy
-  - **Policy description**: This setting determines whether PIN signed OMA Client Provisioning messages will be processed. This policy's value specifies a role mask. If a message contains at least one of the following roles in the role mask, then the message is processed. To ensure properly signed OMA Client Provisioning messages are accepted by the configuration client, all of the roles that are set in 4141, 4142, and 4143 policies must also be set in this policy. For example, to ensure properly signed USERNETWPIN signed OMA Client Provisioning messages are accepted by the device, if policy 4143 is set to 4096 (SECROLE_ANY_PUSH_SOURCE) for an carrier-unlocked device, policy 4111 must also have the SECROLE_ANY_PUSH_SOURCE role set.
+  - **Policy description**: This setting determines whether PIN signed OMA Client Provisioning messages will be processed. This policy's value specifies a role mask. If a message contains at least one of the following roles in the role mask, then the message is processed. To ensure properly signed OMA Client Provisioning messages are accepted by the configuration client, all of the roles that are set in 4141, 4142, and 4143 policies must also be set in this policy. For example, to ensure properly signed USERNETWPIN signed OMA Client Provisioning messages are accepted by the device, if policy 4143 is set to 4096 (SECROLE_ANY_PUSH_SOURCE) for a carrier-unlocked device, policy 4111 must also have the SECROLE_ANY_PUSH_SOURCE role set.
     - Default value: 384 (SECROLE_OPERATOR_TPS | SECROLE_KNOWN_PPG)
     - Supported values: SECROLE_KNOWN_PPG, SECROLE_ANY_PUSH_SOURCE, SECROLE_OPERATOR_TPS
 
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ The following security policies are supported.
   - **Policy description**: This setting indicates whether Wireless Session Protocol (WSP) notifications from the WAP stack are routed.
     - Default value: 1
     - Supported values: 
-      - 0: Routing of WSP notifications is not allowed.
+      - 0: Routing of WSP notifications isn't allowed.
       - 1: Routing of WSP notifications is allowed.
 
 - **PolicyID**: 4132 | Hex:1024
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ The following security policies are supported.
     - Default value: 0
     - Supported values: 
       - 0: The device prompts a UI to get user confirmation when the OTA WAP provisioning message is signed purely with network pin.
-      - 1: There is no user prompt.
+      - 1: There's no user prompt.
 
 - **PolicyID**: 4141 | Hex:102d
   - **Policy name**: OMA CP NETWPIN Policy
   - **Policy description**: This setting determines whether the OMA network PIN signed message will be accepted. The message's role mask and the policy's role mask are combined using the AND operator. If the result is non-zero, then the message is accepted.
     - Default value: 0
-    - Supported values: SECROLE_KNOWN_PPG, SECROLE_ANY_PUSH_SOURCE , SECROLE_OPERATOR_TPS
+    - Supported values: SECROLE_KNOWN_PPG, SECROLE_ANY_PUSH_SOURCE, SECROLE_OPERATOR_TPS
 
 - **PolicyID**: 4142 | Hex:102e
   - **Policy name**: OMA CP USERPIN Policy
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ The following table shows the Microsoft custom elements that this Configuration
 |Elements|Available|
 |--- |--- |
 |parm-query|Yes|
-|noparm|Yes. If this is used, then the policy is set to 0 by default (corresponding to the most restrictive of policy values).|
+|noparm|Yes. If this element is used, then the policy is set to 0 by default (corresponding to the most restrictive of policy values).|
 
  
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/server-requirements-windows-mdm.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/server-requirements-windows-mdm.md
index 3880906b71..76c6a97981 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/server-requirements-windows-mdm.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/server-requirements-windows-mdm.md
@@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ The following list shows the general server requirements for using OMA DM to man
 
 -   The OMA DM server must support the OMA DM v1.1.2 or later protocol.
 
--   Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) must be on the OMA DM server, and it must provide server certificate-based authentication, data integrity check, and data encryption. If the certificate is not issued by a commercial Certification Authority whose root certificate is pre-installed in the device, you must provision the enterprise root certificate in the device's Root store.
+-   Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) must be on the OMA DM server, and it must provide server certificate-based authentication, data integrity check, and data encryption. If the certificate isn't issued by a commercial Certification Authority whose root certificate is pre-installed in the device, you must provision the enterprise root certificate in the device's Root store.
 
 -   To authenticate the client at the application level, you must use either Basic or MD5 client authentication.
 
 -   The server MD5 nonce must be renewed in each DM session. The DM client sends the new server nonce for the next session to the server over the Status element in every DM session.
 
--   The MD5 binary nonce is send over XML B64 encoded format, but the octal form of the binary data should be used when the service calculates the hash.
+-   The MD5 binary nonce is sent over XML B64 encoded format, but the octal form of the binary data should be used when the service calculates the hash.
 
     For more information about Basic or MD5 client authentication, MD5 hash, and MD5 nonce, see the OMA Device Management Security specification (OMA-TS-DM\_Security-V1\_2\_1-20080617-A), available from the [OMA website](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=526900).
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/sharedpc-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/sharedpc-csp.md
index fb2d0fb906..7f8d360143 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/sharedpc-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/sharedpc-csp.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.date: 01/16/2019
 
 The SharedPC configuration service provider is used to configure settings for Shared PC usage.
 
-The following shows the SharedPC configuration service provider management objects in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM), OMA Client Provisioning, and Enterprise DM.
+The following example shows the SharedPC configuration service provider management objects in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM), OMA Client Provisioning, and Enterprise DM.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 SharedPC
@@ -133,12 +133,12 @@ Configures when accounts are deleted.
 
 The supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
-For Windows 10, version 1607, here is the list shows the supported values:
+For Windows 10, version 1607, here's the list shows the supported values:
 
 -   0 - Delete immediately.
 -   1 (default) - Delete at disk space threshold.
 
-For Windows 10, version 1703, here is the list of supported values:  
+For Windows 10, version 1703, here's the list of supported values:  
 
 - 0 - Delete immediately
 - 1 - Delete at disk space threshold
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Sets the percentage of disk space remaining on a PC before cached accounts will
 
 The default value is Not Configured. Its default value in the SharedPC provisioning package is 25.
 
-For example, if the **DiskLevelCaching** number is set to 50 and the **DiskLevelDeletion** number is set to 25 (both default values). Accounts will be cached while the free disk space is above 25%. When the free disk space is less than 25% (the deletion number) during a daily maintenance period, accounts will be deleted (oldest last used first) when the system is idle until the free disk space is above 50% (the caching number). Accounts will be deleted immediately at sign off of an account if free space is under half of the deletion threshold and disk space is very low, regardless of whether the PC is actively in use or not.
+For example, if the **DiskLevelCaching** number is set to 50 and the **DiskLevelDeletion** number is set to 25 (both default values). Accounts will be cached while the free disk space is above 25%. When the free disk space is less than 25% (the deletion number) during a daily maintenance period, accounts will be deleted (oldest last used first) when the system is idle until the free disk space is above 50% (the caching number). Accounts will be deleted immediately on signing out from an account if free space is under half of the deletion threshold and disk space is low, regardless of whether the PC is actively in use or not.
 
 The supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Sets the percentage of available disk space a PC should have before it stops del
 
 The default value is Not Configured. The default value in the SharedPC provisioning package is 25.
 
-For example, if the **DiskLevelCaching** number is set to 50 and the **DiskLevelDeletion** number is set to 25 (both default values). Accounts will be cached while the free disk space is above 25%. When the free disk space is less than 25% (the deletion number) during a maintenance period, accounts will be deleted (oldest last used first) until the free disk space is above 50% (the caching number). Accounts will be deleted immediately at sign off of an account if free space is under the deletion threshold and disk space is very low, regardless whether the PC is actively in use or not.
+For example, if the **DiskLevelCaching** number is set to 50 and the **DiskLevelDeletion** number is set to 25 (both default values). Accounts will be cached while the free disk space is above 25%. When the free disk space is less than 25% (the deletion number) during a maintenance period, accounts will be deleted (oldest last used first) until the free disk space is above 50% (the caching number). Accounts will be deleted immediately on signing out from an account if free space is under the deletion threshold and disk space is low, regardless whether the PC is actively in use or not.
 
 The supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 > If used, this value must set before the action on the **EnableSharedPCMode** node is taken.
 
 **KioskModeUserTileDisplayText**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the display text for the account shown on the sign-in screen which launches the app specified by KioskModeAUMID. This node is optional. 
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the display text for the account shown on the sign-in screen that launches the app specified by KioskModeAUMID. This node is optional. 
 
 Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. 
 
@@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ Value type is string. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 > If used, this value must set before the action on the **EnableSharedPCMode** node is taken.
 
 **InactiveThreshold**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Accounts will start being deleted when they have not been logged on during the specified period, given as number of days.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Accounts will start being deleted when they haven't been logged on during the specified period, given as number of days.
 
 The default value is Not Configured. Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 
 The default in the SharedPC provisioning package is 30.
 
 **MaxPageFileSizeMB**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Maximum size of the paging file in MB. Applies only to systems with less than 32 GB storage and at least 3 GB of RAM. This node is optional. 
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Maximum size of the paging file in MB. Applies only to systems with less than 32-GB storage and at least 3 GB of RAM. This node is optional. 
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > If used, this value must set before the action on the **EnableSharedPCMode** node is taken.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/structure-of-oma-dm-provisioning-files.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/structure-of-oma-dm-provisioning-files.md
index ee78eb1927..5c0940030d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/structure-of-oma-dm-provisioning-files.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/structure-of-oma-dm-provisioning-files.md
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ The following table shows the OMA DM versions that are supported.
 
 ## File format
 
-The following example shows the general structure of the XML document sent by the server using OMA DM version 1.2.1 for demonstration purposes only. The initial XML packages exchanged between client and server could contain additional XML tags. For a detailed description and samples for those packages, see the [OMA Device Management Protocol 1.2.1](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=526902) specification.
+The following example shows the general structure of the XML document sent by the server using OMA DM version 1.2.1 for demonstration purposes only. The initial XML packages exchanged between client and server could contain additional XML tags. For a detailed description and samples for those packages, see the [OMA Device Management Protocol 1.2.1](https://www.openmobilealliance.org/release/DM/V1_2_1-20080617-A/OMA-TS-DM_Protocol-V1_2_1-20080617-A.pdf) specification.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ SyncBody contains one or more DM commands. The SyncBody can contain multiple DM
 
 **Code example**
 
-The following example shows the body component of a DM message. In this example, SyncBody contains only one command, Get. This is indicated by the <Final /> tag that occurs immediately after the terminating tag for the Get command.
+The following example shows the body component of a DM message. In this example, SyncBody contains only one command, Get. This command is indicated by the <Final /> tag that occurs immediately after the terminating tag for the Get command.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ The following example shows the body component of a DM message. In this example,
 
 ```
 
-When using SyncML for OMA DM provisioning, a LocURI in SyncBody can have a "." as a valid segment name only in the first segment. However, a "." is not a valid segment name for the other segments. For example, the following LocURI is not valid because the segment name of the seventh segment is a ".".
+When SyncML for OMA DM provisioning is being used, a LocURI in SyncBody can have a "." as a valid segment name only in the first segment. However, a "." isn't a valid segment name for the other segments. For example, the following LocURI isn't valid because the segment name of the seventh segment is a ".".
 
 ```xml
 ./Vendor/MSFT/Registry/HKLM/Security/./Test
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/supl-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/supl-csp.md
index 32af3e680b..61cb297fdf 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/supl-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/supl-csp.md
@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@ The SUPL configuration service provider is used to configure the location client
       - H-SLP server certificate.
       - Positioning method.
       - Version of the protocol to use by default.
-    - MCC/MNC value pairs which are used to specify which networks' UUIC the SUPL account matches.
+    - MCC/MNC value pairs that are used to specify which networks' UUIC the SUPL account matches.
   - **V2 UPL**: 
-    - Address of the server — a mobile positioning center for non-trusted mode.
+    - Address of the server—a mobile positioning center for non-trusted mode.
     - The positioning method used by the MPC for non-trusted mode.
 
 The SUPL or V2 UPL connection will be reconfigured every time the device is rebooted, a new UICC is inserted, or new settings are provisioned by using OMA Client Provisioning, OMA DM, or test tools. When the device is in roaming mode, it reverts to Mobile Station Standalone mode, in which only the built–in Microsoft location components are used.
 
-The following shows the SUPL configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA DM and OMA Client Provisioning.
+The following example shows the SUPL configuration service provider management object in tree format as used by OMA DM and OMA Client Provisioning.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This configuration service provider requires the ID\_CAP\_CSP\_FOUNDATION capability to be accessed from a network configuration application. 
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ SUPL
 Required for SUPL. Defines the account for the SUPL Enabled Terminal (SET) node. Only one SUPL account is supported at a given time.
 
 **AppID**  
-Required. The AppID for SUPL is automatically set to `"ap0004"`. This is a read-only value.
+Required. The AppID for SUPL is automatically set to `"ap0004"`. This value is a read-only value.
 
 **Addr**  
 Optional. Specifies the address of the Home SUPL Location Platform (H-SLP) server for non-proxy mode. The value is a server address specified as a fully qualified domain name, and the port specified as an integer, with the format *server*: *port*.
 
-If this value is not specified, the device infers the H-SLP address from the IMSI as defined in the SUPL standard. To use automatic generation of the H-SLP address based on the IMSI, the MNC length must be set correctly on the UICC. Generally, this value is 2 or 3.
+If this value isn't specified, the device infers the H-SLP address from the IMSI as defined in the SUPL standard. To use automatic generation of the H-SLP address based on the IMSI, the MNC length must be set correctly on the UICC. Generally, this value is 2 or 3.
 
 For OMA DM, if the format for this node is incorrect the entry will be ignored and an error will be returned, but the configuration service provider will continue processing the rest of the parameters.
 
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ Optional. Determines the major version of the SUPL protocol to use. For SUPL 1.0
 Added in Windows 10, version 2004. Optional. Determines the full version (X.Y.Z where X, Y, and Z are the major version, the minor version, and the service indicator, respectively) of the SUPL protocol to use. The default is 1.0.0. If FullVersion is defined, Version field is ignored.
 
 **MCCMNCPairs**  
-Required. List all of the MCC and MNC pairs owned by the mobile operator. This list is used to verify that the UICC matches the network and SUPL can be used. When the UICC and network do not match, the device uses the default location service and does not use SUPL.
+Required. List all of the MCC and MNC pairs owned by the mobile operator. This list is used to verify that the UICC matches the network and SUPL can be used. When the UICC and network don't match, the device uses the default location service and doesn't use SUPL.
 
-This value is a string with the format "(X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)…(Xn,Yn)", in which `X` is a MCC and `Y` is an MNC.
+This value is a string with the format "(X1, Y1)(X2, Y2)…(Xn, Yn)", in which `X` is an MCC and `Y` is an MNC.
 
 For OMA DM, if the format for this node is incorrect the entry will be ignored and an error will be returned, but the configuration service provider will continue processing the rest of the parameters.
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ When the location toggle is set to Off and this value is set to 1, the following
 
 However, if `privacyOverride` is set in the message, the location will be returned.
 
-When the location toggle is set to Off and this value is set to 0, the location toggle does not prevent SUPL network-initiated requests from working.
+When the location toggle is set to Off and this value is set to 0, the location toggle doesn't prevent SUPL network-initiated requests from working.
 
 For OMA DM, if the format for this node is incorrect the entry will be ignored and an error will be returned, but the configuration service provider will continue processing the rest of the parameters.
 
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ This value manages the settings for both SUPL and v2 UPL. If a device is configu
 Optional. Integer. Defines the minimum interval of time in seconds between mobile originated requests sent to the server to prevent overloading the mobile operator's network. The default value is 60.
 
 **RootCertificate**  
-Required. Specifies the root certificate for the H-SLP server. Windows does not support a non-secure mode. If this node is not included, the configuration service provider will fail but may not return a specific error.
+Required. Specifies the root certificate for the H-SLP server. Windows doesn't support a non-secure mode. If this node isn't included, the configuration service provider will fail but may not return a specific error.
 
 **RootCertificate/Name**  
 Specifies the name of the H-SLP root certificate as a string, in the format *name*.cer.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ When the location toggle is set to Off and this value is set to 1, the following
 
 However, if `privacyOverride` is set in the message, the location will be returned.
 
-When the location toggle is set to Off and this value is set to 0, the location toggle does not prevent SUPL network-initiated requests from working.
+When the location toggle is set to Off and this value is set to 0, the location toggle doesn't prevent SUPL network-initiated requests from working.
 
 For OMA DM, if the format for this node is incorrect the entry will be ignored and an error will be returned, but the configuration service provider will continue processing the rest of the parameters.
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Optional. Integer. Defines the minimum interval of time in seconds between mobil
 ## Unsupported Nodes
 
 
-The following optional nodes are not supported on Windows devices.
+The following optional nodes aren't supported on Windows devices.
 
 -   ProviderID
 
@@ -299,14 +299,14 @@ The following optional nodes are not supported on Windows devices.
 
 -   AddrType
 
-If the configuration application tries to set, delete or query these nodes, a response indicating this node is not implemented will be returned over OMA DM. In OMA Client Provisioning, the request to set this node will be ignored and the configuration service provider will continue processing the rest of the nodes.
+If the configuration application tries to set, delete or query these nodes, a response indicating this node isn't implemented will be returned over OMA DM. In OMA Client Provisioning, the request to set this node will be ignored and the configuration service provider will continue processing the rest of the nodes.
 
-If a mobile operator requires the communication with the H-SLP to take place over a specific connection rather than a default cellular connection, then this must be configured by using the [CM\_CellularEntries configuration service provider](cm-cellularentries-csp.md) and the [CM\_ProxyEntries configuration service provider](cm-proxyentries-csp.md) to map the H-SLP server with the required connection.
+If a mobile operator requires the communication with the H-SLP to take place over a specific connection rather than a default cellular connection, then this configuration must be done by using the [CM\_CellularEntries configuration service provider](cm-cellularentries-csp.md) and the [CM\_ProxyEntries configuration service provider](cm-proxyentries-csp.md) to map the H-SLP server with the required connection.
 
 ## OMA Client Provisioning examples
 
 
-Adding new configuration information for a H-SLP server for SUPL. Values in italic must be replaced with correct settings for the mobile operator network. A valid binary blob must be included for the root certificate data value.
+Adding new configuration information for an H-SLP server for SUPL. Values in italic must be replaced with correct settings for the mobile operator network. A valid binary blob must be included for the root certificate data value.
 
 ```xml
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/surfacehub-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/surfacehub-csp.md
index 1bf5a8b231..1e276239dd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/surfacehub-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/surfacehub-csp.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ms.date: 07/28/2017
 
 The SurfaceHub configuration service provider (CSP) is used to configure Microsoft Surface Hub settings. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1511.
 
-The following shows the SurfaceHub CSP management objects in tree format.
+The following example shows the SurfaceHub CSP management objects in tree format.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 SurfaceHub
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ SurfaceHub
 ----Properties
 --------FriendlyName
 --------DefaultVolume
+--------DefaultAutomaticFraming
 --------ScreenTimeout
 --------SessionTimeout
 --------SleepTimeout
@@ -146,12 +147,12 @@ SurfaceHub
 4. Execute the ValidateAndCommit node.
 
 **DeviceAccount/DomainName**
-
            Domain of the device account when you are using Active Directory. To use a device account from Active Directory, you should specify both DomainName and UserName for the device account.
+
            Domain of the device account when you're using Active Directory. To use a device account from Active Directory, you should specify both DomainName and UserName for the device account.
 
 
            The data type is string. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
 **DeviceAccount/UserName**
-
            Username of the device account when you are using Active Directory. To use a device account from Active Directory, you should specify both DomainName and UserName for the device account.
+
            Username of the device account when you're using Active Directory. To use a device account from Active Directory, you should specify both DomainName and UserName for the device account.
 
 
            The data type is string. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
@@ -196,7 +197,7 @@ SurfaceHub
 
            The data type is string. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
 **DeviceAccount/ExchangeModernAuthEnabled**
-
            Added in KB4598291 for Windows 10, version 20H2. Specifies whether Device Account calendar sync will attempt to use token-based Modern Authentication to connect to the Exchange Server. Default value is True.
+
            Added in KB4598291 for Windows 10, version 20H2. Specifies whether Device Account calendar sync will attempt to use token-based Modern Authentication to connect to the Exchange Server. Default value is True.
 
 
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ SurfaceHub
 
 **DeviceAccount/ErrorContext**
 
-If there is an error calling ValidateAndCommit, there is additional context for that error in this node. Here are the possible error values:
+If there's an error calling ValidateAndCommit, there's another context for that error in this node. Here are the possible error values:
 
 | ErrorContext value | Stage where error occurred | Description and suggestions |
 | --- | --- | --- |
@@ -241,7 +242,7 @@ The data type is integer. Supported operation is Get.
 
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Node for the Skype for Business settings.
 
 **InBoxApps/SkypeForBusiness/DomainName**
-
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the domain of the Skype for Business account when you are using Active Directory. For more information, see Set up Skype for Business Online.
+
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the domain of the Skype for Business account when you're using Active Directory. For more information, see Set up Skype for Business Online.
 
 
            The data type is string. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
@@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ The data type is integer. Supported operation is Get.
 
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
 **InBoxApps/Welcome/CurrentBackgroundPath**
-
            Download location for image to be used as the background during user sessions and on the welcome screen. To set this, specify an https URL to a 32-bit PNG file (only PNGs are supported for security reasons). If any certificate authorities need to be trusted in order to access the URL, please ensure they are valid and installed on the Hub, otherwise it may not be able to load the image.
+
            Download location for image to be used as the background during user sessions and on the welcome screen. To set this location, specify an https URL to a 32-bit PNG file (only PNGs are supported for security reasons). If any certificate authorities need to be trusted in order to access the URL, ensure they're valid and installed on the Hub, otherwise it may not be able to load the image.
 
 
            The data type is string. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
@@ -272,17 +273,17 @@ The data type is integer. Supported operation is Get.
 
            Node for the Whiteboard app settings.
 
 **InBoxApps/Whiteboard/SharingDisabled**
-
            Invitations to collaborate from the Whiteboard app are not allowed.
+
            Invitations to collaborate from the Whiteboard app aren't allowed.
 
 
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
 **InBoxApps/Whiteboard/SigninDisabled**
-
            Sign-ins from the Whiteboard app are not allowed.
+
            Sign-ins from the Whiteboard app aren't allowed.
 
 
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
 **InBoxApps/Whiteboard/TelemeteryDisabled**
-
            Telemetry collection from the Whiteboard app is not allowed.
+
            Telemetry collection from the Whiteboard app isn't allowed.
 
 
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
@@ -336,6 +337,11 @@ The data type is integer. Supported operation is Get.
 
 
            The data type is integer. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
+**Properties/DefaultAutomaticFraming**
+
            Added in KB5010415 for Windows 10, version 20H2. Specifies whether the Surface Hub 2 Smart Camera feature to automatically zoom and keep users centered in the video is enabled. Default value is True.
+
+
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
+
 **Properties/ScreenTimeout**
 
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies the number of minutes until the Hub screen turns off.
 
@@ -424,21 +430,21 @@ The data type is integer. Supported operation is Get.
 
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
 **Properties/ProxyServers**
-
            Added in KB4499162 for Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies FQDNs of proxy servers to provide device account credentials to before any user interaction (if AllowAutoProxyAuth is enabled). This is a semi-colon separated list of server names, without any additional prefixes (e.g. https://).
+
            Added in KB4499162 for Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies FQDNs of proxy servers to provide device account credentials to before any user interaction (if AllowAutoProxyAuth is enabled). This FQDN is a semi-colon separated list of server names, without any extra prefixes (for example, https://).
 
 
            The data type is string. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
 **Properties/DisableSigninSuggestions**
 
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies whether to disable auto-populating of the sign-in dialog with invitees from scheduled meetings.
 
-
            If this setting is true, the sign-in dialog will not be populated. If false, the dialog will auto-populate.
+
            If this setting is true, the sign-in dialog won't be populated. If false, the dialog will auto-populate.
 
 
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
 **Properties/DoNotShowMyMeetingsAndFiles**
 
            Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Specifies whether to disable the "My meetings and files" feature in the Start menu, which shows the signed-in user's meetings and files from Office 365.
 
-
            If this setting is true, the “My meetings and files” feature will not be shown. When false, the “My meetings and files” feature will be shown.
+
            If this setting is true, the “My meetings and files” feature won't be shown. When false, the “My meetings and files” feature will be shown.
 
 
            The data type is boolean. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
@@ -446,7 +452,7 @@ The data type is integer. Supported operation is Get.
 
            Node for the Microsoft Operations Management Suite.
 
 **MOMAgent/WorkspaceID**
-
            GUID identifying the Microsoft Operations Management Suite workspace ID to collect the data. Set this to an empty string to disable the MOM agent.
+
            GUID identifying the Microsoft Operations Management Suite workspace ID to collect the data. Set this GUID to an empty string to disable the MOM agent.
 
 
            The data type is string. Supported operation is Get and Replace.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/tenantlockdown-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/tenantlockdown-csp.md
index 52db501db8..6f4815ab07 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/tenantlockdown-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/tenantlockdown-csp.md
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ manager: dansimp
 > [!WARNING]
 > Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1809.
 
-The TenantLockdown configuration service provider is used by the IT admin to lock a device to a tenant, which ensures that the device remains bound to the tenant in case of accidental or intentional resets or wipes.
+The TenantLockdown configuration service provider is used by the IT admin to lock a device to a tenant, which ensures that the device remains bound to the tenant if accidental or intentional resets or wipes occur.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > The forced network connection is only applicable to devices after reset (not new).
 
-The following shows the TenantLockdown configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the TenantLockdown configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 TenantLockdown
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ TenantLockdown
 The root node.
 
 **RequireNetworkInOOBE**  
-Specifies whether to require a network connection during the out-of-box experience (OOBE) at first logon.
+Specifies whether to require a network connection during the out-of-box experience (OOBE) at first sign in.
 
-When RequireNetworkInOOBE is true, when the device goes through OOBE at first logon or after a reset, the user is required to choose a network before proceeding. There is no "skip for now" option.
+When RequireNetworkInOOBE is true, when the device goes through OOBE at first sign in or after a reset, the user is required to choose a network before proceeding. There's no "skip for now" option.
 
 Value type is bool. Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
--  true - Require network in OOBE  
--  false - No network connection requirement in OOBE
+-  True - Require network in OOBE  
+-  False - No network connection requirement in OOBE
 
-Example scenario:  Henry is the IT admin at Contoso. He deploys 1000 devices successfully with RequireNetworkInOOBE set to true. When users accidentally or intentionally reset their device, they are required to connect to a network before they can proceed. Upon successful connection, users see the Contoso branded sign-in experience where they must use their Azure AD credentials. There is no option to skip the network connection and create a local account.
+Example scenario:  Henry is the IT admin at Contoso. He deploys 1000 devices successfully with RequireNetworkInOOBE set to true. When users accidentally or intentionally reset their device, they're required to connect to a network before they can proceed. Upon successful connection, users see the Contoso branded sign-in experience where they must use their Azure AD credentials. There's no option to skip the network connection and create a local account.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/tpmpolicy-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/tpmpolicy-csp.md
index 6c01205868..0c7915fe7c 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/tpmpolicy-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/tpmpolicy-csp.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: TPMPolicy CSP
-description: The TPMPolicy configuration service provider (CSP) provides a mechanism to enable zero exhaust configuration on a Windows device for TPM software components.
+description: The TPMPolicy configuration service provider (CSP) provides a mechanism to enable zero-exhaust configuration on a Windows device for TPM software components.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ manager: dansimp
 # TPMPolicy CSP
 
 
-The TPMPolicy configuration service provider (CSP) provides a mechanism to enable zero exhaust configuration on a Windows device for TPM software components. Zero exhaust is defined as no network traffic (diagnostic data or otherwise, such as downloading background images, Windows Updates, and so on.) from Windows and inbox applications to public IP addresses unless directly intended by the user. This allows the enterprise admin to configure devices where no network communication is initiated by the system without explicit approval.
+The TPMPolicy configuration service provider (CSP) provides a mechanism to enable zero-exhaust configuration on a Windows device for TPM software components. Zero exhaust is defined as no network traffic (diagnostic data or otherwise, such as downloading background images, Windows Updates, and so on) from Windows and inbox applications to public IP addresses, unless directly intended by the user. This definition allows the enterprise admin to configure devices where no network communication is initiated by the system without explicit approval.
 
 The TPMPolicy CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1703.
 
-The following shows the TPMPolicy configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the TPMPolicy configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 TPMPolicy
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ TPMPolicy
 
            Defines the root node.
            
 
 **IsActiveZeroExhaust**  
-
            Boolean value that indicates whether network traffic from the device to public IP addresses is not allowed unless directly intended by the user (zero exhaust). Default value is false. Some examples when zero exhaust is configured:
            
+
            Boolean value that indicates that network traffic from the device to public IP addresses is not allowed unless directly intended by the user (zero exhaust). The default value is false. Examples of zero-exhaust configuration and the conditions it requires are described below:
            
 
 
              
 
            • There should be no traffic when machine is on idle. When the user is not interacting with the system/device, no traffic is expected. 
              • 
-
            • There should be no traffic during installation of Windows and first logon when local ID is used.
              • 
-
            • Launching and using a local app (Notepad, Paint, and so on.) should not send any traffic. Similarly, performing common tasks (clicking on start menu, browsing folders, and so on.) should not send any traffic.
              • 
-
            • Launching and using Internet enabled apps should not send any unexpected traffic (for maintenance, diagnostic data, and so on.) to Microsoft.
              • 
+
            • There should be no traffic during installation of Windows and first sign in when local ID is used.
              • 
+
            • Launching and using a local app (Notepad, Paint, and so on) should not send any traffic. Similarly, performing common tasks (clicking on start menu, browsing folders, and so on.) should not send any traffic.
              • 
+
            • Launching and using Internet enabled apps should not send any unexpected traffic (for maintenance, diagnostic data, and so on) to Microsoft.
              • 
 
            
 
 Here is an example:
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/understanding-admx-backed-policies.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/understanding-admx-backed-policies.md
index ea7fed9759..da5516f990 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/understanding-admx-backed-policies.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/understanding-admx-backed-policies.md
@@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Depending on the specific category of the settings that they control (OS or appl
 - OS settings: Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates
 - Application settings: User Configuration/Administrative Templates 
 
-In a domain controller/Group Policy ecosystem, Group Policies are automatically added to the registry of the client computer or user profile by the Administrative Templates Client Side Extension (CSE) whenever the client computer processes a Group Policy. Conversely, in an MDM-managed client, ADMX files are leveraged to define policies independent of Group Policies. Therefore, in an MDM-managed client, a Group Policy infrastructure, including the Group Policy Service (gpsvc.exe), is not required.
+In a domain controller/Group Policy ecosystem, Group Policies are automatically added to the registry of the client computer or user profile by the Administrative Templates Client Side Extension (CSE) whenever the client computer processes a Group Policy. Conversely, in an MDM-managed client, ADMX files are applied to define policies independent of Group Policies. Therefore, in an MDM-managed client, a Group Policy infrastructure, including the Group Policy Service (gpsvc.exe), isn't required.
 
-An ADMX file can either be shipped with Windows (located at `%SystemRoot%\policydefinitions`) or it can be ingested to a device through the Policy CSP URI (`./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall`). Inbox ADMX files are processed into MDM policies at OS-build time. ADMX files that are ingested are processed into MDM policies post-OS shipment through the Policy CSP. Because the Policy CSP does not rely upon any aspect of the Group Policy client stack, including the PC's Group Policy Service (GPSvc), the policy handlers that are ingested to the device are able to react to policies that are set by the MDM.
+An ADMX file can either be shipped with Windows (located at `%SystemRoot%\policydefinitions`) or it can be ingested to a device through the Policy CSP URI (`./Vendor/MSFT/Policy/ConfigOperations/ADMXInstall`). Inbox ADMX files are processed into MDM policies at OS-build time. ADMX files that are ingested are processed into MDM policies post-OS shipment through the Policy CSP. Because the Policy CSP doesn't rely upon any aspect of the Group Policy client stack, including the PC's Group Policy Service (GPSvc), the policy handlers that are ingested to the device are able to react to policies that are set by the MDM.
 
-Windows maps the name and category path of a Group Policy to a MDM policy area and policy name by parsing the associated ADMX file, finding the specified Group Policy, and storing the definition (metadata) in the MDM Policy CSP client store. When the MDM policy is referenced by a SyncML command and the Policy CSP URI, `.\[device|user]\vendor\msft\policy\[config|result]\\`, this metadata is referenced and determines which registry keys are set or removed. For a list of ADMX policies supported by MDM, see [Policy CSP - ADMX policies](./policy-configuration-service-provider.md).
+Windows maps the name and category path of a Group Policy to an MDM policy area and policy name by parsing the associated ADMX file, finding the specified Group Policy, and storing the definition (metadata) in the MDM Policy CSP client store. When the MDM policy is referenced by a SyncML command and the Policy CSP URI, `.\[device|user]\vendor\msft\policy\[config|result]\\`, this metadata is referenced and determines which registry keys are set or removed. For a list of ADMX policies supported by MDM, see [Policy CSP - ADMX policies](./policy-configuration-service-provider.md).
 
 
 
@@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ The following diagram shows the settings for the "Publishing Server 2 Settings"
 
 ![Group Policy publisher server 2 settings.](images/group-policy-publisher-server-2-settings.png)
 
-Note that most Group Policies are a simple Boolean type. For a Boolean Group Policy, if you select **Enabled**, the options panel contains no data input fields and the payload of the SyncML is simply ``. However, if there are data input fields in the options panel, the MDM server must supply this data. The following *Enabling a Group Policy* example illustrates this complexity. In this example, 10 name-value pairs are described by `` tags in the payload, which correspond to the 10 data input fields in the Group Policy Editor options panel for the "Publishing Server 2 Settings" Group Policy. The ADMX file, which defines the Group Policies, is consumed by the MDM server, similarly to how the Group Policy Editor consumes it. The Group Policy Editor displays a UI to receive the complete Group Policy instance data, which the MDM server's IT administrator console must also do. For every `` element and id attribute in the ADMX policy definition, there must be a corresponding `` element and id attribute in the payload. The ADMX file drives the policy definition and is required by the MDM server via the SyncML protocol.
+Most Group Policies are a simple Boolean type. For a Boolean Group Policy, if you select **Enabled**, the options panel contains no data input fields and the payload of the SyncML is simply ``. However, if there are data input fields in the options panel, the MDM server must supply this data. The following *Enabling a Group Policy* example illustrates this complexity. In this example, 10 name-value pairs are described by `` tags in the payload, which correspond to the 10 data input fields in the Group Policy Editor options panel for the "Publishing Server 2 Settings" Group Policy. The ADMX file, which defines the Group Policies, is consumed by the MDM server, similarly to how the Group Policy Editor consumes it. The Group Policy Editor displays a UI to receive the complete Group Policy instance data, which the MDM server's IT administrator console must also do. For every `` element and ID attribute in the ADMX policy definition, there must be a corresponding `` element and ID attribute in the payload. The ADMX file drives the policy definition and is required by the MDM server via the SyncML protocol.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > Any data entry field that is displayed in the Group Policy page of the Group Policy Editor must be supplied in the encoded XML of the SyncML payload. The SyncML data payload is equivalent to the user-supplied Group Policy data through GPEdit.msc. 
 
 For more information about the Group Policy description format, see [Administrative Template File (ADMX) format](/previous-versions/windows/desktop/Policy/admx-schema). Elements can be Text, MultiText, Boolean, Enum, Decimal, or List (for more information, see [policy elements](/previous-versions/windows/desktop/Policy/element-elements)). 
 
-For example, if you search for the string, "Publishing_Server2_Name_Prompt" in both the *Enabling a policy* example and its corresponding ADMX policy definition in the appv.admx file, you will find the following occurrences:
+For example, if you search for the string, "Publishing_Server2_Name_Prompt" in both the *Enabling a policy* example and its corresponding ADMX policy definition in the appv.admx file, you'll find the following occurrences:
 
 Enabling a policy example:
 ```XML
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Appv.admx file:
 
 ## ADMX policy examples
 
-The following SyncML examples describe how to set a MDM policy that is defined by an ADMX template, specifically the Publishing_Server2_Policy Group Policy description in the application virtualization ADMX file, appv.admx. Note that the functionality that this Group Policy manages is not important; it is used to illustrate only how an MDM ISV can set an ADMX policy. These SyncML examples illustrate common options and the corresponding SyncML code that can be used for testing your policies. Note that the payload of the SyncML must be XML-encoded; for this XML encoding, you can use favorite online tool. To avoid encoding the payload, you can use CData if your MDM supports it. For more information, see [CDATA Sections](http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#sec-cdata-sect).
+The following SyncML examples describe how to set an MDM policy that is defined by an ADMX template, specifically the Publishing_Server2_Policy Group Policy description in the application virtualization ADMX file, appv.admx. The functionality that this Group Policy manages isn't important; it's used to illustrate only how an MDM ISV can set an ADMX policy. These SyncML examples illustrate common options and the corresponding SyncML code that can be used for testing your policies. The payload of the SyncML must be XML-encoded; for this XML encoding, you can use favorite online tool. To avoid encoding the payload, you can use CData if your MDM supports it. For more information, see [CDATA Sections](http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml/#sec-cdata-sect).
 
 
 ### Enabling a policy
@@ -231,13 +231,13 @@ The following SyncML examples describe how to set a MDM policy that is defined b
 
 This section describes sample SyncML for the various ADMX elements like Text, Multi-Text, Decimal, Boolean, and List.
 
-### How a Group Policy policy category path and name are mapped to a MDM area and policy name
+### How a Group Policy policy category path and name are mapped to an MDM area and policy name
 
-Below is the internal OS mapping of a Group Policy to a MDM area and name. This is part of a set of Windows manifest that when compiled parses out the associated ADMX file, finds the specified Group Policy policy and stores that definition (metadata) in the MDM Policy CSP client store.  ADMX backed policies are organized hierarchically. Their scope can be **machine**, **user**, or have a scope of **both**. When the MDM policy is referred to through a SyncML command and the Policy CSP URI, as shown below, this metadata is referenced and determines what registry keys are set or removed. Machine-scope policies are referenced via .\Device and the user scope policies via .\User. 
+Below is the internal OS mapping of a Group Policy to an MDM area and name. This mapping is part of a set of Windows manifest that when compiled parses out the associated ADMX file, finds the specified Group Policy policy and stores that definition (metadata) in the MDM Policy CSP client store.  ADMX backed policies are organized hierarchically. Their scope can be **machine**, **user**, or have a scope of **both**. When the MDM policy is referred to through a SyncML command and the Policy CSP URI, as shown below, this metadata is referenced and determines what registry keys are set or removed. Machine-scope policies are referenced via .\Device and the user scope policies via .\User. 
 
 `./[Device|User]/Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/[config|result]//`
 
-Note that the data payload of the SyncML needs to be encoded so that it does not conflict with the boilerplate SyncML XML tags. Use this online tool for encoding and encoding the policy data [Coder's Toolbox](http://coderstoolbox.net/string/#!encoding=xml&action=encode&charset=us_ascii)
+The data payload of the SyncML needs to be encoded so that it doesn't conflict with the boilerplate SyncML XML tags. Use this online tool for encoding and encoding the policy data [Coder's Toolbox](http://coderstoolbox.net/string/#!encoding=xml&action=encode&charset=us_ascii)
 
 **Snippet of manifest for AppVirtualization area:**
 
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ The `text` element simply corresponds to a string and correspondingly to an edit
 
 ### MultiText Element
 
-The `multiText` element simply corresponds to a REG_MULTISZ registry string and correspondingly to a grid to enter multiple strings in a policy panel display by gpedit.msc.  Note that it is expected that each string in the SyncML is to be separated by the Unicode character 0xF000 (encoded version: ``)
+The `multiText` element simply corresponds to a REG_MULTISZ registry string and correspondingly to a grid to enter multiple strings in a policy panel display by gpedit.msc.  It's expected that each string in the SyncML is to be separated by the Unicode character 0xF000 (encoded version: ``)
 
 ```XML
 List Element (and its variations)
 
-The `list` element simply corresponds to a hive of REG_SZ registry strings and correspondingly to a grid to enter multiple strings in a policy panel display by gpedit.msc. How this is represented in SyncML is as a string containing pairs of strings. Each pair is a REG_SZ name/value key. It is best to apply the policy through gpedit.msc (run as Administrator) and go to the registry hive location and see how the list values are stored. This will give you an idea of the way the name/value pairs are stored to express it through SyncML.
+The `list` element simply corresponds to a hive of REG_SZ registry strings and correspondingly to a grid to enter multiple strings in a policy panel display by gpedit.msc. How this element is represented in SyncML is as a string containing pairs of strings. Each pair is a REG_SZ name/value key. It's best to apply the policy through gpedit.msc (run as Administrator) and go to the registry hive location and see how the list values are stored. This location will give you an idea of the way the name/value pairs are stored to express it through SyncML.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> It is expected that each string in the SyncML is to be separated by the Unicode character 0xF000 (encoded version: ``).
+> It's expected that each string in the SyncML is to be separated by the Unicode character 0xF000 (encoded version: ``).
 
-Variations of the `list` element are dictated by attributes. These attributes are ignored by the Policy Manager runtime. It is expected that the MDM server manages the name/value pairs. See below for a simple write up of Group Policy List.
+Variations of the `list` element are dictated by attributes. These attributes are ignored by the Policy Manager runtime. It's expected that the MDM server manages the name/value pairs. See below for a simple write-up of Group Policy List.
 
 **ADMX file: inetres.admx**
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/unifiedwritefilter-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/unifiedwritefilter-csp.md
index 186d8823ae..1904740772 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/unifiedwritefilter-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/unifiedwritefilter-csp.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The UnifiedWriteFilter (UWF) configuration service provider enables the IT admin
 
 > **Note**  The UnifiedWriteFilter CSP is only supported in Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education.
 
-The following shows the UWF configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the UWF configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
 UnifiedWriteFilter
@@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ Setting the value
 
 To “move” swapfile to another volume, set the SwapfileSize property on that other volume's CSP note to non-zero.
 
-Currently SwapfileSize should not be relied for determining or controlling the overlay size, 
+Currently SwapfileSize shouldn't be relied for determining or controlling the overlay size, 
 
 **CurrentSession/MaximumOverlaySize** or **NextSession/MaximumOverlaySize**
 should be used for that purpose.
 
-:::image type="content" source="images/overlaysetting.png" alt-text="This is the overlay setting.":::
+:::image type="content" source="images/overlaysetting.png" alt-text="The overlay setting.":::
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Only single swapfile is supported in current implementation and creating swapfile on specific volume will disable any other swapfile created on other volumes.
@@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ Required. Indicates the maximum cache size, in megabytes, of the overlay in the
 The only supported operation is Get.
 
 **CurrentSession/PersisitDomainSecretKey**  
-Required. Indicates if the domain secret registry key is in the registry exclusion list. If the registry key is not in the exclusion list, changes do not persist after a restart.
+Required. Indicates if the domain secret registry key is in the registry exclusion list. If the registry key isn't in the exclusion list, changes don't persist after a restart.
 
 The only supported operation is Get.
 
 **CurrentSession/PersistTSCAL**  
-Required. Indicates if the Terminal Server Client Access License (TSCAL) registry key is in the UWF registry exclusion list. If the registry key is not in the exclusion list, changes do not persist after a restart.
+Required. Indicates if the Terminal Server Client Access License (TSCAL) registry key is in the UWF registry exclusion list. If the registry key isn't in the exclusion list, changes don't persist after a restart.
 
 The only supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Required. Indicates the type of binding that the volume uses in the current sess
 The only supported operation is Get.
 
 **CurrentSession/Volume/*Volume*/DriveLetter**  
-Required. The drive letter of the volume. If the volume does not have a drive letter, this value is NULL.
+Required. The drive letter of the volume. If the volume doesn't have a drive letter, this value is NULL.
 
 The only supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Required. This method deletes the specified file and commits the deletion to the
 Supported operations are Get and Execute.
 
 **CurrentSession/ShutdownPending**  
-Required. This value is True if the system is pending on shutdown. Otherwise, it is False.
+Required. This value is True if the system is pending on shutdown. Otherwise, it's False.
 
 The only supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -243,12 +243,12 @@ Required. Indicates the maximum cache size, in megabytes, of the overlay for the
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
 **NextSession/PersisitDomainSecretKey**  
-Required. Indicates if the domain secret registry key is in the registry exclusion list. If the registry key is not in the exclusion list, changes do not persist after a restart.
+Required. Indicates if the domain secret registry key is in the registry exclusion list. If the registry key isn't in the exclusion list, changes don't persist after a restart.
 
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
 **NextSession/PersistTSCAL**  
-Required. Indicates if the Terminal Server Client Access License (TSCAL) registry key is in the UWF registry exclusion list. If the registry key is not in the exclusion list, changes do not persist after a restart.
+Required. Indicates if the Terminal Server Client Access License (TSCAL) registry key is in the UWF registry exclusion list. If the registry key isn't in the exclusion list, changes don't persist after a restart.
 
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Required. Indicates the type of binding that the volume uses in the next session
 Supported operations are Get and Replace.
 
 **NextSession/Volume/*Volume*/DriveLetter**  
-The drive letter of the volume. If the volume does not have a drive letter, this value is NULL.
+The drive letter of the volume. If the volume doesn't have a drive letter, this value is NULL.
 
 The only supported operation is Get.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/update-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/update-csp.md
index c57a52f15f..c728cdb027 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/update-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/update-csp.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The Update configuration service provider enables IT administrators to manage an
 > [!NOTE]
 > The Update CSP functionality of 'ApprovedUpdates' is not recommended for managing desktop devices. To manage updates to desktop devices from Windows Update, see the [Policy CSP - Updates](policy-csp-update.md) documentation for the recommended policies.
 
-The following shows the Update configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the Update configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT/Update
@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ The following shows the Update configuration service provider in tree format.
 > [!NOTE]
 > When the RequireUpdateApproval policy is set, the MDM uses the ApprovedUpdates list to pass the approved GUIDs. These GUIDs should be a subset of the InstallableUpdates list.
 
-
            The MDM must first present the EULA to IT and have them accept it before the update is approved. Failure to do this is a breach of legal or contractual obligations. The EULAs can be obtained from the update metadata and have their own EULA ID. It's possible for multiple updates to share the same EULA. It is only necessary to approve the EULA once per EULA ID, not one per update.
+
            The MDM must first present the EULA to IT and have them accept it before the update is approved. Failure to do this presentation is a breach of legal or contractual obligations. The EULAs can be obtained from the update metadata and have their own EULA ID. It's possible for multiple updates to share the same EULA. It's only necessary to approve the EULA once per EULA ID, not one per update.
 
-
            The update approval list enables IT to approve individual updates and update classifications. Auto-approval by update classifications allows IT to automatically approve Definition Updates (i.e., updates to the virus and spyware definitions on devices) and Security Updates (i.e., product-specific updates for security-related vulnerability). The update approval list does not support the uninstallation of updates by revoking approval of already installed updates. Updates are approved based on UpdateID, and an UpdateID only needs to be approved once. An update UpdateID and RevisionNumber are part of the UpdateIdentity type. An UpdateID can be associated to several UpdateIdentity GUIDs due to changes to the RevisionNumber setting. MDM services must synchronize the UpdateIdentity of an UpdateID based on the latest RevisionNumber to get the latest metadata for an update. However, update approval is based on UpdateID.
+
            The update approval list enables IT to approve individual updates and update classifications. Auto-approval by update classifications allows IT to automatically approve Definition Updates (that is, updates to the virus and spyware definitions on devices) and Security Updates (that is, product-specific updates for security-related vulnerability). The update approval list doesn't support the uninstallation of updates by revoking approval of already installed updates. Updates are approved based on UpdateID, and an UpdateID only needs to be approved once. An update UpdateID and RevisionNumber are part of the UpdateIdentity type. An UpdateID can be associated to several UpdateIdentity GUIDs due to changes to the RevisionNumber setting. MDM services must synchronize the UpdateIdentity of an UpdateID based on the latest RevisionNumber to get the latest metadata for an update. However, update approval is based on UpdateID.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > For the Windows 10 build, the client may need to reboot after additional updates are added.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ The following shows the Update configuration service provider in tree format.
 **ApprovedUpdates/_Approved Update Guid_**
 
            Specifies the update GUID.
 
-
            To auto-approve a class of updates, you can specify the Update Classifications GUIDs. We strongly recommend to always specify the DefinitionsUpdates classification (E0789628-CE08-4437-BE74-2495B842F43B), which are used for anti-malware signatures. These are released periodically (several times a day). Some businesses may also want to auto-approve security updates to get them deployed quickly.
+
            To auto-approve a class of updates, you can specify the Update Classifications GUIDs. We strongly recommend to always specify the DefinitionsUpdates classification (E0789628-CE08-4437-BE74-2495B842F43B), which are used for anti-malware signatures. These GUIDs are released periodically (several times a day). Some businesses may also want to auto-approve security updates to get them deployed quickly.
 
 
            Supported operations are Get and Add.
 
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ The following shows the Update configuration service provider in tree format.
 
            Supported operation is Get.
 
 **InstallableUpdates**
-
            The updates that are applicable and not yet installed on the device. This includes updates that are not yet approved.
+
            The updates that are applicable and not yet installed on the device. These updates include updates that aren't yet approved.
 
 
            Supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1803. Roll back latest Quality Update, if the machi
 - Condition 2: Device must be in a Paused State
 - Condition 3: Device must have the Latest Quality Update installed on the device (Current State)
 
-If the conditions are not true, the device will not Roll Back the Latest Quality Update.
+If the conditions aren't true, the device won't Roll Back the Latest Quality Update.
 
 **Rollback/FeatureUpdate**
 Added in Windows 10, version 1803. Roll Back Latest Feature Update, if the machine meets the following conditions:
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1803. Roll Back Latest Feature Update, if the machi
 > [!NOTE]
 > This only works for General Availability Channel Targeted devices.
 
-If the conditions are not true, the device will not Roll Back the Latest Feature Update.
+If the conditions aren't true, the device won't Roll Back the Latest Feature Update.
 
 **Rollback/QualityUpdateStatus**
 Added in Windows 10, version 1803. Returns the result of last RollBack QualityUpdate operation.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider.md
index dc580c2252..7dee32b407 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/using-powershell-scripting-with-the-wmi-bridge-provider.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Using PowerShell scripting with the WMI Bridge Provider
-description: This topic covers using PowerShell Cmdlet scripts to configure per-user and per-device policy settings, as well as how to invoke methods through the WMI Bridge Provider.
+description: This topic covers using PowerShell Cmdlet scripts to configure per-user and per-device policy settings, and how to invoke methods through the WMI Bridge Provider.
 ms.assetid: 238D45AD-3FD8-46F9-B7FB-6AEE42BE4C08
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 # Using PowerShell scripting with the WMI Bridge Provider
 
-This topic covers using PowerShell Cmdlet scripts to configure per-user and per-device policy settings, as well as how to invoke methods through the [WMI Bridge Provider](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-bridge-wmi-provider-portal).
+This topic covers using PowerShell Cmdlet scripts to configure per-user and per-device policy settings, and how to invoke methods through the [WMI Bridge Provider](/windows/win32/dmwmibridgeprov/mdm-bridge-wmi-provider-portal).
 
 
 ## Configuring per-device policy settings
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ class MDM_Policy_User_Config01_Authentication02
 
  
 
-If accessing or modifying settings for a different user, then the PowerShell script is more complicated because the WMI Bridge expects the user SID to be set in MI Custom Context, which is not supported in native PowerShell cmdlets.
+If accessing or modifying settings for a different user, then the PowerShell script is more complicated because the WMI Bridge expects the user SID to be set in MI Custom Context, which isn't supported in native PowerShell cmdlets.
 
 > **Note**   All commands must executed under local system.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/vpnv2-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/vpnv2-csp.md
index add96c2ec0..07dbd492dc 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/vpnv2-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/vpnv2-csp.md
@@ -20,20 +20,20 @@ The VPNv2 configuration service provider allows the mobile device management (MD
 Here are the requirements for this CSP:
 
 - VPN configuration commands must be wrapped in an Atomic block in SyncML.
-- For best results, configure your VPN certificates first before pushing down VPN profiles to devices. If you are using Windows Information Protection (WIP) (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection), then you should configure VPN first before you configure WIP policies.
+- For best results, configure your VPN certificates first before pushing down VPN profiles to devices. If you're using Windows Information Protection (WIP) (formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection), then you should configure VPN first before you configure WIP policies.
 - Instead of changing individual properties, follow these steps to make any changes:
 
   - Send a Delete command for the ProfileName to delete the entire profile.
   - Send the entire profile again with new values wrapped in an Atomic block.
 
-    In certain conditions you can change some properties directly, but we do not recommend it.
+    In certain conditions you can change some properties directly, but we don't recommend it.
 
 The XSDs for all EAP methods are shipped in the box and can be found at the following locations:
 
 - `C:\Windows\schemas\EAPHost`
 - `C:\Windows\schemas\EAPMethods`
 
-The following shows the VPNv2 configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the VPNv2 configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ Supported operations include Get, Add, and Delete.
 Optional node. List of applications set to trigger the VPN. If any of these apps are launched and the VPN profile is currently the active profile, this VPN profile will be triggered to connect.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/AppTriggerList/**appTriggerRowId  
-A sequential integer identifier that allows the ability to specify multiple apps for App Trigger. Sequencing must start at 0 and you should not skip numbers.
+A sequential integer identifier that allows the ability to specify multiple apps for App Trigger. Sequencing must start at 0 and you shouldn't skip numbers.
 
 Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -340,35 +340,35 @@ Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 App Node under the Row Id.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/AppTriggerList/**appTriggerRowId**/App/Id**  
-App identity, which is either an app’s package family name or file path. The type is inferred by the Id, and therefore cannot be specified in the get only App/Type field
+App identity, which is either an app’s package family name or file path. The type is inferred by the Id, and therefore can't be specified in the get only App/Type field
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/AppTriggerList/**appTriggerRowId**/App/Type**  
-Returns the type of **App/Id**. This value can be either of the following:
+Returns the type of **App/Id**. This value can be either of the following values:
 
-- PackageFamilyName - When this is returned, the App/Id value represents the PackageFamilyName of the app. The PackageFamilyName is the unique name of the Microsoft Store application.
-- FilePath - When this is returned, the App/Id value represents the full file path of the app. For example, `C:\Windows\System\Notepad.exe`.
+- PackageFamilyName - When this value is returned, the App/Id value represents the PackageFamilyName of the app. The PackageFamilyName is the unique name of the Microsoft Store application.
+- FilePath - When this value is returned, the App/Id value represents the full file path of the app. For example, `C:\Windows\System\Notepad.exe`.
 
 Value type is chr. Supported operation is Get.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/RouteList/**  
-Optional node. List of routes to be added to the routing table for the VPN interface. This is required for split tunneling case where the VPN server site has more subnets that the default subnet based on the IP assigned to the interface.
+Optional node. List of routes to be added to the routing table for the VPN interface. This information is required for split tunneling case where the VPN server site has more subnets that the default subnet based on the IP assigned to the interface.
 
 Every computer that runs TCP/IP makes routing decisions. These decisions are controlled by the IP routing table. Adding values under this node updates the routing table with routes for the VPN interface post connection. The values under this node represent the destination prefix of IP routes. A destination prefix consists of an IP address prefix and a prefix length.
 
-Adding a route here allows the networking stack to identify the traffic that needs to go over the VPN interface for split tunnel VPN. Some VPN servers can configure this during connect negotiation and do not need this information in the VPN Profile. Please check with your VPN server administrator to determine whether you need this information in the VPN profile.
+Adding a route here allows the networking stack to identify the traffic that needs to go over the VPN interface for split tunnel VPN. Some VPN servers can configure this route during connect negotiation and don't need this information in the VPN Profile. Check with your VPN server administrator to determine whether you need this information in the VPN profile.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/RouteList/**routeRowId  
-A sequential integer identifier for the RouteList. This is required if you are adding routes. Sequencing must start at 0.
+A sequential integer identifier for the RouteList. This value is required if you're adding routes. Sequencing must start at 0.
 
 Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/RouteList/**routeRowId**/Address**  
-Subnet address in IPv4/v6 address format which, along with the prefix will be used to determine the destination prefix to send via the VPN Interface. This is the IP address part of the destination prefix.
+Subnet address in IPv4/v6 address format which, along with the prefix, will be used to determine the destination prefix to send via the VPN Interface. This subnet address is the IP address part of the destination prefix.
 
 Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete. Value type is chr. Example, `192.168.0.0`
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/RouteList/**routeRowId**/PrefixSize**  
-The subnet prefix size part of the destination prefix for the route entry. This, along with the address will be used to determine the destination prefix to route through the VPN Interface.
+The subnet prefix size part of the destination prefix for the route entry. This subnet prefix, along with the address, will be used to determine the destination prefix to route through the VPN Interface.
 
 Value type is int. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/DomainNameInformationList**  
 Optional node. Name Resolution Policy Table (NRPT) rules for the VPN profile.
 
-The Name Resolution Policy Table (NRPT) is a table of namespaces and corresponding settings stored in the Windows registry that determines the DNS client behavior when issuing queries and processing responses. Each row in the NRPT represents a rule for a portion of the namespace for which the DNS client issues queries. Before issuing name resolution queries, the DNS client consults the NRPT to determine if any additional flags must be set in the query. After receiving the response, the client again consults the NRPT to check for any special processing or policy requirements. In the absence of the NRPT, the client operates based on the DNS servers and suffixes set on the interface.
+The Name Resolution Policy Table (NRPT) is a table of namespaces and corresponding settings stored in the Windows registry that determines the DNS client behavior when issuing queries and processing responses. Each row in the NRPT represents a rule for a portion of the namespace for which the DNS client issues queries. Before name resolution queries are issued, the DNS client consults the NRPT to determine if any extra flags must be set in the query. After the response is received, the client again consults the NRPT to check for any special processing or policy requirements. In the absence of the NRPT, the client operates based on the DNS servers and suffixes set on the interface.
 
 > [!NOTE]  
 > Only applications using the [Windows DNS API](/windows/win32/dns/dns-reference) can make use of the NRPT and therefore all settings configured within the DomainNameInformationList section. Applications using their own DNS implementation bypass the Windows DNS API. One example of applications not using the Windows DNS API is nslookup, so always use the PowerShell CmdLet [Resolve-DNSName](/powershell/module/dnsclient/resolve-dnsname) to check the functionality of the NRPT.
@@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ Used to indicate the namespace to which the policy applies. When a Name query is
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/DomainNameInformationList/**dniRowId**/DomainNameType**  
-Returns the namespace type. This value can be one of the following:
+Returns the namespace type. This value can be one of the following values:
 
-- FQDN - If the DomainName was not prepended with a**.** and applies only to the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of a specified host.
+- FQDN - If the DomainName wasn't prepended with a**.** and applies only to the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of a specified host.
 - Suffix - If the DomainName was prepended with a**.** and applies to the specified namespace, all records in that namespace, and all subdomains.
 
 Value type is chr. Supported operation is Get.
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ List of comma-separated DNS Server IP addresses to use for the namespace.
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/DomainNameInformationList/**dniRowId**/WebProxyServers**  
-Optional. Web Proxy Server IP address if you are redirecting traffic through your intranet.
+Optional. Web Proxy Server IP address if you're redirecting traffic through your intranet.
 
 > [!NOTE]  
 > Currently only one web proxy server is supported.  
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/DomainNameInformationList/**dniRowId**/AutoTrigger**  
 Added in Windows 10, version 1607. Optional. Boolean to determine whether this domain name rule will trigger the VPN.
 
-If set to False, this DomainName rule will not trigger the VPN.
+If set to False, this DomainName rule won't trigger the VPN.
 
 If set to True, this DomainName rule will trigger the VPN
 
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ By default, this value is false.
 Value type is bool.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/DomainNameInformationList/**dniRowId**/Persistent**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1607. A boolean value that specifies if the rule being added should persist even when the VPN is not connected. Value values:
+Added in Windows 10, version 1607. A boolean value that specifies if the rule being added should persist even when the VPN isn't connected. Value values:
 
 -   False (default) - This DomainName rule will only be applied when VPN is connected.
 -   True - This DomainName rule will always be present and applied.
@@ -452,18 +452,18 @@ An optional node that specifies a list of rules. Only traffic that matches these
 > [!NOTE]
 > Once a TrafficFilterList is added, all traffic are blocked other than the ones matching the rules.
 
-When adding multiple rules, each rule operates based on an OR with the other rules. Within each rule, each property operates based on an AND with each other.
+When multiple rules are being added, each rule operates based on an OR with the other rules. Within each rule, each property operates based on an AND with each other.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/TrafficFilterList/**trafficFilterId  
 A sequential integer identifier for the Traffic Filter rules. Sequencing must start at 0.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/TrafficFilterList/**trafficFilterId**/App**  
-Per app VPN rule. This will allow only the apps specified to be allowed over the VPN interface. Value type is chr.
+Per app VPN rule. This property will allow only the apps specified to be allowed over the VPN interface. Value type is chr.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/TrafficFilterList/**trafficFilterId**/App/Id**  
 App identity for the app-based traffic filter.
 
-The value for this node can be one of the following:
+The value for this node can be one of the following values:
 
 - PackageFamilyName - This App/Id value represents the PackageFamilyName of the app. The PackageFamilyName is the unique name of a Microsoft Store application.
 - FilePath - This App/Id value represents the full file path of the app. For example, `C:\Windows\System\Notepad.exe`.
@@ -511,17 +511,17 @@ A list of comma-separated values specifying remote IP address ranges to allow.
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/TrafficFilterList/**trafficFilterId**/RoutingPolicyType**  
-Specifies the routing policy if an App or Claims type is used in the traffic filter. The scope of this property is for this traffic filter rule alone. The value can be one of the following:
+Specifies the routing policy if an App or Claims type is used in the traffic filter. The scope of this property is for this traffic filter rule alone. The value can be one of the following values:
 
 - SplitTunnel - For this traffic filter rule, only the traffic meant for the VPN interface (as determined by the networking stack) goes over the interface. Internet traffic can continue to go over the other interfaces.
 - ForceTunnel - For this traffic rule all IP traffic must go through the VPN Interface only.
 
-This is only applicable for App ID-based Traffic Filter rules.
+This property is only applicable for App ID-based Traffic Filter rules.
 
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/TrafficFilterList/**trafficFilterId**/Direction**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 2004. Specifies the traffic direction to apply this policy to. Default is Outbound. The value can be one of the following:
+Added in Windows 10, version 2004. Specifies the traffic direction to apply this policy to. Default is Outbound. The value can be one of the following values:
 
 - Outbound - The rule applies to all outbound traffic
 - Inbound - The rule applies to all inbound traffic
@@ -531,27 +531,27 @@ If no inbound filter is provided, then by default all unsolicited inbound traffi
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/EdpModeId**  
-Enterprise ID, which is required for connecting this VPN profile with a WIP policy. When this is set, the networking stack looks for this Enterprise ID in the app token to determine if the traffic is allowed to go over the VPN. If the profile is active, it also automatically triggers the VPN to connect. We recommend having only one such profile per device.
+Enterprise ID, which is required for connecting this VPN profile with a WIP policy. When this ID is set, the networking stack looks for this Enterprise ID in the app token to determine if the traffic is allowed to go over the VPN. If the profile is active, it also automatically triggers the VPN to connect. We recommend having only one such profile per device.
 
-Additionally when connecting with Windows Information Protection (WIP)(formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection), the admin does not have to specify AppTriggerList and TrafficFilterList rules separately in this profile (unless more advanced config is needed) because the WIP policies and App lists automatically takes effect.
+Additionally when a connection is being established with Windows Information Protection (WIP)(formerly known as Enterprise Data Protection), the admin doesn't have to specify AppTriggerList and TrafficFilterList rules separately in this profile (unless more advanced config is needed) because the WIP policies and App lists automatically takes effect.
 
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/RememberCredentials**  
-Boolean value (true or false) for caching credentials. Default is false, which means do not cache credentials. If set to true, credentials are cached whenever possible.
+Boolean value (true or false) for caching credentials. Default is false, which means don't cache credentials. If set to true, credentials are cached whenever possible.
 
 Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/AlwaysOn**  
-An optional flag to enable Always On mode. This will automatically connect the VPN at sign-in and will stay connected until the user manually disconnects.
+An optional flag to enable Always On mode. This flag will automatically connect the VPN at sign in and will stay connected until the user manually disconnects.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Always On only works for the active profile. The first profile provisioned that can be auto triggered will automatically be set as active.
 
 Preserving user Always On preference
 
-Windows has a feature to preserve a user’s AlwaysOn preference.  In the event that a user manually unchecks the “Connect    automatically” checkbox, Windows will remember this user preference for this profile name by adding the profile name to the value AutoTriggerDisabledProfilesList.  
-Should a management tool remove/add the same profile name back and set AlwaysOn to true, Windows will not check the box if the profile name exists in the below registry value in order to preserve user preference.
+Windows has a feature to preserve a user’s AlwaysOn preference.  If a user manually unchecks the “Connect automatically” checkbox, Windows will remember this user preference for this profile name by adding the profile name to the value AutoTriggerDisabledProfilesList.  
+Should a management tool remove/add the same profile name back and set AlwaysOn to true, Windows won't check the box if the profile name exists in the below registry value in order to preserve user preference.
 Key: `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\RasMan\Config`
 Value: AutoTriggerDisabledProfilesList
 Type: REG_MULTI_SZ
@@ -569,13 +569,13 @@ Device tunnel profile.
 
 Valid values:
 
-- False (default) - this is not a device tunnel profile.
-- True - this is a device tunnel profile.
+- False (default) - this profile isn't a device tunnel profile.
+- True - this profile is a device tunnel profile.
 
 When the DeviceTunnel profile is turned on, it does the following things:
 
 - First, it automatically becomes an "always on" profile.
-- Second, it does not require the presence or logging in of any user to the machine in order for it to connect.
+- Second, it doesn't require the presence or logging in of any user to the machine in order for it to connect.
 - Third, no other device tunnel profile maybe is present on the same machine.-
 
 A device tunnel profile must be deleted before another device tunnel profile can be added, removed, or connected.
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ Allows registration of the connection's address in DNS.
 
 Valid values:
 
-- False = Do not register the connection's address in DNS (default).
+- False = Don't register the connection's address in DNS (default).
 - True = Register the connection's addresses in DNS.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/DnsSuffix**  
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 Reserved for future use.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/TrustedNetworkDetection**  
-Optional. Comma-separated string to identify the trusted network. VPN will not connect automatically when the user is on their corporate wireless network where protected resources are directly accessible to the device.
+Optional. Comma-separated string to identify the trusted network. VPN won't connect automatically when the user is on their corporate wireless network where protected resources are directly accessible to the device.
 
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Added in Windows 10, version 1607. Enables the Device Compliance flow from the
 Value type is bool. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/DeviceCompliance/Sso**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1607. Nodes under SSO can be used to choose a certificate different from the VPN Authentication cert for the Kerberos Authentication in the case of Device Compliance.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1607. Nodes under SSO can be used to choose a certificate different from the VPN Authentication cert for the Kerberos Authentication if there's Device Compliance.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/DeviceCompliance/Sso/Enabled**  
 Added in Windows 10, version 1607. If this field is set to True, the VPN Client will look for a separate certificate for Kerberos Authentication.
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ Required for plug-in profiles. Semicolon-separated list of servers in URL, hostn
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/PluginProfile/CustomConfiguration**  
-Optional. This is an HTML encoded XML blob for SSL-VPN plug-in specific configuration including authentication information that is deployed to the device to make it available for SSL-VPN plug-ins. Contact the plugin provider for format and other details. Most plugins can also configure values based on the server negotiations as well as defaults.
+Optional. This property is an HTML encoded XML blob for SSL-VPN plug-in specific configuration including authentication information that is deployed to the device to make it available for SSL-VPN plug-ins. Contact the plugin provider for format and other details. Most plugins can also configure values based on the server negotiations and defaults.
 
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ You can make a list of server by making a list of server names (with optional fr
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/NativeProfile/RoutingPolicyType**  
-Optional for native profiles. Type of routing policy. This value can be one of the following:
+Optional for native profiles. Type of routing policy. This value can be one of the following values:
 
 - SplitTunnel - Traffic can go over any interface as determined by the networking stack.
 - ForceTunnel - All IP traffic must go over the VPN interface.
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Optional for native profiles. Type of routing policy. This value can be one of t
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/NativeProfile/NativeProtocolType**  
-Required for native profiles. Type of tunneling protocol used. This value can be one of the following:
+Required for native profiles. Type of tunneling protocol used. This value can be one of the following values:
 
 - PPTP
 - L2TP
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ Required for native profiles. Type of tunneling protocol used. This value can be
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The **Automatic** option means that the device will try each of the built-in tunneling protocols until one succeeds. It will attempt protocols in following order: SSTP, IKEv2, PPTP and then L2TP. This order is not customizable. 
+> The **Automatic** option means that the device will try each of the built-in tunneling protocols until one succeeds. It will attempt protocols in following order: SSTP, IKEv2, PPTP and then L2TP. This order isn't customizable. 
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/NativeProfile/Authentication**  
 Required node for native profile. It contains authentication information for the native VPN profile.
@@ -735,14 +735,14 @@ Required node for native profile. It contains authentication information for the
 This value can be one of the following:
 
 -   EAP
--   MSChapv2 (This is not supported for IKEv2)
+-   MSChapv2 (This method isn't supported for IKEv2)
 
 Value type is chr. Supported operations include Get, Add, Replace, and Delete.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/NativeProfile/Authentication/MachineMethod**  
 This is only supported in IKEv2.
 
-This value can be one of the following:
+This value can be one of the following values:
 
 -   Certificate
 
@@ -771,7 +771,9 @@ Reserved for future use.
 Reserved for future use.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/NativeProfile/CryptographySuite**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1607. Properties of IPSec tunnels.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1607. Properties of IPSec tunnels. 
+
+[!NOTE] If you specify any of the properties under CryptographySuite, you must specify all of them. It's not valid to specify just some of the properties.
 
 **VPNv2/**ProfileName**/NativeProfile/CryptographySuite/AuthenticationTransformConstants**  
 Added in Windows 10, version 1607.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/w4-application-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/w4-application-csp.md
index 026dcfb003..fca8b3674b 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/w4-application-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/w4-application-csp.md
@@ -54,12 +54,12 @@ If no value is specified, the registry location will default to ``.
 If `Name` is greater than 40 characters, it will be truncated to 40 characters.
 
 **TO-PROXY**
-Required. Specifies one logical proxy with a matching PROXY-ID. It is only possible to refer to proxies defined within the same provisioning file. Only one proxy can be listed.
+Required. Specifies one logical proxy with a matching PROXY-ID. It's only possible to refer to proxies defined within the same provisioning file. Only one proxy can be listed.
 
 The TO-PROXY value must be set to the value of the PROXY ID in PXLOGICAL that defines the MMS specific-proxy.
 
 **TO-NAPID**
-Required. Specifies the network access point identification name (NAPID) defined in the provisioning file. This parameter takes a string value. It is only possible to refer to network access points defined within the same provisioning file (except if the INTERNET attribute is set in the NAPDEF characteristic). For more information about the NAPDEF characteristic, see [NAPDEF configuration service provider](napdef-csp.md).
+Required. Specifies the network access point identification name (NAPID) defined in the provisioning file. This parameter takes a string value. It's only possible to refer to network access points defined within the same provisioning file (except if the INTERNET attribute is set in the NAPDEF characteristic). For more information about the NAPDEF characteristic, see [NAPDEF configuration service provider](napdef-csp.md).
 
 **ADDR**
 Required. Specifies the address of the MMS application server, as a string. The possible values to configure the ADDR parameter are:
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Required. Specifies the address of the MMS application server, as a string. The
 -   A fully qualified Internet domain name
 
 **MS**
-Optional. The maximum authorized size, in KB, for multimedia content. This parameter takes a numeric value in string format. If the value is not a number, or is less than or equal to 10, it will be ignored and outgoing MMS will not be resized.
+Optional. The maximum authorized size, in KB, for multimedia content. This parameter takes a numeric value in string format. If the value isn't a number, or is less than or equal to 10, it will be ignored and outgoing MMS won't be resized.
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/w7-application-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/w7-application-csp.md
index c69b5612ca..139c2e3cfd 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/w7-application-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/w7-application-csp.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 # w7 APPLICATION CSP
 
 
-The APPLICATION configuration service provider that has an APPID of w7 is used for bootstrapping a device with an OMA DM account. Although this configuration service provider is used to set up an OMA DM account, it is managed over OMA Client Provisioning.
+The APPLICATION configuration service provider that has an APPID of w7 is used for bootstrapping a device with an OMA DM account. Although this configuration service provider is used to set up an OMA DM account, it's managed over OMA Client Provisioning.
 
 > **Note**  This configuration service provider requires the ID\_CAP\_CSP\_FOUNDATION and ID\_CAP\_DEVICE\_MANAGEMENT\_ADMIN capabilities to be accessed from a network configuration application.
 
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Required. The PORTNBR parameter is used in the PORT characteristic to get or set
 This characteristic is used in the w7 APPLICATION characteristic to specify authentication information.
 
 **APPAUTH/AAUTHDATA**  
-Optional. The AAUTHDATA parameter is used in the APPAUTH characteristic to get or set additional data used in authentication. This parameter is used to convey the nonce for digest authentication type. This parameter takes a string value. The value of this parameter is a base64-encoded in the form of a series of bytes. Note that if the AAUTHTYPE is DIGEST, this is used as a nonce value in the MD5 hash calculation, and the octal form of the binary data should be used when calculating the hash at the server side and device side.
+Optional. The AAUTHDATA parameter is used in the APPAUTH characteristic to get or set more data used in authentication. This parameter is used to convey the nonce for digest authentication type. This parameter takes a string value. The value of this parameter is a base64-encoded in the form of a series of bytes. If the AAUTHTYPE is DIGEST, this value is used as a nonce value in the MD5 hash calculation, and the octal form of the binary data should be used when calculating the hash at the server side and device side.
 
 **APPAUTH/AAUTHLEVEL**  
 Required. The AAUTHLEVEL parameter is used in the APPAUTH characteristic to indicate whether credentials are for server authentication or client authentication. This parameter takes a string value. You can set this value.
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Required. The APPID parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to diffe
 **BACKCOMPATRETRYDISABLED**  
 Optional. The BACKCOMPATRETRYDISABLED parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify whether to retry resending a package with an older protocol version (for example, 1.1) in the SyncHdr (not including the first time).
 
-> **Note**   This parameter does not contain a value. The existence of this parameter means backward compatibility retry is disabled. If the parameter is missing, it means backward compatibility retry is enabled.
+> **Note**   This parameter doesn't contain a value. The existence of this parameter means backward compatibility retry is disabled. If the parameter is missing, it means backward compatibility retry is enabled.
 
  
 
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ The valid values are:
 **INIT**  
 Optional. The INIT parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to indicate that the management server wants the client to initiate a management session immediately after settings approval. If the current w7 APPLICATION document will be put in ROM, the INIT parameter must not be present.
 
-> **Note**   This node is only for mobile operators and MDM servers that try to use this will fail. This node is not supported in the enterprise MDM enrollment scenario.
-This parameter forces the device to attempt to connect with the OMA DM server. The connection attempt fails if the XML is set during the coldinit phase. A common cause of this failure is that immediately after coldinit is finished the radio is not yet ready.
+> **Note**   This node is only for mobile operators and MDM servers that try to use this will fail. This node isn't supported in the enterprise MDM enrollment scenario.
+This parameter forces the device to attempt to connect with the OMA DM server. The connection attempt fails if the XML is set during the coldinit phase. A common cause of this failure is that immediately after coldinit is finished the radio isn't yet ready.
 
  
 
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Optional. The NAME parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specif
 The NAME parameter can be a string or null (no value). If no value is specified, the registry location will default to <unnamed>.
 
 **PROTOVER**  
-Optional. The PROTOVER parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify the OMA DM Protocol version the server supports. No default value is assumed. The protocol version set by this node will match the protocol version that the DM client reports to the server in SyncHdr in package 1. If this node is not specified when adding a DM server account, the latest DM protocol version that the client supports is used. In Windows Phone this is 1.2. This is a Microsoft custom parameter. You can set this parameter.
+Optional. The PROTOVER parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify the OMA DM Protocol version the server supports. No default value is assumed. The protocol version set by this node will match the protocol version that the DM client reports to the server in SyncHdr in package 1. If this node isn't specified when adding a DM server account, the latest DM protocol version that the client supports is used. In Windows Phone, this version is 1.2. This parameter is a Microsoft custom parameter. You can set this parameter.
 
 Possible values:
 
@@ -159,32 +159,32 @@ Possible values:
 Optional. The PROVIDER-ID parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to differentiate OMA DM servers. It specifies the server identifier for a management server used in the current management session. This parameter takes a string value. You can set this parameter.
 
 **ROLE**  
-Optional. The ROLE parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify the security application chamber that the DM session should run with when communicating with the DM server. The only supported roles are 8 (mobile operator) and 32 (enterprise). If this parameter is not present, the mobile operator role is assumed. The enterprise role can only be set by the enterprise enrollment client. The enterprise client cannot set the mobile operator role. This is a Microsoft custom parameter. This parameter takes a numeric value in string format. You can get or set this parameter.
+Optional. The ROLE parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify the security application chamber that the DM session should run with when communicating with the DM server. The only supported roles are 8 (mobile operator) and 32 (enterprise). If this parameter isn't present, the mobile operator role is assumed. The enterprise role can only be set by the enterprise enrollment client. The enterprise client can't set the mobile operator role. This parameter is a Microsoft custom parameter. This parameter takes a numeric value in string format. You can get or set this parameter.
 
 **TO-NAPID**  
 Optional. The TO-NAPID parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify the Network Access Point the client will use to connect to the OMA DM server. If multiple TO-NAPID parameters are specified, only the first TO-NAPID value will be stored. This parameter takes a string value. You can set this parameter.
 
 **USEHWDEVID**  
-Optional. The USEHWDEVID parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify use of device hardware identification. It does not have a value.
+Optional. The USEHWDEVID parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify use of device hardware identification. It doesn't have a value.
 
--   If the parameter is not present, the default behavior is to use an application-specific GUID used rather than the hardware device ID.
+-   If the parameter isn't present, the default behavior is to use an application-specific GUID used rather than the hardware device ID.
 
 -   If the parameter is present, the hardware device ID will be provided at the **./DevInfo/DevID** node and in the Source LocURI for the DM package sent to the server. International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMEI) is returned for a GSM device.
 
 **SSLCLIENTCERTSEARCHCRITERIA**  
-Optional. The SSLCLIENTCERTSEARCHCRITERIA parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify the client certificate search criteria. This parameter supports search by subject attribute and certificate stores. If any other criteria are provided, it is ignored.
+Optional. The SSLCLIENTCERTSEARCHCRITERIA parameter is used in the APPLICATION characteristic to specify the client certificate search criteria. This parameter supports search by subject attribute and certificate stores. If any other criteria are provided, it's ignored.
 
 The string is a concatenation of name/value pairs, each member of the pair delimited by the "&" character. The name and values are delimited by the "=" character. If there are multiple values, each value is delimited by the Unicode character "U+F000". If the name or value contains characters not in the UNRESERVED set (as specified in RFC2396), then those characters are URI-escaped per the RFC.
 
-The supported names are Subject and Stores; wildcard certificate search is not supported.
+The supported names are Subject and Stores; wildcard certificate search isn't supported.
 
-Stores specifies which certificate stores the DM client will search to find the SSL client certificate. The valid store value is My%5CUser. The store name is not case sensitive.
+Stores specifies which certificate stores the DM client will search to find the SSL client certificate. The valid store value is My%5CUser. The store name isn't case sensitive.
 
 > **Note**   %EF%80%80 is the UTF8-encoded character U+F000.
 
  
 
-Subject specifies the certificate to search for. For example, to specify that you want a certificate with a particular Subject attribute (“CN=Tester,O=Microsoft”), use the following:
+Subject specifies the certificate to search for. For example, to specify that you want a certificate with a particular Subject attribute (“CN=Tester,O=Microsoft”), use the following syntax:
 
 ```xml
  [!WARNING]
 > Some information relates to pre-released products, which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the information provided here.
 
-The WiFi configuration service provider provides the functionality to add or delete Wi-Fi networks on a Windows device. The configuration service provider accepts SyncML input and converts it to a network profile that is installed on the device. This profile enables the device to connect to the Wi-Fi network when it is in range.
+The WiFi configuration service provider provides the functionality to add or delete Wi-Fi networks on a Windows device. The configuration service provider accepts SyncML input and converts it to a network profile that is installed on the device. This profile enables the device to connect to the Wi-Fi network when it's in range.
 
 Programming considerations:
 
--   If the authentication method needs a certificate, for example, EAP-TLS requires client certificates, you must configure it through the CertificateStore configuration service provider. The WiFi configuration service provider does not provide that functionality; instead, the Wi-Fi profile can specify characteristics of the certificate to be used for choosing the right certificate for that network. The server must successfully enroll the certificate first before deploying the Wi-Fi network configuration. For example, for an EAP-TLS profile, the server must successfully configure and enroll the required client certificate before deploying the Wi-Fi profile. Self-signed certificate works for EAP-TLS/PEAP-MSCHAPv2, but it is not supported in EAP-TLS.
--   For WEP, WPA, and WPA2-based networks, include the passkey in the network configuration in plaintext. The passkey is encrypted automatically when it is stored on the device.
--   The SSID of the Wi-Fi network part of the LocURI node must be a valid URI based on RFC 2396. This requires that all non-ASCII characters must be escaped using a %-character. Unicode characters without the necessary escaping are not supported.
+-   If the authentication method needs a certificate, for example, EAP-TLS requires client certificates, you must configure it through the CertificateStore configuration service provider. The WiFi configuration service provider doesn't provide that functionality; instead, the Wi-Fi profile can specify characteristics of the certificate to be used for choosing the right certificate for that network. The server must successfully enroll the certificate first before deploying the Wi-Fi network configuration. For example, for an EAP-TLS profile, the server must successfully configure and enroll the required client certificate before deploying the Wi-Fi profile. Self-signed certificate works for EAP-TLS/PEAP-MSCHAPv2, but it isn't supported in EAP-TLS.
+-   For WEP, WPA, and WPA2-based networks, include the passkey in the network configuration in plaintext. The passkey is encrypted automatically when it's stored on the device.
+-   The SSID of the Wi-Fi network part of the LocURI node must be a valid URI based on RFC 2396. This condition requires that all non-ASCII characters must be escaped using a %-character. Unicode characters without the necessary escaping aren't supported.
 -   The \*name\_goes\_here*\\ must match \\ *name\_goes\_here*\\.
--   For the WiFi CSP, you cannot use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
+-   For the WiFi CSP, you can't use the Replace command unless the node already exists.
 -   Using Proxyis in Windows 10 client editions (Home, Pro, Enterprise, and Education) will result in failure.
 
-The following shows the WiFi configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the WiFi configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
@@ -48,14 +48,14 @@ The following list shows the characteristics and parameters.
 For user profile, use ./User/Vendor/MSFT/Wifi path and for device profile, use ./Device/Vendor/MSFT/Wifi path.
 
 **Profile**
-Identifies the Wi-Fi network configuration. Each Wi-Fi network configuration is represented by a profile object. This network profile includes all the information required for the device to connect to that network – for example, the SSID, authentication and encryption methods and passphrase in case of WEP or WPA2 networks.
+Identifies the Wi-Fi network configuration. Each Wi-Fi network configuration is represented by a profile object. This network profile includes all the information required for the device to connect to that network – for example, the SSID, authentication and encryption methods and passphrase if there's WEP or WPA2 networks.
 
 Supported operation is Get.
 
 **\**
 Specifies the name of the Wi-Fi network (32 bytes maximum) to create, configure, query, or delete. The name is case sensitive and can be represented in ASCII. The SSID is added when the WlanXML node is added. When the SSID node is deleted, then all the subnodes are also deleted.
 
-SSID is the name of network you are connecting to, while Profile name is the name of the Profile which contains the WiFi settings information. If the Profile name is not set right in the MDM SyncML, as per the information in the WiFi settings XML, it could lead to some unexpected errors. For example, \./Vendor/MSFT/WiFi/Profile/<*MUST BE NAME OF PROFILE AS PER WIFI XML*>/WlanXml\.
+SSID is the name of network you're connecting to, while Profile name is the name of the Profile that contains the WiFi settings information. If the Profile name isn't set right in the MDM SyncML, as per the information in the WiFi settings XML, it could lead to some unexpected errors. For example, \./Vendor/MSFT/WiFi/Profile/<*MUST BE NAME OF PROFILE AS PER WIFI XML*>/WlanXml\.
 
 The supported operations are Add, Get, Delete, and Replace.
 
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The format is *host:port*, where host can be one of the following:
 -   IPV4 address
 -   IPv6/IPvFuture address.
 
-If it is an IPvFuture address, then it must be specified as an IP literal as "\[" (IP v6 address / IPvFuture ) "\]", such as "\[2441:4880:28:3:204:76ff:f43f:6eb\]:8080".
+If it's an IPvFuture address, then it must be specified as an IP literal as "\[" (IP v6 address / IPvFuture ) "\]", such as "\[2441:4880:28:3:204:76ff:f43f:6eb\]:8080".
 
 Supported operations are Get, Add, Delete, and Replace.
 -->
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/win32appinventory-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/win32appinventory-csp.md
index 428ed3f3cf..a537048478 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/win32appinventory-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/win32appinventory-csp.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 The Win32AppInventory configuration service provider is used to provide an inventory of installed applications on a device.
 
-The following shows the Win32AppInventory configuration service provider management objects in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM), OMA Client Provisioning, and Enterprise DM.
+The following example shows the Win32AppInventory configuration service provider management objects in tree format as used by Open Mobile Alliance Device Management (OMA DM), OMA Client Provisioning, and Enterprise DM.
 
 ```
 ./Vendor/MSFT/Win32AppInventory
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ The supported operation is Get.
 **Win32InstalledProgram/_InstalledProgram_/RegKey**
 A string that specifies product code or registry subkey.
 
-For MSI-based applications this is the product code.
+For MSI-based applications, this string is the product code.
 
-For applications found in Add/Remove Programs, this is the registry subkey.
+For applications found in Add/Remove Programs, this string is the registry subkey.
 
 The supported operation is Get.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/windows-mdm-enterprise-settings.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/windows-mdm-enterprise-settings.md
index 579d50e4c2..d9ef683424 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/windows-mdm-enterprise-settings.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/windows-mdm-enterprise-settings.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.date: 06/26/2017
 
 # Enterprise settings, policies, and app management
 
-The actual management interaction between the device and server is done via the DM client. The DM client communicates with the enterprise management server via DM v1.2 SyncML syntax. The full description of the OMA DM protocol v1.2 can be found at the [OMA website](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=267526).
+The actual management interaction between the device and server is done via the DM client. The DM client communicates with the enterprise management server via DM v1.2 SyncML syntax. The full description of the OMA DM protocol v1.2 can be found at the [OMA website](https://technical.openmobilealliance.org/).
 
 Windows currently supports one MDM server. The DM client that is configured via the enrollment process is granted access to enterprise related settings. Enterprise MDM settings are exposed via various configuration service providers to the DM client. For the list of available configuration service providers, see [Configuration service provider reference](configuration-service-provider-reference.md).
 
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ To facilitate security-enhanced communication with the remote server for enterpr
 
 The DM client configuration, company policy enforcement, business application management, and device inventory are all exposed or expressed via configuration service providers (CSPs). CSPs are the Windows term for managed objects. The DM client communicates with the server and sends configuration request to CSPs. The server only needs to know the logical local URIs defined by those CSP nodes in order to use the DM protocol XML to manage the device.
 
-Here is a summary of the DM tasks supported for enterprise management:
+Here's a summary of the DM tasks supported for enterprise management:
 
 -   Company policy management: Company policies are supported via the Policy CSP allows the enterprise to manage various settings. It enables the management service to configure device lock related policies, disable/enable the storage card, and query the device encryption status. The RemoteWipe CSP allows IT pros to remotely fully wipe the internal user data storage.
--   Enterprise application management: This is addressed via the Enterprise ModernApp Management CSP and several ApplicationManagement-related policies. It is used to install the enterprise token, query installed business application names and versions, etc. This CSP is only accessible by the enterprise service.
+-   Enterprise application management: This task is addressed via the Enterprise ModernApp Management CSP and several ApplicationManagement-related policies. It's used to install the enterprise token, query installed business application names and versions, etc. This CSP is only accessible by the enterprise service.
 -   Certificate management: CertificateStore CSP, RootCACertificate CSP, and ClientCertificateInstall CSP are used to install certificates.
--   Basic device inventory and asset management: Some basic device information can be retrieved via the DevInfo CSP, DevDetail CSPs and the DeviceStatus CSP. These provide basic device information such as OEM name, device model, hardware version, OS version, processor types, etc. This is for asset management and device targeting. The NodeCache CSP enables the device to only send out delta inventory settings to the server to reduce over-the-air data usage. The NodeCache CSP is only accessible by the enterprise service.
+-   Basic device inventory and asset management: Some basic device information can be retrieved via the DevInfo CSP, DevDetail CSPs and the DeviceStatus CSP. These provide basic device information such as OEM name, device model, hardware version, OS version, processor types, etc. This information is for asset management and device targeting. The NodeCache CSP enables the device to only send out delta inventory settings to the server to reduce over-the-air data usage. The NodeCache CSP is only accessible by the enterprise service.
 
  
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/windowsadvancedthreatprotection-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/windowsadvancedthreatprotection-csp.md
index c8bd5266d0..2d7afd2ff5 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/windowsadvancedthreatprotection-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/windowsadvancedthreatprotection-csp.md
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ ms.date: 11/01/2017
 
 The Windows Defender Advanced Threat Protection (WDATP) configuration service provider (CSP) allows IT Admins to onboard, determine configuration and health status, and offboard endpoints for WDATP.
 
-The following shows the WDATP configuration service provider in tree format as used by the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM).
+The following example shows the WDATP configuration service provider in tree format as used by the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM).
 
 ```console
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ The following list describes the characteristics and parameters.
 **DeviceTagging**  
 
            Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Represents Windows Defender Advanced Threat Protection configuration for managing role based access and device tagging.
 
-
            Supported operations is Get.
+
            Supported operation is Get.
 
 **DeviceTagging/Group**  
 
            Added in Windows 10, version 1709. Device group identifiers.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/windowsdefenderapplicationguard-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/windowsdefenderapplicationguard-csp.md
index e489b9b6cd..febc8bed02 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/windowsdefenderapplicationguard-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/windowsdefenderapplicationguard-csp.md
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 
 The WindowsDefenderApplicationGuard configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to configure the settings in Microsoft Defender Application Guard. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1709.
 
-The following shows the WindowsDefenderApplicationGuard configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the WindowsDefenderApplicationGuard configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./Device/Vendor/MSFT
 WindowsDefenderApplicationGuard
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ This policy setting is supported on Microsoft Edge on Windows 10 Enterprise or W
 
 The following list shows the supported values:  
 - 0 (default) - Non-enterprise content embedded in enterprise sites is allowed to open outside of the Microsoft Defender Application Guard container, directly in Internet Explorer and Microsoft Edge.
-- 1 - Non-enterprise content embedded on enterprise sites are stopped from opening in Internet Explorer or Microsoft Edge outside of Microsoft Defender Application Guard.
+- 1 - Non-enterprise content embedded on enterprise sites is stopped from opening in Internet Explorer or Microsoft Edge outside of Microsoft Defender Application Guard.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > This policy setting is no longer supported in the new Microsoft Edge browser. The policy will be deprecated and removed in a future release. Webpages that contain mixed content, both enterprise and non-enterprise, may load incorrectly or fail completely if this feature is enabled.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete.
 This policy setting is supported on Microsoft Edge on Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education with Microsoft Defender Application Guard in Enterprise mode.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:  
-- 0 - Application Guard discards user-downloaded files and other items (such as, cookies, Favorites, and so on) during machine restart or user log-off.
+- 0 - Application Guard discards user-downloaded files and other items (such as, cookies, Favorites, and so on) during machine restart or user sign out.
 - 1 - Application Guard saves user-downloaded files and other items (such as, cookies, Favorites, and so on) for use in future Application Guard sessions.
 
 
@@ -181,8 +181,8 @@ This policy setting is supported on Microsoft Edge on Windows 10 Enterprise or W
 If you enable this setting, Microsoft Defender Application Guard uses Hyper-V to access supported, high-security rendering graphics hardware (GPUs). These GPUs improve rendering performance and battery life while using Microsoft Defender Application Guard, particularly for video playback and other graphics-intensive use cases. If you enable this setting without connecting any high-security rendering graphics hardware, Microsoft Defender Application Guard will automatically revert to software-based (CPU) rendering.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:  
-- 0 (default) - Cannot access the vGPU and uses the CPU to support rendering graphics. When the policy is not configured, it is the same as disabled (0).
-- 1 - Turns on the functionality to access the vGPU offloading graphics rendering from the CPU. This can create a faster experience when working with graphics intense websites or watching video within the container. 
+- 0 (default) - Can't access the vGPU and uses the CPU to support rendering graphics. When the policy isn't configured, it's the same as disabled (0).
+- 1 - Turns on the functionality to access the vGPU offloading graphics rendering from the CPU. This functionality can create a faster experience when working with graphics intense websites or watching video within the container. 
 
 > [!WARNING]
 > Enabling this setting with potentially compromised graphics devices or drivers might pose a risk to the host device.
@@ -196,14 +196,14 @@ ADMX Info:
 
 
 **Settings/SaveFilesToHost**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1803. This policy setting allows you to determine whether users can elect to download files from Edge in the container and persist files them from container to the host operating system. This also enables users to elect files on the host operating system and upload it through Edge in the container. 
+Added in Windows 10, version 1803. This policy setting allows you to determine whether users can elect to download files from Edge in the container and persist files them from container to the host operating system. This policy setting also enables users to elect files on the host operating system and upload it through Edge in the container. 
 
 Value type is integer. Supported operations are Add, Get, Replace, and Delete. 
 
 This policy setting is supported on Microsoft Edge on Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education with Microsoft Defender Application Guard in Enterprise mode.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:  
-- 0 (default) - The user cannot download files from Edge in the container to the host file system, or upload files from host file system to Edge in the container. When the policy is not configured, it is the same as disabled (0).
+- 0 (default) - The user can't download files from Edge in the container to the host file system, or upload files from host file system to Edge in the container. When the policy isn't configured, it's the same as disabled (0).
 - 1 - Turns on the functionality to allow users to download files from Edge in the container to the host file system.  
 
 
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ If you enable this setting, certificates with a thumbprint matching the ones spe
 Here's an example:  
 b4e72779a8a362c860c36a6461f31e3aa7e58c14,1b1d49f06d2a697a544a1059bd59a7b058cda924
 
-If you disable or don’t configure this setting, certificates are not shared with the Microsoft Defender Application Guard container.
+If you disable or don’t configure this setting, certificates aren't shared with the Microsoft Defender Application Guard container.
 
 
 ADMX Info:  
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ If you enable this policy setting, applications inside Microsoft Defender Applic
 If you disable or don't configure this policy setting, applications inside Microsoft Defender Application Guard will be unable to access the camera and microphone on the user’s device.
 
 The following list shows the supported values:  
-- 0 (default) - Microsoft Defender Application Guard cannot access the device’s camera and microphone. When the policy is not configured, it is the same as disabled (0).
+- 0 (default) - Microsoft Defender Application Guard can't access the device’s camera and microphone. When the policy isn't configured, it's the same as disabled (0).
 - 1 - Turns on the functionality to allow Microsoft Defender Application Guard to access the device’s camera and microphone.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp.md
index 20530b3267..0789764ab1 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ ms.date: 08/15/2018
 
 The WindowsLicensing configuration service provider is designed for licensing related management scenarios. Currently the scope is limited to edition upgrades of Windows 10 client devices, such as Windows 10 Pro to Windows 10 Enterprise. In addition, this CSP provides the capability to activate or change the product key of Windows 10 client devices.
 
-The following shows the WindowsLicensing configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the WindowsLicensing configuration service provider in tree format.
 
 ```console
 ./Vendor/MSFT
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ WindowsLicensing
 --------Status (Added in Windows 10, version 1809)
 ```
 **./Device/Vendor/MSFT/WindowsLicensing**  
-This is the root node for the WindowsLicensing configuration service provider.
+This node is the root node for the WindowsLicensing configuration service provider.
 
 The supported operation is Get.
 
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ If a product key is entered in a provisioning package and the user begins instal
 
 After the device restarts, the edition upgrade process completes. The user will receive a notification of the successful upgrade.
 
-This node can also be used to activate or change a product key on a particular edition of Windows 10 desktop device by entering a product key. Activation or changing a product key does not require a reboot and is a silent process for the user.
+This node can also be used to activate or change a product key on a particular edition of Windows 10 desktop device by entering a product key. Activation or changing a product key doesn't require a reboot and is a silent process for the user.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > The product key entered must be 29 characters (that is, it should include dashes), otherwise the activation, edition upgrade, or product key change on Windows 10 desktop devices will fail. The product key is acquired from Microsoft Volume Licensing Service Center. Your organization must have a Volume Licensing contract with Microsoft to access the portal.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ The supported operation is Get.
 Provides a license for an edition upgrade of Windows 10 devices.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> This upgrade process does not require a system restart. 
+> This upgrade process doesn't require a system restart. 
 
 The date type is XML.
 
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ The data type is a chr.
 The supported operation is Exec.
 
 **ChangeProductKey**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Installs a product key for Windows 10 desktop devices. Does not reboot.
+Added in Windows 10, version 1703. Installs a product key for Windows 10 desktop devices. Doesn't reboot.
 
 The data type is a chr.
 
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Supported values:
 -  1 - User Blocked: The admin has blocked the user from switching their device out of S mode. Only the admin can switch the device out of S mode through the SMode/SwitchFromSMode node.
 
 **SMode/SwitchFromSMode**  
-Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Switches a device out of S mode if possible. Does not reboot. For an example, see [Execute SwitchFromSMode](#smode-switchfromsmode-execute)
+Added in Windows 10, version 1809. Switches a device out of S mode if possible. Doesn't reboot. For an example, see [Execute SwitchFromSMode](#smode-switchfromsmode-execute)
 
 Supported operation is Execute.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/mdm/wirednetwork-csp.md b/windows/client-management/mdm/wirednetwork-csp.md
index fc6a7c7176..62808bc9bb 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/mdm/wirednetwork-csp.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/mdm/wirednetwork-csp.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: WiredNetwork CSP
-description: The WiredNetwork configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to configure wired Internet on devices that do not have GP. Learn how it works.
+description: The WiredNetwork configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to configure wired Internet on devices that don't have GP. Learn how it works.
 ms.author: dansimp
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@ manager: dansimp
 > [!WARNING]
 > Some information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
 
-The WiredNetwork configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to configure wired Internet on devices that do not have GP to enable them to access corporate Internet over ethernet. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1809.
+The WiredNetwork configuration service provider (CSP) is used by the enterprise to configure wired Internet on devices that don't have GP to enable them to access corporate Internet over ethernet. This CSP was added in Windows 10, version 1809.
 
-The following shows the WiredNetwork configuration service provider in tree format.
+The following example shows the WiredNetwork configuration service provider in tree format.
 ```
 ./User/Vendor/MSFT
 WiredNetwork
diff --git a/windows/client-management/media/win11-control-panel-windows-tools.png b/windows/client-management/media/win11-control-panel-windows-tools.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ecb8dcdf2
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/client-management/media/win11-control-panel-windows-tools.png differ
diff --git a/windows/client-management/media/win11-windows-tools.png b/windows/client-management/media/win11-windows-tools.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9a302340c
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/client-management/media/win11-windows-tools.png differ
diff --git a/windows/client-management/new-policies-for-windows-10.md b/windows/client-management/new-policies-for-windows-10.md
index 35613face4..79a75c3f90 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/new-policies-for-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/new-policies-for-windows-10.md
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Mobile device management (MDM) for Windows 10 Pro, Windows 10 Enterprise, and Wi
 
 Windows 10, version 1703, adds a number of [ADMX-backed policies to MDM](./mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider.md).
 
-If you use Microsoft Intune for MDM, you can [configure custom policies](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=616316) to deploy Open Mobile Alliance Uniform Resource Identifier (OMA-URI) settings that can be used to control features on Windows 10. For a list of OMA-URI settings, see [Custom URI settings for Windows 10 devices](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=616317).
+If you use Microsoft Intune for MDM, you can [configure custom policies](/mem/intune/configuration/custom-settings-configure) to deploy Open Mobile Alliance Uniform Resource Identifier (OMA-URI) settings that can be used to control features on Windows 10. For a list of OMA-URI settings, see [Custom URI settings for Windows 10 devices](/mem/intune/configuration/custom-settings-windows-10).
 
 No new [Exchange ActiveSync policies](/exchange/mobile-device-mailbox-policies-exchange-2013-help). For more information, see the [ActiveSync configuration service provider](./mdm/activesync-csp.md) technical reference.
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/quick-assist.md b/windows/client-management/quick-assist.md
index f63400cfaf..120ac4d165 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/quick-assist.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/quick-assist.md
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ description: How IT Pros can use Quick Assist to help users
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.topic: article
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
-manager: laurawi
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/system-failure-recovery-options.md b/windows/client-management/system-failure-recovery-options.md
index 3fa7f1b6c8..777b9fa6ec 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/system-failure-recovery-options.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/system-failure-recovery-options.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ This article describes how to configure the actions that Windows takes when a sy
 
 - Write an event to the System log.
 
-- Alert administrators (if you have set up administrative alerts).
+- Alert administrators (if you've set up administrative alerts).
 
 - Put system memory into a file that advanced users can use for debugging.
 
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ Select one of the following type of information that you want Windows to record
 
 #### (none) 
 
-The option does not record any information in a memory dump file.
+The option doesn't record any information in a memory dump file.
 
-To specify that you do not want Windows to record information in a memory dump file, run the following command or modify the registry value:
+To specify that you don't want Windows to record information in a memory dump file, run the following command or modify the registry value:
 
 - ```cmd
   wmic recoveros set DebugInfoType = 0
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ To specify that you want to use a folder as your Small Dump Directory, run the f
 
 #### Kernel Memory Dump
 
-The option records only kernel memory. This option stores more information than a small memory dump file, but it takes less time to complete than a complete memory dump file. The file is stored in %SystemRoot%\Memory.dmp by default, and any previous kernel or complete memory dump files are overwritten if the **Overwrite any existing file** check box is selected. If you set this option, you must have a sufficiently large paging file on the boot volume. The required size depends on the amount of RAM in your computer However, the maximum amount of space that must be available for a kernel memory dump on a 32-bit system is 2 GB plus 16 MB. On a 64-bit system, the maximum amount of space that must be available for a kernel memory dump is the size of the RAM plus 128 MB. The following table provides guidelines for the size of the paging file:
+The option records only kernel memory. This option stores more information than a small memory dump file, but it takes less time to complete than a complete memory dump file. The file is stored in %SystemRoot%\Memory.dmp by default, and any previous kernel or complete memory dump files are overwritten if the **Overwrite any existing file** check box is selected. If you set this option, you must have a sufficiently large paging file on the boot volume. The required size depends on the amount of RAM in your computer. However, the maximum amount of space that must be available for a kernel memory dump on a 32-bit system is 2 GB plus 16 MB. On a 64-bit system, the maximum amount of space that must be available for a kernel memory dump is the size of the RAM plus 128 MB. The following table provides guidelines for the size of the paging file:
 
 |RAM size	|Paging file should be no smaller than|
 |-------|-----------------|
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ To specify that you want to use a file as your memory dump file, run the followi
 
 - Set the **DumpFile** Expandable String Value to \.
 
-To specify that you do not want to overwrite any previous kernel or complete memory dump files, run the following command or modify the registry value:
+To specify that you don't want to overwrite any previous kernel or complete memory dump files, run the following command or modify the registry value:
 
 - ```cmd
   wmic recoveros set OverwriteExistingDebugFile = 0
@@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ To specify that you do not want to overwrite any previous kernel or complete mem
 
 #### Complete Memory Dump
 
-The option records the contents of system memory when the computer stops unexpectedly. This option is not available on computers that have 2 or more GB of RAM. If you select this option, you must have a paging file on the boot volume that is sufficient to hold all the physical RAM plus 1 MB. The file is stored as specified in %SystemRoot%\Memory.dmp by default.
+The option records the contents of system memory when the computer stops unexpectedly. This option isn't available on computers that have 2 or more GB of RAM. If you select this option, you must have a paging file on the boot volume that is sufficient to hold all the physical RAM plus 1 MB. The file is stored as specified in %SystemRoot%\Memory.dmp by default.
 
-The extra megabyte is required for a complete memory dump file because Windows writes a header in addition to dumping the memory contents. The header contains a crash dump signature and specifies the values of some kernel variables. The header information does not require a full megabyte of space, but Windows sizes your paging file in increments of megabytes.
+The extra megabyte is required for a complete memory dump file because Windows writes a header in addition to dumping the memory contents. The header contains a crash dump signature and specifies the values of some kernel variables. The header information doesn't require a full megabyte of space, but Windows sizes your paging file in increments of megabytes.
 
 To specify that you want to use a complete memory dump file, run the following command or modify the registry value:
 
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ To specify that you want to use a file as your memory dump file, run the followi
 
 - Set the DumpFile Expandable String Value to \.
 
-To specify that you do not want to overwrite any previous kernel or complete memory dump files, run the following command or modify the registry value:
+To specify that you don't want to overwrite any previous kernel or complete memory dump files, run the following command or modify the registry value:
 
 - ```cmd
   wmic recoveros set OverwriteExistingDebugFile = 0
@@ -194,11 +194,11 @@ To view system failure and recovery settings for your local computer, type **wmi
 
 ### Tips
 
-- To take advantage of the dump file feature, your paging file must be on the boot volume. If you have moved the paging file to another volume, you must move it back to the boot volume before you use this feature.
+- To take advantage of the dump file feature, your paging file must be on the boot volume. If you've moved the paging file to another volume, you must move it back to the boot volume before you use this feature.
 
 - If you set the Kernel Memory Dump or the Complete Memory Dump option, and you select the **Overwrite any existing file** check box, Windows always writes to the same file name. To save individual dump files, click to clear the **Overwrite any existing file** check box, and then change the file name after each Stop error.
 
-- You can save some memory if you click to clear the **Write an event to the system log** and **Send an administrative alert** check boxes. The memory that you save depends on the computer, but these features typically require about 60 to 70 KB.
+- You can save some memory if you click to clear the **Write an event to the system log** and **Send an administrative alert** check boxes. The memory that you save depends on the computer, but these features typically require about 60-70 KB.
 
 ## References
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/toc.yml b/windows/client-management/toc.yml
index faba5b0483..92e5722e04 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/toc.yml
+++ b/windows/client-management/toc.yml
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ items:
   items: 
     - name: Client management tools and settings
       items:
-        - name: Administrative Tools in Windows 10
+        - name: Windows Tools/Administrative Tools
           href: administrative-tools-in-windows-10.md
         - name: Use Quick Assist to help users
           href: quick-assist.md
diff --git a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-event-id-41-restart.md b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-event-id-41-restart.md
index c1d7a706b0..48678bf786 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-event-id-41-restart.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-event-id-41-restart.md
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 The preferred way to shut down Windows is to select **Start**, and then select an option to turn off or shut down the computer. When you use this standard method, the operating system closes all files and notifies the running services and applications so that they can write any unsaved data to disk and flush any active caches.
 
-If your computer shuts down unexpectedly, Windows logs Event ID 41 the next time that the computer starts. The event text resembles the following:
+If your computer shuts down unexpectedly, Windows logs Event ID 41 the next time that the computer starts. The event text resembles the following information:
 
 > Event ID: 41  
 > Description: The system has rebooted without cleanly shutting down first.
@@ -41,15 +41,15 @@ This event indicates that some unexpected activity prevented Windows from shutti
 
 ## How to use Event ID 41 when you troubleshoot an unexpected shutdown or restart
 
-By itself, Event ID 41 might not contain sufficient information to explicitly define what occurred. Typically, you have to also consider what was occurring at the time of the unexpected shutdown (for example, the power supply failed). Use the information in this article to identify a troubleshooting approach that is appropriate for your circumstances:
+By itself, Event ID 41 might not contain sufficient information to explicitly define what occurred. Typically, you've to also consider what was occurring at the time of the unexpected shutdown (for example, the power supply failed). Use the information in this article to identify a troubleshooting approach that is appropriate for your circumstances:
 
 - [Scenario 1](#scen1): The computer restarts because of a Stop error, and Event ID 41 contains a Stop error (bug check) code
 - [Scenario 2](#scen2): The computer restarts because you pressed and held the power button
-- [Scenario 3](#scen3): The computer is unresponsive or randomly restarts, and Event ID 41 is not logged or the Event ID 41 entry lists error code values of zero
+- [Scenario 3](#scen3): The computer is unresponsive or randomly restarts, and Event ID 41 isn't logged or the Event ID 41 entry lists error code values of zero
 
 ### Scenario 1: The computer restarts because of a Stop error, and Event ID 41 contains a Stop error (bug check) code
 
-When a computer shuts down or restarts because of a Stop error, Windows includes the Stop error data in Event ID 41 as part of the additional event data. This information includes the Stop error code (also called a bug check code), as shown in the following example:
+When a computer shuts down or restarts because of a Stop error, Windows includes the Stop error data in Event ID 41 as part of more event data. This information includes the Stop error code (also called a bug check code), as shown in the following example:
 
 > EventData  
 > BugcheckCode 159  
@@ -78,43 +78,43 @@ After you identify the hexadecimal value, use the following references to contin
 
 ### Scenario 2: The computer restarts because you pressed and held the power button
 
-Because this method of restarting the computer interferes with the Windows shutdown operation, we recommend that you use this method only if you have no alternative. For example, you might have to use this approach if your computer is not responding. When you restart the computer by pressing and holding the power button, the computer logs an Event ID 41 that includes a non-zero value for the **PowerButtonTimestamp** entry.
+Because this method of restarting the computer interferes with the Windows shutdown operation, we recommend that you use this method only if you've no alternative. For example, you might have to use this approach if your computer isn't responding. When you restart the computer by pressing and holding the power button, the computer logs an Event ID 41 that includes a non-zero value for the **PowerButtonTimestamp** entry.
 
 For help when troubleshooting an unresponsive computer, see [Windows Help](https://support.microsoft.com/hub/4338813/windows-help?os=windows-10). Consider searching for assistance by using keywords such as "hang," "responding," or "blank screen."
 
-### Scenario 3: The computer is unresponsive or randomly restarts, and Event ID 41 is not recorded or the Event ID 41 entry or lists error code values of zero
+### Scenario 3: The computer is unresponsive or randomly restarts, and Event ID 41 isn't recorded or the Event ID 41 entry or lists error code values of zero
 
 This scenario includes the following circumstances:
 
 - You shut off power to an unresponsive computer, and then you restart the computer.  
-   To verify that a computer is unresponsive, press the CAPS LOCK key on the keyboard. If the CAPS LOCK light on the keyboard does not change when you press the CAPS LOCK key, the computer might be completely unresponsive (also known as a *hard hang*).  
-- The computer restarts, but it does not generate Event ID 41.
+   To verify that a computer is unresponsive, press the CAPS LOCK key on the keyboard. If the CAPS LOCK light on the keyboard doesn't change when you press the CAPS LOCK key, the computer might be unresponsive (also known as a *hard hang*).  
+- The computer restarts, but it doesn't generate Event ID 41.
 - The computer restarts and generates Event ID 41, but the **BugcheckCode** and **PowerButtonTimestamp** values are zero.
 
 In such cases, something prevents Windows from generating error codes or from writing error codes to disk. Something might block write access to the disk (as in the case of an unresponsive computer) or the computer might shut down too quickly to write the error codes or even detect an error.
 
 The information in Event ID 41 provides some indication of where to start checking for problems:
 
-- **Event ID 41 is not recorded or the bug check code is zero**. This behavior might indicate a power supply problem. If the power to a computer is interrupted, the computer might shut down without generating a Stop error. If it does generate a Stop error, it might not finish writing the error codes to disk. The next time the computer starts, it might not log Event ID 41. Or, if it does, the bug check code is zero. Conditions such as the following might be the cause:
-  - In the case of a portable computer, the battery was removed or completely drained.
+- **Event ID 41 isn't recorded or the bug check code is zero**. This behavior might indicate a power supply problem. If the power to a computer is interrupted, the computer might shut down without generating a Stop error. If it does generate a Stop error, it might not finish writing the error codes to disk. The next time the computer starts, it might not log Event ID 41. Or, if it does, the bug check code is zero. The following conditions might be the cause:
+  - In the case of a portable computer, the battery was removed or drained.
   - In the case of a desktop computer, the computer was unplugged or experienced a power outage.
   - The power supply is underpowered or faulty.
 
-- **The PowerButtonTimestamp value is zero**. This behavior might occur if you disconnected the power to a computer that was not responding to input. Conditions such as the following might be the cause:
+- **The PowerButtonTimestamp value is zero**. This behavior might occur if you disconnected the power to a computer that wasn't responding to input. The following conditions might be the cause:
   - A Windows process blocked write access to the disk, and you shut down the computer by pressing and holding the power button for at least four seconds.
   - You disconnected the power to an unresponsive computer.
 
-Typically, the symptoms described in this scenario indicate a hardware problem. To help isolate the problem, do the following:
+Typically, the symptoms described in this scenario indicate a hardware problem. To help isolate the problem, do the following steps:
 
 - **Disable overclocking**. If the computer has overclocking enabled, disable it. Verify that the issue occurs when the system runs at the correct speed.
 - **Check the memory**. Use a memory checker to determine the memory health and configuration. Verify that all memory chips run at the same speed and that every chip is configured correctly in the system.
-- **Check the power supply**. Verify that the power supply has enough wattage to appropriately handle the installed devices. If you added memory, installed a newer processor, installed additional drives, or added external devices, such devices can require more energy than the current power supply can provide consistently. If the computer logged Event ID 41 because the power to the computer was interrupted, consider obtaining an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) such as a battery backup power supply.
+- **Check the power supply**. Verify that the power supply has enough wattage to appropriately handle the installed devices. If you added memory, installed a newer processor, installed more drives, or added external devices, such devices can require more energy than the current power supply can provide consistently. If the computer logged Event ID 41 because the power to the computer was interrupted, consider obtaining an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) such as a battery backup power supply.
 - **Check for overheating**. Examine the internal temperature of the hardware and check for any overheating components.
 
-If you perform these checks and still cannot isolate the problem, set the system to its default configuration and verify whether the issue still occurs.
+If you perform these checks and still can't isolate the problem, set the system to its default configuration and verify whether the issue still occurs.
 
 > [!NOTE]  
-> If you see a Stop error message that includes a bug check code, but Event ID 41 does not include that code, change the restart behavior for the computer. To do this, follow these steps:
+> If you see a Stop error message that includes a bug check code, but Event ID 41 doesn't include that code, change the restart behavior for the computer. To do this, follow these steps:
 >  
 > 1. Right-click **My Computer**, then select **Properties** > **Advanced system settings** > **Advanced**.
 > 1. In the **Startup and Recovery** section, select **Settings**.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-inaccessible-boot-device.md b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-inaccessible-boot-device.md
index 490b24075a..3437793da8 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-inaccessible-boot-device.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-inaccessible-boot-device.md
@@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ Any one of the following factors might cause the stop error:
 
 * Corrupted files in the **Boot** partition (for example, corruption in the volume that's labeled **SYSTEM** when you run the `diskpart` > `list vol` command)
 
-* If there is a blank GPT entry before the entry of the **Boot** partition
+* If there's a blank GPT entry before the entry of the **Boot** partition
 
 ## Troubleshoot this error
 
-Start the computer in [Windows Recovery Mode (WinRE)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/windows-recovery-environment--windows-re--technical-reference#span-identrypointsintowinrespanspan-identrypointsintowinrespanspan-identrypointsintowinrespanentry-points-into-winre). To do this, follow these steps.
+Start the computer in [Windows Recovery Mode (WinRE)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/windows-recovery-environment--windows-re--technical-reference#span-identrypointsintowinrespanspan-identrypointsintowinrespanspan-identrypointsintowinrespanentry-points-into-winre) by following these steps.
 
 1. Start the system by using [the installation media for the installed version of Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/help/15088).
 
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ If the `list disk` command lists the OS disks correctly, run the `list vol` comm
 
 ### Verify the integrity of Boot Configuration Database
 
-Check whether the Boot Configuration Database (BCD) has all the correct entries. To do this, run `bcdedit` at the WinRE command prompt.
+Check whether the Boot Configuration Database (BCD) has all the correct entries. To do this step, run `bcdedit` at the WinRE command prompt.
 
 To verify the BCD entries:
 
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ If the files are missing, and you want to rebuild the boot files, follow these s
    Bcdboot <**OSDrive* >:\windows /s <**SYSTEMdrive* >: /f ALL
    ```
 
-   For example, if we assign the `` (WinRE drive) the letter R and the `` is the letter D, the following is the command that we would use:
+   For example, if we assign the `` (WinRE drive) the letter R and the `` is the letter D, we would use the following command:
 
    ```console
    Bcdboot D:\windows /s R: /f ALL
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ If the files are missing, and you want to rebuild the boot files, follow these s
    >[!NOTE]
    >The **ALL** part of the **bcdboot** command writes all the boot files (both UEFI and BIOS) to their respective locations.
 
-If you don't have a Windows 10 ISO, format the partition and copy **bootmgr** from another working computer that has a similar Windows build. To do this, follow these steps:
+If you don't have a Windows 10 ISO, format the partition and copy **bootmgr** from another working computer that has a similar Windows build. To do the formatting and copying, follow these steps:
 
 1. Start **Notepad**.
 
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ After you run this command, you'll see the **Install pending** and **Uninstall P
 
 6. Expand **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\OfflineComponentHive**, and check whether the **PendingXmlIdentifier** key exists. Create a backup of the **OfflineComponentHive** key, and then delete the **PendingXmlIdentifier** key.
 
-7. Unload the hive. To do this, highlight **OfflineComponentHive**, and then select **File** > **Unload hive**.
+7. Unload the hive. To do this unloading, highlight **OfflineComponentHive**, and then select **File** > **Unload hive**.
 
    > [!div class="mx-imgBorder"]
    > ![Unload Hive.](images/unloadhive.png)![Unload Hive](images/unloadhive1.png)
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ After you run this command, you'll see the **Install pending** and **Uninstall P
 
    If these keys exist, check each one to make sure that it has a value that's named **Start**, and that it's set to **0**. If it's not, set the value to **0**.
 
-   If any of these keys don't exist, you can try to replace the current registry hive by using the hive from **RegBack**. To do this, run the following commands:
+   If any of these keys don't exist, you can try to replace the current registry hive by using the hive from **RegBack**. To do this step, run the following commands:
 
    ```console
    cd OSdrive:\Windows\System32\config
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Check whether there are any non-Microsoft upper and lower filter drivers on the
 
 ### Running SFC and Chkdsk
 
- If the computer still doesn't start, you can try to run a **chkdisk**  process on the system drive, and then also run System File Checker. To do this, run the following commands at a WinRE command prompt:
+ If the computer still doesn't start, you can try to run a **chkdisk**  process on the system drive, and then also run System File Checker. Do these steps by running the following commands at a WinRE command prompt:
 
 *	`chkdsk /f /r OsDrive:`
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-stop-errors.md b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-stop-errors.md
index e9f150cb37..a0f5f57b42 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-stop-errors.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-stop-errors.md
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ A Stop error is displayed as a blue screen that contains the name of the faulty
 - `igdkmd64.sys`
 - `nvlddmkm.sys`
 
-There is no simple explanation for the cause of Stop errors (also known as blue screen errors or bug check errors). Many different factors can be involved. However, various studies indicate that Stop errors usually are not caused by Microsoft Windows components. Instead, these errors are generally related to malfunctioning hardware drivers or drivers that are installed by third-party software. This includes video cards, wireless network cards, security programs, and so on.
+There's no simple explanation for the cause of Stop errors (also known as blue screen errors or bug check errors). Many different factors can be involved. However, various studies indicate that Stop errors usually aren't caused by Microsoft Windows components. Instead, these errors are related to malfunctioning hardware drivers or drivers that are installed by third-party software. These drivers include video cards, wireless network cards, security programs, and so on.
 
-Our analysis of the root causes of crashes indicates the following:
+Our analysis of the root causes of crashes indicates that:
 
 - 70 percent are caused by third-party driver code
 - 10 percent are caused by hardware issues 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ To troubleshoot Stop error messages, follow these general steps:
 
 1. Review the Stop error code that you find in the event logs. Search online for the specific Stop error codes to see whether there are any known issues, resolutions, or workarounds for the problem.
 
-2. As a best practice, we recommend that you do the following:
+2. As a best practice, we recommend that you do the following steps:
 
     1. Make sure that you install the latest Windows updates, cumulative updates, and rollup updates. To verify the update status, refer to the appropriate update history for your system:
 
@@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ To troubleshoot Stop error messages, follow these general steps:
 
 4. Run [Microsoft Safety Scanner](https://www.microsoft.com/security/scanner/en-us/default.aspx) or any other virus detection program that includes checks of the Master Boot Record for infections.
 
-5. Make sure that there is sufficient free space on the hard disk. The exact requirement varies, but we recommend 10–15 percent free disk space.
+5. Make sure that there's sufficient free space on the hard disk. The exact requirement varies, but we recommend 10–15 percent free disk space.
 
 6. Contact the respective hardware or software vendor to update the drivers and applications in the following scenarios:
   
    - The error message indicates that a specific driver is causing the problem.
-   - You are seeing an indication of a service that is starting or stopping before the crash occurred. In this situation, determine whether the service behavior is consistent across all instances of the crash.
+   - You're seeing an indication of a service that is starting or stopping before the crash occurred. In this situation, determine whether the service behavior is consistent across all instances of the crash.
    - You have made any software or hardware changes.
 
      >[!NOTE]
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ To configure the system for memory dump files, follow these steps:
 
 6. Stop and disable Automatic System Restart Services (ASR) to prevent dump files from being written. 
 
-7. If the server is virtualized, disable auto reboot after the memory dump file is created. This lets you take a snapshot of the server in-state and also if the problem recurs.
+7. If the server is virtualized, disable auto reboot after the memory dump file is created. This disablement lets you take a snapshot of the server in-state and also if the problem recurs.
 
 The memory dump file is saved at the following locations:
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ The memory dump file is saved at the following locations:
 | Automatic memory dump file | %SystemRoot%\MEMORY.DMP |
 | Active memory dump file | %SystemRoot%\MEMORY.DMP |
 
-You can use the Microsoft DumpChk (Crash Dump File Checker) tool to verify that the memory dump files are not corrupted or invalid. For more information, see the following video:

            
+You can use the Microsoft DumpChk (Crash Dump File Checker) tool to verify that the memory dump files aren't corrupted or invalid. For more information, see the following video:

            
 
 >[!video https://www.youtube.com/embed/xN7tOfgNKag]
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ You can use the tools such as Windows Software Development KIT (SDK) and Symbols
 ## Advanced troubleshooting steps
 
 >[!NOTE]
->Advanced troubleshooting of crash dumps can be very challenging if you are not experienced with programming and internal Windows mechanisms. We have attempted to provide a brief insight here into some of the techniques used, including some examples. However, to really be effective at troubleshooting a crash dump, you should spend time becoming familiar with advanced debugging techniques. For a video overview, see [Advanced Windows Debugging](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/Charles/Advanced-Windows-Debugging-An-Introduction) and [Debugging Kernel Mode Crashes and Hangs](https://channel9.msdn.com/Shows/Defrag-Tools/DefragTools-137-Debugging-kernel-mode-dumps). Also see the advanced references listed below.
+>Advanced troubleshooting of crash dumps can be very challenging if you aren't experienced with programming and internal Windows mechanisms. We have attempted to provide a brief insight here into some of the techniques used, including some examples. However, to really be effective at troubleshooting a crash dump, you should spend time becoming familiar with advanced debugging techniques. For a video overview, see [Advanced Windows Debugging](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/Charles/Advanced-Windows-Debugging-An-Introduction) and [Debugging Kernel Mode Crashes and Hangs](https://channel9.msdn.com/Shows/Defrag-Tools/DefragTools-137-Debugging-kernel-mode-dumps). Also see the advanced references listed below.
 
 ### Advanced debugging references
 
@@ -153,25 +153,25 @@ You can use the tools such as Windows Software Development KIT (SDK) and Symbols
 
 ### Debugging steps
 
-1. Verify that the computer is set up to generate a complete memory dump file when a crash occurs. See the steps [here](troubleshoot-windows-freeze.md#method-1-memory-dump) for more information. 
+1. Verify that the computer is set up to generate a complete memory dump file when a crash occurs. For more information, see the steps [here](troubleshoot-windows-freeze.md#method-1-memory-dump). 
 
 2. Locate the memory.dmp file in your Windows directory on the computer that is crashing, and copy that file to another computer.
 
 3. On the other computer, download the [Windows 10 SDK](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/downloads/windows-10-sdk).
 
-4. Start the install and choose **Debugging Tools for Windows**. This installs the WinDbg tool.
+4. Start the install and choose **Debugging Tools for Windows**. The WinDbg tool is installed.
 
 5. Open the WinDbg tool and set the symbol path by clicking **File** and then clicking **Symbol File Path**.
 
-    1. If the computer is connected to the Internet, enter the [Microsoft public symbol server](/windows-hardware/drivers/debugger/microsoft-public-symbols) (https://msdl.microsoft.com/download/symbols) and click **OK**. This is the recommended method.
+    1. If the computer is connected to the Internet, enter the [Microsoft public symbol server](/windows-hardware/drivers/debugger/microsoft-public-symbols) (https://msdl.microsoft.com/download/symbols) and click **OK**. This method is the recommended one.
 
-    1. If the computer is not connected to the Internet, you must specify a local [symbol path](/windows-hardware/drivers/debugger/symbol-path).
+    1. If the computer isn't connected to the Internet, you must specify a local [symbol path](/windows-hardware/drivers/debugger/symbol-path).
 
 6. Click on **Open Crash Dump**, and then open the memory.dmp file that you copied. See the example below.
 
    :::image type="content" alt-text="WinDbg img." source="images/windbg.png" lightbox="images/windbg.png":::
 
-7. There should be a link that says **!analyze -v** under **Bugcheck Analysis**. Click that link. This will enter the command !analyze -v in the prompt at the bottom of the page.
+7. There should be a link that says **!analyze -v** under **Bugcheck Analysis**. Click that link. The command !analyze -v is entered in the prompt at the bottom of the page.
 
 8. A detailed bugcheck analysis will appear. See the example below.
 
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ There are many possible causes of a bugcheck and each case is unique. In the exa
 
 The problem here is with **mpssvc** which is a component of the Windows Firewall. The problem was repaired by disabling the firewall temporarily and then resetting firewall policies. 
 
-Additional examples are provided in the [Debugging examples](#debugging-examples) section at the bottom of this article.
+More examples are provided in the [Debugging examples](#debugging-examples) section at the bottom of this article.
 
 ## Video resources
 
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Use the following guidelines when you use Driver Verifier:
 
 - Enable concurrent verification on groups of 10–20 drivers.
 
-- Additionally, if the computer cannot boot into the desktop because of Driver Verifier, you can disable the tool by starting in Safe mode. This is because the tool cannot run in Safe mode.
+- Additionally, if the computer can't boot into the desktop because of Driver Verifier, you can disable the tool by starting in Safe mode. This solution is because the tool can't run in Safe mode.
 
 For more information, see [Driver Verifier](/windows-hardware/drivers/devtest/driver-verifier).
 
@@ -263,16 +263,16 @@ VIDEO_ENGINE_TIMEOUT_DETECTED or VIDEO_TDR_TIMEOUT_DETECTED
            Stop error code 0
 DRIVER_IRQL_NOT_LESS_OR_EQUAL 
            Stop error code 0x0000000D1 | Apply the latest updates for the driver by applying the latest cumulative updates for the system through the Microsoft Update Catalog website.Update an outdated NIC driver. Virtualized VMware systems often run “Intel(R) PRO/1000 MT Network Connection” (e1g6032e.sys). This driver is available at [http://downloadcenter.intel.com](http://downloadcenter.intel.com). Contact the hardware vendor to update the NIC driver for a resolution. For VMware systems, use the VMware integrated NIC driver (types VMXNET or VMXNET2 , VMXNET3 can be used) instead of Intel e1g6032e.sys.
 PAGE_FAULT_IN_NONPAGED_AREA 
            Stop error code 0x000000050 | If a driver is identified in the Stop error message, contact the manufacturer for an update.If no updates are available, disable the driver, and monitor the system for stability. Run Chkdsk /f /r to detect and repair disk errors. You must restart the system before the disk scan begins on a system partition. Contact the manufacturer for any diagnostic tools that they may provide for the hard disk subsystem. Try to reinstall any application or service that was recently installed or updated. It's possible that the crash was triggered while the system was starting applications and reading the registry for preference settings. Reinstalling the application can fix corrupted registry keys.If the problem persists, and you have run a recent system state backup, try to restore the registry hives from the backup.
 SYSTEM_SERVICE_EXCEPTION 
            Stop error code c000021a {Fatal System Error} The Windows SubSystem system process terminated unexpectedly with a status of 0xc0000005. The system has been shut down. | Use the System File Checker tool to repair missing or corrupted system files. The System File Checker lets users scan for corruptions in Windows system files and restore corrupted files.  For more information, see [Use the System File Checker tool](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/929833/use-the-system-file-checker-tool-to-repair-missing-or-corrupted-system-files).
-NTFS_FILE_SYSTEM 
            Stop error code 0x000000024 | This Stop error is commonly caused by corruption in the NTFS file system or bad blocks (sectors) on the hard disk. Corrupted drivers for hard disks (SATA or IDE) can also adversely affect the system's ability to read and write to disk. Run any hardware diagnostics that are provided by the manufacturer of the storage subsystem. Use the scan disk tool to verify that there are no file system errors. To do this, right-click the drive that you want to scan, select Properties, select Tools, and then select the Check now button.We also suggest that you update the NTFS file system driver (Ntfs.sys), and apply the latest cumulative updates for the current operating system that is experiencing the problem. 
-KMODE_EXCEPTION_NOT_HANDLED 
            Stop error code 0x0000001E | If a driver is identified in the Stop error message, disable or remove that driver. Disable or remove any drivers or services that were recently added. 

            If the error occurs during the startup sequence, and the system partition is formatted by using the NTFS file system, you might be able to use Safe mode to disable the driver in Device Manager. To do this, follow these steps:

            Go to **Settings > Update & security > Recovery**. Under **Advanced startup**, select **Restart now**. After your PC restarts to the **Choose an option** screen, select **Troubleshoot > Advanced options > Startup Settings > Restart**. After the computer restarts, you'll see a list of options. Press **4** or **F4** to start the computer in Safe mode. Or, if you intend to use the Internet while in Safe mode, press **5** or **F5** for the Safe Mode with Networking option.
-DPC_WATCHDOG_VIOLATION 
            Stop error code 0x00000133 | This Stop error code is caused by a faulty driver that does not complete its work within the allotted time frame in certain conditions. To enable us to help mitigate this error, collect the memory dump file from the system, and then use the Windows Debugger to find the faulty driver. If a driver is identified in the Stop error message, disable the driver to isolate the problem. Check with the manufacturer for driver updates. Check the system log in Event Viewer for additional error messages that might help identify the device or driver that is causing Stop error 0x133. Verify that any new hardware that is installed is compatible with the installed version of Windows. For example, you can get information about required hardware at Windows 10 Specifications. If Windows Debugger is installed, and you have access to public symbols, you can load the c:\windows\memory.dmp file into the Debugger, and then refer to [Determining the source of Bug Check 0x133 (DPC_WATCHDOG_VIOLATION) errors on Windows Server 2012](/archive/blogs/ntdebugging/determining-the-source-of-bug-check-0x133-dpc_watchdog_violation-errors-on-windows-server-2012) to find the problematic driver from the memory dump.  
-USER_MODE_HEALTH_MONITOR 
            Stop error code 0x0000009E		| This Stop error indicates that a user-mode health check failed in a way that prevents graceful shutdown. Therefore, Windows restores critical services by restarting or enabling application failover to other servers. The Clustering Service incorporates a detection mechanism that may detect unresponsiveness in user-mode components.
            This Stop error usually occurs in a clustered environment, and the indicated faulty driver is RHS.exe.Check the event logs for any storage failures to identify the failing process. Try to update the component or process that is indicated in the event logs. You should see the following event recorded:
            Event ID: 4870
            Source: Microsoft-Windows-FailoverClustering
            Description: User mode health monitoring has detected that the system is not being responsive. The Failover cluster virtual adapter has lost contact with the Cluster Server process with a process ID ‘%1’, for ‘%2’ seconds. Recovery action is taken. Review the Cluster logs to identify the process and investigate which items might cause the process to hang. 
            For more information, see ["Why is my Failover Clustering node blue screening with a Stop 0x0000009E?"](https://blogs.technet.microsoft.com/askcore/2009/06/12/why-is-my-failover-clustering-node-blue-screening-with-a-stop-0x0000009e) Also, see the following Microsoft video [What to do if a 9E occurs](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vOJQEdmdSgw).
+NTFS_FILE_SYSTEM 
            Stop error code 0x000000024 | This Stop error is commonly caused by corruption in the NTFS file system or bad blocks (sectors) on the hard disk. Corrupted drivers for hard disks (SATA or IDE) can also adversely affect the system's ability to read and write to disk. Run any hardware diagnostics that are provided by the manufacturer of the storage subsystem. Use the scan disk tool to verify that there are no file system errors. To do this step, right-click the drive that you want to scan, select Properties, select Tools, and then select the Check now button. We also suggest that you update the NTFS file system driver (Ntfs.sys), and apply the latest cumulative updates for the current operating system that is experiencing the problem. 
+KMODE_EXCEPTION_NOT_HANDLED 
            Stop error code 0x0000001E | If a driver is identified in the Stop error message, disable or remove that driver. Disable or remove any drivers or services that were recently added. 

            If the error occurs during the startup sequence, and the system partition is formatted by using the NTFS file system, you might be able to use Safe mode to disable the driver in Device Manager. To disable the driver, follow these steps:

            Go to **Settings > Update & security > Recovery**. Under **Advanced startup**, select **Restart now**. After your PC restarts to the **Choose an option** screen, select **Troubleshoot > Advanced options > Startup Settings > Restart**. After the computer restarts, you'll see a list of options. Press **4** or **F4** to start the computer in Safe mode. Or, if you intend to use the Internet while in Safe mode, press **5** or **F5** for the Safe Mode with Networking option.
+DPC_WATCHDOG_VIOLATION 
            Stop error code 0x00000133 | This Stop error code is caused by a faulty driver that doesn't complete its work within the allotted time frame in certain conditions. To enable us to help mitigate this error, collect the memory dump file from the system, and then use the Windows Debugger to find the faulty driver. If a driver is identified in the Stop error message, disable the driver to isolate the problem. Check with the manufacturer for driver updates. Check the system log in Event Viewer for other error messages that might help identify the device or driver that is causing Stop error 0x133. Verify that any new hardware that is installed is compatible with the installed version of Windows. For example, you can get information about required hardware at Windows 10 Specifications. If Windows Debugger is installed, and you have access to public symbols, you can load the c:\windows\memory.dmp file into the Debugger, and then refer to [Determining the source of Bug Check 0x133 (DPC_WATCHDOG_VIOLATION) errors on Windows Server 2012](/archive/blogs/ntdebugging/determining-the-source-of-bug-check-0x133-dpc_watchdog_violation-errors-on-windows-server-2012) to find the problematic driver from the memory dump.  
+USER_MODE_HEALTH_MONITOR 
            Stop error code 0x0000009E		| This Stop error indicates that a user-mode health check failed in a way that prevents graceful shutdown. Therefore, Windows restores critical services by restarting or enabling application failover to other servers. The Clustering Service incorporates a detection mechanism that may detect unresponsiveness in user-mode components.
            This Stop error usually occurs in a clustered environment, and the indicated faulty driver is RHS.exe.Check the event logs for any storage failures to identify the failing process. Try to update the component or process that is indicated in the event logs. You should see the following event recorded:
            Event ID: 4870
            Source: Microsoft-Windows-FailoverClustering
            Description: User mode health monitoring has detected that the system isn't being responsive. The Failover cluster virtual adapter has lost contact with the Cluster Server process with a process ID ‘%1’, for ‘%2’ seconds. Recovery action is taken. Review the Cluster logs to identify the process and investigate which items might cause the process to hang. 
            For more information, see ["Why is my Failover Clustering node blue screening with a Stop 0x0000009E?"](https://blogs.technet.microsoft.com/askcore/2009/06/12/why-is-my-failover-clustering-node-blue-screening-with-a-stop-0x0000009e) Also, see the following Microsoft video [What to do if a 9E occurs](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vOJQEdmdSgw).
 
 ## Debugging examples
 
 ### Example 1
 
-This bugcheck is caused by a driver hang during upgrade, resulting in a bugcheck D1 in NDIS.sys (a Microsoft driver).  The **IMAGE_NAME** tells you the faulting driver, but since this is Microsoft driver it cannot be replaced or removed. The resolution method is to disable the network device in device manager and try the upgrade again.
+This bugcheck is caused by a driver hang during upgrade, resulting in a bugcheck D1 in NDIS.sys (a Microsoft driver).  The **IMAGE_NAME** tells you the faulting driver, but since this driver is Microsoft driver it can't be replaced or removed. The resolution method is to disable the network device in device manager and try the upgrade again.
 
 ```console
 2: kd> !analyze -v
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ ANALYSIS_SESSION_HOST:  SHENDRIX-DEV0
 ANALYSIS_SESSION_TIME:  01-17-2019 11:06:05.0653
 ANALYSIS_VERSION: 10.0.18248.1001 amd64fre
 TRAP_FRAME:  ffffa884c0c3f6b0 -- (.trap 0xffffa884c0c3f6b0)
-NOTE: The trap frame does not contain all registers.
+NOTE: The trap frame doesn't contain all registers.
 Some register values may be zeroed or incorrect.
 rax=fffff807ad018bf0 rbx=0000000000000000 rcx=000000000011090a
 rdx=fffff807ad018c10 rsi=0000000000000000 rdi=0000000000000000
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ In this example, a non-Microsoft driver caused page fault, so we don’t have sy
 *******************************************************************************
 
 PAGE_FAULT_IN_NONPAGED_AREA (50)
-Invalid system memory was referenced.  This cannot be protected by try-except.
+Invalid system memory was referenced.  This can't be protected by try-except.
 Typically the address is just plain bad or it is pointing at freed memory.
 Arguments:
 Arg1: 8ba10000, memory referenced.
diff --git a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-connectivity.md b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-connectivity.md
index fd6540824c..56573160e6 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-connectivity.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-connectivity.md
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ You might come across connectivity errors on the application end or timeout erro
  
 When you suspect that the issue is on the network, you collect a network trace. The network trace would then be filtered. During troubleshooting connectivity errors, you might come across TCP reset in a network capture that could indicate a network issue.  
  
-* TCP is defined as connection-oriented and reliable protocol. One of the ways in which TCP ensures reliability is through the handshake process. Establishing a TCP session would begin with a three-way handshake, followed by data transfer, and then a four-way closure. The four-way closure where both sender and receiver agree on closing the session is termed as *graceful closure*. After the 4-way closure, the server will allow 4 minutes of time (default), during which any pending packets on the network are to be processed, this is the TIME_WAIT state. After the TIME_WAIT state completes, all the resources allocated for this connection are released.  
+* TCP is defined as connection-oriented and reliable protocol. One of the ways in which TCP ensures reliability is through the handshake process. Establishing a TCP session would begin with a three-way handshake, followed by data transfer, and then a four-way closure. The four-way closure where both sender and receiver agree on closing the session is termed as *graceful closure*. After the four-way closure, the server will allow 4 minutes of time (default), during which any pending packets on the network are to be processed, this period is the TIME_WAIT state. After the TIME_WAIT state completes, all the resources allocated for this connection are released.  
  
 * TCP reset is an abrupt closure of the session; it causes the resources allocated to the connection to be immediately released and all other information about the connection is erased.  
  
@@ -33,13 +33,13 @@ When you suspect that the issue is on the network, you collect a network trace.
  
 A network trace on the source and the destination helps you to determine the flow of the traffic and see at what point the failure is observed.  
  
-The following sections describe some of the scenarios when you will see a RESET. 
+The following sections describe some of the scenarios when you'll see a RESET. 
  
 ## Packet drops
  
-When one TCP peer is sending out TCP packets for which there is no response received from the other end, the TCP peer would end up retransmitting the data and when there is no response received, it would end the session by sending an ACK RESET (this means that the application acknowledges whatever data is exchanged so far, but because of packet drop, the connection is closed).  
+When one TCP peer is sending out TCP packets for which there's no response received from the other end, the TCP peer would end up retransmitting the data and when there's no response received, it would end the session by sending an ACK RESET (thisACK RESET means that the application acknowledges whatever data is exchanged so far, but because of packet drop, the connection is closed).  
  
-The simultaneous network traces on source and destination will help you verify this behavior where on the source side you would see the packets being retransmitted and on the destination none of these packets are seen. This would mean, the network device between the source and destination is dropping the packets. 
+The simultaneous network traces on source and destination will help you verify this behavior where on the source side you would see the packets being retransmitted and on the destination none of these packets are seen. This scenario denotes that the network device between the source and destination is dropping the packets. 
  
 If the initial TCP handshake is failing because of packet drops, then you would see that the TCP SYN packet is retransmitted only three times. 
     
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Source side connecting on port 445:
 
 ![Screenshot of frame summary in Network Monitor.](images/tcp-ts-6.png)
 
-Destination side: applying the same filter, you do not see any packets.
+Destination side: applying the same filter, you don't see any packets.
 
 ![Screenshot of frame summary with filter in Network Monitor.](images/tcp-ts-7.png)
 
@@ -59,22 +59,22 @@ For the rest of the data, TCP will retransmit the packets five times.
 
 **Destination 192.168.1.2 side trace:**
      
-You would not see any of the above packets. Engage your network team to investigate with the different hops and see if any of them are potentially causing drops in the network.
+You wouldn't see any of the above packets. Engage your network team to investigate with the different hops and see if any of them are potentially causing drops in the network.
     
-If you are seeing that the SYN packets are reaching the destination, but the destination is still not responding, then verify if the port that you are trying to connect to is in the listening state. (Netstat output will help). If the port is listening and still there is no response, then there could be a wfp drop.  
+If you're seeing that the SYN packets are reaching the destination, but the destination is still not responding, then verify if the port that you're trying to connect to is in the listening state. (Netstat output will help). If the port is listening and still there's no response, then there could be a wfp drop.  
  
 ## Incorrect parameter in the TCP header
  
-You see this behavior when the packets are modified in the network by middle devices and TCP on the receiving end is unable to accept the packet, such as the sequence number being modified, or packets being replayed by middle device by changing the sequence number. Again, the simultaneous network trace on the source and destination will be able to tell you if any of the TCP headers are modified. Start by comparing the source trace and destination trace, you will be able to notice if there is a change in the packets itself or if any new packets are reaching the destination on behalf of the source.  
+You see this behavior when the packets are modified in the network by middle devices and TCP on the receiving end is unable to accept the packet, such as the sequence number being modified, or packets being replayed by middle device by changing the sequence number. Again, the simultaneous network trace on the source and destination will be able to tell you if any of the TCP headers are modified. Start by comparing the source trace and destination trace, you'll be able to notice if there's a change in the packets itself or if any new packets are reaching the destination on behalf of the source.  
  
 In this case, you'll again need help from the network team to identify any device that's modifying packets or replaying packets to the destination. The most common ones are RiverBed devices or WAN accelerators. 
  
      
 ## Application side reset
  
-When you have identified that the resets are not due to retransmits or incorrect parameter or packets being modified with the help of network trace, then you have narrowed it down to application level reset.
+When you've identified that the resets aren't due to retransmits or incorrect parameter or packets being modified with the help of network trace, then you've narrowed it down to application level reset.
     
-The application resets are the ones where you see the Acknowledgment flag set to `1` along with the reset flag. This would mean that the server is acknowledging the receipt of the packet but for some reason it will not accept the connection. This is when the application that received the packet did not like something it received.  
+The application resets are the ones where you see the Acknowledgment flag set to `1` along with the reset flag. This setting would mean that the server is acknowledging the receipt of the packet but for some reason it will not accept the connection. This stage is when the application that received the packet didn't like something it received.  
  
 In the below screenshots, you see that the packets seen on the source and the destination are the same without any modification or any drops, but you see an explicit reset sent by the destination to the source.
     
@@ -86,14 +86,14 @@ In the below screenshots, you see that the packets seen on the source and the de
 
 ![Screenshot of packets on destination side in Network Monitor.](images/tcp-ts-10.png)
 
-You also see an ACK+RST flag packet in a case when the TCP establishment packet SYN is sent out. The TCP SYN packet is sent when the client wants to connect on a particular port, but if the destination/server for some reason does not want to accept the packet, it would send an ACK+RST packet.  
+You also see an ACK+RST flag packet in a case when the TCP establishment packet SYN is sent out. The TCP SYN packet is sent when the client wants to connect on a particular port, but if the destination/server for some reason doesn't want to accept the packet, it would send an ACK+RST packet.  
 
 ![Screenshot of packet flag.](images/tcp-ts-11.png)
 
 The application that's causing the reset (identified by port numbers) should be investigated to understand what is causing it to reset the connection. 
  
 >[!Note]
->The above information is about resets from a TCP standpoint and not UDP. UDP is a connectionless protocol and the packets are sent unreliably. You would not see retransmission or resets when using UDP as a transport protocol. However, UDP makes use of ICMP as a error reporting protocol. When you have the UDP packet sent out on a port and the destination does not have port listed, you will see the destination sending out  **ICMP Destination host unreachable: Port unreachable** message immediately after the UDP packet
+>The above information is about resets from a TCP standpoint and not UDP. UDP is a connectionless protocol and the packets are sent unreliably. You wouldn't see retransmission or resets when using UDP as a transport protocol. However, UDP makes use of ICMP as a error reporting protocol. When you've the UDP packet sent out on a port and the destination does not have port listed, you'll see the destination sending out  **ICMP Destination host unreachable: Port unreachable** message immediately after the UDP packet
  
  
 ```
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ The application that's causing the reset (identified by port numbers) should be
 ```
  
  
-During the course of troubleshooting connectivity issue, you might also see in the network trace that a machine receives packets but does not respond to. In such cases, there could be a drop at the server level. To understand whether the local firewall is dropping the packet, enable the firewall auditing on the machine.
+During the troubleshooting connectivity issue, you might also see in the network trace that a machine receives packets but doesn't respond to. In such cases, there could be a drop at the server level. To understand whether the local firewall is dropping the packet, enable the firewall auditing on the machine.
  
 ```
 auditpol /set /subcategory:"Filtering Platform Packet Drop" /success:enable /failure:enable
@@ -113,6 +113,6 @@ You can then review the Security event logs to see for a packet drop on a partic
 
 ![Screenshot of Event Properties.](images/tcp-ts-12.png)
 
-Now, run the command `netsh wfp show state`, this will generate a wfpstate.xml file. After you open this file and filter for the ID that you find in the above event (2944008), you'll be able to see a firewall rule name that's associated with this ID that's blocking the connection.
+Now, run the command `netsh wfp show state`, this execution will generate a wfpstate.xml file. After you open this file and filter for the ID that you find in the above event (2944008), you'll be able to see a firewall rule name that's associated with this ID that's blocking the connection.
 
 ![Screenshot of wfpstate.xml file.](images/tcp-ts-13.png)
diff --git a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-netmon.md b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-netmon.md
index 7bbb4f70f3..aed2257b4d 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-netmon.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-netmon.md
@@ -15,10 +15,10 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 # Collect data using Network Monitor
 
-In this article, you will learn how to use Microsoft Network Monitor 3.4, which is a tool for capturing network traffic.
+In this article, you'll learn how to use Microsoft Network Monitor 3.4, which is a tool for capturing network traffic.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> Network Monitor is the archived protocol analyzer and is no longer under development. Also, Microsoft Message Analyzer (MMA) was retired and its download packages were removed from microsoft.com sites on November 25, 2019. There is currently no Microsoft replacement for Microsoft Message Analyzer in development at this time.  For similar functionality, consider using another, non-Microsoft network protocol analyzer tool. For more details, see [Microsoft Message Analyzer Operating Guide](/message-analyzer/microsoft-message-analyzer-operating-guide).
+> Network Monitor is the archived protocol analyzer and is no longer under development. Also, Microsoft Message Analyzer (MMA) was retired and its download packages were removed from microsoft.com sites on November 25, 2019. There is currently no Microsoft replacement for Microsoft Message Analyzer in development at this time.  For similar functionality, consider using another, non-Microsoft network protocol analyzer tool. For more information, see [Microsoft Message Analyzer Operating Guide](/message-analyzer/microsoft-message-analyzer-operating-guide).
 
 To get started, [download Network Monitor tool](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=4865). When you install Network Monitor, it installs its driver and hooks it to all the network adapters installed on the device. You can see the same on the adapter properties, as shown in the following image:
 
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ When the driver gets hooked to the network interface card (NIC) during installat
 
     ![Image of the New Capture option on menu.](images/tcp-ts-4.png)
 
-3. Reproduce the issue, and you will see that Network Monitor grabs the packets on the wire.
+3. Reproduce the issue, and you'll see that Network Monitor grabs the packets on the wire.
 
     ![Frame summary of network packets.](images/tcp-ts-5.png)
 
 4. Select **Stop**, and go to **File > Save as** to save the results. By default, the file will be saved as a ".cap" file.
 
-The saved file has captured all the traffic that is flowing to and from the selected network adapters on the local computer. However, your interest is only to look into the traffic/packets that are related to the specific connectivity problem you are facing. So you will need to filter the network capture to see only the related traffic. 
+The saved file has captured all the traffic that is flowing to and from the selected network adapters on the local computer. However, your interest is only to look into the traffic/packets that are related to the specific connectivity problem you're facing. So you'll need to filter the network capture to see only the related traffic. 
  
 **Commonly used filters**
  
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The saved file has captured all the traffic that is flowing to and from the sele
 >[!TIP]
 >If you want to filter the capture for a specific field and do not know the syntax for that filter, just right-click that field and select **Add *the selected value* to Display Filter**. 
  
-Network traces which are collected using the **netsh** commands built in to Windows are of the extension "ETL". However, these ETL files can be opened using Network Monitor for further analysis. 
+Network traces that are collected using the **netsh** commands built in to Windows are of the extension "ETL". However, these ETL files can be opened using Network Monitor for further analysis. 
 
 ## More information
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-port-exhaust.md b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-port-exhaust.md
index 638044c3aa..938136edad 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-port-exhaust.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-port-exhaust.md
@@ -19,16 +19,16 @@ TCP and UDP protocols work based on port numbers used for establishing connectio
  
 There are two types of ports:
 
-- *Ephemeral ports*, which are usually dynamic ports, are the set of ports that every machine by default will have them to make an outbound connection.
+- *Ephemeral ports*, which are dynamic ports, are the set of ports that every machine by default will have them to make an outbound connection.
 - *Well-known ports* are the defined port for a particular application or service. For example, file server service is on port 445, HTTPS is 443, HTTP is 80, and RPC is 135. Custom application will also have their defined port numbers.
  
-When connecting to an application or service, client devices use an ephemeral port from the device to connect to a well-known port defined for that application or service. A browser on a client machine will use an ephemeral port to connect to `https://www.microsoft.com` on port 443.
+When a connection is being established with an application or service, client devices use an ephemeral port from the device to connect to a well-known port defined for that application or service. A browser on a client machine will use an ephemeral port to connect to `https://www.microsoft.com` on port 443.
  
-In a scenario where the same browser is creating a lot of connections to multiple websites, for any new connection that the browser is attempting, an ephemeral port is used. After some time, you will notice that the connections will start to fail and one high possibility for this would be because the browser has used all the available ports to make connections outside and any new attempt to establish a connection will fail as there are no more ports available. When all the ports on a machine are used, we term it as *port exhaustion*. 
+In a scenario where the same browser is creating many connections to multiple websites, for any new connection that the browser is attempting, an ephemeral port is used. After some time, you'll notice that the connections will start to fail and one high possibility for this failure would be because the browser has used all the available ports to make connections outside and any new attempt to establish a connection will fail as there are no more ports available. When all the ports on a machine are used, we term it as *port exhaustion*. 
  
 ## Default dynamic port range for TCP/IP
  
-To comply with [Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA)](http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers) recommendations, Microsoft has increased the dynamic client port range for outgoing connections. The new default start port is **49152**, and the new default end port is **65535**. This is a change from the configuration of earlier versions of Windows that used a default port range of **1025** through **5000**. 
+To comply with [Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA)](http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers) recommendations, Microsoft has increased the dynamic client port range for outgoing connections. The new default start port is **49152**, and the new default end port is **65535**. This increase is a change from the configuration of earlier versions of Windows that used a default port range of **1025** through **5000**. 
  
 You can view the dynamic port range on a computer by using the following netsh commands: 
 
@@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ The start port is number, and the total number of ports is range. The following
 - `netsh int ipv6 set dynamicport tcp start=10000 num=1000`
 - `netsh int ipv6 set dynamicport udp start=10000 num=1000`
  
-These sample commands set the dynamic port range to start at port 10000 and to end at port 10999 (1000 ports). The minimum range of ports that can be set is 255. The minimum start port that can be set is 1025. The maximum end port (based on the range being configured) cannot exceed 65535. To duplicate the default behavior of Windows Server 2003, use 1025 as the start port, and then use 3976 as the range for both TCP and UDP. This results in a start port of 1025 and an end port of 5000.
+These sample commands set the dynamic port range to start at port 10000 and to end at port 10999 (1000 ports). The minimum range of ports that can be set is 255. The minimum start port that can be set is 1025. The maximum end port (based on the range being configured) can't exceed 65535. To duplicate the default behavior of Windows Server 2003, use 1025 as the start port, and then use 3976 as the range for both TCP and UDP. This usage pattern results in a start port of 1025 and an end port of 5000.
  
-Specifically, about outbound connections as incoming connections will not require an Ephemeral port for accepting connections.
+Specifically, about outbound connections as incoming connections won't require an Ephemeral port for accepting connections.
  
-Since outbound connections start to fail, you will see a lot of the below behaviors:
+Since outbound connections start to fail, you'll see many instances of the below behaviors:
  
-- Unable to sign in to the machine with domain credentials, however sign-in with local account works. Domain sign-in will require you to contact the DC for authentication which is again an outbound connection. If you have cache credentials set, then domain sign-in might still work.
+- Unable to sign in to the machine with domain credentials, however sign-in with local account works. Domain sign in will require you to contact the DC for authentication, which is again an outbound connection. If you've cache credentials set, then domain sign-in might still work.
 
     :::image type="content" alt-text="Screenshot of error for NETLOGON in Event Viewer." source="images/tcp-ts-14.png" lightbox="images/tcp-ts-14.png":::
 
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ Reboot of the server will resolve the issue temporarily, but you would see all t
 
 If you suspect that the machine is in a state of port exhaustion: 
  
-1. Try making an outbound connection. From the server/machine, access a remote share or try an RDP to another server or telnet to a server on a port. If the outbound connection fails for all of these, go to the next step.
+1. Try making an outbound connection. From the server/machine, access a remote share or try an RDP to another server or telnet to a server on a port. If the outbound connection fails for all of these options, go to the next step.
 
-2. Open event viewer and under the system logs, look for the events which clearly indicate the current state: 
+2. Open event viewer and under the system logs, look for the events that clearly indicate the current state: 
 
     1. **Event ID 4227**
 
@@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ If you suspect that the machine is in a state of port exhaustion:
 
     ![Screenshot of netstate command output.](images/tcp-ts-20.png)
 
-    After a graceful closure or an abrupt closure of a session, after a period of 4 minutes (default), the port used by the process or application would be released back to the available pool. During this 4 minutes, the TCP connection state will be TIME_WAIT state. In a situation where you suspect port exhaustion, an application or process will not be able to release all the ports that it has consumed and will remain in the TIME_WAIT state.
+    After a graceful closure or an abrupt closure of a session, after a period of 4 minutes (default), the port used by the process or application would be released back to the available pool. During this 4 minutes, the TCP connection state will be TIME_WAIT state. In a situation where you suspect port exhaustion, an application or process won't be able to release all the ports that it has consumed and will remain in the TIME_WAIT state.
      
-    You might also see CLOSE_WAIT state connections in the same output; however, CLOSE_WAIT state is a state when one side of the TCP peer has no more data to send (FIN sent) but is able to receive data from the other end. This state does not necessarily indicate port exhaustion.
+    You might also see CLOSE_WAIT state connections in the same output; however, CLOSE_WAIT state is a state when one side of the TCP peer has no more data to send (FIN sent) but is able to receive data from the other end. This state doesn't necessarily indicate port exhaustion.
      
     > [!Note]
-    > Having huge connections in TIME_WAIT state does not always indicate that the server is currently out of ports unless the first two points are verified. Having lot of TIME_WAIT connections does indicate that the process is creating lot of TCP connections and may eventually lead to port exhaustion.
+    > Having huge connections in TIME_WAIT state doesn't always indicate that the server is currently out of ports unless the first two points are verified. Having lot of TIME_WAIT connections does indicate that the process is creating lot of TCP connections and may eventually lead to port exhaustion.
     >
     > Netstat has been updated in Windows 10 with the addition of the **-Q** switch to show ports that have transitioned out of time wait as in the BOUND state.  An update for Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2 has been released that contains this functionality. The PowerShell cmdlet `Get-NetTCPConnection` in Windows 10 also shows these BOUND ports.
     >
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ If you suspect that the machine is in a state of port exhaustion:
    Netsh trace start scenario=netconnection capture=yes tracefile=c:\Server.etl
    ```
 
-5. Open the server.etl file with [Network Monitor](troubleshoot-tcpip-netmon.md) and in the filter section, apply the filter **Wscore_MicrosoftWindowsWinsockAFD.AFD_EVENT_BIND.Status.LENTStatus.Code == 0x209**. You should see entries which say **STATUS_TOO_MANY_ADDRESSES**. If you do not find any entries, then the server is still not out of ports. If you find them, then you can confirm that the server is under port exhaustion.
+5. Open the server.etl file with [Network Monitor](troubleshoot-tcpip-netmon.md) and in the filter section, apply the filter **Wscore_MicrosoftWindowsWinsockAFD.AFD_EVENT_BIND.Status.LENTStatus.Code == 0x209**. You should see entries that say **STATUS_TOO_MANY_ADDRESSES**. If you don't find any entries, then the server is still not out of ports. If you find them, then you can confirm that the server is under port exhaustion.
  
 ## Troubleshoot Port exhaustion
  
@@ -120,30 +120,30 @@ The key is to identify which process or application is using all the ports. Belo
  
 ### Method 1
 
-Start by looking at the netstat output. If you are using Windows 10 or Windows Server 2016, then you can run the command `netstat -anobq` and check for the process ID which has maximum entries as BOUND. Alternately, you can also run the below PowerShell command to identify the process:
+Start by looking at the netstat output. If you're using Windows 10 or Windows Server 2016, then you can run the command `netstat -anobq` and check for the process ID that has maximum entries as BOUND. Alternately, you can also run the below PowerShell command to identify the process:
 
 ```powershell
 Get-NetTCPConnection | Group-Object -Property State, OwningProcess | Select -Property Count, Name, @{Name="ProcessName";Expression={(Get-Process -PID ($_.Name.Split(',')[-1].Trim(' '))).Name}}, Group | Sort Count -Descending 
 ```
 
-Most port leaks are caused by user-mode processes not correctly closing the ports when an error was encountered. At the user-mode level ports (actually sockets) are handles. Both **TaskManager** and **ProcessExplorer** are able to display handle counts which allows you to identify which process is consuming all of the ports.
+Most port leaks are caused by user-mode processes not correctly closing the ports when an error was encountered. At the user-mode level, ports (actually sockets) are handles. Both **TaskManager** and **ProcessExplorer** are able to display handle counts, which allows you to identify which process is consuming all of the ports.
  
 For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, you can update your PowerShell version to include the above cmdlet. 
  
 ### Method 2
 
-If method 1 does not help you identify the process (prior to Windows 10 and Windows Server 2012 R2), then have a look at Task Manager: 
+If method 1 doesn't help you identify the process (prior to Windows 10 and Windows Server 2012 R2), then have a look at Task Manager: 
 
 1. Add a column called “handles” under details/processes.
 2. Sort the column handles to identify the process with the highest number of handles. Usually the process with handles greater than 3000 could be the culprit except for processes like System, lsass.exe, store.exe, sqlsvr.exe.
 
     ![Screenshot of handles column in Windows Task Maner.](images/tcp-ts-21.png)
 
-3. If any other process than these has a higher number, stop that process and then try to login using domain credentials and see if it succeeds.
+3. If any other process than these processes has a higher number, stop that process and then try to sign in using domain credentials and see if it succeeds.
  
 ### Method 3
 
-If Task Manager did not help you identify the process, then use Process Explorer to investigate the issue.
+If Task Manager didn't help you identify the process, then use Process Explorer to investigate the issue.
  
 Steps to use Process explorer: 
 
@@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ Steps to use Process explorer:
 
     :::image type="content" alt-text="Screenshot of Process Explorer." source="images/tcp-ts-22.png" lightbox="images/tcp-ts-22.png":::
 
-10. Some are normal, but large numbers of them are not (hundreds to thousands). Close the process in question. If that restores outbound connectivity, then you have further proven that the app is the cause. Contact the vendor of that app.
+10. Some are normal, but large numbers of them aren't (hundreds to thousands). Close the process in question. If that restores outbound connectivity, then you've further proven that the app is the cause. Contact the vendor of that app.
  
-Finally, if the above methods did not help you isolate the process, we suggest you collect a complete memory dump of the machine in the issue state. The dump will tell you which process has the maximum handles.
+Finally, if the above methods didn't help you isolate the process, we suggest you collect a complete memory dump of the machine in the issue state. The dump will tell you which process has the maximum handles.
  
 As a workaround, rebooting the computer will get it back in normal state and would help you resolve the issue for the time being. However, when a reboot is impractical, you can also consider increasing the number of ports on the machine using the below commands:
 
@@ -170,10 +170,10 @@ As a workaround, rebooting the computer will get it back in normal state and wou
 netsh int ipv4 set dynamicport tcp start=10000 num=1000
 ```
 
-This will set the dynamic port range to start at port 10000 and to end at port 10999 (1000 ports). The minimum range of ports that can be set is 255. The minimum start port that can be set is 1025. The maximum end port (based on the range being configured) cannot exceed 65535.
+This command will set the dynamic port range to start at port 10000 and to end at port 10999 (1000 ports). The minimum range of ports that can be set is 255. The minimum start port that can be set is 1025. The maximum end port (based on the range being configured) can't exceed 65535.
  
 >[!NOTE]
->Note that increasing the dynamic port range is not a permanent solution but only temporary. You will need to track down which process/processors are consuming max number of ports and troubleshoot from that process standpoint as to why its consuming such high number of ports. 
+>Note that increasing the dynamic port range is not a permanent solution but only temporary. You'll need to track down which process/processors are consuming max number of ports and troubleshoot from that process standpoint as to why it's consuming such high number of ports. 
 
 For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, you can use the below script to collect the netstat output at defined frequency. From the outputs, you can see the port usage trend.
 
@@ -196,5 +196,5 @@ goto loop
 ## Useful links
 
 - [Port Exhaustion and You!](/archive/blogs/askds/port-exhaustion-and-you-or-why-the-netstat-tool-is-your-friend) - this article gives a detail on netstat states and how you can use netstat output to determine the port status
-- [Detecting ephemeral port exhaustion](/archive/blogs/yongrhee/windows-server-2012-r2-ephemeral-ports-a-k-a-dynamic-ports-hotfixes): this article has a script which will run in a loop to report the port status. (Applicable for Windows 2012 R2, Windows 8, Windows 10 and Windows 11)
+- [Detecting ephemeral port exhaustion](/archive/blogs/yongrhee/windows-server-2012-r2-ephemeral-ports-a-k-a-dynamic-ports-hotfixes): this article has a script that will run in a loop to report the port status. (Applicable for Windows 2012 R2, Windows 8, Windows 10 and Windows 11)
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-rpc-errors.md b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-rpc-errors.md
index 6601c0c57d..b5ef8d16f6 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-rpc-errors.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-tcpip-rpc-errors.md
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ You might encounter an **RPC server unavailable** error when connecting to Windo
 
 ![The following error has occurred: the RPC server is unavailable.](images/rpc-error.png)
 
-This is a commonly encountered error message in the networking world and one can lose hope very fast without trying to understand much, as to what is happening ‘under the hood’. 
+This message is a commonly encountered error message in the networking world and one can lose hope fast without trying to understand much, as to what is happening ‘under the hood’. 
 
 Before getting in to troubleshooting the *RPC server unavailable- error, let’s first understand basics about the error. There are a few important terms to understand:
 
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Before getting in to troubleshooting the *RPC server unavailable- error
 - UUID – a well-known GUID that identifies the RPC application. The UUID is what you use to see a specific kind of RPC application conversation, as there are likely to be many.
 - Opnum – the identifier of a function that the client wants the server to execute. It’s just a hexadecimal number, but a good network analyzer will translate the function for you. If neither knows, your application vendor must tell you.
 - Port – the communication endpoints for the client and server applications.
-- Stub data – the information given to functions and data exchanged between the client and server. This is the payload, the important part.
+- Stub data – the information given to functions and data exchanged between the client and server. This data is the payload, the important part.
  
 >[!Note]
 > A lot of the above information is used in troubleshooting, the most important is the Dynamic RPC port number you get while talking to EPM.
@@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ Remote Procedure Call (RPC) dynamic port allocation is used by server applicatio
  
 Customers using firewalls may want to control which ports RPC is using so that their firewall router can be configured to forward only these Transmission Control Protocol (UDP and TCP) ports. Many RPC servers in Windows let you specify the server port in custom configuration items such as registry entries. When you can specify a dedicated server port, you know what traffic flows between the hosts across the firewall, and you can define what traffic is allowed in a more directed manner.
  
-As a server port, please choose a port outside of the range you may want to specify below. You can find a comprehensive list of server ports that are used in Windows and major Microsoft products in the article [Service overview and network port requirements for Windows](/troubleshoot/windows-server/networking/service-overview-and-network-port-requirements).
+As a server port, choose a port outside of the range you may want to specify below. You can find a comprehensive list of server ports that are used in Windows and major Microsoft products in the article [Service overview and network port requirements for Windows](/troubleshoot/windows-server/networking/service-overview-and-network-port-requirements).
 The article also lists the RPC servers and which RPC servers can be configured to use custom server ports beyond the facilities the RPC runtime offers. 
  
-Some firewalls also allow for UUID filtering where it learns from a RPC Endpoint Mapper request for a RPC interface UUID. The response has the server port number, and a subsequent RPC Bind on this port is then allowed to pass.
+Some firewalls also allow for UUID filtering where it learns from an RPC Endpoint Mapper request for an RPC interface UUID. The response has the server port number, and a subsequent RPC Bind on this port is then allowed to pass.
  
 With Registry Editor, you can modify the following parameters for RPC. The RPC Port key values discussed below are all located in the following key in the registry:
  
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ With Registry Editor, you can modify the following parameters for RPC. The RPC P
 
 **Ports REG_MULTI_SZ**
  
-- Specifies a set of IP port ranges consisting of either all the ports available from the Internet or all the ports not available from the Internet. Each string represents a single port or an inclusive set of ports. For example, a single port may be represented by **5984**, and a set of ports may be represented by **5000-5100**. If any entries are outside the range of 0 to 65535, or if any string cannot be interpreted, the RPC runtime treats the entire configuration as invalid.
+- Specifies a set of IP port ranges consisting of either all the ports available from the Internet or all the ports not available from the Internet. Each string represents a single port or an inclusive set of ports. For example, a single port may be represented by **5984**, and a set of ports may be represented by **5000-5100**. If any entries are outside the range of 0 to 65535, or if any string can't be interpreted, the RPC runtime treats the entire configuration as invalid.
  
 **PortsInternetAvailable REG_SZ Y or N (not case-sensitive)**
  
-- If Y, the ports listed in the Ports key are all the Internet-available ports on that computer. If N, the ports listed in the Ports key are all those ports that are not Internet-available.
+- If Y, the ports listed in the Ports key are all the Internet-available ports on that computer. If N, the ports listed in the Ports key are all those ports that aren't Internet-available.
  
 **UseInternetPorts REG_SZ ) Y or N (not case-sensitive)**
  
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ With Registry Editor, you can modify the following parameters for RPC. The RPC P
  
 **Example:**
 
-In this example ports 5000 through 6000 inclusive have been arbitrarily selected to help illustrate how the new registry key can be configured. This is not a recommendation of a minimum number of ports needed for any particular system.
+In this example, ports 5000 through 6000 inclusive have been arbitrarily selected to help illustrate how the new registry key can be configured. This example isn't a recommendation of a minimum number of ports needed for any particular system.
 
 1. Add the Internet key under: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Rpc
 
@@ -108,13 +108,13 @@ If you would like to do a deep dive as to how it works, see [RPC over IT/Pro](ht
  
 ### PortQuery
 
-The best thing to always troubleshoot RPC issues before even getting in to traces is by making use of tools like **PortQry**. You can quickly determine if you are able to make a connection by running the command:
+The best thing to always troubleshoot RPC issues before even getting in to traces is by making use of tools like **PortQry**. You can quickly determine if you're able to make a connection by running the command:
 
 ```console
 Portqry.exe -n  -e 135
 ``` 
  
-This would give you a lot of output to look for, but you should be looking for *ip_tcp- and the port number in the brackets, which tells whether you were successfully able to get a dynamic port from EPM and also make a connection to it. If the above fails, you can typically start collecting simultaneous network traces. Something like this from the output of “PortQry”:
+This command would give you much of the output to look for, but you should be looking for *ip_tcp- and the port number in the brackets, which tells whether you were successfully able to get a dynamic port from EPM and also make a connection to it. If the above fails, you can typically start collecting simultaneous network traces. Something like this from the output of “PortQry”:
 
 ```console
 Portqry.exe -n 169.254.0.2 -e 135
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ The one in bold is the ephemeral port number that you made a connection to succe
  
 ### Netsh
 
-You can run the commands below to leverage Windows inbuilt netsh captures, to collect a simultaneous trace. Remember to execute the below on an “Admin CMD”, it requires elevation.
+You can run the commands below to use Windows inbuilt netsh captures, to collect a simultaneous trace. Remember to execute the below on an “Admin CMD”, it requires elevation.
  
 - On the client
 
@@ -164,30 +164,30 @@ Open the traces in [Microsoft Network Monitor 3.4](troubleshoot-tcpip-netmon.md)
 
 - Look for the “EPM” Protocol Under the “Protocol” column.
 
-- Now check if you are getting a response from the server. If you get a response, note the dynamic port number that you have been allocated to use.
+- Now check if you're getting a response from the server. If you get a response, note the dynamic port number that you've been allocated to use.
 
   :::image type="content" alt-text="Screenshot of Network Monitor with dynamic port highlighted." source="images/tcp-ts-23.png" lightbox="images/tcp-ts-23.png":::
 
-- Check if we are connecting successfully to this Dynamic port successfully.
+- Check if we're connecting successfully to this Dynamic port successfully.
 
 - The filter should be something like this: `tcp.port==` and `ipv4.address==` 
 
   :::image type="content" alt-text="Screenshot of Network Monitor with filter applied." source="images/tcp-ts-24.png" lightbox="images/tcp-ts-24.png":::
 
-This should help you verify the connectivity and isolate if any network issues are seen.
+This filter should help you verify the connectivity and isolate if any network issues are seen.
 
 
 ### Port not reachable
 
-The most common reason why we would see the RPC server unavailable is when the dynamic port that the client tries to connect is not reachable. The client side trace would then show TCP SYN retransmits for the dynamic port.
+The most common reason why we would see the RPC server unavailable is when the dynamic port that the client tries to connect isn't reachable. The client side trace would then show TCP SYN retransmits for the dynamic port.
  
 :::image type="content" alt-text="Screenshot of Network Monitor with TCP SYN retransmits." source="images/tcp-ts-25.png" lightbox="images/tcp-ts-25.png":::
  
-The port cannot be reachable due to one of the following reasons:
+The port can't be reachable due to one of the following reasons:
 
 - The dynamic port range is blocked on the firewall in the environment. 
 - A middle device is dropping the packets. 
-- The destination server is dropping the packets (WFP drop / NIC drop/ Filter driver etc).
+- The destination server is dropping the packets (WFP drop / NIC drop/ Filter driver etc.).
 
 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-windows-freeze.md b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-windows-freeze.md
index 9d73bacae3..c5605425da 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-windows-freeze.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/troubleshoot-windows-freeze.md
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ This article describes how to troubleshoot freeze issues on Windows-based comput
 *   Which computer is freezing? (Example: The impacted computer is a physical server, virtual server, and so on.) 
 *   What operation was being performed when the freezes occurred? (Example: This issue occurs when you shut down GUI, perform one or more operations, and so on.) 
 *   How often do the errors occur? (Example: This issue occurs every night at 7 PM, every day around 7 AM, and so on.) 
-*   On how many computers does this occur? (Example: All computers, only one computer, 10 computers, and so on.) 
+*   On how many computers does this freeze occur? (Example: All computers, only one computer, 10 computers, and so on.) 
 
 ## Troubleshoot the freeze issues  
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ To troubleshoot the freeze issues, check the current status of your computer, an
 If the physical computer or the virtual machine is still freezing, use one or more of the following methods for troubleshooting: 
 
 *   Try to access the computer through Remote Desktop, Citrix, and so on. 
-*   Use the domain account or local administrator account to log on the computer by using one of the Remote Physical Console Access features, such as Dell Remote Access Card (DRAC), HP Integrated Lights-Out (iLo), or IBM Remote supervisor adapter (RSA). 
+*   Use the domain account or local administrator account to sign in to the computer by using one of the Remote Physical Console Access features, such as Dell Remote Access Card (DRAC), HP Integrated Lights-Out (iLo), or IBM Remote supervisor adapter (RSA). 
 *   Test ping to the computer. Packet dropping and high network latency may be observed. 
 *   Access administrative shares (\\\\**ServerName**\\c$). 
 *   Press Ctrl + Alt + Delete command and check response. 
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ If the physical computer or virtual machine froze but is now running in a good s
 
 *   Review the System and Application logs from the computer that is having the issue. Check the event logs for the relevant Event ID:
 
-    - Application event log : Application Error (suggesting Crash or relevant System Process)
+    - Application event log: Application Error (suggesting Crash or relevant System Process)
     - System Event logs, Service Control Manager Error event IDs for Critical System Services
     - Error Event IDs 2019/2020 with source Srv/Server
 
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ If the computer is no longer frozen and now is running in a good state, use the
 > If you have a restart feature that is enabled on the computer, such as the Automatic System Restart (ASR) feature in Compaq computers, disable it. This setting is usually found in the BIOS. With this feature enabled, if the BIOS doesn't detect a heartbeat from the operating system, it will restart the computer. The restart can interrupt the dump process.   
 
 
-1. Make sure that the computer is set up to get a complete memory dump file. To do this, follow these steps: 
+1. Ensure that the computer is set up to get a complete memory dump file. To do this setup, follow these steps:
 
    1.  Go to **Run** and enter `Sysdm.cpl`, and then press enter.
     
@@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ If the computer is no longer frozen and now is running in a good state, use the
 
        Additionally, you can use the workaround for [space limitations on the system drive in Windows Server 2008](#space-limitations-on-the-system-drive-in-windows-server-2008). 
 
-   6.  Make sure that there's more available space on the system drive than there is physical RAM. 
+   6.  Make sure that there's more available space on the system drive than there's physical RAM. 
 
-2. Enable the CrashOnCtrlScroll registry value to allow the system to generate a dump file by using the keyboard. To do this, follow these steps: 
+2. Enable the CrashOnCtrlScroll registry value to allow the system to generate a dump file by using the keyboard. To do this enablement, follow these steps: 
 
    1. Go to Registry Editor, and then locate the following registry keys: 
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ If the computer is no longer frozen and now is running in a good state, use the
 
 ### Method 2: Data sanity check 
 
-Use the Dump Check Utility (Dumpchk.exe) to read a memory dump file or verify that the file was created correctly. You can use the Microsoft DumpChk (Crash Dump File Checker) tool to verify that the memory dump files are not corrupted or invalid. 
+Use the Dump Check Utility (Dumpchk.exe) to read a memory dump file or verify that the file was created correctly. You can use the Microsoft DumpChk (Crash Dump File Checker) tool to verify that the memory dump files aren't corrupted or invalid. 
 
 - [Using DumpChk](/windows-hardware/drivers/debugger/dumpchk)
 - [Download DumpCheck](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/downloads/windows-10-sdk)
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ The Performance Monitor log is located in the path: C:\PERFLOGS
 If the physical computer is still running in a frozen state, follow these steps to enable and collect memory dump: 
 
 
-1. Make sure that the computer is set up to get a complete memory dump file and that you can access it through the network. To do this, follow these steps:   
+1. Ensure that the computer is set up to get a complete memory dump file and that you can access it through the network. To do this setup, follow these steps:   
    > [!NOTE]
    > If it isn't possible to access the affected computer through the network, try to generate a memory dump file through NMI interruption. The result of the action may not collect a memory dump file if some of the following settings aren't qualified.   
 
@@ -222,11 +222,11 @@ If the physical computer is still running in a frozen state, follow these steps
         > [!NOTE]
         > If the size isn't reflected in the Registry, try to access an Administrative share where the page file is located (such as \\\\**ServerName**\C$). 
 
-   3. Make sure that there's a paging file (pagefile.sys) on the system drive of the computer, and it's at least 100 MB over the installed RAM. 
+   3. Ensure that there's a paging file (pagefile.sys) on the system drive of the computer, and it's at least 100 MB over the installed RAM. 
 
-   4. Make sure that there's more free space on the hard disk drives of the computer than there is physical RAM. 
+   4. Ensure that there's more free space on the hard disk drives of the computer than there's physical RAM. 
 
-2. Enable the **CrashOnCtrlScroll** registry value on the computer to allow the system to generate a dump file by using the keyboard. To do this, follow these steps: 
+2. Enable the **CrashOnCtrlScroll** registry value on the computer to allow the system to generate a dump file by using the keyboard. To do this enablement, follow these steps: 
 
    1.  From a remote computer preferably in the same network and subnet, go to Registry Editor \> Connect Network Registry. Connect to the concerned computer and locate the following registry keys: 
 
diff --git a/windows/client-management/windows-10-support-solutions.md b/windows/client-management/windows-10-support-solutions.md
index ef2b5a09cc..2c423bfbc7 100644
--- a/windows/client-management/windows-10-support-solutions.md
+++ b/windows/client-management/windows-10-support-solutions.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ms.topic: troubleshooting
 
 Microsoft regularly releases both updates for Windows Server. To ensure your servers can receive future updates, including security updates, it's important to keep your servers updated. Check out - [Windows 10 and Windows Server 2016 update history](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/4000825/windows-10-windows-server-2016-update-history) for a complete list of released updates.
 
-This section contains advanced troubleshooting topics and links to help you resolve issues with Windows 10 in an enterprise or IT pro environment. Additional topics will be added as they become available.
+This section contains advanced troubleshooting topics and links to help you resolve issues with Windows 10 in an enterprise or IT pro environment. More topics will be added as they become available.
 
 ## Troubleshoot 802.1x Authentication
 - [Advanced Troubleshooting 802.1X Authentication](./advanced-troubleshooting-802-authentication.md)
@@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ This section contains advanced troubleshooting topics and links to help you reso
 
 ## Troubleshoot BitLocker
 - [Guidelines for troubleshooting BitLocker](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/troubleshoot-bitlocker)
-- [BitLocker cannot encrypt a drive: known issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-cannot-encrypt-issues)
+- [BitLocker can't encrypt a drive: known issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-cannot-encrypt-issues)
 - [Enforcing BitLocker policies by using Intune: known issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-intune-issues)
 - [BitLocker Network Unlock: known issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-network-unlock-issues)
 - [BitLocker recovery: known issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-recovery-issues)
 - [BitLocker configuration: known issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-config-issues)
-- [BitLocker cannot encrypt a drive: known TPM issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-cannot-encrypt-tpm-issues)
+- [BitLocker can't encrypt a drive: known TPM issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-cannot-encrypt-tpm-issues)
 - [BitLocker and TPM: other known issues](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-tpm-issues)
 - [Decode Measured Boot logs to track PCR changes](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/ts-bitlocker-decode-measured-boot-logs)
 - [BitLocker frequently asked questions (FAQ)](/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-frequently-asked-questions)
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ This section contains advanced troubleshooting topics and links to help you reso
 - [Windows Update log files](/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-logs)
 - [Windows Update troubleshooting](/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-troubleshooting)
 - [Windows Update common errors and mitigation](/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-errors)
-- [Windows Update - Additional resources](/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-resources)
+- [Windows Update - More resources](/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-resources)
 - [Get started with Windows Update](/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-overview)
 - [Servicing stack updates](/windows/deployment/update/servicing-stack-updates)
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md b/windows/configuration/changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md
index 6d1d2b4a1c..756137de7c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Changes to Group Policy settings for Windows 10 Start menu (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about changes to Group Policy settings for the Windows 10 Start menu. Also, learn about the new Windows 10 Start experience.
 ms.assetid: 612FB68A-3832-451F-AA97-E73791FEAA9F
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["group policy", "start menu", "start screen"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 11/28/2017
diff --git a/windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md b/windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
index 65c86b5f5f..500f5c624f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/configure-windows-10-taskbar.md
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ keywords: ["taskbar layout","pin apps"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 01/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 # Configure Windows 10 taskbar
@@ -327,4 +327,4 @@ The resulting taskbar for computers in any other country region:
 - [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md)
 - [Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md)
 - [Customize Windows 10 Start and tasbkar with mobile device management (MDM)](customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md)
-- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Changes to Start policies in Windows 10](changes-to-start-policies-in-windows-10.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-crm.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-crm.md
index 983c40f7d0..2191c4fad4 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-crm.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-crm.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: How to set up Cortana to give salespeople insights on important CRM
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Set up and test Cortana with Microsoft Dynamics CRM (Preview feature) in your organization
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback.md
index cd31806c01..6d940ecc14 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-feedback.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn how to send feedback to Microsoft about Cortana at work so yo
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Send feedback about Cortana back to Microsoft
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ To provide feedback about the application in general, go to the **Settings** men
 
 :::image type="content" source="../screenshot12.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Select Feedback to go to the Feedback Hub":::
 
-In order for enterprise users to provide feedback, admins must unblock the Feedback Hub in the [Azure portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Go to the **Enterprise applications section** and enable **Users can allow apps to access their data**.
\ No newline at end of file
+In order for enterprise users to provide feedback, admins must unblock the Feedback Hub in the [Azure portal](https://portal.azure.com/). Go to the **Enterprise applications section** and enable **Users can allow apps to access their data**.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365.md
index 3a9e871905..d949c55ed5 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-o365.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn how to connect Cortana to Office 365 so employees are notifie
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Set up and test Cortana in Windows 10, versions 1909 and earlier, with Microsoft 365 in your organization
@@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ Cortana in Windows 10, versions 1909 and earlier can only access data in your Mi
 
 3. Expand **Settings** and select **Org Settings**.
 
-4. Select **Cortana** to toggle Cortana's access to Microsoft 365 data off.
\ No newline at end of file
+4. Select **Cortana** to toggle Cortana's access to Microsoft 365 data off.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md
index 0f58cd49f8..2b72551c54 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-overview.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Configure Cortana in Windows 10 and Windows 11
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: Cortana includes powerful configuration options specifically to optimize for unique small to medium-sized business and for enterprise environments.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 # Configure Cortana in Windows 10 and Windows 11
@@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ Cortana is covered under the [Microsoft Privacy Statement](https://privacy.micro
 
 ## See also
 
-- [What is Cortana?](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746818)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [What is Cortana?](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=746818)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings.md
index 0a26a17390..2eb0ba6a03 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-policy-settings.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: The list of Group Policy and mobile device management (MDM) policy
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Use Group Policy and mobile device management (MDM) settings to configure Cortana in your organization
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-powerbi.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-powerbi.md
index 2b3a63b028..a54d958f6e 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-powerbi.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-powerbi.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: How to integrate Cortana with Power BI to help your employees get a
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Set up and test Cortana for Power BI in your organization
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1.md
index 2b6dca5a4a..de0f3315ae 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-1.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: A test scenario walking you through signing in and managing the not
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 1 – Sign into Azure AD, enable the wake word, and try a voice query
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2.md
index 029beac994..b9c64414bc 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-2.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This is a test scenario about how to perform a quick search with Co
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 2 – Perform a Bing search with Cortana
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ Cortana will respond with the information from Bing.
 :::image type="content" source="../screenshot5.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana showing current time in Hyderabad":::
 
 >[!NOTE]
->This scenario requires Bing Answers to be enabled. To learn more, see [Set up and configure the Bing Answers feature](./set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md#set-up-and-configure-the-bing-answers-feature).
\ No newline at end of file
+>This scenario requires Bing Answers to be enabled. To learn more, see [Set up and configure the Bing Answers feature](./set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md#set-up-and-configure-the-bing-answers-feature).
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3.md
index 23981c8033..68ba398dbf 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-3.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario about how to set a location-based reminder using Co
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 3 - Set a reminder
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ Cortana will create a reminder in Microsoft To Do and will remind you at the app
 
 :::image type="content" source="../screenshot6.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana set a reminder":::
 
-:::image type="content" source="../screenshot7.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana showing reminder on page":::
\ No newline at end of file
+:::image type="content" source="../screenshot7.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana showing reminder on page":::
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md
index ef74c5f580..6c6a391833 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario on how to use Cortana at work to find your upcoming
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 4 - Use Cortana to find free time on your calendar for your upcoming meetings.
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ This scenario helps you find out if a time slot is free on your calendar.
 
 Cortana will respond with your availability for that time, as well as nearby meetings.
 
-:::image type="content" source="../screenshot8.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana showing free time on a calendar":::
\ No newline at end of file
+:::image type="content" source="../screenshot8.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana showing free time on a calendar":::
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md
index a2cefc5ce3..63f5f07436 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario about how to use Cortana at work to send email to a
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 5 - Test scenario 5 – Find out about a person
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ Cortana can help you quickly look up information about someone or the org chart.
 
 :::image type="content" source="../screenshot9.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana showing name of person in your organization":::
 
-Cortana will respond with information about the person. You can select the person to see more information about them in Microsoft Search.
\ No newline at end of file
+Cortana will respond with information about the person. You can select the person to see more information about them in Microsoft Search.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md
index b7ff043455..c4647b52d8 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario on how to use Cortana with the Suggested reminders
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 6 – Change your language and perform a quick search with Cortana
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ Cortana can help employees in regions outside the US search for quick answers li
 
 3. Once the app has restarted, type or say **Convierte 100 Euros a Dólares**.
 
-:::image type="content" source="../screenshot10.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana showing a change your language and showing search results in Spanish":::
\ No newline at end of file
+:::image type="content" source="../screenshot10.png" alt-text="Screenshot: Cortana showing a change your language and showing search results in Spanish":::
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md
index b69ff5bdc1..6a7ab71a9a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: An optional test scenario about how to use Cortana at work with Win
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 7 - Use Cortana and Windows Information Protection (WIP) to help protect your organization’s data on a device
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios.md
index 8137313839..cf0cd10b10 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-testing-scenarios.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Suggested testing scenarios that you can use to test Cortana in you
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 06/28/2021
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Cortana at work testing scenarios
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ We've come up with a list of suggested testing scenarios that you can use to tes
 - [Use Cortana to find free time on your calendar](cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md)
 - [Find out about a person](cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md)
 - [Change your language and perform a quick search with Cortana](cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md)
-- [Use Windows Information Protection (WIP) to secure content on a device and then try to manage your organization’s entries in the notebook](cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Use Windows Information Protection (WIP) to secure content on a device and then try to manage your organization’s entries in the notebook](cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands.md
index 61becd10f2..10a3e5644b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/cortana-at-work-voice-commands.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: How to create voice commands that use Cortana to perform voice-enab
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Set up and test custom voice commands in Cortana for your organization
@@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ While these aren't line-of-business apps, we've worked to make sure to implement
     Cortana changes, letting you provide your trip details for Uber.
 
 ## See also
-- [Cortana for developers](/cortana/skills/)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Cortana for developers](/cortana/skills/)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md
index a4f82f1aac..b922d049e4 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/set-up-and-test-cortana-in-windows-10.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Set up and test Cortana in Windows 10, version 2004 and later
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: Cortana includes powerful configuration options specifically to optimize unique small to medium-sized business and enterprise environments.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 # Set up and test Cortana in Windows 10, version 2004 and later
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ When a user enters a search query (by speech or text), Cortana evaluates if the
 Bing Answers is enabled by default for all users. However, admins can configure and change this for specific users and user groups in their organization.
 
 ## How the Bing Answer policy configuration is applied
-Before a query is sent to Bing for a search of public results from Bing.com, the Bing Answers service checks with the Office Cloud Policy Service to see if there are any policy configurations that pertain to the user for allowing Bing Answers to respond to questions users ask Cortana. If the user is a member of an AAD group that is assigned that policy configuration, then the appropriate policy settings are applied and a check is made again in 10 minutes.
\ No newline at end of file
+Before a query is sent to Bing for a search of public results from Bing.com, the Bing Answers service checks with the Office Cloud Policy Service to see if there are any policy configurations that pertain to the user for allowing Bing Answers to respond to questions users ask Cortana. If the user is a member of an AAD group that is assigned that policy configuration, then the appropriate policy settings are applied and a check is made again in 10 minutes.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1.md
index daef056559..729352fb95 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-1.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario about how to sign in with your work or school accou
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 1 – Sign in with your work or school account and use Cortana to manage the notebook
@@ -43,4 +43,4 @@ This process helps you to manage the content Cortana shows in your Notebook.
 3. Add **Redmond, Washington**.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]
-> The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft's Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
\ No newline at end of file
+> The data created as part of these scenarios will be uploaded to Microsoft's Cloud to help Cortana learn and help your employees. This is the same info that Cortana uses in the consumer offering.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2.md
index 36934cf4a6..86c279c752 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-2.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario about how to perform a quick search with Cortana at
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 2 – Perform a quick search with Cortana at work
@@ -35,4 +35,4 @@ This process helps you to use Cortana at work and voice commands to perform a qu
 1. Click on the **Cortana** icon in the taskbar, and then click the **Microphone** icon (to the right of the Search box).
 
 2. Say **What's the weather in Chicago?** Cortana tells you and shows you the current weather in Chicago.
-Insert screenshot
\ No newline at end of file
+Insert screenshot
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3.md
index 709082bda6..f1706c3579 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-3.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario about how to set up, review, and edit a reminder ba
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 3 - Set a reminder for a specific location using Cortana at work
@@ -76,4 +76,4 @@ This process helps you to edit or archive and existing or completed reminder.
 
 2. Click the pending reminder you want to edit.
 
-3. Change any text that you want to change, click **Add photo** if you want to add or replace an image, click **Delete** if you want to delete the entire reminder, click Save to save your changes, and click **Complete and move to History** if you want to save a completed reminder in your **Reminder History**.
\ No newline at end of file
+3. Change any text that you want to change, click **Add photo** if you want to add or replace an image, click **Delete** if you want to delete the entire reminder, click Save to save your changes, and click **Complete and move to History** if you want to save a completed reminder in your **Reminder History**.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4.md
index 6a77d8dcda..635172f826 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-4.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario about how to use Cortana at work to find your upcom
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 4 - Use Cortana to find your upcoming meetings at work
@@ -49,4 +49,4 @@ This process helps you to use Cortana at work and voice commands to find your up
 >Make sure that you have a meeting scheduled for the time you specify here.
 
 Cortana at work, showing the meeting scheduled for 3pm
-screenshot
\ No newline at end of file
+screenshot
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5.md
index 3338b84019..7770f46dfd 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-5.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario on how to use Cortana at work to send email to a co
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 5 - Use Cortana to send an email to co-worker
@@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ screenshot
 The email is sent.
 
 Cortana at work, showing the sent email text
-screenshot
\ No newline at end of file
+screenshot
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6.md
index 88853dfe0d..e9b09188c2 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/test-scenario-6.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A test scenario about how to use Cortana with the Suggested reminde
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Test scenario 6 - Review a reminder suggested by Cortana based on what you’ve promised in email
@@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ screenshot
 If the reminder has a specific date or time associated with it, like end of day, Cortana notifies you at the appropriate time and puts the reminder into the Action Center. Also from the Home screen, you can view the email where you made the promise, set aside time on your calendar, officially set the reminder, or mark the reminder as completed.
 
 Cortana Home screen with your suggested reminder showing
-screenshot
\ No newline at end of file
+screenshot
diff --git a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org.md b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org.md
index 3933c23706..57153a781a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/cortana-at-work/testing-scenarios-using-cortana-in-business-org.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: A list of suggested testing scenarios that you can use to test Cort
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 10/05/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Testing scenarios using Cortana in your business or organization
@@ -22,4 +22,4 @@ We've come up with a list of suggested testing scenarios that you can use to tes
 - [Use Cortana at work to find your upcoming meetings](./cortana-at-work-scenario-4.md)
 - [Use Cortana to send email to a co-worker](./cortana-at-work-scenario-5.md)
 - [Review a reminder suggested by Cortana based on what you've promised in email](./cortana-at-work-scenario-6.md)
-- [Use Cortana and Windows Information Protection (WIP) to help protect your organization's data on a device](./cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Use Cortana and Windows Information Protection (WIP) to help protect your organization's data on a device](./cortana-at-work-scenario-7.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout.md b/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout.md
index 77f724b06e..c979753ccb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Customize and export Start layout (Windows 10)
 description: The easiest method for creating a customized Start layout is to set up the Start screen and export the layout.
 ms.assetid: CA8DF327-5DD4-452F-9FE5-F17C514B6236
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["start screen"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 09/18/2018
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md b/windows/configuration/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
index c42cc44009..f21e9bf9dc 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/customize-start-menu-layout-windows-11.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Add or remove pinned apps on the Start menu in Windows 11 | Microsoft Doc
 description: Export Start layout to LayoutModification.json with pinned apps, and add or remove pinned apps. Use the JSON text in an MDM policy to deploy a custom Start menu layout to Windows 11 devices.
 ms.assetid: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: mandia
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: ericpapa
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-author: MandiOhlinger
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md b/windows/configuration/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
index ec35a1f3e4..8679cc641f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/customize-taskbar-windows-11.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Configure and customize Windows 11 taskbar | Microsoft Docs
 description: On Windows 11 devices, pin and unpin default apps and organization apps on the taskbar using an XML file. Deploy the taskbar XML file using Group Policy or MDM and Microsoft Endpoint Manager. See what happens to the taskbar when the Windows OS client is installed or upgraded.
 ms.assetid: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: mandia
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: chataylo
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-author: MandiOhlinger
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md b/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
index 885cae4fed..434d699db3 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-group-policy.md
@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 ---
 title: Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with Group Policy (Windows 10)
-description: In Windows 10, you can use a Group Policy Object (GPO) to deploy a customized Start layout to users in a domain.
+description: In Windows 10, you can use a Group Policy Object (GPO) to deploy a customized Start layout to users in a domain.
 ms.assetid: F4A47B36-F1EF-41CD-9CBA-04C83E960545
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["Start layout", "start menu", "layout", "group policy"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 **Applies to**
 
--   Windows 10
+-   Windows 10
 
 >**Looking for consumer information?** See [Customize the Start menu](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=623630)
 
-In Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education, you can use a Group Policy Object (GPO) to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain. No reimaging is required, and the layout can be updated simply by overwriting the .xml file that contains the layout. This enables you to customize Start and taskbar layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
+In Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise, and Education, you can use a Group Policy Object (GPO) to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain. No reimaging is required, and the layout can be updated simply by overwriting the .xml file that contains the layout. This enables you to customize Start and taskbar layouts for different departments or organizations, with minimal management overhead.
 
 This topic describes how to update Group Policy settings to display a customized Start and taskbar layout when the users sign in. By creating a domain-based GPO with these settings, you can deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain.
 
@@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ This topic describes how to update Group Policy settings to display a customized
 ## Operating system requirements
 
 
-In Windows 10, version 1607, Start and taskbar layout control using Group Policy is supported in Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education. In Windows 10, version 1703, Start and taskbar layout control using Group Policy is also supported in Windows 10 Pro.
+In Windows 10, version 1607, Start and taskbar layout control using Group Policy is supported in Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education. In Windows 10, version 1703, Start and taskbar layout control using Group Policy is also supported in Windows 10 Pro.
 
-The GPO can be configured from any computer on which the necessary ADMX and ADML files (StartMenu.admx and StartMenu.adml) for Windows 10 are installed. In Group Policy, ADMX files are used to define Registry-based policy settings in the Administrative Templates category. To find out how to create a central store for Administrative Templates files, see [article 929841, written for Windows Vista and still applicable](/troubleshoot/windows-server/group-policy/create-central-store-domain-controller) in the Microsoft Knowledge Base.
+The GPO can be configured from any computer on which the necessary ADMX and ADML files (StartMenu.admx and StartMenu.adml) for Windows 10 are installed. In Group Policy, ADMX files are used to define Registry-based policy settings in the Administrative Templates category. To find out how to create a central store for Administrative Templates files, see [article 929841, written for Windows Vista and still applicable](/troubleshoot/windows-server/group-policy/create-central-store-domain-controller) in the Microsoft Knowledge Base.
 
 ## How Start layout control works
 
 
 Three features enable Start and taskbar layout control:
 
--   The [Export-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/export-startlayout?view=win10-ps) cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format. 
+-   The [Export-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/export-startlayout) cmdlet in Windows PowerShell exports a description of the current Start layout in .xml file format. 
 
     >[!NOTE]
     >To import the layout of Start to a mounted Windows image, use the [Import-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/import-startlayout) cmdlet.
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Three features enable Start and taskbar layout control:
 -   In Group Policy, you use the **Start Layout** settings for the **Start Menu and Taskbar** administrative template to set a Start and taskbar layout from an .xml file when the policy is applied. The Group Policy object doesn't support an empty tile layout, so the default tile layout for Windows is loaded in that case.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->To learn how customize Start to include your line-of-business apps when you deploy Windows 10, see [Customize the Windows 10 Start layout]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620863).
+>To learn how customize Start to include your line-of-business apps when you deploy Windows 10, see [Customize the Windows 10 Start layout]( https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620863).
 
  
 
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@ To apply the Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain, use the Group Policy
 
 The GPO applies the Start and taskbar layout at the next user sign-in. Each time the user signs in, the timestamp of the .xml file with the Start and taskbar layout is checked and if a newer version of the file is available, the settings in the latest version of the file are applied.
 
-The GPO can be configured from any computer on which the necessary ADMX and ADML files (StartMenu.admx and StartMenu.adml) for Windows 10 are installed.
+The GPO can be configured from any computer on which the necessary ADMX and ADML files (StartMenu.admx and StartMenu.adml) for Windows 10 are installed.
 
-The .xml file with the Start and taskbar layout must be located on shared network storage that is available to the users’ computers when they sign in and the users must have Read-only access to the file. If the file is not available when the first user signs in, Start and the taskbar are not customized during the session, but the user will be prevented from making changes to Start. On subsequent sign-ins, if the file is available at sign-in, the layout it contains will be applied to the user's Start and taskbar.
+The .xml file with the Start and taskbar layout must be located on shared network storage that is available to the users' computers when they sign in and the users must have Read-only access to the file. If the file is not available when the first user signs in, Start and the taskbar are not customized during the session, but the user will be prevented from making changes to Start. On subsequent sign-ins, if the file is available at sign-in, the layout it contains will be applied to the user's Start and taskbar.
 
 For information about deploying GPOs in a domain, see [Working with Group Policy Objects](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc731212(v=ws.11)).
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ You can use the Local Group Policy Editor to provide a customized Start and task
 >[!NOTE]
 >This procedure applies the policy settings on the local computer only. For information about deploying the Start and taskbar layout to users in a domain, see [Use Group Policy to deploy a customized Start layout in a domain](#bkmk-domaingpodeployment).
 >
->This procedure creates a Local Group Policy that applies to all users on the computer. To configure Local Group Policy that applies to a specific user or group on the computer, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Managing Multiple Local Group Policy Objects](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc766291(v=ws.10)). The guide was written for Windows Vista and the procedures still apply to Windows 10.
+>This procedure creates a Local Group Policy that applies to all users on the computer. To configure Local Group Policy that applies to a specific user or group on the computer, see [Step-by-Step Guide to Managing Multiple Local Group Policy Objects](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc766291(v=ws.10)). The guide was written for Windows Vista and the procedures still apply to Windows 10.
 
 
 This procedure adds the customized Start and taskbar layout to the user configuration, which overrides any Start layout settings in the local computer configuration when a user signs in on the computer.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md b/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
index 8dec3271ab..a06b4c2919 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-mobile-device-management.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Change the Windows 10 Start and taskbar using mobile device management |
 description: In Windows 10, you can use a mobile device management (MDM) policy to deploy a customized Start and taskbar layout to users. For example, use Microsoft Intune to configure the start menu layout and taskbar, and deploy the policy to your devices.
 ms.assetid: F487850D-8950-41FB-9B06-64240127C1E4
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["start screen", "start menu"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 08/05/2021
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md b/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
index 8a44c817f3..110d43b999 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/customize-windows-10-start-screens-by-using-provisioning-packages-and-icd.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Customize Windows 10 Start and taskbar with provisioning packages (Window
 description: In Windows 10, you can use a provisioning package to deploy a customized Start layout to users.
 ms.assetid: AC952899-86A0-42FC-9E3C-C25F45B1ACAC
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["Start layout", "start menu"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/docfx.json b/windows/configuration/docfx.json
index d93337be79..18a8bd0b88 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/configuration/docfx.json
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
     "externalReference": [],
     "globalMetadata": {
       "recommendations": true,
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "audience": "ITPro",
diff --git a/windows/configuration/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md b/windows/configuration/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
index fa89080422..05e5647ef7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 ---
 title: Find the Application User Model ID of an installed app
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: To configure assigned access (kiosk mode), you need the Application User Model ID (AUMID) of apps installed on a device. 
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.prod: w10
diff --git a/windows/configuration/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md b/windows/configuration/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
index b66df8ec19..13779d0100 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/guidelines-for-assigned-access-app.md
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ keywords: ["kiosk", "lockdown", "assigned access"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
@@ -82,7 +82,8 @@ Restart on Idle Time | Specify when Kiosk Browser should restart in a fresh stat
 > 
 > 1. Create the provisioning package. When ready to export, close the project in Windows Configuration Designer.
 > 2. Open the customizations.xml file in the project folder (e.g C:\Users\name\Documents\Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (WICD)\Project_18). 
-> 3. Insert the null character string in between each URL (e.g www.bing.com``www.contoso.com). 
+> 3. Insert the null character string in between each URL 
+(e.g `www.bing.com` and `www.contoso.com`). 
 > 4. Save the XML file.
 > 5. Open the project again in Windows Configuration Designer.
 > 6. Export the package. Ensure you do not revisit the created policies under Kiosk Browser or else the null character will be removed.
@@ -120,8 +121,8 @@ The following table describes the results for different combinations of blocked
 
 Blocked URL rule |  Block URL exception rule | Result
 --- | --- | ---
-`*` | `contoso.com`
            `fabrikam.com` | All requests are blocked unless it is to contoso.com, fabrikam.com, or any of their subdomains.
-`contoso.com` | `mail.contoso.com`
            `.contoso.com`
            `.www.contoso.com` | Block all requests to contoso.com, except for the main page and its mail subdomain.
+`*` | `contoso.com`
            `fabrikam.com` | All requests are blocked unless it is to `contoso.com, fabrikam.com,` or any of their subdomains.
+`contoso.com` | `mail.contoso.com`
            `.contoso.com`
            `.www.contoso.com` | Block all requests to `contoso.com,` except for the main page and its mail subdomain.
 `youtube.com` | `youtube.com/watch?v=v1`
            `youtube.com/watch?v=v2` | Blocks all access to youtube.com except for the specified videos (v1 and v2).
 
 The following table gives examples for blocked URLs. 
@@ -129,11 +130,11 @@ The following table gives examples for blocked URLs.
 
 |          Entry           |                                    Result                                     |
 |--------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|      `contoso.com`       | Blocks all requests to contoso.com, www.contoso.com, and sub.www.contoso.com  |
+|      `contoso.com`       | Blocks all requests to contoso.com, `www.contoso.com,` and sub.www.contoso.com  |
 |       `https://*`        |                   Blocks all HTTPS requests to any domain.                    |
-|    `mail.contoso.com`    | Blocks requests to mail.contoso.com but not to www.contoso.com or contoso.com |
+|    `mail.contoso.com`    | Blocks requests to mail.contoso.com but not to `www.contoso.com` or `contoso.com` |
 |      `.contoso.com`      |    Blocks contoso.com but not its subdomains, like subdomain.contoso.com.     |
-|    `.www.contoso.com`    |                Blocks www.contoso.com but not its subdomains.                 |
+|    `.www.contoso.com`    |                Blocks `www.contoso.com` but not its subdomains.                 |
 |           `*`            |    Blocks all requests except for URLs in the Blocked URL Exceptions list.    |
 |         `*:8080`         |                       Blocks all requests to port 8080.                       |
 |   `contoso.com/stuff`    |         Blocks all requests to contoso.com/stuff and its subdomains.          |
@@ -169,4 +170,4 @@ Follow the [best practices guidance for developing a kiosk app for assigned acce
 
 ## Test your assigned access experience
 
-The above guidelines may help you select or develop an appropriate Windows app for your assigned access experience. Once you have selected your app, we recommend that you thoroughly test the assigned access experience to ensure that your device provides a good customer experience.
\ No newline at end of file
+The above guidelines may help you select or develop an appropriate Windows app for your assigned access experience. Once you have selected your app, we recommend that you thoroughly test the assigned access experience to ensure that your device provides a good customer experience.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/includes/multi-app-kiosk-support-windows11.md b/windows/configuration/includes/multi-app-kiosk-support-windows11.md
index 0213f9a5ac..e3b0982b66 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/includes/multi-app-kiosk-support-windows11.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/includes/multi-app-kiosk-support-windows11.md
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 ---
-author: MandiOhlinger
-ms.author: mandia
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 09/21/2021
 ms.reviewer: 
 audience: itpro
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.topic: include
 ---
 
-Currently, multi-app kiosk is only supported on Windows 10. It's not supported on Windows 11.
\ No newline at end of file
+Currently, multi-app kiosk is only supported on Windows 10. It's not supported on Windows 11.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/index.yml b/windows/configuration/index.yml
index debd8b4652..aa2502cdf2 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/index.yml
+++ b/windows/configuration/index.yml
@@ -13,8 +13,9 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection:
     - windows-10
     - highpri
-  author: greg-lindsay #Required; your GitHub user alias, with correct capitalization.
-  ms.author: greglin #Required; microsoft alias of author; optional team alias.
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
   ms.date: 08/05/2021 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
   localization_priority: medium
     
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-additional-reference.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-additional-reference.md
index c772c6f064..cd38222026 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-additional-reference.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-additional-reference.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: More kiosk methods and reference information (Windows 10/11)
 description: Find more information for configuring, validating, and troubleshooting kiosk configuration.
 ms.assetid: 428680AE-A05F-43ED-BD59-088024D1BFCC
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["assigned access", "kiosk", "lockdown", "digital sign", "digital signage"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: reference
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
index ec7e635617..7c0a77b39e 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-mdm-bridge.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Use MDM Bridge WMI Provider to create a Windows 10/11 kiosk (Windows 10/1
 description: Environments that use Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) can use the MDM Bridge WMI Provider to configure the MDM_AssignedAccess class.
 ms.assetid: 428680AE-A05F-43ED-BD59-088024D1BFCC
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["assigned access", "kiosk", "lockdown", "digital sign", "digital signage"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -88,4 +88,4 @@ $obj.Configuration = [System.Web.HttpUtility]::HtmlEncode(@"
 "@)
 
 Set-CimInstance -CimInstance $obj
-```
\ No newline at end of file
+```
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-methods.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-methods.md
index 42be271448..ea9c57c785 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-methods.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-methods.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Configure kiosks and digital signs on Windows 10/11 desktop editions
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: In this article, learn about the methods for configuring kiosks and digital signs on Windows 10 or Windows 11 desktop editions.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: security
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-policies.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-policies.md
index a12e1a5b19..6524e3e543 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-policies.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-policies.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Policies enforced on kiosk devices (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about the policies enforced on a device when you configure it as a kiosk.
 ms.assetid: 14DDDC96-88C7-4181-8415-B371F25726C8
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["lockdown", "app restrictions", "applocker"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: edu, security
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -80,4 +80,4 @@ Start/HidePeopleBar		| 1 - True (hide)	| 	No
 [Start/HideChangeAccountSettings](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-hidechangeaccountsettings)		| 1 - True (hide) | Yes
 [WindowsInkWorkspace/AllowWindowsInkWorkspace](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowsinkworkspace#windowsinkworkspace-allowwindowsinkworkspace)	| 	0 - Access to ink workspace is disabled and the feature is turned off	| 	Yes
 [Start/StartLayout](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-start#start-startlayout)	| Configuration dependent	| 	No
-[WindowsLogon/DontDisplayNetworkSelectionUI](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon#windowslogon-dontdisplaynetworkselectionui)	| 	<Enabled/>	| 	Yes
\ No newline at end of file
+[WindowsLogon/DontDisplayNetworkSelectionUI](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-windowslogon#windowslogon-dontdisplaynetworkselectionui)	| 	<Enabled/>	| 	Yes
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-prepare.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-prepare.md
index 26a122d0b9..45dec9443a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-prepare.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-prepare.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Prepare a device for kiosk configuration on Windows 10/11 | Microsoft Doc
 description: Learn how to prepare a device for kiosk configuration. Also, learn about the recommended kiosk configuration changes.
 ms.assetid: 428680AE-A05F-43ED-BD59-088024D1BFCC
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["assigned access", "kiosk", "lockdown", "digital sign", "digital signage"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher.md
index ae9bcae53a..3cd7d04a31 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-shelllauncher.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Use Shell Launcher to create a Windows 10/11 kiosk (Windows 10/11)
 description: Shell Launcher lets you change the default shell that launches when a user signs in to a device.
 ms.assetid: 428680AE-A05F-43ED-BD59-088024D1BFCC
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["assigned access", "kiosk", "lockdown", "digital sign", "digital signage"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -304,4 +304,4 @@ To configure these action with Shell Launcher CSP, use below syntax in the shell
 
 
 
-```
\ No newline at end of file
+```
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app.md
index ea48de4346..e002ead309 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-single-app.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Set up a single-app kiosk on Windows 10/11
 description: A single-use device is easy to set up in Windows 10 and Windows 11 for desktop editions (Pro, Enterprise, and Education).
 ms.assetid: 428680AE-A05F-43ED-BD59-088024D1BFCC
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["assigned access", "kiosk", "lockdown", "digital sign", "digital signage"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-troubleshoot.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-troubleshoot.md
index 83bba68ec0..cb60660c38 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-troubleshoot.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-troubleshoot.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Troubleshoot kiosk mode issues (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn how to troubleshoot single-app and multi-app kiosk configurations, as well as common problems like sign-in issues.
 ms.assetid: 14DDDC96-88C7-4181-8415-B371F25726C8
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["lockdown", "app restrictions"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: edu, security
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-validate.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-validate.md
index a43d130016..934dd1ed77 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-validate.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-validate.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Validate kiosk configuration (Windows 10/11)
 description: In this article, learn what to expect on a multi-app kiosk in Windows 10/11 Pro, Enterprise, and Education.
 ms.assetid: 428680AE-A05F-43ED-BD59-088024D1BFCC
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["assigned access", "kiosk", "lockdown", "digital sign", "digital signage"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -93,4 +93,4 @@ The multi-app mode removes options (e.g. **Change a password**, **Task Manager**
 
 ### Auto-trigger touch keyboard
 
-In the multi-app mode, the touch keyboard will be automatically triggered when there is an input needed and no physical keyboard is attached on touch-enabled devices. You don’t need to configure any other setting to enforce this behavior.
\ No newline at end of file
+In the multi-app mode, the touch keyboard will be automatically triggered when there is an input needed and no physical keyboard is attached on touch-enabled devices. You don’t need to configure any other setting to enforce this behavior.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/kiosk-xml.md b/windows/configuration/kiosk-xml.md
index 5ffdb783e5..7dd54085f1 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/kiosk-xml.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/kiosk-xml.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Assigned Access configuration kiosk XML reference (Windows 10/11)
 description: Learn about the assigned access configuration (kiosk) for XML and XSD for kiosk device configuration in Windows 10/11.
 ms.assetid: 14DDDC96-88C7-4181-8415-B371F25726C8
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["lockdown", "app restrictions", "applocker"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: edu, security
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md b/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
index defdcf5b6c..4fcd915dd1 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-applocker.md
@@ -3,16 +3,16 @@ title: Use AppLocker to create a Windows 10 kiosk that runs multiple apps (Windo
 description: Learn how to use AppLocker to configure a kiosk device running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education so that users can only run a few specific apps.
 ms.assetid: 14DDDC96-88C7-4181-8415-B371F25726C8
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["lockdown", "app restrictions", "applocker"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: edu, security
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/30/2018
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -121,4 +121,4 @@ To learn more about locking down features, see [Customizations for Windows 10 En
 ## Customize Start screen layout for the device (recommended)
 
 
-Configure the Start menu on the device to only show tiles for the permitted apps. You will make the changes manually, export the layout to an .xml file, and then apply that file to devices to prevent users from making changes. For instructions, see [Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md).
\ No newline at end of file
+Configure the Start menu on the device to only show tiles for the permitted apps. You will make the changes manually, export the layout to an .xml file, and then apply that file to devices to prevent users from making changes. For instructions, see [Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md).
diff --git a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md b/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
index 1cd8c9fbff..b230404a80 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/lock-down-windows-10-to-specific-apps.md
@@ -1,18 +1,14 @@
 ---
-title: Set up a multi-app kiosk on Windows 10 | Microsoft Docs
+title: Set up a multi-app kiosk on Windows 10
 description: Learn how to configure a kiosk device running Windows 10 so that users can only run a few specific apps.
-ms.assetid: 14DDDC96-88C7-4181-8415-B371F25726C8
-ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-keywords: ["lockdown", "app restrictions", "applocker"]
 ms.prod: w10
-ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.pagetype: edu, security
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.technology: windows
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
+ms.reviewer: sybruckm
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
-ms.topic: article
+ms.topic: how-to
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
@@ -24,8 +20,9 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > [!INCLUDE [Multi-app kiosk mode not supported on Windows 11](./includes/multi-app-kiosk-support-windows11.md)]
+> The use of multiple monitors isn't supported for multi-app kiosk mode.
 
-A [kiosk device](./kiosk-single-app.md) typically runs a single app, and users are prevented from accessing any features or functions on the device outside of the kiosk app. In Windows 10, version 1709, the [AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp) was expanded to make it easy for administrators to create kiosks that run more than one app. The benefit of a kiosk that runs only one or more specified apps is to provide an easy-to-understand experience for individuals by putting in front of them only the things they need to use, and removing from their view the things they don’t need to access.
+A [kiosk device](./kiosk-single-app.md) typically runs a single app, and users are prevented from accessing any features or functions on the device outside of the kiosk app. In Windows 10, version 1709, the [AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp) was expanded to make it easy for administrators to create kiosks that run more than one app. The benefit of a kiosk that runs only one or more specified apps is to provide an easy-to-understand experience for individuals by putting in front of them only the things they need to use, and removing from their view the things they don't need to access.
 
 The following table lists changes to multi-app kiosk in recent updates.
 
@@ -85,11 +82,11 @@ Let's start by looking at the basic structure of the XML file.
 
 - Multiple config sections can be associated to the same profile.
 
-- A profile has no effect if it’s not associated to a config section.
+- A profile has no effect if it's not associated to a config section.
 
     ![profile = app and config = account.](images/profile-config.png)
 
-You can start your file by pasting the following XML (or any other examples in this topic) into a XML editor, and saving the file as *filename*.xml. Each section of this XML is explained in this topic. You can see a full sample version in the [Assigned access XML reference.](kiosk-xml.md)
+You can start your file by pasting the following XML into an XML editor, and saving the file as *filename*.xml. Each section of this XML is explained in this article. You can see a full sample version in the [Assigned access XML reference.](kiosk-xml.md)
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -120,7 +117,7 @@ You can start your file by pasting the following XML (or any other examples in t
 There are two types of profiles that you can specify in the XML:
 
 - **Lockdown profile**: Users assigned a lockdown profile will see the desktop in tablet mode with the specific apps on the Start screen.
-- **Kiosk profile**: Starting with Windows 10 version 1803, this profile replaces the KioskModeApp node of the [AssignedAccess CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp). Users assigned a kiosk profile will not see the desktop, but only the kiosk app running in full-screen mode.
+- **Kiosk profile**: Starting with Windows 10 version 1803, this profile replaces the KioskModeApp node of the [AssignedAccess CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp). Users assigned a kiosk profile won't see the desktop, but only the kiosk app running in full-screen mode.
 
 A lockdown profile section in the XML has the following entries:
 
@@ -155,25 +152,25 @@ The profile **Id** is a GUID attribute to uniquely identify the profile. You can
 **AllowedApps** is a list of applications that are allowed to run. Apps can be Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps or Windows desktop applications. Starting with Windows 10 version 1809, you can configure a single app in the **AllowedApps** list to run automatically when the assigned access user account signs in.
 
 - For UWP apps, you need to provide the App User Model ID (AUMID). [Learn how to get the AUMID](./find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app.md), or [get the AUMID from the Start Layout XML](#startlayout).
-- For desktop apps, you need to specify the full path of the executable, which can contain one or more system environment variables in the form of %variableName% (i.e. %systemroot%, %windir%).
-- If an app has a dependency on another app, both must be included in the allowed apps list. For example, Internet Explorer 64-bit has a dependency on Internet Explorer 32-bit, so you must allow both "C:\Program Files\internet explorer\iexplore.exe" and “C:\Program Files (x86)\Internet Explorer\iexplore.exe”.
+- For desktop apps, you need to specify the full path of the executable, which can contain one or more system environment variables in the form of `%variableName%`. For example, `%systemroot%` or `%windir%`.
+- If an app has a dependency on another app, both must be included in the allowed apps list. For example, Internet Explorer 64-bit has a dependency on Internet Explorer 32-bit, so you must allow both `"C:\Program Files\internet explorer\iexplore.exe"` and `"C:\Program Files (x86)\Internet Explorer\iexplore.exe"`.
 - To configure a single app to launch automatically when the user signs in, include `rs5:AutoLaunch="true"` after the AUMID or path. You can also include arguments to be passed to the app. For an example, see [the AllowedApps sample XML](#apps-sample).
 
 When the multi-app kiosk configuration is applied to a device, AppLocker rules will be generated to allow the apps that are listed in the configuration. Here are the predefined assigned access AppLocker rules for **UWP apps**:
 
 1. Default rule is to allow all users to launch the signed package apps.
-2. The package app deny list is generated at runtime when the assigned access user signs in. Based on the installed/provisioned package apps available for the user account, assigned access generates the deny list. This list will exclude the default allowed inbox package apps which are critical for the system to function, and then exclude the allowed packages that enterprises defined in the assigned access configuration. If there are multiple apps within the same package, all these apps will be excluded. This deny list will be used to prevent the user from accessing the apps which are currently available for the user but not in the allowed list.
+2. The package app blocklist is generated at runtime when the assigned access user signs in. Based on the installed/provisioned package apps available for the user account, assigned access generates the blocklist. This list will exclude the default allowed inbox package apps, which are critical for the system to function. It then excludes the allowed packages that enterprises defined in the assigned access configuration. If there are multiple apps within the same package, all these apps will be excluded. This blocklist will be used to prevent the user from accessing the apps that are currently available for the user but not in the allowed list.
 
-    >[!NOTE]
-    >You cannot manage AppLocker rules that are generated by the multi-app kiosk configuration in [MMC snap-ins](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh994629(v=ws.11)#BKMK_Using_Snapins). Avoid creating AppLocker rules that conflict with AppLocker rules that are generated by the multi-app kiosk configuration.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > You can't manage AppLocker rules that are generated by the multi-app kiosk configuration in [MMC snap-ins](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh994629(v=ws.11)#BKMK_Using_Snapins). Avoid creating AppLocker rules that conflict with AppLocker rules that are generated by the multi-app kiosk configuration.
     >
-    >Multi-app kiosk mode doesn’t block the enterprise or the users from installing UWP apps. When a new UWP app is installed during the current assigned access user session, this app will not be in the deny list. When the user signs out and signs in again, the app will be included in the deny list. If this is an enterprise-deployed line-of-business app and you want to allow it to run, update the assigned access configuration to include it in the allowed app list.
+    > Multi-app kiosk mode doesn't block the enterprise or the users from installing UWP apps. When a new UWP app is installed during the current assigned access user session, this app will not be in the deny list. When the user signs out and signs in again, the app will be included in the blocklist. If this is an enterprise-deployed line-of-business app and you want to allow it to run, update the assigned access configuration to include it in the allowed app list.
 
 Here are the predefined assigned access AppLocker rules for **desktop apps**:
 
 1. Default rule is to allow all users to launch the desktop programs signed with Microsoft Certificate in order for the system to boot and function. The rule also allows the admin user group to launch all desktop programs.
-2. There is a predefined inbox desktop app deny list for the assigned access user account, and this deny list is adjusted based on the desktop app allow list that you defined in the multi-app configuration.
-3. Enterprise-defined allowed desktop apps are added in the AppLocker allow list.
+2. There's a predefined inbox desktop app blocklist for the assigned access user account, and this blocklist is adjusted based on the desktop app allowlist that you defined in the multi-app configuration.
+3. Enterprise-defined allowed desktop apps are added in the AppLocker allowlist.
 
 The following example allows Groove Music, Movies & TV, Photos, Weather, Calculator, Paint, and Notepad apps to run on the device, with Notepad configured to automatically launch and create a file called `123.text` when the user signs in.
 
@@ -195,7 +192,7 @@ The following example allows Groove Music, Movies & TV, Photos, Weather, Calcula
 
 ##### FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions
 
-Starting in Windows 10 version 1809, you can explicitly allow some known folders to be accessed when the user tries to open the file dialog box in multi-app assigned access by including **FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions** in your XML file. Currently, **Downloads** is the only folder supported.  This can also be set using Microsoft Intune.
+Starting in Windows 10 version 1809, you can explicitly allow some known folders to be accessed when the user tries to open the file dialog box in multi-app assigned access by including **FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions** in your XML file. Currently, **Downloads** is the only folder supported.  This behavior can also be set using Microsoft Intune.
 
 The following example shows how to allow user access to the Downloads folder in the common file dialog box.
 
@@ -225,13 +222,14 @@ The following example shows how to allow user access to the Downloads folder in
     
 
 ```
-FileExplorerNamespaceRestriction has been extended in current Windows 10 Prerelease for finer granularity and easier use, see in the [Assigned access XML reference.](kiosk-xml.md) for full samples. The changes will allow IT Admin to configure if user can access Downloads folder, Removable drives, or no restriction at all by using certain new elements. Note that FileExplorerNamesapceRestrictions and AllowedNamespace:Downloads are available in namespace https://schemas.microsoft.com/AssignedAccess/201810/config, AllowRemovableDrives and NoRestriction are defined in a new namespace https://schemas.microsoft.com/AssignedAccess/2020/config.
 
-* When FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions node is not used, or used but left empty, user will not be able to access any folder in common dialog (e.g. Save As in Microsoft Edge browser).
+`FileExplorerNamespaceRestriction` has been extended in current Windows 10 Prerelease for finer granularity and easier use, see in the [Assigned access XML reference.](kiosk-xml.md) for full samples. The changes will allow IT Admin to configure if user can access Downloads folder, Removable drives, or no restriction at all by using certain new elements. Note that `FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions` and `AllowedNamespace:Downloads` are available in namespace ```https://schemas.microsoft.com/AssignedAccess/201810/config```, `AllowRemovableDrives` and `NoRestriction` are defined in a new namespace ```https://schemas.microsoft.com/AssignedAccess/2020/config```.
+
+* When `FileExplorerNamespaceRestrictions` node isn't used, or used but left empty, the user won't be able to access any folder in a common dialog. For example, **Save As** in the Microsoft Edge browser.
 * When Downloads is mentioned in allowed namespace, user will be able to access Downloads folder.
-* When AllowRemovableDrives is used, user will be to access removable drives.
-* When NoRestriction is used, no restriction will be applied to the dialog.
-* AllowRemovableDrives and AllowedNamespace:Downloads can be used at the same time.
+* When `AllowRemovableDrives` is used, user will be to access removable drives.
+* When `NoRestriction` is used, no restriction will be applied to the dialog.
+* `AllowRemovableDrives` and `AllowedNamespace:Downloads` can be used at the same time.
 
 ##### StartLayout
 
@@ -243,10 +241,10 @@ A few things to note here:
 
 - The test device on which you customize the Start layout should have the same OS version that is installed on the device where you plan to deploy the multi-app assigned access configuration.
 - Since the multi-app assigned access experience is intended for fixed-purpose devices, to ensure the device experiences are consistent and predictable, use the *full* Start layout option instead of the *partial* Start layout.
-- There are no apps pinned on the taskbar in the multi-app mode, and it is not supported to configure Taskbar layout using the `` tag in a layout modification XML as part of the assigned access configuration.
-- The following example uses DesktopApplicationLinkPath to pin the desktop app to start. When the desktop app doesn’t have a shortcut link on the target device, [learn how to provision .lnk files using Windows Configuration Designer](#lnk-files).
+- There are no apps pinned on the taskbar in the multi-app mode, and it's not supported to configure Taskbar layout using the `` tag in a layout modification XML as part of the assigned access configuration.
+- The following example uses `DesktopApplicationLinkPath` to pin the desktop app to start. When the desktop app doesn’t have a shortcut link on the target device, [learn how to provision .lnk files using Windows Configuration Designer](#lnk-files).
 
-This example pins Groove Music, Movies & TV, Photos, Weather, Calculator, Paint, and Notepad apps on Start.
+The following example pins Groove Music, Movies & TV, Photos, Weather, Calculator, Paint, and Notepad apps on Start:
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -311,9 +309,9 @@ The following example hides the taskbar:
 
 #### Configs
 
-Under **Configs**, define which user account will be associated with the profile. When this user account signs in on the device, the associated assigned access profile will be enforced, including the allowed apps, Start layout, and taskbar configuration, as well as other local group policies or mobile device management (MDM) policies set as part of the multi-app experience.
+Under **Configs**, define which user account will be associated with the profile. When this user account signs in on the device, the associated assigned access profile will be enforced. This behavior includes the allowed apps, Start layout, taskbar configuration, and other local group policies or mobile device management (MDM) policies set as part of the multi-app experience.
 
-The full multi-app assigned access experience can only work for non-admin users. It’s not supported to associate an admin user with the assigned access profile; doing this in the XML file will result in unexpected/unsupported experiences when this admin user signs in.
+The full multi-app assigned access experience can only work for non-admin users. It's not supported to associate an admin user with the assigned access profile. Making this configuration in the XML file will result in unexpected or unsupported experiences when this admin user signs in.
 
 You can assign:
 
@@ -361,7 +359,7 @@ Individual accounts are specified using ``.
 
 - Local account can be entered as `machinename\account` or `.\account` or just `account`.
 - Domain account should be entered as `domain\account`.
-- Azure AD account must be specified in this format: `AzureAD\{email address}`. **AzureAD** must be provided AS IS (consider it’s a fixed domain name), then follow with the Azure AD email address, e.g. AzureAD\someone@contoso.onmicrosoft.com.
+- Azure AD account must be specified in this format: `AzureAD\{email address}`. **AzureAD** must be provided _as is_, and consider it's a fixed domain name. Then follow with the Azure AD email address. For example, `AzureAD\someone@contoso.onmicrosoft.com`
 
 >[!WARNING]
 >Assigned access can be configured via WMI or CSP to run its applications under a domain user or service account, rather than a local account.  However, use of domain user or service accounts introduces risks that an attacker subverting the assigned access application might gain access to sensitive domain resources that have been inadvertently left accessible to any domain account. We recommend that customers proceed with caution when using domain accounts with assigned access, and consider the domain resources potentially exposed by the decision to do so.
@@ -369,7 +367,7 @@ Individual accounts are specified using ``.
 Before applying the multi-app configuration, make sure the specified user account is available on the device, otherwise it will fail.
 
 >[!NOTE]
->For both domain and Azure AD accounts, it’s not required that target account is explicitly added to the device. As long as the device is AD-joined or Azure AD-joined, the account can be discovered in the domain forest or tenant that the device is joined to. For local accounts, it is required that the account exist before you configure the account for assigned access.
+>For both domain and Azure AD accounts, it's not required that target account is explicitly added to the device. As long as the device is AD-joined or Azure AD-joined, the account can be discovered in the domain forest or tenant that the device is joined to. For local accounts, it is required that the account exist before you configure the account for assigned access.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -382,9 +380,9 @@ Before applying the multi-app configuration, make sure the specified user accoun
 
 ##### Config for group accounts
 
-Group accounts are specified using ``. Nested groups are not supported. For example, if user A is member of Group 1, Group 1 is member of Group 2, and Group 2 is used in ``, user A will not have the kiosk experience.
+Group accounts are specified using ``. Nested groups aren't supported. For example, if user A is member of Group 1, Group 1 is member of Group 2, and Group 2 is used in ``, user A won't have the kiosk experience.
 
-- Local group: Specify the group type as **LocalGroup** and put the group name in Name attribute. Any Azure AD accounts that are added to the local group will not have the kiosk settings applied.
+- Local group: Specify the group type as **LocalGroup** and put the group name in Name attribute. Any Azure AD accounts that are added to the local group won't have the kiosk settings applied.
 
   ```xml
   
@@ -416,15 +414,16 @@ Group accounts are specified using ``. Nested groups are not supporte
 
 
 
-#### [Preview] Global Profile
-Global profile is added in Windows 10. There are times when IT Admin wants to everyone who logging into a specific devices are assigned access users, even there is no dedicated profile for that user, or there are times that Assigned Access could not identify a profile for the user and a fallback profile is wished to use. Global Profile is designed for these scenarios.
+#### [Preview] Global profile
 
-Usage is demonstrated below, by using the new xml namespace and specify GlobalProfile from that namespace. When GlobalProfile is configured, a non-admin account logs in, if this user does not have designated profile in Assigned Access, or Assigned Access fails to determine a profile for current user, global profile will be applied for the user.
+Global profile is available in Windows 10. If you want everyone who signs into a specific device to be assigned as an access user, even if there's no dedicated profile for that user. Alternatively, perhaps Assigned Access couldn't identify a profile for the user and you want to have a fallback profile. Global profile is designed for these scenarios.
 
-Note:
-1. GlobalProfile can only be multi-app profile
-2. Only one GlobalProfile can be used in one AssignedAccess Configuration Xml
-3. GlobalProfile can be used as the only config, or it can be used among with regular user or group Config.
+Usage is demonstrated below, by using the new XML namespace and specifying `GlobalProfile` from that namespace. When you configure `GlobalProfile`, a non-admin account logs in, if this user doesn't have a designated profile in Assigned Access, or Assigned Access fails to determine a profile for current user, a global profile is applied for the user.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> 1. `GlobalProfile` can only be a multi-app profile.
+> 2. Only one `GlobalProfile` can be used in one `AssignedAccess` configuration XML.
+> 3. `GlobalProfile` can be used as the only config, or it can be used along with regular user or group config.
 
 ```xml
 
@@ -486,25 +485,25 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >When you build a provisioning package, you may include sensitive information in the project files and in the provisioning package (.ppkg) file. Although you have the option to encrypt the .ppkg file, project files are not encrypted. You should store the project files in a secure location and delete the project files when they are no longer needed.
 
-1. Open Windows Configuration Designer (by default, %systemdrive%\\Program Files (x86)\\Windows Kits\\10\\Assessment and Deployment Kit\\Imaging and Configuration Designer\\x86\\ICD.exe).
+1. Open Windows Configuration Designer. By default: `%systemdrive%\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\Imaging and Configuration Designer\x86\ICD.exe`.
 
 2. Choose **Advanced provisioning**.
 
-3. Name your project, and click **Next**.
+3. Name your project, and select **Next**.
 
-4. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and click **Next**.
+4. Choose **All Windows desktop editions** and select **Next**.
 
-5. On **New project**, click **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
+5. On **New project**, select **Finish**. The workspace for your package opens.
 
 6. Expand **Runtime settings** > **AssignedAccess** > **MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings**.
 
-7. In the center pane, click **Browse** to locate and select the assigned access configuration XML file that you created.
+7. In the center pane, select **Browse**. Locate and select the assigned access configuration XML file that you created.
 
    ![Screenshot of the MultiAppAssignedAccessSettings field in Windows Configuration Designer.](images/multiappassignedaccesssettings.png)
 
-8. (**Optional**: If you want to apply the provisioning package after device initial setup and there is an admin user already available on the kiosk device, skip this step.) Create an admin user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Provide a **UserName** and **Password**, and select **UserGroup** as **Administrators**. With this account, you can view the provisioning status and logs if needed.
+8. _Optional: If you want to apply the provisioning package after device initial setup and there's an admin user already available on the kiosk device, skip this step._ Create an admin user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Provide a **UserName** and **Password**, and select **UserGroup** as **Administrators**. With this account, you can view the provisioning status and logs if needed.
 
-9. (**Optional**: If you already have a non-admin account on the kiosk device, skip this step.) Create a local standard user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Make sure the **UserName** is the same as the account that you specify in the configuration XML. Select **UserGroup** as **Standard Users**.
+9. _Optional: If you already have a non-admin account on the kiosk device, skip this step._ Create a local standard user account in **Runtime settings** > **Accounts** > **Users**. Make sure the **UserName** is the same as the account that you specify in the configuration XML. Select **UserGroup** as **Standard Users**.
 
 10. On the **File** menu, select **Save.**
 
@@ -518,22 +517,22 @@ Use the Windows Configuration Designer tool to create a provisioning package. [L
 
     - **Enable package signing** - If you select this option, you must select a valid certificate to use for signing the package. You can specify the certificate by clicking **Browse** and choosing the certificate you want to use to sign the package.
 
-14. Click **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
+14. Select **Next** to specify the output location where you want the provisioning package to go when it's built. By default, Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (ICD) uses the project folder as the output location.
 
-    Optionally, you can click **Browse** to change the default output location.
+    Optionally, you can select **Browse** to change the default output location.
 
-15. Click **Next**.
+15. Select **Next**.
 
-16. Click **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
+16. Select **Build** to start building the package. The provisioning package doesn't take long to build. The project information is displayed in the build page and the progress bar indicates the build status.
 
-    If you need to cancel the build, click **Cancel**. This cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
+    If you need to cancel the build, select **Cancel**. This action cancels the current build process, closes the wizard, and takes you back to the **Customizations Page**.
 
 17. If your build fails, an error message will show up that includes a link to the project folder. You can scan the logs to determine what caused the error. Once you fix the issue, try building the package again.
 
     If your build is successful, the name of the provisioning package, output directory, and project directory will be shown.
 
-    - If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this, click **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then click **Next** to start another build.
-    - If you are done, click **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
+    - If you choose, you can build the provisioning package again and pick a different path for the output package. To do this action, select **Back** to change the output package name and path, and then select **Next** to start another build.
+    - If you're done, select **Finish** to close the wizard and go back to the **Customizations Page**.
 
 18. Copy the provisioning package to the root directory of a USB drive.
 
@@ -573,16 +572,16 @@ Provisioning packages can be applied to a device during the first-run experience
 1. Sign in with an admin account.
 2. Insert the USB drive to a desktop computer, navigate to **Settings** > **Accounts** > **Access work or school** > **Add or remove a provisioning package** > **Add a package**, and select the package to install. For a provisioning package stored on a network folder or on a SharePoint site, navigate to the provisioning package and double-click it to begin installation.
 
->[!NOTE]
->if your provisioning package doesn’t include the assigned access user account creation, make sure the account you specified in the multi-app configuration XML exists on the device.
+> [!NOTE]
+> If your provisioning package doesn't include the assigned access user account creation, make sure the account you specified in the multi-app configuration XML exists on the device.
 
-![add a package option.](images/package.png)
+![Add a package option.](images/package.png)
 
 ### Use MDM to deploy the multi-app configuration
 
 Multi-app kiosk mode is enabled by the [AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp). Your MDM policy can contain the assigned access configuration XML.
 
-If your device is enrolled with a MDM server which supports applying the assigned access configuration, you can use it to apply the setting remotely.
+If your device is enrolled with an MDM service that supports applying the assigned access configuration, you can use it to apply the setting remotely.
 
 The OMA-URI for multi-app policy is `./Device/Vendor/MSFT/AssignedAccess/Configuration`.
 
@@ -599,23 +598,23 @@ To create a multi-app kiosk that can run mixed reality apps, you must include th
 
 ```
 
-These are in addition to any mixed reality apps that you allow.
+These apps are in addition to any mixed reality apps that you allow.
 
-**Before your kiosk user signs in:** An admin user must sign in to the PC, connect a mixed reality device, and complete the guided setup for the Mixed Reality Portal. The first time that the Mixed Reality Portal is set up, some files and content are downloaded. A kiosk user would not have permissions to download and so their setup of the Mixed Reality Portal would fail.
+**Before your kiosk user signs in:** An admin user must sign in to the PC, connect a mixed reality device, and complete the guided setup for the Mixed Reality Portal. The first time that the Mixed Reality Portal is set up, some files and content are downloaded. A kiosk user wouldn't have permissions to download and so their setup of the Mixed Reality Portal would fail.
 
 After the admin has completed setup, the kiosk account can sign in and repeat the setup. The admin user may want to complete the kiosk user setup before providing the PC to employees or customers.
 
-There is a difference between the mixed reality experiences for a kiosk user and other users. Typically, when a user connects a mixed reality device, they begin in the [Mixed Reality home](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/mixed-reality/navigating_the_windows_mixed_reality_home). The Mixed Reality home is a shell that runs in "silent" mode when the PC is configured as a kiosk. When a kiosk user connects a mixed reality device, they will see only a blank display in the device, and will not have access to the features and functionality available in the home. To run a mixed reality app, the kiosk user must launch the app from the PC Start screen.
+There's a difference between the mixed reality experiences for a kiosk user and other users. Typically, when a user connects a mixed reality device, they begin in the [Mixed Reality home](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/mixed-reality/navigating_the_windows_mixed_reality_home). The Mixed Reality home is a shell that runs in "silent" mode when the PC is configured as a kiosk. When a kiosk user connects a mixed reality device, they'll see only a blank display in the device, and won't have access to the features and functionality available in the home. To run a mixed reality app, the kiosk user must launch the app from the PC Start screen.
 
 ## Policies set by multi-app kiosk configuration
 
-It is not recommended to set policies enforced in assigned access multi-app mode to different values using other channels, as the multi-app mode has been optimized to provide a locked-down experience.
+It's not recommended to set policies enforced in assigned access multi-app mode to different values using other channels, as the multi-app mode has been optimized to provide a locked-down experience.
 
-When the multi-app assigned access configuration is applied on the device, certain policies are enforced system-wide, and will impact other users on the device.
+When the multi-app assigned access configuration is applied on the device, certain policies are enforced system-wide, and will affect other users on the device.
 
-### Group Policy
+### Group policy
 
-The following local policies affect all **non-administrator** users on the system, regardless whether the user is configured as an assigned access user or not.  This includes local users, domain users, and Azure Active Directory users.
+The following local policies affect all **non-administrator** users on the system, regardless whether the user is configured as an assigned access user or not. This list includes local users, domain users, and Azure Active Directory users.
 
 | Setting | Value |
 | --- | --- |
@@ -651,7 +650,7 @@ Prevent access to drives from My Computer    |  Enabled - Restrict all drivers
 
 ### MDM policy
 
-Some of the MDM policies based on the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) affect all users on the system (i.e. system-wide).
+Some of the MDM policies based on the [Policy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider) affect all users on the system.
 
 Setting |   Value   | System-wide
  --- | --- | ---
@@ -697,4 +696,4 @@ In Windows Configuration Designer, under **ProvisioningCommands** > **DeviceCont
 
 ## Other methods
 
-Environments that use WMI can use the [MDM Bridge WMI Provider to configure a kiosk](kiosk-mdm-bridge.md).
\ No newline at end of file
+Environments that use WMI can use the [MDM Bridge WMI Provider to configure a kiosk](kiosk-mdm-bridge.md).
diff --git a/windows/configuration/lockdown-features-windows-10.md b/windows/configuration/lockdown-features-windows-10.md
index 38da2ca1ca..375cd82dcb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/lockdown-features-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/lockdown-features-windows-10.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Lockdown features from Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry (Windows 10)
 description: Many of the lockdown features available in Windows Embedded 8.1 Industry have been modified in some form for Windows 10. 
 ms.assetid: 3C006B00-535C-4BA4-9421-B8F952D47A14
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: lockdown, embedded
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: security
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md b/windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
index 1744b013b6..2dcf1d588b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/manage-tips-and-suggestions.md
@@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: devices
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 09/20/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Manage Windows 10 and Microsoft Store tips, "fun facts", and suggestions
@@ -61,4 +61,4 @@ Windows 10 provides organizations the ability to centrally manage the type of co
 
  
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/manage-wifi-sense-in-enterprise.md b/windows/configuration/manage-wifi-sense-in-enterprise.md
index 5d3cc333a4..8149182469 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/manage-wifi-sense-in-enterprise.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/manage-wifi-sense-in-enterprise.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Manage Wi-Fi Sense in your company (Windows 10)
 description: Wi-Fi Sense automatically connects you to Wi-Fi, so you can get online quickly in more places.
 ms.assetid: 1845e00d-c4ee-4a8f-a5e5-d00f2735a271
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["WiFi Sense", "automatically connect to wi-fi", "wi-fi hotspot connection"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-apn.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-apn.md
index a8d47b38e2..ffe4a55f6d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-apn.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-apn.md
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ title: Configure cellular settings for tablets and PCs (Windows 10)
 description: Enterprises can provision cellular settings for tablets and PC with built-in cellular modems or plug-in USB modem dongles.
 ms.assetid: 287706E5-063F-4AB5-902C-A0DF6D0730BC
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 04/13/2018
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/how-it-pros-can-use-configuration-service-providers.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/how-it-pros-can-use-configuration-service-providers.md
index 05bf795440..3e9203b3fa 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/how-it-pros-can-use-configuration-service-providers.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/how-it-pros-can-use-configuration-service-providers.md
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ title: Configuration service providers for IT pros (Windows 10/11)
 description: Describes how IT pros and system administrators can use configuration service providers (CSPs) to configure devices. 
 ms.assetid: 25C1FDCA-0E10-42A1-A368-984FFDB2B7B6
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md
index 49a51ea3c2..1305b2bb87 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-for-initial-deployment.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Provision PCs with common settings (Windows 10/11)
 description: Create a provisioning package to apply common settings to a PC running Windows 10. 
 ms.assetid: 66D14E97-E116-4218-8924-E2A326C9367E
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["runtime provisioning", "provisioning package"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
@@ -160,4 +160,4 @@ After you're done, click **Create**. It only takes a few seconds. When the packa
 - [Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages](provisioning-script-to-install-app.md)
 - [PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows client (reference)](provisioning-powershell.md)
 - [Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface (reference)](provisioning-command-line.md)
-- [Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings](provisioning-multivariant.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings](provisioning-multivariant.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps-and-certificates.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps-and-certificates.md
index cc911deee6..faad3522bb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps-and-certificates.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps-and-certificates.md
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ keywords: ["runtime provisioning", "provisioning package"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/27/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Provision PCs with apps and certificates for initial deployment (advanced provisioning)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md
index 976d93c4b8..f1b8691117 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provision-pcs-with-apps.md
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ keywords: ["runtime provisioning", "provisioning package"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Provision PCs with apps 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md
index 44ef49c0ab..230570bfa8 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-apply-package.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Provisioning packages can be applied to a device during the first-r
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Apply a provisioning package
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-command-line.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-command-line.md
index 308f6bad92..95e51c1316 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-command-line.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-command-line.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn more about the ICD syntax, switches, and arguments that you c
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Windows Configuration Designer command-line interface (reference)
@@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ icd.exe /Build-ProvisioningPackage /CustomizationXML: /PackagePath:
 - [Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages](provisioning-script-to-install-app.md)
 - [PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows client (reference)](provisioning-powershell.md)
 - [Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings](provisioning-multivariant.md)
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md
index 0f8a4b93c1..f926e57f98 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-create-package.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn how to create a provisioning package for Windows 10/11, which
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-how-it-works.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-how-it-works.md
index 3d1a473ae6..cc1fff48d3 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-how-it-works.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-how-it-works.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn more about how provisioning package work on Windows client de
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # How provisioning works in Windows
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md
index 484dd4a35b..1df2136104 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn how to install and use Windows Configuration Designer so you
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md
index 028b44c522..0987e3f720 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-multivariant.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings to customi
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 # Create a provisioning package with multivariant settings
@@ -121,30 +121,30 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
     The following example shows the contents of a sample customizations.xml file.
 
     ```XML
-   <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> 
-    
-    
-    {6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e} 
-    My Provisioning Package 
-    1.0 
-    OEM 
-    50 
-    
-    
-     
-       
-         
-          0 
-          0 
-          0 
-         
-         
-          0 
-         
-       
-     
-    
-    
+   
+   
+     
+       {6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e}
+       My Provisioning Package
+       1.0
+       OEM
+       50
+     
+     
+       
+         
+           
+             0
+             0
+             0
+           
+           
+             0
+           
+         
+       
+     
+    
     ```
 
 5. Edit the customizations.xml file to create a **Targets** section to describe the conditions that will handle your multivariant settings. 
@@ -152,48 +152,48 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
     The following example shows the customizations.xml, which has been modified to include several conditions including **ProcessorName**, **ProcessorType**, **MCC**, and **MNC**.
     
     ```XML
-     
-    
-    
-    {6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e} 
-    My Provisioning Package 
-    1.0 
-    OEM 
-    50 
-    
-    
-     
-       
-         
-          0 
-          0 
-          0 
-         
-         
-          0 
-         
-       
-       
-         
-           
-             
-             
-           
-           
-             
-             
-           
-         
-         
-           
-             
-             
-           
-         
-       
-     
-    
-    
+   
+   
+     
+       {6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e}
+       My Provisioning Package
+       1.0
+       OEM
+       50
+     
+     
+       
+         
+           
+             0
+             0
+             0
+           
+           
+             0
+           
+         
+         
+           
+             
+               
+               
+             
+             
+               
+               
+             
+           
+           
+             
+               
+               
+             
+           
+         
+       
+     
+    
     ```
 
 6. In the customizations.xml file, create a **Variant** section for the settings you need to customize. To do this:
@@ -212,56 +212,56 @@ Follow these steps to create a provisioning package with multivariant capabiliti
     The following example shows the customizations.xml updated to include a **Variant** section and the moved settings that will be applied if the conditions for the variant are met.
 
     ```XML
-   <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> 
-    
-   
-    {6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e} 
-    My Provisioning Package 
-    1.0 
-    OEM 
-    50 
-    
-    
-     
-       
-       
-       
-         
-           
-             
-             
-           
-           
-             
-             
-           
-         
-         
-           
-             
-             
-           
-        
-       
-       
-         
-           
-           
-         
-         
-           
-            1 
-            1 
-            1 
-           
-           
-            1 
-           
-         
-       
-     
-    
-    
+   
+   
+     
+       {6aaa4dfa-00d7-4aaa-8adf-73c6a7e2501e}
+       My Provisioning Package
+       1.0
+       OEM
+       50
+     
+     
+       
+         
+         
+         
+           
+             
+               
+               
+             
+             
+               
+               
+             
+           
+           
+             
+               
+               
+             
+           
+         
+         
+           
+             
+             
+           
+           
+             
+               1
+               1
+               1
+             
+             
+               1
+             
+           
+         
+       
+     
+    
     ```
 
 7. Save the updated customizations.xml file and note the path to this updated file. You will need the path as one of the values for the next step.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md
index 703606edff..da386db801 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-packages.md
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ title: Provisioning packages overview on Windows 10/11
 description: With Windows 10 and Windows 11, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and efficiently configure a device without having to install a new image. Learn about what provisioning packages, are and what they do.
 ms.assetid: 287706E5-063F-4AB5-902C-A0DF6D0730BC
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The following table describes settings that you can configure using the wizards
 | Set up device | Assign device name, enter product key to upgrade Windows, configure shared used, remove pre-installed software | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Set up network | Connect to a Wi-Fi network | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Account management | Enroll device in Active Directory, enroll device in Azure Active Directory, or create a local administrator account | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
-| Bulk Enrollment in Azure AD | Enroll device in Azure Active Directory

            Before you use a Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment, [set up Azure AD join in your organization](/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup). | ❌ | ❌ | ❌ |
+| Bulk Enrollment in Azure AD | Enroll device in Azure Active Directory using Bulk Token

             [Set up Azure AD join in your organization](/azure/active-directory/active-directory-azureadjoin-setup), before you use Windows Configuration Designer wizard to configure bulk Azure AD enrollment,. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Add applications | Install applications using the provisioning package.  | ✔️ | ✔️ | ❌ |
 | Add certificates | Include a certificate file in the provisioning package. | ✔️ | ✔️ | ✔️ |
 | Configure kiosk account and app | Create local account to run the kiosk mode app, specify the app to run in kiosk mode | ❌ | ✔️ | ❌ |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md
index 50e9c56a1e..3b6e0300dc 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-powershell.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn more about the Windows PowerShell cmdlets that you can use wi
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # PowerShell cmdlets for provisioning Windows client (reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md
index 1fc466b83d..0f1b11b953 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-script-to-install-app.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: With Windows 10/11, you can create provisioning packages that let
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Use a script to install a desktop app in provisioning packages
diff --git a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md
index 4a25836a61..1a6f2d6af3 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-uninstall-package.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This article lists the settings that are reverted when you uninstal
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: gkomatsu
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Settings changed when you uninstall a provisioning package
diff --git a/windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md b/windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
index 18cc716b31..92a57a02af 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ keywords: ["shared pc mode"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/setup-digital-signage.md b/windows/configuration/setup-digital-signage.md
index d545a5cc63..921c556ecf 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/setup-digital-signage.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/setup-digital-signage.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Set up digital signs on Windows 10/11
 description: A single-use device such as a digital sign is easy to set up in Windows 10 and Windows 11 (Pro, Enterprise, and Education).
 ms.assetid: 428680AE-A05F-43ED-BD59-088024D1BFCC
 ms.reviewer: sybruckm
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["assigned access", "kiosk", "lockdown", "digital sign", "digital signage", "kiosk browser", "browser"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 09/20/2021
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start-layout-troubleshoot.md b/windows/configuration/start-layout-troubleshoot.md
index 000d733a4e..4b0658894b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/start-layout-troubleshoot.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start-layout-troubleshoot.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: Learn how to troubleshoot common Start menu errors in Windows 10. F
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: troubleshooting
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
@@ -325,4 +325,4 @@ If you have already encountered this issue, use one of the following two options
 
 5. Select **Edit**, and then select **Add** to add the group.
 
-6. Test Start and other Apps.
\ No newline at end of file
+6. Test Start and other Apps.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start-layout-xml-desktop.md b/windows/configuration/start-layout-xml-desktop.md
index 0e84376bad..a0d7a0b65a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/start-layout-xml-desktop.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start-layout-xml-desktop.md
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ keywords: ["start screen"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 10/02/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
diff --git a/windows/configuration/start-secondary-tiles.md b/windows/configuration/start-secondary-tiles.md
index 4fd1194b2e..5699938be7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/start-secondary-tiles.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/start-secondary-tiles.md
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: security
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Add image for secondary Microsoft Edge tiles 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md b/windows/configuration/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
index ceb2627452..40fc295016 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/stop-employees-from-using-microsoft-store.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Configure access to Microsoft Store (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to configure access to Microsoft Store for client computers and mobile devices in your organization.
 ms.assetid: 7AA60D3D-2A69-45E7-AAB0-B8AFC29C2E97
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: store, mobile
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: conceptual
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 4/16/2018
@@ -125,4 +125,4 @@ If you're using Microsoft Store for Business and you want employees to only see
 [Manage access to private store](/microsoft-store/manage-access-to-private-store)
 
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md b/windows/configuration/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
index 3c2d63c994..30c40db968 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/supported-csp-start-menu-layout-windows.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Supported CSP policies to customize Start menu on Windows 11 | Microsoft
 description: See a list of the Policy CSP - Start items that are supported on Windows 11 to customize the Start menu.
 ms.assetid: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: mandia
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: ericpapa
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-author: MandiOhlinger
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md b/windows/configuration/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
index 1605544834..0891f70e8c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/supported-csp-taskbar-windows.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Supported CSP policies to customize the Taskbar on Windows 11 | Microsoft
 description: See a list of the Policy CSP - Start items that are supported on Windows 11 to customize the Taskbar.
 ms.assetid: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: mandia
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: chataylo
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-author: MandiOhlinger
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
index 5a6de72bf1..5c0961785e 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Administering UE-V with Windows PowerShell and WMI
 description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) provides Windows PowerShell cmdlets to help administrators perform various UE-V tasks.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ After you create and deploy UE-V settings location templates, you can manage tho
 
 - [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
 
-- [User Experience Virtualization in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/uev/)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [User Experience Virtualization in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/uev/)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md
index 819a185439..f2456dee1a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-administering-uev.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Administering UE-V
 description: Learn how to perform administrative tasks for User Experience Virtualization (UE-V). These tasks include configuring the UE-V service and recovering lost settings.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md
index e383e3f70a..8d325e39cc 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-application-template-schema-reference.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Application Template Schema Reference for UE-V
 description: Learn details about the XML structure of the UE-V settings location templates and learn how to edit these files.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md
index 9bc89c945f..7b1980ded7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-changing-the-frequency-of-scheduled-tasks.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Changing the Frequency of UE-V Scheduled Tasks
 description: Learn how to create a script that uses the Schtasks.exe command-line options so you can change the frequency of UE-V scheduled tasks.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md
index 3e8f520a9f..8aa4719d90 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-group-policy-objects.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Configuring UE-V with Group Policy Objects
 description: In this article, learn how to configure User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) with Group Policy objects.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md
index 5be5dbca10..3bca49c75a 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-configuring-uev-with-system-center-configuration-manager.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Configuring UE-V with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager
 description: Learn how to configure User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager. 
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md
index 7b078d49b1..1b6513b56d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-required-features.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Deploy required UE-V features
 description: Learn how to install and configure User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) features, for example a network share that stores and retrieves user settings.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md
index 75fcbcdad0..21f2749843 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Use UE-V with custom applications
 description: Use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) to create your own custom settings location templates with the UE-V template generator.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-for-windows.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-for-windows.md
index 0d091fe1bb..9074ddc234 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-for-windows.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-for-windows.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: User Experience Virtualization for Windows 10, version 1607
 description: Overview of User Experience Virtualization for Windows 10, version 1607
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 05/02/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-getting-started.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-getting-started.md
index 2b8d0a7d04..2bb02af5e6 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-getting-started.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-getting-started.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Get Started with UE-V
 description: Use the steps in this article to deploy User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for the first time in a test environment.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 03/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ---
 
 # Get Started with UE-V
@@ -170,4 +170,4 @@ For UE-V issues, use the [UE-V TechNet Forum](https://social.technet.microsoft.c
 
 -   [Troubleshooting UE-V](uev-troubleshooting.md)
 
--   [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+-   [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-manage-administrative-backup-and-restore.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-manage-administrative-backup-and-restore.md
index f75e604b5c..9ed8904dec 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-manage-administrative-backup-and-restore.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-manage-administrative-backup-and-restore.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Manage Administrative Backup and Restore in UE-V
 description: Learn how an administrator of User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) can back up and restore application and Windows settings to their original state.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-manage-configurations.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-manage-configurations.md
index 1f773b7392..4533fb9eb7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-manage-configurations.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-manage-configurations.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Manage Configurations for UE-V
 description: Learn to manage the configuration of the User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) service and also learn to manage storage locations for UE-V resources.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
index ecf3a6472d..b36faf10c5 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-managing-settings-location-templates-using-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI
 description: Managing UE-V Settings Location Templates Using Windows PowerShell and WMI
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-managing-uev-agent-and-packages-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-managing-uev-agent-and-packages-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
index e951c019fc..d111d768eb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-managing-uev-agent-and-packages-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-managing-uev-agent-and-packages-with-windows-powershell-and-wmi.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Manage UE-V Service and Packages with Windows PowerShell and WMI
 description: Managing the UE-V service and packages with Windows PowerShell and WMI
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -124,4 +124,4 @@ When you are finished configuring the UE-V service with WMI and Windows PowerShe
 
 [Administering UE-V](uev-administering-uev.md)
 
-[User Experience Virtualization in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/uev/)
\ No newline at end of file
+[User Experience Virtualization in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/uev/)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-migrating-settings-packages.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-migrating-settings-packages.md
index 1b4c026987..026b5fd10f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-migrating-settings-packages.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-migrating-settings-packages.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Migrating UE-V settings packages
 description: Learn to relocate User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) user settings packages either when you migrate to a new server or when you perform backups.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-prepare-for-deployment.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-prepare-for-deployment.md
index 31455009a3..ae5cd26af9 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-prepare-for-deployment.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-prepare-for-deployment.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Prepare a UE-V Deployment
 description: Learn about the types of User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) deployment you can execute and what preparations you can make beforehand to be successful.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md
index e648b9ed6b..fdc838991d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-release-notes-1607.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Release Notes
 description: Read the latest information required to successfully install and use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) that is not included in the UE-V documentation.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md
index ffc6829922..d692ba9f46 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-security-considerations.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Security Considerations for UE-V
 description: Learn about accounts and groups, log files, and other security-related considerations for User Experience Virtualization (UE-V).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md
index ad5f8b92dd..6eea46080c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-methods.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Sync Methods for UE-V
 description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) service sync methods let you synchronize users’ application and Windows settings with the settings storage location.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md
index d9006a04ab..414b095f83 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-sync-trigger-events.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Sync Trigger Events for UE-V
 description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) lets you synchronize your application and Windows settings across all your domain-joined devices.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md
index ee24e695c5..83493203df 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-synchronizing-microsoft-office-with-uev.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Synchronizing Microsoft Office with UE-V
 description: Learn how User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) supports the synchronization of Microsoft Office application settings.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ You can deploy UE-V settings location template with the following methods:
 
 -   **Registering template with Template Catalog Path**. If you use the Settings Template Catalog Path to manage templates on users’ computers, copy the Office template into the folder defined in the UE-V service. The next time the Template Auto Update (ApplySettingsCatalog.exe) scheduled task runs, the settings location template will be registered on the device. For more information, see [Deploy a settings template catalog](uev-deploy-uev-for-custom-applications.md).
 
--   **Registering template with Configuration Manager**. If you use Configuration Manager to manage your UE-V settings storage templates, recreate the Template Baseline CAB, import it into Configuration Manager, and then deploy the baseline to user devices. For more information, see the guidance provided in the documentation for the [System Center 2012 Configuration Pack for Microsoft User Experience Virtualization 2.0](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40913).
\ No newline at end of file
+-   **Registering template with Configuration Manager**. If you use Configuration Manager to manage your UE-V settings storage templates, recreate the Template Baseline CAB, import it into Configuration Manager, and then deploy the baseline to user devices. For more information, see the guidance provided in the documentation for the [System Center 2012 Configuration Pack for Microsoft User Experience Virtualization 2.0](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=40913).
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md
index 8640bb97f1..cac53df19c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-technical-reference.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Technical Reference for UE-V
 description: Use this technical reference to learn about the various features of User Experience Virtualization (UE-V).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md
index 7b59eff17d..a940df7833 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-troubleshooting.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Troubleshooting UE-V
 description: Use this technical reference to find resources for troubleshooting User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows 10.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md
index c291585ed5..7cae468ca9 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10
 description: Use these few adjustments to upgrade from User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) 2.x to the latest version of UE-V.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -119,4 +119,4 @@ The UE-V template generator is included in the Windows Assessment and Deployment
 
 -   [Migrating settings packages](uev-migrating-settings-packages.md)
 
--   [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+-   [Technical Reference for UE-V](uev-technical-reference.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md
index cfaddd69f8..fb8d02a2a7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-using-uev-with-application-virtualization-applications.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Using UE-V with Application Virtualization applications
 description: Learn how to use User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) with Microsoft Application Virtualization (App-V).
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md
index 1072f07164..3240b7bcfa 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-whats-new-in-uev-for-windows.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: What's New in UE-V for Windows 10, version 1607
 description: Learn about what's new in User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) for Windows 10, including new features and capabilities.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -131,4 +131,4 @@ UE-V includes Office 2016, Office 2013, and Office 2010 templates. Office 2007 t
 
 - [User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Release Notes](uev-release-notes-1607.md) for Windows 10, version 1607
 
-- [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Upgrade to UE-V for Windows 10](uev-upgrade-uev-from-previous-releases.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md
index f93a24390e..bbbe078c55 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/ue-v/uev-working-with-custom-templates-and-the-uev-generator.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Working with Custom UE-V Templates and the UE-V Template Generator
 description: Create your own custom settings location templates by working with Custom User Experience Virtualization (UE-V) Templates and the UE-V Template Generator.
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: mdop, virtualization
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md
index 8d4bfbfc06..ac4bac4e80 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accountmanagement.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the account management settings that you can
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # AccountManagement (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accounts.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accounts.md
index a6462788e1..25d47941a7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accounts.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-accounts.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the account settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Accounts (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md
index 1116a54650..54f74aba1c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-admxingestion.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the ADMXIngestion settings that you can conf
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # ADMXIngestion (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ The next image highlights the specific policy.
 ## Related topics
 
 - [Policy configuration service provider (CSP): ADMX-backed policies](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-configuration-service-provider)
-- [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](/windows/client-management/mdm/understanding-admx-backed-policies)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Understanding ADMX-backed policies](/windows/client-management/mdm/understanding-admx-backed-policies)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md
index 36eb055038..68825227e9 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-assignedaccess.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the AssignedAccess setting that you can conf
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # AssignedAccess (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ Use this setting to configure a kiosk device that runs more than one app.
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [AssignedAccess configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/assignedaccess-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-browser.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-browser.md
index 3b57376dae..5df5b2dfcd 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-browser.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-browser.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the Browser settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 10/02/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Browser (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellcore.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellcore.md
index 56d5c63695..0134eabef9 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellcore.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellcore.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the CellCore settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 10/02/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # CellCore (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellular.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellular.md
index 825f43c4c2..f2ba57eae2 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellular.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cellular.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Cellular (Windows 10)
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: This section describes the Cellular settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -79,4 +79,4 @@ Enter a comma-separated list of mobile country code (MCC) and mobile network cod
 
 ### UseBrandingNameOnRoaming
 
-Select an option for displaying the BrandingName when the device is roaming.
\ No newline at end of file
+Select an option for displaying the BrandingName when the device is roaming.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-certificates.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-certificates.md
index ca41ffe27e..668d0bb304 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-certificates.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-certificates.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the Certificates settings that you can confi
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Certificates (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -71,4 +71,4 @@ Use to deploy Root Certificate Authority (CA) certificates to devices. The follo
 ## Related topics
 
 
-- [RootCATrustedCertficates configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [RootCATrustedCertficates configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/rootcacertificates-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-changes.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-changes.md
index 5747eeb261..d196972424 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-changes.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-changes.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Changes to settings in Windows Configuration Designer (Windows 10)
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: This section describes the changes to settings in Windows Configuration Designer in Windows 10, version 1809.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md
index 32bdc154b2..090081972f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-cleanpc.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the CleanPC settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # CleanPC (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -28,4 +28,4 @@ For each setting, the options are **Enable** and **Not configured**.
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [CleanPC configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [CleanPC configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/cleanpc-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connections.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connections.md
index 5c59173b68..e71332a303 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connections.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connections.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the Connections settings that you can config
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Connections (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ See [CMPolicy CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cmpolicy-csp) for settings and
 
 ## Proxies
 
-See [CM_ProxyEntries CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-proxyentries-csp) for settings and values.
\ No newline at end of file
+See [CM_ProxyEntries CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/cm-proxyentries-csp) for settings and values.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md
index 06e8834e67..4f9bd01b6e 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-connectivityprofiles.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the ConnectivityProfile settings that you ca
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # ConnectivityProfiles (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md
index 81597e49d4..e09bfedbeb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-countryandregion.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the CountryAndRegion settings that you can c
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # CountryAndRegion (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md
index e18abe6ad1..e8ea46b7dc 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-desktopbackgroundandcolors.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the DesktopBackgrounAndColors settings that
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/21/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # DesktopBackgroundAndColors (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-developersetup.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-developersetup.md
index eee860859f..6d1c176a3d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-developersetup.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-developersetup.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the DeveloperSetup settings that you can con
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # DeveloperSetup (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md
index b233406d79..8a4fe3064e 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceformfactor.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the DeviceFormFactor setting that you can co
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # DeviceFormFactor (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md
index bb1692d17e..32484edbd9 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-devicemanagement.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the DeviceManagement setting that you can co
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # DeviceManagement (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md
index e72df83e2d..440ed6459b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-deviceupdatecenter.md
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ description: This section describes the DeviceUpdateCenter settings that you can
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
-manager: dansimp
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-dmclient.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-dmclient.md
index 31d0ed7b8c..ed596c0b34 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-dmclient.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-dmclient.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the DMClient setting that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # DMClient (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ For the **UpdateManagementServiceAddress** setting, enter a list of servers. The
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [DMClient configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/dmclient-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [DMClient configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/dmclient-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md
index aaa3c9a10e..9c2e199008 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-editionupgrade.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the EditionUpgrade settings that you can con
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # EditionUpgrade (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ After the device restarts, the edition upgrade process completes. The user will
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [WindowsLicensing configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [WindowsLicensing configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/windowslicensing-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md
index cd505cda87..574f4d2a0d 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firewallconfiguration.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the FirewallConfiguration setting that you c
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # FirewallConfiguration (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ Set to **True** or **False**.
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [AllJoyn](https://developer.microsoft.com/windows/iot/docs/alljoyn)
+- [AllJoyn – Wikipedia](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/AllJoyn)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md
index a854a53a49..a830d6925b 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-firstexperience.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the FirstExperience settings that you can co
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 08/08/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # FirstExperience (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ PreferredRegion | Enter the [geographical location identifier](/windows/win32/in
 PreferredTimezone | Enter the timezone. [Microsoft Time Zone Index Values](/previous-versions/windows/embedded/ms912391(v=winembedded.11))
 SkipCalibration | Initial setup of HoloLens includes a calibration step. Set to **True** to skip calibration.
 SkipTraining | Initial setup of HoloLens includes training on how to perform the gestures to operate HoloLens. Set to **True** to skip training. 
-SkipWifi | Set to **True** to skip connecting to a Wi-Fi network.

            **Note:** HoloLens [requires a Wi-Fi connection during setup to verify the account](/hololens/hololens-setup). To skip the Wi-Fi connection page during setup, your provisioning package must provide the network configuration. You can configure the network configuration [in the HoloLens wizard](/hololens/hololens-provisioning#create-a-provisioning-package-for-hololens-using-the-hololens-wizard) and then switch to the advanced editor to configure **FirstExperience** settings, or in advanced settings, configure a WLAN [connectivity profile](wcd-connectivityprofiles.md).
\ No newline at end of file
+SkipWifi | Set to **True** to skip connecting to a Wi-Fi network.

            **Note:** HoloLens [requires a Wi-Fi connection during setup to verify the account](/hololens/hololens-setup). To skip the Wi-Fi connection page during setup, your provisioning package must provide the network configuration. You can configure the network configuration [in the HoloLens wizard](/hololens/hololens-provisioning#create-a-provisioning-package-for-hololens-using-the-hololens-wizard) and then switch to the advanced editor to configure **FirstExperience** settings, or in advanced settings, configure a WLAN [connectivity profile](wcd-connectivityprofiles.md).
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-folders.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-folders.md
index 1eab5f086b..1008dd3172 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-folders.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-folders.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the Folders settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Folders (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-hotspot.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-hotspot.md
index 5495478b7d..cf3eb21000 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-hotspot.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-hotspot.md
@@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ description: This section describes the HotSpot settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 12/18/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # HotSpot (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
 
-Do not use. Enterprise admins who want to configure settings for mobile hotspots should use [Policies > Wifi](wcd-policies.md#wifi). Mobile operators should use the [Country and Operator Settings Asset (COSA) format](/windows-hardware/drivers/mobilebroadband/cosa-overview).
\ No newline at end of file
+Do not use. Enterprise admins who want to configure settings for mobile hotspots should use [Policies > Wifi](wcd-policies.md#wifi). Mobile operators should use the [Country and Operator Settings Asset (COSA) format](/windows-hardware/drivers/mobilebroadband/cosa-overview).
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md
index b8dc34d1e1..9e653528de 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-kioskbrowser.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the KioskBrowser settings that you can confi
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 10/02/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # KioskBrowser (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-licensing.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-licensing.md
index 82adee0181..8342ca38d7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-licensing.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-licensing.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the Licensing settings that you can configur
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Licensing (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-location.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-location.md
index a2989cead5..3e0a47a230 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-location.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-location.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the Location settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Location (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-maps.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-maps.md
index 51aacf0da3..cdb5ff8a79 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-maps.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-maps.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the Maps settings that you can configure in
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Maps (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md
index 957bc2abd1..e16622e753 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkproxy.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the NetworkProxy settings that you can confi
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # NetworkProxy (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ Address to the PAC script you want to use.
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [NetworkProxy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/networkproxy-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [NetworkProxy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/networkproxy-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md
index 177a49d274..24179089bf 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-networkqospolicy.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the NetworkQoSPolicy settings that you can c
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # NetworkQoSPolicy (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ Use to create network Quality of Service (QoS) policies. A QoS policy performs a
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [NetworkQoSPolicy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/networkqospolicy-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [NetworkQoSPolicy configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/networkqospolicy-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-oobe.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-oobe.md
index 9110aeec1d..7ab4e1b5f7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-oobe.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-oobe.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: OOBE (Windows 10)
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: This section describes the OOBE settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-personalization.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-personalization.md
index 18b6259bdc..6bfb8c53ab 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-personalization.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-personalization.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the Personalization settings that you can co
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Personalization (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-policies.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-policies.md
index f7629487bb..c894bdc784 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-policies.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-policies.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Policies (Windows 10)
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: This section describes the Policies settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-privacy.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-privacy.md
index 867728c6b3..ff0d8ba5c4 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-privacy.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-privacy.md
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ description: This section describes the Privacy settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
-manager: dansimp
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md
index dab5b939b7..353d7fc8d7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-provisioningcommands.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the ProvisioningCommands settings that you c
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # ProvisioningCommands (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md
index 3dd25e3954..e92b9ff5e9 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-sharedpc.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the SharedPC settings that you can configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 10/16/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # SharedPC (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ Use these settings to configure policies for shared PC mode.
 
 ## Related articles
 
-- [Set up shared or guest PC](../set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Set up shared or guest PC](../set-up-shared-or-guest-pc.md)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-smisettings.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-smisettings.md
index ed3dbc5df6..18f8ce37ce 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-smisettings.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-smisettings.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the SMISettings settings that you can config
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 03/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # SMISettings (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -110,4 +110,4 @@ You can also configure ShellLauncher to launch different shell applications for
 ShellLauncher processes the Run and RunOnce registry keys before starting the custom shell. So, your custom shell doesn't need to handle the automatic startup of other applications or services. ShellLauncher also handles the behavior of the system when your custom shell exits. You can configure the shell exit behavior if the default behavior doesn't meet your needs.
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
->A custom shell is launched with the same level of user rights as the account that is signed in. This means that a user with administrator rights can perform any system action that requires administrator rights, including launching other applications with administrator rights, while a user without administrator rights cannot. If your shell application requires administrator rights and needs to be elevated, and User Account Control (UAC) is present on your device, you must disable UAC in order for ShellLauncher to launch the shell application.
\ No newline at end of file
+>A custom shell is launched with the same level of user rights as the account that is signed in. This means that a user with administrator rights can perform any system action that requires administrator rights, including launching other applications with administrator rights, while a user without administrator rights cannot. If your shell application requires administrator rights and needs to be elevated, and User Account Control (UAC) is present on your device, you must disable UAC in order for ShellLauncher to launch the shell application.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-start.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-start.md
index 421801f668..c06113474f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-start.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-start.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the Start settings that you can configure in
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Start (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupapp.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupapp.md
index 49815cf169..97b161c250 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupapp.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupapp.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the StartupApp settings that you can configu
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # StartupApp (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ Use StartupApp settings to configure the default app that will run on start for
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
 | Default |  |  |  |  ✔️ |
 
-Enter the [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app) for the default app.
\ No newline at end of file
+Enter the [Application User Model ID (AUMID)](/windows-hardware/customize/enterprise/find-the-application-user-model-id-of-an-installed-app) for the default app.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md
index 7d169c131d..4e26559f04 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-startupbackgroundtasks.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the StartupBackgroundTasks settings that you
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # StartupBackgroundTasks (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md
index d48b954521..4ef3ca8adf 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-storaged3inmodernstandby.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: This section describes the StorageD3InModernStandby settings that y
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # StorageD3InModernStandby (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ Use **StorageD3InModernStandby** to enable or disable low-power state (D3) durin
 
 | Setting   | Windows client | Surface Hub | HoloLens | IoT Core |
 | --- | :---: | :---: | :---: | :---: | 
-| All settings | ✔️  | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
\ No newline at end of file
+| All settings | ✔️  | ✔️ |  | ✔️ |
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md
index edf2a819ed..227a05ff2f 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-surfacehubmanagement.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the SurfaceHubManagement settings that you c
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # SurfaceHubManagement (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md
index e97c3ebf6e..7365638aa4 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-tabletmode.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the TabletMode settings that you can configu
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # TabletMode (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-takeatest.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-takeatest.md
index f9f3708a13..0fc360651c 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-takeatest.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-takeatest.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the TakeATest settings that you can configur
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 09/06/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # TakeATest (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
@@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ To specify a domain account, enter **domain\user**. To specify an Azure AD accou
 
 ## Related articles
 
-- [SecureAssessment configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/secureassessment-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [SecureAssessment configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/secureassessment-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-time.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-time.md
index 259df9fdd1..19dc4a9203 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-time.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-time.md
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ description: This section describes the Time settings that you can configure in
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
-manager: dansimp
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md
index c5586d1c3a..7a54c8d4a2 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-unifiedwritefilter.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the UnifiedWriteFilter settings that you can
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # UnifiedWriteFilter (reference)
@@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ Set to **True** to reset UWF settings to the original state that was captured at
 Enter a drive letter for a volume to be protected by UWF. 
 
 >[!NOTE]
->In the current OS release, Windows Configuration Designer contains a validation bug. To work around this issue, you must include a ":" after the drive letter when specifying the value for the setting. For example, if you are specifying the C drive, you must set DriveLetter to "C:" instead of just "C".
\ No newline at end of file
+>In the current OS release, Windows Configuration Designer contains a validation bug. To work around this issue, you must include a ":" after the drive letter when specifying the value for the setting. For example, if you are specifying the C drive, you must set DriveLetter to "C:" instead of just "C".
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md
index 0822937da4..3eec0e5b18 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappinstall.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the UniversalAppInstall settings that you ca
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # UniversalAppInstall (reference)
@@ -92,4 +92,4 @@ Use to specify the license file for the user context app.
 
 1. Specify a **LicenseProductId** for the app. You can find the license ID in the root header of the license file. For example, enter `LicenseID="aaaaaaaa-dddd-8848-f8d0-7d6a93dfcccc"`. Enter it in the LicenseProductId field, and select **Add**.
 
-2. Select the LicenseProductId in the Available Customizations pane, and then browse to and select the app license file.
\ No newline at end of file
+2. Select the LicenseProductId in the Available Customizations pane, and then browse to and select the app license file.
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md
index 625891ae05..38594be3eb 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-universalappuninstall.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the UniversalAppUninstall settings that you
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # UniversalAppUninstall (reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md
index 3eb9975d01..946006edef 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-usberrorsoemoverride.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the UsbErrorsOEMOverride settings that you c
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # UsbErrorsOEMOverride (reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md
index ce9f3ab265..057f4eb2ea 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-weakcharger.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the WeakCharger settings that you can config
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # WeakCharger (reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md
index fc0d8fbd54..9549606c41 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowshelloforbusiness.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the Windows Hello for Business settings that
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # WindowsHelloForBusiness (Windows Configuration Designer reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md
index 9307518bf1..37390601a1 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-windowsteamsettings.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the WindowsTeamSettings settings that you ca
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # WindowsTeamSettings (reference)
@@ -107,4 +107,4 @@ Configures the Operations Management Suite workspace.
 
 ## Related articles
 
-- [SurfaceHub configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/surfacehub-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [SurfaceHub configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/surfacehub-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-wlan.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-wlan.md
index 8b931bc90a..810a9d27b4 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-wlan.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-wlan.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: WLAN (Windows 10)
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 description: This section describes the WLAN settings that you can configure in provisioning packages for Windows 10 using Windows Configuration Designer.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-workplace.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-workplace.md
index e810f28679..a61acc7311 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-workplace.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd-workplace.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This section describes the Workplace settings that you can configur
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Workplace (reference)
@@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ Select **Enrollments**, enter a UPN, and then select **Add** to configure the se
 
 ## Related articles
 
-- [Provisioning configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/provisioning-csp)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Provisioning configuration service provider (CSP)](/windows/client-management/mdm/provisioning-csp)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd.md b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd.md
index 952a247ff3..a0de3514c7 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/wcd/wcd.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: This section describes the settings that you can configure in provi
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ---
 
 # Windows Configuration Designer provisioning settings (reference)
diff --git a/windows/configuration/windows-10-accessibility-for-ITPros.md b/windows/configuration/windows-10-accessibility-for-ITPros.md
index af1c230de8..d2a8850284 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/windows-10-accessibility-for-ITPros.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/windows-10-accessibility-for-ITPros.md
@@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ keywords: accessibility, settings, vision, hearing, physical, cognition, assisti
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 01/12/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: reference
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/configuration/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md b/windows/configuration/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
index 13515dad9b..917fc0e4f1 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Customize and manage the Windows 10 Start and taskbar layout  (Windows 10
 description: On Windows devices, customize the start menu layout and taskbar using XML, group policy, provisioning package, or MDM policy. You can add pinned folders, add a start menu size, pin apps to the taskbar, and more.
 ms.assetid: 2E94743B-6A49-463C-9448-B7DD19D9CD6A
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["start screen", "start menu"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 08/05/2021
diff --git a/windows/configuration/windows-spotlight.md b/windows/configuration/windows-spotlight.md
index b3febec8f6..962bb26a07 100644
--- a/windows/configuration/windows-spotlight.md
+++ b/windows/configuration/windows-spotlight.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Configure Windows Spotlight on the lock screen (Windows 10)
 description: Windows Spotlight is an option for the lock screen background that displays different background images on the lock screen.
 ms.assetid: 1AEA51FA-A647-4665-AD78-2F3FB27AD46A
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: dansimp
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: ["lockscreen"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: explore
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 04/30/2018
@@ -102,4 +102,4 @@ The recommendation for custom lock screen images that include text (such as a le
 [Manage Windows 10 Start layout options](windows-10-start-layout-options-and-policies.md)
 
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/TOC.yml b/windows/deployment/TOC.yml
index 6eb965d5b3..0e700e4349 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/TOC.yml
+++ b/windows/deployment/TOC.yml
@@ -47,12 +47,12 @@
         - name: Define your servicing strategy
           href: update/plan-define-strategy.md
         - name: Delivery Optimization for Windows client updates
-          href: update/waas-delivery-optimization.md
+          href: do/waas-delivery-optimization.md
           items:
             - name: Using a proxy with Delivery Optimization
-              href: update/delivery-optimization-proxy.md
+              href: do/delivery-optimization-proxy.md
             - name: Delivery Optimization client-service communication
-              href: update/delivery-optimization-workflow.md
+              href: do/delivery-optimization-workflow.md
         - name: Windows 10 deployment considerations
           href: planning/windows-10-deployment-considerations.md
         - name: Windows 10 infrastructure requirements
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
         - name: Update Baseline
           href: update/update-baseline.md
         - name: Set up Delivery Optimization for Windows client updates
-          href: update/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md
+          href: do/index.yml
         - name: Configure BranchCache for Windows client updates
           href: update/waas-branchcache.md
         - name: Prepare your deployment tools
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
         - name: Monitor Windows client updates
           items:
             - name: Monitor Delivery Optimization
-              href: update/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md#monitor-delivery-optimization
+              href: do/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md#monitor-delivery-optimization
             - name: Monitor Windows Updates
               items:
               - name: Monitor Windows Updates with Update Compliance
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
         - name: Additional Windows Update settings
           href: update/waas-wu-settings.md
         - name: Delivery Optimization reference
-          href: update/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
+          href: do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
         - name: Windows client in S mode
           href: s-mode.md
         - name: Switch to Windows client Pro or Enterprise from S mode
diff --git a/windows/deployment/Windows-AutoPilot-EULA-note.md b/windows/deployment/Windows-AutoPilot-EULA-note.md
index a57384798d..ea378aa5e9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/Windows-AutoPilot-EULA-note.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/Windows-AutoPilot-EULA-note.md
@@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
 ms.date: 08/22/2017
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 audience: itpro
-ROBOTS: noindex,nofollow
+ROBOTS: NOINDEX
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Windows Autopilot EULA dismissal – important information
diff --git a/windows/deployment/add-store-apps-to-image.md b/windows/deployment/add-store-apps-to-image.md
index 7d955edcf3..def6469305 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/add-store-apps-to-image.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/add-store-apps-to-image.md
@@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ This topic describes the correct way to add Microsoft Store for Business applica
 * A Windows Image. For instructions on image creation, see [Create a Windows 10 reference image](deploy-windows-mdt/create-a-windows-10-reference-image.md).
 
 >[!NOTE]
-> If you'd like to add an internal LOB Microsoft Store application, please follow the instructions on **[Sideload LOB apps in Windows 10](/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10)**.
+> If you'd like to add an internal LOB Microsoft Store application, please follow the instructions on **[Sideload line of business (LOB) apps in Windows client devices](/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10)**.
 
 ## Adding a Store application to your image
 
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Now, on the machine where your image file is accessible:
 * [Customize and export Start layout](/windows/configuration/customize-and-export-start-layout)
 * [Export-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/export-startlayout)
 * [Import-StartLayout](/powershell/module/startlayout/import-startlayout)
-* [Sideload LOB apps in Windows 10](/windows/application-management/siddeploy-windows-cmws-10)
+* [Sideload line of business (LOB) apps in Windows client devices](/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10)
 * [Prepare for Zero Touch Installation of Windows 10 with Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-cm/prepare-for-zero-touch-installation-of-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md)
 * [Deploy Windows 10 with the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit](./deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md)
-* [Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (Windows ADK)](windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+* [Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (Windows ADK)](windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/configure-a-pxe-server-to-load-windows-pe.md b/windows/deployment/configure-a-pxe-server-to-load-windows-pe.md
index d16a0e9084..129bdcec47 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/configure-a-pxe-server-to-load-windows-pe.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/configure-a-pxe-server-to-load-windows-pe.md
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -189,4 +189,4 @@ The following summarizes the PXE client boot process.
 
 ### Concepts
 
-[Windows PE Walkthroughs](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc748899(v=ws.10))
\ No newline at end of file
+[Windows PE Walkthroughs](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-vista/cc748899(v=ws.10))
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-enterprise-licenses.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-enterprise-licenses.md
index 9c9fe641ba..409ecf66ed 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-enterprise-licenses.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-enterprise-licenses.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 title: Deploy Windows 10/11 Enterprise licenses
 manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Steps to deploy Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 11 Enterprise licenses for Windows 10/11 Enterprise E3 or E5 Subscription Activation, or for Windows 10/11 Enterprise E3 in CSP
 keywords: upgrade, update, task sequence, deploy
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-m365.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-m365.md
index 9758211e0a..d5c45465ba 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-m365.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-m365.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 ---
 title: Deploy Windows 10 with Microsoft 365
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Learn about deploying Windows 10 with Microsoft 365 and how to use a free 90-day trial account to review some of the benefits of Microsoft 365.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.pagetype: deploy
 keywords: deployment, automate, tools, configure, mdt, sccm, M365
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: M365-modern-desktop
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 
 This topic provides a brief overview of Microsoft 365 and describes how to use a free 90-day trial account to review some of the benefits of Microsoft 365.
 
-[Microsoft 365](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-365) is a new offering from Microsoft that combines [Windows 10](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/features) with [Office 365](https://products.office.com/business/explore-office-365-for-business), and [Enterprise Mobility and Security](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/enterprise-mobility-security) (EMS). See the [M365 Enterprise poster](#m365-enterprise-poster) for an overview.
+[Microsoft 365](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-365) is a new offering from Microsoft that combines [Windows 10](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/features) with [Office 365](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-365/office-365), and [Enterprise Mobility and Security](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/enterprise-mobility-security) (EMS). See the [M365 Enterprise poster](#m365-enterprise-poster) for an overview.
 
 For Windows 10 deployment, Microsoft 365 includes a fantastic deployment advisor that can walk you through the entire process of deploying Windows 10. The wizard supports multiple Windows 10 deployment methods, including:
 
@@ -74,4 +74,4 @@ Examples of these two deployment advisors are shown below.
 ## Related Topics
 
 [Windows 10 deployment scenarios](windows-10-deployment-scenarios.md)
            
-[Modern Desktop Deployment Center](/microsoft-365/enterprise/desktop-deployment-center-home)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Modern Desktop Deployment Center](/microsoft-365/enterprise/desktop-deployment-center-home)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new.md
index a0c717c24f..e534cf8937 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-whats-new.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: What's new in Windows client deployment
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Use this article to learn about new solutions and online content related to deploying Windows in your organization.
 keywords: deployment, automate, tools, configure, news
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Windows PowerShell cmdlets for Delivery Optimization have been improved:
 - **Get-DeliveryOptimizationLogAnalysis** is a new cmdlet that provides a summary of the activity in your DO log (# of downloads, downloads from peers, overall peer efficiency). Use the **-ListConnections** option to for in-depth look at peer-to-peer connections.
 - **Enable-DeliveryOptimizationVerboseLogs** is a new cmdlet that enables a greater level of logging detail to assist in troubleshooting.
 
-Additional improvements in [Delivery Optimization](./update/waas-delivery-optimization.md) include:
+Additional improvements in [Delivery Optimization](./do/waas-delivery-optimization.md) include:
 - Enterprise network [throttling is enhanced](/windows-insider/archive/new-for-business#new-download-throttling-options-for-delivery-optimization-build-18917) to optimize foreground vs. background throttling.
 - Automatic cloud-based congestion detection is available for PCs with cloud service support.
 - Improved peer efficiency for enterprises and educational institutions with complex networks is enabled with [new policies](/windows/client-management/mdm/policy-csp-deliveryoptimization). This now supports Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise updates and Intune content, with Microsoft Endpoint Manager content coming soon!
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/add-a-windows-10-operating-system-image-using-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/add-a-windows-10-operating-system-image-using-configuration-manager.md
index 399232f5fe..54ab2b9cb1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/add-a-windows-10-operating-system-image-using-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/add-a-windows-10-operating-system-image-using-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Add a Windows 10 operating system image using Configuration Manager
 description: Operating system images are typically the production image used for deployment throughout the organization.
 ms.assetid: 77f769cc-1a47-4f36-8082-201cd77b8d3b
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: image, deploy, distribute
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -68,4 +68,4 @@ Next, see [Create an application to deploy with Windows 10 using Configuration M
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/add-drivers-to-a-windows-10-deployment-with-windows-pe-using-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/add-drivers-to-a-windows-10-deployment-with-windows-pe-using-configuration-manager.md
index 0da40d6702..b007f111f0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/add-drivers-to-a-windows-10-deployment-with-windows-pe-using-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/add-drivers-to-a-windows-10-deployment-with-windows-pe-using-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Add drivers to a Windows 10 deployment with Windows PE using Configuratio
 description: Learn how to configure the Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE) to include required network and storage drivers.
 ms.assetid: 97b3ea46-28d9-407e-8c42-ded2e45e8d5c
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, task sequence
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ On **CM01**:
 
 ## Add drivers for Windows 10
 
-This section illustrates how to add drivers for Windows 10 using the HP EliteBook 8560w as an example. For the HP EliteBook 8560w, you use HP SoftPaq Download Manager to get the drivers. The HP SoftPaq Download Manager can be accessed on the [HP Support site](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=619545).
+This section illustrates how to add drivers for Windows 10 using the HP EliteBook 8560w as an example. Use the HP Image Assistant from the [HP Client Management Solutions site](https://hp.com/go/clientmanagement).
 
 For the purposes of this section, we assume that you have downloaded the Windows 10 drivers for the HP EliteBook 8560w model and copied them to the **D:\Sources$\OSD\DriverSources\Windows 10 x64\Hewlett-Packard\HP EliteBook 8560w** folder on CM01.
 
@@ -108,4 +108,4 @@ Next, see [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](create-a-t
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-a-custom-windows-pe-boot-image-with-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-a-custom-windows-pe-boot-image-with-configuration-manager.md
index eb6a7f33e2..75682905f1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-a-custom-windows-pe-boot-image-with-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-a-custom-windows-pe-boot-image-with-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Create a custom Windows PE boot image with Configuration Manager (Windows
 description: Learn how to create custom Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE) boot images in Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.
 ms.assetid: b9e96974-324d-4fa4-b0ce-33cfc49c4809
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: tool, customize, deploy, boot image
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ Next, see [Add a Windows 10 operating system image using Configuration Manager](
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md
index 8bba45f997..98787c6771 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ title: Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager (Windows 10)
 description: Create a Configuration Manager task sequence with Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) integration using the MDT wizard.
 ms.assetid: 0b069bec-5be8-47c6-bf64-7a630f41ac98
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, upgrade, task sequence, install
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-an-application-to-deploy-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-an-application-to-deploy-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
index 1fadc2be61..7aaa9cb56d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-an-application-to-deploy-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/create-an-application-to-deploy-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Create an app to deploy with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager
 description: Microsoft Microsoft Endpoint Manager supports deploying applications as part of the Windows 10 deployment process.
 ms.assetid: 2dfb2f39-1597-4999-b4ec-b063e8a8c90c
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deployment, task sequence, custom, customize
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -83,4 +83,4 @@ Next, see [Add drivers to a Windows 10 deployment with Windows PE using Configur
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md
index 8279bcedf6..0851a5ac05 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager (Windows 10)
 description: In this topic, you will learn how to deploy Windows 10 using Microsoft Endpoint Manager deployment packages and task sequences.
 ms.assetid: fb93f514-5b30-4f4b-99dc-58e6860009fa
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deployment, image, UEFI, task sequence
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
@@ -99,4 +99,4 @@ Next, see [Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Ma
 [Add drivers to a Windows 10 deployment with Windows PE using Configuration Manager](add-drivers-to-a-windows-10-deployment-with-windows-pe-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/finalize-the-os-configuration-for-windows-10-deployment-with-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/finalize-the-os-configuration-for-windows-10-deployment-with-configuration-manager.md
index 7304a6b9c2..4222c890b9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/finalize-the-os-configuration-for-windows-10-deployment-with-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/finalize-the-os-configuration-for-windows-10-deployment-with-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Finalize operating system configuration for Windows 10 deployment
 description: This article provides a walk-through to finalize the configuration of your Windows 10 operating deployment.
 ms.assetid: 38b55fa8-e717-4689-bd43-8348751d493e
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: configure, deploy, upgrade
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -165,4 +165,4 @@ Next, see [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/prepare-for-zero-touch-installation-of-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/prepare-for-zero-touch-installation-of-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md
index 9217f5b5c5..0f6b99c4e4 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/prepare-for-zero-touch-installation-of-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/prepare-for-zero-touch-installation-of-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Prepare for Zero Touch Installation of Windows 10 with Configuration Mana
 description: Learn how to prepare a Zero Touch Installation of Windows 10 with Configuration Manager, by integrating Configuration Manager with Microsoft Deployment Toolkit.
 ms.assetid: 06e3a221-31ef-47a5-b4da-3b927cb50d08
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: install, configure, deploy, deployment
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -389,4 +389,4 @@ You can create reference images for Configuration Manager in Configuration Manag
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
index 4c8dbad35e..511ddc7920 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manage
 description: Learn how to use Configuration Manager and Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) to refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10.
 ms.assetid: 57c81667-1019-4711-b3de-15ae9c5387c7
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: upgrade, install, installation, computer refresh
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -146,4 +146,4 @@ Next, see [Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Ma
 [Add drivers to a Windows 10 deployment with Windows PE using Configuration Manager](add-drivers-to-a-windows-10-deployment-with-windows-pe-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
index 34244e4af1..0f06e2c3b6 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/replace-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Replace a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manage
 description: In this topic, you will learn how to replacing a Windows 7 SP1 computer using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.
 ms.assetid: 3c8a2d53-8f08-475f-923a-bca79ca8ac36
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: upgrade, install, installation, replace computer, setup
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -212,4 +212,4 @@ Next, see [Perform an in-place upgrade to Windows 10 using Configuration Manager
 [Add drivers to a Windows 10 deployment with Windows PE using Configuration Manager](add-drivers-to-a-windows-10-deployment-with-windows-pe-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
 [Create a task sequence with Configuration Manager and MDT](./create-a-task-sequence-with-configuration-manager-and-mdt.md)
            
 [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Refresh a Windows 7 SP1 client with Windows 10 using Configuration Manager](refresh-a-windows-7-client-with-windows-10-using-configuration-manager.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md
index dc7ae9b53f..7b65bb7a4d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-cm/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Perform in-place upgrade to Windows 10 via Configuration Manager
 description: Learn how to perform an in-place upgrade to Windows 10 by automating the process with a Microsoft Endpoint Manager task sequence.
 ms.assetid: F8DF6191-0DB0-4EF5-A9B1-6A11D5DE4878
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: upgrade, update, task sequence, deploy
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -138,4 +138,4 @@ On **PC0004**:
 ## Related topics
 
 [Windows 10 deployment scenarios](../windows-10-deployment-scenarios.md)
            
-[Configuration Manager Team blog](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/configuration-manager-blog/bg-p/ConfigurationManagerBlog)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Configuration Manager Team blog](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/configuration-manager-blog/bg-p/ConfigurationManagerBlog)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/assign-applications-using-roles-in-mdt.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/assign-applications-using-roles-in-mdt.md
index 453515a466..f7703a6713 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/assign-applications-using-roles-in-mdt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/assign-applications-using-roles-in-mdt.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: This topic will show you how to add applications to a role in the M
 ms.assetid: d82902e4-de9c-4bc4-afe0-41d649b83ce7
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: settings, database, deploy
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/build-a-distributed-environment-for-windows-10-deployment.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/build-a-distributed-environment-for-windows-10-deployment.md
index c05e2b7c67..267f99374a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/build-a-distributed-environment-for-windows-10-deployment.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/build-a-distributed-environment-for-windows-10-deployment.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: In this topic, you will learn how to replicate your Windows 10 dep
 ms.assetid: a6cd5657-6a16-4fff-bfb4-44760902d00c
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: replication, replicate, deploy, configure, remote
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -267,4 +267,4 @@ Now you should have a solution ready for deploying the Windows 10 client to the
 [Deploy a Windows 10 image using MDT](deploy-a-windows-10-image-using-mdt.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 computer with Windows 10](refresh-a-windows-7-computer-with-windows-10.md)
            
 [Replace a Windows 7 computer with a Windows 10 computer](replace-a-windows-7-computer-with-a-windows-10-computer.md)
            
-[Configure MDT settings](configure-mdt-settings.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Configure MDT settings](configure-mdt-settings.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-deployment-share-rules.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-deployment-share-rules.md
index 0fb4725b6b..ae5d2449b7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-deployment-share-rules.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-deployment-share-rules.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: Learn how to configure the MDT rules engine to reach out to other r
 ms.assetid: b5ce2360-33cc-4b14-b291-16f75797391b
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: rules, configuration, automate, deploy
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-for-userexit-scripts.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-for-userexit-scripts.md
index 342cec9742..416567fdcd 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-for-userexit-scripts.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-for-userexit-scripts.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: In this topic, you will learn how to configure the MDT rules engine
 ms.assetid: 29a421d1-12d2-414e-86dc-25b62f5238a7
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: rules, script
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-settings.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-settings.md
index 731550645c..bc3c0f86ea 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-settings.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/configure-mdt-settings.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: One of the most powerful features in Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (
 ms.assetid: d3e1280c-3d1b-4fad-8ac4-b65dc711f122
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: customize, customization, deploy, features, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -43,4 +43,4 @@ The computers used in this topic.
 [Deploy a Windows 10 image using MDT](deploy-a-windows-10-image-using-mdt.md)
            
 [Build a distributed environment for Windows 10 deployment](build-a-distributed-environment-for-windows-10-deployment.md)
            
 [Refresh a Windows 7 computer with Windows 10](refresh-a-windows-7-computer-with-windows-10.md)
            
-[Replace a Windows 7 computer with a Windows 10 computer](replace-a-windows-7-computer-with-a-windows-10-computer.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Replace a Windows 7 computer with a Windows 10 computer](replace-a-windows-7-computer-with-a-windows-10-computer.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/create-a-windows-10-reference-image.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/create-a-windows-10-reference-image.md
index a0684bd469..6d697f6d10 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/create-a-windows-10-reference-image.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/create-a-windows-10-reference-image.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: Creating a reference image is important because that image serves a
 ms.assetid: 9da2fb57-f2ff-4fce-a858-4ae4c237b5aa
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, deployment, configure, customize, install, installation
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/deploy-a-windows-10-image-using-mdt.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/deploy-a-windows-10-image-using-mdt.md
index 9d20892e07..074b1f2d92 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/deploy-a-windows-10-image-using-mdt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/deploy-a-windows-10-image-using-mdt.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: This topic will show you how to take your reference image for Windo
 ms.assetid: 1d70a3d8-1b1d-4051-b656-c0393a93f83c
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deployment, automate, tools, configure
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ On **MDT01**:
    - Specify Product Key: Do not specify a product key at this time
    - Full Name: Contoso
    - Organization: Contoso
-   - Internet Explorer home page: https://www.contoso.com
+   - Internet Explorer home page: `https://www.contoso.com`
    - Admin Password: Do not specify an Administrator Password at this time
 
 ### Edit the Windows 10 task sequence
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ On **MDT01**:
    1.  Preinstall: After the **Enable BitLocker (Offline)** action, add a **Set Task Sequence Variable** action with the following settings:
        1.  Name: Set DriverGroup001
        2.  Task Sequence Variable: DriverGroup001
-       3.  Value: Windows 10 x64\\%Manufacturer%\\%Model%
+       3.  Value: Windows 10 x64\\%Make%\\%Model%
 
    2.  Configure the **Inject Drivers** action with the following settings:
        - Choose a selection profile: Nothing
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/get-started-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/get-started-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md
index df26acb90f..613c9a5f72 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/get-started-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/get-started-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: This topic will help you gain a better understanding of how to use
 ms.assetid: a256442c-be47-4bb9-a105-c831f58ce3ee
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, image, feature, install, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -171,4 +171,4 @@ On the deployment share, you also can enable monitoring. After you enable monito
 
 ## See next
 
-[Prepare for deployment with MDT](prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Prepare for deployment with MDT](prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md
index 5cdc86d26c..207071b157 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: This topic will walk you through the steps necessary to create the
 ms.assetid: 5103c418-0c61-414b-b93c-a8e8207d1226
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, system requirements
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/refresh-a-windows-7-computer-with-windows-10.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/refresh-a-windows-7-computer-with-windows-10.md
index 57a26f04a9..1fe4b7457c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/refresh-a-windows-7-computer-with-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/refresh-a-windows-7-computer-with-windows-10.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: This topic will show you how to use MDT Lite Touch Installation (LT
 ms.assetid: 2866fb3c-4909-4c25-b083-6fc1f7869f6f
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: reinstallation, customize, template, script, restore
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -117,4 +117,4 @@ It is also assumed that you have a domain member client computer named PC0001 in
 [Deploy a Windows 10 image using MDT](deploy-a-windows-10-image-using-mdt.md)
            
 [Build a distributed environment for Windows 10 deployment](build-a-distributed-environment-for-windows-10-deployment.md)
            
 [Replace a Windows 7 computer with a Windows 10 computer](replace-a-windows-7-computer-with-a-windows-10-computer.md)
            
-[Configure MDT settings](configure-mdt-settings.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Configure MDT settings](configure-mdt-settings.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/replace-a-windows-7-computer-with-a-windows-10-computer.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/replace-a-windows-7-computer-with-a-windows-10-computer.md
index baa35a0260..98bf1c01e1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/replace-a-windows-7-computer-with-a-windows-10-computer.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/replace-a-windows-7-computer-with-a-windows-10-computer.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.assetid: acf091c9-f8f4-4131-9845-625691c09a2a
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, deployment, replace
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/set-up-mdt-for-bitlocker.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/set-up-mdt-for-bitlocker.md
index 48915f5a14..e0cce7674c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/set-up-mdt-for-bitlocker.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/set-up-mdt-for-bitlocker.md
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ title: Set up MDT for BitLocker (Windows 10)
 ms.assetid: 386e6713-5c20-4d2a-a220-a38d94671a38
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Learn how to configure your environment for BitLocker, the disk volume encryption built into Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Pro, using MDT.
 keywords: disk, encryption, TPM, configure, secure, script
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-mar2020
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/simulate-a-windows-10-deployment-in-a-test-environment.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/simulate-a-windows-10-deployment-in-a-test-environment.md
index d538a02412..c22c41830d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/simulate-a-windows-10-deployment-in-a-test-environment.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/simulate-a-windows-10-deployment-in-a-test-environment.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: This topic will walk you through the process of creating a simulate
 ms.assetid: 2de86c55-ced9-4078-b280-35e0329aea9c
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, script
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ On **PC0001**:
 [Use the MDT database to stage Windows 10 deployment information](use-the-mdt-database-to-stage-windows-10-deployment-information.md)
            
 [Assign applications using roles in MDT](assign-applications-using-roles-in-mdt.md)
            
 [Use web services in MDT](use-web-services-in-mdt.md)
            
-[Use Orchestrator runbooks with MDT](use-orchestrator-runbooks-with-mdt.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Use Orchestrator runbooks with MDT](use-orchestrator-runbooks-with-mdt.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md
index 8760205a12..78849e6f4b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: The simplest path to upgrade PCs that are currently running Windows
 ms.assetid: B8993151-3C1E-4F22-93F4-2C5F2771A460
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: upgrade, update, task sequence, deploy
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -111,4 +111,4 @@ After the task sequence completes, the computer will be fully upgraded to Window
 ## Related topics
 
 [Windows 10 deployment scenarios](../windows-10-deployment-scenarios.md)
            
-[Microsoft Deployment Toolkit downloads and resources](/mem/configmgr/mdt/)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Microsoft Deployment Toolkit downloads and resources](/mem/configmgr/mdt/)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-orchestrator-runbooks-with-mdt.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-orchestrator-runbooks-with-mdt.md
index 600f2dec3e..e6409ee3f9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-orchestrator-runbooks-with-mdt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-orchestrator-runbooks-with-mdt.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: Learn how to integrate Microsoft System Center 2012 R2 Orchestrator
 ms.assetid: 68302780-1f6f-4a9c-9407-b14371fdce3f
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: web services, database
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -175,4 +175,4 @@ Figure 32. The ready-made task sequence.
 
 [Assign applications using roles in MDT](assign-applications-using-roles-in-mdt.md)
 
-[Use web services in MDT](use-web-services-in-mdt.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Use web services in MDT](use-web-services-in-mdt.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-the-mdt-database-to-stage-windows-10-deployment-information.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-the-mdt-database-to-stage-windows-10-deployment-information.md
index 235c3ecedb..bbe74794a9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-the-mdt-database-to-stage-windows-10-deployment-information.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-the-mdt-database-to-stage-windows-10-deployment-information.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: Learn how to use the MDT database to pre-stage information on your
 ms.assetid: 8956ab54-90ba-45d3-a384-4fdec72c4d46
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 keywords: database, permissions, settings, configure, deploy
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-web-services-in-mdt.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-web-services-in-mdt.md
index 21536126c8..6f6b6c785e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-web-services-in-mdt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-mdt/use-web-services-in-mdt.md
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ description: Learn how to create a simple web service that generates computer na
 ms.assetid: 8f47535e-0551-4ccb-8f02-bb97539c6522
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, web apps
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-to-go.md b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-to-go.md
index aa9e0cf79b..9846a41bcf 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-to-go.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy-windows-to-go.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ title: Deploy Windows To Go in your organization (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to deploy Windows To Go in your organization through a wizard in the user interface as well as programatically with Windows PowerShell.
 ms.assetid: cfe550be-ffbd-42d1-ab4d-80efae49b07f
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deployment, USB, device, BitLocker, workspace, security, data
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -974,9 +974,6 @@ write-output "" "Provisioning script complete."
 
 ## Considerations when using different USB keyboard layouts with Windows To Go
 
-
-Before provisioning your Windows To Go drive you need to consider if your workspace will boot on a computer with a non-English USB keyboard attached. As described in [KB article 927824](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=619176) there is a known issue where the plug and play ID causes the keyboard to be incorrectly identified as an English 101 key keyboard. To avoid this problem, you can modify the provisioning script to set the override keyboard parameters.
-
 In the PowerShell provisioning script, after the image has been applied, you can add the following commands that will correctly set the keyboard settings. The following example uses the Japanese keyboard layout:
 
 ``` 
@@ -1001,4 +998,4 @@ In the PowerShell provisioning script, after the image has been applied, you can
 
 [Security and data protection considerations for Windows To Go](planning/security-and-data-protection-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md)
 
-[BitLocker overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831713(v=ws.11))
\ No newline at end of file
+[BitLocker overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831713(v=ws.11))
diff --git a/windows/deployment/deploy.md b/windows/deployment/deploy.md
index 1e3fbadce0..afc608a502 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/deploy.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/deploy.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ title: Deploy Windows 10 (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about Windows 10 upgrade options for planning, testing, and managing your production deployment.
 ms.assetid: E9E2DED5-DBA7-4300-B411-BA0FD39BE18C
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
@@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ Windows 10 upgrade options are discussed and information is provided about plann
 
 ## Related topics
 
-[Modern Desktop Deployment Center](/microsoft-365/enterprise/desktop-deployment-center-home)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Modern Desktop Deployment Center](/microsoft-365/enterprise/desktop-deployment-center-home)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/TOC.yml b/windows/deployment/do/TOC.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba824d08fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/TOC.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+- name: Delivery Optimization for Windows client
+  href: index.yml
+  items: 
+    - name: Get started
+      items: 
+        - name: What is Delivery Optimization
+          href: waas-delivery-optimization.md
+        - name: What's new
+          href: whats-new-do.md
+
+
+     
+    - name: Configure Delivery Optimization
+      items:
+        - name: Configure Windows Clients
+          items:
+            - name: Windows Delivery Optimization settings
+              href: waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md#recommended-delivery-optimization-settings
+        - name: Configure Microsoft Endpoint Manager
+          items:
+            - name: Delivery Optimization settings in Microsoft Intune
+              href: /mem/intune/configuration/delivery-optimization-windows
+     
+    - name: Microsoft Connected Cache
+      items:
+        - name: MCC overview
+          href: waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md
+        - name: MCC for Enterprise and Education
+          href: mcc-enterprise.md
+        - name: MCC for ISPs
+          href: mcc-isp.md
+
+    - name: Resources
+      items:
+        - name: Set up Delivery Optimization for Windows
+          href: waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md
+        - name: Delivery Optimization reference
+          href: waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
+        - name: Delivery Optimization client-service communication
+          href: delivery-optimization-workflow.md       
+        - name: Using a proxy with Delivery Optimization
+          href: delivery-optimization-proxy.md
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/delivery-optimization-proxy.md b/windows/deployment/do/delivery-optimization-proxy.md
similarity index 98%
rename from windows/deployment/update/delivery-optimization-proxy.md
rename to windows/deployment/do/delivery-optimization-proxy.md
index a03d3f5fb1..d2a8c14908 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/delivery-optimization-proxy.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/delivery-optimization-proxy.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Using a proxy with Delivery Optimization
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dansimp
 description: Settings to use with various proxy configurations to allow Delivery Optimization to work
 keywords: updates, downloads, network, bandwidth
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: carmenf
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: carmenf
 ms.collection: M365-modern-desktop
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/delivery-optimization-workflow.md b/windows/deployment/do/delivery-optimization-workflow.md
similarity index 96%
rename from windows/deployment/update/delivery-optimization-workflow.md
rename to windows/deployment/do/delivery-optimization-workflow.md
index c12811fc60..f3c6ba9095 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/delivery-optimization-workflow.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/delivery-optimization-workflow.md
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ This workflow allows Delivery Optimization to securely and efficiently deliver r
 2. The authenticity of the content metadata file itself is verified prior to any content being downloaded using a hash that is obtained via an SSL channel from the Delivery Optimization service. The same channel is used to ensure the content is curated and authorized to leverage peer-to-peer.
 3. When Delivery Optimization pulls a certain piece of the hash from another peer, it verifies the hash against the known hash in the content metadata file.
 4. If a peer provides an invalid piece, that piece is discarded. When a peer sends multiple bad pieces, it's banned and will no longer be used as a source by the Delivery Optimization client performing the download.
-5. If Delivery Optimization is unable to obtain the content metadata file, or if the verification of the hash file itself fails, the download will fall back to “simple mode” (pulling content only from an HTTP source) and peer-to-peer won't be allowed.
+5. If Delivery Optimization is unable to obtain the content metadata file, or if the verification of the hash file itself fails, the download will fall back to "simple mode” (pulling content only from an HTTP source) and peer-to-peer won't be allowed.
 6. Once downloading is complete, Delivery Optimization uses all retrieved pieces of the content to put the file together. At that point, the Delivery Optimization caller (for example, Windows Update) checks the entire file to verify the signature prior to installing it.
 
 ## Delivery Optimization service endpoint and data information
 
-|Endpoint hostname|Port|Name|Description|Data sent from the computer to the endpoint
+|Endpoint hostname | Port|Name|Description|Data sent from the computer to the endpoint
 |--------------------------------------------|--------|---------------|-----------------------|------------------------|
 | geover-prod.do.dsp.mp.microsoft.com 
             geo-prod.do.dsp.mp.microsoft.com 
             geo.prod.do.dsp.mp.microsoft.com 
             geover.prod.do.dsp.mp.microsoft.com | 443 | Geo | Service used to identify the location of the device in order to direct it to the nearest data center. | **Profile**: The device type (for example, PC or Xbox) 
             **doClientVersion**: The version of the DoSvc client 
             **groupID**: Group the device belongs to (set with DownloadMode = '2' (Group download mode) + groupID group policy / MDM policies) |
 | kv\*.prod.do.dsp.mp.microsoft.com | 443| KeyValue | Bootstrap service provides endpoints for all other services as well as device configs. | **countryCode**: The country the client is connected from 
             **doClientVersion**: The version of the DoSvc client 
             **Profile**: The device type (for example, PC or Xbox) 
             **eId**: Client grouping Id 
             **CacheHost**: Cache host id |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/UC_workspace_DO_status.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/UC_workspace_DO_status.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa7550f0f5
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/UC_workspace_DO_status.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/backicon.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/backicon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3007e448b1
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/backicon.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/checklistbox.gif b/windows/deployment/do/images/checklistbox.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cbcf4a4f11
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/checklistbox.gif differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/checklistdone.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/checklistdone.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e53f74d0e
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/checklistdone.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/checkmark.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/checkmark.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9f04cd6bd
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/checkmark.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/crossmark.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/crossmark.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69432ff71c
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/crossmark.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/doneicon.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/doneicon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d80389f35b
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/doneicon.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc01.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4e5a4f0ec
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc01.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc02.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b8c882f7a
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc02.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc03.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90ced91541
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc03.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc04.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84da06bd73
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc04.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc05.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35d74e5d44
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc05.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc06.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..18bfc9b032
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc06.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc07.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21420eab09
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc07.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc08.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc08.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8695d3098
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc08.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc09.5.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc09.5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..18b77b6dc9
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc09.5.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc09.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc09.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31c7d4bb03
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc09.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc10.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77c8754bf5
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc10.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc11.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac2fce89d8
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc11.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc12.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc12.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2626a870b4
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc12.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc13.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc13.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80c975ed94
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc13.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc14.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc14.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02ba3822b8
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc14.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc15.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc15.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77ca7f44e7
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc15.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc16.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc16.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f20d77288c
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc16.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc17.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc17.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30046d2616
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc17.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc18.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc18.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f498901e87
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc18.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc19.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc19.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67ceb5dcb6
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc19.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc20.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc20.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33b94423c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc20.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc21.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc21.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..522b729612
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc21.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc22.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc22.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3dd8d1c66
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc22.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc23.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc23.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87953d1140
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc23.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc24.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc24.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c46a7e6363
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc24.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc25.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc25.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01076b3ae5
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc25.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc26.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc26.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..723382935a
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc26.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc27.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc27.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ba8d203a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc27.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc28.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc28.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8beddeec47
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc28.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc29.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc29.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60528cdb69
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/emcc29.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc01.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e5a915b4f
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc01.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc02.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..351dad7325
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc02.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc03.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69fda255e9
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc03.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc04.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a3f2b3c49
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc04.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc05.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35d74e5d44
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc05.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc06.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..18bfc9b032
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc06.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc07.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31668ba8a1
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc07.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc08.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc08.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d298242acb
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc08.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc09.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc09.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e6f4f5fc5e
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc09.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc10.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5da041358
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc10.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc11.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ffaac6072
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc11.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc12.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc12.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fcb5d40a45
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc12.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc13.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc13.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d2a566c8b
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc13.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc14.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc14.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..627d496b4c
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc14.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc15.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc15.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56808cf9d7
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc15.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc16.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc16.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a9dcc85bd
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc16.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc17.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc17.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac6b5be124
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc17.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc18.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc18.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa818361eb
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc18.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc19.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc19.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a70b46b11
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc19.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc20.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc20.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..853a80b222
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc20.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc21.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc21.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5bd68d66c5
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc21.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc22.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc22.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6031ebe964
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc22.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc23.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc23.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a31b7298f
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc23.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc24.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc24.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9bfaf6fd8b
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc24.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc25.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc25.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9314eae66f
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc25.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc26.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc26.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c46a7e6363
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc26.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc27.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc27.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01076b3ae5
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc27.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc28.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc28.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7aa7eecd7
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc28.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc29.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc29.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2291487e5b
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc29.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc30.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc30.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8cabce52c8
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc30.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc31.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc31.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d85d80d7ff
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc31.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc32.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc32.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0414f11eb
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc32.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc33.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc33.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11dbe13c65
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc33.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc34.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc34.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c59929262
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc34.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc35.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc35.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f17166345
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc35.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc36.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc36.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c60f31944d
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc36.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc37.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc37.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9cd92e101
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc37.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc38.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc38.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6dd3a698d8
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc38.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc39.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc39.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de6fd0d13d
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc39.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc40.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc40.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad2ae9b04d
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc40.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc41.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc41.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9554dce6a9
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc41.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc42.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc42.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee99dc71cf
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc42.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc43.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc43.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d59561dca
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc43.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc44.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc44.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb53b7a5be
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc44.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc45.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc45.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70dd66bf85
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc45.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc46.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc46.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..408ea9fabd
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc46.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc47.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc47.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..93fa87dd0b
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc47.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc48.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc48.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb53b7a5be
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc48.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc49.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc49.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb53b7a5be
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc49.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc50.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc50.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a56ea44ca8
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc50.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc51.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc51.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4eb6b626db
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc51.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc52.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc52.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce6ceff758
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc52.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc53.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc53.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ddec14d717
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/imcc53.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/images/waas-mcc-diag-overview.png b/windows/deployment/do/images/waas-mcc-diag-overview.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd5c4ee8d9
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/deployment/do/images/waas-mcc-diag-overview.png differ
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/index.yml b/windows/deployment/do/index.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1f2b5eb4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/index.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+### YamlMime:Landing
+
+title: Delivery Optimization for Windows client # < 60 chars
+summary: Set up peer to peer downloads for Windows Updates and learn about Microsoft Connected Cache.  # < 160 chars
+
+metadata:
+  title: Delivery Optimization # Required; page title displayed in search results. Include the brand. < 60 chars.
+  description: Learn about using peer to peer downloads on Windows clients and learn about Microsoft Connected Cache. # Required; article description that is displayed in search results. < 160 chars.
+  services: windows-10
+  ms.service: windows-10 #Required; service per approved list. service slug assigned to your service by ACOM.
+  ms.subservice: subservice
+  ms.topic: landing-page # Required
+  ms.collection:
+    - windows-10
+    - highpri
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
+  ms.date: 03/07/2022 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
+  localization_priority: medium
+    
+# linkListType: architecture | concept | deploy | download | get-started | how-to-guide | learn | overview | quickstart | reference | tutorial | video | whats-new
+
+landingContent:
+# Cards and links should be based on top customer tasks or top subjects
+# Start card title with a verb
+  # Card (optional)
+  - title: Overview
+    linkLists:
+      - linkListType: overview
+        links:
+          - text: What is Delivery Optimization
+            url: waas-delivery-optimization.md
+          - text: What's new in Delivery Optimization
+            url: whats-new-do.md
+          - text: Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) overview
+            url: waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md
+
+
+  # Card (optional)
+  - title: Configure Delivery Optimization on Windows clients
+    linkLists:
+      - linkListType: how-to-guide
+        links:
+          - text: Delivery Optimization settings
+            url: waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md#recommended-delivery-optimization-settings
+          - text: Windows PowerShell for Delivery Optimization
+            url: waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md#windows-powershell-cmdlets
+          - text: Troubleshoot Delivery Optimization
+            url: waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md#troubleshooting
+          - text: Delivery Optimization Frequently Asked Questions
+            url: ../update/waas-delivery-optimization-faq.md
+          - text: Submit feedback
+            url: https://support.microsoft.com/help/4021566/windows-10-send-feedback-to-microsoft-with-feedback-hub-app
+
+  # Card (optional)
+  - title: Configure Delivery Optimization on Microsoft Endpoint Manager
+    linkLists:
+      - linkListType: how-to-guide
+        links:
+          - text: Optimize Windows 10 or later update delivery with Configuration Manager
+            url: /mem/configmgr/sum/deploy-use/optimize-windows-10-update-delivery#windows-delivery-optimization
+          - text: Delivery Optimization settings in Microsoft Intune
+            url: /mem/intune/configuration/delivery-optimization-windows
+            
+ 
+  # Card
+  - title: Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) for Enterprise and Education
+    linkLists:
+      - linkListType: deploy
+        links:
+          - text: MCC for Enterprise and Education (Private Preview)
+            url: mcc-enterprise.md
+          - text: Sign up
+            url: https://aka.ms/MSConnectedCacheSignup 
+
+  # Card
+  - title: Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) for Internet Service Providers (ISPs)
+    linkLists:
+      - linkListType: deploy
+        links:
+          - text: MCC for ISPs (Private Preview)
+            url: mcc-isp.md
+          - text: Sign up
+            url: https://aka.ms/MSConnectedCacheSignup 
+
+  # Card (optional)
+  - title: Resources
+    linkLists:
+      - linkListType: learn
+        links:
+          - text: Introducing Microsoft Connected Cache
+            url: https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/introducing-microsoft-connected-cache-microsoft-s-cloud-managed/ba-p/963898
+          - text: Delivery Optimization reference
+            url: waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
+          - text: Delivery Optimization client-service communication
+            url: delivery-optimization-workflow.md
+          - text: Using a proxy with Delivery Optimization
+            url: delivery-optimization-proxy.md
+
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/mcc-enterprise.md b/windows/deployment/do/mcc-enterprise.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2622d23564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/mcc-enterprise.md
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
+---
+title: Microsoft Connected Cache for Enterprise and Education (private preview)
+manager: dougeby
+description: Details on Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) for Enterprise and Education.
+keywords: updates, downloads, network, bandwidth
+ms.prod: w10
+ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
+audience: itpro
+author: carmenf
+ms.localizationpriority: medium
+ms.author: carmenf
+ms.collection: M365-modern-desktop
+ms.topic: article
+---
+
+# Microsoft Connected Cache for Enterprise and Education (private preview)
+
+**Applies to**
+
+- Windows 10
+- Windows 11
+
+## Overview
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> Microsoft Connected Cache is currently a private preview feature. During this phase we invite customers to take part in early access for testing purposes. This phase does not include formal support, and should not be used for production workloads. For more information, see [Supplemental Terms of Use for Microsoft Azure Previews](https://azure.microsoft.com/support/legal/preview-supplemental-terms/).
+
+Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) preview is a software-only caching solution that delivers Microsoft content within Enterprise networks. MCC can be deployed to as many physical servers or VMs as needed, and is managed from a cloud portal. Cache nodes are created in the cloud portal and are configured by applying a [client policy](/mem/intune/configuration/delivery-optimization-settings.md#local-server-caching) using your management tool, such as Intune.
+
+MCC is a hybrid (a mix of on-prem and cloud resources) SaaS solution built as an Azure IoT Edge module; it's a Docker compatible Linux container that is deployed to your Windows devices. IoT Edge for Linux on Windows (EFLOW) was chosen because it's a secure, reliable container management infrastructure. EFLOW is a Linux virtual machine, based on Microsoft's first party CBL-Mariner operating system. It’s built with the IoT Edge runtime and validated as a tier 1 supported environment for IoT Edge workloads. MCC will be a Linux IoT Edge module running on the Windows Host OS.
+
+Even though your MCC scenario isn't related to IoT, Azure IoT Edge is used as a more generic Linux container, deployment, and management infrastructure. The Azure IoT Edge runtime sits on your designated MCC device and performs management and communication operations. The runtime performs the following important functionsto manage MCC on your edge device: 
+
+1. Installs and updates MCC on your edge device. 
+2. Maintains Azure IoT Edge security standards on your edge device. 
+3. Ensures that MCC is always running. 
+4. Reports MCC health and usage to the cloud for remote monitoring.
+
+To deploy a functional MCC to your device, you must obtain the necessary keys that will provision the Connected Cache instance to communicate with Delivery Optimization services and enable the device to cache and deliver content. See [figure 1](#fig1) below for a summary of the architecture of MCC, built using IoT Edge.
+
+For more information about Azure IoT Edge, see [What is Azure IoT Edge](/azure/iot-edge/about-iot-edge).
+
+## How MCC works
+
+The following steps describe how MCC is provisioned and used.
+
+1. The Azure Management Portal is used to create MCC nodes.
+2. The MCC container is deployed and provisioned to a server using the installer provided in the portal.
+3. Client policy is configured in your management solution to point to the IP address or FQDN of the cache server.
+4. Microsoft end-user devices make range requests for content from the MCC node.
+5. An MCC node pulls content from the CDN, seeds its local cache stored on disk, and delivers content to the client.
+6. Subsequent requests from end-user devices for content come from the cache.
+
+If an MCC node is unavailable, the client will pull content from CDN to ensure uninterrupted service for your subscribers.
+
+
+
+![eMCC img01](images/emcc01.png)
+
+Figure 1: **MCC processes**. Each number in the diagram corresponds to the steps described above.
+
+
+## Enterprise requirements for MCC
+
+1. **Azure subscription**: MCC management portal is hosted within Azure and is used to create the Connected Cache [Azure resource](/azure/cloud-adoption-framework/govern/resource-consistency/resource-access-management.md) and IoT Hub resource – both are free services.
+
+    Your Azure subscription ID is first used to provision MCC services, and enable access to the preview. The MCC server requirement for an Azure subscription will cost you nothing. If you do not have an Azure subscription already, you can create an Azure [Pay-As-You-Go](https://azure.microsoft.com/offers/ms-azr-0003p/) account which requires a credit card for verification purposes. For more information, see the [Azure Free Account FAQ](https://azure.microsoft.com/free/free-account-faq/).
+
+    The resources used for the preview and in the future when this product is ready for production will be completely free to you, like other caching solutions.
+
+2. **Hardware to host MCC**: The recommended configuration will serve approximately 35000 managed devices, downloading a 2GB payload in 24-hour timeframe at a sustained rate of 6.5 Gbps.
+
+    **EFLOW Requires Hyper-V support**
+    - On Windows client, enable the Hyper-V feature
+    - On Windows Server, install the Hyper-V role and create a default network switch
+
+    Disk recommendations:
+    - Using an SSD is recommended as cache read speed of SSD is superior to HDD
+
+    NIC requirements:
+    - Multiple NICs on a single MCC instance aren't supported.
+    - 1 Gbps NIC is the minimum speed recommended but any NIC is supported.
+    - For best performance, NIC and BIOS should support SR-IOV
+
+    VM networking:
+    -  An external virtual switch to support outbound and inbound network communication (created during the installation process)
+
+### Sizing recommendations
+
+| Component  | Branch Office / Small Enterprise | Large Enterprise |
+| -- | --- | --- |
+| OS|  Windows Server 2019*/2022 
             Windows 10*/11 (Pro or Enterprise) with Hyper-V Support 

            * Windows 10 and Windows Server 2019 build 17763 or later | Same |
+|NIC | 1 Gbps | 5 Gbps |
+|Disk | SSD 
            1 drive 
            50GB each  |SSD 
            1 drive 
            200GB each  |
+|Memory | 4GB | 8GB |
+|Cores | 4 | 8  |
+
+## Steps to deploy MCC
+
+To deploy MCC to your server:
+
+1.  [Provide Microsoft with the Azure subscription ID](#provide-microsoft-with-the-azure-subscription-id)
+2.  [Create the MCC Resource in Azure](#create-the-mcc-resource-in-azure)
+3.  [Create an MCC Node](#create-an-mcc-node-in-azure)
+4.  [Edit Cache Node Information](#edit-cache-node-information)
+5.  [Install MCC on a physical server or VM](#install-mcc-on-windows)
+6.  [Verify proper functioning MCC server](#verify-proper-functioning-mcc-server)
+7.  [Review common Issues](#common-issues) if needed.
+
+For questions regarding these instructions contact [msconnectedcache@microsoft.com](mailto:msconnectedcache@microsoft.com)
+
+### Provide Microsoft with the Azure Subscription ID
+
+As part of the MCC preview onboarding process an Azure subscription ID must be provided to Microsoft. 
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> [Take this survey](https://aka.ms/MSConnectedCacheSignup) and provide your Azure subscription ID and contact information to be added to the allow list for this preview. You will not be able to proceed if you skip this step.
+
+For information about creating or locating your subscription ID, see [Steps to obtain an Azure Subscription ID](#steps-to-obtain-an-azure-subscription-id).
+
+### Create the MCC resource in Azure
+
+The MCC Azure management portal is used to create and manage MCC nodes. An Azure Subscription ID is used to grant access to the preview and to create the MCC resource in Azure and Cache nodes. 
+
+Once you take the survey above and the MCC team adds your subscription id to the allow list, you will be given a link to the Azure portal where you can create the resource described below. 
+
+1.  On the Azure Portal home page, choose **Create a resource**:  
+    ![eMCC img02](images/emcc02.png)
+
+2.  Type **Microsoft Connected Cache** into the search box, and hit **Enter** to show search results.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> You'll not see Microsoft Connected Cache in the drop-down list. You need to type it and press enter to see the result.
+
+3.  Select **Microsoft Connected Cache** and choose **Create** on the next screen to start the process of creating the MCC resource.
+
+    ![eMCC img03](images/emcc03.png)
+    ![eMCC img04](images/emcc04.png)
+
+4.  Fill in the required fields to create the MCC resource.
+
+    -   Choose the subscription that you provided to Microsoft.
+    -   Azure resource groups are logical groups of resources. Create a new resource group and choose a name for your resource group.
+    -   Choose **(US) West US** for the location of the resource. This choice will not impact MCC if the physical location isn't in the West US, it's just a limitation of the preview.
+
+       > [!NOTE]
+       > Your MCC resource will not be created properly if you do not select **(US) West US**
+
+    -   Choose a name for the MCC resource.
+
+      > [!NOTE]
+      > Your MCC resource must not contain the word **Microsoft** in it.
+
+      ![eMCC img05](images/emcc05.png)
+
+5.  Once all the information has been entered, click the **Review + Create** button. Once validation is complete, click the **Create** button to start the
+    resource creation.
+
+    ![eMCC img06](images/emcc06.png)
+
+#### Error: Validation failed
+
+-   If you get a Validation failed error message on your portal, it's likely because you selected the **Location** as **US West 2** or some other location that isn't **(US) West US**.
+-   To resolve this error, go to the previous step and choose **(US) West US**.
+
+    ![eMCC img07](images/emcc07.png)
+
+### Create an MCC node in Azure
+
+Creating a MCC node is a multi-step process and the first step is to access the MCC private preview management portal.
+
+1.  After the successful resource creation click on the **Go to resource**.
+2.  Under **Cache Node Management** section on the leftmost panel, click on **Cache Nodes**.
+
+    ![eMCC img08](images/emcc08.png)
+
+3.  On the **Cache Nodes** blade, click on the **Create Cache Node** button.
+
+    ![eMCC img09](images/emcc09.png)
+
+4.  Clicking the **Create Cache Node** button will open the **Create Cache Node** page; **Cache Node Name** is the only field required for cache node creation.
+
+| **Field Name**      | **Expected Value**                         | **Description**                                                                                                                      |
+|---------------------|--------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| **Cache Node Name** | Alphanumeric name that includes no spaces. | The name of the cache node. You may choose names based on location like Seattle-1. This name must be unique and cannot be changed later. |
+
+5.  Enter the information for the **Cache Node** and click the **Create** button.
+
+![eMCC img9.5](images/emcc09.5.png)
+
+If there are errors, the form will provide guidance on how to correct the errors.
+
+Once the MCC node has been created, the installer instructions will be exposed. More details on the installer instructions will be addressed later in this article, in the [Install Connected Cache](#install-mcc-on-windows) section.
+
+![eMCC img10](images/emcc10.png)
+
+#### Edit cache node information
+
+Cache nodes can be deleted here by clicking the check box to the left of a **Cache Node Name** and then clicking the delete toolbar item. Be aware that if a cache node is deleted, there is no way to recover the cache node or any of the information related to the cache node.
+
+![eMCC img11](images/emcc11.png)
+
+### Install MCC on Windows
+
+Installing MCC on your Windows device is a simple process. A PowerShell script performs the following tasks:
+
+  - Installs the Azure CLI
+  - Downloads, installs, and deploys EFLOW
+  - Enables Microsoft Update so EFLOW can stay up to date
+  - Creates a virtual machine
+  - Enables the firewall and opens ports 80 and 22 for inbound and outbound traffic. Port 80 is used by MCC, and port 22 is used for SSH communications.
+  - Configures Connected Cache tuning settings.
+  - Creates the necessary *FREE* Azure resource - IoT Hub/IoT Edge.
+  - Deploys the MCC container to server.
+
+#### Run the installer
+
+1.  Download and unzip mccinstaller.zip from the create cache node page or cache node configuration page which contains the necessary installation files.
+
+  ![eMCC img12](images/emcc12.png)
+
+Files contained in the mccinstaller.zip file:
+
+  - **installmcc.ps1**: Main installer file.
+  - **installEflow.ps1**: Installs the necessary prerequisites such as the Linux VM, IoT Edge runtime, and Docker, and makes necessary host OS settings to optimize caching performance.
+  - **resourceDeploymentForConnectedCache.ps1**: Creates Azure cloud resources required to support MCC control plane.
+  - **mccdeployment.json**: Deployment manifest used by IoT Edge to deploy the MCC container and configure settings on the container, such as cache drive location sizes.
+  - **updatemcc.ps1**: The update script used to upgrade MCC to a particular version.
+  - **mccupdate.json**: Used as part of the update script
+
+1.  Open Windows PowerShell as administrator and navigate to the location of these files.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> Ensure that Hyper-V is enabled on your device.
+> Do not use PowerShell ISE, PowerShell 6.x, or PowerShell 7.x. Only Windows PowerShell version 5.x is supported.
+
+  **Windows 10:** [Enable Hyper-V on Windows 10](/virtualization/hyper-v-on-windows/quick-start/enable-hyper-v)
+
+  **Windows Server:** [Install the Hyper-V role on Windows Server](/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/get-started/install-the-hyper-v-role-on-windows-server)
+
+#### If you're installing MCC on a local virtual machine:
+
+1. Enable Nested Virtualization
+
+  ```powershell
+  Set -VMProcessor -VMName "VM name" -ExposeVirtualizationExtensions $true
+  ```
+2. Enable Mac Spoofing
+  ```powershell
+  Get-VMNetworkAdapter -VMName "VM name" | Set-VMNetworkAdapter -MacAddressSpoofing On
+  ```
+  **Virtual machine should be in the OFF state while enabling Nested Virtualization and Mac Spoofing**
+
+3.  Set the execution policy
+
+  ```powershell
+  Set-ExecutionPolicy -ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted -Scope Process
+  ```
+  > [!NOTE]
+  >  After setting the execution policy, you'll see a warning asking if you wish to change the execution policy. Choose **[A] Yes to All**.
+
+4.  Copy the command from the portal and run it in Windows PowerShell
+
+    ![eMCC img13](images/emcc13.png)
+
+  > [!NOTE]
+  > After running the command, and multiple times throughout the installation process, you'll receive the following notice. **Please select [R] Run once to proceed**.
+  > 
            
+  > 
            Security warning
+  > 
            Run only scripts that you trust. While scripts from the internet can be useful, this script can potentially harm your computer. If you trust this script, use the Unblock-File cmdlet to allow the script to run without this warning message. Do you want to run C:\\Users\\mccinstaller\\Eflow\\installmcc.ps1?
+  >
            
+  > 
            [D] Do not run **[R] Run once** [S] Suspend [?] Help (default is "D"):
+
+3.  Choose whether you would like to create a new virtual switch or select an existing one. Name your switch and select the Net Adapter to use for the switch. A computer restart will be required if you're creating a new switch.
+
+  > [!NOTE]
+  > Restarting your computer after creating a switch is recommended. You'll notice network delays during installation if the computer has not been restarted.
+
+  If you restarted your computer after creating a switch, start from Step 2 above and skip step 5.
+
+  ![eMCC img14](images/emcc14.png)
+
+4.  Re-run the script after the restart. This time, choose **No** when asked to create a new switch. Enter the number corresponding to the switch you previously created.
+
+    ![eMCC img15](images/emcc15.png)
+
+5.  Decide whether you would like to use dynamic or static address for the Eflow VM
+
+    ![eMCC img16](images/emcc16.png)
+
+  > [!NOTE]
+  > Choosing a dynamic IP address might assign a different IP address when the MCC restarts.
+  > 
            A static IP address is recommended so you do not have to change this value in your management solution when MCC restarts.
+
+6.  Choose where you would like to download, install, and store the virtual hard disk for EFLOW. You'll also be asked how much memory, storage, and cores you would like to allocate for the VM. In this example, we chose the default values for all prompts.
+
+7.  Follow the Azure Device Login link and sign into the Azure Portal.
+
+    ![eMCC img17](images/emcc17.png)
+
+8.  If this is your first MCC deployment, please select **n** so that a new IoT Hub can be created. If you have already configured MCC before, choose **y** so that your MCCs are grouped in the same IoT Hub.
+
+    1.  You'll be shown a list of existing IoT Hubs in your Azure Subscription; Enter the number corresponding to the IoT Hub to select it. **You'll likely have only 1 IoT Hub in your subscription, in which case you want to enter “1”**
+
+    ![eMCC img18](images/emcc18.png)
+    ![eMCC img19](images/emcc19.png)
+
+9.  Your MCC deployment is now complete.
+
+    1.  If you do not see any errors, please continue to the next section to validate your MCC deployment.
+    2.  After validating your MCC is properly functional, please review your management solution documentation, such as [Intune](/mem/intune/configuration/delivery-optimization-windows), to set the cache host policy to the IP address of your MCC.
+    3.  If you had errors during your deployment, see the [Troubleshooting](#troubleshooting) section in this article.
+
+### Verify proper functioning MCC server
+
+#### Verify Client Side
+
+Connect to the EFLOW VM and check if MCC is properly running:
+
+1.  Open PowerShell as an Administrator
+2.  Enter the following commands:
+
+```powershell
+Connect-EflowVm
+sudo -s
+iotedge list
+```
+
+![eMCC img20](images/emcc20.png)
+
+You should see MCC, edgeAgent, and edgeHub running. If you see edgeAgent or edgeHub but not MCC, please try this command in a few minutes. The MCC container can take a few minutes to deploy
+
+#### Verify server side
+
+For a validation of properly functioning MCC, execute the following command in the EFLOW VM or any device in the network. Replace \ with the IP address of the cache server.
+
+```powershell
+wget [http://\/mscomtest/wuidt.gif?cacheHostOrigin=au.download.windowsupdate.com]()
+```
+
+A successful test result will look like this:
+
+![eMCC img21](images/emcc21.png)
+
+OR
+
+![eMCC img22](images/emcc22.png)
+
+Similarly, enter this URL from a browser in the network:
+
+[http://YourCacheServerIP/mscomtest/wuidt.gif?cacheHostOrigin=au.download.windowsupdate.com]()
+
+If the test fails, see the common issues section for more information.
+
+### Intune (or other management software) configuration for MCC
+
+Example of setting the cache host policy to the MCC’s IP address / FQDN:
+
+![eMCC img23](images/emcc23.png)
+
+### Common Issues
+
+#### PowerShell issues
+
+If you're seeing errors similar to this: “The term ‘Get-Something’ isn't recognized as the name of a cmdlet, function, script file, or operable program.”
+
+1.  Ensure you're running Windows PowerShell version 5.x.
+
+2.  Run \$PSVersionTable and ensure you’re running version 5.x and *not version 6 or 7*.
+
+3.  Ensure you have Hyper-V enabled:
+
+    **Windows 10:** [Enable Hyper-V on Windows 10](/virtualization/hyper-v-on-windows/quick-start/enable-hyper-v)
+
+    **Windows Server:** [Install the Hyper-V role on Windows Server](/windows-server/virtualization/hyper-v/get-started/install-the-hyper-v-role-on-windows-server)
+
+#### Verify Running MCC Container
+
+Connect to the Connected Cache server and check the list of running IoT Edge modules using the following commands:
+
+```bash
+Connect-EflowVm
+sudo iotedge list​
+```
+
+![eMCC img24](images/emcc24.png)
+
+If edgeAgent and edgeHub containers are listed, but not “MCC”, you may view the status of the IoTEdge security manager using the command:
+
+```bash
+sudo journalctl -u iotedge -f
+```
+
+For example, this command will provide the current status of the starting, stopping of a container, or the container pull and start as is shown in the sample below:  
+
+![eMCC img25](images/emcc25.png)
+
+Use this command to check the IoT Edge Journal
+
+```bash
+sudo journalctl -u iotedge –f
+```
+
+Please note: You should consult the IoT Edge troubleshooting guide ([Common issues and resolutions for Azure IoT Edge](/azure/iot-edge/troubleshoot)) for any issues you may encounter configuring IoT Edge, but we have listed a few issues below that we hit during our internal validation.
+
+## Diagnostics Script
+
+If you're having issues with your MCC, we included a diagnostics script which will collect all your logs and zip them into a single file. You can then send us these logs via email for the MCC team to debug.
+
+To run this script:
+
+1.  Navigate to the following folder in the MCC installation files:
+
+    mccinstaller \> Eflow \> Diagnostics
+
+2.  Run the following commands:
+
+```powershell
+Set-ExecutionPolicy -ExecutionPolicy Unrestricted -Scope Process
+.\collectMccDiagnostics.ps1
+```
+
+3.  The script stores all the debug files into a folder and then creates a tar file. After the script is finished running, it will output the path of the tar file which you can share with us (should be “**\**\\mccdiagnostics\\support_bundle_\$timestamp.tar.gz”)
+
+4.  [Email the MCC team](mailto:mccforenterprise@microsoft.com?subject=Debugging%20Help%20Needed%20for%20MCC%20for%20Enterprise) and attach this file asking for debugging support. Screenshots of the error along with any other warnings you saw will be helpful during out debugging process.
+
+## Update MCC
+
+Throughout the private preview phase, we will send you security and feature updates for MCC. Please follow these steps to perform the update.
+
+Run the following command with the **arguments** we provided in the email to update your MCC:
+
+```powershell
+# .\updatemcc.ps1 version="**\**" tenantid="**\**" customerid="**\**" cachenodeid="**\**" customerkey="**\**"
+```
+For example:
+```powershell
+# .\updatemcc.ps1 version="msconnectedcacheprod.azurecr.io/mcc/linux/iot/mcc-ubuntu-iot-amd64:1.2.1.659" tenantid="799a999aa-99a1-99aa-99aa-9a9aa099db99" customerid="99a999aa-99a1-99aa-99aa-9aaa9aaa0saa" cachenodeid=" aa99aaaa-999a-9aas-99aa99daaa99 " customerkey="a99d999a-aaaa-aa99-0999aaaa99a”
+```
+
+## Uninstall MCC
+
+Please contact the MCC Team before uninstalling to let us know if you're facing
+issues.
+
+This script will remove the following:
+
+1.  EFLOW + Linux VM
+2.  IoT Edge
+3.  Edge Agent
+4.  Edge Hub
+5.  MCC
+6.  Moby CLI
+7.  Moby Engine
+
+To delete MCC, go to Control Panel \> Uninstall a program \> Select Azure IoT
+Edge LTS \> Uninstall
+
+## Appendix
+
+### Steps to obtain an Azure Subscription ID
+
+1. Sign in to https://portal.azure.com/ and navigate to the Azure services section.
+2. Click on **Subscriptions**. If you do not see **Subscriptions**, click on the **More Services** arrow and search for **Subscriptions**. 
+3. If you already have an Azure Subscription, skip to step 5. If you do not have an Azure Subscription, select **+ Add** on the top left. 
+4. Select the **Pay-As-You-Go** subscription. You'll be asked to enter credit card information, but you'll not be charged for using the MCC service. 
+5. On the **Subscriptions** blade, you'll find details about your current subscription. Click on the subscription name. 
+6. After you select the subscription name, you'll find the subscription ID in the **Overview** tab. Click on the **Copy to clipboard** icon next to your Subscription ID to copy the value. 
+
+### Troubleshooting
+
+If you’re not able to sign up for a Microsoft Azure subscription with the error: **Account belongs to a directory that cannot be associated with an Azure subscription. Please sign in with a different account.** See [Can't sign up for a Microsoft Azure subscription](/troubleshoot/azure/general/cannot-sign-up-subscription). 
+
+Also see [Troubleshoot issues when you sign up for a new account in the Azure portal](/azure/cost-management-billing/manage/troubleshoot-azure-sign-up).
+
+### IoT Edge runtime
+
+The Azure IoT Edge runtime enables custom and cloud logic on IoT Edge devices.
+The runtime sits on the IoT Edge device, and performs management and
+communication operations. The runtime performs several functions:
+
+-   Installs and update workloads (Docker containers) on the device.
+-   Maintains Azure IoT Edge security standards on the device.
+-   Ensures that IoT Edge modules (Docker containers) are always running.
+-   Reports module (Docker containers) health to the cloud for remote monitoring.
+-   Manages communication between an IoT Edge device and the cloud.
+
+For more information on Azure IoT Edge, please see the [Azure IoT Edge documentation](/azure/iot-edge/about-iot-edge).
+
+### EFLOW
+
+- [What is Azure IoT Edge for Linux on Windows](/azure/iot-edge/iot-edge-for-linux-on-windows)
+- [Install Azure IoT Edge for Linux on Windows](/azure/iot-edge/how-to-provision-single-device-linux-on-windows-symmetric#install-iot-edge)
+- [PowerShell functions for Azure IoT Edge for Linux on Windows](/azure/iot-edge/reference-iot-edge-for-linux-on-windows-functions)
+- EFLOW FAQ and Support: [Support · Azure/iotedge-eflow Wiki (github.com)](https://github.com/Azure/iotedge-eflow/wiki/Support#how-can-i-apply-updates-to-eflow)
+- [Now ready for Production: Linux IoT Edge Modules on Windows - YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pgqVCg6cxVU&ab_channel=MicrosoftIoTDevelopers)
+
+### Routing local Windows Clients to an MCC
+
+#### Get the IP address of your MCC using ifconfig
+
+There are multiple methods that can be used to apply a policy to PCs that should participate in downloading from the MCC.
+
+##### Registry Key
+
+You can either set your MCC IP address or FQDN using:
+
+1.  Registry Key in 1709 and higher -  
+    [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Policies\\Microsoft\\Windows\\DeliveryOptimization]
            
+    "DOCacheHost"=" "  
+    
+  From an elevated command prompt:
+
+  ```
+  reg add "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Policies\\Microsoft\\Windows\\DeliveryOptimization" /v DOCacheHost /t REG_SZ /d "10.137.187.38" /f
+  ```
+
+2.  MDM Path in 1809 or higher:
+
+  .Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/DeliveryOptimization/DOCacheHost
+
+3. In Windows release version 1809 and later, you can apply the policy via Group Policy Editor. The policy to apply is **DOCacheHost**. To configure the clients to pull content from the MCC using Group Policy, set the Cache Server Hostname (Setting found under Computer Configuration, Administrative Templates, Windows Components, Delivery Optimization) to the IP address of your MCC. For example 10.137.187.38.
+
+    ![eMCC img26](images/emcc26.png)
+
+**Verify Content using the DO Client**
+
+To verify that the Delivery Optimization client can download content using MCC, you can use the following steps:
+
+1. Download a game or application from the Microsoft Store.   
+
+    ![eMCC img27](images/emcc27.png)
+
+2. Verify downloads came from MCC by one of two methods:
+
+    - Using PowerShell Cmdlet Get-DeliveryOptimizationStatus you should see BytesFromCacheServer test  
+
+      ![eMCC img28](images/emcc28.png)
+
+    - Looking at the Delivery Optimization Activity Monitor
+
+      ![eMCC img29](images/emcc29.png)
+
+## Also see
+
+[Microsoft Connected Cache for ISPs](mcc-isp.md)
            
+[Introducing Microsoft Connected Cache](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/introducing-microsoft-connected-cache-microsoft-s-cloud-managed/ba-p/963898)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/mcc-isp.md b/windows/deployment/do/mcc-isp.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd4a7afbbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/mcc-isp.md
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+---
+title: Microsoft Connected Cache for Internet Service Providers (ISPs)
+manager: dougeby
+description: Details on Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) for Internet Service Providers (ISPs).
+keywords: updates, downloads, network, bandwidth
+ms.prod: w10
+ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
+audience: itpro
+author: carmenf
+ms.localizationpriority: medium
+ms.author: carmenf
+ms.collection: M365-modern-desktop
+ms.topic: article
+---
+
+# Microsoft Connected Cache for Internet Service Providers (ISPs)
+
+**Applies to**
+
+- Windows 10
+- Windows 11
+
+## Overview
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> Microsoft Connected Cache is currently a private preview feature. During this phase we invite customers to take part in early access for testing purposes. This phase does not include formal support, and should not be used for production workloads. For more information, see [Supplemental Terms of Use for Microsoft Azure Previews](https://azure.microsoft.com/support/legal/preview-supplemental-terms/).
+
+Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) preview is a software-only caching solution that delivers Microsoft content within Enterprise networks. MCC can be deployed to as many physical servers or VMs as needed, and is managed from a cloud portal. Microsoft cloud services handle routing of consumer devices to the cache server for content downloads.
+
+Microsoft Connected Cache is a Hybrid (mix of on-prem and cloud resources) solution composed of a Docker compatible Linux container deployed to your server and a cloud management portal. Microsoft chose Azure IoT Edge (more information on IoT Edge [in the appendix](#iot-edge-runtime)) as a secure and reliable control plane, and even though your scenario is not related to IoT, Azure IoT Edge is our secure Linux container deployment and management infrastructure. Azure IoT Edge consists of three components that the Microsoft Connected Cache infrastructure will utilize:
+
+1. A cloud-based interface that enables secure, remote installation, monitoring, and management of MCC nodes.
+2. A runtime that securely manages the modules deployed to each device.
+3. Modules/containers that run the MCC functionality on your device.
+
+## How MCC works
+
+The following steps describe how MCC is provisioned and used.
+
+1. The Azure Management Portal used to create and manage MCC nodes.
+2. The MCC container is deployed and provisioned to the server.
+3. The Azure Management Portal is used to configure Microsoft Delivery Optimization Services to route traffic to the MCC server by providing two pieces of information:
+    - The publicly accessible IPv4 address of the server hosting the MCC container.
+    - The CIDR blocks that represent the client IP address space, which should be routed to the MCC node.
+4. Microsoft end-user devices periodically connect with Microsoft Delivery Optimization Services, and the services match the IP address of the client with the IP address of the corresponding MCC node.
+5. Microsoft end-user devices make the range requests for content from the MCC node.
+6. An MCC node pulls content from the CDN, seeds its local cache stored on disk, and delivers the content to the client.
+7. Subsequent requests from end-user devices for content will now come from cache.
+8. If the MCC node is unavailable, the client will pull content from CDN to ensure uninterrupted service for your subscribers.
+
+    ![MCC overview 1](images/imcc01.png)
+
+## ISP Requirements for MCC
+
+1. **Azure subscription**: The MCC management portal is hosted within Azure, and is used to create the Connected Cache Azure resource and IoT Hub resource. Both are free services.
+
+    Your Azure subscription ID is first used to provision MCC services, and enable access to the preview. The MCC server requirement for an Azure subscription will cost you nothing. If you don't have an Azure subscription already, you can create an Azure [Pay-As-You-Go](https://azure.microsoft.com/offers/ms-azr-0003p/) account which requires a credit card for verification purposes. For more information, see the [Azure Free Account FAQ](https://azure.microsoft.com/free/free-account-faq/).
+
+    The resources used for the preview, and in the future when this product is ready for production, will be completely free to you - like other caching solutions. 
+    
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > If you request Exchange or Public peering in the future, business email addresses must be used to register ASN's, because Microsoft does not accept gmail or other non-business email addresses.
+
+2. **Hardware to host MCC**: The recommended configuration will serve approximately 35,000 consumer devices, downloading a 2GB payload in 24-hour timeframe at a sustained rate of 6.5 Gbps.
+
+Disk requirements:
+- SSDs are recommended due to improved cache read speeds of SSD, compared to HDD.
+- Using multiple disks is recommended to improve cache performance.
+- RAID disk configurations are discouraged because cache performance will be impacted. If you're using RAID disk configurations, ensure striping.
+- The maximum number of disks supported is 10.
+
+NIC requirements:
+- Multiple NICs on a single MCC instance are not supported.
+- 10Gbps NIC is the minimum speed recommended, but any NIC is supported.
+
+### Sizing recommendations
+
+| Component  | Minimum | Recommended |
+| -- | --- | --- |
+| OS |  Ubuntu 20.04 LTS VM or physical server | Ubuntu 20.04 LTS VM or physical server (preferred) |
+| NIC | 10 Gbps| at least 10 Gbps |
+| Disk | SSD 
            1 drive 
            2TB each  |SSD 
            2-4 drives 
            at least 2TB each  |
+| Memory | 8GB | 32GB or greater |
+| Cores | 4 | 8 or more  |
+
+## Steps to deploy MCC
+
+To deploy MCC:
+
+1. [Provide Microsoft with the Azure subscription ID](#provide-microsoft-with-the-azure-subscription-id)
+2. [Create the MCC Resource in Azure](#create-the-mcc-resource-in-azure)
+3. [Create an MCC Node](#create-an-mcc-node-in-azure): IP address space approval information is required for this step. 
+4. [Edit Cache Node Information](#edit-cache-node-information)
+5. [Set up your server](#set-up-a-server-with-sr-or-an-ubuntu)
+6. [Install MCC on a physical server or VM](#install-mcc)
+7. [Verify proper functioning MCC server](#verify-proper-functioning-mcc-server)
+8. [Review the MCC summary report](#verify-server-side) 
+9. [Review common issues](#common-issues) if needed.
+
+For questions regarding these instructions contact [msconnectedcache@microsoft.com](mailto:msconnectedcache@microsoft.com)
+
+## Provide Microsoft with the Azure Subscription ID
+
+As part of the MCC preview onboarding process an Azure subscription ID must be provided to Microsoft.
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> [Contact Microsoft](mailto:mccforenterprise@microsoft.com?subject=[MCC%20for%20Enterprise]%20Please%20add%20our%20Azure%20subscription%20to%20the%20allow%20list) and provide your Azure subscription ID if you have not already. You'll not be able to proceed if you skip this step.
+
+
+For information about creating or locating your subscription ID, see [Steps to obtain an Azure Subscription ID](#steps-to-obtain-an-azure-subscription-id).
+
+### Create the MCC resource in Azure
+
+The MCC Azure management portal is used to create and manage MCC nodes. An Azure Subscription ID is used to grant access to the preview and to create the MCC resource in Azure and Cache nodes. 
+
+Send email to the MCC team ([msconnectedcache@microsoft.com](mailto:msconnectedcache@microsoft.com)) with your Azure subscription ID to get access to the preview. The team will send you a link to the Azure portal, which will allow you to create the resource described below.
+
+1. Choose **Create a resource**  
+
+    ![eMCC img02](images/imcc02.png)
+
+2. Type **Microsoft Connected Cache** into the search box, and hit **Enter** to show search results.
+
+3.  Select **Microsoft Connected Cache** and choose **Create** on the next screen to start the process of creating the MCC resource.
+
+    ![iMCC img03](images/imcc03.png)
+    ![iMCC img04](images/imcc04.png)
+
+4.  Fill in the required fields to create the MCC resource.
+
+    -   Choose the subscription that you provided to Microsoft.
+    -   Azure resource groups are logical groups of resources. Create a new resource group and choose a name for your resource group.
+    -   Choose **(US) West US**” for the location of the resource. This choice will not impact MCC if the physical location isn't in the West US, it is just a limitation of the preview.
+
+       > [!NOTE]
+       > Your MCC resource will not be created properly if you don't select **(US) West US**
+
+    -   Choose a name for the MCC resource.
+
+        ![iMCC emg05](images/imcc05.png)
+
+5.  Once all the information has been entered, click the **Review + Create** button. Once validation is complete, click the **Create** button to start the
+    resource creation.
+
+    ![iMCC img06](images/imcc06.png)
+
+#### Error: Validation failed
+
+-   If you get a Validation failed error message on your portal, it is likely because you selected the **Location** as **US West 2** or some other location that isn't **(US) West US**.
+-   To resolve this error, go to the previous step and choose **(US) West US**.
+
+    ![iMCC img07](images/imcc07.png)
+
+### Create an MCC node in Azure
+
+Creating a MCC node is a multi-step process and the first step is to access the MCC private preview management portal.
+
+1.  After the successful resource creation click on the **Go to resource**.
+2.  Under **Cache Node Management** section on the leftmost panel, click on **Cache Nodes**.
+
+    ![iMCC img08](images/imcc08.png)
+
+3.  On the **Cache Nodes** blade, click on the **Create Cache Node** button.
+
+    ![iMCC img09](images/imcc09.png)
+
+4.  Clicking the **Create Cache Node** button will open the **Create Cache Node** page; **Cache Node Name** is the only field required for cache node creation.
+
+| **Field Name**                | **Expected Value**                         | **Description**                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+|-------------------------------|--------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| **Cache Node Name**           | Alphanumeric name that includes no spaces. | The name of the cache node. You may choose names based on location like Seattle-1. This name must be unique and can't be changed later.                                                                    |
+| **Server II Address**         | Ipv4 Address                               | IP address of your MCC server. This is used to route end-user devices in your network to the server for Microsoft content downloads. **The IP address must be publicly accessible.** |
+| **Address Range/CIDR Blocks** | IPv4 CIDR notation                         | IP Address range/CIDR blocks that should be routed to the MCC server as a comma separated list. For example: 2.21.234.0/24 , 3.22.235.0/24 , 4.23.236.0/24                        |
+| **Enable Cache Node**         | Enable/Disable Radio Button                | **Enable** permits the cache node to receive content requests. 
            **Disable** prevents the cache node from receiving content requests. 
            Cache nodes are enabled by default.          |
+
+  ![iMCC img10](images/imcc10.png)
+
+Hovering your cursor next to each field will populate the details of that field.
+
+  ![iMCC img11](images/imcc11.png)
+
+There are two other read-only fields on this page that are populated after the cache node is created:
+
+| **Field Name**      | **Description**                                                                                                                                                          |
+|---------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| **IP Space**        | Number of IP addresses that will be routed to your cache server.                                                                                                        |
+| **Activation Keys** | Set of keys to activate your cache node with the MCC services. Copy the keys for use during install. The CustomerID is your Azure subscripiton ID. |
+
+5.  Enter the information for the Cache Node and click on the Create button. In the screenshot below only the Cache Node Name is provided, but all information can be included if desired.
+
+    ![iMCC img12](images/imcc12.png)
+
+    If there are errors the form will provide guidance on how to correct the errors. For example:
+
+    - The cache node name is in use in the resource or is an incorrect format.
+    - If the CIDR block notation or list is incorrect.
+    - The server IP address or CIDR block are already in use.
+
+    See the following example with all information entered:
+
+    ![iMCC img13](images/imcc13.png)
+
+    Once the MCC Node has been created, the installer instructions will be exposed. More details on the installer instructions will be addressed later in this doc can be found at the [Install Connected Cache](#install-mcc) section.
+
+    ![iMCC img14](images/imcc14.png)
+
+### IP address space approval
+
+There are three states for IP address space that are explained in the table below. The preview will require approval from Microsoft CIDR block ranges that contain more than 50,000 IP addresses. In the future, MCC configuration will support BGP and will therefore have automatic routing capabilities.
+
+| **IP address space status**    | **Description**     |
+|------------------------|------------------------------------|
+| **Valid**              | The IP address space is below the 50,000 IP address space threshold and the space does not overlap with existing cache nodes.    |
+| **In Review**    | The IP address space exceeds the 50,000 IP address space and is under review with Microsoft to ensure valid IP address space.   |
+| **Attention Required** | The IP address space has been reviewed and an issue was discovered. Some examples include: IP address space overlap with existing cache node belonging to another customer. IP address space was exceedingly large.  Contact Microsoft for more information if your IP address space has this status. |
+
+See the following example:
+
+![iMCC img15](images/imcc15.png)
+
+## Edit Cache Node Information
+
+IP address or CIDR information can be modified for existing MCC nodes in the portal.
+
+To edit IP address or CIDR information, click on the Cache Node Name which will open the Cache Node Configuration page. Cache nodes can be deleted here by clicking the check box to the left of a Cache Node Name and then clicking the delete toolbar item. Be aware that if a cache node is deleted, there is no way to recover the cache node or any of the information related to the cache node.
+
+![iMCC img16](images/imcc16.png)
+
+The Server IP Address, Address Range/CIDR Blocks, and Enable Cache Node are all editable as show below:
+
+![iMCC img17](images/imcc17.png)
+
+## Set up a server with SR or an Ubuntu 
+
+The MCC module is optimized for Ubuntu 20.04 LTS. Install Ubuntu 20.04 LTS on a physical server or VM of your choice. As discussed earlier, the recommended configuration (details below) will serve approximately 35,000 consumer devices downloading a 2GB payload in 24-hour timeframe at a sustained rate of 6.5 Gbps.
+
+|             | **Minimum**                                 | **Recommended**                                    |
+|-------------|---------------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|
+| **Server**  | Ubuntu 20.04 LTS VM or physical server      | Ubuntu 20.04 LTS VM or physical server (preferred) |
+| **NIC**     | 10 Gbps                                     | 10 Gbps                                            |
+| **Disk**    | SSD 1 – 2 drives minimum 2 TB each minimum  | SSD 2 – 4 drives minimum 2 TB each minimum         |
+| **Memory**  | 8 GB                                        | 32 GB or more                                      |
+| **Cores**   | 4                                           | 8 or more                                          |
+
+## Install MCC
+
+Installing MCC on your physical server or VM is a straightforward process. A Bash script installer performs the following tasks:
+
+-   Azure IoT Edge relies on an OCI-compatible container runtime. The script
+    will install the Moby engine and CLI.
+-   Installs IoT Edge.
+-   Installs SSH to support remote access to the server
+-   Enables the firewall and opens port 80 for inbound and outbound traffic. Port 80 is used by MCC.
+-   Configures Connected Cache tuning settings.
+-   Creates the necessary *FREE* Azure resource - IoT Hub/IoT Edge.
+-   Deploys the MCC container to server.
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> Ensure that port 5000 is open so Microsoft can verify proper functioning of the cache server
+
+### Steps to install MCC
+
+1.  Download and unzip mccinstaller.zip from the create cache node page or cache node configuration page which contains the necessary installation files.
+
+    ![iMCC img18](images/imcc18.png)
+
+    Files contained in the mccinstaller.zip file:
+
+    - **installmcc.sh** – main installer file.
+    - **installIotEdge.sh** – Installs the necessary prerequisites like IoT Edge runtime and Docker and makes necessary host OS settings to optimization caching performance.
+    - **resourceDeploymentForConnectedCache.sh** – Creates Azure cloud resources required to support MCC control plane.
+    - **mccdeployment.json** – Deployment manifest used by IoT Edge to deploy the MCC container and configure settings on the container like cache drives location sizes.
+
+2.  Copy all 4 installation files to your Linux server (physical or VM)
+
+3.  Before proceeding, ensure that you have a data drive configured on your server. You'll need to specify the location for this cache drive on step 9. Mimimum size for the data drive is 100GB. For instructions to mount a disk on a Linux VM, see [Attach a data disk to a Linux VM](/azure/virtual-machines/linux/attach-disk-portal#find-the-disk)
+
+4.  Open a terminal and change the access permissions to execute on the **installmcc.sh** Bash script file using chmod.
+
+    ```bash
+    sudo chmod +x installmcc.sh
+    ```
+
+5.  Copy the Bash script line provided and run the Bash script from the terminal. 
+
+    ![iMCC img19](images/imcc19.png)
+
+6.  You'll be prompted to sign in to the Azure Portal using a device code.
+
+    ![iMCC img20](images/imcc20.png)
+
+7.  You'll be prompted to enter the Azure Container Registry (ACR) password for access to the MCC container.
+
+    ![iMCC img21](images/imcc21.png)
+
+8.  You'll then be prompted with the number of drives to configure.
+
+    ![iMCC img22](images/imcc22.png)
+
+9.  The script will prompt for location and size of the cache drives.
+
+    ![iMCC img23](images/imcc23.png)
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> The permissions / ownerships on the cache drive location will be changed to everyone via chmod 777
            
+> **Don't** point the cache drive location to any of the following: “**.**”, “**./var**”, “**/**”, “**\**”
+
+Specifying any of the directories mentioned above will corrupt the VM and you
+will need to provision a new one.
+
+![iMCC img24](images/imcc24.png)
+
+1.  If this is your first MCC deployment, select “n” when
+    prompted for an IoT Hub. If this is **not** your first MCC deployment, you
+    can use an existing IoT hub from your previous MCC installation. After
+    selecting “Y”, we will display your existing IoT Hubs, you can copy and
+    paste the resulting IoT Hub name to continue.
+
+    ![iMCC img25](images/imcc25.png)
+
+2.  If there are no errors go to the next step.
+
+    -  If there are errors, inspect the installer logs which are under /etc/mccresourcecreation/.
+    -  If there were follow the instructions to [Troubleshoot your IoT Edge device(/azure/iot-edge/troubleshoot).
+
+## Verify Proper Functioning MCC Server
+
+### Verify client side
+
+Sign in to the Connected Cache server or ssh and run the following command from a terminal to see the running modules (containers):
+
+```bash
+sudo iotedge list​
+```
+
+![iMCC img26](images/imcc26.png)
+
+If **edgeAgent** and **8edgeHub** containers are listed, but not “MCC”, you may view the status of the IoTEdge security manager using the command:
+
+```bash
+sudo journalctl -u iotedge -f
+```
+
+For example, this command provides the current status of the starting, stopping of a container, or the container pull and start as is shown in the sample below:
+
+![iMCC img27](images/imcc27.png)
+
+### Verify server side
+
+It can take a few minutes for the container to deploy.
+
+For a validation of properly functioning MCC, run the following command in the terminal of the cache server or any device in the network. Replace \ with the IP address of the cache server.
+
+```bash
+wget http:///mscomtest/wuidt.gif?cacheHostOrigin=au.download.windowsupdate.com
+```
+
+A successful test result will look like this:
+
+![iMCC img28](images/imcc28.png)
+
+Similarly, enter the following URL into a web browser on the network:
+
+```http
+http:///mscomtest/wuidt.gif?cacheHostOrigin=au.download.windowsupdate.com
+```
+
+If the test fails, see the [common issues](#common-issues) section below for more information.
+
+## Common Issues
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> Consult the [IoT Edge troubleshooting guide](/azure/iot-edge/troubleshoot) for any issues you may encounter configuring IoT Edge. A few common issues are listed below.
+
+Use the following command to check the IoT Edge Journal:
+
+```bash
+sudo journalctl -u iotedge –f
+```
+
+## DNS needs to be configured
+
+Run the following IoT Edge setup/install state check:
+
+```bash
+sudo iotedge check --verbose
+```
+
+If you see issues with ports 5671, 443, and 8883 similar to the screenshot below, it means that your IoT Edge device needs to update the DNS for Docker.
+
+![iMCC img29](images/imcc29.png)
+
+Follow the steps below to configure the device to work with your DNS:
+
+1.  Use ifconfig to find appropriate NIC adapter name.
+
+    ```bash
+    ifconfig​
+    ```
+2.  Run nmcli device show \ to show you the DNS name for Ethernet adapter. For example to show DNS
+    information for eno1:
+
+    ```bash
+    nmcli device show eno1 
+    ``` 
+
+    ![iMCC img30](images/imcc30.png)
+
+3.  Open/create the Docker configuration file used to configure the DNS server
+
+    ```bash
+    sudo nano /etc/docker/daemon.json​
+    ```
+
+4.  Paste the following into the daemon.json file (In the example above IP4.DNS[1] is used)  
+
+    ```bash
+    { "dns": ["x.x.x.x"]}
+    ```
+5.  Save the file changes to daemon.json. **Note**: You might need to change permissions on this file. For example:  
+
+    ```bash
+    sudo chmod 555 /etc/docker/daemon.json​
+    ```
+
+6.  Restart Docker (to pick up the new DNS) and restart IoTEdge  
+    
+    ```bash
+    sudo systemctl restart dockersudo systemctl daemon-reloadsudo restart IoTEdge
+    ```
+
+## Diagnostics Script
+
+If you're having issues with your MCC, we included a diagnostics script which will collect all your logs and zip them into a single file. You can then send us these logs via email for the MCC team to debug.
+
+To run this script:
+
+1.  Navigate to the following folder in the MCC installation files:
+
+**mccinstaller** \> **MccResourceInstall** \> **Diagnostics**
+
+2.  Run the following commands:
+
+    ```bash
+    sudo chmod +x collectMccDiagnostics.sh
+    sudo ./collectMccDiagnostics.sh
+    ```
+3.  The script stores all the debug files into a folder and the creates a tar file. After the script is finished running, it will output the path of the tar file that you can share with the MCC team. The file should be **/etc/mccdiagnostics/support_bundle_\$timestamp.tar.gz**.
+
+4.  [Email the MCC team](mailto:msconnectedcache@microsoft.com?subject=Debugging%20Support%20Request%20for%20MCC) and attach this tar file, asking for debugging support. Screenshots of the error along with any other warnings you saw will be helpful during out debugging process.
+
+## Updating your MCC
+
+Throughout the private preview phase, we will send you security and feature updates for MCC. Please follow these steps to perform the update.
+
+Run the following commands with the **arguments** we provided in the email to update your MCC:
+
+```bash
+sudo chmod +x updatemcc.sh
+sudo chmod +x installIoTEdge.sh
+sudo ./updatemcc.sh version="\<**VERSION**\>" tenantid="\<**TENANTID**\>" customerid="\<**CUSTOMERID**\>" cachenodeid="\<**CACHENODEID**\>" customerkey="\<**CUSTOMERKEY**\>"
+```
+
+For example:
+```bash
+sudo ./updatemcc.sh version="msconnectedcacheprod.azurecr.io/mcc/linux/iot/mcc-ubuntu-iot-amd64:1.2.1.981" tenantid="799a999aa-99a1-99aa-99aa-9a9aa099db99" customerid="99a999aa-99a1-99aa-99aa-9aaa9aaa0saa" cachenodeid=" aa99aaaa-999a-9aas-99aa99daaa99 " customerkey="a99d999a-aaaa-aa99-0999aaaa99aa”
+```
+
+## Uninstalling MCC
+
+In the zip file, you'll find the file **uninstallmcc.sh** which uninstalls MCC and all the related components. Please contact the MCC Team before running this script and only run this script if you're facing issues with MCC installation. **Exercise caution before running this script as existing IoT workflows in this VM will also be erased.**
+
+The **uninstallmcc.sh** script will remove the following:
+
+- IoT Edge
+- Edge Agent
+- Edge Hub
+- MCC
+- Moby CLI
+- Moby Engine
+
+To run the script, enter the following commands:
+
+```bash
+sudo chmod +x uninstallmcc.sh
+sudo ./uninstallmcc.sh
+```
+## Appendix
+
+### Steps to obtain an Azure Subscription ID
+
+1. Sign in to https://portal.azure.com/ and navigate to the Azure services section.
+2. Click on **Subscriptions**. If you don't see **Subscriptions**, click on the **More Services** arrow and search for **Subscriptions**. 
+3. If you already have an Azure Subscription, skip to step 5. If you don't have an Azure Subscription, select **+ Add** on the top left. 
+4. Select the **Pay-As-You-Go** subscription. You'll be asked to enter credit card information, but you'll not be charged for using the MCC service. 
+5. On the **Subscriptions** blade, you'll find details about your current subscription. Click on the subscription name. 
+6. After you select the subscription name, you'll find the subscription ID in the **Overview** tab. Click on the **Copy to clipboard** icon next to your Subscription ID to copy the value. 
+
+### Performance of MCC in Hypervisor environments
+
+We have observed in hypervisor environments the cache server peak egress at around 1.1 Gbps. If you wish to maximize the egress in hypervisor environments it is critical to make two settings changes.
+
+1. Enable **SR-IOV** in the BIOS AND enable **SR-IOV** in the NIC properties, and finally, enable **SR-IOV** in the hypervisors for the MCC VM. Microsoft has found these settings to double egress when using a Microsoft Hyper-V deployment.
+
+2. Enable “high performance” in the BIOS as opposed to energy savings. Microsoft has found this setting nearly doubled egress a Microsoft Hyper-V deployment.
+
+### Setting up a VM on Windows Server
+
+You can use hardware that will natively run Ubuntu 20.04 LTS, or you can run an Ubuntu VM. The following steps describe how to set up a VM on Hyper-V.
+
+1.  Download the ISO. You can use either Ubuntu Desktop or Ubuntu Server.
+
+    1.  [Download Ubuntu Desktop](https://ubuntu.com/download/desktop)
+    2.  [Download Ubuntu Server](https://mirror.cs.jmu.edu/pub/ubuntu-iso/20.04.2/ubuntu-20.04.2-live-server-amd64.iso)
+
+2.  Start the **New Virtual Machine Wizard**, give your VM a name, and choose a location.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img31](images/imcc31.png)
+    ![iMCC img32](images/imcc32.png)
+
+3.  Choose a **Generation 2** VM, and specify the startup memory. You can't change the VM generation 2 later.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img33](images/imcc33.png)
+    ![iMCC img34](images/imcc34.png)
+
+4.  Choose the network adapter.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img35](images/imcc35.png)
+
+5.  Set the virtual hard disk parameters. You should specify enough space for the OS and the content that will be cached. That example below allocates one terabyte.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img36](images/imcc36.png)
+
+6.  Install from the ISO for Ubuntu 20.04 LTS that you downloaded.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img37](images/imcc37.png)
+
+7.  Finish the creation of the Ubuntu VM.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img38](images/imcc38.png)
+
+8.  Before you start the Ubuntu VM make sure secure boot is **disabled** and that you have allocated multiple cores to the VM. The example below has allocated 12, but your configuration may vary.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img39](images/imcc39.png)
+    ![iMCC img40](images/imcc40.png)
+    ![iMCC img41](images/imcc41.png)
+
+9.  Start the VM and choose the option that will Install Ubuntu. Choose your default language.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img42](images/imcc42.png)
+    ![iMCC img43](images/imcc43.png)
+
+10. Choose the options you wish for installing updates and third party hardware. In the example below, we have chosen to download updates and install
+    third party software drivers.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img44](images/imcc44.png)
+
+11. If you had a previous version of Ubuntu installed, we recommend erasing and installing Ubuntu 16.04. Choose your time zone, and keyboard layout.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img45](images/imcc45.png)
+    ![iMCC img46](images/imcc46.png)
+    ![iMCC img47](images/imcc47.png)
+    ![iMCC img48](images/imcc48.png)
+
+12. Choose your username, a name for your computer, and a password. Remember, everything is case sensitive in Linux. You'll be asked to reboot in order to complete the installation.  
+    
+    ![iMCC img49](images/imcc49.png)
+    ![iMCC img50](images/imcc50.png)
+
+13. **Important**: When prompted with the option to upgrade, decline.
+
+    ![iMCC img51](images/imcc51.png)
+    ![iMCC img52](images/imcc52.png)
+
+Your Ubuntu VM should now be ready to [Install MCC](#install-mcc).
+
+### IoT Edge runtime
+
+The Azure IoT Edge runtime enables custom and cloud logic on IoT Edge devices. The runtime sits on the IoT Edge device, and performs management and communication operations. The runtime performs several functions:
+
+-   Installs and update workloads (Docker containers) on the device.
+-   Maintains Azure IoT Edge security standards on the device.
+-   Ensures that IoT Edge modules (Docker containers) are always running.
+-   Reports module (Docker containers) health to the cloud for remote
+    monitoring.
+-   Manages communication between an IoT Edge device and the cloud.
+
+For more information on Azure IoT Edge, please see the [Azure IoT Edge documentation](/azure/iot-edge/about-iot-edge).
+
+## Also see
+
+[Microsoft Connected Cache for Enterprise and Education](mcc-enterprise.md)
            
+[Introducing Microsoft Connected Cache](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/introducing-microsoft-connected-cache-microsoft-s-cloud-managed/ba-p/963898)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md b/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
similarity index 99%
rename from windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
rename to windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
index 9ae67c4eed..d3311ce5e8 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 - Windows 10
 - Windows 11
 
-> **Looking for more Group Policy settings?** See the master spreadsheet available at the [Download Center](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=103506).
+> **Looking for more Group Policy settings?** See the master spreadsheet available at the [Download Center](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=103506).
 
 There are a great many details you can set in Delivery Optimization to customize it to do just what you need it to. This topic summarizes them for your reference. If you just need an overview of Delivery Optimization, see [Delivery Optimization for Windows client updates](waas-delivery-optimization.md). If you need information about setting up Delivery Optimization, including tips for the best settings in different scenarios, see [Set up Delivery Optimization for Windows client updates](waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md).
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md b/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md
similarity index 86%
rename from windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md
rename to windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md
index b5df600cef..5408351bda 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ You will find the Delivery Optimization settings in Group Policy under **Compute
 
 Starting with Microsoft Intune version 1902, you can set many Delivery Optimization policies as a profile, which you can then apply to groups of devices. For more information, see [Delivery Optimization settings in Microsoft Intune](/intune/delivery-optimization-windows))
 
-**Starting with Windows 10, version 1903,** you can use the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Tenant ID as a means to define groups. To do this set the value for DOGroupIdSource to its new maximum value of 5.
+**Starting with Windows 10, version 1903**, you can use the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Tenant ID as a means to define groups. To do this set the value for DOGroupIdSource to its new maximum value of 5.
 
 ## Recommended Delivery Optimization settings
 
@@ -121,28 +121,74 @@ To do this with MDM, go to **.Vendor/MSFT/Policy/Config/DeliveryOptimization/**
 | Key | Value |
 | --- | --- |
 | File ID | A GUID that identifies the file being processed |
-| Priority | Priority of the download; values are **foreground** or **background** |
 | FileSize | Size of the file |
+| FileSizeInCache | Size of the file in the cache |
 | TotalBytesDownloaded | The number of bytes from any source downloaded so far |
 | PercentPeerCaching |The percentage of bytes downloaded from peers versus over HTTP |
 | BytesFromPeers | Total bytes downloaded from peer devices (sum of bytes downloaded from LAN, Group, and Internet Peers) |
 | BytesfromHTTP | Total number of bytes received over HTTP |
-| DownloadDuration | Total download time in seconds |
 | Status | Current state of the operation. Possible values are: **Downloading** (download in progress); **Complete** (download completed, but is not uploading yet); **Caching** (download completed successfully and is ready to upload or uploading); **Paused** (download/upload paused by caller) |
+| Priority | Priority of the download; values are **foreground** or **background** |
+| BytesFromCacheServer | Total number of bytes received from cache server |
+| BytesFromLanPeers | Total number of bytes received from peers found on the LAN |
+| BytesFromGroupPeers | Total number of bytes received from peers found in the group |
+| BytesFromInternetPeers | Total number of bytes received from internet peers |
+| BytesToLanPeers | Total number of bytes delivered from peers found on the LAN |
+| BytesToGroupPeers | Total number of bytes delivered from peers found in the group  |
+| BytesToInternetPeers | Total number of bytes delivered from peers found on the LAN  |
+| DownloadDuration | Total download time in seconds |
+| HttpConnectionCount |  |
+| LanConnectionCount |  |
+| GroupConnectionCount |  |
+| InternetConnectionCount |  |
+| DownloadMode |  |
+| SourceURL | Http source for the file |
+| CacheHost | IP address for the cache server |
 | NumPeers | Indicates the total number of peers returned from the service. |
 | PredefinedCallerApplication | Indicates the last caller that initiated a request for the file. |
 | ExpireOn | The target expiration date and time for the file. |
-| Pinned | A yes/no value indicating whether an item has been "pinned" in the cache (see `setDeliveryOptmizationStatus`). |
+| IsPinned | A yes/no value indicating whether an item has been "pinned" in the cache (see `setDeliveryOptmizationStatus`). |
 
 `Get-DeliveryOptimizationPerfSnap` returns a list of key performance data:
 
-- Number of files downloaded
-- Number of files uploaded
-- Total bytes downloaded
-- Total bytes uploaded
-- Average transfer size (download); that is, the number bytes downloaded divided by the number of files
-- Average transfer size (upload); the number of bytes uploaded divided by the number of files
-- Peer efficiency; same as PercentPeerCaching
+| Key | Value |
+| --- | --- |
+| FilesDownloaded | Number of files downloaded |
+| FilesUploaded | Number of files uploaded |
+| Files | |
+| TotalBytesDownloaded | Total bytes downloaded |
+| TotalBytesUploaded | Total bytes uploaded |
+| AverageDownloadSize | Average transfer size (download); that is, the number bytes downloaded divided by the number of files |
+| AverageUploadSize | Average transfer size (upload); the number of bytes uploaded divided by the number of files |
+| DownloadMode | Delivery Optimization Download mode used to deliver file |
+| CacheSizeBytes |  |
+| TotalDiskBytes |  |
+| AvailableDiskBytes |  |
+| CpuUsagePct |  |
+| MemUsageKB |  |
+| NumberOfPeers |  |
+| CacheHostConnections |  |
+| CdnConnections |  |
+| LanConnections |  |
+| LinkLocalConnections |  |
+| GroupConnections |  |
+| InternetConnections |  |
+| DownlinkBps |  |
+| DownlinkUsageBps |  |
+| UplinkBps |  |
+| UplinkUsageBps |  |
+| ForegroundDownloadRatePct |  |
+| BackgroundDownloadRatePct |  |
+| UploadRatePct |  |
+| UplinkUsageBps |  |
+| ForegroundDownloadRatePct |  |
+| BackgroundDownloadRatePct |  |
+| UploadRatePct |  |
+| UploadCount |  |
+| ForegroundDownloadCount |  |
+| ForegroundDownloadsPending |  |
+| BackgroundDownloadCount |  |
+| BackgroundDownloadsPending |  |
 
 Using the `-Verbose` option returns additional information:
 
@@ -188,9 +234,9 @@ With no options, this cmdlet returns these data:
 - total number of files
 - number of foreground files
 - minimum file size for it to be cached
-- number of eligible files
-- number of files with peers
-- number of peering files [how different from the above?]
+- number of eligible (larger than the minimum size for peering) files
+- number of files that found peers
+- number of peering files (the number of files that got at least 1 byte from peers)
 - overall efficiency
 - efficiency in the peered files
 
@@ -221,7 +267,7 @@ Update Compliance provides you with information about your Delivery Optimization
 
 [[DO status](images/UC_workspace_DO_status.png)](images/UC_workspace_DO_status.png#lightbox)
 
-For details, see [Delivery Optimization in Update Compliance](update-compliance-delivery-optimization.md).
+For details, see [Delivery Optimization in Update Compliance](../update/update-compliance-delivery-optimization.md).
 
 ## Troubleshooting
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization.md b/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization.md
similarity index 79%
rename from windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization.md
rename to windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization.md
index c5e770a342..25a9c49bfe 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/waas-delivery-optimization.md
@@ -28,22 +28,12 @@ ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 
 Windows updates, upgrades, and applications can contain packages with large files. Downloading and distributing updates can consume quite a bit of network resources on the devices receiving them. You can use Delivery Optimization to reduce bandwidth consumption by sharing the work of downloading these packages among multiple devices in your deployment. Delivery Optimization is a cloud-managed solution that allows clients to download those packages from alternate sources (such as other peers on the network) in addition to the traditional Internet-based servers. You can use Delivery Optimization with Windows Update, Windows Server Update Services (WSUS), Windows Update for Business, or Microsoft Endpoint Manager (when installation of Express Updates is enabled).  
 
- Access to the Delivery Optimization cloud services and the Internet, are both requirements for using the peer-to-peer functionality of Delivery Optimization.
+Access to the Delivery Optimization cloud services and the Internet, are both requirements for using the peer-to-peer functionality of Delivery Optimization.
 
 For information about setting up Delivery Optimization, including tips for the best settings in different scenarios, see [Set up Delivery Optimization](waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md). For a comprehensive list of all Delivery Optimization settings, see [Delivery Optimization reference](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md).
 
->[!NOTE]
->WSUS can also use [BranchCache](waas-branchcache.md) for content sharing and caching. If Delivery Optimization is enabled on devices that use BranchCache, Delivery Optimization will be used instead.
-
-## New in Windows 10, version 20H2 and Windows 11
-
-- New peer selection options: Currently the available options include: 0 = None, 1 = Subnet mask, and 2 = Local Peer Discovery. The subnet mask option applies to both Download Modes LAN (1) and Group (2). If Group mode is set, Delivery Optimization will connect to locally discovered peers that are also part of the same Group (have the same Group ID)."
-- Local Peer Discovery: a new option for **[Restrict Peer Selection By](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#select-a-method-to-restrict-peer-selection)** (in Group Policy) or **DORestrictPeerSelectionBy** (in MDM). This option restricts the discovery of local peers using the DNS-SD protocol. When you set Option 2, Delivery Optimization will restrict peer selection to peers that are locally discovered (using DNS-SD). If Group mode is enabled, Delivery Optimization will connect to locally discovered peers that are also part of the same group, for those devices with the same Group ID).
-
 > [!NOTE]
-> The Local Peer Discovery (DNS-SD, [RFC 6763](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6763)) option can only be set via MDM delivered policies on Windows 11 builds. This feature can be enabled in supported Windows 10 builds by setting the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\DeliveryOptimization\DORestrictPeerSelectionBy` value to **2**. For more information, see [Delivery Optimization reference](/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md).
-
-- Starting with Windows 11, the Bypass option of [Download Mode](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) is no longer used.
+> WSUS can also use [BranchCache](../update/waas-branchcache.md) for content sharing and caching. If Delivery Optimization is enabled on devices that use BranchCache, Delivery Optimization will be used instead.
 
 ## Requirements
 
@@ -113,3 +103,7 @@ To gain a deeper understanding of the Delivery Optimization client-service commu
 ## Delivery Optimization reference
 
 For a complete list of Delivery Optimization settings, see [Delivery Optimization reference](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md).
+
+## New in Windows 10, version 20H2 and Windows 11
+
+See [What's new in Delivery Optimization](whats-new-do.md)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md b/windows/deployment/do/waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9126dea4e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+---
+title: Microsoft Connected Cache overview
+manager: dougeby
+description: This article provides information about Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC), a software-only caching solution.
+keywords: oms, operations management suite, wdav, updates, downloads, log analytics
+ms.prod: w10
+ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
+audience: itpro
+author: carmenf
+ms.localizationpriority: medium
+ms.author: carmenf
+ms.collection:
+- M365-modern-desktop
+- m365initiative-coredeploy
+- highpri
+ms.topic: article
+ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
+---
+
+# Microsoft Connected Cache overview
+
+**Applies to**
+
+- Windows 10
+- Windows 11
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> Microsoft Connected Cache is currently a private preview feature. During this phase we invite customers to take part in early access for testing purposes. This phase does not include formal support, and should not be used for production workloads. For more information, see [Supplemental Terms of Use for Microsoft Azure Previews](https://azure.microsoft.com/support/legal/preview-supplemental-terms/).
+
+Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) preview is a software-only caching solution that delivers Microsoft content within Enterprise networks. MCC can be deployed to as many bare-metal servers or VMs as needed, and is managed from a cloud portal. Cache nodes are created in the cloud portal and are configured by applying the client policy using management tools such as Intune.
+
+MCC is a hybrid (mix of on-prem and cloud resources) SaaS solution built as an Azure IoT Edge module and Docker compatible Linux container deployed to your Windows devices. The Delivery Optimization team chose IoT Edge for Linux on Windows (EFLOW) as a secure, reliable container management infrastructure. EFLOW is a Linux virtual machine, based on Microsoft's first party CBL-Mariner operating system. It’s built with the IoT Edge runtime and validated as a tier 1 supported environment for IoT Edge workloads. MCC will be a Linux IoT Edge module running on the Windows Host OS.  
+
+Even though your MCC scenario is not related to IoT, Azure IoT Edge is used as a more generic Linux container deployment and management infrastructure. The Azure IoT Edge runtime sits on your designated MCC device and performs management and communication operations. The runtime performs several functions important to manage MCC on your edge device:
+
+1. Installs and updates MCC on your edge device.
+2. Maintains Azure IoT Edge security standards on your edge device.
+3. Ensures that MCC is always running.
+4. Reports MCC health and usage to the cloud for remote monitoring.
+  
+To deploy a functional MCC to your device, you must obtain the necessary keys to provision the Connected Cache instance that communicates with Delivery Optimization services, and enable the device to cache and deliver content. The architecture of MCC is described below.
+  
+For more details information on Azure IoT Edge, please see the Azure IoT Edge [documentation](/azure/iot-edge/about-iot-edge).
+
+## How MCC Works  
+
+1. The Azure Management Portal is used to create MCC nodes.
+2. The MCC container is deployed and provisioned to the server using the installer provided in the portal.
+3. Client policy is set in your management solution to point to the IP address or FQDN of the cache server.
+4. Microsoft end-user devices make range requests for content from the MCC node.
+5. The MCC node pulls content from the CDN, seeds its local cache stored on disk, and delivers the content to the client.
+6. Subsequent requests from end-user devices for content will now come from cache.
+7. If the MCC node is unavailable, the client will pull content from CDN to ensure uninterrupted service for your subscribers.
+
+See the following diagram.
+
+![MCC Overview](images/waas-mcc-diag-overview.png#lightbox)
+
+For more information about MCC, see the following articles:
+- [Microsoft Connected Cache for Enterprise and Education](mcc-enterprise.md)
+- [Microsoft Connected Cache for ISPs](mcc-isp.md)
+
+## Also see
+
+[Introducing Microsoft Connected Cache](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/introducing-microsoft-connected-cache-microsoft-s-cloud-managed/ba-p/963898)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md b/windows/deployment/do/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md
similarity index 86%
rename from windows/deployment/update/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md
rename to windows/deployment/do/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md
index 3b6d5aeee1..794b51ee2b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Optimize Windows update delivery
 description: Two methods of peer-to-peer content distribution are available, Delivery Optimization and BranchCache.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Two methods of peer-to-peer content distribution are available.
 
     Windows Update, Windows Update for Business, and Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) can use Delivery Optimization. Delivery Optimization can significantly reduce the amount of network traffic to external Windows Update sources as well as the time it takes for clients to retrieve the updates.
 
-- [BranchCache](waas-branchcache.md) is a bandwidth optimization technology that is included in some editions of Windows Server 2016 and Windows operating systems, as well as in some editions of Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2012, Windows 8, Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows 7.
+- [BranchCache](../update/waas-branchcache.md) is a bandwidth optimization technology that is included in some editions of Windows Server 2016 and Windows operating systems, as well as in some editions of Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2012, Windows 8, Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows 7.
 
     >[!NOTE]
     >Full BranchCache functionality is supported in Windows 10 Enterprise and Education; Windows 10 Pro supports some BranchCache functionality, including BITS transfers used for servicing operations.
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Windows client quality update downloads can be large because every package conta
 
   Express update delivery is available on [all support versions of WSUS](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc708456(v=ws.10)).
 - **Express on devices directly connected to Windows Update**
-- **Enterprise devices managed using [Windows Update for Business](waas-manage-updates-wufb.md)** also get the benefit of Express update delivery support without any change in configuration.
+- **Enterprise devices managed using [Windows Update for Business](../update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md)** also get the benefit of Express update delivery support without any change in configuration.
 
 ### How Express download works
 
@@ -89,11 +89,9 @@ At this point, the download is complete and the update is ready to be installed.
 
 |  |  |
 | --- | --- |
-| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Learn about updates and servicing channels](waas-overview.md) |
-| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Prepare servicing strategy for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md) |
-| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Build deployment rings for Windows client updates](waas-deployment-rings-windows-10-updates.md) |
-| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Assign devices to servicing channels for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md) |
+| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Learn about updates and servicing channels](../update/waas-overview.md) |
+| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Prepare servicing strategy for Windows client updates](../update/waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md) |
+| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Build deployment rings for Windows client updates](../update/waas-deployment-rings-windows-10-updates.md) |
+| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Assign devices to servicing channels for Windows client updates](../update/waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md) |
 | ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | Optimize update delivery for Windows 10 updates (this topic) |
-| ![to do.](images/checklistbox.gif) | [Deploy updates using Windows Update for Business](waas-manage-updates-wufb.md)
            or [Deploy Windows client updates using Windows Server Update Services](waas-manage-updates-wsus.md)
            or [Deploy Windows client updates using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/manage-windows-as-a-service) |
-
-
+| ![to do.](images/checklistbox.gif) | [Deploy updates using Windows Update for Business](../update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md)
            or [Deploy Windows client updates using Windows Server Update Services](../update/waas-manage-updates-wsus.md)
            or [Deploy Windows client updates using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/manage-windows-as-a-service) |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/do/whats-new-do.md b/windows/deployment/do/whats-new-do.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1cd1edb98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/deployment/do/whats-new-do.md
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+---
+title: What's new in Delivery Optimization
+manager: dougeby
+description: What's new in Delivery Optimization, a peer-to-peer distribution method in Windows 10 and Windows 11.
+keywords: oms, operations management suite, wdav, updates, downloads, log analytics, mcc, do, delivery, connected cache
+ms.prod: w10
+ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
+audience: itpro
+author: carmenf
+ms.localizationpriority: medium
+ms.author: carmenf
+ms.collection:
+- M365-modern-desktop
+- m365initiative-coredeploy
+- highpri
+ms.topic: article
+ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
+---
+
+# What's new in Delivery Optimization 
+
+**Applies to**
+
+- Windows 10
+- Windows 11
+
+## Microsoft Connected Cache (private preview)
+
+Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) is a software-only caching solution that delivers Microsoft content within Enterprise networks. MCC can be deployed to as many bare-metal servers or VMs as needed, and is managed from a cloud portal. Cache nodes are created in the cloud portal and are configured by applying the client policy using management tools such as Intune.
+
+For more information about MCC, see [Microsoft Connected Cache overview](waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md).
+
+## New in Delivery Optimization for Windows 10, version 20H2 and Windows 11
+
+- New peer selection options: Currently the available options include: 0 = None, 1 = Subnet mask, and 2 = Local Peer Discovery. The subnet mask option applies to both Download Modes LAN (1) and Group (2). If Group mode is set, Delivery Optimization will connect to locally discovered peers that are also part of the same Group (have the same Group ID)."
+- Local Peer Discovery: a new option for **[Restrict Peer Selection By](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#select-a-method-to-restrict-peer-selection)** (in Group Policy) or **DORestrictPeerSelectionBy** (in MDM). This option restricts the discovery of local peers using the DNS-SD protocol. When you set Option 2, Delivery Optimization will restrict peer selection to peers that are locally discovered (using DNS-SD). If Group mode is enabled, Delivery Optimization will connect to locally discovered peers that are also part of the same group, for those devices with the same Group ID).
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> The Local Peer Discovery (DNS-SD, [RFC 6763](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6763)) option can only be set via MDM delivered policies on Windows 11 builds. This feature can be enabled in supported Windows 10 builds by setting the `HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Policies\Microsoft\Windows\DeliveryOptimization\DORestrictPeerSelectionBy` value to **2**. For more information, see [Delivery Optimization reference](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md).
+
+- Starting with Windows 11, the Bypass option of [Download Mode](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) is no longer used.
+
+
diff --git a/windows/deployment/docfx.json b/windows/deployment/docfx.json
index b33480ce11..2af5bf6390 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/deployment/docfx.json
@@ -35,12 +35,11 @@
     "externalReference": [],
     "globalMetadata": {
       "recommendations": true,
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "audience": "ITPro",
       "ms.topic": "article",
-      "ms.author": "greglin",
       "feedback_system": "GitHub",
       "feedback_github_repo": "MicrosoftDocs/windows-itpro-docs",
       "feedback_product_url": "https://support.microsoft.com/help/4021566/windows-10-send-feedback-to-microsoft-with-feedback-hub-app",
diff --git a/windows/deployment/index.yml b/windows/deployment/index.yml
index 314d9aa780..bb24db00ba 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/index.yml
+++ b/windows/deployment/index.yml
@@ -13,9 +13,10 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection:
     - windows-10
     - highpri
-  author: greg-lindsay #Required; your GitHub user alias, with correct capitalization.
-  ms.author: greglin #Required; microsoft alias of author; optional team alias.
-  ms.date: 06/24/2021 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
+  ms.date: 02/08/2022 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
   localization_priority: medium
     
 # linkListType: architecture | concept | deploy | download | get-started | how-to-guide | learn | overview | quickstart | reference | tutorial | video | whats-new
@@ -48,6 +49,8 @@ landingContent:
             url: update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md
           - text: Prepare for Zero Touch Installation of Windows 10 with Configuration Manager
             url: deploy-windows-cm/prepare-for-zero-touch-installation-of-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md
+          - text: Set up Delivery Optimization for Windows client updates
+            url: do/index.yml
 
   # Card (optional)
   - title: Deploy
diff --git a/windows/deployment/mbr-to-gpt.md b/windows/deployment/mbr-to-gpt.md
index 315c9d9867..d3f1d72f64 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/mbr-to-gpt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/mbr-to-gpt.md
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 02/13/2018
 manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/act-technical-reference.md b/windows/deployment/planning/act-technical-reference.md
index 0226ea23b4..65ab59f764 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/act-technical-reference.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/act-technical-reference.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT) Technical Reference (Windows 10)
 description: The Microsoft Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT) helps you see if the apps and devices in your org are compatible with different versions of Windows.
 ms.assetid: d90d38b2-2718-4481-90eb-4480719627ba
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ At the same time, we've kept the Standard User Analyzer tool, which helps you te
 |------|------------|
 |[Standard User Analyzer (SUA) User's Guide](sua-users-guide.md) |The Standard User Analyzer (SUA) helps you test your applications and monitor API calls to detect compatibility issues related to the User Account Control (UAC) feature in Windows. |
 |[Compatibility Administrator User's Guide](compatibility-administrator-users-guide.md) |The Compatibility Administrator tool helps you resolve potential application-compatibility issues before deploying a new version of Windows to your organization. |
-|[Compatibility Fixes for Windows 10, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista](compatibility-fixes-for-windows-8-windows-7-and-windows-vista.md) |You can fix some compatibility issues that are due to the changes made between Windows operating system versions. These issues can include User Account Control (UAC) restrictions. |
\ No newline at end of file
+|[Compatibility Fixes for Windows 10, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista](compatibility-fixes-for-windows-8-windows-7-and-windows-vista.md) |You can fix some compatibility issues that are due to the changes made between Windows operating system versions. These issues can include User Account Control (UAC) restrictions. |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/applying-filters-to-data-in-the-sua-tool.md b/windows/deployment/planning/applying-filters-to-data-in-the-sua-tool.md
index 3ad9a31c4c..44652ad790 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/applying-filters-to-data-in-the-sua-tool.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/applying-filters-to-data-in-the-sua-tool.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Applying Filters to Data in the SUA Tool (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to apply filters to results from the Standard User Analyzer (SUA) tool while testing your application.
 ms.assetid: 48c39919-3501-405d-bcf5-d2784cbb011f
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -47,4 +47,4 @@ On the user interface for the Standard User Analyzer (SUA) tool, you can apply f
     |**Warn Before Deleting AppVerifier Logs**|Displays a warning message before the SUA tool deletes all of the existing SUA-related log files on the computer.
            This command is selected by default.|
     |**Logging**|Provides the following logging-related options:
            • Show or hide log errors.
            • Show or hide log warnings.
            • Show or hide log information.
            To maintain a manageable file size, we recommend that you do not select the option to show informational messages.|
     
-   
\ No newline at end of file
+   
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/available-data-types-and-operators-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/available-data-types-and-operators-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index 2db04e673e..a18ef827ca 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/available-data-types-and-operators-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/available-data-types-and-operators-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Available Data Types and Operators in Compatibility Administrator (Window
 description: The Compatibility Administrator tool provides a way to query your custom-compatibility databases.
 ms.assetid: 67d9c03e-ab9d-4fda-8a55-8c5b90266d3b
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/best-practice-recommendations-for-windows-to-go.md b/windows/deployment/planning/best-practice-recommendations-for-windows-to-go.md
index c618841341..0794a35f0b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/best-practice-recommendations-for-windows-to-go.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/best-practice-recommendations-for-windows-to-go.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Best practice recommendations for Windows To Go (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about best practice recommendations for using Windows To Go, like using a USB 3.0 port with Windows to Go if it's available.
 ms.assetid: 05e6e0ab-94ed-4c0c-a195-0abd006f0a86
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: best practices, USB, device, boot
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: mobility
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-administrator-users-guide.md b/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-administrator-users-guide.md
index f0d03186b1..7b81a26b48 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-administrator-users-guide.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-administrator-users-guide.md
@@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
 title: Compatibility Administrator User's Guide (Windows 10)
 ms.assetid: 0ce05f66-9009-4739-a789-60f3ce380e76
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: The Compatibility Administrator tool helps you resolve potential application-compatibility issues before deploying a new version of Windows.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-mar2020
 ---
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ ms.custom: seo-marvel-mar2020
 - Windows Server 2012
 - Windows Server 2008 R2
 
-The Compatibility Administrator tool helps you resolve potential application-compatibility issues before deploying a new version of Windows to your organization. Compatibility Administrator provides the following:
+The Compatibility Administrator tool helps you resolve potential application-compatibility issues before deploying a new version of Windows to your organization. Compatibility Administrator provides:
 
 - Compatibility fixes, compatibility modes, and AppHelp messages that you can use to resolve specific compatibility issues.
 
@@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ The following flowchart shows the steps for using the Compatibility Administrato
 |--- |--- |
 |[Using the Compatibility Administrator Tool](using-the-compatibility-administrator-tool.md)|This section provides information about using the Compatibility Administrator tool.|
 |[Managing Application-Compatibility Fixes and Custom Fix Databases](managing-application-compatibility-fixes-and-custom-fix-databases.md)|This section provides information about managing your application-compatibility fixes and custom-compatibility fix databases. This section explains the reasons for using compatibility fixes and how to deploy custom-compatibility fix databases.|
-|[Using the Sdbinst.exe Command-Line Tool](using-the-sdbinstexe-command-line-tool.md)|You must deploy your customized database (.Sdb) files to other computers in your organization before your compatibility fixes, compatibility modes, and AppHelp messages are applied. You can deploy your customized database files in several ways. Including, by using a logon script, by using Group Policy, or by performing file copy operations.|
\ No newline at end of file
+|[Using the Sdbinst.exe Command-Line Tool](using-the-sdbinstexe-command-line-tool.md)|Ensure that you deploy your customized database (.Sdb) files to other computers in your organization before your compatibility fixes, compatibility modes, and AppHelp messages are applied. You can deploy your customized database files in several ways, including, by using a logon script, by using Group Policy, or by performing file copy operations.|
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-fix-database-management-strategies-and-deployment.md b/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-fix-database-management-strategies-and-deployment.md
index 18f52b5803..6ca2e8566d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-fix-database-management-strategies-and-deployment.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-fix-database-management-strategies-and-deployment.md
@@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
 title: Compatibility Fix Database Management Strategies and Deployment (Windows 10)
 ms.assetid: fdfbf02f-c4c4-4739-a400-782204fd3c6c
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
-description: Learn about deploying your compatibility fixes as part of an application-installation package or through a centralized compatibility-fix database.
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
+description: Learn how to deploy your compatibility fixes into an application-installation package or through a centralized compatibility-fix database.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-mar2020
@@ -28,40 +28,43 @@ ms.custom: seo-marvel-mar2020
 -   Windows Server 2012
 -   Windows Server 2008 R2
 
-After you determine that you will use compatibility fixes in your application-compatibility mitigation strategy, you must define a strategy to manage your custom compatibility-fix database. Typically, you can use one of two approaches:
+To use fixes in application-compatibility mitigation strategy, define a strategy to manage your custom compatibility-fix database. Typically, you can use one of the two following approaches:
 
 -   Deploying your compatibility fixes as part of an application-installation package.
 
 -   Deploying your compatibility fixes through a centralized compatibility-fix database.
 
-Regardless of which approach you decide to use in your organization, Microsoft provides the following general recommendations for improving the management of your custom compatibility-fix databases:
+Microsoft provides general recommends the following remedies for improving the management of your custom compatibility-fix databases.
 
--   **Define standards for when you will apply compatibility fixes.**
+> [!NOTE]
+> These recommendations are not based on irrespective of the approach you decide to use. The following are the general recommendations.
 
-    You must define the standards and scenarios for using compatibility fixes, based on your specific business and technology needs.
+-   **Define standards for when you will apply compatibility fixes**
 
--   **Define standards for your custom compatibility-fix databases.**
+    Ensure that the standards and scenarios for using compatibility fixes are defined, based on your specific business and technology needs.
 
-    You must define how to associate your compatibility fixes to particular applications. For example, you might want to ensure that your compatibility fixes always include a version check, so that a fix will not be applied to newer versions of your applications.
+-   **Define standards for your custom compatibility-fix databases**
 
--   **Define your resources responsible for addressing questions and enforcing your standards.**
+     Compatibility fixes must include a version check, so that mapping to particular applications becomes easy. Ensure that your compatibility fixes always, so that the fix won't be applied to newer versions of your applications.
 
-    You must determine who will be responsible for staying current with the technology and standards related to your compatibility fixes and custom compatibility-fix databases. As your databases are managed over time, you must ensure that someone in your organization stays current with the relevant technology.
+-   **Define your resources responsible for addressing questions and enforcing your standards**
+
+    Ensure you determine who will be responsible for staying current with the technology and standards that are related to your compatibility fixes and custom compatibility-fix databases. As your databases are managed over time, ensure that someone in your organization stays current with the relevant technology.
 
 ## Strategies for Deploying Your Compatibility Fixes
 
 
-We recommend that you use one of two strategies to deploy your compatibility fixes into your organization. They are:
+We recommend the usage of one of the two strategies to deploy your compatibility fixes into your organization. They are:
 
 -   Deploying your compatibility fixes as part of an application-installation package.
 
 -   Deploying your compatibility fixes through a centralized compatibility-fix database.
 
-You must determine which method best meets your organization's deployment needs.
+Determine which method best meets your organization's deployment needs.
 
 ### Deploying Fixes as Part of an Application-Installation Package
 
-One strategy for deploying compatibility fixes is to create a custom compatibility-fix database that contains a single entry that is applied directly to the application-installation package. While this is the most straightforward method of deployment, it has been shown that this method can become overly complex, especially if you are fixing a large number of applications.
+One strategy to deploy compatibility fixes is to create a custom compatibility-fix database that contains a single entry that is applied directly to the application-installation package. While this method is the most straightforward one for deployment, it has been shown that this method can become overly complex, especially if you are fixing a large number of applications.
 
 If the following considerations apply to your organization, you should avoid this strategy and instead consider using a centralized compatibility-fix database, as described in the next section.
 
@@ -71,7 +74,7 @@ If the following considerations apply to your organization, you should avoid thi
 
 -   **Will you be able to track which applications are installed on which computer?**
 
-    You might determine that your initial set of compatibility fixes is not comprehensive, and that you must deploy an updated version of the compatibility-fix database to resolve the additional issues. If you deployed the initial set by using the application-installation package, you will be required to locate each client computer that is running the application and replace the compatibility fix.
+    You might determine that your initial set of compatibility fixes isn't comprehensive, and that you must deploy an updated version of the compatibility-fix database to resolve the other issues. If you deployed the initial set by using the application-installation package, you'll be required to locate each client computer that is running the application and replace the compatibility fix.
 
 ### Deploying Fixes Through a Centralized Compatibility-Fix Database
 
@@ -79,23 +82,23 @@ The other recommended strategy for deploying compatibility fixes into your organ
 
 This approach tends to work best for organizations that have a well-developed deployment infrastructure in place, with centralized ownership of the process. We recommend that you consider the following before using this approach:
 
--   Does your organization have the tools required to deploy and update a compatibility-fix database for all of the effected computers?
+-   Does your organization have the tools required to deploy and update a compatibility-fix database for all of the affected computers?
 
     If you intend to manage a centralized compatibility-fix database, you must verify that your organization has the required tools to deploy and update all of the affected computers in your organization.
 
 -   Do you have centralized resources that can manage and update the centralized compatibility-fix database?
 
-    You must ensure that you have identified the appropriate owners for the deployment process, for the applications, and for the database updates, in addition to determining the process by which compatibility issues can be deployed to specific computers.
+    Ensure that you've identified the appropriate owners for the deployment process, for the applications, and for the database updates, in addition to determining the process by which compatibility issues can be deployed to specific computers.
 
 ### Merging Centralized Compatibility-Fix Databases
 
-If you decide to use the centralized compatibility-fix database deployment strategy, you can merge any of your individual compatibility-fix databases. This enables you to create a single custom compatibility-fix database that can be used to search for and determine whether Windows® should apply a fix to a specific executable (.exe) file. We recommend merging your databases based on the following process.
+If you decide to use the centralized compatibility-fix database deployment strategy, you can merge any of your individual compatibility-fix databases. This provision enables you to create a single custom compatibility-fix database that can be used to search for and determine whether Windows® should apply a fix to a specific executable (.exe) file. We recommend merging your databases based on the following process.
 
 **To merge your custom-compatibility databases**
 
 1.  Verify that your application-compatibility testers are performing their tests on computers with the latest version of your compatibility-fix database. For example, Custom DB1.
 
-2.  If the tester determines that an application requires an additional compatibility fix that is not a part of the original compatibility-fix database, he or she must create a new custom compatibility database with all of the required information for that single fix. For example, Custom DB2.
+2.  If the tester determines that an application requires an extra compatibility fix that isn't a part of the original compatibility-fix database, the tester must create a new custom compatibility database with all of the required information for that single fix, for example, Custom DB2.
 
 3.  The tester applies the new Custom DB2 information to the application and then tests for both the functionality and integration, to ensure that the compatibility issues are addressed.
 
@@ -114,7 +117,7 @@ If you decide to use the centralized compatibility-fix database deployment strat
 
 Deploying your custom compatibility-fix database into your organization requires you to perform the following actions:
 
-1.  Store your custom compatibility-fix database (.sdb file) in a location that is accessible to all of your organization's computers.
+1.  Store your custom compatibility-fix database (.sib file) in a location that is accessible to all of your organization's computers.
 
 2.  Use the Sdbinst.exe command-line tool to install the custom compatibility-fix database locally.
 
@@ -122,25 +125,25 @@ In order to meet the two requirements above, we recommend that you use one of th
 
 -   **Using a Windows Installer package and a custom script**
 
-    You can package your .sdb file and a custom deployment script into an .msi file, and then deploy the .msi file into your organization.
+    You can package your .sib file and a custom deployment script into a file with the .msi extension, and then deploy the .msi file into your organization.
 
     > [!IMPORTANT]
-    > You must ensure that you mark your custom script so that it does not impersonate the calling user. For example, if you use Microsoft® Visual Basic® Scripting Edition (VBScript), the custom action type would be:
+    > Ensure that you mark your custom script so that it does not impersonate the calling user. For example, if you use Microsoft® Visual Basic® Scripting Edition (VBScript), the custom action type would be:
     >`msidbCustomActionTypeVBScript + msidbCustomActionTypeInScript + msidbCustomActionTypeNoImpersonate = 0x0006 + 0x0400 + 0x0800 = 0x0C06 = 3078 decimal)`
 
 
 -   **Using a network share and a custom script**
 
-You can store your .sdb file on your network share and then call to a script that resides on your specified computers.
+You can store the .sib file on your network share, and then call to a script available on your specified computers.
 
 > [!IMPORTANT]  
-> You must ensure that you call the script at a time when it will receive elevated rights. For example, you should call the script by using computer startup scripts instead of a user logon script. You must also ensure that the installation of the custom compatibility-fix database occurs with Administrator rights.
+> Ensure that you call the script at a time when it can receive elevated rights. For example, you should call the script by using computer startup scripts instead of a user logon script. You must also ensure that the installation of the custom compatibility-fix database occurs with Administrator rights.
 
 
 
-### Example Script for an Installation of the .sdb File based on an .msi File
+### Example Script for installation of .sib File based on .msi File
 
-The following examples show an installation of a custom compatibility-fix database based on an .msi file.
+The following examples show an installation of a custom compatibility-fix database based on a .msi file.
 
 ```
 'InstallSDB.vbs
@@ -161,7 +164,7 @@ End Function
 
 ### Initial Deployment and Updates
 
-Most of your testing of application-compatibility issues will happen prior to the deployment of a new Windows operating system into your environment. As such, a common approach is to include the custom compatibility-fix database, which includes all of your known issues, in your corporate image. Then, as you update your compatibility-fix database, you can provide the updates by using one of the two mechanisms described in the "Deploying Your Custom Compatibility Fix Databases" section earlier in this topic.
+Application-compatibility is tested, from which issues are reported, even before a new Windows operating system is deployed. To handle these issues, include the custom compatibility-fix database, which includes all of your known issues, in your corporate image. Later, update your compatibility-fix database; provide the updates by using one of the two mechanisms that are described in the "Deploying Your Custom Compatibility Fix Databases" section.
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 [Managing Application-Compatibility Fixes and Custom Fix Databases](managing-application-compatibility-fixes-and-custom-fix-databases.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-fixes-for-windows-8-windows-7-and-windows-vista.md b/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-fixes-for-windows-8-windows-7-and-windows-vista.md
index 6f317ff61b..57b2e00924 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-fixes-for-windows-8-windows-7-and-windows-vista.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/compatibility-fixes-for-windows-8-windows-7-and-windows-vista.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Compatibility Fixes for Windows 10, Windows 8, Windows 7, & Windows Vista
 description: Find compatibility fixes for all Windows operating systems that have been released from Windows Vista through Windows 10.
 ms.assetid: cd51c824-557f-462a-83bb-54b0771b7dff
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -169,4 +169,4 @@ The following table lists the known compatibility modes.
 |Compatibility Mode Name|Description|Included Compatibility Fixes|
 |--- |--- |--- |
 |WinSrv03|Emulates the Windows Server 2003 operating system.|
          • Win2k3RTMVersionLie
          • VirtualRegistry
          • ElevateCreateProcess
          • EmulateSorting
          • FailObsoleteShellAPIs
          • LoadLibraryCWD
          • HandleBadPtr
          • GlobalMemoryStatus2GB
          • RedirectMP3Codec
          • EnableLegacyExceptionHandlinginOLE
          • NoGhost
          • HardwareAudioMixer|
-|WinSrv03Sp1|Emulates the Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) operating system.|
          • Win2K3SP1VersionLie
          • VirtualRegistry
          • ElevateCreateProcess
          • EmulateSorting
          • FailObsoleteShellAPIs
          • LoadLibraryCWD
          • HandleBadPtr
          • EnableLegacyExceptionHandlinginOLE
          • RedirectMP3Codec
          • HardwareAudioMixer|
\ No newline at end of file
+|WinSrv03Sp1|Emulates the Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 (SP1) operating system.|
          • Win2K3SP1VersionLie
          • VirtualRegistry
          • ElevateCreateProcess
          • EmulateSorting
          • FailObsoleteShellAPIs
          • LoadLibraryCWD
          • HandleBadPtr
          • EnableLegacyExceptionHandlinginOLE
          • RedirectMP3Codec
          • HardwareAudioMixer|
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/creating-a-custom-compatibility-fix-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/creating-a-custom-compatibility-fix-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index 9a86786070..c1b28533d4 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/creating-a-custom-compatibility-fix-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/creating-a-custom-compatibility-fix-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Creating a Custom Compatibility Fix in Compatibility Administrator (Windo
 description: The Compatibility Administrator tool uses the term fix to describe the combination of compatibility information added to a customized database for a specific application.
 ms.assetid: e4f2853a-0e46-49c5-afd7-0ed12f1fe0c2
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/creating-a-custom-compatibility-mode-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/creating-a-custom-compatibility-mode-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index bb66b25095..bfa50f5280 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/creating-a-custom-compatibility-mode-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/creating-a-custom-compatibility-mode-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Create a Custom Compatibility Mode (Windows 10)
 description: Windows® provides several compatibility modes, groups of compatibility fixes found to resolve many common application-compatibility issues.
 ms.assetid: 661a1c0d-267f-4a79-8445-62a9a98d09b0
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/creating-an-apphelp-message-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/creating-an-apphelp-message-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index c35e379797..3640a3801b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/creating-an-apphelp-message-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/creating-an-apphelp-message-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Create AppHelp Message in Compatibility Administrator (Windows 10)
 description: Create an AppHelp text message with Compatibility Administrator; a message that appears upon starting an app with major issues on the Windows® operating system.
 ms.assetid: 5c6e89f5-1942-4aa4-8439-ccf0ecd02848
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/deployment-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md b/windows/deployment/planning/deployment-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md
index bbc4a4bf6b..397f230051 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/deployment-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/deployment-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Deployment considerations for Windows To Go (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about deployment considerations for Windows To Go, such as the boot experience, deployment methods, and tools that you can use with Windows To Go.
 ms.assetid: dcfc5d96-b96b-44cd-ab65-416b5611c65e
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, mobile, device, USB, boot, image, workspace, driver
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: mobility
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/enabling-and-disabling-compatibility-fixes-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/enabling-and-disabling-compatibility-fixes-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index 6b42e09fe7..bcad4a3136 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/enabling-and-disabling-compatibility-fixes-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/enabling-and-disabling-compatibility-fixes-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Enabling and Disabling Compatibility Fixes in Compatibility Administrator
 description: You can disable and enable individual compatibility fixes in your customized databases for testing and troubleshooting purposes.
 ms.assetid: 6bd4a7c5-0ed9-4a35-948c-c438aa4d6cb6
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/features-lifecycle.md b/windows/deployment/planning/features-lifecycle.md
index ee30d55e62..df0e93d341 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/features-lifecycle.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/features-lifecycle.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -48,4 +48,4 @@ The following terms can be used to describe the status that might be assigned to
 
 ## Also see
 
-[Windows 10 release information](/windows/release-health/release-information)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Windows 10 release information](/windows/release-health/release-information)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/fixing-applications-by-using-the-sua-tool.md b/windows/deployment/planning/fixing-applications-by-using-the-sua-tool.md
index c8cdbe2b03..1f81b6a7ea 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/fixing-applications-by-using-the-sua-tool.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/fixing-applications-by-using-the-sua-tool.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Fixing Applications by Using the SUA Tool (Windows 10)
 description: On the user interface for the Standard User Analyzer (SUA) tool, you can apply fixes to an application.
 ms.assetid: 7f5947b1-977b-4d7e-bb52-fbe8e76f6b8b
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/index.md b/windows/deployment/planning/index.md
index 3452a3fd88..9e06b64d91 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/index.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/index.md
@@ -4,11 +4,12 @@ description: Find resources for your Windows 10 deployment. Windows 10 provides
 ms.assetid: 002F9B79-B50F-40C5-A7A5-0B4770E6EC15
 keywords: deploy, upgrade, update, configure
 ms.prod: w10
-manager: laurawi
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -32,4 +33,4 @@ Windows 10 provides new deployment capabilities, scenarios, and tools by buildi
 - [Upgrade to Windows 10 with MDT](../deploy-windows-mdt/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md)
 - [Upgrade to Windows 10 with Configuration Manager](../deploy-windows-cm/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md)
 - [Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd)
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/installing-and-uninstalling-custom-compatibility-databases-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/installing-and-uninstalling-custom-compatibility-databases-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index e066e2b214..75bd75782f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/installing-and-uninstalling-custom-compatibility-databases-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/installing-and-uninstalling-custom-compatibility-databases-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Install/Uninstall Custom Databases (Windows 10)
 description: The Compatibility Administrator tool enables the creation and the use of custom-compatibility and standard-compatibility databases.
 ms.assetid: 659c9d62-5f32-433d-94aa-12141c01368f
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/managing-application-compatibility-fixes-and-custom-fix-databases.md b/windows/deployment/planning/managing-application-compatibility-fixes-and-custom-fix-databases.md
index 54b272cb6c..242674d390 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/managing-application-compatibility-fixes-and-custom-fix-databases.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/managing-application-compatibility-fixes-and-custom-fix-databases.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Managing Application-Compatibility Fixes and Custom Fix Databases (Window
 description: Learn why you should use compatibility fixes, and how to deploy and manage custom-compatibility fix databases.
 ms.assetid: 9c2e9396-908e-4a36-ad67-2e40452ce017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/prepare-your-organization-for-windows-to-go.md b/windows/deployment/planning/prepare-your-organization-for-windows-to-go.md
index 9d493e6f36..4e1df0cd04 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/prepare-your-organization-for-windows-to-go.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/prepare-your-organization-for-windows-to-go.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Prepare your organization for Windows To Go (Windows 10)
 description: Though Windows To Go is no longer being developed, you can find info here about the the “what”, “why”, and “when” of deployment.
 ms.assetid: f3f3c160-90ad-40a8-aeba-2aedee18f7ff
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: ["mobile, device, USB, deploy"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: mobility
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/searching-for-fixed-applications-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/searching-for-fixed-applications-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index f0e3ef4473..b350133316 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/searching-for-fixed-applications-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/searching-for-fixed-applications-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Searching for Fixed Applications in Compatibility Administrator (Windows
 description: Compatibility Administrator can locate specific executable (.exe) files with previously applied compatibility fixes, compatibility modes, or AppHelp messages.
 ms.assetid: 1051a2dc-0362-43a4-8ae8-07dae39b1cb8
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/searching-for-installed-compatibility-fixes-with-the-query-tool-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/searching-for-installed-compatibility-fixes-with-the-query-tool-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index b225fd6214..62b098d6e5 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/searching-for-installed-compatibility-fixes-with-the-query-tool-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/searching-for-installed-compatibility-fixes-with-the-query-tool-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Searching for Installed Compatibility Fixes with the Query Tool in Compat
 description: You can access the Query tool from within Compatibility Administrator. The Query tool provides the same functionality as using the Search feature.
 ms.assetid: dd213b55-c71c-407a-ad49-33db54f82f22
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ You can export any of your search results into a tab-delimited text (.txt) file
 
 ## Related topics
 
-[Compatibility Administrator User's Guide](compatibility-administrator-users-guide.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Compatibility Administrator User's Guide](compatibility-administrator-users-guide.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/security-and-data-protection-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md b/windows/deployment/planning/security-and-data-protection-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md
index cf91886a29..f2d306f5bd 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/security-and-data-protection-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/security-and-data-protection-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Security and data protection considerations for Windows To Go (Windows 10
 description: Ensure that the data, content, and resources you work with in the Windows To Go workspace are protected and secure.
 ms.assetid: 5f27339f-6761-44f4-8c29-9a25cf8e75fe
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: mobile, device, USB, secure, BitLocker
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: mobility, security
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -30,43 +30,43 @@ One of the most important requirements to consider when you plan your Windows To
 ## Backup and restore
 
 
-As long as you are not saving data on the Windows To Go drive, there is no need for a backup and restore solution for Windows To Go. If you are saving data on the drive and are not using folder redirection and offline files, you should back up all of your data to a network location, such as cloud storage or a network share after each work session. Review the new and improved features described in [Supporting Information Workers with Reliable File Services and Storage](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831495(v=ws.11)) for different solutions you could implement.
+When you don't save data on the Windows To Go drive, you don't need for a backup and restore solution for Windows To Go. If you're saving data on the drive and aren't using folder redirection and offline files, you should back up all of your data to a network location such as cloud storage or a network share, after each work session. Review the new and improved features described in [Supporting Information Workers with Reliable File Services and Storage](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831495(v=ws.11)) for different solutions you could implement.
 
-If the USB drive fails for any reason, the standard process to restore the drive to working condition is to reformat and reprovision the drive with Windows To Go, so all data and customization on the drive will be lost. This is another reason why using roaming user profiles, folder redirection, and offline files with Windows To Go is strongly recommended. For more information, see [Folder Redirection, Offline Files, and Roaming User Profiles overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh848267(v=ws.11)).
+If the USB drive fails for any reason, the standard process to restore the drive to working condition is to reformat and reprovision the drive with Windows To Go, so all data and customization on the drive will be lost. This result is another reason why using roaming user profiles, folder redirection, and offline files with Windows To Go is recommended. For more information, see [Folder Redirection, Offline Files, and Roaming User Profiles overview](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh848267(v=ws.11)).
 
 ## BitLocker
 
 
-We recommend that you use BitLocker with your Windows To Go drives to protect the drive from being compromised if the drive is lost or stolen. When BitLocker is enabled, the user must provide a password to unlock the drive and boot the Windows To Go workspace, this helps prevent unauthorized users from booting the drive and using it to gain access to your network resources and confidential data. Because Windows To Go drives are meant to be roamed between computers, the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) cannot be used by BitLocker to protect the drive. Instead, you will be specifying a password that BitLocker will use for disk encryption and decryption. By default, this password must be eight characters in length and can enforce more strict requirements depending on the password complexity requirements defined by your organizations domain controller.
+We recommend that you use BitLocker with your Windows To Go drives to protect the drive from being compromised if the drive is lost or stolen. When BitLocker is enabled, the user must provide a password to unlock the drive and boot the Windows To Go workspace. This password requirement helps prevent unauthorized users from booting the drive and using it to gain access to your network resources and confidential data. Because Windows To Go drives are meant to be roamed between computers, the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) can't be used by BitLocker to protect the drive. Instead, you'll be specifying a password that BitLocker will use for disk encryption and decryption. By default, this password must be eight characters in length and can enforce more strict requirements depending on the password complexity requirements defined by your organizations domain controller.
 
 You can enable BitLocker while using the Windows To Go Creator wizard as part of the drive provisioning process before first use; or it can be enabled afterward by the user from within the Windows To Go workspace.
 
 **Tip**  
-If the Windows To Go Creator wizard is not able to enable BitLocker, see [Why can't I enable BitLocker from Windows To Go Creator?](windows-to-go-frequently-asked-questions.yml#why-can-t-i-enable-bitlocker-from-windows-to-go-creator-)
+If the Windows To Go Creator wizard isn't able to enable BitLocker, see [Why can't I enable BitLocker from Windows To Go Creator?](windows-to-go-frequently-asked-questions.yml#why-can-t-i-enable-bitlocker-from-windows-to-go-creator-)
 
  
 
-If you are using a host computer running Windows 7 that has BitLocker enabled, you should suspend BitLocker before changing the BIOS settings to boot from USB and then resume BitLocker protection. If BitLocker is not suspended first, the next time the computer is started it will boot into recovery mode.
+When you use a host computer running Windows 7 that has BitLocker enabled, suspend BitLocker before changing the BIOS settings to boot from USB and then resume BitLocker protection. If BitLocker isn't suspended first, the next boot of the computer is in recovery mode.
 
 ## Disk discovery and data leakage
 
 
-We recommend that you use the **NoDefaultDriveLetter** attribute when provisioning the USB drive to help prevent accidental data leakage. **NoDefaultDriveLetter** will prevent the host operating system from assigning a drive letter if a user inserts it into a running computer. This means the drive will not appear in Windows Explorer and an Auto-Play prompt will not be displayed to the user. This reduces the likelihood that an end user will access the offline Windows To Go disk directly from another computer. If you use the Windows To Go Creator to provision a workspace, this attribute will automatically be set for you.
+We recommend that you use the **NoDefaultDriveLetter** attribute when provisioning the USB drive to help prevent accidental data leakage. **NoDefaultDriveLetter** will prevent the host operating system from assigning a drive letter if a user inserts it into a running computer. This prevention means the drive won't appear in Windows Explorer and an Auto-Play prompt won't be displayed to the user. This non-display of the drive and the prompt reduces the likelihood that an end user will access the offline Windows To Go disk directly from another computer. If you use the Windows To Go Creator to provision a workspace, this attribute will automatically be set for you.
 
-To prevent accidental data leakage between Windows To Go and the host system Windows 8 has a new SAN policy—OFFLINE\_INTERNAL - “4” to prevent the operating system from automatically bringing online any internally connected disk. The default configuration for Windows To Go has this policy enabled. It is strongly recommended you do not change this policy to allow mounting of internal hard drives when booted into the Windows To Go workspace. If the internal drive contains a hibernated Windows 8 operating system, mounting the drive will lead to loss of hibernation state and, therefore, user state or any unsaved user data when the host operating system is booted. If the internal drive contains a hibernated Windows 7 or earlier operating system, mounting the drive will lead to corruption when the host operating system is booted.
+To prevent accidental data leakage between Windows To Go and the host system Windows 8 has a new SAN policy—OFFLINE\_INTERNAL - “4” to prevent the operating system from automatically bringing online any internally connected disk. The default configuration for Windows To Go has this policy enabled. It's recommended you do not change this policy to allow mounting of internal hard drives when booted into the Windows To Go workspace. If the internal drive contains a hibernated Windows 8 operating system, mounting the drive will lead to loss of hibernation state and, therefore, user state or any unsaved user data when the host operating system is booted. If the internal drive contains a hibernated Windows 7 or earlier operating system, mounting the drive will lead to corruption when the host operating system is booted.
 
 For more information, see [How to Configure Storage Area Network (SAN) Policy in Windows PE](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh825063(v=win.10)).
 
 ## Security certifications for Windows To Go
 
 
-Windows to Go is a core capability of Windows when it is deployed on the drive and is configured following the guidance for the applicable security certification. Solutions built using Windows To Go can be submitted for more certifications by the solution provider that cover the solution provider’s specific hardware environment. For more information about Windows security certifications, see the following topics.
+Windows to Go is a core capability of Windows when it's deployed on the drive and is configured following the guidance for the applicable security certification. Solutions built using Windows To Go can be submitted for more certifications by the solution provider that cover the solution provider’s specific hardware environment. For more information about Windows security certifications, see the following articles.
 
 -   [Windows Platform Common Criteria Certification](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-platform-common-criteria)
 
 -   [FIPS 140 Evaluation](/windows/security/threat-protection/fips-140-validation)
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 
 
 [Windows To Go: feature overview](windows-to-go-overview.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/showing-messages-generated-by-the-sua-tool.md b/windows/deployment/planning/showing-messages-generated-by-the-sua-tool.md
index 69a2bc6507..550c1b7cb8 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/showing-messages-generated-by-the-sua-tool.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/showing-messages-generated-by-the-sua-tool.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Showing Messages Generated by the SUA Tool (Windows 10)
 description: On the user interface for the Standard User Analyzer (SUA) tool, you can show the messages that the tool has generated.
 ms.assetid: 767eb7f2-d6c4-414c-a7b3-a997337d904a
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/sua-users-guide.md b/windows/deployment/planning/sua-users-guide.md
index d3fad3aced..2936429060 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/sua-users-guide.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/sua-users-guide.md
@@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ description: Learn how to use Standard User Analyzer (SUA). SUA can test your ap
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.assetid: ea525c25-b557-4ed4-b042-3e4d0e543e10
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ You can use Standard User Analyzer (SUA) to test your applications and monitor A
 
 You can use SUA in either of the following ways:
 
--   **Standard User Analyzer Wizard.** A wizard that guides you through a step-by-step process to locate and fix issues, without options for additional analysis.
+-   **Standard User Analyzer Wizard.** A wizard that guides you through a step-by-step process to locate and fix issues, without options for more analysis.
 
 -   **Standard User Analyzer Tool.** A full-function tool in which you can perform in-depth analysis and fix issues.
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ You can use SUA in either of the following ways:
 
 |Topic|Description|
 |--- |--- |
-|[Using the SUA Wizard](using-the-sua-wizard.md)|The Standard User Analyzer (SUA) Wizard works much like the SUA tool to evaluate User Account Control (UAC) issues. However, the SUA Wizard does not offer detailed analysis, and it cannot disable virtualization or elevate your permissions.|
+|[Using the SUA wizard](using-the-sua-wizard.md)|The Standard User Analyzer (SUA) wizard works much like the SUA tool to evaluate User Account Control (UAC) issues. However, the SUA wizard doesn't offer detailed analysis, and it can't disable virtualization or elevate your permissions.|
 |[Using the SUA Tool](using-the-sua-tool.md)|By using the Standard User Analyzer (SUA) tool, you can test your applications and monitor API calls to detect compatibility issues with the User Account Control (UAC) feature.|
 
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/tabs-on-the-sua-tool-interface.md b/windows/deployment/planning/tabs-on-the-sua-tool-interface.md
index b1fcb63b8d..247dae8ef3 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/tabs-on-the-sua-tool-interface.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/tabs-on-the-sua-tool-interface.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Tabs on the SUA Tool Interface (Windows 10)
 description: The tabs in the Standard User Analyzer (SUA) tool show the User Account Control (UAC) issues for the applications that you analyze.
 ms.assetid: 0d705321-1d85-4217-bf2c-0ca231ca303b
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/testing-your-application-mitigation-packages.md b/windows/deployment/planning/testing-your-application-mitigation-packages.md
index c3c759c319..375609958a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/testing-your-application-mitigation-packages.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/testing-your-application-mitigation-packages.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Testing Your Application Mitigation Packages (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to test your application-mitigation packages, including how to report your information and how to resolve any outstanding issues.
 ms.assetid: ae946f27-d377-4db9-b179-e8875d454ccf
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/understanding-and-using-compatibility-fixes.md b/windows/deployment/planning/understanding-and-using-compatibility-fixes.md
index 2c76f871a0..755b66cf80 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/understanding-and-using-compatibility-fixes.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/understanding-and-using-compatibility-fixes.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Understanding and Using Compatibility Fixes (Windows 10)
 description: As the Windows operating system evolves to support new technology and functionality, the implementations of some functions may change.
 ms.assetid: 84bf663d-3e0b-4168-99d6-a26e054821b7
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-compatibility-administrator-tool.md b/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-compatibility-administrator-tool.md
index 8847407f48..991cc5eabc 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-compatibility-administrator-tool.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-compatibility-administrator-tool.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Using the Compatibility Administrator Tool (Windows 10)
 description: This section provides information about using the Compatibility Administrator tool.
 ms.assetid: 57271e47-b9b9-4018-a0b5-7115a533166d
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sdbinstexe-command-line-tool.md b/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sdbinstexe-command-line-tool.md
index 3369ff0c1e..498a0d4424 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sdbinstexe-command-line-tool.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sdbinstexe-command-line-tool.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Using the Sdbinst.exe Command-Line Tool (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to deploy customized database (.sdb) files using the Sdbinst.exe Command-Line Tool. Review a list of command-line options.
 ms.assetid: c1945425-3f8d-4de8-9d2d-59f801f07034
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 -   Windows Server 2012
 -   Windows Server 2008 R2
 
-You must deploy your customized database (.sdb) files to other computers in your organization. That is, before your compatibility fixes, compatibility modes, and AppHelp messages are applied. You can deploy your customized database files in several ways. By using a logon script, by using Group Policy, or by performing file copy operations.
+Deploy your customized database (.sdb) files to other computers in your organization. That is, before your compatibility fixes, compatibility modes, and AppHelp messages are applied. You can deploy your customized database files in several ways. By using a logon script, by using Group Policy, or by performing file copy operations.
 
 After you deploy and store the customized databases on each of your local computers, you must register the database files.
 Until you register the database files, the operating system is unable to identify the available compatibility fixes when starting an application. 
@@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ The following table describes the available command-line options.
 |Option|Description|
 |--- |--- |
 |-?|Displays the Help for the Sdbinst.exe tool.
            For example,
            `sdbinst.exe -?`|
-|-p|Allows SDBs installation with Patches.
            For example,
            `sdbinst.exe -p C:\Windows\AppPatch\Myapp.sdb`|
+|-p|Allows SDBs' installation with Patches.
            For example,
            `sdbinst.exe -p C:\Windows\AppPatch\Myapp.sdb`|
 |-q|Does a silent installation with no visible window, status, or warning information. Fatal errors appear only in Event Viewer (Eventvwr.exe).
            For example,
            `sdbinst.exe -q`|
 |-u *filepath*|Does an uninstallation of the specified database.
            For example,
            `sdbinst.exe -u C:\example.sdb`|
 |-g *GUID*|Specifies the customized database to uninstall by a globally unique identifier (GUID).
            For example,
            `sdbinst.exe -g 6586cd8f-edc9-4ea8-ad94-afabea7f62e3`|
 |-n *"name"*|Specifies the customized database to uninstall by file name.
            For example,
            `sdbinst.exe -n "My_Database"`|
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 
 [Compatibility Administrator User's Guide](compatibility-administrator-users-guide.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sua-tool.md b/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sua-tool.md
index 38f884b93d..7dd26dfa38 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sua-tool.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sua-tool.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Using the SUA Tool (Windows 10)
 description: The Standard User Analyzer (SUA) tool can test applications and monitor API calls to detect compatibility issues with the User Account Control (UAC) feature.
 ms.assetid: ebe52061-3816-47f7-a865-07bc5f405f03
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sua-wizard.md b/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sua-wizard.md
index 4ee4675b0d..408504f26c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sua-wizard.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/using-the-sua-wizard.md
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
 ---
-title: Using the SUA Wizard (Windows 10)
-description: The Standard User Analyzer (SUA) Wizard, although it does not offer deep analysis, works much like the SUA tool to test for User Account Control (UAC) issues.
+title: Using the SUA wizard (Windows 10)
+description: The Standard User Analyzer (SUA) wizard, although it doesn't offer deep analysis, works much like the SUA tool to test for User Account Control (UAC) issues.
 ms.assetid: 29d07074-3de7-4ace-9a54-678af7255d6c
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
-# Using the SUA Wizard
+# Using the SUA wizard
 
 
 **Applies to**
@@ -27,30 +27,30 @@ ms.topic: article
 -   Windows Server 2012
 -   Windows Server 2008 R2
 
-The Standard User Analyzer (SUA) Wizard works much like the SUA tool to evaluate User Account Control (UAC) issues. However, the SUA Wizard does not offer detailed analysis, and it cannot disable virtualization or elevate your permissions.
+The Standard User Analyzer (SUA) wizard works much like the SUA tool to evaluate User Account Control (UAC) issues. However, the SUA wizard doesn't offer detailed analysis, and it can't disable virtualization or elevate your permissions.
 
 For information about the SUA tool, see [Using the SUA Tool](using-the-sua-tool.md).
 
-## Testing an Application by Using the SUA Wizard
+## Testing an Application by Using the SUA wizard
 
 
-You must install Application Verifier before you can use the SUA Wizard. If Application Verifier is not installed on the computer that is running the SUA Wizard, the SUA Wizard notifies you. You must also install the Microsoft® .NET Framework 3.5 or later before you can use the SUA Wizard.
+Install Application Verifier before you can use the SUA wizard. If Application Verifier isn't installed on the computer that is running the SUA wizard, the SUA wizard notifies you. In addition, install the Microsoft® .NET Framework 3.5 or later before you can use the SUA wizard.
 
-The following flowchart shows the process of using the SUA Wizard.
+The following flowchart shows the process of using the SUA wizard.
 
 ![act sua wizard flowchart.](images/dep-win8-l-act-suawizardflowchart.jpg)
 
-**To test an application by using the SUA Wizard**
+**To test an application by using the SUA wizard**
 
-1.  On the computer where the SUA Wizard is installed, log on by using a non-administrator account.
+1.  On the computer where the SUA wizard is installed, sign in by using a non-administrator account.
 
-2.  Run the Standard User Analyzer Wizard.
+2.  Run the Standard User Analyzer wizard.
 
 3.  Click **Browse for Application**, browse to the folder that contains the application that you want to test, and then double-click the executable file for the application.
 
 4.  Click **Launch**.
 
-    If you are prompted, elevate your permissions. The SUA Wizard may require elevation of permissions to correctly diagnose the application.
+    If you're prompted, elevate your permissions. The SUA wizard may require elevation of permissions to correctly diagnose the application.
 
     If a **Permission denied** dialog box appears, click **OK**. The application starts, despite the warning.
 
@@ -58,11 +58,11 @@ The following flowchart shows the process of using the SUA Wizard.
 
 6.  After you finish testing, exit the application.
 
-    The SUA Wizard displays a message that asks whether the application ran without any issues.
+    The SUA wizard displays a message that asks whether the application ran without any issues.
 
 7.  Click **No**.
 
-    The SUA Wizard shows a list of potential remedies that you might use to fix the application.
+    The SUA wizard shows a list of potential remedies that you might use to fix the application.
 
 8.  Select the fixes that you want to apply, and then click **Launch**.
 
@@ -70,15 +70,15 @@ The following flowchart shows the process of using the SUA Wizard.
 
 9.  Test the application again, and after you finish testing, exit the application.
 
-    The SUA Wizard displays a message that asks whether the application ran without any issues.
+    The SUA wizard displays a message that asks whether the application ran without any issues.
 
 10. If the application ran correctly, click **Yes**.
 
-    The SUA Wizard closes the issue as resolved on the local computer.
+    The SUA wizard closes the issue as resolved on the local computer.
 
-    If the remedies do not fix the issue with the application, click **No** again, and the wizard may offer additional remedies. If the additional remedies do not fix the issue, the wizard informs you that there are no more remedies available. For information about how to run the SUA tool for additional investigation, see [Using the SUA Tool](using-the-sua-tool.md).
+    If the remedies don't fix the issue with the application, click **No** again, and the wizard may offer another remedies. If the other remedies don't fix the issue, the wizard informs you that there are no more remedies available. For information about how to run the SUA tool for more investigation, see [Using the SUA Tool](using-the-sua-tool.md).
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 [SUA User's Guide](sua-users-guide.md)
 
  
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/viewing-the-events-screen-in-compatibility-administrator.md b/windows/deployment/planning/viewing-the-events-screen-in-compatibility-administrator.md
index 67a11cd90f..9a7abdef9a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/viewing-the-events-screen-in-compatibility-administrator.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/viewing-the-events-screen-in-compatibility-administrator.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Viewing the Events Screen in Compatibility Administrator (Windows 10)
 description: You can use the Events screen to record and view activities in the Compatibility Administrator tool.
 ms.assetid: f2b2ada4-1b7b-4558-989d-5b52b40454b3
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-compatibility.md b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-compatibility.md
index 1689fef566..a1b074a935 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-compatibility.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-compatibility.md
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ title: Windows 10 compatibility (Windows 10)
 description: Windows 10 will be compatible with most existing PC hardware; most devices running Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 8.1 will meet the requirements for Windows 10.
 ms.assetid: 829BE5B5-330A-4702-807A-8908B4FC94E8
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, upgrade, update, appcompat
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ ms.pagetype: appcompat
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Windows 10 will be compatible with most existing PC hardware; most devices runn
 
 For full system requirements, see [Windows 10 specifications](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=625077). Some driver updates may be required for Windows 10.
 
-Existing desktop (Win32) application compatibility is also expected to be strong, with most existing applications working without any changes. Some applications that interface with Windows at a low level, those that use undocumented APIs, or those that do not follow recommended coding practices could experience issues.
+Existing desktop (Win32) application compatibility is also expected to be strong, with most existing applications working without any changes. Those applications that interface with Windows at a low level, those applications that use undocumented APIs, or those that do not follow recommended coding practices could experience issues.
 
 Existing Windows Store (WinRT) apps created for Windows 8 and Windows 8.1 should also continue to work, because compatibility can be validated against all the apps that have been submitted to the Windows Store.
 
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ For web apps and sites, modern HTML5-based sites should also have a high degree
 ## Recommended application testing process
 
 
-Historically, organizations have performed extensive, and often exhaustive, testing of the applications they use before deployment of a new Windows version, service pack, or any other significant update. With Windows 10, organizations are encouraged to leverage more optimized testing processes, which reflects the higher levels of compatibility that are expected. At a high level:
+Historically, organizations have performed extensive, and often exhaustive, testing of the applications they use before deployment of a new Windows version, service pack, or any other significant update. With Windows 10, organizations are encouraged to use more optimized testing processes, which reflect the higher levels of compatibility that are expected. At a high level:
 
--   Identify mission-critical applications and websites, those that are absolutely essential to the organization’s operations. Focus testing efforts on this subset of applications, early in the Windows development cycle (for example, with Windows Insider Program builds) to identify potential issues. Report any issues you encounter with the Windows Feedback tool, so that these issues can be addressed prior to the next Windows release.
+-   Identify mission-critical applications and websites, those applications and websites that are essential to the organization’s operations. Focus testing efforts on this subset of applications, early in the Windows development cycle (for example, with Windows Insider Program builds) to identify potential issues. Report any issues you encounter with the Windows Feedback tool, so that these issues can be addressed prior to the next Windows release.
 
--   For less critical applications, leverage an “internal flighting” or pilot-based approach, by deploying new Windows upgrades to groups of machines, growing gradually in size and potential impact, to verify compatibility with hardware and software. Reactively address issues before you expand the pilot to more machines.
+-   For less critical applications, apply an “internal flighting” or pilot-based approach, by deploying new Windows upgrades to groups of machines, growing gradually in size and potential impact, to verify compatibility with hardware and software. Reactively address issues before you expand the pilot to more machines.
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 
 
 [Windows 10 servicing options](../update/waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md)
@@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ Historically, organizations have performed extensive, and often exhaustive, test
 
  
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deployment-considerations.md b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deployment-considerations.md
index 4d8bf0ff3e..6d2b053310 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deployment-considerations.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deployment-considerations.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Windows 10 deployment considerations (Windows 10)
 description: There are new deployment options in Windows 10 that help you simplify the deployment process and automate migration of existing settings and applications.
 ms.assetid: A8DD6B37-1E11-4CD6-B588-92C2404219FE
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, upgrade, update, in-place
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -91,4 +91,4 @@ The upgrade process is also optimized to reduce the overall time and network ban
 
  
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features.md b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features.md
index 290ec3a6cd..febbb80275 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features.md
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The features described below are no longer being actively developed, and might b
 | Wi-Fi WEP and TKIP | Since the 1903 release, a warning message has appeared when connecting to Wi-Fi networks secured with WEP or TKIP (which are not as secure as those using WPA2 or WPA3). In a future release, any connection to a Wi-Fi network using these old ciphers will be disallowed. Wi-Fi routers should be updated to use AES ciphers, available with WPA2 or WPA3. | 1903 |
 | Windows To Go | Windows To Go is no longer being developed. 

            The feature does not support feature updates and therefore does not enable you to stay current. It also requires a specific type of USB that is no longer supported by many OEMs.|  1903 |
 | Print 3D app | Going forward, 3D Builder is the recommended 3D printing app. To 3D print objects on new Windows devices, customers must first install 3D Builder from the Store.| 1903 |
-|Companion device dynamic lock APIS|The companion device framework (CDF) APIs enable wearables and other devices to unlock a PC. In Windows 10, version 1709, we introduced [Dynamic Lock](/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-features#dynamic-lock), including an inbox method using Bluetooth to detect whether a user is present and lock or unlock the PC. Because of this, and because non-Microsoft partners didn't adopt the CDF method, we're no longer developing CDF Dynamic Lock APIs.| 1809 |
+|Companion device dynamic lock APIS|The companion device framework (CDF) APIs enable wearables and other devices to unlock a PC. In Windows 10, version 1709, we introduced [Dynamic Lock](/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-feature-dynamic-lock), including an inbox method using Bluetooth to detect whether a user is present and lock or unlock the PC. Because of this, and because non-Microsoft partners didn't adopt the CDF method, we're no longer developing CDF Dynamic Lock APIs.| 1809 |
 |OneSync service|The OneSync service synchronizes data for the Mail, Calendar, and People apps. We've added a sync engine to the Outlook app that provides the same synchronization.| 1809 |
 |Snipping Tool|The Snipping Tool is an application included in Windows 10 that is used to capture screenshots, either the full screen or a smaller, custom "snip" of the screen. In Windows 10, version 1809, we're [introducing a new universal app, Snip & Sketch](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/2018/05/03/announcing-windows-10-insider-preview-build-17661/#8xbvP8vMO0lF20AM.97), that provides the same screen snipping abilities, as well as additional features. You can launch Snip & Sketch directly and start a snip from there, or just press WIN + Shift + S. Snip & Sketch can also be launched from the “Screen snip” button in the Action Center. We're no longer developing the Snipping Tool as a separate app but are instead consolidating its functionality into Snip & Sketch.| 1809 |
 |[Software Restriction Policies](/windows-server/identity/software-restriction-policies/software-restriction-policies) in Group Policy|Instead of using the Software Restriction Policies through Group Policy, you can use [AppLocker](/windows/security/threat-protection/applocker/applocker-overview) or [Windows Defender Application Control](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control) to control which apps users can access and what code can run in the kernel.| 1803 |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-enterprise-faq-itpro.yml b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-enterprise-faq-itpro.yml
index c35f6f3570..0662961ade 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-enterprise-faq-itpro.yml
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-enterprise-faq-itpro.yml
@@ -7,14 +7,13 @@ metadata:
   ms.mktglfcycl: plan
   ms.localizationpriority: medium
   ms.sitesec: library
-  author: greg-lindsay
   ms.date: 08/18/2017
   ms.reviewer: 
-  manager: laurawi
-  ms.author: greglin
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
   audience: itpro
-  ms.topic: article
-    
+  ms.topic: faq
 title: 'Windows 10 Enterprise: FAQ for IT professionals'
 summary: Get answers to common questions around compatibility, installation, and support for Windows 10 Enterprise.
 
@@ -138,7 +137,7 @@ sections:
           The desktop experience in Windows 10 has been improved to provide a better experience for people that use a traditional mouse and keyboard. Key changes include:
           - Start menu is a launching point for access to apps.
           - Universal apps now open in windows instead of full screen.
-          - [Multitasking is improved with adjustable Snap](http://blogs.windows.com/bloggingwindows/2015/06/04/arrange-your-windows-in-a-snap/), which allows you to have more than two windows side-by-side on the same screen and to customize how those windows are arranged.
+          - [Multitasking is improved with adjustable Snap](https://blogs.windows.com/windows-insider/2015/06/04/arrange-your-windows-in-a-snap/), which allows you to have more than two windows side-by-side on the same screen and to customize how those windows are arranged.
           - Tablet Mode to simplify using Windows with a finger or pen by using touch input.
           
   - name: Help and support
@@ -148,6 +147,6 @@ sections:
         answer: |
           Use the following resources for additional information about Windows 10.
           - If you are an IT professional or if you have a question about administering, managing, or deploying Windows 10 in your organization or business, visit the [Windows 10 IT Professional forums](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/forums/home?category=windows10itpro) on TechNet.
-          - If you are an end user or if you have a question about using Windows 10, visit the [Windows 10 forums on Microsoft Community](https://answers.microsoft.com/windows/forum/windows_10).
+          - If you are an end user or if you have a question about using Windows 10, visit the [Windows 10 forums on Microsoft Community](https://answers.microsoft.com/windows/forum).
           - If you are a developer or if you have a question about making apps for Windows 10, visit the [Windows Desktop Development forums](https://social.msdn.microsoft.com/forums/en-us/home?category=windowsdesktopdev).
           - If you have a question about Internet Explorer, visit the [Internet Explorer forums](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/forums/ie/en-us/home).
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-infrastructure-requirements.md b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-infrastructure-requirements.md
index 005813b401..bfe6fbc509 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-infrastructure-requirements.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-infrastructure-requirements.md
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 ---
 title: Windows 10 infrastructure requirements (Windows 10)
-description: Review the specific infrastructure requirements to deploy and manage Windows 10,  prior to significant Windows 10 deployments within your organization.
+description: Review the infrastructure requirements for deployment and management of Windows 10,  prior to significant Windows 10 deployments within your organization.
 ms.assetid: B0FA27D9-A206-4E35-9AE6-74E70748BE64
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: deploy, upgrade, update, hardware
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 -   Windows 10
 
-There are specific infrastructure requirements to deploy and manage Windows 10 that should be in place prior to significant Windows 10 deployments within your organization.
+There are specific infrastructure requirements that should be in place for the deployment and management of Windows 10. Fulfill these requirements before any Windows 10-related deployments take place.
 
 ## High-level requirements
 
-For initial Windows 10 deployments, as well as subsequent Windows 10 upgrades, ensure that sufficient disk space is available for distribution of the Windows 10 installation files (about 3 GB for Windows 10 x64 images, slightly smaller for x86). Also, be sure to take into account the network impact of moving these large images to each PC; you may need to leverage local server storage.
+For initial Windows 10 deployments, and for subsequent Windows 10 upgrades, ensure that sufficient disk space is available for distribution of the Windows 10 installation files (about 3 GB for Windows 10 x64 images, slightly smaller for x86). Also, be sure to take into account the network impact of moving these large images to each PC; you may need to leverage local server storage.
 
 For persistent VDI environments, carefully consider the I/O impact from upgrading large numbers of PCs in a short period of time. Ensure that upgrades are performed in smaller numbers, or during off-peak time periods. (For pooled VDI environments, a better approach is to replace the base image with a new version.)
 
@@ -72,7 +72,10 @@ Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) requires some additional configuration to
 
 WSUS product list with Windows 10 choices
 
-Because Windows 10 updates are cumulative in nature, each month’s new update will supersede the previous month's. Consider leveraging “express installation” packages to reduce the size of the payload that needs to be sent to each PC each month; see [Express installation files](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd939908(v=ws.10)) for more information. (Note that this will increase the amount of disk storage needed by WSUS, and impacts all operating systems being managed with WSUS.)
+Because Windows 10 updates are cumulative in nature, each month’s new update will supersede the previous month's update. Consider using “express installation” packages to reduce the size of the payload that needs to be sent to each PC each month; see [Express installation files](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd939908(v=ws.10)) for more information.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> The usage of "express installation" packages will increase the amount of disk storage needed by WSUS, and impacts all operating systems being managed with WSUS.
 
 ## Activation
 
@@ -93,9 +96,9 @@ Additionally, new product keys will be needed for all types of volume license ac
 -   For KMS keys, click **Licenses** and then select **Relationship Summary**. Click the appropriate active license ID, and then select **Product Keys** near the right side of the page. For KMS running on Windows Server, find the **Windows Srv 2012R2 DataCtr/Std KMS for Windows 10** product key; for KMS running on client operating systems, find the **Windows 10** product key.
 -   For MAK keys, click **Downloads and Keys**, and then filter the list by using **Windows 10** as a product. Click the **Key** link next to an appropriate list entry (for example, **Windows 10 Enterprise** or **Windows 10 Enterprise LTSB**) to view the available MAK keys. (You can also find keys for KMS running on Windows 10 in this list. These keys will not work on Windows servers running KMS.)
 
-Note that Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC installations use different MAK keys. But you can use the same KMS server or Active Directory-based activation environment for both; the KMS keys obtained from the Volume Licensing Service Center will work with both.
+Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC installations use different MAK keys. But you can use the same KMS server or Active Directory-based activation environment for both; the KMS keys obtained from the Volume Licensing Service Center will work with both.
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 
 [Windows 10 servicing options](../update/waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md)
            
 [Windows 10 deployment considerations](windows-10-deployment-considerations.md)
            
@@ -103,4 +106,4 @@ Note that Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC installations u
 
  
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-removed-features.md b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-removed-features.md
index 79092a21ec..9df0d61488 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-removed-features.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-removed-features.md
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -70,4 +70,4 @@ The following features and functionalities have been removed from the installed
 |Microsoft Paint | This application will not be available for languages that are not on the [full localization list](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-10-specifications#Windows-10-localization). | 1703 |
 |NPN support in TLS | This feature is superseded by Application-Layer Protocol Negotiation (ALPN). | 1703 |
 |Windows Information Protection "AllowUserDecryption" policy | Starting in Windows 10, version 1703, AllowUserDecryption is no longer supported. | 1703 |
-|WSUS for Windows Mobile  | Updates are being transitioned to the new Unified Update Platform (UUP) | 1703 |
\ No newline at end of file
+|WSUS for Windows Mobile  | Updates are being transitioned to the new Unified Update Platform (UUP) | 1703 |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-to-go-frequently-asked-questions.yml b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-to-go-frequently-asked-questions.yml
index 408bcd13d0..468fb48151 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-to-go-frequently-asked-questions.yml
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-to-go-frequently-asked-questions.yml
@@ -4,17 +4,16 @@ metadata:
   description: Though Windows To Go is no longer being developed, these frequently asked questions (FAQ) can provide answers about the feature.
   ms.assetid: bfdfb824-4a19-4401-b369-22c5e6ca9d6e
   ms.reviewer: 
-  manager: laurawi
-  ms.author: greglin
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
   keywords: FAQ, mobile, device, USB
   ms.prod: w10
   ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
   ms.pagetype: mobility
   ms.sitesec: library
   audience: itpro
-  author: greg-lindsay
-  ms.topic: article
-    
+  ms.topic: faq
 title: 'Windows To Go: frequently asked questions'
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
@@ -22,7 +21,7 @@ summary: |
   -   Windows 10
   
   > [!IMPORTANT]
-  > Windows To Go is removed in Windows 10, version 2004 and later operating systems. The feature does not support feature updates and therefore does not enable you to stay current. It also requires a specific type of USB that is no longer supported by many OEMs.
+  > Windows To Go is removed in Windows 10, version 2004 and later operating systems. The feature doesn't support feature updates and therefore doesn't enable you to stay current. It also requires a specific type of USB that is no longer supported by many OEMs.
   
   The following list identifies some commonly asked questions about Windows To Go.
   
@@ -50,13 +49,13 @@ summary: |
   
   -   [Why isn't my computer booting from USB?](#why-isn-t-my-computer-booting-from-usb-)
   
-  -   [What happens if I remove my Windows To Go drive while it is running?](#what-happens-if-i-remove-my-windows-to-go-drive-while-it-is-running-)
+  -   [What happens if I remove my Windows To Go drive while it's running?](#what-happens-if-i-remove-my-windows-to-go-drive-while-it-s-running-)
   
   -   [Can I use BitLocker to protect my Windows To Go drive?](#can-i-use-bitlocker-to-protect-my-windows-to-go-drive-)
   
   -   [Why can't I enable BitLocker from Windows To Go Creator?](#why-can-t-i-enable-bitlocker-from-windows-to-go-creator-)
   
-  -   [What power states does Windows To Go support?](#what-power-states-does-windows-to-go-support-)
+  -   [What power states do Windows To Go support?](#what-power-states-does-windows-to-go-support-)
   
   -   [Why is hibernation disabled in Windows To Go?](#why-is-hibernation-disabled-in-windows-to-go-)
   
@@ -102,7 +101,7 @@ summary: |
   
   -   [My host computer running Windows 7 is protected by BitLocker Drive Encryption. Why did I need to use the recovery key to unlock and reboot my host computer after using Windows To Go?](#my-host-computer-running-windows-7-is-protected-by-bitlocker-drive-encryption--why-did-i-need-to-use-the-recovery-key-to-unlock-and-reboot-my-host-computer-after-using-windows-to-go-)
   
-  -   [I decided to stop using a drive for Windows To Go and reformatted it – why doesn't it have a drive letter assigned and how can I fix it?](#i-decided-to-stop-using-a-drive-for-windows-to-go-and-reformatted-it---why-doesn-t-it-have-a-drive-letter-assigned-and-how-can-i-fix-it-)
+  -   [I decided to stop using a drive for Windows To Go and reformatted it – why it doesn't have a drive letter assigned and how can I fix it?](#i-decided-to-stop-using-a-drive-for-windows-to-go-and-reformatted-it---why-it-doesn-t-have-a-drive-letter-assigned-and-how-can-i-fix-it-)
   
   -   [Why do I keep on getting the message "Installing devices…" when I boot Windows To Go?](#why-do-i-keep-on-getting-the-message--installing-devices---when-i-boot-windows-to-go-)
   
@@ -120,7 +119,7 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           Does Windows To Go rely on virtualization?
         answer: |
-          No. Windows To Go is a native instance of Windows 10 that runs from a USB device. It is just like a laptop hard drive with Windows 8 that has been put into a USB enclosure.
+          No. Windows To Go is a native instance of Windows 10 that runs from a USB device. It's just like a laptop hard drive with Windows 8 that has been put into a USB enclosure.
 
       - question: |
           Who should use Windows To Go?
@@ -138,7 +137,7 @@ sections:
           
           -   A Windows 10 Enterprise, Windows 10 Education or Windows 10 Professional host PC that can be used to provision new USB keys
           
-          You can use a Windows PowerShell script to target several drives and scale your deployment for a large number of Windows To Go drives. You can also use a USB duplicator to duplicate a Windows To Go drive after it has been provisioned if you are creating a large number of drives. See the [Windows To Go Step by Step](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618950) article on the TechNet wiki for a walkthrough of the drive creation process.
+          You can use a Windows PowerShell script to target several drives and scale your deployment for a large number of Windows To Go drives. You can also use a USB duplicator to duplicate a Windows To Go drive after it has been provisioned if you're creating a large number of drives. See the [Windows To Go Step by Step](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618950) article on the TechNet wiki for a walkthrough of the drive creation process.
           
       - question: |
           Is Windows To Go supported on both USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 drives?
@@ -153,7 +152,7 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           How do I identify a USB 3.0 port?
         answer: |
-          USB 3.0 ports are usually marked blue or carry a SS marking on the side.
+          USB 3.0 ports are usually marked blue or carry an SS marking on the side.
 
       - question: |
           Does Windows To Go run faster on a USB 3.0 port?
@@ -191,7 +190,7 @@ sections:
           
           If the host computer is running an earlier version of the Windows operating system need to configure the computer to boot from USB manually.
           
-          To do this, early during boot time (usually when you see the manufacturer's logo), enter your firmware/BIOS setup. (This method to enter firmware/BIOS setup differs with different computer manufacturers, but is usually entered by pressing one of the function keys, such as F12, F2, F1, Esc, and so forth. You should check the manufacturer's site to be sure if you do not know which key to use to enter firmware setup.)
+          To do this, early during boot time (usually when you see the manufacturer's logo), enter your firmware/BIOS setup. (This method to enter firmware/BIOS setup differs with different computer manufacturers, but is usually entered by pressing one of the function keys, such as F12, F2, F1, Esc, and so forth. You should check the manufacturer's site to be sure if you don't know which key to use to enter firmware setup.)
           
           After you have entered firmware setup, make sure that boot from USB is enabled. Then change the boot order to boot from USB drives first.
           
@@ -213,14 +212,14 @@ sections:
           
           2.  Ensure that the Windows To Go drive is connected directly to a USB port on the computer. Many computers don't support booting from a device connected to a USB 3 PCI add-on card or external USB hubs.
           
-          3.  If the computer is not booting from a USB 3.0 port, try to boot from a USB 2.0 port.
+          3.  If the computer isn't booting from a USB 3.0 port, try to boot from a USB 2.0 port.
           
           If none of these items enable the computer to boot from USB, contact the hardware manufacturer for additional support.
           
       - question: |
-          What happens if I remove my Windows To Go drive while it is running?
+          What happens if I remove my Windows To Go drive while it's running?
         answer: |
-          If the Windows To Go drive is removed, the computer will freeze and the user will have 60 seconds to reinsert the Windows To Go drive. If the Windows To Go drive is reinserted into the same port it was removed from, Windows will resume at the point where the drive was removed. If the USB drive is not reinserted, or is reinserted into a different port, the host computer will turn off after 60 seconds.
+          If the Windows To Go drive is removed, the computer will freeze and the user will have 60 seconds to reinsert the Windows To Go drive. If the Windows To Go drive is reinserted into the same port it was removed from, Windows will resume at the point where the drive was removed. If the USB drive isn't reinserted, or is reinserted into a different port, the host computer will turn off after 60 seconds.
           
           **Warning**  
           You should never remove your Windows To Go drive when your workspace is running. The computer freeze is a safety measure to help mitigate the risk of accidental removal. Removing the Windows To Go drive without shutting down the Windows To Go workspace could result in corruption of the Windows To Go drive.
@@ -230,28 +229,28 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           Can I use BitLocker to protect my Windows To Go drive?
         answer: |
-          Yes. In Windows 8 and later, BitLocker has added support for using a password to protect operating system drives. This means that you can use a password to secure your Windows To Go workspace and you will be prompted to enter this password every time you use the Windows To Go workspace.
+          Yes. In Windows 8 and later, BitLocker has added support for using a password to protect operating system drives. This means that you can use a password to secure your Windows To Go workspace and you'll be prompted to enter this password every time you use the Windows To Go workspace.
 
       - question: |
           Why can't I enable BitLocker from Windows To Go Creator?
         answer: |
-          Several different Group Policies control the use of BitLocker on your organizations computers. These policies are located in the **Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\BitLocker Drive Encryption** folder of the local Group Policy editor. The folder contains three sub-folders for fixed, operating system and removable data drive types.
+          Several different Group Policies control the use of BitLocker on your organizations computers. These policies are located in the **Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\BitLocker Drive Encryption** folder of the local Group Policy editor. The folder contains three subfolders for fixed, operating system and removable data drive types.
           
-          When you are using Windows To Go Creator, the Windows To Go drive is considered a removable data drive by BitLocker. Review the following setting to see if these settings apply in your situation:
+          When you're using Windows To Go Creator, the Windows To Go drive is considered a removable data drive by BitLocker. Review the following setting to see if these settings apply in your situation:
           
           1.  **Control use of BitLocker on removable drives**
           
-              If this setting is disabled BitLocker cannot be used with removable drives, so the Windows To Go Creator wizard will fail if it attempts to enable BitLocker on the Windows To Go drive.
+              If this setting is disabled BitLocker can't be used with removable drives, so the Windows To Go Creator wizard will fail if it attempts to enable BitLocker on the Windows To Go drive.
           
           2.  **Configure use of smart cards on removable data drives**
           
-              If this setting is enabled and the option **Require use of smart cards on removable data drives** is also selected the creator wizard might fail if you have not already signed on using your smart card credentials before starting the Windows To Go Creator wizard.
+              If this setting is enabled and the option **Require use of smart cards on removable data drives** is also selected the creator wizard might fail if you haven't already signed on using your smart card credentials before starting the Windows To Go Creator wizard.
           
           3.  **Configure use of passwords for removable data drives**
           
-              If this setting is enabled and the **Require password complexity option** is selected the computer must be able to connect to the domain controller to verify that the password specified meets the password complexity requirements. If the connection is not available, the Windows To Go Creator wizard will fail to enable BitLocker.
+              If this setting is enabled and the **Require password complexity option** is selected the computer must be able to connect to the domain controller to verify that the password specified meets the password complexity requirements. If the connection isn't available, the Windows To Go Creator wizard will fail to enable BitLocker.
           
-          Additionally, the Windows To Go Creator will disable the BitLocker option if the drive does not have any volumes. In this situation, you should initialize the drive and create a volume using the Disk Management console before provisioning the drive with Windows To Go.
+          Additionally, the Windows To Go Creator will disable the BitLocker option if the drive doesn't have any volumes. In this situation, you should initialize the drive and create a volume using the Disk Management console before provisioning the drive with Windows To Go.
           
       - question: |
           What power states does Windows To Go support?
@@ -261,7 +260,7 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           Why is hibernation disabled in Windows To Go?
         answer: |
-          When a Windows To Go workspace is hibernated, it will only successfully resume on the exact same hardware. Therefore, if a Windows To Go workspace is hibernated on one computer and roamed to another, the hibernation state (and therefore user state) will be lost. To prevent this from happening, the default settings for a Windows To Go workspace disable hibernation. If you are confident that you will only attempt to resume on the same computer, you can enable hibernation using the Windows To Go Group Policy setting, **Allow hibernate (S4) when started from a Windows To Go workspace** that is located at **\\\\Computer Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\Portable Operating System\\** in the Local Group Policy Editor (gpedit.msc).
+          When a Windows To Go workspace is hibernated, it will only successfully resume on the exact same hardware. Therefore, if a Windows To Go workspace is hibernated on one computer and roamed to another, the hibernation state (and therefore user state) will be lost. To prevent this from happening, the default settings for a Windows To Go workspace disable hibernation. If you're confident that you'll only attempt to resume on the same computer, you can enable hibernation using the Windows To Go Group Policy setting, **Allow hibernate (S4) when started from a Windows To Go workspace** that is located at **\\\\Computer Configuration\\Administrative Templates\\Windows Components\\Portable Operating System\\** in the Local Group Policy Editor (gpedit.msc).
 
       - question: |
           Does Windows To Go support crash dump analysis?
@@ -273,7 +272,7 @@ sections:
         answer: |
           Yes, if both operating systems are running the Windows 8 operating system. Enabling "Windows To Go Startup Options" should cause the computer to boot from the Windows To Go workspace when the drive is plugged in before the computer is turned on.
           
-          If you have configured a dual boot computer with a Windows operating system and another operating system it might work occasionally and fail occasionally. Using this configuration is unsupported.
+          If you have configured a dual boot computer with a Windows operating system and another operating system, it might work occasionally and fail occasionally. Using this configuration is unsupported.
           
       - question: |
           I plugged my Windows To Go drive into a running computer and I can't see the partitions on the drive. Why not?
@@ -281,14 +280,14 @@ sections:
           Windows To Go Creator and the recommended deployment steps for Windows To Go set the NO\_DEFAULT\_DRIVE\_LETTER flag on the Windows To Go drive. This flag prevents Windows from automatically assigning drive letters to the partitions on the Windows To Go drive. That's why you can't see the partitions on the drive when you plug your Windows To Go drive into a running computer. This helps prevent accidental data leakage between the Windows To Go drive and the host computer. If you really need to access the files on the Windows To Go drive from a running computer, you can use diskmgmt.msc or diskpart to assign a drive letter.
           
           **Warning**  
-          It is strongly recommended that you do not plug your Windows To Go drive into a running computer. If the computer is compromised, your Windows To Go workspace can also be compromised.
+          It's strongly recommended that you don't plug your Windows To Go drive into a running computer. If the computer is compromised, your Windows To Go workspace can also be compromised.
           
            
           
       - question: |
           I'm booted into Windows To Go, but I can't browse to the internal hard drive of the host computer. Why not?
         answer: |
-          Windows To Go Creator and the recommended deployment steps for Windows To Go set SAN Policy 4 on Windows To Go drive. This policy prevents Windows from automatically mounting internal disk drives. That's why you can't see the internal hard drives of the host computer when you are booted into Windows To Go. This is done to prevent accidental data leakage between Windows To Go and the host system. This policy also prevents potential corruption on the host drives or data loss if the host operating system is in a hibernation state. If you really need to access the files on the internal hard drive, you can use diskmgmt.msc to mount the internal drive.
+          Windows To Go Creator and the recommended deployment steps for Windows To Go set SAN Policy 4 on Windows To Go drive. This policy prevents Windows from automatically mounting internal disk drives. That's why you can't see the internal hard drives of the host computer when you're booted into Windows To Go. This is done to prevent accidental data leakage between Windows To Go and the host system. This policy also prevents potential corruption on the host drives or data loss if the host operating system is in a hibernation state. If you really need to access the files on the internal hard drive, you can use diskmgmt.msc to mount the internal drive.
           
           **Warning**  
           It is strongly recommended that you do not mount internal hard drives when booted into the Windows To Go workspace. If the internal drive contains a hibernated Windows 8 or later operating system, mounting the drive will lead to loss of hibernation state and therefor user state or any unsaved user data when the host operating system is booted. If the internal drive contains a hibernated Windows 7 or earlier operating system, mounting the drive will lead to corruption when the host operating system is booted.
@@ -323,7 +322,7 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           Do I need to activate Windows To Go every time I roam?
         answer: |
-          No, Windows To Go requires volume activation; either using the [Key Management Service](/previous-versions/tn-archive/ff793434(v=technet.10)) (KMS) server in your organization or using [Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/hh852637(v=win.10)) based volume activation. The Windows To Go workspace will not need to be reactivated every time you roam. KMS activates Windows on a local network, eliminating the need for individual computers to connect to Microsoft. To remain activated, KMS client computers must renew their activation by connecting to the KMS host on periodic basis. This typically occurs as soon as the user has access to the corporate network (either through a direct connection on-premises or a through remote connection using DirectAccess or a virtual private network connection), once activated the machine will not need to be activated again until the activation validity interval has passed. In a KMS configuration the activation validity interval is 180 days.
+          No, Windows To Go requires volume activation; either using the [Key Management Service](/previous-versions/tn-archive/ff793434(v=technet.10)) (KMS) server in your organization or using [Active Directory](/previous-versions/windows/hh852637(v=win.10)) based volume activation. The Windows To Go workspace won't need to be reactivated every time you roam. KMS activates Windows on a local network, eliminating the need for individual computers to connect to Microsoft. To remain activated, KMS client computers must renew their activation by connecting to the KMS host on periodic basis. This typically occurs as soon as the user has access to the corporate network (either through a direct connection on-premises or a through remote connection using DirectAccess or a virtual private network connection), once activated the machine won't need to be activated again until the activation validity interval has passed. In a KMS configuration, the activation validity interval is 180 days.
           
       - question: |
           Can I use all Windows features on Windows To Go?
@@ -338,22 +337,22 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           Does Windows To Go work slower than standard Windows?
         answer: |
-          If you are using a USB 3.0 port and a Windows To Go certified device, there should be no perceivable difference between standard Windows and Windows To Go. However, if you are booting from a USB 2.0 port, you may notice some slowdown since USB 2.0 transfer speeds are slower than SATA speeds.
+          If you're using a USB 3.0 port and a Windows To Go certified device, there should be no perceivable difference between standard Windows and Windows To Go. However, if you're booting from a USB 2.0 port, you may notice some slowdown since USB 2.0 transfer speeds are slower than SATA speeds.
 
       - question: |
           If I lose my Windows To Go drive, will my data be safe?
         answer: |
-          Yes! If you enable BitLocker on your Windows To Go drive, all your data will be encrypted and protected and a malicious user will not be able to access your data without your password. If you don't enable BitLocker, your data will be vulnerable if you lose your Windows To Go drive.
+          Yes! If you enable BitLocker on your Windows To Go drive, all your data will be encrypted and protected and a malicious user won't be able to access your data without your password. If you don't enable BitLocker, your data will be vulnerable if you lose your Windows To Go drive.
 
       - question: |
           Can I boot Windows To Go on a Mac?
         answer: |
-          We are committed to give customers a consistent and quality Windows 10 experience with Windows To Go. Windows To Go supports host devices certified for use with Windows 7 or later. Because Mac computers are not certified for use with Windows 7 or later, using Windows To Go is not supported on a Mac.
+          We're committed to give customers a consistent and quality Windows 10 experience with Windows To Go. Windows To Go supports host devices certified for use with Windows 7 or later. Because Mac computers aren't certified for use with Windows 7 or later, using Windows To Go isn't supported on a Mac.
 
       - question: |
           Are there any APIs that allow applications to identify a Windows To Go workspace?
         answer: |
-          Yes. You can use a combination of identifiers to determine if the currently running operating system is a Windows To Go workspace. First, check if the **PortableOperatingSystem** property is true. When that value is true it means that the operating system was booted from an external USB device.
+          Yes. You can use a combination of identifiers to determine if the currently running operating system is a Windows To Go workspace. First, check if the **PortableOperatingSystem** property is true. When that value is true, it means that the operating system was booted from an external USB device.
           
           Next, check if the **OperatingSystemSKU** property is equal to **4** (for Windows 10 Enterprise) or **121** (for Windows 10 Education). The combination of those two properties represents a Windows To Go workspace environment.
           
@@ -367,17 +366,17 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           Does Windows Recovery Environment work with Windows To Go? What's the guidance for recovering a Windows To Go drive?
         answer: |
-          No, use of Windows Recovery Environment is not supported on Windows To Go. It is recommended that you implement user state virtualization technologies like Folder Redirection to centralize and back up user data in the data center. If any corruption occurs on a Windows To Go drive, you should re-provision the workspace.
+          No, use of Windows Recovery Environment isn't supported on Windows To Go. It's recommended that you implement user state virtualization technologies like Folder Redirection to centralize and back up user data in the data center. If any corruption occurs on a Windows To Go drive, you should reprovision the workspace.
 
       - question: |
           Why won't Windows To Go work on a computer running Windows XP or Windows Vista?
         answer: |
-          Actually it might. If you have purchased a computer certified for Windows 7 or later and then installed an older operating system, Windows To Go will boot and run as expected as long as you have configured the firmware to boot from USB. However, if the computer was certified for Windows XP or Windows Vista, it might not meet the hardware requirements for Windows To Go to run. Typically computers certified for Windows Vista and earlier operating systems have less memory, less processing power, reduced video rendering, and slower USB ports.
+          Actually it might. If you've purchased a computer certified for Windows 7 or later and then installed an older operating system, Windows To Go will boot and run as expected as long as you've configured the firmware to boot from USB. However, if the computer was certified for Windows XP or Windows Vista, it might not meet the hardware requirements for Windows To Go to run. Typically computers certified for Windows Vista and earlier operating systems have less memory, less processing power, reduced video rendering, and slower USB ports.
 
       - question: |
           Why does the operating system on the host computer matter?
         answer: |
-          It doesn't other than to help visually identify if the PC has compatible hardware. For a PC to be certified for Windows 7 or later it had to support booting from USB. If a computer cannot boot from USB there is no way that it can be used with Windows To Go. The Windows To Go workspace is a full Windows 10 environment, so all of the hardware requirements of Windows 10 with respect to processing speed, memory usage, and graphics rendering need to be supported to be assured that it will work as expected.
+          It doesn't other than to help visually identify if the PC has compatible hardware. For a PC to be certified for Windows 7 or later it had to support booting from USB. If a computer can't boot from USB there's no way that it can be used with Windows To Go. The Windows To Go workspace is a full Windows 10 environment, so all of the hardware requirements of Windows 10 with respect to processing speed, memory usage, and graphics rendering need to be supported to be assured that it will work as expected.
 
       - question: |
           My host computer running Windows 7 is protected by BitLocker Drive Encryption. Why did I need to use the recovery key to unlock and reboot my host computer after using Windows To Go?
@@ -386,17 +385,17 @@ sections:
           
           You can reset the BitLocker system measurements to incorporate the new boot order using the following steps:
           
-          1.  Log on to the host computer using an account with administrator privileges.
+          1.  Sign in to the host computer using an account with administrator privileges.
           
           2.  Click **Start**, click **Control Panel**, click **System and Security**, and then click **BitLocker Drive Encryption**.
           
           3.  Click **Suspend Protection** for the operating system drive.
           
-              A message is displayed, informing you that your data will not be protected while BitLocker is suspended and asking if you want to suspend BitLocker Drive Encryption. Click **Yes** to continue and suspend BitLocker on the drive.
+              A message is displayed, informing you that your data won't be protected while BitLocker is suspended and asking if you want to suspend BitLocker Drive Encryption. Click **Yes** to continue and suspend BitLocker on the drive.
           
           4.  Restart the computer and enter the firmware settings to reset the boot order to boot from USB first. For more information on changing the boot order in the BIOS, see [Tips for configuring your BIOS settings to work with Windows To Go](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618951) on the TechNet wiki.
           
-          5.  Restart the computer again and then log on to the host computer using an account with administrator privileges. (Neither your Windows To Go drive nor any other USB drive should be inserted.)
+          5.  Restart the computer again and then sign in to the host computer using an account with administrator privileges. (Neither your Windows To Go drive nor any other USB drive should be inserted.)
           
           6.  Click **Start**, click **Control Panel**, click **System and Security**, and then click **BitLocker Drive Encryption**.
           
@@ -405,41 +404,41 @@ sections:
           The host computer will now be able to be booted from a USB drive without triggering recovery mode.
           
           > [!NOTE]
-          > The default BitLocker protection profile in Windows 8 or later does not monitor the boot order.
+          > The default BitLocker protection profile in Windows 8 or later doesn't monitor the boot order.
           
            
           
       - question: |
-          I decided to stop using a drive for Windows To Go and reformatted it – why doesn't it have a drive letter assigned and how can I fix it?
+          I decided to stop using a drive for Windows To Go and reformatted it – why it doesn't have a drive letter assigned and how can I fix it?
         answer: |
           Reformatting the drive erases the data on the drive, but doesn't reconfigure the volume attributes. When a drive is provisioned for use as a Windows To Go drive the NODEFAULTDRIVELETTER attribute is set on the volume. To remove this attribute, use the following steps:
           
           1.  Open a command prompt with full administrator permissions.
           
               > [!NOTE]
-              > If your user account is a member of the Administrators group, but is not the Administrator account itself, then, by default, the programs that you run only have standard user permissions unless you explicitly choose to elevate them.
+              > If your user account is a member of the Administrators group, but isn't the Administrator account itself, then, by default, the programs that you run only have standard user permissions unless you explicitly choose to elevate them.
           
                
           
           2.  Start the [diskpart](/windows-server/administration/windows-commands/diskpart) command interpreter, by typing `diskpart` at the command prompt.
           
-          3.  Use the `select disk` command to identify the drive. If you do not know the drive number, use the `list` command to display the list of disks available.
+          3.  Use the `select disk` command to identify the drive. If you don't know the drive number, use the `list` command to display the list of disks available.
           
           4.  After selecting the disk, run the `clean` command to remove all data, formatting, and initialization information from the drive.
           
       - question: |
           Why do I keep on getting the message "Installing devices…" when I boot Windows To Go?
         answer: |
-          One of the challenges involved in moving the Windows To Go drive between PCs while seamlessly booting Windows with access to all of their applications and data is that for Windows to be fully functional, specific drivers need to be installed for the hardware in each machine that runs Windows. Windows 8 or later has a process called respecialize which will identify new drivers that need to be loaded for the new PC and disable drivers which are not present on the new configuration. In general this feature is reliable and efficient when roaming between PCs of widely varying hardware configurations.
+          One of the challenges involved in moving the Windows To Go drive between PCs while seamlessly booting Windows with access to all of their applications and data is that for Windows to be fully functional, specific drivers need to be installed for the hardware in each machine that runs Windows. Windows 8 or later has a process called respecialize which will identify new drivers that need to be loaded for the new PC and disable drivers that aren't present on the new configuration. In general, this feature is reliable and efficient when roaming between PCs of widely varying hardware configurations.
           
-          In certain cases, third party drivers for different hardware models or versions can reuse device ID's, driver file names, registry keys (or any other operating system constructs which do not support side-by-side storage) for similar hardware. For example, Touchpad drivers on different laptops often reuse the same device ID's, and video cards from the same manufacturer may often reuse service names. Windows handles these situations by marking the non-present device node with a flag that indicates the existing driver needs to be reinstalled before continuing to install the new driver.
+          In certain cases, third-party drivers for different hardware models or versions can reuse device ID's, driver file names, registry keys (or any other operating system constructs that don't  support side-by-side storage) for similar hardware. For example, Touchpad drivers on different laptops often reuse the same device ID's, and video cards from the same manufacturer may often reuse service names. Windows handles these situations by marking the non-present device node with a flag that indicates the existing driver needs to be reinstalled before continuing to install the new driver.
           
-          This process will occur on any boot that a new driver is found and a driver conflict is detected. In some cases that will result in a respecialize progress message "Installing devices…" displaying every time that a Windows to Go drive is roamed between two PCs which require conflicting drivers.
+          This process will occur on any boot that a new driver is found and a driver conflict is detected. In some cases that will result in a respecialize progress message "Installing devices…" displaying every time that a Windows to Go drive is roamed between two PCs that require conflicting drivers.
           
       - question: |
           How do I upgrade the operating system on my Windows To Go drive?
         answer: |
-          There is no support in Windows for upgrading a Windows To Go drive. Deployed Windows To Go drives with older versions of Windows will need to be re-imaged with a new version of Windows in order to transition to the new operating system version.
+          There's no support in Windows for upgrading a Windows To Go drive. Deployed Windows To Go drives with older versions of Windows will need to be reimaged with a new version of Windows in order to transition to the new operating system version.
 
 additionalContent: |
 
@@ -451,4 +450,4 @@ additionalContent: |
   -   [Prepare your organization for Windows To Go](prepare-your-organization-for-windows-to-go.md)
   -   [Deployment considerations for Windows To Go](deployment-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md)
   -   [Security and data protection considerations for Windows To Go](security-and-data-protection-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md)        
-         
\ No newline at end of file
+         
diff --git a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-to-go-overview.md b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-to-go-overview.md
index a35fdac4bf..79b583332b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/planning/windows-to-go-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/planning/windows-to-go-overview.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Windows To Go feature overview (Windows 10)
 description: Windows To Go is a feature in Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education that lets you create a workspace that can be booted from a USB-connected drive.
 ms.assetid: 9df82b03-acba-442c-801d-56db241f8d42
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: workspace, mobile, installation, image, USB, device, image, edu
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: mobility, edu
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -170,4 +170,4 @@ In addition to the USB boot support in the BIOS, the Windows 10 image on your Wi
 [Prepare your organization for Windows To Go](prepare-your-organization-for-windows-to-go.md)
            
 [Deployment considerations for Windows To Go](deployment-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md)
            
 [Security and data protection considerations for Windows To Go](security-and-data-protection-considerations-for-windows-to-go.md)
            
-[Best practice recommendations for Windows To Go](best-practice-recommendations-for-windows-to-go.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Best practice recommendations for Windows To Go](best-practice-recommendations-for-windows-to-go.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/s-mode.md b/windows/deployment/s-mode.md
index 75b8f99025..cc1cf8f69d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/s-mode.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/s-mode.md
@@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 audience: itpro
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/PSFxWhitepaper.md b/windows/deployment/update/PSFxWhitepaper.md
index 485b7f3d26..e58eabf981 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/PSFxWhitepaper.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/PSFxWhitepaper.md
@@ -5,12 +5,11 @@ keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel,
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/WIP4Biz-intro.md b/windows/deployment/update/WIP4Biz-intro.md
index 437ce17f09..aedd92040e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/WIP4Biz-intro.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/WIP4Biz-intro.md
@@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
 ms.audience: itpro
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -48,10 +48,10 @@ Windows 10 Insider Preview builds offer organizations a valuable and exciting op
 |Release channel  |**Fast Ring:** Insider Preview builds in the Fast Ring are released approximately once a week and contain the very latest features. This makes them ideal for feature exploration.|
 |Users    |    Because Fast Ring builds are released so early in the development cycle, we recommend limiting feature exploration in your organization to IT administrators and developers running Insider Preview builds on secondary devices.     |
 |Tasks   |  - Install and manage Insider Preview builds on devices (per device or centrally across multiple devices)
              - Explore new features in Windows designed for organizations, including new features related to current and planned line of business applications
             - Before running an Insider Preview build, check our [Windows Insider blog](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/tag/windows-insider-program/#k3WWwxKCTWHCO82H.97) for a summary of current features.      |
-|Feedback   |  - Provide feedback via [Feedback Hub app](insiderhub://home/). This helps us make adjustments to features as quickly as possible.
             - Encourage users to sign into the Feedback Hub using their AAD work accounts. This enables both you and Microsoft to track feedback submitted by users within your specific organization. (Note: This tracking is only visible to Microsoft and registered Insiders within your organization’s domain.)
             - [Learn how to provide effective feedback in the Feedback Hub](https://insider.windows.com/how-to-feedback/)       |
+|Feedback   |  - This helps us make adjustments to features as quickly as possible.
             - Encourage users to sign into the Feedback Hub using their AAD work accounts. This enables both you and Microsoft to track feedback submitted by users within your specific organization. (Note: This tracking is only visible to Microsoft and registered Insiders within your organization’s domain.)
             - [Learn how to provide effective feedback in the Feedback Hub](https://insider.windows.com/how-to-feedback/)       |
 
 ## Validate Insider Preview builds 
-Along with exploring new features, you also have the option to validate your apps and infrastructure on Insider Preview builds. This activity can play an important role in your [Windows 10 deployment strategy](/windows/deployment/update/waas-windows-insider-for-business). Early validation has several benefits:
+Along with exploring new features, you also have the option to validate your apps and infrastructure on Insider Preview builds. Early validation has several benefits:
 
 - Get a head start on your Windows validation process.
 - Identify issues sooner to accelerate your Windows deployment.
@@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ Along with exploring new features, you also have the option to validate your app
 |Users    |   Application and infrastructure validation: In addition to Insiders who might have participated in feature exploration, we also recommend including a small group of application users from each business department to ensure a representative sample.|
 |Tasks   | Application and infrastructure validation: Before running an Insider Preview build, check our [Windows Insider blog](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/tag/windows-insider-program/#k3WWwxKCTWHCO82H.97) and [Windows Insider Tech Community](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/Windows-Insider-Program/bd-p/WindowsInsiderProgram) pages for updates on current issues and fixes.    |
 |Feedback   | Application and infrastructure validation:Provide feedback in the Feedback Hub app and also inform app vendors of any significant issues.  |
-|Guidance  |  Application and infrastructure validation:
            - [Use Upgrade Readiness to create an app inventory and identify mission-critical apps](/mem/configmgr/desktop-analytics/overview)
            - [Use Device Health to identify problem devices and device drivers](/windows/deployment/update/device-health-monitor)
             - [Windows 10 application compatibility](/windows/windows-10/)|
\ No newline at end of file
+|Guidance  |  Application and infrastructure validation:
            - [Use Upgrade Readiness to create an app inventory and identify mission-critical apps](/mem/configmgr/desktop-analytics/overview)
            - [Use Device Health to identify problem devices and device drivers](/windows/deployment/update/device-health-monitor)
             - [Windows 10 application compatibility](/windows/windows-10/)|
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/create-deployment-plan.md b/windows/deployment/update/create-deployment-plan.md
index 0f7d0795a5..ded102a0f2 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/create-deployment-plan.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/create-deployment-plan.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Create a deployment plan
 description: Devise the number of deployment rings you need and how you want to populate them
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: m365initiative-coredeploy
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -138,4 +138,4 @@ For more about Desktop Analytics, see these articles:
 - [How to set up Desktop Analytics](/mem/configmgr/desktop-analytics/set-up)
 - [Tutorial: Deploy Windows 10 to Pilot](/mem/configmgr/desktop-analytics/tutorial-windows10)
 - [Desktop Analytics documentation](/mem/configmgr/desktop-analytics/overview)
-- [Intune deployment planning, design, and implementation guide](/mem/intune/fundamentals/planning-guide)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Intune deployment planning, design, and implementation guide](/mem/intune/fundamentals/planning-guide)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/deploy-updates-configmgr.md b/windows/deployment/update/deploy-updates-configmgr.md
index 73f4b8e93f..6659429435 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/deploy-updates-configmgr.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/deploy-updates-configmgr.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Deploy Windows client updates with Configuration Manager
 description: Deploy Windows client updates with Configuration Manager
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ ms.topic: article
 -   Windows 10
 -   Windows 11
 
-See the Microsoft Endpoint Manager [documentation](/mem/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/manage-windows-as-a-service) for details about using Configuration Manager to deploy and manage Windows 10 updates.
\ No newline at end of file
+See the Microsoft Endpoint Manager [documentation](/mem/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/manage-windows-as-a-service) for details about using Configuration Manager to deploy and manage Windows 10 updates.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/deploy-updates-intune.md b/windows/deployment/update/deploy-updates-intune.md
index e871e5e68c..9e9e69d824 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/deploy-updates-intune.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/deploy-updates-intune.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Deploy updates with Intune
 description: Deploy Windows client updates with Intune
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ ms.topic: article
 -   Windows 10
 -   Windows 11
 
-See the Microsoft Intune [documentation](/mem/intune/protect/windows-update-for-business-configure#windows-10-feature-updates) for details about using Intune to deploy and manage Windows client updates.
\ No newline at end of file
+See the Microsoft Intune [documentation](/mem/intune/protect/windows-update-for-business-configure#windows-10-feature-updates) for details about using Intune to deploy and manage Windows client updates.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/deployment-service-overview.md b/windows/deployment/update/deployment-service-overview.md
index 67aa39dd4e..7459c71de0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/deployment-service-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/deployment-service-overview.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: Overview of deployment service to control approval, scheduling, and
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer:
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/deployment-service-troubleshoot.md b/windows/deployment/update/deployment-service-troubleshoot.md
index e1b83d057b..5d39dc754b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/deployment-service-troubleshoot.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/deployment-service-troubleshoot.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: Solutions to common problems with the service
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer:
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/eval-infra-tools.md b/windows/deployment/update/eval-infra-tools.md
index e2e8a62576..7ad2af4d6f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/eval-infra-tools.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/eval-infra-tools.md
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 ---
 title: Evaluate infrastructure and tools
-manager: laurawi
 description: Steps to make sure your infrastructure is ready to deploy updates
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.audience: itpro
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/feature-update-user-install.md b/windows/deployment/update/feature-update-user-install.md
index b9b2bef0fc..b2be74389a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/feature-update-user-install.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/feature-update-user-install.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn recommendations and best practices for manually deploying a f
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.date: 07/10/2018
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.collection: M365-modern-desktop
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -239,4 +239,4 @@ After you deploy the feature update(s), you can monitor the deployment status. U
 
 1. In the Configuration Manager console, navigate to **Monitoring > Overview > Deployments**. 
 2. Click the software update group or software update for which you want to monitor the deployment status. 
-3. On the **Home** tab, in the **Deployment** group, click **View Status**.
\ No newline at end of file
+3. On the **Home** tab, in the **Deployment** group, click **View Status**.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/fod-and-lang-packs.md b/windows/deployment/update/fod-and-lang-packs.md
index 13a811171f..012deeba47 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/fod-and-lang-packs.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/fod-and-lang-packs.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: Learn how to make FoD and language packs available when you're usin
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 ms.pagetype: article
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 03/13/2019
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/get-started-updates-channels-tools.md b/windows/deployment/update/get-started-updates-channels-tools.md
index 578ef13f11..611548db79 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/get-started-updates-channels-tools.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/get-started-updates-channels-tools.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ description: Brief summary of the kinds of Windows updates, the channels they ar
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ Your individual devices connect to Microsoft endpoints directly to get the updat
 
 ### Hybrid scenarios
 
-It is also possible to combine WSUS-based on-premises update distribution with cloud-based update delivery.
\ No newline at end of file
+It is also possible to combine WSUS-based on-premises update distribution with cloud-based update delivery.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/how-windows-update-works.md b/windows/deployment/update/how-windows-update-works.md
index c4d62b04f1..833a2b655d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/how-windows-update-works.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/how-windows-update-works.md
@@ -4,10 +4,9 @@ description: In this article, learn about the process Windows Update uses to dow
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: 
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.collection:
   - M365-modern-desktop
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ Once the Windows Update Orchestrator determines which updates apply to your comp
 
 To ensure that your other downloads aren't affected or slowed down because updates are downloading, Windows Update uses Delivery Optimization, which downloads updates and reduces bandwidth consumption. 
  
-For more information, see [Configure Delivery Optimization for Windows 10 updates](waas-delivery-optimization.md). 
+For more information, see [Configure Delivery Optimization for Windows 10 updates](../do/waas-delivery-optimization.md). 
 
 ## Installing updates 
 ![Windows Update install step.](images/update-install-step.png)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/index.md b/windows/deployment/update/index.md
index 3eef8dae64..cb16c3b261 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/index.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/index.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ title: Update Windows client in enterprise deployments
 description: Windows as a service provides an all-new way to think about building, deploying, and servicing Windows client.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
-manager: laurawi
+author: aczechowski
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ Windows as a service provides a new way to think about building, deploying, and
 | [Quick guide to Windows as a service](waas-quick-start.md) | Provides a brief summary of the key points for the servicing model for Windows client. |
 | [Overview of Windows as a service](waas-overview.md) | Explains the differences in building, deploying, and servicing Windows client; introduces feature updates, quality updates, and the different servicing branches; compares servicing tools. |
 | [Prepare servicing strategy for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md) | Explains the decisions you need to make in your servicing strategy.  |
-| [Assign devices to servicing branches for Windows client updates](/waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md) | Explains how to assign devices to the General Availability Channel for feature and quality updates, and how to enroll devices in Windows Insider. |
+| [Assign devices to servicing branches for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md) | Explains how to assign devices to the General Availability Channel for feature and quality updates, and how to enroll devices in Windows Insider. |
 | [Monitor Windows Updates with Update Compliance](update-compliance-monitor.md) | Explains how to use Update Compliance to monitor and manage Windows Updates on devices in your organization.  |
-| [Optimize update delivery](waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md) | Explains the benefits of using Delivery Optimization or BranchCache for update distribution.  |
+| [Optimize update delivery](../do/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md) | Explains the benefits of using Delivery Optimization or BranchCache for update distribution.  |
 | [Deploy updates using Windows Update for Business](waas-manage-updates-wufb.md) | Explains how to use Windows Update for Business to manage when devices receive updates directly from Windows Update. Includes walkthroughs for configuring Windows Update for Business using Group Policy and Microsoft Intune.  |
 | [Deploy Windows client updates using Windows Server Update Services (WSUS)](waas-manage-updates-wsus.md) | Explains how to use WSUS to manage Windows client updates. |
 | [Deploy Windows client updates using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/manage-windows-as-a-service) | Explains how to use Configuration Manager to manage Windows client updates.  |
 | [Manage device restarts after updates](waas-restart.md) | Explains how to manage update related device restarts. |
 | [Manage additional Windows Update settings](waas-wu-settings.md) | Provides details about settings available to control and configure Windows Update |
-| [Windows Insider Program for Business](/windows-insider/at-work-pro/wip-4-biz-get-started) | Explains how the Windows Insider Program for Business works and how to become an insider. |
+| [Windows Insider Program for Business](/windows-insider/business/register) | Explains how the Windows Insider Program for Business works and how to become an insider. |
 
 >[!TIP]
 >For disaster recovery scenarios and bare-metal deployments of Windows client, you still can use traditional imaging software such as Microsoft Endpoint Manager or the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit. Using these tools to deploy Windows client images is similar to deploying previous versions of Windows.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/media-dynamic-update.md b/windows/deployment/update/media-dynamic-update.md
index 1ba07b05c8..1b91bae1a5 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/media-dynamic-update.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/media-dynamic-update.md
@@ -4,10 +4,9 @@ description: Learn how to deploy feature updates to your mission critical device
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
 author: SteveDiAcetis
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.collection:
   - M365-modern-desktop
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/olympia/olympia-enrollment-guidelines.md b/windows/deployment/update/olympia/olympia-enrollment-guidelines.md
index 91fc25dcd6..4c876deaef 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/olympia/olympia-enrollment-guidelines.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/olympia/olympia-enrollment-guidelines.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Olympia Corp enrollment guidelines
 description: Learn about the Olympia Corp enrollment and setting up an Azure Active Directory-REGISTERED Windows 10 device or an Azure Active Directory-JOINED Windows 10 device.
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.technology: windows
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: insider, trial, enterprise, lab, corporation, test
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -133,4 +132,4 @@ This is the Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) method--your device will receive Olympi
 13. Open the **Feedback Hub**, and sign in with your **Olympia corporate account**.
 
 >[!NOTE]
-> Your Windows 10 Enterprise license will not be renewed if your device is not connected to Olympia.
\ No newline at end of file
+> Your Windows 10 Enterprise license will not be renewed if your device is not connected to Olympia.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/optional-content.md b/windows/deployment/update/optional-content.md
index cad3343d01..2630a35fbb 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/optional-content.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/optional-content.md
@@ -4,11 +4,10 @@ description: Keep language resources and Features on Demand during operating sys
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
-manager: laurawi
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.collection: M365-modern-desktop
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -861,4 +860,4 @@ if ($PENDING) {
 }
 
 Log ("Exiting")
-```
\ No newline at end of file
+```
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/plan-define-readiness.md b/windows/deployment/update/plan-define-readiness.md
index 9b2b2c9c0d..f91ecfe962 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/plan-define-readiness.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/plan-define-readiness.md
@@ -1,12 +1,13 @@
 ---
 title: Define readiness criteria
-manager: laurawi
 description: Identify important roles and figure out how to classify apps
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.audience: itpro
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/plan-define-strategy.md b/windows/deployment/update/plan-define-strategy.md
index 1195f5d660..cbe6e4c8b7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/plan-define-strategy.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/plan-define-strategy.md
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ description: Two examples of a calendar-based approach to consistent update inst
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
-manager: laurawi
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: m365initiative-coredeploy
 ---
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ ms.collection: m365initiative-coredeploy
 
 Traditionally, organizations treated the deployment of operating system updates (especially feature updates) as a discrete project that had a beginning, a middle, and an end. A release was "built" (usually in the form of an image) and then distributed to users and their devices.
 
-Today, more organizations are treating deployment as a continual process of updates that roll out across the organization in waves. In this approach, an update is plugged into this process and while it runs, you monitor for anomalies, errors, or user impact and respond as issues arise--without interrupting the entire process. Microsoft has been evolving its Windows 10 release cycles, update mechanisms, and relevant tools to support this model. Feature updates are released twice per year, around March and September. All releases of Windows 10 have 18 months of servicing for all editions. Fall releases of the Enterprise and Education editions have an additional 12 months of servicing for specific Windows 10 releases, for a total of 30 months from initial release.
+Today, more organizations are treating deployment as a continual process of updates that roll out across the organization in waves. In this approach, an update is plugged into this process and while it runs, you monitor for anomalies, errors, or user impact and respond as issues arise--without interrupting the entire process. Microsoft has been evolving its Windows 10 release cycles, update mechanisms, and relevant tools to support this model. Feature updates are released twice per year, around March and September. All releases of Windows 10 have 18 months of servicing for all editions. Fall releases of the Enterprise and Education editions have an extra 12 months of servicing for specific Windows 10 releases, for a total of 30 months from initial release.
 
 Though we encourage you to deploy every available release and maintain a fast cadence for some portion of your environment, we also recognize that you might have a large number of devices, and a need for little or no disruption, and so you might choose to update annually. The 18/30 month lifecycle cadence lets you allow some portion of your environment to move faster while a majority can move less quickly.
 
@@ -41,6 +41,6 @@ This cadence might be most suitable for you if any of these conditions apply:
 
 - You want to wait and see how successful other companies are at adopting a Windows 10 feature update.
 
-- You want to go quickly with feature updates, and want the ability to skip a feature update while keeping Windows 10 serviced in case business priorities change. Aligning to the Windows 10 feature update released in the second half of each calendar year, you get additional servicing for Windows 10 (30 months of servicing compared to 18 months).
+- You want to go quickly with feature updates, and want the ability to skip a feature update while keeping Windows 10 serviced in case business priorities change. Aligning to the Windows 10 feature update released in the second half of each calendar year, you get extra servicing for Windows 10 (30 months of servicing compared to 18 months).
 
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/plan-determine-app-readiness.md b/windows/deployment/update/plan-determine-app-readiness.md
index 4d540ee6fb..6c84e09b15 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/plan-determine-app-readiness.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/plan-determine-app-readiness.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
 title: Determine application readiness
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: How to test your apps to know which need attention prior to deploying an update
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.audience: itpro
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: m365initiative-coredeploy
-ms.author: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ---
 
 # Determine application readiness
@@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ Desktop Analytics can make all of the tasks discussed in this article significan
 - Automatically apply your app classifications (critical, important, not important)
 - Automatically identify application compatibility risks and provide recommendations for reducing those risks
 
-For more information, see [What is Desktop Analytics?](/mem/configmgr/desktop-analytics/overview)
\ No newline at end of file
+For more information, see [What is Desktop Analytics?](/mem/configmgr/desktop-analytics/overview)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/prepare-deploy-windows.md b/windows/deployment/update/prepare-deploy-windows.md
index 37afc617f7..d915b07973 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/prepare-deploy-windows.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/prepare-deploy-windows.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: Final steps to get ready to deploy Windows, including preparing inf
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: m365initiative-coredeploy
 ---
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ The specific endpoints can vary between Windows versions. See, for example, [Win
 
 
 ### Optimize download bandwidth
-Set up [Delivery Optimization](waas-delivery-optimization.md) for peer network sharing or Microsoft Connected Cache.
+Set up [Delivery Optimization](../do/waas-delivery-optimization.md) for peer network sharing or Microsoft Connected Cache.
 
 ### Address unhealthy devices
 
@@ -187,4 +187,4 @@ You can employ a variety of measures to achieve this goal, for example:
 - Send personalized emails to users about the update with specific details.
 - Set an opt-out deadline for employees that need to remain on the current version for a bit longer, due to a business need.
 - Provide the ability to voluntarily update at users’ convenience.
-- Inform users of a mandatory installation date when the update will be installed on all devices.
\ No newline at end of file
+- Inform users of a mandatory installation date when the update will be installed on all devices.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/quality-updates.md b/windows/deployment/update/quality-updates.md
index acae62d5a9..903804f4c4 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/quality-updates.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/quality-updates.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: Learn about Windows monthly quality updates to stay productive an
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ For additional details about the different types of Windows updates like critica
 - [Overview of Windows as a service](waas-overview.md)
 - [Update Windows 10 in the enterprise](index.md)
 - [Quick guide to Windows as a service](waas-quick-start.md) 
-- [Configure Delivery Optimization for Windows 10 updates](waas-delivery-optimization.md)
+- [Configure Delivery Optimization for Windows 10 updates](../do/waas-delivery-optimization.md)
 - [Configure BranchCache for Windows 10 updates](waas-branchcache.md)
 - [Configure Windows Update for Business](waas-configure-wufb.md)
 - [Integrate Windows Update for Business with management solutions](waas-integrate-wufb.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/safeguard-holds.md b/windows/deployment/update/safeguard-holds.md
index 8ff5849aaa..c5c58daacb 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/safeguard-holds.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/safeguard-holds.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ title: Safeguard holds
 description: What are safeguard holds, how can you tell if one is in effect, and what to do about it
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
-manager: laurawi
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/safeguard-opt-out.md b/windows/deployment/update/safeguard-opt-out.md
index 928b215cef..afbf77e07c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/safeguard-opt-out.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/safeguard-opt-out.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ title: Opt out of safeguard holds
 description: Steps to install an update even it if has a safeguard hold applied
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
-manager: laurawi
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/servicing-stack-updates.md b/windows/deployment/update/servicing-stack-updates.md
index 849c2e569d..bafff90d2b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/servicing-stack-updates.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/servicing-stack-updates.md
@@ -4,10 +4,9 @@ description: In this article, learn how servicing stack updates improve the code
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: high
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.collection:
   - M365-modern-desktop
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-baseline.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-baseline.md
index a0b4da689e..58b209d82f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-baseline.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-baseline.md
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ description: Use an update baseline to optimize user experience and meet monthly
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, tools, group policy
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
-manager: laurawi
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-manual.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-manual.md
index 57c0e11d5b..fa4f61b0d2 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-manual.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-manual.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Manually configuring devices for Update Compliance
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Manually configuring devices for Update Compliance
 keywords: update compliance, oms, operations management suite, prerequisites, requirements, updates, upgrades, antivirus, antimalware, signature, log analytics, wdav
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-mem.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-mem.md
index 8b67a949ea..8d47eba6f3 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-mem.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-mem.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Configuring Microsoft Endpoint Manager devices for Update Compliance
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Configuring devices that are enrolled in Endpoint Manager for Update Compliance
 keywords: update compliance, oms, operations management suite, prerequisites, requirements, updates, upgrades, antivirus, antimalware, signature, log analytics, wdav, intune, mem
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-script.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-script.md
index 3bd9ab7dd2..c7c860dc70 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-script.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-configuration-script.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance Configuration Script
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Downloading and using the Update Compliance Configuration Script
 keywords: update compliance, oms, operations management suite, prerequisites, requirements, updates, upgrades, antivirus, antimalware, signature, log analytics, wdav
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
@@ -55,32 +55,31 @@ Open `RunConfig.bat` and configure the following (assuming a first-run, with `ru
 
 |Error  |Description  |
 |---------|---------|
-| 27    | Not system account. |
-| 37    | Unexpected exception when collecting logs| 
 | 1    | General unexpected error| 
 | 6    | Invalid CommercialID| 
-| 48    | CommercialID is not a GUID| 
 | 8    | Couldn't create registry key path to setup CommercialID| 
 | 9    | Couldn't write CommercialID at registry key path| 
-| 53    | There are conflicting CommercialID values.| 
 | 11    | Unexpected result when setting up CommercialID.| 
-| 62    | AllowTelemetry registry key is not of the correct type REG_DWORD| 
-| 63    | AllowTelemetry is not set to the appropriate value and it could not be set by the script.| 
-| 64    | AllowTelemetry is not of the correct type REG_DWORD.| 
-| 99    | Device is not Windows 10.| 
-| 40    | Unexpected exception when checking and setting telemetry.| 
 | 12    | CheckVortexConnectivity failed, check Log output for more information.| 
 | 12    | Unexpected failure when running CheckVortexConnectivity.| 
-| 66    | Failed to verify UTC connectivity and recent uploads.|  
-| 67    | Unexpected failure when verifying UTC CSP.| 
+| 16    | Reboot is pending on device, restart device and restart script.| 
+| 17    | Unexpected exception in CheckRebootRequired.| 
+| 27    | Not system account. |
+| 30    | Unable to disable Enterprise Auth Proxy. This registry value must be 0 for UTC to operate in an authenticated proxy environment.| 
+| 34    | Unexpected exception when attempting to check  Proxy settings.| 
+| 35    | Unexpected exception when checking User Proxy.| 
+| 37    | Unexpected exception when collecting logs| 
+| 40    | Unexpected exception when checking and setting telemetry.| 
 | 41    | Unable to impersonate logged-on user.| 
 | 42    | Unexpected exception when attempting to impersonate logged-on user.| 
 | 43    | Unexpected exception when attempting to impersonate logged-on user.| 
-| 16    | Reboot is pending on device, restart device and restart script.| 
-| 17    | Unexpected exception in CheckRebootRequired.| 
 | 44    | Error when running CheckDiagTrack service.| 
 | 45    | DiagTrack.dll not found.| 
+| 48    | CommercialID is not a GUID| 
 | 50    | DiagTrack service not running.| 
+| 51    | Unexpected exception when attempting to run Census.exe| 
+| 52    | Could not find Census.exe| 
+| 53    | There are conflicting CommercialID values.| 
 | 54    | Microsoft Account Sign In Assistant (MSA) Service disabled.| 
 | 55    | Failed to create new registry path for SetDeviceNameOptIn| 
 | 56    | Failed to create property for SetDeviceNameOptIn at registry path| 
@@ -89,12 +88,13 @@ Open `RunConfig.bat` and configure the following (assuming a first-run, with `ru
 | 59    | Failed to delete LastPersistedEventTimeOrFirstBoot property at registry path when attempting to clean up OneSettings.| 
 | 60    | Failed to delete registry key when attempting to clean up OneSettings.| 
 | 61    | Unexpected exception when attempting to clean up OneSettings.| 
-| 52    | Could not find Census.exe| 
-| 51    | Unexpected exception when attempting to run Census.exe| 
-| 34    | Unexpected exception when attempting to check  Proxy settings.| 
-| 30    | Unable to disable Enterprise Auth Proxy. This registry value must be 0 for UTC to operate in an authenticated proxy environment.| 
-| 35    | Unexpected exception when checking User Proxy.| 
+| 62    | AllowTelemetry registry key is not of the correct type REG_DWORD| 
+| 63    | AllowTelemetry is not set to the appropriate value and it could not be set by the script.| 
+| 64    | AllowTelemetry is not of the correct type REG_DWORD.| 
+| 66    | Failed to verify UTC connectivity and recent uploads.|  
+| 67    | Unexpected failure when verifying UTC CSP.| 
 | 91    | Failed to create new registry path for EnableAllowUCProcessing| 
 | 92    | Failed to create property for EnableAllowUCProcessing at registry path| 
 | 93    | Failed to update value for EnableAllowUCProcessing| 
 | 94    | Unexpected exception in EnableAllowUCProcessing| 
+| 99    | Device is not Windows 10.| 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-delivery-optimization.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-delivery-optimization.md
index 1aa38de12a..bc2ce23a6f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-delivery-optimization.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-delivery-optimization.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Delivery Optimization in Update Compliance
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Learn how the Update Compliance solution provides you with information about your Delivery Optimization configuration.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: oms, operations management suite, optimization, downloads, updates, log analytics
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The Delivery Optimization Status section includes three blades:
 
  
 ## Device Configuration blade
-Devices can be set to use different download modes; these download modes determine in what situations Delivery Optimization will use peer-to-peer distribution to accomplish the downloads. The top section shows the number of devices configured to use peer-to-peer distribution in *Peering On* compared to *Peering Off* modes. The table shows a breakdown of the various download mode configurations seen in your environment. For more information about the different configuration options, see [Configure Delivery Optimization for Windows client updates](waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md).
+Devices can be set to use different download modes; these download modes determine in what situations Delivery Optimization will use peer-to-peer distribution to accomplish the downloads. The top section shows the number of devices configured to use peer-to-peer distribution in *Peering On* compared to *Peering Off* modes. The table shows a breakdown of the various download mode configurations seen in your environment. For more information about the different configuration options, see [Configure Delivery Optimization for Windows client updates](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-setup.md).
  
 ## Content Distribution (%) blade
 The first of two blades showing information on content breakdown, this blade shows a ring chart summarizing **Bandwidth Savings %**, which is the percentage of data received from peer sources out of the total data downloaded (for any device that used peer-to-peer distribution).
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-feature-update-status.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-feature-update-status.md
index 0632492b3e..6313b0c269 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-feature-update-status.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-feature-update-status.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance - Feature Update Status report
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Learn how the Feature Update Status report provides information about the status of feature updates across all devices.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-get-started.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-get-started.md
index fc12dbcd1f..ab81b9b5e2 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-get-started.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-get-started.md
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection:
   - M365-analytics
@@ -51,8 +51,9 @@ Before you begin the process to add Update Compliance to your Azure subscription
 
 ## Add Update Compliance to your Azure subscription
 
-Update Compliance is offered as an Azure Marketplace application which is linked to a new or existing [Azure Log Analytics](/azure/log-analytics/query-language/get-started-analytics-portal) workspace within your Azure subscription. To configure this, follow these steps:
+Update Compliance is offered as an Azure Marketplace application that is linked to a new or existing [Azure Log Analytics](/azure/log-analytics/query-language/get-started-analytics-portal) workspace within your Azure subscription. Note that, for the following steps, you must have either an Owner or Contributor [Azure role](/azure/role-based-access-control/rbac-and-directory-admin-roles#azure-roles) as a minimum in order to add the solution.
 
+To configure this, follow these steps:
 1. Go to the [Update Compliance page in the Azure Marketplace](https://azuremarketplace.microsoft.com/marketplace/apps/Microsoft.WaaSUpdateInsights?tab=Overview). You might need to login to your Azure subscription to access this.
 2. Select **Get it now**.
 3. Choose an existing or configure a new Log Analytics Workspace, ensuring it is in a **Compatible Log Analytics region** from the following table. Although an Azure subscription is required, you won't be charged for ingestion of Update Compliance data.
@@ -60,6 +61,12 @@ Update Compliance is offered as an Azure Marketplace application which is linked
    - [Azure Update Management](/azure/automation/automation-intro#update-management) users should use the same workspace for Update Compliance.
 4. After your workspace is configured and selected, select **Create**. You'll receive a notification when the solution has been successfully created.
 
+Once the solution is in place, you can leverage one of the following Azure roles with Update Compliance:
+
+- To edit and write queries we recommend the [Log Analytics Contributor](/azure/role-based-access-control/built-in-roles#log-analytics-contributor) role.
+
+- To read and only view data we recommend the [Log Analytics Reader](/azure/role-based-access-control/built-in-roles#log-analytics-reader) role.
+
 |Compatible Log Analytics regions |
 | ------------------------------- |
 |Australia Central |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-monitor.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-monitor.md
index de2b593b39..029fbe9034 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-monitor.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-monitor.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Monitor Windows Updates and Microsoft Defender AV with Update Compliance
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: You can use Update Compliance in Azure portal to monitor the progress of updates and key anti-malware protection features on devices in your network.
 keywords: oms, operations management suite, wdav, updates, upgrades, antivirus, antimalware, signature, log analytics
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Update Compliance enables organizations to:
 
 * Monitor security, quality, and feature updates for Windows 10 or Windows 11 Professional, Education, and Enterprise editions.
 * View a report of device and update issues related to compliance that need attention.
-* Check bandwidth savings incurred across multiple content types by using [Delivery Optimization](waas-delivery-optimization.md).
+* Check bandwidth savings incurred across multiple content types by using [Delivery Optimization](../do/waas-delivery-optimization.md).
 
 Update Compliance is offered through the Azure portal, and is included as part of Windows 10 or Windows 11 licenses listed in the [prerequisites](update-compliance-get-started.md#update-compliance-prerequisites). Azure Log Analytics ingestion and retention charges are not incurred on your Azure subscription for Update Compliance data.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-need-attention.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-need-attention.md
index f8d8daa42b..64d5014cac 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-need-attention.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-need-attention.md
@@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance - Need Attention! report
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Learn how the Need attention! section provides a breakdown of all Windows 10 device and update issues detected by Update Compliance.
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -49,4 +48,4 @@ Selecting any of the issues will take you to a [Log Analytics](/azure/log-analyt
 
 ## List of Queries
 
-The **List of Queries** blade is in the **Needs Attention** section of Update Compliance. This blade contains a list of queries with a description and a link to the query. These queries contain important meta-information that did not fit within any specific section or were listed to serve as a good starting point for modification into custom queries.
\ No newline at end of file
+The **List of Queries** blade is in the **Needs Attention** section of Update Compliance. This blade contains a list of queries with a description and a link to the query. These queries contain important meta-information that did not fit within any specific section or were listed to serve as a good starting point for modification into custom queries.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-privacy.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-privacy.md
index b8f5508589..881d8736c3 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-privacy.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-privacy.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Privacy in Update Compliance
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: an overview of the Feature Update Status report
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-safeguard-holds.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-safeguard-holds.md
index 98221fda7c..daa6e15a43 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-safeguard-holds.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-safeguard-holds.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance - Safeguard Holds report
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Learn how the Safeguard Holds report provides information about safeguard holds in your population.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasdeploymentstatus.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasdeploymentstatus.md
index 5d923146e5..116ada644d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasdeploymentstatus.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasdeploymentstatus.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance Schema - WaaSDeploymentStatus
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: WaaSDeploymentStatus schema
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasinsiderstatus.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasinsiderstatus.md
index 8d8cd560d6..92aa00c0d8 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasinsiderstatus.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasinsiderstatus.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance Schema - WaaSInsiderStatus
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: WaaSInsiderStatus schema
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -32,4 +31,4 @@ WaaSInsiderStatus records contain device-centric data and acts as the device rec
 |**OSFamily** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`Windows.Desktop` |The Device Family of the device. Only `Windows.Desktop` is currently supported. |
 |**OSServicingBranch** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`Semi-Annual` |The Servicing Branch or [Servicing Channel](./waas-overview.md#servicing-channels) the device is on. Dictates which Windows updates the device receives and the cadence of those updates. |
 |**TimeGenerated** |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|3/22/`2020, 1:00:01.318 PM`|A DateTime corresponding to the moment Azure Monitor Logs ingested this record to your Log Analytics workspace. |
-|**LastScan** |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|3/22/`2020, 2:00:00.436 AM`|A DateTime corresponding to the last time the device sent data to Microsoft. This value does not necessarily mean all data that is needed to populate all fields Update Compliance uses was sent; this value is more like a "heartbeat". |
\ No newline at end of file
+|**LastScan** |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|3/22/`2020, 2:00:00.436 AM`|A DateTime corresponding to the last time the device sent data to Microsoft. This value does not necessarily mean all data that is needed to populate all fields Update Compliance uses was sent; this value is more like a "heartbeat". |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasupdatestatus.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasupdatestatus.md
index 2472b0182d..9e0d7a5b83 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasupdatestatus.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-waasupdatestatus.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance Schema - WaaSUpdateStatus
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: WaaSUpdateStatus schema
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -22,7 +21,7 @@ WaaSUpdateStatus records contain device-centric data and acts as the device reco
 |--|-|----|------------------------|
 |**Computer** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`JohnPC-Contoso` |User or Organization-provided device name. If this appears as '#', then Device Name may not be sent through telemetry. To enable Device Name to be sent with telemetry, see [Enabling Device Name in Telemetry](./update-compliance-get-started.md). |
 |**ComputerID** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`g:6755412281299915` |Microsoft Global Device Identifier. This is an internal identifier used by Microsoft. A connection to the end-user Managed Service Account (MSA) service is required for this identifier to be populated; no device data will be present in Update Compliance without this identifier. |
-|**DownloadMode** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`Simple (99)` |The device's Delivery Optimization DownloadMode. To learn about possible values, see [Delivery Optimization Reference - Download mode](./waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) |
+|**DownloadMode** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`Simple (99)` |The device's Delivery Optimization DownloadMode. To learn about possible values, see [Delivery Optimization Reference - Download mode](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) |
 |**FeatureDeferralDays** |[int](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/int) |`0`                        |The on-client Windows Update for Business Deferral Policy days.
             - **<0**: A value below 0 indicates the policy is disabled. 
             - **0**: A value of 0 indicates the policy is enabled, but the deferral period is zero days.
             - **1+**: A value of 1 and above indicates the deferral setting, in days. |
 |**FeaturePauseDays** |[int](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/int) |`0` |*Deprecated* This provides the count of days left in a pause |
 |**FeaturePauseState** |[int](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/int) |`NotConfigured` |The on-client Windows Update for Business Pause state. Reflects whether or not a device has paused Feature Updates.
          •  **Expired**: The pause period has expired.
          •  **NotConfigured**: Pause is not configured.
          •  **Paused**: The device was last reported to be pausing this content type.
          •  **NotPaused**: The device was last reported to not have any pause on this content type. |
@@ -43,4 +42,4 @@ WaaSUpdateStatus records contain device-centric data and acts as the device reco
 |**OSSecurityUpdateStatus**|[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string)  |`Up-to-date`               |Indicates whether or not the device is on the latest available Windows 10 Quality Update **that is classified as containing security fixes**. |
 |**OSServicingBranch**     |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string)  |`Semi-Annual`              |The Servicing Branch or [Servicing Channel](./waas-overview.md#servicing-channels) the device is on. Dictates which Windows updates the device receives and the cadence of those updates. |
 |**TimeGenerated**         |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|`3/22/2020, 1:00:01.318 PM`|A DateTime corresponding to the moment Azure Monitor Logs ingested this record to your Log Analytics workspace. |
-|**LastScan**              |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|`3/22/2020, 2:00:00.436 AM`|A DateTime corresponding to the last time the device sent data to Microsoft. This DateTime information does not necessarily mean all data that is needed to populate all fields Update Compliance uses was sent; this is more like a "heartbeat". |
\ No newline at end of file
+|**LastScan**              |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|`3/22/2020, 2:00:00.436 AM`|A DateTime corresponding to the last time the device sent data to Microsoft. This DateTime information does not necessarily mean all data that is needed to populate all fields Update Compliance uses was sent; this is more like a "heartbeat". |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-wudoaggregatedstatus.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-wudoaggregatedstatus.md
index 7ef5f590b2..2d55302fe7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-wudoaggregatedstatus.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-wudoaggregatedstatus.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance Schema - WUDOAggregatedStatus
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: WUDOAggregatedStatus schema
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -18,7 +17,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 WUDOAggregatedStatus records provide information, across all devices, on their bandwidth utilization for a specific content type in the event they use [Delivery Optimization](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4468254/windows-update-delivery-optimization-faq), over the past 28 days.
 
-These fields are briefly described in this article, to learn more about Delivery Optimization in general, check out the [Delivery Optimization Reference](./waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md).
+These fields are briefly described in this article, to learn more about Delivery Optimization in general, check out the [Delivery Optimization Reference](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md).
 
 |Field |Type |Example |Description |
 |-|-|-|-|
@@ -30,5 +29,5 @@ These fields are briefly described in this article, to learn more about Delivery
 |**BytesFromIntPeers** |[long](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/long) |`328350` |Total number of bytes downloaded from Internet Peers. |
 |**BytesFromPeers** |[long](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/long) |`43145` |Total number of bytes downloaded from peers. |
 |**ContentType** |[int](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/int) |`Quality Updates` |The type of content being downloaded.|
-|**DownloadMode** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`HTTP+LAN (1)` |Device's Delivery Optimization [Download Mode](./waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) configuration for this device. |
-|**TimeGenerated** |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|`1601-01-01T00:00:00Z` |A DateTime corresponding to the moment Azure Monitor Logs ingested this record to your Log Analytics workspace.|
\ No newline at end of file
+|**DownloadMode** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`HTTP+LAN (1)` |Device's Delivery Optimization [Download Mode](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) configuration for this device. |
+|**TimeGenerated** |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|`1601-01-01T00:00:00Z` |A DateTime corresponding to the moment Azure Monitor Logs ingested this record to your Log Analytics workspace.|
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-wudostatus.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-wudostatus.md
index 29099d3b8f..566ef0650a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-wudostatus.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema-wudostatus.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance Schema - WUDOStatus
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: WUDOStatus schema
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -21,7 +20,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 WUDOStatus records provide information, for a single device, on their bandwidth utilization for a specific content type in the event they use [Delivery Optimization](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4468254/windows-update-delivery-optimization-faq), and other information to create more detailed reports and splice on certain common characteristics.
 
-These fields are briefly described in this article, to learn more about Delivery Optimization in general, check out the [Delivery Optimization Reference](./waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md).
+These fields are briefly described in this article, to learn more about Delivery Optimization in general, check out the [Delivery Optimization Reference](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md).
 
 |Field |Type |Example |Description |
 |-|-|-|-|
@@ -36,10 +35,10 @@ These fields are briefly described in this article, to learn more about Delivery
 |**BytesFromGroupPeers** |[long](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/long) |`523132` |Total number of bytes downloaded from Group Peers. |
 |**BytesFromIntPeers** |[long](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/long) |`328350` |Total number of bytes downloaded from Internet Peers. |
 |**BytesFromPeers** |[long](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/long) |`43145` |Total number of bytes downloaded from peers. |
-|**ContentDownloadMode** |[int](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/int) |`0` |Device's Delivery Optimization [Download Mode](./waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) configuration for this content. |
+|**ContentDownloadMode** |[int](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/int) |`0` |Device's Delivery Optimization [Download Mode](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) configuration for this content. |
 |**ContentType** |[int](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/int) |`Quality Updates` |The type of content being downloaded. |
 |**DOStatusDescription** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) | |A short description of DO's status, if any. |
-|**DownloadMode** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`HTTP+LAN (1)` |Device's Delivery Optimization [Download Mode](./waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) configuration for this device. |
+|**DownloadMode** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`HTTP+LAN (1)` |Device's Delivery Optimization [Download Mode](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) configuration for this device. |
 |**DownloadModeSrc** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`Default` |The source of the DownloadMode configuration. |
 |**GroupID** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) | |The DO Group ID. |
 |**NoPeersCount** |[long](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/long) | |The number of peers this device interacted with. |
@@ -53,4 +52,4 @@ These fields are briefly described in this article, to learn more about Delivery
 |**LastScan** |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|`1601-01-01T00:00:00Z` |A DateTime corresponding to the last time the device sent data to Microsoft. This does not necessarily mean all data that is needed to populate all fields Update Compliance uses was sent, this is more like a "heartbeat". |
 |**TimeGenerated** |[datetime](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/datetime)|`1601-01-01T00:00:00Z` |A DateTime corresponding to the moment Azure Monitor Logs ingested this record to your Log Analytics workspace. |
 |**TotalTimeForDownload** |[string](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/string) |`0:00:00` |The total time it took to download the content. |
-|**TotalTransfers** |[long](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/long) |`0` |The total number of data transfers to download this content. |
\ No newline at end of file
+|**TotalTransfers** |[long](/azure/kusto/query/scalar-data-types/long) |`0` |The total number of data transfers to download this content. |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema.md
index 73d8d7cc05..c20f3b863f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-schema.md
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance Data Schema
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: an overview of Update Compliance data schema
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -29,4 +28,4 @@ The table below summarizes the different tables that are part of the Update Comp
 |[**WaaSInsiderStatus**](update-compliance-schema-waasinsiderstatus.md) |Device record |This table houses device-centric data specifically for devices enrolled to the Windows Insider Program. Devices enrolled to the Windows Insider Program do not currently have any WaaSDeploymentStatus records, so do not have Update Session data to report on update deployment progress. |
 |[**WaaSDeploymentStatus**](update-compliance-schema-waasdeploymentstatus.md) |Update Session record |This table tracks a specific update on a specific device. Multiple WaaSDeploymentStatus records can exist simultaneously for a given device, as each record is specific to a given update and its type. For example, a device can have both a WaaSDeploymentStatus tracking a Windows Feature Update, as well as one tracking a Windows Quality Update, at the same time. |
 |[**WUDOStatus**](update-compliance-schema-wudostatus.md) |Delivery Optimization record |This table provides information, for a single device, on their bandwidth utilization across content types in the event they use [Delivery Optimization](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4468254/windows-update-delivery-optimization-faq). |
-|[**WUDOAggregatedStatus**](update-compliance-schema-wudoaggregatedstatus.md) |Delivery Optimization record |This table aggregates all individual WUDOStatus records across the tenant and summarizes bandwidth savings across all devices enrolled to Delivery Optimization. |
\ No newline at end of file
+|[**WUDOAggregatedStatus**](update-compliance-schema-wudoaggregatedstatus.md) |Delivery Optimization record |This table aggregates all individual WUDOStatus records across the tenant and summarizes bandwidth savings across all devices enrolled to Delivery Optimization. |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-security-update-status.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-security-update-status.md
index 28735cdb61..0acb349b36 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-security-update-status.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-security-update-status.md
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 ---
 title: Update Compliance - Security Update Status report
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Learn how the Security Update Status section provides information about security updates across all devices.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-using.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-using.md
index 3537d1c157..933738e59e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-using.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-compliance-using.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: Using Update Compliance
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 description: Learn how to use Update Compliance to monitor your device's Windows updates.
 keywords: oms, operations management suite, wdav, updates, upgrades, antivirus, antimalware, signature, log analytics
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.collection: M365-analytics
 ms.topic: article
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ In this section you'll learn how to use Update Compliance to monitor your device
 Update Compliance:
 - Provides detailed deployment monitoring for Windows client feature and quality updates.
 - Reports when devices need attention due to issues related to update deployment.
-- Shows bandwidth usage and savings for devices that are configured to use [Delivery Optimization](waas-delivery-optimization.md).
+- Shows bandwidth usage and savings for devices that are configured to use [Delivery Optimization](../do/waas-delivery-optimization.md).
 - Provides all of the above data in [Log Analytics](#using-log-analytics), which affords additional querying and export capabilities.
 
 ## The Update Compliance tile
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/update-policies.md b/windows/deployment/update/update-policies.md
index 063c32e55c..d62bcbe80b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/update-policies.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/update-policies.md
@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: Policies for update compliance, activity, and user experience
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
 description: Explanation and recommendations for settings
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.audience: itpro
 ms.topic: article
@@ -202,4 +203,4 @@ Updates** rather than setting a deferral policy. You can choose a longer period
 - **Pause Quality Updates Start Time**. Set to **Disabled** unless there is a known issue requiring time for a resolution.
 - **Deadline No Auto Reboot**. Default is **Disabled – Set to 0** . We recommend that devices automatically try to restart when an update is received. Windows uses user interactions to dynamically identify the least disruptive time to restart.
 
-There are additional policies are no longer supported or have been superseded.
\ No newline at end of file
+There are additional policies are no longer supported or have been superseded.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-branchcache.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-branchcache.md
index 9cfa2f188d..abca379015 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-branchcache.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-branchcache.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Configure BranchCache for Windows client updates
 description: In this article, learn how to use BranchCache to optimize network bandwidth during update deployment.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ---
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 
 BranchCache is a bandwidth-optimization feature that has been available since the Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 operating systems. Each client has a cache and acts as an alternate source for content that devices on its own network request. Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and Microsoft Endpoint Manager can use BranchCache to optimize network bandwidth during update deployment, and it's easy to configure for either of them. BranchCache has two operating modes: Distributed Cache mode and Hosted Cache mode. 
 
-- Distributed Cache mode operates like the [Delivery Optimization](waas-delivery-optimization.md) feature in Windows client: each client contains a cached version of the BranchCache-enabled files it requests and acts as a distributed cache for other clients requesting that same file. 
+- Distributed Cache mode operates like the [Delivery Optimization](../do/waas-delivery-optimization.md) feature in Windows client: each client contains a cached version of the BranchCache-enabled files it requests and acts as a distributed cache for other clients requesting that same file. 
 
     >[!TIP]
     >Distributed Cache mode is preferred to Hosted Cache mode for Windows clients updates to get the most benefit from peer-to-peer distribution. 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-configure-wufb.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-configure-wufb.md
index 7d70012874..1edcdf88cb 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-configure-wufb.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-configure-wufb.md
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ ms.collection:
   - m365initiative-coredeploy
   - highpri
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-faq.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-faq.md
index cfdbb2a1ca..6425a6af48 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-faq.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-delivery-optimization-faq.md
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Delivery Optimization also communicates with its cloud service by using HTTP/HTT
 
 ## What are the requirements if I use a proxy?
 
-For Delivery Optimization to successfully use the proxy, you should set up the proxy by using Windows proxy settings or Internet Explorer proxy settings. For details see [Using a proxy with Delivery Optimization](./delivery-optimization-proxy.md). Most content downloaded with Delivery Optimization uses byte range requests. Make sure your proxy allows byte range requests. For more information, see [Proxy requirements for Windows Update](/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-troubleshooting.md).
+For Delivery Optimization to successfully use the proxy, you should set up the proxy by using Windows proxy settings or Internet Explorer proxy settings. For details see [Using a proxy with Delivery Optimization](../do/delivery-optimization-proxy.md). Most content downloaded with Delivery Optimization uses byte range requests. Make sure your proxy allows byte range requests. For more information, see [Proxy requirements for Windows Update](/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-troubleshooting).
 
 ## What hostnames should I allow through my firewall to support Delivery Optimization?
 
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ Starting in Windows 10, version 1903, Delivery Optimization uses LEDBAT to relie
 
 Delivery Optimization attempts to identify VPNs by checking the network adapter type and details. A connection will be treated as a VPN if the adapter description contains certain keywords, such as "VPN" or "secure."
 
-If the connection is identified as a VPN, Delivery Optimization will suspend uploads to other peers. However, you can allow uploads over a VPN by using the [Enable Peer Caching while the device connects via VPN](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#enable-peer-caching-while-the-device-connects-via-vpn) policy.
+If the connection is identified as a VPN, Delivery Optimization will suspend uploads to other peers. However, you can allow uploads over a VPN by using the [Enable Peer Caching while the device connects via VPN](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#enable-peer-caching-while-the-device-connects-via-vpn) policy.
 
-If you have defined a boundary group in Configuration Manager for VPN IP ranges, you can set the [DownloadMode](waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) policy to 0 for that boundary group, to ensure that there will be no peer-to-peer activity over the VPN. When the device is not connected using a VPN, it can still use peer-to-peer with the default of LAN.
+If you have defined a boundary group in Configuration Manager for VPN IP ranges, you can set the [DownloadMode](../do/waas-delivery-optimization-reference.md#download-mode) policy to 0 for that boundary group, to ensure that there will be no peer-to-peer activity over the VPN. When the device is not connected using a VPN, it can still use peer-to-peer with the default of LAN.
 
 With split tunneling, make sure to allow direct access to these endpoints:
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-integrate-wufb.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-integrate-wufb.md
index 4b5547147d..e7efe13546 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-integrate-wufb.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-integrate-wufb.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Integrate Windows Update for Business
 description: Use Windows Update for Business deployments with management tools such as Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection: m365initiative-coredeploy
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wsus.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wsus.md
index 3d2daa50ef..68f0f0448f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wsus.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wsus.md
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ title: Deploy Windows client updates using Windows Server Update Services
 description: WSUS allows companies to defer, selectively approve, choose when delivered, and determine which devices receive updates.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Now that you have the **All Windows 10 Upgrades** view, complete the following s
 | ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Prepare servicing strategy for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md) |
 | ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Build deployment rings for Windows client updates](waas-deployment-rings-windows-10-updates.md) |
 | ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Assign devices to servicing channels for Windows client updates](waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md) |
-| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Optimize update delivery for Windows client updates](waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md) |
+| ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Optimize update delivery for Windows client updates](../do/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md) |
 | ![done.](images/checklistdone.png) | [Deploy updates using Windows Update for Business](waas-manage-updates-wufb.md)
            or Deploy Windows client updates using Windows Server Update Services (this topic)
            or [Deploy Windows client updates using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/manage-windows-as-a-service) |
 
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md
index 01e1e4742d..0280f1f136 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-manage-updates-wufb.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ manager: dougeby
 description: Learn how Windows Update for Business lets you manage when devices receive updates from Windows Update.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.collection: highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5363df4aeb..0000000000
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-microsoft-connected-cache.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
----
-title: What is Microsoft Connected Cache?
-manager: dougeby
-description: This article provides information about Microsoft Connected Cache, a software-only caching solution.
-keywords: oms, operations management suite, wdav, updates, downloads, log analytics
-ms.prod: w10
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-audience: itpro
-author: carmenf
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: carmenf
-ms.collection:
-- M365-modern-desktop
-- m365initiative-coredeploy
-- highpri
-ms.topic: article
-ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
----
-
-# What is Microsoft Connected Cache?
-
-**Applies to**
-
-- Windows 10
-- Windows 11
-
-Microsoft Connected Cache (MCC) preview is a software-only caching solution that delivers Microsoft content within Enterprise networks. MCC can be deployed to as many bare-metal servers or VMs as needed, and is managed from a cloud portal. Cache nodes are created in the cloud portal and are configured by applying the client policy using management tools such as Intune.
-
-Microsoft Connected Cache is a hybrid (mix of on-prem and cloud resources) SaaS solution built as an Azure IoT Edge module and Docker compatible Linux container deployed to your Windows devices. The Delivery Optimization team chose IoT Edge for Linux on Windows (EFLOW) as a secure, reliable container management infrastructure. EFLOW is a Linux virtual machine, based on Microsoft's first party CBL-Mariner operating system. It’s built with the IoT Edge runtime and validated as a tier 1 supported environment for IoT Edge workloads. Microsoft Connected Cache will be a Linux IoT Edge module running on the Windows Host OS.  
-
-Even though your Microsoft Connected Cache scenario is not related to IoT, Azure IoT Edge is used as a more generic Linux container deployment and management infrastructure. The Azure IoT Edge runtime sits on your designated MCC device and performs management and communication operations. The runtime performs several functions important to manage Microsoft Connected Cache on your edge device:
-
-1. Installs and updates Microsoft Connected Cache on your edge device.
-2. Maintains Azure IoT Edge security standards on your edge device.
-3. Ensures that Microsoft Connected Cache is always running.
-4. Reports Microsoft Connected Cache health and usage to the cloud for remote monitoring.
-  
-To deploy a functional Microsoft Connected Cache to your device, you must obtain the necessary keys to provision the Connected Cache instance that communicates with Delivery Optimization services, and enable the device to cache and deliver content. The architecture of Microsoft Connected Cache is described below.
-  
-For more details information on Azure IoT Edge, please see the Azure IoT Edge [documentation](/azure/iot-edge/about-iot-edge).
-
-## How Microsoft Connected Cache Works  
-
-1. The Azure Management Portal is used to create Microsoft Connected Cache nodes.
-2. The Microsoft Connected Cache container is deployed and provisioned to the server using the installer provided in the portal.
-3. Client policy is set in your management solution to point to the IP address or FQDN of the cache server.
-4. Microsoft end-user devices make range requests for content from the Microsoft Connected Cache node.
-5. The Microsoft Connected Cache node pulls content from the CDN, seeds its local cache stored on disk, and delivers the content to the client.
-6. Subsequent requests from end-user devices for content will now come from cache.
-7. If the Microsoft Connected Cache node is unavailable, the client will pull content from CDN to ensure uninterrupted service for your subscribers.
-
-See the following diagram.
-
-![Microsoft Connected Cache Overview](images/waas-mcc-diag-overview.png#lightbox)
-
-## Also see
-
-[Introducing Microsoft Connected Cache](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/introducing-microsoft-connected-cache-microsoft-s-cloud-managed/ba-p/963898)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-morenews.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-morenews.md
index 0617e20b00..e9ce2f2e27 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-morenews.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-morenews.md
@@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.topic: article
 ms.manager: elizapo
 audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ---
 # Windows as a service - More news
@@ -31,7 +31,6 @@ Here's more news about [Windows as a service](windows-as-a-service.md):
 
          • Application compatibility in the Windows ecosystem - January 15, 2019
            • 
 
          • Windows monthly security and quality updates overview - January 10, 2019
            • 
 
          • Driver quality in the Windows ecosystem - December 19, 2018
            • 
-
          • Modern Desktop Podcast - Episode 001 – Windows 10 Monthly Quality Updates - December 18, 2018
            • 
 
          • Measuring Delivery Optimization and its impact to your network - December 13, 2018
            • 
 
          • LTSC: What is it, and when should it be used? - November 29, 2018
            • 
 
          • Local Experience Packs: What are they and when should you use them? - November 14, 2018
            • 
@@ -45,7 +44,7 @@ Here's more news about [Windows as a service](windows-as-a-service.md):
 
          • Windows 7 Servicing Stack Updates: Managing Change and Appreciating Cumulative Updates - September 21, 2018
            • 
 
          • Helping customers shift to a modern desktop - September 6, 2018
            • 
 
          • What's next for Windows 10 and Windows Server quality updates - August 16, 2018
            • 
-
          • Windows 10 monthly updates - August 1, 2018 (video)
            • 
+
          • Windows 10 monthly updates - August 1, 2018 (video)
            • 
 
          • Windows 10 update servicing cadence - August 1, 2018
            • 
 
          • Windows 10 quality updates explained and the end of delta updates - July 11, 2018
            • 
 
          • AI Powers Windows 10 April 2018 Update Rollout - June 14, 2018
            • 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-overview.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-overview.md
index f98345cef2..c30ca87c8b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-overview.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ description: Windows as a service is a way to build, deploy, and service Windows
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ The Long-term Servicing Channel is available only in the Windows 10 Enterprise L
 
 For many IT pros, gaining visibility into feature updates early--before they’re available to the General Availability Channel — can be both intriguing and valuable for future end user communications as well as provide the means to test for any issues on the next General Availability release. Windows Insiders can consume and deploy preproduction code to their test machines, gaining early visibility into the next build. Testing the early builds helps both Microsoft and its customers because they have the opportunity to discover possible issues before the update is ever publicly available and can report it to Microsoft.
 
-Microsoft recommends that all organizations have at least a few devices enrolled in the Windows Insider Program and provide feedback on any issues they encounter. For information about the Windows Insider Program for Business, go to [Windows Insider Program for Business](/windows-insider/at-work-pro/wip-4-biz-get-started).
+Microsoft recommends that all organizations have at least a few devices enrolled in the Windows Insider Program and provide feedback on any issues they encounter. For information about the Windows Insider Program for Business, go to [Windows Insider Program for Business](/windows-insider/business/register).
 
 
 
@@ -142,6 +142,6 @@ There are many tools you can use to service Windows as a service. Each option ha
 | Windows Update | Yes (manual) | No | Delivery Optimization | None|
 | Windows Update for Business | Yes | No | Delivery Optimization | Other Group Policy objects |
 | WSUS | Yes | Yes | BranchCache or Delivery Optimization | Upstream/downstream server scalability |
-| Configuration Manager | Yes | Yes | BranchCache, Client Peer Cache, or Delivery Optimization. For the latter, see [peer-to-peer content distribution](/configmgr/sum/deploy-use/optimize-windows-10-update-delivery#peer-to-peer-content-distribution) and [Optimize Windows Update Delivery](./waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md) | Distribution points, multiple deployment options |
+| Configuration Manager | Yes | Yes | BranchCache, Client Peer Cache, or Delivery Optimization. For the latter, see [peer-to-peer content distribution](/configmgr/sum/deploy-use/optimize-windows-10-update-delivery#peer-to-peer-content-distribution) and [Optimize Windows Update Delivery](../do/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md) | Distribution points, multiple deployment options |
 
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-quick-start.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-quick-start.md
index 1c54bc8aee..57fcb750ea 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-quick-start.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-quick-start.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ description: In Windows 10, Microsoft has streamlined servicing to make operatin
 keywords: updates, servicing, current, deployment, General Availability Channel, General Availability Channel, feature, quality, rings, insider, tools
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: high
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Some new terms have been introduced as part of Windows as a service, so you shou
 - **Insider Preview** builds are made available during the development of the features that will be shipped in the next feature update, enabling organizations to validate new features and confirm compatibility with existing apps and infrastructure, providing feedback to Microsoft on any issues encountered.
 - **Servicing channels** allow organizations to choose when to deploy new features. 
   - The **General Availability Channel** receives feature updates annually.
-  - The **Long-Term Servicing Channel**, which meant only for specialized devices (which typically don't run Office) such as those that control medical equipment or ATM machines, receives new feature releases every two to three years.
+  - The **Long-Term Servicing Channel**, which is meant only for specialized devices (which typically don't run Office) such as those that control medical equipment or ATMs, receives new feature releases every two to three years.
 - **Deployment rings** are groups of devices used to initially pilot, and then to broadly deploy, each feature update in an organization. 
 
 See [Overview of Windows as a service](waas-overview.md) for more information.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-restart.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-restart.md
index 6f20c17750..7ef84ba4b5 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-restart.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-restart.md
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ title: Manage device restarts after updates (Windows 10)
 description: Use Group Policy settings, mobile device management (MDM), or Registry to configure when devices will restart after a Windows 10 update is installed.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-author: jaimeo
+author: carmenf
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: carmenf
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom:
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ There are three different registry combinations for controlling restart behavior
 
 - [Update Windows 10 in the enterprise](index.md)
 - [Overview of Windows as a service](waas-overview.md)
-- [Configure Delivery Optimization for Windows 10 updates](waas-delivery-optimization.md)
+- [Configure Delivery Optimization for Windows 10 updates](../do/waas-delivery-optimization.md)
 - [Configure BranchCache for Windows 10 updates](waas-branchcache.md)
 - [Configure Windows Update for Business](waas-configure-wufb.md)
 - [Integrate Windows Update for Business with management solutions](waas-integrate-wufb.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md
index 65880f7388..7e049263a6 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-servicing-channels-windows-10-updates.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Assign devices to servicing channels for Windows client updates
 description: Learn how to assign devices to servicing channels for Windows 10 updates locally, by using Group Policy, and by using MDM
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom:
 - seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The **Branch Readiness Level** settings allow you to choose between preview flig
 * Group Policy: **Computer Configuration/Administrative Templates/Windows Components/Windows Update/ Windows Update for Business** - *Select when Preview Builds and feature updates are received*
 * MDM: **Update/BranchReadinessLevel**
 
-For more information, see [Windows Insider Program for Business](/windows-insider/at-work-pro/wip-4-biz-get-started)
+For more information, see [Windows Insider Program for Business](/windows-insider/business/register).
 
 ## Block access to Windows Insider Program
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md
index 3f7a279aaa..517ebf406f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-servicing-strategy-windows-10-updates.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Prepare servicing strategy for Windows client updates
 description: A strong Windows client deployment strategy begins with establishing a simple, repeatable process for testing and deploying each feature update. 
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: m365initiative-coredeploy
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-wu-settings.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-wu-settings.md
index 3dc0059251..5e9ca3540e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-wu-settings.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-wu-settings.md
@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 audience: itpro
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-wufb-csp-mdm.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-wufb-csp-mdm.md
index bef5342d10..d51f0992fb 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-wufb-csp-mdm.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-wufb-csp-mdm.md
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ title: Configure Windows Update for Business by using CSPs and MDM
 description: Walk-through demonstration of how to configure Windows Update for Business settings using Configuration Service Providers and MDM.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/waas-wufb-group-policy.md b/windows/deployment/update/waas-wufb-group-policy.md
index 8590d0c0cc..47de8f132b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/waas-wufb-group-policy.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/waas-wufb-group-policy.md
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ title: Configure Windows Update for Business via Group Policy
 description: Walk-through demonstration of how to configure Windows Update for Business settings using Group Policy.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection:
   - m365initiative-coredeploy
   - highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/windows-as-a-service.md b/windows/deployment/update/windows-as-a-service.md
index a034dba7a3..a53cf59f90 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/windows-as-a-service.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/windows-as-a-service.md
@@ -2,15 +2,14 @@
 title: Windows as a service
 ms.prod: w10 
 ms.topic: landing-page
-ms.manager: laurawi
+ms.manager: dougeby
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
-ms.author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Discover the latest news articles, videos, and podcasts about Windows as a service. Find resources for using Windows as a service within your organization. 
 ms.audience: itpro
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.collection: M365-modern-desktop
 ---
@@ -105,12 +104,6 @@ Secure your organization's deployment investment.
 
 [Configure Windows Update for Business](waas-configure-wufb.md)
 
-[Express update delivery](waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md#express-update-delivery)
+[Express update delivery](../do/waas-optimize-windows-10-updates.md#express-update-delivery)
 
 [Windows 10 deployment considerations](../planning/windows-10-deployment-considerations.md)
-
-
-## Microsoft Ignite 2018
-Ignite
-
-Looking to learn more? These informative session replays from Microsoft Ignite 2018 (complete with downloadable slide decks) can provide some great insights on Windows as a service. See [MyIgnite - Session catalog](https://myignite.techcommunity.microsoft.com/sessions).
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-error-reference.md b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-error-reference.md
index 64be11a43d..ccd0fe2dc5 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-error-reference.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-error-reference.md
@@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ description: Learn about reference information for Windows Update error codes, i
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: 
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.audience: itpro
 ms.date: 09/18/2018
-manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.collection: highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-errors.md b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-errors.md
index a52839dc12..3442f06f82 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-errors.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-errors.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: In this article, learn about some common issues you might experienc
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: 
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
-ms.reviewer: kaushika
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
+ms.reviewer: kaushika
 ms.topic: troubleshooting
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ The following table provides information about common errors you might run into
 
 | Message | Description | Mitigation |
 |---------|-------------|------------|
-| CBS_E_ABORT; client abort, IDABORT returned by ICbsUIHandler method except Error() | CBS   transaction timeout exceeded. | A servicing operation is taking a long time to complete. The servicing stack watchdog timer expires. Extending the timeout will mitigate the issue. Increase the resources on the device. If a virtual machine, increase virtual CPU and memory to speed up operations. Make sure the has installed the update in KB4493473 or later.|
+| CBS_E_ABORT; client abort, IDABORT returned by ICbsUIHandler method except Error() | CBS   transaction timeout exceeded. | A servicing operation is taking a long time to complete. The servicing stack watchdog timer expires. Extending the timeout will mitigate the issue. Increase the resources on the device. If a virtual machine, increase virtual CPU and memory to speed up operations. Make sure the device has installed the update in KB4493473 or later.|
 
 ## 0x800f0825
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ The following table provides information about common errors you might run into
 
 | Message | Description | Mitigation |
 |---------|-------------|------------|
-| E_ACCESSDENIED; General access denied error | File system or registry key permissions have been changed and the servicing stack doesn't have the required level of access. | This error generally means an access was denied.
             Go to %Windir%\logs\CBS, open the last CBS.log and search for “, error” and match with the timestamp. After finding the error, scroll up and try to determine what caused the access denial. It could be acess denied to a file, registry key. Determine what object needs the right permissions and change the permissions as needed. |
+| E_ACCESSDENIED; General access denied error | File system or registry key permissions have been changed and the servicing stack doesn't have the required level of access. | This error generally means an access was denied.
             Go to %Windir%\logs\CBS, open the last CBS.log and search for “, error” and match with the timestamp. After finding the error, scroll up and try to determine what caused the access denial. It could be access denied to a file, registry key. Determine what object needs the right permissions and change the permissions as needed. |
 
 ## 0x80070570
 
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ The following table provides information about common errors you might run into
 
 | Message | Description | Mitigation |
 |---------|-------------|------------|
-| WININET_E_TIMEOUT; The operation timed out | Unable to scan for updates due to a connectivity issue to Windows Update, Configuration Manager, or WSUS. | This error generally means that the Windows Update Agent was unable to connect to the update servers or your own source, such as WSUS, Configuration Manager, or Microsoft Endpoint Manager. 
             Check with your network team to ensure that the device can reach the update sources. For more info, see [Troubleshoot software update scan failures in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/troubleshoot-software-update-scan-failures). 
             If you’re using the public Microsoft update servers, check that your device can access the following Windows Update endpoints: 
             `http://windowsupdate.microsoft.com` 
             https://.windowsupdate.microsoft.com 
             https://update.microsoft.com 
             https://*.update.microsoft.com 
             https://windowsupdate.com 
             https://*.windowsupdate.com 
             https://download.windowsupdate.com 
             https://*.download.windowsupdate.com 
             https://download.microsoft.com 
             https://*.download.windowsupdate.com 
             https://wustat.windows.com 
             https://*.wustat.windows.com 
             https://ntservicepack.microsoft.com |
+| WININET_E_TIMEOUT; The operation timed out | Unable to scan for updates due to a connectivity issue to Windows Update, Configuration Manager, or WSUS. | This error generally means that the Windows Update Agent was unable to connect to the update servers or your own source, such as WSUS, Configuration Manager, or Microsoft Endpoint Manager. 
             Check with your network team to ensure that the device can reach the update sources. For more info, see [Troubleshoot software update scan failures in Configuration Manager](/mem/configmgr/troubleshoot-software-update-scan-failures). 
             If you’re using the public Microsoft update servers, check that your device can access the following Windows Update endpoints: 
             `http://windowsupdate.microsoft.com` 
             `https://*.windowsupdate.microsoft.com` 
             `https://update.microsoft.com` 
             `https://*.update.microsoft.com` 
             `https://windowsupdate.com` 
             `https://*.windowsupdate.com` 
             `https://download.windowsupdate.com` 
             `https://*.download.windowsupdate.com` 
             `https://download.microsoft.com` 
             `https://*.download.windowsupdate.com` 
             `https://wustat.windows.com` 
             `https://*.wustat.windows.com` 
             `https://ntservicepack.microsoft.com` |
 
 ## 0x80240022
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-logs.md b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-logs.md
index 3585846b66..c53de0ee44 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-logs.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-logs.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ description: Learn about the Windows Update log files and how to merge and conve
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: 
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -144,4 +144,4 @@ There are different identifiers for the same update in different contexts. It's
       ![Windows Update inconsisten terminology.](images/update-inconsistent.png)
 
 ## Windows Setup log files analysis using SetupDiag tool
-SetupDiag is a diagnostic tool that can be used for analysis of logs related to installation of Windows Updates. For detailed information, see [SetupDiag](../upgrade/setupdiag.md).
\ No newline at end of file
+SetupDiag is a diagnostic tool that can be used for analysis of logs related to installation of Windows Updates. For detailed information, see [SetupDiag](../upgrade/setupdiag.md).
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-overview.md b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-overview.md
index 829c4474a9..cd20de0565 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-overview.md
@@ -4,12 +4,11 @@ description: An overview of learning resources for Windows Update, including doc
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: 
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
 ms.date: 09/18/2018
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-resources.md b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-resources.md
index 8173d6ca5b..91bc169b26 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-resources.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-resources.md
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.audience: itpro
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
-ms.author: jaimeo
-author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
 
@@ -82,6 +82,10 @@ If all else fails, try resetting the Windows Update Agent by running these comma
    Ren %Systemroot%\SoftwareDistribution\Download Download.bak
    Ren %Systemroot%\System32\catroot2 catroot2.bak
    ```
+
+      > [!IMPORTANT]
+      > The **reset** step below using sc.exe will **overwrite** your existing security ACLs on the BITS and Windows Update service and set them to default.  Skip this step unless the other steps to reset Windows Update components have not resolved the issue.
+
    2. Reset the **BITS service** and the **Windows Update service** to the default security descriptor. To do this, type the following commands at a command prompt. Press ENTER after you type each command.
    ``` console
    sc.exe sdset bits D:(A;CI;CCDCLCSWRPWPDTLOCRSDRCWDWO;;;SY)(A;;CCDCLCSWRPWPDTLOCRSDRCWDWO;;;BA)(A;;CCLCSWLOCRRC;;;IU)(A;;CCLCSWLOCRRC;;;SU)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-troubleshooting.md b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-troubleshooting.md
index 50b478c5c9..4c7a2d01ad 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-troubleshooting.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/windows-update-troubleshooting.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ description: Learn about troubleshooting Windows Update, issues related to HTTP/
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: 
 audience: itpro
-itproauthor: jaimeo
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 -   Windows 10
 -   Windows 11
 
+
            Try our Virtual Agent - It can help you quickly identify and fix common Windows Update issues
+
 If you run into problems when using Windows Update, start with the following steps: 
  
 1. Run the built-in Windows Update troubleshooter to fix common issues. Navigate to **Settings > Update & Security > Troubleshoot > Windows Update**. 
@@ -246,4 +248,4 @@ Other components that connect to the internet:
 
 - Windows Spotlight: [Policy Configure Windows spotlight on lock screen](https://gpsearch.azurewebsites.net/#13362) (Set to disabled) 
 - Consumer experiences: [Policy Turn off Microsoft consumer experiences](https://gpsearch.azurewebsites.net/#13329) (Set to enabled) 
-- Background traffic from Windows apps: [Policy Let Windows apps run in the background](https://gpsearch.azurewebsites.net/#13571)
\ No newline at end of file
+- Background traffic from Windows apps: [Policy Let Windows apps run in the background](https://gpsearch.azurewebsites.net/#13571)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/update/wufb-compliancedeadlines.md b/windows/deployment/update/wufb-compliancedeadlines.md
index ecd2f8b725..ddec7e414d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/update/wufb-compliancedeadlines.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/update/wufb-compliancedeadlines.md
@@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ description: This article contains information on how to enforce compliance dead
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: manage
-author: jaimeo
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: jaimeo
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.reviewer:
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # Enforcing compliance deadlines for updates
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/log-files.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/log-files.md
index cedd5aed0e..daf7fb1e1a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/log-files.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/log-files.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: Log files and resolving upgrade errors
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Learn how to interpret and analyze the log files that are generated during the Windows 10 upgrade process. 
 keywords: deploy, error, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, code, rollback, ITPro
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -253,4 +253,4 @@ This analysis indicates that the Windows upgrade error can be resolved by deleti
 
            [Windows 10 Enterprise system requirements](https://technet.microsoft.com/windows/dn798752.aspx)
 
            [Windows 10 Specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/Windows-10-specifications)
 
            [Windows 10 IT pro forums](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?category=Windows10ITPro)
-
            [Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
\ No newline at end of file
+
            [Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/quick-fixes.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/quick-fixes.md
index b82bc221dc..76ea88816f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/quick-fixes.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/quick-fixes.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 ---
 title: Quick fixes - Windows IT Pro
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Learn how to quickly resolve many problems, which may come up during a Windows 10 upgrade.
 keywords: deploy, error, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, code, rollback, ITPro
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -117,9 +117,7 @@ To check and repair errors on the system drive:
 
 The Windows Update troubleshooter tool will automatically analyze and fix problems with Windows Update, such as a corrupted download. It will also tell you if there is a pending reboot that is preventing Windows from updating.
 
-For Windows 7 and 8.1, the tool is [here](https://aka.ms/diag_wu).
-
-For Windows 10, the tool is [here](https://aka.ms/wudiag).
+[Download the tool for Windows 10](https://aka.ms/wudiag).
 
 To run the tool, click the appropriate link above. Your web browser will prompt you to save or open the file. Select **open** and the tool will automatically start. The tool will walk you through analyzing and fixing some common problems.
 
@@ -204,7 +202,7 @@ To remove programs, use the same steps as are provided [above](#uninstall-non-mi
 
 Updating firmware (such as the BIOS) and installing hardware drivers is a somewhat advanced task.  Do not attempt to update BIOS if you aren't familiar with BIOS settings or are not sure how to restore the previous BIOS version if there are problems. Most BIOS updates are provided as a "flash" update. Your manufacturer might provide a tool to perform the update, or you might be required to enter the BIOS and update it manually. Be sure to save your working BIOS settings, since some updates can reset your configuration and make the computer fail to boot if (for example) a RAID configuration is changed.
 
-Most BIOS and other hardware updates can be obtained from a website maintained by your computer manufacturer. For example, Microsoft Surface device drivers can be obtained at: [Download the latest firmware and drivers for Surface devices](/surface/deploy-the-latest-firmware-and-drivers-for-surface-devices).
+Most BIOS and other hardware updates can be obtained from a website maintained by your computer manufacturer. For example, Microsoft Surface device drivers can be obtained at: [Download the latest firmware and drivers for Surface devices](/surface/manage-surface-driver-and-firmware-updates).
 
 To obtain the proper firmware drivers, search for the most updated driver version provided by your computer manufacturer. Install these updates and reboot the computer after installation. Request assistance from the manufacturer if you have any questions.
 
@@ -243,7 +241,7 @@ When you run Disk Cleanup and enable the option to Clean up system files, you ca
 
 To launch an elevated command prompt, press the Windows key on your keyboard, type **cmd**, press Ctrl+Shift+Enter, and then click **Yes** to confirm the elevation prompt. Screenshots and other steps to open an elevated command prompt are [here](https://answers.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/forum/windows_7-security/command-prompt-admin-windows-7/6a188166-5e23-461f-b468-f325688ec8c7). 
 
-Note: When you open an elevated command prompt, you will usually start in the **C:\WINDOWS\system32** directory. To run a program that you recently downloaded, you must change to the directory where the program is located. Alternatively, you can move or copy the program to a location on the computer that is automatically searched. These directories are listed in the [PATH variable](https://answers.microsoft.com/windows/forum/windows_10-other_settings-winpc/adding-path-variable/97300613-20cb-4d85-8d0e-cc9d3549ba23).
+Note: When you open an elevated command prompt, you will usually start in the **C:\WINDOWS\system32** directory. To run a program that you recently downloaded, you must change to the directory where the program is located. Alternatively, you can move or copy the program to a location on the computer that is automatically searched. These directories are listed in the [PATH variable](https://answers.microsoft.com/windows/forum/all/adding-path-variable/97300613-20cb-4d85-8d0e-cc9d3549ba23).
 
 If this is too complicated for you, then use File Explorer to create a new folder under C: with a short name such as "new" then copy or move the programs you want to run (like SetupDiag) to this folder using File Explorer. When you open an elevated command prompt, change to this directory by typing "cd c:\new" and now you can run the programs in that folder.
 
@@ -255,4 +253,4 @@ If you downloaded the SetupDiag.exe program to your computer, then copied it to
 
            [Windows 10 Enterprise system requirements](https://technet.microsoft.com/windows/dn798752.aspx)
 
            [Windows 10 Specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/Windows-10-specifications)
 
            [Windows 10 IT pro forums](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?category=Windows10ITPro)
-
            [Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
\ No newline at end of file
+
            [Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/resolution-procedures.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/resolution-procedures.md
index c76c4c1372..d2bec5e3f1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/resolution-procedures.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/resolution-procedures.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: Resolution procedures - Windows IT Pro
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Discover general troubleshooting procedures for dealing with 0xC1900101, the generic rollback code thrown when something goes wrong during a Windows 10 upgrade.
 keywords: deploy, error, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, code, rollback, ITPro
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ A frequently observed [result code](upgrade-error-codes.md#result-codes) is 0xC1
 - Event logs: $Windows.~bt\Sources\Rollback\*.evtx
 - The device install log: $Windows.~bt\Sources\Rollback\setupapi\setupapi.dev.log
 
-The device install log is particularly helpful if rollback occurs during the sysprep operation (extend code 0x30018).  
+The device install log is helpful if rollback occurs during the sysprep operation (extend code 0x30018).  
 
 To resolve a rollback that was caused by driver conflicts, try running setup using a minimal set of drivers and startup programs by performing a [clean boot](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/929135) before initiating the upgrade process.
 
@@ -43,57 +43,57 @@ See the following general troubleshooting procedures associated with a result co
 
 | Code | Mitigation | Cause |
 | :---     |  :---  |  :--- |
-| 0xC1900101 - 0x20004   | Uninstall antivirus applications.
            Remove all unused SATA devices. 
            Remove all unused devices and drivers. 
            Update drivers and BIOS.     | Windows Setup encountered an error during the SAFE_OS with the INSTALL_RECOVERY_ENVIRONMENT operation. 
            This is generally caused by out-of-date drivers.    |
-| 0xC1900101 - 0x2000c     | Disconnect all peripheral devices that are connected to the system, except for the mouse, keyboard and display.
             Contact your hardware vendor to obtain updated device drivers.
             Ensure that "Download and install updates (recommended)" is accepted at the start of the upgrade process.       | Windows Setup encountered an unspecified error during Wim apply in the WinPE phase.
             This is generally caused by out-of-date drivers      |
-| 0xC1900101 - 0x20017 | Ensure that all that drivers are updated.
            Open the Setuperr.log and Setupact.log files in the %windir%\Panther directory, and then locate the problem drivers.
            For more information, see [Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10 setup log file locations](/troubleshoot/windows-client/deployment/windows-setup-log-file-locations).
            Update or uninstall the problem drivers. | A driver has caused an illegal operation.
            Windows was not able to migrate the driver, resulting in a rollback of the operating system.
            This is a SafeOS boot failure, typically caused by drivers or non-Microsoft disk encryption software.
            This can also be caused by a hardware failure. |
+| 0xC1900101 - 0x20004   | Uninstall antivirus applications.
            Remove all unused SATA devices. 
            Remove all unused devices and drivers. 
            Update drivers and BIOS.     | Windows Setup encountered an error during the SAFE_OS with the INSTALL_RECOVERY_ENVIRONMENT operation. 
            This is caused by out-of-date drivers.    |
+| 0xC1900101 - 0x2000c     | Disconnect all peripheral devices that are connected to the system, except for the mouse, keyboard and display.
             Contact your hardware vendor to obtain updated device drivers.
             Ensure that "Download and install updates (recommended)" is accepted at the start of the upgrade process.       | Windows Setup encountered an unspecified error during Wim apply in the WinPE phase.
             This is caused by out-of-date drivers      |
+| 0xC1900101 - 0x20017 | Ensure that all that drivers are updated.
            Open the Setuperr.log and Setupact.log files in the %windir%\Panther directory, and then locate the problem drivers.
            For more information, see [Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 8.1, and Windows 10 setup log file locations](/troubleshoot/windows-client/deployment/windows-setup-log-file-locations).
            Update or uninstall the problem drivers. | A driver has caused an illegal operation.
            Windows wasn't able to migrate the driver, resulting in a rollback of the operating system.
            This is a SafeOS boot failure, typically caused by drivers or non-Microsoft disk encryption software.
            This can also be caused by a hardware failure. |
 | 0xC1900101 - 0x30018 | Disconnect all peripheral devices that are connected to the system, except for the mouse, keyboard and display.
            Contact your hardware vendor to obtain updated device drivers.
            Ensure that "Download and install updates (recommended)" is accepted at the start of the upgrade process. | A device driver has stopped responding to setup.exe during the upgrade process. |
 | 0xC1900101 - 0x3000D | Disconnect all peripheral devices that are connected to the system, except for the mouse, keyboard and display.
            Update or uninstall the display driver. | Installation failed during the FIRST_BOOT phase while attempting the MIGRATE_DATA operation.
            This can occur due to a problem with a display driver. |
-| 0xC1900101 - 0x4000D | Check supplemental rollback logs for a setupmem.dmp file, or event logs for any unexpected reboots or errors.
            Review the rollback log and determine the stop code.
            The rollback log is located in the $Windows.~BT\Sources\Rollback folder.  An example analysis is shown below. This example is not representative of all cases:
             
            Info SP     Crash 0x0000007E detected
            Info SP       Module name           :
            Info SP       Bugcheck parameter 1  : 0xFFFFFFFFC0000005
            Info SP       Bugcheck parameter 2  : 0xFFFFF8015BC0036A
            Info SP       Bugcheck parameter 3  : 0xFFFFD000E5D23728
            Info SP       Bugcheck parameter 4  : 0xFFFFD000E5D22F40
            Info SP     Cannot recover the system.
            Info SP     Rollback: Showing splash window with restoring text: Restoring your previous version of Windows.
             
            Typically, there is a dump file for the crash to analyze. If you are not equipped to debug the dump, then attempt the following basic troubleshooting procedures:
             
            1. Make sure you have enough disk space.
            2. If a driver is identified in the bug check message, disable the driver or check with the manufacturer for driver updates.
            3. Try changing video adapters.
            4. Check with your hardware vendor for any BIOS updates.
            5. Disable BIOS memory options such as caching or shadowing. | A rollback occurred due to a driver configuration issue.
            Installation failed during the second boot phase while attempting the MIGRATE_DATA operation.
            This can occur because of incompatible drivers. |
-| 0xC1900101 - 0x40017 | Clean boot into Windows, and then attempt the upgrade to Windows 10. For more information, see [How to perform a clean boot in Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/929135).
            Ensure that you select the option to "Download and install updates (recommended)."
             
            Computers that run Citrix VDA  
            You may see this message after you upgrade a computer from Windows 10, version 1511 to Windows 10, version 1607. After the second system restart, the system generates this error and then rolls back to the previous version. This problem has also been observed in upgrades to Windows 8.1 and Windows 8.  
             
            This problem occurs because the computer has Citrix Virtual Delivery Agent (VDA) installed. Citrix VDA installs device drivers and a file system filter driver (CtxMcsWbc). This Citrix filter driver prevents the upgrade from writing changes to the disk, so the upgrade cannot complete and the system rolls back.  
             
            **Resolution**
             
            To resolve this problem, install [Cumulative update for Windows 10 Version 1607 and Windows Server 2016: November 8, 2016](https://support.microsoft.com/help/3200970/cumulative-update-for-windows-10-version-1607-and-windows-server-2016).
             
            You can work around this problem in two ways:
             
            **Workaround 1**
             
            1. Use the VDA setup application (VDAWorkstationSetup_7.11) to uninstall Citrix VDA.
            2. Run the Windows upgrade again.
            3. Reinstall Citrix VDA.
             
            **Workaround 2**
             
            If you cannot uninstall Citrix VDA, follow these steps to work around this problem:  
             
            1. In Registry Editor, go to the following subkey:
             **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Class\{4d36e967-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}\CtxMcsWbc**
            2. Change the value of the **Start** entry from **0** to **4**. This change disables the Citrix MCS cache service.
            3. Go to the following subkey:
             **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Class\{4d36e967-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}**
            4. Delete the **CtxMcsWbc** entry.
            5. Restart the computer, and then try the upgrade again.
             
            **Non-Microsoft information disclaimer**  
            The non-Microsoft products that this article discusses are manufactured by companies that are independent of Microsoft. Microsoft makes no warranty, implied or otherwise, about the performance or reliability of these products. | Windows 10 upgrade failed after the second reboot.
            This is usually caused by a faulty driver. For example: antivirus filter drivers or encryption drivers. |
+| 0xC1900101 - 0x4000D | Check supplemental rollback logs for a setupmem.dmp file, or event logs for any unexpected reboots or errors.
            Review the rollback log and determine the stop code.
            The rollback log is located in the $Windows.~BT\Sources\Rollback folder.  An example analysis is shown below. This example isn't representative of all cases:
             
            Info SP     Crash 0x0000007E detected
            Info SP       Module name           :
            Info SP       Bugcheck parameter 1  : 0xFFFFFFFFC0000005
            Info SP       Bugcheck parameter 2  : 0xFFFFF8015BC0036A
            Info SP       Bugcheck parameter 3  : 0xFFFFD000E5D23728
            Info SP       Bugcheck parameter 4  : 0xFFFFD000E5D22F40
            Info SP     Can't recover the system.
            Info SP     Rollback: Showing splash window with restoring text: Restoring your previous version of Windows.
             
            Typically, there's a dump file for the crash to analyze. If you aren't equipped to debug the dump, then attempt the following basic troubleshooting procedures:
             
            1. Make sure you have enough disk space.
            2. If a driver is identified in the bug check message, disable the driver or check with the manufacturer for driver updates.
            3. Try changing video adapters.
            4. Check with your hardware vendor for any BIOS updates.
            5. Disable BIOS memory options such as caching or shadowing. | A rollback occurred due to a driver configuration issue.
            Installation failed during the second boot phase while attempting the MIGRATE_DATA operation.
            This can occur because of incompatible drivers. |
+| 0xC1900101 - 0x40017 | Clean boot into Windows, and then attempt the upgrade to Windows 10. For more information, see [How to perform a clean boot in Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/929135).
            Ensure that you select the option to "Download and install updates (recommended)."
             
            Computers that run Citrix VDA  
            You may see this message after you upgrade a computer from Windows 10, version 1511 to Windows 10, version 1607. After the second system restart, the system generates this error and then rolls back to the previous version. This problem has also been observed in upgrades to Windows 8.1 and Windows 8.  
             
            This problem occurs because the computer has Citrix Virtual Delivery Agent (VDA) installed. Citrix VDA installs device drivers and a file system filter driver (CtxMcsWbc). This Citrix filter driver prevents the upgrade from writing changes to the disk, so the upgrade can't complete and the system rolls back.  
             
            **Resolution**
             
            To resolve this problem, install [Cumulative update for Windows 10 Version 1607 and Windows Server 2016: November 8, 2016](https://support.microsoft.com/help/3200970/cumulative-update-for-windows-10-version-1607-and-windows-server-2016).
             
            You can work around this problem in two ways:
             
            **Workaround 1**
             
            1. Use the VDA setup application (VDAWorkstationSetup_7.11) to uninstall Citrix VDA.
            2. Run the Windows upgrade again.
            3. Reinstall Citrix VDA.
             
            **Workaround 2**
             
            If you can't uninstall Citrix VDA, follow these steps to work around this problem:  
             
            1. In Registry Editor, go to the following subkey:
             **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Class\{4d36e967-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}\CtxMcsWbc**
            2. Change the value of the **Start** entry from **0** to **4**. This change disables the Citrix MCS cache service.
            3. Go to the following subkey:
             **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Class\{4d36e967-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}**
            4. Delete the **CtxMcsWbc** entry.
            5. Restart the computer, and then try the upgrade again.
             
            **Non-Microsoft information disclaimer**  
            The non-Microsoft products that this article discusses are manufactured by companies that are independent of Microsoft. Microsoft makes no warranty, implied or otherwise, about the performance or reliability of these products. | Windows 10 upgrade failed after the second reboot.
            This is caused by a faulty driver. For example: antivirus filter drivers or encryption drivers. |
 
 ## 0x800xxxxx
 
-Result codes that start with the digits 0x800 are also important to understand. These error codes indicate general operating system errors, and are not unique to the Windows upgrade process. Examples include timeouts, devices not functioning, and a process stopping unexpectedly.
+Result codes that start with the digits 0x800 are also important to understand. These error codes indicate general operating system errors, and aren't unique to the Windows upgrade process. Examples include timeouts, devices not functioning, and a process stopping unexpectedly.
 
 See the following general troubleshooting procedures associated with a result code of 0x800xxxxx:
 
 | Code | Mitigation | Cause |
 | :---     |  :---  |  :--- |
 | 80040005 - 0x20007     |  This error has more than one possible cause. Attempt [quick fixes](quick-fixes.md), and if not successful, [analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) in order to determine the problem and solution.  |   An unspecified error occurred with a driver during the SafeOS phase.   |
-| 0x80073BC3 - 0x20009
            0x80070002 - 0x20009
            0x80073B92 - 0x20009     |  These errors occur during partition analysis and validation, and can be caused by the presence of multiple system partitions. For example, if you installed a new system drive but left the previous system drive connected, this can cause a conflict. To resolve the errors, disconnect or temporarily disable drives that contain the unused system partition. You can reconnect the drive after the upgrade has completed. Alternatively, you can delete the unused system partition.  |   The requested system device cannot be found, there is a sharing violation, or there are multiple devices matching the identification criteria.   |
+| 0x80073BC3 - 0x20009
            0x80070002 - 0x20009
            0x80073B92 - 0x20009     |  These errors occur during partition analysis and validation, and can be caused by the presence of multiple system partitions. For example, if you installed a new system drive but left the previous system drive connected, this can cause a conflict. To resolve the errors, disconnect or temporarily disable drives that contain the unused system partition. You can reconnect the drive after the upgrade has completed. Alternatively, you can delete the unused system partition.  |   The requested system device can't be found, there's a sharing violation, or there are multiple devices matching the identification criteria.   |
 | 800704B8 - 0x3001A   |  Disable or uninstall non-Microsoft antivirus applications, disconnect all unnecessary devices, and perform a [clean boot](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/929135).  |   An extended error has occurred during the first boot phase.   |
-| 8007042B - 0x4000D    |  [Analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) in order to determine the file, application, or driver that is not able to be migrated. Disconnect, update, remove, or replace the device or object.  |   The installation failed during the second boot phase while attempting the MIGRATE_DATA operation.
            This issue can occur due to file system, application, or driver issues.   |
-| 8007001F - 0x3000D    |  [Analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) in order to determine the files or registry entries that are blocking data migration.
             
            This error can be due to a problem with user profiles. It can occur due to corrupt registry entries under **HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\ProfileList** or invalid files in the **\\Users** directory.
             
            **Note**: If a previous upgrade did not complete, invalid profiles might exist in the **Windows.old\\Users** directory.
             
            To repair this error, ensure that deleted accounts are not still present in the Windows registry and that files under the \\Users directory are valid. Delete the invalid files or user profiles that are causing this error. The specific files and profiles that are causing the error will be recorded in the Windows setup log files.|   The installation failed in the FIRST_BOOT phase with an error during MIGRATE_DATA operation.   |
-| 8007001F - 0x4000D     |  [Analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) in order to determine the device that is not functioning properly. Disconnect, update, or replace the device.  |   General failure, a device attached to the system is not functioning.   |
+| 8007042B - 0x4000D    |  [Analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) in order to determine the file, application, or driver that isn't able to be migrated. Disconnect, update, remove, or replace the device or object.  |   The installation failed during the second boot phase while attempting the MIGRATE_DATA operation.
            This issue can occur due to file system, application, or driver issues.   |
+| 8007001F - 0x3000D    |  [Analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) in order to determine the files or registry entries that are blocking data migration.
             
            This error can be due to a problem with user profiles. It can occur due to corrupt registry entries under **HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\ProfileList** or invalid files in the **\\Users** directory.
             
            **Note**: If a previous upgrade didn't complete, invalid profiles might exist in the **Windows.old\\Users** directory.
             
            To repair this error, ensure that deleted accounts aren't still present in the Windows registry and that files under the \\Users directory are valid. Delete the invalid files or user profiles that are causing this error. The specific files and profiles that are causing the error will be recorded in the Windows setup log files.|   The installation failed in the FIRST_BOOT phase with an error during MIGRATE_DATA operation.   |
+| 8007001F - 0x4000D     |  [Analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) in order to determine the device that isn't functioning properly. Disconnect, update, or replace the device.  |   General failure, a device attached to the system isn't functioning.   |
 | 8007042B - 0x4001E   |  This error has more than one possible cause. Attempt [quick fixes](quick-fixes.md), and if not successful, [analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) in order to determine the problem and solution.  |   The installation failed during the second boot phase while attempting the PRE_OOBE operation.   |
 
 ## Other result codes
 
 |Error code|Cause|Mitigation|
 |--- |--- |--- |
-|0xC1800118|WSUS has downloaded content that it cannot use due to a missing decryption key.|See [Steps to resolve error 0xC1800118](/archive/blogs/wsus/resolving-error-0xc1800118) for information.|
-|0xC1900200|Setup.exe has detected that the machine does not meet the minimum system requirements.|Ensure the system you are trying to upgrade meets the minimum system requirements. See [Windows 10 specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-10-specifications) for information.|
-|0x80090011|A device driver error occurred during user data migration.|Contact your hardware vendor and get all the device drivers updated. It is recommended to have an active internet connection during upgrade process.
            Ensure that "Download and install updates (recommended)" is accepted at the start of the upgrade process.|
+|0xC1800118|WSUS has downloaded content that it can't use due to a missing decryption key.|See [Steps to resolve error 0xC1800118](/archive/blogs/wsus/resolving-error-0xc1800118) for information.|
+|0xC1900200|Setup.exe has detected that the machine doesn't meet the minimum system requirements.|Ensure the system you're trying to upgrade meets the minimum system requirements. See [Windows 10 specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-10-specifications) for information.|
+|0x80090011|A device driver error occurred during user data migration.|Contact your hardware vendor and get all the device drivers updated. It's recommended to have an active internet connection during upgrade process.
            Ensure that "Download and install updates (recommended)" is accepted at the start of the upgrade process.|
 |0xC7700112|Failure to complete writing data to the system drive, possibly due to write access failure on the hard disk.|This issue is resolved in the latest version of Upgrade Assistant.
            Ensure that "Download and install updates (recommended)" is accepted at the start of the upgrade process.|
 |0x80190001|An unexpected error was encountered while attempting to download files required for upgrade.|To resolve this issue, download and run the media creation tool. See [Download windows 10](https://www.microsoft.com/software-download/windows10).|
-|0x80246007|The update was not downloaded successfully.|Attempt other methods of upgrading the operating system.
            Download and run the media creation tool. See [Download windows 10](https://www.microsoft.com/software-download/windows10).
            Attempt to upgrade using .ISO or USB.
             **Note:** Windows 10 Enterprise isn’t available in the media creation tool. For more information, go to the [Volume Licensing Service Center](https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/servicecenter/default.aspx).|
+|0x80246007|The update wasn't downloaded successfully.|Attempt other methods of upgrading the operating system.
            Download and run the media creation tool. See [Download windows 10](https://www.microsoft.com/software-download/windows10).
            Attempt to upgrade using .ISO or USB.
             **Note:** Windows 10 Enterprise isn’t available in the media creation tool. For more information, go to the [Volume Licensing Service Center](https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/servicecenter/default.aspx).|
 |0x80244018|Your machine is connected through a proxy server.|Make sure Automatically Detect Settings is selected in internet options. (Control Panel > Internet Options > Connections > LAN Settings).|
-|0xC1900201|The system did not pass the minimum requirements to install the update.|Contact the hardware vendor to get the latest updates.|
+|0xC1900201|The system didn't pass the minimum requirements to install the update.|Contact the hardware vendor to get the latest updates.|
 |0x80240017|The upgrade is unavailable for this edition of Windows.|Administrative policies enforced by your organization might be preventing the upgrade. Contact your IT administrator.|
-|0x80070020|The existing process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process.|Use the MSCONFIG tool to perform a clean boot on the machine and then try to perform the update again. For more information, see [How to perform a clean boot in Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/929135).|
-|0x80070522|The user doesn’t have required privilege or credentials to upgrade.|Ensure that you have signed in as a local administrator or have local administrator privileges.|
-|0xC1900107|A cleanup operation from a previous installation attempt is still pending and a system reboot is required in order to continue the upgrade.|Restart the device and run setup again. If restarting the device does not resolve the issue, then use the Disk Cleanup utility and clean up the temporary files as well as the System files. For more information, see [Disk cleanup in Windows 10](https://support.microsoft.com/instantanswers/8fef4121-711b-4be1-996f-99e02c7301c2/disk-cleanup-in-windows-10).|
-|0xC1900209|The user has chosen to cancel because the system does not pass the compatibility scan to install the update. Setup.exe will report this error when it can upgrade the machine with user data but cannot migrate installed applications.|Incompatible software is blocking the upgrade process. Uninstall the application and try the upgrade again. See [Windows 10 Pre-Upgrade Validation using SETUP.EXE](/archive/blogs/mniehaus/windows-10-pre-upgrade-validation-using-setup-exe) for more information.
            You can also download the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 and install Application Compatibility Tools.|
+|0x80070020|The existing process can't access the file because it's being used by another process.|Use the MSCONFIG tool to perform a clean boot on the machine and then try to perform the update again. For more information, see [How to perform a clean boot in Windows](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/929135).|
+|0x80070522|The user doesn’t have required privilege or credentials to upgrade.|Ensure that you've signed in as a local administrator or have local administrator privileges.|
+|0xC1900107|A cleanup operation from a previous installation attempt is still pending and a system reboot is required in order to continue the upgrade.|Restart the device and run setup again. If restarting the device doesn't resolve the issue, then use the Disk Cleanup utility to clean up the temporary files and the System files. For more information, see [Disk cleanup in Windows 10](https://support.microsoft.com/windows/disk-cleanup-in-windows-8a96ff42-5751-39ad-23d6-434b4d5b9a68).|
+|0xC1900209|The user has chosen to cancel because the system doesn't pass the compatibility scan to install the update. Setup.exe will report this error when it can upgrade the machine with user data but cannot migrate installed applications.|Incompatible software is blocking the upgrade process. Uninstall the application and try the upgrade again. See [Windows 10 Pre-Upgrade Validation using SETUP.EXE](/archive/blogs/mniehaus/windows-10-pre-upgrade-validation-using-setup-exe) for more information.
            You can also download the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10 and install Application Compatibility Tools.|
 |0x8007002|This error is specific to upgrades using System Center 2012 Configuration Manager R2 SP1 CU3 (5.00.8238.1403)|Analyze the SMSTS.log and verify that the upgrade is failing on "Apply Operating system" Phase: Error 80072efe DownloadFileWithRanges() failed. 80072efe. ApplyOperatingSystem (0x0760)
            The error 80072efe means that the connection with the server was terminated abnormally.
            To resolve this issue, try the OS Deployment test on a client in same VLAN as the Configuration Manager server. Check the network configuration for random client-server connection issues happening on the remote VLAN.|
-|0x80240FFF|Occurs when update synchronization fails. It can occur when you are using Windows Server Update Services on its own or when it is integrated with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager. If you enable update synchronization before you install hotfix 3095113, WSUS doesn't recognize the Upgrades classification and instead treats the upgrade like a regular update.|You can prevent this by installing hotfix 3095113 before you enable update synchronization. However, if you have already run into this problem, do the following:
            1. Disable the Upgrades classification.
            2. Install hotfix 3095113.
            3. Delete previously synched updates.
            4. Enable the Upgrades classification.
            5. Perform a full synch.
            For detailed information on how to run these steps check out How to delete upgrades in WSUS.|
-|0x8007007E|Occurs when update synchronization fails because you do not have hotfix 3095113 installed before you enable update synchronization. Specifically, the CopyToCache operation fails on clients that have already downloaded the upgrade because Windows Server Update Services has bad metadata related to the upgrade. It can occur when you are using standalone Windows Server Update Services or when WSUS is integrated with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.|Use the following steps to repair Windows Server Update Services. You must run these steps on each WSUS server that synched metadata before you installed the hotfix.
            Stop the Windows Update service. 
          • Sign in as a user with administrative privileges, and then do the following:
          • Open Administrative Tools from the Control Panel.
          • Double-click Services.
          • Find the Windows Update service, right-click it, and then select Stop. If prompted, enter your credentials.
            Delete all files and folders under c:\Windows\SoftwareDistribution\DataStore.
            Restart the Windows Update service.|
+|0x80240FFF|Occurs when update synchronization fails. It can occur when you're using Windows Server Update Services on its own or when it's integrated with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager. If you enable update synchronization before you install hotfix 3095113, WSUS doesn't recognize the Upgrades classification and instead treats the upgrade like a regular update.|You can prevent this by installing hotfix 3095113 before you enable update synchronization. However, if you have already run into this problem, do the following:
            1. Disable the Upgrades classification.
            2. Install hotfix 3095113.
            3. Delete previously synched updates.
            4. Enable the Upgrades classification.
            5. Perform a full synch.
            For detailed information on how to run these steps check out How to delete upgrades in WSUS.|
+|0x8007007E|Occurs when update synchronization fails because you don't have hotfix 3095113 installed before you enable update synchronization. Specifically, the CopyToCache operation fails on clients that have already downloaded the upgrade because Windows Server Update Services has bad metadata related to the upgrade. It can occur when you're using standalone Windows Server Update Services or when WSUS is integrated with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.|Use the following steps to repair Windows Server Update Services. You must run these steps on each WSUS server that synched metadata before you installed the hotfix.
            Stop the Windows Update service. 
          • Sign in as a user with administrative privileges, and then do the following:
          • Open Administrative Tools from the Control Panel.
          • Double-click Services.
          • Find the Windows Update service, right-click it, and then select Stop. If prompted, enter your credentials.
            Delete all files and folders under c:\Windows\SoftwareDistribution\DataStore.
            Restart the Windows Update service.|
 
 ## Other error codes
 
 | Error Codes | Cause | Mitigation |
 | --- | --- | --- |
 |0x80070003- 0x20007|This is a failure during SafeOS phase driver installation.|[Verify device drivers](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/troubleshooting-device-and-driver-installations) on the computer, and [analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) to determine the problem driver.|
-|0x8007025D - 0x2000C|This error occurs if the ISO file's metadata is corrupt or if there is an issue with the storage medium, such as a RAM module containing bad blocks during the installation of Windows.|Re-download the ISO/Media and re-attempt the upgrade
            Alternatively, re-create installation media the [Media Creation Tool](https://www.microsoft.com/software-download/windows10).|
+|0x8007025D - 0x2000C|This error occurs if the ISO file's metadata is corrupt or if there's an issue with the storage medium, such as a RAM module containing bad blocks during the installation of Windows.|Redownload the ISO/Media and reattempt the upgrade
            Alternatively, re-create installation media the [Media Creation Tool](https://www.microsoft.com/software-download/windows10).|
 |0x80070490 - 0x20007|An incompatible device driver is present.|[Verify device drivers](/windows-hardware/drivers/install/troubleshooting-device-and-driver-installations) on the computer, and [analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) to determine the problem driver.|
 |0xC1900101 - 0x2000c|An unspecified error occurred in the SafeOS phase during WIM apply. This can be caused by an outdated driver or disk corruption.|Run checkdisk to repair the file system. For more information, see the [quick fixes](quick-fixes.md) section in this guide.
            Update drivers on the computer, and select "Download and install updates (recommended)" during the upgrade process. Disconnect devices other than the mouse, keyboard and display.|
 |0xC1900200 - 0x20008|The computer doesn’t meet the minimum requirements to download or upgrade to Windows 10.|See [Windows 10 Specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-10-specifications) and verify the computer meets minimum requirements.
            Review logs for [compatibility information](/archive/blogs/askcore/using-the-windows-10-compatibility-reports-to-understand-upgrade-issues).|
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ See the following general troubleshooting procedures associated with a result co
 |0xC1900101 - 0x4001E|Installation failed in the SECOND_BOOT phase with an error during PRE_OOBE operation.|This is a generic error that occurs during the OOBE phase of setup. See the [0xC1900101](#0xc1900101) section of this guide and review general troubleshooting procedures described in that section.|
 |0x80070005 - 0x4000D|The installation failed in the SECOND_BOOT phase with an error in during MIGRATE_DATA operation. This error indicates that access was denied while attempting to migrate data.|[Analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) to determine the data point that is reporting access denied.|
 |0x80070004 - 0x50012|Windows Setup failed to open a file.|[Analyze log files](log-files.md#analyze-log-files) to determine the data point that is reporting access problems.|
-|0xC190020e
            0x80070070 - 0x50011
            0x80070070 - 0x50012
            0x80070070 - 0x60000|These errors indicate the computer does not have enough free space available to install the upgrade.|To upgrade a computer to Windows 10, it requires 16 GB of free hard drive space for a 32-bit OS, and 20 GB for a 64-bit OS. If there is not enough space, attempt to [free up drive space](https://support.microsoft.com/help/17421/windows-free-up-drive-space) before proceeding with the upgrade. 
            **Note:** If your device allows it, you can use an external USB drive for the upgrade process. Windows setup will back up the previous version of Windows to a USB external drive. The external drive must be at least 8GB (16GB is recommended). The external drive should be formatted using NTFS.  Drives that are formatted in FAT32 may run into errors due to FAT32 file size limitations. USB drives are preferred over SD cards because drivers for SD cards are not migrated if the device does not support Connected Standby.
            |
+|0xC190020e
            0x80070070 - 0x50011
            0x80070070 - 0x50012
            0x80070070 - 0x60000|These errors indicate the computer doesn't have enough free space available to install the upgrade.|To upgrade a computer to Windows 10, it requires 16 GB of free hard drive space for a 32-bit OS, and 20 GB for a 64-bit OS. If there isn't enough space, attempt to [free up drive space](https://support.microsoft.com/help/17421/windows-free-up-drive-space) before proceeding with the upgrade. 
            **Note:** If your device allows it, you can use an external USB drive for the upgrade process. Windows setup will back up the previous version of Windows to a USB external drive. The external drive must be at least 8 GB (16 GB is recommended). The external drive should be formatted using NTFS.  Drives that are formatted in FAT32 may run into errors due to FAT32 file size limitations. USB drives are preferred over SD cards because drivers for SD cards aren't migrated if the device doesn't support Connected Standby.
            |
 
 ## Modern setup errors
 
@@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ Also see the following sequential list of modern setup (mosetup) error codes wit
 
 | Result code | Message  | Description |
 | --- | --- | --- |
-| 0XC1900100 | MOSETUP_E_VERSION_MISMATCH | An unexpected version of Setup Platform binaries was encountered. Please verify the package contents. |
+| 0XC1900100 | MOSETUP_E_VERSION_MISMATCH | An unexpected version of Setup Platform binaries was encountered. Verify the package contents. |
 | 0XC1900101 | MOSETUP_E_SETUP_PLATFORM | The Setup Platform has encountered an unspecified error. |
 | 0XC1900102 | MOSETUP_E_SHUTDOWN_BLOCK | Unable to create or destroy the shutdown block message. |
-| 0XC1900103 | MOSETUP_E_COMPAT_TIMEOUT | The compatibility issues were not resolved within the required time limit. |
+| 0XC1900103 | MOSETUP_E_COMPAT_TIMEOUT | The compatibility issues weren't resolved within the required time limit. |
 | 0XC1900104 | MOSETUP_E_PROCESS_TIMEOUT | The installation process did not complete within the required time limit. |
 | 0XC1900105 | MOSETUP_E_TEST_MODE | The installation process is being used in a test environment. |
 | 0XC1900106 | MOSETUP_E_TERMINATE_PROCESS | The installation process was terminated. |
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Also see the following sequential list of modern setup (mosetup) error codes wit
 | 0XC1900113 | MOSETUP_E_EULA_DECLINED | The user has declined the license terms. |
 | 0XC190011e | MOSETUP_E_FLIGHTING_BVT | The installation process has been halted for testing purposes. |
 | 0XC190011f | MOSETUP_E_PROCESS_CRASHED | The installation process crashed. |
-| 0XC1900120 | MOSETUP_E_EULA_TIMEOUT | The user has not accepted Eula within the required time limit. |
+| 0XC1900120 | MOSETUP_E_EULA_TIMEOUT | The user has not accepted the EULA within the required time limit. |
 | 0XC1900121 | MOSETUP_E_ADVERTISE_TIMEOUT | The user has not accepted Advertisement within the required time limit. |
 | 0XC1900122 | MOSETUP_E_DOWNLOADDISKSPACE_TIMEOUT | The download disk space issues were not resolved within the required time limit. |
 | 0XC1900123 | MOSETUP_E_INSTALLDISKSPACE_TIMEOUT | The install disk space issues were not resolved within the required time limit. |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/resolve-windows-10-upgrade-errors.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/resolve-windows-10-upgrade-errors.md
index e1749e6b58..57df118f87 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/resolve-windows-10-upgrade-errors.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/resolve-windows-10-upgrade-errors.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: Resolve Windows 10 upgrade errors - Windows IT Pro
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Resolve Windows 10 upgrade errors for ITPros. Technical information for IT professionals to help diagnose Windows setup errors.
 keywords: deploy, error, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, code, rollback, ITPro
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ See the following topics in this article:
 
            [Windows 10 Specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/Windows-10-specifications)
 
            [Windows 10 IT pro forums](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?category=Windows10ITPro)
 
            [Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
-
            
\ No newline at end of file
+
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/setupdiag.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/setupdiag.md
index 9a69049140..505f23ab18 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/setupdiag.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/setupdiag.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: SetupDiag
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: SetupDiag works by examining Windows Setup log files. This article shows how to use the SetupDiag tool to diagnose Windows Setup errors.
 keywords: deploy, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, update, setup, diagnose
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -571,4 +571,4 @@ Refer to "https://docs.microsoft.com/windows/desktop/Debug/system-error-codes" f
 
 ## Related topics
 
-[Resolve Windows 10 upgrade errors: Technical information for IT Pros](./resolve-windows-10-upgrade-errors.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Resolve Windows 10 upgrade errors: Technical information for IT Pros](./resolve-windows-10-upgrade-errors.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/submit-errors.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/submit-errors.md
index 1cde13e1eb..17692fe281 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/submit-errors.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/submit-errors.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 ---
 title: Submit Windows 10 upgrade errors using Feedback Hub
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Download the Feedback Hub app, and then submit Windows 10 upgrade errors for diagnosis using feedback hub.
 keywords: deploy, error, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, code, rollback, feedback
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ After your feedback is submitted, you can email or post links to it by opening t
 
 ## Related topics
 
-[Windows 10 release information](https://technet.microsoft.com/windows/release-info.aspx)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Windows 10 release information](https://technet.microsoft.com/windows/release-info.aspx)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/troubleshoot-upgrade-errors.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/troubleshoot-upgrade-errors.md
index f81c8e5e88..736fd59813 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/troubleshoot-upgrade-errors.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/troubleshoot-upgrade-errors.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: Troubleshoot Windows 10 upgrade errors - Windows IT Pro
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Understanding the Windows 10 upgrade process can help you troubleshoot errors when something goes wrong. Find out more with this guide.
 keywords: deploy, error, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, code, rollback, ITPro
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -95,6 +95,6 @@ WIM = Windows image (Microsoft)
 
 [Windows 10 FAQ for IT professionals](../planning/windows-10-enterprise-faq-itpro.yml)
 
            [Windows 10 Enterprise system requirements](https://technet.microsoft.com/windows/dn798752.aspx)
-
            [Windows 10 Specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/Windows-/ifications)
+
            [Windows 10 Specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/windows-10-specifications)
 
            [Windows 10 IT pro forums](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?category=Windows10ITPro)
-
            [Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
\ No newline at end of file
+
            [Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/upgrade-error-codes.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/upgrade-error-codes.md
index 95f6cd4f49..3b0ef7d8df 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/upgrade-error-codes.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/upgrade-error-codes.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: Upgrade error codes - Windows IT Pro
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Understand the error codes that may come up if something goes wrong during the Windows 10 upgrade process.
 keywords: deploy, error, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, code, rollback, ITPro
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-edition-upgrades.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-edition-upgrades.md
index 4505749b15..959bb7e649 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-edition-upgrades.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-edition-upgrades.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Windows 10 edition upgrade (Windows 10)
 description: With Windows 10, you can quickly upgrade from one edition of Windows 10 to another, provided the upgrade path is supported.
 ms.assetid: A7642E90-A3E7-4A25-8044-C4E402DC462A
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-upgrade-paths.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-upgrade-paths.md
index 19f8ab5ad8..46541e996a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-upgrade-paths.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-10-upgrade-paths.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: Windows 10 upgrade paths (Windows 10)
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: You can upgrade to Windows 10 from a previous version of Windows if the upgrade path is supported.
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ms.sitesec: library
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.pagetype: mobile
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-error-reporting.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-error-reporting.md
index 74fb942b19..74939a1ac1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-error-reporting.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-error-reporting.md
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 ---
 title: Windows error reporting - Windows IT Pro
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: Learn how to review the events generated by Windows Error Reporting when something goes wrong during Windows 10 setup.
 keywords: deploy, error, troubleshoot, windows, 10, upgrade, code, rollback, ITPro
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ The event will also contain links to log files that can be used to perform a det
 [Windows 10 Enterprise system requirements](https://technet.microsoft.com/windows/dn798752.aspx)  
 [Windows 10 Specifications](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/Windows-10-specifications)  
 [Windows 10 IT pro forums](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/home?category=Windows10ITPro)  
-[Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Fix Windows Update errors by using the DISM or System Update Readiness tool](/troubleshoot/windows-server/deployment/fix-windows-update-errors)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-upgrade-and-migration-considerations.md b/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-upgrade-and-migration-considerations.md
index 783c1f9bac..f18c6db530 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-upgrade-and-migration-considerations.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/upgrade/windows-upgrade-and-migration-considerations.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Windows Upgrade and Migration Considerations (Windows 10)
 description: Discover the Microsoft tools you can use to move files and settings between installations, as well as special considerations for performing an upgrade or migration.
 ms.assetid: 7f85095c-5922-45e9-b28e-91b1263c7281
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -72,4 +72,4 @@ This feature is disabled if this registry key value exists and is configured to
 
  
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/getting-started-with-the-user-state-migration-tool.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/getting-started-with-the-user-state-migration-tool.md
index 730dd44759..bd5d79739e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/getting-started-with-the-user-state-migration-tool.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/getting-started-with-the-user-state-migration-tool.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: User State Migration Tool (USMT) - Getting Started (Windows 10)
 description: Plan, collect, and prepare your source computer for migration using the User State Migration Tool (USMT).
 ms.assetid: 506ff1d2-94b8-4460-8672-56aad963504b
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/migrate-application-settings.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/migrate-application-settings.md
index 21a5526eb4..fa2338fdd9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/migrate-application-settings.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/migrate-application-settings.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Migrate Application Settings (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to author a custom migration .xml file that migrates the settings of an application that isn't migrated by default using MigApp.xml.
 ms.assetid: 28f70a83-0a3e-4a6b-968a-2b78ccd3cc07
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/migration-store-types-overview.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/migration-store-types-overview.md
index 52b489720f..746682f4d8 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/migration-store-types-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/migration-store-types-overview.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Migration Store Types Overview (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about the migration store types and how to determine which migration store type best suits your needs.
 ms.assetid: 3b6ce746-76c6-43ff-8cd5-02ed0ae0cf70
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/offline-migration-reference.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/offline-migration-reference.md
index 25d44a98a8..d3d5adc181 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/offline-migration-reference.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/offline-migration-reference.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Offline Migration Reference (Windows 10)
 description: Offline migration enables the ScanState tool to run inside a different Windows OS than the Windows OS from which ScanState is gathering files and settings.
 ms.assetid: f347547c-d601-4c3e-8f2d-0138edeacfda
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/understanding-migration-xml-files.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/understanding-migration-xml-files.md
index f6a8ab4221..a958ea914b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/understanding-migration-xml-files.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/understanding-migration-xml-files.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Understanding Migration XML Files (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to modify the behavior of a basic User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 migration by using XML files.
 ms.assetid: d3d1fe89-085c-4da8-9657-fd54b8bfc4b7
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -168,14 +168,14 @@ The default MigUser.xml file does not migrate the following:
 
 -   ACLS for files in folders outside the user profile.
 
-You can make a copy of the MigUser.xml file and modify it to include or exclude standard user-profile folders and file name extensions. If you know all of the extensions for the files you want to migrate from the source computer, use the MigUser.xml file to move all of your relevant data, regardless of the location of the files. However, this may result in a migration that contains more files than intended. For example, if you choose to migrate all .jpg files, you may migrate image files such as thumbnails and logos from legacy applications that are installed on the source computer.
+You can make a copy of the MigUser.xml file and modify it to include or exclude standard user-profile folders and file name extensions. If you know all of the extensions for the files you want to migrate from the source computer, use the MigUser.xml file to move all of your relevant data, regardless of the location of the files. However, this provision may result in a migration that contains more files than intended. For example, if you choose to migrate all .jpg files, you may migrate image files such as thumbnails and logos from legacy applications that are installed on the source computer.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > Each file name extension you include in the rules within the MigUser.xml file increases the amount of time needed for the ScanState tool to gather the files for the migration. If you are migrating more than 300 file types, you may experience a slow migration. For more information about other ways to organize the migration of your data, see the [Using multiple XML files](#bkmk-multiple) section of this document.
 
 ## Using multiple XML files
 
-You can use multiple XML files with the ScanState and LoadState tools. Each of the default XML files included with or generated by USMT is configured for a specific component of the migration. You can also use custom XML files to supplement these default files with additional migration rules.
+You can use multiple XML files with the ScanState and LoadState tools. Each of the default XML files included with or generated by USMT is configured for a specific component of the migration. You can also use custom XML files to supplement these default files with more migration rules.
 
 |XML migration file|Modifies the following components:|
 |--- |--- |
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-best-practices.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-best-practices.md
index 12e28aaad6..c5c2dd15aa 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-best-practices.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-best-practices.md
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ description: This article discusses general and security-related best practices
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.assetid: e3cb1e78-4230-4eae-b179-e6e9160542d2
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ As the authorized administrator, it is your responsibility to protect the privac
 
 -   **Encrypting File System (EFS)**
 
-    Take extreme caution when migrating encrypted files, because the end user does not need to be logged on to capture the user state. By default, USMT fails if an encrypted file is found. For more information about EFS best practices, see this article in the [Microsoft Knowledge Base](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?linkid=163). For specific instructions about EFS best practices, see [Migrate EFS Files and Certificates](usmt-migrate-efs-files-and-certificates.md).
+    Take extreme caution when migrating encrypted files, because the end user does not need to be logged on to capture the user state. By default, USMT fails if an encrypted file is found. For specific instructions about EFS best practices, see [Migrate EFS Files and Certificates](usmt-migrate-efs-files-and-certificates.md).
 
     **Important**  
     If you migrate an encrypted file without also migrating the certificate, end users will not be able to access the file after the migration.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-choose-migration-store-type.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-choose-migration-store-type.md
index 871da5bf3b..7f4625f2a6 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-choose-migration-store-type.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-choose-migration-store-type.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Choose a Migration Store Type (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to choose a migration store type and estimate the amount of disk space needed for computers in your organization.
 ms.assetid: 4e163e90-9c57-490b-b849-2ed52ab6765f
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-command-line-syntax.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-command-line-syntax.md
index 0631a98022..828f838ae9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-command-line-syntax.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-command-line-syntax.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: User State Migration Tool (USMT) Command-line Syntax (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about the User State Migration Tool (USMT) command-line syntax for using the ScanState tool, LoadState tool, and UsmtUtils tool.
 ms.assetid: f9d205c9-e824-46c7-8d8b-d7e4b52fd514
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-common-issues.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-common-issues.md
index 3b12d21728..9e7bb9aacb 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-common-issues.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-common-issues.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Common Issues (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about common issues that you might see when you run the User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 tools.
 ms.assetid: 5a37e390-8617-4768-9eee-50397fbbb2e1
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.date: 09/19/2017
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-common-migration-scenarios.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-common-migration-scenarios.md
index b94bc3041b..a223b4db6e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-common-migration-scenarios.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-common-migration-scenarios.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Common Migration Scenarios (Windows 10)
 description: See how the User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 is used when planning hardware and/or operating system upgrades.
 ms.assetid: 1d8170d5-e775-4963-b7a5-b55e8987c1e4
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-configxml-file.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-configxml-file.md
index ed444aa11e..22bad03e5c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-configxml-file.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-configxml-file.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Config.xml File (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how the Config.xml file is an optional User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 file that you can create using the /genconfig option with the ScanState.exe tool.
 ms.assetid: 9dc98e76-5155-4641-bcb3-81915db538e8
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-conflicts-and-precedence.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-conflicts-and-precedence.md
index 1236299462..3deb500f90 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-conflicts-and-precedence.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-conflicts-and-precedence.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Conflicts and Precedence (Windows 10)
 description: In this article, learn how User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 deals with conflicts and precedence.
 ms.assetid: 0e2691a8-ff1e-4424-879b-4d5a2f8a113a
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-custom-xml-examples.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-custom-xml-examples.md
index 7d31c9bdbb..497ad18ac5 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-custom-xml-examples.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-custom-xml-examples.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Custom XML Examples (Windows 10)
 description: Use custom XML examples to learn how to migrate an unsupported application, migrate files and registry keys, and migrate the My Videos folder.
 ms.assetid: 48f441d9-6c66-43ef-91e9-7c78cde6fcc0
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-customize-xml-files.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-customize-xml-files.md
index eaaadb905b..5fa898a132 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-customize-xml-files.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-customize-xml-files.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Customize USMT XML Files (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to customize USMT XML files. Also, learn about the migration XML files that are included with USMT.
 ms.assetid: d58363c1-fd13-4f65-8b91-9986659dc93e
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-determine-what-to-migrate.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-determine-what-to-migrate.md
index 608624844a..db368bf884 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-determine-what-to-migrate.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-determine-what-to-migrate.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Determine What to Migrate (Windows 10)
 description: Determine migration settings for standard or customized for the User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0.
 ms.assetid: 01ae1d13-c3eb-4618-b39d-ee5d18d55761
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-estimate-migration-store-size.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-estimate-migration-store-size.md
index 51ea6051cb..612bacb671 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-estimate-migration-store-size.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-estimate-migration-store-size.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Estimate Migration Store Size (Windows 10)
 description: Estimate the disk space requirement for a migration so that you can use User State Migration Tool (USMT).
 ms.assetid: cfb9062b-7a2a-467a-a24e-0b31ce830093
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ The disk space requirements for a migration are dependent on the size of the mig
 
 -   [Hard Disk Space Requirements](#bkmk-spacereqs). Describes the disk space requirements for the migration store and other considerations on the source and destination computers.
 
--   [Calculate Disk Space Requirements Using the ScanState Tool](#bkmk-calcdiskspace). Describes how to use the ScanState tool to determine how big the migration store will be on a particular computer.
+-   [Calculate Disk Space Requirements Using the ScanState Tool](#bkmk-calcdiskspace). Describes how to use the ScanState tool to determine how large the migration store will be on a particular computer.
 
 -   [Estimate Migration Store Size](#bkmk-estmigstoresize). Describes how to estimate the average size of migration stores for the computers in your organization, based on your infrastructure.
 
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ The disk space requirements for a migration are dependent on the size of the mig
 
 -   **Source Computer.** The source computer needs enough available space for the following:
 
-    -   [E250 megabytes (MB) minimum of hard disk space.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) Space is needed to support the User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 operations, for example, growth in the page file. Provided that every volume involved in the migration is formatted as NTFS, 250 MB should be enough space to ensure success for almost every hard-link migration, regardless of the size of the migration. The USMT tools will not create the migration store if 250 MB of disk space is not available.
+    -   [E250 megabytes (MB) minimum of hard disk space.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) Space is needed to support the User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 operations, for example, growth in the page file. If every volume involved in the migration is formatted as NTFS, 250 MB should be enough space to ensure success for almost every hard-link migration, regardless of the size of the migration. The USMT tools will not create the migration store if 250 MB of disk space is not available.
 
-    -   [Temporary space for USMT to run.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) Additional disk space for the USMT tools to operate is required. This does not include the minimum 250 MB needed to create the migration store. The amount of temporary space required can be calculated using the ScanState tool.
+    -   [Temporary space for USMT to run.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) Extra disk space for the USMT tools to operate is required. This does not include the minimum 250 MB needed to create the migration store. The amount of temporary space required can be calculated using the ScanState tool.
 
-    -   [Hard-link migration store.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) It is not necessary to estimate the size of a hard-link migration store. The only case where the hard-link store can be quite large is when non-NTFS file systems exist on the system and contain data being migrated.
+    -   [Hard-link migration store.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) It is not necessary to estimate the size of a hard-link migration store. The only case where the hard-link store can be large is when non-NTFS file systems exist on the system and contain data being migrated.
 
--   [Destination computer.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) The destination computer needs enough available space for the following:
+-   [Destination computer.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) The destination computer needs enough available space for the following components:
 
     -   [Operating system.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize)
 
@@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ The disk space requirements for a migration are dependent on the size of the mig
 
     -   [Data being migrated.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) It is important to consider that in addition to the files being migrated, registry information will also require hard disk space for storage.
 
-    -   [Temporary space for USMT to run.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) Additional disk space for the USMT tools to operate is required. The amount of temporary space required can be calculated using the ScanState tool.
+    -   [Temporary space for USMT to run.](#bkmk-estmigstoresize) Extra disk space for the USMT tools to operate is required. The amount of temporary space required can be calculated using the ScanState tool.
 
 ## Calculate Disk Space Requirements using the ScanState Tool
 
 
-You can use the ScanState tool to calculate the disk space requirements for a particular compressed or uncompressed migration. It is not necessary to estimate the migration store size for a hard-link migration since this method does not create a separate migration store. The ScanState tool provides disk space requirements for the state of the computer at the time the tool is run. The state of the computer may change during day to day use so it is recommended that you use the calculations as an estimate when planning your migration.
+You can use the ScanState tool to calculate the disk space requirements for a particular compressed or uncompressed migration. It is not necessary to estimate the migration store size for a hard-link migration since this method does not create a separate migration store. The ScanState tool provides disk space requirements for the state of the computer at the time the tool is run. The state of the computer may change during day-to-day use so it is recommended that you use the calculations as an estimate when planning your migration.
 
 **To run the ScanState tool on the source computer with USMT installed,**
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ You can use the ScanState tool to calculate the disk space requirements for a pa
 
     The migration store will not be created by running this command, but `StorePath` is a required parameter.
 
-The ScanState tool also allows you to estimate disk space requirements based on a customized migration. For example, you might not want to migrate the My Documents folder to the destination computer. You can specify this in a configuration file when you run the ScanState tool. For more information, see [Customize USMT XML Files](usmt-customize-xml-files.md).
+The ScanState tool also allows you to estimate disk space requirements based on a customized migration. For example, you might not want to migrate the My Documents folder to the destination computer. You can specify this condition in a configuration file when you run the ScanState tool. For more information, see [Customize USMT XML Files](usmt-customize-xml-files.md).
 
 **Note**  
 To preserve the functionality of existing applications or scripts that require the previous behavior of USMT, the **/p** option, without specifying *<path to a file>* is still available in USMT.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Additionally, USMT performs a compliance check for a required minimum of 250 MB
 ## Estimate Migration Store Size
 
 
-Determine how much space you will need to store the migrated data. You should base your calculations on the volume of e-mail, personal documents, and system settings for each user. The best way to estimate these is to survey several computers to arrive at an average for the size of the store that you will need.
+Determine how much space you will need to store the migrated data. You should base your calculations on the volume of e-mail, personal documents, and system settings for each user. The best way to estimate the required space is to survey several computers to arrive at an average for the size of the store that you will need.
 
 The amount of space that is required in the store will vary, depending on the local storage strategies your organization uses. For example, one key element that determines the size of migration data sets is e-mail storage. If e-mail is stored centrally, data sets will be smaller. If e-mail is stored locally, such as offline-storage files, data sets will be larger. Mobile users will typically have larger data sets than workstation users. You should perform tests and inventory the network to determine the average data set size in your organization.
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ When trying to determine how much disk space you will need, consider the followi
 
 -   **User documents**: Frequently, all of a user's documents fit into less than 50 MB of space, depending on the types of files involved. This estimate assumes typical office work, such as word-processing documents and spreadsheets. This estimate can vary substantially based on the types of documents that your organization uses. For example, an architectural firm that predominantly uses computer-aided design (CAD) files needs much more space than a law firm that primarily uses word-processing documents. You do not need to migrate the documents that users store on file servers through mechanisms such as Folder Redirection, as long as users will have access to these locations after the migration.
 
--   **User system settings** Five megabytes is usually adequate space to save the registry settings. This requirement can fluctuate, however, based on the number of applications that have been installed. It is rare, however, for the user-specific portion of the registry to exceed 5 MB.
+-   **User system settings** Five megabytes is adequate space to save the registry settings. This requirement can fluctuate, however, based on the number of applications that have been installed. It is rare, however, for the user-specific portion of the registry to exceed 5 MB.
 
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-exclude-files-and-settings.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-exclude-files-and-settings.md
index f429351369..2daf0baed2 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-exclude-files-and-settings.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-exclude-files-and-settings.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Exclude Files and Settings (Windows 10)
 description: In this article, learn how to exclude files and settings when creating a custom .xml file and a config.xml file.
 ms.assetid: df85baf1-6e29-4995-a4bb-ba3f8f7fed0b
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-extract-files-from-a-compressed-migration-store.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-extract-files-from-a-compressed-migration-store.md
index a6d6154a83..7b9045a432 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-extract-files-from-a-compressed-migration-store.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-extract-files-from-a-compressed-migration-store.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Extract Files from a Compressed USMT Migration Store (Windows 10)
 description: In this article, learn how to extract files from a compressed User State Migration Tool (USMT) migration store.
 ms.assetid: ad9fbd6e-f89e-4444-8538-9b11566b1f33
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-faq.yml b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-faq.yml
index 00d3b1ff23..024d9e89be 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-faq.yml
@@ -4,16 +4,15 @@ metadata:
   description: 'Learn about frequently asked questions and recommended solutions for migrations using User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0.'
   ms.assetid: 813c13a7-6818-4e6e-9284-7ee49493241b
   ms.reviewer: 
-  manager: laurawi
-  ms.author: greglin
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
   ms.prod: w10
   ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
   ms.sitesec: library
   audience: itpro
-  author: greg-lindsay
   ms.date: 04/19/2017
-  ms.topic: article
-    
+  ms.topic: faq
 title: Frequently Asked Questions
 summary: |
   The following sections provide frequently asked questions and recommended solutions for migrations using User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0.
@@ -140,4 +139,4 @@ additionalContent: |
 
   [Extract Files from a Compressed USMT Migration Store](usmt-extract-files-from-a-compressed-migration-store.md)
 
-  [Verify the Condition of a Compressed Migration Store](verify-the-condition-of-a-compressed-migration-store.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+  [Verify the Condition of a Compressed Migration Store](verify-the-condition-of-a-compressed-migration-store.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-general-conventions.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-general-conventions.md
index 49cbfc3f28..96abaac7e8 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-general-conventions.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-general-conventions.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: General Conventions (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about general XML guidelines and how to use XML helper functions in the XML Elements library to change migration behavior.
 ms.assetid: 5761986e-a847-41bd-bf8e-7c1bd01acbc6
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-hard-link-migration-store.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-hard-link-migration-store.md
index 02c53344c8..ccbe76542b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-hard-link-migration-store.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-hard-link-migration-store.md
@@ -3,20 +3,20 @@ title: Hard-Link Migration Store (Windows 10)
 description: Use of a hard-link migration store for a computer-refresh scenario drastically improves migration performance and significantly reduces hard-disk utilization.
 ms.assetid: b0598418-4607-4952-bfa3-b6e4aaa2c574
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
 # Hard-Link Migration Store
 
-A *hard-link migration store* enables you to perform an in-place migration where all user state is maintained on the computer while the old operating system is removed and the new operating system is installed; this is why it is best suited for the computer-refresh scenario. Use of a hard-link migration store for a computer-refresh scenario drastically improves migration performance and significantly reduces hard-disk utilization, reduces deployment costs, and enables entirely new migration scenarios.
+A *hard-link migration store* enables you to perform an in-place migration where all user state is maintained on the computer while the old operating system is removed and the new operating system is installed; this functionality is what makes *hard-link migration store* best suited for the computer-refresh scenario. Use of a hard-link migration store for a computer-refresh scenario drastically improves migration performance and significantly reduces hard-disk utilization, reduces deployment costs, and enables entirely new migration scenarios.
 
 ## In this topic
 
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ You can use a hard-link migration store when your planned migration meets both o
 
 -   You are upgrading the operating system on the same volume of the computer.
 
-You cannot use a hard-link migration store if your planned migration includes any of the following:
+You cannot use a hard-link migration store if your planned migration includes any of the following tasks:
 
 -   You are migrating data from one computer to a second computer.
 
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ You cannot use a hard-link migration store if your planned migration includes an
 
 The hard-link migration store is created using the command-line option, **/hardlink**, and is equivalent to other migration-store types. However, it differs in that hard links are utilized to keep files stored on the source computer during the migration. Keeping the files in place on the source computer eliminates the redundant work of duplicating files. It also enables the performance benefits and reduction in disk utilization that define this scenario.
 
-When you create a hard link, you give an existing file an additional path. For instance, you could create a hard link to c:\\file1.txt called c:\\hard link\\myFile.txt. These are two paths to the same file. If you open c:\\file1.txt, make changes, and save the file, you will see those changes when you open c:\\hard link\\myFile.txt. If you delete c:\\file1.txt, the file still exists on your computer as c:\\hardlink\\myFile.txt. You must delete both references to the file in order to delete the file.
+When you create a hard link, you give an existing file one more path. For instance, you could create a hard link to c:\\file1.txt called c:\\hard link\\myFile.txt. These two paths relate to the same file. If you open c:\\file1.txt, make changes, and save the file, you will see those changes when you open c:\\hard link\\myFile.txt. If you delete c:\\file1.txt, the file still exists on your computer as c:\\hardlink\\myFile.txt. You must delete both references to the file in order to delete the file.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > A hard link can only be created for a file on the same volume. If you copy a hard-link migration store to another drive or external device, the files, and not the links, are copied, as in a non-compressed migration-store scenario.
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ As a best practice, we recommend that you delete the hard-link migration store a
 > [!IMPORTANT]
 > Using the **/c** option will force the Loadstate tool to continue applying files when non-fatal errors occur. If you use the **/c** option, you should verify that no errors are reported in the logs before deleting the hard-link migration store in order to avoid data loss.
 
-Keeping the hard-link migration store can result in additional disk space being consumed or problems with some applications for the following reasons:
+Keeping the hard-link migration store can result in extra disk space being consumed or problems with some applications for the following reasons:
 
 -   Applications reporting file-system statistics, for example, space used and free space, might incorrectly report these statistics while the hard-link migration store is present. The file may be reported twice because of the two paths that reference that file.
 
--   A hard link may lose its connection to the original file. Some applications save changes to a file by creating a temporary file and then renaming the original to a backup filename. The path that was not used to open the file in this application will continue to refer to the unmodified file. The unmodified file that is not in use is taking up additional disk space. You should create the hard-link migration store just before you perform the migration, and not use applications once the store is created, in order to make sure you are migrating the latest versions of all files.
+-   A hard link may lose its connection to the original file. Some applications save changes to a file by creating a temporary file and then renaming the original to a backup filename. The path that was not used to open the file in this application will continue to refer to the unmodified file. The unmodified file that is not in use is taking up more disk space. You should create the hard-link migration store just before you perform the migration, and not use applications once the store is created, in order to make sure you are migrating the latest versions of all files.
 
 -   Editing the file by using different paths simultaneously may result in data corruption.
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ The drive you specify on the command line for the hard-link migration store is i
 
 ### Location Modifications
 
-Location modifications that redirect migrated content from one volume to a different volume have an adverse impact on the performance of a hard-link migration. This is because the migrating data that must cross system volumes cannot remain in the hard-link migration store, and must be copied across the system volumes.
+Location modifications that redirect migrated content from one volume to a different volume have an adverse impact on the performance of a hard-link migration. This impact is because the migrating data that must cross system volumes cannot remain in the hard-link migration store, and must be copied across the system volumes.
 
 ### Migrating Encrypting File System (EFS) Certificates and Files
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-how-it-works.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-how-it-works.md
index 441dccf3f7..a76d7b1dfe 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-how-it-works.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-how-it-works.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: How USMT Works (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how USMT works and how it includes two tools that migrate settings and data - ScanState and LoadState.
 ms.assetid: 5c8bd669-9e1e-473d-81e6-652f40b24171
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-how-to.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-how-to.md
index f883284978..ac9784aa2f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-how-to.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-how-to.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: User State Migration Tool (USMT) How-to topics (Windows 10)
 description: Reference the topics in this article to learn how to use User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 to perform specific tasks.
 ms.assetid: 7b9a2f2a-a43a-4984-9746-a767f9f1c7e3
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-application-settings.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-application-settings.md
index 47f9aef4a9..5e490921ae 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-application-settings.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-application-settings.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Identify Applications Settings (Windows 10)
 description: Identify which applications and settings you want to migrate before using the User State Migration Tool (USMT).
 ms.assetid: eda68031-9b02-4a5b-a893-3786a6505381
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-file-types-files-and-folders.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-file-types-files-and-folders.md
index e8c15402b9..424270d6f0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-file-types-files-and-folders.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-file-types-files-and-folders.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Identify File Types, Files, and Folders (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to identify the file types, files, folders, and settings that you want to migrate when you're planning your migration.
 ms.assetid: 93bb2a33-c126-4f7a-a961-6c89686d54e0
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-operating-system-settings.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-operating-system-settings.md
index 8165a6d8c3..17bf9873f9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-operating-system-settings.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-operating-system-settings.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Identify Operating System Settings (Windows 10)
 description: Identify which system settings you want to migrate, then use the User State Migration Tool (USMT) to select settings and keep the default values for all others.
 ms.assetid: 1704ab18-1765-41fb-a27c-3aa3128fa242
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -17,27 +17,27 @@ ms.topic: article
 # Identify Operating System Settings
 
 
-When planning for your migration, you should identify which operating system settings you want to migrate and to what extent you want to create a new standard environment on each of the computers. User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 enables you to migrate select settings and keep the default values for all others. The operating system settings include the following:
+When planning for your migration, you should identify which operating system settings you want to migrate and to what extent you want to create a new standard environment on each of the computers. User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 enables you to migrate select settings and keep the default values for all others. The operating system settings include the following parameters:
 
--   **Apperance.**
+-   **Appearance.**
 
-    This includes items such as wallpaper, colors, sounds, and the location of the taskbar.
+    The appearance factor includes items such as wallpaper, colors, sounds, and the location of the taskbar.
 
 -   **Action.**
 
-    This includes items such as the key-repeat rate, whether double-clicking a folder opens it in a new window or the same window, and whether you need to single-click or double-click an item to open it.
+    The action factor includes items such as the key-repeat rate, whether double-clicking a folder opens it in a new window or the same window, and whether you need to single-click or double-click an item to open it.
 
 -   **Internet.**
 
-    These are the settings that let you connect to the Internet and control how your browser operates. This includes items such as your home page URL, favorites, bookmarks, cookies, security settings, dial-up connections, and proxy settings.
+    The Internet factor includes the settings that let you connect to the Internet and control how your browser operates. The settings include items such as your home page URL, favorites, bookmarks, cookies, security settings, dial-up connections, and proxy settings.
 
 -   **Mail.**
 
-    This includes the information that you need to connect to your mail server, your signature file, views, mail rules, local mail, and contacts.
+    The mail factor includes the information that you need to connect to your mail server, your signature file, views, mail rules, local mail, and contacts.
 
-To help you decide which settings to migrate, you should consider any previous migration experiences as well as the results of any surveys and tests that you have conducted. You should also consider the number of help-desk calls related to operating-system settings that you have had in the past, and are able to handle in the future. Also decide how much of the new operating-system functionality you want to take advantage of.
+To help you decide which settings to migrate, you should consider any previous migration experiences and the results of any surveys and tests that you have conducted. You should also consider the number of help-desk calls related to operating-system settings that you have had in the past, and are able to handle in the future. Also decide how much of the new operating-system functionality you want to take advantage of.
 
-You should migrate any settings that users need to get their jobs done, those that make the work environment comfortable, and those that will reduce help-desk calls after the migration. Although it is easy to dismiss migrating user preferences, you should consider that users can spend a significant amount of time restoring items such as wallpaper, screen savers, and other customizable user-interface features. Most users do not remember how these settings were applied. Although these items are not critical to migration success, migrating these items increases user productivity and overall satisfaction of the migration process.
+You should migrate any settings that users need to get their jobs done, those settings that make the work environment comfortable, and those settings that will reduce help-desk calls after the migration. Although it is easy to dismiss migrating user preferences, you should consider the factor of users spending a significant amount of time restoring items such as wallpaper, screen savers, and other customizable user-interface features. Most users do not remember how these settings were applied. Although these items are not critical to migration success, migrating these items increases user productivity and overall satisfaction of the migration process.
 
 **Note**  
 For more information about how to change the operating-system settings that are migrated, see [User State Migration Tool (USMT) How-to topics](usmt-how-to.md).
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-users.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-users.md
index d86d82ae25..a4198c33d7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-users.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-identify-users.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Identify Users (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to identify users you plan to migrate, as well as how to migrate local accounts and domain accounts.
 ms.assetid: 957a4fe9-79fd-44a2-8c26-33e50f71f9de
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-include-files-and-settings.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-include-files-and-settings.md
index 734c21960c..470fca55b7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-include-files-and-settings.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-include-files-and-settings.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Include Files and Settings (Windows 10)
 description: Specify the migration .xml files you want, then use the User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0  to migrate the settings and components specified.
 ms.assetid: 9009c6a5-0612-4478-8742-abe5eb6cbac8
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-loadstate-syntax.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-loadstate-syntax.md
index 42f918560d..94a1bc7455 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-loadstate-syntax.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-loadstate-syntax.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: LoadState Syntax (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about the syntax and usage of the command-line options available when you use the LoadState command.
 ms.assetid: 53d2143b-cbe9-4cfc-8506-36e9d429f6d4
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-log-files.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-log-files.md
index 3d42379783..77245a420c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-log-files.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-log-files.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Log Files (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to use User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 logs to monitor your migration and to troubleshoot errors and failed migrations.
 ms.assetid: 28185ebd-630a-4bbd-94f4-8c48aad05649
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migrate-efs-files-and-certificates.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migrate-efs-files-and-certificates.md
index 17fe9cfc7d..fa47e15f49 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migrate-efs-files-and-certificates.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migrate-efs-files-and-certificates.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Migrate EFS Files and Certificates (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to migrate Encrypting File System (EFS) certificates. Also, learn where to find information about how to identify file types, files, and folders.
 ms.assetid: 7f19a753-ec45-4433-b297-cc30f16fdee1
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migrate-user-accounts.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migrate-user-accounts.md
index 330d9984b5..a9459513eb 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migrate-user-accounts.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migrate-user-accounts.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Migrate User Accounts (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to migrate user accounts and how to specify which users to include and exclude by using the User options on the command line.
 ms.assetid: a3668361-43c8-4fd2-b26e-9a2deaeaeb09
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migration-store-encryption.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migration-store-encryption.md
index 6ba4824bdc..fd3a60b669 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migration-store-encryption.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-migration-store-encryption.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Migration Store Encryption (Windows 10)
 description:  Learn how the User State Migration Tool (USMT) enables support for stronger encryption algorithms, called Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
 ms.assetid: b28c2657-b986-4487-bd38-cb81500b831d
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-overview.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-overview.md
index d3c30b002d..63d0299299 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-overview.md
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ title: User State Migration Tool (USMT) Overview (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about using User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 to streamline and simplify user state migration during large deployments of Windows operating systems.
 ms.assetid: 3b649431-ad09-4b17-895a-3fec7ac0a81f
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 10/16/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-plan-your-migration.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-plan-your-migration.md
index 3090fc7efd..4712673a3f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-plan-your-migration.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-plan-your-migration.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Plan Your Migration (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to your plan your migration carefully so your migration can proceed smoothly and so that you reduce the risk of migration failure.
 ms.assetid: c951f7df-850e-47ad-b31b-87f902955e3e
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-recognized-environment-variables.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-recognized-environment-variables.md
index 6e522e003e..142a94a953 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-recognized-environment-variables.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-recognized-environment-variables.md
@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ title: Recognized Environment Variables (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to use environment variables to identify folders that may be different on different computers.
 ms.assetid: 2b0ac412-e131-456e-8f0c-c26249b5f3df
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
@@ -86,8 +86,9 @@ You can use these variables within sections in the .xml files with `context=User
 |**SYSTEM**|Refers to %**WINDIR**%\system32.|
 |**SYSTEM16**|Refers to %**WINDIR**%\system.|
 |**SYSTEM32**|Refers to %**WINDIR**%\system32.|
+|**SYSTEMDRIVE**|The drive that holds the Windows folder. Note that this is a drive name and not a folder name (`C:` not `C:\`).|
 |**SYSTEMPROFILE**|Refers to the value in **HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\ProfileList\S-1-5-18 [ProfileImagePath]**.|
-|**SYSTEMROOT**|Refers to the root of the system drive.|
+|**SYSTEMROOT**|Same as **WINDIR**.|
 |**WINDIR**|Refers to the Windows folder located on the system drive.|
 
 ## Variables that are recognized only in the user context
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-reference.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-reference.md
index a24a5da4cd..5443b4a367 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-reference.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-reference.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: User State Migration Toolkit (USMT) Reference (Windows 10)
 description: Use this User State Migration Toolkit (USMT) article to learn details about USMT, like operating system, hardware, and software requirements, and user prerequisites.
 ms.assetid: 2135dbcf-de49-4cea-b2fb-97dd016e1a1a
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-requirements.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-requirements.md
index 5df90fe4bb..ee64c3fc7a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-requirements.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-requirements.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: USMT Requirements (Windows 10)
 description: While the User State Migration Tool (USMT) doesn't have many requirements, these tips and tricks can help smooth the migration process.
 ms.assetid: 2b0cf3a3-9032-433f-9622-1f9df59d6806
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 05/03/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-reroute-files-and-settings.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-reroute-files-and-settings.md
index facc5fef91..2f40674276 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-reroute-files-and-settings.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-reroute-files-and-settings.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Reroute Files and Settings (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to create a custom .xml file and specify this file name on both the ScanState and LoadState commandlines to reroute files and settings.
 ms.assetid: 905e6a24-922c-4549-9732-60fa11862a6c
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-resources.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-resources.md
index e76eb8f6b7..bd33a0fe0c 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-resources.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-resources.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: USMT Resources (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about User State Migration Tool (USMT) online resources, including Microsoft Visual Studio and forums.
 ms.assetid: a0b266c7-4bcb-49f1-b63c-48c6ace86b43
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 
         For more information about how to use the schema with your XML authoring environment, see the environment’s documentation.
 
--   [Ask the Directory Services Team blog](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=226365)
+-   [Ask the Directory Services Team blog](/archive/blogs/askds/)
 
 -   Forums:
 
@@ -43,4 +43,4 @@ ms.topic: article
 
  
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-return-codes.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-return-codes.md
index b10a808b61..66c47f5030 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-return-codes.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-return-codes.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Return Codes (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 return codes and error messages. Also view a list of USMT return codes and their associated migration steps.
 ms.assetid: e71bbc6b-d5a6-4e48-ad01-af0012b35f22
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-scanstate-syntax.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-scanstate-syntax.md
index 37fb5cbc81..4a3128adbb 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-scanstate-syntax.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-scanstate-syntax.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: ScanState Syntax (Windows 10)
 description: The ScanState command is used with the User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 to scan the source computer, collect the files and settings, and create a store.
 ms.assetid: 004c755f-33db-49e4-8a3b-37beec1480ea
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Before you run the **ScanState** command, note the following:
 
 -   Unless otherwise noted, you can use each option only once when running a tool on the command line.
 
--   You can gather domain accounts without the source computer having domain controller access. This functionality is available without any additional configuration.
+-   You can gather domain accounts without the source computer having domain controller access. This functionality is available without any extra configuration.
 
 -   The [Incompatible Command-Line Options](#bkmk-iclo) table lists which options you can use together and which command-line options are incompatible.
 
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ USMT provides several options that you can use to analyze problems that occur du
 | **/l:**[*Path*]*FileName* | Specifies the location and name of the ScanState log. 

            You cannot store any of the log files in *StorePath*. *Path* can be either a relative or full path. If you do not specify the *Path* variable, then the log will be created in the current directory. You can use the **/v** option to adjust the amount of output. 

            If you run the **ScanState** or **LoadState** commands from a shared network resource, you must specify this option or USMT will fail with the following error: "USMT was unable to create the log file(s)". To fix this issue, use the /**l: scan.log** command. |
 | **/v:***<VerbosityLevel>* | **(Verbosity)**

            Enables verbose output in the ScanState log file. The default value is 0. 

            You can set the *VerbosityLevel* to one of the following levels: 
            • **0** - Only the default errors and warnings are enabled.
            • **1** - Enables verbose output.
            • **4** - Enables error and status output.
            • **5** - Enables verbose and status output.
            • **8** - Enables error output to a debugger.
            • **9** - Enables verbose output to a debugger.
            • **12** - Enables error and status output to a debugger.
            • **13** - Enables verbose, status, and debugger output.
             
            For example: 
            `scanstate \server\share\migration\mystore /v:13 /i:migdocs.xml /i:migapp.xml`|
 | /**progress**:[*Path*]*FileName* | Creates the optional progress log. You cannot store any of the log files in *StorePath*. *Path* can be either a relative or full path. If you do not specify the *Path* variable, then *FileName* will be created in the current directory.

            For example: 
            `scanstate /i:migapp.xml /i:migdocs.xml \server\share\migration\mystore /progress:prog.log /l:scanlog.log` |
-| **/c** | When this option is specified, the **ScanState** command will continue to run, even if non-fatal errors occur. Any files or settings that cause an error are logged in the progress log. For example, if there is a large file that will not fit in the store, the **ScanState** command will log an error and continue with the migration. In addition, if a file is open or in use by an application, USMT may not be able to migrate the file and will log an error. Without the **/c** option, the **ScanState** command will exit on the first error.

            You can use the new <**ErrorControl**> section in the Config.xml file to specify which file or registry read/write errors can be safely ignored and which might cause the migration to fail. This enables the /**c** command-line option to safely skip all input/output (I/O) errors in your environment. In addition, the /**genconfig** option now generates a sample <**ErrorControl**> section that is enabled by specifying error messages and desired behaviors in the Config.xml file. |
+| **/c** | When this option is specified, the **ScanState** command will continue to run, even if non-fatal errors occur. Any files or settings that cause an error are logged in the progress log. For example, if there is a large file that will not fit in the store, the **ScanState** command will log an error and continue with the migration. In addition, if a file is open or in use by an application, USMT may not be able to migrate the file and will log an error. Without the **/c** option, the **ScanState** command will exit on the first error.

            You can use the new <**ErrorControl**> section in the Config.xml file to specify which file or registry read/write errors can be safely ignored and which might cause the migration to fail. This advantage in the Config.xml file enables the /**c** command-line option to safely skip all input/output (I/O) errors in your environment. In addition, the /**genconfig** option now generates a sample <**ErrorControl**> section that is enabled by specifying error messages and desired behaviors in the Config.xml file. |
 | **/r:***<TimesToRetry>* | **(Retry)**

            Specifies the number of times to retry when an error occurs while saving the user state to a server. The default is three times. This option is useful in environments where network connectivity is not reliable.

            While storing the user state, the **/r** option will not be able to recover data that is lost due to a network-hardware failure, such as a faulty or disconnected network cable, or when a virtual private network (VPN) connection fails. The retry option is intended for large, busy networks where connectivity is satisfactory, but communication latency is a problem. |
 | **/w:***<SecondsBeforeRetry>* | **(Wait)**

            Specifies the time to wait, in seconds, before retrying a network file operation. The default is 1 second. |
 | **/p:***<pathToFile>* | When the **ScanState** command runs, it will create an .xml file in the path specified. This .xml file includes improved space estimations for the migration store. The following example shows how to create this .xml file:
            `Scanstate.exe C:\MigrationLocation [additional parameters]`
            `/p:"C:\MigrationStoreSize.xml"`

            For more information, see [Estimate Migration Store Size](usmt-estimate-migration-store-size.md).

            To preserve the functionality of existing applications or scripts that require the previous behavior of USMT, you can use the **/p** option, without specifying *"pathtoafile"*, in USMT. If you specify only the **/p** option, the storage space estimations are created in the same manner as with USMT3.x releases. |
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ By default, all users are migrated. The only way to specify which users to inclu
 |-----|-----|
 | /**all** | Migrates all of the users on the computer. 

            USMT migrates all user accounts on the computer, unless you specifically exclude an account with either the /**ue** or /**uel** options. For this reason, you do not need to specify this option on the command line. However, if you choose to specify the /**all** option, you cannot also use the /**ui**, /**ue** or /**uel** options. |
 | /**ui**:*<DomainName>*\*<UserName>*
            or
            /**ui**:*<ComputerName>*\*<LocalUserName>* | **(User include)** 

            Migrates the specified users. By default, all users are included in the migration. Therefore, this option is helpful only when used with the /**ue** or /**uel** options. You can specify multiple /**ui** options, but you cannot use the /**ui** option with the /**all** option. *DomainName* and *UserName* can contain the asterisk () wildcard character. When you specify a user name that contains spaces, you will need to surround it with quotation marks. 
            **Note**
            If a user is specified for inclusion with the /**ui** option, and also is specified to be excluded with either the /**ue** or /**uel** options, the user will be included in the migration.

            For example:
            • To include only User2 from the Fabrikam domain, type:
              `/ue:*\* /ui:fabrikam\user2`
            • To migrate all users from the Fabrikam domain, and only the user accounts from other domains that have been active or otherwise modified in the last 30 days, type:
              `/uel:30 /ui:fabrikam\*`
              In this example, a user account from the Contoso domain that was last modified two months ago will not be migrated.

            For more examples, see the descriptions of the /**ue** and /**ui** options in this table. |
-| /**uel**:*<NumberOfDays>*
            or
            /**uel**:*<YYYY/MM/DD>*
            or
            **/uel:0** | **(User exclude based on last logon)**

            Migrates the users that logged on to the source computer within the specified time period, based on the **Last Modified** date of the Ntuser.dat file on the source computer. The /**uel** option acts as an include rule. For example, the **/uel:30** option migrates users who logged on, or whose account was modified, within the last 30 days from the date when the ScanState command is run.

            You can specify a number of days or you can specify a date. You cannot use this option with the /**all** option. USMT retrieves the last logon information from the local computer, so the computer does not need to be connected to the network when you run this option. In addition, if a domain user has logged on to another computer, that logon instance is not considered by USMT. 
            **Note**
            The /**uel** option is not valid in offline migrations.
            • **/uel:0** migrates any users who are currently logged on.
            • **/uel:90** migrates users who have logged on, or whose accounts have been otherwise modified, within the last 90 days.
            • **/uel:1** migrates users whose account has been modified within the last 24 hours.
            • **/uel:2002/1/15** migrates users who have logged on or been modified January 15, 2002 or afterwards.
             
            For example: 
            `scanstate /i:migapp.xml /i:migdocs.xml \\server\share\migration\mystore /uel:0` |
+| /**uel**:*<NumberOfDays>*
            or
            /**uel**:*<YYYY/MM/DD>*
            or
            **/uel:0** | **(User exclude based on last logon)**

            Migrates the users that logged on to the source computer within the specified time period, based on the **Last Modified** date of the Ntuser.dat file on the source computer. The /**uel** option acts as an include rule. For example, the **/uel:30** option migrates users who logged on, or whose account was modified, within the last 30 days from the date when the ScanState command is run.

            You can specify the number of days or you can specify a date. You cannot use this option with the /**all** option. USMT retrieves the last logon information from the local computer, so the computer does not need to be connected to the network when you run this option. In addition, if a domain user has signed in to another computer, that sign-in instance is not considered by USMT. 
            **Note**
            The /**uel** option is not valid in offline migrations.
            • **/uel:0** migrates any users who are currently logged on.
            • **/uel:90** migrates users who have logged on, or whose accounts have been otherwise modified, within the last 90 days.
            • **/uel:1** migrates users whose account has been modified within the last 24 hours.
            • **/uel:2002/1/15** migrates users who have logged on or been modified January 15, 2002 or afterwards.
             
            For example: 
            `scanstate /i:migapp.xml /i:migdocs.xml \\server\share\migration\mystore /uel:0` |
 | /**ue**:*<DomainName>*\*<UserName>*
            -or-

            /**ue**:*<ComputerName>*\*<LocalUserName>* | **(User exclude)**

            Excludes the specified users from the migration. You can specify multiple /**ue** options. You cannot use this option with the /**all** option. *<DomainName>* and *<UserName>* can contain the asterisk (            ) wildcard character. When you specify a user name that contains spaces, you need to surround it with quotation marks.

            For example:
            `scanstate /i:migdocs.xml /i:migapp.xml \\server\share\migration\mystore /ue:contoso\user1` |
 
 ## How to Use /ui and /ue
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ The /**uel** option takes precedence over the /**ue** option. If a user has logg
 |--- |--- |
 |Include only User2 from the Fabrikam domain and exclude all other users.|`/ue:*\* /ui:fabrikam\user2`|
 |Include only the local user named User1 and exclude all other users.|`/ue:*\* /ui:user1`|
-|Include only the domain users from Contoso, except Contoso\User1.|This behavior cannot be completed using a single command. Instead, to migrate this set of users, you will need to specify the following: 
            • On the **ScanState** command line, type: `/ue:*\* /ui:contoso\*`
            • On the **LoadState** command line, type: `/ue:contoso\user1`
            |
+|Include only the domain users from Contoso, except Contoso\User1.|This behavior cannot be completed using a single command. Instead, to migrate this set of users, you will need to specify the following commands: 
            • On the **ScanState** command line, type: `/ue:*\* /ui:contoso\*`
            • On the **LoadState** command line, type: `/ue:contoso\user1`
            |
 |Include only local (non-domain) users.|`/ue:*\* /ui:%computername%\*`|
 
 ## Encrypted File Options
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-technical-reference.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-technical-reference.md
index df6b881969..01e3fdda08 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-technical-reference.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-technical-reference.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: User State Migration Tool (USMT) Technical Reference (Windows 10)
 description: The User State Migration Tool (USMT) provides a highly customizable user-profile migration experience for IT professionals.
 ms.assetid: f90bf58b-5529-4520-a9f8-b6cb4e4d3add
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ USMT tools can be used on several versions of Windows operating systems, for mor
 
  
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-test-your-migration.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-test-your-migration.md
index 6581385a86..1d3f4cee93 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-test-your-migration.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-test-your-migration.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Test Your Migration (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about testing your migration plan in a controlled laboratory setting before you deploy it to your entire organization. 
 ms.assetid: 754af276-8386-4eac-8079-3d1e45964a0d
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ For testing purposes, you can create an uncompressed store using the **/hardlink
 
 [Plan Your Migration](usmt-plan-your-migration.md)
 
-[Log Files](usmt-log-files.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Log Files](usmt-log-files.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-topics.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-topics.md
index 2e73d33887..995a043c4a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-topics.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-topics.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: User State Migration Tool (USMT) Overview Topics (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about User State Migration Tool (USMT) overview topics that describe USMT as a highly customizable user-profile migration experience for IT professionals.
 ms.assetid: 23170271-130b-416f-a7a7-c2f6adc32eee
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-troubleshooting.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-troubleshooting.md
index 7a4bedbd54..0ca52a4be6 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-troubleshooting.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-troubleshooting.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: User State Migration Tool (USMT) Troubleshooting (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about topics that address common User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 issues and questions to assist in troubleshooting.
 ms.assetid: 770f45bb-2284-463f-a29c-69c04f437533
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-utilities.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-utilities.md
index 0824d0f77f..c0f915c647 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-utilities.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-utilities.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: UsmtUtils Syntax (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about the syntax for the utilities available in User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 through the command-line interface.
 ms.assetid: cdab7f2d-dd68-4016-b9ed-41ffa743b65c
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-what-does-usmt-migrate.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-what-does-usmt-migrate.md
index c8660b4b6d..c1f3295abc 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-what-does-usmt-migrate.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-what-does-usmt-migrate.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: What does USMT migrate (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how User State Migration Tool (USMT) 10.0 is designed so that an IT engineer can precisely define migrations using the USMT .xml scripting language.
 ms.assetid: f613987d-0f17-43fe-9717-6465865ceda7
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 09/12/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-xml-elements-library.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-xml-elements-library.md
index 7077db2d80..a341a5c9af 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-xml-elements-library.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-xml-elements-library.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: XML Elements Library (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about the XML elements and helper functions that you can employ to author migration .xml files to use with User State Migration Tool (USMT).
 ms.assetid: f5af0f6d-c3bf-4a4c-a0ca-9db7985f954f
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-xml-reference.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-xml-reference.md
index a6df44e4a8..4914735268 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-xml-reference.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/usmt-xml-reference.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: USMT XML Reference (Windows 10)
 description: Learn about working with and customizing the migration XML files using User State Migration Tool (USMT) XML Reference for Windows 10.
 ms.assetid: fb946975-0fee-4ec0-b3ef-7c34945ee96f
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/verify-the-condition-of-a-compressed-migration-store.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/verify-the-condition-of-a-compressed-migration-store.md
index 48fd0b29b9..86e31ea74e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/verify-the-condition-of-a-compressed-migration-store.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/verify-the-condition-of-a-compressed-migration-store.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Verify the Condition of a Compressed Migration Store (Windows 10)
 description: Use these tips and tricks to verify the condition of a compressed migration store when using User State Migration Tool (USMT).
 ms.assetid: 4a3fda96-5f7d-494a-955f-6b865ec9fcae
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/usmt/xml-file-requirements.md b/windows/deployment/usmt/xml-file-requirements.md
index f5afeaa069..fd142dc7ab 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/usmt/xml-file-requirements.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/usmt/xml-file-requirements.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: XML File Requirements (Windows 10)
-description: Learn about the XML file requirements for creating custom .xml files, like the file must be in UTF-8 and have a unique migration urlid.
+description: Learn about the XML file requirements for creating custom .xml files, like the file must be in UTF-8 and have a unique migration URL ID.
 ms.assetid: 4b567b50-c50a-4a4f-8684-151fe3f8275f
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/19/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -19,20 +19,20 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 When creating custom .xml files, note the following requirements:
 
--   **The file must be in Unicode Transformation Format-8 (UTF-8).** You must save the file in this format, and you must specify the following syntax at the beginning of each .xml file:
+-   **The file must be in Unicode Transformation Format-8 (UTF-8).** Save the file in this format, and you must specify the following syntax at the beginning of each .xml file:
 
     ``` xml
     
     ```
 
--   **The file must have a unique migration urlid**. The urlid of each file that you specify on the command line must be different. If two migration .xml files have the same urlid, the second .xml file that is specified on the command line will not be processed. This is because USMT uses the urlid to define the components within the file. For example, you must specify the following syntax at the beginning of each file:
+-   **The file must have a unique migration URL ID**. The URL ID of each file that you specify on the command line must be different. If two migration .xml files have the same URL ID, the second .xml file that is specified on the command line will not be processed. This is because USMT uses the URL ID to define the components within the file. For example, you must specify the following syntax at the beginning of each file:
 
     ``` xml
     
     
     ```
 
--   **Each component in the file must have a display name in order for it to appear in the Config.xml file.** This is because the Config.xml file defines the components by the display name and the migration urlid. For example, specify the following syntax:
+-   **Each component in the file must have a display name in order for it to appear in the Config.xml file.** This condition is because the Config.xml file defines the components by the display name and the migration URL ID. For example, specify the following syntax:
 
     ``` xml
     My Application
diff --git a/windows/deployment/vda-subscription-activation.md b/windows/deployment/vda-subscription-activation.md
index 9310bdfa44..fbae4bcd47 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/vda-subscription-activation.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/vda-subscription-activation.md
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ title: Configure VDA for Windows 10/11 Subscription Activation
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 description: Learn how to configure virtual machines (VMs) to enable Windows 10 Subscription Activation in a Windows Virtual Desktop Access (VDA) scenario.
 keywords: upgrade, update, task sequence, deploy
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-forest-by-proxy-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-forest-by-proxy-vamt.md
index 5e20b62132..ad970a4135 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-forest-by-proxy-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-forest-by-proxy-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Activate by Proxy an Active Directory Forest (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) Active Directory-Based Activation (ADBA) function to activate by proxy an Active Directory (AD) forest.
 ms.assetid: 6475fc87-a6f7-4fa8-b0aa-de19f2dea7e5
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-forest-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-forest-vamt.md
index 007c3a0ae3..799cc466f7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-forest-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-forest-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Activate an Active Directory Forest Online (Windows 10)
 description: Use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) Active Directory-Based Activation (ADBA) function to activate an Active Directory (AD) forest online.
 ms.assetid: 9b5bc193-799b-4aa5-9d3e-0e495f7195d3
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-using-active-directory-based-activation-client.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-using-active-directory-based-activation-client.md
index 1454d3ea81..e0b8564696 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-using-active-directory-based-activation-client.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-using-active-directory-based-activation-client.md
@@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ description: Learn how active directory-based activation is implemented as a rol
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.assetid: 08cce6b7-7b5b-42cf-b100-66c363a846af
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: vamt, volume activation, activation, windows activation
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 01/13/2022
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-using-key-management-service-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-using-key-management-service-vamt.md
index db338e7496..052e94805a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-using-key-management-service-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-using-key-management-service-vamt.md
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 title: Activate using Key Management Service (Windows 10)
 ms.assetid: f2417bfe-7d25-4e82-bc07-de316caa8dac
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: How to activate using Key Management Service in Windows 10.
 keywords: vamt, volume activation, activation, windows activation
 ms.prod: w10
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 10/16/2017
 ms.topic: article
@@ -150,4 +150,4 @@ For detailed instructions, see [Update that enables Windows 8.1 and Windows 8 KM
 
 ## See also
 
-- [Volume Activation for Windows 10](volume-activation-windows-10.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Volume Activation for Windows 10](volume-activation-windows-10.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-windows-10-clients-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-windows-10-clients-vamt.md
index 728b60519b..298b2b8332 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-windows-10-clients-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/activate-windows-10-clients-vamt.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Activate clients running Windows 10 (Windows 10)
 description: After you have configured Key Management Service (KMS) or Active Directory-based activation on your network, activating a client running Windows 10 is easy.
 ms.assetid: 39446e49-ad7c-48dc-9f18-f85a11ded643
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: vamt, volume activation, activation, windows activation
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/27/2017
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/active-directory-based-activation-overview.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/active-directory-based-activation-overview.md
index 27b3afecf3..c850c19029 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/active-directory-based-activation-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/active-directory-based-activation-overview.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Active Directory-Based Activation Overview (Windows 10)
 description: Enable your enterprise to activate its computers through a connection to their domain using Active Directory-Based Activation (ADBA).
 ms.assetid: c1dac3bd-6a86-4c45-83dd-421e63a398c0
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 12/07/2018
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ VAMT enables IT Professionals to manage and activate the ADBA object. Activation
 - [How to Activate an Active Directory Forest Online](./activate-forest-vamt.md)
 - [How to Proxy Activate an Active Directory Forest](./activate-forest-by-proxy-vamt.md)
  
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-manage-products-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-manage-products-vamt.md
index fe607d6482..db9d79f768 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-manage-products-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-manage-products-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Add and Manage Products (Windows 10)
 description: Add client computers into the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT). After you add the computers, you can manage the products that are installed on your network.
 ms.assetid: a48fbc23-917d-40f7-985c-e49702c05e51
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-remove-computers-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-remove-computers-vamt.md
index e671e92d02..23927b1b83 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-remove-computers-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-remove-computers-vamt.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Add and Remove Computers (Windows 10)
 description: The Discover products function on the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) allows you to search the Active Directory domain or a general LDAP query.
 ms.assetid: cb6f3a78-ece0-4dc7-b086-cb003d82cd52
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.pagetype: activation
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-remove-product-key-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-remove-product-key-vamt.md
index dc8aedf5f2..f0d9ddec1e 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-remove-product-key-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/add-remove-product-key-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Add and Remove a Product Key (Windows 10)
 description: Add a product key to the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) database. Also, learn how to remove the key from the database.
 ms.assetid: feac32bb-fb96-4802-81b8-c69220dcfcce
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/appendix-information-sent-to-microsoft-during-activation-client.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/appendix-information-sent-to-microsoft-during-activation-client.md
index 19d405b786..e47aaec9e7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/appendix-information-sent-to-microsoft-during-activation-client.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/appendix-information-sent-to-microsoft-during-activation-client.md
@@ -1,17 +1,12 @@
 ---
 title: Appendix Information sent to Microsoft during activation (Windows 10)
-ms.assetid: 4bfff495-07d0-4385-86e3-7a077cbd64b8
+description: Learn about the information sent to Microsoft during activation.
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
-description: 
-keywords: vamt, volume activation, activation, windows activation
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.prod: w10
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.pagetype: activation
-audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.technology: windows
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/27/2017
 ms.topic: article
@@ -31,15 +26,15 @@ ms.topic: article
 
 -   [Get Help Activating Microsoft Windows](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=618644)
 
-When you activate a computer running Windows 10, the following information is sent to Microsoft:
+When you activate a computer running Windows 10, the following information is sent to Microsoft:
 
--   The Microsoft product code (a five-digit code that identifies the Windows product you are activating)
+-   The Microsoft product code (a five-digit code that identifies the Windows product you're activating)
 -   A channel ID or site code that identifies how the Windows product was originally obtained
 
     For example, a channel ID or site code identifies whether the product was originally purchased from a retail store, obtained as an evaluation copy, obtained through a volume licensing program, or preinstalled by a computer manufacturer.
     
 -   The date of installation and whether the installation was successful
--   Information that helps confirm that your Windows product key has not been altered
+-   Information that helps confirm that your Windows product key hasn't been altered
 -   Computer make and model
 -   Version information for the operating system and software
 -   Region and language settings
@@ -49,24 +44,22 @@ When you activate a computer running Windows 10, the following information is s
 -   Volume serial number (hashed) of the hard disk drive
 -   The result of the activation check
 
-    This includes error codes and the following information about any activation exploits and related malicious or unauthorized software that was found or disabled:
+    This result includes error codes and the following information about any activation exploits and related malicious or unauthorized software that was found or disabled:
     
-    -   The activation exploit’s identifier
-    -   The activation exploit’s current state, such as cleaned or quarantined
-    -   Computer manufacturer’s identification
-    -   The activation exploit’s file name and hash in addition to a hash of related software components that may indicate the presence of an activation exploit
--   The name and a hash of the contents of your computer’s startup instructions file
+    -   The activation exploit's identifier
+    -   The activation exploit's current state, such as cleaned or quarantined
+    -   Computer manufacturer's identification
+    -   The activation exploit's file name and hash in addition to a hash of related software components that may indicate the presence of an activation exploit
+-   The name and a hash of the contents of your computer's startup instructions file
 -   If your Windows license is on a subscription basis, information about how your subscription works
 
-Standard computer information is also sent, but your computer’s IP address is only retained temporarily.
+Standard computer information is also sent, but your computer's IP address is only kept temporarily.
 
 ## Use of information
 
-Microsoft uses the information to confirm that you have a licensed copy of the software. Microsoft does not use the information to contact individual consumers.
-For additional details, see [Windows 10 Privacy Statement](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=619879).
+Microsoft uses the information to confirm that you have a licensed copy of the software. Microsoft doesn't use the information to contact individual consumers.
+For more information, see [Windows 10 Privacy Statement](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=619879).
 
 ## See also
 
 -   [Volume Activation for Windows 10](volume-activation-windows-10.md)
- 
- 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/configure-client-computers-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/configure-client-computers-vamt.md
index ec417c9558..88d4242b75 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/configure-client-computers-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/configure-client-computers-vamt.md
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ title: Configure Client Computers (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to configure client computers to enable the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to function correctly.
 ms.assetid: a48176c9-b05c-4dd5-a9ef-83073e2370fc
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
@@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ The above configurations will open an additional port through the Windows Firewa
 
 ## Related topics
 
-- [Install and Configure VAMT](install-configure-vamt.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Install and Configure VAMT](install-configure-vamt.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/import-export-vamt-data.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/import-export-vamt-data.md
index 502813e80e..1e89cb087d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/import-export-vamt-data.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/import-export-vamt-data.md
@@ -1,52 +1,51 @@
 ---
-title: Import and Export VAMT Data (Windows 10)
-description: Learn how to use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to import product-activation data from a .cilx or .cil file into SQL Server.
-ms.assetid: 09a2c595-1a61-4da6-bd46-4ba8763cfd4f
+title: Import and export VAMT data
+description: Learn how to use the VAMT to import product-activation data from a file into SQL Server.
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.pagetype: activation
-audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.date: 04/25/2017
-ms.topic: article
+ms.technology: windows
+author: aczechowski
+ms.date: 05/02/2022
+ms.topic: how-to
 ---
 
-# Import and Export VAMT Data
+# Import and export Volume Activation Management Tool data
+
+You can use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to import product-activation data from a computer information list (`.cilx` or `.cil`) file into SQL Server. Also use VAMT to export product-activation data into a `.cilx` file. A `.cilx` file is an XML file that stores computer and product-activation data.
 
-You can use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to import product-activation data from a Computer Information List (.cilx or .cil) file into SQL Server, and to export product-activation data into a .cilx file. A .cilx file is an XML file that stores computer and product-activation data. 
 You can import data or export data during the following scenarios:
--   Import and merge data from previous versions of VAMT.
--   Export data to use to perform proxy activations.
+- Import and merge data from previous versions of VAMT.
+- Export data to perform proxy activations.
 
-**Warning**  
-Editing a .cilx file using an application other than VAMT can corrupt the .cilx file and is not supported.
+> [!Warning]
+> Editing a `.cilx` file through an application other than VAMT can corrupt the `.cilx` file. This method isn't supported.
 
-## Import VAMT Data
+## Import VAMT data
 
-**To import data into VAMT**
-1.  Open VAMT.
-2.  In the right-side **Actions** pane, click **Import list** to open the **Import List** dialog box.
-3.  In the **Import List** dialog box, navigate to the .cilx file location, select the file, and click **Open**.
-4.  In the **Volume Activation Management Tool** dialog box, click **OK** to begin the import. VAMT displays a progress message while the file is being imported. Click **OK** when a message appears and confirms that the import has completed successfully.
+To import data into VAMT, use the following process:
 
-## Export VAMT Data
+1. Open VAMT.
+2. In the right-side **Actions** pane, select **Import list** to open the **Import List** dialog box.
+3. In the **Import List** dialog box, navigate to the `.cilx` file location, choose the file, and select **Open**.
+4. In the **Volume Activation Management Tool** dialog box, select **OK** to begin the import. VAMT displays a progress message while the file is being imported. Select **OK** when a message appears and confirms that the import has completed successfully.
 
-Exporting VAMT data from a non-Internet-connected VAMT host computer is the first step of proxy activation using multiple VAMT hosts. To export product-activation data to a .cilx file:
-1.  In the left-side pane, you can click a product you want to export data for, or click **Products** if the list contains data for all products.
-2.  If you want to export only part of the data in a product list, in the product list view in the center pane select the products you want to export.
-3.  In the right-side **Actions** pane on, click **Export list** to open the **Export List** dialog box.
-4.  In the **Export List** dialog box, click **Browse** to navigate to the .cilx file.
-5.  Under **Export options**, select one of the following data-type options:
-    -   Export products and product keys
-    -   Export products only
-    -   Export proxy activation data only. Selecting this option ensures that the export contains only the licensing information required for the proxy web service to obtain CIDs from Microsoft. No Personally Identifiable Information (PII) is contained in the exported .cilx file when this selection is checked.
-6.  If you have selected products to export, select the **Export selected product rows only** check box.
-7.  Click **Save**. VAMT displays a progress message while the data is being exported. Click **OK** when a message appears and confirms that the export has completed successfully.
+## Export VAMT data
 
-## Related topics
+Exporting VAMT data from a VAMT host computer that's not internet-connected is the first step of proxy activation using multiple VAMT hosts. To export product-activation data to a `.cilx` file:
 
-- [Perform Proxy Activation](proxy-activation-vamt.md)
+1. In the left-side pane, select a product you want to export data for, or select **Products** if the list contains data for all products.
+2. If you want to export only part of the data in a product list, in the product-list view in the center pane, select the products you want to export.
+3. In the right-side **Actions** pane on, select **Export list** to open the **Export List** dialog box.
+4. In the **Export List** dialog box, select **Browse** to navigate to the `.cilx` file.
+5. Under **Export options**, select one of the following data-type options:
+    - Export products and product keys
+    - Export products only
+    - Export proxy activation data only. Selecting this option makes sure that the export contains only the licensing information required for the proxy web service to obtain CIDs from Microsoft. No personally identifiable information (PII) is contained in the exported `.cilx` file when this selection is checked.
+6. If you've selected products to export, select the **Export selected product rows only** check box.
+7. Select **Save**. VAMT displays a progress message while the data is being exported. Select **OK** when a message appears and confirms that the export has completed successfully.
+
+## Related articles
+
+[VAMT proxy activation](proxy-activation-vamt.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-configure-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-configure-vamt.md
index f4cff8a4da..dda22b09a0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-configure-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-configure-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Install and Configure VAMT (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to install and configure the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT), and learn where to find information about the process.
 ms.assetid: 5c7ae9b9-0dbc-4277-bc4f-8b3e4ab0bf50
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/27/2017
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-kms-client-key-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-kms-client-key-vamt.md
index c0458d4963..94f7464d20 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-kms-client-key-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-kms-client-key-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Install a KMS Client Key (Windows 10)
 description: Learn to use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to install Generic Volume License Key (GVLK), or KMS client, product keys.
 ms.assetid: d234468e-7917-4cf5-b0a8-4968454f7759
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/27/2017
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-product-key-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-product-key-vamt.md
index bcd8a44511..7e950b2f26 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-product-key-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-product-key-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Install a Product Key (Windows 10)
 description: Learn to use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to install retail, Multiple Activation Key (MAK), and KMS Host key (CSVLK).
 ms.assetid: 78812c87-2208-4f8b-9c2c-5a8a18b2d648
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/27/2017
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-vamt.md
index f8d3ac95f3..85a68c4051 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/install-vamt.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Install VAMT (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to install Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) as part of the Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (ADK) for Windows 10.
 ms.assetid: 2eabd3e2-0a68-43a5-8189-2947e46482fc
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 03/11/2019
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/introduction-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/introduction-vamt.md
index 91d2d8540b..d91aa9b28b 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/introduction-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/introduction-vamt.md
@@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ title: Introduction to VAMT (Windows 10)
 description: VAMT enables administrators to automate and centrally manage the Windows, Microsoft Office, and select other Microsoft products volume and retail activation process.
 ms.assetid: 0439685e-0bae-4967-b0d4-dd84ca6d7fa7
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
 # Introduction to VAMT
 
-The Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) enables network administrators and other IT professionals to automate and centrally manage the Windows®, Microsoft® Office®, and select other Microsoft products volume and retail activation process. VAMT can manage volume activation using Multiple Activation Keys (MAKs) or the Windows Key Management Service (KMS). VAMT is a standard Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in and can be installed on any computer that has one of the following Windows operating systems: Windows® 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10,Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows Server 2012.
+The Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) enables network administrators and other IT professionals to automate and centrally manage the Windows®, Microsoft® Office®, and select other Microsoft products volume and retail activation process. VAMT can manage volume activation using Multiple Activation Keys (MAKs) or the Windows Key Management Service (KMS). VAMT is a standard Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in and can be installed on any computer that has one of the following Windows operating systems: Windows® 7, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows Server 2012.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > VAMT can be installed on, and can manage, physical or virtual instances. VAMT cannot detect whether or not the remote products are virtual. As long as the products can respond to Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) calls, they will be discovered and activated.
@@ -34,20 +34,20 @@ The Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) enables network administrators and
 You can use a MAK or a retail product key to activate Windows, Windows Server, or Office on an individual computer or a group of computers. VAMT enables two different activation scenarios:
 
 - **Online activation.** Many enterprises maintain a single Windows system image or Office installation package for deployment across the enterprise. Occasionally there is also a need to use retail product keys in special situations. Online activation enables you to activate over the Internet any products installed with MAK, KMS host, or retail product keys on one or more connected computers within a network. This process requires that each product communicate activation information directly to Microsoft.
-- **Proxy activation.** This activation method enables you to perform volume activation for products installed on client computers that do not have Internet access. The VAMT host computer distributes a MAK, KMS Host key (CSVLK), or retail product key to one or more client products and collects the installation ID (IID) from each client product. The VAMT host sends the IIDs to Microsoft on behalf of the client products and obtains the corresponding Confirmation IDs (CIDs). The VAMT host then installs the CIDs on the client products to complete the activation. Using this method, only the VAMT host computer needs Internet access. You can also activate products installed on computers in a workgroup that is completely isolated from any larger network, by installing a second instance of VAMT on a computer within the workgroup. Then, use removable media to transfer activation data between this new instance of VAMT and the Internet-connected VAMT host.
+- **Proxy activation.** This activation method enables you to perform volume activation for products installed on client computers that do not have Internet access. The VAMT host computer distributes a MAK, KMS Host key (CSVLK), or retail product key to one or more client products and collects the installation ID (IID) from each client product. The VAMT host sends the IIDs to Microsoft on behalf of the client products and obtains the corresponding Confirmation IDs (CIDs). The VAMT host then installs the CIDs on the client products to complete the activation. Using this method, only the VAMT host computer needs Internet access. You can also activate products installed on computers in a workgroup that is isolated from any larger network, by installing a second instance of VAMT on a computer within the workgroup. Then, use removable media to transfer activation data between this new instance of VAMT and the Internet-connected VAMT host.
 
 ## Managing Key Management Service (KMS) Activation
 
-In addition to MAK or retail activation, you can use VAMT to perform volume activation using the Key Management Service (KMS). VAMT can install and activate GVLK (KMS client) keys on client products. GVLKs are the default product keys used by Volume License editions of Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows Server 2012 as well as Microsoft Office 2010.\
+In addition to MAK or retail activation, you can use VAMT to perform volume activation using the Key Management Service (KMS). VAMT can install and activate GVLK (KMS client) keys on client products. GVLKs are the default product keys used by Volume License editions of Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, and Windows Server 2012 and Microsoft Office 2010.\
 VAMT treats a KMS Host key (CSVLK) product key identically to a retail-type product key; therefore, the experience for product key entry and activation management are identical for both these product key types.
 
 ## Enterprise Environment
 
-VAMT is commonly implemented in enterprise environments. The following illustrates three common environments—Core Network, Secure Zone, and Isolated Lab.
+VAMT is commonly implemented in enterprise environments. The following screenshot illustrates three common environments—Core Network, Secure Zone, and Isolated Lab.
 
 ![VAMT in the enterprise.](images/dep-win8-l-vamt-image001-enterprise.jpg)
 
-In the Core Network environment, all computers are within a common network managed by Active Directory® Domain Services (AD DS). The Secure Zone represents higher-security Core Network computers that have additional firewall protection.
+In the Core Network environment, all computers are within a common network managed by Active Directory® Domain Services (AD DS). The Secure Zone represents higher-security Core Network computers that have extra firewall protection.
 The Isolated Lab environment is a workgroup that is physically separate from the Core Network, and its computers do not have Internet access. The network security policy states that no information that could identify a specific computer or user may be transferred out of the Isolated Lab.
 
 ## VAMT User Interface
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ VAMT provides a single, graphical user interface for managing activations, and f
 
 - **Adding and removing computers.** You can use VAMT to discover computers in the local environment. VAMT can discover computers by querying AD DS, workgroups, by individual computer name or IP address, or via a general LDAP query.
 - **Discovering products.** You can use VAMT to discover Windows, Windows Server, Office, and select other products installed on the client computers.
-- **Monitoring activation status.** You can collect activation information about each product, including the last 5 characters of the product key being used, the current license state (such as Licensed, Grace, Unlicensed), and the product edition information.
+- **Monitoring activation status.** You can collect activation information about each product, including the last five characters of the product key being used, the current license state (such as Licensed, Grace, Unlicensed), and the product edition information.
 - **Managing product keys.** You can store multiple product keys and use VAMT to install these keys to remote client products. You can also determine the number of activations remaining for MAKs.
 - **Managing activation data.** VAMT stores activation data in a SQL database. VAMT can export this data to other VAMT hosts or to an archive in XML format.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/kms-activation-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/kms-activation-vamt.md
index 7cd72c2a99..e76d842eee 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/kms-activation-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/kms-activation-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Perform KMS Activation (Windows 10)
 description: The Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) can be used to perform volume activation using the Key Management Service (KMS). 
 ms.assetid: 5a3ae8e6-083e-4153-837e-ab0a225c1d10
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/local-reactivation-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/local-reactivation-vamt.md
index 727fe608a7..8e023f8139 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/local-reactivation-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/local-reactivation-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Perform Local Reactivation (Windows 10)
 description: An initially activated a computer using scenarios like MAK, retail, or CSLVK (KMS host), can be reactivated with Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT).
 ms.assetid: aacd5ded-da11-4d27-a866-3f57332f5dec
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-activations-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-activations-vamt.md
index e1e2f2151e..a2bcb071f0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-activations-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-activations-vamt.md
@@ -1,34 +1,34 @@
 ---
 title: Manage Activations (Windows 10)
-description: Learn how to manage activations and how to activate a client computer by using a variety of activation methods.
+description: Learn how to manage activations and how to activate a client computer by using various activation methods.
 ms.assetid: 53bad9ed-9430-4f64-a8de-80613870862c
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
 # Manage Activations
 
-This section describes how to activate a client computer, by using a variety of activation methods.
+This section describes how to activate a client computer, by using various activation methods.
 
 ## In this Section
 
 |Topic |Description |
 |------|------------|
 |[Perform Online Activation](online-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to activate a client computer over the Internet. |
-|[Perform Proxy Activation](proxy-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to perform volume activation for client products that do not have Internet access. |
-|[Perform KMS Activation](kms-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how perform volume activation using the Key Management Service (KMS). |
+|[Perform Proxy Activation](proxy-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to perform volume activation for client products that don't have Internet access. |
+|[Perform KMS Activation](kms-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to perform volume activation using the Key Management Service (KMS). |
 |[Perform Local Reactivation](local-reactivation-vamt.md) |Describes how to reactivate an operating system or Office program that was reinstalled. |
-|[Activate an Active Directory Forest Online](activate-forest-vamt.md) |Describes how to use Active Directory-Based Activation to online activate an Active Directory forest. |
-|[Activate by Proxy an Active Directory Forest](activate-forest-by-proxy-vamt.md) |Describes how to use Active Directory-Based Activation to proxy activate an Active Directory forest that is not connected to the Internet. |
+|[Activate an Active Directory Forest Online](activate-forest-vamt.md) |Describes how to use Active Directory-Based Activation to activate an Active Directory forest, online. |
+|[Activate by Proxy an Active Directory Forest](activate-forest-by-proxy-vamt.md) |Describes how to use Active Directory-Based Activation to proxy activate an Active Directory forest that isn't connected to the Internet. |
  
  
  
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-product-keys-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-product-keys-vamt.md
index 1eb0380671..a34b08e940 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-product-keys-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-product-keys-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Manage Product Keys (Windows 10)
 description: In this article, learn how to add and remove a product key from the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT).
 ms.assetid: 4c6c4216-b4b7-437c-904e-4cb257f913cd
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-vamt-data.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-vamt-data.md
index 6f2f8b2dd0..5e35c28ac0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-vamt-data.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/manage-vamt-data.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Manage VAMT Data (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to save, import, export, and merge a Computer Information List (CILX) file using the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT).
 ms.assetid: 233eefa4-3125-4965-a12d-297a67079dc4
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/monitor-activation-client.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/monitor-activation-client.md
index faa6c79b8b..cd28eba722 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/monitor-activation-client.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/monitor-activation-client.md
@@ -2,16 +2,16 @@
 title: Monitor activation (Windows 10)
 ms.assetid: 264a3e86-c880-4be4-8828-bf4c839dfa26
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
-description:
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
+description: Understand the most common methods to monitor the success of the activation process for a computer running Windows.
 keywords: vamt, volume activation, activation, windows activation
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ You can monitor the success of the activation process for a computer running Win
 
 ## See also
 
-[Volume Activation for Windows 10](volume-activation-windows-10.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Volume Activation for Windows 10](volume-activation-windows-10.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/online-activation-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/online-activation-vamt.md
index 96d0e8abdd..5366547971 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/online-activation-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/online-activation-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Perform Online Activation (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to enable client products to be activated online.
 ms.assetid: 8381792b-a454-4e66-9b4c-e6e4c9303823
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/plan-for-volume-activation-client.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/plan-for-volume-activation-client.md
index 71d990f500..a70ba05afe 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/plan-for-volume-activation-client.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/plan-for-volume-activation-client.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Plan for volume activation (Windows 10)
 description: Product activation is the process of validating software with the manufacturer after it has been installed on a specific computer.
 ms.assetid: f84b005b-c362-4a70-a84e-4287c0d2e4ca
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: vamt, volume activation, activation, windows activation
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/proxy-activation-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/proxy-activation-vamt.md
index 4c865c2d5b..2e452f73bc 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/proxy-activation-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/proxy-activation-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Perform Proxy Activation (Windows 10)
 description: Perform proxy activation by using the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to activate client computers that do not have Internet access.
 ms.assetid: 35a919ed-f1cc-4d10-9c88-9bd634549dc3
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/remove-products-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/remove-products-vamt.md
index ce8b8c1e39..8fd983dc35 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/remove-products-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/remove-products-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Remove Products (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how you must delete products from the product list view so you can remove products from the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT).
 ms.assetid: 4d44379e-dda1-4a8f-8ebf-395b6c0dad8e
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-kms-activation-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-kms-activation-vamt.md
index 400b2ad2e1..a712721f96 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-kms-activation-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-kms-activation-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Scenario 3 KMS Client Activation (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to activate Key Management Service (KMS) client keys or Generic Volume License Keys (GVLKs).
 ms.assetid: 72b04e8f-cd35-490c-91ab-27ea799b05d0
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-online-activation-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-online-activation-vamt.md
index 118a656e49..4ff25fc5c9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-online-activation-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-online-activation-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Scenario 1 Online Activation (Windows 10)
 description: Achieve network access by deploying the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) in a Core Network environment.
 ms.assetid: 94dba40e-383a-41e4-b74b-9e884facdfd3
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-proxy-activation-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-proxy-activation-vamt.md
index d3b906680d..1457e41148 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-proxy-activation-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/scenario-proxy-activation-vamt.md
@@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ title: Scenario 2 Proxy Activation (Windows 10)
 description: Use the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) to activate products that are installed on workgroup computers in an isolated lab environment.
 ms.assetid: ed5a8a56-d9aa-4895-918f-dd1898cb2c1a
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
 # Scenario 2: Proxy Activation
 
-In this scenario, the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) is used to activate products that are installed on workgroup computers in an isolated lab environment. For workgroups which are isolated from the larger network, you can perform proxy activation of Multiple Activation Keys (MAKs), KMS Host keys (CSVLKs), Generic Volume License Keys (GVLKs) (or KMS client keys), or retail keys. Proxy activation is performed by installing a second instance of VAMT on a computer in the isolated workgroup. You can then use removable media to transfer VAMT Computer Information Lists (CILXs) between the instance of VAMT in the isolated workgroup and another VAMT host that has Internet access. The following diagram shows a Multiple Activation Key (MAK) proxy activation scenario:
+In this scenario, the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) is used to activate products that are installed on workgroup computers in an isolated lab environment. For workgroups that are isolated from the larger network, you can perform proxy activation of Multiple Activation Keys (MAKs), KMS Host keys (CSVLKs), Generic Volume License Keys (GVLKs) (or KMS client keys), or retail keys. Proxy activation is performed by installing a second instance of VAMT on a computer in the isolated workgroup. You can then use removable media to transfer VAMT Computer Information Lists (CILXs) between the instance of VAMT in the isolated workgroup and another VAMT host that has Internet access. The following diagram shows a Multiple Activation Key (MAK) proxy activation scenario:
 
 ![VAMT MAK proxy activation scenario.](images/dep-win8-l-vamt-makproxyactivationscenario.jpg)
 
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ In this scenario, the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) is used to activa
 2.  To open the **Discover Products** dialog box, click **Discover products** in the right-side pane.
 3.  In the **Discover Products** dialog box, click **Search for computers in the Active Directory** to display the search options, and then click the search options that you want to use. You can search for computers in an Active Directory domain, by individual computer name or IP address, in a workgroup, or by a general LDAP query:
     -   To search for computers in an Active Directory domain, click **Search for computers in the Active Directory**. Then under **Domain Filter Criteria**, in the list of domain names, click the name of the domain that you want to search. You can narrow the search further by typing a name in the **Filter by computer name** field to search for specific computers in the domain. This filter supports the asterisk (\*) wildcard. For example, typing "a\*" will display only computer names that start with the letter "a".
-    -   To search by individual computer name or IP address, click **Manually enter name or IP address**. Then enter the full name or IP address in the **One or more computer names or IP addresses separated by commas** text box. Separate multiple entries with a comma. Note that both IPv4 and IPv6addressing are supported.
+    -   To search by individual computer name or IP address, click **Manually enter name or IP address**. Then enter the full name or IP address in the **One or more computer names or IP addresses separated by commas** text box. Separate multiple entries with a comma. Both IPv4 and IPv6addressing are supported.
     -   To search for computers in a workgroup, click **Search for computers in the workgroup**. Then under **Workgroup Filter Criteria**, in the list of workgroup names, click the name of the workgroup that you want to search. You can narrow the search further by typing a name in the **Filter by computer name** field to search for a specific computer in the workgroup. This filter supports the asterisk (\*) wildcard. For example, typing "a\*" will display only those computer names that start with the letter "a".
-    -   To search for computers by using a general LDAP query, click **Search with LDAP query** and enter your query in the text box that appears. VAMT will validate the LDAP query syntax, but will otherwise run the query without additional checks.
+    -   To search for computers by using a general LDAP query, click **Search with LDAP query** and enter your query in the text box that appears. VAMT will validate the LDAP query syntax, but will otherwise run the query without extra checks.
 4.  Click **Search**.
 
     The **Finding Computers** window appears and displays the search progress as the computers are located.
@@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ You can sort the list of products so that it is easier to find the computers tha
 
 To collect the status from select computers in the database, you can select computers in the product list view by using one of the following methods:
 - To select a block of consecutively listed computers, click the first computer that you want to select, and then click the last computer while pressing the **Shift** key.
-- To select computers which are not listed consecutively, hold down the **Ctrl** ley and select each computer for which you want to collect the status information.
+- To select computers that are not listed consecutively, hold down the **Ctrl** key and select each computer for which you want to collect the status information.
   **To collect status information from the selected computers**
-- In the right-side **Actions** pane, click **Update license status** in the **Selected Items** menu and then click a credential option. Choose **Alternate Credentials** only if you are updating products that require administrator credentials that are different from the ones that you used to log on to the computer. Otherwise, click **Current Credentials** and continue to step 2.If you are supplying alternate credentials, in the **Windows Security** dialog box type the appropriate user name and password and then click **OK**.
+- In the right-side **Actions** pane, click **Update license status** in the **Selected Items** menu and then click a credential option. Choose **Alternate Credentials** only if you are updating products that require administrator credentials that are different from the ones that you used to sign in to the computer. Otherwise, click **Current Credentials** and continue to step 2.If you are supplying alternate credentials, in the **Windows Security** dialog box type the appropriate user name and password and then click **OK**.
 - VAMT displays the **Collecting product information** dialog box while it collects the license status of all supported products on the selected computers. When the process is finished, the updated license status of each product will appear in the product list view in the center pane.
 
   **Note**  
@@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ To collect the status from select computers in the database, you can select comp
 
 1.  In the left-side pane, in the **Products** node click the product that you want to install keys onto.
 2.  If necessary, sort and filter the list of products so that it is easier to find the computers that must have a product key installed. See [Step 5: Sort and Filter the List of Computers](#step-5-sort-and-filter-the-list-of-computers).
-3.  In the **Products** list view pane, select the individual products which must have keys installed. You can use the **CTRL** key or the **SHIFT** key to select more than one product.
+3.  In the **Products** list view pane, select the individual products that must have keys installed. You can use the **CTRL** key or the **SHIFT** key to select more than one product.
 4.  Click **Install product key** in the **Selected Items** menu in the right-side pane to display the **Install Product Key** dialog box.
-5.  The **Select Product Key** dialog box displays the keys that are available to be installed. Under **Recommended MAKs**, VAMT might display one or more recommended MAKs based on the selected products. If you are installing a MAK you can select a recommended product key or any other MAK from the **All Product Keys List**. If you are not installing a MAK, select a product key from the **All Product Keys** list. Use the scroll bar if you need to view the **Description** for each key. When you have selected the product key that you want to install, click **Install Key**. Note that only one key can be installed at a time.
+5.  The **Select Product Key** dialog box displays the keys that are available to be installed. Under **Recommended MAKs**, VAMT might display one or more recommended MAKs based on the selected products. If you are installing an MAK, you can select a recommended product key or any other MAK from the **All Product Keys List**. If you are not installing a MAK, select a product key from the **All Product Keys** list. Use the scroll bar if you need to view the **Description** for each key. When you have selected the product key that you want to install, click **Install Key**. Only one key can be installed at a time.
 6.  VAMT displays the **Installing product key** dialog box while it attempts to install the product key for the selected products. When the process is finished, the status appears in the **Action Status** column of the dialog box. Click **Close** to close the dialog box. You can also click the **Automatically close when done** check box when the dialog box appears.
 
     The same status appears under the **Status of Last Action** column in the product list view in the center pane.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/update-product-status-vamt.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/update-product-status-vamt.md
index 1e3cd0e815..4ef9b10724 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/update-product-status-vamt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/update-product-status-vamt.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Update Product Status (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to use the Update license status function to add the products that are installed on the computers.
 ms.assetid: 39d4abd4-801a-4e8f-9b8c-425a24a96764
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/use-the-volume-activation-management-tool-client.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/use-the-volume-activation-management-tool-client.md
index 562251c0a9..bb2b1c26f1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/use-the-volume-activation-management-tool-client.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/use-the-volume-activation-management-tool-client.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Use the Volume Activation Management Tool (Windows 10)
 description: The Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) provides several useful features, including the ability to track and monitor several types of product keys.
 ms.assetid: b11f0aee-7b60-44d1-be40-c960fc6c4c47
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: vamt, volume activation, activation, windows activation
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/27/2017
 ms.topic: article
@@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ For more information, see:
 ## See also
 -   [Volume Activation for Windows 10](volume-activation-windows-10.md)
  
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/use-vamt-in-windows-powershell.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/use-vamt-in-windows-powershell.md
index 899e5e772b..6eeeb2af62 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/use-vamt-in-windows-powershell.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/use-vamt-in-windows-powershell.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: Use VAMT in Windows PowerShell (Windows 10)
 description: Learn how to use Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) PowerShell cmdlets to perform the same functions as the Vamt.exe command-line tool.
 ms.assetid: 13e0ceec-d827-4681-a5c3-8704349e3ba9
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -76,4 +76,4 @@ The update-help cmdlet is not supported for VAMT PowerShell cmdlets. To view onl
    For example, type:
    ``` powershell
    get-help get-VamtProduct -examples
-   ```
\ No newline at end of file
+   ```
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-known-issues.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-known-issues.md
index 55fd4c1684..1589ec325a 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-known-issues.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-known-issues.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: VAMT known issues (Windows 10)
 description: Find out the current known issues with the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT), versions 3.0. and 3.1.
 ms.assetid: 8992f1f3-830a-4ce7-a248-f3a6377ab77f
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 12/17/2019
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: 
@@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ On the KMS host computer, perform the following steps:
 
 1. In the C:\KB3058168\x86_microsoft-windows-s..nent-sku-csvlk-pack_31bf3856ad364e35_6.3.9600.17815_none_bd26b4f34d049716 folder, copy the pkeyconfig-csvlk.xrm-ms file. Paste this file into the C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\10\Assessment and Deployment Kit\VAMT3\pkconfig folder.
 
-1. Restart VAMT.
\ No newline at end of file
+1. Restart VAMT.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-requirements.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-requirements.md
index 4bc25cf9b8..aaea5d4ad1 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-requirements.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-requirements.md
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ title: VAMT Requirements (Windows 10)
 description: In this article, learn about the product key and system requierements for Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT).
 ms.assetid: d14d152b-ab8a-43cb-a8fd-2279364007b9
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ The following table lists the system requirements for the VAMT host computer.
 | Additional Requirements | 
            • Connection to a SQL Server database. For more info, see [Install VAMT](install-vamt.md).
            • PowerShell 3.0: For Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10, and Windows Server 2012, PowerShell is included in the installation. For previous versions of Windows and Windows Server, you must download PowerShell 3.0. To download PowerShell, go to [Download Windows PowerShell 3.0](/powershell/scripting/install/installing-powershell).
            • If installing on Windows Server 2008 R2, you must also install .NET Framework 3.51.
             |
 
 ## Related topics
-- [Install and Configure VAMT](install-configure-vamt.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Install and Configure VAMT](install-configure-vamt.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-step-by-step.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-step-by-step.md
index ef45dc1c96..9e0146f4f9 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-step-by-step.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/vamt-step-by-step.md
@@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ title: VAMT Step-by-Step Scenarios (Windows 10)
 description: Learn step-by-step instructions on implementing the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) in typical environments.
 ms.assetid: 455c542c-4860-4b57-a1f0-7e2d28e11a10
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
 # VAMT Step-by-Step Scenarios
 
-This section provides step-by-step instructions on implementing the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) in typical environments. VAMT supports many common scenarios; the scenarios in this section describe some of the most common to get you started.
+This section provides instructions on how to implement the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) in typical environments. VAMT supports many common scenarios; it describes here some of the most common to get you started.
 
 ## In this Section
 
 |Topic |Description |
 |------|------------|
 |[Scenario 1: Online Activation](scenario-online-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to distribute Multiple Activation Keys (MAKs) to products installed on one or more connected computers within a network, and how to instruct these products to contact Microsoft over the Internet for activation. |
-|[Scenario 2: Proxy Activation](scenario-proxy-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to use two VAMT host computers — the first one with Internet access and a second computer within an isolated workgroup — as proxies to perform MAK volume activation for workgroup computers that do not have Internet access. |
-|[Scenario 3: KMS Client Activation](scenario-kms-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to use VAMT to configure client products for Key Management Service (KMS) activation. By default, volume license editions of Windows 10, Windows Vista, Windows® 7, Windows 8, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows Server® 2012, and Microsoft® Office 2010 use KMS for activation. |
+|[Scenario 2: Proxy Activation](scenario-proxy-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to use two VAMT host computers—the first one with Internet access and a second computer within an isolated workgroup—as proxies to perform MAK volume activation for workgroup computers that don't have Internet access. |
+|[Scenario 3: Key Management Service (KMS) Client Activation](scenario-kms-activation-vamt.md) |Describes how to use VAMT to configure client products for Key Management Service (KMS) activation. By default, volume license editions of Windows 10, Windows Vista, Windows® 7, Windows 8, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows Server® 2012, and Microsoft® Office 2010 use KMS for activation. |
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 - [Introduction to VAMT](introduction-vamt.md)
  
  
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/volume-activation-management-tool.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/volume-activation-management-tool.md
index 4e644f4019..a28449fdae 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/volume-activation-management-tool.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/volume-activation-management-tool.md
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ title: Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) Technical Reference (Windows 10)
 description: The Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) enables network administrators to automate and centrally manage volume activation and retail activation.
 ms.assetid: 1df0f795-f41c-473b-850c-e98af1ad2f2a
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.date: 04/25/2017
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
diff --git a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/volume-activation-windows-10.md b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/volume-activation-windows-10.md
index 5bbee80b37..6e485dd62d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/volume-activation/volume-activation-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/volume-activation/volume-activation-windows-10.md
@@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ title: Volume Activation for Windows 10
 description: Learn how to use volume activation to deploy & activate Windows 10. Includes details for orgs that have used volume activation for earlier versions of Windows.
 ms.assetid: 6e8cffae-7322-4fd3-882a-cde68187aef2
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: vamt, volume activation, activation, windows activation
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: activation
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 07/27/2017
 ms.topic: article
@@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ Keep in mind that the method of activation does not change an organization’s r
 - [Activate clients running Windows 10](activate-windows-10-clients-vamt.md)
 - [Monitor activation](monitor-activation-client.md)
 - [Use the Volume Activation Management Tool](use-the-volume-activation-management-tool-client.md)
-- [Appendix: Information sent to Microsoft during activation](appendix-information-sent-to-microsoft-during-activation-client.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Appendix: Information sent to Microsoft during activation](appendix-information-sent-to-microsoft-during-activation-client.md)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/wds-boot-support.md b/windows/deployment/wds-boot-support.md
index d63a5a3512..374b78e022 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/wds-boot-support.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/wds-boot-support.md
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ If you currently use WDS with **boot.wim** from installation media for end-to-en
 
 [Features removed or no longer developed starting with Windows Server 2022](/windows-server/get-started/removed-deprecated-features-windows-server-2022#features-were-no-longer-developing)
            
 [Create a custom Windows PE boot image with Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-cm/create-a-custom-windows-pe-boot-image-with-configuration-manager.md)
            
-[Prepare for deployment with MDT](deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md)
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Prepare for deployment with MDT](deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md)
            
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-posters.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-posters.md
index 2a0f0da2a9..00b17c1196 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-posters.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-posters.md
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
 title: Windows 10 deployment process posters
 description: View and download Windows 10 deployment process flows for Microsoft Endpoint Manager and Windows Autopilot.
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 keywords: upgrade, in-place, configuration, deploy
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ The Configuration Manager poster is one page in landscape mode (17x11). Click th
 ## See also
 
 [Overview of Windows Autopilot](/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/windows-autopilot)
            
-[Scenarios to deploy enterprise operating systems with Configuration Manager](/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/scenarios-to-deploy-enterprise-operating-systems)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Scenarios to deploy enterprise operating systems with Configuration Manager](/configmgr/osd/deploy-use/scenarios-to-deploy-enterprise-operating-systems)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-scenarios.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-scenarios.md
index 8dd6d2f734..09bd64cb23 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-scenarios.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-scenarios.md
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ description: Understand the different ways Windows 10 operating system can be de
 ms.assetid: 7A29D546-52CC-482C-8870-8123C7DC04B5
 manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 keywords: upgrade, in-place, configuration, deploy
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ The deployment process for the replace scenario is as follows:
 
 - [Upgrade to Windows 10 with the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit](deploy-windows-mdt/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-the-microsoft-deployment-toolkit.md)
 - [Upgrade to Windows 10 with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager](./deploy-windows-cm/upgrade-to-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md)
-- [Deploy Windows 10 with System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=620230)
+- [Deploy Windows 10 using PXE and Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-cm/deploy-windows-10-using-pxe-and-configuration-manager.md)
 - [Deploy Windows 10 with the Microsoft Deployment Toolkit](./deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md)
 - [Windows setup technical reference](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/windows-setup-technical-reference)
 - [Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer](/windows/configuration/provisioning-packages/provisioning-install-icd)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-tools-reference.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-tools-reference.md
index 9bb72ea7bb..7e865654b8 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-tools-reference.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-tools-reference.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ title: Windows 10 deployment tools reference
 description: Learn about the tools available to deploy Windows 10, like Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT) and User State Migration Tool (USMT).
 ms.assetid: 5C4B0AE3-B2D0-4628-9E73-606F3FAA17BB
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-tools.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-tools.md
index 6a20248ebe..2822f37514 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-tools.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-deployment-tools.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ title: Windows 10 deployment tools
 description: Learn how to use Windows 10 deployment tools to successfully deploy Windows 10 to your organization.
 ms.assetid: 5C4B0AE3-B2D0-4628-9E73-606F3FAA17BB
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-enterprise-e3-overview.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-enterprise-e3-overview.md
index e63bf8a2a3..b21f910bb4 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-enterprise-e3-overview.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-enterprise-e3-overview.md
@@ -8,9 +8,10 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 ms.date: 09/28/2021
-manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 audience: itpro
 ms.collection:
   - M365-modern-desktop
@@ -131,18 +132,18 @@ Now that the devices have Windows 10/11 Enterprise, you can implement Device Gu
 
 For more information about implementing Device Guard, see:
 
-- [Planning and getting started on the Device Guard deployment process](https://technet.microsoft.com/itpro/windows/keep-secure/planning-and-getting-started-on-the-device-guard-deployment-process)
+- [Windows Defender Application Control and virtualization-based protection of code integrity](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-guard/introduction-to-device-guard-virtualization-based-security-and-windows-defender-application-control)
 - [Device Guard deployment guide](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/windows-defender-application-control-deployment-guide)
 
 ### AppLocker management
 
-You can manage AppLocker in Windows 10 Enterprise by using Group Policy. Group Policy requires that the you have AD DS and that the Windows 10/11 Enterprise devices are joined to the your AD DS domain. You can create AppLocker rules by using Group Policy, and then target those rules to the appropriate devices.
+You can manage AppLocker in Windows 10 Enterprise by using Group Policy. Group Policy requires that you have AD DS and that the Windows 10/11 Enterprise devices are joined to your AD DS domain. You can create AppLocker rules by using Group Policy, and then target those rules to the appropriate devices.
 
 For more information about AppLocker management by using Group Policy, see [AppLocker deployment guide](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/applocker/applocker-policies-deployment-guide).
 
 ### App-V
 
-App-V requires an App-V server infrastructure to support App-V clients. The primary App-V components that the you must have are as follows:
+App-V requires an App-V server infrastructure to support App-V clients. The primary App-V components that you must have are as follows:
 
 -   **App-V server**. The App-V server provides App-V management, virtualized app publishing, app streaming, and reporting services. Each of these services can be run on one server or can be run individually on multiple servers. For example, you could have multiple streaming servers. App-V clients contact App-V servers to determine which apps are published to the user or device, and then run the virtualized app from the server.
 
@@ -157,7 +158,7 @@ For more information about implementing the App-V server, App-V sequencer, and A
 -   [Deploying the App-V Sequencer and Configuring the Client](/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-deploying-the-appv-sequencer-and-client)
 
 ### UE-V
-UE-V requires server- and client-side components that you you’ll need to download, activate, and install. These components include:
+UE-V requires server- and client-side components that you’ll need to download, activate, and install. These components include:
 
 - **UE-V service**. The UE-V service (when enabled on devices) monitors registered applications and Windows for any settings changes, then synchronizes those settings between devices.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-media.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-media.md
index d3de108475..949e778c49 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-media.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-media.md
@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 10/20/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
 ms.topic: article
@@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ Features on demand is a method for adding features to your Windows 10 image that
 
  
 
- 
\ No newline at end of file
+ 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-missing-fonts.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-missing-fonts.md
index f07a6346f2..190cef5ef7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-missing-fonts.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-missing-fonts.md
@@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: plan
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 # How to install fonts that are missing after upgrading to Windows client
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc-mdt.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc-mdt.md
index 6cc78efe42..f22ca0e63d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc-mdt.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc-mdt.md
@@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ keywords: deployment, automate, tools, configure, mdt
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 10/11/2017
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 audience: itpro
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ This procedure will demonstrate how to deploy the reference image to the PoC env
 
 2. On the **Monitoring** tab, select the **Enable monitoring for this deployment share** checkbox, and then click **OK**.
 
-3. Verify the monitoring service is working as expected by opening the following link on SRV1 in Internet Explorer: [http://localhost:9800/MDTMonitorEvent/](http://localhost:9800/MDTMonitorEvent/). If you do not see "**You have created a service**" at the top of the page, see [Troubleshooting MDT 2012 Monitoring](/archive/blogs/mniehaus/troubleshooting-mdt-2012-monitoring).
+3. Verify the monitoring service is working as expected by opening the following link on SRV1: `http://localhost:9800/MDTMonitorEvent/`. If you do not see "**You have created a service**" at the top of the page, see [Troubleshooting MDT 2012 Monitoring](/archive/blogs/mniehaus/troubleshooting-mdt-2012-monitoring).
 
 4. Close Internet Explorer.
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc-sc-config-mgr.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc-sc-config-mgr.md
index d69cc3b5db..e4f15a4aa4 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc-sc-config-mgr.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc-sc-config-mgr.md
@@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ ms.pagetype: deploy
 keywords: deployment, automate, tools, configure, sccm
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 audience: itpro
 ms.topic: article
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
@@ -1078,4 +1078,4 @@ In the Configuration Manager console, in the Software Library workspace under Op
 
 ## Related Topics
 
-[System Center 2012 Configuration Manager Survival Guide](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/7075.system-center-2012-configuration-manager-survival-guide.aspx#Step-by-Step_Guides)
\ No newline at end of file
+[System Center 2012 Configuration Manager Survival Guide](https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/7075.system-center-2012-configuration-manager-survival-guide.aspx#Step-by-Step_Guides)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc.md
index fe437a325e..05c3aa3b4d 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-poc.md
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ title: Configure a test lab to deploy Windows 10
 description: In this article, you will learn about concepts and procedures for deploying Windows 10 in a proof of concept lab environment.
 ms.custom: seo-marvel-apr2020
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
+manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-pro-in-s-mode.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-pro-in-s-mode.md
index c5fab48cb9..5be36403f0 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-pro-in-s-mode.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-pro-in-s-mode.md
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 ---
 title: Switch to Windows 10 Pro/Enterprise from S mode
-manager: dougeby
-ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
 description: Overview of Windows 10 Pro/Enterprise in S mode. S mode switch options are also outlined in this document. Switching out of S mode is optional.
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 keywords: Windows 10 S switch, S mode Switch, Switch in S mode, s mode switch, Windows 10 S, S-mode, system requirements, Overview, Windows 10 Pro in S mode, Windows 10 Pro in S mode
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
@@ -89,4 +89,4 @@ In addition to using Microsoft Intune or another modern device management tool t
 [FAQs](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4020089/windows-10-in-s-mode-faq)
            
 [Compare Windows 10 editions](https://www.microsoft.com/WindowsForBusiness/Compare)
            
 [Windows 10 Pro Education](/education/windows/test-windows10s-for-edu)
            
-[Introduction to Microsoft Intune in the Azure portal](/intune/what-is-intune)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Introduction to Microsoft Intune in the Azure portal](/intune/what-is-intune)
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-10-subscription-activation.md b/windows/deployment/windows-10-subscription-activation.md
index 97dcacdb84..ad6bf5aa42 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-10-subscription-activation.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-10-subscription-activation.md
@@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mdt
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.collection:
   - M365-modern-desktop
@@ -124,6 +125,8 @@ If the device is running Windows 10, version 1809 or later:
 
    ![Subscription Activation with MFA example 3.](images/sa-mfa3.png)
 
+Organizations that use Azure Active Directory Conditional Access may want to exclude the Universal Store Service APIs and Web Application, AppID 45a330b1-b1ec-4cc1-9161-9f03992aa49f from their all users all cloud apps MFA policy to avoid this issue.
+
 ### Windows 10/11 Education requirements
 
 - Windows 10 Pro Education, version 1903 or later installed on the devices to be upgraded.
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md b/windows/deployment/windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md
index 39d68c7a0e..b09af1725f 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md
@@ -2,10 +2,9 @@
 title: Windows ADK for Windows 10 scenarios for IT Pros (Windows 10)
 description: The Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit (Windows ADK) contains tools that can be used by IT Pros to deploy Windows.
 ms.assetid: FC4EB39B-29BA-4920-87C2-A00D711AE48B
-ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/demonstrate-deployment-on-vm.md b/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/demonstrate-deployment-on-vm.md
index 75be38b908..03e2aee015 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/demonstrate-deployment-on-vm.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/demonstrate-deployment-on-vm.md
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: deploy
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.collection:
   - M365-modern-desktop
   - highpri
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ If you already have Hyper-V and a Windows 10 VM, you can skip directly to the [C
     - [Prepare the app for Intune](#prepare-the-app-for-intune)
     - [Create app in Intune](#create-app-in-intune)
     - [Assign the app to your Intune profile](#assign-the-app-to-your-intune-profile)
-  - [Add Office 365](#add-office-365)
+  - [Add Office 365](#add-microsoft-365-apps)
     - [Create app in Intune](#create-app-in-intune)
     - [Assign the app to your Intune profile](#assign-the-app-to-your-intune-profile)
 - [Glossary](#glossary)
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ Select **Next** to continue with the **Out-of-box experience (OOBE)** settings:
 | Privacy Settings | Hide |
 | Hide change account options | Hide |
 | User account type | Standard |
-| Allow White Glove OOBE | No |
+| Allow pre-provisioned deployment | No |
 | Language (Region) | Operating system default |
 | Automatically configure keyboard | Yes |
 | Apply device name template | No |
@@ -814,9 +814,9 @@ At this point, you have completed steps to add a Win32 app to Intune.
 
 For more information on adding apps to Intune, see [Intune Standalone - Win32 app management](/intune/apps-win32-app-management).
 
-### Add Office 365
+### Add Microsoft 365 Apps
 
-#### Create app in Intune
+#### Create app in Microsoft Endpoint Manager
 
 Log in to the Azure portal and select **Intune**.
 
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ Go to **Intune > Clients apps > Apps**, and then select the **Add** button to cr
 
 ![Create app step 1.](images/app17.png)
 
-Under **App Type**, select **Office 365 Suite > Windows 10**:
+Under **App Type**, select **Microsoft 365 Apps > Windows 10 and later**:
 
 ![Create app step 2.](images/app18.png)
 
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/index.yml b/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/index.yml
index 4451842106..92215275a7 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/index.yml
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-autopilot/index.yml
@@ -11,8 +11,9 @@ metadata:
   ms.subservice: subservice
   ms.topic: landing-page # Required
   ms.collection: windows-10
-  author: greg-lindsay #Required; your GitHub user alias, with correct capitalization.
-  ms.author: greglin #Required; microsoft alias of author; optional team alias.
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
+  manager: dougeby
   ms.date: 08/05/2020 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
   localization_priority: medium
     
diff --git a/windows/deployment/windows-deployment-scenarios-and-tools.md b/windows/deployment/windows-deployment-scenarios-and-tools.md
index 70d738e262..08a6973def 100644
--- a/windows/deployment/windows-deployment-scenarios-and-tools.md
+++ b/windows/deployment/windows-deployment-scenarios-and-tools.md
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ description: Learn about the tools you can use to deploy Windows 10 and related
 ms.assetid: 0d6cee1f-14c4-4b69-b29a-43b0b327b877
 manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-ms.author: greglin
-author: greg-lindsay
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 keywords: deploy, volume activation, BitLocker, recovery, install, installation, VAMT, MDT, USMT, WDS
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
@@ -17,19 +17,18 @@ ms.collection: highpri
 
 # Windows 10 deployment scenarios and tools
 
+To successfully deploy the Windows 10 operating system and applications for your organization, understand the available tools to help with the process. In this article, you'll learn about the most commonly used tools for Windows 10 deployment.
 
-To successfully deploy the Windows 10 operating system and applications for your organization, it is essential that you know about the available tools to help with the process. In this topic, you will learn about the most commonly used tools for Windows 10 deployment.
+Microsoft provides many tools, services, and solutions. These tools include Windows Deployment Services (WDS), the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT), the User State Migration Tool (USMT), Windows System Image Manager (Windows SIM), Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), and Windows Recovery Environment (Windows RE). These tools aren't a complete solution on their own. Combine these tools with solutions like [Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-cm/prepare-for-zero-touch-installation-of-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md) to get a complete deployment solution.
 
-Microsoft provides many tools, services, and solutions. These tools include Windows Deployment Services (WDS), the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT), the User State Migration Tool (USMT), Windows System Image Manager (Windows SIM), Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), and Windows Recovery Environment (Windows RE). Keep in mind that these are just tools and not a complete solution on their own. It’s when you combine these tools with solutions like [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT)](./deploy-windows-mdt/prepare-for-windows-deployment-with-mdt.md) or [Configuration Manager](deploy-windows-cm/prepare-for-zero-touch-installation-of-windows-10-with-configuration-manager.md) that you get the complete deployment solution.
-
-In this topic, you also learn about different types of reference images that you can build, and why reference images are beneficial for most organizations
+In this article, you also learn about different types of reference images that you can build, and why reference images are beneficial for most organizations
 
 ## Windows Assessment and Deployment Kit
 
 
-Windows ADK contains core assessment and deployment tools and technologies, including Deployment Image Servicing and Management (DISM), Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (Windows ICD), Windows System Image Manager (Windows SIM), User State Migration Tool (USMT), Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT), Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), Windows Assessment Services, Windows Performance Toolkit (WPT), Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT), and Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Express. For more details, see [Windows ADK for Windows 10](/windows-hardware/get-started/adk-install) or [Windows ADK for Windows 10 scenarios for IT Pros](windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md).
+Windows ADK contains core assessment and deployment tools and technologies, including Deployment Image Servicing and Management (DISM), Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (Windows ICD), Windows System Image Manager (Windows SIM), User State Migration Tool (USMT), Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT), Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), Windows Assessment Services, Windows Performance Toolkit (WPT), Application Compatibility Toolkit (ACT), and Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Express. For more information, see [Windows ADK for Windows 10](/windows-hardware/get-started/adk-install) or [Windows ADK for Windows 10 scenarios for IT Pros](windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md).
 
-![figure 1.](images/win-10-adk-select.png)
+![The Windows 10 ADK feature selection page.](images/win-10-adk-select.png)
 
 The Windows 10 ADK feature selection page.
 
@@ -43,14 +42,14 @@ DISM services online and offline images. For example, with DISM you can install
 Dism.exe /Online /Enable-Feature /FeatureName:NetFX3 /All /Source:D:\Sources\SxS /LimitAccess
 ```
 
-In Windows 10, you can use Windows PowerShell for many of the functions performed by DISM.exe. The equivalent command in Windows 10 using PowerShell is:
+In Windows 10, you can use Windows PowerShell for many of the functions done by DISM.exe. The equivalent command in Windows 10 using PowerShell is:
 
 ``` syntax
 Enable-WindowsOptionalFeature -Online -FeatureName NetFx3 -All 
 -Source D:\Sources\SxS -LimitAccess
 ```
 
-![figure 2.](images/mdt-11-fig05.png)
+![Using DISM functions in PowerShell.](images/mdt-11-fig05.png)
 
 Using DISM functions in PowerShell.
 
@@ -60,24 +59,19 @@ For more information on DISM, see [DISM technical reference](/windows-hardware/m
 
 USMT is a backup and restore tool that allows you to migrate user state, data, and settings from one installation to another. Microsoft Deployment Toolkit (MDT) and System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager use USMT as part of the operating system deployment process.
 
-**Note**  
-Occasionally, we find that customers are wary of USMT because they believe it requires significant configuration, but, as you will learn below, using USMT is not difficult. If you use MDT and Lite Touch to deploy your machines, the USMT feature is automatically configured and extended so that it is easy to use. With MDT, you do nothing at all and USMT just works.
-
- 
-
 USMT includes several command-line tools, the most important of which are ScanState and LoadState:
 
--   **ScanState.exe.** This performs the user-state backup.
--   **LoadState.exe.** This performs the user-state restore.
--   **UsmtUtils.exe.** This supplements the functionality in ScanState.exe and LoadState.exe.
+-   **ScanState.exe.** This tool performs the user-state backup.
+-   **LoadState.exe.** This tool performs the user-state restore.
+-   **UsmtUtils.exe.** This tool supplements the functionality in ScanState.exe and LoadState.exe.
 
 In addition to these tools, there are also XML templates that manage which data is migrated. You can customize the templates, or create new ones, to manage the backup process at a high level of detail. USMT uses the following terms for its templates:
 
 -   **Migration templates.** The default templates in USMT.
 -   **Custom templates.** Custom templates that you create.
--   **Config template.** An optional template, called Config.xml, which you can use to exclude or include components in a migration without modifying the other standard XML templates.
+-   **Config template.** An optional template called Config.xml which you can use to exclude or include components in a migration without modifying the other standard XML templates.
 
-![figure 3.](images/mdt-11-fig06.png)
+![A sample USMT migration file that will exclude .MP3 files on all local drives and include the folder C:\\Data and all its files, including its subdirectories and their files..](images/mdt-11-fig06.png)
 
 A sample USMT migration file that will exclude .MP3 files on all local drives and include the folder C:\\Data and all its files, including its subdirectories and their files.
 
@@ -85,22 +79,22 @@ USMT supports capturing data and settings from Windows Vista and later, and rest
 
 By default USMT migrates many settings, most of which are related to the user profile but also to Control Panel configurations, file types, and more. The default templates that are used in Windows 10 deployments are MigUser.xml and MigApp.xml. These two default templates migrate the following data and settings:
 
--   Folders from each profile, including those from user profiles as well as shared and public profiles. For example, the My Documents, My Video, My Music, My Pictures, desktop files, Start menu, Quick Launch settings, and Favorites folders are migrated.
--   Specific file types. USMT templates migrate the following file types: .accdb, .ch3, .csv, .dif, .doc\*, .dot\*, .dqy, .iqy, .mcw, .mdb\*, .mpp, .one\*, .oqy, .or6, .pot\*, .ppa, .pps\*, .ppt\*, .pre, .pst, .pub, .qdf, .qel, .qph, .qsd, .rqy, .rtf, .scd, .sh3, .slk, .txt, .vl\*, .vsd, .wk\*, .wpd, .wps, .wq1, .wri, .xl\*, .xla, .xlb, .xls\*.
+-   Folders from each profile, including those folders from user profiles, and shared and public profiles. For example, the My Documents, My Video, My Music, My Pictures, desktop files, Start menu, Quick Launch settings, and Favorites folders are migrated.
+-   Specific file types. USMT templates migrate the following file types: .accdb, .ch3, .csv, dif, .doc\*, .dot\*, .dqy, .iqy, .mcw, .mdb\*, .mpp, .one\*, .oqy, .or6, .pot\*, .ppa, .pps\*, .ppt\*, .pre, .pst, .pub, .qdf, .qel, .qph, .qsd, .rqy, .rtf, .scd, .sh3, .slk, .txt, .vl\*, .vsd, .wk\*, .wpd, .wps, .wq1, .wri, .xl\*, .xla, .xlb, .xls\*.
 
-    **Note**  
-    The OpenDocument extensions (\*.odt, \*.odp, \*.ods, etc.) that Microsoft Office applications can use are not migrated by default.
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > The OpenDocument extensions (`*.odt`, `*.odp`, `*.ods`) that Microsoft Office applications can use aren't migrated by default.
 
 -   Operating system component settings
 -   Application settings
 
-These are the settings migrated by the default MigUser.xml and MigApp.xml templates. For more details on what USMT migrates, see [What does USMT migrate?](./usmt/usmt-what-does-usmt-migrate.md) For more information on the USMT overall, see the [USMT technical reference](./usmt/usmt-reference.md).
+These settings are migrated by the default MigUser.xml and MigApp.xml templates. For more information, see [What does USMT migrate?](./usmt/usmt-what-does-usmt-migrate.md) For more general information on USMT, see [USMT technical reference](./usmt/usmt-reference.md).
 
 ### Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer
 
-Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (Windows ICD) is a tool designed to assist with the creation of provisioning packages that can be used to dynamically configure a Windows device (PCs, tablets, and phones). This is particularly useful for setting up new devices, without the need for re-imaging the device with a custom image.
+Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer (Windows ICD) is a tool designed to assist with the creation of provisioning packages that can be used to dynamically configure a Windows device (PCs, tablets, and phones). This tool is useful for setting up new devices, without the need for reimaging the device with a custom image.
 
-![figure 4.](images/windows-icd.png)
+![Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer.](images/windows-icd.png)
 
 Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer.
 
@@ -108,9 +102,9 @@ For more information, see [Windows Imaging and Configuration Designer](/windows/
 
 ### Windows System Image Manager (Windows SIM)
 
-Windows SIM is an authoring tool for Unattend.xml files. When using MDT and/or Configuration Manager, you don’t need Windows SIM very often because those systems automatically update the Unattend.xml file during the deployment, greatly simplifying the process overall.
+Windows SIM is an authoring tool for Unattend.xml files. When using MDT and/or Configuration Manager, you don't need Windows SIM often because those systems automatically update the Unattend.xml file during the deployment, greatly simplifying the process overall.
 
-![figure 7.](images/mdt-11-fig07.png)
+![Windows answer file opened in Windows SIM.](images/mdt-11-fig07.png)
 
 Windows answer file opened in Windows SIM.
 
@@ -118,9 +112,9 @@ For more information, see [Windows System Image Manager Technical Reference]( ht
 
 ### Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT)
 
-If you don’t use KMS, you can still manage your MAKs centrally with the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT). With this tool, you can install and manage product keys throughout the organization. VAMT also can activate on behalf of clients without Internet access, acting as a MAK proxy.
+If you don’t use KMS, manage your MAKs centrally with the Volume Activation Management Tool (VAMT). Use this tool to install and manage product keys throughout the organization. VAMT can also activate on behalf of clients without internet access, acting as a MAK proxy.
 
-![figure 6.](images/mdt-11-fig08.png)
+![The updated Volume Activation Management Tool.](images/mdt-11-fig08.png)
 
 The updated Volume Activation Management Tool.
 
@@ -134,22 +128,22 @@ For more information on the VAMT, see [VAMT technical reference](./volume-activa
 
 ### Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE)
 
-Windows PE is a “Lite” version of Windows 10 and was created to act as a deployment platform. Windows PE replaces the DOS or Linux boot disks that ruled the deployment solutions of the last decade.
+Windows PE is a "Lite" version of Windows 10 and was created to act as a deployment platform. Windows PE replaces the DOS or Linux boot disks that ruled the deployment solutions of the last decade.
 
 The key thing to know about Windows PE is that, like the operating system, it needs drivers for at least network and storage devices in each PC. Luckily Windows PE includes the same drivers as the full Windows 10 operating system, which means much of your hardware will work out of the box.
 
-![figure 7.](images/mdt-11-fig09.png)
+![A machine booted with the Windows ADK default Windows PE boot image.](images/mdt-11-fig09.png)
 
 A machine booted with the Windows ADK default Windows PE boot image.
 
-For more details on Windows PE, see [Windows PE (WinPE)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/winpe-intro).
+For more information on Windows PE, see [Windows PE (WinPE)](/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/winpe-intro).
 
 ## Windows Recovery Environment
 
 
-Windows Recovery Environment (Windows RE) is a diagnostics and recovery toolset included in Windows Vista and later operating systems. The latest version of Windows RE is based on Windows PE. You can also extend Windows RE and add your own tools if needed. If a Windows installation fails to start and Windows RE is installed, you will see an automatic failover into Windows RE.
+Windows Recovery Environment (Windows RE) is a diagnostics and recovery toolset included in Windows Vista and later operating systems. The latest version of Windows RE is based on Windows PE. You can also extend Windows RE and add your own tools if needed. If a Windows installation fails to start and Windows RE is installed, you'll see an automatic failover into Windows RE.
 
-![figure 8.](images/mdt-11-fig10.png)
+![A Windows 10 client booted into Windows RE, showing Advanced options.](images/mdt-11-fig10.png)
 
 A Windows 10 client booted into Windows RE, showing Advanced options.
 
@@ -158,17 +152,17 @@ For more information on Windows RE, see [Windows Recovery Environment](/windows-
 ## Windows Deployment Services
 
 
-Windows Deployment Services (WDS) has been updated and improved in several ways starting with Windows 8. Remember that the two main functions you will use are the PXE boot support and multicast. Most of the changes are related to management and increased performance. In Windows Server 2012 R2, WDS also can be used for the Network Unlock feature in BitLocker.
+Windows Deployment Services (WDS) has been updated and improved in several ways starting with Windows 8. Remember that the two main functions you'll use are the PXE boot support and multicast. Most of the changes are related to management and increased performance. In Windows Server 2012 R2, WDS also can be used for the Network Unlock feature in BitLocker.
 
-![figure 9.](images/mdt-11-fig11.png)
+![Windows Deployment Services using multicast to deploy three machines.](images/mdt-11-fig11.png)
 
 Windows Deployment Services using multicast to deploy three machines.
 
-In Windows Server 2012 R2, [Windows Deployment Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831764(v=ws.11)) can be configured for stand-alone mode or for Active Directory integration. In most scenarios, the Active Directory integration mode is the best option. WDS also has the capability to manage drivers; however, driver management through MDT and Configuration Manager is more suitable for deployment due to the flexibility offered by both solutions, so you will use them instead. In WDS, it is possible to pre-stage devices in Active Directory, but here, too, Configuration Manager has that capability built in, and MDT has the ability to use a SQL Server database for pre-staging. In most scenarios, those solutions are better than the built-in pre-staging function as they allow greater control and management.
+In Windows Server 2012 R2, [Windows Deployment Services](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831764(v=ws.11)) can be configured for stand-alone mode or for Active Directory integration. The Active Directory integration mode is the best option, in most scenarios. WDS also has the capability to manage drivers; however, driver management through MDT and Configuration Manager is more suitable for deployment due to the flexibility offered by both solutions, so you'll use them instead. In WDS, it's possible to pre-stage devices in Active Directory, but here, too, Configuration Manager has that capability built in, and MDT has the ability to use a SQL Server database for pre-staging. In most scenarios, those solutions are better than the built-in pre-staging function as they allow greater control and management.
 
 ### Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) configuration
 
-In some cases, you need to modify TFTP Maximum Block Size settings for performance tuning reasons, especially when PXE traffic travels through routers and such. In the previous version of WDS, it was possible to change that, but the method of do so—editing the registry—was not user friendly. In Windows Server 2012, this has become much easier to do as it can be configured as a setting.
+In some cases, you need to modify TFTP Maximum Block Size settings for performance tuning reasons, especially when PXE traffic travels through routers and such. In the previous version of WDS, it was possible to change that, but the method of do so—editing the registry—wasn't user friendly. In Windows Server 2012, this modification in settings has become much easier to do as it can be configured as a setting.
 
 Also, there are a few new features related to TFTP performance:
 
@@ -176,7 +170,7 @@ Also, there are a few new features related to TFTP performance:
 -   **Scalable port management.** Provides the capability to service clients with shared UDP port allocation, increasing scalability.
 -   **Variable-size transmission window (Variable Windows Extension).** Improves TFTP performance by allowing the client and server to determine the largest workable window size.
 
-![figure 10.](images/mdt-11-fig12.png)
+![TFTP changes are now easy to perform.](images/mdt-11-fig12.png)
 
 TFTP changes are now easy to perform.
 
@@ -187,12 +181,12 @@ MDT is a free deployment solution from Microsoft. It provides end-to-end guidanc
 
 MDT has two main parts: the first is Lite Touch, which is a stand-alone deployment solution; the second is Zero Touch, which is an extension to System Center 2012 R2 Configuration Manager.
 
-**Note**  
+**Note**  
 Lite Touch and Zero Touch are marketing names for the two solutions that MDT supports, and the naming has nothing to do with automation. You can fully automate the stand-alone MDT solution (Lite Touch), and you can configure the solution integration with Configuration Manager to prompt for information.
 
  
 
-![figure 11.](images/mdt-11-fig13.png)
+![The Deployment Workbench in, showing a task sequence.](images/mdt-11-fig13.png)
 
 The Deployment Workbench in, showing a task sequence.
 
@@ -201,16 +195,16 @@ For more information on MDT, see the [Microsoft Deployment Toolkit](/mem/configm
 ## Microsoft Security Compliance Manager 2013
 
 
-[Microsoft SCM](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/p/?LinkId=619246) is a free utility used to create baseline security settings for the Windows client and server environment. The baselines can be exported and then deployed via Group Policy, local policies, MDT, or Configuration Manager. The current version of Security Compliance Manager includes baselines for Windows 8.1 and several earlier versions of Windows, Windows Server, and Internet Explorer.
+[Microsoft SCM](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=53353) is a free utility used to create baseline security settings for the Windows client and server environment. The baselines can be exported and then deployed via Group Policy, local policies, MDT, or Configuration Manager. The current version of Security Compliance Manager includes baselines for Windows 8.1 and several earlier versions of Windows, Windows Server, and Internet Explorer.
 
-![figure 12.](images/mdt-11-fig14.png)
+![The SCM console showing a baseline configuration for a fictional client's computer security compliance.](images/mdt-11-fig14.png)
 
 The SCM console showing a baseline configuration for a fictional client's computer security compliance.
 
 ## Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack
 
 
-MDOP is a suite of technologies available to Software Assurance customers through an additional subscription.
+MDOP is a suite of technologies available to Software Assurance customers through another subscription.
 
 The following components are included in the MDOP suite:
 
@@ -228,7 +222,7 @@ For more information on the benefits of an MDOP subscription, see [Microsoft Des
 
 There has been a version of IEAK for every version of Internet Explorer since 3.0. It gives you the capability to customize Internet Explorer as you would like. The end result of using IEAK is an Internet Explorer package that can be deployed unattended. The wizard creates one .exe file and one .msi file.
 
-![figure 13.](images/mdt-11-fig15.png)
+![The User Experience selection screen in IEAK 11.](images/mdt-11-fig15.png)
 
 The User Experience selection screen in IEAK 11.
 
@@ -239,7 +233,7 @@ To download IEAK 11, see the [Internet Explorer Administration Kit (IEAK) Inform
 
 WSUS is a server role in Windows Server 2012 R2 that enables you to maintain a local repository of Microsoft updates and then distribute them to machines on your network. WSUS offers approval control and reporting of update status in your environment.
 
-![figure 14.](images/mdt-11-fig16.png)
+![The Windows Server Update Services console.](images/mdt-11-fig16.png)
 
 The Windows Server Update Services console.
 
@@ -248,14 +242,14 @@ For more information on WSUS, see the [Windows Server Update Services Overview](
 ## Unified Extensible Firmware Interface
 
 
-For many years BIOS has been the industry standard for booting a PC. BIOS has served us well, but it is time to replace it with something better. **UEFI** is the replacement for BIOS, so it is important to understand the differences between BIOS and UEFI. In this section, you learn the major differences between the two and how they affect operating system deployment.
+For many years BIOS has been the industry standard for booting a PC. BIOS has served us well, but it's time to replace it with something better. **UEFI** is the replacement for BIOS, so it's important to understand the differences between BIOS and UEFI. In this section, you learn the major differences between the two and how they affect operating system deployment.
 
 ### Introduction to UEFI
 
 BIOS has been in use for approximately 30 years. Even though it clearly has proven to work, it has some limitations, including:
 
 -   16-bit code
--   1 MB address space
+-   1-MB address space
 -   Poor performance on ROM initialization
 -   MBR maximum bootable disk size of 2.2 TB
 
@@ -264,45 +258,45 @@ As the replacement to BIOS, UEFI has many features that Windows can and will use
 With UEFI, you can benefit from:
 
 -   **Support for large disks.** UEFI requires a GUID Partition Table (GPT) based disk, which means a limitation of roughly 16.8 million TB in disk size and more than 100 primary disks.
--   **Faster boot time.** UEFI does not use INT 13, and that improves boot time, especially when it comes to resuming from hibernate.
+-   **Faster boot time.** UEFI doesn't use INT 13, and that improves boot time, especially when it comes to resuming from hibernate.
 -   **Multicast deployment.** UEFI firmware can use multicast directly when it boots up. In WDS, MDT, and Configuration Manager scenarios, you need to first boot up a normal Windows PE in unicast and then switch into multicast. With UEFI, you can run multicast from the start.
 -   **Compatibility with earlier BIOS.** Most of the UEFI implementations include a compatibility support module (CSM) that emulates BIOS.
--   **CPU-independent architecture.** Even if BIOS can run both 32- and 64-bit versions of firmware, all firmware device drivers on BIOS systems must also be 16-bit, and this affects performance. One of the reasons is the limitation in addressable memory, which is only 64 KB with BIOS.
--   **CPU-independent drivers.** On BIOS systems, PCI add-on cards must include a ROM that contains a separate driver for all supported CPU architectures. That is not needed for UEFI because UEFI has the ability to use EFI Byte Code (EBC) images, which allow for a processor-independent device driver environment.
+-   **CPU-independent architecture.** Even if BIOS can run both 32-bit and 64-bit versions of firmware, all firmware device drivers on BIOS systems must also be 16-bit, and this affects performance. One of the reasons is the limitation in addressable memory, which is only 64 KB with BIOS.
+-   **CPU-independent drivers.** On BIOS systems, PCI add-on cards must include a ROM that contains a separate driver for all supported CPU architectures. That isn't needed for UEFI because UEFI has the ability to use EFI Byte Code (EBC) images, which allow for a processor-independent device driver environment.
 -   **Flexible pre-operating system environment.** UEFI can perform many functions for you. You just need an UEFI application, and you can perform diagnostics and automatic repairs, and call home to report errors.
--   **Secure boot.** Windows 8 and later can use the UEFI firmware validation process, called secure boot, which is defined in UEFI 2.3.1. Using this process, you can ensure that UEFI launches only a verified operating system loader and that malware cannot switch the boot loader.
+-   **Secure boot.** Windows 8 and later can use the UEFI firmware validation process, called secure boot, which is defined in UEFI 2.3.1. Using this process, you can ensure that UEFI launches only a verified operating system loader and that malware can't switch the boot loader.
 
 ### Versions
 
-UEFI Version 2.3.1B is the version required for Windows 8 and later logo compliance. Later versions have been released to address issues; a small number of machines may need to upgrade their firmware to fully support the UEFI implementation in Windows 8 and later.
+UEFI Version 2.3.1B is the version required for Windows 8 and later logo compliance. Later versions have been released to address issues; a few machines may need to upgrade their firmware to fully support the UEFI implementation in Windows 8 and later.
 
 ### Hardware support for UEFI
 
 In regard to UEFI, hardware is divided into four device classes:
 
--   **Class 0 devices.** This is the UEFI definition for a BIOS, or non-UEFI, device.
--   **Class 1 devices.** These devices behave like a standard BIOS machine, but they run EFI internally. They should be treated as normal BIOS-based machines. Class 1 devices use a CSM to emulate BIOS. These older devices are no longer manufactured.
--   **Class 2 devices.** These devices have the capability to behave as a BIOS- or a UEFI-based machine, and the boot process or the configuration in the firmware/BIOS determines the mode. Class 2 devices use a CSM to emulate BIOS. These are the most common type of devices currently available.
--   **Class 3 devices.** These are UEFI-only devices, which means you must run an operating system that supports only UEFI. Those operating systems include Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2012, and Windows Server 2012 R2. Windows 7 is not supported on these class 3 devices. Class 3 devices do not have a CSM to emulate BIOS.
+-   **Class 0 devices.** The device of this class is the UEFI definition for a BIOS, or non-UEFI, device.
+-   **Class 1 devices.** The devices of this class behave like a standard BIOS machine, but they run EFI internally. They should be treated as normal BIOS-based machines. Class 1 devices use a CSM to emulate BIOS. These older devices are no longer manufactured.
+-   **Class 2 devices.** The devices of this class have the capability to behave as a BIOS- or a UEFI-based machine, and the boot process or the configuration in the firmware/BIOS determines the mode. Class 2 devices use a CSM to emulate BIOS. These are the most common type of devices currently available.
+-   **Class 3 devices.** The devices of this class are UEFI-only devices, which means you must run an operating system that supports only UEFI. Those operating systems include Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows Server 2012, and Windows Server 2012 R2. Windows 7 isn't supported on these class 3 devices. Class 3 devices don't have a CSM to emulate BIOS.
 
 ### Windows support for UEFI
 
 Microsoft started with support for EFI 1.10 on servers and then added support for UEFI on both clients and servers.
 
-With UEFI 2.3.1, there are both x86 and x64 versions of UEFI. Windows 10 supports both. However, UEFI does not support cross-platform boot. This means that a computer that has UEFI x64 can run only a 64-bit operating system, and a computer that has UEFI x86 can run only a 32-bit operating system.
+With UEFI 2.3.1, there are both x86 and x64 versions of UEFI. Windows 10 supports both. However, UEFI doesn't support cross-platform boot. This limitation means that a computer that has UEFI x64 can run only a 64-bit operating system, and a computer that has UEFI x86 can run only a 32-bit operating system.
 
 ### How UEFI is changing operating system deployment
 
 There are many things that affect operating system deployment as soon as you run on UEFI/EFI-based hardware. Here are considerations to keep in mind when working with UEFI devices:
 
 -   Switching from BIOS to UEFI in the hardware is easy, but you also need to reinstall the operating system because you need to switch from MBR/NTFS to GPT/FAT32 and NTFS.
--   When you deploy to a Class 2 device, make sure the boot option you select matches the setting you want to have. It is common for old machines to have several boot options for BIOS but only a few for UEFI, or vice versa.
--   When deploying from media, remember the media has to be FAT32 for UEFI, and FAT32 has a file-size limitation of 4GB.
--   UEFI does not support cross-platform booting; therefore, you need to have the correct boot media (32- or 64-bit).
+-   When you deploy to a Class 2 device, make sure the boot option you select matches the setting you want to have. It's common for old machines to have several boot options for BIOS but only a few for UEFI, or vice versa.
+-   When deploying from media, remember the media has to be FAT32 for UEFI, and FAT32 has a file-size limitation of 4 GB.
+-   UEFI doesn't support cross-platform booting; therefore, you need to have the correct boot media (32-bit or 64-bit).
 
 For more information on UEFI, see the [UEFI firmware](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-8.1-and-8/hh824898(v=win.10)) overview and related resources.
 
-## Related topics
+## Related articles
 
 [Sideload apps in Windows 10](/windows/application-management/sideload-apps-in-windows-10)
            
-[Windows ADK for Windows 10 scenarios for IT pros](windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md)
\ No newline at end of file
+[Windows ADK for Windows 10 scenarios for IT pros](windows-adk-scenarios-for-it-pros.md)
diff --git a/windows/docfx.json b/windows/docfx.json
index 30f4698e66..81d24652df 100644
--- a/windows/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/docfx.json
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
       "recommendations": true,
         "ROBOTS": "INDEX, FOLLOW",
         "audience": "ITPro",
-        "breadcrumb_path": "/itpro/windows/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+        "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
         "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
     		"_op_documentIdPathDepotMapping": {
     			"./": {
diff --git a/windows/hub/breadcrumb/toc.yml b/windows/hub/breadcrumb/toc.yml
index e2971f2d84..4b7d13efad 100644
--- a/windows/hub/breadcrumb/toc.yml
+++ b/windows/hub/breadcrumb/toc.yml
@@ -1,53 +1,57 @@
-- name: Docs
-  tocHref: /
-  topicHref: /
-  items:
-    - name: Windows
-      tocHref: /windows
-      topicHref: /windows/windows-10
-      items:
-        - name: What's new
-          tocHref: /windows/whats-new/
-          topicHref: /windows/whats-new/index
-        - name: Configuration
-          tocHref: /windows/configuration/
-          topicHref: /windows/configuration/index
-        - name: Deployment
-          tocHref: /windows/deployment/
-          topicHref: /windows/deployment/index
-        - name: Application management
-          tocHref: /windows/application-management/
-          topicHref: /windows/application-management/index
-        - name: Client management
-          tocHref: /windows/client-management/
-          topicHref: /windows/client-management/index
-          items:
-            - name: Mobile Device Management
-              tocHref: /windows/client-management/mdm/
-              topicHref: /windows/client-management/mdm/index
-        - name: Release information
-          tocHref: /windows/release-information/
-          topicHref: /windows/release-health/release-information
-        - name: Privacy
-          tocHref: /windows/privacy/
-          topicHref: /windows/privacy/index
-        - name: Security
-          tocHref: /windows/security/
-          topicHref: /windows/security/index
-          items:
-            - name: Identity and access protection
-              tocHref: /windows/security/identity-protection/
-              topicHref: /windows/security/identity-protection/index
-              items:
-                - name: Windows Hello for Business
-                  tocHref: /windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business
-                  topicHref: /windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-identity-verification
-            - name: Threat protection
-              tocHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/
-              topicHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/index
-            - name: Information protection
-              tocHref: /windows/security/information-protection/
-              topicHref: /windows/security/information-protection/index
-            - name: Hardware-based protection
-              tocHref: /windows/security/hardware-protection/
-              topicHref: /windows/security/hardware-protection/index
+items:
+  - name: Docs
+    tocHref: /
+    topicHref: /
+    items:
+      - name: Windows
+        tocHref: /windows/
+        topicHref: /windows/resources/
+        items:
+          - name: What's new
+            tocHref: /windows/whats-new/
+            topicHref: /windows/whats-new/
+          - name: Configuration
+            tocHref: /windows/configuration/
+            topicHref: /windows/configuration/
+          - name: Deployment
+            tocHref: /windows/deployment/
+            topicHref: /windows/deployment/
+            items:
+              - name: Delivery Optimization
+                tocHref: /windows/deployment/do/
+                topicHref: /windows/deployment/do/
+          - name: Application management
+            tocHref: /windows/application-management/
+            topicHref: /windows/application-management/
+          - name: Client management
+            tocHref: /windows/client-management/
+            topicHref: /windows/client-management/
+            items:
+              - name: Mobile Device Management
+                tocHref: /windows/client-management/mdm/
+                topicHref: /windows/client-management/mdm/
+          - name: Privacy
+            tocHref: /windows/privacy/
+            topicHref: /windows/privacy/
+          - name: Security
+            tocHref: /windows/security/
+            topicHref: /windows/security/
+            items:
+              - name: Windows Hello for Business
+                tocHref: /windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/
+                topicHref: /windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/
+              - name: Security auditing
+                tocHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/
+                topicHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/security-auditing-overview
+              - name: Microsoft Defender Application Guard
+                tocHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/
+                topicHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/
+              - name: Security policy settings
+                tocHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/
+                topicHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/security-policy-settings
+              - name: Application Control for Windows
+                tocHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/
+                topicHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/
+              - name: Windows Defender Firewall
+                tocHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/
+                topicHref: /windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/windows-firewall-with-advanced-security
diff --git a/windows/hub/docfx.json b/windows/hub/docfx.json
index a31a3e8da4..228d687717 100644
--- a/windows/hub/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/hub/docfx.json
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
     "globalMetadata": {
       "recommendations": true,
       "audience": "ITPro",
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "ms.topic": "article",
diff --git a/windows/privacy/docfx.json b/windows/privacy/docfx.json
index 13d72f2e30..48c27d274d 100644
--- a/windows/privacy/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/privacy/docfx.json
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
     "externalReference": [],
     "globalMetadata": {
       "recommendations": true,
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
       "ms.technology": "windows",
       "audience": "ITPro",
diff --git a/windows/privacy/essential-services-and-connected-experiences.md b/windows/privacy/essential-services-and-connected-experiences.md
index b84bda7733..511e540cc5 100644
--- a/windows/privacy/essential-services-and-connected-experiences.md
+++ b/windows/privacy/essential-services-and-connected-experiences.md
@@ -99,8 +99,8 @@ Internet Explorer shares many of the Windows essential services listed above. Th
 ## Related links
 
 - [Manage connections from Windows operating system components to Microsoft services](manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md)
-- [Connected Experiences in Office](/deployoffice/privacy/connected-experiences.md)
-- [Essential Services in Office](/deployoffice/privacy/essential-services.md)
+- [Connected Experiences in Office](/deployoffice/privacy/connected-experiences)
+- [Essential Services in Office](/deployoffice/privacy/essential-services)
 
 To view endpoints for Windows Enterprise, see:
 
diff --git a/windows/privacy/manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md b/windows/privacy/manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md
index b6b7503543..d3a03542fc 100644
--- a/windows/privacy/manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md
+++ b/windows/privacy/manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-title: Manage connections from Windows 10 and Windows 11 operating system components to Microsoft services
+title: Manage connections from Windows 10 and Windows 11 Server/Enterprise editions operating system components to Microsoft services
 description: Learn how to minimize connections from Windows to Microsoft services, and configure particular privacy settings related to these connections.
 ms.assetid: ACCEB0DD-BC6F-41B1-B359-140B242183D9
 ms.reviewer:
@@ -307,6 +307,8 @@ You can also apply the Group Policies using the following registry keys:
 
 4. On the **Program** page, click **This program path**, type **%windir%\\systemapps\\Microsoft.Windows.Cortana\_cw5n1h2txyewy\\SearchUI.exe**, and then click **Next**.
 
+   - On Windows 11, type **"%windir%\\SystemApps\\MicrosoftWindows.Client.CBS_cw5n1h2txyewy\\SearchHost.exe"** instead.
+
 5. On the **Action** page, click **Block the connection**, and then click **Next**.
 
 6. On the **Profile** page, ensure that the **Domain**, **Private**, and **Public** check boxes are selected, and then click **Next**.
@@ -327,6 +329,8 @@ You can also apply the Group Policies using the following registry keys:
 
 - Create a new REG_SZ registry setting named **{0DE40C8E-C126-4A27-9371-A27DAB1039F7}** in **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Policies\\Microsoft\\WindowsFirewall\\FirewallRules** and set it to a value of **v2.25|Action=Block|Active=TRUE|Dir=Out|Protocol=6|App=%windir%\\SystemApps\\Microsoft.Windows.Cortana_cw5n1h2txyewy\\searchUI.exe|Name=Block outbound Cortana|**
 
+- On Windows 11, follow the previous section instead and use the Group Policy editor.
+
 If your organization tests network traffic, do not use a network proxy as Windows Firewall does not block proxy traffic. Instead, use a network traffic analyzer. Based on your needs, there are many network traffic analyzers available at no cost.
 
 
diff --git a/windows/privacy/manage-windows-21h2-endpoints.md b/windows/privacy/manage-windows-21h2-endpoints.md
index f8bf449d07..1988d81396 100644
--- a/windows/privacy/manage-windows-21h2-endpoints.md
+++ b/windows/privacy/manage-windows-21h2-endpoints.md
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The following methodology was used to derive these network endpoints:
 |||HTTP|share.microsoft.com|
 ||The following endpoint is used to get Microsoft Store analytics.|TLSv1.2/HTTPS/HTTP|manage.devcenter.microsoft.com|
 |Network Connection Status Indicator (NCSI)|||[Learn how to turn off traffic to all of the following endpoint(s).](manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md#bkmk-ncsi)|
-||Network Connection Status Indicator (NCSI) detects Internet connectivity and corporate network connectivity status. NCSI sends a DNS request and HTTP query to this endpoint to determine if the device can communicate with the Internet. If you turn off traffic for this endpoint, NCSI won't be able to determine if the device is connected to the Internet and the network status tray icon will show a warning.|HTTPS|www.msftconnecttest.com*|
+||Network Connection Status Indicator (NCSI) detects Internet connectivity and corporate network connectivity status. NCSI sends a DNS request and HTTP query to this endpoint to determine if the device can communicate with the Internet. If you turn off traffic for this endpoint, NCSI won't be able to determine if the device is connected to the Internet and the network status tray icon will show a warning.|HTTPS|`www.msftconnecttest.com`|
 |Office|The following endpoints are used to connect to the Office 365 portal's shared infrastructure, including Office in a browser. For more info, see Office 365 URLs and IP address ranges. You can turn this off by removing all Microsoft Office apps and the Mail and Calendar apps. If you turn off traffic for these endpoints, users won't be able to save documents to the cloud or see their recently used documents.||[Learn how to turn off traffic to all of the following endpoint(s).](manage-connections-from-windows-operating-system-components-to-microsoft-services.md#26-microsoft-store)|
 |||HTTPS|www.office.com|
 |||HTTPS|blobs.officehome.msocdn.com|
diff --git a/windows/security/TOC.yml b/windows/security/TOC.yml
index d150e02df0..7d7f56a09d 100644
--- a/windows/security/TOC.yml
+++ b/windows/security/TOC.yml
@@ -205,61 +205,6 @@
         href: https://docs.microsoft.com/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/exploit-protection
       - name: Microsoft Defender for Endpoint
         href: https://docs.microsoft.com/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint
-      - name: Security intelligence
-        href: threat-protection/intelligence/index.md
-        items: 
-        - name: Understand malware & other threats
-          href: threat-protection/intelligence/understanding-malware.md
-          items: 
-            - name: Prevent malware infection
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/prevent-malware-infection.md
-            - name: Malware names
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/malware-naming.md
-            - name: Coin miners
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/coinminer-malware.md
-            - name: Exploits and exploit kits
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/exploits-malware.md
-            - name: Fileless threats
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/fileless-threats.md
-            - name: Macro malware
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/macro-malware.md
-            - name: Phishing
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/phishing.md
-            - name: Ransomware
-              href: /security/compass/human-operated-ransomware
-            - name: Rootkits
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/rootkits-malware.md
-            - name: Supply chain attacks
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/supply-chain-malware.md
-            - name: Tech support scams
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/support-scams.md
-            - name: Trojans
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/trojans-malware.md
-            - name: Unwanted software
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/unwanted-software.md
-            - name: Worms
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/worms-malware.md
-        - name: How Microsoft identifies malware and PUA
-          href: threat-protection/intelligence/criteria.md
-        - name: Submit files for analysis
-          href: threat-protection/intelligence/submission-guide.md
-        - name: Safety Scanner download
-          href: threat-protection/intelligence/safety-scanner-download.md
-        - name: Industry collaboration programs
-          href: threat-protection/intelligence/cybersecurity-industry-partners.md
-          items: 
-            - name: Virus information alliance
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/virus-information-alliance-criteria.md
-            - name: Microsoft virus initiative
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/virus-initiative-criteria.md
-            - name: Coordinated malware eradication
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/coordinated-malware-eradication.md
-        - name: Information for developers
-          items: 
-            - name: Software developer FAQ
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/developer-faq.yml
-            - name: Software developer resources
-              href: threat-protection/intelligence/developer-resources.md
    - name: More Windows security
      items: 
       - name: Override Process Mitigation Options to help enforce app-related security policies
@@ -460,8 +405,6 @@
       href: security-foundations.md
     - name: Microsoft Security Development Lifecycle
       href: threat-protection/msft-security-dev-lifecycle.md
-    - name: Microsoft Bug Bounty Program
-      href: threat-protection/microsoft-bug-bounty-program.md
     - name: FIPS 140-2 Validation
       href: threat-protection/fips-140-validation.md
     - name: Common Criteria Certifications
diff --git a/windows/security/docfx.json b/windows/security/docfx.json
index d1a625e8bd..730a2a9252 100644
--- a/windows/security/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/security/docfx.json
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
     "externalReference": [],
     "globalMetadata": {
       "recommendations": true,
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
       "ms.topic": "article",
       "manager": "dansimp",
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/access-control.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/access-control.md
index b4a6c2c7fa..eacb21eb26 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/access-control.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/access-control.md
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ For more information about user rights, see [User Rights Assignment](/windows/de
 
 With administrator's rights, you can audit users' successful or failed access to objects. You can select which object access to audit by using the access control user interface, but first you must enable the audit policy by selecting **Audit object access** under **Local Policies** in **Local Security Settings**. You can then view these security-related events in the Security log in Event Viewer.
 
-For more information about auditing, see [Security Auditing Overview](/windows/device-security/auditing/security-auditing-overview).
+For more information about auditing, see [Security Auditing Overview](/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/security-auditing-overview).
 
 ## See also
 
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/active-directory-security-groups.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/active-directory-security-groups.md
index c95e92b80c..2ec117c8b9 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/active-directory-security-groups.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/access-control/active-directory-security-groups.md
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ This security group has not changed since Windows Server 2008.
 
 Members of the Cloneable Domain Controllers group that are domain controllers may be cloned. In Windows Server 2012 R2 and Windows Server 2012, you can deploy domain controllers by copying an existing virtual domain controller. In a virtual environment, you no longer have to repeatedly deploy a server image that is prepared by using sysprep.exe, promote the server to a domain controller, and then complete additional configuration requirements for deploying each domain controller (including adding the virtual domain controller to this security group).
 
-For more information, see [Introduction to Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) Virtualization (Level 100)](https://technet.microsoft.com/library/hh831734.aspx).
+For more information, see [Introduction to Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) Virtualization (Level 100)](/windows-server/identity/ad-ds/introduction-to-active-directory-domain-services-ad-ds-virtualization-level-100).
 
 This security group was introduced in Windows Server 2012, and it has not changed in subsequent versions.
 
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/credential-guard/credential-guard.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/credential-guard/credential-guard.md
index 2c6e89c1e2..4153f5223b 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/credential-guard/credential-guard.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/credential-guard/credential-guard.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ms.collection:
   - M365-identity-device-management
   - highpri
 ms.topic: article
-ms.date: 08/17/2017
+ms.date: 03/10/2022
 ---
 
 # Protect derived domain credentials with Windows Defender Credential Guard
@@ -38,12 +38,8 @@ By enabling Windows Defender Credential Guard, the following features and soluti
  
 ## Related topics
 
-- [Isolated User Mode in Windows 10 with Dave Probert (Channel 9)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/Seth-Juarez/Isolated-User-Mode-in-Windows-10-with-Dave-Probert)
-- [Isolated User Mode Processes and Features in Windows 10 with Logan Gabriel (Channel 9)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/Seth-Juarez/Isolated-User-Mode-Processes-and-Features-in-Windows-10-with-Logan-Gabriel)
-- [More on Processes and Features in Windows 10 Isolated User Mode with Dave Probert (Channel 9)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/Seth-Juarez/More-on-Processes-and-Features-in-Windows-10-Isolated-User-Mode-with-Dave-Probert)
-- [Mitigating Credential Theft using the Windows 10 Isolated User Mode (Channel 9)](https://channel9.msdn.com/Blogs/Seth-Juarez/Mitigating-Credential-Theft-using-the-Windows-10-Isolated-User-Mode)
 - [Protecting network passwords with Windows Defender Credential Guard](https://www.microsoft.com/itshowcase/Article/Content/831/Protecting-network-passwords-with-Windows-10-Credential-Guard)
 - [Enabling Strict KDC Validation in Windows Kerberos](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=6382)
 - [What's New in Kerberos Authentication for Windows Server 2012](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-R2-and-2012/hh831747(v=ws.11))
 - [Authentication Mechanism Assurance for AD DS in Windows Server 2008 R2 Step-by-Step Guide](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/dd378897(v=ws.10))
-- [Trusted Platform Module](/windows/device-security/tpm/trusted-platform-module-overview)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Trusted Platform Module](/windows/device-security/tpm/trusted-platform-module-overview)
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/enterprise-certificate-pinning.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/enterprise-certificate-pinning.md
index 050b9e39c3..b41236db4a 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/enterprise-certificate-pinning.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/enterprise-certificate-pinning.md
@@ -245,8 +245,8 @@ Whenever an application verifies a TLS/SSL certificate chain that contains a ser
 The output file name consists of the leading eight ASCII hex digits of the root’s SHA1 thumbprint followed by the server name. 
 For example:
 
-- D4DE20D0_xsi.outlook.com.p7b
-- DE28F4A4_www.yammer.com.p7b
+- `D4DE20D0_xsi.outlook.com.p7b`
+- `DE28F4A4_www.yammer.com.p7b`
 
 If there's either an enterprise certificate pin rule or a Microsoft certificate pin rule mismatch, then Windows writes the .p7b file to the **MismatchPinRules** child folder. 
 If the pin rules have expired, then Windows writes the .p7b to the **ExpiredPinRules** child folder. 
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-deployment-issues.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-deployment-issues.md
index 16f8e33766..b8c2e0c3b8 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-deployment-issues.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-deployment-issues.md
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Applies to:
 - Windows 10, version 1803 and later
 - Windows 11
 
-PIN reset on Azure AD joined devices uses a flow called web sign-in to authenticate the user above lock. Web sign in only allows navigation to specific domains. If it attempts to navigate to a domain that is not allowed it will shows a page with the error message "We can't open that page right now".
+PIN reset on Azure AD joined devices uses a flow called web sign-in to authenticate the user above lock. Web sign in only allows navigation to specific domains. If it attempts to navigate to a domain that is not allowed it will show a page with the error message "We can't open that page right now".
 
 ### Identifying Azure AD joined PIN Reset Allowed Domains Issue
 
@@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ In Hybrid key trust deployments with domain controllers running certain builds o
 
 After the user provisions a Windows Hello for Business credential in a hybrid key trust environment, the key must sync from Azure AD to AD during an Azure AD Connect sync cycle. The user's public key will be written to the msDS-KeyCredentialLink attribute of the user object.
 
-Before the user's Windows Hello for Business key is synced, sign-in's with Windows Hello for Business will fail with the error message, *"That option is temporarily unavailable. For now, please use a different method to sign in."* After the sync is successful, the user should be able to login and unlock with their PIN or enrolled biometrics.
+Before the user's Windows Hello for Business key is synced, sign-in's with Windows Hello for Business will fail with the error message, *"That option is temporarily unavailable. For now, please use a different method to sign in."* After the sync is successful, the user should be able to log in and unlock with their PIN or enrolled biometrics.
 
 In environments impacted with this issue, after the first sign-in with Windows Hello for Business after provisioning is completed, the next sign-in attempt will fail. In environments where domain controllers are running a mix of builds, only some may be impacted by this issue and subsequent logon attempts may be sent different domain controllers. This may result in the sign-in failures appearing to be intermittent.
 
-After the initial logon attempt, the user's Windows Hello for Business public key is being deleted from the msDS-KeyCredentialLink attribute. This can be verified by querying a user's msDS-KeyCredentialLink attribute before and after sign-in. The msDS-KeyCredentialLink can be queried in AD using [Get-ADUser](/powershell/module/addsadministration/get-aduser) and specifying *msds-keycredentiallink* for the *-Properties* parameter.
+After the initial logon attempt, the user's Windows Hello for Business public key is being deleted from the msDS-KeyCredentialLink attribute. This can be verified by querying a user's msDS-KeyCredentialLink attribute before and after sign-in. The msDS-KeyCredentialLink can be queried in AD using [Get-ADUser](/powershell/module/activedirectory/get-aduser) and specifying *msds-keycredentiallink* for the *-Properties* parameter.
 
 ### Resolving User Public Key Deletion Issue
 
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-faq.yml b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-faq.yml
index 9f55046b76..5762e33ff9 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-faq.yml
@@ -14,10 +14,10 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection:
     - M365-identity-device-management
     - highpri
-  ms.topic: article
+  ms.topic: faq
   localizationpriority: medium
   ms.date: 02/21/2022
-    
+
 title: Windows Hello for Business Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
 summary: |
   Applies to: Windows 10
@@ -45,11 +45,15 @@ sections:
           
       - question: Can I deploy Windows Hello for Business by using Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager?
         answer: |
-          Windows Hello for Business deployments using Configuration Manager should follow the hybrid deployment model that uses Active Directory Federation Services. In Configuration Manager version 1910 and later, certificate-based authentication with Windows Hello for Business settings isn't supported. Key-based authentication is still valid with Configuration Manager. For more information, see [Windows Hello for Business settings in Configuration Manager](/configmgr/protect/deploy-use/windows-hello-for-business-settings).
+          Windows Hello for Business deployments using Configuration Manager should follow the hybrid deployment model that uses Active Directory Federation Services. Starting in Configuration Manager version 1910, certificate-based authentication with Windows Hello for Business settings isn't supported. Key-based authentication is still valid with Configuration Manager. For more information, see [Windows Hello for Business settings in Configuration Manager](/configmgr/protect/deploy-use/windows-hello-for-business-settings).
+
+      - question: Can I deploy Windows Hello for Business by using Microsoft Endpoint Manager Intune?
+        answer: |
+          Windows Hello for Business deployments using Intune allow for a great deal of flexibility in deployment. For more information, see [Integrate Windows Hello for Business with Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/protect/windows-hello).
           
       - question: How many users can enroll for Windows Hello for Business on a single Windows 10 computer?
         answer: |
-          The maximum number of supported enrollments on a single Windows 10 computer is 10. This limit lets 10 users each enroll their face and up to 10 fingerprints. While we support 10 enrollments, we'll strongly encourage the use of Windows Hello security keys for the shared computer scenario when they become available.
+          The maximum number of supported enrollments on a single Windows 10 computer is 10. This lets 10 users each enroll their face and up to 10 fingerprints. For devices with more than 10 users, we strongly encourage the use of FIDO2 security keys.
 
       - question: How can a PIN be more secure than a password?
         answer: |
@@ -75,9 +79,13 @@ sections:
         answer: |
           It's currently possible to set a convenience PIN on Azure Active Directory Joined or Hybrid Active Directory Joined devices. Convenience PIN isn't supported for Azure Active Directory user accounts (synchronized identities included). It's only supported for on-premises Domain Joined users and local account users.
 
-      - question: Can I use an external Windows Hello compatible camera when my laptop is closed or docked?
+      - question: Can I use an external Windows Hello compatible camera when my computer has a built in Windows Hello compatible camera?
         answer: |
-          Yes. Starting with Windows 10, version 21H1 an external Windows Hello compatible camera can be used if a device already supports an internal Windows Hello camera. When both cameras are present, the external camera is used for face authentication. For more information, see [IT tools to support Windows 10, version 21H1](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/it-tools-to-support-windows-10-version-21h1/ba-p/2365103).
+          Yes. Starting with Windows 10, version 21H1 an external Windows Hello compatible camera can be used if a device already supports an internal Windows Hello camera. When both cameras are present, the external camera is used for face authentication. For more information, see [IT tools to support Windows 10, version 21H1](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/it-tools-to-support-windows-10-version-21h1/ba-p/2365103). However, using external Hello cameras and accessories is restricted if ESS is enabled, please see [Windows Hello Enhanced Sign-in Security](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/design/device-experiences/windows-hello-enhanced-sign-in-security#pluggableperipheral-biometric-sensors).
+
+      - question: Can I use an external Windows Hello compatible camera or other Windows Hello compatible accessory when my laptop lid is closed or docked?
+        answer: |
+          Some laptops and tablets with keyboards that close may not use an external Windows Hello compatible camera or other Windows Hello compatible accessory when the computer is docked with the lid closed. The issue has been addressed in the latest Windows Insiders builds and will be available in the future version of Windows 11.
 
       - question: Why does authentication fail immediately after provisioning hybrid key trust?
         answer: |
@@ -101,8 +109,8 @@ sections:
           
           [Windows Hello for Business forgotten PIN user experience](hello-videos.md#windows-hello-for-business-forgotten-pin-user-experience)
           
-          For on-premises deployments, devices must be well-connected to their on-premises network (domain controllers and/or certificate authority) to reset their PINs. Hybrid customers can on-board their Azure tenant to use the Windows Hello for Business PIN reset service to reset their PINs without access to their corporate network.
-          
+          For on-premises deployments, devices must be well-connected to their on-premises network (domain controllers and/or certificate authority) to reset their PINs. Hybrid customers can onboard their Azure tenant to use the Windows Hello for Business PIN reset service to reset their PINs. Non-destructive PIN reset works without access to the corporate network. Destructive PIN reset requires access to the corporate network. For more details about destructive and non-destructive PIN reset, see [PIN reset](/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-feature-pin-reset).
+        
       - question: What URLs do I need to allow for a hybrid deployment?
         answer: |
           Communicating with Azure Active Directory uses the following URLs:
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-feature-dynamic-lock.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-feature-dynamic-lock.md
index 7d4e7d36ed..7025fb4173 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-feature-dynamic-lock.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-feature-dynamic-lock.md
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ The Group Policy Editor, when the policy is enabled, creates a default signal ru
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >Microsoft recommends using the default values for this policy settings.  Measurements are relative based on the varying conditions of each environment.  Therefore, the same values may produce different results. Test policy settings in each environment prior to broadly deploying the setting.
 
-For this policy setting, the **type** and **scenario** attribute values are static and cannot change.  The **classofDevice** is configurable but Phone is the only currently supported configuration. The attribute defaults to Phones sand uses the values from the following table:
+For this policy setting, the **type** and **scenario** attribute values are static and cannot change.  The **classofDevice** is configurable but Phone is the only currently supported configuration. The attribute defaults to Phones and uses the values from the following table:
 
 |Description|Value|
 |:-------------|:-------:|
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-hybrid-aadj-sso-base.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-hybrid-aadj-sso-base.md
index c9bbe2c198..9496bd8da6 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-hybrid-aadj-sso-base.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-hybrid-aadj-sso-base.md
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ The web server is ready to host the CRL distribution point.  Now, configure the
 1. On the issuing certificate authority, sign-in as a local administrator.  Start the **Certificate Authority** console from **Administrative Tools**. 
 2. In the navigation pane, right-click the name of the certificate authority and click **Properties**
 3. Click **Extensions**.  On the **Extensions** tab, select **CRL Distribution Point (CDP)** from the **Select extension** list.
-4. On the **Extensions** tab, click **Add**. Type http://crl.[domainname]/cdp/ in **location**.  For example, ** or ** (do not forget the trailing forward slash). 
+4. On the **Extensions** tab, click **Add**. Type http://crl.[domainname]/cdp/ in **location**.  For example, `` or `` (do not forget the trailing forward slash). 
    ![CDP New Location dialog box.](images/aadj/cdp-extension-new-location.png)
 5. Select **\** from the **Variable** list and click **Insert**.  Select **\** from the **Variable** list and click **Insert**.  Select **\** from the **Variable** list and click **Insert**.
 6. Type **.crl** at the end of the text in **Location**. Click **OK**.
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-why-pin-is-better-than-password.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-why-pin-is-better-than-password.md
index 0635a17b37..6c4c54aee9 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-why-pin-is-better-than-password.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-why-pin-is-better-than-password.md
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 ---
-title: Why a PIN is better than a password (Windows)
-description: Windows Hello in Windows 10 enables users to sign in to their device using a PIN. How is a PIN different from (and better than) a password .
+title: Why a PIN is better than an online password (Windows)
+description: Windows Hello in Windows 10 enables users to sign in to their device using a PIN. How is a PIN different from (and better than) an online password .
 ms.assetid: A6FC0520-01E6-4E90-B53D-6C4C4E780212
 keywords: pin, security, password, hello
 ms.prod: m365-security
@@ -19,42 +19,44 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.date: 10/23/2017
 ---
 
-# Why a PIN is better than a password
+# Why a PIN is better than an online password
 
 **Applies to**
 
 - Windows 10
 - Windows 11
 
-Windows Hello in Windows 10 enables users to sign in to their device using a PIN. How is a PIN different from (and better than) a password?
-On the surface, a PIN looks much like a password. A PIN can be a set of numbers, but enterprise policy might allow complex PINs that include special characters and letters, both upper-case and lower-case. Something like **t758A!** could be an account password or a complex Hello PIN. It isn't the structure of a PIN (length, complexity) that makes it better than a password, it's how it works.
+Windows Hello in Windows 10 enables users to sign in to their device using a PIN. How is a PIN different from (and better than) a local password?
+On the surface, a PIN looks much like a password. A PIN can be a set of numbers, but enterprise policy might allow complex PINs that include special characters and letters, both upper-case and lower-case. Something like **t758A!** could be an account password or a complex Hello PIN. It isn't the structure of a PIN (length, complexity) that makes it better than an online password, it's how it works. First we need to distinguish between two types of passwords: `local` passwords are validated against the machine's password store, whereas `online` passwords are validated against a server. This article mostly covers the benefits a PIN has over an online password, and also why it can be considered even better than a local password. 
 
-Watch Dana Huang explain why a Windows Hello for Business PIN is more secure than a password.
+Watch Dana Huang explain why a Windows Hello for Business PIN is more secure than an online password.
 
 > [!VIDEO https://www.youtube.com/embed/cC24rPBvdhA]
 
 ## PIN is tied to the device
 
-One important difference between a password and a Hello PIN is that the PIN is tied to the specific device on which it was set up. That PIN is useless to anyone without that specific hardware. Someone who steals your password can sign in to your account from anywhere, but if they steal your PIN, they'd have to steal your physical device too!
+One important difference between an online password and a Hello PIN is that the PIN is tied to the specific device on which it was set up. That PIN is useless to anyone without that specific hardware. Someone who steals your online password can sign in to your account from anywhere, but if they steal your PIN, they'd have to steal your physical device too!
 
 Even you can't use that PIN anywhere except on that specific device. If you want to sign in on multiple devices, you have to set up Hello on each device.
 
 ## PIN is local to the device
 
-A password is transmitted to the server -- it can be intercepted in transmission or stolen from a server. A PIN is local to the device -- it isn't transmitted anywhere and it isn't stored on the server.
+An online password is transmitted to the server -- it can be intercepted in transmission or stolen from a server. A PIN is local to the device -- it isn't transmitted anywhere and it isn't stored on the server.
 When the PIN is created, it establishes a trusted relationship with the identity provider and creates an asymmetric key pair that is used for authentication. When you enter your PIN, it unlocks the authentication key and uses the key to sign the request that is sent to the authenticating server.
+However, note that even though local passwords are also local to the device, they are still less secure than a PIN, as described in the next section.
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >For details on how Hello uses asymetric key pairs for authentication, see [Windows Hello for Business](hello-overview.md#benefits-of-windows-hello).
  
 ## PIN is backed by hardware
 
-The Hello PIN is backed by a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) chip, which is a secure crypto-processor that is designed to carry out cryptographic operations. The chip includes multiple physical security mechanisms to make it tamper resistant, and malicious software is unable to tamper with the security functions of the TPM. Many modern devices have TPM.
+The Hello PIN is backed by a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) chip, which is a secure crypto-processor that is designed to carry out cryptographic operations. The chip includes multiple physical security mechanisms to make it tamper resistant, and malicious software is unable to tamper with the security functions of the TPM. Many modern devices have TPM. Windows 10, on the other hand, has a defect of not linking local passwords to TPM. This is the reason why PINs are considered more secure than local passwords.
 
 User key material is generated and available within the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) of the user device, which protects it from attackers who want to capture the key material and reuse it. Because Hello uses asymmetric key pairs, users credentials can't be stolen in cases where the identity provider or websites the user accesses have been compromised.
 
 The TPM protects against a variety of known and potential attacks, including PIN brute-force attacks. After too many incorrect guesses, the device is locked.
 
+
 ## PIN can be complex
 
 The Windows Hello for Business PIN is subject to the same set of IT management policies as a password, such as complexity, length, expiration, and history. Although we generally think of a PIN as a simple four-digit code, administrators can set [policies](hello-manage-in-organization.md) for managed devices to require a PIN complexity similar to a password. You can require or block: special characters, uppercase characters, lowercase characters, and digits.
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-architecture.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-architecture.md
index bad0c616fe..3ce6180ae9 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-architecture.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-architecture.md
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Credential providers must be registered on a computer running Windows, and they
 
 ## Smart card subsystem architecture
 
-Vendors provide smart cards and smart card readers, and in many cases the vendors are different for the smart card and the smart card reader. Drivers for smart card readers are written to the [Personal Computer/Smart Card (PC/SC) standard](https://www.pcscworkgroup.com/). Each smart card must have a Cryptographic Service Provider (CSP) that uses the CryptoAPI interfaces to enable cryptographic operations, and the WinSCard APIs to enable communications with smart card hardware.
+Vendors provide smart cards and smart card readers, and in many cases the vendors are different for the smart card and the smart card reader. Drivers for smart card readers are written to the [Personal Computer/Smart Card (PC/SC) standard](https://pcscworkgroup.com/). Each smart card must have a Cryptographic Service Provider (CSP) that uses the CryptoAPI interfaces to enable cryptographic operations, and the WinSCard APIs to enable communications with smart card hardware.
 
 ### Base CSP and smart card minidriver architecture
 
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-certificate-requirements-and-enumeration.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-certificate-requirements-and-enumeration.md
index 5bb30875b0..eea206d53d 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-certificate-requirements-and-enumeration.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-certificate-requirements-and-enumeration.md
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ The smart card certificate has specific format requirements when it is used with
 
 |            **Component**             |                                                                **Requirements for Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Vista, Windows 10, and Windows 11**                                                                 |                                                                                                **Requirements for Windows XP**                                                                                                 |
 |--------------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|   CRL distribution point location    |                                                                                               Not required                                                                                               |             The location must be specified, online, and available, for example:
            \[1\]CRL Distribution Point
            Distribution Point Name:
            Full Name:
            URL=             |
+|   CRL distribution point location    |                                                                                               Not required                                                                                               |             The location must be specified, online, and available, for example:
            \[1\]CRL Distribution Point
            Distribution Point Name:
            Full Name:
            URL=``             |
 |              Key usage               |                                                                                            Digital signature                                                                                             |                                                                                                       Digital signature                                                                                                        |
 |          Basic constraints           |                                                                                               Not required                                                                                               |                                                                              \[Subject Type=End Entity, Path Length Constraint=None\] (Optional)                                                                               |
 |       Enhanced key usage (EKU)       | The smart card sign-in object identifier is not required.

            **Note**  If an EKU is present, it must contain the smart card sign-in EKU. Certificates with no EKU can be used for sign-in. |      -   Client Authentication (1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.2)
            The client authentication object identifier is required only if a certificate is used for SSL authentication.

            - Smart Card Sign-in (1.3.6.1.4.1.311.20.2.2)       |
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-smart-cards-for-windows-service.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-smart-cards-for-windows-service.md
index dd3d3ccddb..0d26cf1289 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-smart-cards-for-windows-service.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/smart-cards/smart-card-smart-cards-for-windows-service.md
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Applies To: Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2016 and above
 
 This topic for the IT professional and smart card developers describes how the Smart Cards for Windows service (formerly called Smart Card Resource Manager) manages readers and application interactions.
 
-The Smart Cards for Windows service provides the basic infrastructure for all other smart card components as it manages smart card readers and application interactions on the computer. It is fully compliant with the specifications set by the PC/SC Workgroup. For information about these specifications, see the [PC/SC Workgroup Specifications website](https://www.pcscworkgroup.com/).
+The Smart Cards for Windows service provides the basic infrastructure for all other smart card components as it manages smart card readers and application interactions on the computer. It is fully compliant with the specifications set by the PC/SC Workgroup. For information about these specifications, see the [PC/SC Workgroup Specifications website](https://pcscworkgroup.com/).
 
 The Smart Cards for Windows service runs in the context of a local service, and it is implemented as a shared service of the services host (svchost) process. The Smart Cards for Windows service, Scardsvr, has the following service description:
 
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/vpn/how-to-use-single-sign-on-sso-over-vpn-and-wi-fi-connections.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/vpn/how-to-use-single-sign-on-sso-over-vpn-and-wi-fi-connections.md
index 6298f7d90f..f4e8cb2358 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/vpn/how-to-use-single-sign-on-sso-over-vpn-and-wi-fi-connections.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/vpn/how-to-use-single-sign-on-sso-over-vpn-and-wi-fi-connections.md
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: security
 author: dansimp
-ms.date: 09/23/2021
+ms.date: 03/22/2022
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.author: dansimp
@@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ The credentials are placed in Credential Manager as a "\*Session" credential.
 A "\*Session" credential implies that it is valid for the current user session.
 The credentials are also cleaned up when the WiFi or VPN connection is disconnected.
 
+> [!NOTE]
+> In Windows 10, version 21h2 and later, the "\*Session" credential is not visible in Credential Manager.
+
 For example, if someone using Microsoft Edge tries to access a domain resource, Microsoft Edge has the right Enterprise Authentication capability. This allows [WinInet](/windows/win32/wininet/wininet-reference) to release the credentials that it gets from the Credential Manager to the SSP that is requesting it.
 For more information about the Enterprise Authentication capability, see [App capability declarations](/windows/uwp/packaging/app-capability-declarations).
 
@@ -93,4 +96,4 @@ Domain controllers must have appropriate KDC certificates for the client to trus
 Domain controllers must be using certificates based on the updated KDC certificate template Kerberos Authentication.
 This requires that all authenticating domain controllers run Windows Server 2016, or you'll need to enable strict KDC validation on domain controllers that run previous versions of Windows Server.
 
-For more information, see [Enabling Strict KDC Validation in Windows Kerberos](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=6382).
\ No newline at end of file
+For more information, see [Enabling Strict KDC Validation in Windows Kerberos](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=6382).
diff --git a/windows/security/identity-protection/vpn/vpn-auto-trigger-profile.md b/windows/security/identity-protection/vpn/vpn-auto-trigger-profile.md
index 5e8dbb7965..59a725fa26 100644
--- a/windows/security/identity-protection/vpn/vpn-auto-trigger-profile.md
+++ b/windows/security/identity-protection/vpn/vpn-auto-trigger-profile.md
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@ VPN profiles in Windows 10 or Windows 11 can be configured to connect automatica
 
 The app identifier for a desktop app is a file path. The app identifier for a UWP app is a package family name.
 
-[Find a package family name (PFN) for per-app VPN configuration](/intune/deploy-use/find-a-pfn-for-per-app-vpn)
-
+[Find a package family name (PFN) for per-app VPN configuration](/mem/configmgr/protect/deploy-use/find-a-pfn-for-per-app-vpn)
 
 ## Name-based trigger
 
diff --git a/windows/security/index.yml b/windows/security/index.yml
index 9acb0672a7..5e7b974b0d 100644
--- a/windows/security/index.yml
+++ b/windows/security/index.yml
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ landingContent:
           - text: Microsoft Security Development Lifecycle
             url: threat-protection/msft-security-dev-lifecycle.md
           - text: Microsoft Bug Bounty
-            url: threat-protection/microsoft-bug-bounty-program.md
+            url: /microsoft-365/security/intelligence/microsoft-bug-bounty-program.md
           - text: Common Criteria Certifications
             url: threat-protection/windows-platform-common-criteria.md
           - text: Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140 Validation
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-and-adds-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-and-adds-faq.yml
index cb7895bee9..279702c109 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-and-adds-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-and-adds-faq.yml
@@ -16,10 +16,9 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection:
     - M365-security-compliance
     - highpri
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 02/28/2019
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker and Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) FAQ
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
@@ -82,4 +81,4 @@ sections:
           
           When an administrator clears these check boxes, the administrator is allowing a drive to be BitLocker-protected without having the recovery information successfully backed up to AD DS; however, BitLocker will not automatically retry the backup if it fails. Instead, administrators can create a backup script, as described earlier in [What if BitLocker is enabled on a computer before the computer has joined the domain?](#what-if-bitlocker-is-enabled-on-a-computer-before-the-computer-has-joined-the-domain-) to capture the information after connectivity is restored.
           
-          
\ No newline at end of file
+          
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-deployment-and-administration-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-deployment-and-administration-faq.yml
index 85b7bbb000..9ae7897062 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-deployment-and-administration-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-deployment-and-administration-faq.yml
@@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ metadata:
   manager: dansimp
   audience: ITPro
   ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 02/28/2019
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker frequently asked questions (FAQ)
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
@@ -93,4 +92,4 @@ sections:
         answer: Some drives cannot be encrypted with BitLocker. Reasons a drive cannot be encrypted include insufficient disk size, an incompatible file system, if the drive is a dynamic disk, or a drive is designated as the system partition. By default, the system drive (or system partition) is hidden from display. However, if it is not created as a hidden drive when the operating system was installed due to a custom installation process, that drive might be displayed but cannot be encrypted.
 
       - question: What type of disk configurations are supported by BitLocker?
-        answer: Any number of internal, fixed data drives can be protected with BitLocker. On some versions ATA and SATA-based, direct-attached storage devices are also supported.
\ No newline at end of file
+        answer: Any number of internal, fixed data drives can be protected with BitLocker. On some versions ATA and SATA-based, direct-attached storage devices are also supported.
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-device-encryption-overview-windows-10.md b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-device-encryption-overview-windows-10.md
index 2b18579a8c..26f5413422 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-device-encryption-overview-windows-10.md
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-device-encryption-overview-windows-10.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ ms.collection:
   - M365-security-compliance
   - highpri
 ms.topic: conceptual
-ms.date: 02/28/2019
+ms.date: 03/10/2022
 ms.custom: bitlocker
 ---
 
@@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ Microsoft includes instrumentation in Windows 11 and Windows 10 that enable the
 ## Deploy hard drive encryption
 
 BitLocker is capable of encrypting entire hard drives, including both system and data drives. BitLocker pre-provisioning can drastically reduce the time required to provision new PCs with BitLocker enabled. With Windows 11 and Windows 10, administrators can turn on BitLocker and the TPM from within the Windows Preinstallation Environment before they install Windows or as part of an automated deployment task sequence without any user interaction. Combined with Used Disk Space Only encryption and a mostly empty drive (because Windows is not yet installed), it takes only a few seconds to enable BitLocker.
+
 With earlier versions of Windows, administrators had to enable BitLocker after Windows had been installed. Although this process could be automated, BitLocker would need to encrypt the entire drive, a process that could take anywhere from several hours to more than a day depending on drive size and performance, which significantly delayed deployment. Microsoft has improved this process through multiple features in Windows 11 and Windows 10.
 
 ## BitLocker Device Encryption 
@@ -130,11 +131,11 @@ For more information about how to configure Network Unlock, see [BitLocker: How
 
 ## Microsoft BitLocker Administration and Monitoring
 
-Part of the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack, MBAM makes it easier to manage and support BitLocker and BitLocker To Go. MBAM 2.5 with Service Pack 1, the latest version, has the following key features:
+Part of the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack, Microsoft BitLocker Administration and Monitoring (MBAM) makes it easier to manage and support BitLocker and BitLocker To Go. MBAM 2.5 with Service Pack 1, the latest version, has the following key features:
 
 * Enables administrators to automate the process of encrypting volumes on client computers across the enterprise.
 * Enables security officers to quickly determine the compliance state of individual computers or even of the enterprise itself.
-* Provides centralized reporting and hardware management with Microsoft Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.
+* Provides centralized reporting and hardware management with Microsoft Endpoint Configuration Manager.
 * Reduces the workload on the help desk to assist end users with BitLocker recovery requests.
 * Enables end users to recover encrypted devices independently by using the Self-Service Portal.
 * Enables security officers to easily audit access to recovery key information.
@@ -144,4 +145,9 @@ Part of the Microsoft Desktop Optimization Pack, MBAM makes it easier to manage
 * Offers an IT-customizable recovery user experience.
 * Supports Windows 10.
 
-For more information about MBAM, including how to obtain it, see [Microsoft BitLocker Administration and Monitoring](/microsoft-desktop-optimization-pack/) on the MDOP TechCenter.
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> Enterprises could use MBAM to manage client computers with BitLocker that are domain-joined on-premises until mainstream support ended in July 2019, or they could receive extended support until April 2026.
+
+Going forward, the functionality of MBAM will be incorporated into Configuration Manager. For more details, see [Features in Configuration Manager technical preview version 1909](/mem/configmgr/core/get-started/2019/technical-preview-1909#bkmk_bitlocker).
+
+Enterprises not using Configuration Manager can use the built-in features of Azure AD and Microsoft Intune in Microsoft Endpoint Manager for administration and monitoring. For more details, see [Monitor device encryption with Intune](/mem/intune/protect/encryption-monitor).
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-frequently-asked-questions.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-frequently-asked-questions.yml
index fd752a06bd..db16f5e272 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-frequently-asked-questions.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-frequently-asked-questions.yml
@@ -16,10 +16,9 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection:
     - M365-security-compliance
     - highpri
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 02/28/2019
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker frequently asked questions (FAQ) resources
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
@@ -52,4 +51,4 @@ sections:
           -   [BitLocker: How to deploy on Windows Server 2012](bitlocker-how-to-deploy-on-windows-server.md)
           -   [BitLocker: Use BitLocker Drive Encryption Tools to manage BitLocker](bitlocker-use-bitlocker-drive-encryption-tools-to-manage-bitlocker.md)
           -   [BitLocker: Use BitLocker Recovery Password Viewer](bitlocker-use-bitlocker-recovery-password-viewer.md)
-          -   [BitLocker Cmdlets in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/bitlocker/index?view=win10-ps&preserve-view=true)
\ No newline at end of file
+          -   [BitLocker Cmdlets in Windows PowerShell](/powershell/module/bitlocker/index?view=win10-ps&preserve-view=true)
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-key-management-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-key-management-faq.yml
index eba6835e4f..09d144f684 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-key-management-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-key-management-faq.yml
@@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ metadata:
   manager: dansimp
   audience: ITPro
   ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 02/28/2019
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker Key Management FAQ
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-network-unlock-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-network-unlock-faq.yml
index c909c07339..92acc08a12 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-network-unlock-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-network-unlock-faq.yml
@@ -12,11 +12,10 @@ metadata:
   manager: dansimp
   audience: ITPro
   ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 02/28/2019
   ms.reviewer: 
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker Network Unlock FAQ
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-overview-and-requirements-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-overview-and-requirements-faq.yml
index 9836d4e902..2b8382dfa8 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-overview-and-requirements-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-overview-and-requirements-faq.yml
@@ -16,10 +16,9 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection:
     - M365-security-compliance
     - highpri
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 07/27/2021
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker Overview and Requirements FAQ
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-security-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-security-faq.yml
index b9edd5b644..34a96db5ad 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-security-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-security-faq.yml
@@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ metadata:
   manager: dansimp
   audience: ITPro
   ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: conceptual
-  ms.date: 02/28/2019
+  ms.topic: faq
+  ms.date: 03/14/2022
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker Security FAQ
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
@@ -41,7 +40,7 @@ sections:
       - question: |
           What are the implications of using the sleep or hibernate power management options?
         answer: |
-          BitLocker on operating system drives in its basic configuration (with a TPM but without other startup authentication) provides extra security for the hibernate mode. However, BitLocker provides greater security when it is configured to use an another startup authentication factor (TPM+PIN, TPM+USB, or TPM+PIN+USB) with the hibernate mode. This method is more secure because returning from hibernation requires authentication. For improved security, we recommend disabling sleep mode and that you use TPM+PIN for the authentication method. Startup authentication can be configured by using [Group Policy](./bitlocker-group-policy-settings.md) or Mobile Device Management with the [BitLocker CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-csp). 
+          BitLocker on operating system drives in its basic configuration (with a TPM but without other startup authentication) provides extra security for the hibernate mode. However, BitLocker provides greater security when it is configured to use another startup authentication factor (TPM+PIN, TPM+USB, or TPM+PIN+USB) with the hibernate mode. This method is more secure because returning from hibernation requires authentication. In sleep mode, the computer is vulnerable to direct memory access attacks, since it remains unprotected data in RAM. Therefore, for improved security, we recommend disabling sleep mode and that you use TPM+PIN for the authentication method. Startup authentication can be configured by using [Group Policy](./bitlocker-group-policy-settings.md) or Mobile Device Management with the [BitLocker CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/bitlocker-csp). 
           
       - question: |
           What are the advantages of a TPM?
@@ -50,4 +49,4 @@ sections:
           
           > [!NOTE]
           > Configuring BitLocker with an additional factor of authentication provides even more protection against TPM hardware attacks.
-          
\ No newline at end of file
+          
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-to-go-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-to-go-faq.yml
index c9d6d649c1..256644a535 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-to-go-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-to-go-faq.yml
@@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ metadata:
   manager: dansimp
   audience: ITPro
   ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 07/10/2018
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker To Go FAQ
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-upgrading-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-upgrading-faq.yml
index 84f82e3483..05f79c3d7c 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-upgrading-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-upgrading-faq.yml
@@ -12,11 +12,10 @@ metadata:
   manager: dansimp
   audience: ITPro
   ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 02/28/2019
   ms.reviewer: 
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: BitLocker Upgrading FAQ
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
@@ -52,4 +51,4 @@ sections:
           
           
           > [!NOTE]
-          > If you have suspended BitLocker, you can resume BitLocker protection after you have installed the upgrade or update. Upon resuming protection, BitLocker will reseal the encryption key to the new values of the measured components that changed as a part of the upgrade or update. If these types of upgrades or updates are applied without suspending BitLocker, your computer will enter recovery mode when restarting and will require a recovery key or password to access the computer.
\ No newline at end of file
+          > If you have suspended BitLocker, you can resume BitLocker protection after you have installed the upgrade or update. Upon resuming protection, BitLocker will reseal the encryption key to the new values of the measured components that changed as a part of the upgrade or update. If these types of upgrades or updates are applied without suspending BitLocker, your computer will enter recovery mode when restarting and will require a recovery key or password to access the computer.
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-using-with-other-programs-faq.yml b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-using-with-other-programs-faq.yml
index 52150c7455..c79641be85 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-using-with-other-programs-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/bitlocker/bitlocker-using-with-other-programs-faq.yml
@@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ metadata:
   manager: dansimp
   audience: ITPro
   ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 02/28/2019
   ms.custom: bitlocker
-    
 title: Using BitLocker with other programs FAQ
 summary: |
   **Applies to**
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/encrypted-hard-drive.md b/windows/security/information-protection/encrypted-hard-drive.md
index 9bbeeb2de3..cebb1539b9 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/encrypted-hard-drive.md
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/encrypted-hard-drive.md
@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ ms.date: 04/02/2019
 - Windows Server 2022
 - Windows Server 2019
 - Windows Server 2016
+- Azure Stack HCI
 
 Encrypted Hard Drive uses the rapid encryption that is provided by BitLocker Drive Encryption to enhance data security and management.
 
@@ -32,8 +33,8 @@ Encrypted Hard Drives provide:
 
 -   **Better performance**: Encryption hardware, integrated into the drive controller, allows the drive to operate at full data rate with no performance degradation.
 -   **Strong security based in hardware**: Encryption is always "on" and the keys for encryption never leave the hard drive. User authentication is performed by the drive before it will unlock, independently of the operating system
--   **Ease of use**: Encryption is transparent to the user, and the user doesn't need to enable it. Encrypted Hard Drives are easily erased using on-board encryption key; there is no need to re-encrypt data on the drive.
--   **Lower cost of ownership**: There is no need for new infrastructure to manage encryption keys, since BitLocker leverages your existing infrastructure to store recovery information. Your device operates more efficiently because processor cycles do not need to be used for the encryption process.
+-   **Ease of use**: Encryption is transparent to the user, and the user doesn't need to enable it. Encrypted Hard Drives are easily erased using on-board encryption key; there's no need to re-encrypt data on the drive.
+-   **Lower cost of ownership**: There's no need for new infrastructure to manage encryption keys, since BitLocker leverages your existing infrastructure to store recovery information. Your device operates more efficiently because processor cycles don't need to be used for the encryption process.
 
 Encrypted Hard Drives are supported natively in the operating system through the following mechanisms:
 
@@ -77,13 +78,13 @@ Rapid encryption in BitLocker directly addresses the security needs of enterpris
 Configuration of Encrypted Hard Drives as startup drives is done using the same methods as standard hard drives. These methods include:
 
 -   **Deploy from media**: Configuration of Encrypted Hard Drives happens automatically through the installation process.
--   **Deploy from network**: This deployment method involves booting a Windows PE environment and using imaging tools to apply a Windows image from a network share. Using this method, the Enhanced Storage optional component needs to be included in the Windows PE image. You can enable this component using Server Manager, Windows PowerShell, or the DISM command line tool. If this component is not present, configuration of Encrypted Hard Drives will not work.
+-   **Deploy from network**: This deployment method involves booting a Windows PE environment and using imaging tools to apply a Windows image from a network share. Using this method, the Enhanced Storage optional component needs to be included in the Windows PE image. You can enable this component using Server Manager, Windows PowerShell, or the DISM command line tool. If this component isn't present, configuration of Encrypted Hard Drives won't work.
 -   **Deploy from server**: This deployment method involves PXE booting a client with Encrypted Hard Drives present. Configuration of Encrypted Hard Drives happens automatically in this environment when the Enhanced Storage component is added to the PXE boot image. During deployment, the [TCGSecurityActivationDisabled](/windows-hardware/customize/desktop/unattend/microsoft-windows-enhancedstorage-adm-tcgsecurityactivationdisabled) setting in unattend.xml controls the encryption behavior of Encrypted Hard Drives.
--   **Disk Duplication**: This deployment method involves use of a previously configured device and disk duplication tools to apply a Windows image to an Encrypted Hard Drive. Disks must be partitioned using at least Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012 for this configuration to work. Images made using disk duplicators will not work.
+-   **Disk Duplication**: This deployment method involves use of a previously configured device and disk duplication tools to apply a Windows image to an Encrypted Hard Drive. Disks must be partitioned using at least Windows 8 or Windows Server 2012 for this configuration to work. Images made using disk duplicators won't work.
 
 ## Configuring hardware-based encryption with Group Policy
 
-There are three related Group Policy settings that help you manage how BitLocker uses hardware-based encryption and which encryption algorithms to use. If these settings are not configured or disabled on systems that are equipped with encrypted drives, BitLocker uses software-based encryption: 
+There are three related Group Policy settings that help you manage how BitLocker uses hardware-based encryption and which encryption algorithms to use. If these settings aren't configured or disabled on systems that are equipped with encrypted drives, BitLocker uses software-based encryption: 
 
 - [Configure use of hardware-based encryption for fixed data drives](bitlocker/bitlocker-group-policy-settings.md#bkmk-hdefxd)  
 - [Configure use of hardware-based encryption for removable data drives](bitlocker/bitlocker-group-policy-settings.md#configure-use-of-hardware-based-encryption-for-removable-data-drives)
@@ -93,14 +94,14 @@ There are three related Group Policy settings that help you manage how BitLocker
 
 Encrypted Hard Drives utilize two encryption keys on the device to control the locking and unlocking of data on the drive. These are the Data Encryption Key (DEK) and the Authentication Key (AK).
 
-The Data Encryption Key is the key used to encrypt all of the data on the drive. The drive generates the DEK and it never leaves the device. It is stored in an encrypted format at a random location on the drive. If the DEK is changed or erased, data encrypted using the DEK is irrecoverable.
+The Data Encryption Key is the key used to encrypt all of the data on the drive. The drive generates the DEK and it never leaves the device. It's stored in an encrypted format at a random location on the drive. If the DEK is changed or erased, data encrypted using the DEK is irrecoverable.
 
 The Authentication Key is the key used to unlock data on the drive. A hash of the key is stored on drive and requires confirmation to decrypt the DEK.
 
 When a computer with an Encrypted Hard Drive is in a powered off state, the drive locks automatically. As a computer powers on, the device remains in a locked state and is only unlocked after the Authentication Key decrypts the Data Encryption Key. Once the Authentication Key decrypts the Data
 Encryption Key, read-write operations can take place on the device.
 
-When writing data to the drive, it passes through an encryption engine before the write operation completes. Likewise, reading data from the drive requires the encryption engine to decrypt the data before passing that data back to the user. In the event that the DEK needs to be changed or erased, the data on the drive does not need to be re-encrypted. A new Authentication Key needs to be created and it will re-encrypt the DEK. Once completed, the DEK can now be unlocked using the new AK and read-writes to the volume can continue.
+When writing data to the drive, it passes through an encryption engine before the write operation completes. Likewise, reading data from the drive requires the encryption engine to decrypt the data before passing that data back to the user. In the event that the DEK needs to be changed or erased, the data on the drive doesn't need to be re-encrypted. A new Authentication Key needs to be created and it will re-encrypt the DEK. Once completed, the DEK can now be unlocked using the new AK and read-writes to the volume can continue.
 
 ## Re-configuring Encrypted Hard Drives
 
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/secure-the-windows-10-boot-process.md b/windows/security/information-protection/secure-the-windows-10-boot-process.md
index 654ea1271b..c1316fbac4 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/secure-the-windows-10-boot-process.md
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/secure-the-windows-10-boot-process.md
@@ -124,7 +124,9 @@ Figure 2 illustrates the Measured Boot and remote attestation process.
 **Figure 2. Measured Boot proves the PC’s health to a remote server**
 
 
-Windows includes the application programming interfaces to support Measured Boot, but you’ll need non-Microsoft tools to implement a remote attestation client and trusted attestation server to take advantage of it. For an example of such a tool, download the [TPM Platform Crypto-Provider Toolkit](https://research.microsoft.com/en-us/downloads/74c45746-24ad-4cb7-ba4b-0c6df2f92d5d/) from Microsoft Research or Microsoft Enterprise Security MVP Dan Griffin’s [Measured Boot Tool](http://mbt.codeplex.com/).
+Windows includes the application programming interfaces to support Measured Boot, but you’ll need non-Microsoft tools to implement a remote attestation client and trusted attestation server to take advantage of it. For example, see the following tools from Microsoft Research:
+- [TPM Platform Crypto-Provider Toolkit](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=52487)
+- [TSS.MSR](https://github.com/microsoft/TSS.MSR#tssmsr)
 
 Measured Boot uses the power of UEFI, TPM, and Windows to give you a way to confidently assess the trustworthiness of a client PC across the network.
 
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/tpm/trusted-platform-module-overview.md b/windows/security/information-protection/tpm/trusted-platform-module-overview.md
index 40d7b72e87..07705c394b 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/tpm/trusted-platform-module-overview.md
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/tpm/trusted-platform-module-overview.md
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ ms.collection:
   - M365-security-compliance
   - highpri
 ms.topic: conceptual
+adobe-target: true
 ---
 
 # Trusted Platform Module Technology Overview
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/protect-enterprise-data-using-wip.md b/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/protect-enterprise-data-using-wip.md
index f9a0db9b78..aabc6b7080 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/protect-enterprise-data-using-wip.md
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/protect-enterprise-data-using-wip.md
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ To help address this security insufficiency, companies developed data loss preve
 
 - **A way to scan company data to see whether it matches any of your defined rules.** Currently, Microsoft Exchange Server and Exchange Online provide this service for email in transit, while Microsoft SharePoint and SharePoint Online provide this service for content stored in document libraries.
 
-- **The ability to specify what happens when data matches a rule, including whether employees can bypass enforcement.** For example, in Microsoft SharePoint and SharePoint Online, the Microsoft data loss prevention system lets you warn your employees that shared data includes sensitive info, and to share it anyway (with an optional audit log entry).
+- **The ability to specify what happens when data matches a rule, including whether employees can bypass enforcement.** For example, in Microsoft SharePoint and SharePoint Online, the Microsoft Purview data loss prevention system lets you warn your employees that shared data includes sensitive info, and to share it anyway (with an optional audit log entry).
 
 Unfortunately, data loss prevention systems have their own problems. For example, the less detailed the rule set, the more false positives are created, leading employees to believe that the rules slow down their work and need to be bypassed in order to remain productive, potentially leading to data being incorrectly blocked or improperly released. Another major problem is that data loss prevention systems must be widely implemented to be effective. For example, if your company uses a data loss prevention system for email, but not for file shares or document storage, you might find that your data leaks through the unprotected channels. But perhaps the biggest problem with data loss prevention systems is that it provides a jarring experience that interrupts the employees’ natural workflow by stopping some operations (such as sending a message with an attachment that the system tags as sensitive) while allowing others, often according to subtle rules that the employee doesn’t see and can’t understand.
 
diff --git a/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/wip-learning.md b/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/wip-learning.md
index 3ae137caca..0cf382492f 100644
--- a/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/wip-learning.md
+++ b/windows/security/information-protection/windows-information-protection/wip-learning.md
@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ ms.mktglfcycl:
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: security
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
-author: cabailey
-ms.author: cabailey
-manager: laurawi
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 audience: ITPro
 ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
 ms.topic: conceptual
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ In the **Website learning report**, you can view a summary of the devices that h
 
 1. Sign in to the [Microsoft Endpoint Manager admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431).
 
-1. Click **Client apps** > **App protection status** > **Reports**.
+1. Select **Apps** > **Monitor** > **App protection status** > **Reports**.
 
    ![Image showing the UI path to the WIP report.](images/access-wip-learning-report.png) 
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/advanced-security-auditing-faq.yml b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/advanced-security-auditing-faq.yml
index 9308046bcd..aa92e85a9c 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/advanced-security-auditing-faq.yml
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/advanced-security-auditing-faq.yml
@@ -14,10 +14,9 @@ metadata:
   manager: dansimp
   audience: ITPro
   ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: conceptual
+  ms.topic: faq
   ms.date: 11/10/2021
   ms.technology: mde
-    
 title: Advanced security auditing FAQ
 summary: This topic for the IT professional lists questions and answers about understanding, deploying, and managing security audit policies.
   
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/audit-process-creation.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/audit-process-creation.md
index b61b00d478..538a1b7fa9 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/audit-process-creation.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/audit-process-creation.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.localizationpriority: none
 author: dansimp
-ms.date: 09/06/2021
+ms.date: 03/16/2022
 ms.technology: windows-sec
 ---
 
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Audit Process Creation determines whether the operating system generates audit e
 
 These audit events can help you track user activity and understand how a computer is being used. Information includes the name of the program or the user that created the process.
 
-**Event volume**: Low to Medium, depending on system usage.
+**Event volume**: Medium to High, depending on the process activity on the computer.
 
 This subcategory allows you to audit events generated when a process is created or starts. The name of the application and user that created the process is also audited.
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/event-4741.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/event-4741.md
index 71203dab84..9575553088 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/event-4741.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/event-4741.md
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@ ms.technology: windows-sec
 
 # 4741(S): A computer account was created.
 
-
-Event 4741 illustration
+![Event 4741 illustration](images/event-4741.png)
 
 ***Subcategory:*** [Audit Computer Account Management](audit-computer-account-management.md)
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/monitor-the-use-of-removable-storage-devices.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/monitor-the-use-of-removable-storage-devices.md
index ac76e18a1a..42a29f7d54 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/monitor-the-use-of-removable-storage-devices.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/monitor-the-use-of-removable-storage-devices.md
@@ -56,9 +56,14 @@ After you configure the settings to monitor removable storage devices, use the f
 4.  In Server Manager, click **Tools**, and then click **Event Viewer**.
 5.  Expand **Windows Logs**, and then click **Security**.
 6.  Look for event 4663, which logs successful attempts to write to or read from a removable storage device. Failures will log event 4656. Both events include **Task Category = Removable Storage device**.
+   
+    For more information, see [Audit Removable Storage](audit-removable-storage.md).
 
     Key information to look for includes the name and account domain of the user who attempted to access the file, the object that the user is attempting to access, resource attributes of the resource, and the type of access that was attempted.
 
+    > [!NOTE]
+    > Even after configuring settings to monitor removable storage devices, some versions of Windows 10 may require registry key **HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Storage\HotPlugSecureOpen** to be set to **1** to start logging the removable storage audit events.
+
     > [!NOTE]
     > We do not recommend that you enable this category on a file server that hosts file shares on a removable storage device. When Removable Storage Auditing is configured, any attempt to access the removable storage device will generate an audit event.
      
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/coinminer-malware.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/coinminer-malware.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e3a895186..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/coinminer-malware.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Coin miners
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about coin miners, how they can infect devices, and what you can do to protect yourself.
-keywords: security, malware, coin miners, protection, cryptocurrencies
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Coin miners
-
-Cybercriminals are always looking for new ways to make money. With the rise of digital currencies, also known as cryptocurrencies, criminals see a unique opportunity to infiltrate an organization and secretly mine for coins by reconfiguring malware.
-
-## How coin miners work
-
-Many infections start with:
-
-- Email messages with attachments that try to install malware.
-
-- Websites hosting exploit kits that attempt to use vulnerabilities in web browsers and other software to install coin miners.
-
-- Websites taking advantage of computer processing power by running scripts while users browse the website.
-
-Mining is the process of running complex mathematical calculations necessary to maintain the blockchain ledger. This process generates coins but requires significant computing resources.
-
-Coin miners aren't inherently malicious. Some individuals and organizations invest in hardware and electric power for legitimate coin mining operations. However, others look for alternative sources of computing power and try to find their way into corporate networks. These coin miners aren't wanted in enterprise environments because they eat up precious computing resources.
-
-Cybercriminals see an opportunity to make money by running malware campaigns that distribute, install, and run trojanized miners at the expense of other people’s computing resources.
-
-### Examples
-
-DDE exploits, which have been known to distribute ransomware, are now delivering miners.
-
-For example, a sample of the malware detected as Trojan:Win32/Coinminer (SHA-256: 7213cbbb1a634d780f9bb861418eb262f58954e6e5dca09ca50c1e1324451293) is installed by Exploit:O97M/DDEDownloader.PA, a Word document that contains the DDE exploit.
-
-The exploit launches a cmdlet that executes a malicious PowerShell script (Trojan:PowerShell/Maponeir.A). It downloads the trojanized miner, a modified version of the miner XMRig, which then mines Monero cryptocurrency.
-
-## How to protect against coin miners
-
-**Enable potentially unwanted applications (PUA) detection**. Some coin mining tools aren't considered malware but are detected as PUA. Many applications detected as PUA can negatively impact machine performance and employee productivity. In enterprise environments, you can stop adware, torrent downloaders, and coin mining by enabling PUA detection.
-
-Since coin miners are becoming a popular payload in many different kinds of attacks, see general tips on how to [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md).
-
-For more information on coin miners, see the blog post [Invisible resource thieves: The increasing threat of cryptocurrency miners](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2018/03/13/invisible-resource-thieves-the-increasing-threat-of-cryptocurrency-miners/).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/coordinated-malware-eradication.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/coordinated-malware-eradication.md
deleted file mode 100644
index d765694f94..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/coordinated-malware-eradication.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Coordinated Malware Eradication
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: The Coordinated Malware Eradication program aims to unite security organizations to disrupt the malware ecosystem.
-keywords: security, malware, malware eradication, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, MMPC
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Coordinated Malware Eradication
-
-![coordinated-malware-eradication.](images/CoordinatedMalware.png)
-
-Coordinated Malware Eradication (CME) aims to bring organizations in cybersecurity and in other industries together to change the game against malware. While the cybersecurity industry today is effective at disrupting malware families through individual efforts, those disruptions rarely lead to eradication since malware authors quickly adapt their tactics to survive.
-
-CME calls for organizations to pool their tools, information, and actions to drive coordinated campaigns against malware. The goal is to drive efficient and long-lasting results to better protect our communities, customers, and businesses.
-
-## Combining our tools, information, and actions
-
-Diversity of participation across industries and disciplines, extending beyond cybersecurity, makes eradication campaigns even stronger across the malware lifecycle. Security vendors, computer emergency response/readiness teams (CERTs), and Internet service providers (ISPs) can contribute with malware telemetry. Online businesses can identify fraudulent behavior and law enforcement agencies can drive legal action.
-
-Microsoft is planning to contribute telemetry and analysis data to these campaigns. It will also provide cloud-based scalable storage and computing horsepower with the necessary big data analysis tools built-in.
-
-## Coordinated campaigns for lasting results
-
-Organizations participating in the CME effort work together to help eradicate selected malware families by contributing their own telemetry data, expertise, tools, and other resources. These organizations operate under a campaign umbrella with clearly defined end goals and metrics. Any organization or member can start a campaign and invite others to join it. The members can then accept or decline the invitations they receive.
-
-## Join the effort
-
-Any organization that is involved in cybersecurity and antimalware or interested in fighting cybercrime can participate in CME campaigns by enrolling in the [Virus Information Alliance (VIA) program](virus-information-alliance-criteria.md). Everyone agrees to use the available information and tools for their intended purpose (that is, the eradication of malware).
-
-If your organization meets these criteria and is interested in joining, [apply for membership now](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/alliances/apply-alliance-membership). For any questions, [contact us for more information](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/alliances/collaboration-inquiry).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/criteria.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/criteria.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 12e405077b..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/criteria.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How Microsoft identifies malware and potentially unwanted applications
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn how Microsoft reviews software for privacy violations and other negative behavior, to determine if it's malware or a potentially unwanted application.
-keywords: security, malware, virus research threats, research malware, device protection, computer infection, virus infection, descriptions, remediation, latest threats, MMdevice, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, PUA, potentially unwanted applications
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-ms.date: 12/13/2021
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# How Microsoft identifies malware and potentially unwanted applications
-
-Microsoft aims to provide a delightful and productive Windows experience by working to ensure you're safe and in control of your devices. Microsoft helps protect you from potential threats by identifying and analyzing software and online content. When you download, install, and run software, we check the reputation of downloaded programs and ensure you're protected against known threats. You are also warned about software that is unknown to us.  
-
-You can assist Microsoft by [submitting unknown or suspicious software for analysis](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/filesubmission/). This will help ensure that unknown or suspicious software is scanned by our system to start establishing reputation. [Learn more about submitting files for analysis](submission-guide.md)
-
-The next sections provide an overview of the classifications we use for applications and the types of behaviors that lead to that classification.
-
->[!NOTE]
-> New forms of malware and potentially unwanted applications are being developed and distributed rapidly. The following list may not be comprehensive, and Microsoft reserves the right to adjust, expand, and update these without prior notice or announcement.
-
-## Unknown – Unrecognized software  
-
-No antivirus or protection technology is perfect. It takes time to identify and block malicious sites and applications, or trust newly released programs and certificates.  With almost 2 billion websites on the internet and software continuously updated and released, it's impossible to have information about every single site and program.
-
-Think of Unknown/Uncommonly downloaded warnings as an early warning system for potentially undetected malware. There's generally a delay from the time new malware is released until it's identified. Not all uncommon programs are malicious, but the risk in the unknown category is much higher for the typical user. Warnings for unknown software aren't blocks. Users can choose to download and run the application normally if they wish to.
-
-Once enough data is gathered, Microsoft's security solutions can make a determination. Either no threats are found, or an application or software is categorized as malware or potentially unwanted software.
-
-## Malware
-
-Malware is the overarching name for applications and other code, like software, that Microsoft classifies more granularly as *malicious software* or *unwanted software*.
-
-### Malicious software
-
-Malicious software is an application or code that compromises user security. Malicious software may steal your personal information, lock your device until you pay a ransom, use your device to send spam, or download other malicious software. In general, malicious software wants to trick, cheat, or defrauds users, placing them in vulnerable states.
-
-Microsoft classifies most malicious software into one of the following categories:
-
-* **Backdoor:** A type of malware that gives malicious hackers remote access to and control of your device.
-
-* **Command and Control:** A type of malware that infects your device and establishes communication with the hackers’ command-and-control server to receive instructions. Once communication is established, hackers can send commands that can steal data, shut down and reboot the device, and disrupt web services.
-
-* **Downloader:** A type of malware that downloads other malware onto your device. It must connect to the internet to download files.
-
-* **Dropper:** A type of malware that installs other malware files onto your device. Unlike a downloader, a dropper doesn't have to connect to the internet to drop malicious files. The dropped files are typically embedded in the dropper itself.
-
-* **Exploit:** A piece of code that uses software vulnerabilities to gain access to your device and perform other tasks, such as installing malware. [See more information about exploits](exploits-malware.md).
-
-* **Hacktool:** A type of tool that can be used to gain unauthorized access to your device.
-
-* **Macro virus:** A type of malware that spreads through infected documents, such as Microsoft Word or Excel documents. The virus is run when you open an infected document.
-
-* **Obfuscator:** A type of malware that hides its code and purpose, making it more difficult for security software to detect or remove.
-
-* **Password stealer:** A type of malware that gathers your personal information, such as usernames and passwords. It often works along with a keylogger, which collects and sends information about the keys you press and websites you visit.
-
-* **Ransomware:** A type of malware that encrypts your files or makes other modifications that can prevent you from using your device. It then displays a ransom note that states you must pay money or perform other actions before you can use your device again. [See more information about ransomware](/security/compass/human-operated-ransomware).
-
-* **Rogue security software:** Malware that pretends to be security software but doesn't provide any protection. This type of malware usually displays alerts about nonexistent threats on your device. It also tries to convince you to pay for its services.
-
-* **Trojan:** A type of malware that attempts to appear harmless. Unlike a virus or a worm, a trojan doesn't spread by itself. Instead, it tries to look legitimate to tricks users into downloading and installing it. Once installed, trojans perform various malicious activities such as stealing personal information, downloading other malware, or giving attackers access to your device.
-
-* **Trojan clicker:** A type of trojan that automatically clicks buttons or similar controls on websites or applications. Attackers can use this trojan to click on online advertisements. These clicks can skew online polls or other tracking systems and can even install applications on your device.
-
-* **Worm:** A type of malware that spreads to other devices. Worms can spread through email, instant messaging, file sharing platforms, social networks, network shares, and removable drives. Sophisticated worms take advantage of software vulnerabilities to propagate.
-
-### Unwanted software
-
-Microsoft believes that you should have control over your Windows experience. Software running on Windows should keep you in control of your device through informed choices and accessible controls. Microsoft identifies software behaviors that ensure you stay in control. We classify software that doesn't fully demonstrate these behaviors as "unwanted software".
-
-#### Lack of choice
-
-You must be notified about what is happening on your device, including what software does and whether it's active.
-
-Software that exhibits lack of choice might:
-
-* Fail to provide prominent notice about the behavior of the software and its purpose and intent.
-
-* Fail to clearly indicate when the software is active. It might also attempt to hide or disguise its presence.
-
-* Install, reinstall, or remove software without your permission, interaction, or consent.
-
-* Install other software without a clear indication of its relationship to the primary software.
-
-* Circumvent user consent dialogs from the browser or operating system.
-
-* Falsely claim to be software from Microsoft.
-
-Software must not mislead or coerce you into making decisions about your device. It is considered behavior that limits your choices. In addition to the previous list, software that exhibits lack of choice might:
-
-* Display exaggerated claims about your device's health.
-
-* Make misleading or inaccurate claims about files, registry entries, or other items on your device.
-
-* Display claims in an alarming manner about your device's health and require payment or certain actions in exchange for fixing the purported issues.
-
-Software that stores or transmits your activities or data must:
-
-* Give you notice and get consent to do so. Software shouldn't include an option that configures it to hide activities associated with storing or transmitting your data.
-
-#### Lack of control
-
-You must be able to control software on your device. You must be able to start, stop, or otherwise revoke authorization to software.
-
-Software that exhibits lack of control might:
-
-* Prevent or limit you from viewing or modifying browser features or settings.
-
-* Open browser windows without authorization.
-
-* Redirect web traffic without giving notice and getting consent.
-
-* Modify or manipulate webpage content without your consent.
-
-Software that changes your browsing experience must only use the browser's supported extensibility model for installation, execution, disabling, or removal. Browsers that don't provide supported extensibility models are considered non-extensible and shouldn't be modified.
-
-#### Installation and removal
-
-You must be able to start, stop, or otherwise revoke authorization given to software. Software should obtain your consent before installing, and it must provide a clear and straightforward way for you to install, uninstall, or disable it.
-
-Software that delivers *poor installation experience* might bundle or download other "unwanted software" as classified by Microsoft.
-
-Software that delivers *poor removal experience* might:
-
-* Present confusing or misleading prompts or pop-ups when you try to uninstall it.
-
-* Fail to use standard install/uninstall features, such as Add/Remove Programs.
-
-#### Advertising and advertisements
-
-Software that promotes a product or service outside of the software itself can interfere with your computing experience. You should have clear choice and control when installing software that presents advertisements.
-
-The advertisements that are presented by software must:
-
-* Include an obvious way for users to close the advertisement. The act of closing the advertisement must not open another advertisement.
-
-* Include the name of the software that presented the advertisement.
-
-The software that presents these advertisements must:
-
-* Provide a standard uninstall method for the software using the same name as shown in the advertisement it presents.
-
-Advertisements shown to you must:
-
-* Be distinguishable from website content.
-
-* Not mislead, deceive, or confuse.
-
-* Not contain malicious code.
-
-* Not invoke a file download.
-
-#### Consumer opinion
-
-Microsoft maintains a worldwide network of analysts and intelligence systems where you can [submit software for analysis](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/filesubmission). Your participation helps Microsoft identify new malware quickly. After analysis, Microsoft creates Security intelligence for software that meets the described criteria. This Security intelligence identifies the software as malware and are available to all users through Microsoft Defender Antivirus and other Microsoft antimalware solutions.
-
-## Potentially unwanted application (PUA)
-
-Our PUA protection aims to safeguard user productivity and ensure enjoyable Windows experiences. This protection helps deliver more productive, performant, and delightful Windows experiences. For instruction on how to enable PUA protection in Chromium-based Microsoft Edge and Microsoft Defender Antivirus, see [Detect and block potentially unwanted applications](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/detect-block-potentially-unwanted-apps-microsoft-defender-antivirus).
-
-*PUAs are not considered malware.*
-
-Microsoft uses specific categories and the category definitions to classify software as a PUA.
-
-* **Advertising software:** Software that displays advertisements or promotions, or prompts you to complete surveys for other products or services in software other than itself. This includes software that inserts advertisements to webpages.
-
-* **Torrent software (Enterprise only):** Software that is used to create or download torrents or other files specifically used with peer-to-peer file-sharing technologies.
-
-* **Cryptomining software (Enterprise only):** Software that uses your device resources to mine cryptocurrencies.
-
-* **Bundling software:** Software that offers to install other software that is not developed by the same entity or not required for the software to run. Also, software that offers to install other software that qualifies as PUA based on the criteria outlined in this document.
-
-* **Marketing software:** Software that monitors and transmits the activities of users to applications or services other than itself for marketing research.
-
-* **Evasion software:** Software that actively tries to evade detection by security products, including software that behaves differently in the presence of security products.
-
-* **Poor industry reputation:** Software that trusted security providers detect with their security products. The security industry is dedicated to protecting customers and improving their experiences. Microsoft and other organizations in the security industry continuously exchange knowledge about files we have analyzed to provide users with the best possible protection.
-
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/cybersecurity-industry-partners.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/cybersecurity-industry-partners.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 86d39e9fb3..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/cybersecurity-industry-partners.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Industry collaboration programs
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: There are various collaborative programs regarding Microsoft industry-wide anti-malware - Virus Information Alliance (VIA), Microsoft Virus Initiative (MVI), and Coordinated Malware Eradication (CME)
-keywords: security, malware, antivirus industry, anti-malware Industry, collaboration programs, alliances, Virus Information Alliance, Microsoft Virus Initiative, Coordinated Malware Eradication, WDSI, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, partnerships
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: conceptual
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Industry collaboration programs
-
-There are various industry-wide collaboration programs with different objectives and requirements, provided by Microsoft. Enrolling in the right program can help you protect your customers, gain more insight into the current threat landscape, or help disrupting the malware ecosystem.
-
-## Virus Information Alliance (VIA)
-
-The VIA program gives members access to information that will help improve protection for Microsoft customers. Malware telemetry and samples can be provided to security teams to help identify gaps in their protection, prioritize new threat coverage, or better respond to threats.
-
-**You must be a member of VIA if you want to apply for membership to the other programs.**
-
-Go to the [VIA program page](virus-information-alliance-criteria.md) for more information.
-
-## Microsoft Virus Initiative (MVI)
-
-MVI is open to organizations who build and own a Real Time Protection (RTP) anti-malware product of their own design, or one developed using a third-party Antivirus SDK.
-
-Members get access to Microsoft client APIs for the Microsoft Defender Security Center, IOAV, AMSI, and Cloud Files, along with health data and other telemetry to help their customers stay protected. Anti-malware products are submitted to Microsoft for performance testing regularly.
-
-Go to the [MVI program page](virus-initiative-criteria.md) for more information.
-
-## Coordinated Malware Eradication (CME)
-
-CME is open to organizations who are involved in cybersecurity and anti-malware or interested in fighting cybercrime.
-
-The program aims to bring organizations in cybersecurity and other industries together to pool tools, information, and actions to drive coordinated campaigns against malware. The ultimate goal is to create efficient and long-lasting results for better protection of our communities, customers, and businesses.
-
-Go to the [CME program page](coordinated-malware-eradication.md) for more information.
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/developer-faq.yml b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/developer-faq.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 27ece7ec39..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/developer-faq.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-### YamlMime:FAQ
-metadata:
-  title: Software developer FAQ
-  ms.reviewer: 
-  description: This page provides answers to common questions we receive from software developers
-  keywords: wdsi, software, developer, faq, dispute, false-positive, classify, installer, software, bundler, blocking
-  search.product: eADQiWindows 10XVcnh
-  ms.prod: m365-security
-  ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-  ms.sitesec: library
-  ms.pagetype: security
-  ms.author: dansimp
-  author: dansimp
-  ms.localizationpriority: medium
-  manager: dansimp
-  audience: ITPro
-  ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-  ms.topic: article
-  ms.technology: windows-sec
-    
-title: Software developer FAQ
-summary: This page provides answers to common questions we receive from software developers. For general guidance about submitting malware or incorrectly detected files, read the submission guide.
-
-
-sections:
-  - name: Ignored
-    questions:
-      - question: |
-          Does Microsoft accept files for a known list or false-positive prevention program?
-        answer: |
-          No. We don't accept these requests from software developers. Signing your program's files in a consistent manner, with a digital certificate issued by a trusted root authority, helps our research team quickly identify the source of a program and apply previously gained knowledge. In some cases, this might result in your program being quickly added to the known list. Far less frequently, in will add your digital certificate to a list of trusted publishers.
-
-      - question: |
-          How do I dispute the detection of my program?
-        answer: |
-          Submit the file in question as a software developer. Wait until your submission has a final determination.
-          
-          If you're not satisfied with our determination of the submission, use the developer contact form provided with the submission results to reach Microsoft. We'll use the information you provide to investigate further if necessary.
-          
-          We encourage all software vendors and developers to read about [how Microsoft identifies malware and Potentially Unwanted Applications (PUA)](criteria.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          Why is Microsoft asking for a copy of my program?
-        answer: |
-          Providing copies can help us with our analysis. Participants of the [Microsoft Active Protection Service (MAPS)](https://www.microsoft.com/msrc/mapp) may occasionally receive these requests. The requests will stop once our systems have received and processed the file.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Why does Microsoft classify my installer as a software bundler?
-        answer: |
-          It contains instructions to offer a program classified as unwanted software. You can review the [criteria](criteria.md) we use to check applications for behaviors that are considered unwanted.
-          
-      - question: |
-          Why is the Windows Defender Firewall blocking my program?
-        answer: |
-          Firewall blocks aren't related to Microsoft Defender Antivirus and other Microsoft antimalware. [Learn about Windows Defender Firewall](../windows-firewall/windows-firewall-with-advanced-security.md).
-          
-      - question: |
-          Why does the Microsoft Defender SmartScreen say my program isn't commonly downloaded?
-        answer: |
-          This isn't related to Microsoft Defender Antivirus and other Microsoft antimalware. [Learn about Microsoft Defender SmartScreen](../microsoft-defender-smartscreen/microsoft-defender-smartscreen-overview.md)
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/developer-resources.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/developer-resources.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f489bae80..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/developer-resources.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Software developer resources
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: This page provides information for developers such as detection criteria, developer questions, and how to check your software against Security intelligence.
-keywords: wdsi, software, developer, resources, detection, criteria, questions, scan, software, definitions, cloud, protection, security intelligence
-search.product: eADQiWindows 10XVcnh
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.pagetype: security
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Software developer resources
-
-Concerned about the detection of your software?
-If you believe that your application or program has been incorrectly detected by Microsoft security software, submit the relevant files for analysis.
-
-Check out the following resources for information on how to submit and view submissions:
-
-- [Submit files](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/filesubmission)
-
-- [View your submissions](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/submissionhistory)
-
-## Additional resources
-
-### Detection criteria
-
-To objectively identify malware and unidentified software, Microsoft applies a [set of criteria](criteria.md) for evaluating malicious or potentially harmful code.
-
-### Developer questions
-
-Find more guidance about the file submission and detection dispute process in our [FAQ for software developers](developer-faq.yml).
-
-### Scan your software
-
-Use [Microsoft Defender Antivirus](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-antivirus-in-windows-10) to check your software against the latest Security intelligence and cloud protection from Microsoft.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/exploits-malware.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/exploits-malware.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 41086f1308..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/exploits-malware.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Exploits and exploit kits
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about how exploits use vulnerabilities in common software to give attackers access to your computer and install other malware.
-keywords: security, malware, exploits, exploit kits, prevention, vulnerabilities, Microsoft, Exploit malware family, exploits, java, flash, adobe, update software, prevent exploits, exploit pack, vulnerability, 0-day, holes, weaknesses, attack, Flash, Adobe, out-of-date software, out of date software, update, update software, reinfection, Java cache, reinfected,  won't remove, won't clean, still detects, full scan, MSE, Defender, WDSI, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Exploits and exploit kits
-
-Exploits take advantage of vulnerabilities in software. A vulnerability is like a hole in your software that malware can use to get onto your device. Malware exploits these vulnerabilities to bypass your computer's security safeguards to infect your device.
-
-## How exploits and exploit kits work
-
-Exploits are often the first part of a larger attack. Hackers scan for outdated systems that contain critical vulnerabilities, which they then exploit by deploying targeted malware. Exploits often include shellcode, which is a small malware payload used to download additional malware from attacker-controlled networks. Shellcode allows hackers to infect devices and infiltrate organizations.
-
-Exploit kits are more comprehensive tools that contain a collection of exploits. These kits scan devices for different kinds of software vulnerabilities and, if any are detected, deploy additional malware to further infect a device. Kits can use exploits targeting a variety of software, including Adobe Flash Player, Adobe Reader, Internet Explorer, Oracle Java, and Sun Java.
-
-The most common method used by attackers to distribute exploits and exploit kits is through webpages, but exploits can also arrive in emails. Some websites unknowingly and unwillingly host malicious code and exploits in their ads.
-
-The infographic below shows how an exploit kit might attempt to exploit a device after you visit a compromised webpage.
-
-![example of how exploit kits work.](./images/ExploitKit.png)
-
-*Figure 1. Example of how to exploit kits work*
-
-Several notable threats, including Wannacry, exploit the Server Message Block (SMB) vulnerability CVE-2017-0144 to launch malware.
-
-Examples of exploit kits:
-
-- Angler / [Axpergle](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?name=JS/Axpergle)
-
-- [Neutrino](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?name=JS/NeutrinoEK)
-
-- [Nuclear](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?name=JS/Neclu)
-
-To learn more about exploits, read this blog post on [taking apart a double zero-day sample discovered in joint hunt with ESET.](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2018/07/02/taking-apart-a-double-zero-day-sample-discovered-in-joint-hunt-with-eset/)
-
-## How we name exploits
-
-We categorize exploits in our Malware encyclopedia by the "platform" they target. For example, Exploit:Java/CVE-2013-1489.A is an exploit that targets a vulnerability in Java.
-
-A project called "Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE)" is used by many security software vendors. The project gives each vulnerability a unique number, for example, CVE-2016-0778.
-The portion "2016" refers to the year the vulnerability was discovered. The "0778" is a unique ID for this specific vulnerability.
-
-You can read more on the [CVE website](https://cve.mitre.org/).
-
-## How to protect against exploits
-
-The best prevention for exploits is to keep your organization's [software up to date](https://portal.msrc.microsoft.com/). Software vendors provide updates for many known vulnerabilities, so make sure these updates are applied to all devices.
-
-For more general tips, see [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/fileless-threats.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/fileless-threats.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f84b0446c..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/fileless-threats.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Fileless threats
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about the categories of fileless threats and malware that live off the land
-keywords: fileless, fileless malware, living off the land, lolbins, amsi, behavior monitoring, memory scanning, boot sector protection, security, malware, Windows Defender ATP, antivirus, AV, Microsoft Defender ATP, next-generation protection
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Fileless threats
-
-What exactly are fileless threats? The term "fileless" suggests that a threat doesn't come in a file, such as a backdoor that lives only in the memory of a machine. However, there's no one definition for fileless malware. The term is used broadly, and sometimes to describe malware families that do rely on files to operate.
-
-Attacks involve [several stages](https://attack.mitre.org/wiki/ATT&CK_Matrix) for functionalities like execution, persistence, or information theft. Some parts of the attack chain may be fileless, while others may involve the file system in some form.
-
-For clarity, fileless threats are grouped into different categories.
-
-![Comprehensive diagram of fileless malware.](images/fileless-malware.png)
            
-*Figure 1. Comprehensive diagram of fileless malware*
-
-Fileless threats can be classified by their entry point, which indicates how fileless malware can arrive on a machine. They can arrive via an exploit, through compromised hardware, or via regular execution of applications and scripts.
-
-Next, list the form of entry point. For example, exploits can be based on files or network data, PCI peripherals are a type of hardware vector, and scripts and executables are subcategories of the execution vector.
-
-Finally, classify the host of the infection. For example, a Flash application may contain a variety of threats such as an exploit, a simple executable, and malicious firmware from a hardware device.
-
-Classifying helps you divide and categorize the various kinds of fileless threats. Some are more dangerous but also more difficult to implement, while others are more commonly used despite (or precisely because of) not being very advanced.
-
-From this categorization, you can glean three main types of fileless threats based on how much fingerprint they may leave on infected machines.
-
-## Type I: No file activity performed
-
-A fully fileless malware can be considered one that never requires writing a file on the disk. How would such malware infect a machine in the first place? One example is where a target machine receives malicious network packets that exploit the EternalBlue vulnerability. The vulnerability allows the installation of the DoublePulsar backdoor, which ends up residing only in the kernel memory. In this case, there's no file or any data written on a file.
-
-A compromised device may also have malicious code hiding in device firmware (such as a BIOS), a USB peripheral (like the BadUSB attack), or in the firmware of a network card. All these examples don't require a file on the disk to run, and can theoretically live only in memory. The malicious code would survive reboots, disk reformats, and OS reinstalls.
-
-Infections of this type can be particularly difficult to detect because most antivirus products don’t have the capability to inspect firmware. In cases where a product does have the ability to inspect and detect malicious firmware, there are still significant challenges associated with remediation of threats at this level. This type of fileless malware requires high levels of sophistication and often depends on particular hardware or software configuration. It’s not an attack vector that can be exploited easily and reliably. While dangerous, threats of this type are uncommon and not practical for most attacks.
-
-## Type II: Indirect file activity
-
-There are other ways that malware can achieve fileless presence on a machine without requiring significant engineering effort. Fileless malware of this type doesn't directly write files on the file system, but they can end up using files indirectly. For example, with the [Poshspy backdoor](https://www.fireeye.com/blog/threat-research/2017/03/dissecting_one_ofap.html) attackers installed a malicious PowerShell command within the WMI repository and configured a WMI filter to run the command periodically.
-
-It’s possible to carry out such installation via command line without requiring a backdoor to already be on the file. The malware can be installed and theoretically run without ever touching the file system. However, the WMI repository is stored on a physical file in a central storage area managed by the CIM Object Manager, and usually contains legitimate data. Even though the infection chain does technically use a physical file, it’s considered a fileless attack because the WMI repository is a multi-purpose data container that can't be detected and removed.
-
-## Type III: Files required to operate
-
-Some malware can have a sort of fileless persistence, but not without using files to operate. An example for this scenario is Kovter, which creates a shell open verb handler in the registry for a random file extension. Opening a file with such extension will lead to the execution of a script through the legitimate tool mshta.exe.
-
-![Image of Kovter's registry key.](images/kovter-reg-key.png)
            
-*Figure 2. Kovter’s registry key*
-
-When the open verb is invoked, the associated command from the registry is launched, which results in the execution of a small script. This script reads data from a further registry key and executes it, in turn leading to the loading of the final payload. However, to trigger the open verb in the first place, Kovter has to drop a file with the same extension targeted by the verb (in the example above, the extension is .bbf5590fd). It also has to set an autorun key configured to open such file when the machine starts.
-
-Kovter is considered a fileless threat because the file system is of no practical use. The files with random extensions contain junk data that isn't usable in verifying the presence of the threat. The files that store the registry are containers that can't be detected and deleted if malicious content is present.
-
-## Categorizing fileless threats by infection host
-
-Having described the broad categories, we can now dig into the details and provide a breakdown of the infection hosts. This comprehensive classification covers the panorama of what is usually referred to as fileless malware. It drives our efforts to research and develop new protection features that neutralize classes of attacks and ensure malware doesn't get the upper hand in the arms race.
-
-### Exploits
-
-**File-based** (Type III: executable, Flash, Java, documents): An initial file may exploit the operating system, the browser, the Java engine, the Flash engine, etc. to execute a shellcode and deliver a payload in memory. While the payload is fileless, the initial entry vector is a file.
-
-**Network-based** (Type I): A network communication that takes advantage of a vulnerability in the target machine can achieve code execution in the context of an application or the kernel. An example is WannaCry, which exploits a previously fixed vulnerability in the SMB protocol to deliver a backdoor within the kernel memory.
-
-### Hardware
-
-**Device-based** (Type I: network card, hard disk): Devices like hard disks and network cards require chipsets and dedicated software to function. Software residing and running in the chipset of a device is called firmware. Although a complex task, the firmware can be infected by malware, as the [Equation espionage group has been caught doing](https://www.kaspersky.com/blog/equation-hdd-malware/7623/).
-
-**CPU-based** (Type I): Modern CPUs are complex and may include subsystems running firmware for management purposes. Such firmware may be vulnerable to hijacking and allow the execution of malicious code that would operate from within the CPU. In December 2017, two researchers reported a vulnerability that can allow attackers to execute code inside the [Management Engine (ME)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intel_Management_Engine) present in any modern CPU from Intel. Meanwhile, the attacker group PLATINUM has been observed to have the capability to use Intel's [Active Management Technology (AMT)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intel_Active_Management_Technology) to perform [invisible network communications](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2017/06/07/platinum-continues-to-evolve-find-ways-to-maintain-invisibility/), bypassing the installed operating system. ME and AMT are essentially autonomous micro-computers that live inside the CPU and that operate at a very low level. Because these technologies’ purpose is to provide remote manageability, they have direct access to hardware, are independent of the operating system, and can run even if the computer is turned off.
-
-Besides being vulnerable at the firmware level, CPUs could be manufactured with backdoors inserted directly in the hardware circuitry. This attack has been [researched and proved possible](https://www.emsec.rub.de/media/crypto/veroeffentlichungen/2015/03/19/beckerStealthyExtended.pdf) in the past. It has been reported that certain models of x86 processors contain a secondary embedded RISC-like CPU core that can [effectively provide a backdoor](https://www.theregister.co.uk/2018/08/10/via_c3_x86_processor_backdoor/) through which regular applications can gain privileged execution.
-
-**USB-based** (Type I): USB devices of all kinds can be reprogrammed with malicious firmware capable of interacting with the operating system in nefarious ways. For example, the [BadUSB technique](https://arstechnica.com/information-technology/2014/07/this-thumbdrive-hacks-computers-badusb-exploit-makes-devices-turn-evil/) allows a reprogrammed USB stick to act as a keyboard that sends commands to machines via keystrokes, or as a network card that can redirect traffic at will.
-
-**BIOS-based** (Type I): A BIOS is a firmware running inside a chipset. It executes when a machine is powered on, initializes the hardware, and then transfers control to the boot sector. The BIOS is an important component that operates at a low level and executes before the boot sector. It’s possible to reprogram the BIOS firmware with malicious code, as has happened in the past with the [Mebromi rootkit](https://www.webroot.com/blog/2011/09/13/mebromi-the-first-bios-rootkit-in-the-wild/).
-
-**Hypervisor-based** (Type I): Modern CPUs provide hardware hypervisor support, allowing the operating system to create robust virtual machines. A virtual machine runs in a confined, simulated environment, and is in theory unaware of the emulation. A malware taking over a machine may implement a small hypervisor to hide itself outside of the realm of the running operating system. Malware of this kind has been theorized in the past, and eventually real hypervisor rootkits [have been observed](http://seclists.org/fulldisclosure/2017/Jun/29), although few are known to date.
-
-### Execution and injection
-
-**File-based** (Type III: executables, DLLs, LNK files, scheduled tasks): This is the standard execution vector. A simple executable can be launched as a first-stage malware to run an additional payload in memory, or injected into other legitimate running processes.
-
-**Macro-based** (Type III: Office documents): The [VBA language](/office/vba/Library-Reference/Concepts/getting-started-with-vba-in-office) is a flexible and powerful tool designed to automate editing tasks and add dynamic functionality to documents. As such, it can be abused by attackers to carry out malicious operations like decoding, running, or injecting an executable payload, or even implementing an entire ransomware, like in [the case of qkG](https://blog.trendmicro.com/trendlabs-security-intelligence/qkg-filecoder-self-replicating-document-encrypting-ransomware/). Macros are executed within the context of an Office process (e.g., Winword.exe) and implemented in a scripting language. There's no binary executable that an antivirus can inspect. While Office apps require explicit consent from the user to execute macros from a document, attackers use social engineering techniques to trick users into allowing macros to execute.
-
-**Script-based** (Type II: file, service, registry, WMI repo, shell): The JavaScript, VBScript, and PowerShell scripting languages are available by default on Windows platforms. Scripts have the same advantages as macros, they are textual files (not binary executables) and run within the context of the interpreter (like wscript.exe, powershell.exe), which is a clean and legitimate component. Scripts are versatile and can be run from a file (by double-clicking them) or executed directly on the command line of an interpreter. Running on the command line allows malware to encode malicious scripts as autostart services inside [autorun registry keys](https://www.gdatasoftware.com/blog/2014/07/23947-poweliks-the-persistent-malware-without-a-file) as [WMI event subscriptions](https://www.fireeye.com/blog/threat-research/2017/03/dissecting_one_ofap.html) from the WMI repo. Furthermore, an attacker who has gained access to an infected machine may input the script on the command prompt.
-
-**Disk-based** (Type II: Boot Record): The Boot Record is the first sector of a disk or volume, and contains executable code required to start the boot process of the operating system. Threats like [Petya](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2017/06/27/new-ransomware-old-techniques-petya-adds-worm-capabilities/?source=mmpc) are capable of infecting the Boot Record by overwriting it with malicious code. When the machine is booted, the malware immediately gains control. The Boot Record resides outside the file system, but it’s accessible by the operating system. Modern antivirus products have the capability to scan and restore it.
-
-## Defeating fileless malware
-
-At Microsoft, we actively monitor the security landscape to identify new threat trends and develop solutions to mitigate classes of threats. We instrument durable protections that are effective against a wide range of threats. Through AntiMalware Scan Interface (AMSI), behavior monitoring, memory scanning, and boot sector protection, [Microsoft Defender for Endpoint](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-endpoint) can inspect fileless threats even with heavy obfuscation. Machine learning technologies in the cloud allow us to scale these protections against new and emerging threats.
-
-To learn more, read: [Out of sight but not invisible: Defeating fileless malware with behavior monitoring, AMSI, and next-gen AV](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2018/09/27/out-of-sight-but-not-invisible-defeating-fileless-malware-with-behavior-monitoring-amsi-and-next-gen-av/)
-
-## Additional resources and information
-
-Learn how to [deploy threat protection capabilities across Microsoft 365 E5](/microsoft-365/solutions/deploy-threat-protection).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/CoordinatedMalware.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/CoordinatedMalware.png
deleted file mode 100644
index fb4ba80cec..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/CoordinatedMalware.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/ExploitKit.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/ExploitKit.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d0bb2f96a..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/ExploitKit.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/MITRE-Microsoft-Defender-ATP.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/MITRE-Microsoft-Defender-ATP.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 446ad19d77..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/MITRE-Microsoft-Defender-ATP.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/NamingMalware1.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/NamingMalware1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d1e936879..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/NamingMalware1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/SupplyChain.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/SupplyChain.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 491b55a690..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/SupplyChain.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/Transparency-report-November1.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/Transparency-report-November1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d50120c1e..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/Transparency-report-November1.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/URLhover.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/URLhover.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d307a154e0..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/URLhover.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/WormUSB-flight.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/WormUSB-flight.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b1ad7c994f..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/WormUSB-flight.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/fileless-malware.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/fileless-malware.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aa502e144..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/fileless-malware.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/kovter-reg-key.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/kovter-reg-key.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 456f0956fa..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/kovter-reg-key.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-contoso-approval-required.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-contoso-approval-required.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 90bc4428f9..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-contoso-approval-required.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-enterprise-app-user-setting.jpg b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-enterprise-app-user-setting.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e68ffa40aa..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-enterprise-app-user-setting.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-grant-admin-consent.jpg b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-grant-admin-consent.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bb2627bc2..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-grant-admin-consent.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-microsoft-permission-requested-your-organization.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-microsoft-permission-requested-your-organization.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e423857bff..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-microsoft-permission-requested-your-organization.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-microsoft-permission-required.jpg b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-microsoft-permission-required.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fdac1cd4be..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-microsoft-permission-required.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-permissions.jpg b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-permissions.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 957c78aac1..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-permissions.jpg and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-properties.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-properties.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 196a5fce92..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/msi-properties.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/netflix.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/netflix.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 446542e62a..0000000000
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/images/netflix.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/index.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/index.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 48b0faad6b..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/index.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Security intelligence
-description: Learn about different types of malware, safety tips on how you can protect your organization, and resources for industry collaboration programs.
-keywords: security, malware
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: conceptual
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Security intelligence
-
-Here you will find information about different types of malware, safety tips on how you can protect your organization, and resources for industry collaboration programs.
-
-* [Understand malware & other threats](understanding-malware.md)
-* [Prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md)
-* [Malware naming convention](malware-naming.md)
-* [How Microsoft identifies malware and PUA](criteria.md)
-* [Submit files for analysis](submission-guide.md)
-* [Safety Scanner download](safety-scanner-download.md)
-
-Keep up with the latest malware news and research. Check out our [Microsoft Security blogs](https://www.microsoft.com/security/blog/product/windows/) and follow us on [Twitter](https://twitter.com/wdsecurity) for the latest news, discoveries, and protections.
-
-Learn more about [Windows security](../../index.yml).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/macro-malware.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/macro-malware.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4421309156..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/macro-malware.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Macro malware
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about macro viruses and malware, which are embedded in documents and are used to drop malicious payloads and distribute other threats.
-keywords: security, malware, macro, protection, WDSI, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, macro virus, macro malware, documents, viruses in Office, viruses in Word
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Macro malware
-
-Macros are a powerful way to automate common tasks in Microsoft Office and can make people more productive. However, macro malware uses this functionality to infect your device.
-
-## How macro malware works
-
-Macro malware hides in Microsoft Office files and is delivered as email attachments or inside ZIP files. These files use names that are intended to entice or scare people into opening them. They often look like invoices, receipts, legal documents, and more.
-
-Macro malware was fairly common several years ago because macros ran automatically whenever a document was opened. In recent versions of Microsoft Office, macros are disabled by default. Now, malware authors need to convince users to turn on macros so that their malware can run. They try to scare users by showing fake warnings when a malicious document is opened.
-
-We've seen macro malware download threats from the following families:
-
-* [Ransom:MSIL/Swappa](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?Name=Ransom:MSIL/Swappa.A)
-* [Ransom:Win32/Teerac](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?Name=Ransom:Win32/Teerac&threatId=-2147277789)
-* [TrojanDownloader:Win32/Chanitor](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?Name=TrojanDownloader:Win32/Chanitor.A)
-* [TrojanSpy:Win32/Ursnif](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?Name=TrojanSpy:Win32/Ursnif) 
-* [Win32/Fynloski](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?Name=Win32/Fynloski)
-* [Worm:Win32/Gamarue](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?Name=Win32/Gamarue)
-
-## How to protect against macro malware
-
-* Make sure macros are disabled in your Microsoft Office applications. In enterprises, IT admins set the default setting for macros:
-    * [Enable or disable macros](https://support.office.com/article/Enable-or-disable-macros-in-Office-documents-7b4fdd2e-174f-47e2-9611-9efe4f860b12) in Office documents
-
-* Don’t open suspicious emails or suspicious attachments.
-
-* Delete any emails from unknown people or with suspicious content. Spam emails are the main way macro malware spreads.
-
-* Enterprises can prevent macro malware from running executable content using [ASR rules](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/attack-surface-reduction)
-
-For more tips on protecting yourself from suspicious emails, see [phishing](phishing.md).
-
-For more general tips, see [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/malware-naming.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/malware-naming.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 2174fb9d8d..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/malware-naming.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Malware names
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Understand the malware naming convention used by Microsoft Defender Antivirus and other Microsoft antimalware.
-keywords: security, malware, names, Microsoft, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, WDSI, malware name, malware prefix, malware type, virus name
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Malware names
-
-We name the malware and unwanted software that we detect according to the Computer Antivirus Research Organization (CARO) malware naming scheme. The scheme uses the following format:
-
-![coordinated-malware-eradication.](images/NamingMalware1.png)
-
-When our analysts research a particular threat, they'll determine what each of the components of the name will be.
-
-## Type
-
-Describes what the malware does on your computer. Worms, viruses, trojans, backdoors, and ransomware are some of the most common types of malware.
-
-* Adware
-* Backdoor
-* Behavior
-* BrowserModifier
-* Constructor
-* DDoS
-* Exploit
-* HackTool
-* Joke
-* Misleading
-* MonitoringTool
-* Program
-* Personal Web Server (PWS)
-* Ransom
-* RemoteAccess
-* Rogue
-* SettingsModifier
-* SoftwareBundler
-* Spammer
-* Spoofer
-* Spyware
-* Tool
-* Trojan
-* TrojanClicker
-* TrojanDownloader
-* TrojanNotifier
-* TrojanProxy
-* TrojanSpy
-* VirTool
-* Virus
-* Worm
-
-## Platforms
-
-Platforms guide the malware to its compatible operating system (such as Windows, masOS X, and Android). The platform's guidance is also used for programming languages and file formats.
-
-### Operating systems
-
-* AndroidOS: Android operating system
-* DOS: MS-DOS platform
-* EPOC: Psion devices
-* FreeBSD: FreeBSD platform
-* iPhoneOS: iPhone operating system
-* Linux: Linux platform
-* macOS: MAC 9.x platform or earlier
-* macOS_X: MacOS X or later
-* OS2: OS2 platform
-* Palm: Palm operating system
-* Solaris: System V-based Unix platforms
-* SunOS: Unix platforms 4.1.3 or lower
-* SymbOS: Symbian operating system
-* Unix: general Unix platforms
-* Win16: Win16 (3.1) platform
-* Win2K: Windows 2000 platform
-* Win32: Windows 32-bit platform
-* Win64: Windows 64-bit platform
-* Win95: Windows 95, 98 and ME platforms
-* Win98: Windows 98 platform only
-* WinCE: Windows CE platform
-* WinNT: WinNT
-
-### Scripting languages
-
-* ABAP: Advanced Business Application Programming scripts
-* ALisp: ALisp scripts
-* AmiPro: AmiPro script
-* ANSI: American National Standards Institute scripts
-* AppleScript: compiled Apple scripts
-* ASP: Active Server Pages scripts
-* AutoIt: AutoIT scripts
-* BAS: Basic scripts
-* BAT: Basic scripts
-* CorelScript: Corelscript scripts
-* HTA: HTML Application scripts
-* HTML: HTML Application scripts
-* INF: Install scripts
-* IRC: mIRC/pIRC scripts
-* Java: Java binaries (classes)
-* JS: JavaScript scripts
-* LOGO: LOGO scripts
-* MPB: MapBasic scripts
-* MSH: Monad shell scripts
-* MSIL: .NET intermediate language scripts
-* Perl: Perl scripts
-* PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor scripts
-* Python: Python scripts
-* SAP: SAP platform scripts
-* SH: Shell scripts
-* VBA: Visual Basic for Applications scripts
-* VBS: Visual Basic scripts
-* WinBAT: Winbatch scripts
-* WinHlp: Windows Help scripts
-* WinREG: Windows registry scripts
-
-### Macros
-
-* A97M: Access 97, 2000, XP, 2003, 2007, and 2010 macros
-* HE: macro scripting
-* O97M: Office 97, 2000, XP, 2003, 2007, and 2010 macros - those that affect Word, Excel, and PowerPoint
-* PP97M: PowerPoint 97, 2000, XP, 2003, 2007, and 2010 macros
-* V5M: Visio5 macros
-* W1M: Word1Macro
-* W2M: Word2Macro
-* W97M: Word 97, 2000, XP, 2003, 2007, and 2010 macros
-* WM: Word 95 macros
-* X97M: Excel 97, 2000, XP, 2003, 2007, and 2010 macros
-* XF: Excel formulas
-* XM: Excel 95 macros
-
-### Other file types
-
-* ASX: XML metafile of Windows Media .asf files
-* HC: HyperCard Apple scripts
-* MIME: MIME packets
-* Netware: Novell Netware files
-* QT: Quicktime files
-* SB: StarBasic (StarOffice XML) files
-* SWF: Shockwave Flash files
-* TSQL: MS SQL server files
-* XML: XML files
-
-## Family
-
-Grouping of malware based on common characteristics, including attribution to the same authors. Security software providers sometimes use different names for the same malware family.
-
-## Variant letter
-
-Used sequentially for every distinct version of a malware family. For example, the detection for the variant ".AF" would have been created after the detection for the variant ".AE".
-
-## Suffixes
-
-Provides extra detail about the malware, including how it's used as part of a multicomponent threat. In the preceding example, "!lnk" indicates that the threat component is a shortcut file used by Trojan:Win32/Reveton.T.
-
-* .dam: damaged malware
-* .dll: Dynamic Link Library component of a malware
-* .dr: dropper component of a malware
-* .gen: malware that is detected using a generic signature
-* .kit: virus constructor
-* .ldr: loader component of a malware
-* .pak: compressed malware
-* .plugin: plug-in component
-* .remnants: remnants of a virus
-* .worm: worm component of that malware
-* !bit: an internal category used to refer to some threats
-* !cl: an internal category used to refer to some threats
-* !dha: an internal category used to refer to some threats
-* !pfn: an internal category used to refer to some threats
-* !plock: an internal category used to refer to some threats
-* !rfn: an internal category used to refer to some threats
-* !rootkit: rootkit component of that malware
-* @m: worm mailers
-* @mm: mass mailer worm
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/phishing-trends.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/phishing-trends.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 097dbd3120..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/phishing-trends.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Phishing trends and techniques
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about how to spot phishing techniques
-keywords: security, malware, phishing, information, scam, social engineering, bait, lure, protection, trends, targeted attack, spear phishing, whaling
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Phishing trends and techniques
-
-Phishing attacks are scams that often use social engineering bait or lure content. Legitimate-looking communication, usually email, that links to a phishing site is one of the most common methods used in phishing attacks. The phishing site typically mimics sign in pages that require users to input credentials and account information. The phishing site then captures the sensitive information as soon as the user provides it, giving attackers access to the information.
-
-Below are some of the most common phishing techniques attackers will employ to try to steal information or gain access to your devices.
-
-## Invoice phishing
-
-In this scam, the attacker attempts to lure you with an email stating that you have an outstanding invoice from a known vendor or company. They then provide a link for you to access and pay your invoice. When you access the site, the attacker is poised to steal your personal information and funds.
-
-## Payment/delivery scam
-
-You're asked to provide a credit card or other personal information so that your payment information can be updated with a commonly known vendor or supplier. The update is requested so that you can take delivery of your ordered goods. Generally, you may be familiar with the company and have likely done business with them in the past. However, you aren't aware of any items you have recently purchased from them.
-
-## Tax-themed phishing scams
-
-A common IRS phishing scam is receiving an urgent email letter indicating that you owe money to the IRS. Often the email threatens legal action if you don't access the site in a timely manner and pay your taxes. When you access the site, the attackers can steal your personal credit card or bank information and drain your accounts.
-
-## Downloads
-
-An attacker sends a fraudulent email requesting you to open or download a document attachment, such as a PDF. The attachment often contains a message asking you to sign in to another site, such as email or file sharing websites, to open the document. When you access these phishing sites using your sign-in credentials, the attacker now has access to your information and can gain additional personal information about you.
-
-## Phishing emails that deliver other threats
-
-Phishing emails are often effective, so attackers sometimes use them to distribute [ransomware](/security/compass/human-operated-ransomware) through links or attachments in emails. When run, the ransomware encrypts files and displays a ransom note, which asks you to pay a sum of money to access to your files.
-
-We have also seen phishing emails that have links to [tech support scam](support-scams.md) websites. These websites use various scare tactics to trick you into calling hotlines and paying for unnecessary "technical support services" that supposedly fix contrived device, platform, or software problems.
-
-## Spear phishing
-
-Spear phishing is a targeted phishing attack that involves highly customized lure content. Attackers will typically do reconnaissance work by surveying social media and other information sources about their intended target.
-
-Spear phishing may involve tricking you into logging into fake sites and divulging credentials. I may also lure you into opening documents by clicking on links that automatically install malware. With this malware in place, attackers can remotely manipulate the infected computer.
-
-The implanted malware serves as the point of entry for a more sophisticated attack, known as an advanced persistent threat (APT). APTs are designed to establish control and steal data over extended periods. Attackers may try to deploy more covert hacking tools, move laterally to other computers, compromise or create privileged accounts, and regularly exfiltrate information from compromised networks.
-
-## Whaling
-
-Whaling is a form of phishing directed at high-level or senior executives within specific companies to gain access to their credentials and/or bank information. The content of the email may be written as a legal subpoena, customer complaint, or other executive issue. This type of attack can also lead to an APT attack within an organization.
-
-## Business email compromise
-
-Business email compromise (BEC) is a sophisticated scam that targets businesses who frequently work with foreign suppliers or do money wire transfers. One of the most common schemes used by BEC attackers involves gaining access to a company’s network through a spear phishing attack. The attacker creates a domain similar to the company they're targeting, or spoofs their email to scam users into releasing personal account information for money transfers.
-
-## More information about phishing attacks
-
-For information on the latest phishing attacks, techniques, and trends, you can read these entries on the [Microsoft Security blog](https://www.microsoft.com/security/blog/product/windows/):
-
-- [Phishers unleash simple but effective social engineering techniques using PDF attachments](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2017/01/26/phishers-unleash-simple-but-effective-social-engineering-techniques-using-pdf-attachments/?source=mmpc)
-- [Tax themed phishing and malware attacks proliferate during the tax filing season](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2017/03/20/tax-themed-phishing-and-malware-attacks-proliferate-during-the-tax-filing-season/?source=mmpc)
-- [Phishing like emails lead to tech support scam](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2017/08/07/links-in-phishing-like-emails-lead-to-tech-support-scam/?source=mmpc)
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/phishing.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/phishing.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 36de3f06bf..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/phishing.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
----
-title: How to protect against phishing attacks
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about how phishing work, deliver malware do your devices, and  what you can do to protect yourself
-keywords: security, malware, phishing, information, scam, social engineering, bait, lure, protection, trends, targeted attack
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# How to protect against phishing attacks
-
-Phishing attacks attempt to steal sensitive information through emails, websites, text messages, or other forms of electronic communication. They try to look like official communication from legitimate companies or individuals.
-
-Cybercriminals often attempt to steal usernames, passwords, credit card details, bank account information, or other credentials. They use stolen information for malicious purposes, such as hacking, identity theft, or stealing money directly from bank accounts and credit cards. The information can also be sold in cybercriminal underground markets.
-
-Social engineering attacks are designed to take advantage of a user's possible lapse in decision-making. Be aware and never provide sensitive or personal information through email or unknown websites, or over the phone. Remember, phishing emails are designed to appear legitimate.
-
-## Learn the signs of a phishing scam
-
-The best protection is awareness and education. Don’t open attachments or links in unsolicited emails, even if the emails came from a recognized source. If the email is unexpected, be wary about opening the attachment and verify the URL.
-
-Enterprises should educate and train their employees to be wary of any communication that requests personal or financial information. They should also instruct employees to report the threat to the company’s security operations team immediately.
-
-Here are several telltale signs of a phishing scam:
-
-* The links or URLs provided in emails are **not pointing to the correct location** or are pointing to a third-party site not affiliated with the sender of the email. For example, in the image below the URL provided doesn't match the URL that you'll be taken to.
-
-    ![example of how exploit kits work.](./images/URLhover.png)
-
-* There's a **request for personal information** such as social security numbers or bank or financial information. Official communications won't generally request personal information from you in the form of an email.
-
-* **Items in the email address will be changed** so that it is similar enough to a legitimate email address, but has added numbers or changed letters.
-
-* The message is **unexpected and unsolicited**. If you suddenly receive an email from an entity or a person you rarely deal with, consider this email suspect.
-
-* The message or the attachment asks you to **enable macros, adjust security settings, or install applications**. Normal emails won't ask you to do this.
-
-* The message contains **errors**. Legitimate corporate messages are less likely to have typographic or grammatical errors or contain wrong information.
-
-* The **sender address doesn't match the signature** on the message itself. For example, an email is purported to be from Mary of Contoso Corp, but the sender address is john@example.com.
-
-* There are **multiple recipients** in the “To” field and they appear to be random addresses. Corporate messages are normally sent directly to individual recipients.
-
-* The greeting on the message itself **doesn't personally address you**. Apart from messages that mistakenly address a different person, greetings that misuse your name or pull your name directly from your email address tend to be malicious.
-
-* The website looks familiar but there are **inconsistencies or things that aren't quite right**. Warning signs include outdated logos, typos, or ask users to give additional information that is not asked by legitimate sign-in websites.
-
-* The page that opens is **not a live page**, but rather an image that is designed to look like the site you are familiar with. A pop-up may appear that requests credentials.
-
-If in doubt, contact the business by known channels to verify if any suspicious emails are in fact legitimate.
-
-## Software solutions for organizations
-
-* [Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/index) and [Windows Defender Application Guard](../microsoft-defender-application-guard/md-app-guard-overview.md) offer protection from the increasing threat of targeted attacks using Microsoft's industry-leading Hyper-V virtualization technology. If a browsed website is deemed untrusted, the Hyper-V container will isolate that device from the rest of your network thereby preventing access to your enterprise data.
-
-* [Microsoft Exchange Online Protection (EOP)](https://products.office.com/exchange/exchange-email-security-spam-protection) offers enterprise-class reliability and protection against spam and malware, while maintaining access to email during and after emergencies.  Using various layers of filtering, EOP can provide different controls for spam filtering, such as bulk mail controls and international spam, that will further enhance your protection services.
-
-* Use [Microsoft Defender for Office 365](https://products.office.com/exchange/online-email-threat-protection?ocid=cx-blog-mmpc) to help protect your email, files, and online storage against malware. It offers holistic protection in Microsoft Teams, Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Visio, SharePoint Online, and OneDrive for Business. By protecting against unsafe attachments and expanding protection against malicious links, it complements the security features of Exchange Online Protection to provide better zero-day protection.
-
-## What to do if you've been a victim of a phishing scam
-
-If you feel you've been a victim of a phishing attack:
-
-1. Contact your IT admin if you are on a work computer
-2. Immediately change all passwords associated with the accounts
-3. Report any fraudulent activity to your bank and credit card company
-
-### Reporting spam
-
-- **Outlook.com**: If you receive a suspicious email message that asks for personal information, select the check box next to the message in your Outlook inbox. Select the arrow next to **Junk**, and then select **Phishing**.
-
-- **Microsoft Office Outlook**: While in the suspicious message, select **Report message** from the ribbon, and then select **Phishing**.
-
-- **Microsoft**: Create a new, blank email message with the one of the following recipients:
-    - Junk: junk@office365.microsoft.com
-    - Phishing: phish@office365.microsoft.com
-
-    Drag and drop the junk or phishing message into the new message. This will save the junk or phishing message as an attachment in the new message. Don't copy and paste the content of the message or forward the message (we need the original message so we can inspect the message headers). For more information, see [Report messages and files to Microsoft](/microsoft-365/security/office-365-security/report-junk-email-messages-to-microsoft).
-
-- **Anti-Phishing Working Group**: phishing-report@us-cert.gov. The group uses reports generated from emails sent to fight phishing scams and hackers. ISPs, security vendors, financial institutions, and law enforcement agencies are involved.
-
-### If you’re on a suspicious website
-
-- **Microsoft Edge**: While you’re on a suspicious site, select the **More (…) icon** > **Help and feedback** > **Report Unsafe site**. Follow the instructions on the webpage that displays to report the website.
-
-- **Internet Explorer**: While you’re on a suspicious site, select the gear icon, point to **Safety**, and then select **Report Unsafe Website**. Follow the instructions on the webpage that displays to report the website.
-
-## More information about phishing attacks
-
-- [Protect yourself from phishing](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4033787/windows-protect-yourself-from-phishing)
-- [Phishing trends](phishing-trends.md)
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/portal-submission-troubleshooting.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/portal-submission-troubleshooting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index ebccd09195..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/portal-submission-troubleshooting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Troubleshoot MSI portal errors caused by admin block
-description: Troubleshoot MSI portal errors
-ms.reviewer: 
-keywords: security, sample submission help, malware file, virus file, trojan file, submit, send to Microsoft, submit a sample, virus, trojan, worm, undetected, doesn’t detect, email microsoft, email malware, I think this is malware, I think it's a virus, where can I send a virus, is this a virus, MSE, doesn’t detect, no signature, no detection, suspect file, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, researchers, analyst, WDSI, security intelligence
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Troubleshooting malware submission errors caused by administrator block
-In some instances, an administrator block might cause submission issues when you try to submit a potentially infected file to the [Microsoft Security intelligence website](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi) for analysis. The following process shows how to resolve this problem.
-
-## Review your settings
-Open your Azure [Enterprise application settings](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/StartboardApplicationsMenuBlade/UserSettings/menuId/). Under **Enterprise Applications** >  **Users can consent to apps accessing company data on their behalf**, check whether Yes or No is selected.
-
-- If **No** is selected, an Azure AD administrator for the customer tenant will need to provide consent for the organization. Depending on the configuration with Azure AD, users might be able to submit a request right from the same dialog box. If there’s no option to ask for admin consent,  users need to request for these permissions to be added to their Azure AD admin. Go to the following section for more information.
-
-- If **Yes** is selected, ensure the Windows Defender Security Intelligence app setting **Enabled for users to sign in?** is set to **Yes** [in Azure](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/ManagedAppMenuBlade/Properties/appId/f0cf43e5-8a9b-451c-b2d5-7285c785684d/objectId/4a918a14-4069-4108-9b7d-76486212d75d). If **No** is selected, you'll need to request an Azure AD admin enable it. 
-  
-## Implement Required Enterprise Application permissions 
-This process requires a global or application admin in the tenant.
- 1. Open [Enterprise Application settings](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/ManagedAppMenuBlade/Permissions/appId/f0cf43e5-8a9b-451c-b2d5-7285c785684d/objectId/4a918a14-4069-4108-9b7d-76486212d75d). 
- 2. Select **Grant admin consent for organization**.
- 3. If you're able to do so, review the API permissions required for this application, as the following image shows. Provide consent for the tenant.
-
-    ![grant consent image.](images/msi-grant-admin-consent.jpg)
-
-  4. If the administrator receives an error while attempting to provide consent manually, try either [Option 1](#option-1-approve-enterprise-application-permissions-by-user-request) or [Option 2](#option-2-provide-admin-consent-by-authenticating-the-application-as-an-admin) as possible workarounds.
-  
-## Option 1 Approve enterprise application permissions by user request
-> [!Note]
-> This is currently a preview feature.
-
-Azure Active Directory admins will need to allow for users to request admin consent to apps. Verify the setting is configured to **Yes** in [Enterprise applications](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/StartboardApplicationsMenuBlade/UserSettings/menuId/).
-
-![Enterprise applications user settings.](images/msi-enterprise-app-user-setting.jpg)
-
-More information is available in [Configure Admin consent workflow](/azure/active-directory/manage-apps/configure-admin-consent-workflow).
-
-Once this setting is verified, users can go through the enterprise customer sign-in at [Microsoft security intelligence](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/filesubmission), and submit a request for admin consent, including justification.
-
-![Contoso sign in flow.](images/msi-contoso-approval-required.png)
-
-Admin will be able to review and approve the application permissions [Azure admin consent requests](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/StartboardApplicationsMenuBlade/AccessRequests/menuId/).
-
-After providing consent, all users in the tenant will be able to use the application.
-  
-## Option 2 Provide admin consent by authenticating the application as an admin 
-This process requires that global admins go through the Enterprise customer sign-in flow at [Microsoft security intelligence](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/filesubmission).
-
-![Consent sign in flow.](images/msi-microsoft-permission-required.jpg)
-
-Then, admins review the permissions and make sure to select **Consent on behalf of your organization**, and then select **Accept**.
-
-All users in the tenant will now be able to use this application.
-
-## Option 3: Delete and readd app permissions
-If neither of these options resolve the issue, try the following steps (as an admin):
-
-1. Remove previous configurations for the application. Go to [Enterprise applications](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/ManagedAppMenuBlade/Properties/appId/f0cf43e5-8a9b-451c-b2d5-7285c785684d/objectId/982e94b2-fea9-4d1f-9fca-318cda92f90b)
-and select **delete**.
-
-   ![Delete app permissions.](images/msi-properties.png)
-
-2. Capture TenantID from [Properties](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/ActiveDirectoryMenuBlade/Properties).
-
-3. Replace {tenant-id} with the specific tenant that needs to grant consent to this application in the URL below. Copy this URL into browser. The rest of the parameters are already completed. 
-``https://login.microsoftonline.com/{tenant-id}/v2.0/adminconsent?client_id=f0cf43e5-8a9b-451c-b2d5-7285c785684d&state=12345&redirect_uri=https%3a%2f%2fwww.microsoft.com%2fwdsi%2ffilesubmission&scope=openid+profile+email+offline_access``
-
-   ![Permissions needed.](images/msi-microsoft-permission-requested-your-organization.png)
-
-4. Review the permissions required by the application, and then select **Accept**. 
-
-5. Confirm the permissions are applied in the [Azure portal](https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_IAM/ManagedAppMenuBlade/Permissions/appId/f0cf43e5-8a9b-451c-b2d5-7285c785684d/objectId/ce60a464-5fca-4819-8423-bcb46796b051).
-
-   ![Review that permissions are applied.](images/msi-permissions.jpg)
-   
-6. Sign in to [Microsoft security intelligence](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/filesubmission) as an enterprise user with a non-admin account to see if you have access.
-
- If the warning is not resolved after following these troubleshooting steps, call Microsoft support.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/prevent-malware-infection.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/prevent-malware-infection.md
deleted file mode 100644
index a92433d11c..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/prevent-malware-infection.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Prevent malware infection
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn steps you can take to help prevent a malware or potentially unwanted software from infecting your computer.
-keywords: security, malware, prevention, infection, tips, Microsoft, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, virus, trojan, worm, stop, prevent, full scan, infection, avoid malware, avoid trojan, avoid virus, infection, how, detection, security software, antivirus, updates, how malware works, how virus works, firewall, turn on, user privileges, limit, prevention, WDSI, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Prevent malware infection
-
-Malware authors are always looking for new ways to infect computers. Follow the tips below to stay protected and minimize threats to your data and accounts.
-
-## Keep software up to date
-
-[Exploits](exploits-malware.md) typically use vulnerabilities in popular software such as web browsers, Java, Adobe Flash Player, and Microsoft Office to infect devices. Software updates patch vulnerabilities so they aren't available to exploits anymore.
-
-To keep Microsoft software up to date, ensure that [automatic Microsoft Updates](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12373/windows-update-faq) are enabled. Also, upgrade to the latest version of Windows to benefit from a host of built-in security enhancements.
-
-## Be wary of links and attachments
-
-Email and other messaging tools are a few of the most common ways your device can get infected. Attachments or links in messages can open malware directly or can stealthily trigger a download. Some emails give instructions to allow macros or other executable content designed to make it easier for malware to infect your devices.
-
-* Use an email service that provides protection against malicious attachments, links, and abusive senders. [Microsoft Office 365](/microsoft-365/security/office-365-security/anti-spam-and-anti-malware-protection) has built-in antimalware, link protection, and spam filtering.
-
-For more information, see [phishing](phishing.md).
-
-## Watch out for malicious or compromised websites
-
-When you visit malicious or compromised sites, your device can get infected with malware automatically or you can get tricked into downloading and installing malware. See [exploits and exploit kits](exploits-malware.md) as an example of how some of these sites can automatically install malware to visiting computers.
-
-To identify potentially harmful websites, keep the following in mind:
-
-* The initial part (domain) of a website address should represent the company that owns the site you are visiting. Check the domain for misspellings. For example, malicious sites commonly use domain names that swap the letter O with a zero (0) or the letters L and I with a one (1). If example.com is spelled examp1e.com, the site you are visiting is suspect.
-
-* Sites that aggressively open popups and display misleading buttons often trick users into accepting content through constant popups or mislabeled buttons.
-
-To block malicious websites, use a modern web browser like [Microsoft Edge](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/microsoft-edge?ocid=cx-wdsi-articles) that identifies phishing and malware websites and checks downloads for malware.
-
-If you encounter an unsafe site, click **More […] > Send feedback** on Microsoft Edge. You can also [report unsafe sites directly to Microsoft](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/support/report-unsafe-site).
-
-### Pirated material on compromised websites
-
-Using pirated content is not only illegal, it can also expose your device to malware. Sites that offer pirated software and media are also often used to distribute malware when the site is visited. Sometimes pirated software is bundled with malware and other unwanted software when downloaded, including intrusive browser plugins and adware.
-
-Users do not openly discuss visits to these sites, so any untoward experience are more likely to stay unreported.
-
-To stay safe, download movies, music, and apps from official publisher websites or stores. Consider running a streamlined OS such as [Windows 10 Pro SKU S Mode](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/s-mode), which ensures that only vetted apps from the Windows Store are installed.
-
-## Don't attach unfamiliar removable drives
-
-Some types of malware spread by copying themselves to USB flash drives or other removable drives. There are malicious individuals that intentionally prepare and distribute infected drives by leaving them in public places for unsuspecting individuals.
-
-Only use removable drives that you are familiar with or that come from a trusted source. If a drive has been used in publicly accessible devices, like computers in a café or a library, make sure you have antimalware running on your computer before you use the drive. Avoid opening unfamiliar files you find on suspect drives, including Office and PDF documents and executable files.
-
-## Use a non-administrator account
-
-At the time they are launched, whether inadvertently by a user or automatically, most malware run under the same privileges as the active user. This means that by limiting account privileges, you can prevent malware from making consequential changes any devices.
-
-By default, Windows uses [User Account Control (UAC)](../../identity-protection/user-account-control/user-account-control-overview.md) to provide automatic, granular control of privileges—it temporarily restricts privileges and prompts the active user every time an application attempts to make potentially consequential changes to the system. Although UAC helps limit the privileges of admin users, users can override this restriction when prompted. As a result, it is quite easy for an admin user to inadvertently allow malware to run.
-
-To help ensure that everyday activities do not result in malware infection and other potentially catastrophic changes, it is recommended that you use a non-administrator account for regular use. By using a non-administrator account, you can prevent installation of unauthorized apps and prevent inadvertent changes to system settings. Avoid browsing the web or checking email using an account with administrator privileges.
-
-Whenever necessary, log in as an administrator to install apps or make configuration changes that require admin privileges.
-
-[Read about creating user accounts and giving administrator privileges](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4026923/windows-create-a-local-user-or-administrator-account-in-windows-10)
-
-## Other safety tips
-
-To further ensure that data is protected from malware and other threats:
-
-* Backup files. Follow the 3-2-1 rule: make **3 copies**, store in at least **2 locations**, with at least **1 offline copy**. Use [OneDrive](https://onedrive.live.com/about) for reliable cloud-based copies that allow access to files from multiple devices and helps recover damaged or lost files, including files locked by ransomware.
-
-* Be wary when connecting to public hotspots, particularly those that do not require authentication.
-
-* Use [strong passwords](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12410/microsoft-account-help-protect-account) and enable multi-factor authentication.
-
-* Do not use untrusted devices to log on to email, social media, and corporate accounts.
-
-* Avoid downloading or running older apps. Some of these apps might have vulnerabilities. Also, older file formats for Office 2003 (.doc, .pps, and .xls) allow macros or run. This could be a security risk.
-
-## Software solutions
-
-Microsoft provides comprehensive security capabilities that help protect against threats. We recommend:
-
-* [Automatic Microsoft updates](https://support.microsoft.com/help/12373/windows-update-faq) keeps software up to date to get the latest protections.
-
-* [Controlled folder access](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/enable-controlled-folders) stops ransomware in its tracks by preventing unauthorized access to your important files. Controlled folder access locks down folders, allowing only authorized apps to access files. Unauthorized apps, including ransomware and other malicious executable files, DLLs, and scripts are denied access.
-
-* [Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/index) browser protects against threats such as ransomware by preventing exploit kits from running. By using [Windows Defender SmartScreen](/microsoft-edge/deploy/index), Microsoft Edge blocks access to malicious websites.
-
-* [Microsoft Exchange Online Protection (EOP)](https://products.office.com/exchange/exchange-email-security-spam-protection) offers enterprise-class reliability and protection against spam and malware, while maintaining access to email during and after emergencies.
-
-* [Microsoft Safety Scanner](safety-scanner-download.md) helps remove malicious software from computers. NOTE: This tool does not replace your antimalware product.
-
-* [Microsoft 365](/microsoft-365/enterprise/) includes Office 365, Windows 10, and Enterprise Mobility + Security. These resources power productivity while providing intelligent security across users, devices, and data.
-
-* [Microsoft Defender for Office 365](/office365/servicedescriptions/office-365-advanced-threat-protection-service-description) includes machine learning capabilities that block dangerous emails, including millions of emails carrying ransomware downloaders.
-
-* [OneDrive for Business](https://support.office.com/article/restore-a-previous-version-of-a-file-in-onedrive-159cad6d-d76e-4981-88ef-de6e96c93893?ui=en-US&rs=en-US&ad=US) can back up files, which you would then use to restore files in the event of an infection.
-
-* [Microsoft Defender for Endpoint](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-endpoint) provides comprehensive endpoint protection, detection, and response capabilities to help prevent ransomware. In the event of a breach, Microsoft Defender for Endpoint alerts security operations teams about suspicious activities and automatically attempts to resolve the problem. This includes alerts for suspicious PowerShell commands, connecting to a TOR website, launching self-replicated copies, and deletion of volume shadow copies. Try Microsoft Defender for Endpoint free of charge.
-
-* [Windows Hello for Business](../../identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-identity-verification.md) replaces passwords with strong two-factor authentication on your devices. This authentication consists of a new type of user credential that is tied to a device and uses a biometric or PIN. It lets user authenticate to an Active Directory or Azure Active Directory account.
-
-### Earlier than Windows 10 (not recommended)
-
-* [Microsoft Security Essentials](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=5201) provides real-time protection for your home or small business device that guards against viruses, spyware, and other malicious software.
-
-## What to do with a malware infection
-
-Microsoft Defender for Endpoint antivirus capabilities help reduce the chances of infection and will automatically remove threats that it detects.
-
-In case threat removal is unsuccessful, read about [troubleshooting malware detection and removal problems](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4466982/windows-10-troubleshoot-problems-with-detecting-and-removing-malware).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/rootkits-malware.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/rootkits-malware.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 250102afa9..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/rootkits-malware.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Rootkits
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Rootkits may be used by malware authors to hide malicious code on your computer and make malware or potentially unwanted software harder to remove.
-keywords: security, malware, rootkit, hide, protection, hiding, WDSI, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, rootkits, Sirefef, Rustock, Sinowal, Cutwail, malware, virus
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Rootkits
-
-Malware authors use rootkits to hide malware on your device, allowing malware to persist as long as possible. A successful rootkit can potentially remain in place for years if it's undetected. During this time, it will steal information and resources.
-
-## How rootkits work
-
-Rootkits intercept and change standard operating system processes. After a rootkit infects a device, you can’t trust any information that device reports about itself.
-
-If you were to ask a device to list all of the programs that are running, the rootkit might stealthily remove any programs it doesn’t want you to know about. Rootkits are all about hiding things. They want to hide both themselves and their malicious activity on a device.
-
-Many modern malware families use rootkits to try to avoid detection and removal, including:
-
-* [Alureon](https://www.microsoft.com/security/portal/threat/encyclopedia/Entry.aspx?Name=Win32%2fAlureon)
-
-* [Cutwail](https://www.microsoft.com/security/portal/threat/encyclopedia/Entry.aspx?Name=Win32%2fCutwail)
-
-* [Datrahere](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?Name=Trojan:Win64/Detrahere) (Zacinlo)
-
-* [Rustock](https://www.microsoft.com/security/portal/threat/encyclopedia/entry.aspx?Name=Win32%2fRustock)
-
-* [Sinowal](https://www.microsoft.com/security/portal/threat/encyclopedia/Entry.aspx?Name=Win32%2fSinowal)
-
-* [Sirefef](https://www.microsoft.com/security/portal/threat/encyclopedia/Entry.aspx?Name=Win32%2fSirefef)
-
-## How to protect against rootkits
-
-Like any other type of malware, the best way to avoid rootkits is to prevent it from being installed in the first place.
-
-* Apply the latest updates to operating systems and apps.
-
-* Educate your employees so they can be wary of suspicious websites and emails.
-
-* Back up important files regularly. Use the 3-2-1 rule. Keep three backups of your data, on two different storage types, and at least one backup offsite.
-
-For more general tips, see [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md).
-
-### What if I think I have a rootkit on my device?
-
-Microsoft security software includes a number of technologies designed specifically to remove rootkits. If you think you have a rootkit that your antimalware software isn’t detecting, you may need an extra tool that lets you boot to a known trusted environment.
-
-[Microsoft Defender Offline](https://support.microsoft.com/help/17466/microsoft-defender-offline-help-protect-my-pc) can be launched from the Windows Security app and has the latest antimalware updates from Microsoft. It’s designed to be used on devices that aren't working correctly because of a possible malware infection.
-
-[System Guard](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2017/10/23/hardening-the-system-and-maintaining-integrity-with-windows-defender-system-guard/) in Windows 10 protects against rootkits and threats that impact system integrity.
-
-### What if I can’t remove a rootkit?
-
-If the problem persists, we strongly recommend reinstalling the operating system and security software. Then restore your data from a backup.
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/safety-scanner-download.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/safety-scanner-download.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 12392ecd4f..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/safety-scanner-download.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Microsoft Safety Scanner Download
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Get the Microsoft Safety Scanner tool to find and remove malware from Windows computers.
-keywords: security, malware
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Microsoft Safety Scanner
-
-Microsoft Safety Scanner is a scan tool designed to find and remove malware from Windows computers. Simply download it and run a scan to find malware and try to reverse changes made by identified threats.
-
-- [Download Microsoft Safety Scanner (32-bit)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=212733) 
-
-- [Download Microsoft Safety Scanner (64-bit)](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=212732)
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Starting November 2019, Safety Scanner will be SHA-2 signed exclusively. Your devices must be updated to support SHA-2 in order to run Safety Scanner. To learn more, see [2019 SHA-2 Code Signing Support requirement for Windows and WSUS](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4472027/2019-sha-2-code-signing-support-requirement-for-windows-and-wsus).
-
-## Important information
-
-- The security intelligence update version of the Microsoft Safety Scanner matches the version described [in this web page](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/definitions).
-
-- Safety Scanner only scans when manually triggered and is available for use 10 days after being downloaded. We recommend that you always download the latest version of this tool before each scan.
-
-- Safety scanner is a portable executable and does not appear in the Windows Start menu or as an icon on the desktop. Note where you saved this download.
-
-- This tool does not replace your antimalware product. For real-time protection with automatic updates, use [Microsoft Defender Antivirus on Windows 11, Windows 10, and Windows 8](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/comprehensive-security) or [Microsoft Security Essentials on Windows 7](https://support.microsoft.com/help/14210/security-essentials-download). These antimalware products also provide powerful malware removal capabilities. If you are having difficulties removing malware with these products, you can refer to our help on [removing difficult threats](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/help/troubleshooting-infection).
-
-## System requirements
-
-Safety Scanner helps remove malicious software from computers running Windows 11, Windows 10, Windows 10 Tech Preview, Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, Windows Server 2019, Windows Server 2016, Windows Server Tech Preview, Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2008 R2, or Windows Server 2008. For details, refer to the [Microsoft Lifecycle Policy](/lifecycle/).
-
-## How to run a scan
-
-1. Download this tool and open it.
-2. Select the type of scan that you want to run and start the scan.
-3. Review the scan results displayed on screen. For detailed detection results, view the log at **%SYSTEMROOT%\debug\msert.log**.
-
-To remove this tool, delete the executable file (msert.exe by default).
-
-For more information about the Safety Scanner, see the support article on [how to troubleshoot problems using Safety Scanner](https://support.microsoft.com/kb/2520970).
-
-## Related resources
-
-- [Troubleshooting Safety Scanner](https://support.microsoft.com/help/2520970/how-to-troubleshoot-an-error-when-you-run-the-microsoft-safety-scanner)
-- [Microsoft Defender Antivirus](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/comprehensive-security)
-- [Microsoft Security Essentials](https://support.microsoft.com/help/14210/security-essentials-download)
-- [Removing difficult threats](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4466982/windows-10-troubleshoot-problems-with-detecting-and-removing-malware)
-- [Submit file for malware analysis](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/filesubmission)
-- [Microsoft antimalware and threat protection solutions](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-endpoint)
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/submission-guide.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/submission-guide.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4033a6633b..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/submission-guide.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Submit files for analysis by Microsoft
-description: Learn how to submit files to Microsoft for malware analysis, how to track your submissions, and dispute detections.
-ms.reviewer: 
-keywords: security, sample submission help, malware file, virus file, trojan file, submit, send to Microsoft, submit a sample, virus, trojan, worm, undetected, doesn’t detect, email microsoft, email malware, I think this is malware, I think it's a virus, where can I send a virus, is this a virus, MSE, doesn’t detect, no signature, no detection, suspect file, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, researchers, analyst, WDSI, security intelligence
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Submit files for analysis
-
-If you have a file that you suspect might be malware or is being incorrectly detected, you can submit it to us for analysis. This page has answers to some common questions about submitting a file for analysis.
-
-## How do I send a malware file to Microsoft?
-
-You can send us files that you think might be malware or files that have been incorrectly detected through the [sample submission portal](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/filesubmission).
-
-We receive a large number of samples from many sources. Our analysis is prioritized by the number of file detections and the type of submission. You can help us complete a quick analysis by providing detailed information about the product you were using and what you were doing when you found the file.
-
-After you sign in, you will be able to track your submissions.
-
-## Can I send a sample by email?
-
-No, we only accept submissions through our [sample submission portal](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/filesubmission).
-
-## Can I submit a sample without signing in?
-
-No. If you're an enterprise customer, you need to sign in so that we can prioritize your submission appropriately. If you are currently experiencing a virus outbreak or security-related incident, you should contact your designated Microsoft support professional or go to [Microsoft Support](https://support.microsoft.com/) for immediate assistance.
-
-## What is the Software Assurance ID (SAID)?
-
-The [Software Assurance ID (SAID)](https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/licensing-programs/software-assurance-default.aspx) is for enterprise customers to track support entitlements. The submission portal accepts and retains SAID information and allows customers with valid SAIDs to make higher priority submissions.
-
-### How do I dispute the detection of my program?
-
-[Submit the file](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/filesubmission) in question as a software developer. Wait until your submission has a final determination.
-
-If you’re not satisfied with our determination of the submission, use the developer contact form provided with the submission results to reach Microsoft. We will use the information you provide to investigate further if necessary.
-
-We encourage all software vendors and developers to read about [how Microsoft identifies malware and unwanted software](criteria.md).
-
-## How do I track or view past sample submissions?
-
-You can track your submissions through the [submission history page](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/submissionhistory).
-
-## What does the submission status mean?
-
-Each submission is shown to be in one of the following status types:
-
-* Submitted—the file has been received
-
-* In progress—an analyst has started checking the file
-
-* Closed—a final determination has been given by an analyst
-
-You can see the status of any files you submit to us on the [submission history page](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/wdsi/submissionhistory).
-
-## How does Microsoft prioritize submissions
-
-Processing submissions take dedicated analyst resource. Because we regularly receive a large number of submissions, we handle them based on a priority. The following factors affect how we prioritize submissions:
-
-* Prevalent files with the potential to impact large numbers of computers are prioritized.
-
-* Authenticated customers, especially enterprise customers with valid [Software Assurance IDs (SAIDs)](https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/licensing-programs/software-assurance-default.aspx), are given priority.
-
-* Submissions flagged as high priority by SAID holders are given immediate attention.
-
-Your submission is immediately scanned by our systems to give you the latest determination even before an analyst starts handling your case. Note that the same file may have already been processed by an analyst. To check for updates to the determination, select rescan on the submission details page.
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/supply-chain-malware.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/supply-chain-malware.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 69f77af00f..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/supply-chain-malware.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Supply chain attacks
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about how supply chain attacks work, deliver malware do your devices, and  what you can do to protect yourself
-keywords: security, malware, protection, supply chain, hide, distribute, trust, compromised
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Supply chain attacks
-
-Supply chain attacks are an emerging kind of threat that target software developers and suppliers. The goal is to access source codes, build processes, or update mechanisms by infecting legitimate apps to distribute malware.  
-
-## How supply chain attacks work
-
-> [!video https://www.youtube.com/embed/uXm2XNSavwo]
-
-Attackers hunt for unsecure network protocols, unprotected server infrastructures, and unsafe coding practices. They break in, change source codes, and hide malware in build and update processes.  
-
-Because software is built and released by trusted vendors, these apps and updates are signed and certified. In software supply chain attacks, vendors are likely unaware that their apps or updates are infected with malicious code when they’re released to the public. The malicious code then runs with the same trust and permissions as the app.  
-
-The number of potential victims is significant, given the popularity of some apps. A case occurred where a free file compression app was poisoned and deployed to customers in a country where it was the top utility app.
-
-### Types of supply chain attacks
-
-* Compromised software building tools or updated infrastructure
-
-* Stolen code-sign certificates or signed malicious apps using the identity of dev company
-
-* Compromised specialized code shipped into hardware or firmware components
-
-* Pre-installed malware on devices (cameras, USB, phones, etc.)
-
-To learn more about supply chain attacks, read this blog post called [attack inception: compromised supply chain within a supply chain poses new risks](https://cloudblogs.microsoft.com/microsoftsecure/2018/07/26/attack-inception-compromised-supply-chain-within-a-supply-chain-poses-new-risks/).
-
-## How to protect against supply chain attacks
-
-* Deploy strong code integrity policies to allow only authorized apps to run.
-
-* Use endpoint detection and response solutions that can automatically detect and remediate suspicious activities.
-
-### For software vendors and developers
-
-* Maintain a highly secure build and update infrastructure.
-  * Immediately apply security patches for OS and software.
-  * Implement mandatory integrity controls to ensure only trusted tools run.
-  * Require multi-factor authentication for admins.
-
-* Build secure software updaters as part of the software development lifecycle.
-  * Require SSL for update channels and implement certificate pinning.
-  * Sign everything, including configuration files, scripts, XML files, and packages.
-  * Check for digital signatures, and don’t let the software updater accept generic input and commands.
-
-* Develop an incident response process for supply chain attacks.
-  * Disclose supply chain incidents and notify customers with accurate and timely information
-
-For more general tips on protecting your systems and devices, see [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/support-scams.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/support-scams.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 07250bbc9c..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/support-scams.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Tech Support Scams
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Microsoft security software can protect you from tech support scams that claims to scan for malware or viruses and then shows you fake detections and warnings.
-keywords: security, malware, tech support, scam, protection, trick, spoof, fake, error messages, report, rogue security software, fake, antivirus, fake software, rogue, threats, fee, removal fee, upgrade, pay for removal, install full version, trial, lots of threats, scanner, scan, clean, computer, security, program, XP home security, fake microsoft, activate, activate scan, activate antivirus, warnings, pop-ups, security warnings, security pop-ups tech support scams, fake Microsoft error notification, fake virus alert, fake product expiration, fake Windows activation, scam web pages, scam phone numbers, telephone numbers, MMPC, WDSI, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, tech support scam numbers
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Tech support scams
-
-Tech support scams are an industry-wide issue where scammers use scare tactics to trick users into paying for unnecessary technical support services that supposedly fix contrived device, platform, or software problems.
-
-## How tech support scams work
-
-Scammers may call you directly on your phone and pretend to be representatives of a software company. They might even spoof the caller ID so that it displays a legitimate support phone number from a trusted company. They can then ask you to install applications that give them remote access to your device. Using remote access, these experienced scammers can misrepresent normal system output as signs of problems.
-
-Scammers might also initiate contact by displaying fake error messages on websites you visit, displaying support numbers and enticing you to call. They can also put your browser on full screen and display pop-up messages that won't go away, essentially locking your browser. These fake error messages aim to trick you into calling an indicated technical support hotline. Note that Microsoft error and warning messages never include phone numbers.
-
-When you engage with the scammers, they can offer fake solutions for your “problems” and ask for payment in the form of a one-time fee or subscription to a purported support service.
-
-**For more information, view [known tech support scam numbers and popular web scams](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4013405/windows-protect-from-tech-support-scams).**
-
-## How to protect against tech support scams
-
-Share and implement the general tips on how to [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md).
-
-It is also important to keep the following in mind:
-
-* Microsoft does not send unsolicited email messages or make unsolicited phone calls to request personal or financial information, or to fix your computer.
-
-* Any communication with Microsoft has to be initiated by you.
-
-* Don’t call the number in the pop-ups. Microsoft’s error and warning messages never include a phone number.
-
-* Download software only from official vendor websites or the Microsoft Store. Be wary of downloading software from third-party sites, as some of them might have been modified without the author’s knowledge to bundle support scam malware and other threats.
-
-* Use [Microsoft Edge](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/microsoft-edge) when browsing the internet. It blocks known support scam sites using Windows Defender SmartScreen (which is also used by Internet Explorer). Furthermore, Microsoft Edge can stop pop-up dialogue loops used by these sites.
-
-* Enable [Microsoft Defender Antivirus](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-antivirus-in-windows-10) in Windows 10. It detects and removes known support scam malware.
-
-## What to do if information has been given to a tech support person
-
-* Uninstall applications that scammers asked to be install. If access has been granted, consider resetting the device
-
-* Run a full scan with Microsoft Defender Antivirus to remove any malware. Apply all security updates as soon as they are available.
-
-* Change passwords.
-
-* Call your credit card provider to reverse the charges, if you have already paid.
-
-* Monitor anomalous logon activity. Use Windows Defender Firewall to block traffic to services that you would not normally access.
-
-### Reporting tech support scams
-
-Help Microsoft stop scammers, whether they claim to be from Microsoft or from another tech company, by reporting tech support scams:
-
-www.microsoft.com/reportascam
-
-You can also report any **unsafe website** that you suspect is a phishing website or contains malicious content directly to Microsoft by filling out a [Report an unsafe site form](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/support/report-unsafe-site) or using built in web browser functionality.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/trojans-malware.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/trojans-malware.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 52b3552843..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/trojans-malware.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Trojan malware
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Trojans are a type of threat that can infect your device. This page tells you what they are and how to remove them.
-keywords: security, malware, protection, trojan, download, file, infection, trojans, virus, protection, cleanup, removal, antimalware, antivirus, WDSI, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, malware types
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Trojans
-
-Trojans are a common type of malware which, unlike viruses, can’t spread on their own. This means they either have to be downloaded manually or another malware needs to download and install them.
-
-Trojans often use the same file names as real and legitimate apps. It is easy to accidentally download a trojan thinking that it is a legitimate app.
-
-## How trojans work
-
-Trojans can come in many different varieties, but generally they do the following:
-
-- Download and install other malware, such as viruses or [worms](worms-malware.md).
-
-- Use the infected device for click fraud.
-
-- Record keystrokes and websites visited.
-
-- Send information about the infected device to a malicious hacker including passwords, login details for websites, and browsing history.
-
-- Give a malicious hacker control over the infected device.
-
-## How to protect against trojans
-
-Use the following free Microsoft software to detect and remove it:
-
-- [Microsoft Defender Antivirus](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-antivirus-in-windows-10) for Windows 10 and Windows 8.1, or [Microsoft Security Essentials](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=5201) for previous versions of Windows.
-
-- [Microsoft Safety Scanner](safety-scanner-download.md)
-
-For more general tips, see [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/understanding-malware.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/understanding-malware.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 04b637d62c..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/understanding-malware.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Understanding malware & other threats
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about the most prevalent viruses, malware, and other threats. Understand how they infect systems, how they behave, and how to prevent and remove them.
-keywords: security, malware, virus, malware, threat, analysis, research, encyclopedia, dictionary, glossary, ransomware, support scams, unwanted software, computer infection, virus infection, descriptions, remediation, latest threats, mmpc, microsoft malware protection center, wdsi
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: conceptual
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Understanding malware & other threats
-
-Malware is a term used to describe malicious applications and code that can cause damage and disrupt normal use of devices. Malware can allow unauthorized access, use system resources, steal passwords, lock you out of your computer and ask for ransom, and more.
-
-Cybercriminals that distribute malware are often motivated by money and will use infected computers to launch attacks, obtain banking credentials, collect information that can be sold, sell access to computing resources, or extort payment from victims.
-
-As criminals become more sophisticated with their attacks, Microsoft is here to help. Windows 10 is the most secure version of Windows yet and includes many features to help protect you whether you're at home, at work, or on the go. With [Microsoft Defender for Endpoint](https://www.microsoft.com/microsoft-365/windows/microsoft-defender-atp), businesses can stay protected with next-generation protection and other security capabilities.
-
-For good general tips, check out the [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md) topic.
-
-There are many types of malware, including:
-
-- [Coin miners](coinminer-malware.md)
-- [Exploits and exploit kits](exploits-malware.md)
-- [Macro malware](macro-malware.md)
-- [Phishing](phishing.md)
-- [Ransomware](/security/compass/human-operated-ransomware)
-- [Rootkits](rootkits-malware.md)
-- [Supply chain attacks](supply-chain-malware.md)
-- [Tech support scams](support-scams.md)
-- [Trojans](trojans-malware.md)
-- [Unwanted software](unwanted-software.md)
-- [Worms](worms-malware.md)
-
-## Additional resources and information
-
-- Keep up with the latest malware news and research. Check out our [Microsoft security blogs](https://www.microsoft.com/security/blog/product/windows/) and follow us on [Twitter](https://twitter.com/wdsecurity) for the latest news, discoveries, and protections.
-
-- Learn more about [Windows security](../../index.yml).
-
-- Learn how to [deploy threat protection capabilities across Microsoft 365 E5](/microsoft-365/solutions/deploy-threat-protection). 
-
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/unwanted-software.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/unwanted-software.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a26e42972..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/unwanted-software.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Unwanted software
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about how unwanted software changes your default settings without your consent and what you can do to protect yourself.
-keywords: security, malware, protection, unwanted, software, alter, infect, unwanted software, software bundlers, browser modifiers, privacy, security, computing experience, prevent infection, solution, WDSI, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, virus research threats, research malware, pc protection, computer infection, virus infection, descriptions, remediation, latest threats
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Unwanted software
-
-Unwanted software are programs that alter the Windows experience without your consent or control. This can take the form of modified browsing experience, lack of control over downloads and installation, misleading messages, or unauthorized changes to Windows settings.
-
-## How unwanted software works
-
-Unwanted software can be introduced when a user searches for and downloads applications from the internet. Some applications are software bundlers, which means that they are packed with other applications. As a result, other programs can be inadvertently installed when the original application is downloaded.
-
-Here are some indications of unwanted software:
-
-- There are programs that you did not install and that may be difficult to uninstall
-
-- Browser features or settings have changed, and you can’t view or modify them
-
-- There are excessive messages about your device's health or about files and programs
-
-- There are ads that cannot be easily closed
-
-Some indicators are harder to recognize because they are less disruptive, but are still unwanted. For example, unwanted software can modify web pages to display specific ads, monitor browsing activities, or remove control of the browser.
-
-Microsoft uses an extensive [evaluation criteria](criteria.md) to identify unwanted software.
-
-## How to protect against unwanted software
-
-To prevent unwanted software infection, download software only from official websites, or from the Microsoft Store. Be wary of downloading software from third-party sites.
-
-Use [Microsoft Edge](/microsoft-edge/deploy/index) when browsing the internet. Microsoft Edge includes additional protections that effectively block browser modifiers that can change your browser settings. Microsoft Edge also blocks known websites hosting unwanted software using [Windows Defender SmartScreen](/microsoft-edge/deploy/index) (also used by Internet Explorer).
-
-Enable [Microsoft Defender Antivirus](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-antivirus-in-windows-10) in Windows 10. It provides real-time protection against threats and detects and removes known unwanted software.
-
-Download [Microsoft Security Essentials](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=5201) for real-time protection in Windows 7 or Windows Vista.
-
-For more general tips, see [prevent malware infection](prevent-malware-infection.md).
-
-### What should I do if my device is infected? 
-
-If you suspect that you have unwanted software, you can [submit files for analysis](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/filesubmission).
-
-Some unwanted software adds uninstallation entries, which means that you can **remove them using Settings**.
-1. Select the Start button
-2. Go to **Settings > Apps > Apps & features**.
-3. Select the app you want to uninstall, then click **Uninstall**.
-
-If you only recently noticed symptoms of unwanted software infection, consider sorting the apps by install date, and then uninstall the most recent apps that you did not install.
-
-You may also need to **remove browser add-ons** in your browsers, such as Internet Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome.
-
-In case threat removal is unsuccessful, read about [troubleshooting malware detection and removal problems](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4466982/windows-10-troubleshoot-problems-with-detecting-and-removing-malware).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/virus-information-alliance-criteria.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/virus-information-alliance-criteria.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0616554f60..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/virus-information-alliance-criteria.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Virus Information Alliance
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: The Microsoft Virus Information Alliance (VIA) is a collaborative antimalware program for organizations fighting cybercrime.
-keywords: security, malware, Microsoft, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, partners, sharing, samples, vendor exchange, CSS, alliance, WDSI
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-# Virus Information Alliance
-
-The Virus Information Alliance (VIA) is a public anti-malware collaboration program for security software providers, security service providers, anti-malware testing organizations, and other organizations involved in fighting cyber crime.
-
-Members of the VIA program collaborate by exchanging technical information on malicious software with Microsoft. The goal is to improve protection for Microsoft customers.
-
-## Better protection for customers against malware
-
-The VIA program gives members access to information that will help them improve protection. For example, the program provides malware telemetry and samples to security teams so they can identify gaps and prioritize new threat coverage.
-
-Malware prevalence data is provided to anti-malware testers to assist them in selecting sample sets. The data also helps set scoring criteria that represent the real-world threat landscape. Service organizations, such as a CERT, can leverage our data to help assess the impact of policy changes or to help shut down malicious activity.
-
-Microsoft is committed to continuous improvement to help reduce the impact of malware on customers. By sharing malware-related information, Microsoft enables members of this community to work towards better protection for customers.
-
-## Becoming a member of VIA
-
-Microsoft has well-defined, objective, measurable, and tailored membership criteria for prospective members of the Virus Information Alliance (VIA).
-
-The criteria is designed to ensure that Microsoft can work with the following groups to protect a broad range of customers:
-
-- Security software providers
-- Security service providers
-- Anti-malware testing organizations
-- Other organizations involved in the fight against cybercrime
-
-Members will receive information to facilitate effective malware detection, deterrence, and eradication. This information includes technical information on malware and metadata on malicious activity. Information shared through VIA is governed by the VIA membership agreement and a Microsoft non-disclosure agreement, where applicable.
-
-VIA has an open enrollment for potential members.
-
-### Initial selection criteria
-
-To be eligible for VIA your organization must:
-
-1. Be willing to sign a non-disclosure agreement with Microsoft.
-
-2. Fit into one of the following categories:
-
-    - Your organization develops anti-malware technology that can run on Windows and your organization’s product is commercially available.
-    - Your organization provides security services to Microsoft customers or for Microsoft products.
-    - Your organization publishes anti-malware testing reports regularly.
-    - Your organization has a research or response team dedicated to fighting malware to protect your organization, your customers, or the general public.
-
-3. Be willing to sign and adhere to the VIA membership agreement.
-
-If your organization meets these criteria and is interested in joining, [apply for membership now](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/alliances/apply-alliance-membership). For questions, [contact us for more information](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/alliances/collaboration-inquiry).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/virus-initiative-criteria.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/virus-initiative-criteria.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0441e00ed4..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/virus-initiative-criteria.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Microsoft Virus Initiative
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: The Microsoft Virus Initiative (MVI) helps organizations that make antivirus or antimalware products integrate with Windows and share telemetry with Microsoft.
-keywords: security, malware, MVI, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, MMPC, alliances, WDSI
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Microsoft Virus Initiative
-
-The Microsoft Virus Initiative (MVI) helps organizations develop better-together security solutions that are performant, reliable, and aligned with Microsoft technology and strategy.
-
-## Become a member
-
-You can request membership if you're a representative for an organization that develops and produces antimalware or antivirus technology. 
-
-To qualify for the MVI program, your organization must meet all the following requirements:
-
-1)	Your security solution either replaces or compliments Microsoft Defender Antivirus.
-
-2)	Your organization is responsible for both developing and distributing app updates to end-customers that address compatibility with Windows.
-
-3)	Your organization must be active in the antimalware industry and have a positive reputation, as evidenced by participation in industry conferences or being reviewed in an industry-standard report such as AV-Comparatives, OPSWAT, or Gartner.
-
-4)	Your organization must sign a non-disclosure agreement (NDA) with Microsoft.
-
-5)	Your organization must sign a program license agreement. Maintaining this license agreement requires that you adhere to all program requirements for antimalware apps. These requirements define the behavior of antimalware apps necessary to ensure proper interaction with Windows.
-
-6)	You must submit your app to Microsoft for periodic performance testing and feature review.
-
-7)	Your solution must be certified through independent testing by at least one industry-standard organization, and yearly certification must be maintained.
-
-Test Provider | Lab Test Type |	Minimum Level / Score
-------------- |---------------|----------------------
-AV-Comparatives | Real-World Protection Test 
             https://www.av-comparatives.org/testmethod/real-world-protection-tests/ |“Approved” rating from AV Comparatives
-AV-Test | Must pass tests for Windows. Certifications for Mac and Linux aren't accepted 
             https://www.av-test.org/en/about-the-institute/certification/ | Achieve "AV-TEST Certified" (for home users) or "AV-TEST Approved” (for corporate users)
-ICSA Labs |	Endpoint Anti-Malware Detection 
             https://www.icsalabs.com/technology-program/anti-virus/criteria |PASS/Certified
-NSS Labs | Advanced Endpoint Protection AEP 3.0, which covers automatic threat prevention and threat event reporting capabilities 
             https://www.nsslabs.com/tested-technologies/advanced-endpoint-protection/ |“Neutral” rating from NSS
-SKD Labs | Certification Requirements Product: Anti-virus or Antimalware 
             http://www.skdlabs.com/html/english/ 
             http://www.skdlabs.com/cert/ |SKD Labs Star Check Certification Requirements Pass >= 98.5% with On Demand, On Access and Total Detection tests 
-SE Labs | Protection A rating or Small Business EP A rating or Enterprise EP Protection A rating 
             https://selabs.uk/en/reports/consumers |Home or Enterprise “A” rating
-VB 100 |	VB100 Certification Test V1.1 
             https://www.virusbulletin.com/testing/vb100/vb100-methodology/vb100-methodology-ver1-1/ | VB100 Certification
-West Coast Labs |	Checkmark Certified 
             http://www.checkmarkcertified.com/sme/  | “A” Rating on Product Security Performance
-
-## Apply now
-
-If your organization meets these criteria and is interested in joining, [apply for membership now](https://forms.office.com/Pages/ResponsePage.aspx?id=v4j5cvGGr0GRqy180BHbRxusDUkejalGp0OAgRTWC7BUQVRYUEVMNlFZUjFaUDY2T1U1UDVVU1NKVi4u).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/worms-malware.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/worms-malware.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0fb215f6b9..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/intelligence/worms-malware.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Worms
-ms.reviewer: 
-description: Learn about how worms replicate and spread to other computers or networks. Read about the most popular worms and steps you can take to stop them.
-keywords: security, malware, protection, worm, vulnerabilities, infect, steal, Jenxcus, Gamarue, Bondat, WannaCrypt, WDSI, MMPC, Microsoft Malware Protection Center, worms, malware types, threat propagation, mass-mailing, IP scanning
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: secure
-ms.sitesec: library
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: article
-search.appverid: met150
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Worms
-
-A worm is a type of malware that can copy itself and often spreads through a network by exploiting security vulnerabilities. It can spread through email attachments, text messages, file-sharing programs, social networking sites, network shares, removable drives, and software vulnerabilities.
-
-## How worms work
-
-Worms represent a large category of malware. Different worms use different methods to infect devices. Depending on the variant, they can steal sensitive information, change security settings, send information to malicious hackers, stop users from accessing files, and other malicious activities.
-
-Jenxcus (also known as Dunihi), Gamarue (also known as Androm), and Bondat have consistently remained at the top of the list of malware that infects users running Microsoft software. Although these worms share some commonalities, it's interesting to note that they also have distinct characteristics.
-
-* **Jenxcus** has capabilities of not only infecting removable drives but can also act as a backdoor that connects back to its server. This threat typically gets into a device from a drive-by download attack, meaning it's installed when users just visit a compromised web page.
-
-* **Gamarue** typically arrives through spam campaigns, exploits, downloaders, social networking sites, and removable drives. When Gamarue infects a device, it becomes a distribution channel for other malware. We’ve seen it distribute other malware such as info stealers, spammers, clickers, downloaders, and rogues.
-
-* **Bondat** typically arrives through fictitious Nullsoft Scriptable Install System (NSIS), Java installers, and removable drives. When Bondat infects a system, it gathers information about the machine such as device name, Globally Unique Identifier (GUID), and OS build. It then sends that information to a remote server.
-
-Both Bondat and Gamarue have clever ways of obscuring themselves to evade detection. By hiding what they're doing, they try to avoid detection by security software.
-
-* [**WannaCrypt**](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/threats/malware-encyclopedia-description?Name=Ransom:Win32/WannaCrypt) also deserves a mention here. Unlike older worms that often spread just because they could, modern worms often spread to drop a payload (like ransomware).
-
-This image shows how a worm can quickly spread through a shared USB drive.
-
-![Worm example.](./images/WormUSB-flight.png) 
-
-### *Figure worm spreading from a shared USB drive*
-
-## How to protect against worms
-
-Enable [Microsoft Defender Antivirus](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-antivirus-in-windows-10) in Windows 10. It provides real-time protection against threats and detects and removes known unwanted software.
-
-Download [Microsoft Security Essentials](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=5201) for real-time protection in Windows 7 or Windows Vista.
-
-In case threat removal is unsuccessful, read about [troubleshooting malware detection and removal problems](https://www.microsoft.com/wdsi/help/troubleshooting-infection).
-
-For more general tips, see [prevent malware infection](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/prevent-malware-infection).
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-bug-bounty-program.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-bug-bounty-program.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 70acd69970..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-bug-bounty-program.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
----
-title: About the Microsoft Bug Bounty Program
-description: If you are a security researcher, you can get a reward for reporting a vulnerability in a Microsoft product, service, or device.
-ms.prod: m365-security
-audience: ITPro
-author: dansimp
-ms.author: dansimp
-manager: dansimp
-ms.collection: M365-identity-device-management
-ms.topic: article
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.reviewer: 
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# About the Microsoft Bug Bounty Program
-
-Are you a security researcher? Did you find a vulnerability in a Microsoft product, service, or device? If so, we want to hear from you!
-
-If your vulnerability report affects a product or service that is within scope of one of our bounty programs below, you could receive a bounty award according to the program descriptions.
-
-Visit the [Microsoft Bug Bounty Program site](https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/msrc/bounty?rtc=1) for all the details!
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/configure-md-app-guard.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/configure-md-app-guard.md
index 725a653863..99819da4d5 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/configure-md-app-guard.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/configure-md-app-guard.md
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ ms.pagetype: security
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 author: denisebmsft
 ms.author: deniseb
-ms.date: 09/20/2021
+ms.date: 03/10/2022
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
 ms.custom: asr
@@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ Application Guard uses both network isolation and application-specific settings.
 These settings, located at `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Network\Network Isolation`, help you define and manage your organization's network boundaries. Application Guard uses this information to automatically transfer any requests to access the non-corporate resources into the Application Guard container.
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> You must configure either the Enterprise resource domains hosted in the cloud or Private network ranges for apps settings on your employee devices to successfully turn on Application Guard using enterprise mode. Proxy servers must be a neutral resource listed in the "Domains categorized as both work and personal" policy.
+> You must configure either the Enterprise resource domains hosted in the cloud or Private network ranges for apps settings on your employee devices to successfully turn on Application Guard using enterprise mode. Proxy servers must be a neutral resource listed in the **Domains categorized as both work and personal** policy.
  
 |Policy name|Supported versions|Description|
 |-----------|------------------|-----------|
 |Private network ranges for apps | At least Windows Server 2012, Windows 8, or Windows RT| A comma-separated list of IP address ranges that are in your corporate network. Included endpoints or endpoints that are included within a specified IP address range, are rendered using Microsoft Edge and won't be accessible from the Application Guard environment.|
-|Enterprise resource domains hosted in the cloud| At least Windows Server 2012, Windows 8, or Windows RT|A pipe-separated (\|) list of your domain cloud resources. Included endpoints are rendered using Microsoft Edge and won't be accessible from the Application Guard environment. 
            **NOTE**: This list supports the wildcards detailed in the [Network isolation settings wildcards](#network-isolation-settings-wildcards) table.|
-|Domains categorized as both work and personal| At least Windows Server 2012, Windows 8, or Windows RT|A comma-separated list of domain names used as both work or personal resources. Included endpoints are rendered using Microsoft Edge and will be accessible from the Application Guard and regular Edge environment. 
            **NOTE**: This list supports the wildcards detailed in the [Network isolation settings wildcards](#network-isolation-settings-wildcards) table.|
+|Enterprise resource domains hosted in the cloud| At least Windows Server 2012, Windows 8, or Windows RT|A pipe-separated (`|`) list of your domain cloud resources. Included endpoints are rendered using Microsoft Edge and won't be accessible from the Application Guard environment. 
            Note that this list supports the wildcards detailed in the [Network isolation settings wildcards](#network-isolation-settings-wildcards) table.|
+|Domains categorized as both work and personal| At least Windows Server 2012, Windows 8, or Windows RT|A comma-separated list of domain names used as both work or personal resources. Included endpoints are rendered using Microsoft Edge and will be accessible from the Application Guard and regular Edge environment. 
            Note that this list supports the wildcards detailed in the [Network isolation settings wildcards](#network-isolation-settings-wildcards) table.|
 
 ## Network isolation settings wildcards
 
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ These settings, located at `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Netw
 |`..contoso.com`|2|Trust all levels of the domain hierarchy that are to the left of the dot. Matching sites include `shop.contoso.com`, `us.shop.contoso.com`, `www.us.shop.contoso.com`, but NOT `contoso.com` itself.|
 
 ## Application-specific settings
-These settings, located at `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Defender Application Guard`, can help you to manage your company's implementation of Application Guard.
+These settings, located at `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Defender Application Guard`, can help you to manage your organization's implementation of Application Guard.
 
 |Name|Supported versions|Description|Options|
 |-----------|------------------|-----------|-------|
@@ -63,3 +63,9 @@ These settings, located at `Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Wind
 |Allow camera and microphone access in Microsoft Defender Application Guard|Windows 10 Enterprise, 1809 or higher

            Windows 10 Pro, 1809 or higher
            Windows 11|Determines whether to allow camera and microphone access inside Microsoft Defender Application Guard.|**Enabled.** Applications inside Microsoft Defender Application Guard are able to access the camera and microphone on the user's device. **Important:** Be aware that enabling this policy with a potentially compromised container could bypass camera and microphone permissions and access the camera and microphone without the user's knowledge.
            **Disabled or not configured.** Applications inside Microsoft Defender Application Guard are unable to access the camera and microphone on the user's device.|
 |Allow Microsoft Defender Application Guard to use Root Certificate Authorities from a user's device|Windows 10 Enterprise, 1809 or higher

            Windows 10 Pro, 1809 or higher
            Windows 11|Determines whether Root Certificates are shared with Microsoft Defender Application Guard.|**Enabled.** Certificates matching the specified thumbprint are transferred into the container. Use a comma to separate multiple certificates.
            **Disabled or not configured.** Certificates are not shared with Microsoft Defender Application Guard.|
 |Allow auditing events in Microsoft Defender Application Guard|Windows 10 Enterprise, 1809 or higher

            Windows 10 Pro, 1809 or higher
            Windows 11|This policy setting allows you to decide whether auditing events can be collected from Microsoft Defender Application Guard.|**Enabled.** Application Guard inherits auditing policies from your device and logs system events from the Application Guard container to your host.
            **Disabled or not configured.** event logs aren't collected from your Application Guard container.|
+ 
+## Application Guard support dialog settings
+
+These settings are located at `Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Windows Security\Enterprise Customization`. If an error is encountered, you are presented with a dialog box. By default, this dialog box only contains the error information and a button for you to report it to Microsoft via the feedback hub. However, it is possible to provide additional information in the dialog box.
+
+[Use Group Policy to enable and customize contact information](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-security-center/wdsc-customize-contact-information#use-group-policy-to-enable-and-customize-contact-information).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/faq-md-app-guard.yml b/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/faq-md-app-guard.yml
index 867be41703..e99bc8205f 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/faq-md-app-guard.yml
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/faq-md-app-guard.yml
@@ -9,12 +9,12 @@ metadata:
   ms.localizationpriority: medium
   author: denisebmsft
   ms.author: deniseb
-  ms.date: 09/30/2021
+  ms.date: 03/14/2022
   ms.reviewer:
   manager: dansimp
   ms.custom: asr
   ms.technology: windows-sec
-    
+  ms.topic: faq
 title: Frequently asked questions - Microsoft Defender Application Guard
 summary: |
 
@@ -220,6 +220,11 @@ sections:
           1. Ensure that the FragmentAware DWORD is set to 1 in this registry setting: `\Registry\Machine\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Winnat`.
 
           2. Reboot the device.
+          
+      - question: |
+          What does the _Allow users to trust files that open in Microsoft Defender Application Guard_ option in the Group policy do?
+        answer: |
+         This policy was present in Windows 10 prior to version 2004. It was removed from later versions of Windows as it doesn't enforce anything for either Edge or Office.
 
 
 additionalContent: |
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/test-scenarios-md-app-guard.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/test-scenarios-md-app-guard.md
index cf455c976a..d5400d4de7 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/test-scenarios-md-app-guard.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-application-guard/test-scenarios-md-app-guard.md
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ author: denisebmsft
 ms.author: deniseb
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 09/09/2021
+ms.date: 03/14/2022
 ms.custom: asr
 ms.technology: windows-sec
 ---
@@ -215,20 +215,6 @@ You have the option to change each of these settings to work with your enterpris
 - Windows 10 Professional edition, version 1809
 - Windows 11
 
-#### File trust options
-
-1. Go to the **Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Defender Application Guard\Allow users to trust files that open in Microsoft Defender Application Guard** setting.
-
-2. Click **Enabled**, set **Options** to **2**, and click **OK**.
-
-    ![Group Policy editor File trust options.](images/appguard-gp-allow-users-to-trust-files-that-open-in-appguard.png)
-
-3. Log out and back on to your device, opening Microsoft Edge in Application Guard again.
-
-4. Open a file in Edge, such an Office 365 file.
-
-5. Check to see that an antivirus scan completed before the file was opened.
-
 #### Camera and microphone options
 
 1. Go to the **Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\Windows Components\Microsoft Defender Application Guard\Allow camera and microphone access in Microsoft Defender Application Guard** setting.
@@ -267,5 +253,5 @@ Once a user has the extension and its companion app installed on their enterpris
 3. Navigate to a non-enterprise, external website site, such as [www.bing.com](https://www.bing.com). The site should be redirected to Microsoft Defender Application Guard Edge.
    ![A non-enterprise website being redirected to an Application Guard container -- the text displayed explains that the page is being opened in Application Guard for Microsoft Edge.](images/app-guard-chrome-extension-launchIng-edge.png)
 
-4. Open a new Application Guard window, by select the Microsoft Defender Application Guard icon, then **New Application Guard Window**
-   ![The "New Application Guard Window" option is highlighted in red](images/app-guard-chrome-extension-new-app-guard-page.png)
\ No newline at end of file
+4. Open a new Application Guard window, by selecting the Microsoft Defender Application Guard icon, then **New Application Guard Window**
+   ![The "New Application Guard Window" option is highlighted in red](images/app-guard-chrome-extension-new-app-guard-page.png)
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c56d9a43c6..0000000000
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Microsoft Security Compliance Toolkit 1.0
-description: This article describes how to use the Security Compliance Toolkit 1.0 in your organization
-keywords: virtualization, security, malware
-ms.prod: m365-security
-ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
-ms.localizationpriority: medium
-ms.author: dansimp
-author: dulcemontemayor
-manager: dansimp
-audience: ITPro
-ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
-ms.topic: conceptual
-ms.date: 11/21/2019
-ms.reviewer: 
-ms.technology: windows-sec
----
-
-# Microsoft Security Compliance Toolkit 1.0 Usage
-
-## What is the Security Compliance Toolkit (SCT)?
-
-The Security Compliance Toolkit (SCT) is a set of tools that allows enterprise security administrators to download, analyze, test, edit, and store Microsoft-recommended security configuration baselines for Windows and other Microsoft products.
-
-The SCT enables administrators to effectively manage their enterprise’s Group Policy Objects (GPOs). Using the toolkit, administrators can compare their current GPOs with Microsoft-recommended GPO baselines or other baselines, edit them, store them in GPO backup file format, and apply them broadly through Active Directory or individually through local policy.
-
            
-
-The Security Compliance Toolkit consists of:
-
-- Windows 10 security baselines
-    - Windows 10, Version 21H1 (May 2021 Update)
-    - Windows 10, Version 20H2 (October 2020 Update)
-    - Windows 10, Version 2004 (May 2020 Update)
-    - Windows 10, Version 1909 (November 2019 Update)
-    - Windows 10, Version 1809 (October 2018 Update)
-    - Windows 10, Version 1607 (Anniversary Update)
-    - Windows 10, Version 1507
-
-- Windows Server security baselines
-    - Windows Server 2022
-    - Windows Server 2019
-    - Windows Server 2016
-    - Windows Server 2012 R2
-
-- Microsoft Office security baseline
-    - Microsoft 365 Apps for enterprise, Version 2104
-
-- Microsoft Edge security baseline
-    - Version 93
-    
-- Windows Update security baseline
-    - Windows 10 20H2 and below (October 2020 Update)
-
-- Tools
-    - Policy Analyzer tool
-    - Local Group Policy Object (LGPO) tool
-    - Set Object Security tool
-    - GPO to PolicyRules tool
-
--   Scripts
-    -   Baseline-ADImport.ps1
-    -   Baseline-LocalInstall.ps1
-    -   Remove-EPBaselineSettings.ps1
-    -   MapGuidsToGpoNames.ps1
-
-
-You can [download the tools](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=55319) along with the baselines for the relevant Windows versions. For more details about security baseline recommendations, see the [Microsoft Security Baselines blog](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/Microsoft-Security-Baselines/bg-p/Microsoft-Security-Baselines).
-
-## What is the Policy Analyzer tool?
-
-The Policy Analyzer is a utility for analyzing and comparing sets of Group Policy Objects (GPOs). Its main features include:
-- Highlight when a set of Group Policies has redundant settings or internal inconsistencies
-- Highlight the differences between versions or sets of Group Policies
-- Compare GPOs against current local policy and local registry settings
-- Export results to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet
-
-Policy Analyzer lets you treat a set of GPOs as a single unit. This makes it easy to determine whether particular settings are duplicated across the GPOs or are set to conflicting values. Policy Analyzer also lets you capture a baseline and then compare it to a snapshot taken at a later time to identify changes anywhere across the set. 
-
-More information on the Policy Analyzer tool can be found on the [Microsoft Security Baselines blog](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/microsoft-security-baselines/new-tool-policy-analyzer/ba-p/701049) or by [downloading the tool](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=55319).
-
-## What is the Local Group Policy Object (LGPO) tool?
-
-LGPO.exe is a command-line utility that is designed to help automate management of Local Group Policy. 
-Using local policy gives administrators a simple way to verify the effects of Group Policy settings, and is also useful for managing non-domain-joined systems. 
-LGPO.exe can import and apply settings from Registry Policy (Registry.pol) files, security templates, Advanced Auditing backup files, as well as from formatted “LGPO text” files. 
-It can export local policy to a GPO backup. 
-It can export the contents of a Registry Policy file to the “LGPO text” format that can then be edited, and can build a Registry Policy file from an LGPO text file.
-
-Documentation for the LGPO tool can be found on the [Microsoft Security Baselines blog](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/microsoft-security-baselines/lgpo-exe-local-group-policy-object-utility-v1-0/ba-p/701045) or by [downloading the tool](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=55319).
-
-## What is the Set Object Security tool?
-
-SetObjectSecurity.exe enables you to set the security descriptor for just about any type of Windows securable object (files, directories, registry keys, event logs, services, SMB shares, etc.). For file system and registry objects, you can choose whether to apply inheritance rules. You can also choose to output the security descriptor in a .reg-file-compatible representation of the security descriptor for a REG_BINARY registry value.
-
-Documentation for the Set Object Security tool can be found on the [Microsoft Security Baselines blog](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/microsoft-security-baselines/new-amp-updated-security-tools/ba-p/1631613) or by [downloading the tool](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=55319).
-
-## What is the GPO to Policy Rules tool?
-
-Automate the conversion of GPO backups to Policy Analyzer .PolicyRules files and skip the GUI. GPO2PolicyRules is a command-line tool that is included with the Policy Analyzer download. 
-
-Documentation for the GPO to PolicyRules tool can be found on the [Microsoft Security Baselines blog](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/microsoft-security-baselines/new-amp-updated-security-tools/ba-p/1631613) or by [downloading the tool](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=55319).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/minimum-password-length.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/minimum-password-length.md
index 7921cdcc37..d116884fca 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/minimum-password-length.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/minimum-password-length.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ manager: dansimp
 audience: ITPro
 ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
 ms.topic: conceptual
-ms.date: 04/19/2017
+ms.date: 03/30/2022
 ms.technology: windows-sec
 ---
 
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The **Minimum password length** policy setting determines the least number of ch
 
 ### Best practices
 
-Set Minimum password length to at least a value of 8. If the number of characters is set to 0, no password is required. In most environments, an eight-character password is recommended because it's long enough to provide adequate security and still short enough for users to easily remember. A minimum password length greater than 14 isn't supported at this time. This value will help provide adequate defense against a brute force attack. Adding complexity requirements will help reduce the possibility of a dictionary attack. For more info, see [Password must meet complexity requirements](password-must-meet-complexity-requirements.md).
+Set Minimum password length to at least a value of 14. If the number of characters is set to 0, no password is required. In most environments, an eight-character password is recommended because it's long enough to provide adequate security and still short enough for users to easily remember. A minimum password length greater than 14 isn't supported at this time. This value will help provide adequate defense against a brute force attack. Adding complexity requirements will help reduce the possibility of a dictionary attack. For more info, see [Password must meet complexity requirements](password-must-meet-complexity-requirements.md).
 
 Permitting short passwords reduces security because short passwords can be easily broken with tools that do dictionary or brute force attacks against the passwords. Requiring very long passwords can result in mistyped passwords that might cause account lockouts and might increase the volume of Help Desk calls.
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/password-must-meet-complexity-requirements.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/password-must-meet-complexity-requirements.md
index 7928508380..74efe115ae 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/password-must-meet-complexity-requirements.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/security-policy-settings/password-must-meet-complexity-requirements.md
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ Additional settings that can be included in a custom Passfilt.dll are the use of
 > [!TIP]
 > For the latest best practices, see [Password Guidance](https://www.microsoft.com/research/publication/password-guidance).
 
-Set **Passwords must meet complexity requirements** to Enabled. This policy setting, combined with a minimum password length of 8, ensures that there are at least 218,340,105,584,896 different possibilities for a single password. This setting makes a brute force attack difficult, but still not impossible.
+Set **Passwords must meet complexity requirements** to Enabled. This policy setting, combined with a minimum password length of 8, ensures that there are at least 159,238,157,238,528 different possibilities for a single password. This setting makes a brute force attack difficult, but still not impossible.
 
 The use of ALT key character combinations may greatly enhance the complexity of a password. However, requiring all users in an organization to adhere to such stringent password requirements might result in unhappy users and an over-worked Help Desk. Consider implementing a requirement in your organization to use ALT characters in the range from 0128 through 0159 as part of all administrator passwords. (ALT characters outside of that range can represent standard alphanumeric characters that do not add more complexity to the password.)
 
-Passwords that contain only alphanumeric characters are easy to compromise by using publicly available tools. To prevent this, passwords should contain additional characters and meet complexity requirements.
+Short passwords that contain only alphanumeric characters are easy to compromise by using publicly available tools. To prevent this, passwords should contain additional characters and/or meet complexity requirements.
 
 ### Location
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/debugging-operational-guide-appid-tagging-policies.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/debugging-operational-guide-appid-tagging-policies.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19a27eb4d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/debugging-operational-guide-appid-tagging-policies.md
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+---
+title: Testing and Debugging AppId Tagging Policies
+description: Testing and Debugging AppId Tagging Policies to ensure your policies are deployed successfully.
+keywords: security, malware
+ms.assetid: 8d6e0474-c475-411b-b095-1c61adb2bdbb
+ms.prod: m365-security
+ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
+ms.sitesec: library
+ms.pagetype: security
+ms.localizationpriority: medium
+audience: ITPro
+ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
+author: jgeurten
+ms.reviewer: jsuther1974
+ms.author: dansimp
+manager: dansimp
+ms.date: 04/29/2022
+ms.technology: windows-sec
+---
+
+# Testing and Debugging AppId Tagging Policies
+
+**Applies to:**
+
+- Windows 10
+- Windows 11
+- Windows Server 2016 and above
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> Some capabilities of Windows Defender Application Control are only available on specific Windows versions. Learn more about the [Windows Defender Application Control feature availability](../feature-availability.md).
+
+After deployment of the WDAC AppId Tagging policy, WDAC will log a 3099 policy deployed event in the [Event Viewer logs](../event-id-explanations.md). You first should ensure that the policy has been successfully deployed onto the system by verifying the presence of the 3099 event. 
+
+## Verifying Tags on Running Processes
+
+After verifying the policy has been deployed, the next step is to verify that the application processes you expect to pass the AppId Tagging policy have your tag set. Note that processes running at the time of policy deployment will need to be restarted since WDAC can only tag processes created after the policy has been deployed. 
+
+1. Download and Install the Windows Debugger 
+
+	[Microsoft's WinDbg Preview application](https://www.microsoft.com/store/productId/9PGJGD53TN86) can be downloaded from the Store and used to verify tags on running processes. 
+
+2. Get the Process ID (PID) of the process under validation
+
+	Using Task Manager, or an equivalent process monitoring tool, locate the PID of the process you wish to inspect. In the example below, we've located the PID for the running process for Microsoft Edge to be 2260. The PID will be used in the next step. 
+
+	![Using Task Manager to locate the process ID - PID.](../images/appid-pid-task-mgr.png)
+
+3. Use WinDbg to inspect the process
+
+	After opening WinDbg. select File followed by `Attach to Process`, and select the process with the PID identified in the step prior. Finally, select `Attach` to connect to the process. 
+
+	![Attach to the process using WinDbg.](../images/appid-pid-windbg.png)
+
+	Lastly, in the textbox, type `!token` and then press the Enter key to dump the security attributes on the process, including the _POLICYAPPID://_ followed by the key you set in the policy, and its corresponding value in the Value[0] field.
+
+	![Dump the security attributes on the process using WinDbg.](../images/appid-pid-windbg-token.png)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/deploy-appid-tagging-policies.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/deploy-appid-tagging-policies.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8ac5aafd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/deploy-appid-tagging-policies.md
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+---
+title: Deploying Windows Defender Application Control AppId Tagging policies (Windows)
+description: How to deploy your WDAC AppId Tagging policies locally and globally within your managed environment
+keywords: security, malware
+ms.assetid: 8d6e0474-c475-411b-b095-1c61adb2bdbb
+ms.prod: m365-security
+ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
+ms.sitesec: library
+ms.pagetype: security
+ms.localizationpriority: medium
+audience: ITPro
+ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
+author: jgeurten
+ms.reviewer: jsuther1974
+ms.author: dansimp
+manager: dansimp
+ms.date: 04/29/2022
+ms.technology: windows-sec
+---
+
+# Deploying Windows Defender Application Control AppId Tagging policies (Windows)
+
+**Applies to:**
+
+-   Windows 10
+-   Windows 11
+-   Windows Server 2016 and above
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> Some capabilities of Windows Defender Application Control are only available on specific Windows versions. Learn more about the [Windows Defender Application Control feature availability](../feature-availability.md).
+
+Similar to WDAC Application Control policies, WDAC AppId Tagging policies can be deployed locally and to your managed endpoints several ways. Once you've created your AppId Tagging policy, use one of the following methods to deploy:
+
+1. [Deploy AppId Tagging Policies with MDM](#deploy-appid-tagging-policies-with-mdm)
+1. [Deploy policies with MEMCM](#deploy-appid-tagging-policies-with-memcm)
+1. [Deploy policies using scripting](#deploy-appid-tagging-policies-via-scripting)
+1. [Deploy using the ApplicationControl CSP](#deploying-policies-via-the-applicationcontrol-csp)
+
+## Deploy AppId Tagging Policies with MDM
+
+Custom AppId Tagging policies can be deployed to endpoints using [the OMA-URI feature in MDM](../deploy-windows-defender-application-control-policies-using-intune.md#deploy-wdac-policies-with-custom-oma-uri). 
+
+## Deploy AppId Tagging Policies with MEMCM
+
+Custom AppId Tagging policies can deployed via MEMCM using the [deployment task sequences](/deployment/deploy-windows-defender-application-control-policies-with-memcm.md#deploy-custom-wdac-policies-using-packagesprograms-or-task-sequences), policies can be deployed to your managed endpoints and users. 
+
+### Deploy AppId Tagging Policies via Scripting
+
+Scripting hosts can be used to deploy AppId Tagging policies as well. This approach is often best suited for local deployment, but works for deployment to managed endpoints and users too. The [Deploy WDAC policies using script article](/deployment/deploy-wdac-policies-with-script.md) describes how to deploy WDAC AppId Tagging policies via scripting. Only the method for deploying to version 1903 and above is applicable for AppId Tagging policies. 
+
+### Deploying policies via the ApplicationControl CSP
+
+Multiple WDAC policies can be managed from an MDM server through ApplicationControl configuration service provider (CSP). The CSP also provides support for rebootless policy deployment.
+
+However, when policies are unenrolled from an MDM server, the CSP will attempt to remove every policy from devices, not just the policies added by the CSP. The reason for this is that the ApplicationControl CSP doesn't track enrollment sources for individual policies, even though it will query all policies on a device, regardless if they were deployed by the CSP.
+
+For more information, see [ApplicationControl CSP](/windows/client-management/mdm/applicationcontrol-csp) to deploy multiple policies, and optionally use MEM Intune's Custom OMA-URI capability.
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> WMI and GP do not currently support multiple policies. Instead, customers who can't directly access the MDM stack should use the [ApplicationControl CSP via the MDM Bridge WMI Provider](/windows/client-management/mdm/applicationcontrol-csp#powershell-and-wmi-bridge-usage-guidance) to manage Multiple Policy Format WDAC policies.
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/design-create-appid-tagging-policies.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/design-create-appid-tagging-policies.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e39893ba64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/design-create-appid-tagging-policies.md
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+---
+title: Create your Windows Defender Application Control AppId Tagging Policies
+description: Create your Windows Defender Application Control AppId tagging policies for Windows devices.
+keywords: security, malware
+ms.assetid: 8d6e0474-c475-411b-b095-1c61adb2bdbb
+ms.prod: m365-security
+ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
+ms.sitesec: library
+ms.pagetype: security
+ms.localizationpriority: medium
+audience: ITPro
+ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
+author: jgeurten
+ms.reviewer: jsuther1974
+ms.author: dansimp
+manager: dansimp
+ms.date: 04/29/2022
+ms.technology: windows-sec
+---
+
+# Creating your WDAC AppId Tagging Policies
+
+**Applies to:**
+
+-   Windows 10
+-   Windows 11
+-   Windows Server 2016 and above
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> Some capabilities of Windows Defender Application Control are only available on specific Windows versions. Learn more about the [Windows Defender Application Control feature availability](../feature-availability.md).
+
+## Create the policy using the WDAC Wizard
+
+You can use the WDAC Wizard and the PowerShell commands to create an application control policy and convert it to an AppIdTagging policy. The WDAC Wizard is available for download at the [WDAC Wizard Installer site](https://aka.ms/wdacwizard). These PowerShell commands are only available on the supported platforms listed in [AppId Tagging Guide](./windows-defender-application-control-appid-tagging-guide.md).
+
+1. Create a new base policy using the templates:
+
+	Start with the Policy Creator task and select Multiple Policy Format and Base Policy. Select the Base Template to use for the policy. The example below shows beginning with the [Default Windows Mode](../wdac-wizard-create-base-policy.md#template-base-policies) template and build on top of these rules. 
+
+	![Configuring the policy base and template.](../images/appid-wdac-wizard-1.png)
+
+2. 	Set the following rule-options using the Wizard toggles:
+
+	![Configuring the policy rule-options.](../images/appid-wdac-wizard-2.png)
+
+3. Create custom rules:
+
+	Selecting the `+ Custom Rules` button will open the Custom Rules panel. The Wizard supports five types of file rules: 
+
+	- Publisher rules: Create a rule based off the signing certificate hierarchy. Additionally, the original filename and version can be combined with the signing certificate for added security. 
+	- Path rules: Create a rule based off the path to a file or a parent folder path. Path rules support wildcards. 
+	- File attribute rules: Create a rule based off a file's immutable properties like the original filename, file description, product name or internal name.
+	- Package app name rules: Create a rule based off the package family name of an appx/msix.
+	- Hash rules: Create a rule based off the PE Authenticode hash of a file. 
+
+
+	For more information on creating new policy file rules, see the guidelines provided in the [creating policy file rules section](../wdac-wizard-create-base-policy.md#creating-custom-file-rules).
+
+4. Convert to AppId Tagging Policy:
+
+	After the Wizard builds the policy file, open the file in a text editor and remove the entire "Value=131" SigningScenario text block. The only remaining signing scenario should be "Value=12" which is the usermode application section. Next, open PowerShell in an elevated prompt and run the following command. Replace the AppIdTagging Key-Value pair for your scenario:
+
+	```powershell
+	Set-CIPolicyIdInfo -ResetPolicyID -FilePath .\AppIdPolicy.xml -AppIdTaggingPolicy -AppIdTaggingKey "MyKey" -AppIdTaggingValue "MyValue"
+	```
+	The policyID GUID will be returned by PowerShell if successful. 
+
+## Create the policy using PowerShell 
+
+Using this method, you'll create an AppId Tagging policy directly using the WDAC PowerShell commands. These PowerShell commands are only available on the supported platforms listed in [AppId Tagging Guide](./windows-defender-application-control-appid-tagging-guide.md). In an elevate PowerShell instance:
+
+1. Create an AppId rule for the policy based on a combination of the signing certificate chain and version of the application. In the example below, the level has been set to SignedVersion. Any of the [WDAC File Rule Levels](../select-types-of-rules-to-create.md#table-2-windows-defender-application-control-policy---file-rule-levels) can be used in AppId rules:
+
+	```powershell
+	$rule = New-CiPolicyRule -Level SignedVersion -DriverFilePath 
+	```
+2. Create the AppId Tagging Policy. Replace the AppIdTagging Key-Value pair for your scenario:
+
+	```powershell
+	New-CIPolicy -rules $rule -FilePath .\AppIdPolicy.xml -AppIdTaggingPolicy -AppIdTaggingKey "MyKey" -AppIdTaggingValue "MyValue"
+	```
+3. Set the rule-options for the policy:
+
+	```powershell
+	Set-RuleOption -Option 0 .\AppIdPolicy.xml  # Usermode Code Integrity (UMCI)
+	Set-RuleOption -Option 16 .\AppIdPolicy.xml # Refresh Policy no Reboot
+	Set-RuleOption -Option 18 .\AppIdPolicy.xml # (Optional) Disable FilePath Rule Protection
+	```
+
+	If you're using filepath rules, you'll likely want to set option 18. Otherwise, there's no need. 
+	
+4. Set the name and ID on the policy, which is helpful for future debugging:
+
+	```powershell
+	Set-CIPolicyIdInfo -ResetPolicyId -PolicyName "MyPolicyName" -PolicyId "MyPolicyId"" -AppIdTaggingPolicy -FilePath ".\AppIdPolicy.xml"
+	```
+	The policyID GUID will be returned by PowerShell if successful. 
+
+## Deploy for Local Testing
+
+After creating your AppId Tagging policy in the above steps, you can deploy the policy to your local machine for testing before broadly deploying the policy to your endpoints:
+
+1. Depending on your deployment method, convert the xml to binary: 
+
+	```powershell
+	Convertfrom-CIPolicy .\policy.xml ".\{PolicyIDGUID}.cip"
+	```
+
+2. Optionally, deploy it for local testing:
+
+	```powershell
+		copy ".\{Policy ID}.cip" c:\windows\system32\codeintegrity\CiPolicies\Active\
+		./RefreshPolicy.exe
+	```
+
+	RefreshPolicy.exe is available for download from the [Microsoft Download Center](https://www.microsoft.com/download/details.aspx?id=102925).
+
+## Next Steps
+For more information on debugging and broad deployment of the AppId Tagging policy, see [Debugging AppId policies](./debugging-operational-guide-appid-tagging-policies.md) and [Deploying AppId policies](deploy-appid-tagging-policies.md). 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/windows-defender-application-control-appid-tagging-guide.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/windows-defender-application-control-appid-tagging-guide.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97105395a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/AppIdTagging/windows-defender-application-control-appid-tagging-guide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+---
+title: Designing, creating, managing and troubleshooting Windows Defender Application Control AppId Tagging policies (Windows)
+description: How to design, create, manage and troubleshoot your WDAC AppId Tagging policies
+keywords: security, malware, firewall
+ms.assetid: 8d6e0474-c475-411b-b095-1c61adb2bdbb
+ms.prod: m365-security
+ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
+ms.sitesec: library
+ms.pagetype: security
+ms.localizationpriority: medium
+audience: ITPro
+ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
+author: jgeurten
+ms.reviewer: jsuther1974
+ms.author: dansimp
+manager: dansimp
+ms.date: 04/27/2022
+ms.technology: windows-sec
+---
+
+# WDAC Application ID (AppId) Tagging guide
+
+**Applies to**
+
+- Windows 10
+- Windows 11
+- Windows Server 2022 and above
+
+> [!NOTE]
+> Some capabilities of Windows Defender Application Control are only available on specific Windows versions. Learn more about the [Windows Defender Application Control feature availability](../feature-availability.md).
+
+## AppId Tagging Feature Overview
+
+The Application ID (AppId) Tagging Policy feature, while based off WDAC, does not control whether applications will run. AppId Tagging policies can be used to mark the processes of the running application with a customizable tag defined in the policy. Application processes that pass the AppId policy will receive the tag while failing applications won't. 
+
+## AppId Tagging Feature Availability
+
+The WDAC AppId Tagging feature is available on the following versions of the Windows platform: 
+
+Client: 
+- Windows 10 20H1, 20H2 and 21H1 versions only
+- Windows 11
+
+Server: 
+- Windows Server 2022
+
+## In this section
+
+| Topic | Description |
+| - | - |
+| [Designing and Creating AppId Policies](design-create-appid-tagging-policies.md) | This topic covers how to design and create AppId Tagging policies. |
+| [Deploying AppId Policies](deploy-appid-tagging-policies.md) | This topic covers how to deploy AppId Tagging policies. |
+| [Debugging AppId Policies](debugging-operational-guide-appid-tagging-policies.md) | This topic covers how to debug and view events from AppId Tagging policies. |
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/TOC.yml b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/TOC.yml
index 383ac38442..2f007e159d 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/TOC.yml
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/TOC.yml
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@
             - name: Policy creation for common WDAC usage scenarios
               href: types-of-devices.md
               items: 
-                - name: Create a WDAC policy for lightly-managed devices
+                - name: Create a WDAC policy for lightly managed devices
                   href: create-wdac-policy-for-lightly-managed-devices.md
-                - name: Create a WDAC policy for fully-managed devices
+                - name: Create a WDAC policy for fully managed devices
                   href: create-wdac-policy-for-fully-managed-devices.md
                 - name: Create a WDAC policy for fixed-workload devices
                   href: create-initial-default-policy.md
@@ -101,19 +101,28 @@
           href: disable-windows-defender-application-control-policies.md
         - name: LOB Win32 Apps on S Mode
           href: LOB-win32-apps-on-s.md
-    - name: Windows Defender Application Control operational guide
+    - name: WDAC operational guide
       href: windows-defender-application-control-operational-guide.md
       items: 
-        - name: Understanding Application Control event IDs
-          href: event-id-explanations.md
         - name: Understanding Application Control event tags
           href: event-tag-explanations.md
+        - name: Understanding Application Control event IDs
+          href: event-id-explanations.md
         - name: Query WDAC events with Advanced hunting
           href: querying-application-control-events-centrally-using-advanced-hunting.md
         - name: Known Issues
           href: operations/known-issues.md
         - name: Managed installer and ISG technical reference and troubleshooting guide
           href: configure-wdac-managed-installer.md
+    - name: WDAC AppId Tagging guide
+      href: AppIdTagging/windows-defender-application-control-appid-tagging-guide.md
+      items:
+        - name: Creating AppId Tagging Policies
+          href: AppIdTagging/design-create-appid-tagging-policies.md
+        - name: Deploying AppId Tagging Policies
+          href: AppIdTagging/deploy-appid-tagging-policies.md
+        - name: Testing and Debugging AppId Tagging Policies
+          href: AppIdTagging/debugging-operational-guide-appid-tagging-policies.md
     - name: AppLocker
       href: applocker\applocker-overview.md
       items: 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/applocker/using-event-viewer-with-applocker.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/applocker/using-event-viewer-with-applocker.md
index aa10905181..0274a768dd 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/applocker/using-event-viewer-with-applocker.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/applocker/using-event-viewer-with-applocker.md
@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ manager: dansimp
 audience: ITPro
 ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
 ms.topic: conceptual
-ms.date: 09/21/2017
 ms.technology: windows-sec
 ---
 
@@ -69,6 +68,20 @@ The following table contains information about the events that you can use to de
 | 8024 | Information| Packaged app installation audited.| Added in Windows Server 2012 and Windows 8.| 
 | 8025 | Warning| Packaged app installation disabled.| Added in Windows Server 2012 and Windows 8.| 
 | 8027 | Warning| No Packaged app rule configured.| Added in Windows Server 2012 and Windows 8.| 
+| 8028 | Warning | * was allowed to run but would have been prevented if the Config CI policy were enforced.| Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8029 | Error | * was prevented from running due to Config CI policy.| Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8030 | Information | ManagedInstaller check SUCCEEDED during Appid verification of * | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8031 | Information | SmartlockerFilter detected file * being written by process * | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8032 | Error | ManagedInstaller check FAILED during Appid verification of * | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8033 | Warning | ManagedInstaller check FAILED during Appid verification of * . Allowed to run due to Audit Applocker Policy. | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8034 | Information | ManagedInstaller Script check FAILED during Appid verification of * | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8035 | Error | ManagedInstaller Script check SUCCEEDED during Appid verification of * | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8036 | Error | * was prevented from running due to Config CI policy | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8037 | Information | * passed Config CI policy and was allowed to run | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8038 | Information | Publisher info: Subject: * Issuer: * Signature index * (* total) | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8039 | Warning | * passed Config CI policy and was allowed to run | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+| 8040 | Error | Package family name * version * was prevented from installing or updating due to Config CI policy | Added in Windows Server 2016 and Windows 10.|
+
  
 ## Related topics
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/create-wdac-deny-policy.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/create-wdac-deny-policy.md
index 8ff7c7eec6..3203610df6 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/create-wdac-deny-policy.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/create-wdac-deny-policy.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ author: jgeurten
 ms.reviewer: jsuther1974
 ms.author: dansimp
 manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 11/29/2021
+ms.date: 03/22/2022
 ms.technology: windows-sec
 ---
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ In this article we explain:
 
 1. File Rule Precedence Order
 2. Adding Allow Rules
-3. Singe Policy Considerations
+3. Single Policy Considerations
 4. Multiple Policy Considerations
 5. Best Practices
 6. Tutorial
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/deployment/deploy-wdac-policies-with-script.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/deployment/deploy-wdac-policies-with-script.md
index 4368a1ce60..43ecea1845 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/deployment/deploy-wdac-policies-with-script.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/deployment/deploy-wdac-policies-with-script.md
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ ms.reviewer: jogeurte
 ms.author: jogeurte
 ms.manager: jsuther
 manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 11/06/2021
+ms.date: 03/08/2022
 ms.technology: windows-sec
 ms.topic: article
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
@@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ In addition to the steps outlined above, the binary policy file must also be cop
 1. Mount the EFI volume and make the directory, if it does not exist, in an elevated PowerShell prompt: 
 
     ```powershell
-   $MountPoint = 'C:\EFI'
-   $EFIDestinationFolder = "$MountPoint\Microsoft\Boot\CiPolicies\Active"
+   $MountPoint = 'C:\EFIMount'
+   $EFIDestinationFolder = "$MountPoint\EFI\Microsoft\Boot\CiPolicies\Active"
    $EFIPartition = (Get-Partition | Where-Object IsSystem).AccessPaths[0]
-   mkdir $EFIDestinationFolder
    mountvol $MountPoint $EFIPartition
+   mkdir $EFIDestinationFolder
     ```
 
 2. Copy the signed policy to the created folder:
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/event-id-explanations.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/event-id-explanations.md
index 402cadf606..0561986d4c 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/event-id-explanations.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/event-id-explanations.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ author: jsuther1974
 ms.reviewer: jogeurte
 ms.author: dansimp
 manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 02/01/2022
+ms.date: 04/30/2022
 ms.technology: windows-sec
 ---
 
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ A Windows Defender Application Control (WDAC) policy logs events locally in Wind
 | 3076 | This event is the main WDAC block event for audit mode policies. It indicates that the file would have been blocked if the WDAC policy was enforced. |
 | 3077 | This event is the main WDAC block event for enforced policies. It indicates that the file did not pass your WDAC policy and was blocked. |
 | 3089 | This event contains signature information for files that were blocked or would have been blocked by WDAC. One 3089 event is created for each signature of a file. The event shows the total number of signatures found and an index value to identify the current signature. Unsigned files produce a single 3089 event with TotalSignatureCount 0. 3089 events are correlated with 3004, 3033, 3034, 3076 and 3077 events. You can match the events using the "Correlation ActivityID" found in the "System" portion of the event. |
-| 3099 | Indicates that a policy has been loaded. This event also includes information about the policy options that were specified by the policy. Refer to the  |
+| 3099 | Indicates that a policy has been loaded. This event also includes information about the WDAC policy options that were specified by the WDAC policy. |
 
 ## WDAC events found in the Microsoft Windows AppLocker MSI and Script log
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Events 3090, 3091 and 3092 prove helpful diagnostic information when the ISG or
 | Event ID | Explanation |
 |--------|---------|
 | 3090 | *Optional* This event indicates that a file was allowed to run based purely on ISG or managed installer. |
-| 3091 | This event indicates that a file did not have ISG or managed installer authorization and the policy is in audit mode. |
+| 3091 | This event indicates that a file did not have ISG or managed installer authorization and the WDAC policy is in audit mode. |
 | 3092 | This event is the enforcement mode equivalent of 3091. |
 
 The above events are reported per active policy on the system, so you may see multiple events for the same file.
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ The following information is found in the details for 3090, 3091, and 3092 event
 | PassesManagedInstaller | Indicates whether the file originated from a MI |
 | SmartlockerEnabled | Indicates whether the specified policy enables ISG trust |
 | PassesSmartlocker | Indicates whether the file had positive reputation according to the ISG |
-| AuditEnabled | True if the policy is in audit mode, otherwise it is in enforce mode |
-| PolicyName | The name of the policy to which the event applies |
+| AuditEnabled | True if the WDAC policy is in audit mode, otherwise it is in enforce mode |
+| PolicyName | The name of the WDAC policy to which the event applies |
 
 ### Enabling ISG and MI diagnostic events
 
@@ -87,7 +87,29 @@ reg add hklm\system\currentcontrolset\control\ci -v TestFlags -t REG_DWORD -d 0x
 
 ## Event ID 3099 Options
 
-The WDAC policy rule-option values can be derived from the "Options" field in the Details section of the Code integrity 3099 event. To parse the values, first convert the hex value to binary. Next, use the bit addresses and their values from the table below to determine the state of each [policy rule-option](/select-types-of-rules-to-create#table-1-windows-defender-application-control-policy---rule-options).
+The WDAC policy rule-option values can be derived from the "Options" field in the Details section of the Code integrity 3099 event. To parse the values, first convert the hex value to binary. To derive and parse these values, follow the below workflow.
+
+- Access Event Viewer.
+- Access the Code integrity 3099 event.
+- Access the details pane.
+- Identify the hex code listed in the “Options” field.
+- Convert the hex code to binary
+
+:::image type="content" source="images/event-3099-options.png" alt-text="Event 3099 Policy Rule Options":::
+
+For a simple solution for converting hex to binary, follow these steps.
+- Open the Calculator app
+- Click on the menu icon :::image type="content" source="images/calculator-menu-icon.png" alt-text="calculator menu icon example":::
+- Click Programmer mode
+- Click HEX  :::image type="content" source="images/hex-icon.png" alt-text="HEX icon example":::
+- Enter your hex code
+- Click Bit Toggling Keyboard :::image type="content" source="images/bit-toggling-keyboard-icon.png" alt-text="Bit Toggling Keyboard icon example":::
+
+:::image type="content" source="images/calculator-with-hex-in-binary.png" alt-text="An example of the calculator app in programmer mode, with a hex code converted into binary":::
+
+This view will provide the hex code in binary form, with each bit address shown separately.  The bit addresses start at 0 in the bottom right.  Each bit address correlates to a specific event policy-rule option.  If the bit address holds a value of 1, the setting is in the policy.
+
+Next, use the bit addresses and their values from the table below to determine the state of each [policy rule-option](/select-types-of-rules-to-create#table-1-windows-defender-application-control-policy---rule-options). For example, if the bit address of 16 holds a value of 1, then the “Enabled:Audit Mode (Default)” is in the policy meaning the policy is in audit mode.
 
 | Bit Address | Policy Rule Option |
 |-------|------|
@@ -127,28 +149,38 @@ A list of other relevant event IDs and their corresponding description.
 | 3023 | The driver file under validation did not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy. |
 | 3024 | Windows application control was unable to refresh the boot catalog file. |
 | 3026 | The catalog loaded is signed by a signing certificate that has been revoked by Microsoft and/or the certificate issuing authority. |
+| 3032 | The file under validation is revoked by the system or the file has a signature that has been revoked. 
 | 3033 | The file under validation did not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy. |
-| 3034 | The file under validation would not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy if the policy was enforced. The file was allowed since the policy is in audit mode. |
+| 3034 | The file under validation would not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy if the WDAC policy was enforced. The file was allowed since the WDAC policy is in audit mode. |
 | 3036 | The signed file under validation is signed by a code signing certificate that has been revoked by Microsoft or the certificate issuing authority. |
-| 3064 | If the policy was enforced, a user mode DLL under validation would not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy. The DLL was allowed since the policy is in audit mode. |
-| 3065 | [Ignored] If the policy was enforced, a user mode DLL under validation would not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy. |
+| 3064 | If the WDAC policy was enforced, a user mode DLL under validation would not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy. The DLL was allowed since the WDAC policy is in audit mode. |
+| 3065 | If the WDAC policy was enforced, a user mode DLL under validation would not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy. |
 | 3074 | Page hash failure while hypervisor-protected code integrity was enabled. |
-| 3075 | This event monitors the performance of the Code Integrity policy check a file. |
+| 3075 | This event measures the performance of the WDAC policy check during file validation. |
+| 3076 | This event is the main WDAC block event for audit mode policies. It indicates that the file would have been blocked if the WDAC policy was enforced. |
+| 3077 | This event is the main WDAC block event for enforced policies. It indicates that the file did not pass your WDAC policy and was blocked. |
 | 3079 | The file under validation did not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy. |
-| 3080 | If the policy was in enforced mode, the file under validation would not have met the requirements to pass the application control policy. |
+| 3080 | If the WDAC policy was in enforced mode, the file under validation would not have met the requirements to pass the application control policy. |
 | 3081 | The file under validation did not meet the requirements to pass the application control policy. |
-| 3082 | If the policy was in enforced mode, the non-WHQL driver would have been denied by the policy. |
-| 3084 | Code Integrity will enforce the WHQL Required policy setting on this session. |
-| 3085 | Code Integrity will not enforce the WHQL Required policy setting on this session. |
+| 3082 | If the WDAC policy was in enforced mode, the non-WHQL driver would have been denied by the WDAC policy. |
+| 3084 | Code Integrity will enforce the WHQL driver signing requirements on this boot session. |
+| 3085 | Code Integrity will not enforce the WHQL driver signing requirements on this boot session. |
 | 3086 | The file under validation does not meet the signing requirements for an isolated user mode (IUM) process. |
-| 3095 | This Code Integrity policy cannot be refreshed and must be rebooted instead. |
-| 3097 | The Code Integrity policy cannot be refreshed. |
+| 3089 | This event contains signature information for files that were blocked or would have been blocked by WDAC. One 3089 event is created for each signature of a file. |
+| 3090 | *Optional* This event indicates that a file was allowed to run based purely on ISG or managed installer. |
+| 3091 | This event indicates that a file did not have ISG or managed installer authorization and the WDAC policy is in audit mode. |
+| 3092 | This event is the enforcement mode equivalent of 3091. |
+| 3095 | The WDAC policy cannot be refreshed and must be rebooted instead. |
+| 3096 | The WDAC policy was not refreshed since it is already up-to-date. |
+| 3097 | The WDAC policy cannot be refreshed. |
+| 3099 | Indicates that a policy has been loaded. This event also includes information about the WDAC policy options that were specified by the WDAC policy.  |
 | 3100 | The application control policy was refreshed but was unsuccessfully activated. Retry. |
-| 3101 | Code Integrity started refreshing the policy. |
-| 3102 | Code Integrity finished refreshing the policy. |
-| 3103 | Code Integrity is ignoring the policy refresh. |
+| 3101 | The system started refreshing the WDAC policy. |
+| 3102 | The system finished refreshing the WDAC policy. |
+| 3103 | The system is ignoring the WDAC policy refresh. |
 | 3104 | The file under validation does not meet the signing requirements for a PPL (protected process light) process. |
-| 3105 | Code Integrity is attempting to refresh the policy. |
+| 3105 | The system is attempting to refresh the WDAC policy. |
 | 3108 | Windows mode change event was successful. |
 | 3110 | Windows mode change event was unsuccessful. |
 | 3111 | The file under validation did not meet the hypervisor-protected code integrity (HVCI) policy. |
+| 3112 | The file under validation is signed by a certificate that has been explicitly revoked by Windows. |
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/example-wdac-base-policies.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/example-wdac-base-policies.md
index 93c7ae9224..1e36c9cbac 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/example-wdac-base-policies.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/example-wdac-base-policies.md
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ ms.technology: windows-sec
 
 **Applies to:**
 
--   Windows 10
--   Windows 11
--   Windows Server 2016 and above
+- Windows 10
+- Windows 11
+- Windows Server 2016 and above
 
 >[!NOTE]
 >Some capabilities of Windows Defender Application Control are only available on specific Windows versions. Learn more about the [Windows Defender Application Control feature availability](feature-availability.md).
 
-When creating policies for use with Windows Defender Application Control (WDAC), start from an existing base policy and then add or remove rules to build your own custom policy. Windows includes several example policies that can be used, or organizations that use the Device Guard Signing Service can download a starter policy from that service.
+When you create policies for use with Windows Defender Application Control (WDAC), start from an existing base policy and then add or remove rules to build your own custom policy. Windows includes several example policies that can be used, or organizations that use the Device Guard Signing Service can download a starter policy from that service.
 
 ## Example Base Policies
 
@@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ When creating policies for use with Windows Defender Application Control (WDAC),
 | **AllowMicrosoft.xml** | This example policy is available in audit mode. It includes the rules from DefaultWindows and adds rules to trust apps signed by the Microsoft product root certificate. | %OSDrive%\Windows\schemas\CodeIntegrity\ExamplePolicies |
 | **AllowAll.xml** | This example policy is useful when creating a blocklist. All block policies should include rules allowing all other code to run and then add the DENY rules for your organization's needs. | %OSDrive%\Windows\schemas\CodeIntegrity\ExamplePolicies |
 | **AllowAll_EnableHVCI.xml** | This example policy can be used to enable [memory integrity](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-guard/memory-integrity) (also known as hypervisor-protected code integrity) using WDAC. | %OSDrive%\Windows\schemas\CodeIntegrity\ExamplePolicies |
-| **DenyAllAudit.xml** | Only deploy this example policy in audit mode to track all binaries running on critical systems or to meet regulatory requirements. | %OSDrive%\Windows\schemas\CodeIntegrity\ExamplePolicies |
+| **DenyAllAudit.xml** | ***Warning: May cause long boot time on Windows Server 2019.*** Only deploy this example policy in audit mode to track all binaries running on critical systems or to meet regulatory requirements. | %OSDrive%\Windows\schemas\CodeIntegrity\ExamplePolicies |
 | **Device Guard Signing Service (DGSS) DefaultPolicy.xml** | This example policy is available in audit mode. It includes the rules from DefaultWindows and adds rules to trust apps signed with your organization-specific certificates issued by the DGSS. | [Device Guard Signing Service NuGet Package](https://www.nuget.org/packages/Microsoft.Acs.Dgss.Client) |
 | **MEM Configuration Manager** | Customers who use MEM Configuration Manager (MEMCM) can deploy a policy with MEMCM's built-in WDAC integration, and then use the generated policy XML as an example base policy. | %OSDrive%\Windows\CCM\DeviceGuard on a managed endpoint |
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/feature-availability.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/feature-availability.md
index 21ff82c26f..3acb16d6e4 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/feature-availability.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/feature-availability.md
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ms.localizationpriority: medium
 audience: ITPro
 ms.collection: M365-security-compliance
 author: denisebmsft
-ms.reviewer: isbrahm
+ms.reviewer: jgeurten
 ms.author: deniseb
 manager: dansimp
 ms.date: 07/29/2021
@@ -45,3 +45,4 @@ ms.technology: windows-sec
 | COM object configurability        | [Available on 1903+](./allow-com-object-registration-in-windows-defender-application-control-policy.md)  | Not available |
 | Packaged app rules                | [Available on RS5+](./manage-packaged-apps-with-windows-defender-application-control.md)  | Available on Windows 8+   |
 | Enforceable file types       | 
            • Driver files: .sys
            • Executable files: .exe and .com
            • DLLs: .dll and .ocx
            • Windows Installer files: .msi, .mst, and .msp
            • Scripts: .ps1, .vbs, and .js
            • Packaged apps and packaged app installers: .appx
            | 
            • Executable files: .exe and .com
            • [Optional] DLLs: .dll and .ocx
            • Windows Installer files: .msi, .mst, and .msp
            • Scripts: .ps1, .bat, .cmd, .vbs, and .js
            • Packaged apps and packaged app installers: .appx
            |
+| Application ID (AppId) Tagging | [Available on 20H1+](./AppIdTagging/windows-defender-application-control-appid-tagging-guide.md)  | Not available |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-task-mgr.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-task-mgr.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7cd17263a
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-task-mgr.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-windbg-token.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-windbg-token.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03e545c23f
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-windbg-token.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-windbg.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-windbg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28427dbe43
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-pid-windbg.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-wdac-wizard-1.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-wdac-wizard-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a416e7469c
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-wdac-wizard-1.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-wdac-wizard-2.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-wdac-wizard-2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..818dbc85fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/appid-wdac-wizard-2.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/bin-icon.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/bin-icon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dac1240786
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/bin-icon.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/bit-toggling-keyboard-icon.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/bit-toggling-keyboard-icon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c042f00e5
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/bit-toggling-keyboard-icon.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/calculator-menu-icon.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/calculator-menu-icon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..268e4880fc
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/calculator-menu-icon.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/calculator-with-hex-in-binary.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/calculator-with-hex-in-binary.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67bc15e949
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/calculator-with-hex-in-binary.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/event-3099-options.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/event-3099-options.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee3080bdd9
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/event-3099-options.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/hex-icon.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/hex-icon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..034a9d8d5c
Binary files /dev/null and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/images/hex-icon.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/microsoft-recommended-driver-block-rules.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/microsoft-recommended-driver-block-rules.md
index f486f73efc..1d88193ede 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/microsoft-recommended-driver-block-rules.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/microsoft-recommended-driver-block-rules.md
@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ author: jgeurten
 ms.reviewer: isbrahm
 ms.author: dansimp
 manager: dansimp
-ms.date: 
 ---
 
 # Microsoft recommended driver block rules
@@ -46,7 +45,7 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
 ```xml
 
 
-  10.0.22530.0
+  10.0.25090.0
   {D2BDA982-CCF6-4344-AC5B-0B44427B6816}
   {2E07F7E4-194C-4D20-B7C9-6F44A6C5A234}
   
@@ -64,6 +63,8 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
   
   
   
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -108,6 +109,10 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
     
     
+	
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -383,7 +388,7 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
     
     
-    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -396,6 +401,7 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
     
     
+	
     
     
     
@@ -406,6 +412,7 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
     
     
+	
     
     
     
@@ -414,10 +421,13 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
     
     
+	
+    
     
     
     
     
+	
     
     
     
@@ -473,6 +483,7 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
       
       
       
+	  
       
       
       
@@ -513,6 +524,16 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
       
       
+    
+	
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
     
     
       
@@ -544,9 +565,11 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
       
       
+	  
       
       
       
+	  
       
       
       
@@ -600,6 +623,7 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
       
       
       
+	  
       
       
     
@@ -677,6 +701,26 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
       
       
       
+    
+	
+      
+      
+      
+    
+	
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+      
     
     
       
@@ -698,6 +742,31 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
 	
       
+    
+	
+      
+    
+	
+      
+    
+	
+      
+    
+	
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
+    
+    
+      
+      
     
   
   
@@ -705,6 +774,10 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
       
         
+		  
+		  
+		  
+		  
           
           
            
@@ -721,6 +794,10 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
           
           
           
+		  
+		  
+		  
+		  
            
           
           
@@ -728,16 +805,21 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
           
           
           
+		  
+		  
+		  
           
           
           
-		      
+		  
           
           
           
           
           
           
+		  
+		  
           
           
           
@@ -802,6 +884,10 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
           
           
           
+		  
+          
+          
+          
           
           
           
@@ -1106,7 +1192,7 @@ Microsoft recommends enabling [HVCI](/windows/security/threat-protection/device-
     
     
       
-        10.0.22530.0
+        10.0.25090.0
       
     
   
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/select-types-of-rules-to-create.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/select-types-of-rules-to-create.md
index 146ad43afe..94be9da4e5 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/select-types-of-rules-to-create.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/select-types-of-rules-to-create.md
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ To modify the policy rule options of an existing WDAC policy XML, use [Set-RuleO
 
     `Set-RuleOption -FilePath  -Option 0 -Delete`
 
-You can set several rule options within a WDAC policy. Table 1 describes each rule option, and whether they have supplemental policies. However, option 5 is not implemented as it is reserved for future work, and option 7 is not supported.
+You can set several rule options within a WDAC policy. Table 1 describes each rule option, and whether they have supplemental policies. However, option 5 isn't implemented as it's reserved for future work, and option 7 isn't supported.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > We recommend that you use **Enabled:Audit Mode** initially because it allows you to test new WDAC policies before you enforce them. With audit mode, no application is blocked—instead the policy logs an event whenever an application outside the policy is started. To allow these applications, you can capture the policy information from the event log, and then merge that information into the existing policy. When the **Enabled:Audit Mode** is deleted, the policy runs in enforced mode.
@@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ You can set several rule options within a WDAC policy. Table 1 describes each ru
 | Rule option | Description | Valid supplemental option |
 |------------ | ----------- | ----------- |
 | **0 Enabled:UMCI** | WDAC policies restrict both kernel-mode and user-mode binaries. By default, only kernel-mode binaries are restricted. Enabling this rule option validates user mode executables and scripts. | No |
-| **1 Enabled:Boot Menu Protection** | This option is not currently supported. | No |
-| **2 Required:WHQL** | By default, legacy drivers that are not Windows Hardware Quality Labs (WHQL) signed are allowed to execute. Enabling this rule requires that every executed driver is WHQL signed and removes legacy driver support. Kernel drivers built for Windows 10 should be WHQL certified. | No |
+| **1 Enabled:Boot Menu Protection** | This option isn't currently supported. | No |
+| **2 Required:WHQL** | By default, legacy drivers that aren't Windows Hardware Quality Labs (WHQL) signed are allowed to execute. Enabling this rule requires that every executed driver is WHQL signed and removes legacy driver support. Kernel drivers built for Windows 10 should be WHQL certified. | No |
 | **3 Enabled:Audit Mode (Default)** | Instructs WDAC to log information about applications, binaries, and scripts that would have been blocked, if the policy was enforced. You can use this option to identify the potential impact of your WDAC policy, and use the audit events to refine the policy before enforcement. To enforce a WDAC policy, delete this option. | No |
-| **4 Disabled:Flight Signing** | If enabled, WDAC policies will not trust flightroot-signed binaries. This option would be used by organizations that only want to run released binaries, not pre-release Windows builds. | No |
+| **4 Disabled:Flight Signing** | If enabled, WDAC policies won't trust flightroot-signed binaries. This option would be used by organizations that only want to run released binaries, not pre-release Windows builds. | No |
 | **5 Enabled:Inherit Default Policy** | This option is reserved for future use and currently has no effect. | Yes |
 | **6 Enabled:Unsigned System Integrity Policy (Default)** | Allows the policy to remain unsigned. When this option is removed, the policy must be signed. The certificates that are trusted for future policy updates must be identified in the UpdatePolicySigners section. | Yes |
-| **7 Allowed:Debug Policy Augmented** | This option is not currently supported. | Yes |
-| **8 Required:EV Signers** | This rule requires that drivers must be WHQL signed, and have been submitted by a partner with an Extended Verification (EV) certificate. All Windows 10 and Windows 11 drivers will meet this requirement. | No |
+| **7 Allowed:Debug Policy Augmented** | This option isn't currently supported. | Yes |
+| **8 Required:EV Signers** | This option isn't currently supported. | No |
 | **9 Enabled:Advanced Boot Options Menu** | The F8 preboot menu is disabled by default for all WDAC policies. Setting this rule option allows the F8 menu to appear to physically present users. | No |
 | **10 Enabled:Boot Audit on Failure** | Used when the WDAC policy is in enforcement mode. When a driver fails during startup, the WDAC policy will be placed in audit mode so that Windows will load. Administrators can validate the reason for the failure in the CodeIntegrity event log. | No |
 | **11 Disabled:Script Enforcement** | This option disables script enforcement options. Unsigned PowerShell scripts and interactive PowerShell are no longer restricted to [Constrained Language Mode](/powershell/module/microsoft.powershell.core/about/about_language_modes).
             NOTE: This option is required to run HTA files, and is supported on 1709, 1803, and 1809 builds with the 2019 10C LCU or higher, and on devices with the Windows 10 May 2019 Update (1903) and higher. Using it on versions of Windows without the proper update may have unintended results. | No |
@@ -88,16 +88,16 @@ Each file rule level has its benefit and disadvantage. Use Table 2 to select the
 
 | Rule level | Description |
 |----------- | ----------- |
-| **Hash** | Specifies individual hash values for each discovered binary. This is the most specific level, and requires additional effort to maintain the current product versions’ hash values. Each time a binary is updated, the hash value changes, therefore requiring a policy update. |
-| **FileName** | Specifies the original filename for each binary. Although the hash values for an application are modified when updated, the file names are typically not. This level offers less specific security than the hash level, but it does not typically require a policy update when any binary is modified. |
-| **FilePath** | Beginning with Windows 10 version 1903, this level allows binaries to run from specific file path locations. Additional information about FilePath level rules can be found below. |
+| **Hash** | Specifies individual hash values for each discovered binary. This is the most specific level, and requires more effort to maintain the current product versions’ hash values. Each time a binary is updated, the hash value changes, therefore requiring a policy update. |
+| **FileName** | Specifies the original filename for each binary. Although the hash values for an application are modified when updated, the file names are typically not. This level offers less specific security than the hash level, but it doesn't typically require a policy update when any binary is modified. |
+| **FilePath** | Beginning with Windows 10 version 1903, this level allows binaries to run from specific file path locations. More information about FilePath level rules can be found below. |
 | **SignedVersion** | This level combines the publisher rule with a version number. It allows anything to run from the specified publisher with a version at or above the specified version number. |
 | **Publisher** | This level combines the PcaCertificate level (typically one certificate below the root) and the common name (CN) of the leaf certificate. You can use this rule level to trust a certificate issued by a particular CA and issued to a specific company you trust (such as Intel, for device drivers). |
 | **FilePublisher** | This level combines the “FileName” attribute of the signed file, plus “Publisher” (PCA certificate with CN of leaf), plus a minimum version number. This option trusts specific files from the specified publisher, with a version at or above the specified version number. |
 | **LeafCertificate** | Adds trusted signers at the individual signing certificate level. The benefit of using this level versus the individual hash level is that new versions of the product will have different hash values but typically the same signing certificate. Using this level, no policy update would be needed to run the new version of the application. However, leaf certificates have much shorter validity periods than other certificate levels, so the WDAC policy must be updated whenever these certificates change. |
-| **PcaCertificate** | Adds the highest available certificate in the provided certificate chain to signers. This level is typically one certificate below the root certificate because the scan does not validate anything beyond the certificates included in the provided signature (it does not go online or check local root stores). |
+| **PcaCertificate** | Adds the highest available certificate in the provided certificate chain to signers. This level is typically one certificate below the root certificate because the scan doesn't validate anything beyond the certificates included in the provided signature (it doesn't go online or check local root stores). |
 | **RootCertificate** | Currently unsupported. |
-| **WHQL** | Trusts binaries if they have been validated and signed by WHQL. This level is primarily for kernel binaries. |
+| **WHQL** | Trusts binaries if they've been validated and signed by WHQL. This level is primarily for kernel binaries. |
 | **WHQLPublisher** | This level combines the WHQL level and the CN on the leaf certificate, and is primarily for kernel binaries. |
 | **WHQLFilePublisher** | Specifies that the binaries are validated and signed by WHQL, with a specific publisher (WHQLPublisher), and that the binary is the specified version or newer. This level is primarily for kernel binaries. |
 
@@ -114,19 +114,19 @@ For example, consider an IT professional in a department that runs many servers.
 
 To create the WDAC policy, they build a reference server on their standard hardware, and install all of the software that their servers are known to run. Then they run [New-CIPolicy](/powershell/module/configci/new-cipolicy) with **-Level Publisher** (to allow software from their software providers, the "Publishers") and **-Fallback Hash** (to allow the internal, unsigned application). They deploy the policy in auditing mode to determine the potential impact from enforcing the policy. Using the audit data, they update their WDAC policies to include any additional software they want to run. Then they enable the WDAC policy in enforced mode for their servers.
 
-As part of normal operations, they will eventually install software updates, or perhaps add software from the same software providers. Because the "Publisher" remains the same on those updates and software, they will not need to update their WDAC policy. If the unsigned, internal application is updated, they must also update the WDAC policy to allow the new version.
+As part of normal operations, they'll eventually install software updates, or perhaps add software from the same software providers. Because the "Publisher" remains the same on those updates and software, they won't need to update their WDAC policy. If the unsigned, internal application is updated, they must also update the WDAC policy to allow the new version.
 
 ## File rule precedence order
 
-WDAC has a built-in file rule conflict logic that translates to precedence order. It will first process all explicit deny rules it finds. Then, it will process all explicit allow rules. If no deny or allow rule exists, WDAC will check for [Managed Installer EA](deployment/deploy-wdac-policies-with-memcm.md). Lastly, if none of these exists, WDAC will fall back on [ISG](use-windows-defender-application-control-with-intelligent-security-graph.md).
+WDAC has a built-in file rule conflict logic that translates to precedence order. It will first process all explicit deny rules it finds. Then, it will process all explicit allow rules. If no deny or allow rule exists, WDAC will check for [Managed Installer EA](deployment/deploy-wdac-policies-with-memcm.md). Lastly, if none of these exist, WDAC will fall back on [ISG](use-windows-defender-application-control-with-intelligent-security-graph.md).
 
 ## More information about filepath rules
 
-Filepath rules do not provide the same security guarantees that explicit signer rules do, since they are based on mutable access permissions. Filepath rules are best suited for environments where most users are running as standard rather than admin. Path rules are best suited to allow paths that you expect will remain admin-writeable only. You may want to avoid path rules for directories where standard users can modify ACLs on the folder.
+Filepath rules don't provide the same security guarantees that explicit signer rules do, since they're based on mutable access permissions. Filepath rules are best suited for environments where most users are running as standard rather than admin. Path rules are best suited to allow paths that you expect will remain admin-writeable only. You may want to avoid path rules for directories where standard users can modify ACLs on the folder.
 
-By default, WDAC performs a user-writeability check at runtime that ensures that the current permissions on the specified filepath and its parent directories (recursively) do not allow standard users write access.
+By default, WDAC performs a user-writeability check at runtime that ensures that the current permissions on the specified filepath and its parent directories (recursively) don't allow standard users write access.
 
-There is a defined list of SIDs that WDAC recognizes as admins. If a filepath allows write permissions for any SID not in this list, the filepath is considered to be user-writeable, even if the SID is associated to a custom admin user. To handle these special cases, you can override WDAC's runtime admin-writeable check with the **Disabled:Runtime FilePath Rule Protection** option described above.
+There's a defined list of SIDs that WDAC recognizes as admins. If a filepath allows write permissions for any SID not in this list, the filepath is considered to be user-writeable, even if the SID is associated to a custom admin user. To handle these special cases, you can override WDAC's runtime admin-writeable check with the **Disabled:Runtime FilePath Rule Protection** option described above.
 
 WDAC's list of well-known admin SIDs are:
 
@@ -134,29 +134,32 @@ S-1-3-0; S-1-5-18; S-1-5-19; S-1-5-20; S-1-5-32-544; S-1-5-32-549; S-1-5-32-550;
 
 When generating filepath rules using [New-CIPolicy](/powershell/module/configci/new-cipolicy), a unique, fully qualified path rule is generated for every file discovered in the scanned path(s). To create rules that instead allow all files under a specified folder path, use [New-CIPolicyRule](/powershell/module/configci/new-cipolicyrule) to define rules containing wildcards, using the [-FilePathRules](/powershell/module/configci/new-cipolicyrule#parameters) switch.
 
-Wildcards can be used at the beginning or end of a path rule; only one wildcard is allowed per path rule. Wildcards placed at the end of a path authorize all files in that path and its subdirectories recursively (ex. `C:\*` would include `C:\foo\*` ). Wildcards placed at the beginning of a path will allow the exact specified filename under any path (ex. `*\bar.exe` would allow `C:\bar.exe` and `C:\foo\bar.exe`). Wildcards in the middle of a path are not supported (ex. `C:\*\foo.exe`). Without a wildcard, the rule will allow only a specific file (ex. `C:\foo\bar.exe`).
+Wildcards can be used at the beginning or end of a path rule; only one wildcard is allowed per path rule. Wildcards placed at the end of a path authorize all files in that path and its subdirectories recursively (ex. `C:\*` would include `C:\foo\*` ). Wildcards placed at the beginning of a path will allow the exact specified filename under any path (ex. `*\bar.exe` would allow `C:\bar.exe` and `C:\foo\bar.exe`). Wildcards in the middle of a path aren't supported (ex. `C:\*\foo.exe`). Without a wildcard, the rule will allow only a specific file (ex. `C:\foo\bar.exe`).
 
 You can also use the following macros when the exact volume may vary: `%OSDRIVE%`, `%WINDIR%`, `%SYSTEM32%`.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > For others to better understand the WDAC policies that has been deployed, we recommend maintaining separate ALLOW and DENY policies on Windows 10, version 1903 and later.
 
+> [!NOTE]
+> There is currently a bug where MSIs cannot be allow listed in file path rules. MSIs must be allow listed using other rule types, for example, publisher rules or file attribute rules.
+
 ## More information about hashes
 
 ### Why does scan create four hash rules per XML file?
 
 The PowerShell cmdlet will produce an Authenticode Sha1 Hash, Sha256 Hash, Sha1 Page Hash, Sha256 Page Hash.
-During validation CI will choose which hashes to calculate, depending on how the file is signed.  For example, if the file is page-hash signed the entire file would not get paged in to do a full sha256 authenticode, and we would just match using the first page hash.
+During validation CI will choose which hashes to calculate, depending on how the file is signed.  For example, if the file is page-hash signed the entire file wouldn't get paged in to do a full sha256 authenticode, and we would just match using the first page hash.
 
 In the cmdlets, rather than try to predict which hash CI will use, we pre-calculate and use the four hashes (sha1/sha2 authenticode, and sha1/sha2 of first page).  This is also resilient, if the signing status of the file changes and necessary for deny rules to ensure that changing/stripping the signature doesn’t result in a different hash than what was in the policy being used by CI.
 
 ### Why does scan create eight hash rules for certain XML files?
 
-Separate rules are created for UMCI and KMCI. In some cases, files that are purely user-mode or purely kernel-mode may still generate both sets, since CI cannot always precisely determine what is purely user vs. kernel mode, and errs on the side of caution.
+Separate rules are created for UMCI and KMCI. In some cases, files that are purely user-mode or purely kernel-mode may still generate both sets, since CI can’t always precisely determine what is purely user vs. kernel mode, and errs on the side of caution.
 
 ## Windows Defender Application Control filename rules
 
-File name rule levels let you specify file attributes to base a rule on. File name rules provide the same security guarantees that explicit signer rules do, as they are based on non-mutable file attributes. Specification of the file name level occurs when creating new policy rules.
+File name rule levels let you specify file attributes to base a rule on. File name rules provide the same security guarantees that explicit signer rules do, as they're based on non-mutable file attributes. Specification of the file name level occurs when creating new policy rules.
 
 Use Table 3 to select the appropriate file name level for your use cases. For instance, an LOB or production application and its binaries may all share the same product name. This option lets you easily create targeted policies based on the Product Name filename rule level.
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/use-signed-policies-to-protect-windows-defender-application-control-against-tampering.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/use-signed-policies-to-protect-windows-defender-application-control-against-tampering.md
index 578058661d..f99d35706c 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/use-signed-policies-to-protect-windows-defender-application-control-against-tampering.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/use-signed-policies-to-protect-windows-defender-application-control-against-tampering.md
@@ -108,4 +108,4 @@ If you do not have a code signing certificate, see [Optional: Create a code sign
 9. Validate the signed file. When complete, the commands should output a signed policy file called {PolicyID}.cip to your desktop. You can deploy this file the same way you deploy an enforced or non-enforced policy. For information about how to deploy WDAC policies, see [Deploy and manage Windows Defender Application Control with Group Policy](deploy-windows-defender-application-control-policies-using-group-policy.md).
 
 > [!NOTE]
-> The device with the signed policy must be rebooted one time with Secure Boot enabled for the UEFI lock to be set. 
+> The device with the signed policy must be rebooted one time with Secure Boot enabled for the UEFI lock to be set. 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-security-center/wdsc-device-security.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-security-center/wdsc-device-security.md
index 547b17ac29..4a34381192 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-security-center/wdsc-device-security.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-security-center/wdsc-device-security.md
@@ -78,17 +78,3 @@ If you don't want users to see the recommendation to update TPM firmware, you ca
 
 5. [Deploy the updated GPO as you normally do](/windows/win32/srvnodes/group-policy). 
 
-## Disable Memory integrity switch
-If you don't want users to be able to change the Hypervisor Control Integrity (HVCI), or memory integrity, setting on their computers, you can disable the **Memory integrity** switch.
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> You must have Windows 10, version 1803 or later. The ADMX/ADML template files for earlier versions of Windows do not include these Group Policy settings. 
-
-1.  On your Group Policy management computer, open the [Group Policy Management Console](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2008-R2-and-2008/cc731212(v=ws.11)), right-click the Group Policy Object you want to configure and click **Edit**.
-
-2.  In the **Group Policy Management Editor** go to **Computer configuration** and then select **Administrative templates**.
-
-3.  Expand the tree to **Windows components** > **Windows Security** > **Device security**.
-
-4.  Open the **Disable Memory integrity switch** setting and set it to **Enabled**. Select **OK**.
-
-5. [Deploy the updated GPO as you normally do](/windows/win32/srvnodes/group-policy).
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/create-windows-firewall-rules-in-intune.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/create-windows-firewall-rules-in-intune.md
index e8872fb1a3..33d369d823 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/create-windows-firewall-rules-in-intune.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/create-windows-firewall-rules-in-intune.md
@@ -27,10 +27,9 @@ ms.technology: windows-sec
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >This information relates to prereleased product which may be substantially modified before it's commercially released. Microsoft makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to the information provided here.
 
-To get started, open Device Configuration in Intune, then create a new profile. 
-Choose Windows 10 or Windows 11 as the platform, and Endpoint Protection as the profile type. 
+To get started, Open the [Microsoft Endpoint Manager admin center](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=2109431), and then go to **Devices** > **Windows** > **Configuration profiles** > **Create profile** > Choose **Windows 10 and later** as the platform, Choose **Templates**, then **Endpoint protection** as the profile type. 
 Select Windows Defender Firewall.
-![Windows Defender Firewall in Intune.](images/windows-firewall-intune.png)
+:::image type="content" source="images/windows-firewall-intune.png" alt-text="Example of a Windows Defender Firewall policy in Microsoft Endpoint Manager.":::
 
 >[!IMPORTANT]
 >A single Endpoint Protection profile may contain up to a maximum of 150 firewall rules. If a client device requires more than 150 rules, then multiple profiles must be assigned to it.
@@ -115,4 +114,4 @@ Specifies the list of authorized local users for this rule. A list of authorized
 
 ## Configuring firewall rules programmatically
 
-Coming soon.
\ No newline at end of file
+Coming soon.
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/gathering-other-relevant-information.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/gathering-other-relevant-information.md
index 3a143a59c5..89990012b7 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/gathering-other-relevant-information.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/gathering-other-relevant-information.md
@@ -62,8 +62,6 @@ In some cases, IPsec-secured traffic might have to pass through a router, perime
 
 In the case of a filtering router or a firewall, you must configure these devices to allow IPsec traffic to be forwarded. Configure the firewall to allow IPsec traffic on UDP source and destination port 500 (IKE), UDP source and destination port 4500 (IPsec NAT-T), and IP Protocol 50 (ESP). You might also have to configure the firewall to allow IPsec traffic on IP protocol 51 (AH) to allow troubleshooting by IPsec administrators and to allow the IPsec traffic to be inspected.
 
-For more info, see [How to Enable IPsec Traffic Through a Firewall](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=45085).
-
 ## Network load balancing and server clusters
 
 There are challenges implementing connection security for network traffic going to and from network load balancing (NLB) clusters and server clusters. NLB enables multiple servers to be clustered together to provide high availability for a service by providing automatic failover to other nodes in the cluster. Because IPsec matches a security association to a specific device, it prevents different devices from handling the same client connection. If a different node in the cluster responds to an IPsec connection that was originally established by another node, the traffic will be dropped by the client device as untrusted.
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/images/windows-firewall-intune.png b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/images/windows-firewall-intune.png
index 796a030a6e..bda6e08768 100644
Binary files a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/images/windows-firewall-intune.png and b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/images/windows-firewall-intune.png differ
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/verify-that-network-traffic-is-authenticated.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/verify-that-network-traffic-is-authenticated.md
index 61ffa9d578..7ae486d08d 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/verify-that-network-traffic-is-authenticated.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-firewall/verify-that-network-traffic-is-authenticated.md
@@ -35,7 +35,8 @@ In these procedures, you confirm that the rules you deployed are working correct
 
 -   **Encryption zone.** Similar to the main isolation zone, after you confirm that the network traffic to zone members is properly authenticated and encrypted, you must convert your zone rules from request mode to require mode.
 
->**Note:**  In addition to the steps shown in this procedure, you can also use network traffic capture tools such as Microsoft Network Monitor, which can be downloaded from . Network Monitor and similar tools allow you to capture, parse, and display the network packets received by the network adapter on your device. Current versions of these tools include full support for IPsec. They can identify encrypted network packets, but they cannot decrypt them.
+> [!NOTE]
+> In addition to the steps shown in this procedure, you can also use network traffic capture tools such as [Microsoft Network Monitor](https://www.microsoft.com/download/4865). Network Monitor and similar tools allow you to capture, parse, and display the network packets received by the network adapter on your device. Current versions of these tools include full support for IPsec. They can identify encrypted network packets, but they cannot decrypt them.
 
 **Administrative credentials**
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-platform-common-criteria.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-platform-common-criteria.md
index 23ab9c183a..281436db6f 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-platform-common-criteria.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-platform-common-criteria.md
@@ -234,33 +234,6 @@ Certified against the Protection Profile for General Purpose Operating Systems.
 - [Administrative Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?familyid=cb19538d-9e13-4ab6-af38-8f48abfdad08)
 - [Certification Report](http://www.commoncriteriaportal.org:80/files/epfiles/0570a_pdf.pdf) 
 
-### Windows XP and Windows Server 2003
-
-- [Security Target - Windows Server 2003 SP2 including R2, x64, and IA64; Windows XP Professional SP2 and x64 SP2; and Windows XP Embedded SP2](https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/files/epfiles/st_vid10184-st.pdf)
-- [Identifying Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Common Criteria Certified Requirements for the NIST Special Publication 800-53](https://download.microsoft.com/download/a/9/6/a96d1dfc-2bd4-408d-8d93-e0ede7529691/xpws03_ccto800-53.doc)
-- [Windows Server 2003 SP2 R2 Administrator Guide 3.0](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=39598841-e693-4891-9234-cfd1550f3949)
-- [Windows Server 2003 SP2 R2 Configuration Guide 3.0](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=4f7b6a93-0307-480f-a5af-a20268cbd7cc)
-- [Windows Server 2003 SP1 Administrator's Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?familyid=75736009-59e9-4a71-879e-cf581817b8cc)
-- [Windows Server 2003 SP1 Configuration Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?familyid=a0ad1856-beb7-4285-b47c-381e8a210c38)
-- [Windows Server 2003 with x64 Hardware Administrator's Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=8a26829f-c177-4b79-913a-4135fb7b96ef)
-- [Windows Server 2003 with x64 Hardware Configuration Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=3f9ecd0a-74dd-4d23-a4e5-d7b63fed70e8)
-- [Windows XP Administrator Guide 3.0](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=9a7f0b16-72ce-4675-aec8-58785c4e37ee)
-- [Windows XP Configuration Guide 3.0](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=165da57d-f066-4ddf-9462-cbecfcd68694)
-- [Windows XP User Guide 3.0](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=7c1a4761-9b9e-429c-84eb-cd7b034c5779)
-- [Windows XP Professional with x64 Hardware Administrator's Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=346f041e-d641-4af7-bdea-c5a3246d0431)
-- [Windows XP Professional with x64 Hardware Configuration Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=a7075319-cc3d-4420-a00b-8c9a7068ad54)
-- [Windows XP Professional with x64 Hardware User’s Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=26c49cf5-6159-4197-97ce-bf1fdfc54569)
-- [Windows XP Professional Administrator's Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?familyid=9bcac470-a0b3-4d34-a561-fa8308c0ff60)
-- [Windows XP Professional Configuration Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?familyid=9f04915e-571a-422d-8ffa-5797051e81de)
-- [Windows XP Professional User's Guide](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/en/details.aspx?familyid=d39d0028-7093-495c-80da-2b5b29a54bd8)
-- [Windows XP / Windows Server 2003 with x64 Hardware ETR](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=6e8d98f9-25b9-4c85-9bd9-24d91ea3c9ef)
-- [Windows XP / Windows Server 2003 with x64 Hardware ETR, Part II](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=0c35e7d8-9c56-4686-b902-d5ffb9915658)
-- [Windows Server 2003 SP2 including R2, Standard, Enterprise, Datacenter, x64, and Itanium Editions Validation Report](https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/files/epfiles/20080303_st_vid10184-vr.pdf)
-- [Windows XP Professional SP2 and x64 SP2 Validation Report](https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/files/epfiles/20080303_st_vid10184-vr.pdf)
-- [Windows XP Embedded SP2 Validation Report](https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/files/epfiles/20080303_st_vid10184-vr.pdf)
-- [Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 ETR](https://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=63cf2a1e-f578-4bb5-9245-d411f0f64265)
-- [Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Validation Report](https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/files/epfiles/st_vid9506-vr.pdf)
-
 ### Windows Server 2003 Certificate Server
 
 - [Security Target](https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/files/epfiles/st_vid9507-st.pdf)
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-sandbox/windows-sandbox-overview.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-sandbox/windows-sandbox-overview.md
index 2a3f6d6dc3..29b2f22f62 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-sandbox/windows-sandbox-overview.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-sandbox/windows-sandbox-overview.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ ms.technology: windows-sec
 
 Windows Sandbox provides a lightweight desktop environment to safely run applications in isolation. Software installed inside the Windows Sandbox environment remains "sandboxed" and runs separately from the host machine.
 
-A sandbox is temporary. When it's closed, all the software and files and the state are deleted. You get a brand-new instance of the sandbox every time you open the application.
+A sandbox is temporary. When it's closed, all the software and files and the state are deleted. You get a brand-new instance of the sandbox every time you open the application. Note, however, that as of [Windows 11 Build 22509](https://blogs.windows.com/windows-insider/2021/12/01/announcing-windows-11-insider-preview-build-22509/), your data will persist through a restart initiated from inside the virtualized environment—useful for installing applications that require the OS to reboot.
 
 Software and applications installed on the host aren't directly available in the sandbox. If you need specific applications available inside the Windows Sandbox environment, they must be explicitly installed within the environment.
 
@@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ Windows Sandbox has the following properties:
 - **Secure**: Uses hardware-based virtualization for kernel isolation. It relies on the Microsoft hypervisor to run a separate kernel that isolates Windows Sandbox from the host.
 - **Efficient:** Uses the integrated kernel scheduler, smart memory management, and virtual GPU.
 
+   > [!IMPORTANT]
+   > Windows Sandbox enables network connection by default. It can be disabled using the [Windows Sandbox configuration file](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-sandbox/windows-sandbox-configure-using-wsb-file#networking).
+
 The following video provides an overview of Windows Sandbox.
 
 > [!VIDEO https://www.microsoft.com/videoplayer/embed/RE4rFAo]
@@ -37,7 +40,7 @@ The following video provides an overview of Windows Sandbox.
 ## Prerequisites
  
 - Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise or Education build 18305 or Windows 11 (*Windows Sandbox is currently not supported on Windows Home edition*)
-- AMD64 architecture
+- AMD64 or (as of [Windows 11 Build 22483](https://blogs.windows.com/windows-insider/2021/10/20/announcing-windows-11-insider-preview-build-22483/)) ARM64 architecture
 - Virtualization capabilities enabled in BIOS
 - At least 4 GB of RAM (8 GB recommended)
 - At least 1 GB of free disk space (SSD recommended)
@@ -56,7 +59,7 @@ The following video provides an overview of Windows Sandbox.
      Set-VMProcessor -VMName \ -ExposeVirtualizationExtensions $true
      ```
 
-3. Use the search bar on the task bar and type **Turn Windows Features on and off** to access the Windows Optional Features tool. Select **Windows Sandbox** and then **OK**. Restart the computer if you're prompted.
+3. Use the search bar on the task bar and type **Turn Windows Features on or off** to access the Windows Optional Features tool. Select **Windows Sandbox** and then **OK**. Restart the computer if you're prompted.
 
    If the **Windows Sandbox** option is unavailable, your computer doesn't meet the requirements to run Windows Sandbox. If you think this is incorrect, review the prerequisite list as well as steps 1 and 2.
 
diff --git a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-security-configuration-framework/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-security-configuration-framework/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md
index 3525284dcd..3058486461 100644
--- a/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-security-configuration-framework/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md
+++ b/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-security-configuration-framework/security-compliance-toolkit-10.md
@@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ The Security Compliance Toolkit consists of:
 
 -   Microsoft Office security baseline
     -   Microsoft 365 Apps for Enterprise Version 2112
-    -   Office 2016 
     
 -   Microsoft Edge security baseline
     -   Edge version 98
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/docfx.json b/windows/whats-new/docfx.json
index e8a0332615..051b32e193 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/docfx.json
+++ b/windows/whats-new/docfx.json
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
     "externalReference": [],
     "globalMetadata": {
       "recommendations": true,
-      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/windows-10/breadcrumb/toc.json",
+      "breadcrumb_path": "/windows/resources/breadcrumb/toc.json",
       "uhfHeaderId": "MSDocsHeader-M365-IT",
       "ms.topic": "article",
       "audience": "ITPro",
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/index.yml b/windows/whats-new/index.yml
index 2df276a567..615251c635 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/index.yml
+++ b/windows/whats-new/index.yml
@@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ metadata:
   ms.collection:
     - windows-10
     - highpri
-  author: greg-lindsay #Required; your GitHub user alias, with correct capitalization.
-  ms.author: greglin #Required; microsoft alias of author; optional team alias.
-  ms.date: 06/24/2021 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
+  author: aczechowski
+  ms.author: aaroncz
   manager: dougeby
+  ms.date: 06/24/2021 #Required; mm/dd/yyyy format.
   localization_priority: medium
     
 # linkListType: architecture | concept | deploy | download | get-started | how-to-guide | learn | overview | quickstart | reference | tutorial | video | whats-new
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/index.md b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/index.md
index fccfe691e0..dfb0df5731 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/index.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/index.md
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: low
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2015.md b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2015.md
index 9aa921ea74..c1c29d8f63 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2015.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2015.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: What's new in Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2015
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: New and updated IT Pro content about new features in Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2015 (also known as Windows 10 Enterprise 2015 LTSB).
 keywords: ["What's new in Windows 10", "Windows 10", "Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2015"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: low
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ With Windows 10, you can create provisioning packages that let you quickly and e
 
 ### AppLocker
 
-AppLocker was available for Windows 8.1, and is improved with Windows 10. See [Requirements to use AppLocker](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/applocker/requirements-to-use-applocker.md) for a list of operating system requirements.
+AppLocker was available for Windows 8.1, and is improved with Windows 10. See [Requirements to use AppLocker](/windows/security/threat-protection/windows-defender-application-control/applocker/requirements-to-use-applocker) for a list of operating system requirements.
 
 Enhancements to AppLocker in Windows 10 include:
 
 -   A new parameter was added to the [New-AppLockerPolicy](/powershell/module/applocker/new-applockerpolicy) Windows PowerShell cmdlet that lets you choose whether executable and DLL rule collections apply to non-interactive processes. To enable this, set the **ServiceEnforcement** to **Enabled**.
--   A new [AppLocker](/windows/client-management/mdm/applocker-csp) configuration service provider was add to allow you to enable AppLocker rules by using an MDM server.
+-   A new [AppLocker](/windows/client-management/mdm/applocker-csp) configuration service provider was added to allow you to enable AppLocker rules by using an MDM server.
 
 [Learn how to manage AppLocker within your organization](/windows/device-security/applocker/applocker-overview).
 
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ In Windows 10, security auditing has added some improvements:
 In Windows 10, two new audit subcategories were added to the Advanced Audit Policy Configuration to provide greater granularity in audit events:
 -   [Audit Group Membership](/windows/device-security/auditing/audit-group-membership) Found in the Logon/Logoff audit category, the Audit Group Membership subcategory allows you to audit the group membership information in a user's logon token. Events in this subcategory are generated when group memberships are enumerated or queried on the PC where the logon session was created. For an interactive logon, the security audit event is generated on the PC that the user logged on to. For a network logon, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the PC hosting the resource.
     When this setting is configured, one or more security audit events are generated for each successful logon. You must also enable the **Audit Logon** setting under **Advanced Audit Policy Configuration\\System Audit Policies\\Logon/Logoff**. Multiple events are generated if the group membership information cannot fit in a single security audit event.
--   [Audit PNP Activity](/windows/device-security/auditing/audit-pnp-activity) Found in the Detailed Tracking category, the Audit PNP Activity subcategory allows you to audit when plug and play detects an external device.
+-   [Audit PNP Activity](/windows/security/threat-protection/auditing/audit-pnp-activity) Found in the Detailed Tracking category, the Audit PNP Activity subcategory allows you to audit when plug and play detects an external device.
     Only Success audits are recorded for this category. If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an external device is detected by plug and play.
-    A PnP audit event can be used to track down changes in system hardware and will be logged on the PC where the change took place. A list of hardware vendor IDs are included in the event.
+    A PnP audit event can be used to track down changes in system hardware and will be logged on the PC where the change took place. A list of hardware vendor IDs is included in the event.
 
 #### More info added to existing audit events
 
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ The logon event ID 4688 has been updated to include more verbose information to
 2.  **TargetUserName** String
     The account name of the target user.
 3.  **TargetDomainName** String
-    The domain of the target user..
+    The domain of the target user.
 4.  **TargetLogonId** String
     The logon ID of the target user.
 5.  **ParentProcessName** String
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Event ID 4826 has been added to track the following changes to the Boot Configur
 
 Event ID 6416 has been added to track when an external device is detected through Plug and Play. One important scenario is if an external device that contains malware is inserted into a high-value machine that doesn’t expect this type of action, such as a domain controller.
 
-[Learn how to manage your security audit policies within your organization](/windows/device-security/auditing/security-auditing-overview).
+[Learn how to manage your security audit policies within your organization](/previous-versions/windows/it-pro/windows-server-2012-r2-and-2012/dn319078(v=ws.11))
 
 ### Trusted Platform Module
 
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ User Account Control (UAC) helps prevent malware from damaging a computer and he
 
 You should not turn off UAC because this is not a supported scenario for devices running Windows 10. If you do turn off UAC, all Universal Windows Platform apps stop working. You must always set the **HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Policies\\System\\EnableLUA** registry value to 1. If you need to provide auto elevation for programmatic access or installation, you could set the **HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Policies\\System\\ConsentPromptBehaviorAdmin** registry value to 0, which is the same as setting the UAC slider Never Notify. This is not recommended for devices running Windows 10.
 
-For more info about how manage UAC, see [UAC Group Policy Settings and Registry Key Settings](/windows/access-protection/user-account-control/user-account-control-group-policy-and-registry-key-settings).
+For more info about how to manage UAC, see [UAC Group Policy Settings and Registry Key Settings](/windows/access-protection/user-account-control/user-account-control-group-policy-and-registry-key-settings).
 
 In Windows 10, User Account Control has added some improvements:
 
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2016.md b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2016.md
index 50c12d880a..354488f563 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2016.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2016.md
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 ---
 title: What's new in Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2016
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: New and updated IT Pro content about new features in Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2016 (also known as Windows 10 Enterprise 2016 LTSB).
 keywords: ["What's new in Windows 10", "Windows 10", "Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2016"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: low
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ Windows Information Protection (WIP) helps to protect against this potential dat
 
 Several new features and management options have been added to Windows Defender in this version of Windows 10.
 
-- [Windows Defender Offline in Windows 10](/windows/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-antivirus/windows-defender-offline) can be run directly from within Windows, without having to create bootable media.
-- [Use PowerShell cmdlets for Windows Defender](/windows/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-antivirus/use-powershell-cmdlets-microsoft-defender-antivirus) to configure options and run scans.
-- [Enable the Block at First Sight feature in Windows 10](/windows/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-antivirus/configure-block-at-first-sight-microsoft-defender-antivirus) to leverage the Windows Defender cloud for near-instant protection against new malware.
-- [Configure enhanced notifications for Windows Defender in Windows 10](/windows/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-antivirus/configure-notifications-microsoft-defender-antivirus) to see more information about threat detections and removal.
-- [Run a Windows Defender scan from the command line](/windows/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-antivirus/command-line-arguments-microsoft-defender-antivirus).
-- [Detect and block Potentially Unwanted Applications with Windows Defender](/windows/threat-protection/microsoft-defender-antivirus/detect-block-potentially-unwanted-apps-microsoft-defender-antivirus) during download and install times.
+- [Windows Defender Offline in Windows 10](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/microsoft-defender-offline) can be run directly from within Windows, without having to create bootable media.
+- [Use PowerShell cmdlets for Windows Defender](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/use-powershell-cmdlets-microsoft-defender-antivirus) to configure options and run scans.
+- [Enable the Block at First Sight feature in Windows 10](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/configure-block-at-first-sight-microsoft-defender-antivirus) to leverage the Windows Defender cloud for near-instant protection against new malware.
+- [Configure enhanced notifications for Windows Defender in Windows 10](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/configure-notifications-microsoft-defender-antivirus) to see more information about threat detections and removal.
+- [Run a Windows Defender scan from the command line](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/command-line-arguments-microsoft-defender-antivirus).
+- [Detect and block Potentially Unwanted Applications with Windows Defender](/microsoft-365/security/defender-endpoint/detect-block-potentially-unwanted-apps-microsoft-defender-antivirus) during download and install times.
 
 ### Microsoft Defender for Endpoint
 
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2019.md b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2019.md
index d62aed7098..40a615660a 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2019.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2019.md
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 ---
 title: What's new in Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019
 ms.reviewer: 
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: New and updated IT Pro content about new features in Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019 (also known as Windows 10 Enterprise 2019 LTSB).
 keywords: ["What's new in Windows 10", "Windows 10", "Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: low
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ New features in [Windows Hello for Business](/windows/security/identity-protecti
 
 - You can now reset a forgotten PIN without deleting company managed data or apps on devices managed by [Microsoft Intune](https://www.microsoft.com/cloud-platform/microsoft-intune).
 
-- For Windows desktops, users are able to reset a forgotten PIN through **Settings > Accounts > Sign-in options**. For more details, check out [What if I forget my PIN?](/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-features#pin-reset).
+- For Windows desktops, users are able to reset a forgotten PIN through **Settings > Accounts > Sign-in options**. For more details, check out [What if I forget my PIN?](/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-feature-pin-reset).
 
 [Windows Hello](/windows/security/identity-protection/hello-for-business/hello-features) now supports FIDO 2.0 authentication for Azure AD Joined Windows 10 devices and has enhanced support for shared devices, as described in [Kiosk configuration](#kiosk-configuration). 
 
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ Until now, Windows logon only supported the use of identities federated to ADFS
 
 1. Azure AD Join your Windows 10 PC. (Web sign-in is only supported on Azure AD Joined PCs).
 
-2. Set the Policy CSP, and the Authentication and EnableWebSignIn polices to enable web sign-in. 
+2. Set the Policy CSP, and the Authentication and EnableWebSignIn policies to enable web sign-in. 
 
 3. On the lock screen, select web sign-in under sign-in options.
 4. Click the “Sign in” button to continue.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ In Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019, we continue our work to improve the diagnost
 
 ### Application Virtualization for Windows (App-V)
 
-Previous versions of the Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer) have required you to manually create your sequencing environment. Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019 introduces two new PowerShell cmdlets, New-AppVSequencerVM and Connect-AppvSequencerVM, which automatically create your sequencing environment for you, including provisioning your virtual machine. Additionally, the App-V Sequencer has been updated to let you sequence or update multiple apps at the same time, while automatically capturing and storing your customizations as an App-V project template (.appvt) file, and letting you use PowerShell or Group Policy settings to automatically cleanup your unpublished packages after a device restart.
+Previous versions of the Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer) have required you to manually create your sequencing environment. Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2019 introduces two new PowerShell cmdlets, New-AppVSequencerVM and Connect-AppvSequencerVM, which automatically create your sequencing environment for you, including provisioning your virtual machine. Additionally, the App-V Sequencer has been updated to let you sequence or update multiple apps at the same time, while automatically capturing and storing your customizations as an App-V project template (.appvt) file, and letting you use PowerShell or Group Policy settings to automatically clean up your unpublished packages after a device restart.
 
 For more info, see the following topics:
 - [Automatically provision your sequencing environment using Microsoft Application Virtualization Sequencer (App-V Sequencer)](/windows/application-management/app-v/appv-auto-provision-a-vm)
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ Users attempt to connect to a Miracast receiver as they did previously. When the
 - Users do not have to change how they connect to a Miracast receiver. They use the same UX as for standard Miracast connections.
 - No changes to current wireless drivers or PC hardware are required.
 - It works well with older wireless hardware that is not optimized for Miracast over Wi-Fi Direct.
-- It leverages an existing connection which both reduces the time to connect and provides a very stable stream.
+- It leverages an existing connection that both reduces the time to connect and provides a very stable stream.
 
 #### Enabling Miracast over Infrastructure
 
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2021.md b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2021.md
index 12d55d3da6..1e10461eea 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2021.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/ltsc/whats-new-windows-10-2021.md
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
 title: What's new in Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2021
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 description: New and updated IT Pro content about new features in Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2021.
 keywords: ["What's new in Windows 10", "Windows 10", "Windows 10 Enterprise LTSC 2021"]
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: low
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1507-and-1511.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1507-and-1511.md
index efdd81bde2..f8d9f514e0 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1507-and-1511.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1507-and-1511.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ ms.reviewer:
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
 ---
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1607.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1607.md
index ccf2f1132f..4703489ace 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1607.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1607.md
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.reviewer: 
-author: greg-lindsay
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
@@ -154,4 +154,4 @@ With the release of Windows 10, version 1607, UE-V is included with the Windows
 
 ## Learn more
 
-- [Windows 10 release information](https://technet.microsoft.com/windows/release-info)
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Windows 10 release information](https://technet.microsoft.com/windows/release-info)
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1703.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1703.md
index 102af90453..84777b43cf 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1703.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1703.md
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ ms.sitesec: library
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.assetid: dca7c655-c4f6-45f8-aa02-64187b202617
 ms.reviewer: 
-author: greg-lindsay
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.topic: article
 ---
 
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1709.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1709.md
index 51abfb8e57..e1c64c7943 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1709.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1709.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.reviewer: 
-author: greg-lindsay
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -150,4 +150,4 @@ Several network stack enhancements are available in this release. Some of these
 [What's New in Windows 10](./index.yml): See what’s new in other versions of Windows 10.
            
 [What's new in Windows 10, version 1709](/windows-hardware/get-started/what-s-new-in-windows): See what’s new in Windows 10 hardware.
            
 [Windows 10 Fall Creators Update Next Generation Security](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JDGMNFwyUg8): YouTube video about Microsoft Defender for Endpoint in Windows 10, version 1709.
-[Threat protection on Windows 10](/windows/security/threat-protection/):Detects advanced attacks and data breaches, automates security incidents and improves security posture.
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Threat protection on Windows 10](/windows/security/threat-protection/):Detects advanced attacks and data breaches, automates security incidents and improves security posture.
            
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1803.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1803.md
index b83bdda9a7..0afb63e954 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1803.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1803.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.reviewer: 
-author: greg-lindsay
-manager: laurawi
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+manager: dougeby
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -231,4 +231,4 @@ Support in [Windows Defender Application Guard](#windows-defender-application-gu
 - [Windows 10 Features](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/features): Review general information about Windows 10 features.  
 - [What's New in Windows 10](./index.yml): See what’s new in other versions of Windows 10.
 - [What's new in Windows 10, version 1709](/windows-hardware/get-started/what-s-new-in-windows): See what’s new in Windows 10 hardware.
-- [Windows 10 Fall Creators Update Next Generation Security](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JDGMNFwyUg8): YouTube video about Microsoft Defender for Endpoint in Windows 10, version 1709.
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Windows 10 Fall Creators Update Next Generation Security](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JDGMNFwyUg8): YouTube video about Microsoft Defender for Endpoint in Windows 10, version 1709.
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1809.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1809.md
index e7eac36020..7e050b3435 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1809.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1809.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ keywords: ["What's new in Windows 10", "Windows 10", "Windows 10 October 2018 Up
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
+author: aczechowski
 manager: dougeby
-ms.author: greglin
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -293,6 +293,6 @@ To get started, sign into your device using Windows Hello for Business. Bring up
 
 See the following example:
 
-![Enter your credentials.](images/RDPwBioTime.png "Windows Hello")
-![Enter your credentials.](images/RDPwBio2.png "Windows Hello personal")
+![Enter your credentials for Windows Hello.](images/RDPwBioTime.png "Windows Hello")
+![Remote Desktop Connection.](images/RDPwBio2.png "Windows Hello personal")
 ![Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2016.](images/hyper-v.png "Microsoft Hyper-V Server 2016")
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1903.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1903.md
index e3e4fd0740..a048b03c95 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1903.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1903.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
-manager: laurawi
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -142,4 +142,4 @@ Several new features are coming in the next version of Edge. See the [news from
 [Windows 10 Features](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/features): Review general information about Windows 10 features.
            
 [What's New in Windows 10](./index.yml): See what’s new in other versions of Windows 10.
            
 [What's new in Windows 10](/windows-hardware/get-started/what-s-new-in-windows): See what’s new in Windows 10 hardware.
            
-[What's new in Windows 10 for developers](https://blogs.windows.com/buildingapps/2019/04/18/start-developing-on-windows-10-may-2019-update-today/#2Lp8FUFQ3Jm8KVcq.97): New and updated features in Windows 10 that are of interest to developers.
\ No newline at end of file
+[What's new in Windows 10 for developers](https://blogs.windows.com/buildingapps/2019/04/18/start-developing-on-windows-10-may-2019-update-today/#2Lp8FUFQ3Jm8KVcq.97): New and updated features in Windows 10 that are of interest to developers.
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1909.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1909.md
index 712131a5fc..41c5c84b1f 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1909.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-1909.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
-manager: laurawi
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Windows 10, version 1909 also includes two new features called **Key-rolling** a
 
 ### Transport Layer Security (TLS)
 
-An experimental implementation of TLS 1.3 is included in Windows 10, version 1909. TLS 1.3 disabled by default system wide. If you enable TLS 1.3 on a device for testing, then it can also be enabled in Internet Explorer 11.0 and Microsoft Edge by using Internet Options. For beta versions of Microsoft Edge on Chromium, TLS 1.3 is not built on the Windows TLS stack, and is instead configured independently, using the **Edge://flags** dialog. Also see [Microsoft Edge platform status](https://developer.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/platform/status/tls13/).
+An experimental implementation of TLS 1.3 is included in Windows 10, version 1909. TLS 1.3 disabled by default system wide. If you enable TLS 1.3 on a device for testing, then it can also be enabled in Internet Explorer 11.0 and Microsoft Edge by using Internet Options. For beta versions of Microsoft Edge on Chromium, TLS 1.3 is not built on the Windows TLS stack, and is instead configured independently, using the **Edge://flags** dialog. Also see [Microsoft Edge platform status](https://developer.microsoft.com/microsoft-edge/status/tls13/)
 
 ## Virtualization
 
@@ -134,4 +134,4 @@ General battery life and power efficiency improvements for PCs with certain proc
 [Windows 10 features we’re no longer developing](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features): Features that are not being developed.
            
 [How to get the Windows 10 November 2019 Update](https://aka.ms/how-to-get-1909): John Cable blog.
            
 [How to get Windows 10, Version 1909: Enablement Mechanics](https://aka.ms/1909mechanics): Mechanics blog.
            
-[What’s new for IT pros in Windows 10, version 1909](https://aka.ms/whats-new-in-1909): Windows IT Pro blog.
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[What’s new for IT pros in Windows 10, version 1909](https://aka.ms/whats-new-in-1909): Windows IT Pro blog.
            
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-2004.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-2004.md
index 692871b1c3..e3d23c3da3 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-2004.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-2004.md
@@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
-manager: laurawi
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
+manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
 ---
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ ms.topic: article
 # What's new in Windows 10, version 2004 for IT Pros
 
 **Applies to**
--   Windows 10, version 2004
+-   Windows 10, version 2004
 
 This article lists new and updated features and content that are of interest to IT Pros for Windows 10, version 2004, also known as the Windows 10 May 2020 Update. This update also contains all features and fixes included in previous cumulative updates to Windows 10, version 1909.
 
@@ -194,9 +194,9 @@ Several enhancements to the Windows 10 user interface are implemented in this re
 
 - Productivity: chat-based UI gives you the ability to [interact with Cortana using typed or spoken natural language queries](https://support.microsoft.com/help/4557165) to easily get information across Microsoft 365 and stay on track. Productivity focused capabilities such as finding people profiles, checking schedules, joining meetings, and adding to lists in Microsoft To Do are currently available to English speakers in the US.
 
-  - In the coming months, with regular app updates through the Microsoft Store, we’ll enhance this experience to support wake word invocation and enable listening when you say “Cortana,” offer more productivity capabilities such as surfacing relevant emails and documents to help you prepare for meetings, and expand supported capabilities for international users.
+  - In the coming months, with regular app updates through the Microsoft Store, we'll enhance this experience to support wake word invocation and enable listening when you say "Cortana", offer more productivity capabilities such as surfacing relevant emails and documents to help you prepare for meetings, and expand supported capabilities for international users.
 
-- Security: tightened access to Cortana so that you must be securely logged in with your work or school account or your Microsoft account before using Cortana. Because of this tightened access, some consumer skills including music, connected home, and third-party skills will no longer be available. Additionally, users [get cloud-based assistance services that meet Office 365’s enterprise-level privacy, security, and compliance promises](/microsoft-365/admin/misc/cortana-integration?view=o365-worldwide) as set out in the Online Services Terms.
+- Security: tightened access to Cortana so that you must be securely logged in with your work or school account or your Microsoft account before using Cortana. Because of this tightened access, some consumer skills including music, connected home, and third-party skills will no longer be available. Additionally, users [get cloud-based assistance services that meet Office 365's enterprise-level privacy, security, and compliance promises](/microsoft-365/admin/misc/cortana-integration) as set out in the Online Services Terms.
 
 - Move the Cortana window: drag the Cortana window to a more convenient location on your desktop.
 
@@ -256,13 +256,13 @@ For information about Desktop Analytics and this release of Windows 10, see [Wha
 
 ## See Also
 
-- [What’s new for IT pros in Windows 10, version 2004](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/what-s-new-for-it-pros-in-windows-10-version-2004/ba-p/1419764): Windows IT Pro blog.
-- [What’s new in the Windows 10 May 2020 Update](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/2020/05/27/whats-new-in-the-windows-10-may-2020-update/): Windows Insider blog.
+- [What's new for IT pros in Windows 10, version 2004](https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/windows-it-pro-blog/what-s-new-for-it-pros-in-windows-10-version-2004/ba-p/1419764): Windows IT Pro blog.
+- [What's new in the Windows 10 May 2020 Update](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/2020/05/27/whats-new-in-the-windows-10-may-2020-update/): Windows Insider blog.
 - [What's New in Windows Server](/windows-server/get-started/whats-new-in-windows-server): New and updated features in Windows Server.
 - [Windows 10 Features](https://www.microsoft.com/windows/features): General information about Windows 10 features.
-- [What's New in Windows 10](./index.yml): See what’s new in other versions of Windows 10.
+- [What's New in Windows 10](./index.yml): See what's new in other versions of Windows 10.
 - [Start developing on Windows 10, version 2004 today](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsdeveloper/2020/05/12/start-developing-on-windows-10-version-2004-today/): New and updated features in Windows 10 that are of interest to developers.
 - [What's new for business in Windows 10 Insider Preview Builds](/windows-insider/Active-Dev-Branch): A preview of new features for businesses.
 - [What's new in Windows 10, version 2004 - Windows Insiders](/windows-insider/at-home/whats-new-wip-at-home-20h1): This list also includes consumer focused new features.
 - [Features and functionality removed in Windows 10](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-removed-features): Removed features.
-- [Windows 10 features we’re no longer developing](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features): Features that are not being developed.
\ No newline at end of file
+- [Windows 10 features we're no longer developing](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features): Features that are not being developed.
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-20H2.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-20H2.md
index ea48658387..436dc92f0d 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-20H2.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-20H2.md
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
@@ -150,4 +150,4 @@ For information about Desktop Analytics and this release of Windows 10, see [Wha
 [What's New in Windows 10](./index.yml): See what’s new in other versions of Windows 10.
            
 [Announcing more ways we’re making app development easier on Windows](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsdeveloper/2020/09/22/kevin-gallo-microsoft-ignite-2020/): Simplifying app development in Windows.
            
 [Features and functionality removed in Windows 10](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-removed-features): Removed features.
            
-[Windows 10 features we’re no longer developing](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features): Features that are not being developed.
            
\ No newline at end of file
+[Windows 10 features we’re no longer developing](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features): Features that are not being developed.
            
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-21H1.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-21H1.md
index 06aade74c5..2fdba9bd26 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-21H1.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-21H1.md
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ This article lists new and updated features and content that is of interest to I
 Windows 10, version 21H1 is a scoped set of features for select performance improvements, enterprise features, and quality enhancements. As an [H1-targeted release](/lifecycle/faq/windows#what-is-the-servicing-timeline-for-a-version--feature-update--of-windows-10-), 21H1 is serviced for 18 months from the release date for devices running Windows 10 Enterprise or Windows 10 Education editions. 
 
 
-For details on how to update your device, or the devices in your organization, see [How to get the Windows 10 May 2021 Update](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/?p=175674). Devices running Windows 10, versions 2004 and 20H2 have the ability to update quickly to version 21H1 via an enablement package. For more details, see [Feature Update through Windows 10, version 21H1 Enablement Package](https://support.microsoft.com/help/5000736).
+For details on how to update your device, or the devices in your organization, see [How to get the Windows 10 May 2021 Update](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsexperience/?p=175674). Devices running Windows 10, versions 2004 and 20H2, have the ability to update quickly to version 21H1 via an enablement package. For more information, see [Feature Update through Windows 10, version 21H1 Enablement Package](https://support.microsoft.com/help/5000736).
 
 ## Servicing
 
@@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ A new [resolved issues](/mem/autopilot/resolved-issues) article is available tha
 
 A new Intune remote action: **Collect diagnostics**, lets you collect the logs from corporate devices without interrupting or waiting for the end user. For more information, see [Collect diagnostics remote action](/mem/intune/fundamentals/whats-new#collect-diagnostics-remote-action).
 
-Intune has also added capabilities to [Role-based access control](/mem/intune/fundamentals/whats-new#role-based-access-control) (RBAC) that can be used to further define profile settings for the Enrollment Status Page (ESP). For more information see [Create Enrollment Status Page profile and assign to a group](/mem/intune/enrollment/windows-enrollment-status#create-enrollment-status-page-profile-and-assign-to-a-group).  
+Intune has also added capabilities to [Role-based access control](/mem/intune/fundamentals/whats-new#role-based-access-control) (RBAC) that can be used to further define profile settings for the Enrollment Status Page (ESP). For more information, see [Create Enrollment Status Page profile and assign to a group](/mem/intune/enrollment/windows-enrollment-status#create-enrollment-status-page-profile-and-assign-to-a-group).  
 
 For a full list of what's new in Microsoft Intune, see [What's new in Microsoft Intune](/mem/intune/fundamentals/whats-new).
 
 ### Windows Assessment and Deployment Toolkit (ADK)
 
-There is no new ADK for Windows 10, version 21H1. The ADK for Windows 10, version 2004 will also work with Windows 10, version 21H1.  For more information, see [Download and install the Windows ADK](/windows-hardware/get-started/adk-install).
+There's no new ADK for Windows 10, version 21H1. The ADK for Windows 10, version 2004 will also work with Windows 10, version 21H1.  For more information, see [Download and install the Windows ADK](/windows-hardware/get-started/adk-install).
 
 ## Device management
 
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ The new Chromium-based [Microsoft Edge](https://www.microsoft.com/edge/business)
 
 ## General fixes
 
-See the [Windows Insider blog](https://blogs.windows.com/windows-insider/2021/02/17/releasing-windows-10-build-19042-844-20h2-to-beta-and-release-preview-channels/) for more information.
+For more information on the general fixes, see the [Windows Insider blog](https://blogs.windows.com/windows-insider/2021/02/17/releasing-windows-10-build-19042-844-20h2-to-beta-and-release-preview-channels/).
 
 This release includes the following enhancements and issues fixed:
 
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ This release includes the following enhancements and issues fixed:
 - an issue that might cause video playback to flicker when rendering on certain low-latency capable monitors.
 - an issue that sometimes prevents the input of strings into the Input Method Editor (IME).
 - an issue that exhausts resources because Desktop Windows Manager (DWM) leaks handles and virtual memory in Remote Desktop sessions.
-- a stop error that occurs at start up.
+- a stop error that occurs at the start.
 - an issue that might delay a Windows Hello for Business (WHfB) Certificate Trust deployment when you open the Settings-> Accounts-> Sign-in Options page.
 - an issue that might prevent some keyboard keys from working, such as the home, Ctrl, or left arrow keys when you set the Japanese IME input mode to Kana.
 - removed the history of previously used pictures from a user account profile.
@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ This release includes the following enhancements and issues fixed:
 - an issue that prevents wevtutil from parsing an XML file.
 - failure to report an error when the Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) generates invalid keys of 163 bytes instead of 165 bytes.
 - We added support for using the new Chromium-based Microsoft Edge as the assigned access single kiosk app. Now, you can also customize a breakout key sequence for single app kiosks. For more information, see Configure Microsoft Edge kiosk mode.
-- User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets that are larger than the maximum transmission unit (MTU). Devices that receive these packets discard them because the checksum is not valid.
-- the WinHTTP AutoProxy service does not comply with the value set for the maximum Time To Live (TTL) on the Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) file. This prevents the cached file from updating dynamically.
+- User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast packets that are larger than the maximum transmission unit (MTU). Devices that receive these packets discard them because the checksum isn't valid.
+- the WinHTTP AutoProxy service doesn't comply with the value set for the maximum Time To Live (TTL) on the Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) file. This prevents the cached file from updating dynamically.
 - We improved the ability of the WinHTTP Web Proxy Auto-Discovery Service to ignore invalid Web Proxy Auto-Discovery Protocol (WPAD) URLs that the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server returns.
 - We displayed the proper Envelope media type as a selectable output paper type for Universal Print queues.
 - We ended the display of a random paper size for a printer when it uses the Microsoft Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) Class Driver.
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ This release includes the following enhancements and issues fixed:
   * Default value = 1; enables the log.
   * Value other than 1; disables the log.
 
-  If this key does not exist, it will be created automatically. 
+  If this key doesn't exist, it will be created automatically. 
   To take effect, any change to **dfslog/RootShareAcquireSuccessEvent** in the registry requires that you restart the DFSN service.
 - We updated the Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) Device Management (DM) sync protocol by adding a check-in reason for requests from the client to the server. The check-in reason will allow the mobile device management (MDM) service to make better decisions about sync sessions. With this change, the OMA-DM service must negotiate a protocol version of 4.0 with the Windows OMA-DM client.
 - We turned off token binding by default in Windows Internet (WinINet).
@@ -137,4 +137,4 @@ This release includes the following enhancements and issues fixed:
 [What's New in Windows 10](./index.yml): See what’s new in other versions of Windows 10.
            
 [Announcing more ways we’re making app development easier on Windows](https://blogs.windows.com/windowsdeveloper/2020/09/22/kevin-gallo-microsoft-ignite-2020/): Simplifying app development in Windows.
            
 [Features and functionality removed in Windows 10](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-removed-features): Removed features.
            
-[Windows 10 features we’re no longer developing](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features): Features that are not being developed.
            
+[Windows 10 features we’re no longer developing](/windows/deployment/planning/windows-10-deprecated-features): Features that aren't being developed.
            
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-21H2.md b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-21H2.md
index a2cf52e895..d536eb04eb 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-21H2.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/whats-new-windows-10-version-21H2.md
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
 ms.pagetype: mobile
-ms.author: mandia
-author: MandiOhlinger
+ms.author: aaroncz
+author: aczechowski
 ms.localizationpriority: medium
 ms.topic: article
 ms.collection: highpri
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-overview.md b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-overview.md
index daac49c8c5..623e6caba5 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-overview.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-overview.md
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ description: Learn more about Windows 11. Read about the features IT professiona
 ms.reviewer: 
 manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w10
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-plan.md b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-plan.md
index eb9c208939..91a6d66855 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-plan.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-plan.md
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ keywords: ["get started", "windows 11", "plan"]
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-prepare.md b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-prepare.md
index f76ae48be7..262bf50024 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-prepare.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-prepare.md
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ keywords: ["get started", "windows 11"]
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 manager: dougeby
 ms.localizationpriority: high
 ms.topic: article
diff --git a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-requirements.md b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-requirements.md
index 2b7aee5432..8384e85778 100644
--- a/windows/whats-new/windows-11-requirements.md
+++ b/windows/whats-new/windows-11-requirements.md
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ title: Windows 11 requirements
 description: Hardware requirements to deploy Windows 11
 manager: dougeby
 ms.audience: itpro
-author: greg-lindsay
-ms.author: greglin
+author: aczechowski
+ms.author: aaroncz
 ms.prod: w11
 ms.mktglfcycl: deploy
 ms.sitesec: library
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ For information about tools to evaluate readiness, see [Determine eligibility](w
 
 ## Operating system requirements
 
-For the best Windows 11 upgrade experience, eligible devices should be running Windows 10, version 2004 or later.
+Eligible Windows 10 devices must be on version 2004 or later, and have installed the September 14, 2021 security update or later, to upgrade directly to Windows 11.
 
 > [!NOTE]
 > S mode is only supported on the Home edition of Windows 11.